Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Last Updated: 2025.08.01
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi
Thirteen years after Wei Wuxian’s death at the Siege of the Burial Mound—where he was blamed for mass casualties and demonized as a traitor—his soul is forcibly summoned back via Mo Xuanyu’s sacrificial ritual. Mo Xuanyu, a disgraced illegitimate son of Jin Guangshan, offers his body in exchange for revenge against the family that abused him. Now occupying Mo Xuanyu’s body, Wei Wuxian is bound to fulfill this revenge. He starts by humiliating and then indirectly killing the abusive Mo family, only to be caught up in ghost-hunting operations run by the Lan Clan. There, he narrowly escapes recognition by Lan Wangji, his old rival-turned-enigma, who arrives just in time to suppress a malevolent spirit.Wei Wuxian encounters Jin Ling and Jiang Cheng, who nearly exposes him, but Lan Wangji intervenes again, shielding him and bringing him to Gusu under house arrest. Housed in Lan Wangji’s own quarters, Wei Wuxian mocks and flirts while secretly guiding the juniors in ghost-cultivation techniques. As they investigate the reappearance of dismembered spiritual limbs, Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji grow closer, traveling together to uncover the mystery of a fierce corpse whose body parts are being scattered across the land. In Xinglu Ridge, they find Jin Ling buried alive in a stone fortress filled with corpses sealed in walls—an ancestral grave site for haunted sabers that was violently disturbed.Their discoveries link to a larger conspiracy involving cursed corpses, fabricated grave sites, and spiritual weapons. After retrieving additional body parts—a left arm, stitched legs, and a screaming severed head—Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji deduce that someone is using these limbs to either resurrect or track a powerful cultivator who had been dismembered. Along the way, Wei Wuxian takes on a soul curse to save Jin Ling, recalls his painful past with Jiang Cheng, and slowly rekindles a bond with Lan Wangji. As Volume 1 ends, the pair heads west toward the next clue, unraveling a macabre trail of buried secrets—and unspoken affections.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji follow the ghost left arm into Yi City, a fog-drenched ghost town laced with funerary goods and walking corpses. There, they find Jin Ling, Lan Sizhui, and several juniors already poisoned by corpse toxins and trapped in a recursive maze of undead and illusions. As they fight to survive, Wei Wuxian summons puppet-like paper effigies to protect them and discovers that the corpses are under the control of a revived Yin Tiger Tally. Among the chaos, they rescue a blind swordsman, Xiao Xingchen, who unknowingly killed innocent people—including his best friend Song Lan—after being manipulated for years by Xue Yang, a sadistic cultivator hiding in plain sight.Through the Empathy ritual and ghost testimonies, Wei Wuxian and the others relive the tragedy: Xue Yang mutilated villagers and Song Lan, then tricked Xiao Xingchen into slaughtering them using his sword Shuanghua. When Xiao Xingchen learns the truth, he kills himself in despair. Xue Yang, grief-stricken and mad, tries to revive him but fails. A-Qing, a clever street girl who had posed as blind to stay close to Xiao Xingchen, is eventually murdered by Xue Yang as well. Fueled by their ghosts' vengeance and guidance, Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji hunt Xue Yang down. With help from Wen Ning and Song Lan, they nearly kill him, but a teleportation talisman whisks his body away. Song Lan silently takes Xiao Xingchen and A-Qing’s souls, vowing to protect and honor them.Back on the road, Wei Wuxian reflects on Wen Ning’s past, the cost of sacrifice, and his own troubled legacy. A drunken encounter between Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian turns intimate, culminating in teasing, ribbon-knotting, and kisses that leave both flustered and exposed. Later, they arrive at Golden Carp Tower where Jin Guangyao hosts a cultivation conference. There, Wei Wuxian uses papercut magic to infiltrate a secret vault and discovers that Jin Guangyao not only preserved Nie Mingjue’s severed head, but manipulated Qin Su into a public suicide to cover it up. Jin Guangyao exposes Wei Wuxian’s true identity using Suibian’s reaction and turns the sects against him. Lan Wangji defends him, carrying the wounded Wei Wuxian on his back as they flee—a mirrored echo of the past they once shared.
Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng are sent to the Wen Clan’s oppressive “education camp,” where disciples from all major sects—including a wounded, silent Lan Wangji—are stripped of their swords and forced into hard labor. During a coerced Night Hunt on Mount Muxi, Wen Chao attempts to use Mianmian as bait, prompting Wei Wuxian, Lan Wangji, and Jin Zixuan to rebel. This sparks a deadly encounter with the Xuanwu of Slaughter, a massive tortoise-like yao beast. Trapped underground, Wei Wuxian risks his life to lure the beast away while others escape through an underwater tunnel. He and Lan Wangji eventually defeat it in a brutal six-hour battle, deepening their connection as Wei Wuxian tends Lan Wangji’s wounds and teases him to ease the tension between them.When they return to Lotus Pier, tragedy strikes. Madam Yu sacrifices herself to ensure Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng escape, and Jiang Fengmian does the same. The Wen Clan destroys their home and seizes the estate. Hidden by Wen Ning and Wen Qing, Jiang Cheng reveals Wen Zhuliu melted his golden core. In secret, Wei Wuxian impersonates him and ascends Baoshan Sanren’s mountain, giving up his own core to restore Jiang Cheng’s. But while Jiang Cheng recovers, Wei Wuxian is captured and thrown into the Burial Mounds. Three months later, he resurfaces changed—now commanding fierce spirits and harboring brutal vengeance. He and Jiang Cheng slaughter Wen Chao and Wen Zhuliu in a grim reunion, while Lan Wangji warns Wei Wuxian that his new path is dangerous, only to be rebuffed.Wei Wuxian returns to the Cloud Recesses and helps Lan Xichen uncover how Jin Guangyao manipulated Nie Mingjue into qi deviation using a weaponized melody. Afterward, Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji travel to Yiling—Wei Wuxian’s former home—and find their old residence destroyed. Wen Ning has been secretly clearing the path ahead of them, and together they discover a horde of controlled corpses and over a hundred kidnapped juniors imprisoned at the Burial Mounds' peak. Just as they free them, Jiang Cheng and other sect leaders arrive to confront Wei Wuxian. Accusations fly, and cultivators condemn him as a demonic cultivator. In the face of overwhelming criticism, Lan Wangji stands firmly beside him—silent, loyal, and unshaken.
Wei Wuxian publicly confronts Jin Zixun at Golden Carp Tower for the abuse and disappearance of Wen Ning, which leads to a heated standoff where he demands the release of surviving Wen Clan members. He later finds Wen Ning’s corpse—clearly tortured and murdered—and raises him in fury, exacting vengeance on the overseers before rescuing the other Wen prisoners, including the toddler A-Yuan. This action brands him a traitor, and Jiang Cheng is pressured to sever ties with him. Their confrontation culminates in a bitter duel where both are injured, and Jiang Cheng officially declares Wei Wuxian a public enemy. Though he retreats to the Burial Mounds to protect the Wen remnants, his growing reputation as the Yiling Patriarch and rumors of corpse refinement attract unwanted attention.Despite his rejection from the cultivation world, Wei Wuxian finds a temporary sense of home with the surviving Wen Clan, who come to view him with genuine affection. His emotional bond with Lan Wangji deepens through visits, shared meals, and a failed attempt at returning Wen Ning’s mind, which ultimately succeeds. However, the peace shatters when Wen Ning, enraged by injustice, kills Jin Zixuan during an ambush staged by Jin Zixun. The world immediately blames Wei Wuxian, though he had no control over the act. Wen Qing and Wen Ning surrender themselves in a futile effort to protect him and are executed. Grief-stricken, Wei Wuxian descends into despair and retaliates at the Pledge Rally in Nightless City, where Jiang Yanli dies protecting him. In a frenzy of pain, he fuses the Yin Tiger Tally and unleashes corpses in what becomes known as the Nightless City Massacre.Now hunted by all, Wei Wuxian returns to the Burial Mounds, where the siege begins again. A second wave of fierce corpses appears—revealed to be vengeful Wen spirits dumped into the Blood Pool years earlier. Their final act is to protect him before turning to ash. The clans, now seeing the truth, reluctantly allow Wei Wuxian to return with them to Lotus Pier, though Jiang Cheng remains hostile. During a tense visit, Jiang Cheng tries to shame Wei Wuxian, only to learn from Wen Ning that his golden core was actually a gift from Wei Wuxian, who had sacrificed his own. Shaken, Jiang Cheng flees. Meanwhile, Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji investigate Guanyin Temple, and after a drunken night filled with flirtation and repressed emotion, they finally sleep together—only for Wei Wuxian to realize Lan Wangji hadn’t been fully sober. Crushed with guilt and self-loathing, he withdraws, convinced he has ruined everything between them.
At Guanyin Temple, Wei Wuxian confronts Jin Guangyao and learns of Lan Wangji’s long-hidden sacrifices, including shielding him during the aftermath of the Nightless City massacre. Overwhelmed, Wei Wuxian dramatically confesses his love, stunning Jin Guangyao and moving Lan Wangji to reciprocate. Their reunion is interrupted by Jin Guangyao’s schemes and a wave of escalating violence, including a hostage situation involving Jin Ling and a brutal fight where Jiang Cheng is injured. Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng finally speak openly about the golden core transplant, resulting in a tearful, bitter reconciliation as they confront years of misunderstanding and grief.As the sealed coffin containing Nie Mingjue's corpse becomes a battleground, Su She is killed, and Jin Guangyao makes a final bid for survival, begging Lan Xichen for help. In a devastating moment, Lan Xichen fatally wounds Jin Guangyao, who then breaks the coffin’s seal in a last act of desperation. Nie Mingjue drags Jin Guangyao into the coffin with him, effectively ending both their lives. Wei Wuxian suspects Nie Huaisang had manipulated events from the shadows all along, using Mo Xuanyu’s ritual and a string of calculated setups to destroy Jin Guangyao while keeping his hands clean. The Yin Tiger Tally is presumed sealed, and the clans attempt to move on amid widespread grief and confusion.In the aftermath, Lan Sizhui is revealed to be Wen Yuan, the child Wei Wuxian once raised. The group parts ways, with Wen Ning and Lan Sizhui returning to Qishan. Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji, now openly a couple, begin traveling together, teasing, sparring, and making love in private and public. They encounter old acquaintances, handle supernatural hauntings, and attend a stiff Lan Clan banquet where Wei Wuxian stirs mischief as usual. In several extras, Wei Wuxian’s playful antics and Lan Wangji’s quiet affection are highlighted—especially in dream sequences involving magical incense, where their deepest fantasies play out. By the end, they settle into a rhythm of shared Night Hunts, chaotic domesticity, and enduring love, finally at peace.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Eight hundred years after his first ascension, former crown prince Xie Lian shockingly ascends to the heavens for the third time, despite being widely mocked as the “God of Misfortune.” Once a revered youth of Xianle who fell from grace after failing to save his kingdom and descending into poverty, Xie Lian returns with no temples, worshippers, or power. Assigned to investigate ghost bride disappearances near Mount Yujun, he descends with two junior officials—Nan Feng and Fu Yao—and eventually lures the ghost by disguising himself as a bride. He is unexpectedly aided by a mysterious red-clad youth named San Lang, whose silver butterflies and supernatural strength hint at a terrifying identity. Together, they uncover the culprit: Xuan Ji, a wrath-level ghost obsessed with the martial god Pei Ming, who is sealed after a tragic rampage.Xie Lian takes San Lang back to his self-built Puqi Shrine, where they grow closer through domestic antics and shared investigations. When a skin puppet lures them toward Banyue Pass, they travel into the desert and discover the ruins of the fallen Banyue Kingdom. There, San Lang’s true power becomes undeniable when he defeats monstrous soldiers and protects Xie Lian with intense devotion. Inside the Sinner’s Pit, Xie Lian learns that Banyue, the disgraced Banyue state preceptor, had betrayed her people under the manipulation of Pei Xiu, also known as General Pei Junior. As revelations unfold, it’s made clear that Pei Xiu used dark means to cover up war crimes for 200 years. In the end, the Wind Master intervenes and takes Banyue and Pei Xiu into custody, while Xie Lian is praised for his mercy and integrity.San Lang is finally revealed to be Hua Cheng, the infamous Crimson Rain Sought Flower—one of the Four Great Calamities of the Ghost Realm. Despite knowing his true identity, Xie Lian chooses to trust him, and their bond deepens through quiet companionship and mutual respect. Hua Cheng flirts shamelessly, protects Xie Lian with unmatched power, and leaves behind a ring on a silver chain before vanishing. Xie Lian, moved by the gift and their time together, holds onto the hope of seeing him again. As Volume 1 ends, Xie Lian reflects on the bitter cost of heroism and the confusing line between gods and monsters—while unknowingly carrying the affection of a ghost king who has worshipped him for centuries.
Xie Lian is summoned to the Heavenly Court to face scrutiny after the Banyue case, where his connection to Hua Cheng draws suspicion. During a tense court session, Lang Qianqiu—the naive Crown Prince of Yong’an—publicly accuses Xie Lian of being Fangxin, the masked State Preceptor responsible for the Gilded Banquet massacre that wiped out Yong’an’s royal family. Xie Lian shocks the court by confirming the accusation and even requests banishment. While some, like Shi Qingxuan, defend him, Xie Lian is placed under house arrest in the Palace of Xianle. There, he reflects on his time as Qianqiu’s teacher and the dark moment when he chose to kill the royal family, allegedly to stop a bloodier conflict.Chaos escalates when Hua Cheng breaks into Heaven in a storm of silver butterflies, seizing Xie Lian and dragging him to safety. They journey together to Qi Rong’s cannibal lair, disguised among the dead and imprisoned, and eventually expose Qi Rong’s manipulations. It’s revealed that Qi Rong was the real mastermind behind many past atrocities and had exploited Xie Lian’s name. Lang Qianqiu, enraged and heartbroken by the truth, boils Qi Rong alive, but Xie Lian remains devastated. He grapples with the burden of being remembered as a monster even when he acted to protect others. Hua Cheng comforts him, showing unwavering faith in his character while hinting at a deeper connection from their past.Back in the mortal realm, Xie Lian visits his family’s mausoleum only to discover Qi Rong has desecrated his mother’s grave and possessed the body of a man he once saved. As his trauma deepens, he returns to Heaven for a ceremonial performance, where he rescues a falling child mid-parade, stirring both scandal and public adoration. The child, called Honghong-er, grows attached to Xie Lian but is later declared cursed. Despite pressure to abandon him, Xie Lian vows to protect him. After defending the boy from a spirit attack and public judgment, Xie Lian is allowed to descend the mountain and live among mortals—marking the start of his fall. Soon after, Honghong-er vanishes, and Xie Lian ascends to Heaven for the first time at age seventeen, hailed as a hero by the world and cursed by fate.
As divine worship soars with temples in his name, Xie Lian becomes alarmed by growing reports of famine in Yong’an. When he encounters Lang Ying—a starving man carrying his dead son’s body—Xie Lian begins investigating and discovers widespread corruption and neglect. His pleas to the state preceptor and the court go unheeded, prompting him to divert water using the Rain Master’s spiritual hat. But relief is short-lived. Riots break out as capital citizens clash with Yong’an refugees. A tragedy at the gates—where a father and child fall to their deaths—marks the kingdom’s tipping point. Lang Ying retaliates by killing a guard, symbolizing the birth of rebellion.Despite the Heavenly Court’s objections, Xie Lian descends permanently to intervene in the mortal crisis. As war brews, both sides grow more radicalized, and Xie Lian becomes a symbol for Xianle’s army. He joins battles and tries to save innocents from the drought using divine rain, but his spiritual strength begins to wear thin. Amid growing distrust and political gridlock, he confronts Lang Ying and even a strange masked creature who eerily resembles himself. Disease erupts—Human Face Disease, born of resentment and despair—targeting Xianle’s citizens while sparing soldiers. As the curse spreads, the capital turns on Xie Lian. His golden statue collapses along with the Celestial Pagoda in a riot. Crushed in body and spirit, Xie Lian breaks his leg chasing the masked creature, losing both his divine status and the people’s faith.The story pivots into bittersweet healing as Xie Lian shelters Lang Ying, Qi Rong, and Guzi at his modest Puqi Shrine. Hua Cheng returns and whisks Xie Lian to Ghost City, where he surprises him with the hidden Thousand Lights Temple—built long ago just for him. Their bond grows through shared meals, teasing, and an intimate calligraphy lesson where Xie Lian writes a poem baring his heart. Back at the shrine, chaos resumes with the theft of the ghost fetus spirit, implicating Lan Chang. After a dramatic Heavenly Court hearing where everyone is falsely accused of fathering the spirit—including Xie Lian—tension lifts briefly when he’s cleared. Finally, Shi Qingxuan reveals he’s being stalked by the terrifying Reverend of Empty Words. Joined by Hua Cheng and Ming Yi, the group sets off to confront this ancient evil—only to realize the journey has already been hijacked.
Xie Lian, Hua Cheng, Shi Qingxuan, and "Ming Yi" investigate the Reverend of Empty Words and are lured into Fu Gu Town, where a grotesque festival triggers painful memories. Through supernatural attacks and private confessions, Xie Lian uncovers the truth: Shi Wudu swapped his younger brother's cursed fate with that of Scholar He, a man who was destined for greatness but was destroyed by this ritual. Scholar He later became the enhanced, vengeful ghost now posing as the Reverend. In the aftermath, Shi Qingxuan loses his godhood, is imprisoned by Shi Wudu, and escapes only with Xie Lian and Ming Yi’s help—though it’s revealed that “Ming Yi” is actually He Xuan, Supreme Ghost King of the Black Water.He Xuan’s long-dead grudge finally explodes when he lures Shi Wudu and Shi Qingxuan into a trap, forcing them to confront their sins. In a harrowing showdown, He Xuan kills Shi Wudu in front of Shi Qingxuan, who collapses in grief. Xie Lian, using the Soul-Shifting Spell, had temporarily taken Shi Qingxuan’s place to fight He Xuan but is ultimately pulled back to his own body. Meanwhile, the deception unravels—He Xuan has been impersonating Ming Yi for years, having murdered and enshrined the real Earth Master. Xie Lian shares this revelation with Pei Ming and the Heavenly Court. The trio’s fates—Wind, Water, and Earth Masters—crumble, sparking widespread disbelief and scandal across Heaven.Back at Puqi Shrine, Xie Lian wrestles with fallout and his feelings for Hua Cheng, who is secretly recovering from spiritual instability. Disguised as Lang Ying, Hua Cheng tries to support Xie Lian while hiding his weakened state, but exorcists descend on the shrine, forcing the truth into the open. During the chaos, Ling Wen is exposed as the creator of the cursed Brocade Immortal robe. She dons it and escapes after a wild showdown involving enchanted meatballs and shrine-top brawls. Throughout all this, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng’s bond continues to deepen, culminating in passion, sacrifice, and domestic mischief—even as the heavens tremble with the reawakening of Mount Tonglu and the emergence of new Supreme Ghost Kings.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng entered Mount Tonglu, now active and swarming with ghosts seeking to become Supreme. Hua Cheng, weakened by the volcano’s energy, reverts to child form, and the two hide from suspicious exorcists and navigate a deadly ghost-run inn. During a confrontation, Mu Qing (disguised as Fu Yao) is accused of fathering the fetus spirit Cuocuo, but the shocking truth emerges: the father is actually Feng Xin, whose past with Jian Lan is dragged into the open. Chaos erupts as Jian Lan and Cuocuo flee, Feng Xin is wounded, and guilt, betrayal, and buried grief boil to the surface. As tensions flare, Jun Wu arrives and recruits Xie Lian for a suicide mission into the Kiln to stop a Supreme from rising.The journey through Mount Tonglu is brutal. Disguised as ghosts, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng witness a massacre triggered by a rogue ghost called Demon of the Swift Blade, who turns out to be Rong Guang—Pei Ming’s former deputy turned cursed sword. They are joined by Pei Ming, Pei Xiu, Banyue, and eventually the Rain Master. Battles erupt: Pei Ming is stabbed repeatedly by his own sword spirit, Xuan Ji (the ghost bride) nearly kills him out of jealous obsession, and the Rain Master seals her using divine power. Along the way, murals and relics from the long-fallen Kingdom of Wuyong eerily mirror Xie Lian’s own past—its Crown Prince was also born under the ominous star, forewarned of apocalypse, and possibly attempted mass ascension for his people. These parallels unsettle Xie Lian and fuel theories of reincarnation.As the group reaches deeper into the buried city, they uncover grotesque evidence of Human Face Disease, ancient murals that may have been painted recently, and emotional imprints tied to Xie Lian’s past. The most disturbing discovery is that Xie Lian can understand the speech of ghost rats in ancient Wuyong language—a skill he never learned. This ability, along with his seamless understanding of murals and ruins, suggests a direct, possibly divine link to the Crown Prince of Wuyong. Meanwhile, their allies vanish, and the mountain spirit swallows them. Inside, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng are nearly separated but manage to reunite through the red string of fate. Their bond continues to deepen even as they face more unknown threats, including the return of powerful enemies and a haunting voice implying that Xie Lian himself may “awaken” into something even he cannot control.
In the present, Hua Cheng and Xie Lian uncover the Cave of Ten Thousand Gods, a shrine filled with divine statues all bearing Xie Lian’s likeness—revealing that Hua Cheng has been worshipping him obsessively for centuries. When Feng Xin and Mu Qing uncover the murals, they warn Xie Lian that Hua Cheng is dangerously fixated on him. Impostors posing as them attack, but Hua Cheng slaughters them, and the truth is revealed: they were manifestations of White No-Face. After the battle, Xie Lian embraces Hua Cheng from behind, finally acknowledging his feelings and offering silent acceptance of the devotion that’s defined Hua Cheng’s entire afterlife.The story shifts into the past, chronicling the ruin of Xianle and Xie Lian’s fall from grace. Consumed by poverty, humiliation, and failure, Xie Lian tries—and fails—to rob someone, is publicly mocked by heavenly officials, and is betrayed by Mu Qing. When he finds his parents dead by suicide, he breaks completely and transforms into the White-Clothed Calamity. Partnering with Wuming (later revealed to be a manifestation of his last loyal ghost fire), Xie Lian attacks Yong’an’s palace, kills Lang Ying, and nearly unleashes the Human Face Disease plague. Just as he begins the ritual, he collapses in the street, ignored by passersby. One stranger, however, shields him from the rain with a bamboo hat—this small kindness reignites his will to live and resist White No-Face’s manipulations.In a final confrontation, Xie Lian offers his life to absorb the plague, only to be saved by Wuming, who sacrifices himself and is devoured by resentful spirits. White No-Face attempts to force Xie Lian to fall again by placing the mask on him, but Jun Wu intervenes, defeats White No-Face, and offers Xie Lian restoration. Xie Lian refuses and asks to be banished once more, choosing to wear two cursed shackles: one to seal his power and another to drain his fortune, vowing to atone. He descends as a laborer, quietly worshipping at the temples of Feng Xin and Mu Qing. The volume ends with him spotting a red flower—Hua Cheng’s symbol—on the roadside. He touches it gently and walks on, carrying both sorrow and the faintest hope.
Xie Lian trapped in the Kiln, forced to confront White No-Face—revealed to be the Crown Prince of Wuyong—who tries to seduce him into joining his twisted vision. Xie Lian rejects him, awakens a hidden divine statue of himself sculpted by Hua Cheng, and escapes the Kiln in a dramatic, lava-choked eruption. Reunited with Hua Cheng, he leads their allies to battle against hordes of vengeful spirits and mountain gods. In a desperate moment, four martial gods—Pei Ming, Mu Qing, Feng Xin, and Quan Yizhen—fuse into a sword for the statue to wield. Xie Lian powers it using a kiss from Hua Cheng, drawing spiritual energy while flustering their allies. Despite the massive battle, Jun Wu (secretly White No-Face) reemerges and teleports the spirits toward major cities, setting the stage for a mass disaster.As the royal capital prepares for invasion, Xie Lian forms a giant human array to lure and destroy the spirits. With help from Shi Qingxuan and the unexpected return of spiritual cultivators, they reinforce the trap, but one extra person is revealed to be Mei Nianqing—the former Xianle State Preceptor and one of Wuyong’s Four Guardians. During interrogation, he claims Jun Wu is standing directly behind Xie Lian. Using Feng Xin’s sword as a mirror, the court sees Jun Wu’s true face: the merged visage of White No-Face. Jun Wu violently subdues the martial gods, locks the capital, and isolates Xie Lian, forcing him to fake normalcy during a staged call with Hua Cheng. Eventually, Xie Lian escapes with help from Yin Yu and Shi Qingxuan, but Jun Wu captures them again. In a devastating moment, Yin Yu sacrifices himself to protect Quan Yizhen, breaking free of his resentment and dying with dignity.Xie Lian and Hua Cheng regroup, infiltrate the Palace of Ling Wen, and finally learn the full history from the State Preceptor: Jun Wu was the Crown Prince of Wuyong, who fell from grace after his Heaven-Crossing Bridge project collapsed. Obsessed with Xie Lian, he staged tests over centuries to mold him into a “successor.” Hua Cheng is revealed to be the child Xie Lian once saved—born under the cursed “Star of Solitude”—who became a Supreme Ghost King despite fate. The group fights to reclaim the royal capital as Jun Wu attacks in the form of a fiery, demonic giant fortress. With help from Ghost City residents, the divine statue, and a divine sword forged from mountain spirits, they repel Jun Wu. Qi Rong is incinerated saving Guzi, and the palace burns. The volume ends with Hua Cheng and Xie Lian preparing to descend once again into Mount Tonglu, uncertain of what final horrors lie ahead.
In the depths of Mount Tonglu, Xie Lian, Hua Cheng, Feng Xin, and Mu Qing face Jun Wu, now fully revealed as White No-Face. Jun Wu’s immense power and near-invulnerable armor push them to the brink, but Xie Lian identifies a weak point from their battle 800 years ago. With Hua Cheng’s support and the others’ aid, they finally crack the armor and land decisive blows. Jun Wu taunts and brutalizes Xie Lian, trying to break his spirit, but Hua Cheng’s unwavering belief and a surge of power shatter Xie Lian’s cursed shackles. Reclaiming his full strength, Xie Lian defeats Jun Wu with a final, symbolic move. Jun Wu dies quietly after confronting his own bitterness, and the State Preceptor stays behind with him in death. But victory comes at a cost—Hua Cheng, having used all his strength, dissolves into butterflies, leaving Xie Lian devastated but clinging to faith in his return.In the aftermath, peace begins to return. Xie Lian quietly rebuilds a cottage atop Mount Taicang, waiting patiently for Hua Cheng’s return. Friends visit and healing begins: Xuan Ji’s obsession dissipates, Jian Lan leaves with Cuocuo to forge her own path, and Xie Lian reconnects with people like Lang Qianqiu and Ling Wen. Ling Wen explains why the Brocade Immortal didn’t hurt Hua Cheng and confirms that the ring Xie Lian wears contains Hua Cheng’s ashes—a rare, powerful token of devotion. Time passes slowly. On the Shangyuan Festival, Xie Lian follows floating lanterns and finds Hua Cheng waiting at his cottage, alive and whole. Their tearful reunion affirms the novel’s core promise: after centuries of pain and separation, love prevails. The rebuilt Puqi Shrine becomes a lively haven filled with laughter, ghost chefs, and celestial gossip, with Hua Cheng by Xie Lian’s side through it all.The extras bring tenderness and hilarity: in one, Xie Lian suffers temporary amnesia and unknowingly flirts with Hua Cheng, only to be horrified when his memories return; in another, he reads a wildly inappropriate “fairy tale” about their romance to a sick Hua Cheng. A visit to the Cave of Ten Thousand Gods reveals animated Xie Lian statues paired off with matching Hua Chengs, a symbolic gesture that every version of Xie Lian deserves love. The final extra shows Xie Lian planning a birthday gift for Hua Cheng—a cursed longevity lock forged from his own silver mask—which nearly kills him until Hua Cheng destroys it to save him. Despite the chaos, they reaffirm their bond. The last moments are quiet and domestic: calligraphy practice, shared poems, and a vow repeated once more—“I am forever your most devoted believer.” Their story ends not with grand ascension, but with joy in the ordinary, and a love that even gods could envy.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong
Luo Binghe, born of a demon father and human mother, endured a life of poverty and abuse before being taken in by the Cang Qiong Mountain Sect, where he was cruelly treated by his master, Shen Qingqiu. During the Immortal Alliance Conference, Shen Qingqiu's schemes led to Luo Binghe's fall into the Endless Abyss. There, Luo Binghe unlocked his demonic powers, gained the mystical blade Xin Mo, and returned to take revenge, eventually rising as the Saintly Ruler of the Demon Realm. Meanwhile, Shen Yuan, a modern reader who despised the novel's poor writing, transmigrated into the body of Shen Qingqiu, determined to avoid his gruesome fate at the hands of Luo Binghe. However, bound by a System that penalizes him for acting out of character (OOC), Shen Qingqiu struggled to balance staying in character while secretly helping Luo Binghe.As Shen Qingqiu navigates his new life, he remains wary of the System’s restrictions, trying to gather B-Points and avoid triggering Luo Binghe’s wrath. Despite his attempts to stay in character, Shen Qingqiu subtly aids Luo Binghe, healing him from a demonic encounter, intervening in bullying incidents, and giving him a proper cultivation manual. As they embark on a mission to Shuang Hu City to combat the Skinner Demon, Shen Qingqiu cleverly manipulates events to protect Luo Binghe while maintaining his scummy persona. The System continues to play a significant role in guiding Shen Qingqiu's actions as he grows closer to Luo Binghe, who begins to express gratitude and loyalty toward him, complicating Shen Qingqiu’s plan to distance himself from the plot's tragic events.Shen Qingqiu's efforts to avoid his fate culminate at the Immortal Alliance Conference, where his growing bond with Luo Binghe makes it even harder for him to fulfill his villainous role. As Luo Binghe begins to rise in power, Shen Qingqiu faces the inevitable event of pushing him into the Endless Abyss, a moment that marks the turning point in their relationship. Despite completing this key plot point, Shen Qingqiu finds himself struggling with guilt and regret as Luo Binghe falls, knowing that this act will set Luo Binghe on a path of darkness. The chapter closes with Shen Qingqiu continuing to navigate the complex world of the novel, trying to survive while influencing the plot in ways that deviate from the original storyline.
After three years of wandering, Shen Qingqiu is summoned back to Cang Qiong Mountain to help investigate a mysterious plague in Jin Lan City. Alongside Liu Qingge and Mu Qingfang, they discover the plague is caused by demonic sowers infecting humans to create rotten flesh for demons. During their mission, Shen Qingqiu encounters Luo Binghe, who has returned early, much more dangerous and conflicted than before. Despite his growing resentment, Luo Binghe attacks Shen Qingqiu but stops short of killing him, leaving their relationship more strained and complex than ever. Shen Qingqiu's attempts to suppress his former disciple's advances lead to an unsettling mix of tenderness and cruelty from Luo Binghe.As the situation in Jin Lan City escalates, Shen Qingqiu finds himself wrongfully accused of colluding with demons and is imprisoned in Huan Hua Palace’s Water Prison. While enduring harsh conditions and torture, Luo Binghe periodically appears, torn between punishing and protecting his former master. With the help of allies like Gongyi Xiao and Shang Qinghua, Shen Qingqiu manages to escape and uncovers a deeper plot involving demonic forces and misunderstandings from his past. The tension between Luo Binghe and Shen Qingqiu reaches a peak when Luo Binghe’s obsession with his master leads to emotional confrontations, further complicating their relationship.After his escape, Shen Qingqiu faces mounting challenges, including a relentless pursuit by Luo Binghe and new threats from both demons and sects. He learns that his immortal body, which he used to create a new form, has been stolen, causing chaos among his allies and enemies alike. Luo Binghe’s siege on Cang Qiong Mountain escalates, with the ultimate goal of retrieving both Shen Qingqiu and his original body. Despite the ongoing tension, Shen Qingqiu manages to delay further conflict but realizes that his troubles with Luo Binghe are far from over, as unresolved feelings and lingering dangers continue to plague their lives.
Shen Qingqiu is taken to the Demon Realm by Luo Binghe and placed under house arrest in a palace reminiscent of Qing Jing Peak, where tension builds between them. Despite the comforts Luo Binghe provides, Shen Qingqiu grows increasingly frustrated with the situation. During a confrontation, they struggle physically, and Shen Qingqiu’s condition suddenly deteriorates due to mysterious pains, leading Luo Binghe to panic. Shen Qingqiu is then pulled into the Holy Mausoleum, where his soul is returned to his original body. He encounters Tianlang-Jun, Luo Binghe’s father, who seeks to merge the Demon and Human Realms for power, leading to a battle that leaves Luo Binghe severely injured.Luo Binghe’s obsession with Shen Qingqiu grows darker, influenced by the demonic sword Xin Mo, which accelerates the merging of the realms. Despite Shen Qingqiu’s attempts to reason with Luo Binghe, the situation spirals out of control, culminating in a battle between Luo Binghe and Yue Qingyuan. As the cave collapses, Shen Qingqiu helps his injured sect members escape while struggling with his own conflicted feelings for Luo Binghe. Shen Qingqiu later confronts Luo Binghe about his actions, comforting him amidst his emotional breakdown, which leads Luo Binghe to destroy Xin Mo, ending the crisis. Shen Qingqiu uses the System’s "Self-Saving" ability to survive the aftermath.The story concludes with Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe recovering after the battle. Luo Binghe’s love and obsession for Shen Qingqiu solidify, while Shen Qingqiu acknowledges their complex relationship. Despite opposition from the sect, Shen Qingqiu decides to leave Cang Qiong Mountain to accompany Luo Binghe, marking the beginning of their life together. The novel closes with Shen Qingqiu reflecting on the chaotic journey, the transformation of the story, and how their bond has deepened through trials, signaling the start of a new chapter in their relationship.
After returning to the Demon Realm, Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe find themselves in an escalating series of conflicts, both internal and external. Shen Qingqiu begins to notice strange behaviors in Luo Binghe, leading to a confrontation with a parallel version of Luo Binghe from another dimension. After a violent showdown between the two versions, Shen Qingqiu helps the real Luo Binghe overcome his insecurities, reaffirming their bond through intense moments of both physical and emotional connection. Their relationship deepens despite the chaotic challenges they face.Shen Qingqiu's memories delve deeper into his past traumas, including the torment of his early life and his complex relationships with figures like Yue Qingyuan and Liu Qingge. His interactions with them are marked by a mix of resentment, guilt, and unresolved tension, further complicated by the arrival of Luo Binghe. These memories offer a stark contrast to the present, where Shen Qingqiu navigates his feelings for Luo Binghe, while also dealing with the remnants of his past.The story reaches a pivotal point when Luo Binghe proposes to Shen Qingqiu, marking a significant emotional and physical turning point in their relationship. Despite the intense nature of their intimate moments, Shen Qingqiu ultimately accepts Luo Binghe's love and devotion, leading to a symbolic wedding. Their bond is solidified through both emotional vulnerability and deep affection, culminating in a new phase of their journey together, balancing the lingering challenges from their past with the promise of a shared future.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The story begins with Mo Ran, formerly known as Mo Weiyu, reflecting on his past filled with shame, power, and tyranny as the first emperor of the cultivation world. He dies in a rebellion led by Xue Meng, after which he wakes up as his 16-year-old self, realizing he's been reborn with memories of his cruel past. Determined to change his fate, he returns to his sect and reconnects with his cousin Xue Meng and his beloved Shi Mei.Mo Ran and his companions embark on a mission to uncover the dark secrets behind the deaths in Butterfly Town. They encounter Chu Wanning, Mo Ran's stern and powerful shizun, who becomes central to Mo Ran's conflicting feelings of hatred and longing. During their journey, they uncover tragic tales of betrayal and vengeance, leading to intense battles and deep emotional turmoil.As they delve into an underwater city filled with illusions, they discover the Heart-Pluck Willow, a powerful being that has been manipulating events. Mo Ran confronts his own desires and the realization that his feelings for Chu Wanning might be more complicated than he thought. In a deadly trial set by an imposter Gouchen, Mo Ran faces a blood hourglass that threatens his life, while Chu Wanning, disguised as Shi Mei, risks everything to save him, revealing the depth of their unspoken bond.
Mo Ran awakens in the holy weapon arsenal, finding that his previous injuries were part of a nightmare. Shi Mei and Xue Meng also wake up unharmed, though confused. Chu Wanning wakes last, emotionally distant after seeing Mo Ran's affection for Shi Mei. Their respite is brief as the Heart-Pluck Willow reappears, forcing them into a dangerous escape. Xue Meng successfully destroys the willow using the Ancestral Sword, but the arsenal collapses, leading to their escape with the help of Wangyue, a dragon who had guided them to the arsenal.After returning to Sisheng Peak, the group learns of the feathered tribe’s arrival in the mortal realm. The tribe selects them to train at Peach Blossom Springs to prepare for a looming calamity. Mo Ran, Shi Mei, Xue Meng, and Chu Wanning, who is in disguise as Xia Sini, endure intense training routines and deepen their relationships. Meanwhile, they encounter the ghostly threats in Lin’an City and navigate the complexities of the Peach Blossom Springs training while grappling with their pasts and present feelings.As they delve into the mysteries around them, Mo Ran’s past life memories resurface, including his connection to Chu Wanning and the people he once knew. In Lin’an, they confront the ghost king, and Mo Ran is forced to face the consequences of his previous life as Taxian-jun. The volume ends with a tense confrontation, revealing that Mo Ran’s past deeds are not as buried as he hoped, signaling further challenges and revelations ahead.
Mo Ran wakes up beside Chu Wanning, who is still asleep. Observing the peacefulness of the moment, he becomes absorbed in playing with Chu Wanning’s hair, which carries a faint floral scent. This simple action leads Mo Ran into a deep reflection on their past, recalling both tender and intimate memories from their time at Sisheng Peak's Wushan Palace. Overcome with nostalgia, Mo Ran kisses Chu Wanning's hair, revisiting the complexities of their relationship.Chu Wanning later wakes up, feeling refreshed after using Tapir Fragrance Dew, and finds Mo Ran missing. His search leads him to the bathing area, where steam rises behind the wooden screen. As he investigates, Mo Ran suddenly emerges from the bath barrel, startling Chu Wanning. Mo Ran had been underwater and didn't hear Chu Wanning calling him. The situation becomes awkward and unexpected as Chu Wanning processes the sight of a naked Mo Ran, who attempts to cover himself while Chu Wanning stands in stunned silence.In the subsequent chapter, Chu Wanning attends a gathering in a grand hall where he meets Li Wuxin from the Rufeng Sect. Shocked to see Chu Wanning present, Li Wuxin accuses him of being involved in dark magic and the deaths of five hundred civilians from Butterfly Town. Chu Wanning dismisses the accusations calmly, emphasizing that he did not commit the murders and is willing to address Li Wuxin's questions. His composed demeanor and authoritative presence are highlighted, as he positions himself in the Loyalty Hall with dignity, underscoring the strategic and confident way he handles the situation.
Lotus Pavilion to mourn. A procession, including Xue Zhengyong, Mo Ran, Xue Meng, Shi Mei, and the revered Master Huaizui, carries a coffin to the lotus pond for a revival spell due to its spiritual energy. As they conduct this ritual, Mo Ran reflects on his past life as Emperor Taxian-jun and the choices he made, contrasting them with Xue Meng's young master status. Before departing on a journey, Mo Ran receives gifts from Madam Wang and Shi Mei, setting the stage for his solo endeavors.Throughout his journey, Mo Ran sends letters to Xue Zhengyong, detailing his encounters and battles. In Blossom Crossing, he confronts an evil spirit and earns payment in silver notes. By the hundred and twentieth day, he writes about acquiring a high-quality spiritual stone to enhance Xue Meng’s Longcheng blade. In Snow Valley, he describes cultivating frost lotuses while overcoming a guarding ape monster. His letters often include small gifts and reflect his growing maturity, highlighting his evolving skills and mindset.During his travels, Mo Ran’s encounters stir complex emotions and challenge his perceptions. He meets Song Qiutong, whose presence brings back memories of betrayal and deceit from his past life. Despite his deep-seated revulsion toward her, he maintains a facade of politeness. Later, he witnesses a heated confrontation between Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi, which escalates into a physical altercation. Nangong Si accuses Ye Wangxi of using sorcery to gain favor, expressing deep resentment and frustration.
A rumor spreads about an affair between Ye Wangxi and Song Qiutong, causing a stir among Rufeng Sect’s guests. Chu Wanning learns of the gossip and tries to subtly warn Nangong Si, who remains oblivious. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran visit Moonwhistle Fields, joining a faewolf race that deepens Mo Ran's care for Chu Wanning. During a meal, Mo Ran’s thoughtful gesture of filleting a fish for Chu Wanning surprises him, and they discuss Song Qiutong’s chastity mark, casting doubt on the affair rumors.As Nangong Si's wedding preparations continue, Mo Ran gives Song Qiutong a bracelet and recalls his own failed marriage to her in his past life. The wedding eve brings many guests to Rufeng Sect, but a mysterious figure interrupts the celebration, accusing Song Qiutong and Ye Wangxi of an affair. The figure reveals shocking truths, including a voice-changing spell and Ye Wangxi's true gender, stirring further chaos among the guests.The story takes a dark turn as the mysterious figure reveals the truth about Rufeng Sect's sinister past, exposing Nangong Liu's crimes and Xu Shuanglin’s true identity as Nangong Xu, who seeks revenge for past betrayals. Using forbidden techniques, Xu Shuanglin orchestrates the sect's destruction, unleashing an apocalyptic fire that consumes Rufeng Sect. The survivors flee to safety, and the volume closes with Chu Wanning and Mo Ran sharing a pivotal moment that marks a shift in their relationship.
Chu Wanning wakes up early to find Mo Ran sleeping beside him, leading him to reminisce about the early days when Mo Ran joined Sisheng Peak. He recalls Mo Ran's persistence in becoming his disciple and how their relationship slowly developed, from Mo Ran's initial simple gestures to Chu Wanning finally accepting him. As they continue their journey with a group of refugees, their relationship deepens through subtle, shared moments that hint at the unspoken emotions between them.Mo Ran's growing affection for Chu Wanning becomes more evident. Despite the awkwardness between them, Mo Ran takes every opportunity to be close, resulting in quiet tension and longing. They navigate their evolving feelings, with Mo Ran openly expressing his desire to be with Chu Wanning, while the latter struggles with his emotions and uncertainties. Through shared glances and touch, the intensity of their bond becomes undeniable, culminating in a passionate night where they both confront their desires and insecurities.Threats from the cultivation world loom, including the schemes of Xu Shuanglin and the potential calamity involving undead cultivators. Mo Ran grapples with the darkness of his past life as Taxian-jun while trying to protect Chu Wanning and his comrades. Their relationship undergoes various trials, with Chu Wanning offering steadfast support and Mo Ran seeking redemption and forgiveness for his past actions. This volume builds the emotional tension between Chu Wanning and Mo Ran against a backdrop of impending conflicts, highlighting their struggle to reconcile their pasts with their growing love.
The cultivators' journey to Mount Jiao begins with intimate moments between Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, followed by a chaotic departure marked by Xue Meng's frustration and Master Ma's commercial antics. Upon arrival, they face deadly trials, including swarming snakes and reanimated corpses, revealing Xu Shuanglin's manipulation. Nangong Si confronts his resurrected ancestor and ultimately sacrifices himself, while Mo Ran grapples with his past and the group discovers Nangong Liu alive.The situation intensifies as Xu Shuanglin attempts to resurrect Luo Fenghua, leading to revelations about his twisted past and motivations. After his defeat, Mo Ran faces Hua Binan's treachery and reveals his own Rufeng Sect lineage. He then encounters Taxian-jun, his past self, and battles him before seeking out Chu Wanning and Master Huaizui, only to find Huaizui dead. The discovery of a memory scroll leads Mo Ran into illusions that reveal Huaizui's guilt-ridden past and Chu Wanning's true origins.Mo Ran witnesses Huaizui's transformation from a vengeful child to a repentant monk and learns that Chu Wanning was created from a sacred tree, meant to replace Chu Lan. The illusions continue, showing Chu Wanning's kindness towards a young Mo Ran and leading to a confrontation where Huaizui demands Chu Wanning's spiritual core. The illusions further reveal Chu Wanning's warning to Huaizui from Taxian-jun's timeline and the harrowing recreation of their past life's forced intimacy, forcing both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning to confront their shared history and the complexities of their identities.
Mo Ran, spiraling further into darkness, becomes increasingly twisted under the influence of the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows, a demon spell that slowly erodes his compassion and memories. Chu Wanning uncovers this truth and desperately time-travels to the past to try to alter their doomed fate. There, he transfers part of his soul into younger versions of himself and Mo Ran to curb the spell's power. Meanwhile, Shi Mei reveals his true self as Hua Binan and descends into madness, orchestrating the chaos that drives Mo Ran back into being Taxian-jun. His obsession with Chu Wanning turns increasingly perverse and violent, culminating in multiple near-assaults and psychological torment.As the present collapses into chaos, Mo Ran returns to Sisheng Peak and confesses his hidden past—he was never Xue Zhengyong’s nephew, but a battered orphan who murdered the real Mo Nian after being framed for rape and thrown into prison. This traumatic betrayal birthed his tyrannical past self. Despite this, he chooses to atone: he sacrifices his spiritual core to stop Shi Mei’s undead army, nearly dying in the process. Loyalty Hall turns on him regardless, showing the world’s unwillingness to forgive even the repentant. Chu Wanning, meanwhile, remains trapped between realities, psychologically shattered but still trying to save the man he once loved.The story culminates in a painful reunion between Chu Wanning and a revenant Mo Ran (Taxian-jun), who has been manipulated back into a puppet emperor. Despite possessing all his memories and twisted desires, he begins showing flickers of humanity, driven by longing and regret. Chu Wanning, though emotionally wrecked, holds onto the hope that Mo Ran’s soul is still salvageable. Their final scenes are a chaotic blend of love, obsession, trauma, and a desire for redemption—torn between the need to destroy the monster and the wish to protect the broken boy beneath.
Not yet available.
Not yet available.
Not yet available.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Thousand Autumns: Qian Qiu
Yan Wushi and Yu Shengyan, two martial artists from the Huanyue Sect, traverse a perilous mountain path following a legendary duel between Qi Fengge of Xuandu Mountain and Hulugu, a Göktürk martial artist. The outcome of that duel spared Hulugu but set in motion future conflicts, as Hulugu remains a powerful adversary. As they discuss the duel, they encounter Shen Qiao, the defeated leader of Xuandu Mountain, critically injured after a battle with Hulugu’s disciple, Kunye. Despite Yu Shengyan's hesitation, Yan Wushi orders that Shen Qiao be saved with a revival pill, signaling his own dark intentions for Shen Qiao's future.Shen Qiao, now blind and amnesiac, falls under the manipulative care of Yan Wushi, who aims to break his spirit and corrupt his once-principled nature. Yu Shengyan deceives Shen Qiao into believing they are fellow disciples of the demonic Huanyue Sect, testing his trust and obedience. Shen Qiao’s gentle and composed demeanor surprises Yu Shengyan, but Yan Wushi remains intent on using Shen Qiao for his own purposes. As Shen Qiao regains strength, Yan Wushi involves him in a mission to assassinate a rival sect leader, further testing Shen Qiao’s morals and resolve.Despite his injuries and lost sight, Shen Qiao begins to recover both physically and mentally, challenging Yan Wushi’s manipulation. After a near-fatal confrontation with Mu Tipo, a prince intent on capturing Shen Qiao, Yan Wushi appears and mocks Shen Qiao for his vulnerability and forgiving nature. Throughout their journey, Yan Wushi continues to play a twisted game with Shen Qiao, testing his martial abilities, moral compass, and loyalty, ultimately dragging him deeper into the dangerous world of martial politics while simultaneously trying to uncover the secrets of the Zhuyang Strategy martial arts scroll.
At a banquet, Shen Qiao remains composed while Duan Wenyang, a Göktürk emissary, provokes the Su family, demanding the return of a sacred ring that once belonged to Hulugu, a legendary martial artist. After Madam Qin confesses her past with Hulugu and hands over the ring, tensions rise further as Duan Wenyang demands a family member be handed over. Su Qiao challenges Duan Wenyang but is easily defeated. Li Qingyu steps in, achieving sword intent, a rare martial feat, during their battle, though neither fighter emerges as a clear victor.The fight between Li Qingyu and Duan Wenyang ends inconclusively, despite Li Qingyu’s impressive display of sword intent. Duan Wenyang mocks Shen Qiao and others at the banquet, taunting them as weak and inferior. Later, Duan Wenyang attempts to take Su Wei hostage in a surprise attack, but Shen Qiao intervenes. In a fierce duel, Shen Qiao, despite his weakened state, reveals his mastery of sword intent, which surprises Duan Wenyang and forces him to retreat. This duel earns Shen Qiao admiration from those present, though it leaves him physically weakened.Shen Qiao is later kidnapped by Bai Rong, a demonic cultivator, who seeks the secrets of the Zhuyang Strategy. Despite his injuries, Shen Qiao manages to fend off her charm techniques and surprise her with his skill. Bai Rong retreats, leaving Shen Qiao exhausted. Guang Lingsan, leader of Fajing Sect, arrives, intending to use Shen Qiao as leverage against Yan Wushi. However, Yan Wushi arrives just in time, driving Guang Lingsan away. Despite Yan Wushi's manipulative nature, Shen Qiao’s internal injuries worsen, yet he refuses to abandon his principles, even as Yan Wushi offers him a way to regain his strength through demonic cultivation.
Shen Qiao arrives in Chang’an amidst rumors surrounding the Coiling Dragon Assembly and the famed Zhuyang Strategy, soon encountering Bai Rong, who offers him shelter. Despite her flirtatious advances and warnings about the dangers of pursuing Yan Wushi’s rescue, Shen Qiao remains resolute in his mission to protect Yan Wushi. Meanwhile, Yan Wushi faces a coordinated ambush by multiple martial experts, including Buddhist Master Xueting and Duan Wenyang. Though Yan Wushi fights valiantly, Guang Lingsan exploits a flaw in his martial arts, leaving him gravely injured and seemingly dead. Shen Qiao intervenes, deflecting further attacks on Yan Wushi’s body and preventing the others from desecrating his remains.Upon examining Yan Wushi, Shen Qiao discovers faint signs of life, prompting him to carry the unconscious Yan Wushi to a remote village for recovery. With the help of a local family, Shen Qiao tends to Yan Wushi, though his injuries—especially a cracked skull and disordered internal energy—are severe. Shen Qiao uses his own qi to assist Yan Wushi’s recovery, and though the process is slow, there is hope. As they heal, Shen Qiao ventures to gather more information in the capital, overhearing discussions of political unrest and slanderous rumors about his relationship with Yan Wushi. Confrontations with old acquaintances, including Yu Ai, further reveal the treacherous landscape of martial and political power struggles.Yan Wushi eventually regains consciousness, but his personality is fractured between his original, ruthless self and two gentler personas, “Xie Ling” and “A-Yan.” As they navigate these internal conflicts, Shen Qiao assists Yan in his gradual recovery while grappling with their complex dynamic. The two eventually depart on a perilous journey to obtain jade cistanche, a rare medicinal herb that could fully heal Yan Wushi’s injuries. Along the way, Shen Qiao experiences personal breakthroughs in his martial arts, solidifying his growth and determination to protect Yan Wushi despite the danger surrounding them. Their journey, however, remains fraught with threats from both martial enemies and political upheavals.
Shen Qiao, accompanied by Yuwen Song, leaves Chang’an and heads toward Bixia Sect for refuge, taking the opportunity to teach Yuwen Song martial arts and impart wisdom along the way. While traveling, they attend a banquet in Runan, where Shen Qiao spots Guang Lingsan and, shockingly, Yan Wushi. However, Yan Wushi, who appears to have lost his memory, dismisses Shen Qiao’s presence, leaving Shen Qiao puzzled and concerned. Yan Wushi's erratic behavior continues when he confronts Shen Qiao later at the inn, hinting at deeper schemes involving powerful sects.At the Huang residence, Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi uncover secret dealings between the Huang family and the Göktürks, including an alliance with the Liuhe Guild’s deputy leader, Yun Fuyi. Yan Wushi reveals his manipulation of these factions for his own benefit, leaving Shen Qiao uneasy about his true intentions. Shen Qiao’s internal struggle deepens as Yan Wushi persistently teases him, testing the boundaries of their relationship while hinting at affection. Despite Shen Qiao's firm moral stance, their interactions grow increasingly complex, with Yan Wushi playing a dual role of protector and provocateur.As they journey to Bixia Sect, Yan Wushi continues to exert influence over Shen Qiao and the sect’s disciples, challenging them to improve while subtly inserting himself into Shen Qiao’s life. Shen Qiao wrestles with his emotions, balancing his gratitude toward Yan Wushi for saving him with his wariness of Yan’s manipulative tendencies. Their dynamic reaches a turning point when Yan Wushi makes romantic advances, which Shen Qiao firmly rejects. Nevertheless, Yan Wushi remains undeterred, expressing both playful affection and strategic foresight as he navigates the intricate political landscape surrounding them.
Shen Qiao, disguised as a maid, and Bian Yanmei infiltrate the palace to rescue the empress and her siblings from Yuwen Yun’s tyranny. However, their plan is disrupted when Buddhist Master Xueting, disguised within Yuwen Yun’s entourage, reveals himself, resulting in a fierce battle. Yan Wushi, also disguised, engages Xueting, while Shen Qiao takes Yuwen Yun hostage to ensure their escape. Although they manage to leave the palace with the empress, they discover that one of the empress’s brothers, Erlang, has been kidnapped by Chen Gong, further complicating their mission.In a tense confrontation with Chen Gong, Shen Qiao attempts to negotiate for Erlang’s release, but Chen Gong’s deceit leads to a fight. Shen Qiao manages to rescue Erlang and seriously injures Chen Gong. Unexpectedly, Puliuru Jian's son, Puliuru Ying, delivers the final blow, killing Chen Gong. Despite the mission’s success, the political landscape shifts as Puliuru Jian, aided by Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao, stages a coup, ousting Yuwen Yun from power and securing his own control over the empire, officially establishing the Sui Dynasty.Yan Wushi sustains internal injuries from his confrontations but continues to manipulate the jianghu and political factions to his advantage. Shen Qiao reflects on their growing bond, despite Yan Wushi’s unpredictable behavior and romantic advances. As Xuandu Mountain begins rebuilding, Shen Qiao focuses on restoring his sect and supporting Yan Wushi during his recovery. The two navigate their complex relationship while preparing for future challenges, including Yan Wushi’s imminent duel with Hulugu, a battle that will shape their fates and the balance of power in the martial world.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Remnants of Filth: Yuwu
Mo Xi, a cold and disciplined general, was once close companions with Gu Mang, a charismatic and flirtatious comrade who later betrayed Chonghua by joining the enemy nation. Gu Mang’s fall from grace left Mo Xi conflicted with unresolved feelings of love and bitterness. When news arrives that Gu Mang will return to Chonghua as part of an armistice, Mo Xi is thrust into a tumultuous internal struggle over whether to seek revenge or come to terms with their past relationship, which was marked by deep intimacy and betrayal.Upon Gu Mang’s return, he is handed over to Wangshu-jun, and rumors of his deteriorated mental state and brutal treatment begin to circulate. Mo Xi, though filled with resentment, is drawn to Gu Mang’s tragic condition, and when he finally confronts him at Luomei Pavilion, he finds Gu Mang broken and enslaved. Gu Mang, now a shell of his former self, shows no recognition of Mo Xi, fueling Mo Xi’s rage, pity, and deep-seated longing. As Mo Xi navigates the emotional turmoil of their reunion, he learns that Gu Mang’s mind has been fractured by dark magic from the Liao Kingdom.As tensions rise, both on the battlefield and within the political sphere, Mo Xi finds himself increasingly drawn to protecting Gu Mang, despite accusations of lingering affections. Meanwhile, a series of violent incidents involving demonic forces and malevolent spirits sweep through Chonghua, intertwining with the mystery of Gu Mang’s broken mind. Mo Xi must balance his duties as a general with his desire to uncover the truth behind Gu Mang’s fate, all while confronting dangerous forces that threaten to tear them both apart.
Murong Chuyi, a powerful and aloof artificer, plays a key role in breaking the Hong Shao Sword and neutralizing the dangerous sword spirit of Li Qingqian, a former swordsman turned sword demon. His detached and cold demeanor contrasts sharply with Yue Chenqing's enthusiastic devotion to him. Despite their encounter with the sword demon, Murong Chuyi remains indifferent, only suggesting a way to resolve the demon's obsession and inviting the group to Yue Manor for further discussion. Mo Xi, observing this dynamic, reflects on how Yue’s admiration for Murong Chuyi mirrors his own lingering feelings toward Gu Mang, despite their complicated history.At Yue Manor, the group experiences Murong Chuyi's highly secure and mysterious artificing workshop. While exploring the Dream-Transfiguring Pool, they enter a shared dream that reveals the tragic backstory of Li Qingqian and Hong Shao. Li Qingqian, consumed by guilt and vengeance after the death of Hong Shao, becomes a sword demon, manipulated by the Liao Kingdom’s guoshi. Through the dream, Mo Xi learns about the deep-seated obsession that drives the sword demon, and the tragic fate of Li Qingqian, who dies in his quest for revenge against the Liao Kingdom.Following this, Mo Xi and Gu Mang's strained relationship continues to unfold, with Gu Mang beginning to recover fragments of his lost memories. As they navigate their unresolved emotions, Mo Xi's resentment toward Gu Mang for his past betrayal resurfaces, culminating in an emotional confrontation. Despite Mo Xi’s coldness, Gu Mang’s growing awareness of his past actions, combined with his feelings of guilt and regret, pushes him to seek Mo Xi’s forgiveness. However, Mo Xi remains conflicted, torn between his lingering affection for Gu Mang and the deep wounds left by his betrayal.
Gu Mang expresses sorrow, stating he doesn't believe he likes war either, while Mo Xi reflects on the devastating loss of his father during his childhood, an event that shaped his life and led to his deep resentment toward Gu Mang. Mo Xi recalls the excitement of his seventh birthday, shattered by the news of his father’s death, and the overwhelming grief he felt during the funeral, marking his first understanding of the true cost of war. This trauma fuels Mo Xi’s deep-seated anger and mistrust, believing Gu Mang betrayed Chonghua out of ambition and revenge.Overwhelmed by guilt and Mo Xi’s coldness, Gu Mang kneels before Mo Xi, asking for forgiveness and to be taught by him once more, hoping to atone for his past mistakes. Their exchange is interrupted by Murong Lian, who mocks Gu Mang’s desire to redeem himself and challenges him to kneel before every gravestone in Warrior Soul Mountain to prove his sincerity. Despite the harsh terms, Gu Mang agrees and begins his penance, showing his commitment to atoning for his crimes. Mo Xi, though conflicted, warns Gu Mang that no one will forgive him, but Gu Mang remains determined to make amends.Gu Mang’s public atonement lasts for four days, drawing crowds who mock and berate him, while Murong Lian continues to humiliate him. Despite collapsing from exhaustion, Gu Mang persists, and Mo Xi, still torn between his emotions, comforts him when he collapses at the end of his trial. Though Mo Xi remains emotionally conflicted, he silently supports Gu Mang by bringing him food and cleaning his hands, signaling a tentative reconciliation between them. Gu Mang’s persistence in seeking atonement and Mo Xi’s lingering feelings hint at the potential for healing, though the road ahead remains fraught with challenges.
Mo Xi and Gu Mang discover Wuyan, the Bat Queen, in a pavilion of bones, punishing a subordinate for failing to capture Rongrong. Weakened by her cultivation methods, Wuyan depends on Xueling Pills made from Rongrong's blood to sustain herself. Gu Mang, determined to find a way off the island, disguises himself and Mo Xi as bat demons. Gu Mang infiltrates Wuyan’s quarters, where she bathes in a blood pool. He observes her, hoping to uncover her vulnerabilities and potential weaknesses in her barrier.Gu Mang and Mo Xi narrowly avoid confrontation with bat demons and retreat to a secluded hut, where tensions between them flare. As Gu Mang extracts Wuyan’s Soul-Recording Spell, they learn about her tragic past, involving a failed love with an immortal named Chen Tang, which led to her hatred and obsession with men. Gu Mang compares Mo Xi’s feelings to Wuyan’s obsession, causing Mo Xi deep emotional pain as they reflect on their broken relationship. Despite the tension, the two share a physically intense encounter driven by an aphrodisiac, which only heightens their unresolved emotional turmoil.As they gather more clues about Wuyan’s motives and the barrier, Gu Mang successfully leads them off the island. Back at Chonghua, tension escalates as Mo Xi learns more about Gu Mang’s secret role as a spy. The emperor admits to destroying records that could clear Gu Mang’s name and reveals a hidden memory of Gu Mang weeping over his fallen comrades' graves. Mo Xi, deeply affected by the revelations, returns home, determined to protect and restore Gu Mang’s honor, but struggles with the emotional and physical toll of their shared history.
Mo Xi embraces Gu Mang, revealing he knows the truth of his suffering. Despite Gu Mang’s resistance, Mo Xi’s unwavering devotion breaks through his defenses, and Gu Mang finally confesses his long-suppressed feelings. Reconciled at last, they vow never to be separated again, though Gu Mang’s fading memories due to the Time Mirror’s effect become a growing concern. Meanwhile, war looms as the Liao Kingdom breaks the armistice, and Mo Xi is tasked with reclaiming Da’ze City. Gu Mang, refusing a leadership role, chooses to stay by his side as suspicions around Murong Lian’s hidden motives grow.Amid battle, Mo Xi’s forces seek to capture the Demonblood Beast’s soul, leading Gu Mang into a tense confrontation with the guoshi, who taunts him before summoning a new threat. Murong Lian, pursued by Liao cultivators, barely escapes but is struck down before reaching safety. Mo Xi intervenes, but the guoshi appears with an unconscious Gu Mang, demanding an exchange. Mo Xi outmaneuvers him but is accused of sheltering a traitor, deepening tensions within the army. Meanwhile, Gu Mang, struggling with memory loss, secretly records his past, while Murong Lian, critically wounded, insists on speaking with him.When assassins attack, Murong Lian is gravely injured, and Gu Mang is captured amid the chaos. In a dreamscape, Gu Mang recalls fragmented childhood memories and Murong Lian’s desperate attempts for approval, hinting at hidden secrets waiting to be uncovered.
Mo Xi sets out to save Gu Mang, who has been reduced to a near-mindless shell after sacrificing parts of his soul. Determined to restore him, Mo Xi learns about a legendary soul-summoner in Lin’an and sets off with Gu Mang to find them. Meanwhile, Gu Mang retains only his trust in Mo Xi and writes in a memory journal filled with kindness, even toward those who hurt him. Their bond grows deeper as they travel, culminating in Gu Mang discovering he has a living cousin—Murong Chuyi, whose tragic past reveals he and Gu Mang are blood relatives, both sons of the doomed Chu family.This revelation comes amid rising political and personal tensions, as Murong Chuyi plans revenge against the Yue Clan patriarch for the destruction of his family.
In a shocking turn, Murong Chuyi massacres the Yue Clan at Huntian Cave, but his vengeance spirals into tragedy. Mo Xi intervenes, but the situation unravels when Jiang Yexue, once thought a disabled ally, reveals himself as a cruel mastermind who manipulated everyone for power and control. He confesses to using demonic qi, orchestrating mass deaths, and psychologically tormenting Murong Chuyi for years. Chuyi ultimately sacrifices himself to stop him. Meanwhile, Murong Lian exposes the emperor’s mind-control schemes using fake medicine, and in a climactic moment, the emperor unleashes the soul-box containing part of Gu Mang’s soul, triggering a magical catastrophe. The emperor is defeated, but not before releasing the Demonblood Beast, leading to a full-scale war.As battle looms, Gu Mang, now fully healed and mentally restored, returns as commander of the Northern Frontier Army. Mo Xi discovers that Gu Mang had orchestrated the exposure of the puppet pill implanted in him and had never truly betrayed their country—his “treason” was a deep-cover mission all along. Their love is reaffirmed in emotional moments before the final fight. Gu Mang’s soul had been fused with the Demonblood Beast years ago as part of a secret plan to destroy it from within, setting up the story's climax. Together, Mo Xi and Gu Mang prepare to face the resurrected demon, the invading Liao army, and the final remnants of betrayal and vengeance left in the ashes of the empire.
Jiang Fuli reveals his past as Chen Tang and the horror of his twisted relationship with his former disciple Hua Po’an, who began as a lowly slave and rose through deception and hatred after discovering his royal bloodline. Despite Chen Tang's kindness, Hua Po’an corrupted the techniques he learned and rebelled using the Demonblood Beast. After Chen Tang sacrificed himself to stop the beast, Hua Po’an resurrected him by imprisoning his soul in another body and raping him to maintain eternal dominance. Su Yurou helped Chen Tang escape and gave him a new identity, Jiang Fuli, sealing his memories with the Reversal Stone. When Jiang Fuli regains everything, he gives the Reversal Stone to Mo Xi and asks him to go back in time to prevent Gu Mang’s mental destruction. Mo Xi agrees and returns to the past, where Gu Mang immediately senses who he is. Gu Mang insists Mo Xi must extract his soul to forge the key to the soul-box, an event that always had to happen to save the world.Mo Xi painfully rips Gu Mang’s soul to create the key, and the act breaks them both. Gu Mang stays conscious to comfort Mo Xi, and the two share an intimate farewell as Mo Xi fades back into the future. Mo Xi realizes he was the one who originally harmed Gu Mang, not the enemy kingdom, and carries that guilt with him into the final battle. He rides the Spiritblessed Beast into the Demonblood Beast’s blood sea and sacrifices himself to destroy the beast’s heart, cleansing the land and ending Hua Po’an’s reign. Jiang Fuli, during his own duel with Hua Po’an, finally denies their past by refusing to acknowledge him as his disciple. Mo Xi dies with the beast, fulfilling the prophecy, but in his final moment sees Gu Mang reaching for him through light and golden rain, welcoming him home.Instead of reincarnation or nothingness, Mo Xi wakes to find himself alive, resting on Gu Mang’s lap beneath the phoenix tree. Gu Mang explains that the Spiritblessed and Demonblood Beasts were two halves of the same being, and by merging their souls, they reversed the destruction and gained a second life. Gu Mang had pulled Mo Xi back from death, promising never to leave him behind again. They both remember everything, and their love—tested by war, time, possession, and pain—is finally free to exist without fear. As sunlight and petals fall around them, they lie together in peace. Mo Xi whispers that he’s finally come home.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Stars of Chaos: Sha Po Lang
Chang Geng, a reserved boy in the border town of Yanhui, is raised by Shen Shiliu, a mysterious, beautiful blind man posing as his godfather. His quiet life unravels during a barbarian invasion, where Chang Geng learns his godfather is actually Gu Yun, the legendary Marquis of Anding and commander of the Black Iron Battalion. The attack reveals Chang Geng’s true identity: he is the long-lost fourth prince of Great Liang. His adoptive mother, Xiu-niang (real name Huge’er), is a barbarian spy who tried to poison him, and her death triggers a mental breakdown. Gu Yun and his elite forces arrive in time to defeat the invaders and escort Chang Geng to the capital, unveiling a larger political conspiracy involving the barbarian tribes and foreign powers.As they travel, Chang Geng grapples with betrayal, trauma, and his cursed bloodline. The curse of Wu’ergu—a mental affliction that drives its victim into madness and violence—lurks within him, planted by Huge’er. Despite this, Chang Geng clings to Gu Yun, emotionally fixated on him as both a father figure and something more complicated. Gu Yun, emotionally distant and secretly going blind and deaf from his own ailments, struggles to reconcile his feelings for Chang Geng with his duties as a general. Their relationship is fraught: Chang Geng feels abandoned and betrayed by Gu Yun’s lies, while Gu Yun is paralyzed by guilt and affection he doesn’t fully understand.Chang Geng is formally recognized by the dying emperor, given the title Prince Yanbei, and made Gu Yun’s ward. Despite Gu Yun’s attempts to keep Chang Geng at a distance, their bond deepens, particularly during intense shared experiences like battle, nightmares, and training. Chang Geng begins transitioning from a boy clinging to the past into a young man with growing resolve. However, the damage from secrets, political intrigue, and unspoken feelings has already shaped him into someone far more dangerous—and determined—than anyone, including Gu Yun, expected.
After Emperor Li Feng ascends the throne, he initiates sweeping centralization reforms that strain the military and economy. He enacts the Token of Mastery and Marching Orders laws, severely restricting military autonomy and civilian innovation. Gu Yun, Marquis of Anding and commander of the Black Iron Battalion, is sent to the remote border as punishment but remains the sole general exempt from the new military restrictions. Meanwhile, Chang Geng, Li Feng’s younger brother and secretly Prince Yanbei, lives incognito and undergoes emotional and intellectual growth while staying with physician Chen Qingxu. Their paths converge when Gu Yun, investigating corruption in the southern command, reunites with Chang Geng after years apart.Their reunion is emotionally charged. Chang Geng, deeply in love with Gu Yun, confesses his feelings, only to be met with confusion and guilt. A failed assassination attempt at the villa confirms that political betrayal runs deeper than anyone suspected, linked to old wounds involving the poisoning of Gu Yun’s father and palace conspiracies from decades prior. This sparks a chain of revelations implicating court official Wang Guo and others in a long cover-up of treason involving the former emperor and barbarian consorts. Tan Hongfei's rebellion in the capital forces Gu Yun to kneel in the snow before the emperor to stop civil war, but paranoia still lands him in prison. Chang Geng rises as a political force, forging military orders to stabilize the empire and moving decisively to shield Gu Yun and the Black Iron Battalion from political sabotage.War erupts on all fronts—north, south, east, and west—as coordinated foreign invasions from the Western Pope, Dongying, Qiuci, and allied bandits threaten to collapse the House of Li. Gu Yun, released from prison, is reappointed as Supreme Commander. Despite poor health, he begins to rebuild defenses. Chang Geng, now a political powerhouse, handles all logistics and administration, ensuring Gu Yun can focus solely on warfare. As the capital braces for invasion, Chang Geng demonstrates not just strategic brilliance but unwavering devotion to Gu Yun. Their relationship—though fraught with unspoken emotion, past trauma, and repressed longing—becomes the unshakable foundation of Great Liang’s last stand.
After a failed peace envoy from the West delivers humiliating demands—including ceding vast territory, tribute, and even handing over Princess Li Hening—Gu Yun is gravely injured defending the capital. Li Chang Geng takes charge, caring for Gu Yun and facing both court politics and battlefield disaster. When a secret violet gold cache is destroyed in an explosion to prevent capture, the capital reels from the blast and the Western army launches a full-scale attack. Amidst the chaos, traitor Liao Chi is exposed, but not before nearly abducting Emperor Li Feng. Chang Geng executes a daring rescue and prepares the people for one final stand. Gu Yun, in full armor, leads a suicidal counterattack, locking himself outside the city gates with his troops.The capital survives the siege through desperate tactics, mass sacrifice, and Chang Geng’s ruthless leadership. Li Feng tries to abdicate, but Chang Geng refuses, insisting the emperor remain a living symbol. Gu Yun and his Black Iron Battalion win a decisive New Year’s Eve battle with air raids, suicide missions, and psychological warfare, crushing the Western coalition. However, Gu Yun is nearly assassinated by a disguised enemy prisoner, leading to further injury. As he recovers in secret, he sends Chang Geng a heartfelt letter. Meanwhile, Chang Geng faces court corruption, pushes financial reform through controversial war bonds, and ruthlessly exposes those covering up a plague. He begins consolidating power, managing the war front and internal governance with increasing authority, while hiding worsening symptoms of his wu’ergu curse.Their relationship deepens into a complex, obsessive bond. Chang Geng seduces Gu Yun, revealing a long-repressed hunger for intimacy, security, and control. Gu Yun, conflicted due to their shared past and age gap, ultimately gives in. They become romantically and sexually involved while navigating trauma, political threats, and court conspiracies. Chang Geng fakes political messages to gain elite support, survives a violent episode of madness, and maintains his grip on reform. The two are inseparable—Gu Yun supports Chang Geng through public challenges and private breakdowns, while Chang Geng builds toward a national counteroffensive and an uncertain political future haunted by enemies within and without.
Chang Geng (Prince Yan) and Xu Ling go undercover in Yangzhou to uncover a sinister plot involving Yang Ronggui, who has been embezzling refugee relief funds and incinerating sick refugees to cover it up. Their investigation leads them to discover a massive conspiracy that involves the Shahai Gang and corrupt officials. Meanwhile, Cao Chunhua impersonates Prince Yan and is nearly exposed when Yang Ronggui theatrically offers him the yellow dragon robe—an ultimatum to join the rebellion or perish. Yang Ronggui’s rebellion spirals into a larger conspiracy as the emperor is nearly assassinated by his own guards during a ceremonial event. Shen Yi and Jiang Chong save the emperor, and Gu Yun rushes back to the capital to dismantle the conspiracy, leading to the arrest of key traitors like Yang Ronggui and Lü Chang.Amid growing internal strife, Chang Geng infiltrates the Shahai Gang and sustains severe injuries trying to stop a refugee-led uprising. Gu Yun finds him barely alive and brings him to safety, triggering a wave of reforms led by Chang Geng. These include using war beacon tickets as currency, opening government factories, and redistributing land to stabilize the economy. But court politics remain treacherous—Chang Geng is lured into a trap by the barbarian envoy at a palace banquet, triggering a wu’ergu episode that nearly exposes his dark origins. Gu Yun rescues him, and political enemies like Wang Guo are arrested. Still, the barbarian threat grows: the envoy was a test, meant to provoke war and reveal Chang Geng's curse. Chang Geng and Gu Yun confront their emotional bond while preparing for renewed war, both physically and strategically.As Great Liang teeters on the edge of collapse, simultaneous wars erupt on the northern and southern fronts. Gu Yun, despite his failing health, and Chang Geng, wielding full command, lead their forces into battle. The Jiangbei Navy successfully repels the Far Western forces, while the northern front suffers under Jialai Yinghuo’s brutal tactics. Chang Geng launches sweeping modernization plans, but faces constant physical decline from the wu’ergu curse. In a final act, Chen Qingxu and Cao Chunhua infiltrate the barbarian capital to assassinate Jialai Yinghuo, but are caught in a devastating trap. The volume ends in chaos, with Jialai Yinghuo setting fire to a broken flying contraption powered by violet gold, hinting at a desperate final gambit as both sides head into an uncertain climax.
Chang Geng (Li Min) and Gu Yun confront both external war and internal political collapse. After a covert discovery of a soul idol linked to Chang Geng’s mother, Gu Yun realizes it may hold the key to saving Chang Geng from the wu’ergu affliction. Meanwhile, Chang Geng excels in both military and diplomatic arenas, stabilizing the empire’s economy through strategic reforms. His personal bond with Gu Yun deepens through letters, gestures, and shared dreams—culminating in a romantic reunion just before another Western offensive. The Far Westerners attempt a surprise counterattack, but Gu Yun orchestrates a brilliant naval ambush using decoys and submersibles, forcing a Western retreat. However, his health is failing, and he hides the severity from everyone—including Chang Geng.As political tensions escalate, Fang Qin leads a palace coup that results in Emperor Li Feng’s death. Chang Geng and the crown prince survive assassination attempts, and Chang Geng is named emperor. With court traitors purged and the military reorganized, he immediately rides south to the war front. Upon arriving, Chang Geng confronts Gu Yun’s worsening condition and emotional neglect, leading to a powerful, tearful breakdown. Despite the chaos, they confess their feelings. Gu Yun’s final plan devastates the Western navy through coordinated land-sea-air strategy, aided by a betrayal from Dongying. Peace is declared, Gu Yun returns to the capital, and Chang Geng formally begins the Taishi Era—spearheading sweeping legal and financial reform.In the extras, the story explores healing, legacy, and love. Gu Yun secretly fulfills a vow at a temple, uncovering that a cure for his illness was hidden in a prayer bead all along—possibly placed by the late emperor. Chang Geng reflects on Gu Yun’s childhood and trauma, dreaming of protecting the young Gu Yun from iron puppet training. The narrative spans years into their reign, highlighting the maturation of the crown prince, Li Zheng, and his eventual succession after Chang Geng retires. Side stories include the wedding of Shen Yi and Chen Qingxu, emotional reckonings with family legacies, and the symbolic return of peace through airship fleets and ancestral rituals. In the end, both Gu Yun and Chang Geng find healing and stability after a lifetime of war and sacrifice.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Guardian: Zhen Hun
Zhao Yunlan, the confident and charismatic head of the Special Investigations Department, being called to investigate a mysterious case on University Street. He arrives at a crime scene marked by a gruesome murder, with clear signs of supernatural involvement. His investigation soon leads him to cross paths with Shen Wei, a seemingly mild-mannered university professor with a hidden depth. From their first meeting, there is an unspoken tension between them, as Zhao Yunlan senses that Shen Wei is concealing more than he lets on.As the case unfolds, Zhao Yunlan's suspicions about Shen Wei grow. Despite Shen Wei's calm and composed demeanor, he displays moments of strength and knowledge that hint at a more complex identity. Shen Wei consistently appears in crucial moments, offering help yet maintaining an air of mystery. Zhao Yunlan is both intrigued and frustrated by Shen Wei's reluctance to reveal his true self, and this curiosity only deepens as they encounter increasingly dangerous supernatural phenomena together.Their interactions are charged with a blend of mutual fascination and unspoken attraction, creating a dynamic where Zhao Yunlan is drawn to Shen Wei's enigmatic nature. Despite their differences, an undeniable connection forms between them. As they navigate the dark and treacherous world of the supernatural, their relationship becomes central to the unfolding mystery, setting the stage for a deeper exploration of their intertwined fates.
The story shifts its focus to Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei as they continue to navigate the complexities of their relationship and their involvement in the supernatural world. Guo Changcheng, while carrying out his duties, encounters a strange man with a black aura and a long tongue, hinting at the dangerous forces lurking in Dragon City. Meanwhile, Zhao Yunlan immerses himself in his work at the Special Investigations Department, where the staff grapples with an intricate case involving poisoned food, resentful spirits, and the mysterious phenomenon of karmic lines and merit marks.As Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei’s bond deepens, Shen Wei struggles with his emotions and the boundaries between their respective roles. He reflects on his connection with Zhao Yunlan, feeling a mix of tenderness, longing, and duty. Their interactions are filled with tension and subtle moments of affection, as Shen Wei carefully tends to Zhao Yunlan when he falls ill, revealing the depth of his care. However, Shen Wei is also torn by his responsibilities as the Soul-Executing Emissary, which often pull him away from Zhao Yunlan.Amidst the supernatural cases and investigations, the story delves into Shen Wei's struggle with his identity and his role in the Netherworld. The arrival of ominous warnings about the Great Seal and the reappearance of Ghost Face add a layer of urgency and danger to their situation. Zhao Yunlan, with his usual charisma and determination, continues to investigate the mysteries surrounding the supernatural events, even as he navigates the complexities of his relationship with Shen Wei. The tension between duty and personal desire looms large, setting the stage for a deeper exploration of their intertwined fates and the challenges they must face together.
Zhao Yunlan woke feeling exhausted and experiencing a headache after dreaming about ancient events, including the toppling of Buzhou Mountain. Shen Wei, concerned for him, tends to his fever and brings him medication. Their conversation turns to Zhao Yunlan's unsettling memories of the past and his role in these ancient occurrences. As they delve into Zhao Yunlan’s visions, Shen Wei deflects some of his questions, hinting at greater mysteries and Zhao Yunlan’s connection to significant events like the destruction of the Path to Heaven.In the present, Zhao Yunlan is embroiled in complex dynamics involving his team, family, and his own shifting sense of reality. While planning to introduce Shen Wei to his parents, Zhao Yunlan faces tension with his father, who seems to be avoiding Shen Wei. As Valentine's Day unfolds, Zhao Yunlan reflects on Shen Wei’s long history of watching over him, and they confront the emotional weight of their connection. Amid this, they become involved in new cases, including a mysterious ritual linked to a tourist town, and Zhao Yunlan is haunted by dreams and feelings of fatigue that point toward a deeper connection to the supernatural.Meanwhile, the story introduces various characters who navigate the supernatural landscape alongside Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei. In the Netherworld, tensions rise as the Great Seal weakens, and the Reincarnation Cycle is threatened. Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei face formidable adversaries, including Ghost Face, as they try to understand the full extent of their intertwined fates and the consequences of ancient promises and vows. Throughout these trials, their bond is tested, leading to moments of introspection, revelation, and the potential for reconciliation as they confront the ghosts of their past and the looming threats of their present.
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
An old faculty dormitory on a university campus becomes the setting for a young man's final visit to his teacher, Xie-laoshi. Struggling with financial difficulties and a facial deformity that has left him isolated, he plans to leave the university. That night, he confesses to past thefts driven by his resentment toward those who mocked him and gives Xie-laoshi a moving poem. Though they spend the evening together, he mysteriously disappears by morning. The next day, Xie-laoshi learns he had died in a storm seven days earlier, leaving her in shock and questioning the reality of their encounter.The narrative shifts to He Yu and his complex relationship with Xie Xue, a lecturer at Huzhou University and Xie Qingcheng's younger sister. He Yu joined the university to be close to Xie Xue, but tensions rise with the arrival of Xie Qingcheng, his former personal physician. Xie Qingcheng’s cold, authoritative demeanor clashes with He Yu’s simmering resentment, setting the stage for a deeper exploration of their troubled history and unresolved emotions.As events unfold, the characters' lives intertwine, revealing secrets and hidden feelings. Xie Qingcheng’s failed marriage and his past with He Yu are gradually uncovered, while He Yu grapples with his feelings for Xie Xue and his conflicted emotions toward Xie Qingcheng. The story builds toward a dramatic climax involving a traumatic incident at Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital, entangling their fates and exploring themes of love, identity, and the haunting power of the past.
Xie Qingcheng revisits the old family home in Huzhou and faces complex emotions tied to his past. He grows suspicious of his sister Xie Xue’s recent behavior and her secretive visit to Auntie Li, which strains their sibling relationship. Meanwhile, He Yu and Xie Qingcheng's strained dynamic escalates, highlighted by an intense encounter involving mundane tasks, wontons, and lingering tensions from their past interactions. He Yu’s visit to the medical school also introduces academic pressures, emphasizing the challenge of balancing technological advancements with the need for meticulous human effort.Amid these personal entanglements, a sinister plot unfolds at Huzhou University. A hacker takes control of the Radio and Television Tower, broadcasting a threatening message titled "The 'Drop the Hanky' Game of Death," which sends the campus into panic. As the situation spirals, Xie Qingcheng and He Yu are thrust into the chaos, investigating the ominous events while dealing with their own unresolved issues. Their investigation reveals connections to a psychiatric hospital and introduces characters like Lu Yuzhu, whose involvement in a planned suicide attack hints at a larger, more dangerous conspiracy.As they delve deeper into the mystery, Xie Qingcheng’s professional principles and personal morals clash with the unexpected and brutal revelations. He faces challenges to his authority and the complexities of his relationships, especially with He Yu, who becomes increasingly entangled in the dark events. The volume concludes with a series of emotionally charged confrontations and a deepening sense of foreboding as Xie Qingcheng and He Yu prepare to confront the hidden truths behind the terror gripping the university.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu’s already volatile relationship takes darker, more obsessive turns, exploring themes of psychological trauma, power struggles, and toxic dependence. After a disastrous one-night stand, Xie Qingcheng is consumed by shame and tries to distance himself from He Yu. However, He Yu, unable to reconcile his growing obsession, continually forces interactions through emotional manipulation, public provocations, and physical confrontations, asserting his control over Xie Qingcheng.Xie Qingcheng faces additional turmoil when he is accused of misconduct at his university, leading to his suspension. This external crisis mirrors his internal struggles as he grapples with He Yu's escalating possessiveness. He Yu’s actions, driven by jealousy—especially over Xie Qingcheng's friendship with Chen Man—and his inability to let go, blur the line between affection and coercion. Their toxic dynamic is rooted in their past, as He Yu reveals how Xie Qingcheng was once his sole source of emotional stability, a reliance that has now transformed into an unhealthy fixation.Amid their personal chaos, a murder on a film set unexpectedly traps them together in a life-threatening situation, forcing moments of reflection and raw vulnerability. As the floodwaters rise, He Yu confesses his feelings of betrayal and reliance on Xie Qingcheng, while Xie Qingcheng begins to acknowledge his own guarded emotions. These moments of tension, confession, and intimacy highlight the complexity of their relationship, marked by mutual pain and unresolved grievances. As the novel concludes, Xie Qingcheng prepares to reveal a long-hidden truth about their shared past, a revelation that could alter the dynamic between them forever.
Thirteen-year-old Xie Qingcheng, after the sudden, suspicious deaths of his police-officer parents, embarks on a desperate solo investigation during winter vacation. He suspects foul play, uncovers evidence like a strange earring, and arranges to meet a witness, but the meeting place is burned down, killing the contact. Traumatized and injured after a deliberate hit-and-run by a mysterious man, Xie is hospitalized and barely survives. For the first time, he confides this harrowing story to He Yu, revealing that everything changed the moment he met Dr. Qin Ciyan.Qin Ciyan, a brilliant but emotionally burdened neurosurgeon, saves Xie Qingcheng's life by illegally administering RN-13, an experimental regenerative drug he once opposed. This treatment grants Xie miraculous recovery but leaves him with severe side effects: scarring, emotional instability, and a foreshortened life expectancy. As a child clinging to his dying sister’s survival, Xie is willing to endure anything. Qin becomes a surrogate father, breaking ethical boundaries to preserve the boy's life while hiding the truth from everyone, even his own family. He Yu is stunned to learn that Xie was the mysterious "First Emperor" case—Patient Zero for RN-13.Post-recovery, Xie Qingcheng attempts to live a normal life, lying to his family about his condition. But his emotional and physical deterioration worsens, and he spirals into self-harm and suicidal behavior. Qin Ciyan intervenes again, providing both medical and emotional support. Xie eventually embraces his condition, enrolling in medical school and using himself as a living experiment to research RN-13. His suffering becomes the foundation of groundbreaking psychiatric study, culminating in the "First Emperor's Dossier." Yet he remains haunted by a ticking clock—his life is still expected to end by forty.
After surviving a near-death experience, Xie Qingcheng lies hospitalized, prompting He Yu to break down emotionally and confess his overwhelming attachment and guilt. Their relationship intensifies when He Yu, unable to verbalize his love, instead clings to Xie Qingcheng with possessiveness. Meanwhile, Lü Zhishu begins a secret investigation into He Yu's behavior, mistakenly believing he's romantically involved with Xie Xue. He Yu's jealousy flares on a public metro ride where he stakes a territorial claim over Xie Qingcheng, foreshadowing a more obsessive descent. Things take a darker turn when actress Ms. Yang is found murdered. He Yu investigates, linking her death to the corrupt entertainment mogul Huang Zhilong and a broader criminal conspiracy tied to illegal experiments and the blood-control drug RN-13.He Yu spirals further into emotional instability, resulting in a self-harm episode that shocks Xie Qingcheng. Their dynamic fractures under the weight of trauma, guilt, and long-buried feelings. Xie Qingcheng tries to maintain distance, but He Yu’s relentless pursuit—both romantic and investigative—pulls them back together. At Skynight Club, Xie Qingcheng finds He Yu drunk and unraveling, and their confrontation leads to the revelation that He Yu’s obsession stems from genuine love. Despite repeated rejections, He Yu refuses to back down, declaring his intent to seriously pursue Xie Qingcheng. Tension crescendos in a flaming basement beneath Zhilong HQ where, amid gunfire and collapsing debris, Xie Qingcheng finally initiates a kiss, acknowledging He Yu's devotion, though it's framed as gratitude rather than reciprocation.The story climaxes with Jiang Liping, once thought a traitor, revealed as the key police informant and secret avenger working to bring down Huang Zhilong. She risks her life to deliver evidence implicating the organization’s leaders and is later shot while defecting during a staged airport capture. Huang Zhilong is killed by police sniper fire. Meanwhile, the roots of Jiang Liping's vendetta are traced to her childhood mentor Jin Xiuhe—Huang Zhilong's murdered wife—whose death was covered up. The volume ends with the fall of Zhilong Entertainment, the death of its chairman, and emotional fallout as Xie Qingcheng and He Yu inch closer toward a complicated and unspoken understanding built on trauma, guilt, and the possibility of redemption.
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Danmei Recap Home / Seven Seas Menu
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong
Li Yu awakens to the shocking discovery that he has transformed into a carp and is now living in a palace pond. Struggling to adapt to his new fish form, he narrowly escapes being cooked when a palace servant tries to use him for soup. His desperate flailing leads to a chance encounter with Prince Jing, who unknowingly saves him from the clutches of a palace cat. Realizing he's part of the "Moe Pet System," Li Yu learns that his main quest is to become the beloved pet of Prince Jing, a figure destined to become a feared tyrant.As Li Yu navigates this bizarre situation, he works to win Prince Jing's favor through various antics, like performing tricks and interacting with the prince in playful ways. These efforts gradually earn him a place in Prince Jing's heart, leading to a series of charming and sometimes comical interactions. All the while, palace intrigue and danger loom around Prince Jing, forcing Li Yu to use his wit and system rewards to keep himself safe and maintain the prince's interest.Things take an unexpected turn when Li Yu discovers he can transform back into a human for short periods. During these moments, he secretly interacts with Prince Jing, adding complexity to their growing bond. Prince Jing starts to piece together the mystery of his unusual pet fish. The story reaches a pivotal moment when Li Yu, in human form, warns Prince Jing about a plot involving Concubine Qiu, proving his value and revealing his identity to the prince. This revelation sets the stage for a deeper and more intricate relationship between the two.
Prince Jing, intrigued by the carp spirit Li Yu, invites him to stay at his manor, masking his protective intentions under the guise of caring for his fish. Li Yu, relieved by this turn of events, settles into the manor, and their bond grows stronger. Prince Jing navigates palace politics while subtly shielding Li Yu, especially when a palace plot involving Concubine Qiu is uncovered. Li Yu cleverly causes a commotion during an audience with the emperor, helping to expose Concubine Qiu's wrongdoings, leading to her downfall and banishment.As Li Yu grows more comfortable, he starts to reciprocate Prince Jing's affections. However, the intrigue around the emperor's attention toward Prince Jing's fish grows, prompting the emperor to summon them to court multiple times. During one such summon, a plot by the third and sixth princes unfolds, but Li Yu cleverly reveals their trickery, saving Prince Jing from a potential political disaster. Throughout these events, Prince Jing becomes increasingly protective of Li Yu, showing his deepening feelings.In a lighter turn, Prince Jing constructs a luxurious new tank for Li Yu, further symbolizing his care. Despite this growing intimacy, Li Yu grapples with his feelings, oscillating between his role as a fish and his emerging love for Prince Jing. Their relationship progresses through these trials, with moments of tenderness and misunderstandings, setting the stage for a deeper bond as they navigate the dangerous waters of court politics together.
Li Yu and Prince Jing continue deepening their relationship as they travel, settle into their new home at Luofeng Village, and begin navigating threats together. Their bond strengthens through shared domestic life and intimacy, especially when Li Yu reveals his carp spirit identity. Prince Jing not only accepts the truth but supports Li Yu wholeheartedly. After surviving an assassination attempt and uncovering a conspiracy involving local nobles and bandits, Li Yu and Prince Jing defend the village with smart strategy and affectionately consummate their love. This culminates in Li Yu's accidental pregnancy due to a system skill called “One-Shot-and-Done,” leading to shock and eventual acceptance as he lays glowing fish eggs.The eggs hatch into four spirited baby fish boys—Dabao, Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao—whom both Li Yu and Prince Jing raise together in a tender blend of hilarity and sweetness. With magical help, the babies later transform into human infants, prompting the emperor to recognize them and elevate Li Yu to consort status despite initial disapproval. Prince Jing and Li Yu have their grand wedding, but even on their wedding night, parenting duties interrupt romance. The babies' antics, including rolling off beds and demanding attention, highlight a joyful yet chaotic new chapter. Meanwhile, political enemies scheme in the capital, especially the jealous sixth prince Mu Tianxiao, but Prince Jing counters with a subtle takedown using exposed corruption.Li Yu undergoes a tribulation to gain a permanent human form, transforming first into a horrifying Manmer and later a stunning Merman. Despite a kidnapping attempt during the ritual, he’s rescued by Prince Jing, reaffirming their trust and love. As Li Yu gains new magical abilities and parenting tools (like a fish-baby monitoring system), the family continues thriving. The emperor, increasingly fond of his grandsons despite never meeting them, begins doting from afar. The volume ends on a heartwarming note as Li Yu embraces both his role as a consort and a father, finally calling Prince Jing by his name—Tianchi—symbolizing their complete emotional intimacy.
A sinister bloodline scandal explodes when Concubine Lu is caught with a man in her tent, prompting a demand for paternity tests on Prince Jing’s children. What begins as court gossip turns into a vicious plot led by the sixth prince to discredit Prince Jing and his sons. Li Yu suspects the sixth prince orchestrated everything and manages to subtly warn Prince Jing, which prompts a dramatic standoff with the emperor. Prince Jing and Li Yu outmaneuver the conspirators with clever manipulation of blood tests, revealing a conspiracy to falsify results. Dabao, their son, becomes a key figure in emotionally disarming the emperor and bravely offers his own blood multiple times for testing, which impresses and softens even the hardened emperor.The sixth prince’s web of deceit begins to unravel after a failed assassination attempt, and the emperor catches him red-handed. His consort Lady Liang is used as a pawn, nearly strangled in a desperate hostage situation that exposes the sixth prince’s ruthlessness. The climax reveals that the sixth prince was never the emperor’s son, but a plant by Consort Mei—Princess Langya of the fallen Loulan kingdom—who had been masquerading as Consort Zhang for years. Her plan? Overthrow the empire from within using her “son” as the puppet heir. The emperor is devastated, but Li Yu, in fish form, heroically delivers a tiger tally to rally reinforcements, saving Prince Jing and the emperor from a coup. Princess Langya is ultimately slain during the palace siege after trying to murder the emperor.After the chaos, Prince Jing collapses from long-term poisoning, which Li Yu traces back to his infancy. A daring investigation into the wet nurse Pu Liu reveals that he was poisoned via milk laced with a rare Loulan herb. With the help of an ancient prescription and risky treatment involving purging poison from his body, Prince Jing not only recovers but regains his voice—proving his muteness was induced. Their love deepens through these trials, and Li Yu becomes pregnant with their daughter (this time knowingly choosing human form, despite the pain). Meanwhile, jealous palace consort Chu Yanyu uncovers Li Yu’s true fish spirit identity and attempts to expose him using yao-revealing blood. Li Yu and Prince Jing set a trap, Chu Yanyu walks right into it, and Li Yu ends the volume wrapped in love, baby bumps, royal titles—and an increasingly horny, hilarious domestic life with a now-verbal Prince Jing.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi
Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi, Vol. 1
Chapter 1:
ReincarnationNews of Wei Wuxian’s death at the Siege of the Burial Mound spreads rapidly across the cultivation world.
Hundreds of sects participated in the operation led by the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng, Jin Clan of Lanling, Lan Clan of Gusu, and Nie Clan of Qinghe.
Wei Wuxian is blamed for betraying the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng, who raised him, leading to widespread condemnation and being labeled a traitor.
Many believe Jiang Cheng was the one who led or orchestrated the final assault against Wei Wuxian.
Rumors circulate that Wei Wuxian died when his demonic cultivation backfired and his own ghosts devoured him.
Others believe he was killed as part of the siege after he was weakened by destroying the Yin Tiger Tally.
Over three to five thousand cultivators perished in his final stand, indicating his immense power and danger.
Wei Wuxian is acknowledged for destroying the Yin Tiger Tally, which could have caused further catastrophe if left behind.
Despite criticism, some remember Wei Wuxian’s once-glorious rise as a young and talented cultivator.
Discussion turns toward the dangers of demonic cultivation and the belief that Wei Wuxian’s downfall was due to his character.
After his death, no one could summon his soul, leading to speculation that it was destroyed or escaped.
Major sects performed soul-summoning rituals and monitored for signs of possession for years, fearing Wei Wuxian’s possible reincarnation.
Thirteen years pass with no abnormal events, and people begin to believe Wei Wuxian is truly gone and not as powerful as feared.
Wei Wuxian fades into legend, no longer feared as a returning threat.
Chapter 2:
The IntractableWei Wuxian wakes up after being kicked by Mo Ziyuan and realizes he has been brought back to life by being forced into a new body through a sacrificial ritual.
The body belongs to Mo Xuanyu, an outcast from a cultivation sect and scorned illegitimate child of a noble cultivator, who was mistreated by his extended family and ultimately sacrificed himself to summon a vengeful spirit.
Wei Wuxian discovers the summoning circle and confirms it was drawn with Mo Xuanyu’s blood, meaning he is bound to fulfill Mo Xuanyu’s wish for revenge or risk soul annihilation.
Mo Xuanyu’s history is pieced together from crumpled letters: he was humiliated and assaulted by Mo Ziyuan, abandoned by his father’s clan for being gay, and returned home mentally unstable after being cast out.
Wei Wuxian realizes the family abuses Mo Xuanyu constantly and suspects the revenge Mo Xuanyu wanted might involve wiping them all out.
Wei Wuxian explores the estate and observes Lan Clan cultivators preparing to hunt walking corpses using spirit-attraction flags—an invention originally created by Wei Wuxian.
He eavesdrops on the Lan disciples and notices their flag-drawing technique is flawed but passable; they are preparing to trap corpses in the west courtyard.
Wei Wuxian publicly humiliates Mo Ziyuan in front of the Lan disciples by accusing him of theft and impropriety, escalating tensions within the Mo family.
Later that night, Mo Ziyuan is found dead—his body desiccated, missing its left arm, and looking decades older.
Wei Wuxian deduces that Mo Ziyuan had stolen one of the spirit-attraction flags and unknowingly brought a powerful evil spirit upon himself.
Mo Xuanyu’s cuts begin to heal one by one on Wei Wuxian’s arms, indicating that each fulfilled revenge target allows part of the curse to be lifted.
Mo Ziyuan’s father is killed next, in front of a crowd, and Wei Wuxian notices that his last cut—presumably meant for Madam Mo—disappears, even though she appears alive.
Wei Wuxian realizes that Madam Mo has already been possessed by the ghostly left arm responsible for the killings.
With help from Lan Sizhui and Lan Jingyi, Wei Wuxian exposes Madam Mo as possessed; she attacks, but they subdue the arm temporarily using their robes, which are imbued with protective enchantments.
Wei Wuxian goes to the west courtyard and tries to summon walking corpses, but they are too afraid of him to obey.
He then raises the freshly dead Mo Ziyuan, Madam Mo, and Mo Ziyuan’s father as fierce corpses and commands them to destroy the ghost arm.
The fight is brutal, and Wei Wuxian nearly intervenes with a whistle to empower them, but before he can, a guqin plays in the distance.
The sound subdues the ghost arm instantly—it is the Eradication Tone of the Lan Clan of Gusu, and the cultivator who arrived is Lan Wangji (Hanguang-jun).
Wei Wuxian immediately flees to avoid being recognized and steals a spotted donkey from the estate to escape.
Lan Sizhui notices Wei Wuxian is missing and decides to report the strange Mo-gongzi to Lan Wangji when he arrives.
Chapter 3:
The PridefulWei Wuxian travels with the spoiled spotted donkey, which refuses to eat anything but fresh grass and throws tantrums if displeased.
Wei Wuxian encounters a countryside cultivation group using a Compass of Ill Winds, identifying them as a small clan on a Night Hunt at Mount Dafan.
After overhearing debates in Fojiao Town about seven townspeople who mysteriously lost their souls, Wei Wuxian learns cultivators suspect a soul-eating beast or fiend, and some invoke Wei Wuxian’s inventions like the compass in their arguments.
Wei Wuxian shares an apple with the donkey and observes a girl named A-Yan dancing strangely and smiling eerily before being chased by her mother.
He pieces together that the soul-loss incidents began after a landslide and lightning strike destroyed the ancestral graveyard, exposing coffins and releasing something dangerous.
Wei Wuxian deduces the soul-sucking culprit is not a beast or a fiend but likely a rogue god or spirit worshipped at the Shrine of the Heavenly Maiden.
Wei Wuxian meets Jin Ling, a rude and entitled young master of the Jin Clan of Lanling who traps a poor countryside clan in a net and mocks Wei Wuxian.
Wei Wuxian retaliates by tripping Jin Ling with a talisman and frees the trapped cultivators, infuriating Jin Ling further.
Wei Wuxian realizes from Jin Ling’s insults that Mo Xuanyu’s father is Jin Guangshan, making Jin Ling his nephew.
Wei Wuxian confirms Jin Ling’s identity and feels guilt after mocking his parenting, remembering Jin Ling’s parents, Jiang Yanli and Jin Zixuan.
Jiang Cheng appears, furious at the perceived insult to Jin Ling, and nearly attacks Wei Wuxian, who narrowly avoids direct confrontation thanks to Lan Wangji’s sudden intervention.
Lan Wangji, Lan Sizhui, and the Lan juniors arrive; Lan Wangji recognizes Wei Wuxian but only nods to him subtly.
Wei Wuxian is shocked to see Jin Ling and emotionally rattled after overhearing gossip about Wei Wuxian's betrayal and the tragedy of Jin Ling's parents.
Wei Wuxian washes his face, reflects silently by a creek, and finds a discarded qiankun bag that burns a yin-burning talisman, alerting him to a spirit’s presence.
He encounters a ghost with a head wound, confirming a dead soul’s appearance, and rushes to the Shrine of the Heavenly Maiden where the Lan and Jin juniors have gone.
Inside the shrine, Lan Sizhui feels the statue’s smiling face is familiar. Jin Ling insults the deity and sarcastically makes a wish for the man-eating spirit to appear.
A cultivator collapses, and the Heavenly Maiden statue changes pose and comes to life, attacking and sucking souls.
Wei Wuxian bursts in, uses a talisman to light the statue aflame, and urges everyone to flee. He tries to find Jin Ling while the statue devours more souls.
Wei Wuxian and the Lan juniors escape, and he deduces the true origin: a stone statue gained spiritual power from years of worship and began granting wishes in exchange for souls.
He explains each soul-sucking case originated from a granted wish: wealth, marriage, love, and the price was the person’s soul.
Wei Wuxian realizes Jin Ling’s sarcastic wish in the shrine counts as a real wish and endangers him.
The statue now eats flesh too, having evolved, and charges toward Jin Ling. He shoots arrows but they are ineffective.
Wei Wuxian plays the flute to summon help and Wen Ning—the Ghost General—appears, terrifying everyone.
Wen Ning brutally crushes the statue with a boulder and retrieves the glowing soul pearl, shocking the cultivators who recognize him as a fierce corpse once controlled by Wei Wuxian.
Cultivators panic and surround Wen Ning; Wei Wuxian plays a calming flute tune and lures Wen Ning away into the forest.
Lan Wangji finds Wei Wuxian, grabs his wrist, and stops the flute. Wen Ning retreats into the forest as firelight and reinforcements approach.
Jiang Cheng appears and orders Jin Ling to retreat. He questions the cultivators, who claim Wen Ning returned and point to Wei Wuxian as the summoner.
Jiang Cheng whips Wei Wuxian with Zidian, expecting to expose a possessed soul, but nothing happens.
Cultivators murmur that Mo Xuanyu, not Wei Wuxian, was kicked from the Jin Clan for being a cut-sleeve and mentally unstable, not possessed.
Wei Wuxian provokes Jiang Cheng and Jin Ling by making lewd comments, implying he likes men and prefers Lan Wangji’s type.
Lan Wangji silently shields him again and states firmly that he is taking this person (Mo Xuanyu/Wei Wuxian) back with him to the Lan Clan of Gusu.
Chapter 4:
The Elegant FlirtWei Wuxian and Lan Wangji travel on horseback with the Lan juniors to Gusu, drawing attention from other cultivators along the way due to rumors of Wei Wuxian’s return and Wen Ning’s reappearance.
At Gusu, Lan Wangji brings Wei Wuxian into the Cloud Recesses, where Lan Qiren confronts them and objects to Lan Wangji’s decision to bring Mo Xuanyu (Wei Wuxian) back.
Lan Wangji insists on personally supervising Wei Wuxian as he did before, saying that he believes in handling him properly, though Lan Qiren remains skeptical.
Lan Qiren commands that Wei Wuxian is to be confined and not permitted to speak to the juniors, but Wei Wuxian openly mocks this order, frustrating Lan Qiren further.
Wei Wuxian is escorted to the Cold Spring in the back mountains for cleansing and purification, where he remembers how he and Lan Wangji bathed there once during a punishment in their youth.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji with flirtatious comments, referencing the past and the current state of Lan Wangji undressing without reaction.
Wei Wuxian reflects on how Lan Wangji used to avoid him, and is bewildered that Lan Wangji now allows his presence and even tolerates his antics.
While soaking in the Cold Spring, Wei Wuxian feels Lan Wangji’s gaze linger and wonders what changed in the past thirteen years.
Wei Wuxian notes Lan Wangji had never removed his forehead ribbon for anyone before, but it had fallen off during their fight with the statue, a gesture considered intimate among the Lan Clan.
After bathing, Wei Wuxian is brought to the Jingshi (Lan Wangji’s personal quarters), the same place Lan Wangji stayed in seclusion after Wei Wuxian’s death.
Wei Wuxian learns he is to stay there under house arrest, with Lan Wangji acting as his personal warden.
Wei Wuxian reflects on the sheer kindness of the gesture, recalling that Lan Wangji once tried to defend him when others turned against him.
Lan Sizhui and the juniors discuss the strange behavior of Mo Xuanyu and speculate on whether he is possessed or mentally unwell, especially given his recent actions and connection to Wen Ning.
Wei Wuxian listens in on their conversation, feeling both amused and guilty that they don’t know his true identity.
Wei Wuxian begins to teach the Lan juniors a more effective ghost-summoning method by scribbling corrections into their manuals anonymously.
Lan Wangji notices but says nothing, subtly allowing it.
A letter arrives reporting a cursed arm was found sealed under soil at the border of Qinghe and Lanling; the Lan Clan suspects it is connected to the left arm incident at the Mo Manor.
Wei Wuxian is certain the arm is searching for its missing body, and realizes this corpse might be connected to something bigger.
Lan Wangji suggests taking Wei Wuxian along under his supervision to investigate; Lan Qiren allows it reluctantly after receiving orders from the clan’s elders.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji travel together to a temple where the arm is being kept, accompanied by Lan Sizhui and Lan Jingyi.
The arm, despite being sealed, reacts violently to Wei Wuxian’s presence and points in a specific direction when a spell is cast.
Wei Wuxian theorizes the arm is reacting to its missing body, and Lan Wangji decides to follow its directional pulse to trace its path.
Along the way, they pass the town of Yi City, which Wei Wuxian notes for its creepy, deserted atmosphere.
As they follow the arm’s direction into Yi City, the environment becomes more ominous, and they notice signs of spiritual disturbance.
A faint sound of flute music echoes in the distance, making Wei Wuxian feel strange, as if his own signature technique is being mimicked.
They are surrounded by an illusion as night falls unnaturally, and the group prepares to fight off the spiritual threat emanating from the city.
Chapter 5:
The Sunny PairWei Wuxian wakes up sore and disoriented, recalling he had lain on top of Lan Wangji all night, only to find himself placed neatly in bed by morning with Lan Wangji already gone.
Lan Sizhui and Lan Jingyi call him out; Wei Wuxian jokingly accuses Lan Wangji of forcing him to sleep with him, embarrassing the juniors.
Wei Wuxian rushes out upon hearing his donkey Little Apple braying; it had been prevented from grazing by a horde of rabbits, which Wei Wuxian jokingly threatens to roast.
Lan Jingyi reveals the rabbits belong to Lan Wangji, which amuses Wei Wuxian since Lan Wangji once refused Wei Wuxian’s rabbit gift.
A sudden emergency bell sounds from the Nether Room, the Lan Clan’s soul-summoning watchtower, signaling an accident during a ritual.
Wei Wuxian follows Lan Sizhui and Lan Jingyi to find the doors sealed and Lan disciples panicked. A disciple stumbles out, bleeding and crying that something horrible was summoned; he collapses before finishing his warning.
Wei Wuxian kicks open the doors and enters the Nether Room, which is flooded with intense resentful energy and unconscious disciples.
In the center is the severed left arm from Mo Manor, radiating dark energy, and Lan Wangji is the only one still conscious, suppressing it with his guqin.
Wei Wuxian joins the ritual, playing his flute to duet with Lan Wangji using the song “Evocation,” but they fail to summon a soul, suggesting the corpse’s soul was also dismembered.
They switch to the calming melody “Rest,” and Wei Wuxian intentionally plays poorly to tease Lan Wangji, angering Lan Qiren so badly he momentarily wakes just to scream at them to stop, then faints again.
The joint music subdues the ghost arm temporarily, allowing the disciples to enter. Lan Wangji checks Lan Qiren’s pulse while Wei Wuxian speaks with Lan Sizhui.
Lan Sizhui deduces the arm had been deliberately planted at Mo Manor to lure cultivators, suspecting they were set up.
Wei Wuxian reassures him they aren't responsible and insists they must find the full corpse to resolve the situation.
The ghost arm points northwest; Lan Wangji interprets this as the direction to follow, and they prepare to descend the mountain.
Wei Wuxian declares they are “eloping,” horrifying the sect disciples, especially Lan Qiren, whose unconscious body reacts to the statement.
Lan Wangji allows only Wei Wuxian to accompany him on the journey; he repeatedly stops Wei Wuxian from trying to run off or sneak into his bed.
They follow the ghost arm’s direction, which changes to a clenched fist near Qinghe, indicating proximity to its goal.
In a bustling city, Wei Wuxian harasses a street vendor, stealing Lan Wangji’s money to buy cosmetics and mocking posters of himself titled “Portrait of the Yiling Patriarch.”
Jin Ling appears, kicks the vendor for selling things related to Wei Wuxian, and summons his black-haired spirit dog to scare Wei Wuxian, who runs in terror.
Wei Wuxian hides behind Lan Wangji and uses the opportunity to mock Jin Ling. Lan Wangji’s presence frightens the dog into retreating.
The vendor thanks Wei Wuxian by giving him the stack of Wei Wuxian posters; Wei Wuxian inquires about strange happenings and learns of the so-called “Man-Eating Ridge.”
The doctor reveals Xinglu Ridge contains a “Man-Eating Fortress” filled with monsters, which Wei Wuxian dismisses as exaggerated folklore.
Wei Wuxian criticizes the current head of the Nie Clan, Nie Huaisang, labeled a useless “Head-Shaker,” unlike his late brother Nie Mingjue.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji head to Xinglu Ridge, which is eerily quiet until they encounter low-level walking corpses that flee in fear upon seeing Wei Wuxian.
The sound of Jin Ling’s spirit dog howling prompts them to investigate; Lan Wangji identifies a maze array blocking their path.
They discover dome-like stone bunkers in the forest and the dog agitatedly barking near one of them. They find a newly blasted entrance and enter.
Inside, the air is cold and filled with whispering voices. A Compass of Ill Winds spins uncontrollably, indicating a massive spiritual disturbance.
They explore the empty stone chambers and find beautiful coffins containing only long sabers, not corpses.
Lan Wangji plays the guqin song “Inquiry,” and a spirit responds, revealing itself to be Jin Ling’s soul, who claims he is “right here.”
The strings guide Wei Wuxian to a spot against a wall, where they uncover Jin Ling buried alive between two stone layers; he is barely breathing.
They pull out Jin Ling and inadvertently reveal several buried corpses—men, women, even children—hidden in the fortress walls.
The stone fortress is filled with buried skeletons, and Wei Wuxian wonders in horror what kind of place they have stumbled into.
Chapter 6:
The MalevolentJin Ling suddenly sits up while unconscious and tries to crawl back into the wall where he was buried; Wei Wuxian pulls him out again.
Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian rush outside when Jin Ling’s spirit dog barks aggressively, signaling a suspicious presence nearby.
The dog brings back a torn piece of robe; Lan Wangji identifies the intruder as someone he already knows.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji suspect the same group responsible for the walking corpses and stone fortress, and Lan Wangji leaves to pursue them while Wei Wuxian brings Jin Ling to Qinghe.
Wei Wuxian notices a spreading black curse mark on Jin Ling’s leg, a sign of an evil spirit targeting him.
Jin Ling wakes up shirtless, panics, and accuses Wei Wuxian of being a cut-sleeve, threatening him with a sword before calming down.
Wei Wuxian tries to warn Jin Ling about the curse, but Jin Ling storms out to avoid Jiang Cheng’s punishment.
Jiang Cheng scolds Jin Ling in the street; Wei Wuxian hides in an alley but is spotted and captured by Jiang Cheng using Zidian.
Jiang Cheng drags Wei Wuxian into an inn, surrounded by Jiang Sect disciples, and imprisons him with Jin Ling watching.
Jiang Cheng confronts Wei Wuxian, torn between hatred and conflicting emotions, and orders Jin Ling’s spirit dog to intimidate him.
Wei Wuxian's phobia of dogs overwhelms him; Jiang Cheng questions his relationship with Lan Wangji and implies it’s due to Mo Xuanyu’s body.
Jiang Cheng accuses Wei Wuxian of mocking Jin Ling and blames him for Jiang Yanli and Jin Zixuan’s deaths.
Jin Ling interrupts and lies about spotting Wen Ning to divert Jiang Cheng’s anger; Jiang Cheng leaves with half the disciples to pursue Wen Ning.
Jin Ling uses his authority to disperse the guards and sneaks into the room, calming Zidian and freeing Wei Wuxian.
They escape together, with Jin Ling warning Wei Wuxian to stay away from the Jin Clan and denying he suspects him to be Wei Wuxian.
Wei Wuxian apologizes for his words at Mount Dafan; Jin Ling refuses to say thank you or I’m sorry.
Wei Wuxian knocks Jin Ling unconscious and transfers the curse mark from Jin Ling to himself.
Jin Ling wakes up angry and storms off; Wei Wuxian tricks him by pretending Lan Wangji has arrived, causing Jin Ling to flee in embarrassment.
Wei Wuxian reflects on his childhood in Yiling and being adopted by Jiang Fengmian, his fear of dogs, and his past relationship with Jiang Cheng.
Wei Wuxian meets Lan Wangji again in the street; Lan Wangji is visibly upset upon seeing the curse mark on Wei Wuxian’s leg.
Lan Wangji offers to carry Wei Wuxian; when he refuses, Lan Wangji instead carries him bridal-style to their inn.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji on the way, asking how he recognized him at Mount Dafan, but Lan Wangji won’t answer.
They arrive at the inn and interrupt Nie Huaisang, who is shocked to see them; Lan Wangji presents the torn cloth as evidence.
Wei Wuxian explains the layered defenses around the Xinglu Ridge fortress and accuses the Nie Clan of building the Saber Offerings Hall to hide something.
Nie Huaisang confesses it is the Nie Clan’s ancestral grave for saber spirits, filled with dangerous corpses to pacify haunted sabers.
He recounts an incident decades ago where graverobbers disturbed the original tomb and were devoured to restore balance.
The new fortress hides corpses in wall plaster; Jin Ling had accidentally destroyed part of it and got buried by the spiritual backlash.
Nie Huaisang shows them a white pebble with bone inside and pleads for secrecy; Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji promise.
That night, the evil-sealing qiankun pouch containing the ghost arm becomes agitated; Lan Wangji repairs Wei Wuxian’s flute, and they play “Rest” to pacify it.
They realize the ghost arm reacted to the curse mark from Jin Ling, meaning another body part might be in the stone fortress.
They return to Xinglu Ridge and force Nie Huaisang to dig up the wall again; he cries while supervising repairs and new destruction.
No male corpse is missing an arm, but Lan Wangji notices a stitched leg, revealing the body was pieced together from different parts.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji retrieve the legs, confirming they match the ghost arm by the intense reaction when placed near each other.
They conclude the corpse belonged to a strong cultivator who was violently dismembered, and more pieces must be located.
The ghost arm points them southwest to Yueyang, their next destination.
Chapter 7:
The Morning DewWei Wuxian and Lan Wangji travel toward Yueyang following the direction pointed by the ghost arm.
They pass through a town where they discover strange advertisements and stories about ghost sightings, disappearances, and a supposed haunted manor.
The manor in question belonged to the Zhang Clan of Yueyang, which had vanished a decade ago under mysterious circumstances.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji investigate the abandoned manor and find that it is layered with talismans, arrays, and barriers of various kinds, all of different origins.
Wei Wuxian notes that the haphazard nature of the defenses suggests the residents were trying to ward off something terrifying.
Inside the manor, they find signs of violent struggle, bloodstains, and a room filled with spiritual tools, hinting the cultivators tried to protect themselves but failed.
They discover a heavily reinforced underground chamber sealed with multiple enchantments; Wei Wuxian breaks the seals to enter.
The chamber contains a coffin emitting strong resentful energy, and a cursed chain wraps around it.
When the coffin is opened, they find no body inside, only shredded robes and a severed head that suddenly screams.
The head is violently possessed and bursts into black smoke before shattering; Lan Wangji quickly suppresses the resentful energy.
Wei Wuxian deduces the head was once part of the same corpse as the ghost arm and legs and that someone has been using pieces of this body for nefarious purposes.
A surviving cultivator from the Zhang Clan is discovered, mentally unstable, who keeps repeating "bring it back, bring it back."
Wei Wuxian uses talismans and a calming spell to extract memories from the survivor, showing the Zhang Clan attempted to bind and seal the cursed corpse but were overwhelmed.
The memories reveal someone had smuggled the corpse into their manor disguised as a normal burial, and when the corpse activated, it killed the Zhang Clan members.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji realize someone is deliberately scattering the pieces of the fierce corpse to frame or kill people and track its movement.
The ghost arm reacts again and points westward, indicating another body part has awakened and is calling out.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji set off in the direction indicated, preparing to uncover the next piece of the dismembered corpse.
Text
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi
Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi, Vol. 2
Chapter 8:
The Stalk of GrassPart 1Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji follow the ghost left arm to a small, misty village in the Shudong region.
They find a stone marker pointing to a path overgrown with weeds; the destination is partially legible as “Yi City.”
Wei Wuxian chats with shy village women and learns that Yi City is full of mortuaries and funerary goods due to high death rates.
The city’s name comes from “yizhuang,” meaning charitable mortuary, not chivalry.
The women warn them that people rarely go to or leave Yi City, and the road has long been deserted.
Wei Wuxian gives them a box of rouge as thanks for the information.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji head down the abandoned road toward Yi City.
The closer they get, the fog thickens and the city’s oppressive, eerie feng shui becomes more apparent.
The ghost left arm clenches when they reach the city gates, signaling something significant.
The gates are dilapidated, the city walls are full of graffiti, and the interior is completely silent and shrouded in dense fog.
The environment is filled with evil energy; visibility becomes nearly zero, and the fog suppresses sound.
Wei Wuxian finds a realistic paper effigy head on the ground, likely a funerary item called a Yin Muscleman.
A fast-moving, small shadow dashes past him, too quick to identify.
They hear footsteps, then bamboo tapping sounds that disappear unpredictably.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji encounter Jin Ling, Lan Sizhui, Lan Jingyi, and juniors from other clans who are also investigating the city.
The juniors had stumbled upon the same area after following creepy incidents involving dead cats.
The group realizes they are trapped in a recursive maze and flying on swords does not help.
The mysterious bamboo sound has been stalking the juniors since they entered the city.
A walking corpse expels a sweet, bitter powder when sliced open, which poisons several juniors.
Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian fend off waves of walking corpses; Wei Wuxian discovers that his whistle command failed.
He realizes the corpses are under the control of the Yin Tiger Tally, which overrides his commands.
Someone disguised as Lan Wangji tries to steal Wei Wuxian’s evil-sealing qiankun pouch but grabs the wrong one.
Wei Wuxian confirms the attacker is the grave-robbing cultivator from the Chang Clan cemetery.
Lan Wangji duels the grave-robber in the mist while Wei Wuxian takes charge of the poisoned juniors.
The poisoned boys are feverish and stiff; Wei Wuxian diagnoses them with corpse poisoning.
To treat them, he leads everyone to find an inhabited house within the fog-filled city.
After knocking on many doors, they finally find one where an old woman lets them in.
The house is filled with realistic human-sized paper effigies and funerary items.
The old woman is creepy and silent; she lets them use the kitchen but otherwise disappears.
Wei Wuxian, Lan Sizhui, and Jin Ling clean the filthy kitchen and cook glutinous rice congee.
The rice is a folk remedy for corpse poisoning; eaten instead of applied since the poison was inhaled.
The congee is extremely spicy because Wei Wuxian added too many spices.
Everyone complains about the heat but eats the congee for the antidote.
Wei Wuxian learns that Jin Ling and the juniors were all targeted by incidents involving dead cats.
Jin Ling encountered a dead cat nailed above his inn door; Lan Sizhui’s group found one in their soup.
The strange incidents led them to pursue the culprit, following trails of dead cats from Langye to Yueyang to Yi City.
Wei Wuxian realizes someone deliberately lured the juniors to Yi City, possibly to confront the ghost limb.
He suspects the Yin Tiger Tally has been restored and is currently active in Yi City.
As he reflects, Lan Sizhui alerts him that the old woman’s door has opened again.
Part 2Wei Wuxian investigates the old woman’s room and confirms she is a living corpse, still breathing but stiff and unblinking, unable to thread a needle.
Wei Wuxian explains that living corpses are failed imitations of the puppet path pioneered by Wei Wuxian himself with Wen Ning, but created by others and often made using living people.
The sound of bamboo tapping is heard outside; Wei Wuxian looks through a crack in the window and sees a blind girl with white eyes staring in.
Wei Wuxian plays along and tricks the juniors into looking through the window, one by one, to build their courage and observation skills.
They each describe the phantom girl in detail: young, blind, ragged, pretty, uses a bamboo cane possibly due to blindness before death.
She tries to communicate using signs and drawings but is mute due to having her tongue pulled out.
From down the street, a young man in black stumbles into view, chased by walking corpses. He tries to fight but is poisoned by their blackish-red corpse toxin.
Wei Wuxian animates two paper effigies using Final Eyes Summoning, and they slaughter the walking corpses with deadly grace, then carry the injured man into the shop.
The man is revealed to be blind, has a soft and gentle demeanor, and carries the sword Shuanghua, identifying him as Xiao Xingchen.
Wei Wuxian and the juniors realize Xiao Xingchen is severely poisoned and likely won’t survive, but he insists on fighting off more corpses anyway.
Xiao Xingchen explains that Yi City is overwhelmed with various types of walking corpses, many of which are dangerous even when not attacked.
Lan Jingyi reports hundreds more corpses are outside, overwhelming the two effigies at the door.
Wei Wuxian uses another technique, combining talisman ashes with the bodies of paper effigies in the shop, to summon more powerful puppets.
The summoned paper effigies, including children and Yin Musclemen, charge outside and brutally destroy the walking corpses.
Wei Wuxian gives Xiao Xingchen a bowl of glutinous rice congee, warning it may or may not help. Xiao Xingchen thanks him but jokes he would rather die than eat it daily.
Xiao Xingchen warns against overreliance on the deviant path due to risk of ghost mutiny, kindly cautioning Wei Wuxian without knowing his true identity.
The juniors watch the paper effigies fight outside, excited and amazed by the magic.
Just as they relax, a figure lands on the roof and crashes into the house. It is a powerful fierce corpse in black Daoist robes with white eyes and extraordinary sword skills.
The fierce corpse attacks Jin Ling and is strong enough to repel multiple people until Xiao Xingchen helps block a strike and collapses from the effort.
Wei Wuxian summons more paper effigies to pile on and restrain the fierce corpse.
He finds that the corpse’s tongue has also been pulled out and that it has controlling black nails in its temples, similar to Wen Ning in the past.
Wei Wuxian asks if any of the juniors know Inquiry. Lan Sizhui says he does and begins questioning the corpse using guqin language.
The first answer identifies the corpse as Song Lan.
The second answer, to who killed him, is “Xiao Xingchen.”
The third answer, to who is controlling him, is “The one behind you.”
Everyone looks up to see Xiao Xingchen sitting up, smiling with one hand on his cheek, and snapping his fingers with his black-gloved hand.
Part 3Wei Wuxian investigates the old woman’s room and confirms she is a living corpse, still breathing but stiff and unblinking, unable to thread a needle.
Wei Wuxian explains that living corpses are failed imitations of the puppet path pioneered by Wei Wuxian himself with Wen Ning, but created by others and often made using living people.
The sound of bamboo tapping is heard outside; Wei Wuxian looks through a crack in the window and sees a blind girl with white eyes staring in.
Wei Wuxian plays along and tricks the juniors into looking through the window, one by one, to build their courage and observation skills.
They each describe the phantom girl in detail: young, blind, ragged, pretty, uses a bamboo cane possibly due to blindness before death.
She tries to communicate using signs and drawings but is mute due to having her tongue pulled out.
From down the street, a young man in black stumbles into view, chased by walking corpses. He tries to fight but is poisoned by their blackish-red corpse toxin.
Wei Wuxian animates two paper effigies using Final Eyes Summoning, and they slaughter the walking corpses with deadly grace, then carry the injured man into the shop.
The man is revealed to be blind, has a soft and gentle demeanor, and carries the sword Shuanghua, identifying him as Xiao Xingchen.
Wei Wuxian and the juniors realize Xiao Xingchen is severely poisoned and likely won’t survive, but he insists on fighting off more corpses anyway.
Xiao Xingchen explains that Yi City is overwhelmed with various types of walking corpses, many of which are dangerous even when not attacked.
Lan Jingyi reports hundreds more corpses are outside, overwhelming the two effigies at the door.
Wei Wuxian uses another technique, combining talisman ashes with the bodies of paper effigies in the shop, to summon more powerful puppets.
The summoned paper effigies, including children and Yin Musclemen, charge outside and brutally destroy the walking corpses.
Wei Wuxian gives Xiao Xingchen a bowl of glutinous rice congee, warning it may or may not help. Xiao Xingchen thanks him but jokes he would rather die than eat it daily.
Xiao Xingchen warns against overreliance on the deviant path due to risk of ghost mutiny, kindly cautioning Wei Wuxian without knowing his true identity.
The juniors watch the paper effigies fight outside, excited and amazed by the magic.
Just as they relax, a figure lands on the roof and crashes into the house. It is a powerful fierce corpse in black Daoist robes with white eyes and extraordinary sword skills.
The fierce corpse attacks Jin Ling and is strong enough to repel multiple people until Xiao Xingchen helps block a strike and collapses from the effort.
Wei Wuxian summons more paper effigies to pile on and restrain the fierce corpse.
He finds that the corpse’s tongue has also been pulled out and that it has controlling black nails in its temples, similar to Wen Ning in the past.
Wei Wuxian asks if any of the juniors know Inquiry. Lan Sizhui says he does and begins questioning the corpse using guqin language.
The first answer identifies the corpse as Song Lan.
The second answer, to who killed him, is “Xiao Xingchen.”
The third answer, to who is controlling him, is “The one behind you.”
Everyone looks up to see Xiao Xingchen sitting up, smiling with one hand on his cheek, and snapping his fingers with his black-gloved hand.
Part 4Xue Yang tests whether A-Qing is truly blind by throwing candy and later pointing Jiangzai at her, but A-Qing convincingly fakes blindness and passes all his tests.
Xue Yang grows suspicious of A-Qing, but she maintains her cover; A-Qing begins to suspect Xue Yang is a cultivator hiding his identity and warns Xiao Xingchen.
Xiao Xingchen dismisses her concerns and assumes Xue Yang will leave once healed; A-Qing eavesdrops to keep watch.
Xiao Xingchen and Xue Yang begin repairing the charitable mortuary’s roof together; Xue Yang charms Xiao Xingchen with his wit.
Xue Yang gradually recovers but never leaves, and eventually starts accompanying Xiao Xingchen on Night Hunts.
A-Qing suspects Xue Yang’s motives and secretly follows them to a nearby village.
A-Qing witnesses Xiao Xingchen stabbing a seemingly walking corpse that is actually a living villager whose tongue has been cut out and who was poisoned with corpse toxin.
Wei Wuxian deduces Xue Yang poisoned villagers, cut out their tongues, and used Shuanghua’s ability to sense corpse qi to trick Xiao Xingchen into killing living people.
A-Qing doesn’t fully grasp what she’s seen but becomes more distrustful of Xue Yang and starts following him on every Night Hunt.
Around the hearth, Xiao Xingchen tells the story of Baoshan-sanren and her two disciples Yanling-daoren and Cangse-sanren.
Xue Yang shares a disturbing personal story about being tricked as a child with candy, then beaten and rejected.
A-Qing continues to act out to protect Xiao Xingchen, including picking fights with Xue Yang to prevent suspicion.
Song Lan arrives in Yi City and encounters A-Qing; he confirms he’s Xiao Xingchen’s old friend and she agrees to guide him to the mortuary.
Song Lan freezes in fear outside the mortuary, then sees Xue Yang entering the building, confirming his worst fears.
A-Qing and Song Lan eavesdrop and hear Xiao Xingchen and Xue Yang playing a game to determine who will go out.
Song Lan demands answers from A-Qing, who confirms Xue Yang has been living with them for years and helps with Night Hunts.
Song Lan is horrified and follows Xue Yang, confronting him in the forest; they fight.
Xue Yang wounds Song Lan and emotionally manipulates him, reminding him of how he once rejected Xiao Xingchen after Baixue Temple’s destruction.
Song Lan falters in hesitation when Xue Yang invokes Xiao Xingchen’s name during battle; Xue Yang seizes the opportunity and incapacitates him with corpse toxin.
Xue Yang cuts out Song Lan’s tongue, then lures Xiao Xingchen over and tricks him into running Song Lan through with Shuanghua.
Xiao Xingchen unknowingly kills his best friend; Song Lan dies kneeling before him in despair, unable to reveal the truth.
A-Qing closes Song Lan’s eyes and prays, swearing vengeance on Xue Yang and vowing to get Xiao Xingchen out.
A-Qing returns to Yi City and fakes an emotional meltdown to distract from her knowledge of Xue Yang’s actions.
Xiao Xingchen comforts her while Xue Yang watches with suspicion.
A-Qing begins plotting to separate Xiao Xingchen from Xue Yang by asking him to take her shopping the next day.
When alone, A-Qing confronts Xiao Xingchen with the truth: Xue Yang is living with them.
To protect him from guilt, A-Qing lies that she overheard Xue Yang kill a woman and reveal his name during the fight.
She confirms to Xiao Xingchen that Xue Yang has nine fingers and then finally admits her biggest lie—that she’s not blind, and she saw it all.
Part 5A-Qing confesses to Xiao Xingchen that she is not blind and begs him to run away with her before Xue Yang returns.
Xiao Xingchen begins to bleed from his eye sockets again, overwhelmed by emotion and disbelief, realizing Xue Yang had deceived him for years.
A-Qing pleads with Xiao Xingchen to escape together, but he insists on staying to confront Xue Yang and protect others from him.
Xue Yang returns with groceries, cheerful and casual, but finds Shuanghua buried in his belly as Xiao Xingchen attacks him.
A-Qing flees but circles back to eavesdrop on the confrontation between Xiao Xingchen and Xue Yang.
Xiao Xingchen questions Xue Yang’s motives for staying with him; Xue Yang gives a bitter and violent story of childhood trauma and revenge against the Chang Clan.
Xue Yang defends his massacre of over fifty people by claiming no amount of lives could repay the pain of losing his finger as a child.
Xiao Xingchen is horrified by Xue Yang’s twisted sense of justice and accuses him of being evil and inhuman.
Xue Yang taunts Xiao Xingchen with the truth that he had been deceived into killing innocent villagers, including Song Lan.
Xiao Xingchen realizes the truth after clashing swords with Song Lan’s fierce corpse and identifying Fuxue by touch.
Shattered by the revelation, Xiao Xingchen breaks down in grief, drops his sword, and collapses in front of Song Lan.
Xue Yang mocks Xiao Xingchen’s despair, screaming that his ideals were meaningless and he was powerless to save anyone.
Xiao Xingchen, overwhelmed by guilt and grief, uses Shuanghua to take his own life.
Xue Yang initially reacts with disbelief, then frantically tries to revive Xiao Xingchen’s body using resurrection rituals and arrays.
Despite his efforts, Xiao Xingchen’s soul is broken beyond repair, making it impossible to turn him into a fierce corpse.
Xue Yang, in a fit of rage and grief, destroys the mortuary then sits quietly with Xiao Xingchen’s corpse, muttering madly.
He carries Xiao Xingchen’s body on his back, muttering about needing a spirit-trapping pouch.
A-Qing, who had been hiding, escapes from Yi City and wanders from town to town pretending to be blind and searching for powerful cultivators to avenge Xiao Xingchen.
A-Qing reflects on the wooden fox hairpin Xiao Xingchen carved for her and licks a piece of candy he gave her before spotting Xue Yang’s reflection behind her.
Xue Yang ambushes A-Qing, taunting her and using powder to blind her for real, then pulls out her tongue with Shuanghua.
Wei Wuxian is pulled from the Empathy as the pain becomes too intense, and the juniors are relieved to see him regain consciousness.
A-Qing’s ghost reenacts her signature bamboo pole attack motion, signaling her lingering desire for vengeance.
Wei Wuxian tells the juniors to stay in the mortuary, promising to return soon, and declares Xue Yang must die.
With A-Qing’s ghost guiding him, Wei Wuxian finds Lan Wangji fighting Xue Yang in the mist-filled city.
Wen Ning restrains Song Lan while Wei Wuxian removes the skull-piercing nails from his head, releasing him from control.
Xue Yang fights ferociously but is repeatedly tracked and struck down thanks to A-Qing’s ghost tapping her bamboo pole to reveal his location.
A-Qing’s ghost is finally destroyed by one of Xue Yang’s talismans, but not before she enables Lan Wangji to land a fatal blow.
Lan Wangji cuts off one of Xue Yang’s arms, and blood fills the air as he collapses.
Just before Lan Wangji can kill him, a transportation talisman activates and teleports Xue Yang’s body away.
Wei Wuxian deduces that the gravedigger helped Xue Yang escape to obtain the Yin Tiger Tally likely kept on his person.
Lan Wangji retrieves and gives Wei Wuxian the right ghost arm they had originally been searching for.
Song Lan disappears silently, likely having regained full awareness and left on his own.
Wei Wuxian finds a crushed candy in Xue Yang’s severed hand.
Song Lan is found standing by Xiao Xingchen’s coffin, now clear-minded, and receives the spirit-trapping pouches holding Xiao Xingchen and A-Qing’s fragmented souls.
Song Lan silently vows to cremate Xiao Xingchen and nurture his soul, and to carry Shuanghua and exorcise evil in his name.
He also asks that, once Xiao Xingchen wakes, he be told “I am sorry” and “it was not your fault.”
Song Lan walks away alone from Yi City, carrying both swords and both souls.
As the juniors burn paper money for Xiao Xingchen and A-Qing, Wei Wuxian finds himself wondering if anyone burned money for him when he died.
A local villager reveals that no one matching the description of the huntsman lived there, confirming the juniors had been deceived and led to Yi City intentionally.
Wei Wuxian warns them to be cautious in future and not to act alone in suspicious circumstances.
Back at the town with their donkey and dog, Wei Wuxian clings to Lan Wangji to avoid Fairy.
Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian eat upstairs while the juniors dine downstairs; Wei Wuxian comments on how sects must take shared responsibility for cleansing Yi City.
Wei Wuxian reflects on the importance of the cultivation clans’ watchtower system, started by Jin Guangyao, and its benefits for remote regions.
Wei Wuxian observes Lan Wangji’s preference for bland food and contemplates getting him to drink.
Chapter 9:
The AllureWei Wuxian drinks with Lan Wangji and is shocked when Lan Wangji pours himself a cup and joins him.
Lan Wangji falls asleep after one cup, pressing his forehead into his hand.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji while he sleeps, whispering in his ear and getting close, calling him Lan-er gege.
Wei Wuxian is interrupted by Wen Ning, who appears at the window with black eyes instead of corpse white.
Wen Ning falls from the eaves and creates a pit; Wei Wuxian goes out to meet him.
Wen Ning apologizes, and Wei Wuxian kneels with him and tells him to speak standing.
Wen Ning remembers being chained in the dark, controlled with skull-piercing nails, likely by Xue Yang under the Jin Clan of Lanling’s orders.
Wei Wuxian confirms he used a command in Mo Village that accidentally woke Wen Ning and caused him to start searching for Wei Wuxian.
Wei Wuxian and Wen Ning realize the Jin Clan hid Wen Ning’s existence to avoid scandal and did not pursue him after his escape.
Wen Ning says he heard the Burial Mounds was destroyed and everyone there is dead; he confirms Jiang Cheng led the siege but Wei Wuxian died of spiritual rebound, not by Jiang Cheng’s hand.
Wen Ning mournfully recalls hearing how horribly Wei Wuxian died and that there’s no good news about him.
Inside the tavern, the juniors argue about Wei Wuxian. Jin Ling calls Wei Wuxian a plague on the world worse than Xue Yang.
Lan Sizhui defends Wei Wuxian, saying not all demonic cultivators are evil and that people shouldn't jump to conclusions.
Jin Ling claims Wei Wuxian killed his father and caused his mother’s death, calls him evil and says he deserved to die without a corpse.
Wen Ning is shaken and confirms Jin Ling is Jiang Yanli’s son.
Wei Wuxian tells Wen Ning that Jin Ling’s words are not his fault.
Drunk Lan Wangji appears and kicks Wen Ning into a pit, clearly upset.
Wei Wuxian stops Lan Wangji and tells Wen Ning to hide and rest, saying he’s technically died twice now.
Lan Wangji covers his ears to block out Wen Ning’s voice, then ties Wei Wuxian’s hands with his forehead ribbon.
Wei Wuxian tries to get untied, but Lan Wangji deliberately misunderstands and keeps him bound, dragging him into the tavern in front of the juniors.
Lan Wangji publicly shows off that he tied Wei Wuxian with his forehead ribbon; the juniors are stunned.
Wei Wuxian lies that it’s a demonstration method for catching corpses; Lan Sizhui quickly plays along.
In their room, Lan Wangji locks the door and ties more knots, clearly enjoying it; Wei Wuxian teases him.
Wei Wuxian kisses and licks Lan Wangji’s hand, sending Lan Wangji into flustered silence and then prompting him to ask for it again.
They play a drunken game of tag around the screen; every time Wei Wuxian catches him, he licks or kisses Lan Wangji’s hand.
Lan Wangji starts actively seeking kisses and throws himself into Wei Wuxian’s arms.
Wei Wuxian gives more teasing kisses on Lan Wangji’s hand and wrist and then on his chest.
Wei Wuxian eventually kisses Lan Wangji’s lips; Lan Wangji immediately slaps himself unconscious from the shock.
Wei Wuxian unties himself, reflects on the night, and feels guilty.
In the morning, Lan Wangji tends to Wei Wuxian’s wrist welts with cream and says Wei Wuxian suffers the consequences of his own actions.
Wei Wuxian is relieved Lan Wangji doesn’t remember but also slightly disappointed.
Jin Ling later tells Wei Wuxian to behave if he’s going to be a cut-sleeve and not go after men from his family’s sects.
Jin Ling asks directly if Wei Wuxian is Wei Wuxian; Wei Wuxian dodges the question and runs when Fairy charges him.
Lan Wangji confirms to Wei Wuxian that Jiang Cheng knows his identity.
Wei Wuxian says Jiang Cheng has no proof, since spiritual sacrifice leaves no trace.
Wei Wuxian asks Lan Wangji how he recognized him; Lan Wangji teases him for forgetting.
In Tan Prefecture, the juniors visit an abandoned garden once associated with the Damsel of Annual Blossoms.
Lan Sizhui recounts how Wei Wuxian once got hit over 20 times by flowers trying to see the Damsel’s face, which he succeeded in doing.
The juniors laugh and mock Wei Wuxian’s antics.
Wei Wuxian asks the meaning of the Lan forehead ribbon; Lan Sizhui explains it symbolizes self-restraint and may only be touched or removed by one’s fated person.
Wei Wuxian panics internally, realizing the implications of Lan Wangji tying him with it.
Wei Wuxian flashes back to a Grand Symposium where he accidentally pulled off Lan Wangji’s forehead ribbon during a game.
He realizes Lan Wangji didn’t kill him on the spot back then out of self-restraint.
Back in the present, the juniors notice a tall headless man in the shadows—clearly the reassembled fierce corpse.
Wei Wuxian realizes the limbs reunited and the evil-sealing pouches failed.
He tells the juniors to scatter and not move quickly to avoid detection by the blind and deaf headless corpse.
They play a slow game of deadly tag while Wei Wuxian throws rocks to distract the ghost.
Wei Wuxian yells for Lan Wangji and Lan Xichen, who arrive and play guqin and xiao together.
The corpse briefly listens to Lan Xichen’s flute before being overwhelmed by the combined instruments and collapses.
The corpse falls apart again into its five parts.
Lan Xichen asks to see the body before they seal it again, looking stricken.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji confirm the corpse is Nie Mingjue.
Wei Wuxian explains the attacker must know Lan sword techniques, was close to the Nie Clan, and wanted to stop the corpse from reassembling.
Lan Xichen insists the suspect was with him all month and couldn’t have done it.
Wei Wuxian suggests the suspect could have used someone else, but Lan Xichen defends him.
Lan Xichen refuses to believe the man he trusts would dismember Nie Mingjue.
Wei Wuxian concludes the cause of Nie Mingjue’s death might not be as simple as qi deviation.
Chapter 10:
The Beguiling BoyPart 1Wei Wuxian arrives with Lan Wangji at Golden Carp Tower for the Grand Symposium hosted by the Jin Clan of Lanling.
Along the way, Wei Wuxian observes murals depicting the heroic deeds of Jin Guangyao and Jin Zixuan, noting their equal prominence despite traditional hierarchy.
Upon arrival, Jiang Cheng confronts Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian, clearly recognizing Wei Wuxian and demanding an introduction, veiled in hostility.
Jin Guangyao appears, easing the tension and warmly greeting Lan Wangji and Lan Xichen, while deflecting Jiang Cheng.
Jin Ling appears and immediately recognizes Wei Wuxian, reacting with anger, but is calmed by Jin Guangyao’s diplomacy.
Wei Wuxian notices strange looks from Jin disciples and remembers that Mo Xuanyu had been expelled from Golden Carp Tower for harassing someone.
Lan Wangji advises Wei Wuxian not to provoke others; Wei Wuxian jokingly requests Lan Wangji to protect him from his “admirers.”
Jin Guangyao enters with his wife Qin Su; their marriage is viewed as a rare loving union in the cultivation world.
During the banquet, Wei Wuxian enjoys himself despite suspicious stares, while Jin Ling continues to glare at him.
After the banquet, Jin Guangyao is approached by a drunken Nie Huaisang begging for help, which he tactfully handles by escorting him away.
Qin Su quietly questions Wei Wuxian’s identity but says nothing.
Wei Wuxian tries to gather gossip and asks Lan Wangji to watch out for Jiang Cheng while he snoops around.
Wei Wuxian follows Jin Ling and tries to engage him playfully; they are interrupted by Jin Chan and his gang, who confront Wei Wuxian about his past.
Jin Ling defends Wei Wuxian and challenges Jin Chan to a fight; outnumbered, Jin Ling begins to lose until Wei Wuxian teaches him a pressure point move.
With Wei Wuxian’s help, Jin Ling wins and drives off Jin Chan’s group, feeling triumphant.
Wei Wuxian offers to teach Jin Ling more moves and encourages him to fight now while he still can.
Jin Ling questions Wei Wuxian’s shift in loyalty away from Jin Guangyao; Wei Wuxian claims he’s over him and now devoted to Lan Wangji.
Jin Ling runs away in embarrassment, and Wei Wuxian turns around to see Lan Wangji standing nearby, having overheard the entire thing.
Wei Wuxian nervously covers by chatting about how Jin Guangyao had Mo Xuanyu expelled to protect his reputation after being harassed by his half-brother.
Wei Wuxian notes how Jin Ling is always alone during Night Hunts, lacking peers or friends his age.
Lan Wangji reveals Jin Guangyao once had a son who was murdered in retaliation by a rival clan; Qin Su could not have another child after.
Wei Wuxian blames Jiang Cheng’s poor parenting for Jin Ling’s unsociability and reflects on Jin Ling’s vulnerabilities.
Wei Wuxian creates a paper effigy using Papercut Incarnation magic to spy on Jin Guangyao within Golden Carp Tower.
The paper effigy sneaks into Blooming Garden, finds Lan Xichen’s artwork on the walls, and enters Fragrance Palace.
Inside Fragrance Palace, Wei Wuxian discovers a strange, unmovable letter and hides as Qin Su enters, visibly sick and distressed.
Qin Su breaks down after reading the letter, accusing Jin Guangyao of unspeakable crimes and vomiting from the horror of its contents.
Jin Guangyao tries to calm her and denies everything, but Qin Su refuses to believe him and asks about their murdered son, A-Song.
Qin Su insists someone she trusted gave her the letter and told her everything, but she refuses to reveal who it was.
Jin Guangyao drug-confines Qin Su and says he will send her to recuperate at her father’s home, then carries her into a hidden chamber behind a mirror.
Wei Wuxian follows them into the secret treasure room filled with weapons, torture tools, and his own forbidden cultivation manuscripts.
Wei Wuxian realizes Jin Guangyao must have allowed Mo Xuanyu to access these manuscripts, explaining how he used possession magic.
Wei Wuxian spots property deeds beside his manuscripts and memorizes an address in Yunmeng.
Wei Wuxian hides as Jin Guangyao re-enters the sealed chamber and opens a hidden drape to reveal the sealed head of Nie Mingjue.
Wei Wuxian is pulled forward by a force as soon as he sees the head, confirming that Jin Guangyao has kept the final piece of Nie Mingjue’s dismembered body.
Part 2Wei Wuxian is sucked into a vision after making contact with Nie Mingjue’s forehead while possessing the paper effigy.
In the vision, Wei Wuxian witnesses Nie Mingjue alive and raging after the death of his subordinate, then demanding the punishment of Jin Guangyao for secretly entering the palace in Qishan.
Nie Mingjue accuses Jin Guangyao of climbing ranks through flattery and underhanded means, and insults his birth background.
Jin Guangyao accepts the scolding and punishment without protest, kneeling for hours, which causes Nie Mingjue to think Jin Guangyao may not be irredeemable.
Nie Mingjue later walks in on Jin Guangyao playing his saber technique on the zither, which he forbade him to do, but Jin Guangyao explains he was trying to recreate it from memory out of admiration.
Nie Mingjue is mollified and allows it, thinking Jin Guangyao might be sincere, and even teaches him more.
During the Sunshot Campaign, Jin Guangyao earns praise for his cunning strategies and battlefield contributions, making Nie Mingjue reluctantly trust him more.
After Wen Ruohan is killed, Jin Guangyao is accepted back to Jin Guangshan and made a vice general.
Nie Mingjue becomes frustrated when Jin Guangyao does not publicly thank the Qinghe Nie Clan and instead shows increasing allegiance to Jin Guangshan and Lan Xichen.
Nie Mingjue grows suspicious after Jin Guangyao poisons a subordinate who insulted him, and when Jin Guangyao avoids taking responsibility, Nie Mingjue feels betrayed.
Nie Mingjue and Jin Guangyao clash again during the drafting of the cultivation alliance and the placement of watchtowers, with Nie Mingjue opposing Jin Guangyao’s ambitions.
Nie Mingjue tries to resign from the brotherhood of the Three Zun, accusing Jin Guangyao of deceit, corruption, and using Lan Xichen.
Jin Guangyao calmly asks Nie Mingjue what he must do to earn forgiveness, but Nie Mingjue storms off in fury.
Nie Mingjue falls into qi deviation soon after, and the vision begins to show him restrained on a stone table in extreme agony.
Jin Guangyao is revealed as the one who caused his qi deviation to intensify and eventually behead him, using demonic cultivation and dismembering his corpse.
Jin Guangyao uses talismans to suppress Nie Mingjue’s head, sealing it with spell arrays.
Wei Wuxian is forcefully ejected from the vision and the paper effigy disintegrates, snapping his soul back into his body.
Wei Wuxian wakes up coughing blood and dazed while Lan Wangji stands at his bedside, immediately checking on him and scolding him gently for being reckless.
Wei Wuxian reflects that Nie Mingjue was a man of unbending integrity who only ever gave second chances to those he thought could be saved.
Wei Wuxian wonders who gave Qin Su the letter and who might still be aiding him behind the scenes.
Lan Wangji says Jin Guangyao will host a discussion conference that evening and that Nie Huaisang and Jin Ling are both at Golden Carp Tower.
Wei Wuxian resolves to see what Jin Guangyao will do and tells Lan Wangji they must keep watching and wait for the right moment.
Part 3Wei Wuxian’s paper effigy is attacked by Jin Guangyao inside the secret chamber using the softsword Hensheng.
Wei Wuxian narrowly escapes using Suibian, which unexpectedly unsheathes when he steps on it.
He escapes back to the guest house and clings to Lan Wangji’s face with the paper effigy, then returns to his body.
Wei Wuxian informs Lan Wangji that Qin Su is hidden inside a secret chamber behind the bronze mirror in Fragrance Palace, along with Nie Mingjue’s head.
They rush toward Fragrance Palace, knocking aside guards and alerting all sect members at Golden Carp Tower.
Jin Ling tries to stop them, confused why they are barging into Jin Guangyao’s sleeping quarters.
Lan Wangji and Lan Xichen exchange glances; Lan Xichen realizes what they are after.
Jin Guangyao appears and deflects suspicion with smooth talk, but Lan Xichen demands he open the chamber.
Jin Guangyao reluctantly complies, opens the bronze mirror, and lets them into the secret vault.
Inside, Qin Su is standing beside the iron table, conscious but expressionless.
Wei Wuxian is shocked she is still alive and seemingly compliant after her earlier emotional breakdown.
The drapes behind which Nie Mingjue’s head was hidden now conceal only a cursed dagger.
Jin Guangyao explains it is a rare weapon once used by Wen Ruohan, filled with yin energy.
The chamber is filled with rare spiritual items to make it seem like a normal vault.
Qin Su suddenly grabs the dagger and stabs herself in the abdomen in front of everyone.
Jin Guangyao is genuinely distraught, holds her, and mourns her death.
Lan Xichen apologizes, but Jin Guangyao demands to know why they broke into the chamber.
Lan Xichen reveals they were tracing Nie Mingjue’s dismembered body parts and that they suspect his head is in the vault.
Jin Guangyao appears shocked and heartbroken, asking why Lan Xichen suspected him.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Xichen realize Jin Guangyao not only moved Nie Mingjue’s head but also manipulated Qin Su into public suicide.
Jin Guangyao deflects suspicion toward Wei Wuxian, still disguised as Mo Xuanyu, questioning his role in Qin Su’s death.
Su She exposes Wei Wuxian’s true identity, claiming he is the Yiling Patriarch, not Mo Xuanyu.
Jin Guangyao seizes the moment and accuses Wei Wuxian of using Sacrifice magic to possess Mo Xuanyu’s body.
Jin Guangyao explains that Suibian sealed itself after Wei Wuxian’s death and only Wei Wuxian can unsheath it.
Wei Wuxian had pulled Suibian during the chaos, inadvertently confirming his identity.
Cultivators surround Wei Wuxian with drawn swords; Lan Wangji steps in to defend him.
Lan Wangji blocks multiple attacks and draws Bichen to create a path for Wei Wuxian to escape.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji flee; Wei Wuxian realizes Jin Guangyao planned everything to trap him and force the reveal.
Wei Wuxian urges Lan Wangji not to follow him, but Lan Wangji insists and stays at his side.
Jin Ling blocks their path and emotionally demands to know if Wei Wuxian is truly Wei Ying.
Wei Wuxian avoids answering but tries to pass; Jin Ling stabs him in the stomach.
Wei Wuxian is wounded in the same spot Jiang Cheng once stabbed him.
Lan Wangji fights off the cultivators while carrying Wei Wuxian on his back and escapes.
Wei Wuxian hears Lan Wangji’s steady voice saying, “I’m here,” which warms and aches his heart.
Wei Wuxian reflects that Lan Wangji once rebuked him when everyone praised him, and now stands by him when the world hates him.
Wei Wuxian suddenly remembers he once carried Lan Wangji on his back just like this.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi
Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi, Vol. 3
Chapter 11:
Supreme CouragePart 1Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng fly kites at Lotus Pier, competing with each other and other disciples in shooting them down with arrows
Their playful day is interrupted when Madam Yu arrives with her handmaids Jinzhu and Yinzhu, criticizes Jiang Cheng's lack of progress, and scolds Wei Wuxian for leading him astray
Madam Yu continues to be passive-aggressive toward Wei Wuxian, accusing him of being a bad influence and criticizing Jiang Cheng for being inferior to him
That evening, the Wen Clan of Qishan sends an order demanding twenty disciples from every cultivation sect to report to Qishan for "education"
Jiang Cheng is furious and shocked, while Wei Wuxian is more sarcastic; Jiang Fengmian scolds them for speaking disrespectfully but doesn’t deny the order
Yu Ziyuan lashes out at the dinner table, furious that her son is being sent as a hostage and accusing Jiang Fengmian of favoritism toward Wei Wuxian
Yu Ziyuan insults both her son and Wei Wuxian, calling Wei Wuxian a “servant’s son,” and complains about Jiang Fengmian’s parenting
Jiang Fengmian calmly says the Jiang Clan disciples must endure hardship and sends them off the next day; Jiang Yanli sees them off with food
At the Wen education camp, many disciples from various sects arrive, including Lan Wangji, who appears pale and withdrawn
Wen Chao, the arrogant and greasy Wen heir, orders all disciples to turn in their swords under the pretense of instilling discipline
Wei Wuxian and others recognize this is an act of domination, but nobody dares resist, even Lan Wangji surrenders his sword despite being injured
Education consists of reciting from the self-glorifying Wen Clan book and enduring Wen Chao's daily speeches and abuse
Wen Chao forces the disciples to do all the hard labor and take risks in Night Hunts while he takes credit for victories
Lan Wangji remains cold and detached, concealing his leg injury which was caused when he tried to protect the Lan Clan’s Library Pavilion from being burned by Wen Xu
Wei Wuxian teases a girl nicknamed Mianmian and tries to make Lan Wangji smile, but Lan Wangji calls him “irreverent” and walks off angrily
A disciple from another sect tells Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng that the Cloud Recesses was destroyed and the Lan patriarch severely wounded
Wen Chao orders all disciples to enter a cave on Mount Muxi to hunt a yao beast without telling them what it is; Jin Zixuan enters first, disgusted by Wen Chao
All disciples descend into a deep cave and reach a vast underground lake but find no sign of the beast
Wen Chao orders someone to be strung up and used as live bait to lure the beast; Wang Lingjiao picks Mianmian
Mianmian flees and hides behind Lan Wangji and Jin Zixuan, who refuse to move and protect her
Wen Chao threatens their clans, but Lan Wangji strikes down a Lan disciple who tried to capture Mianmian
Wen Chao orders his men to kill Jin Zixuan and Lan Wangji; Wei Wuxian steps in and mocks Wen Chao by quoting the Wen Clan’s own founder, tricking Wen Chao into insulting the quote
Enraged, Wen Chao attacks Wei Wuxian, who disarms and captures him, holding him hostage
While Wei Wuxian threatens to hurt Wen Chao, the “islet” he’s standing on begins to move—it is actually the shell of a giant black tortoise-like yao beast
The beast begins to rise from the lake; Lan Wangji, Jin Zixuan, Jiang Cheng, and others prepare to fight, while Wen Chao screams for help
Wei Wuxian tries to hurt the beast with Wen Chao’s sword but fails due to its thick scales; he jumps away, but Wen Zhuliu saves Wen Chao
Wen servants attack the beast with arrows, which do no damage; Wei Wuxian takes a bow and shoots three Wen servants to stop them from branding Mianmian’s face
Wang Lingjiao tries to scar Mianmian but is stopped by Wei Wuxian, who is branded himself in the process
Wen Chao panics and orders a retreat; he escapes with Wen Zhuliu and Wang Lingjiao while the other Wen disciples flee
The vine used to enter the cave is cut, trapping everyone inside; the light from the entrance is blocked as the Wens seal the cave
Panic spreads among the disciples as they realize they are trapped underground with no food and the yao beast still active
Lan Wangji announces there is a way out because he saw maple leaves in the water, suggesting a possible exit path through the underground lake
Part 2
Wei Wuxian realizes the fresh maple leaves in the lake must have floated in from an outside water source, meaning there may be an underwater tunnel leading out
Jiang Cheng dives into the lake and confirms there is a tunnel large enough for five or six people to pass through at once
Wei Wuxian uses fire talismans to lure the Xuanwu of Slaughter away from the lake so the others can escape
A Lan Clan of Gusu disciple accidentally shoots Wei Wuxian with an arrow while trying to hit the beast
Despite the injury, Wei Wuxian continues distracting the beast while everyone escapes into the tunnel
Wei Wuxian tears the arrow out of his arm, which increases the smell of blood and provokes the Xuanwu of Slaughter
The beast attacks Wei Wuxian, but Lan Wangji pushes him away and is bitten in the leg instead
Wei Wuxian catches the beast’s fang to stop it from dragging Lan Wangji into its shell and pries open its jaws to free him
Wei Wuxian carries Lan Wangji on his back as they flee, navigating narrow passages to avoid pursuit
After escaping, Wei Wuxian treats Lan Wangji’s leg with a makeshift splint using Lan Wangji’s forehead ribbon
Lan Wangji is visibly shocked and angry about his ribbon being used, but Wei Wuxian brushes it off
They use Mianmian’s perfume sachet to identify herbs to treat their injuries
Wei Wuxian undresses Lan Wangji to make bandages and provokes him on purpose to help him cough up the qi clogging his chest
Lan Wangji is embarrassed and angry when Wei Wuxian flirts and teases him, especially when Wei Wuxian takes off his own clothes
After a particularly rough moment, Lan Wangji bites Wei Wuxian’s arm in frustration, then silently composes himself
Lan Wangji thanks Wei Wuxian for saving him, saying it sincerely, which shocks Wei Wuxian
Lan Wangji confesses that the Cloud Recesses has been burned down, his father is dying, and Lan Xichen is missing
Wei Wuxian notices a tear on Lan Wangji’s cheek and is at a loss for how to comfort him
After three days of rest and searching, they confirm the Xuanwu of Slaughter is asleep and still blocking the lake tunnel
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji prepare to kill the beast from the inside while it's asleep
Wei Wuxian enters the beast’s shell and walks through rotting sludge made of human corpses
Inside, he finds a strange, heavily resented iron sword buried in the corpse mire
The Xuanwu of Slaughter wakes and attacks; Wei Wuxian jams branding irons in its jaws and stabs its soft flesh with bundled arrows
The yao beast goes berserk from pain, sloshing corpses and trying to swallow Wei Wuxian
Wei Wuxian jams the iron sword into its mouth and prevents it from biting down
Lan Wangji, waiting outside, uses the Killing Chord technique with bowstrings to slice the beast’s weak spot when it exits its shell
After six hours of fighting, the Xuanwu of Slaughter is killed, its neck nearly severed by Lan Wangji’s string
Lan Wangji searches the corpse and finds Wei Wuxian barely conscious inside the beast’s mouth, gripping the sword
Lan Wangji pulls him out and keeps him afloat; Wei Wuxian confirms he’s alive and urges they escape through the tunnel
They realize the underwater tunnel has collapsed during the battle and is no longer accessible
Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian return to shore; Wei Wuxian is feverish and barely able to walk
Wei Wuxian remembers the sword he found might be a powerful weapon imbued with resentful energy, but it sank to the bottom of the lake
Lan Wangji carries and tends to Wei Wuxian, channeling spiritual energy to stabilize his condition
Wei Wuxian whines, jokes, and tries to get Lan Wangji to interact with him despite his fever
Lan Wangji scolds him but allows his antics; Wei Wuxian muses that Lan Wangji was more emotional days ago, but is now back to being cold and unreadable
Lan Wangji begins humming a tune to soothe Wei Wuxian, surprising him
When Wei Wuxian asks what the song is called, Lan Wangji whispers something too soft to hear
Chapter 12:
Sandu: The Three PoisonsPart 1Wei Wuxian wakes up in his bed at Lotus Pier, weak from fever but no longer in the cave, and is greeted by Jiang Yanli
Jiang Cheng arrives and tells Wei Wuxian it took him seven days to return with reinforcements, dig out the buried cave entrance, and rescue him
Wei Wuxian asks about Lan Wangji and learns he went back to Gusu without leaving a message
Jiang Fengmian joins them and tells them the Wen Clan is officially crediting Wen Chao with killing the Xuanwu of Slaughter
Wei Wuxian is upset but says Lan Wangji truly dealt the fatal blow; Jiang Cheng acknowledges it was a joint effort but is clearly jealous and insecure
Jiang Fengmian praises Wei Wuxian, but Madam Yu storms in and accuses him of stirring up trouble and endangering the clan
Madam Yu publicly implies again that Wei Wuxian might be Jiang Fengmian’s illegitimate son with Cangse Sanren and accuses him of being favored over Jiang Cheng
After a bitter argument, Madam Yu leaves with Jiang Fengmian, still fighting; Jiang Cheng walks out and Wei Wuxian follows to clear the air
Wei Wuxian reassures Jiang Cheng that he is the rightful heir and Jiang Fengmian is simply being stricter with him, not favoring Wei Wuxian
Jiang Cheng vents about how he believes his father dislikes him because of his resemblance to Madam Yu and doesn’t see him as worthy of leading the clan
Wei Wuxian tries to cheer him up and swears loyalty as his future subordinate, proclaiming that the Yunmeng Jiang will have “Twin Heroes” to rival Gusu’s Twin Jades
They joke about Mianmian and Jiang Cheng accuses Wei Wuxian of liking her, but Wei Wuxian brushes it off
Jiang Cheng shares news that Lan Wangji has returned home, Lan Xichen is still missing, and the Lan Clan head has died
Wei Wuxian asks about the Lan Clan’s fate and learns the Wen Clan burned the Library Pavilion, and Lan Xichen likely fled with salvaged texts
Wei Wuxian grows increasingly disgusted with the Wen Clan’s oppression and suggests forming an alliance
They are interrupted by a group of shidi shouting that Liu-shidi was taken by Wen cultivators led by Wang Lingjiao, who accused him of harboring mutinous intent over a kite
Madam Yu appears and dismisses the panic, ordering everyone to stay calm just as Wang Lingjiao and Wen cultivators barge into Lotus Pier without permission
Wang Lingjiao criticizes the estate, forces her way into the main hall, and demands that Madam Yu punish Wei Wuxian for alleged misconduct toward Wen Chao
Madam Yu whips Wei Wuxian repeatedly with Zidian in front of everyone, inflicting serious pain but keeping him alive to satisfy the Wen Clan
Wang Lingjiao says this is not enough and demands that Wei Wuxian’s right arm be cut off as punishment
Madam Yu appears to agree but suddenly slaps Wang Lingjiao, declaring she will not take orders from a servant and mocking the Wang Clan of Yingchuan
Wang Lingjiao sets off signal flares to summon Wen reinforcements, and Wen Zhuliu arrives and attacks
Madam Yu duels Wen Zhuliu while Jinzhu and Yinzhu help; she uses the chaos to force Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng onto a boat, binding them with Zidian and sending them away
Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng plead for her to come with them, but she insists on staying to defend the clan
Madam Yu gives Zidian to Jiang Cheng, kisses him, and says goodbye to both boys before kicking the boat off
Jiang Cheng screams and thrashes, unable to break free from Zidian until Jiang Fengmian appears on another boat
Zidian recognizes Jiang Fengmian as a master and unbinds them; Jiang Cheng begs his father to return with them to rescue Madam Yu
Jiang Fengmian instead rebinds the boys, instructs them to flee to Meishan to find their sister and grandmother, and says he will return alone to help Madam Yu
Jiang Cheng screams for his father in despair as their boats drift apart and Jiang Fengmian returns to Lotus Pier
Part 2Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng return to Lotus Pier after escaping, paddle back without oars, and sneak in through a willow tree to spy from the wall
Wei Wuxian sees Wen Clan cultivators in the Jiang Clan’s drilling grounds wearing blazing sun uniforms, with familiar bodies of Jiang disciples piled in a corner
A Wen Clan youth, later revealed as Wen Ning, stands inspecting the bodies; Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng hear Wen Chao and Wang Lingjiao gossiping and mocking Madam Yu and Jiang Fengmian’s deaths
Wang Lingjiao brags about Madam Yu being humiliated and Wen Chao boasts about seizing Lotus Pier and renaming it, planning a celebration
Jiang Cheng breaks down and tries to return to the pier to retrieve his parents' bodies but is stopped by Wei Wuxian; they fight, and Jiang Cheng lashes out in grief and rage
Jiang Cheng strangles Wei Wuxian and screams at him for saving Lan Wangji, blaming him for the Wen Clan’s retaliation
Wei Wuxian calms Jiang Cheng, and they break down together; Jiang Cheng cries for his parents and despairs over their loss
They flee to a nearby town, where Wei Wuxian tells Jiang Cheng to stay still while he buys food; when Wei Wuxian returns, Jiang Cheng is gone
Wei Wuxian panics, searches the town, and assumes Jiang Cheng went back to retrieve the bodies alone
Wei Wuxian runs back toward Lotus Pier, exhausted and nearly collapsing, vowing to find Jiang Cheng
At Lotus Pier, he captures a Wen Clan cultivator, who reveals himself to be Wen Ning, the archer from the Qishan symposium Wei Wuxian had once encouraged
Wen Ning promises to help rescue Jiang Cheng and secretly brings him out, injured and unconscious, and gives Wei Wuxian back Zidian
Wen Ning also promises to retrieve the bodies of Jiang Fengmian and Madam Yu and tells Wei Wuxian to leave before Wen Chao returns
Wen Ning offers to hide them and takes them by boat and carriage to the Yiling Overwatch Office, where he introduces Wei Wuxian to his sister Wen Qing
Wen Qing is furious but agrees to let them stay temporarily and treats Jiang Cheng’s wounds; Wei Wuxian remembers seeing Wen Ning practicing archery at the Qishan symposium
Jiang Cheng eventually wakes but is eerily calm and detached; he reveals that Wen Zhuliu used the Core-Melting Hand to destroy his golden core
Jiang Cheng despairs over his inability to seek revenge and spirals into a breakdown, choking Wei Wuxian in frustration
Wen Qing sedates Jiang Cheng with a needle and scolds Wen Ning for risking everything; she allows them to stay for a few more days but demands they leave soon
Wei Wuxian is grateful and prepares to leave; Jiang Cheng wakes three days later and expresses a wish to die since he can’t get revenge without his golden core
Wei Wuxian promises to help Jiang Cheng restore his golden core by taking him to find Baoshan Sanren, his mother’s teacher
They travel to a remote mountain in Yiling; Wei Wuxian blindfolds Jiang Cheng and sends him alone, pretending Jiang Cheng is Wei Wuxian to ask Baoshan Sanren for help
Jiang Cheng spends seven days on the mountain while Wei Wuxian waits in a nearby town, eventually walking into a suspicious teahouse and being ambushed by Wen Zhuliu and Wen Chao
Wei Wuxian is beaten and mocked, Wen Chao planning to dissolve his golden core and cut off his arm
Wei Wuxian threatens to become a vengeful ghost, which causes Wen Chao to hesitate
Wen Chao decides instead to take him to the Burial Mounds, an ancient battleground full of corpses and resentful energy
Wen Chao throws Wei Wuxian from the sky into the Burial Mounds, where no one ever returns alive
Chapter 13:
Ill WindsWang Lingjiao wakes from a nightmare where she sees Wei Wuxian, despite it being three months since he was thrown into the Burial Mounds
Wen Chao dismisses her fears and insists no one has ever survived the Burial Mounds, and even if Wei Wuxian turned into a ghost, the souls there are trapped
Wen Chao receives a distressing letter and lashes out; Wang Lingjiao secretly retrieves and reads the crumpled letter, learning Wen Xu was beheaded by a sect leader and his head was displayed
Wang Lingjiao realizes the Sunshot Campaign, initially mocked by the Wen Clan, has turned deadly serious as multiple clans have formed an alliance and retaliated
She reflects on Wen Chao growing tired of her and prepares to flee, opening her valuables chest only to find a pale child inside
The chest flips, shows no child, but she soon sees glowing eyes under her bed—the child is real and ghostly
In terror, she sticks a talisman on herself for protection, but it proves useless
Wen Chao hears her scream again and yells at his servants, but no one comes; Wang Lingjiao appears in his room grotesquely disfigured, mumbling and self-harming, eventually shoving a stool leg down her throat
Wen Chao tries to flee and spots a black-clad figure in the courtyard—Wei Wuxian
Jiang Cheng and Lan Wangji arrive at the Overwatch Office to kill Wen Chao and Wen Zhuliu, only to find everyone already dead in gruesome ways
The talismans on the walls appear normal but have been subtly altered with blood strokes to attract evil rather than repel it
Lan Wangji confirms the talismans were all deliberately modified by one person, and Jiang Cheng vows it’s good as long as that person wants to destroy the Wen Clan
On their journey, they hear rumors of Wen disciples dying mysteriously and violently across different regions
They track Wen Zhuliu and Wen Chao to a mountain city post station and spy on them from the roof
Wen Chao is disfigured, burned, fingerless, legless, and mentally unstable; he panics at any sound resembling a flute
Wen Zhuliu tends to his wounds and tries to calm him, but Wen Chao is hysterical, hallucinating, and unable to eat meat without flashbacks
A black-clad Wei Wuxian enters the room, sinister and completely transformed in demeanor from his former self
Wei Wuxian is followed by a ghostly pale child gnawing on Wen Chao’s severed fingers and a pale woman in red who later violently rips off Wen Chao’s fresh bandages
Wen Zhuliu tries to protect Wen Chao but is overwhelmed by the two fierce spirits; Lan Wangji intervenes to protect Wei Wuxian from Wen Zhuliu’s retaliation
Jiang Cheng uses Zidian to hang Wen Zhuliu and snap his neck
Jiang Cheng returns Suibian to Wei Wuxian, and they emotionally reunite with mutual smacks, hugs, and scolding
Wei Wuxian explains vaguely that he was captured and thrown into a hellhole by the Wen Clan, later emerging with new powers and vengeance
Jiang Cheng and Wei Wuxian hint at his use of dark arts but avoid direct answers; Wei Wuxian says it's fun to torture Wen Chao slowly
Lan Wangji demands to know what methods Wei Wuxian used and asks him to return to Gusu, but Wei Wuxian refuses
Lan Wangji warns that walking a deviant path will have consequences; Wei Wuxian insists he can handle it and has control
The two argue, tension rising until Jiang Cheng intervenes and sides with Wei Wuxian, saying it’s not Lan Wangji’s place to punish him
Lan Wangji leaves silently while Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng stay behind to finish off Wen Chao and Wen Zhuliu
Wei Wuxian smiles cruelly and joyfully as he prepares to exact final revenge, while Lan Wangji waits outside in the cold as dawn approaches and a scream pierces the night
Chapter 14:
SoftPart 1Wei Wuxian mumbles in his sleep while injured and reaches for Lan Wangji, asking him not to be mad and to take him home
Lan Wangji reassures Wei Wuxian, checks his injuries, and finds that his wound and the curse mark have already healed thanks to Lan Clan of Gusu’s medicinal pills
Wei Wuxian jokes about how fragile his new body is compared to his old one, while Lan Wangji listens and stays by his side
Lan Wangji returns Suibian to Wei Wuxian, who is surprised the sword sealed itself; Lan Wangji tries to draw it but fails
Lan Wangji confirms they are at the Cloud Recesses, and Lan Xichen enters, revealing he is aware of Wei Wuxian's presence
Wei Wuxian asks about Nie Mingjue’s body; Lan Xichen says it’s under Nie Huaisang’s protection
They discuss Jin Guangyao’s perfect performance and how he pretends to be innocent; Wei Wuxian brings up the altered version of the spiritual song “Cleansing”
Wei Wuxian plays the song, pointing out a section that doesn't belong; Lan Xichen and Lan Wangji confirm the segment is not part of the original
They go to the Room of Forbidden Books beneath the Library Pavilion to investigate the song’s origin
After searching through many books, Lan Wangji finds a suspicious book called “Collection of Spirit Turmoil” with a page missing between two melodies
Wei Wuxian plays the two connecting melodies and confirms the missing piece matches the altered section Jin Guangyao used
Lan Xichen reveals the book contains wicked songs from Dongying that can harm people with spiritual energy
Wei Wuxian theorizes Jin Guangyao fused the dangerous melody with “Cleansing” to manipulate Nie Mingjue into qi deviation over time
They conclude Jin Guangyao removed the page to leave no evidence and used the fused song subtly over three months
Lan Xichen, devastated, agrees to find a way to test the theory and even volunteers to test the melody on himself
Lan Wangji protests, but Lan Xichen insists on being prudent before passing judgment on Jin Guangyao
Wei Wuxian and Lan Xichen return to the secluded gentian-filled cottage that once belonged to Lan Wangji’s mother
Lan Xichen shares the story of their parents: Qingheng-jun married a woman who had killed his mentor and confined her in the cottage, then isolated himself in penance
Lan Wangji and Lan Xichen were raised by Lan Qiren, only seeing their mother once a month; Lan Wangji continued visiting even after she died at age six
Lan Xichen reflects on his father's pain and sacrifice, revealing the emotional burden of their upbringing
Lan Xichen plays a sad song on Liebing and apologizes for breaking the Cloud Recesses’ rules
Wei Wuxian reassures him, and Lan Xichen notes Lan Wangji would not hide anything from him
Lan Wangji arrives with two wine jugs, and Wei Wuxian jokes around, unknowingly drinking water he had pranked Lan Wangji with in the past
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji prepare for bed when Lan Wangji receives a security alert from his travel token
They track the intruder to the Wintry Room, where Lan Xichen meets Jin Guangyao, who returns his travel token
Jin Guangyao says the token no longer works and subtly acknowledges that Lan Xichen has restricted his access
Jin Guangyao mentions the lack of news about Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji, suggesting Lan Xichen allow a brief inspection of the Cloud Recesses to appease other clans
He warns of a Second Siege of the Burial Mounds, saying many corpses are converging on Yiling, likely due to Wei Wuxian
After Jin Guangyao leaves, Lan Xichen instructs Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian to go to the Burial Mounds while he attends the Golden Carp Tower meeting
Lan Xichen promises not to tolerate deceit if it is confirmed and asks for the chance to test the truth himself
Lan Wangji agrees, and the brothers part ways with silent resolve
Part 2Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji descend from the Cloud Recesses and encounter a group of affectionate white rabbits that follow Lan Wangji
Wei Wuxian recalls a rare childhood memory of his parents involving a donkey, a man lifting a woman and child, and walking a path together
Wei Wuxian pretends to be injured so Lan Wangji will lift him onto the donkey, mimicking that old memory and asking Lan Wangji to hold the reins
Wei Wuxian asks Lan Wangji about the tune he hummed in the cave years ago; Lan Wangji reveals he composed it himself and never shared it with anyone else
They stop at an empty farmhouse, and when the owners return, Wei Wuxian impulsively pushes Lan Wangji into a straw pile to hide and ends up lying on top of him
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji by whispering “Lan-er-gege” repeatedly until Lan Wangji flips and pins him down, warning he will be silenced
The couple in the house talk about their child A-Bao and gossip about the Yiling Patriarch, calling him a maniacal demon feared by both cultivators and commoners
Wei Wuxian is unsettled by the harsh words and falls into silence, unable to meet Lan Wangji’s gaze
A terrifying roar interrupts the family; Wei Wuxian tells Lan Wangji not to act and lets the family flee as Wen Ning bursts into the courtyard in a makeshift scary disguise
Wen Ning, covered in mud and branches, explains he was trying to scare the family away after hearing them gossip about Wei Wuxian
Wei Wuxian notices blood on Wen Ning, who admits he has been preemptively destroying fierce corpses along their path to keep them safe
They follow Wen Ning to a forest with a pit full of dismembered animated corpses; Wei Wuxian realizes Wen Ning had been quietly clearing the road ahead of them
Wei Wuxian, Lan Wangji, and Wen Ning bury the corpses together, with Wei Wuxian eating melon and joking while the others dig graves
They reach Yiling, where Wei Wuxian cheerfully chats in local dialect and asks Lan Wangji about retirement plans, daydreaming about a domestic future together
Wei Wuxian’s happy thoughts turn somber when he remembers a child he once had with him, who would now be a teenager if alive
They reach the Burial Mounds, where a newly rebuilt wall meant to seal the resentment has been destroyed again
On the way up, they see destroyed beast statues and stumps of spiritual warding formations, likely ruined recently
Wen Ning finds charred stumps and recognizes the location where Wen Qing was likely burned, calling her name and grieving silently
Wei Wuxian uses a secret method to communicate with the spirits in the ground, learning that over a hundred people have been imprisoned at the mountaintop
The trio finds ruined huts where Wei Wuxian and Wen Ning once lived with others; Wen Ning mourns the loss of his former home
A corpse puppet stumbles out, but it does not respond to Wei Wuxian’s commands, indicating it is controlled by the Yin Tiger Tally
Wen Ning kills the corpse puppet, and soon they are surrounded by a growing horde of controlled animated corpses
Lan Wangji uses his guqin to suppress the corpses; they fight wave after wave while climbing to the top of the mountain
After hours of battle, they reach the peak and rest; Lan Wangji gives Wei Wuxian Suibian, which Wei Wuxian accepts but admits he cannot wield fully
They enter the Demon-Quelling Cave and discover over a hundred young cultivators imprisoned, including Jin Ling, Lan Sizhui, Lan Jingyi, and Jin Chan
The boys argue, with Jin Chan insulting Wei Wuxian and provoking Jin Ling until a full fight breaks out
Wei Wuxian announces his presence and Wen Ning slices apart all the ropes binding the juniors
Most of the boys panic at the sight of Wei Wuxian, Lan Wangji, and Wen Ning, unsure whether to flee or stay
Lan Sizhui expresses trust in Wei Wuxian and confirms he believes Wei Wuxian is there to help them
Wei Wuxian cheerfully ruffles Lan Sizhui’s hair and gathers intel from the juniors
Lan Wangji praises Lan Sizhui’s calmness and cuts the remaining ropes; the group prepares to leave
Jin Ling approaches Wei Wuxian in silence, staring at the stab wound he once inflicted; Lan Wangji protects Wei Wuxian instinctively
Wen Ning exits to clear the corpses but is thrown back into the cave by Jiang Cheng using Zidian
Jiang Cheng arrives with thousands of cultivators from major clans and demands Jin Ling return
Lan Qiren and Lan Wangji exchange cold recognition; Lan Wangji refuses to leave Wei Wuxian’s side
A female cultivator scolds Lan Wangji for being corrupted by Wei Wuxian; Su She blames him for the hostages and corpse uprisings
Wei Wuxian mocks the hypocrisy and points out that Jin Guangyao and Lan Xichen are conveniently absent
Ouyang Zizhen tries to speak up in Wei Wuxian’s defense, but his father silences him
Sect Leader Yao gives a dramatic speech about justice, and others begin taking turns denouncing Wei Wuxian for personal and ideological reasons
Wei Wuxian listens in silence as cultivators accuse him of every past crime, proclaiming themselves righteous and declaring it a holy crusade against evil
Wei Wuxian reflects that once again he is alone in the face of overwhelming condemnation—except this time, Lan Wangji stands beside him without hesitation
Chapter 15:
Peony for the Soon DepartedThe Siege Hunt begins at Mount Baifeng, a prestigious event where cultivators compete to hunt the most prey
Lan Xichen and Lan Wangji arrive first with the Lan Clan of Gusu, drawing admiration from onlookers
Wei Wuxian throws a flower at Lan Wangji and pretends innocence; Jiang Cheng scolds him while Wei Wuxian jokes about throwing flowers at good-looking people
Jin Guangyao announces the arrival of the Nie Clan of Qinghe, led by Nie Mingjue and Nie Huaisang, followed by the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng
Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng wave to Jiang Yanli, who tosses flowers at them from the observation deck
The Jin Clan of Lanling enters with Jin Guangshan and Jin Zixuan, who shows off his archery skills and hits the bullseye
Jin Zixun mocks Wei Wuxian and challenges him to perform better; Wei Wuxian blindfolds himself and hits the bullseye effortlessly, impressing the crowd
Jin Zixun taunts Wei Wuxian to keep the blindfold on throughout the hunt; Wei Wuxian agrees and casually walks into the mountain
Alone in the forest, Wei Wuxian relaxes, plays his flute, and is suddenly ambushed and kissed forcefully by a mysterious person
The kiss leaves Wei Wuxian stunned, and he assumes it was a strong but shy girl; he removes the blindfold to find no one around and feels dazed
Wei Wuxian later stumbles upon Lan Wangji, who is furiously punching trees and refuses to explain his anger, telling Wei Wuxian to leave
Wei Wuxian follows Lan Wangji and tries to lighten the mood with teasing; Lan Wangji remains cold and distant
Wei Wuxian jokes about first kisses and assumes Lan Wangji has never kissed anyone, while hiding that his own first kiss was just stolen
They spot Jin Zixuan and Jiang Yanli walking alone together; Jin Zixuan awkwardly tries to make small talk and show off his knowledge
Wei Wuxian reflects bitterly on Jiang Yanli’s history with Jin Zixuan, who had once humiliated her by believing another girl’s lie about making soup for him during the war
Wei Wuxian recalls the fight he had with Jin Zixuan over Jiang Yanli’s tears and how Jin Zixuan began to pursue her more actively afterward
Jin Zixuan tries to invite Jiang Yanli to his clan’s hunting grounds but is rejected; he gets angry and snaps at her, making Wei Wuxian furious
Jiang Yanli tries to walk away, and Jin Zixuan chases after her; Wei Wuxian blocks him and punches him
Jin Zixuan draws his sword, but Lan Wangji blocks the strike with Bichen
A large group of cultivators arrive, led by Jin Zixun, who confronts Wei Wuxian; a crowd gathers due to the sword glares seen earlier
Madam Jin arrives with her entourage, scolds Jin Zixuan, and tries to comfort Jiang Yanli
Jin Zixun accuses Wei Wuxian of monopolizing all the fierce corpses in the hunt and violating etiquette
Lan Wangji intervenes and asks for clarification; the cultivators explain that Wei Wuxian summoned all the ghosts with his flute
Wei Wuxian proudly admits he doesn’t use a sword because he can surpass others with his cultivation alone
Jin Zixun insults Wei Wuxian’s background, calling him the son of a servant; Jiang Yanli steps forward and demands an apology
Jiang Yanli calmly and logically defends Wei Wuxian, stating that no rules were broken and that skill should be respected
Sect Leader Yao tries to argue unwritten rules, but Jiang Yanli counters all objections eloquently
Jiang Yanli demands a public apology for calling Wei Wuxian the son of a servant; Jin Zixun is furious but silent
Madam Jin tries to defuse the situation, but Jiang Yanli insists on defending Wei Wuxian as her brother
Jin Zixun avoids apologizing and instead complains about the hunt, withdrawing from the event
Jin Guangyao and Lan Xichen arrive and try to calm the situation, planning to expand the hunting grounds
Jiang Yanli rejects Madam Jin’s plan to send Jin Zixuan with her and chooses to walk with Wei Wuxian instead
Jin Zixuan suddenly yells after Jiang Yanli, declaring that the invitation was his idea and not his mother’s
Embarrassed after his confession, Jin Zixuan runs into the woods while Madam Jin chases after him
Wei Wuxian and Jiang Yanli leave together as Lan Wangji silently watches them go
Jin Guangyao and Lan Xichen discuss the hunt and reveal that Nie Mingjue has also hunted down most of the yao beasts
Jiang Cheng arrives late and hears people whispering about Wei Wuxian stealing the spotlight and attracting potential new disciples to the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng
Sect Leader Yao and other cultivators gossip about Wei Wuxian being trouble despite his power, blaming the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng’s rise on him and saying he’s not worth the chaos he causes
Two months after the Wen Clan of Qishan’s fall, Nightless City lies in ruins and the cultivation world shifts its center to Lanling, Yunmeng, Gusu, and Qinghe
In Yunmeng, Lan Wangji walks through a bustling street and receives flowers from several girls, an orchestrated prank arranged by Wei Wuxian
Wei Wuxian watches from a high balcony, calls out to Lan Wangji, and invites him up for a drink
To everyone’s surprise, Lan Wangji joins Wei Wuxian upstairs and returns the pile of flowers, calling the act frivolous
Wei Wuxian jokes and offers liquor; Lan Wangji refuses but doesn’t leave
Lan Wangji criticizes Wei Wuxian for consorting with women of suspicious nature, hinting that they may be ghosts or spirits
Wei Wuxian reveals the girls were summoned beings and tells them to stand down when their hostility toward Lan Wangji becomes visible
Lan Wangji urges Wei Wuxian to return to Gusu and abandon the demonic path, warning of its long-term damage to his body and soul
Wei Wuxian, annoyed, says he’s tired of being lectured and refuses to go back, stating he hasn’t gone mad or lost control
Lan Wangji apologizes for overstepping; Wei Wuxian accepts but tells him they shouldn’t interact further
Wei Wuxian returns to Lotus Pier where Jiang Cheng is polishing his sword and they banter about Jin Zixuan, swords, and etiquette
Jiang Cheng advises Wei Wuxian to carry Suibian at public events to avoid judgment, but Wei Wuxian refuses and says he dislikes being forced
Jiang Cheng warns Wei Wuxian to stop provoking Jin Zixuan, who is destined to be clan leader, and says it’s not wise to keep antagonizing him
Wei Wuxian protests that Jin Zixuan treated Jiang Yanli poorly in the past, but Jiang Cheng says Jiang Yanli likes him and that’s all that matters
Wei Wuxian finds Jiang Yanli in the Ancestral Hall talking to their parents’ memorial tablets and joins her
Wei Wuxian playfully asks Jiang Yanli why people fall in love and insists he’ll never fall in love because it’s like putting reins on his own neck
Wei Wuxian and Jiang Yanli recall a childhood memory when Wei Wuxian was first brought to Lotus Pier and was afraid of Jiang Cheng’s dogs
Jiang Cheng had locked Wei Wuxian out of their shared room in jealousy and thrown out his bedding, prompting Wei Wuxian to flee and sleep in a tree
Jiang Yanli had found him and coaxed him down, carrying him home on her back and comforting him
They had discovered Jiang Cheng crying in a pit after tripping in the dark and hurting himself; he had gone after Wei Wuxian out of guilt
Jiang Yanli carried both Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng home, got their injuries treated, and warmed soup for them
Wei Wuxian remembered not just the delicious taste of Jiang Yanli’s soup but also the warmth and safety of being with her
In the present, Wei Wuxian reflects that although nothing else is the same, being at Lotus Pier with Jiang Yanli and Jiang Cheng still feels like home
Wei Wuxian wanders out of Lotus Pier, stops at a vendor, and is offered food; he jokingly asks for it to be put on his tab as usual
A filthy, trembling figure nearby hears his voice, looks up, and Wei Wuxian is shocked to recognize her and exclaims, “It’s you?!”
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi
Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi, Vol. 4
Chapter 16:
The UnrulyPart 1Lan Wangji told Lan Xichen he wanted to bring someone back to the Cloud Recesses and hide him away, but the person was unwilling
They witnessed Jin Zixun berating Su She at Golden Carp Tower for wandering around unauthorized
Jin Guangyao appeared to smooth things over, recognized Su She, and flattered him into joining him
During the banquet, Jin Zixun drunkenly tried to force Lan Wangji and Lan Xichen to drink wine, ignoring their sect's discipline against alcohol
Lan Wangji stayed silent, but Wei Wuxian appeared suddenly and drank the wine on his behalf, shocking everyone
Jin Guangyao asked if Wei Wuxian had an invitation; he said no and requested to speak with Jin Zixun
Jin Zixun refused, delaying Wei Wuxian, so he confronted him publicly about Wen Ning’s disappearance
Wei Wuxian revealed Jin Zixun had used Wen Ning and other Wen cultivators as bait during a Night Hunt, beat them when they failed, and took them away
Jin Zixun denied knowing them, infuriating Wei Wuxian, who demanded their release
Jin Guangshan intervened, subtly accusing Wei Wuxian of being a threat due to the Yin Tiger Tally and the loss of control during battle
Wei Wuxian accused the Jin Clan of Lanling of trying to replace the Wen Clan of Qishan and abusing power
Cultivators at the banquet justified the mistreatment of Wen remnants as deserved retaliation
Wei Wuxian argued the specific Wen cultivators like Wen Ning were innocent and being punished by association
He provoked the crowd by suggesting he could kill all Wen survivors if they truly believed all Wen deserved death, causing panic
Lan Wangji asked him to lower Chenqing; Wei Wuxian shouted at Jin Zixun and threatened to count to three
Jin Zixun, pressured and scared, told him to search for them at Qiongqi Path
Jin Guangshan became furious and stormed out of the hall, and Jin Zixun also left in a rage, spilling wine on Jin Guangyao
Lan Xichen offered a handkerchief to Jin Guangyao, who played the victim and continued to pacify the guests
Lan Wangji defended Wei Wuxian, saying he wasn’t wrong
Lan Xichen remarked on Wei Wuxian’s drastic change; Lan Wangji showed visible pain
Wei Wuxian met Wen Qing in an alley, found her emaciated and desperate to find Wen Ning
Wei Wuxian bought her food and promised to retrieve Wen Ning
Qiongqi Path had been taken over by the Jin Clan of Lanling and was being reconstructed by Wen survivors under inhumane conditions
Wei Wuxian and Wen Qing found an elderly Wen woman forced to carry a vandalized Wen Clan flag
Wen Qing searched the labor camp in the valley for Wen Ning but couldn’t find him
Overseers lied that all Wen cultivators were present; Wei Wuxian asked about the dead
Wei Wuxian played Chenqing, summoning corpses from the ground
Wen Ning rose from the dead with clear signs of violent death and a crushed rib cage
Wen Qing wailed and fainted upon confirming his death; Wei Wuxian caught her
Wei Wuxian demanded to know who killed Wen Ning; the overseers denied knowledge and claimed he fell
Wei Wuxian threatened mass execution if the killer didn’t step forward
Wei Wuxian ordered Wen Ning to retaliate; Wen Ning killed two overseers by smashing their heads together
Wei Wuxian carried Wen Qing through the chaos and was directed by a captive to a shack where others were imprisoned
Wei Wuxian rescued the imprisoned Wen cultivators and ordered them all to mount horses and escape
He took a toddler named A-Yuan from the elderly woman when she struggled and carried him
The group fled into the rainy night, led by Wei Wuxian on horseback, carrying both Wen Qing and A-Yuan
Part 2News of Wei Wuxian rescuing Wen Clan captives and killing overseers spread rapidly across the cultivation world
A midnight emergency meeting was held at Golden Carp Tower with around fifty clan leaders, headed by Jin Guangshan, with Jin Guangyao assisting
Jin Guangyao reported that four overseers were killed and fifty Wen Clan members escaped, now protected by fierce corpses at the Burial Mounds
Jiang Cheng apologized and offered to make amends, explaining Wen Ning and Wen Qing had saved them during the Sunshot Campaign
Nie Mingjue dismissed this, emphasizing the Wen Clan was responsible for the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng’s destruction
Lan Xichen defended Wen Qing as uninvolved in atrocities, but Nie Mingjue and others argued silence made her complicit
Emotions ran high as many sects accused the Wen Clan survivors of having blood on their hands regardless of evidence
Jin Guangshan implied that Wei Wuxian’s arrogance stemmed from being favored by Jiang Cheng and criticized him for not respecting his sect leader
Jin Guangshan falsely claimed Wei Wuxian said “I couldn’t care less for Jiang Wanyin”; Lan Wangji corrected him, stating Wei Wuxian never said that or showed disrespect
Jin Guangyao pretended to forget the exact wording, subtly fueling doubt while appearing neutral
Some clan leaders denounced Wei Wuxian’s background as the son of a servant and accused him of overstepping his place
Others complained he refused to hand over the Yin Tiger Tally and had become violent by defending the Wen Clan
A young woman, Mianmian, spoke up to defend Wei Wuxian, saying the killings were not indiscriminate and were in response to Wen Ning’s murder
She was immediately attacked, mocked, accused of bias due to an old rumor of Wei Wuxian flirting with her, and criticized by her own sect
In response, Mianmian angrily tore off her sect robes, publicly withdrew from her sect, and left the meeting
Lan Wangji followed her out and bowed respectfully to her, acknowledging her courage
Jin Guangshan used the moment to pressure Jiang Cheng, saying Wei Wuxian planned to leave the Jiang Clan and that his actions damaged its reputation
Jiang Cheng was told he needed to assert authority or the clan would lose control and face ridicule
Jiang Cheng agreed to go to the Burial Mounds and resolve the situation himself
After the meeting, the Three Zun—Lan Xichen, Jin Guangyao, and Nie Mingjue—discussed the events; Jin Guangyao noted Jiang Cheng had nearly crushed the table from anger
Lan Wangji was seen respectfully parting ways with Mianmian in the courtyard
Two days later, Jiang Cheng arrived at the Burial Mounds with thirty disciples but went up the mountain alone
Wei Wuxian and Wen Qing were seen debating what crops to plant; Jiang Cheng was surprised to see survivors tilling soil and building houses
Wei Wuxian showed Jiang Cheng that the survivors had abandoned Wen uniforms and were peacefully working to settle
Wei Wuxian carried a toddler named A-Yuan and scolded him gently, revealing he had taken care of the child
Jiang Cheng mocked the group as weak and insignificant, asking about Wen Ning
Wei Wuxian led him to a cave filled with talismans and spiritual tools where Wen Ning’s corpse lay bound in seals
Wei Wuxian explained Wen Ning’s built-up trauma made him especially fierce after death and that he was attempting to awaken his mind rather than turn him into a weapon
Jiang Cheng mocked the idea, saying if Wei Wuxian succeeded, no one would seek cultivation anymore
Jiang Cheng suddenly attacked Wen Ning to kill him; Wei Wuxian blocked him, and they finally confronted each other over everything
Jiang Cheng accused Wei Wuxian of selfishly endangering the Jiang Clan by defending Wen survivors and giving their enemies justification to attack
Wei Wuxian insisted he couldn’t betray Wen Qing and the others after what they had done for him and Jiang Cheng in the past
They argued bitterly, both unleashing pent-up frustrations, with Jiang Cheng saying even if Wei Wuxian was right, no one would support him
Wei Wuxian told Jiang Cheng to cut ties with him and declare publicly that they had nothing to do with each other
Jiang Cheng said their mother had always been right that Wei Wuxian would bring the Jiang Clan trouble
They drew weapons and nearly fought before Jiang Cheng left, emotionally distraught
Three days later, Jiang Cheng formally issued a public challenge to Wei Wuxian and the two dueled in Yiling
Wen Ning, under Wei Wuxian’s command, broke Jiang Cheng’s arm; Jiang Cheng stabbed Wei Wuxian
Both men were injured, and the duel ended without a clear victor; their relationship fully broke down
Jiang Cheng announced that Wei Wuxian had defected, was now a public enemy, and that the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng had severed all ties with him permanently
Chapter 17:
DistancePart 1Wei Wuxian was stabbed by Jiang Cheng but treated it lightly, stuffing his intestines back in and going back to the Burial Mounds with bags of potatoes
Wen Qing treated his wounds and scolded him for not buying radish seeds
Life in the Burial Mounds was peaceful for a while, with Wei Wuxian overseeing Wen cultivators planting crops, refining corpses, and making tools
Wei Wuxian often played with Wen Yuan, a toddler relative of Wen Qing, and made jokes like burying him in dirt to make him grow faster
Because Wen Yuan had been isolated too long, Wei Wuxian took him on a supply trip to the nearby town
While shopping, Wen Yuan got separated and ran into Lan Wangji, whom he mistook as scary and intimidating, leading to a public scene with bystanders assuming Lan Wangji was his father
Wei Wuxian arrived laughing and retrieved Wen Yuan, then invited Lan Wangji to lunch
In a restaurant, Wen Yuan clung to Lan Wangji instead of Wei Wuxian, who joked about being replaced
Lan Wangji bought Wen Yuan several toys and calmly endured Wei Wuxian’s teasing
During their meal, Lan Wangji revealed Jiang Yanli and Jin Zixuan were marrying in seven days
Wei Wuxian was stunned and emotional, realizing Jiang Cheng had not told him; he grew despondent but promised to wish Jiang Yanli a glorious wedding in spirit
A talisman on Wei Wuxian ignited, warning of danger at the Burial Mounds
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji rushed back with Wen Yuan, flying on Bichen
Fierce corpses had broken free from the Demon-Quelling Cave, including Wen Ning, who had gone berserk and ripped apart other corpses
Wen Qing explained Wen Ning tore the talismans off himself and broke the barrier on the Blood Pool
Lan Wangji subjugated the other corpses with three guqin notes while Wei Wuxian tried to stop Wen Ning with Chenqing
Wen Ning attacked Wei Wuxian, who was injured and thrown into a tree; Lan Wangji rushed to support him
Wen Ning began descending toward where other Wen survivors were hiding; Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji worked together to restrain him with talismans and music
Just as Wen Ning was subdued, he suddenly spoke, calling Wei Wuxian by name
Wen Ning regained consciousness and recognized Wen Qing as his sister, leading to emotional reunions and tears
Wei Wuxian had succeeded in restoring Wen Ning’s mind despite initially bluffing about being able to do so
Wei Wuxian invited Lan Wangji into the Demon-Quelling Cave to sit and talk
They discussed the Blood Pool and Wei Wuxian’s control over the fierce corpses
Lan Wangji asked what would happen if Wei Wuxian lost control or was harmed; Wei Wuxian insisted it wouldn’t happen and that he had to carry the burden
Wen Qing and Wen Ning entered with tea; Wen Qing slapped Wei Wuxian on the back to release bad blood, and he pretended to faint
Lan Wangji grew visibly upset and left the cave
Wei Wuxian ran after him, Wen Yuan asking if Lan Wangji would stay for dinner
At the base of the mountain, Wei Wuxian asked Lan Wangji what other road he could take if he abandoned the demonic path; Lan Wangji had no answer, as they both knew there was no easy alternative
Wei Wuxian thanked him for spending the day with him and left him behind
On the way back, Wei Wuxian joked about forgetting to pay for lunch and reflected on how he and Lan Wangji always parted on unhappy terms
Wen Yuan nicknamed Lan Wangji “Rich-gege” and called Wei Wuxian “Poor-gege,” making Wei Wuxian steal his butterfly toy in mock revenge
When they returned, the mountain had been cleaned and lit with handmade red lanterns
Everyone was gathered in the communal hut for a celebratory dinner in Wei Wuxian’s honor
Wen Qing explained the dinner was to thank him for protecting and helping them all this time
Wei Wuxian was surprised by the display of affection and hospitality, having always assumed the Wens feared him
Si-shu offered homemade fruit wine, and Wei Wuxian drank with joy
The group praised him and enjoyed the feast together; Wen Qing scolded him for overspending
Wei Wuxian cooked a few dishes himself to impress them but failed spectacularly, making Wen Yuan cry from the taste
The chapter ended with laughter and warmth inside the Demon-Quelling Cave, as the Wens gathered around Wei Wuxian, treating him like family for the first time since the Sunshot Campaign.
Part 2The cultivation world quickly learned that Wei Wuxian had successfully refined a powerful fierce corpse with intact intelligence and unmatched combat ability
Rumors spread that Wei Wuxian would mass-produce these fierce corpses to build his own sect and dominate the other clans
Wei Wuxian was uninterested in this narrative; he used Wen Ning as a porter to help carry goods up the mountain while he lounged on the cart
Many cultivators, enticed by the legends, came to the Burial Mounds to join Wei Wuxian, overwhelming its once-quiet front
Though the fierce corpses at the base of the mountain never harmed anyone, the crowd grew larger and more excited, believing Wei Wuxian was now the “Yiling Patriarch”
Wei Wuxian, annoyed, accepted their tribute and used secret routes afterward to avoid attention
While shopping in Yiling with Wen Ning, Wei Wuxian spotted someone familiar and followed them into a secluded courtyard
Jiang Cheng locked the courtyard gate and ordered Wen Ning to leave, openly displaying his continued hatred for the Wen Clan and lack of appreciation for Wen Ning’s past help
Inside was Jiang Yanli in her red wedding robes; she had come secretly to show Wei Wuxian her bridal attire before the wedding
Jiang Yanli removed her veil and cape, smiling shyly and showing off her outfit to Wei Wuxian, who was visibly emotional
Jiang Cheng explained they arranged the meeting so Wei Wuxian could see Jiang Yanli since he couldn’t attend the wedding
Wei Wuxian called her beautiful; Jiang Yanli teased them both for being biased
Jiang Cheng joked that she only cared if Jin Zixuan said it
Jiang Yanli asked Wei Wuxian to choose a courtesy name for her future son; he suggested “Jin Rulan,” meaning “like an orchid,” which she happily accepted
Jiang Cheng objected, saying it sounded too much like the Lan Clan of Gusu, but Wei Wuxian defended the name’s elegance
Jiang Yanli changed the subject and brought out soup she had prepared for all of them
She even brought a small bowl for Wen Ning, who was touched and awkwardly thanked her, unable to eat it but treasuring the gesture
Jiang Cheng grumbled at Wen Ning being included, but Jiang Yanli brushed it off and spoke kindly to Wen Ning
Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng stood alone in the courtyard and shared the soup
Jiang Cheng toasted Wei Wuxian as the “Yiling Patriarch,” provoking annoyance from him
Jiang Cheng asked how long it took him to recover from their duel; Wei Wuxian said seven days and reminded him that he had been stabbed
Jiang Cheng said his arm had been in a sling for over a month and blamed Wei Wuxian’s brutality
After a brief silence, Jiang Cheng asked if Wei Wuxian intended to continue this way, isolated and on his own
Wei Wuxian replied he had no plans and that as long as he didn’t seek trouble, he’d be left alone
Jiang Cheng warned him that harm would come uninvited and that his warnings would eventually prove right
Wei Wuxian dismissed him but was unsettled
As Jiang Cheng and Jiang Yanli prepared to leave, they told Wei Wuxian not to escort them to avoid being seen
After they left, Wei Wuxian asked Wen Ning why he was still carrying the soup bowl
Wen Ning explained he wanted to bring it back and give it to someone else since he couldn’t drink it
Wei Wuxian told him to hold it carefully and continued walking, reflecting that it might be a long time before he would see Jiang Yanli or Jiang Cheng again, but others he knew might be returning into his life soon
Part 2Wei Wuxian lay immobilized for three days after being sedated by Wen Qing, awakening and running out of the Demon-Quelling Cave in panic
He found the Wen cultivators silent and exhausted, then ran down the Burial Mounds, confused about where to go
He realized he had nowhere left to turn and felt a terrible thought—perhaps part of him was relieved that Wen Qing and Wen Ning made the choice for him
He slapped himself and resolved to at least retrieve their ashes from Golden Carp Tower
Sneaking into Golden Carp Tower, Wei Wuxian wandered through the halls unnoticed, eventually drawn by an infant’s cries
He found Jiang Yanli kneeling before a coffin, holding Jin Ling and silently grieving; Madam Jin tried to get her to rest but Jiang Yanli refused
Madam Jin exited the hall, and Wei Wuxian saw her grief-stricken face, aged and broken, so different from her former composed self
Wei Wuxian accidentally made a noise; Madam Jin saw him and screamed for guards, calling him a criminal and intruder
Wei Wuxian fled into the night, unable to face Jiang Yanli or hear her voice
He wandered through several cities in a daze until overhearing gossip about Wen Ning
Cultivators claimed the Ghost General had pleaded guilty then gone berserk at Golden Carp Tower, killing over thirty people, including many from the Lan Clan of Gusu
They said the Jin Clan destroyed Wen Ning’s body, declared the Wen Clan eradicated, and praised the upcoming Pledge Rally at Nightless City to oppose Wei Wuxian
Wei Wuxian, listening silently, grew more furious and despondent until he confronted the gossipers
He revealed himself as the Yiling Patriarch, terrifying the crowd and summoning fierce spirits to pin them down
Wei Wuxian taunted them, stomped on one man's face, and hurled another from a city wall for mocking him
After reading a posted bulletin announcing the four major clans’ intent to destroy the remaining Wen cultivators and defeat him, Wei Wuxian left, saying he would go “settle some scores”
Lan Wangji arrived after Wei Wuxian left, healed the wounded cultivators, and asked where he went; they told him he was heading to Nightless City
At Nightless City, the four major clans—Jin, Nie, Jiang, and Lan—conducted the Pledge Rally to formally oppose Wei Wuxian
Jin Guangshan shattered a box containing Wen Qing and Wen Ning’s ashes as the crowd cheered
Wei Wuxian revealed himself sitting on the rooftop of Scorching Sun Palace, taunting the sects and asking if they would’ve preferred him to die instead of defend himself
He pointed out their hypocrisy, accusing them of condemning him while ignoring the ambush and injustice done to him and the Wen remnants
The crowd blamed him for Jin Zixun’s curse and Wen Ning’s rampage, calling him heartless and unforgivable
Wei Wuxian argued back, mocking their self-righteousness, but his words were drowned out by anger and accusations
A young cultivator shot an arrow at him; it missed his heart but wounded him—Wei Wuxian flung it back and killed the archer
The archer’s brother cried and blamed Wei Wuxian; Wei Wuxian mocked their outrage and summoned the dead using Chenqing
Corpses erupted from the ground, dragging cultivators down and throwing the sect formations into chaos
Lan Wangji appeared on another rooftop, playing guqin to disrupt Chenqing’s control, but Wei Wuxian warned him that wouldn’t work
Lan Wangji lunged to destroy Chenqing with Bichen, and they began to duel
Wei Wuxian accused Lan Wangji of always disliking him and invited him to fight
Lan Wangji called out Wei Wuxian’s name with trembling voice, but Wei Wuxian, half-mad with grief and rage, believed everyone hated him
Suddenly, they heard Jiang Yanli’s voice calling for Wei Wuxian
Both Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng frantically searched for her in the chaos
A fierce corpse appeared behind Jiang Yanli, sword raised to strike her down
Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng shouted commands to stop the corpse, but his control was too weak; the corpse slashed Jiang Yanli in the back
Lan Wangji arrived just in time to destroy the corpse with Bichen
Jiang Cheng cradled Jiang Yanli while Wei Wuxian was intercepted by Lan Wangji, who begged him to stop the corpses
Wei Wuxian shoved Lan Wangji away and rushed to Jiang Yanli
Jiang Cheng punched Wei Wuxian in rage, blaming him for failing to control the corpses
Jiang Yanli briefly regained consciousness and gently told Wei Wuxian she hadn’t had time to speak to him before and wanted to tell him something
She tried to comfort him, but couldn’t bring herself to fully absolve or condemn him
She asked him to stop the fighting
Wei Wuxian agreed, calmed his mind, and used Chenqing to subdue the corpses
Just as peace returned, a young cultivator—brother of the one Wei Wuxian killed—stabbed Jiang Yanli through the throat while aiming for Wei Wuxian
Jiang Yanli died in Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng’s arms
Wei Wuxian screamed in grief and snapped the young cultivator’s neck in front of everyone
Sect leaders accused Wei Wuxian of destroying the Jiang family, killing his own shijie, and continuing to murder without remorse
Wei Wuxian, emotionless and unhearing, pulled out the two halves of the Yin Tiger Tally and fused them into one, raising it high as the crowd watched in horror
Chapter 19:
Core of the TrueheartedPart 1The Nightless City Massacre became infamous as the night Wei Wuxian supposedly slaughtered three to five thousand cultivators, though Wei Wuxian denied killing everyone
Wei Wuxian returned to the Burial Mounds, now under siege by every major cultivation clan seeking revenge
Wei Wuxian confronted the cultivators, refuting claims that he killed Nie Mingjue or caused Jin Guangyao’s wife's suicide
Su She accused Wei Wuxian of controlling the fierce corpses, which he denied, saying they were manipulated via the Yin Tiger Tally and implying someone else had it
Fierce corpses attacked again, but Wei Wuxian warned they were not under his control
Spiritual powers of many cultivators suddenly vanished during battle, leaving them unable to fight back
Lan Qiren and Lan Wangji helped protect the group; Lan Sizhui led everyone into the Demon-Quelling Cave to activate a defensive array
Wei Wuxian helped fend off corpses with talismans while Lan Wangji used his guqin to aid
Most clans retreated into the cave, and Lan Qiren repaired the damaged array with his blood to activate the barrier
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji entered the cave peacefully, alarming everyone
Wei Wuxian pointed out he and Lan Wangji still had spiritual power, and if he wanted to hurt them, no one could stop him
He encouraged the cultivators to think about what they did before losing their powers; Nie Huaisang guessed wrong answers until Jin Ling reminded them the fog wasn’t the cause
Wei Wuxian noted everyone killed walking corpses and guessed the cause was in the music played during battle
Wei Wuxian revealed the Su Clan of Moling, a splinter sect from the Lan Clan, had altered their battle music with a spiritual-power-draining tune
Lan disciples admitted they noticed mistakes in Su Clan's music but dismissed them as incompetence
Wei Wuxian accused Su She of secretly using a wicked song from the Collection of Spirit Turmoil to weaken everyone’s power
Wei Wuxian produced a fake score to provoke Su She, who revealed he still had spiritual power and attacked
Lan Wangji engaged Su She in battle; Su She destroyed the blood array barrier with a transportation talisman and escaped
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji failed to restore the array, and a second corpse horde began to descend on the cave
Wen Ning, Lan Sizhui, Lan Jingyi, Jin Ling, Ouyang Zizhen, and even Lan Qiren fought bravely to protect the others
Inspired by the juniors’ bravery, the adults joined the battle and eventually defeated the horde after a grueling hour
As cultivators celebrated, a second, even larger wave of fierce corpses arrived
Wei Wuxian drew a Spirit-Attraction Flag on his robe to lure the corpses and asked Lan Wangji to fight beside him while others escaped
Lan Wangji agreed without hesitation; the juniors tried to help but were ordered to escape
Wen Ning opened a path through the corpses; half the cultivators managed to flee, the rest stayed behind, exhausted
Jiang Cheng threw Jin Ling out of the cave and rushed back in to fight with Sandu
The clear zone around Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji shrank as fierce corpses pressed in
Wei Wuxian ran out of talismans just as a corpse attacked, but it was torn apart mid-air by a bloody fierce corpse from the Blood Pool
Dozens of blood-covered corpses emerged from the Blood Pool and began attacking the enemy horde
These new fierce corpses were the spirits of Wen survivors dumped in the Blood Pool thirteen years ago during the first siege
One small bloody corpse with a crushed skull approached Lan Sizhui, attempting to touch him gently, revealing a past connection
Wen Ning called out to the bloody corpses, identifying some as Si-shu and Granny, but none could answer him
After the battle, the Wen corpses gathered around Wei Wuxian and bowed; Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji bowed in return
The bloody corpses collapsed into ash after fulfilling their final task; Wen Ning gathered the ashes while the juniors gave him perfume sachets to help
Jin Ling did not join and instead stepped away silently
Fang Mengchen accused Wei Wuxian of seeking redemption and attacked him; others tried to defuse the situation
Wei Wuxian responded that no one needed to forgive or forget; he remembered every sin and loss
The crowd fell into guilty silence; Fang Mengchen stormed out, unable to reconcile his hatred with the truth
Cultivators confirmed their spiritual powers were slowly returning; some suggested regrouping in a safer area, likely Lotus Pier
Wei Wuxian asked to come along; many were reluctant, but Lan Wangji was allowed
Wei Wuxian argued he could help since the person who had the Yin Tiger Tally was still a threat
Lan Qiren reluctantly allowed Lan Wangji to join; all eyes turned to Jiang Cheng for his decision
Jiang Cheng sneered and only asked Wei Wuxian if he dared return to Lotus Pier, offering no clear answer but not stopping him from joining the group
Part 2The group of cultivators, exhausted and unable to use their swords, traveled by crowded boats to Lotus Pier
Lan Sizhui and the other juniors were squeezed together on a fishing boat and experienced seasickness, including Lan Sizhui who said he’d been this way since childhood
Lan Sizhui saw a shadowy figure clinging to the boat and realized it was Wen Ning, who had disappeared after the battle at the Burial Mounds
Wen Ning climbed aboard, startling the juniors, but made no move to attack and asked Lan Sizhui for his name
Lan Sizhui introduced himself as Lan Yuan, and Wen Ning asked if he knew who gave him his name; Lan Sizhui replied it was his parents, who died when he was young
Wen Ning confirmed “Sizhui” was his courtesy name and asked who gave it; Lan Sizhui answered it was Lan Wangji
Wen Ning looked emotional and said Lan Sizhui resembled a distant relative of his, which confused the others
Jin Ling became visibly upset at Wen Ning’s presence, remembering that Wen Ning had killed Jin Zixuan
Jin Ling pushed Lan Sizhui away when he blocked him, causing Lan Sizhui to nearly fall into the river before Wen Ning saved him
Wen Ning begged Jin Ling to take his anger out on him instead of hurting Lan Sizhui
Lan Jingyi and the others defended Lan Sizhui and criticized Jin Ling, who broke down and shouted at everyone, calling himself terrible and friendless
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji, from a nearby boat, heard the commotion and arrived on Bichen
Wei Wuxian tried to calm Jin Ling, who shouted through tears that he would not put down Suihua, his father’s sword, the only thing his parents left him
Wei Wuxian was stunned to see Jin Ling crying and holding Jin Zixuan’s sword, a painful reminder of Jiang Yanli’s grief
Jiang Cheng arrived on another boat, called Jin Ling over, and took him away after seeing him crying
Jiang Cheng glared at Wei Wuxian but Lan Wangji blocked his line of sight, possibly intentionally
Sect Leader Yao accused Wei Wuxian of suspicious behavior, but Ouyang Zizhen and Lan Sizhui defended him, saying he would have harmed them if he had bad intentions
Jiang Cheng indirectly threatened Sect Leader Ouyang to silence his son; Ouyang Zizhen cheekily reminded his father that he was too weak to fly over and scolded him
Wei Wuxian collapsed from exhaustion after all the fighting; Lan Wangji picked him up and carried him into the boat’s cabin
Lan Wangji cleaned Wei Wuxian’s face with a handkerchief, keeping the bandage Wei Wuxian had tied on him untouched
The juniors noticed Wei Wuxian sleeping peacefully in Lan Wangji’s lap and quietly left the cabin out of embarrassment
Wen Ning stayed on the deck while Lan Sizhui sat with him, and Wen Ning called him A-Yuan
Wen Ning asked Lan Sizhui about his upbringing and confirmed that Lan Wangji had raised him and taught him to play guqin
Lan Sizhui revealed he’d likely been taken in around the time of the Burial Mounds’ fall, though he had little memory of his early years
Inside the cabin, Lan Wangji adjusted Wei Wuxian’s sleeping position and pulled him into his arms
While still half-asleep, Wei Wuxian gripped Lan Wangji’s forehead ribbon, and Lan Wangji failed to pull it free
Wei Wuxian woke and realized he had the ribbon; he teased Lan Wangji about his sleep habits and pretended to be innocent
Wei Wuxian was secretly thrilled about being carried and thought to himself he should’ve stayed asleep longer
They arrived in Lotus Pier before dawn; Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji disembarked, while Wen Ning chose to wait outside
Lan Sizhui offered to stay with Wen Ning and continued chatting about Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji’s parenting styles
Inside Lotus Pier, Wei Wuxian found the place almost unrecognizable after renovations, which left him feeling displaced
Disciples meditated to restore spiritual energy while leaders gathered in Sword Hall to discuss recent events
Jiang Cheng left the hall briefly to meet two unexpected guests and returned with two older women
One, Sisi, shared a shocking story from eleven years ago: she and other aged prostitutes were hired to sexually assault Jin Guangshan, who was tied to a bed and watched by Jin Guangyao
Sisi was the only one spared afterward and held in captivity for eleven years until a mysterious person freed her and encouraged her to tell the truth
The second woman, Bicao, was Qin Su’s former maid and revealed Qin Su was actually Jin Guangyao’s half-sister, the daughter of Jin Guangshan and Madam Qin
Bicao said Qin Su learned this horrible truth from her shortly before her suicide, and that she couldn’t remain silent anymore
Sect Leader Yao accused Jin Guangyao of murdering his own son Jin Rusong to hide the truth of incest and maintain his image
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji pointed out inconsistencies in the stories, like Sisi’s unexplained survival and lack of evidence
The crowd ignored the doubts and called for an attack on Golden Carp Tower to punish Jin Guangyao
Sect Leader Yao and others praised Wei Wuxian and asked for his help since Jin Guangyao held the Yin Tiger Tally
Wei Wuxian found the crowd’s sudden praise ironic, recalling how quickly the public had turned on him in the past
After the meeting, Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji skipped the celebratory banquet and went out for a walk instead
Jiang Cheng criticized their absence, especially Wei Wuxian, and Lan Qiren looked displeased, but Jiang Cheng excused himself politely to the crowd and said he’d invite them back later
Part 3Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji walked through the docks outside Lotus Pier, with Wei Wuxian excitedly showing Lan Wangji places from his childhood
They stopped at a food stall where Lan Wangji paid for both of their pancakes after Wei Wuxian forgot he had no money
Wei Wuxian reminisced about how he used to eat for free as a child and joked about how Lan Wangji always eats slowly
Wei Wuxian led Lan Wangji farther into Lotus Pier, showing him a tree he once fell from as a child while Jiang Yanli watched and worried
He climbed the tree again and felt emotional at the memories, then impulsively let himself fall, trusting Lan Wangji to catch him
Lan Wangji caught him despite staggering back from the weight; Wei Wuxian hugged him tightly and thanked him in a hoarse voice
They returned to Lotus Pier where Wei Wuxian pointed out his old house, now gone and replaced by new buildings
Wei Wuxian brought Lan Wangji to the ancestral hall of the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng to offer incense to Jiang Fengmian and Yu Ziyuan
Wei Wuxian joked about his frequent punishments there and apologized to Yu Ziyuan for his earlier remark
Lan Wangji respectfully knelt beside him and joined in offering incense; Wei Wuxian imagined asking the spirits to bless his relationship with Lan Wangji
Jiang Cheng appeared and accused Wei Wuxian of treating the place like his own, criticizing him for bringing outsiders
Wei Wuxian tried to de-escalate and leave but grew angry when Jiang Cheng insulted Lan Wangji
They argued fiercely, and Jiang Cheng accused Wei Wuxian of causing the downfall of Lotus Pier, the death of Jiang Yanli, and disrespecting their family
Jiang Cheng implied that Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji were romantically involved and condemned them for being intimate on Jiang territory
Wei Wuxian shouted at him and released a talisman that injured Jiang Cheng’s shoulder
Jiang Cheng retaliated with Zidian; Lan Wangji drew Bichen, and the three fought briefly in front of the memorial tablets
Wei Wuxian was suddenly overwhelmed, bled from his orifices, and collapsed into Lan Wangji’s arms
Jiang Cheng was momentarily stunned and suspicious that Wei Wuxian was faking; Lan Wangji carried Wei Wuxian out to leave
Jiang Cheng tried to stop them, but Wen Ning appeared and blocked Zidian, taking the attack without flinching
Wen Ning offered Suibian to Jiang Cheng and demanded he try to draw it
Jiang Cheng succeeded in unsheathing it, though the sword had been sealed since Wei Wuxian’s death
Wen Ning explained that the sword recognized Jiang Cheng as Wei Wuxian because Jiang Cheng now possessed Wei Wuxian’s golden core
Jiang Cheng denied it, claiming Baoshan Sanren restored his core, but Wen Ning revealed it was all a lie and that Wei Wuxian gave his own core to save him
Wen Ning described in detail the events on the mountain: Jiang Cheng went blindfolded, met a woman (Wen Qing), fainted, and later woke believing he’d been treated by Baoshan Sanren
Wen Ning explained that Wei Wuxian’s golden core was removed and transferred into Jiang Cheng’s body while Wei Wuxian stayed conscious for one day and two nights
Wen Ning revealed the entire event was staged and that no one knew where Baoshan Sanren actually lived
Wen Ning said Wei Wuxian never used his sword again not out of pride but because without a core, he couldn’t fight anymore
Jiang Cheng was horrified and in denial, hitting Wen Ning and demanding proof
Wen Ning told him to test Suibian with others to confirm its seal remained intact for everyone else
Wen Ning accused Jiang Cheng of always competing with Wei Wuxian, but said Jiang Cheng could never compare to him
Jiang Cheng ran away screaming and clutching Suibian, heading to test the truth
Lan Wangji, still carrying Wei Wuxian, left with Wen Ning, who asked to keep the secret from Wei Wuxian for now
On a small ferryboat, Wen Ning rowed while Lan Wangji cared for Wei Wuxian, cleaning his blood and feeding him pills
Wen Ning thanked Lan Wangji for caring for A-Yuan, who resembled his cousin and had forgotten his past due to illness and hiding during the Burial Mounds siege
Wen Ning and Lan Wangji discussed that Lan Sizhui would eventually need to know the truth
Lan Wangji asked if the core extraction was painful; Wen Ning said yes—it had to be done without anesthetic to preserve the golden core’s integrity
Wei Wuxian remained conscious during the procedure for one day and two nights, enduring unimaginable pain for Jiang Cheng’s sake
Wen Ning said the procedure was only theoretical and had never been attempted before; Wei Wuxian insisted on doing it even with a 50% chance of failure
Lan Wangji, deeply affected, clutched Wei Wuxian tightly as he slowly began to wake up
Chapter 20:
Day and NightPart 1Wei Wuxian regained consciousness on a ferryboat, leaning on Lan Wangji, and remembered passing out from rage after his fight with Jiang Cheng
Lan Wangji helped him stabilize his condition with spiritual energy; Wei Wuxian, feeling miserable, tried to laugh it off and changed the subject
Wei Wuxian worried Lan Wangji might have been hurt by Jiang Cheng’s insults and tried to reassure him, but Lan Wangji remained silent and upset
To divert tension, Wei Wuxian proposed going to Yunping City after recalling seeing a land deed for it in Jin Guangyao’s secret chamber
Wen Ning, who had been rowing the boat silently, revealed he had been there the whole time; Wei Wuxian was startled but let him rest as the boat floated with the current
At dawn, Wei Wuxian claimed he was hungry, but he was really worried Lan Wangji hadn’t eaten in almost two days
Wei Wuxian led them to a lotus pond he used to steal from; Lan Wangji exposed him but helped pick pods anyway, allowing Wei Wuxian to collect a large pile
They floated along and arrived at Yunping City by afternoon; townspeople stared at them due to their extraordinary appearance
The local children mocked Wen Ning and rocked the boat; Wei Wuxian distracted them with lotus pods so Wen Ning could disembark
In the city, Wen Ning slipped away to avoid crowds; Wei Wuxian led Lan Wangji to a lavish Guanyin Temple and noted how out-of-place it felt
They observed worshippers and concluded a powerful array was sealed within the temple; Wei Wuxian drew a diagram of the layout and Lan Wangji marked its core
They decided to return at night to break the array and rest first to recover strength
Wei Wuxian brought Lan Wangji to a luxurious inn, worrying about whether they would share one room
The proprietress assumed they were a couple and assigned them one room, which Lan Wangji didn’t object to, easing Wei Wuxian’s anxiety
Wei Wuxian secretly requested strong liquor for later and reflected on past mischievous moments of sharing beds with Lan Wangji
In the room, Lan Wangji examined Wei Wuxian’s condition and confirmed no major issues; they discussed how uncharacteristic Jin Guangyao’s bold moves were
Lan Wangji suspected hidden motives behind the events at the Burial Mounds and Jin Guangyao’s behavior
Wei Wuxian lay down to rest and realized he had become too used to sharing a bed with Lan Wangji to sleep without him
Wei Wuxian slept until evening, feeling guilty Lan Wangji hadn’t rested; Lan Wangji dismissed the concern and the proprietress brought dinner and strong liquor
The proprietress gossiped about the fearsome reputation of Jiang Cheng in Yunping and how people avoided Lotus Pier due to his violent temper and hatred for the Wen Clan
After she left, Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji discussed their next steps and the likelihood that locals would remember events from eight years ago
Wei Wuxian poured the strong liquor and offered it to Lan Wangji, testing if he would drink—Lan Wangji did, without hesitation
Wei Wuxian watched carefully and confirmed Lan Wangji had entered a drunken state, slumping slightly with closed eyes
Wei Wuxian touched Lan Wangji’s face, gently tilted his chin, and almost kissed him but stopped himself at the last second
Trying to resist temptation, Wei Wuxian rolled away and calmed down, then began teasing Lan Wangji by poking his face
Curious to see Lan Wangji’s smile, Wei Wuxian lifted his lips into a grin, only for Lan Wangji to suddenly bite his finger
Lan Wangji, now fully responsive but drunk, bit down harder and stopped only when Wei Wuxian yelped
Lan Wangji pinned Wei Wuxian in place by stabbing Bichen into the mat and nailing his robe to the floor, preventing his escape
Lan Wangji dragged him back and declared “I will pay!” before throwing Bichen aside like a child being scolded
Wei Wuxian teased Lan Wangji, made him nod to patching his torn clothes, and hid the hole in the floor with a cushion
Lan Wangji offered his money pouch, placing it into Wei Wuxian’s robes and adjusting his collar to keep it safe
When Wei Wuxian celebrated the gift, Lan Wangji sadly took it back, looking disappointed as if Wei Wuxian had failed a test
They stared into each other’s eyes, nose to nose, until Wei Wuxian looked away and changed the subject to playing a question game
Lan Wangji, misunderstanding, grabbed Wei Wuxian’s hand and excitedly ran down the stairs with him
The inn proprietress was startled; Wei Wuxian barely managed to shout praise for the liquor as Lan Wangji dragged him out the door into the night
Part 2Lan Wangji, while drunk, dragged Wei Wuxian through the streets of Yunping until they reached a house with a chicken coop
Lan Wangji jumped into the yard and stole a chicken, solemnly giving it to Wei Wuxian as a gift
Lan Wangji ignored Wei Wuxian’s protests about stealing and continued grabbing chickens until they each held one
Lan Wangji climbed a tree and stole a jujube, which he threw down for Wei Wuxian; he then picked more and packed them into his qiankun sleeve
Wei Wuxian realized Lan Wangji was mimicking the stories he told about childhood mischief in Lotus Pier
Lan Wangji carved “Lan Wangji was here” on a wall and followed it up with a drawing of two little people kissing
Wei Wuxian realized Lan Wangji had taken all his mischievous childhood behavior and replicated it while drunk
Wei Wuxian dragged Lan Wangji back to the inn and handed off the chickens to the proprietress, who was horrified at their disheveled state
In their room, Lan Wangji asked Wei Wuxian to wash his face; Wei Wuxian offered to give him a bath
Wei Wuxian fetched hot water and found Lan Wangji already naked; flustered, he avoided looking directly and tried to maintain boundaries
Lan Wangji insisted Wei Wuxian bathe him, refusing to do it alone
Wei Wuxian relented and began washing Lan Wangji, noting the scars from discipline whips and the Wen Clan brand on his chest
Wei Wuxian decided not to ask about the scars, respecting Lan Wangji’s privacy despite his curiosity
Wei Wuxian began to emotionally spiral, unable to ask how Lan Wangji truly felt about him due to fear of rejection
Lan Wangji suddenly stopped him mid-wash and told him to stop touching him
Wei Wuxian teased Lan Wangji, which escalated into physical intimacy; they kissed, touched, and eventually had sex
During their intimacy, Lan Wangji’s behavior was passionate and uninhibited, revealing intense desire and physical need
Wei Wuxian gave into the moment fully, despite knowing Lan Wangji was drunk
After they climaxed, Lan Wangji lay on Wei Wuxian’s chest as they both rested; Wei Wuxian felt content and emotionally full
Wei Wuxian whispered thanks and tried to confess his feelings, but Lan Wangji suddenly pushed him away and sat up
Lan Wangji was now fully sober, expression pale and breaths unsteady, confirming he had not consented while sober
Wei Wuxian was devastated, realizing he had taken advantage of Lan Wangji’s drunken state
Wei Wuxian tried to act casual and apologized, saying it was just something drunk men do
Lan Wangji calmly repeated Wei Wuxian’s words—“normal” and “do not take it to heart”—with quiet hurt
Wei Wuxian backpedaled, ashamed and panicking, but still insisted on moving to another room to avoid Lan Wangji
Lan Wangji didn’t argue and instead politely agreed to continue working together to investigate Guanyin Temple and Lanling
Wei Wuxian, alone in his new room, felt crushed with shame and poured water on his face to calm himself
He couldn’t bear staying close to Lan Wangji and snuck out the window for a walk
Wei Wuxian ended up at the wall where Lan Wangji had written his name and drawn figures; he traced Lan Wangji’s name over and over, filled with regret
He found Wen Ning scraping off the graffiti to avoid bringing trouble to locals
Wen Ning noticed the marks on Wei Wuxian’s body and reacted awkwardly; Wei Wuxian realized the evidence of their intimacy was visible
Wei Wuxian lamented drinking, vowing to quit as Wen Ning teased him about past failed attempts by Wen Qing
Wei Wuxian asked Wen Ning what he planned to do after everything ended, realizing Wen Ning had nowhere to go and neither did he
Wei Wuxian admitted to himself that he could no longer imagine life without Lan Wangji
In a burst of emotional energy, he declared they would go “cause trouble,” and told Wen Ning to follow him
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi
Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi, Vol. 5
Chapter 21:
Hensheng: To Hate LifePart 1Wei Wuxian and Wen Ning arrive at the Guanyin Temple intending to scout, but Wei Wuxian overslept and now acts impulsively to stir up trouble for Jin Guangyao.
They find the temple cloaked by a concealment barrier; inside are monks and cultivators from the Jin Clan guarding something.
Lan Xichen is at the center, unharmed and respected, but Wei Wuxian finds this suspicious and sends Wen Ning to get Lan Wangji.
Jin Ling arrives outside with Fairy, his dog, who starts barking wildly, drawing attention to the hidden activity inside.
Jin Ling climbs the wall and is nearly shot by an arrow; Wei Wuxian saves him by throwing his flute, revealing himself in the process.
Wei Wuxian is captured by Jin Guangyao, who leads him inside where Jin Ling is also detained.
Jin Guangyao orders his men to pursue and kill Fairy, whom he deems a threat.
Jin Guangyao is overseeing a large excavation inside the temple for a secret purpose.
Wei Wuxian learns Lan Xichen lost all his spiritual power due to a trick and cannot help.
Wei Wuxian pretends Lan Wangji is elsewhere, but Jin Guangyao sees through it and prepares defenses against him.
Lan Xichen expresses concern about Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji’s relationship, hinting at Lan Wangji’s deep feelings for Wei Wuxian.
Wei Wuxian is shocked to learn Lan Wangji received thirty-three discipline whip lashes and protected him after the Nightless City massacre.
Lan Xichen reveals Lan Wangji saved Wei Wuxian’s life, hid him, defended him from the Lan Clan, and shared his spiritual energy with him while Wei Wuxian was mentally broken.
Wei Wuxian realizes he lost memories from that period and never knew what Lan Wangji had done or felt for him.
Overcome with emotion, Wei Wuxian tries to run to Lan Wangji but is restrained; Jin Guangyao threatens him with a guqin string around his neck.
Lan Wangji arrives and, to protect Wei Wuxian, retreats, puts away Bichen, and seals his own spiritual meridians at Jin Guangyao’s command.
Wei Wuxian confesses his feelings to Lan Wangji loudly and dramatically, declaring that he genuinely wants to sleep with him.
Jin Guangyao is so stunned he drops the guqin string, freeing Wei Wuxian, who throws himself at Lan Wangji.
Lan Wangji is emotionally overwhelmed but confirms he reciprocates Wei Wuxian’s feelings; they hold each other tightly.
Jin Guangyao, trying to distract from the moment, goes to check on the excavation progress; the storm outside worsens.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji sit together as Wei Wuxian makes heartfelt promises to remember everything and love Lan Wangji forever.
Lan Wangji pulls Wei Wuxian into a desperate embrace and repeats his feelings back to him, trembling and emotional.
Jin Guangyao returns inside; Su She enters with Nie Huaisang, who fainted from fear and is now a hostage.
Su She taunts Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian, revealing his longstanding resentment toward Lan Wangji’s cold demeanor.
Wei Wuxian mocks Su She and successfully provokes him; Lan Wangji protects Wei Wuxian from Su She’s attempted strike.
Another round of knocking interrupts them; Zidian breaks down the temple doors and Jiang Cheng storms in, attacking Jin Guangyao’s subordinates.
Fairy reappears, attacking Su She; Wei Wuxian is terrified of the dog and clings to Lan Wangji for protection.
Jin Guangyao fights Jiang Cheng while also taunting him about Wei Wuxian and the golden core secret.
Jiang Cheng loses his temper, making a mistake that allows Jin Guangyao to stab him and seal his spiritual meridians.
Jin Ling supports Jiang Cheng, who refuses help; Su She fails to kill Fairy, who escaped and might return with help.
Lan Wangji gives up his prayer cushion to Jiang Cheng, choosing to sit with Wei Wuxian on one; Jin Ling encourages reconciliation.
Wei Wuxian realizes Lan Wangji already knew about the golden core transplant because Wen Ning revealed it while he was unconscious.
Jiang Cheng overhears and lashes out in bitter sarcasm, accusing Wei Wuxian of self-righteousness and betrayal.
Lan Wangji strikes Jiang Cheng to defend Wei Wuxian; Jin Ling begs for mercy, but Jiang Cheng is already overwhelmed with emotion.
Jiang Cheng breaks down crying, asking why Wei Wuxian never told him, revealing his torment over the core transplant.
Wei Wuxian explains he kept the truth hidden to protect Jiang Cheng from the guilt and torment of knowing.
They argue bitterly about past promises, betrayal, and sacrifices; Jiang Cheng demands to know why he’s always made to feel like the villain.
Wei Wuxian quietly says he broke his promise and tried to carry the burden alone.
Jiang Cheng apologizes, then mocks himself for needing an apology from Wei Wuxian to feel important.
The two come to an unspoken, painful understanding as the truth finally lies bare between them.
Wei Wuxian reflects on the pain of losing his golden core, the pride he once had, and the price he paid to give Jiang Cheng a future.
Part 2Wei Wuxian tries to ease Jiang Cheng’s emotions by telling him to stop dwelling on the past and treat it as water under the bridge.
Nie Huaisang wakes up and sees Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji sitting together on one prayer cushion, nearly in each other’s laps, and is so shocked he nearly faints again.
Screams and a pungent smell emerge from the temple’s rear; Jin Guangyao and Su She rush in, with Jin Guangyao visibly injured and burned.
A chest in the coffin they had unearthed is empty and released deadly poison smoke; multiple cultivators are killed and cooked alive.
Jin Guangyao realizes the item he had buried is gone, switched out by someone else who got there first, likely the same person orchestrating all the recent events against him.
Wei Wuxian suggests Jin Guangyao has been watched and manipulated by a mysterious third party for some time.
Jin Guangyao decides to abandon the location and escape, accepting the buried object as lost.
While treating his wounds, Su She exposes scars on his chest that reveal he is the one who cursed Jin Zixun with the Thousand Sores and Hundred Holes curse.
Su She had a personal grudge against Jin Zixun and denies he acted on Jin Guangyao’s orders, though everyone believes otherwise.
Lan Xichen and Jiang Cheng accuse Jin Guangyao of orchestrating the curse and the Qiongqi Path ambush to remove obstacles like Jin Zixun and Jin Zixuan.
Wei Wuxian realizes he had nothing to do with the curse, meaning much of the blame and chain of tragedies that followed began with Su She’s personal vendetta.
Jin Guangyao argues Wei Wuxian would have been targeted no matter what, due to how easily people turned on him, implying persecution was inevitable.
Jiang Cheng explodes in anger, and Jin Guangyao accuses him of being partly responsible for Wei Wuxian’s downfall by allowing others to stoke division between them.
Wei Wuxian confirms Jin Guangyao killed Nie Mingjue and suggests Jin Guangyao’s sensitivity about insults to his mother may be a motive.
Jin Guangyao has fully recovered his mobility and spiritual energy; he prepares to flee.
Wei Wuxian uses a distraction to unleash malicious spirits sealed in the temple, causing chaos and fire.
Su She attacks but is blocked by Lan Wangji, whose sword Bichen shatters Nanping.
Jin Guangyao tries to wipe away the spells on the Guanyin statue, but Lan Xichen regains his power and stops him.
The spirits summoned are grotesque and indecent, and Lan Xichen asks Wei Wuxian to put them away; Wei Wuxian admits he didn’t know they would be so obscene.
Wei Wuxian uses Empathy on a female corpse and sees flashbacks of Meng Yao’s childhood in a brothel, his mother Meng Shi’s suffering, and the cruelty of others around them.
Meng Yao’s father Jin Guangshan refused to buy his mother’s freedom and treated them as disposable.
Sisi, the former prostitute who provided testimony against Jin Guangyao, also grew up in the same brothel.
The brothel was eventually burned down and replaced with Guanyin Temple; Jin Guangyao admits he set the fire, both to erase his past and out of complex motives.
Lan Xichen begins to interrogate Jin Guangyao directly, asking about the crimes listed in the anonymous threatening letter Jin Guangyao received.
Jin Guangyao admits he had no choice but to proceed with violence to protect himself, confessing that he had no hope of mercy or fair judgment.
Jin Guangyao confesses to marrying Qin Su knowing she was his half-sister because canceling the engagement would have destroyed his political position and exposed Qin Guangshan’s crimes.
Jin Guangyao confesses he never touched Qin Su after the wedding and that Jin Rusong was conceived before he learned the truth.
He admits to deliberately informing Jin Zixuan of the Qiongqi Path ambush, but claims he did not intend for Jin Zixuan to die or for Wei Wuxian to lose control.
Jin Ling, overwhelmed, demands to know why his father was killed. Jin Guangyao explains his bitterness and hatred toward his half-brother Jin Zixuan, who lived a life of ease.
Jin Guangyao reveals Jin Guangshan’s words, showing he never cared for him or his mother, and this final insult pushed him to patricide.
Lan Xichen and Wei Wuxian both condemn Jin Guangyao’s actions despite his suffering.
Jin Guangyao suddenly uses a bloody guqin string hidden inside his own body to take Jin Ling hostage.
Lan Wangji reacts instantly and cuts off Jin Guangyao’s arm, saving Jin Ling just in time.
Jin Ling is splattered with blood and stunned; Wei Wuxian hugs him tightly and then hands him back to Jiang Cheng.
Jiang Cheng thanks Lan Wangji for saving Jin Ling’s life, and Jin Ling thanks him as well.
Wen Ning crashes into the temple, followed by Nie Mingjue’s fierce corpse, now whole again with his head sewn on.
Nie Mingjue is filled with resentment and begins slaughtering Jin Clan cultivators, nearly attacking Jin Ling and Jiang Cheng before Wen Ning takes the hit for them.
Wen Ning is severely damaged but survives; Jin Ling weeps for him despite previously hating him.
Lan Xichen and Lan Wangji play a musical Eradication Tone to try subduing Nie Mingjue, but he resists it.
Wei Wuxian attempts to use talismans, but Nie Mingjue’s energy burns them to ash before they can reach him.
Wen Ning is severely injured again trying to protect Jiang Cheng and Jin Ling.
Lan Wangji switches to using his guqin Wangji, and Wei Wuxian prepares for another technique.
Nie Mingjue charges toward Jin Ling again, mistaking him for Jin Guangyao due to the similar bloodline.
Wei Wuxian finally steps in, greets Nie Mingjue with a specific whistle, and draws his attention, preparing to use it for further control.
Chapter 22:
Hidden EdgeWei Wuxian uses a calming whistle to lure Nie Mingjue toward the coffin at the back of the Guanyin Temple while Lan Wangji plays a guqin song to assist him.
Wei Wuxian winks at Lan Wangji mid-task; Lan Wangji’s fingers briefly tremble from sweetness but steadies quickly.
Just as Nie Mingjue is about to enter the coffin, Su She stabs Nie Huaisang, spilling blood that disrupts the spell’s control over Nie Mingjue.
Nie Mingjue breaks free of the influence and charges at Jin Guangyao again.
Su She fights desperately to defend Jin Guangyao and temporarily repels Nie Mingjue, but his sword breaks from overload and Nie Mingjue kills him on the spot.
Jin Guangyao, terrified, begs Lan Xichen for help, but Nie Mingjue continues advancing.
Jiang Cheng throws Chenqing to Wei Wuxian, allowing him to use the hell flute again.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji play a powerful guqin and flute duet to reassert control over Nie Mingjue and seal him in the coffin.
Wei Wuxian draws a blood spell to bind the coffin, which successfully suppresses Nie Mingjue.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji share a soft, flirty moment as he scratches Lan Wangji’s face with bloodied fingers and jumps into his arms.
Nie Huaisang cries and wails about his leg being stabbed; Lan Xichen confirms it’s not broken and gives him painkillers.
Lan Xichen tends to Jin Guangyao’s wounds despite Wei Wuxian’s warning to be cautious and use a silence spell.
Lan Xichen cautiously treats Jin Guangyao’s injuries and binds his wrist to stop him from dying too soon.
Wei Wuxian inspects Wen Ning’s chest wound and complains that it’s ugly but ultimately not a serious concern.
Lan Xichen asks Nie Huaisang to hand over more medicine; Nie Huaisang fakes panic and claims Jin Guangyao was reaching behind him.
Lan Xichen, already on edge, reflexively stabs Jin Guangyao through the chest.
Jin Guangyao breaks the silence spell with sheer spiritual force and screams at Lan Xichen, declaring he did nothing wrong and never meant to hurt him.
Lan Xichen is devastated; Jin Guangyao says Lan Xichen of all people should have trusted him.
Jin Guangyao recounts how well he had treated Lan Xichen over the years and how Su She repaid him with loyalty while Lan Xichen abandoned him.
In his dying act, Jin Guangyao draws Lan Xichen close under the pretense of escaping and uses his blood to break the coffin’s seal.
Nie Mingjue breaks out of the coffin and grabs Jin Guangyao by the neck while also reaching for Lan Xichen.
Jin Guangyao shoves Lan Xichen away and saves him, sacrificing himself to be dragged into the coffin alone by Nie Mingjue.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji act quickly to seal Nie Mingjue again using a Guanyin statue and multiple guqin strings.
Wei Wuxian suspects Nie Huaisang of having manipulated the situation to cause Jin Guangyao’s death, noting inconsistencies in his actions and behavior.
Wei Wuxian theorizes Nie Huaisang incited Mo Xuanyu to use the sacrificial ritual and intentionally released Nie Mingjue’s left arm to draw Wei Wuxian back.
Wei Wuxian suspects Nie Huaisang lured the juniors to Yi City using fake huntsman stories and dead cats to provoke Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji into action.
Wei Wuxian believes Nie Huaisang’s ultimate plan was to cause Jin Guangyao’s complete downfall while maintaining plausible deniability.
Lan Wangji finds the chest that likely held Nie Mingjue’s head, concluding Jin Guangyao had buried both it and his mother’s body here.
Wei Wuxian speculates Jin Guangyao came to the temple to exhume his mother’s body and escape to Dongying with it.
Jin Guangyao’s cap is found abandoned at the temple, symbolizing the end of his power and pride.
Jin Ling remembers the first time Jin Guangyao gave him Fairy as a puppy, showing he did have genuine care for him.
Jin Ling cries uncontrollably, unable to process his conflicting emotions about Jin Guangyao’s crimes and past kindness.
Sect Leader Yao criticizes Jin Ling for crying, but Jin Ling yells back, saying Jin Guangyao is still family and it’s his right to grieve.
Lan Qiren arrives with reinforcements; Lan Sizhui and Lan Jingyi rush to Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji, excited to see them safe.
Fairy had run to alert nearby cultivators and led them to Lotus Pier, prompting a mass rescue led by Lan Qiren and the Jiang Clan of Yunmeng.
Wei Wuxian hides behind Lan Wangji the moment he sees Fairy, terrified.
Jin Ling discreetly orders Fairy to go outside to spare Wei Wuxian further trauma.
Lan Sizhui notices Wei Wuxian’s flute is Chenqing and examines it closely, clearly recognizing it.
Wei Wuxian casually thanks Jiang Cheng for returning Chenqing; Jiang Cheng tries to say more but stops himself.
Lan Qiren fumes upon seeing Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji side by side again but cannot do anything.
Lan Xichen is heartbroken and confused over Jin Guangyao’s true intentions; he mourns his inability to understand what Jin Guangyao really wanted.
The cultivators prepare to bury the sealed coffin containing both Jin Guangyao and Nie Mingjue in a secure, reinforced location.
The Guanyin statue is revealed to be sculpted in Jin Guangyao’s mother’s likeness; Wei Wuxian believes it was his attempt to elevate her status after death.
Lan Qiren loses sight of Lan Wangji, Wei Wuxian, and Wen Ning—realizing they’ve quietly left.
Jin Ling rushes out, trying to find Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji, but they are already gone.
Jiang Cheng, standing under a tree, tells Jin Ling to wipe his tears and act like a man.
Jin Ling calls him annoying and accuses him of driving Wei Wuxian away again.
Jiang Cheng nearly slaps Jin Ling, then restrains himself and tells him there’s nothing to say.
Jin Ling asks if Jiang Cheng had tried to say something to Wei Wuxian earlier; Jiang Cheng denies it.
Jiang Cheng remembers how he had been the one to lure Wen cultivators away during their escape as children, but still cannot bring himself to tell Wei Wuxian the truth.
Chapter 23:
Wangxian: Forgetting EnvyWei Wuxian rides Little Apple with Lan Wangji beside him, eating apples and teasing the donkey as they leave the Guanyin Temple.
Wei Wuxian recalls the Empathy session where he saw that Sisi had cared for Jin Guangyao and his mother, which may be why Jin Guangyao spared her.
Wei Wuxian decides not to tell Lan Xichen this detail to avoid influencing his emotions further.
Lan Wangji starts to confess something important to Wei Wuxian, but Lan Sizhui arrives, panting, and interrupts.
Lan Sizhui says he remembers parts of his past and confronts Wei Wuxian with specific memories from childhood, like being buried in the radish patch.
Wei Wuxian realizes Lan Sizhui is actually Wen Yuan, the child he raised at the Burial Mounds.
Lan Wangji admits that after Wei Wuxian’s death, he went to the Burial Mounds and saved Wen Yuan, taking him to the Lan Clan.
Lan Sizhui hugs Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji emotionally, overwhelmed with happiness and sadness.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji comfort Lan Sizhui, sharing tender and humorous memories, including how Lan Sizhui used to chew on Chenqing and called Lan Wangji “Daddy” in public.
Lan Sizhui jokingly recalls being taught inappropriate things by Wei Wuxian; Lan Wangji quietly confirms them.
Wei Wuxian scolds Wen Ning for never telling him the truth, but Wen Ning says he followed Lan Wangji’s lead.
At the forest’s edge near Yunping City, Wen Ning and Lan Sizhui part ways with Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji to bury their family's ashes in Qishan.
Wen Ning and Lan Sizhui want to honor Wen Qing and search for her belongings to build a cenotaph.
Wen Ning plans to send Lan Sizhui back to the Cloud Recesses afterward and live freely.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji are left alone; Wei Wuxian reflects on how lucky he is that Lan Wangji is the one person he wants beside him.
Wei Wuxian tries to thank Lan Wangji, but Lan Wangji says there’s no need for “thank you” or “sorry” between them.
Wei Wuxian kisses Lan Wangji, teasing him to respond, and Lan Wangji pulls him into a passionate embrace.
Lan Wangji sweeps Wei Wuxian off Little Apple and pins him to the ground, escalating into intimacy.
Wei Wuxian realizes the encounter feels familiar and suspects Lan Wangji kissed him at the Mount Baifeng hunt when he was blindfolded.
Lan Wangji eventually admits it was him, and that he was ashamed and angry with himself afterward.
Wei Wuxian laughs uncontrollably, realizing Lan Wangji’s shame was due to a stolen kiss.
They begin passionately making love; Wei Wuxian gives Lan Wangji a blowjob, swallowing everything and teasing him.
Lan Wangji is overwhelmed and embarrassed; Wei Wuxian praises him and tells him next time it’s his turn.
Lan Wangji pins Wei Wuxian again and begins preparing him with fingers before penetrating him.
Wei Wuxian is overwhelmed with pain, but gradually adjusts and begins to enjoy it, flirting and talking constantly.
Lan Wangji tries to apologize, but Wei Wuxian reassures him and encourages him to continue.
Wei Wuxian calls Lan Wangji multiple pet names, teasing him until Lan Wangji loses control again.
They continue passionately, with Wei Wuxian speaking obscene sweet nothings and Lan Wangji driven wild.
Wei Wuxian begs for mercy while still egging Lan Wangji on; they remain in the same position for over an hour.
Eventually Wei Wuxian surrenders, sobbing with pleasure and exhaustion, swearing love and fidelity.
Lan Wangji continues after Wei Wuxian taunts him further, using humor and filth to provoke him.
Lan Wangji only stops when Wei Wuxian is reduced to begging; Wei Wuxian jokes that they should space it out to once every four days, but Lan Wangji insists “every day means every day.”
Three months later, villagers approach a haunted grave site where spirits have been stirred by past desecration.
Wei Wuxian, perched on a tree with Chenqing, frightens away the villagers and cultivators by dropping corpses and appearing ominously.
Lan Wangji appears and joins him; they flirt and joke with each other as Wei Wuxian pretends to be an evil cultivator.
Wei Wuxian demands Lan Wangji call him “gege” to get a kiss; Lan Wangji refuses but dominates him anyway.
A child accidentally witnesses them and screams; they quickly stop and go to investigate.
The child, Mianmian, turns out to be the daughter of Luo Qingyang (the girl formerly known as Mianmian) and her husband.
Luo Qingyang is surprised but respectful upon recognizing Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji.
Wei Wuxian teases and gives Mianmian evil-repelling money; Lan Wangji supplies the coins.
Luo Qingyang praises Lan Wangji as a cultivator who aids the weak regardless of status.
Her husband asks why she never mentioned Wei Wuxian despite him saving her life; she smiles enigmatically and says nothing.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji discuss the encounter; Wei Wuxian suspects Lan Wangji was jealous back then and stole a perfume sachet a girl had given him.
Wei Wuxian catches Lan Wangji with that exact sachet as his money pouch and teases him endlessly.
Lan Wangji insists they are now married after completing the three bows, so none of it counts as fornication.
They reach a tavern and hear gossip about Jin Guangyao, Sisi, and the sealed coffin.
People praise Nie Huaisang’s leadership during the coffin-sealing and speculate whether the Yin Tiger Tally is sealed with Jin Guangyao.
Wei Wuxian notices a young cultivator whose eyes hold dangerous intent, hinting others may still seek the Yin Tiger Tally.
Wei Wuxian plays Lan Wangji’s song on his flute, asking if Lan Wangji had named it.
Lan Wangji reveals the song is called “Wangxian,” which makes Wei Wuxian laugh joyfully.
They continue on their journey together, content and in love, as Wei Wuxian reflects that Lan Wangji will never look away from him again.
Extra 1:
Family BanquetLan Wangji tells Wei Wuxian to wait outside during his meeting with Lan Qiren, knowing Lan Qiren’s heart can't take seeing Wei Wuxian.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji, who reflexively says even if he breaks the rules it’s fine, then awkwardly takes it back.
Wei Wuxian plays with the rabbits and discovers a female Lan Clan cultivator feeding them; he realizes women actually do exist in the Cloud Recesses.
Little Apple rushes toward the girl and cuddles her, stunning Wei Wuxian who recognizes her as the round-faced girl from Mount Dafan.
Wei Wuxian helps her feed the rabbits, flirts, and chats about Lan Sizhui and Lan Wangji taking care of the rabbits.
Lan Wangji arrives, terrifying the girl into running away; Little Apple runs after her.
Wei Wuxian blames Lan Wangji for scaring her, teases him with a carrot, and pulls him to the ground.
Rabbits panic and run around them; Lan Wangji quotes the seventh precept forbidding disturbing female cultivators.
Wei Wuxian reminds Lan Wangji he said rule-breaking was fine, and Lan Wangji replies “Every day,” implying something else.
Wei Wuxian asks if Lan Qiren yelled at him and learns the clan is having a family banquet.
Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian go see Lan Sizhui and the juniors, who are all being punished by doing handstands while copying texts for going Night Hunting with Wen Ning.
Wei Wuxian jokes about their punishment and Lan Wangji critiques Lan Jingyi’s calligraphy strokes.
Lan Wangji reveals he never had to do such punishments as a child, but trained with handstands for focus.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji by asking if he could screw him upside down; Lan Wangji replies seriously and says they should try it that night.
Lan Wangji visits Lan Xichen, while Wei Wuxian rummages through Lan Wangji’s calligraphy, finds one incorrect character from years ago, and realizes it was during the time they first met.
Wei Wuxian suspects Lan Wangji was distracted by thoughts of him and teases him mercilessly.
Wei Wuxian jumps Lan Wangji when he returns, pretending to “rape” him, but Lan Wangji flips the situation and pins him.
They engage in foreplay as Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji further with the old calligraphy mistake, hiding the sheet in his clothes.
Lan Wangji reaches for it and doesn’t stop, turning it into sex; they continue messing around for half the night.
Afterward, Lan Wangji tells Wei Wuxian that Lan Xichen is still not doing well and reflects on their reversed roles.
Lan Wangji wakes up early and tries to wake Wei Wuxian from the tub; Wei Wuxian kisses his hand sleepily but refuses to get up.
Lan Wangji lets him sleep and prepares breakfast; Wei Wuxian wakes up later and complains about the upcoming family banquet’s bad food.
Lan Wangji insists Wei Wuxian eat beforehand, knowing the banquet will be bland and strict.
The Lan family banquet is solemn, silent, with bland bitter food; Wei Wuxian struggles to eat the medicinal soup.
Lan Wangji stealthily drinks the rest of Wei Wuxian’s soup without anyone noticing, sparing him.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji by drinking from the same spot on the cup; Lan Wangji’s fingers curl in reaction.
Lan Qiren notices the interaction and coughs to warn them; they behave.
Wei Wuxian suffers through tasteless side dishes, reminiscing about Jiang Clan banquets with pork and hotpot.
Lan Qiren watches him closely but finds no fault, and the banquet ends with a dull clan report from Lan Xichen.
After the banquet, juniors avoid Wei Wuxian to avoid copying texts as punishment; they later sneak off to talk to him.
Lan Jingyi and Lan Sizhui explain that they’re banned from talking to Wei Wuxian, and Sizhui mentions worry about Wen Ning’s fate after a run-in with Jiang Cheng.
Wei Wuxian asks about Jiang Cheng and Jin Ling; Lan Jingyi says Jin Ling talks back ten times now, seeming fine.
Wei Wuxian is relieved but doesn’t ask more; he leaves to “gnaw cabbage” and waits for Lan Wangji.
Wei Wuxian misses dinner and waits bored and hungry until Lan Wangji sneaks in with spicy dishes from Caiyi Town.
Wei Wuxian overflows with gratitude and teases Lan Wangji, who insists food must be eaten in silence.
Wei Wuxian mocks the rule and hints about their nightly activities; Lan Wangji remains expressionless.
Wei Wuxian sits to eat and teases Lan Wangji about sneaking out, joking Lan Qiren will faint if he finds out.
Lan Wangji hugs him tightly and caresses his waist; Wei Wuxian complains about the soup bitterness.
Lan Wangji kisses him to neutralize the taste and agrees he had two bowls but still tastes sweet.
Wei Wuxian jokes about “having the cabbage first,” and Lan Wangji looks confused until Wei Wuxian embraces him again, laughing.
Extra 2:
The Incense BurnerWei Wuxian finds a strange incense burner in the Cloud Recesses and lights it with Lan Wangji without sensing anything wrong.
The burner sends them into a dream where Wei Wuxian wakes up in the past, seeing himself with his former face.
They discover the dream reflects Wei Wuxian’s fantasy of a domestic life with Lan Wangji, living peacefully in a rural cottage.
Inside the dream, a younger version of Wei Wuxian returns home from the fields while a dream-version Lan Wangji weaves cloth and cooks for him.
Lan Wangji is shocked to see this fantasy; Wei Wuxian admits he had frequent dreams like this before.
They move to a new dream scene set in the Cloud Recesses Library Pavilion, where young Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian argue over a pornographic book.
Dream Wei Wuxian teases dream Lan Wangji, leading to a physical scuffle, which escalates into Lan Wangji tying him up and initiating sexual acts.
Wei Wuxian realizes this dream is Lan Wangji’s and gleefully mocks him for fantasizing about their past with such explicit detail.
Dream Lan Wangji penetrates dream Wei Wuxian, pushing him to the edge through intense, overwhelming sex.
Real Wei Wuxian gets aroused watching and starts having sex with real Lan Wangji in the dream.
Dream Lan Wangji continues ravaging dream Wei Wuxian who begins to enjoy it and actively encourages him.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji in real time for his intense sexual fantasy, making Lan Wangji so embarrassed he tries to flee.
After both real and dream sex end, Wei Wuxian wakes up with sore legs, discovering the incense burner’s effects haven’t worn off.
The next night, he finds himself alone in another dream set in the past, where young Lan Wangji is taking care of rabbits he received from Wei Wuxian.
Wei Wuxian reveals himself to young Lan Wangji, pretending to be a future version who time-traveled using a magical device.
Young Lan Wangji is skeptical, especially when Wei Wuxian claims they are married and have sex regularly.
Wei Wuxian kisses his cheek and mocks his flustered reaction; young Lan Wangji is shocked speechless.
On the third night, the incense sends Wei Wuxian into a new dream where he seduces eighteen-year-old Lan Wangji during his shift at night lessons.
Wei Wuxian tricks and paralyzes Lan Wangji with a talisman, drags him to the mountains, and fellates him.
Lan Wangji resists but eventually ejaculates; Wei Wuxian then fingers himself while letting Lan Wangji watch.
Wei Wuxian uses Lan Wangji’s sword Bichen as a sex toy, fucking himself with the hilt in front of him.
Lan Wangji becomes enraged and aroused, throws the sword away, and takes Wei Wuxian violently, spanking him during sex.
Wei Wuxian is shocked and embarrassed by the spanking, tries to crawl away, but Lan Wangji tears his clothes and spanks him again.
The dream turns brutal and erotic, with Lan Wangji dominating Wei Wuxian until he begs for mercy and reaches orgasm.
Wei Wuxian wakes up the next morning with trembling legs and accuses Lan Wangji of wanting to get him pregnant due to the amount of times he ejaculates inside him.
On the fourth night, Wei Wuxian wakes alone again in the Cloud Recesses, finds Lan Wangji missing, and sees a teenage Lan Wangji leading a lesson.
Wei Wuxian lures Lan Wangji out by whistling and shouting “your husband!” and leads him on a chase through the Cloud Recesses.
Wei Wuxian uses a talisman to freeze him again and carries him to the mountains, kisses and teases him, and then performs oral sex.
He then fucks himself with Bichen in front of Lan Wangji again until he becomes aroused and furious.
Lan Wangji throws away the sword, overpowers Wei Wuxian, and takes him with passionate force.
Wei Wuxian, in the dream, attempts to switch positions but gets spanked again; this humiliates him and he tries to escape.
Lan Wangji shreds his pants, pins him down, and continues dominating him sexually until Wei Wuxian orgasms again.
They wake up once more, with Wei Wuxian sore and blaming Lan Wangji for being too rough even in dreams.
Lan Wangji promises not to spank him again, but Wei Wuxian warns him to remember that promise.
Despite the chaos, Wei Wuxian is deeply touched by how Lan Wangji treats him and laughs at how deeply he must desire him even in dreams.
Extra 3:
Villainous FriendsXue Yang eats tangyuan at a roadside stall but becomes angry that they are too sticky and not sweet enough, so he kicks over the stall without paying.
The stall owner confronts Xue Yang, who threatens him with a sword and walks away cheerfully after saying to add more sugar next time.
Jin Guangyao catches up with Xue Yang and scolds him for the mess, reminding him not to get caught or implicate him.
Xue Yang continues his shameless behavior, stealing food from another stall, and Jin Guangyao warns him to stay out of trouble publicly while indulging privately.
Xue Yang notices a bruise on Jin Guangyao’s forehead, who deflects the question and implies it wasn’t from Nie Mingjue.
They arrive at the Corpse Refinery, a secret compound filled with torture devices and zombies, funded by Jin Guangshan to replicate Wei Wuxian’s Yin Tiger Tally.
Jin Guangyao had arranged the facility for Xue Yang to conduct corpse refinement and demonic cultivation experiments in private.
Two refined fierce corpses duel in the yard, impressing Jin Guangyao but boring Xue Yang, who makes them decapitate themselves for being too slow.
Jin Guangyao gifts Xue Yang with fragments of Wei Wuxian’s handwritten manuscripts, which excite him but are incomplete.
Xue Yang requests Chenqing, but Jin Guangyao explains that Jiang Cheng has it and won’t part with it due to his obsession with Wei Wuxian’s potential return.
Jin Guangyao presents a captured cultivator, He Su, as raw material for corpse refinement.
He Su angrily accuses Jin Guangyao of false charges and political framing for speaking out against Jin Guangshan’s power grab.
Jin Guangyao dismisses the accusations and feigns regret while orchestrating the capture of the entire He Clan of Tingshan, including elders and children.
He Su realizes Jin Guangyao’s cold and calculated massacre is to eliminate future threats and curses him and Jin Guangshan as despicable.
Xue Yang cuts out He Su’s tongue and throws him into a cage, declaring he wants to experiment with refining a living person into a fierce corpse.
Jin Guangyao calmly watches the horror unfold, trying to sip tea but disturbed by Xue Yang’s grotesque ingredients.
They later go to retrieve Jin Guangshan from a brothel; Jin Guangyao suffers physical abuse from Madam Jin due to Jin Guangshan’s behavior.
Xue Yang overhears Jin Guangshan drunkenly insulting educated women and reminiscing about not buying a courtesan’s freedom because she gave birth to a son.
Jin Guangyao smiles through the insult, hiding his emotions while listening to Jin Guangshan degrade his mother and him as the “son of a whore.”
After leaving, Xue Yang bursts into laughter and mocks Jin Guangyao’s fake smile; Jin Guangyao deflects with cold composure.
Xue Yang offers to retaliate on Jin Guangyao’s behalf with crude violence, but Jin Guangyao declines and changes the topic to a future mission.
Jin Guangyao asks Xue Yang to go to Yunmeng to “clean up” a place thoroughly, implying an upcoming massacre.
On their way, Xue Yang kicks over the same food stall again, but this time a black-clad Daoist cultivator attacks him with a horsetail whisk.
Xue Yang retaliates, but his strange energy causes disgust in the cultivator, whom he later identifies as Song Zichen.
Jin Guangyao intervenes to stop the fight, revealing Xue Yang is under his protection as a guest cultivator of the Jin Clan.
Xiao Xingchen appears and gently scolds Xue Yang for his behavior, speaking with sincere calmness and offering a way out of the conflict.
Xue Yang mocks both Song Zichen and Xiao Xingchen, calling them hypocrites and vowing violent revenge on Song Zichen.
Jin Guangyao warns Xue Yang not to provoke virtuous cultivators, explaining they are harder to deal with than petty villains because of their public support and righteousness.
Xue Yang dismisses the warning, but Jin Guangyao insists on keeping a low profile to avoid future trouble.
The two part ways at a fork in the road, with Jin Guangyao heading to Golden Carp Tower and Xue Yang returning to the Corpse Refinery.
Extra 4:
Gate CrasherThree days earlier, a fierce corpse in funeral clothes covered in blood pounded on the doors of the Qin residence, terrifying the servants and causing panic.
A servant climbed the wall to see what was outside, saw the bloody creature, and fainted from fear.
Young Master Qin, skeptical of what it was, never looked himself and instead relied on the servant’s vague report.
Wei Wuxian tells Young Master Qin the creature is likely a fierce corpse that has come specifically for someone and hints that it might be someone from his past.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji examine the door, finding scratch marks but minimal killing intent, concluding that one door is enough to keep it out for now.
Wei Wuxian warns that the door acts as a natural barrier but only if not invited in; Young Master Qin insists he didn’t see anything and didn’t let anything in.
Lan Sizhui is confused by Wei Wuxian’s relaxed attitude; Wei Wuxian reveals he suspects Young Master Qin is lying.
They leave the situation alone to give Young Master Qin a scare, knowing the door bolt will likely break soon.
That night, the fierce corpse returns and breaks the door bolt; Young Master Qin sees it hop but fail to enter due to the threshold.
Suddenly the corpse leaps over the threshold, proving it has one leg and hops unusually high.
Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji deduce from the footprints that the fierce corpse has a broken leg from before death.
Lan Wangji explains the first gate has been breached and the creature will now return again, able to enter more freely.
They advise Young Master Qin that it’s now a matter of time before the creature reaches his bedroom unless he tells the truth.
Young Master Qin admits he knew the corpse when alive, a servant he grew up with but cast out after a classroom dispute over a right answer.
Wei Wuxian presses further, and Young Master Qin reluctantly reveals he also beat the man and possibly broke his leg over a lost jade pendant.
Lan Wangji and Wei Wuxian believe the creature has unfinished business, possibly trying to return the pendant, and that Young Master Qin is downplaying his role.
Wei Wuxian gives Young Master Qin an absurd-sounding ritual plan involving a virgin boy guarding the bedroom while he and Lan Wangji stay inside.
Young Master Qin assumes Lan Wangji will stand guard; Wei Wuxian laughs and declares Lan Wangji is not a virgin.
Wei Wuxian teases Lan Wangji repeatedly, and Lan Wangji retaliates by pinning Wei Wuxian down in bed.
That night, Lan Sizhui guards outside while Wei Wuxian and Lan Wangji observe from within the bedroom.
The fierce corpse returns, but instead of fighting, it avoids Lan Sizhui and does not seem aggressive.
Lan Sizhui notes that the corpse is holding something in its fist; Wei Wuxian tells him to stop fighting.
The corpse enters, grabs Young Master Qin by the throat, and violently punches him only after placing the jade pendant around his neck.
The corpse nods at Wei Wuxian and limps away; Wei Wuxian confirms it has completed its purpose and no longer holds a grudge.
Lan Sizhui expresses awe at how the corpse only sought to return the pendant and land one punch, rather than kill or seek revenge.
Wei Wuxian explains some spirits are more reasonable than people and just need closure.
They find Young Master Qin will recover, and the fierce corpse is now at peace.
A week later, they hear gossip that Young Master Qin paid to bury a body found by the road, widely praised as a charitable act.
As they leave the city, the Qin residence has been repaired and restored to its former lively state.
Extra 5:
The Iron HookThe Bai residence has a haunted White Chamber that has remained unrenovated due to strange occurrences since its construction, including a deadly cold aura and ghostly sounds.
Jin Ling recounts the story of a child who peeked through the White Chamber’s door slit and fainted, suffering a high fever and memory loss afterward.
A burglar was found dead outside the White Chamber with signs of a heart attack; the Bai family requests a Night Hunt, and Jin Ling, Lan Sizhui, Lan Jingyi, and others are sent.
Wei Wuxian investigates the corpse and confirms the burglar died of fright and cannot be summoned due to weak spiritual presence.
Jin Ling claims no unnatural deaths occurred in the household, but Wei Wuxian suspects the truth is being hidden or misunderstood.
Wei Wuxian speaks to Jin Ling alone at a tea stall and scolds him for dismissing Jiang Cheng's support just because he’s not a Jin, reminding him of Jiang Cheng’s sacrifices.
Wei Wuxian asks Jin Ling about a disfigured person missing lips and eyelids; the tea lady overhears and recounts the tale of Hookhand, a blacksmith betrayed and mutilated by his wife.
Hookhand supposedly killed his wife and turned into a resentful spirit that murdered beautiful women before vanishing.
Wei Wuxian confirms the legend is relevant and shows Jin Ling a reflection in the burglar’s eye revealing Hookhand’s face, indicating he was the last thing the burglar saw.
The group splits up to investigate; Wei Wuxian and Lan Sizhui find Hookhand’s actual iron hook possessed with malevolent energy and nearly impossible to contain.
They use talismans, salt, and finally fire to destroy the hook through a group smelting ritual, successfully eliminating the immediate threat.
Wei Wuxian instructs them to verify the haunting is resolved by spending the night in the White Chamber; Jin Ling volunteers and witnesses a ghostly woman tied to a chair.
The woman has a slashed face and behaves strangely, not screaming even when confronted by Hookhand.
Lan Jingyi takes a turn the next night while the group watches through peepholes in the paper window, witnessing a residual imprint of the woman's murder.
They realize the woman is actually a man in disguise, who tricks Hookhand into impaling himself with his own hook during the attack.
The man never screamed to avoid attracting others and putting them in danger, showing incredible bravery and self-sacrifice.
Wei Wuxian and the boys conclude the ghost haunting the White Chamber is the hero, not Hookhand, and he remains because his corpse is incomplete.
They search five days to find the hero’s missing tongue, finally succeeding and burning it in ritual, thinking the case resolved.
Days later, the Bai family reports horrifying screams from the White Chamber at night, with a man's agonized voice crying and weeping.
Wei Wuxian explains the hero never got to scream while alive despite enduring torture, and now that his soul is free, he finally screams to release that pain.
Wei Wuxian advises to let the ghost scream until satisfied, after which he will naturally move on.
Months later, the screaming stops, and peace returns to the Bai residence, but the White Chamber's terrifying reputation continues to grow.
Extra 6:
Lotus SeedsWei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng lie shirtless on the floor with other disciples in Lotus Pier’s Sword Hall, overwhelmed by the summer heat and arguing about who should move.
Jiang Yanli arrives with watermelon slices and teases them after noticing a footprint on Jiang Cheng’s chest, revealing they had fought again.
The disciples eagerly eat watermelon, and Wei Wuxian and Jiang Cheng turn the moment into a competition, trying to steal each other’s pieces.
Wei Wuxian laughs remembering Lan Wangji and says he once told him that the Gusu food was so bad he’d rather eat fried watermelon rind.
Jiang Cheng warns Wei Wuxian not to invite Lan Wangji to Lotus Pier, fearing Madam Yu will compare them unfavorably.
Wei Wuxian insists he could drive Lan Wangji crazy if they shared a room, while Jiang Cheng says Lan Wangji would kill him within a week.
Jiang Yanli encourages Wei Wuxian to invite Lan Wangji, and Wei Wuxian confidently declares that Lan Wangji secretly wants to come.
Madam Yu suddenly arrives, furious to see the boys shirtless with Jiang Yanli present, and chases them while whipping Wei Wuxian.
The disciples escape to a boat at the dock; Wei Wuxian complains about always being the one to get punished.
Wei Wuxian flips the boat with Jiang Cheng still on it and sits on top, teasing him until Jiang Cheng retaliates by flipping Wei Wuxian into the water.
The disciples cheer during the water fight; Wei Wuxian calls a truce because he’s hungry and proposes picking lotus seed pods instead of going back to get punished.
The boys row into a lotus lake and begin picking pods, joking and laughing while avoiding the farmer who owns the lake.
The “old man” approaches in his boat; the boys panic, remembering his precise beatings for every stolen pod.
They spot a ghostly white hand stealing lotus pods from the farmer’s boat and discover a water ghost is helping propel his boat in exchange for lotus seeds.
Wei Wuxian dives in and captures the ghost, but it’s a harmless spirit of a child who drowned stealing seeds and only wants to eat them.
The farmer allows the ghost to stay and feed in peace, rewarding it for helping him row; he angrily chases Wei Wuxian instead.
The boys flee as the old man chases only Wei Wuxian, striking him repeatedly with a bamboo pole while the others cheer him on as their protector.
Wei Wuxian distracts the ghost with lotus seed pods so they can escape, reflecting that the ghost must be fulfilling an unfulfilled desire from life.
Wei Wuxian complains he’s always the one getting hit, but the disciples say it’s because he’s the most handsome and strongest.
Farm girls appear on the riverbank, teasing them for stealing again and asking about the watermelon they sent earlier.
Wei Wuxian thanks them and offers lotus seed pods in return, trying to convince Jiang Cheng to do the same and teasing him for his shyness.
Wei Wuxian sighs that Lan Wangji turned down his invitation to Yunmeng and vows to drag him there one day to make him experience getting hit by the bamboo pole.
Jiang Cheng eats lotus seeds quietly while Wei Wuxian declares he’ll be alone forever for being too serious.
In Gusu, Lan Xichen and Lan Wangji do handstands in silence; Lan Wangji suddenly mentions that lotus seed pods with stems taste better.
Two rabbits arrive and snuggle next to Lan Wangji, prompting Lan Xichen to ask about their names, which Lan Wangji refuses to say.
After meditation, the brothers eat watermelon; Lan Wangji stares at the rinds and mentions hearing they can be stir-fried and taste good.
Lan Xichen nervously asks if he wants to try it, but Lan Wangji declines, clearly remembering Wei Wuxian’s joke.
The next day, Lan Wangji walks seventeen kilometers in the rain to find a lotus lake with lotus pods that have stems.
He helps farmers lift a shed roof to shelter an injured man, revealing a hidden ghost hanging from the rafters that made the roof unnaturally heavy.
The ghost is harmless and just cold; Lan Wangji stays to hold up the shed silently until help arrives, ignoring the ghost’s complaints.
At sunset, he finally reaches the lotus lake, but a woman refuses to let him in because it’s past hours.
Lan Wangji insists the pods must have stems because someone told him they taste better that way; the woman laughs but lets him in briefly.
Back in Gusu, Lan Wangji gifts a jade vase with lotus seed pods to Lan Xichen, who resists the temptation to try them, seeing how happy Lan Wangji looks.
Extra 7:
YunmengWei Wuxian plays shuttlecock while cheating on the count, jumping from seventy-two to eighty-one, then to ninety, amusing a crowd of children.
Lan Wangji arrives and hears Wei Wuxian cheating but plays along when Wei Wuxian calls on him to confirm that one hundred comes after ninety.
The children cheer for Wei Wuxian’s fake total of 1600 kicks, and the skeptical child hands over his candied hawthorn prize.
Wei Wuxian offers the snack to Lan Wangji, who holds it in his mouth until Wei Wuxian tries to take it back, at which point Lan Wangji bites it to claim it.
Wei Wuxian jokes about how Lan Wangji always bites down on things he wants without asking.
They go shopping, and Wei Wuxian urges Lan Wangji to try various street snacks, constantly asking for reviews that often get a “strange” in reply.
They end up in a restaurant where Wei Wuxian complains the lotus root and pork rib soup isn’t good and casually mentions how Jiang Yanli’s version was better.
Lan Wangji asks questions about soup preparation, prompting Wei Wuxian to realize Lan Wangji intends to cook it for him.
Wei Wuxian mocks the idea of Lan Wangji cooking but quickly gets excited and demands confirmation; Lan Wangji eventually admits he already cooked once during the family banquet.
Wei Wuxian is shocked to learn that the delicious dishes he thought were bought were actually made by Lan Wangji himself.
Wei Wuxian kisses Lan Wangji passionately in the restaurant and begins groping him under the table, to which Lan Wangji quietly responds by holding his waist and warning him about manners.
They visit a ring toss game where Wei Wuxian wins a giant porcelain turtle by tossing a ring backward.
Lan Wangji also plays and wins an ugly stuffed donkey that looks like Little Apple, then tosses a third ring and intentionally lands it on Wei Wuxian.
Wei Wuxian laughs, accusing Lan Wangji of doing it on purpose to flirt in public, then gives him the ring as a necklace.
Wei Wuxian jokes about where to place the turtle in the Cloud Recesses, ultimately suggesting the Orchid Room so Lan Wangji can make up a grand story about it inspiring juniors.
Days later, juniors like Lan Sizhui and Lan Jingyi notice the turtle in lessons but no one dares ask why it's there.
Wei Wuxian takes Lan Wangji on a boat ride in Yunmeng’s lotus lake, but the only boat available is tiny and unstable.
As they float, Wei Wuxian reminisces about wanting Lan Wangji to visit back then just to get hit by the old farmer who used to protect the lotus pods.
Lan Wangji smiles slightly at Wei Wuxian’s old mischievous motives, and they share a soft moment.
The boat capsizes, and Wei Wuxian blames Lan Wangji for moving; Lan Wangji calmly admits it might have been him.
They embrace and kiss in the water, and Wei Wuxian admits he just wanted to spend time with Lan Wangji back then.
Back on the boat, Lan Wangji hands him a red cord to tie his hair and says Wei Wuxian can test if he would ever be denied now.
Wei Wuxian is overwhelmed by Lan Wangji’s sincerity and warns him to give a heads-up before saying sweet nothings again or he won’t be able to take it.
Lan Wangji agrees, and they laugh and hug in the sunlight.
Extra 8:
From Dawn till DuskLan Wangji waits alone in the Tranquility Room well past bedtime until a loud thump signals Wei Wuxian has snuck in through the window and hidden under the blanket.
Wei Wuxian, freezing cold and dirty from an outdoor Night Hunt with the juniors, demands Lan Wangji warm him up; Lan Wangji silently hugs him tighter.
Wei Wuxian climbs into bed fully clothed, refuses to be still, and teases Lan Wangji despite warnings that Lan Qiren has returned and might overhear them.
Wei Wuxian provocatively nudges between Lan Wangji’s legs, prompting Lan Wangji to flip him over, thrust in deeply, and begin fucking him intensely.
Wei Wuxian moans loudly with each thrust; Lan Wangji eventually tells him to be quiet, and Wei Wuxian teases him for being embarrassed and demands he use a silence spell.
Instead of casting the spell, Lan Wangji silences Wei Wuxian with a kiss, and they continue switching positions during sex.
Wei Wuxian rides Lan Wangji while whispering filth in his ear; Lan Wangji retaliates with a brutal thrust and asks if it's deep enough.
Wei Wuxian tries to beg for mercy using the "nine shallow one deep" method, but Lan Wangji ignores it and continues pounding him without restraint.
Despite his earlier cries, Wei Wuxian refuses to let Lan Wangji pull out after two rounds and says he likes being filled up.
Lan Wangji scolds him for being shameless but obeys his request, covering him with a blanket and leaving to draw a bath.
Wei Wuxian is sleepy but gets placed in the tub; once revived, he invites Lan Wangji to join, who declines, saying they've already broken four bathtubs in four days.
Wei Wuxian blames Lan Wangji for breaking every one and brings up how Lan Wangji has always been rough since the beginning.
Lan Wangji quietly agrees and sets a jug of Emperor’s Smile by the tub while reviewing Night Hunt reports from juniors.
Wei Wuxian offers to help and teases Lan Wangji about his concise grading comments compared to Lan Qiren’s exhaustive ones.
Wei Wuxian mocks Lan Jingyi’s poor handwriting and low grade, while praising Lan Sizhui’s clear and thoughtful writing.
Lan Wangji allows Wei Wuxian to grade some papers despite warning him to rest after his bath; Wei Wuxian insists he still has energy and jokes he could go for more rounds.
Gradually, Wei Wuxian becomes drowsy again while grading, and Lan Wangji catches him as he nearly slips into the water.
Lan Wangji dries Wei Wuxian and tucks him into bed, then takes his own bath and joins him in bed afterward.
Wei Wuxian mumbles compliments about the juniors’ writing and says he’ll train them more, planning to take them to disturb dangerous mountain spirits next.
Lan Wangji asks if he also captured one-footed mountain spirits that day; Wei Wuxian confirms and complains the kids are still too slow.
Wei Wuxian admits they spent all the money after the Night Hunt on food and asks for more allowance.
Lan Wangji tells him to use the jade token for withdrawal, revealing that it can also be used to exit the barrier and access money.
Wei Wuxian grumbles that he’s sleepy and tells Lan Wangji to stop talking or he’ll keep replying; he kisses Lan Wangji’s throat and falls asleep.
Lan Wangji watches him in silence, then gently kisses Wei Wuxian’s forehead and whispers, “See you tomorrow, Wei Ying.”
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 1
Prologue:
Heaven Official’s Blessing
The story opens with a famous figure among the gods—a laughingstock of the three realms.
800 years ago, the Kingdom of Xianle thrived with prosperity, beauty, and culture.
The crown prince of Xianle was adored by his royal parents and deeply beloved by the people.
Despite royal expectations, he desired only to "save the common people" through cultivation.
At 17, he was chosen as the "God-Pleasing Warrior" in the grand Shangyuan Heavenly Ceremonial Procession.
During the performance, he saved a falling child mid-procession, disrupting the ceremony.
State preceptors considered it a disastrous omen but he refused to apologize, insisting he did the right thing.
In the same year, he faced a haunted ghost at Yinian Bridge known for asking three questions and devouring those who answered wrong.
The prince answered the ghost, got one answer wrong, and decided to fight it instead—ultimately defeating it.
He planted a tree at the bridge, saying, "Body in the abyss, heart in paradise."
This was witnessed by the Heavenly Emperor in disguise, who praised the crown prince’s potential.
That night, the prince ascended to the heavens at only 17 years old—unprecedented in the heavenly realm.
Temples honoring him flourished, spreading across the land, and his divine power grew rapidly.
Three years later, chaos broke out in Xianle due to rebellion and tyranny.
Despite divine law, the crown prince returned to the mortal realm to help.
He told the Heavenly Emperor, “I will save the common people,” despite warnings he could not save everyone.
His involvement worsened the conflict; the kingdom fell, a plague spread, and the rebel army conquered the capital.
Disillusioned, the people destroyed all his temples—burning 8,000 in seven days.
He was denounced from a beloved god to a cursed one, a "God of Misfortune."
The heavenly realm banished him, stripping his powers and casting him back to earth.
For the first time, he suffered hunger, poverty, and degradation—eventually losing all dignity.
His motto, “Body in the abyss, heart in paradise,” became painfully ironic as he was fully broken.
He attempted a second ascension years later, but it lasted only one incense stick’s time before he was violently cast out again.
His second attempt was viewed as a joke—he became a cosmic embarrassment.
Still, he didn’t lash out but instead lived humbly, collecting scraps, busking, and performing on the streets.
His once-glorious title became a curse, and he became the object of pity or scorn.
Years later, unbelievably, he ascended a third time with a mighty celestial quake.
The heavenly realm was stunned and exasperated—he had ascended again.
Chapter 1:
The Scrap Immortal, Third Time Entering the Heavenly
CapitalXie Lian ascends to the heavens for the third time and is immediately congratulated by Ling Wen for ranking first on the newly made “Heavenly Official Most Hoped to be Banished” chart.
He wins 100 merits for it but also finds out the chart was likely created just for him due to the chaos caused by his dramatic ascension.
His arrival was so disruptive it knocked over the bell that tolls for ascensions, which injured a martial god, and also damaged several heavenly palaces.
Ling Wen informs him the cost of repairs would be 8,880,000 merits—an impossible sum for him since he has no temples or believers.
Xie Lian realizes he still hasn't joined the Heavenly Realm’s communication array and mistakenly enters a channel where gods are betting on how long he’ll last before being banished again.
He accidentally enters another array and is greeted sarcastically by a martial god who turns out to be Mu Qing, his former subordinate.
Ling Wen reminds him Mu Qing was once his cleaning boy whom Xie Lian personally helped rise in rank, but who abandoned him after his first fall.
Mu Qing, now a prominent god, expresses bitterness and sarcastically needled Xie Lian, while others listen in awkward silence.
Another angry martial god, Feng Xin, who was also once Xie Lian’s most loyal general and bodyguard, yells in the array after his golden palace was destroyed during Xie Lian’s arrival.
Xie Lian apologizes sincerely to both, but neither are warm; Mu Qing is passive-aggressive, and Feng Xin stays silent and disappears.
Xie Lian leaves the array and reflects on how his former subordinates have become prestigious martial gods while he has fallen from grace.
Ling Wen invites him to her palace and tells him the Heavenly Emperor has a task for him in the north due to unusual spiritual activity and many fervent prayers.
The Emperor offers a reward—any future offerings from the local believers will go to Xie Lian’s altar.
Xie Lian accepts the task, grateful for the help even if it’s pity, and prepares to descend to the Mortal Realm.
Since he has no spiritual power in the Mortal Realm, Ling Wen offers to send martial officials to help him.
Mu Qing sabotages Ling Wen’s attempt to recruit help by exposing that it’s actually Xie Lian’s mission, causing all volunteers to back out.
Ling Wen eventually finds two junior martial officials who still agree to go: Nan Feng from Feng Xin’s Palace and Fu Yao from Mu Qing’s.
Xie Lian descends to the Mortal Realm but, due to a mishap with a cloud catching his sleeve, ends up landing far from his intended destination and must walk for three days.
He reaches a small tea shop near Mount Yujun and notices a strange, joyless marriage procession passing by with gongs and wailing.
As he observes, a silver butterfly flies past, momentarily distracting him with its beauty.
When he turns back, Nan Feng and Fu Yao are suddenly seated at his table, both clearly displeased.
Ling Wen sends a message that they’re the junior officials sent to assist him; Xie Lian suspects trickery as they seem far from “voluntary.”
He tries to confirm their loyalty and purpose; they admit their generals didn’t know they came.
Xie Lian recalls the tension between their respective generals, Feng Xin and Mu Qing, who have a long-standing rivalry and disdain for each other.
The two martial officials bicker even while agreeing to help Xie Lian, showing deep animosity that mirrors their masters’.
Xie Lian begins briefing them about the mission: strange disappearances and ghostly attacks involving brides vanishing near Mount Yujun.
The first bride vanished without a trace; years later, another bride disappeared and only a foot was found, confirming something horrific is happening.
Chapter 2:
Three Clowns, Night Discussion on the Palace of Tremendous
MasculinitySeventeen brides have mysteriously disappeared around Mount Yujun over the course of less than a century.
The disappearances were sporadic; some years peaceful, others had multiple vanishings.
A legend forms about a ghost groom who kidnaps and devours brides during wedding processions.
The incident draws divine attention only after a powerful official’s daughter is abducted despite being escorted by forty armed guards.
The official’s outcry and religious efforts finally catch the notice of heavenly officials.
Xie Lian explains the case to Nan Feng and Fu Yao, noting that victims vary in wealth, beauty, and status—no pattern to the abductions.
Fu Yao questions the assumption of a ghost groom, pointing out no one’s seen the attacker.
Xie Lian confirms it's just a label from Ling Wen’s report and is open to other possibilities.
The trio leaves the tea shop to find a place to stay; Xie Lian instinctively starts looking for a cave before being reminded they could use a nearby temple.
They visit a rundown Earth God shrine to ask for directions to temples of Nan Yang or Xuan Zhen.
The Lord of Soil and Ground nervously points them to a nearby Nan Yang temple.
They enter the lively rural temple, noting its small size but high activity.
The clay statue of Nan Yang looks exaggerated and crude, leading to Fu Yao mocking it harshly.
Xie Lian recalls that distorted divine statues are common due to poor craftsmanship, and Mu Qing (Xuan Zhen) is notoriously picky about how his statues look.
To defuse tension, Xie Lian brings up the high number of female believers praying in the temple, which sparks curiosity.
Fu Yao mocks this too, prompting Xie Lian to observe a praying girl named Xiao-Ying whose skirt is torn in the back, exposing her undergarments.
Xie Lian discreetly throws his robe to cover her, but the gesture spooks her.
When she walks off, unaware of the robe’s purpose, Xie Lian jumps down to return it and discreetly warn her.
She misunderstands and slaps him for what she thinks is harassment.
Embarrassed but compassionate, Xie Lian reassures her and explains the tear; she leaves ashamed but thankful.
Nan Feng notices Xie Lian's bandages are torn and sees the many injuries on his body.
Xie Lian reveals he got them by accidentally falling during his recent third ascension.
The two officials also see a cursed shackle around Xie Lian’s neck—proof of his double banishment and the sealing of his spiritual power.
Xie Lian tries to de-escalate their discomfort by finding a temple robe to wear.
Awkwardness lingers, so he suggests they review Ling Wen’s scroll again, but they end up arguing.
The conversation derails when Fu Yao mocks Nan Yang’s reputation, referencing his embarrassing title “Tremendous Masculinity,” a mistranslation from “Perfect Sun.”
Xie Lian recalls the historical scandal where a king mistakenly named the palace, and Feng Xin endured decades of innuendos from female worshippers.
Fu Yao recites a mocking poem about Nan Yang’s supposed fertility blessings, which enrages Nan Feng.
Nan Feng retaliates by bringing up Fu Yao’s general Mu Qing’s origins as a servant, triggering Fu Yao.
The two start physically fighting, breaking the altar in the temple.
Xie Lian tries to calm them by reminding them that he's the Crown Prince they’re arguing over and they should show respect.
He also says they’re supposed to be helping him, not fighting each other.
He demands they throw him instead of wasting food, referencing how Nan Feng slapped a dirty bun out of his hand.
The next day, they return to the tea shop to continue their discussion.
Xie Lian reassures Nan Feng that talking in public is safe since people just think they’re crazy.
He asks them for ideas on how to deal with the ghost groom case.
Fu Yao bluntly says “kill it,” and Nan Feng sarcastically agrees, but they have no plan.
As they talk, the eerie wedding procession appears again, louder and more dramatic.
Xie Lian, Nan Feng, and Fu Yao observe it closely.
A strong wind lifts the bridal sedan curtain, revealing a horrifying sight—a corpse-like bride with a snapped neck, grinning grotesquely.
Her head abruptly falls off, bounces in the street, and the body crashes out of the sedan.
Chapter 3:
The Ghost Takes a Bride, the Crown Prince Mounts the Bridal
SedanThe ghost bride procession appears again, causing panic when a puppet’s head falls off, mistaken at first for a real corpse.
Xie Lian learns from the tea master that the men are trying to lure out the ghost groom to collect a reward from a powerful official.
They’ve been using ugly puppets dressed as brides, leading Fu Yao to comment that even the ghost would be offended by their looks.
A brash young man, Xiao-Pengtou, tries to rally people to storm Mount Yujun and kill the ghost, calling it an ugly freak hated by women.
Rumors describe the ghost groom as a savage creature wrapped in bandages, growling like a beast—possibly fabricated.
Xiao-Ying warns the men not to go, calling it suicide, but Xiao-Pengtou verbally abuses and humiliates her, revealing he slashed her dress after she refused to pose as bait.
Xie Lian intervenes, protects her, and retaliates against Xiao-Pengtou by slapping him unseen.
Xiao-Pengtou accuses Xie Lian of using magic, but Nan Feng intimidates them with a display of strength, breaking a pillar.
Afterward, Xie Lian re-enters the Heavenly Realm’s communication array to update Ling Wen and ask for ghost info.
Mu Qing makes a passive-aggressive remark, showing he’s lurking silently in the divine chat as usual.
Ling Wen reveals the ghost groom is officially ranked a wrath, meaning it has power to destroy a city—one rank below supreme.
Xie Lian explains that to bait a wrath-ranked spirit, the bride must be a living person—puppets or fake disguises won’t fool it.
Fu Yao suggests bribing a woman to act as bait, which Xie Lian strongly rejects, not wanting to endanger innocents.
They conclude one of them must do it instead; Nan Feng and Fu Yao both look at Xie Lian.
Xie Lian agrees to wear the dress; Fu Yao insults his appearance, joking even the ghost would kill him.
Xiao-Ying reappears and offers to help tailor the dress and do Xie Lian’s makeup; despite her rough features, she’s skilled.
That night, Xie Lian mounts the bridal sedan, veiled and dressed in red, accompanied by Nan Feng and Fu Yao.
The sedan is carried by elite soldiers who initially disdain the mission but soften after Xie Lian jokes, improving morale.
On the way up Mount Yujun, Xie Lian hears eerie childlike laughter and a ghostly nursery rhyme about a bride in red who must not smile.
Nan Feng and Fu Yao hear nothing—Xie Lian realizes only he can hear it, which means the ghost is targeting him specifically.
The procession is attacked by wolves and binu, horrifyingly sticky, low-ranked monsters that weaken enemies by overwhelming them.
Xie Lian unleashes Ruoye, his sentient silk weapon, which strangles dozens of monsters despite his supposed lack of spiritual power.
Nan Feng is stunned by Ruoye and demands to know how Xie Lian can control it; Xie Lian deflects, saying there are exceptions.
Xie Lian tells Nan Feng and Fu Yao to evacuate the soldiers so he can lure the ghost groom alone.
Once alone, the area goes unnaturally silent. A red-robed youth appears and gently lifts the sedan curtain, offering Xie Lian a hand.
The mysterious youth is graceful, wears silver vambraces, and has a red string on his finger—a symbol of fate or marriage.
Xie Lian pretends to be a shy bride and takes the hand. The youth guides him carefully, protects him from wolves with a simple gesture.
Silver butterflies swirl around them—the youth dissolves into them when Xie Lian tries to strike, vanishing beautifully.
Xie Lian suspects this wasn’t the ghost groom due to his dominance over wolves and destruction of a hidden enchantment.
He discovers a hidden Temple of Ming Guang nearby and enters to investigate.
Inside, he finds seventeen brides dressed in red with grotesque smiles—preserved corpses of the missing women.
Suddenly, he hears thumping footsteps—the ghost groom has returned.
With no time to hide, Xie Lian dons a veil and stands among the corpses to blend in.
The ghost starts removing veils to check each bride; Xie Lian strikes first, attacking with Ruoye.
The ghost flees in a ball of black mist.
Outside, Xiao-Pengtou and his men arrive, believing they’re rescuing a bride—mistaking Xie Lian for a woman.
Nan Feng and Fu Yao arrive. Xie Lian sends Fu Yao to track the ghost and tells Nan Feng to keep everyone in place—it must be hiding among the crowd.
The villagers are forced to identify each other, but no stranger is found.
Xiao-Ying is accused but defends herself tearfully.
The ghost isn’t located, so Xie Lian concludes it must still be hiding among them, likely in disguise.
Chapter 4:
Mountain-Locked Ancient Temple, Forest of Hanging CorpsesThe group investigates the mysterious Temple of Ming Guang on Mount Yujun after the ghost bride attack.
Xiao-Ying, a village girl, secretly follows the group, raising suspicion from villagers who accuse her of being the ghost groom.
Xie Lian defends her, but her previous help with his makeup causes Nan Feng and Fu Yao to act uncomfortable around him.
The villagers question why a Temple of Ming Guang exists here when none are known to be in the area; Xie Lian suspects deliberate suppression.
Suddenly, some men enter the temple and discover preserved corpses of brides inside, confirming that many victims were indeed taken here.
Xiao-Pengtou, a rowdy local, stirs trouble and encourages looting the corpses for rewards.
The villagers desecrate the corpses by removing veils and mocking them, despite Xie Lian’s warnings.
One man attempts to grope a corpse, and Xiao-Ying tries to stop him but is violently shoved aside.
Just as Xiao-Pengtou is about to violate the corpse, he is hit in the head by a flying rock thrown from outside.
A shadow is seen fleeing into the woods, and some villagers give chase, but Xie Lian smells blood and warns against following.
A horrifying scene is discovered in the woods: over forty military escorts are found hanging upside-down in a corpse forest, dripping blood.
Nan Feng and Fu Yao identify the killer as the “Green Ghost,” a powerful “near-supreme” malicious spirit named Qi Rong.
Xie Lian recalls being led here by a mysterious youth earlier and describes his silver butterflies, which visibly horrify Nan Feng and Fu Yao.
Fu Yao urges retreat, suggesting the youth is a far more dangerous figure than even the Green Ghost, though Xie Lian refuses to leave.
A wounded bandaged boy is caught by villagers who accuse him of being the ghost groom.
Xiao-Ying insists he’s innocent and had only helped her before; she’s known him as a mute, injured child who sometimes stole food to survive.
Despite her pleas, Xiao-Pengtou assaults the boy and tries to rip off his bandages, exposing badly burned, scarred skin.
Xie Lian defends the boy and deduces that the real ghost groom is hiding among the eighteen bridal corpses—there were only seventeen victims before.
They rush back, but the brides' corpses are missing from the temple.
The veilless bride corpses suddenly reappear, now animated, attacking the villagers.
Xie Lian uses red wedding veils to blind and confuse the corpses, trapping and distracting them.
Meanwhile, some brides are drawn toward the blood-soaked corpse forest, and Nan Feng goes after them.
Xie Lian contacts Ling Wen for info and learns that General Pei of the North once had a passionate affair with a female enemy general named Xuan Ji.
Xuan Ji had tried to bind Pei to her through obsessive love and betrayal of her country, but when spurned, she killed herself and became a vengeful spirit.
One of the brides finally appears—beautiful but crawling on broken legs—and is revealed to be Xuan Ji, not a groom but a ghost bride all along.
Xie Lian calls her by name, and she asks if Pei has come to see her. When she realizes he hasn’t, she collapses in despair.
Xiao-Pengtou reawakens and tries to kidnap the bandaged boy for a reward; Xiao-Ying intervenes but accidentally attracts Xuan Ji’s wrath.
Xuan Ji appears and brutally kills Xiao-Pengtou by yanking out his skull through his scalp.
Xie Lian subdues Xuan Ji with Ruoye, and Xiao-Ying is gravely injured after trying to protect him.
In her final moments, Xiao-Ying reflects on her unlucky life and thanks Xie Lian for his kindness before dying.
The bandaged boy weeps over her corpse as Xie Lian closes her eyes and honors her bravery.
A bell tolls three times, knocking everyone unconscious. Reinforcements arrive from the Palace of Ming Guang, led by General Pei Junior.
General Pei Junior, a descendant and deputy of the true General Pei (Pei Ming), explains that he came because the incident involved his temple.
Xuan Ji wakes, sees Pei Junior, and wails in anguish when she realizes he’s not Pei Ming.
She is arrested and screams a curse at Pei Ming to never love again lest he burn with eternal, unfulfilled desire.
General Pei Junior coldly delivers Pei Ming’s reply: “That’s impossible.”
He explains Xuan Ji once tried to bind Pei Ming with love by giving him military secrets, but he refused them and she later mutilated herself to gain his pity.
She eventually killed herself to spite him when he didn’t reciprocate her obsessive love.
Xuan Ji is taken away to be sealed under a mountain, like other dangerous ghosts.
Xie Lian ponders the tragic, obsessive love between her and Pei Ming, unsure who was more at fault.
The villagers begin to regret their greed and actions, praying for forgiveness and vowing to contact the brides’ families for burial.
Xie Lian sits beside the mourning bandaged boy, notices his head is bleeding, and gently asks to remove the bandages to help.
Chapter 5:
Red-Clad Ghost, the Burning of the Martial and Civil TemplesXie Lian sees the bandaged boy’s real face—badly burned and disfigured, with tiny screaming faces growing on his skin from a condition known as Human Face Disease.
Horrified by Xie Lian’s reaction, the boy flees into the woods. Xie Lian immediately regrets his reaction and searches for him, but the boy vanishes without a trace.
Returning to the Temple of Ming Guang, Xie Lian finds Fu Yao has brought reinforcements from the Palace of Xuan Zhen to collect the corpses and secure the area.
Nan Feng and Fu Yao start bickering again, but Xie Lian tries to keep the focus on finding the boy.
Xie Lian explains the boy’s condition to them—Human Face Disease was the plague that destroyed the Kingdom of Xianle 800 years ago.
The disease causes disfiguring growths that resemble miniature screaming faces and was believed to be eradicated centuries ago.
Xie Lian confirms the boy is no longer contagious, as no one else on the mountain has shown symptoms, but the boy’s scars remain.
The search turns up nothing; the boy has likely escaped into the wider world. Xie Lian fears he’ll be hunted as a monster due to his appearance.
Xie Lian carries Xiao-Ying’s body down the mountain, absentmindedly bringing her into the tea shop before quickly apologizing and making funeral arrangements.
Exhausted and emotionally drained, he reflects on how chaotic and overwhelming his few days back in the Heavenly Realm have been.
Nan Feng and Fu Yao join him. Fu Yao mocks him for still wearing the wedding dress, prompting Xie Lian to finally change and clean up.
They discuss General Pei Junior, with Nan Feng calling him difficult and Fu Yao revealing he once slaughtered an entire city at age twenty.
Xie Lian notes that the road to godhood is built on blood, and while Pei Junior seems calm, his ruthlessness makes him feared and respected.
Fu Yao cynically claims there are few trustworthy officials in heaven, while Nan Feng defends the Heavenly Realm’s integrity.
Xie Lian returns to the Heavenly Realm and reports the boy to Ling Wen, requesting a search. Ling Wen is disturbed and promises to help.
She invites him to a debriefing via the communication array. Xie Lian joins the meeting from a scenic bridge, listening to the other gods’ chatter.
Feng Xin is furious during the meeting, yelling about the madness of Xuan Ji and demanding action from General Pei.
It’s revealed Xuan Ji was offering the upside-down corpses to the Green Ghost Qi Rong, a high-ranking malicious spirit.
Xuan Ji gained her immense spiritual power only after becoming a subordinate of Qi Rong, placing the blame on him rather than Pei Ming.
Xie Lian mentions the child spirit he heard singing during the bridal procession. Mu Qing says no such spirit was found, and Ling Wen is also unaware of it.
Xie Lian then asks about the mysterious red-clad youth with silver butterflies he encountered—causing the entire communication array to fall silent.
Mu Qing coldly identifies the youth as Hua Cheng, also known as Crimson Rain Sought Flower—one of the Four Calamities of the Ghost Realm.
Ling Wen explains the Four Calamities: Ship-Sinking Black Water (low profile), Night-Touring Green Lantern (Qi Rong, annoying but weak), White-Clothed Calamity (White No-Face, who destroyed Xianle), and Hua Cheng.
Hua Cheng is feared and respected by gods; rumors say he was born of Mount Tonglu, a cursed city where ghosts kill each other in brutal survival contests.
He challenged thirty-five heavenly officials to combat and debate, defeated thirty-three of them, and demanded they keep their bet: descend and return to mortality.
When they refused, Hua Cheng retaliated by burning every single one of their temples and shrines in a single night, crippling their power and believers.
This event became infamous—the “Burning of the Thirty-Three Temples”—and cemented Hua Cheng as a terror in the heavens.
His background is shrouded in mystery, with rumors ranging from him being a bullied child to a rejected lover to a ghost who chose his fate over godhood.
Despite the fear he inspires, Hua Cheng also garners admiration from some officials due to his power, defiance, and charisma.
Xie Lian recalls the silver butterfly that fluttered around him and finds it hard to believe the terrifying tales—it seemed cute and harmless to him.
Chapter 6:
Clothes Redder than Maple, Skin White as SnowXie Lian reports Hua Cheng’s mysterious actions during the Mount Yujun case to the other heavenly officials.
The officials are baffled by Hua Cheng’s motives and fear him, but Xie Lian doesn’t find him frightening, even feeling grateful.
Though promised merits for solving the case, the grieving official delays his offerings; Xie Lian only receives partial merits.
Still, Xie Lian finally manages to pay off the massive debt from his third ascension and feels relieved.
Eager to socialize and help, Xie Lian begins contributing mundane tips in the communication array—like pain relief remedies—but is met with awkward silence.
Ling Wen privately advises him to tone it down as his messages sound outdated and out of touch with current heavenly culture.
Despite being a three-time ascended god, Xie Lian has no temples or believers in the Mortal Realm—an embarrassing reality for other officials.
Amused rather than discouraged, Xie Lian decides to build a shrine to worship himself and names it Puqi Shrine.
He descends to Puqi Village, a humble rural place, and settles into a collapsing, abandoned shack offered freely by the villagers.
The villagers welcome him warmly and gift him food and cleaning supplies; Xie Lian begins repairing the shack and sets up an altar.
When asked what god he’ll worship, he hesitantly claims it’s for the Prince of Xianle—himself.
Villagers don’t know who that is and suggest other gods, including Feng Xin’s General Ju Yang, which Xie Lian finds awkward.
He posts a donation sign outside the shrine and heads into town to collect scraps—his old skill from when he was banished.
On the way back, he hitches a ride on an ox cart and notices another youth resting behind the haystack.
The youth, dressed in red with black boots, seems carefree and mysterious. Xie Lian senses something unusual about him.
They strike up a conversation as they ride through a red maple forest, reminding Xie Lian of his days training at the Royal Holy Temple.
Xie Lian reads from a scroll of gods’ information and begins discussing Hua Cheng, the Crimson Rain Sought Flower.
The youth, intrigued, provides surprisingly detailed and accurate insights about Hua Cheng’s background, habits, and lore.
He reveals that Hua Cheng is blind in one eye, having gouged it out himself in a moment of madness.
He also shares that ghosts sometimes entrust their ashes to someone they deeply trust, giving them power over their existence.
Xie Lian is curious about the youth’s knowledge but still doesn’t suspect his identity. The youth introduces himself only as San Lang.
San Lang claims he was kicked out by his parents and is wandering aimlessly; Xie Lian offers him a place at Puqi Shrine.
They share a steamed bun, and San Lang joins Xie Lian, carrying his heavy scrap bundle as they return.
Xie Lian tries to read San Lang’s palm to test if he’s human (checking for fingerprints and magic traces) but finds nothing suspicious.
San Lang’s responses about Hua Cheng feel eerily close to the truth; Xie Lian praises his luck when he draws good fortune sticks.
As night falls, they are attacked by ghosts during the Zhongyuan Festival, when the gates of the underworld open.
Xie Lian protects them with Ruoye and talismans but is overwhelmed by the number of spirits.
The mob of ghosts surrounds them but suddenly flees in terror—not from Xie Lian, but seemingly from San Lang.
Xie Lian is baffled but accepts the misunderstanding and safely reaches Puqi Village.
The next morning, San Lang is gone, but Xie Lian finds a portrait of himself as the Prince of Xianle on the altar—beautiful and accurate.
Xie Lian realizes San Lang must have painted it overnight and is stunned by his skill and familiarity with the subject.
San Lang is sweeping outside and appears to dislike sunlight, lingering in the shadows and watching the sky with quiet hostility.
Xie Lian helps him redo his crooked ponytail, noting that even the youth’s hair is realistic—another human trait.
Villagers suddenly arrive, having heard about Xie Lian’s ghost-repelling powers, and begin worshipping him en masse.
Despite trying to clarify that the shrine doesn’t grant wealth, marriage, or fertility, villagers crowd the shrine with offerings and prayers.
San Lang watches with amusement, eating water chestnuts as girls blush at him; Xie Lian blocks a girl’s awkward question.
The shrine is overwhelmed with unexpected attention and becomes lively; Xie Lian jokingly credits San Lang’s good luck.
San Lang stares at a warding seal on the shrine curtain—Xie Lian wonders if the seal has affected him, suspecting once again that he’s no ordinary boy.
Chapter 7:
Puqi Shrine Talks, Guileful Tales of Banyue PassSan Lang leaves Puqi Shrine briefly, saying he'll be back soon; Xie Lian trusts him and doesn’t follow.
Xie Lian prepares food while San Lang returns and builds a new door for the shrine, showing unexpected skill with tools and craftsmanship.
He installs the door and remarks that Xie Lian should put the protective seal on a real door rather than a curtain.
Inside, Xie Lian watches San Lang and notices a strange tattoo on his arm in unusual characters, which San Lang avoids explaining.
They talk casually; Xie Lian praises San Lang’s accurate painting of the Prince of Xianle, to which San Lang cheekily replies that he “knows everything.”
Suddenly, a group of villagers arrive at the shrine with an unconscious, disheveled cultivator who they say collapsed nearby.
Xie Lian examines the man and notices his spiritual tools, realizing he’s not a normal cultivator.
When revived, the cultivator claims to have escaped from Banyue Pass, a place in the northwest desert.
He says it used to be beautiful but is now cursed, and half the travelers who pass through vanish without a trace.
The cultivator insists he witnessed an entire group of 60 people disappear, claiming it’s been happening since the area came under the control of an “evil cultivator.”
Xie Lian becomes suspicious of inconsistencies—despite his long journey, the man shows no signs of hunger or thirst and ignores food and water.
To test him, Xie Lian offers him water; he drinks cautiously and makes hollow sloshing sounds.
Xie Lian realizes the man is a skin puppet, an empty human shell animated by a remote spirit or ghost.
The puppet tries to flee, but San Lang calmly hurls a chopstick like a weapon, pinning it to the door and bursting its stomach.
Instead of blood, water pours out of the wound, confirming the puppet was hollow inside and inhuman.
The puppet collapses into a deflated shell—its behavior was lifelike but ultimately controlled by a powerful manipulator.
Xie Lian deduces the puppet was sent to lure him to Banyue Pass, and he consults the Heavenly Realm communication array for information.
Other officials ignore him, instead focused on grabbing merits from the returning Wind Master who is giving them away like prizes.
Xie Lian asks about Banyue Pass, but the entire array falls silent—no one responds, revealing a taboo or fear surrounding the topic.
Ling Wen privately messages Xie Lian, warning him to stay away from Banyue Pass and saying it’s difficult to speak of the issue.
Xie Lian takes this as confirmation that the matter is serious and plans to investigate it anyway.
San Lang eagerly offers to accompany him on the journey and teases Xie Lian with insider knowledge about the area and its history.
San Lang reveals Banyue Pass was once the site of the Kingdom of Banyue, whose state preceptor became one of the "Dual Evil Masters."
Before he can continue, two unexpected visitors knock on the door—Nan Feng and Fu Yao have come, having heard Xie Lian asked about Banyue.
They insist on joining the trip, though their expressions sour when they see San Lang inside the shrine.
The two immediately become hostile, identifying San Lang as dangerous and attempting to attack him with divine energy.
San Lang remains completely calm and sarcastic, complimenting their magical skills and dodging their attacks.
Xie Lian restrains them using Ruoye and takes them outside to scold them, reminding them the shrine is fragile and needs donations for repairs.
They argue about San Lang’s identity and motives, but Xie Lian defends him, saying being odd doesn’t mean being dangerous.
Xie Lian also tells them he’s already tested San Lang several times and hasn’t found any signs of evil, though he admits the results are inconclusive.
Fu Yao suggests San Lang might be a ghost king, a “supreme,” but Xie Lian dismisses the idea as unlikely.
Xie Lian tells them to be polite and not bully San Lang, who is his friend and has been kind to him.
Inside, San Lang acts innocent and playful, but subtly mocks the two officials by throwing a broom at Fu Yao and making cryptic remarks.
Fu Yao retaliates by blasting the shrine with divine power, destroying part of the altar table.
Xie Lian finally has enough and drags them outside again to cool down.
Nan Feng draws a teleportation array in preparation for their journey to Banyue Pass.
San Lang reveals more about Banyue’s history: the Kingdom of Banyue was a militaristic nation known for war and invasions.
Its state preceptor practiced dark magic and led the army with fanatical loyalty, even after the kingdom was destroyed by Central Plains forces.
After its fall, the desert swallowed the oasis where it stood, and rumors emerged of giant spectral Banyue warriors demanding human “tolls” from travelers.
San Lang mentions another figure, an evil cultivator from the Central Plains named Fangxin, the other half of the “Dual Evil Masters.”
Fu Yao criticizes San Lang for knowing too much; San Lang claps back, saying Fu Yao just knows too little.
Xie Lian is amused by San Lang’s clever comebacks and insight, though some of the legends he shares are labeled as unofficial history.
The chapter ends with the group preparing to depart for Banyue Pass, mystery and tension lingering around San Lang’s true identity.
Chapter 8:
Shortened Distance, Adrift in SandstormsNan Feng completes a teleportation array that transports the group thousands of miles from Puqi Shrine to a small inn in a city near the Gobi Desert.
Despite their protests, San Lang joins the journey, having followed them through the teleportation door.
They follow the North Star deeper into the desert, eventually reaching the Gobi where the landscape becomes barren and scorching during the day.
San Lang struggles under the sun, prompting Xie Lian to offer him his bamboo hat, which he politely declines.
They take shelter in a small abandoned inn to rest and hydrate. San Lang and Xie Lian share a water bottle, deepening their bond.
Fu Yao attempts to test San Lang by offering a second bottle containing Unmasking Water, a spiritual potion that reveals a being’s true form.
San Lang playfully declines several times before boldly drinking it in one go. It has no effect on him, leaving Fu Yao and Nan Feng stunned.
Nan Feng then presents the sacred sword Hongjing, which reveals the true forms of non-human entities when unsheathed.
San Lang draws it slightly before mocking them—the blade is mysteriously broken inside the sheath.
San Lang casually tosses the broken pieces back, saying he doesn’t need it, causing tension among the group.
Xie Lian privately reflects that Hongjing once belonged to him and had been pawned off during his hard times—now it’s been returned and destroyed.
Suddenly, two mysterious figures, one in white (a female cultivator) and one in black, pass near the inn at high speed. The woman briefly smiles at them.
Xie Lian suspects they are powerful and connected to Banyue.
The group resumes their journey into worsening sandstorms. The wind grows erratic and hostile, possibly supernatural.
Xie Lian warns the others about the unnatural storm; Ruoye accidentally pulls all four of them into a massive twister.
As they’re hurled through the sky, Xie Lian asks Ruoye to anchor them to something solid—it grabs San Lang, then later Nan Feng and Fu Yao, too.
After spinning wildly, Ruoye successfully latches onto a giant hollow boulder, bringing them all down safely.
They find shelter inside the rock, which turns out to be an old tomb of a general, marked by a weather-worn stone stele with ancient Banyue script.
Xie Lian begins translating the inscription with San Lang’s help. It tells the story of a captain from the Central Plains demoted repeatedly for protecting civilians on both sides.
The captain died clumsily—tripping on his shoelace and being trampled in battle—yet was honored posthumously by border citizens.
San Lang lies to the surrounding merchant travelers, claiming the stele brings good fortune if kowtowed to, to balance out their earlier laughter at the general’s death.
The group discovers that others have been hiding in the tomb—a merchant caravan seeking shelter.
A youth named Tian Sheng praises their local guide, A-Zhao, for helping them avoid danger and navigate the desert.
Xie Lian grows suspicious—if avoiding Banyue territory is enough to survive, why have so many caravans vanished?
While deciphering the stele, a snake attack occurs. San Lang identifies it as a scorpion-snake, a venomous creature controlled by the Banyue state preceptor.
They fight off more snakes and flee the tomb; an elder, Uncle Zheng, is bitten and infected by the deadly venom.
The antidote is the shanyue fern, which only grows inside the Kingdom of Banyue.
San Lang tells the tale of the fern’s origin: cursed creatures executed by a king, their corpses covered by a queen’s kindness, thus producing the antidote.
The merchant group panics, but Xie Lian offers to retrieve the fern and leaves Fu Yao behind to protect them.
A-Zhao joins Xie Lian, San Lang, and Nan Feng to guide them into Banyue ruins.
On the way, Xie Lian saves San Lang from another snake, but gets stung himself.
San Lang reacts with uncharacteristic cold fury, forcefully treating Xie Lian’s wound by sucking out the venom.
San Lang then explodes the snake that bit Xie Lian in a violent display of rage.
The others are shocked at San Lang’s power and demeanor, especially his intensity toward Xie Lian’s safety.
They continue onward, finally reaching the ruined walls of Banyue, where dilapidated buildings and the ominous Sinner’s Pit await.
The Sinner’s Pit is described as a prison for criminals, with no roof or door, filled with snakes and beasts, and surrounded by towering walls.
Chapter 9:
Dallying HuaLian, Night Fall in Sinner’s PitA grotesque "mud face" monster emerges near the shanyue ferns and attacks a merchant by stabbing a long red tongue into his ear, killing him instantly.
The mud face brags and laughs hysterically about being human, though it’s obvious he’s a decayed corpse with inhuman features.
Banyue soldiers arrive—hulking, beast-like undead warriors led by a three-meter-tall general called Kemo.
They surround the group but don’t attack, instead herding them like prisoners. Xie Lian warns the group not to resist.
Kemo kills the mud face himself with his mace, exposing the skeletal corpse buried with the ferns for decades.
Kemo and his troops march the group to a terrifying location called Sinner’s Pit, a deep, magically-sealed chasm where souls and bodies cannot escape once thrown in.
At the top of the pit, they spot a hanged corpse of a black-clad girl on a central execution pole.
Kemo shouts into the pit, which answers with monstrous roars. He refers to the howling souls below as his “brothers.”
Kemo commands his soldiers to “throw in two and detain the rest.” A-Zhao, the local guide, snaps and rushes Kemo, who tosses him into the pit.
A-Zhao is torn apart by the monsters inside; Xie Lian reconsiders if A-Zhao was actually a spy or just a scared man.
Kemo chooses another victim, but Xie Lian tries to volunteer in his place, speaking the Banyue language to negotiate.
Kemo is shocked that Xie Lian knows their tongue and demands to know his origins. When Xie Lian reveals he's from the Central Plains, Kemo grows furious due to his hatred of Yong’an.
Just as Tian Sheng is about to be thrown in, San Lang jumps into the Sinner’s Pit voluntarily, telling Xie Lian, “Don’t be scared.”
Xie Lian tries to follow him but is stopped by Kemo; Ruoye restrains Kemo, and Xie Lian pulls them both down into the pit.
As they fall, a silver flash appears, and San Lang catches Xie Lian in his arms, breaking his fall with ease.
In the darkness, Xie Lian realizes San Lang has no breath or heartbeat. San Lang refuses to put him down, saying the ground is “dirty.”
Kemo lands separately and realizes his soldiers have all been slaughtered silently—he demands answers.
San Lang deflects all of Kemo’s attacks while still carrying Xie Lian, displaying supernatural speed and strength.
Xie Lian helps finish the fight with Ruoye, and San Lang finally reveals that he personally killed all the soldiers at the bottom.
When asked if he’s human, Xie Lian says it doesn’t matter, that he values their connection regardless of species or background.
They notice the array preventing escape from the pit. San Lang mentions the black-clad girl on the pole is the real Banyue state preceptor.
Kemo, furious, says she betrayed Banyue and opened the city gates to the Yong’an army, causing its fall and his soldiers’ deaths.
He vows vengeance, declaring she must be hanged and killed endlessly for her crimes.
The black-clad girl suddenly revives, unties herself from the pole, and sweeps all the Banyue soldiers into the pit with a wind-like force.
Xie Lian pulls Kemo into the pit during the chaos.
Once below, the truth unfolds: the Banyue state preceptor was a mixed-blood girl (half-Banyue, half-Yong’an) named Banyue who was mistreated by her people.
Despite her loyalty and strength, she was shunned, and later betrayed her country by opening the gates to the Yong’an army during a siege.
Kemo, her former protector, was enraged by this betrayal and had her executed over the Sinner’s Pit.
Banyue reappears and dispels the magic array sealing the pit, showing no hostility, and allowing Xie Lian and San Lang to leave.
Fu Yao arrives and lights up the pit, revealing mountains of mutilated corpses, all killed by San Lang after his jump.
Xie Lian finally recognizes Banyue as a girl he once knew from over 200 years ago when he served as a Captain (nicknamed General Hua) during a stint at the border.
Banyue is thrilled to be remembered, but Xie Lian is heartbroken by her fall from grace.
It’s revealed that Banyue grew up bullied and isolated, and eventually turned to black magic and joined the army under Kemo.
After being respected and rising to power, she opened the gates to let the Yong’an army in—Kemo feels utterly betrayed.
When asked why she did it, Banyue admits, “I messed up,” and apologizes.
Kemo tries to attack her, blaming her for the deaths of his brothers. She doesn’t resist.
Suddenly, she grips Xie Lian’s arm, calling him “General Hua,” confirming she remembers him from her childhood.
Xie Lian is shocked to realize the truth. The young girl he once protected and played with has become the disgraced and tortured state preceptor of Banyue.
Chapter 10:
Wind Master in White, Bellowing Sandstorms from NowhereIn the Sinner’s Pit, Fu Yao accuses Xie Lian of standing beside San Lang despite knowing his place, but Xie Lian replies it’s safer near San Lang because the snakes won’t come.
Suddenly, all flames extinguish and the pit is consumed in darkness; San Lang mocks Fu Yao and shields Xie Lian with an umbrella as a flood of venomous snakes pours down.
San Lang assures Xie Lian he’s safe and refuses to let him help Fu Yao, who is overwhelmed by the snake swarm.
Kemo wakes in the snake deluge and accuses Banyue of trying to kill him; Fu Yao tries to light another fire but finds his powers restricted.
Xie Lian deduces that none of them are sealing each other’s powers, meaning a sixth person must be in the pit, manipulating the environment.
Banyue tries to warn them, but her voice is cut off, confirming the presence of someone else.
San Lang launches a silver weapon that clashes with another in the dark—he’s seriously fighting someone for the first time.
Xie Lian realizes the mysterious opponent isn’t Banyue and starts piecing together the truth.
Fu Yao’s comment about Xuan Ji leads Xie Lian to connect the situation with General Pei and Pei Xiu.
Xie Lian deduces that A-Zhao is actually Pei Xiu (General Pei Junior), who sent a clone to Banyue and manipulated events from the start.
The fight stops when Xie Lian calls out Pei Xiu by name, revealing his identity.
Pei Xiu emerges from the shadows, covered in blood, still holding Banyue, whom he stole during the chaos.
Kemo is enraged by the betrayal and confirms Pei Xiu’s identity in shock.
Xie Lian confronts Pei Xiu, accusing him of using the scorpion-snakes to lure people to Banyue for 200 years to silence resentful soldier spirits.
Pei Xiu admits to controlling the snakes, learning how from observing Banyue.
He and Xie Lian realize they both once knew each other during their time at the border; Pei Xiu was the Yong’an boy who befriended Banyue in childhood.
Pei Xiu confirms he ordered Banyue to open the city gates, facilitating Yong’an’s victory and the massacre of Banyue.
Xie Lian questions why a sure victory still needed such a bloodbath; Pei Xiu reveals Banyue planned a mass suicide bombing of Yong’an civilians using hidden explosives.
Kemo confirms the plan, showing the level of hatred and desperation among the Banyue people.
San Lang scornfully calls the plan vile, angering Kemo who defends it as justified revenge.
Pei Xiu and Kemo argue over which side started the border conflict, with each blaming the other; neither admits full fault.
The argument exposes the deep-rooted mutual hatred and tragic cycle of violence between the two nations.
A mysterious new voice calls out from above, challenging Pei Xiu and summoning a powerful windstorm that blows everyone out of the pit.
Xie Lian and San Lang land safely thanks to Ruoye and San Lang’s help.
They find Nan Feng, battered and dazed, who had been fighting two powerful women—the white-clad cultivator and her cold, dark-clad companion.
The white-clad woman is revealed to be the Wind Master, a high-ranking heavenly official with great power and influence.
Pei Xiu kneels and admits guilt before her; she scolds him for luring travelers to their deaths and using Banyue’s powers to hide the truth.
She allows Xie Lian to take Banyue away, having heard from above that Banyue tried to redeem herself by saving mortals and trapping undead soldiers.
The Wind Master promises to take Pei Xiu and Kemo back to the Upper Court for punishment.
Xie Lian is surprised but grateful; he had feared Banyue would be made a scapegoat.
San Lang warns Xie Lian not to offend the Wind Master’s black-clad companion, who is likely one of the Five Elemental Masters.
Nan Feng reveals Pei Xiu’s downfall could threaten General Pei’s power in heaven and might bring retaliation toward Xie Lian.
San Lang says Pei Ming is too proud to use underhanded tactics, but Nan Feng still warns Xie Lian to be careful.
The Wind Master explains the desert storm they faced earlier was her doing to deter them from reaching Banyue Pass.
She encourages Xie Lian to leave the matter now that the truth is revealed and Pei Xiu will be dealt with.
After she and her group depart, Xie Lian, San Lang, and Nan Feng return to the desert palace to retrieve shanyue fern to save the poisoned merchant.
Banyue is shrunk and carried in a pot for safety. They return to the caravan just in time to administer the cure.
They learn Banyue released the captured merchants and gave them directions to escape, confirming her good intentions.
A boy named Tian Sheng secretly asks Xie Lian if he’s a god and promises to build him a temple to worship him.
Xie Lian is deeply touched by this sincere gesture and gives his title as “The Scrap Immortal.”
The group returns to Puqi Shrine. Xie Lian collapses in exhaustion while San Lang watches him fondly.
Xie Lian offers to cook for Nan Feng, who runs away in panic, pretending to get an emergency call.
Before leaving, Nan Feng returns, stunned to find Xie Lian and San Lang sitting close together, but flees again with frustration.
Xie Lian offers to cook for San Lang instead and finally calls him by his true name—Hua Cheng.
Hua Cheng laughs, saying he still prefers to be called San Lang, solidifying their growing bond.
Chapter 11:
Poking the Ghost King, The Crown Prince Seeks TruthXie Lian directly asks San Lang if he is Crimson Rain Sought Flower; Hua Cheng confirms it by addressing him as “Your Royal Highness.”
Xie Lian notes that when Hua Cheng says “Your Highness,” it feels sincere and not mocking, unlike how others usually say it.
He asks if Hua Cheng was the one who led him away during the ghost groom incident; Hua Cheng confirms but says he wasn’t pretending to be the groom.
Xie Lian observes that Hua Cheng is clearly a supreme—his abilities, knowledge, red attire, and composure all point to his identity as Crimson Rain Sought Flower.
When asked why he approached him, Hua Cheng jokes that it was either because he came specifically for Xie Lian or just had a lot of free time.
Hua Cheng turns the conversation to ask why Xie Lian never questions his motives; Xie Lian replies that if Hua Cheng wanted to do something bad, he could do it anyway.
Their bonding is interrupted by Banyue’s clay pot rolling to the door of the shrine and knocking into it, as if it wants to go outside.
Xie Lian opens the door and follows it out to the grass, where the pot stands as if looking at the stars.
Banyue speaks from inside, calling Xie Lian “General Hua.” He encourages her to stay in the pot a while longer and heal.
Banyue reveals she heard everything while sealed—Pei Xiu only blocked her movement, not her senses.
She asks what will happen to Pei Xiu. Xie Lian says he doesn’t know, but wrongdoings are punished eventually.
Banyue says Pei Xiu helped her once, and she believes he isn’t a bad person. She chose of her own will to open the gates of Banyue.
Xie Lian recalls how Banyue endured bullying in her youth and never remembered the beatings, only the kindness of those who helped her.
She repeats that her actions were her own and apologizes to Xie Lian again.
When asked why she always apologizes, Banyue replies she wants to save the common people—echoing Xie Lian’s childhood dream.
Embarrassed, Xie Lian tries to deny ever saying that, but Banyue insists he did and quotes other idealistic phrases he once said.
Hua Cheng laughs from the background, clearly enjoying Xie Lian’s embarrassment.
Banyue expresses her confusion and guilt, saying she doesn’t know what’s right anymore, having destroyed her kingdom despite her intentions.
Xie Lian admits he doesn’t know the answer either, even after 800 years.
He comforts Banyue and lets her stargaze alone, then returns to the shrine with Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian reflects on Pei Xiu’s methods and questions his motives. Hua Cheng coldly explains that to many heavenly officials, mortals are just ants.
Xie Lian teases that Hua Cheng’s clone seemed powerful, but Hua Cheng reveals this is his true form.
Xie Lian pokes Hua Cheng’s face in surprise and embarrassment; Hua Cheng laughs and takes it in stride.
Xie Lian asks to see his real face; Hua Cheng goes quiet and says he’ll show him someday if there’s a chance.
Lying together in Puqi Shrine, they casually chat about the Ghost Realm, its lack of structure, and other ghost kings.
Hua Cheng says most ghosts don’t have the right to speak to him, confirming his supremacy.
Xie Lian is amused and curious about Hua Cheng’s relationships in the Ghost Realm.
They mention other ghost kings like Black Water Demon Xuan and ridicule Qi Rong.
The topic turns to Banyue again, and Xie Lian wonders when she’ll return inside.
Hua Cheng praises Xie Lian’s old motto, “I want to save the world, the common people,” calling it brave even if foolish.
Xie Lian recalls telling someone long ago to make him their reason to live, then reflects that such bold declarations no longer suit him.
Hua Cheng says speaking of saving people is admirable, even if it’s idealistic.
They lie in silence, and Hua Cheng asks if it’s okay to be so open with someone you’ve just met.
Xie Lian replies that people who’ve known each other for decades can part in a day, so it’s better to speak freely when you can.
Hua Cheng cryptically asks, “What if I was ugly?” and wonders if Xie Lian would still want to see his real face.
Xie Lian answers sincerely that he just wants honesty and doesn’t care about appearances, trying to reassure Hua Cheng.
Hua Cheng laughs softly and promises that next time they meet, he will show Xie Lian his true face.
Xie Lian falls asleep next to Hua Cheng on the mat, comforted by their connection.
The next morning, Hua Cheng is gone.
Xie Lian finds the fallen leaves swept and Banyue’s pot placed neatly on the altar.
He then notices a silver chain around his neck he hadn’t felt before, holding a crystal-clear ring—Hua Cheng left it behind.
Text
Text
Text
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 2
Chapter 12:
In the Palace of Divine Might, Crown Prince Meets Crown
PrinceXie Lian finds a clear diamond-like ring left behind by Hua Cheng and, sensing it as a meaningful gift, decides to wear it on the silver chain around his neck.
After resting for several days at Puqi Shrine, Xie Lian receives a summons from Ling Wen to return to the Heavenly Realm, indicating serious matters await.
The summons directs him to the Palace of Divine Might, implying the return of Jun Wu, the Heavenly Emperor.
On his way to the palace, Xie Lian notices all the other heavenly officials are actively avoiding him, likely due to his recent role in General Pei Junior’s fall.
A junior official calls out “Your Highness,” but it turns out he was referring to someone else—Lang Qianqiu, the new Crown Prince of Yong’an, who has also ascended.
Xie Lian is momentarily stunned meeting Lang Qianqiu, whose kingdom overthrew his own Kingdom of Xianle 800 years ago.
Junior officials gossip openly, comparing the two crown princes and favoring Lang Qianqiu for his purity and perceived nobility.
Ling Wen arrives and confirms that the meeting is likely about Xie Lian himself, not just General Pei Junior’s case.
She also informs Xie Lian there’s no progress in locating the bandaged boy with Human Face Disease.
In the Palace of Divine Might, Jun Wu greets Xie Lian personally and all eyes turn toward him, confirming he is the focus of the court meeting.
Pei Ming enters and confronts Xie Lian about the red-clad young man seen with him in Banyue—implying the figure was Hua Cheng.
A-Zhao’s damaged clone is floated in as evidence; Feng Xin and Mu Qing are called to inspect and confirm that the wounds were caused by Eming, Hua Cheng’s cursed scimitar.
Pei Ming suggests re-examining the entire Banyue case, implying Hua Cheng may have manipulated Xie Lian.
A mysterious white-clad cultivator (later revealed to be the Wind Master) defends Xie Lian, pushing back on Pei Ming’s accusations.
Xie Lian argues that Pei Junior confessed willingly, and any involvement by Hua Cheng is irrelevant to that crime.
Pei Xiu (Pei Junior) interrupts and confesses his guilt openly, telling Pei Ming to stop—ending the case definitively.
Jun Wu declares the case closed and sentences Pei Xiu to two hundred years of exile.
Before court ends, Pei Ming insists the matter of Hua Cheng’s presence is separate and should be investigated.
Jun Wu acknowledges and says the matter will be looked into, then dismisses all officials except Xie Lian.
As officials exit, Feng Xin looks like he wants to speak to Xie Lian but holds back; Mu Qing coldly avoids him entirely.
The white-clad cultivator (Wind Master) and Pei Ming bicker, with Pei Ming blaming him for Pei Xiu’s downfall.
Xie Lian stays behind with Jun Wu, who questions his involvement with Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian deflects, saying he only spent a few days with a stranger and never intended to get involved with a Ghost King.
Jun Wu believes him but warns about the danger of Eming, Hua Cheng’s scimitar, which was forged through extreme cruelty and sacrifice.
Jun Wu reveals the real reason for the private meeting: a massive Ascension Fire Dragon signal appeared in the east seven days ago, indicating a desperate heavenly official sent a powerful distress call.
The signal appeared near Ghost City, a neutral and chaotic zone ruled by none other than Hua Cheng.
Jun Wu is concerned about sending Xie Lian because of his recent connection to Hua Cheng but ultimately offers him the mission.
Xie Lian accepts, saying he trusts Hua Cheng’s sincerity and that he isn’t the type to deceive.
Jun Wu warns him again to be cautious, especially of Eming, and asks who he’d like to accompany him.
Xie Lian requests someone powerful and easy to get along with, rejecting Feng Xin and Mu Qing.
Jun Wu suggests the Wind Master, who meets both conditions.
Xie Lian agrees and is sent to the newly reconstructed Palace of Xianle, though he feels emotionally detached from its grandeur.
As he waits outside, the Wind Master arrives—not the elegant lady he expected, but the same white-clad male cultivator from court, who now reveals himself as Shi Qingxuan.
Xie Lian is stunned to discover that the Wind Master is actually a man who had previously disguised himself as a woman.
Shi Qingxuan excitedly drags Xie Lian off to begin their mission to Ghost City, teasing about needing disguises and undercover antics.
Chapter 13:
Entering Ghost City, the Crown Prince Chances Upon the
Ghost KingXie Lian and Wind Master Shi Qingxuan descend to the mortal realm to investigate the distress signal from Ghost City.
Xie Lian learns more about Shi Qingxuan’s background: he is the younger brother of the Water Master Shi Wudu, and both brothers ascended together.
Shi Qingxuan confirms he personally dislikes Pei Ming and had no problem filing the complaint against Pei Junior, despite his brother’s ties with Pei Ming.
Shi Qingxuan reveals that Pei Ming, Ling Wen, and his brother Shi Wudu are nicknamed the “Three Tumors” by other heavenly officials for their bad reputations.
He emphasizes that no one, mortal or god, should avoid responsibility, and he especially condemns Pei Junior’s actions for scapegoating Banyue.
Shi Qingxuan transforms into his feminine form—“Lady Wind Master”—stating he’s stronger that way due to widespread mortal belief in that identity.
Xie Lian reflects on how many heavenly officials, like Ling Wen, suffer public misperceptions about their gender due to temple portrayals.
As they travel, Shi Qingxuan tries to convince Xie Lian to crossdress to better blend into Ghost City’s yin-heavy atmosphere, but Xie Lian refuses.
They wait in a graveyard for ghosts to appear and soon spot a procession of female ghosts heading to Ghost City for late-night shopping.
Xie Lian and Shi Qingxuan stealthily follow the ghosts after suppressing their spiritual presence.
The ghosts gossip about ghostly beauty treatments, unaware they’re being followed—until one ghost spots the two and confronts them.
Xie Lian and Shi Qingxuan lie, saying they’re from a faraway burial ground and have come to visit Ghost City, which the ghosts accept after complimenting Shi Qingxuan’s “face.”
The group arrives at Ghost City, revealed to be a chaotic, neon-lit, bazaar-like realm full of monsters, ghosts, and bizarre shops.
Xie Lian sees food stalls serving human meat, undead butchers, and disturbing street performances involving torture and fire-eating.
Shi Qingxuan suddenly vanishes in the crowd, leaving Xie Lian to search for him alone.
A female ghost tries to seduce Xie Lian, but he avoids her flirtation and claims he’s impotent to escape her clutches, causing widespread laughter.
Using the chaos caused by the female ghost and a boar-headed butcher, Xie Lian slips away from the crowd.
He ends up in front of a lavish gambling den named “HA HA HA HA,” decorated with vulgar couplets and offensive calligraphy.
Despite intending to leave, Xie Lian is inexplicably drawn in and explores the den, which is packed with grotesque gamblers and disturbing games.
A man tries to bet his arm, but the dealer’s voice dismisses him coldly, saying even his life is worthless—Xie Lian immediately recognizes the voice as Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian is stunned to realize Hua Cheng is behind the screen at the gambling table, finally confirming that he is the ruler of Ghost City.
Chapter 14:
Admiring the Flower through Red Clouds, a Heart Full of
AffectionXie Lian spots Hua Cheng behind the curtain in the Gambler's Den, confirmed by his familiar voice and presence.
A desperate gambler tries to bet years of his daughter’s life for success in business; Xie Lian is shocked at the cruelty.
The man wins the first bet but wants to gamble more, now betting twenty years of his daughter’s life and her future marriage to eliminate business rivals.
Shi Qingxuan returns and stops Xie Lian from interfering magically, warning him to observe first since it's Hua Cheng's domain and the gamblers act of their own will.
Just as the man is about to lift the cup for his second, more cruel bet, Lang Qianqiu (Crown Prince of Yong’an) bursts in and smashes the gambling cup, denouncing the man for using his daughter as a wager.
The crowd is stunned, and Hua Cheng’s tone becomes deadly serious as he accuses Lang Qianqiu of having guts to stir trouble in his territory.
Lang Qianqiu naively confronts Hua Cheng without realizing who he is, prompting the ghosts to mock him for not knowing the owner of Ghost City.
Hua Cheng reveals himself as Chengzhu, the master of Ghost City, and his silhouette behind the red curtain radiates power.
Lang Qianqiu attacks with righteous fury, sending the table flying at Hua Cheng, who effortlessly sends it back, nearly overwhelming Qianqiu.
Hua Cheng hurls Lang Qianqiu into the air and suspends him on the ceiling, sealed and powerless.
The crowd begins betting on who can win Lang Qianqiu as a prize to “roast,” mocking him mercilessly.
Xie Lian considers intervening secretly to avoid exposure but decides against it; Shi Qingxuan is also worried.
Xie Lian tries to bet to win Lang Qianqiu back but rolls double sixes while aiming for the lowest score, showing how cursed his luck is.
The croupier announces that Chengzhu (Hua Cheng) will personally join in and invites Xie Lian to the red curtain to learn the “proper way” to roll.
In front of the entire hall, Xie Lian is brought behind the curtain where he finally sees Hua Cheng in his true form—taller, older, more refined, with a black eyepatch covering his missing right eye.
Hua Cheng teaches Xie Lian to shake the dice by guiding his hands intimately, both hands enveloping Xie Lian’s in a tender and intense moment.
Their closeness stirs the crowd into gossiping, though no one can see Hua Cheng clearly due to the angle and curtain.
Xie Lian keeps rolling higher with each shake under Hua Cheng’s guidance but realizes Hua Cheng is intentionally helping him win.
Lang Qianqiu yells that there’s no such thing as “correct posture” and that Xie Lian is being played.
Xie Lian silently pleads with Hua Cheng to end it; Hua Cheng teases him by continuing a few more rounds of “practice” before letting Xie Lian roll two sixes and win officially.
Hua Cheng admits defeat, and Xie Lian wins back Lang Qianqiu, who is finally dropped (literally) to the floor.
Lang Qianqiu still believes Xie Lian won fairly and is completely oblivious to Hua Cheng’s obvious favoritism.
Hua Cheng finally steps out from behind the curtain to the awe of the crowd, revealing his true, stunning form—long black hair, silver vambraces, red robes, and scimitar Eming at his waist.
Hua Cheng calls Xie Lian “gege” and accepts the prize for the earlier unofficial round—a half-eaten bun, which he genuinely accepts with a smile and even takes a bite.
The crowd is stunned that Chengzhu would accept something so worthless and speculate about Xie Lian’s special identity.
Xie Lian leaves with Lang Qianqiu and Shi Qingxuan, all of them flustered by the encounter.
Outside, Shi Qingxuan teases Lang Qianqiu for being reckless and nearly exposing himself as a heavenly official; Lang Qianqiu admits he couldn’t tolerate such immoral gambling.
Xie Lian silently reflects that he won only because Hua Cheng let him win and is slightly embarrassed but touched by the ghost king’s affections.
Shi Qingxuan formally introduces Xie Lian and Lang Qianqiu to each other, confirming Xie Lian as the infamous Crown Prince of Xianle who ascended three times.
Lang Qianqiu is astonished and thankful to Xie Lian, completely unaware of their historical connection.
Shi Qingxuan muses over Hua Cheng’s behavior, stating it's clear he favored Xie Lian but pretended not to know him—possibly a trick to lower their guard.
Xie Lian, however, knows Hua Cheng had already shown him his true form, indicating deeper trust and significance.
Their conversation is interrupted by the sudden noise of a ghost mob searching for a boy with a bandaged face, suggesting the plot is about to shift toward another threat or mystery.
Chapter 15:
At Paradise Manor, Questions of Xianle
Xie Lian hears a desperate scream and rushes toward it, finding a group of ghosts beating up a bandaged boy.
He recognizes the boy as the one from Mount Yujun who had Human Face Disease and had gone missing.
Lang Qianqiu impulsively jumps in to help, causing a chaotic brawl between the officials and the ghosts.
Xie Lian calms the situation and tries to help the terrified boy, but the boy panics, pushes him away, and flees into the crowd.
Xie Lian sends Shi Qingxuan and Lang Qianqiu to hide and plans to meet them again in three days, then chases after the boy alone.
The Ghost City crowd becomes increasingly aggressive toward Xie Lian, and he’s nearly overwhelmed by mobs and tentacle attacks.
Just as the situation escalates, a masked black-clad figure arrives—identified as the Waning Moon Officer—and disperses the crowd.
The Waning Moon Officer tells Xie Lian that Chengzhu (Hua Cheng) wishes to see him and invites him to Paradise Manor.
Xie Lian notices a cursed shackle on the Waning Moon Officer’s wrist, which disturbs him, but he says nothing.
Paradise Manor is an opulent, ghostly mansion filled with eerie charm and sensual dancers, but Hua Cheng ignores the entertainment.
Hua Cheng sits alone, playing with a delicate palace built from gold foil, reminiscent of Xie Lian’s childhood game.
Hua Cheng destroys the palace with a flick, then warmly welcomes Xie Lian and leads him deeper inside.
They acknowledge each other openly; Hua Cheng shows his true face again, and Xie Lian compliments him sincerely.
Xie Lian returns the silver ring Hua Cheng gave him, but Hua Cheng tells him to keep it as a gift.
They discuss homes, and Hua Cheng says Paradise Manor is just a residence, not a home—because a home has family.
Xie Lian invites Hua Cheng to visit Puqi Shrine anytime; Hua Cheng gladly accepts.
Xie Lian asks Hua Cheng for help finding the bandaged boy, who had fled again during the earlier chaos.
Hua Cheng immediately agrees and sends for the boy.
Xie Lian apologizes for Lang Qianqiu causing a scene at the Gambler’s Den; Hua Cheng brushes it off, saying Qianqiu isn’t worth the trouble.
Hua Cheng explains many heavenly officials secretly visit Ghost City for immoral reasons, so he tolerates them unless they cause problems.
He states he maintains control of the city to keep worse people from doing so.
The bandaged boy is brought in by the Waning Moon Officer. Xie Lian soothes him and feeds him fruit.
The boy is terrified but complies, letting Xie Lian redress his bloody wounds and rewrap his face.
Xie Lian realizes the boy has cut off the “human faces” himself, leaving horrific scars.
When asked where he’s from, the boy says he’s from Yong’an, not Xianle—despite being infected with a disease exclusive to Xianle.
Shocked, Xie Lian asks if the boy has ever seen White No-Face, the dreaded plague-bringer from Xie Lian’s past.
The boy doesn’t answer clearly, but his fear increases. Xie Lian accidentally grips his shoulder too hard, scaring him.
Hua Cheng gently suggests Xie Lian rest, and the boy is taken away by ghost maidens.
Xie Lian tells Hua Cheng he wants to take care of the boy himself, not leave him in Ghost City, as he wants to rehabilitate him personally.
Hua Cheng respects his decision but clearly would have preferred to help.
Xie Lian notices the silver eye on Hua Cheng’s scimitar Eming opening—Hua Cheng says something needs his attention and leaves.
Xie Lian explores Paradise Manor alone and follows the suspicious Waning Moon Officer, who sneaks into a secret room.
The Officer rolls two sixes on a pair of dice into a jade plate held by a statue, triggering a magical door, and disappears.
Xie Lian attempts to follow but cannot open the door himself. He suspects the room may hide the missing heavenly official.
As he contemplates, Hua Cheng returns and greets him casually. Xie Lian hides his suspicion and doesn’t reveal what he saw.
Hua Cheng brushes off the earlier alert, saying Green Ghost Qi Rong sent weaklings to cause trouble again.
Hua Cheng then shows Xie Lian his personal armory, filled with rare weapons. Xie Lian is delighted but refuses any gifts.
Hua Cheng offers to give the whole armory or even the building to him, but Xie Lian declines politely, only admiring the weapons.
Xie Lian cautiously asks to see Hua Cheng’s legendary cursed blade, Eming.
Hua Cheng confirms Eming is the weapon at his waist and lets Xie Lian see the crimson eye carved into its hilt.
The eye opens and turns toward Xie Lian, giving off a mysterious, ominous energy.
Chapter 16:
Borrowing Luck, Night Crawl in Paradise Manor
Xie Lian meets Eming, Hua Cheng’s sentient cursed scimitar; it has a blinking red eye on the hilt and becomes animated when Xie Lian speaks to it.
Hua Cheng tells Xie Lian that Eming likes him—a rare occurrence—and even wants to be petted.
Xie Lian, amused, strokes Eming’s hilt gently, which causes the weapon to tremble in delight like a happy pet.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng spend time in the armory discussing legendary swords, and Xie Lian leaves in high spirits.
Lang Ying, the bandaged boy, is cleaned and dressed. Xie Lian asks if he wants to follow him in cultivation.
The boy is hesitant but touched. He chooses the name “Lang Ying” in memory of Xiao-Ying.
Hua Cheng watches the boy with narrowed eyes, silently judging.
Hua Cheng hosts a banquet for Xie Lian, filled with lavish dishes and beautiful attendants.
Lang Ying is shy but eats after Xie Lian encourages him.
Xie Lian sees one wine server wink at him and nearly chokes—realizing the seductive woman is actually Shi Qingxuan in disguise.
Hua Cheng apologizes for offering wine, not knowing Xie Lian’s cultivation forbids alcohol.
They discuss cultivation paths; Hua Cheng questions strict vows while Xie Lian explains his beliefs.
Xie Lian cleverly steers the conversation to gambling and compliments Hua Cheng’s skill at dice.
Hua Cheng offers to teach Xie Lian how to win by lending him “luck,” and they roll dice together—Xie Lian gets double sixes repeatedly.
They play dozens of rounds, all wins for Xie Lian, proving Hua Cheng’s “borrowed luck” works.
Hua Cheng personally escorts Xie Lian to the guest room; Xie Lian feels guilty for suspecting him but can’t ignore the investigation.
Shi Qingxuan sneaks in afterward, reverting from female to male form and dramatically complains about the uncomfortable disguise.
Xie Lian laughs but asks how Shi Qingxuan got in—he replies he was worried about Xie Lian being in Paradise Manor.
Shi Qingxuan jokes about Xie Lian’s “good fortune” in being pampered by a Ghost King.
Shi Qingxuan reminds him of their mission, teasing him for “feeling up Hua Cheng’s hands” in the gambling hall.
Xie Lian insists they were just strategizing, and they head out to investigate the secret room again.
Using the luck Hua Cheng lent earlier, Xie Lian rolls two sixes and opens the secret passage triggered by the dice.
They descend into a dark tunnel. On the way, Xie Lian asks Shi Qingxuan if any former heavenly officials have been banished recently.
Shi Qingxuan recalls only one: the Martial God of the West. He doesn’t believe that god would serve in the Ghost Realm, but Xie Lian remains curious.
The tunnel ends in a wall; they discover another dice-triggered stone platform with an image that changes based on the dice roll.
They roll again and fall into a muddy, organic-feeling tunnel filled with giant earthworms, which they repel using heat and flame.
The heat grows unbearable, and the flames begin to fail; Xie Lian searches for another exit.
They find another stone platform with dice-activated teleportation. They roll and land in a forest of savage tribespeople.
The people are dressed in leaves and animal skins and attack with spears. The two run but Shi Qingxuan snaps when he’s scratched on the face.
He reveals his Wind Master fan and blasts the tribespeople away, ranting about his face being sacred.
They find another stone platform and Xie Lian rolls two sixes again, finally landing in a familiar stairway tunnel.
They confirm it’s a different path than before, indicating they’re progressing forward.
They descend and reach a chamber reeking of blood, where they hear the ragged breathing of a man.
A cold voice tells them, “I have nothing to say”—the chapter ends with this ominous statement.
Chapter 17:
Paradise to Ashes, the Second Coming of FangxinXie Lian and Shi Qingxuan discover the imprisoned man is Ming Yi, the Earth Master, gravely wounded and chained in a secret chamber beneath Paradise Manor.
Ming Yi initially denies knowing Shi Qingxuan, but Shi Qingxuan insists they’re best friends despite Ming Yi’s gruffness and disdain.
Xie Lian realizes Ming Yi is the same black-clad woman who accompanied Shi Qingxuan at Banyue Pass, confirming he was in disguise.
Ming Yi confesses to sending the Ascending Fire Dragon signal, proving he’s the missing heavenly official they were seeking.
Shi Qingxuan lifts Ming Yi onto his back, and the three begin escaping through the maze beneath the manor using dice-triggered platforms.
As they’re about to exit, Xie Lian rolls the dice and falls straight onto Hua Cheng’s lap in the armory, startling Lang Ying, who is also present.
Shi Qingxuan and Ming Yi drop in after, and Xie Lian hastily pushes Hua Cheng aside to protect him from being crushed.
Lang Ying hides behind Xie Lian, clearly terrified of Hua Cheng. Xie Lian prepares to de-escalate the situation.
Shi Qingxuan accuses Hua Cheng of imprisoning Ming Yi and demands answers; Hua Cheng calmly denies Ming Yi is the Earth Master.
He reveals Ming Yi has been undercover for ten years as a ghost officer in Ghost City, infiltrating his ranks.
Hua Cheng deduced his identity during the Banyue mission after spotting Ming Yi traveling with Shi Qingxuan.
Ming Yi’s spying and deception angered Hua Cheng, who decided to deal with him after confirming the truth.
Xie Lian pleads for peace, offering to beg Jun Wu for leniency if Hua Cheng lets them leave.
Hua Cheng cryptically warns Xie Lian not to get too involved and implies he’s letting them go out of respect for him.
Shi Qingxuan, impatient, summons wind magic to blast open the roof of the armory for an emergency escape.
Hua Cheng retaliates with a golden foil fan, summoning razor-sharp spiritual weapons that tear through the room.
Shi Qingxuan’s winds dangerously rebound inside the closed space, making the situation more perilous.
Lang Qianqiu bursts through the roof with his magnetized sword, unintentionally absorbing all the golden foil.
Hua Cheng mocks him for greedily collecting gold, which enrages Lang Qianqiu, who then attacks with full force.
Xie Lian sees disaster coming and intervenes by grabbing a sword and blocking both Lang Qianqiu’s and Hua Cheng’s weapons.
The powerful clash mangles Xie Lian’s right arm, but prevents fatal blows on either side.
Xie Lian sets fire to a corner of the armory to create a distraction, while Ruoye ties the group together for escape.
Shi Qingxuan boosts them into the sky with wind magic, and they soar out as the armory and soon half of Paradise Manor burns.
Xie Lian is devastated watching the place go up in flames, remembering Hua Cheng had once offered to gift him the entire armory.
His right arm is seriously injured, trembling and soaked in blood, but he downplays it.
They arrive at the Heavenly Capital, with Xie Lian shouting for help and Shi Qingxuan distributing merits to summon officials faster.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing arrive, and so do others, recognizing Ming Yi for the first time.
Lang Qianqiu acts strangely silent and dazed until he suddenly seizes Xie Lian’s wrist, calling him “State Preceptor.”
The crowd realizes he means the State Preceptor of Yong’an, known as Fangxin, one of the Dual Evil Masters.
Lang Qianqiu accuses Xie Lian of being that very man—the one he personally killed and sealed in a coffin years ago.
The chapter ends with this shocking accusation, revealing that Xie Lian may have a dark and hidden past as Yong’an’s former State Preceptor and villain.
Chapter 18:
The Villainous State Preceptor, Gilded Banquet Awash in
BloodLang Qianqiu accuses Xie Lian of being Fangxin, the State Preceptor of Yong’an who once massacred the royal family at the Gilded Banquet.
Shi Qingxuan is shocked and questions how Qianqiu could recognize someone he supposedly never saw unmasked.
Pei Ming implies that no one ever saw Fangxin’s face since he always wore a silver mask, but says Lang Qianqiu could recognize him by his sword style.
Jun Wu appears, calming the hall and healing Xie Lian’s arm with a touch. He asks for an explanation from everyone involved.
Lang Qianqiu recounts that Xie Lian, under the name Fangxin, became his sword master, saved him during a kidnapping, and was beloved by the royal family before eventually slaughtering them.
Ling Wen provides background on the Gilded Banquet Massacre, where Fangxin killed all attendees except Lang Qianqiu, who was late to the event.
The Yong’an royal family had grown decadent, betraying their founding ideals, and the banquet symbolized their corruption.
Public opinion in the Heavenly Court splits: some believe Xie Lian’s actions were motivated by revenge for the fall of Xianle, others find the massacre unjustifiable.
Lang Qianqiu calls for a duel to settle the matter, saying Xie Lian’s swordsmanship would confirm his identity.
Xie Lian refuses, citing an oath to never kill again. Qianqiu then breaks his own right arm to even the odds, since Xie Lian’s right arm is injured.
Despite the dramatic gesture, Xie Lian still refuses, saying that fighting him would only result in Qianqiu’s death.
Jun Wu presses Xie Lian for a confession. Xie Lian, solemn and resolute, finally admits that he was indeed Fangxin and committed the massacre.
The court is stunned. This is the third time Xie Lian has faced public disgrace, but now with confirmed bloodshed on his hands.
With no defense and no protectors, Xie Lian preemptively requests banishment from the Heavenly Realm, asking Jun Wu to strip him of his godhood.
Some officials are shocked by the request, while others believe he’s simply given up after losing everything.
Lang Qianqiu objects, saying banishment is not enough and demands a duel to the death to avenge his family.
Xie Lian firmly refuses again, stating that he has no interest in killing Qianqiu and that doing so would be effortless—but pointless.
The chapter ends with the tension unresolved, Xie Lian condemned in public by his own confession, and the Heavenly Court waiting for Jun Wu’s judgment.
Chapter 19:
Enraged Nan Yang, Fistfight with Difficult Xuan ZhengAfter Xie Lian's chilling statement that dueling him would mean certain death, many gods believe he's being arrogant, though Lang Qianqiu doesn't doubt his sincerity.
Xie Lian formally requests banishment from Jun Wu, declaring his guilt.
Shi Qingxuan steps in to defend him, arguing that if Xie Lian truly acted out of vengeance, he would’ve killed Lang Qianqiu too.
He reminds everyone that Xie Lian risked his life to protect Qianqiu from Hua Cheng’s cursed blade, Eming.
The crowd murmurs doubts, but Shi Qingxuan holds firm, citing his eyewitness testimony.
Pei Ming counters that Qianqiu also saw Xie Lian commit the crime and heard his confession, equating the two situations.
Xie Lian stops the argument, thanks Shi Qingxuan, and reiterates there’s no need to defend him further.
Jun Wu calms the hall and states Xie Lian will not be banished yet; instead, he will be detained in the Palace of Xianle for interrogation, barring contact with Lang Qianqiu until then.
The unexpected support from Jun Wu surprises many; some begin reconsidering their opinions of Xie Lian.
As Xie Lian is escorted out, he quietly asks Shi Qingxuan to take care of Lang Ying and to protect Banyue from any retaliation by Pei Ming.
Shi Qingxuan agrees, promising to help and saying he’ll “air out” Banyue, whom Xie Lian had hidden in a pickle jar at Puqi Shrine.
At the Palace of Xianle, which perfectly mirrors the original, Xie Lian reflects on the irony of returning to his palace for imprisonment.
He falls asleep and dreams of his time as the State Preceptor of Yong’an, training the young Lang Qianqiu.
In the dream, Xie Lian punishes Qianqiu for dozing off during study and lectures him on sword techniques and morality.
He uses a parable about hunger and conflict, explaining that stopping violence sometimes requires personal sacrifice—an analogy for his technique of absorbing force.
Qianqiu naively asks what happens if the one making sacrifices has nothing left to give, hinting at deeper understanding.
The dream shifts violently to the Gilded Banquet Massacre: blood-soaked halls, dead royals, and Xie Lian—masked as Fangxin—slaying the king.
Young Qianqiu arrives too late, witnesses the carnage, and cries out in horror, asking what Xie Lian has done.
Xie Lian coldly responds, “You all deserved it,” confirming he had indeed carried out the massacre.
He awakens suddenly, realizing he didn’t sleep long and was jolted awake by something poking him.
In his clothes, he finds the two dice from Paradise Manor and tries to roll them, hoping Hua Cheng’s luck remains—but gets snake eyes instead.
He sighs, regretting the destruction of Paradise Manor and mentally promises to repay Hua Cheng even if it takes centuries.
Footsteps approach. He hides the dice and braces for Jun Wu but is surprised to see Mu Qing instead.
Mu Qing throws him a bottle of healing medicine, snarkily commenting on how unsightly Xie Lian’s bloody arm looks.
Xie Lian is suspicious—Mu Qing has always been passive-aggressive—but now suddenly appears helpful and in a good mood.
Mu Qing pointedly asks if the Gilded Banquet massacre is true and shows unsettling excitement at hearing Xie Lian admit it.
He further presses, asking how the royals were killed.
Feng Xin suddenly arrives and demands to know what Mu Qing is doing, inciting instant tension.
Xie Lian confirms to both that the confession he made was true and stops them from interrogating further.
Mu Qing provokes Feng Xin by mocking his loyalty and departure from Xie Lian in the past.
Feng Xin punches Mu Qing in the face; Mu Qing retaliates and a violent, furious brawl breaks out between the two.
The fistfight is wild, personal, and unrestrained—reflecting eight hundred years of unresolved resentment and betrayal.
Xie Lian tries to stop them but is ignored. Dragging his injured arm, he attempts to call for help.
Just as he reaches the door, a loud BANG sounds and the Palace of Xianle’s doors are blasted open.
Instead of the Heavenly Court’s avenue, there's a swirling black void, and from the darkness emerge thousands of silver butterflies—the unmistakable sign of Hua Cheng’s arrival.
Chapter 20:
Heavenly Palace Raid, a Short Salutation to Scare the GodsA storm of silver butterflies bursts into the Palace of Xianle during Feng Xin and Mu Qing’s fight, immediately attacking only them.
They defend themselves with magical shields, but the relentless butterflies push them back while Xie Lian remains untouched.
Xie Lian gently catches one struggling butterfly, earning Mu Qing and Feng Xin’s horrified outrage for touching such a dangerous creature.
Suddenly, someone grabs Xie Lian and pulls him into darkness—he's taken by Hua Cheng, who cloaked the palace door in a teleportation spell.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing scream in protest, identifying Hua Cheng and demanding Xie Lian’s release, but Hua Cheng mocks their powerlessness and seals the door behind him.
Xie Lian realizes they’ve been transported to a secluded mountain valley, far from the Heavenly Capital.
The heavenly communication array erupts into chaos as Feng Xin and Mu Qing report Xie Lian’s “escape” or “kidnapping.”
Officials panic, trying to find him; Ling Wen investigates the empty Palace of Xianle, and everyone talks over each other in a frenzy.
Xie Lian tries to speak, but Hua Cheng calmly touches his temple and directly speaks into the communication array through him.
Hua Cheng casually greets all the gods, causing immediate silence across the array due to sheer fear and shock.
He mocks them for missing him, declares he hasn’t thought about them at all, and offers to “chat” if anyone’s brave enough to come after him—clearly a threat.
Martial gods who previously considered chasing him quickly back down, dreading being remembered by him.
Only Feng Xin continues shouting in the array while everyone else goes silent.
Hua Cheng then removes his fingers and ends the link, taking Xie Lian deeper into the valley.
Xie Lian starts to apologize, assuming Hua Cheng came for revenge because of the destruction of Paradise Manor and the armory.
He feels guilty for lying about his mission, burning down Hua Cheng’s home, and for possibly betraying his trust.
Hua Cheng stops and sharply asks why Xie Lian is apologizing, reminding him that it was his blade that wounded Xie Lian.
Xie Lian tries to deflect blame from Hua Cheng, but the scimitar Eming begins trembling violently at Hua Cheng’s waist.
The eye on Eming quivers as if it were crying, reflecting Hua Cheng’s unspoken emotional turmoil.
Chapter 21:
Adroit Dice Solely for the Safety of OneAfter Hua Cheng pulls Xie Lian out of the Palace of Xianle, they arrive in a secluded mountain valley.
Eming, Hua Cheng’s cursed blade, trembles violently, reacting emotionally to Xie Lian’s injury, and Hua Cheng scolds it.
Xie Lian hears chaos in the heavenly communication array as Feng Xin and Shi Qingxuan try to open the sealed palace door using dice.
Xie Lian warns them not to roll randomly, recalling the magical traps tied to the dice, but his message doesn’t transmit due to depleted spiritual power.
Feng Xin rolls a 4 and ends up in a terrifying place he fears most—a women’s bath—while Mu Qing is horrified and mocks him.
Mu Qing then rolls and they fall into a black marsh filled with horrifying crocodile monsters with human limbs; chaos and bickering ensue.
Their argument is broadcast live in the array, and other heavenly officials listen gleefully as the two fight and curse each other.
Xie Lian is relieved he didn’t roll a horror—he rolled a 2 and got Hua Cheng. He jokes that maybe every time he rolls a two, he can see Hua Cheng.
Hua Cheng replies seriously that if Xie Lian wants to see him, the dice roll doesn’t matter—he will always appear.
Before Xie Lian can react to the implication, Lang Qianqiu throws down a sword—Fangxin—to block their path.
Lang Qianqiu demands a duel, stating even if he dies, he wants justice. Xie Lian agrees and retrieves Fangxin, which moans in his hand as it recognizes him.
Just before the duel begins, Xie Lian uses Ruoye to bind Lang Qianqiu and instantly wins without drawing his sword.
Xie Lian smugly declares that strategy and cunning are valid in battle and that Lang Qianqiu simply lost.
Lang Qianqiu is shocked, feeling betrayed that his once-honorable teacher used such a dirty tactic.
Xie Lian tells him that he was never as noble as Qianqiu believed and warns him not to idealize others, lest he be disappointed.
Lang Qianqiu, angry and emotional, demands an explanation: why did Xie Lian, a Xianle man, slaughter the Yong’an royal family, especially when they treated Xianle remnants kindly?
Qianqiu recounts how he even prevented a genocide of Xianle people by denying any connection between Fangxin and Xianle royalty.
He accuses Xie Lian of possibly using the massacre as twisted revenge, asking if Xie Lian’s plan was to ruin his seventeenth birthday the way his own had been ruined long ago.
Lang Qianqiu, blazing with emotion, declares he will not follow Xie Lian’s path of hatred and vengeance. He vows to remain just, no matter what.
Xie Lian bursts into hearty laughter, genuinely moved by Qianqiu’s declaration and praises his resolve.
Suddenly, Lang Qianqiu disappears in a puff of smoke, replaced by a budaoweng (tumbler doll) version of himself—Hua Cheng had transformed him with magic.
Xie Lian is shocked but reluctantly picks up the doll and carries it with him.
Hua Cheng tosses dice and opens a new portal, leading them into Qi Rong’s territory, the lair of the Green Ghost.
Disguised as little green ghosts, Hua Cheng and Xie Lian blend in with the crowd. Hua Cheng says it’s the only way to approach Qi Rong unnoticed.
They join a procession of human captives being taken into Qi Rong’s lair, some dressed richly, others ragged—many are terrified, including a child with his father.
Xie Lian writes “Save” on Hua Cheng’s palm to communicate his intent to rescue them. Hua Cheng closes his hand over the word in silent agreement.
They enter a cave filled with horrific displays of dried, salted corpses hanging upside-down, revealing Qi Rong’s grotesque cannibalism.
A statue of Xie Lian in a kneeling, submissive position sits beside Qi Rong’s throne, used as a footstool. Xie Lian recognizes it as a common effigy made for public scorn after Xianle’s fall.
Qi Rong appears, clad in green and boasting crassly about past events, insulting everyone from Pei Ming to Jun Wu, the Wind Master, and more.
It’s confirmed he’s the same Qi Rong from Xie Lian’s past, now twisted and perverse, surrounded by grotesque decor and eating humans.
Qi Rong reveals he's trying to incite conflict between Pei Ming and Quan Yizhen by spreading false rumors and sabotaging temples.
Qi Rong rests his feet on the Xie Lian statue, enraging Hua Cheng, but Xie Lian calms him by writing “Thanks,” “Listen,” and “Heaven” on his palm—urging patience to gather more intel.
Eventually, a child prisoner is selected for slaughter, and as a green ghost reaches for him, Hua Cheng steps forward, breaking his disguise.
He claims to be Prince An Le of Xianle royalty—shocking Xie Lian and Qi Rong.
Qi Rong laughs it off, saying Prince An Le’s line is extinct, and orders Hua Cheng’s capture.
In a flash, Hua Cheng appears behind Qi Rong and smashes his face into the ground, utterly overpowering him in front of his minions.
Qi Rong is pulled out of the ground, bloodied and broken, and Hua Cheng coldly declares he will take Qi Rong’s life like crushing an ant.
The chapter ends with Qi Rong’s mask shattering, revealing that his face looks shockingly similar to Xie Lian’s—implying a deeper connection.
Chapter 22:
What Is True and What Is False, An Irresolvable SituationQi Rong’s mask shatters, and it’s revealed that while he resembles Xie Lian slightly, their features are different—Qi Rong looks more sinister and sharp.
Seeing Hua Cheng in his true red-robed form, Qi Rong realizes his attacker is the Ghost King and becomes furious.
Hua Cheng demands to know how Prince An Le died and begins slamming Qi Rong’s head repeatedly into the ground when he refuses to answer.
Xie Lian tries to calm Hua Cheng and gently soothes him with comforting words and back rubs, which slowly calm him down.
Hua Cheng, still composed, petrifies Xie Lian with a tap, paralyzing him completely to protect him.
Qi Rong, arrogant and defiant, refuses to answer and mocks Hua Cheng until he’s beaten into submission and finally yells that Lang Qianqiu killed Prince An Le.
The budaoweng doll Xie Lian carried begins to tremble, and Lang Qianqiu bursts out of it, demanding answers and denying the accusation.
Qi Rong and Lang Qianqiu argue. Lang insists An Le died of illness, but Qi Rong insists it was an assassination and blames Yong’an royals or ministers.
Qi Rong mocks Lang Qianqiu’s ignorance of political games and accuses the Yong’an court of pretending to gift titles to Xianle descendants while stealing their legacy.
Qi Rong boasts that even if Prince An Le was killed, it was worth it because Yong’an paid in blood at the Gilded Banquet.
Lang Qianqiu becomes confused when he learns that the State Preceptor (Xie Lian) and Prince An Le were not working together, contrary to what he assumed.
Qi Rong reveals that Prince An Le had his own bloody plan, but the massacre at the Gilded Banquet was carried out by Xie Lian independently.
Qi Rong admits that he never corrected the misunderstanding that blamed Xie Lian for the massacre because it benefited him.
Lang Qianqiu, now visibly shaken, confronts Xie Lian, demanding to know why he confessed if it wasn’t his fault.
Hua Cheng finally releases Xie Lian from the petrification spell. Xie Lian stands and coldly declares that Qi Rong’s claims are all “complete nonsense.”
He denies any proof exists for Qi Rong’s accusations and says stirring up ancient history without evidence is pointless.
Then, in front of Qianqiu, Xie Lian takes full blame for the Gilded Banquet, claiming he acted alone in a moment of madness and had no accomplices.
Qi Rong, enraged by Xie Lian’s rejection of his version, suddenly recognizes him as Fangxin and laughs maniacally.
He mocks Xie Lian for being betrayed by his disciple and stabbed after becoming the State Preceptor of Yong’an.
When Qi Rong insults Hua Cheng’s missing eye, Xie Lian punches him violently, shocking everyone—including Lang Qianqiu.
Qi Rong is thrilled that Xie Lian finally hit him and continues to goad him, accusing him of pretending to be merciful and righteous.
Xie Lian says he stopped Hua Cheng from beating Qi Rong not to spare Qi Rong but to keep Hua Cheng from dirtying his hands.
Qi Rong mocks their closeness and ridicules Xie Lian for being a heavenly official fraternizing with a Ghost King.
When Qi Rong mentions the humiliating kneeling statue he made of Xie Lian, Hua Cheng nearly loses it again, but Xie Lian plays it cool and insults the craftsmanship.
Qi Rong’s mockery escalates until he’s punched again, this time by Xie Lian, and he rejoices at finally seeing Xie Lian act violently.
Qi Rong suddenly asks Xie Lian how Prince An Le really died and accuses him of being the one who killed him with a devastating sword technique.
Lang Qianqiu demands to know the truth—if Xie Lian really killed his father and Prince An Le.
Qi Rong lays out a theory that Xie Lian killed the king of Yong’an after the king ordered a massacre of the people of Xianle, and later killed Prince An Le when he realized his revenge plot.
Xie Lian tries to stop Qi Rong from continuing, but Hua Cheng holds him back, allowing Qi Rong to rant.
Qi Rong accuses Xie Lian of always sacrificing himself to spare others, of failing to stop tragedies despite noble intentions, and of bringing ruin to everything he touches.
Lang Qianqiu, horrified by the new implications, says if they are true, then everyone lied to him—his teacher, his friend, and his kingdom.
Qi Rong finally pushes too far, and Lang Qianqiu, furious, cuts him in half with his greatsword.
Despite being dismembered, Qi Rong continues laughing, mocking Xie Lian for raising a disciple capable of such brutality.
Lang Qianqiu boils Qi Rong alive in his own cannibalistic cauldron, an act of vengeance far beyond anything he had done before.
Qi Rong’s clone is destroyed, but Hua Cheng warns he’s not truly dead—only his clone form is gone. His ashes still remain.
Lang Qianqiu vows to track down the real Qi Rong and take revenge in full, then coldly declares he will return to settle things with Xie Lian.
After Qianqiu storms off, Xie Lian slumps in emotional exhaustion, questioning the value of truth when it only leads to pain.
Hua Cheng tries to comfort him, stating that what Xie Lian did—killing the king and Prince An Le—was necessary for peace and justice.
Xie Lian, bitter and broken, says he doesn’t think someone kind should meet such a cruel end, and that all he wanted was for Qianqiu to believe in the ideals he taught him.
He reflects on how things went wrong: Prince An Le’s betrayal, the massacre at the banquet, and his own decision to kill the king and An Le for the greater good.
Xie Lian mourns how it all spiraled into tragedy, with his best intentions misunderstood and his efforts to do good leading to more suffering.
The chapter ends with Xie Lian emotionally devastated, his heart torn between justice and regret, questioning whether the truth was worth revealing at all.
Chapter 23:
In the Cannibal’s Lair, Ghost King Faces Heavenly OfficialsXie Lian reflects on the kneeling statue of himself that Qi Rong used as a footstool and agrees he is a failure, echoing Qi Rong’s insults.
Hua Cheng reassures him, dismissing Qi Rong as worthless and saying even beating him would be beneath them.
Xie Lian destroys the statue with a powerful spiritual strike, reducing it to rubble and symbolically rejecting that image of himself.
He decides to free the human prisoners Qi Rong captured, shifting his focus back to helping others.
With Hua Cheng’s help, they locate over 300 imprisoned humans in various “food storage” caves and begin releasing them.
As they work, Xie Lian asks Hua Cheng how he knew Qi Rong was behind the Gilded Banquet Massacre.
Hua Cheng explains he suspected Qi Rong from the beginning based on his history of manipulating conflict and harboring hatred toward Yong’an.
Hua Cheng originally thought State Preceptor Fangxin (Xie Lian’s alias) was Qi Rong’s pawn, but after Lang Qianqiu identified Xie Lian as Fangxin, he realized the two weren’t allies.
He deduced Qi Rong incited Prince An Le to act out and was likely responsible for his mysterious death, which conveniently happened after the massacre.
Hua Cheng says he trusted that Xie Lian wasn’t the mastermind, not because of evidence, but because he believed Xie Lian wouldn’t act out of petty revenge.
Xie Lian, touched but hesitant, warns Hua Cheng not to idealize people or place too much hope in them, saying close familiarity often leads to disillusionment.
Hua Cheng gently disagrees, saying that for some, the very existence of someone like Xie Lian is hope itself.
Xie Lian becomes emotional and asks Hua Cheng who he really is, suspecting Hua Cheng knew him long ago, maybe even before his first ascension.
Hua Cheng doesn’t answer directly but smiles, suggesting that he has his reasons for keeping that secret.
They are interrupted by the arrival of Shi Qingxuan and Feng Xin, who tracked Xie Lian using the dice portals.
Seeing Hua Cheng, Feng Xin immediately draws his spirit bow and aims it at him; Hua Cheng pulls Xie Lian back protectively.
Shi Qingxuan tries to de-escalate, pretending Hua Cheng is there for revenge over Paradise Manor’s destruction to avoid gossip about Xie Lian siding with a Ghost King.
Hua Cheng plays along, accusing the Heavenly Court of planting a spy and demanding repayment, but Xie Lian drops the pretense and says Hua Cheng came only to save him.
Feng Xin remains tense, prompting Shi Qingxuan to disarm him by ramming him with her bosom in her female form, causing Feng Xin to freak out and drop the arrow.
They all realize Lang Qianqiu is missing; Xie Lian explains he went after Qi Rong, now knowing he wasn’t the real culprit behind the Gilded Banquet.
Hua Cheng confirms Lang Qianqiu learned the truth and went to confront Qi Rong as the true mastermind.
Feng Xin is shocked to hear this and realizes the situation was more complex than the Heavenly Court knew.
Xie Lian confirms Qi Rong is his cousin, and Shi Qingxuan is stunned by how many powerful figures are connected to Xie Lian’s past.
Hua Cheng and Feng Xin exchange more barbed words; Hua Cheng mocks Heaven’s inefficiency while Feng Xin warns Xie Lian not to associate with ghosts and demons.
Xie Lian thanks Hua Cheng for helping save the captives and says he will return to the Heavenly Court after finishing the cleanup.
In a final act of power, Hua Cheng opens a red umbrella and declares “the sky’s about to change”—it suddenly begins to rain blood.
The rain soaks Feng Xin, covering him in red, while Xie Lian remains perfectly dry under Hua Cheng’s umbrella.
After the dramatic demonstration, Hua Cheng departs, but not before inviting Xie Lian to visit Ghost City again—saying Xie Lian doesn’t need to help rebuild, just to be there.
Xie Lian promises to visit if there's another chance and thanks Hua Cheng sincerely for all he's done.
Hua Cheng tells him not to overthink things and to simply focus on what he wants to do, then disappears into the moonlit mountains.
Chapter 24:
In Search of the Past, Retracing Steps to Mount TaicangAfter Lang Qianqiu leaves, Xie Lian feels unexpectedly reinvigorated and is encouraged by Shi Qingxuan, who tells him he’s lucky to have befriended Hua Cheng.
Feng Xin, still soaked from the blood rain, is visibly miserable, prompting some brief comic relief as Shi Qingxuan and Xie Lian stifle laughter.
The trio conducts a final sweep of Qi Rong’s lair, confirming no humans remain before returning to the Heavenly Court.
Upon arrival, they find chaos in the Middle Court as junior officials scramble to enhance security after Hua Cheng’s intrusion.
In the Palace of Divine Might, Upper Court officials argue over Hua Cheng’s ability to teleport into the Heavens and kidnap Xie Lian.
Mu Qing downplays the situation, claiming Hua Cheng wouldn't retaliate over the destruction of Paradise Manor.
Shi Qingxuan corrects him and unintentionally calls out Pei Ming, who admits it was his security oversight and accepts responsibility.
The conversation shifts to the Gilded Banquet, but is interrupted by Ling Wen’s report: Lang Qianqiu has sent a message.
Lang Qianqiu says there’s more to the banquet massacre story and insists no one else interfere; he also demands that Xie Lian’s banishment be denied.
The court is disappointed at the lack of resolution and gossip, with many expressing surprise that Xie Lian remains protected.
Xie Lian remains behind and privately reports the full truth of the banquet to Jun Wu.
Jun Wu criticizes Xie Lian’s choices, saying he pleased no one and only made things worse, but acknowledges that Xie Lian is always like this.
Xie Lian shifts the conversation to Ming Yi and asks if Jun Wu was the one who sent him to spy on Hua Cheng—Jun Wu confirms it.
Jun Wu claims Hua Cheng likely has a spy in the Heavenly Realm himself, based on how easily he obtained secret knowledge and cast spells on the Palace of Xianle.
He admits he had no proof but was confident something was wrong, so he sent Ming Yi to confirm it—unfortunately, Ming Yi was caught.
Jun Wu reveals he doesn’t know who the spy in Heaven is, but it could be anyone—Upper Court, Middle Court, even someone close to Xie Lian.
He warns Xie Lian not to trust Hua Cheng too easily, despite their friendship, because the path to becoming a supreme ghost is filled with pain and mystery.
Jun Wu emphasizes that Hua Cheng might seem sincere, but his knowledge of Heaven’s movements is dangerous and must not be ignored.
Xie Lian defends Hua Cheng, saying that if he wanted to cause chaos, he already would have—he doesn’t believe Hua Cheng has ill intent.
After leaving, Xie Lian wanders Heaven and stops before his sealed Palace of Xianle, where spells warn others away due to the connection spell Hua Cheng cast.
Shi Qingxuan had invited him to stay in the Wind Master’s palace, but instead, Xie Lian chooses to descend to the mortal realm and return to Mount Taicang.
Mount Taicang was once home to the glorious Royal Holy Temple of the Kingdom of Xianle, filled with temples, swings, and training grounds.
After Xianle’s fall, angry mobs burned the mountain and the Crown Prince Temple to ashes; centuries later, nature has reclaimed the area.
Xie Lian hikes up the mountain with difficulty, clearing thorns and rubble, reminiscing about the joy he once found there as a child.
He finally reaches the Imperial Mausoleum of Xianle, hidden beneath a ruined well. He activates a hidden mechanism and enters.
Inside, a vast underground chamber glows with embedded night pearls and diamonds—jewels from the royal treasury that mimic a starry sky.
Deeper inside, in the simple crypt, Xie Lian finds two coffins meant for his parents, guarded by a figure in robes and a golden mask.
The figure turns out to be a disguised decoy, made of hay and dressed to appear lifelike, meant to maintain the illusion someone watches over the tomb.
On top of the coffins are old, rotted offerings. Xie Lian tries to replace them but realizes he has nothing left—not even the bun he gave Hua Cheng.
He sits and speaks softly to his parents’ coffins, confessing he saw Qi Rong and doesn’t know what to do with him.
Suddenly, he hears crying from inside the coffin he’s leaning on. At first he hopes it’s his mother—but quickly realizes the truth.
He opens the coffin and finds a young child, alive and weeping, dressed in his mother’s funeral clothes.
Horrified, Xie Lian demands to know where his mother’s body is. The child can’t answer, too terrified.
Ash-like powder spills from the coffin—Xie Lian realizes with horror that his mother’s body was destroyed, likely reduced to dust when the dress was removed.
In shock, he’s attacked from behind by the golden-masked hay figure, which is actually a man in disguise—he stops the blade with his bare hand and overpowers the attacker.
He removes the mask and sees the face of the young father he had previously saved from Qi Rong’s cannibal lair.
Xie Lian is immediately suspicious—and when the child cries out “Daddy!”, he realizes what happened: Qi Rong possessed the man’s body.
Enraged, Xie Lian beats Qi Rong mercilessly and demands to know how he could desecrate his mother’s body.
Qi Rong mocks him, saying corpses don’t matter and ridiculing Xie Lian for acting so high and mighty when he once killed Prince An Le.
Xie Lian holds back from exorcising Qi Rong violently to protect the innocent man’s body, even as Qi Rong dares him to rip his soul out by the tongue.
The child cries and begs Xie Lian not to hurt his father. Qi Rong, giddy with excitement, revels in the moral torment he’s causing.
Xie Lian’s anger and guilt boil over, and he brutally beats Qi Rong again while the ghost laughs, knowing that he’s winning by dragging Xie Lian into his darkness.
At the height of his fury, Xie Lian finally unsheathes Fangxin and strikes.
Chapter 25:
Upon the Grand Avenue of Divine Might, A Fleeting Glimpse
of BeautyDuring the Shangyuan Heavenly Procession, a grand celebration in Xianle, the God-Pleasing Martial Warrior is set to appear—Xie Lian’s role.
The parade is packed with citizens, nobles, and royals eagerly awaiting the performance; the demon role is being played by Mu Qing.
Xie Lian goes missing right before the event begins, causing the State Preceptor to panic and nobles to grow uneasy.
Mu Qing, already in costume as the demon, states that Xie Lian left with a message that the parade should begin without him.
Feng Xin arrives too late to explain, and the parade starts with Mu Qing performing solo as the demon, drawing some cheers but also confusion over the missing God-Pleasing Martial Warrior.
Qi Rong, Xie Lian’s cousin, causes a scene by yelling and throwing a teapot in frustration, which Mu Qing impressively catches on his saber.
Suddenly, Xie Lian dramatically descends from the sky, dressed in brilliant white robes and a golden mask, stunning the crowd with his godlike entrance.
His arrival electrifies the audience; Qi Rong cheers wildly, and the king and queen visibly relax, proud of their son’s dramatic flair.
Xie Lian and Mu Qing begin an epic staged battle, both performing with real weapons but choreographed skill, exciting the entire city.
During the duel, Mu Qing unexpectedly attacks with full strength, taking Xie Lian by surprise; they continue the fight with real energy.
Amid the performance, a bandaged child falls from a great height; Xie Lian immediately breaks from character and catches him midair.
This causes chaos in the parade—music falters, horses panic, and nobles worry—but Xie Lian’s heroic save stuns the crowd into awe.
The act continues when Mu Qing leaps down, retrieves his saber, and resumes the battle with Xie Lian, allowing the performance to proceed.
The two improvise a new scene where Mu Qing feigns threatening the child and Xie Lian fights him off while still protecting the boy.
In a final dramatic move, Xie Lian defeats Mu Qing’s demon character by piercing his heart, ending the match to roaring applause.
The parade successfully concludes despite the disruption; the crowd is more enthusiastic than ever, flooding toward the palace in celebration.
Back inside the palace, Xie Lian, Mu Qing, and Feng Xin collapse from exhaustion, with Xie Lian still carrying the silent child.
When asked to hand over the child, Xie Lian finds the boy clinging tightly to him, refusing to let go, drawing laughter from the temple trainees.
Eventually, the boy releases his grip, but he continues to stare at Xie Lian with wide, awestruck eyes.
At the Royal Holy Temple, Xie Lian and Mu Qing are scolded by the State Preceptor for disrupting tradition and shortening the parade to only three rounds.
Xie Lian calmly defends his actions, saying saving the child prevented greater misfortune, even though it broke ceremony rules.
The State Preceptor berates him further but also praises his courage and skill, revealing a mixture of exasperation and pride in his gifted disciple.
Xie Lian reveals he had informed Mu Qing in advance about his plan for the surprise entrance, leaving the State Preceptor speechless and suspicious.
The chapter ends with tension between the two disciples and their teacher, highlighting the pressure of divine expectations and foreshadowing future discord.
Chapter 26:
Lost Red Pearl, Inadvertently Luring the Red-EyedDuring the aftermath of the Heavenly Procession, confusion breaks out regarding Xie Lian’s sudden appearance and the missed coordination with the State Preceptors.
Feng Xin testifies that Xie Lian came up with the descent idea during rehearsal and sent Mu Qing to notify the State Preceptors.
The State Preceptors claim they never received any such message and accuse Mu Qing of sabotage.
Mu Qing explains he did deliver the message outside their window while they were “resting,” which was actually a euphemism—they were secretly playing cards and heard nothing.
Mu Qing had tried to pass the message through a guard who turned him away mockingly; when he tried the window, someone inside said “I get it,” which Mu Qing mistook as confirmation.
Xie Lian defends Mu Qing, pointing out that no one would deliberately sabotage an event so easily traceable to themselves.
The State Preceptors reluctantly accept the explanation and drop the matter, though tensions remain.
After being dismissed, Xie Lian returns to the Palace of Xianle with Feng Xin and Mu Qing to change out of the ceremonial God-Pleasing Martial Warrior attire.
Mu Qing helps Xie Lian undress, but subtly lingers while handling the fine white robes, especially the area with handprints left by the child who fell.
Feng Xin reports the child kicked him when he tried to examine him—Xie Lian jokes the child must’ve found Feng Xin scary.
While removing accessories, Xie Lian notices one of his red coral pearl earrings is missing.
Mu Qing becomes visibly tense and defensive when Feng Xin suggests the pearl may have been stolen, snapping a broom in frustration.
A confrontation erupts, and Xie Lian has to calm them both down; Mu Qing accuses Xie Lian of not keeping promises and storms off.
Xie Lian rushes after him while explaining to Feng Xin that Mu Qing once accidentally kept a gold foil leaf, which nearly caused a massive scandal.
Xie Lian had covered for Mu Qing years ago, saving him from disgrace, which still weighs heavily on Mu Qing’s conscience.
They search for Mu Qing and overhear other disciples in the cherry grove mocking him for picking fruit “for himself” or sneaking it to outsiders.
Xie Lian defends Mu Qing by claiming the fruit was for him, forcing the bullies to apologize and leave.
Mu Qing is stunned and asks why Xie Lian always shows up to defend him, unable to understand his kindness.
Feng Xin awkwardly apologizes for earlier, trying to be blunt but sincere.
Xie Lian encourages Mu Qing to continue picking cherries for his mother and says to just say it’s on his command in the future.
The next day, the trio descends the mountain, where Qi Rong greets them excitedly and forces Xie Lian into his new golden carriage.
Qi Rong drives like a madman through the capital, nearly causing multiple accidents; only Feng Xin and Mu Qing keep things under control.
When they arrive at the palace, Qi Rong boasts about his driving, while Xie Lian declares he’ll ask their parents to confiscate the carriage.
Xie Lian visits his mother, the queen, while Mu Qing and Feng Xin wait outside. She chides him for visiting infrequently and scolds him lovingly.
Qi Rong erupts in anger upon learning Mu Qing played the demon role in the parade, throwing a teacup at him, which Xie Lian intercepts.
The queen is shocked by Qi Rong’s behavior. Xie Lian demands his carriage be confiscated, which further infuriates Qi Rong.
After the palace visit, Xie Lian strolls the capital with Mu Qing and Feng Xin. They visit Mu Qing’s home in the slums, where children joyfully greet him.
Mu Qing gives the kids cherries, revealing his softer side. Feng Xin is surprised to see him be kind.
Suddenly, chaos erupts on the main street—Qi Rong appears again, wildly driving his carriage and dragging a large sack behind it.
Xie Lian cuts the rope and discovers a bloodied, half-dead child inside—the same one who fell from the wall during the parade.
Enraged, Xie Lian demands Qi Rong’s arrest. Feng Xin catches him and accidentally breaks his arm.
Xie Lian rushes the injured child to the palace’s medical wing, orders treatment, and learns the child’s name is “Hong.”
The child refuses to let anyone see the right side of his face and clings desperately to Xie Lian, as if he’s his only lifeline.
When Qi Rong rants that he punished the child to avenge Xie Lian, Xie Lian furiously denies needing such “help” and demands Qi Rong never touch the child again.
The child continues hugging Xie Lian tightly, smearing him in blood, and refuses to let go as the chapter ends on a note of silent desperation and protection.
Chapter 27:
To Ascend Is Human, to Fall Is Also HumanMu Qing examines Honghong-er’s patched clothing and deduces he’s not a beggar but has someone older in his household who cares for him.
When asked, the child says he has no family and his parents kicked him out; he clings to Xie Lian for protection.
Xie Lian decides to take care of him personally until his wounds heal, fearing Qi Rong will come after him again.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing offer to help, but Honghong-er insists on walking on his own despite serious injuries.
As they try to sneak through the back alleys of the capital to avoid public attention after the previous day’s chaos, Xie Lian is recognized by citizens.
Expecting backlash for interrupting the Heavenly Ceremonial Procession, Xie Lian is instead swarmed with praise and adoration from the crowd.
The people cheer for his dramatic leap and his decision to save the child, proudly lifting him into the air repeatedly.
The crowd gathers into a parade of its own, rivaling the actual procession, showing overwhelming public support for Xie Lian.
At Mount Taicang, Xie Lian asks the child his real name. He replies that he has no name, only a nickname from his mother: “Honghong-er.”
They pass the Divine Might Summit and admire the glow of Everlasting Lamps, symbolic of a god’s power through devotion.
Xie Lian is summoned by the State Preceptor, who gives him two choices to resolve the taboo of interrupting the procession: punish the child by sealing one of his senses, or make Xie Lian publicly repent and face the wall.
Xie Lian rejects both, declaring that punishing a righteous act would send the wrong message to the people.
He challenges the concept of blindly worshiping gods, saying reverence should come from admiration, not servitude.
The State Preceptor warns him that even if he defies Heaven for justice, others before him have tried and failed to change the system.
Xie Lian remains resolute, vowing to take the third path and stay true to what’s right, even if the heavens condemn him.
Suddenly, alarms ring out. A black pagoda storing dangerous spirits has burst open; soul containers are shattered and spirits unleashed.
The evil spirits rush toward the Palace of Xianle—where Honghong-er is—causing panic.
Xie Lian seals the pagoda and rushes to his palace, where he finds Feng Xin and Mu Qing barely holding a defense array around the child.
He tells them to drop the shield, identifies and destroys the lead spirit with bare hands, stopping the attack.
The spirits are sealed again by the State Preceptors, but the Palace of Xianle is badly burned.
Suspicion falls on Honghong-er. The State Preceptor divines his fate and discovers he carries the sign of the “Star of Solitude,” destined to bring misfortune and death.
The child is declared toxic—doomed to destroy everything around him. He snaps, violently headbutting the Preceptor in anguish.
Everyone recoils in fear, but Xie Lian embraces the child and tells him it’s not his fault, comforting him until he breaks down sobbing.
Despite protests, Xie Lian refuses to let go, and the child clings to him with all his strength.
After the fires are put out, Xie Lian stores his surviving treasures and swords at Sixiang Palace. He continues to care for the sleeping child.
The State Preceptor tells Xie Lian the boy is cursed and that changing his fate would require taking blessings away from someone else.
He reminds Xie Lian of a riddle he once asked as a child: if two people are dying in a desert and there’s only one cup of water, who do you give it to?
Xie Lian had answered, “Give them another cup,” showing his idealistic desire to create a third option rather than choose who lives.
The Preceptor says this third path is noble but almost impossible—changing fate is not so simple.
He warns that Xie Lian, while gifted and beloved by Heaven, may face trials that test even his ideals.
Finally, he allows Xie Lian to descend the mountain at seventeen to experience the mortal world.
That same night, Honghong-er disappears from the Royal Holy Temple.
Shortly after, Xie Lian defeats a ghost at Yinian Bridge and ascends to Heaven at age seventeen, becoming the youngest god and a sensation across all realms.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 3
Chapter 28:
Fishing for Offerings, the Boor Meets the Crown PrinceThe Kingdom of Xianle celebrates the unveiling of its eight-thousandth Temple of the Crown Prince, with a massive crowd attending.
The divine statue of Xie Lian is golden, holding a sword and flower, symbolizing both strength and compassion.
Despite the temple’s splendor, it lacks cushions for prostration, following Xie Lian’s divine instruction in dreams to forbid kneeling in worship.
Devotees ignore this, deciding to kneel anyway, and soon hundreds begin kowtowing in prayer, overwhelming Xie Lian.
Xie Lian, invisible to mortals, listens in until the prayers become too much—ranging from high exam scores to petty romantic curses—and blocks them out with a spell.
Feng Xin, now a heavenly official under Xie Lian, appears, complaining about the absurd nature of many prayers, especially those from female devotees.
Xie Lian laughs off his complaints and enjoys teasing Feng Xin about the beauty and devotion of their followers.
The crowd suddenly disperses in fear when Prince Xiao Jing, aka Qi Rong, arrives at the temple.
Qi Rong, now 17 or 18, arrives flamboyantly dressed, holding an offering lamp. His arrogant behavior clears the entire hall.
He performs a solemn offering before the divine statue, complaining that Xie Lian hasn't visited him in dreams despite his “devotion.”
Feng Xin reminds Xie Lian that revealing himself to family is forbidden unless permitted by the Heavenly Emperor.
Xie Lian and Feng Xin peek at what Qi Rong writes on the offering lamp, worried it might be inappropriate, but it's a standard blessing for prosperity and peace.
This reminds Xie Lian of a childhood memory where Qi Rong, once excluded by nobles for his mother’s scandal, was tricked into writing a mocking prayer and publicly humiliated.
Xie Lian had defended him then, correcting the prayer and gaining Qi Rong’s admiration—a moment that cemented their early bond.
However, Qi Rong eventually grew darker and crueler over time, despite moments of sincerity.
As Qi Rong finishes his offering, he bumps into a ragged, hungry young man with a worn satchel—Lang Ying, later revealed to be a key figure in the story.
Qi Rong insults him, calling him a country bumpkin. Lang Ying ignores him and asks directions to the imperial palace, saying he needs to speak with the king.
Qi Rong mockingly gives him the wrong directions and dismisses him.
As Lang Ying leaves, he notices a pond filled with coin offerings at the temple and jumps in, fishing out handfuls of coins.
Xie Lian and Feng Xin are stunned; Qi Rong loses his mind, yelling and summoning guards to drag Lang Ying out.
Lang Ying skillfully evades capture for a while and justifies his actions by saying people in Yong’an are starving and he needs the coins to help them survive.
He argues that if the temple has wealth to build golden statues and throw coins into ponds, it should share with the suffering.
Xie Lian is alarmed upon hearing of a drought in Yong’an, a major city in Xianle, and asks Feng Xin why this wasn’t reported.
Feng Xin is also surprised and promises to check with Mu Qing later.
The chapter ends with the emergence of Lang Ying’s desperation and Xie Lian’s dawning realization that something is very wrong in his kingdom.
Chapter 29:
Toppled Golden Statue, the Boor Buries the Suffering SonXie Lian, alarmed by Lang Ying's talk of Yong’an’s suffering, urgently summons Mu Qing to ask about any drought-related prayers.
Mu Qing says he hasn't heard anything; Feng Xin, suspicious, reminds him that they split temple duty evenly and neither heard such prayers.
Lang Ying sarcastically questions if gods or kings care about people like him, expressing despair and rejection of divine help.
Qi Rong mocks Lang Ying and orders his guards to beat him; Feng Xin discreetly softens the blows using spiritual power.
During the beating, Lang Ying shows no fear—only confusion—and protects a satchel on his back, not his own body.
Qi Rong arrogantly declares that the king has no time for “nobodies” like Lang Ying, prompting the latter to cry out, “Who does have time, then?”
Qi Rong orders Lang Ying thrown into prison, but Xie Lian, needing to act quickly, comes up with a plan.
To create a distraction and excuse to leave unnoticed, Xie Lian topples his own golden divine statue—a shocking, taboo act in all Three Realms.
Qi Rong screams in horror and desperately tries to hold the statue up, crying that Xie Lian must not fall, both figuratively and literally.
As all eyes are on the statue, Xie Lian slips out of the temple hall and follows Lang Ying, who has fled into the forest.
He disguises himself as a young, white-robed cultivator and finds Lang Ying trying to drink from a dirty puddle.
Xie Lian gives him clean water and gently asks where he's from; Lang Ying reveals he's from Yong’an and was heading to the capital, but changed his mind.
Lang Ying shockingly reveals he’s not alone—he’s been carrying his dead two- to three-year-old son in the satchel the entire time.
The child had died quietly on the road from hunger, thirst, and illness, and Lang Ying, unable to care for him properly, carried his body hoping to bury him in a peaceful spot.
He describes how the boy coughed less and less until one day he just wouldn’t wake up, and now he wants to find a good resting place for him.
Xie Lian, overwhelmed by grief and guilt, watches in stunned silence as Lang Ying gently prepares to bury the child under a tree.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing arrive and are confused by the scene but fall silent when they realize what’s happening.
Still moved, Xie Lian reaches into his sleeve and gives Lang Ying the red coral pearl earring he lost during the Shangyuan Festival—his last token of value.
Lang Ying accepts it wordlessly, pockets it, and finishes burying his son, promising to return and visit.
Mu Qing reports that Yong’an has few temples and that poor people without donations can’t pray, meaning no drought prayers reached Heaven.
Xie Lian grows furious and tells Feng Xin and Mu Qing to go investigate Yong’an personally.
He himself rushes to confront the State Preceptor and demand answers, determined to uncover the full truth of what has been happening to the people of his kingdom.
Chapter 30:
God of Heaven Observes Mortal MattersXie Lian descends invisibly to the Temple of the Crown Prince during evening lessons led by the four state preceptors beneath his towering divine statue.
As he quietly lands on the altar and makes the offering lamps spin, the cultivators are awed, sensing a divine presence.
Once the temple is cleared, Xie Lian urgently confronts the state preceptor, demanding answers about the drought in Yong’an and why nothing has been done.
The state preceptor reveals that the king is aware of the situation and is in good health, but he and the queen were advised not to mention Yong’an in their prayers.
Xie Lian is shocked, but the state preceptor bluntly states that praying to him is pointless because he’s a martial god, not a water god.
Xie Lian, furious, insists that he is not only a god but also the Crown Prince of Xianle, and Yong’an is his land and his people.
He asks that temples stop being built in his name and that golden statues be melted down to fund relief; he also suggests digging a canal to redirect water from the east to the drought-stricken west.
The state preceptor cryptically says Xie Lian ascended too early, warning that his people haven't died out yet—implying the worst is still to come.
The preceptor warns that Xie Lian’s refusal to detach from mortal affairs will bring ruin; Xie Lian rebukes him, saying even saving one life is worth it.
Xie Lian demands the right to act; the preceptor grabs his sleeve, trying to stop him, invoking divine law and the risk of appearing to mortals.
Xie Lian insists that gods must save people—if not now, then when? He says if he can’t save his people, there's no point in staying on the altar.
The state preceptor warns that he’s seen Xie Lian’s future, and it’s pitch black. He fears the people will drag him down from the divine altar.
Xie Lian refuses to believe it, saying if his people turn on him, then his place as a god is meaningless.
The preceptor says the king did try to send relief, but the corruption along the chain of command devoured most of the aid.
He tells Xie Lian to see for himself—to judge whether the river diversion or government response is truly viable.
Xie Lian leaves Mount Taicang and heads to Yong’an, shocked by the scorched, cracked land and the absence of crops or water.
He meets up with Feng Xin and Mu Qing, who confirm that the drought has lasted two years, with the poor trapped and dying while the wealthy flee east.
Mu Qing explains that official corruption has drained all disaster relief funds, and Xie Lian grows enraged.
Xie Lian vows to retrieve the stolen money, but Mu Qing reminds him that heavenly officials are forbidden from interfering in mortal politics.
They discuss the possibility of digging a canal, but Xie Lian acknowledges it would take years and exhaust the kingdom’s resources.
Feng Xin suggests using divine power—asking the Rain Master to bring rain from the east to the west.
Xie Lian agrees and prepares to visit the Rain Master, a rare act for him, since he’s always avoided cultivating personal connections in the heavens.
Mu Qing stops him and delivers a devastating truth: all of Xianle is facing a drought, not just the west. The east seems fine now but is also slowly drying up.
Diverting water or summoning rain might temporarily save Yong’an, but it could doom the eastern territories, where most of the population and the capital are located.
Realizing the full scope, Xie Lian understands his father’s inaction may have been a strategic choice: sacrificing the few to save the many.
Mu Qing concludes that not praying at Xie Lian’s temples may have spared him the burden of making that impossible choice.
As they walk among the starving, skeletal villagers of Yong’an, Xie Lian sees the true scale of suffering and remains determined to find another solution.
He tells Feng Xin and Mu Qing to stay behind and help deliver water to the people while he searches for a better plan.
Mu Qing warns him again: they can save hundreds, maybe thousands—but not hundreds of thousands, and not for long.
The chapter ends with the haunting metaphor: using a cup of water to douse a burning cart of firewood, highlighting the impossible burden now resting on Xie Lian’s shoulders.
Chapter 31:
To Meet You in the Mortal Realm, to Find Flowers Beneath the
RainXie Lian returns invisibly to the imperial palace but avoids meeting his parents directly, uncertain how to speak with them after years apart.
He finds the king and queen in Qifeng Palace; the queen is holding the golden mask Xie Lian wore three years ago, admiring how closely it resembles him.
The king complains of headaches and greying hair, which the queen attributes to stress; Xie Lian realizes his father has been dyeing his hair black before temple visits to avoid worrying him.
Xie Lian feels guilt for not noticing sooner and is relieved they can’t see him now.
The royal couple discuss the arrival of Yong’an refugees in the capital; the king expresses firm opposition, fearing unrest if too many flood the city.
The queen is more sympathetic, but the king insists the risks are too great; Xie Lian sees the toll the situation has taken on his aging father.
They also discuss Qi Rong’s report of a man from Yong’an trying to steal from the temple—referring to Lang Ying.
The queen sadly reflects on how long it's been since they last saw Xie Lian and wishes he would return.
The king dismisses the idea, saying Xie Lian should stay in Heaven and avoid mortal troubles; despite his complaints, it's clear he misses his son.
Xie Lian, overwhelmed by emotion, leaves silently and quickly.
Determined to act, he disguises himself as a young cultivator and begins investigating the capital personally.
He confirms the eastern regions of Xianle are also suffering drought—water levels in rivers and lakes are noticeably lower than before.
Locals confirm the water shortage has been building for a long time, not a sudden issue.
Xie Lian realizes the warning signs were there, but he had missed them while buried in divine duties.
While standing in the rain reflecting, strangers invite him to take shelter under a roof and even offer him an umbrella out of kindness.
Touched by their warmth, Xie Lian accepts and notices a small Crown Prince shrine nearby, humble and clearly built by commoners.
Inside, the divine statue is clumsy and cartoonish, with a real white flower in its hand instead of a carved one.
Xie Lian is surprised—this is the first time he’s seen a real flower offering in a statue’s hand, likely placed by a devout believer.
A ragged, bandaged boy (suggested to be the same one from years ago) runs in from the rain, clutching a fresh flower.
He reverently replaces the flower in the statue’s hand and stands to pray—he doesn’t kneel, honoring Xie Lian’s wish not to be worshipped on one’s knees.
Xie Lian is deeply moved by the boy’s sincerity and devotion.
A group of well-fed children arrive and begin bullying the boy, mocking him for being ugly and abandoned.
The boy, defiant, yells that he has no family and lashes out, starting a fight, but he’s quickly overwhelmed.
Xie Lian intervenes with spiritual power, separating the children and soaking the bullies with puddle water until they flee crying.
The boy, bruised and bleeding, returns to the statue and curls up at its feet; Xie Lian watches with concern.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing arrive, summoned by Xie Lian, and speculate whether this is the same child from three years ago.
Xie Lian insists the boy needs help and places the umbrella given to him earlier outside the shrine’s door for the boy to find.
The boy discovers it and is overcome with emotion, believing the Crown Prince has answered his prayers.
He looks up and cries out to the statue, begging for a reason to keep living, saying he suffers daily and wants to destroy the world and himself.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing are shocked by the intensity of the child’s words; Mu Qing dismisses it as youthful exaggeration, urging Xie Lian to ignore it.
But Xie Lian, moved, answers the boy through the statue: “If you do not know how to live on anymore, then live for me.”
He tells the boy to use him as the reason to keep living, even if he can’t provide a clear answer to life’s meaning.
As Feng Xin and Mu Qing panic about Xie Lian breaking the heavenly rules, he shouts one last thing: “Thank you for your flower! It’s beautiful—I like it very much!”
Chapter 32:
Deficient Rain, the Rain Master Lends the Rain HatFeng Xin and Mu Qing scold Xie Lian after he breaks heavenly rules by speaking directly to a mortal child through his statue.
Xie Lian defends his actions, pointing out that the boy, who had been starving and refusing food, started eating after his words—proving it helped.
Xie Lian becomes serious and informs Feng Xin and Mu Qing that he plans to find a solution by borrowing water from other kingdoms.
He assigns them to stay in Yong’an to help the worst-hit areas and to handle prayers from his temples, filtering the urgent ones.
Xie Lian returns to the Heavenly Capital seeking assistance from any water-controlling heavenly officials but finds all of them conveniently “on leave.”
Only Lord Rain Master, who does not reside in the Heavenly Capital, is available; Xie Lian asks a civil official, Nangong Jie, for directions.
Embarrassed, Xie Lian also asks what the Rain Master might like as a gift, but Nangong has no answer—no one knows much about the Rain Master’s preferences.
Following directions, Xie Lian travels to the Kingdom of Yushi, arriving at a small farming village surrounded by green fields.
He sees no signs of divinity until a black ox transforms into a shirtless, muscular farmer wearing an iron nose ring—clearly not a normal mortal.
Xie Lian asks if this is the Rain Master’s domain; the farmer confirms and points him to a tiny, crooked thatched cottage.
The humble setting stuns Xie Lian, especially considering the Rain Master’s royal background; the farmer says the Rain Master doesn’t entertain guests and has been injured recently.
Xie Lian offers to leave a message about his urgent request, hoping not to impose. The farmer responds bluntly, saying he should pester harder for his kingdom’s survival.
Irritated by the farmer’s tone, Xie Lian insists he’s not afraid of bowing or begging if it will help his people.
The farmer laughs and tosses him a grass-colored bamboo hat, saying it’s the Rain Master’s spiritual device—the very one Xie Lian came to borrow.
It’s revealed the Rain Master had already decided to help Xie Lian before he arrived, going against the silence of the other heavenly officials.
The hat, however, cannot create water—it can only transfer it from other regions. The Rain Master has few devotees, little power, and is injured, so this is all he can lend.
Xie Lian thanks the Rain Master profusely, bows to the cottage, and immediately sets off to test the spiritual device.
He travels to a lake in the south, uses the Rain Master’s Hat to scoop up a large amount of water, and brings it thousands of kilometers to Yong’an.
Over the Bay of Lang-Er, he flips the hat, causing rain to fall for the first time in ages.
The villagers, shocked and overjoyed, rush to collect water, some cheering and others crying in relief.
Xie Lian smiles with satisfaction at their reaction, but just as he lands, Mu Qing appears with a grim expression, signaling that something has gone wrong again.
Chapter 33:
Closing the Capital Gates, Survival of Yong’an BarredXie Lian spends several days creating rainstorms using the Rain Master’s Hat, not realizing how much time has passed while exhausting his spiritual power.
Mu Qing meets him and informs him that a mountain of prayers has piled up at the Temple of the Crown Prince while he was away, many of which they lacked authority to handle.
The rainstorm over Yong’an ends quickly, and Xie Lian catches the falling hat, disappointed by how little lasting impact his efforts had.
Mu Qing warns that if Xie Lian continues dividing his power this way—trying to save Yong’an and maintain his temples—he might fail at both.
Xie Lian responds that if Yong’an collapses, his temples will eventually suffer too.
Mu Qing reveals that riots have already started. Alarmed, Xie Lian rushes to the imperial capital of Xianle to investigate.
He finds a public procession where dozens of Yong’an refugees are detained, wearing cangues, and paraded down the Avenue of Divine Might.
The crowd jeers and throws food at the refugees while Feng Xin and Mu Qing report that over 500 refugees had fled the drought and built temporary shelters in an uninhabited green meadow.
The field, while unused, was cherished by capital citizens for leisure. The clash in culture, language, and class led to growing resentment.
Tensions erupt when a local’s dog goes missing and rumors spread that Yong’an refugees ate it, especially after a child had once eaten a duck in desperation.
A brawl ensued, and the capital guards detained dozens of Yong’an men, holding them responsible.
As Xie Lian watches, some capital citizens cheer, others throw rotten food and lettuce, while the refugees bow and apologize to avoid more violence.
Xie Lian is shocked by the overreaction, but Feng Xin explains that tensions had been simmering for too long, and even minor incidents could spark riots.
Lang Ying is among the prisoners. When falsely accused of theft, he bitterly asks if the merchant accusing him even saw the supposed thieves.
A rotten persimmon is thrown at him, silencing him as laughter erupts from the crowd.
Once the punishment ends, the men are released, but the humiliation deepens the growing resentment.
Xie Lian intercepts Lang Ying after he walks away, disguised as the young cultivator. Lang Ying almost attacks him out of instinct.
Xie Lian tells him it rained back home and urges him to return, but Lang Ying quietly refuses, saying, “There’s no going back.”
With more Yong’an refugees arriving daily, the capital’s patience wears thin. The king issues a new decree: all Yong’an refugees must leave the city immediately.
A travel stipend is offered, and the capital gates are closed to prevent further influx.
Outside the walls, thousands of refugees camp in makeshift shelters, unwilling or unable to continue eastward.
Some beg to be let in, while others pound on the gates in desperation, demanding justice and compassion.
Xie Lian, watching from the wall, is reminded of ants being squashed—life reduced to something unnoticeable and then even less.
He suggests sparing the weak, but Mu Qing argues no favoritism is allowed, or unrest will grow. Even women and children must go.
Tension peaks on the fifth day. A sick child collapses outside the gates, and the desperate father begs for a doctor.
Soldiers refuse to open the gate, citing risk and orders, and stall by claiming they’re waiting for the king’s response—though they never even asked.
Hours pass, and the child worsens. The father ties his son to his back and attempts to climb the city wall, helped by others.
The crowd watches in silent hope, afraid to cheer and draw attention.
A high-ranking officer sees this and, fearing more will follow, cuts the rope, sending the man and child plummeting to the ground.
The child is crushed beneath the man’s body; both die instantly. The wife smashes her head against the wall in grief, completing the tragedy.
Xie Lian arrives just in time to witness the aftermath—three bodies dead at the gates, the charm from the Temple of the Crown Prince still around the man’s neck.
The crowd explodes in outrage, blaming the king, the soldiers, and even Xie Lian for building temples but failing to save people.
A sudden figure strangles the officer who cut the rope—it’s Lang Ying, who had climbed the wall with bloody hands to avenge the deaths.
After killing the officer, Lang Ying throws the body down and leaps after it, landing and glaring directly at the palace, not Xie Lian.
From that moment, Xianle descends into chaos, and everything begins to fall apart.
Chapter 34:
Xianle in Chaos, Crown Prince Returns to the Mortal Realm
The Yong’an refugees, though weak and poorly armed, continue resisting out of desperation and begin organizing raids on Xianle supply towers.
Lang Ying leads efforts to steal food and real weapons, increasing the efficiency and success rate of each raid.
Over time, the ragtag group of refugees becomes more like an organized rebel force; their tactics evolve and they begin to survive more encounters.
More refugees join their cause, and the Xianle court begins discussing how to suppress the growing "bandit" threat.
Xie Lian, no longer able to watch from the sidelines, storms into the Palace of Divine Might in Heaven to speak with Jun Wu.
Interrupting an ongoing meeting of heavenly officials, Xie Lian boldly declares he is descending to the Mortal Realm.
Jun Wu warns him it will break heavenly law, but Xie Lian insists, saying he’s not asking for permission—just informing them.
Xie Lian passionately argues that if he can stop the violence and reduce casualties, he will willingly accept any punishment afterward—even eternal imprisonment.
Moved but helpless, Jun Wu tells him he can’t save everyone. Xie Lian replies that as long as he’s alive, he’ll fight to try.
Xie Lian descends to the Mortal Realm in full form, a more permanent return than previous visits, symbolizing his complete commitment to intervene.
He visits the palace, where his mother joyfully welcomes him, but his father, the king, is furious and asks why he returned.
Xie Lian accuses the king of mismanaging the Yong’an crisis and neglecting the people, which infuriates the king, who yells at him to leave.
The queen tries to mediate and gently explains that while the king may not be perfect, he has done what he could within human limits.
She reveals that most of the eight thousand temples were not funded by the king, but by nobles and merchants trying to curry favor.
The queen urges Xie Lian to understand that having a kind heart isn’t enough to rule—capability, support, and unity are also required.
As Xie Lian leaves, his mother sadly begs him not to descend again, fearing for him.
Outside, Feng Xin and Mu Qing confront him about his decision to descend; Mu Qing demands to be informed of such choices, saying it affects them all.
Feng Xin defends Xie Lian’s autonomy, causing tension between the two.
A massive protest erupts in the capital, calling for the extermination of Yong’an refugees. It’s the first time Xianle citizens have ever protested with such aggression.
A striking young woman leads the protest; Mu Qing identifies her as the daughter of a nobleman who was nearly kidnapped and forced into marriage by a Yong’an refugee.
Her family had the man executed, and she became a symbolic figure for the capital's anti-Yong’an movement.
Mu Qing reveals she was once a potential consort candidate for Xie Lian, explaining her defiance and visibility.
Xie Lian realizes that both sides have valid grievances and that his own understanding of the conflict has been incomplete.
He sees the deepening divide between Xianle natives and Yong’an refugees—resentment, fear, and violence fueling each side.
Remembering how proud he once was of his father, Xie Lian now sees that the king, though flawed, had to make impossible decisions.
Xie Lian reflects that no father wants to be seen at his lowest by his son, and perhaps his father’s fury was also shame.
The chapter ends with Mu Qing urging Xie Lian to return to Heaven, warning that the situation is hopeless, but Xie Lian, despite everything, firmly declares, “No!” and marches forward.
Chapter 35:
Quell Yong’an, Crown Prince Enters the BattlefieldXie Lian descends into the Grand Avenue of Divine Might during a massive protest, appearing before the people in white robes.
The citizens are stunned at first but quickly recognize him and rejoice, calling him their god returned to protect Xianle.
The crowd misinterprets his appearance as a call to drive out the Yong’an refugees; Xie Lian says he has returned “to protect the Kingdom of Xianle.”
The people take this as a rallying cry, kneeling and praising him, while Feng Xin and Mu Qing try to manage the overwhelming crowd.
Soldiers are summoned to break up the crowd; afterward, Xie Lian picks up a crushed flower on the street—symbolic of the fragility of hope amid chaos.
Xie Lian returns to the palace and reconciles with his father, the king; both are more understanding and tolerant toward each other.
He learns firsthand how difficult ruling is—court factions, slow decisions, and political games hinder effective action.
Debate over how to handle the Yong’an refugees escalates; some advocate extermination, while others caution against unjust aggression.
Officials propose letting the refugees die off naturally: fight if they attack, ignore them if they don’t.
Xie Lian’s presence is used to boost military morale; his image becomes a propaganda symbol for justice and divine authority.
Massive numbers of young men enlist, inspired by the “Army of the Crown Prince,” causing concern among the Yong’an forces.
After two months of silence, Yong’an rebels attack again—now more organized, equipped, and trained, resembling a real army.
Xie Lian joins the battlefield for the first time, bringing only a short sword, no armor.
In under two hours, the battle ends in a bloody massacre—Xie Lian slays thousands, emerging unstained while the field is soaked in blood.
Soldiers celebrate their overwhelming victory, praising Xie Lian as a living god; he rejects their wine and quietly steps away.
Alone, Xie Lian reflects on the ease with which he killed, likening humans to ants and fearing he’s losing his reverence for life.
Mu Qing and Feng Xin join him; they all realize Yong’an’s forces are advancing—better equipped, more numerous, and possibly receiving outside support.
The soldiers believe in victory solely because Xie Lian is with them, a blind trust that unsettles his companions.
Xie Lian insists on continuing to create rain in Yong’an—not to weaken their rebellion, but to prevent innocents from dying of thirst.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing worry about his spiritual stamina, but Xie Lian says the power of eight thousand temples sustains him.
He thanks them sincerely for staying by his side, calling their unity “a story for the ages.”
Just as they relax, Xie Lian senses someone eavesdropping; he unsheathes his sword and accidentally throws the spy over the wall.
He catches the boy—just fourteen or fifteen, wearing a Xianle soldier’s uniform—before he falls, and the chapter ends with their eyes meeting midair
Chapter 36:
Upon Beizi Hill, the Crown Prince Falls into the Devil’s Nest
After saving a young soldier from falling, Xie Lian pulls both himself and the boy up to the tower; Mu Qing suspects the boy might be a spy.
Feng Xin recognizes the boy as the same reckless soldier who charged ahead of Xie Lian during the earlier battle, seemingly eager to protect him.
The boy remains silent but stands proudly when questioned, behaving with a mix of awe and nervousness in front of Xie Lian.
Xie Lian is about to dismiss the issue when the boy suddenly lunges—not to attack, but to shield Xie Lian from an incoming sniper arrow.
Xie Lian catches the arrow midair and spots a distant figure in the fields—Lang Ying, who waves mockingly before disappearing into the night.
A cloth tied to the arrow bears a bloodstained shred of green brocade with the character “Qi,” clearly pointing to Qi Rong.
Realizing Qi Rong may have been kidnapped, Xie Lian immediately prepares to chase after Lang Ying, warning Feng Xin and Mu Qing not to follow with troops in case it’s a trap.
He runs alone but is soon followed by the same young soldier, who stubbornly insists on helping.
Xie Lian reaches Beizi Hill, where Yong’an forces and civilians are rumored to be hiding; he discovers Qi Rong tied upside down to a tree, bloodied and beaten.
While rescuing Qi Rong, Xie Lian is attacked by Lang Ying; they duel, and Xie Lian quickly disarms and subdues him.
Xie Lian offers peace—rain, food, even melted gold statues—pleading for a “third path” to avoid war.
Lang Ying rejects all offers, stating he only wants the Kingdom of Xianle to disappear; he is calm, determined, and unmoved by mercy.
Qi Rong screams for Xie Lian to kill them all, but Xie Lian is visibly shaken by Lang Ying’s conviction, seeing himself in the boy’s resolve.
Just as Xie Lian prepares to strike, a white-masked, inhuman figure appears—dressed in funeral robes, with half a crying, half a smiling mask—swinging on a vine and clapping eerily.
At that moment, Lang Ying vanishes into the earth, swallowed by a fissure before Xie Lian can finish him off.
Xie Lian’s sword pins the masked figure to a tree, but when he checks, it’s just an empty pile of robes—the creature vanished.
Qi Rong, still raging, demands to burn down the hill and exterminate the hiding Yong’an refugees, but Xie Lian refuses and begins to leave.
As they retreat, they are attacked by binu—flesh-like monsters with no clothes and grotesque worm-like bodies.
Xie Lian recognizes that binu usually travel in hordes and might be part of a larger demonic force; he quickly realizes Qi Rong’s kidnapping was a ploy to lure him out.
After slaughtering several, Xie Lian gives Qi Rong his sacred sword, marked with divine power and his blood, and sends him away for safety.
The young soldier unexpectedly returns to help, proving competent in fighting off binu with only a basic sword.
After all enemies are defeated, Xie Lian compliments the boy’s skills and notes he’d be better suited to a saber, a comment filled with foreshadowing.
Chapter 37:
Land of the Tender, Body of Gold Hard-Pressed Against DesireXie Lian compliments the young soldier’s martial skills and recommends he try a saber instead of a sword, suspecting it suits him better.
They hear a noise and discover a binu carrying a scrap of human scalp in its mouth; they follow the blood trail.
The trail leads to a cave where a group of binu are feeding on corpses—men, women, elders, and children—all clearly Yong’an civilians.
A young woman, still barely alive with her abdomen torn open, begs not to be killed. Xie Lian confirms she’s human and starts treating her with his best medicine.
While seemingly recovering, the woman suddenly shouts that Xie Lian is the one who killed her family and lunges at him.
The soldier kills her to protect Xie Lian, but her corpse clings to him in a disturbing embrace, and Xie Lian suddenly feels dizzy—he’s been drugged.
The flower in her hair was a Land of the Tender blossom—a type of flower yao whose scent causes arousal and madness in men.
Flower yao giggle and flirt, revealing their intent to strip Xie Lian of his purity, which would break his cultivation and divine powers.
Xie Lian warns the soldier not to fight with fire or pluck the flowers because they emit poison or have thorns.
The soldier tightly guards the cave entrance while Xie Lian collapses inside, unable to move due to the flower’s effects.
Flower yao sprout full-bodied women who begin seducing Xie Lian with lewd talk and overwhelming scent; he tries to meditate and chant scriptures, but they mock him relentlessly.
The soldier stands guard, silent and determined, while the flower yao tempt and tease him too, trying to discover his weaknesses.
A flower yao takes the form of someone the soldier “likes,” shocking him into silence, causing the flowers to erupt in laughter.
Xie Lian, in agony, tells the soldier not to enter no matter what he hears. He begins using self-harm—cutting himself—to fight off the arousal effects.
The soldier offers his own blood to help, but it’s not potent enough to aid in drawing defensive arrays.
Despite repeated self-inflicted wounds, Xie Lian struggles as the flower yao’s poison begins affecting his mind and senses more deeply.
In a moment of desperation, Xie Lian calls the soldier into the cave and asks him to help with tasks like retrieving his sword, cutting his hair, and supporting him.
The two share a number of accidental, intimate moments due to the darkness and tension, leading to further torment for Xie Lian.
After more strategic self-inflicted injuries, Xie Lian discovers the flower yao’s poison works by triggering repressed desires—lust and bloodlust both.
Unfortunately, the sword he’s been using is tainted with flower yao sap, turning each self-inflicted wound into a worse trigger.
Xie Lian hits a critical point and stabs himself through the abdomen to stop the spiral, pinning himself to the ground to prevent losing control.
Outside the cave, Feng Xin and Mu Qing arrive and slaughter the remaining flower yao, horrified by the state they find Xie Lian in.
The soldier kneels silently nearby, shaken, while Xie Lian weakly explains what happened, refusing to elaborate further.
Feng Xin carries Xie Lian back to the capital; he sleeps for three full days, utterly exhausted from the ordeal.
After waking, Xie Lian asks about the soldier; Feng Xin and Mu Qing say he likely returned to his troop.
Xie Lian praises the boy’s potential and orders Mu Qing to find him and appoint him to a post, showing unusual personal interest.
Mu Qing’s reaction to the order is tense and ambiguous, hinting at jealousy or unease.
Xie Lian reports the strange masked figure (likely Hua Cheng) to Heaven but isn’t sure Jun Wu will hear it, as he’s locked out of Heavenly access.
Months pass with minor battles and no further sightings of the masked man; the capital remains stable.
While walking alone through the city, Xie Lian senses someone watching him; he finds the young soldier hiding shyly under a willow tree.
The boy is excited but nervous, and when asked why he left the army, he says he was kicked out—and assumed Xie Lian knew and ordered it.
Before Xie Lian can question further, a scream erupts from the Grand Avenue of Divine Might, cutting the moment short.
Chapter 38:
From the Earth of Buyou Forest, Human Face Disease EmergesA man runs madly through the capital streets, covering his face in agony, before smashing into a carriage and collapsing.
When Xie Lian approaches, the man jumps up and begs to be killed; when others attempt to help, they recoil in horror—he has a grotesque second face growing on his cheek.
Xie Lian confirms with his sword reflection that the man is human, not a demon, making the situation even more disturbing.
Bystanders recognize him as an ordinary citizen who looked normal before; another man reveals he has strange bumps on his chest.
When he reveals them, a fully formed woman’s face is visible, terrifying everyone.
Xie Lian immediately orders Feng Xin and Mu Qing to search the capital for similar symptoms; by that night, 20+ people are found with either faces or developing bumps on their bodies.
Most infected are women, youth, or weak individuals from the same neighborhood near the Buyou Forest, raising fears that it's contagious.
Xie Lian orders the area quarantined and takes the patients into the Buyou Forest, the same place Lang Ying buried his son.
Remembering the burial site, Xie Lian, Feng Xin, and Mu Qing search the forest and follow a foul stench to a mound.
They unearth a bloated, monstrous corpse—formerly Lang Ying’s child—which seems to be the origin of the curse.
Xie Lian burns the body, but a Yong’an attack begins simultaneously, possibly orchestrated to distract them.
The plague, dubbed Human Face Disease, spreads rapidly; within six days, over 50 new cases are reported, mostly civilians, and nearly none in the military.
Xie Lian devotes his divine energy to relieving symptoms but can't cure the disease, frustrating the quarantined patients.
A familiar man—who once gave Xie Lian an umbrella—asks if he’ll die; Xie Lian vows to do his best.
Xie Lian, Feng Xin, and Mu Qing try to determine what causes infection; they find the disease primarily affects weak individuals but note some exceptions, like a strong man who became the first victim.
Xie Lian suspects there’s something unique protecting soldiers and interrogates hundreds. All give consistent answers, leading to a horrifying conclusion.
He decides to report the crisis to Jun Wu, but as a descended god, his access is limited; he seeks the State Preceptor at Mount Taicang instead.
The State Preceptor confirms the Heavenly Emperor would not help—believing Xie Lian caused the curse by interfering with mortal fate.
He explains that by disrupting the destined fall of Xianle and the suffering of Yong’an, a new balancing force (the masked entity) was born.
Xie Lian is devastated but refuses to give up, saying, “The people I protect will never become its pawn.”
Two weeks later, Lang Ying reappears and battles Xie Lian. When asked about the masked white-clothed creature, Lang Ying changes the subject.
Xie Lian, in a rare moment of killing intent, strikes to kill Lang Ying but is repelled by a king’s aura, signaling Lang Ying’s destiny to ascend or rule.
Lang Ying then stabs Xie Lian—marking the first time Xie Lian is visibly injured in battle—undermining soldier morale.
Back at the quarantine, the man with the umbrella has faces chewing grass on his leg. Xie Lian orders the leg amputated after it's deemed untreatable.
He is devastated by having to cut it off himself and begins to break down emotionally as patients start losing faithin him.
Others in the camp secretly amputate themselves at night, hoping to cure the disease, and many bleed to death.
Xie Lian publicly snaps at the crowd in anger and frustration; they respond by blaming him, saying he gave false hope and isn’t really helping.
Stricken with guilt and humiliation, Xie Lian flees the camp and heads to Beizi Hill, calling out for the masked creature.
The masked man appears. Xie Lian confronts him violently, demanding answers.
The creature laughs and claims Xie Lian can still win, if he’s “willing to act.”
When Xie Lian demands to know the solution, the creature whispers something shocking in his ear.
Xie Lian slaps him, horrified, demanding a real cure.
The creature says what he told him is the way—it just depends on whether Xie Lian will choose it.
When Xie Lian tears off the creature’s mask in anger, he sees his own face smiling back at him.
Chapter 39:
Gilded Figure, Exertion to Block Celestial RuinXie Lian slashes off the masked white-robed creature’s head after stabbing it, only to realize it’s another empty skin shell, not the real body.
Furious, Xie Lian mutilates the discarded shell that bears his younger likeness until Feng Xin intervenes, reminding him it’s just a fake.
Xie Lian, shaken, reveals that the creature did not tell him how to cure Human Face Disease—instead, he told him how to cast it.
He explains that the disease comes from dead souls of Yong’an civilians, especially those who died in the drought or on the battlefield.
These souls, in a confused post-death state, are influenced by the grief and hatred of their surviving loved ones—especially soldiers—who mentally repeat the idea: “If not for them, you could’ve survived.”
The creature weaponized this period of confusion by pushing the souls to possess the bodies of Xianle citizens, causing them to manifest faces on their flesh.
Feng Xin is horrified, and Mu Qing suggests a radical solution: cast the same curse back on Yong’an by channeling Xianle’s hatred.
He reasons that infecting Yong’an with Human Face Disease will force them to focus on their own crisis, potentially collapsing the curse.
Xie Lian is shocked but adamantly refuses, insisting that mirroring the enemy’s cruelty would make them no better than murderers.
Mu Qing presses further, proposing that even just targeting civilians could work since they don’t have medical resources or divine aid.
Xie Lian is visibly disturbed and reminds them that most civilians on either side are just trying to survive and don’t even understand the war.
He asserts that a curse is a double-edged sword—it requires vicious intent and leaves the dead trapped in monstrous forms, which is no better than dying.
Mu Qing grows frustrated and sarcastic, accusing Xie Lian of clinging to ideals even as the kingdom collapses, saying he’s out of time.
Feng Xin finally explodes and verbally attacks Mu Qing, calling out his arrogance, bitterness, and hypocrisy.
He accuses Mu Qing of only following Xie Lian for selfish gain and never having had true loyalty, unlike himself.
Mu Qing counters angrily, yelling that Feng Xin doesn’t know anything about his feelings and that his criticisms are unfair.
Xie Lian, caught in the middle, yells at them both to stop and declares again: “Cursing is a no-go.”
Mu Qing reluctantly agrees, masking his emotions, while Feng Xin reaffirms his loyalty to Xie Lian, even if he’s demoted to mortal again.
Suddenly, a violent earthquake shakes the palace. The three prepare to rush out and help with disaster relief.
Qi Rong comically rolls out from under Xie Lian’s bed, revealing he was hiding there, eavesdropping the whole time.
Xie Lian, too stunned to question him, grabs him and tosses him out into safety during the quake.
Chaos erupts across the palace, but no one is injured—until people begin pointing in horror at the Celestial Pagoda, which is tilting and about to collapse.
The towering pagoda is the tallest structure in the capital and a key religious and cultural landmark—its fall would kill hundreds.
Xie Lian casts a massive spell and summons the divine golden statue of himself from Mount Taicang.
The statue arrives in miraculous fashion, taking enormous strides across the land without stepping on a single person.
Under the stunned eyes of thousands, the glowing gilded statue catches the falling pagoda and holds it aloft, preventing disaster.
The people stare in awe at the radiant divine figure, and Xie Lian, lowering his hand, gazes up at the calm, composed face of the statue bearing his likeness, filled with doubt and emotion.
Chapter 40:
Vow to Never Forget. Never!Xie Lian uses his spiritual power to control the giant golden statue holding up the Celestial Pagoda, but it begins to falter under the massive weight.
He personally joins in the spellwork, supporting the statue from its base and successfully helping it lift the pagoda again, though it exhausts him.
The people gather around in worship, praising the miracle and hailing Xie Lian as their savior; he tries to tell them to leave for safety but they ignore him.
Qi Rong appears and offers to help Xie Lian—by casting the Human Face Disease curse on Yong’an.
Xie Lian is horrified and refuses, but Qi Rong then begs for a way to avoid getting infected himself, asking if Xie Lian knows the secret.
The crowd overhears and presses Xie Lian with desperate questions about whether he knows the cure.
Xie Lian denies knowing anything to avoid chaos, even though it pains him deeply.
Feng Xin arrives and drags Qi Rong away, but Qi Rong screams that Xie Lian must not fall, further pressuring him to stay strong.
Xie Lian continues meditating beneath the statue, day after day, while more and more citizens enter the palace to pray, as his old divine statue has been relocated.
The queen visits him daily and shields him from the sun, silently weeping as she watches her son suffer in public view.
Xie Lian reassures her that he’s not suffering, though internally he’s collapsing; he longs to run into her arms like a child but cannot show weakness.
One evening, he notices a small, humble flower placed near him. It lifts his spirit with its simple, familiar beauty.
Suddenly, the amputee who gave him an umbrella before crawls into the square, screaming in anguish—he has grown another human face on his remaining leg.
The man demands to know why the curse returned even after Xie Lian cut his leg off, spiraling into madness and despair.
A swarm of infected patients flood the plaza, desperate and injured, begging Xie Lian for healing or answers.
They accuse him of favoritism, deception, and greed when he can’t save them all at once, overwhelming him with guilt and panic.
The golden statue begins to tremble as the crowd surges. Someone strangles Xie Lian while others scream for justice and truth.
Xie Lian begins to mentally break down and silently pleads for someone to save him—despite being a god himself.
Just then, the Yong’an army's victory horn sounds in the distance, signaling the city’s fall.
Xie Lian collapses, and the statue mimics him—finally crumbling along with the Celestial Pagoda in a devastating crash.
Chaos erupts across the city as plague victims flee and the populace panics. Xie Lian stumbles toward the city gates in tears.
On the walls, he spots the white-robed masked figure waving at him. Desperate not to lose sight of him again, Xie Lian leaps from the battlements to follow.
This time, he doesn’t land safely—he breaks his leg, symbolizing the literal and emotional collapse of the “invincible” Crown Prince.
After this fall, everything changes—Xie Lian becomes unsure of himself, his hand trembles in battle, and soldiers begin calling him a god of misfortune.
The Human Face Disease spreads uncontrollably. With no cure in sight, the Heavens finally summon him back to the Upper Court.
Before leaving, Xie Lian visits the Royal Holy Temple, now mostly destroyed, with the first divine statue gone and the altar desecrated.
He finds a young boy singlehandedly fighting off vandals to protect the ruined temple and then replacing the missing statue with a childish but sincere painting.
The boy proclaims that no matter what happens, he will rebuild Xie Lian’s temples, more magnificent than ever.
Xie Lian is deeply moved and shows himself briefly, causing the boy to tearfully promise, “I will never forget you!”
As Xie Lian walks away, he tells the boy to forget him, expecting to be erased from history—but the boy screams through tears that he never will.
Chapter 41:
The Mid-Autumn Festival, Battling Lanterns on Moon-
Watching NightXie Lian pins his sword into the floor in frustration as Qi Rong mocks him for not having the will to kill him.
Xie Lian warns Qi Rong that while he won’t kill him, he might hand him over to Hua Cheng, terrifying Qi Rong into silence.
Xie Lian refuses to hand Qi Rong to the Upper Court yet, fearing Lang Qianqiu might kill him immediately.
Guzi, the boy who believes Qi Rong is his father, helps Xie Lian gather the scattered remains of the God-Pleasing costume.
Xie Lian gently tells Guzi that Qi Rong is not really his dad, but Guzi doesn’t understand and clings to Qi Rong.
Xie Lian carries both Qi Rong and Guzi back to Puqi Village, where Puqi Shrine is overflowing with offerings and incense.
Qi Rong spits out the food Xie Lian gives him and continues running his mouth, but freezes when he sees the crystal ring on Xie Lian’s necklace.
Qi Rong warns the ring is a cursed object, claiming whoever gave it to Xie Lian is dangerous, but Xie Lian chooses to trust the giver and keeps wearing it.
Xie Lian becomes suspicious of Qi Rong’s stalling behavior and looks up—spotting a black-clothed figure clinging to the ceiling.
He attacks and exposes the intruder: Pei Xiu (Little Pei), who has come to steal the pickle pot containing Banyue.
Realizing Qi Rong was trying to distract him, Xie Lian fights Pei Xiu, eventually overpowering him.
Pei Xiu unexpectedly tosses the pot to Xie Lian but secretly redirects it out the window to someone else.
Pei Ming appears outside, having caught the pot mid-air. He chastises Pei Xiu for endangering his career over Banyue.
Shi Qingxuan bursts out of the pot in a surprise twist, having switched places with Banyue to protect her.
Shi Qingxuan reveals Banyue was sent to Rain Master’s mountain retreat, daring Pei Ming to go after her.
Pei Ming grows serious and retreats, warning Shi Qingxuan that she may regret these actions someday.
Pei Xiu explains that Pei Ming is overprotective because of a past incident where another of his descendants was exiled and forgotten.
Shi Qingxuan confirms that the Rain Master beat that prior deputy general into exile for misconduct.
Xie Lian thanks the Rain Master for past help and is curious about the conflict between them and Pei Ming.
Talk turns to the Mid-Autumn Festival Banquet, and Xie Lian agrees to attend despite expecting he’ll receive no lantern offerings.
At the heavenly banquet, Xie Lian wears a plain white robe and sits in a corner but is invited to sit with Shi Qingxuan.
The banquet includes a “Battle of the Lanterns,” where gods compete to see how many Blessings Lanterns their followers light.
A game called “Drummed Flower Passing” begins, where the loser must watch a theatrical play written about them based on mortal folklore.
Pei Ming’s play shows him seducing a woman named “Noble Jie”—revealed to be Ling Wen, causing everyone to gossip.
Ling Wen and Pei Ming deny the rumors, and Ling Wen jokes about folklore making her seduce everyone.
Next, Shi Wudu is chosen, and the play features cringy romantic lines between him and Shi Qingxuan, based on folklore that they are husband and wife.
Shi Wudu demands the curtains be dropped immediately and pays 100,000 merits to cut the performance.
A third play features a mocking performance about Quan Yizhen, portraying him and someone else with cruel satire.
Quan Yizhen loses his temper, smashes his wine cup, and charges into the pavilion, vanishing in pursuit of the performers.
The crowd reacts with mixed opinions, criticizing him for immaturity, while higher officials frown in silence.
The fourth round of the game begins, and unexpectedly, the wine cup is passed to Xie Lian—marking him as the next target.
Chapter 42:
Temple of a Thousand Lights Endlessly Illuminating the
Lingering NightXie Lian accidentally receives the wine cup during the Mid-Autumn Festival’s "Drummed Flower Passing" game, making him the next target for a stage play.
Ming Yi had blindly passed the cup to him while eating, realizing too late what he’d done.
Though surprised, Xie Lian drinks the wine, choosing not to waste Shi Qingxuan’s merits to skip the show.
The curtains rise on a new play called Adventures in the Kingdom of Banyue, which features characters clearly resembling Xie Lian and Hua Cheng.
The red-robed man in the play acts intimately with “Xie Lian,” to the shock and amusement of the heavenly officials.
Jun Wu notes the play has never been performed before; Ling Wen confirms it was newly written by mortals after the Banyue incident.
Xie Lian realizes it may have been commissioned by the boy Tian Sheng, despite never telling him his name.
The play is surprisingly well-produced, with elaborate staging and acting. The officials gossip, shocked by the romantic and intimate portrayal.
Although Xie Lian critiques the play’s overt intimacy, he recognizes the portrayals are actually quite faithful to real events.
The play includes appearances from “Nan Feng” and “Fu Yao,” representing junior officials from Nan Yang and Xuan Zhen—volunteers who had assisted Xie Lian.
Shi Qingxuan reveals both Nan Feng and Fu Yao are in detention—presumably for defying their masters by helping Xie Lian.
After the play, talk turns to Pei Xiu’s exile and Banyue’s fate, causing tension between Shi Qingxuan and Pei Ming.
Shi Wudu scolds Shi Qingxuan for defending Banyue and for her preference for her lady form, reinforcing his strict control.
The Battle of the Lanterns begins, where officials are ranked by how many Blessings Lanterns are lit by their followers.
The Rain Master receives only one lantern—offered by their own bull—due to discouraging material offerings.
As more lanterns rise for each official, the rankings tighten. The top ten includes Quan Yizhen, Ming Yi, Shi Qingxuan, Ling Wen, Mu Qing, Feng Xin, and Pei Ming.
Shi Wudu ranks second with 718 lanterns, a huge number befitting the God of Wealth.
As the officials celebrate the final count, Shi Wudu interrupts and points out that only nine of the top ten have been named.
At that moment, three thousand lanterns explode into the sky, blinding everyone with their brilliance.
Everyone is stunned when the announcer declares that the lanterns come from Thousand Lights Temple, Palace of the Crown Prince—for Xie Lian.
The officials reel in disbelief; no one had heard of Thousand Lights Temple before, and the lantern count is unprecedented in heavenly history.
Some accuse it of fraud, but Shi Qingxuan defends the authenticity of the lanterns and the temple name written on them.
No one can explain who built the temple or where it is, including Xie Lian himself.
Pei Ming speculates it must be Hua Cheng’s doing, saying this proves Hua Cheng bears no ill will toward Xie Lian.
The officials, while still shocked, grudgingly accept it after Jun Wu applauds Xie Lian, praising him for creating yet another miracle.
The festival ends with lingering awkwardness, but also admiration and intrigue surrounding Xie Lian and Hua Cheng’s bond.
Xie Lian descends from Heaven with Lang Ying, stops in the forest to collect Qi Rong, and drags him back from a punishment session involving mosquito bites.
Guzi continues calling Qi Rong “Dad,” unaware of his true nature, and begs Xie Lian to show mercy.
On the return hike, Qi Rong curses Xie Lian, but the group is eventually illuminated by the lingering glow of the three thousand Blessings Lanterns in the night sky.
Xie Lian, touched by the sight, whispers a heartfelt “Thank you”, ignoring Qi Rong’s mockery.
He smiles and reflects that even if the lanterns weren’t meant for him, beauty itself is something to be grateful for.
Chapter 43:
Pregnant with Evil, a New Unforeseen DisturbanceXie Lian struggles to feed everyone now living at Puqi Shrine: Guzi, Lang Ying, and Qi Rong, who eats the most despite constant complaints.
Desperate for food, Xie Lian returns to street performing, offering handmade protection charms from Puqi Shrine to attract donations.
The crowd isn’t interested once they hear the charms are from the unknown “Crown Prince of Xianle,” and they mock and trample the charms.
Lang Ying watches silently while Xie Lian picks up the trampled charms, unfazed.
A commotion breaks out when a man is thrown out of a mansion—accused of being a quack doctor after a pregnant woman falls mysteriously ill.
Xie Lian offers his help as a Daoist and is taken inside to examine the woman.
The woman is in pain and her abdomen is unnaturally swollen. Xie Lian senses intense yin energy concentrated in her belly.
He uses Fangxin to hover over her, and black smoke violently erupts from her mouth—an evil presence had possessed her womb.
The doctor confirms the baby is “gone,” not miscarried—its very presence erased.
Xie Lian explains the fetus was devoured by a malevolent spirit that entered during a strange dream the woman had the night before.
The woman had dreamed of a child calling her “Mom,” whom she cradled in her dream—an act that unknowingly let the spirit inside.
Xie Lian investigates further and learns that the woman was previously a concubine who aborted a child she believed to be female.
Her household is full of jealous rivals and concubines; Xie Lian suspects the fetal spirit is born from lingering hatred and resentment.
The merchant has another pregnant concubine and begs Xie Lian to protect her.
Xie Lian devises a plan: he disguises himself as a pregnant woman, using the concubine’s hair for a baiting spell, and goes to sleep in her chamber to lure the spirit.
He wakes up in an illusion—a lavish, ancient pavilion covered in blood. He realizes the evil spirit is older than first believed.
In the vanity, he finds a baby’s belongings and one of his own ancient protection charms from 800 years ago, implying the woman was once his devout believer.
A child’s eerie laughter echoes through the room, and Xie Lian recognizes the voice from the marriage sedan incident at Mount Yujun.
The spirit calls for “Mom” and eventually enters Xie Lian’s fake belly, revealing itself as a fetus spirit born from miscarriage and lingering grief.
The ghost baby spews threads and hair from its mouth—evidence it tried to consume Xie Lian’s fake baby (a pillow).
Xie Lian deduces the spirit lacks a real form because it died before developing one and had been consuming other unborn children to take their place.
As Xie Lian tries to find and subdue the spirit, it sets traps—he steps on a needle but ignores the pain and wounds it again with Fangxin.
A window opens onto a lake, across which Xie Lian sees Guzi and Lang Ying eating under a cloud of black smoke—they may have been pulled into the illusion.
The spirit tries to possess Guzi, prompting Xie Lian to shout a warning despite the risk, allowing the boys to escape possession.
However, by shouting, Xie Lian opens himself to possession and inhales the black smoke.
He quickly counters it by swallowing protective charms and vomiting the spirit back out, then jumps into a lake to evade further attack.
Underwater, he prepares to take drastic measures—swallowing Fangxin to trap the spirit if needed.
Just as he swims up, a flurry of bubbles and dark hair envelops him, and he is seized by strong arms.
A cold, soft sensation covers his lips—someone kisses him underwater.
Chapter 44:
Mind in Disarray, but Say Not That the Tender Heart Is TooUnderwater, Xie Lian is kissed by Hua Cheng, who transfers air into his mouth to save him from drowning after he inhaled the fetus spirit's cursed mist.
Xie Lian panics, thrashes, and nearly drowns again until he realizes it’s Hua Cheng and immediately stops struggling.
As the black smoke attacks from above, Hua Cheng doesn’t break the kiss, instead pulling Xie Lian closer to shield him.
Thousands of silver butterflies suddenly burst from the water, slicing through the black smoke and trapping the fetus spirit.
Hua Cheng dives underwater again with Xie Lian in tow, tosses a die to activate a teleportation spell, and brings them safely to a nearby shore.
On shore, they collapse. Xie Lian finally gets a good look at Hua Cheng—his older appearance, widow’s peak, red-thread braid, and eyepatch.
Overwhelmed and dazed, Xie Lian babbles nonsense, searching for his bamboo hat and claiming he's going home to collect scraps.
Embarrassed, he tries to flee, twisting his ankle and stepping on a needle embedded in his foot. Hua Cheng tries to help, but Xie Lian resists.
A crowd of ghosts from Ghost City stumbles upon them, recognizing Hua Cheng as “Chengzhu” and respectfully (though rowdily) greet him.
Embarrassed beyond belief, Xie Lian tries to pretend nothing happened, but Hua Cheng picks him up bridal style and carries him back into Paradise Manor.
Inside, Hua Cheng gently treats Xie Lian’s wound, kneels to remove his boot, and extracts the cursed needle from his foot.
He crushes the needle in his hand, showing how dangerous it was and affirming the fetus spirit's power was unusually strong.
A subordinate brings them a sealed clay pot—inside is the fetus spirit’s true form: a malformed lump of undeveloped limbs and organs.
Xie Lian realizes it was not from a normal miscarriage, but likely created through dark rituals involving slicing fetuses from living wombs for ghost magic.
He requests to keep the spirit to investigate its connections to earlier hauntings like the one on Mount Yujun.
Hua Cheng allows it and casually mentions Xie Lian had planned to swallow his sword to trap the spirit, hinting he’d been watching.
Xie Lian admits it sheepishly, then, awkwardly and instinctively, blurts out again, “I’m a little hungry.”
Hua Cheng laughs, breaking the tension, and agrees to take Xie Lian out for food.
Xie Lian changes out of the women’s outfit into white robes Hua Cheng provides, and the two stroll through Ghost City together.
Vendors enthusiastically try to serve them—but their wares include self-seasoning chicken-men, tongue-washed tableware, and human legs.
Hua Cheng blocks every bizarre stall until they find a barely tolerable one selling “Mortal Realm delicacies.”
As they eat, more ghosts gather and recognize Xie Lian from his past visit, calling him “great-uncle” and embarrassing him further.
One ghost blurts out that Xie Lian once told Lan Chang he couldn’t “get it up,” referring to his excuse to avoid seduction.
The ghosts laugh and gossip; Xie Lian chokes on his food and desperately tries to deny the claim.
Hua Cheng calmly teases him, asking if he suffers from an “unspeakable affliction,” causing Xie Lian to protest even more frantically.
Seeing Xie Lian’s mortified reaction, Hua Cheng promises not to bring it up again—with a fake innocent expression.
The moment passes, and both laugh. Xie Lian asks seriously if Hua Cheng knows where Thousand Lights Templeis.
Chapter 45:
To Compose in Nuit Blanche, Fragrance Added by Red SleevesAfter Xie Lian asks Hua Cheng if he knows about the mysterious Thousand Lights Temple, Hua Cheng unexpectedly apologizes instead of answering directly.
Hua Cheng leads Xie Lian through Ghost City to a majestic temple glowing with thousands of lights—it is the Thousand Lights Temple, hidden in the Ghost Realm.
The temple is stunning and serene, standing out amidst the chaos of Ghost City, and it leaves Xie Lian breathless.
Hua Cheng explains that he created the temple and the three thousand Blessings Lanterns as a surprise for the Mid-Autumn Festival to entertain Xie Lian during the heavenly banquet.
He downplays the effort, saying he didn’t get permission and didn’t want to trouble Xie Lian, but hoped it would make the banquet more interesting.
Xie Lian is touched and insists he’s not offended at all. He is glad to learn the temple wasn’t built recently, which would have overwhelmed him further.
Hua Cheng confesses the temple was built long ago, never used, and kept hidden until now—it was brought out solely for Xie Lian.
Inside the temple, there’s no divine statue or kneeling cushions, which Xie Lian appreciates, stating it’s better that way.
Xie Lian notices the temple lacks an establishment plaque and asks why; Hua Cheng jokes that no one in Ghost City can write well.
He suggests Xie Lian write the plaque himself, but Xie Lian instead asks Hua Cheng to write something for him.
Hua Cheng is embarrassed and reluctant, warning that he doesn’t write well, but Xie Lian encourages him and hands him a brush.
As Hua Cheng writes, Xie Lian tries to keep a straight face but struggles—the calligraphy is wild, chaotic, and hilariously illegible.
Xie Lian guesses that Hua Cheng is trying to write a romantic poem and tries to interpret the scrawl.
He teases Hua Cheng gently, praising his “unique” and “daring” writing style while internally dying from laughter.
Hua Cheng, amused, says he does want to learn but never had a teacher. Xie Lian offers to teach him.
Xie Lian writes the last two lines of the poem in his own elegant calligraphy:
“Many times I’ve passed through the flowers, yet I spare them no glance;
For half my fate is in cultivation, and the other half, in you.”
Hua Cheng reads the full poem and quietly stares at it, clearly moved.
Xie Lian begins instructing him seriously in the basics of calligraphy while Hua Cheng listens attentively.
When Hua Cheng tries again, Xie Lian notices something is off and realizes Hua Cheng isn’t even holding the brush correctly.
Without thinking, Xie Lian steps closer and guides Hua Cheng’s hand from behind, gently correcting his grip.
The moment becomes increasingly intimate as Xie Lian realizes they are very close, their hands overlapping as they write together.
As they continue, Hua Cheng intentionally messes up the characters, snickering while Xie Lian scolds him for not taking it seriously.
Hua Cheng pretends to be obedient but clearly enjoys teasing him, and Xie Lian can’t help but laugh in exasperation.
Xie Lian realizes that even though Hua Cheng’s hand is cold, it feels like holding something burning, and he becomes flustered by the intimacy.
Just as the mood shifts again, Xie Lian notices a tiny, lone flower at the edge of the altar and is momentarily distracted.
Chapter 46:
Bizarre Trick to Open Doors, Ghost Fetus StolenXie Lian is momentarily distracted by a small, fragrant flower in the Thousand Lights Temple and has a vague sense of déjà vu.
He and Hua Cheng finish their calligraphy composition, and Hua Cheng says he plans to keep it for himself, not show anyone.
Screams erupt outside—Paradise Manor is on fire again.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng rush back and find the fire was small and quickly extinguished by Ghost City residents.
Xie Lian suspects the fire was a distraction. They check on the clay pot containing the fetus spirit and find it empty—the spirit has been stolen.
Since the pot’s sealing spell was unbroken, Xie Lian concludes someone intentionally freed the spirit, not that it escaped.
Hua Cheng says Paradise Manor doesn’t use guards because its doors are enchanted—thieves are trapped unless the object is “theirs.”
Xie Lian theorizes the thief walked out the front door, meaning the spirit was reclaimed by someone it once belonged to.
Hua Cheng immediately locks down Ghost City and gathers all ghosts who were present on the streets.
Hua Cheng divides the crowd into male and female ghosts and searches the women’s group with Xie Lian.
Xie Lian recognizes Lan Chang, a vulgar ghost woman from previous encounters, now dressed unusually conservatively.
He calls her out for wearing a long dress to hide her suddenly swollen belly—suspecting she reabsorbed the fetus spirit.
Xie Lian reveals that the spirit is in her womb, reinserted to bypass the manor’s magical safeguards since it’s a part of her body.
Lan Chang refuses to give up the spirit, crying she searched for her son for centuries and won’t let the Heavens take him.
The fetus spirit grows violent inside her, swelling and thrashing. Lan Chang collapses, screaming in agony.
Suddenly, a golden light bursts from her belly—a heavenly Golden Belt restrains the spirit and protects her from being torn apart.
Xie Lian is stunned; Golden Belts are gifts exchanged by Upper Court heavenly officials, often with romantic significance.
The belt kept Lan Chang’s ghostly form stable for centuries. Xie Lian realizes the fetus spirit’s father must be an Upper Court heavenly official.
Lan Chang denies Pei Ming is the father, shocking everyone who assumed he was to blame.
Xie Lian offers to bring her to the Heavenly Court to seek justice or recognition and investigate the father properly.
She reluctantly agrees and prostrates herself before Hua Cheng, thanking him for sheltering her and apologizing for breaking Ghost City rules.
Xie Lian takes her to the Palace of Divine Might and announces a conference to discuss the case.
Most present officials arrive, including Mu Qing, Shi Qingxuan, Shi Wudu, Ling Wen, Feng Xin, and Pei Ming.
Suspicion initially falls on Pei Ming, given his reputation, but Lan Chang publicly denies he’s the father.
She shocks everyone by suddenly turning to Xie Lian and declaring, “It’s you.”
Chapter 47:
Impetuous Matches, None Admits Amidst Conflicted LaughterAt the Heavenly Court assembly, Lan Chang shocks everyone by declaring that Xie Lian is the father of the ghost fetus.
The entire hall is thrown into stunned silence; Xie Lian is so shaken he nearly blurts out his usual “I can’t get it up” excuse but stops himself.
He earnestly pleads innocence, stating that if he didn’t love someone, he would never cross such lines, and if he did, he would take full responsibility.
Shi Qingxuan defends him, pointing out the absurdity of Lan Chang recognizing him only now and questioning her credibility.
Some officials suggest Xie Lian may have lost his memory or assumed no one would recognize him after 800 years.
Jun Wu asks Xie Lian how many Golden Belts he once owned—signs of intimate relationships—and Mu Qing answers flatly: over forty, accidentally revealing how much he knew about Xie Lian's past.
This embarrasses Xie Lian and reminds everyone how luxurious his former life was before his fall.
Jun Wu asks Xie Lian if he remembers what happened to the belts; Xie Lian can’t recall due to years of pawning belongings to survive.
Jun Wu confirms that Xie Lian practices a purity-based cultivation method, meaning sex would damage his spiritual power.
Shi Qingxuan jokes that based on appearance, Xie Lian must’ve never held hands or kissed anyone.
Xie Lian is struck silent, and everyone notices. Flashbacks of holding hands and an underwater kiss with Hua Cheng flood his mind, and he blushes uncontrollably.
His silence confirms the crowd’s suspicions—Shi Qingxuan sends a mental message apologizing for misjudging him, realizing Xie Lian has indeed had romantic experiences.
Jun Wu asks Xie Lian to prove his purity using a mystical sword, Yanzhen, which glows if the blood is from a virgin.
Xie Lian cuts his hand, and the blood slides cleanly off the blade, proving his spiritual and physical purity.
The crowd sighs in disappointment; case closed—Xie Lian is not the father.
Ling Wen resumes questioning Lan Chang, but she suddenly points to Ling Wen himself and claims he’s the father next.
Ling Wen, currently in male form, is dumbfounded. Pei Ming mocks him with loud laughter.
Ling Wen calmly denies it and maintains he has no time for romantic entanglements.
Lan Chang continues accusing random officials, including Ming Yi, turning the whole scene into chaos.
Officials start backing away, horrified they’ll be the next target. Jun Wu orders her removed from the hall as her claims lose all credibility.
Despite the ridiculous outcome, Xie Lian notes that Lan Chang had been sane earlier and only began behaving erratically upon entering the Palace of Divine Might.
He warns the officials not to dismiss the situation too easily—it might indicate a larger spiritual interference.
The court ends with the usual vague decision to “look into it later,” and everyone disperses.
As Xie Lian exits, Feng Xin secretly warns him to be cautious of Mu Qing, who made Lan Chang visibly nervous.
Feng Xin admits he doesn’t know the details but urges Xie Lian to stay alert.
Xie Lian reflects that while Mu Qing clearly knew Lan Chang, he doubts he is the father, due to Mu Qing’s dedication to cultivation and purity.
Xie Lian returns to Puqi town, where the wealthy merchant praises him for “vanishing” from locked rooms and asks to become a devoted worshiper.
Glad to gain a new rich believer, Xie Lian leaves with Guzi and Lang Ying, returning to Puqi Shrine.
They find the shrine completely cleaned and Qi Rong missing, as if someone swept through while they were gone.
As they approach the shrine, Xie Lian senses an incoming attack and deflects it with Fangxin—it’s a curved silver blade he recognizes as Eming, Hua Cheng’s weapon.
Eming is stuck in the ground and violently shaking, as if injured or distressed.
Xie Lian kneels beside it in concern, asking gently, “Did I hurt you just now?”
Chapter 48:
Fight for Commendation, Eming Battles RuoyeXie Lian finds Eming, Hua Cheng’s scimitar, trembling at Puqi Shrine and gently strokes it, apologizing for striking it earlier.
Eming calms down, and Hua Cheng suddenly appears behind Xie Lian, casually greeting him.
Hua Cheng is dressed simply and hands Xie Lian his forgotten bamboo hat, which he retrieved, referencing Xie Lian’s confused ramblings from before.
Xie Lian is flustered but grateful, and Hua Cheng smoothly shifts the conversation to Guzi and Lang Ying, noting Xie Lian “picked up more kids.”
Guzi is initially afraid of Hua Cheng, but Hua Cheng sends out a tiny silver butterfly, winning Guzi over.
Hua Cheng eyes Lang Ying coldly and unfavorably, clearly sensing something dark within him, making Lang Ying shrink back.
Xie Lian accuses Hua Cheng of cleaning Puqi Shrine excessively—implying Qi Rong was treated like garbage and thrown out.
Screams confirm this—Qi Rong is being half-drowned in the creek by Ruoye, bound and furious, refusing to leave the possessed body.
Hua Cheng threatens worse punishments, calling Qi Rong “useless trash.” Qi Rong hurls insults until dunked again.
Xie Lian explains that forcibly removing Qi Rong would kill the host, so he’s at a loss for a solution and asks Hua Cheng for ideas.
Hua Cheng offers sadistic suggestions, half-seriously, on how to make Qi Rong suffer worse than death.
After dragging Qi Rong back to the shrine, they find him starving and stiff, clearly weakened, and eating meat pies Guzi brought.
Xie Lian recalls Ruoye, which had been tying Qi Rong up for days and now wraps around Xie Lian affectionately like a sulking child.
Eming is tossed down by Hua Cheng, assuming a dignified pose beside Ruoye and Fangxin. Ruoye tries to show off its slicing skills to impress Eming.
Xie Lian begins cooking, determined to host Hua Cheng with a proper meal. He uses Ruoye and Eming to help prepare vegetables.
In a moment of lighthearted competition, Eming slices cabbage better than Ruoye, making Ruoye sulk while Eming smugly spins its eye.
Fangxin remains impassive throughout, too noble to engage in the cooking contest.
Xie Lian asks Hua Cheng how long he’ll stay. Hua Cheng says he’ll linger if Ghost City is calm—playfully hoping Xie Lian doesn’t mind.
They chat while cooking; Xie Lian tells Hua Cheng about Lan Chang accusing everyone of fathering the fetus spirit but omits being accused himself.
Curious, Xie Lian asks who Hua Cheng thinks the real father is. Hua Cheng only says maybe the Golden Belt was something she picked up—avoiding a real answer.
Dinner is served, but when Qi Rong smells the food, he screams in agony, accusing Xie Lian of cooking torture and threatening him.
Xie Lian is embarrassed, thinking he failed as a cook again, especially with Hua Cheng watching.
Hua Cheng silently serves himself a bowl and eats with a calm face. Qi Rong is dumbfounded, whispering to himself in awe of Hua Cheng’s strength.
Xie Lian uses the moment to threaten Qi Rong: he won’t have to eat if he leaves the host body. Qi Rong refuses.
Xie Lian calmly force-feeds Qi Rong the food by squeezing open his mouth and pouring it in.
Qi Rong lets out a piercing scream and collapses in near-death agony, still refusing to leave the body.
Xie Lian doesn’t know whether to feel proud or guilty—at least Qi Rong didn’t die, which might mean the food wasn’t that bad.
He notices Hua Cheng has nearly finished his bowl and eagerly asks for feedback.
Hua Cheng smiles and says, “Not bad. The taste is a bit strong; try making it milder next time.”
Xie Lian is thrilled and promises to improve next time, grateful for the compliment despite Qi Rong’s violent reaction.
Chapter 49:
Stew of the Good Crown Prince, to Welcome Unexpected
GuestsXie Lian tries to rebuild his confidence in cooking after his stew's horrifying effects on Qi Rong, who spent the night hallucinating and screaming in torment.
Hua Cheng avoids eating, while Xie Lian survives on simple congee and shares the food supplies left from town.
Early the next morning, a group of village girls arrives at Puqi Shrine bearing gifts—congee and roasted chicken—clearly drawn by Hua Cheng’s beauty.
Xie Lian teases Hua Cheng about his popularity, remarking that beauty really can feed people.
Qi Rong mocks Hua Cheng’s appeal, claiming the girls are just backwater bumpkins taken by his fancy clothes.
Xie Lian begins reheating the infamous stew from the night before, now named “Love for All Seasons,” which terrifies Qi Rong into silence.
Lang Ying quietly tries to help with chores, but Xie Lian sends him and Guzi outside to play.
Qi Rong, bored and recovered from the stew’s torment, resumes being a nuisance by catcalling villagers.
Suddenly, villagers become excited by the arrival of two legendary beauties—who turn out to be Shi Qingxuan and Ming Yi, both in female form.
Xie Lian, panicking at their unexpected arrival while Hua Cheng is still inside, tries to delay opening the door.
Ming Yi promptly assaults Qi Rong after recognizing the overwhelming ghost aura around him, while Shi Qingxuan tries to keep things polite.
Xie Lian finally opens the door to stop the violence, confirming his identity and trying to de-escalate the situation.
Inside the shrine, Ming Yi and Hua Cheng come face to face for the first time since Ming Yi’s exposure as a Ghost City spy.
The tension escalates immediately; Ming Yi is alarmed, and Hua Cheng shows no pretense of hospitality, demanding they leave and never return.
Shi Qingxuan tries to lighten the mood and change the subject, suggesting they all sit down and eat to resolve their tension peacefully.
Hua Cheng unexpectedly complies, ending the immediate threat of a fight by ladling a bowl of stew for himself.
Shi Qingxuan eagerly asks to try Xie Lian’s cooking, excited to taste food made by a heavenly official.
Ming Yi is reluctant, but eventually gives in and accepts a bowl as well.
Hua Cheng tastes the stew, declares it milder than before, and praises Xie Lian for doing his best.
Encouraged, Xie Lian beams and says he added more water to fix the flavor.
The chapter ends on a rare peaceful note, with everyone sitting down to share a surprisingly successful meal—tension momentarily eased, friendships cautiously mending, and Xie Lian finally regaining a little culinary confidence.
Chapter 50:
Venerable of Empty Words, Mourning at the CelebrationMing Yi and Shi Qingxuan taste Xie Lian’s stew and both collapse from the sheer trauma of the flavor, even worse than Qi Rong’s reaction.
Shi Qingxuan cries and strangles a broom thinking it’s Ming Yi, while Xie Lian tries to stop the chaos, unsure what went wrong.
Hua Cheng casually suggests that heavenly officials simply have weaker taste buds than Qi Rong, implying the stew isn’t that bad.
After being force-fed water, Ming Yi and Shi Qingxuan regain enough strength to sit upright, although still visibly shaken.
Xie Lian reminds them they came for an important reason, prompting Shi Qingxuan to reveal their concern about a creature called the Venerable of Empty Words.
Xie Lian recognizes it as the entity known for cursing people during joyful moments—essentially a “jinx monster” that ruins celebrations.
Shi Qingxuan uses eerie spells and ambiance to set the mood, complete with dark lighting and ghostly effects, annoying the others.
Xie Lian recounts two personal encounters with the creature. In the first, he physically beat and cursed it, then drove it off by crashing a carriage, ironically fulfilling its own prophecy.
He explains three strategies to defeat the creature: stop it from speaking, keep its cursed target from hearing, or ignore it entirely and live boldly.
The second encounter involved the creature targeting Xie Lian himself. He disarmed it by having no joy for it to ruin, treating all its doomsaying as harmless background noise.
He was so indifferent to its curses that the Venerable eventually gave up and fled, unable to feed on any of his fear or misfortune.
Xie Lian humorously suspects the Venerable warned others of how useless he was as prey, calling him a "God of Misfortune."
Shi Qingxuan, amused by the story, finally explains that his case is far worse: he himself is the Venerable’s current target.
He recounts his childhood, when a mysterious fortune teller warned his family not to celebrate his birth or let him become famous—or he'd attract disaster.
The warning was ignored, and during his celebratory feast, a creepy voice cursed him from underground: “Wretched beginning, wretched end.”
That night, Shi Qingxuan developed a terrible fever. His family consulted the fortune teller again, who revealed the boy had been “reserved” by a particularly ancient and powerful Venerable of Empty Words.
The Shi family tricked the spirit by disguising Shi Qingxuan as a girl and pretending the real boy had been sent away.
This fooled the creature for ten years, until one day, Shi Qingxuan—still a child—was nearly captured while trying to bring his brother food.
The creature nearly caught him, but Shi Wudu appeared in time to drive it off.
The creature then stalked Shi Qingxuan regularly, planting fear but never attacking directly, waiting to consume him at his peak moment of fear and vulnerability.
After both brothers ascended, the creature seemed to disappear—until recently, when it whispered in Shi Qingxuan’s ear, “You’ll never see your brother again.”
Terrified, Shi Qingxuan went to check on Shi Wudu, who was unharmed, but the fear lingered, prompting him to seek Xie Lian’s help.
Xie Lian confirms this creature is far more powerful than the ones he faced, calling it a Reverend of Empty Words, a rare, ancient and calculating version of the jinx monster.
Hua Cheng confirms the Reverend is exceptionally strong and difficult to deal with, though his tone stays relaxed.
Xie Lian asks why Shi Qingxuan hasn’t told his brother, and Shi Qingxuan explains that Shi Wudu is preparing for a third Heavenly Tribulation and must not be distracted.
The chapter ends with the group recognizing the Reverend as a serious and urgent threat—but with no clear path forward yet to eliminate it.
Chapter 51:
Three Gods, One Ghost, Reverend Nowhere in Sight (Part One)Shi Qingxuan asks Xie Lian for help in dealing with the Reverend of Empty Words, saying he wants to confront it himself but needs Xie Lian’s experience.
Xie Lian is conflicted because Hua Cheng has just arrived as a guest, but Hua Cheng offers to come along, intrigued by the rare creature.
Shi Qingxuan agrees to Hua Cheng’s presence, recognizing he won’t cause trouble, even if he’s not there to help.
Shi Qingxuan plans to lure the Reverend out by celebrating extravagantly in the imperial capital, hoping joy will provoke it to appear.
Xie Lian asks if there’s any research on the Reverend’s past victims. Shi Qingxuan produces a scroll compiled by his brother, Shi Wudu, listing known targets.
The scroll includes powerful figures, all of whom died tragically by suicide after personal or political ruin.
Xie Lian notes none were emperors or ascended beings due to their natural protective auras, and suspects something deeper may be behind Shi Qingxuan’s curse.
Hua Cheng reviews the scroll and bluntly says it’s full of mistakes—he personally killed some of those people or knows others who did.
He claims some died at his hands, some at Black Water’s, and others not at all by the Reverend, casting doubt on the scroll’s validity.
Shi Qingxuan defends Shi Wudu, but Hua Cheng suggests the scroll was carelessly assembled to mislead or pacify him.
When asked who really compiled it, Shi Qingxuan admits Ling Wen created the list.
Hua Cheng explains the true sign of a Reverend of Empty Words target: not just the victim suffers, but their loved ones are also affected or destroyed.
Shi Qingxuan nervously jokes that if that’s true, Ming Yi is in danger too, as his closest friend, prompting Ming Yi to distance himself coldly.
Despite this, Shi Qingxuan laughs loudly and insists they drink and party until the Reverend shows itself, masking his anxiety with forced cheer.
Xie Lian says he needs to prepare before they leave, concerned about Guzi, Lang Ying, and Qi Rong back at the shrine.
Hua Cheng assures him that Ghost City has plenty of people to handle things in his absence and promises to “watch over everything.”
They prepare to leave via a Teleportation Array drawn by Ming Yi—his method is clean, fast, and precise, impressing Xie Lian.
Just before departing, Shi Qingxuan casually asks who the rude ghost outside the shrine was. Xie Lian confirms it was Qi Rong, aka the Green Ghost.
Shi Qingxuan is amused that the infamous Green Ghost acts so childishly and remarks that he needed to see it for himself to believe it.
As the group activates the teleportation spell, they hear an ominous voice: “The place you wish to go will become the nightmare you never wish to recall!”
Xie Lian kicks the door in frustration, destroying it to find only dust and trash behind it—the teleportation array has already disbanded.
Shi Qingxuan panics, believing the Reverend is following him again, but Xie Lian reassures him it only just arrived and didn’t follow them from the shrine.
Hua Cheng, surveying their surroundings, points out something is wrong—their intended destination was the imperial capital, but they are instead in a run-down, unfamiliar small town.
Ming Yi confirms the array was tampered with—they were redirected by an external force, likely the Reverend of Empty Words.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 4
Chapter 52:
Three Gods, One Ghost, Reverend Nowhere in Sight (Part
Two)The group realizes their teleportation was hijacked mid-transfer, likely in the moment the candles went out at Puqi Shrine.
Xie Lian theorizes the interference didn’t happen inside the shrine but came from outside, where someone could’ve drawn a stronger array.
Hua Cheng suggests someone could have used fresh blood, overpowering Ming Yi’s cinnabar array, which had been drawn with discarded materials.
Suspicion falls on everyone. Hua Cheng jokes that Shi Qingxuan might have faked the whole situation, pointing out the sloppy evidence from the scroll.
Shi Qingxuan is flustered, and even he almost believes Hua Cheng’s teasing, but Xie Lian diffuses the tension, insisting they focus on facts and not blame anyone yet.
Xie Lian considers Qi Rong might’ve been outside but dismisses him as too weak in his current state to pull this off.
The Reverend of Empty Words had taunted them, saying this town would be Shi Qingxuan’s “nightmare he’d never wish to recall.”
As Shi Qingxuan tries to place the location, a wooden plaque crashes down toward him—Ming Yi shatters it just in time to save him.
The plaque reads “Temple of Wind and Water”—a desecrated shrine dedicated to Shi Wudu and Shi Qingxuan.
The sight horrifies Shi Qingxuan; statues inside are smashed and vandalized—his statue is missing limbs, Shi Wudu’s has a broken head.
The destruction looks intentional, as if someone had vented deep hatred onto the divine statues.
Shi Qingxuan hides the broken plaque in a panic and begs the others to keep it a secret from his brother.
Xie Lian gently reminds him that desecration is not unusual for gods, but Ming Yi bluntly tells him to leave if he can’t handle it.
Reaffirming his resolve, Shi Qingxuan grips his fan and swears to confront the Reverend directly.
The group explores the town, which appears normal—peaceful and modern—but their conspicuous appearance forces them to change clothes.
Hua Cheng emerges in neatly tied hair and black robes, transformed into a scholarly, noble-looking disciple, stunning Xie Lian.
Xie Lian, flustered by Hua Cheng’s look, casually asks for his private spiritual communication password.
Hua Cheng is visibly happy Xie Lian finally asked and dramatically whispers the password—something clearly embarrassing.
Xie Lian is mortified by it but learns Hua Cheng uses it to keep others from messaging him, saying only Xie Lian is welcome.
Hua Cheng then asks for Xie Lian’s password. Xie Lian says it's “Recite Dao De Jing a thousand times,” which Hua Cheng cleverly interprets correctly as a trick password.
They test the private array for the first time, exchanging secret, silent conversation that only they can hear, laughing and smiling privately.
The group, still displaced from the capital, decides to investigate the town by heading to its largest restaurant to observe the people and environment.
They ask the waiter where they are and learn this is Fu Gu Town, famous for its Fire Social, a local festival celebrated with bizarre processions.
Despite it not being a formal holiday, the townsfolk choose to commemorate events on their own calendar for entertainment or remembrance.
Suddenly, a loud procession begins outside—what appears to be a festival parade.
The parade consists of people dressed in vibrant costumes with grotesque fake weapons embedded in their heads—axes, knives, scissors—appearing wounded and bleeding.
The paraders move forward in agony amidst festive music, resembling a macabre parade of the dead—a shocking and eerie display for all watching.
Chapter 53:
Gods and Ghost Learn of the Bloody Fire SocialShi Qingxuan panics during the grotesque parade in Fu Gu Town after seeing fake gore, but Xie Lian calms him, identifying it as a rare Bloody Fire Social.
Xie Lian explains that this local Fire Social is a theatrical performance using advanced makeup to simulate graphic violence and mutilation—none of it is real.
The performance is gruesome, featuring people with “embedded” weapons, crawling figures, and scenes of public execution and brutality, all with hyper-realistic effects.
Though intended as a celebration, it horrifies many spectators, including children. Shi Qingxuan questions how such horror could be considered festive.
Xie Lian reflects on how humanity can be fascinated by violence, noting the performance’s nickname in the local dialect: “Stabbing Ecstasy.”
In the show, a black-clad man slaughters numerous "villains" while himself being injured repeatedly, ending with all characters dead—a cycle that repeats endlessly.
Xie Lian suggests they analyze the story, as the Reverend of Empty Words likely brought them here for a reason.
Hua Cheng speculates that the story might be a local legend; they ask a waiter for clarification.
The waiter shares the tale of Scholar He, a local folk hero: 1. Scholar He was brilliant and kind but suffered lifelong misfortune and systemic injustice. 2. He lost his exam results due to corruption, had his loved ones abused or killed, and was falsely imprisoned. 3. After a lifetime of misfortune and betrayal, he went mad and murdered all who wronged him in a violent rampage. 4. The town now commemorates him yearly on Hanlu Eve with the Bloody Fire Social, viewing him as a tragic avenger.
Xie Lian notes the extreme similarity between Scholar He’s backstory and the traits of the Reverend of Empty Words.
He theorizes the Reverend may have originated from the soul of Scholar He—born of intense resentment and injustice.
Ming Yi agrees they must investigate the timeline to confirm whether Scholar He predates the Reverend’s known appearances.
Shi Qingxuan is visibly disturbed by the story and confesses he has “baffling thoughts” but can’t yet articulate them.
Suddenly, a disembodied voice shouts a curse over the parade, threatening that Shi Qingxuan’s loved ones will die because of him.
Enraged, Shi Qingxuan leaps into the crowd and challenges the Reverend to show itself.
The parade continues unaffected; no one in the crowd seems aware of the interruption. Shi Qingxuan can’t identify the source.
Hua Cheng remarks that a thousand-year-old spirit like the Reverend can hide easily in plain sight, especially within such chaotic scenes.
Ming Yi pulls Shi Qingxuan out of the crowd before he lashes out. Shi Qingxuan, trembling with anger, declares that Ming Yi shouldn’t stay close to him for his safety.
Ming Yi bluntly replies that he was never his best friend anyway, leaving Shi Qingxuan indignant.
As they walk, Xie Lian gives Shi Qingxuan earplugs to block the Reverend’s voice, offering temporary protection and a new group communication array to stay in contact.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng secretly use the private communication channel to share a quiet moment, teasing each other with private passwords and inside jokes.
Xie Lian then asks Hua Cheng to help him test whether someone among them might actually be the Reverend of Empty Words in disguise.
Chapter 54:
In the Temple of Wind and Water, Night Chatter to Discern
TruthXie Lian suspects someone among their group might be the Reverend of Empty Words and shares a method with Hua Cheng to test it based on a quirk he once discovered: the Reverend can’t help but lie at least once every three sentences.
They reach the ruined Temple of Wind and Water and set up a campfire; Shi Qingxuan, still wearing earplugs, proposes a game to pass time, which Xie Lian seizes as the perfect setup for his test.
Xie Lian suggests a dice game in teams: him and Hua Cheng vs. Shi Qingxuan and Ming Yi; the losing team must answer questions or fulfill dares.
Despite protest, Shi Qingxuan agrees. He jokes about the obvious team pairing, noting Hua Cheng’s luck and Xie Lian’s bad luck might cancel out.
The first round is lost by Xie Lian and Hua Cheng, and Shi Qingxuan playfully dares them to strip each other’s outer robes; they comply with awkward humor.
In the second round, they lose again. This time, Shi Qingxuan asks Hua Cheng what he considers the greatest suffering in the world.
Hua Cheng solemnly replies: watching someone he loves be trampled and mocked while powerless to help—that is the worst pain.
The moment becomes heavy, and Ming Yi follows up with a deep question for Xie Lian: what is his biggest regret?
Xie Lian replies: his second ascension, which he views as a mistake.
In the third round, Hua Cheng and Xie Lian finally win. Xie Lian takes the opportunity to directly test Ming Yi with three very specific questions.
He asks: (1) Who am I? (2) Who is sitting next to me? (3) Who is sitting next to you?
Ming Yi correctly answers the first two, and hesitates before answering the third, which would test if he’s lying.
He replies truthfully with Shi Qingxuan’s identity. All three answers are true—suggesting he is not the Reverend, as the creature must lie within every three sentences.
Xie Lian feels relieved but is still cautious. Then Ming Yi suddenly lunges at him, grabbing his throat, demanding to know why he was being tested.
Tensions rise—Hua Cheng and Xie Lian defend themselves, and everyone begins arguing. Ming Yi insists Xie Lian manipulated the game.
At that moment, a sinister wind rises. The divine statues of Shi Qingxuan and Shi Wudu begin weeping blood.
A shape forms in the blood, revealed to be an upside-down word meant for Shi Qingxuan, another form of the Reverend’s attack.
Ming Yi blasts the statues apart before the word can be seen, shocking Shi Qingxuan, who begs him not to tell Shi Wudu.
Then the establishment plaque begins changing, the word “death” forming in blood. Xie Lian yells for Shi Qingxuan to close his eyes.
A huge crowd of terrifying, grotesquely made-up people crashes into the temple—participants in the Bloody Fire Social's night parade.
Among them, real ghosts have joined the crowd, using the chaos as cover. Xie Lian spots one disguised ghost and destroys it with Ruoye.
Xie Lian senses danger and uses the communication array, only to realize his spiritual power is depleted.
He asks Hua Cheng for a boost; Hua Cheng takes his hand and lends him an overwhelming surge of power.
Empowered, Xie Lian accidentally blasts the entire temple roof off while destroying another ghost.
Shocked by the scale of the power, Xie Lian turns to Hua Cheng, who calmly assures him that was “just a little bit” and he can lend more if needed.
Xie Lian reconnects to the communication array and checks on Shi Qingxuan, who says he was pulled out of the crowd by Ming Yi.
Ming Yi’s voice cuts in immediately: “That wasn’t me!”
The chapter ends on a cliffhanger as everyone realizes the one who pulled Shi Qingxuan to safety may have been an imposter—possibly the Reverend of Empty Words.
Chapter 55:
Fight the Reverend, Crown Prince Takes Wind Master’s PlaceShi Qingxuan is abducted during the chaos by the Reverend of Empty Words; his communication goes silent, terrifying Xie Lian and the others.
Ming Yi fights off ghosts that infiltrated the parade crowd but loses track of Shi Qingxuan.
The Reverend begins dragging Shi Qingxuan away silently; when he finally responds, he's laughing hysterically, a coping mechanism when frightened.
Xie Lian gently talks Shi Qingxuan through the fear, instructing him not to show emotion or acknowledge the Reverend to avoid giving it power.
To protect Shi Qingxuan, Xie Lian proposes using the Soul-Shifting Spell, which swaps souls between two people so he can take the Wind Master’s place.
Hua Cheng warns Xie Lian not to do it, fearing for his safety, but Xie Lian insists, believing he can resist the Reverend's curses.
They cast the spell; Xie Lian enters Shi Qingxuan’s body and takes over, immediately grappling and locking down the Reverend with a binding spell.
Xie Lian begins to pummel the Reverend, adapting to Shi Qingxuan’s body and using his fan as a blunt and slicing weapon.
The Reverend taunts Xie Lian with curses, including one implying Hua Cheng will die, which unexpectedly rattles Xie Lian deeply.
Xie Lian loses composure for a moment and beats the Reverend even harder, unknowingly feeding it emotional energy.
Hua Cheng senses Xie Lian’s distress and insists on being told what the Reverend said, but Xie Lian lies and deflects, trying to protect him.
Shi Qingxuan reveals over the communication array that Xie Lian accidentally responded using the private spiritual channel, exposing their secret communication to everyone.
Xie Lian brushes it off and prepares to cast a tracking whirlwind to reveal his location, but the Reverend’s threats slow him down.
Xie Lian eventually realizes they’re in a scenic place with towers and pavilions but can’t determine the exact location.
He immobilizes the Reverend and prepares to switch back bodies with Shi Qingxuan to protect him.
Before switching, Xie Lian uses a collection of valuable spiritual treasures Shi Qingxuan keeps on his person to set up a powerful protective array in a nearby pavilion.
They switch back. Xie Lian returns to his body and is caught by Hua Cheng, who is furious and demands an explanation.
Xie Lian asks where Ming Yi is—Hua Cheng casually reveals he punched Ming Yi into a crater out of frustration.
Shi Qingxuan, now hidden inside the sealed pavilion, reports he’s safe and that the place he’s been taken to is the Terrace of Cascading Wine, the location where he first ascended.
Ming Yi attempts to teleport them to the Terrace, but they discover all teleportation array points have been destroyed by the Reverend.
The group is forced to travel on foot, with Ming Yi estimating it will take an hour to reach Shi Qingxuan.
Xie Lian contacts Shi Qingxuan and tells him to stay hidden, keep his earplugs in, and open the door for no one.
As they set off, Hua Cheng gently offers more power to Xie Lian, who declines but promises to “repay with interest,” to Hua Cheng’s amusement.
Chapter 56:
From a Designed Prison, Doors Open to Greet the Ghoste array remain intact, yet the doors were opened from the inside, rendering the protections useless.
Xie Lian panics and tries to reach Shi Qingxuan via the communication array but receives no response.
He suspects either Shi Qingxuan lost consciousness or was tricked into opening the door.
They confirm no signs of forced entry—indicating Shi Qingxuan willingly opened the door, despite earlier saying he wouldn’t.
Xie Lian deduces someone used Shi Qingxuan’s private communication channel, likely someone who knew his verbal password, to deceive him into opening the doors.
Since Shi Qingxuan had earplugs in to block the Reverend’s voice, he wouldn’t respond to anything unless it came via the private array—implying a trusted person betrayed him.
Hua Cheng suggests another possibility: someone might have brought an object that forced Shi Qingxuan to act, regardless of trust.
Xie Lian speculates a powerful message must have been sent to manipulate him—one strong enough to override his fear.
Unable to locate Shi Qingxuan, the group decides to split up and search again for one last hour. If unsuccessful, they agree to report everything to Shi Wudu, Qingxuan’s brother.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng search the Terrace of Cascading Wine, a location tied to Shi Qingxuan’s past, where he used to drink and eventually ascended.
Hua Cheng confirms this is where the legendary tale of the “Young Lord Who Poured Wine” took place.
Suddenly, Hua Cheng turns cold and says he needs to “take care of something,” refusing to say what, and disappears. Before leaving, he tells Xie Lian, “When I come back, I’ll tell you something.”
Xie Lian continues searching and sees a white cloth fluttering on a balcony—it turns out to be Shi Qingxuan’s outer robe.
Ming Yi urgently contacts him, telling him to rush to the highest floor of the Terrace.
Xie Lian finds Shi Qingxuan unconscious, his fan—a precious spiritual weapon—snapped in half, a symbol of grave damage.
The poetry covering the walls earlier is now gone, replaced by one large message written in blood-red script: “WRETCHED BEGINNING, WRETCHED END”—the curse given to Shi Qingxuan at birth.
Xie Lian lies to Ming Yi about Hua Cheng’s departure time to prevent suspicion from falling on him, protecting his name among the heavenly officials.
Thunder roars, and a golden carriage descends from the heavens—Shi Wudu arrives with Pei Ming and Ling Wen.
The three top heavenly officials enter the scene, shocked by Shi Qingxuan’s condition.
Shi Wudu is horrified, frantically trying to wake his brother while trembling with rage upon seeing the bloody curse on the wall.
Ling Wen administers healing remedies; Shi Qingxuan finally wakes, sees his brother, and unexpectedly screams and shoves Shi Wudu away, clutching his head in terror.
Chapter 57:
Teasing Words Befuddle Me and Also My DearShi Qingxuan violently rejects Shi Wudu’s comfort after waking up, clearly recognizing him and screaming for everyone to leave.
Despite Pei Ming and Ling Wen urging calm, Shi Qingxuan continues yelling, collapses, and coughs up blood.
Shi Wudu checks his brother’s pulse, hides the result from Xie Lian, and declares Shi Qingxuan "ill" from fright.
Shi Qingxuan insists he’s sane and more aware than ever, begging Ming Yi and Xie Lian to save him.
Shi Wudu forcibly drags Shi Qingxuan to the golden carriage while claiming it’s a family matter outsiders shouldn't interfere with.
He knocks Shi Qingxuan unconscious and takes him away, with Pei Ming and Ling Wen helping hold him down.
Ling Wen apologizes on behalf of Shi Wudu and asks Xie Lian and Ming Yi not to spread what happened.
As they depart, Xie Lian is left uneasy, realizing they really were cast aside after everything.
Ming Yi quietly reassures Xie Lian that he won’t tell anyone about Hua Cheng’s involvement, then leaves to follow up on Shi Qingxuan.
Xie Lian decides not to follow immediately, choosing instead to search for Hua Cheng, who had left abruptly earlier.
As he travels, Xie Lian senses a thick evil aura and soon sees a strange, ghostly step-litter approaching, carried by four golden skeletons.
The skeletons confirm they were sent by Lord Chengzhu (Hua Cheng) to escort Xie Lian and urge him to board.
Xie Lian boards the lavish, eerie litter, which is surprisingly smooth and fast. Curious ghost onlookers wonder who Hua Cheng would transport so regally.
Female ghosts speculate the litter is meant for Hua Cheng’s “honored wife.” Xie Lian overhears and wonders why that’s odd.
Mid-journey, Hua Cheng boards the litter, calling Xie Lian “gege” as he finds him drowsily waking from a nap.
The two sit together closely, and Hua Cheng jokes, “Gege, want to get married?”—completely stunning Xie Lian.
Xie Lian is left speechless and emotionally overwhelmed, only for Hua Cheng to say it was a joke, which unsettles him further.
Despite his flustered state, Xie Lian brushes it off. Hua Cheng apologizes, promising never to joke like that again.
Later, back at Puqi Shrine, life resumes calmly. Hua Cheng and Xie Lian help villagers with farming, attracting admiration for their beauty and diligence.
Village girls ask about Hua Cheng’s relationship status; he replies that he’s already married to someone he’s loved since childhood.
Xie Lian asks if that’s true—Hua Cheng says, “That’s a lie… but not all of it. I just haven’t won that person over yet.”
The remark flusters Xie Lian again, and his farming work suffers as his thoughts drift.
Xie Lian tries to contact Shi Qingxuan via the private communication channel but gets no response.
Ling Wen claims Shi Qingxuan is “a little better,” but Xie Lian doesn’t believe her and resolves to check for himself.
Ling Wen also informs him that Shi Wudu sent a “gift” as thanks; Xie Lian discovers it’s a donation box full of gold bars.
Offended by the bribe-like gesture, Xie Lian carries the heavy box to the Upper Court to return it personally.
Upon arrival, he finds the Heavenly Capital in chaos—Feng Xin and Mu Qing destroyed each other’s palaces in a fight over the fetus spirit.
Ling Wen confirms Shi Qingxuan isn’t accepting visitors and repeats Shi Wudu’s claims of recovery, which Xie Lian doubts.
Suspicious, Xie Lian sneaks into the Palace of Wind and Water and finds Shi Qingxuan tied to his own bed, struggling.
Shi Wudu is there with a bowl of black liquid, which he begins to force-feed to his restrained brother.
Chapter 58:
Traversing Through Tunnels, Sword Hanging AboveShi Wudu violently force-feeds a bowl of medicine to Shi Qingxuan, who resists and screams, saying he would rather die than continue like this.
Shi Wudu insists it’s for his own good, softening briefly and promising to fix his fan or forge a new spiritual device, but Shi Qingxuan rejects both.
Shi Qingxuan begs to descend to the Mortal Realm and renounce his godhood, saying he wants freedom and doesn’t want to be a god anymore.
Shi Wudu furiously refuses, calling it foolish, and receives an urgent private message that makes him leave suddenly for his third Heavenly Tribulation.
Xie Lian, who had been watching from outside, calls softly through the sealed window, and Shi Qingxuan happily responds.
The window is protected by magical restrictions, so Shi Qingxuan tries to break free from the ropes binding him, struggling comically but ineffectively.
Suddenly, a hand reaches out from under the bed—Xie Lian warns Shi Qingxuan just as Ming Yi emerges, removes his ghost mask, and snaps the ropes.
Shi Qingxuan hugs Xie Lian through the window in relief; Xie Lian jumps inside the room while Ming Yi inspects the rope and questions why Shi Qingxuan couldn’t break it.
They discover that Shi Qingxuan has completely lost his spiritual powers—he is effectively no longer a god.
Though Xie Lian suspects the bowl of medicine, Shi Qingxuan says it’s not the cause. The medicine was likely just an anesthetic.
Xie Lian blurts out the most likely explanation: Shi Qingxuan has been banished—his powers stripped, though he bears no cursed shackle.
Without explanation, Shi Qingxuan urges them to escape the palace before Shi Wudu returns and reveals a secret tunnel beneath the bed.
Ming Yi tries to stop Xie Lian from getting involved, warning that others rarely repay the Wind Master’s kindness when it matters.
Xie Lian insists on going anyway, saying how others act doesn’t change what he believes is right.
The tunnel, dug by Ming Yi using his sacred shovel, is a product of his earthly profession—he was a builder before ascension.
His spiritual shovel can dig anywhere, even beneath Heavenly Capital, and was once key to his intelligence-gathering missions in Ghost City.
While crawling, Ming Yi asks if the Reverend of Empty Words was the one who stole Shi Qingxuan’s powers.
Shi Qingxuan dodges the question, saying, “No matter who did it, it’s over now,” raising Xie Lian’s suspicion.
As they crawl, Ming Yi signals them to stop and communicates via spiritual script, warning them that someone is walking above.
The group remains silent while trying to avoid detection by the martial god pacing the room above them.
Shi Qingxuan silently complains about their luck, mouthing sarcastic guesses about the god’s location—“Is this their bathroom?”
Just as the tension eases, a sword pierces the tunnel from above, landing between Xie Lian’s legs with deadly force, indicating they've been discovered.
Chapter 59:
Eve of the Last Day of Autumn, an Unscrupulous SubstitutionXie Lian, Shi Qingxuan, and Ming Yi narrowly escape a tunnel ambush under the Heavenly Capital, dodging repeated sword strikes and magical bombardment from above.
Ming Yi digs furiously with his sacred shovel while Shi Qingxuan nervously mocks him for neglecting it for so long, causing Ming Yi to snap at him mid-crisis.
As the tunnel collapses and attackers drill through from above, Ming Yi changes course and digs upward into what seems like an empty palace.
They surface in Quan Yizhen’s palace, where the martial god is inexplicably sleeping soundly in the middle of the day.
Pei Ming appears, grabs Shi Qingxuan’s ankle, and scolds him for escaping, urging him to return before Shi Wudu finds out.
Xie Lian rebukes Pei Ming for treating Shi Qingxuan like a runaway child and points out that Shi Wudu imprisoned him unjustly.
Pei Ming prepares to fight, but Quan Yizhen unexpectedly throws his bed at Pei Ming, attacking him instead and helping the group escape.
As they flee, Shi Qingxuan stumbles from exhaustion, and Ming Yi lifts him onto his back while Xie Lian activates a teleportation array to return them to Puqi Shrine.
They arrive to the chaotic sight of Hua Cheng shirtless, carving wood with Eming and looking radiant and intimidating.
Xie Lian panics, flings himself in front of Hua Cheng to block him from view, and frantically yells at Ming Yi and Shi Qingxuan to look away.
Hua Cheng is amused and puts on a shirt slowly; Xie Lian helps fix his collar afterward, sharing a soft, tender moment.
Shi Qingxuan awkwardly jokes about their closeness, and Xie Lian tries to dismiss it, urging everyone to focus on escaping Pei Ming’s pursuit.
Ming Yi draws a teleportation array, and the group travels to a remote farmland with bamboo groves and a large black ox pulling a plow.
Hua Cheng assures them they’re safe, saying even Shi Wudu and Pei Ming wouldn’t dare provoke the master of this land.
Xie Lian urges Hua Cheng to distance himself from the growing political mess, but Hua Cheng smiles and says he’s only there to “sightsee by [Xie Lian]’s side.”
Shi Qingxuan declares he wants to stay hidden and out of the conflict, telling the others to stop helping him.
Xie Lian gently questions him, asking if the Reverend of Empty Words is blackmailing him or Shi Wudu.
Shi Qingxuan becomes visibly shaken but doesn’t deny it. Xie Lian speculates the Reverend sent a message through Shi Qingxuan’s private array, forcing him to open the protective seal at the Terrace of Cascading Wine.
Xie Lian deduces that the Reverend’s target was actually Shi Wudu, and Shi Qingxuan was only partially informed—his horror stemmed from learning the full truth.
Xie Lian suggests that Shi Qingxuan’s ascension wasn’t natural, but possibly engineered through dark rituals by Shi Wudu.
The theory: to save Shi Qingxuan from his cursed fate, Shi Wudu found another person matching the same birth conditions—Scholar He—and transferred the fate onto him via a wicked ritual.
Scholar He, burdened by the cursed fate, was driven mad and committed mass murder on Hanlu Eve, the same night Shi Qingxuan ascended.
The Reverend’s revenge is poetic: forcing Shi Qingxuan to witness the parade in Fu Gu Town and dragging him to the Terrace to confront the truth.
Shi Qingxuan confirms that his ascension did happen on Hanlu Eve, and he had remembered that detail during their visit to Fu Gu.
The implication is devastating: Shi Qingxuan’s divinity came at the cost of Scholar He’s destruction, and the Reverend is exposing this secret.
Xie Lian's theory solidifies—the destinies of Shi Qingxuan and Scholar He were swapped, one rising to the heavens, the other descending into ruin and vengeance.
Chapter 60:
Gods Appointing Gods is Beneath Ghosts
Devouring GhostsXie Lian presents his final theory: Scholar He’s real name was likely “Xuan”, and his birthdate perfectly matched Shi Qingxuan’s, meeting all requirements to substitute him in the Reverend’s curse.
The Reverend of Empty Words originally identified its prey only by birth details and name, but not the face, allowing Shi Wudu to deceive it by offering Scholar He as a scapegoat.
Using his influence as the Water Master, Shi Wudu found Scholar He, a man with spiritual potential, and transferred the cursed fate to him through a ritual.
Scholar He was about to undergo his first Heavenly Tribulation, meaning he might have ascended on his own if left alone.
This ritual shortcut granted Shi Qingxuan ascension—but stole another’s fate to do so, a grave violation of the natural order.
Hua Cheng remains emotionally detached, reminding Shi Qingxuan that others in the Upper Court may have already discovered this secret.
Ming Yi bitterly accuses Hua Cheng of having spies in Heaven. Hua Cheng confirms this with a smirk, revealing Ming Yi’s decade-long Ghost City investigation failed.
Xie Lian asks Shi Qingxuan why he opened the protective barrier that night. Shi Qingxuan replies the Reverend called to him using his private password.
Xie Lian suspects the password was leaked by someone Shi Qingxuan trusted, likely inadvertently.
Shi Qingxuan can’t clearly describe what he saw when the Reverend appeared—it cast a spell to hide itself or projected a disturbing image.
Shi Qingxuan blames himself, believing he wouldn’t have needed protection if he’d just been able to ascend on his own.
Xie Lian explains that ascension depends more on fate than on effort or tools, and even Shi Wudu’s resources couldn’t create destiny.
This affirms that Shi Qingxuan's ascension was stolen, not earned, making him a tragic product of his brother’s manipulation.
Reflecting on Scholar He’s death, Xie Lian points out that he did not commit suicide, unlike all of the Reverend’s other victims—he died of exhaustion.
This indicates Scholar He never gave in to despair. His willpower and rage were too strong, so he resisted the Reverend, ultimately devouring it instead.
Hua Cheng labels this phenomenon “ghosts devouring ghosts”, a rare and powerful act that can grant the devourer the victim’s abilities.
Scholar He, now a vengeful enhanced entity, took over the Reverend’s powers, turning it into a more intelligent, targeted, and sinister threat.
Xie Lian concludes that the current “Reverend” is actually Scholar He, now an ascended ghost of immense power, seeking revenge on the Shi brothers.
This explains why the creature toyed with Shi Qingxuan rather than killing him—it wanted revenge slowly and deliberately.
Ming Yi asks what they’ll do next. Shi Qingxuan, overwhelmed, begs everyone not to reveal the truth, needing time to think.
He admits he doesn’t know how to face his brother and is haunted by the revelation that his godhood was founded on someone else’s destruction.
Xie Lian realizes Shi Qingxuan’s fall from godhood can’t be undone unless someone else’s fate is again stolen, which he dreads Shi Wudu might attempt again.
They speculate that the error-filled scroll on the Reverend was created to mislead Shi Qingxuan, possibly by Shi Wudu or Ling Wen.
This raises a terrifying possibility—other heavenly officials might have also ascended by stolen fates.
Before they can discuss further, a disturbance erupts outside—oxen and farmers shout angrily at an intruder.
Xie Lian peeks out and sees Pei Ming, standing at the boundary of Mount Yulong, hesitating to cross.
A black ox suddenly transforms into a large, handsome man—a servant of the Rain Master—and confronts Pei Ming.
This ox spirit had once lent Xie Lian the Rain Master Hat and confirms that this is the Rain Master’s domain, a safe haven beyond Pei Ming’s influence.
Pei Ming diplomatically states he’s not here to cause trouble but only to ask if Shi Qingxuan is within the territory.
Chapter 61:
Pass the Heavenly Tribulation, Waves Surge in the East SeaPei Ming arrives at Mount Yushi in search of Shi Qingxuan, but the ox spirit and farmers from the Rain Master's domain block his way.
The villagers falsely claim Pei Ming trampled their crops, demanding an apology, clearly stalling him on purpose.
Pei Ming ignores them and warns that Shi Wudu is currently undergoing his third Heavenly Tribulation and is in danger.
Shi Qingxuan, hiding nearby, rushes out in a panic but is skeptical of Pei Ming’s claim, thinking the timing is too sudden.
He tries to check through the communication array but forgets he has lost his powers and instead asks Xie Lian to verify.
Xie Lian and Ming Yi enter the spiritual communication array and confirm the Heavenly Capital is in chaos as officials observe Shi Wudu’s tribulation over the East Sea.
Shi Qingxuan demands to be taken to his brother, but Ming Yi blocks him, hesitant to assist Shi Wudu given his crimes.
Despite this, Shi Qingxuan insists on going and thanks everyone before rushing off with Pei Ming. Ming Yi follows.
Xie Lian chooses to stay behind, believing he shouldn’t interfere and wanting to see how the brothers handle the situation themselves.
Hua Cheng appears and reassures Xie Lian, but their conversation is cut off by Ling Wen urgently reporting that over 260 fishermen have been dragged into the storm by accident.
With only Pei Ming and Ming Yi on the rescue mission, Ling Wen requests more martial gods, but most are unavailable or in confinement.
Xie Lian volunteers, stating his experience at sea despite his spiritual limitations. He’s approved for the mission.
Hua Cheng immediately changes into a fisherman’s outfit and teleports with Xie Lian to the East Sea via a hidden fisherman’s hut.
At the shore, they join Shi Qingxuan, Pei Ming, and Ming Yi aboard a magical vessel designed to withstand the storm.
Pei Ming initially rejects Hua Cheng’s presence, but Shi Qingxuan vouches for him, and they set sail as lightning storms rage around them.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng begin rescuing dozens of fishermen using Ruoye, while Pei Ming deflects lightning strikes.
Shi Wudu is spotted battling immense water dragons in the sky but is distracted and unstable due to news of his brother.
Pei Ming alerts him that Shi Qingxuan is safe. Shi Wudu regains control and blasts away the dragons, then descends to the ship.
Shi Qingxuan nervously tries to speak, but Shi Wudu scolds him for disobedience, then reassures him that his trial isn’t over yet—it was only the opening round.
Ling Wen informs them the fishermen are scattered across the sea, but communication is cut off due to the tribulation’s spiritual field.
The team continues rescuing the remaining 260+ fishermen. Pei Ming flirts with rescued fisher-girls, acting as his usual charming self.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng quietly share a steamed bun, sitting side by side. Hua Cheng encourages him gently.
Suddenly, Xie Lian notices the ship feels heavier. Upon checking, they realize the hull is sinking abnormally.
The waterline is rising, but the ship hasn’t struck a shoal or taken damage.
Pei Ming’s expression changes as he realizes the truth: they’ve drifted into the Black Water Demon Lair, a terrifying ghost territory where ships immediately sink.
Chapter 62:
Ships in the Lair of Ghosts Shall SinkThe ship carrying Xie Lian and the others drifts into the Black Water Demon Lair, a territory ruled by one of the Four Calamities: Ship-Sinking Black Water (He/Xuan).
Pei Ming panics, realizing the ship has entered a forbidden zone known for sinking all that enters; spiritual communication and teleportation arrays stop working entirely.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng confirm no fishermen are in the area due to the barrier around the lair.
Ming Yi checks below deck and reports nothing is broken, meaning the ship's sinking is caused by the spiritual suppression of the Black Water’s domain.
Hua Cheng explains only one thing floats in the lair: coffins that have carried corpses. No such item is available on board.
Shi Wudu channels water from outside the lair to lift the ship, engaging in a spiritual tug-of-war with the lair’s suppressive forces.
The outer waters and the demon lair clash violently, creating a spinning maelstrom. The ship becomes trapped, spinning and sinking faster.
At the last moment, Xie Lian grabs Hua Cheng and escapes by flying on Fangxin, his sword. Other members of the group escape using spiritual weapons, including Ming Yi flying on a shovel, with Shi Qingxuan riding on it.
Pei Ming also escapes by flipping into the air and reclaiming his sword mid-flight. Shi Wudu, however, is left behind in the chaos.
As they ascend, skeletal bone dragons attack—giant ghostly creatures with lantern-like eyes and massive claws.
Xie Lian single-handedly stops one dragon mid-air and uses it to smash into the others, knocking all four down into the sea.
However, Fangxin reaches its limit and gives out mid-air, sending Xie Lian and Hua Cheng plunging into the Black Water.
Xie Lian tries to swim but finds the water unnatural and oppressive. He cannot float or see Hua Cheng.
Hua Cheng eventually appears, pulls Xie Lian from the depths, and keeps him afloat, despite supposedly being dead and heavier.
Four bone dragons return to attack, but they instantly retreat when Hua Cheng clicks his tongue, terrified by his presence.
Xie Lian realizes these beasts are essentially Hua Cheng’s pets, though he refers to them disdainfully as “useless trash.”
A massive wave hits—Xie Lian blacks out after being swallowed by darkness.
He awakens the next morning on a deserted island, with Hua Cheng’s arm under his back, never having let go throughout the night.
Xie Lian finds Hua Cheng still unconscious and panics, wondering if his human form was vulnerable to drowning.
In desperation, Xie Lian checks Hua Cheng’s body for injuries, hears a faint heartbeat, and realizes CPR may be needed.
After much hesitation, he leans down and kisses Hua Cheng to administer mouth-to-mouth—at that exact moment, Hua Cheng’s eyes snap open.
Chapter 63:
Close the Casket, Coffin Boat Enters the Ghost SeaXie Lian, flustered and worried Hua Cheng drowned, gives him mouth-to-mouth CPR, fully unaware that Hua Cheng regains consciousness mid-kiss.
When Xie Lian opens his eyes, he finds himself staring directly into Hua Cheng’s wide-open ones, both of them stunned in awkward silence.
Panicked and embarrassed, Xie Lian apologizes profusely, bolts away, and runs screaming into the forest, only to be attacked by a hidden creature.
Hua Cheng catches up, and Xie Lian grabs his hand to flee back to the beach; Hua Cheng reassures him the forest creatures won’t pursue them there.
Realizing he’s still holding Hua Cheng’s hand, Xie Lian drops it and awkwardly apologizes again. Hua Cheng downplays it, teasing that Xie Lian didn’t do CPR correctly.
Xie Lian is relieved Hua Cheng is letting it go and shifts the focus to their situation, asking how to escape the Black Water Demon Lair.
Hua Cheng suggests the only thing that can float in this sea is a coffin that’s carried a corpse. He offers to lie in one so they can build a coffin boat to escape.
They gather wood and build a functional coffin boat together, dividing labor with high efficiency and camaraderie.
Xie Lian tries to find food but fails to catch fish, so Hua Cheng roasts a hare over a fire and offers it to him. They share fruit and meat, eating together in harmony.
Xie Lian praises Hua Cheng’s talents and wonders about the "special someone" Hua Cheng once mentioned. Hua Cheng shyly says he hasn’t won them over yet.
Xie Lian encourages him, confessing he admires Hua Cheng deeply and envies whoever met him early in life. He says what matters is “you, not the state of you.”
Moved, Hua Cheng tells Xie Lian he’s the lucky one to have met that person. Their conversation grows intimate and emotionally charged.
As rain starts to fall and a storm approaches, they place the completed coffin in the water, climb in together, and close the lid to avoid flooding.
Inside the coffin, pressed tightly together, Xie Lian worries about crushing Hua Cheng and suggests switching positions. When Hua Cheng shifts forms, Xie Lian realizes he’s returned to his adult body.
Their close contact and the rolling of the coffin trigger extreme physical awkwardness—Xie Lian realizes Hua Cheng is… very solid, and things get more tense.
Xie Lian panics and blurts out, “Don’t touch me!” which leads Hua Cheng to break the coffin open and leap out into battle.
They escape the coffin just in time to see a giant water dragon attacking the remains—revealing the creature had been the one thrashing their vessel.
They land back on Black Water Island, where Shi Wudu and Pei Ming have also just arrived.
Their disheveled appearance causes suspicion. Pei Ming and Shi Wudu demand to know why they were hiding in a coffin.
Hua Cheng and Xie Lian awkwardly try to explain. Pei Ming deduces Hua Cheng’s identity as Crimson Rain Sought Flower, confirmed when he mocks Pei Ming to his face.
Shi Wudu demands to know where Shi Qingxuan is. Xie Lian reassures them the Wind Master is with the Earth Master and safe—for now.
Tension rises as Pei Ming and Hua Cheng trade verbal jabs. Pei Ming suspects Hua Cheng orchestrated everything, but Xie Lian defends him.
Suddenly, Shi Wudu’s longevity lock pendant begins to glow and vibrate—indicating that Shi Qingxuan is nearby and injured.
The group rushes into the forest, encountering ambushes by ghost minions. Pei Ming and Hua Cheng dispatch them easily.
They follow the resonance of the longevity lock deeper into the forest, eventually reaching a quiet lake.
While walking the shore, Xie Lian notices something strange—the lake’s surface reflects a prison-like buildingthat doesn’t exist on the actual landscape.
A pale hand reaches from the barred windows in the reflection, signaling distress—suggesting Shi Qingxuan is trapped in a hidden structure only visible in the water’s reflection.
Just as Xie Lian tries to alert the others, a shadowy figure silently appears behind him and Hua Cheng, signaling an imminent threat.
Chapter 64:
In the Nether Water Manor, Black Robes, White BonesXie Lian and Hua Cheng are ambushed by a shadowy figure seen only in the water’s reflection; stabbing it causes it to ripple and vanish.
More ghostly figures with pale faces appear in the lake’s reflection. Xie Lian realizes the water reveals the hidden ghosts and shouts to Pei Ming.
Using this knowledge, Pei Ming easily destroys the ghosts surrounding them. Shi Wudu sees the reflection of a black prison and hears no sound from within.
Shi Qingxuan appears in the water’s reflection, trapped and silently screaming before being seized by ghostly hands and dragged away.
Shi Wudu dives into the Black Water Lake, knowing it’s likely a trap, but desperate to save his brother.
Xie Lian volunteers to follow and instructs Pei Ming to prepare a coffin boat using a corpse for evacuation.
Hua Cheng lends Xie Lian spiritual power; empowered, Xie Lian clears out the ghost horde with a single powerful sword sweep.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng dive into the lake and discover the water itself is normal—not like the ship-sinking waters earlier.
They surface in an eerily mirrored version of the lakeshore, now with the prison physically present and Shi Wudu already trying to break in.
Xie Lian uses martial strength to kick the gate open. A flood of maddened, emaciated, filthy humans rushes out—frightening but not violent.
Inside, Shi Qingxuan is found surrounded by mentally broken humans who mistake him for their baby or act like animals.
Shi Wudu angrily blasts them away, but Shi Qingxuan stops him, saying they’re humans, not ghosts.
Shi Qingxuan reveals he and Ming Yi were captured and thrown into the prison. He’s mostly uninjured, but Ming Yi is poisoned from sea creature bites.
The group realizes they're trapped within the boundary of the Black Water Demon’s domain and must find a way to escape.
Ming Yi points to a dark building deeper in the forest—the Nether Water Manor, suspected to be Black Water Demon Xuan’s residence.
The group heads toward it, and Xie Lian offers Hua Cheng a chance to stay behind, but Hua Cheng insists they leave quickly.
The manor is eerily similar to the Palaces of Wind and Water. Inside, they find a black-robed skeleton on a throne, seemingly revered.
Shi Qingxuan guesses it could be the remains of Black Water Demon Xuan himself, but Xie Lian finds that unlikely—it’s dangerous for ghosts to expose their ashes or remains.
Suddenly, the skeleton lurches forward and attacks. Xie Lian disables it with a swift strike.
Xie Lian confirms the skeleton’s soul was already gone—it acted out of terminal lucidity, provoked by Shi Wudu’s dismissive comment.
He respectfully reassembles and prays for the bones before they explore the manor further.
They discover a sealed teleportation chamber used to travel off the island. Ming Yi warns that only one person can go at a time—two will fuse together fatally.
The group begins discussing who should go first. Shi Wudu, under pressure from Heavenly Lightning, demands to go and is sent first.
Ming Yi prepares to send the others. Xie Lian expresses suspicion and asks to test the teleportation chamber.
Hua Cheng warns that they won’t be able to verify if the destination is correct due to the one-way nature of the array.
Despite concern, the group continues. Ming Yi sends Shi Qingxuan next. Then Hua Cheng pulls Xie Lian into the chamber and transports them both—claiming it’s safe because he’s not human.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng safely arrive back at Puqi Shrine and confirm it’s peaceful, though the others haven't returned.
Xie Lian checks in with the Heavenly Court and learns that Shi Wudu and Shi Qingxuan never arrived, and there’s no sign of them in the East Sea.
Realizing something went wrong, Xie Lian begins suspecting Ming Yi.
He quickly uses the Soul-Shifting Spell to swap with Shi Qingxuan’s body again—since the connection was never fully closed.
In Shi Qingxuan’s body, Xie Lian finds himself running from the madmen from the prison, fleeing through the forest.
They run into Ming Yi, who seems friendly, but something feels wrong. Xie Lian signals Shi Qingxuan to stay quiet.
Then, in a chilling realization, Xie Lian confirms: the person beside them isn’t Ming Yi—it’s Black Water Demon Xuan, who murdered and replaced the real Earth Master.
He Xuan has been posing as Ming Yi for centuries, using the identity to infiltrate Heaven and manipulate events from the inside.
Xie Lian delivers the final truth: the real Ming Yi is the skeleton they saw in the Nether Water Manor, enshrined as a mockery.
Chapter 65:
End the Deadlock, Water Master Battles Demon XuanXie Lian, still in Shi Qingxuan’s body via the Soul-Shifting Spell, is confronted by “Ming Yi,” who is secretly He Xuan, the Supreme Ghost King Ship-Sinking Black Water.
A water ghost nearly grabs Shi Qingxuan from a creek, but He Xuan saves him, blaming him for carelessly touching the water.
Shi Qingxuan numbly follows He Xuan, his mind reeling with the realization that the trusted “Ming Yi” has been the enemy all along.
Xie Lian reflects on all the suspicious events that now make sense—He Xuan manipulated teleportation, stole Shi Qingxuan’s password, and helped the Reverend deceive him.
The skeleton they found in the Nether Water Manor was the real Ming Yi, killed and enshrined to keep his spirit at rest after being impersonated for centuries.
He Xuan infiltrated the heavens by replacing Ming Yi before his ascension, likely keeping him alive temporarily to extract information until his eventual death.
He Xuan and Hua Cheng likely had an information-sharing agreement for mutual benefit—He Xuan in Heaven, Hua Cheng in the mortal world.
The escape incident in Paradise Manor was staged by Hua Cheng and He Xuan to manipulate Xie Lian into “rescuing” the imposter.
The sudden return of the Reverend prompted Shi Qingxuan to seek help, an unforeseen complication that triggered He Xuan’s plan to escalate.
He Xuan asks Shi Qingxuan for the longevity lock to track Shi Wudu; Shi Qingxuan lies, saying it only works when he wears it.
Suddenly, the pendant activates—Shi Wudu is injured nearby. He Xuan rushes to follow it, taking Shi Qingxuan with him.
They find Shi Wudu seemingly wounded, but it's a decoy—a madman dressed as him. Shi Wudu ambushes He Xuan and injures him, revealing he suspected Ming Yi from the start.
Shi Wudu and Shi Qingxuan flee. Xie Lian warns them of invisible ghosts attacking from reflections. Shi Wudu uses his water fan to defend them.
He Xuan catches up and easily defeats Shi Wudu, snatching away the fan and stripping his powers with terrifying ease.
As he walks toward them, He Xuan’s appearance shifts—he fully drops the “Ming Yi” disguise and reveals his true face and black robes.
He Xuan confronts Shi Wudu, demanding he remember whose fate he stole. Shi Wudu realizes who he is—the mortal boy he sacrificed.
He Xuan explains his hatred—Shi Qingxuan gained divine ascension, fame, and power, all by stealing He Xuan’s rightful fate.
Shi Wudu tries to argue Shi Qingxuan didn’t know, but He Xuan calls him equally guilty for enjoying a stolen life.
Shi Qingxuan breaks down, apologizes, and offers to die for his sins. He Xuan dismisses the apology as meaningless.
He Xuan presents two horrific options: Shi Wudu can switch Shi Qingxuan’s fate with that of a madman, or Shi Qingxuan must behead his own brother.
A rusty knife is thrown down. Shi Wudu chooses the second option, trying to preserve Shi Qingxuan’s body and dignity even in death.
Shi Qingxuan refuses, horrified. Shi Wudu tries to strangle him instead, but He Xuan rips off his arms and stops him.
Shi Wudu taunts He Xuan, mocking his inability to reverse the past, and declaring himself the winner for having lived as a god.
Infuriated, He Xuan decapitates Shi Wudu, drenching Shi Qingxuan in his brother’s blood.
The madmen dance around the body in celebration; Shi Qingxuan screams uncontrollably until he collapses, emotionally shattered.
He Xuan coldly asks if Shi Qingxuan has anything else to say. Shi Qingxuan mutters that he wants to die.
He Xuan denies him death and reaches out—at that moment, Xie Lian’s soul is pulled back.
Back in Puqi Shrine, Xie Lian wakes up in Hua Cheng’s arms, being kissed to retrieve his soul and spiritual power.
Startled, Xie Lian pulls Hua Cheng down again to transfer power back, shocking both of them. They accidentally fall into an intimate embrace.
Qi Rong bursts in, sees them mid-kiss, and screams before being slammed back inside.
Xie Lian tries to re-enter Shi Qingxuan’s body but fails—the Soul-Shifting Spell is blocked or Shi Qingxuan is beyond reach.
Ling Wen reports that heavenly officials have been dispatched to the South Sea. Xie Lian asks to be picked up and joins the rescue.
They arrive at Black Water Island, find Shi Wudu’s corpse, but Shi Qingxuan is missing.
Pei Ming mourns the Water Master. Quan Yizhen points out the head is missing, taken by He Xuan.
Xie Lian reveals the truth to Pei Ming—that the real Earth Master is dead, and He Xuan replaced him long ago.
Back at Puqi Shrine, Xie Lian discusses it with Hua Cheng, wondering how He Xuan learned the truth.
Hua Cheng explains that Shi Wudu personally confirmed He Xuan’s death, triggering suspicion once He Xuan became a ghost and remembered his face.
To investigate, He Xuan impersonated Ming Yi and infiltrated Heaven. Hua Cheng corrects one detail: He Xuan may not have killed the real Earth Master, and Shi Wudu may have dragged the 260 fishermen into danger, not He Xuan.
Chapter 66:
Ache of Separation, the Agitated Heart Sends the Path of Ink
AstrayXie Lian and Hua Cheng reflect on recent events—Shi Wudu’s deceit, Shi Qingxuan’s identity crisis, and He Xuan’s infiltration—and how someone seems to constantly push Xie Lian into the heart of major incidents.
Hua Cheng suggests the culprit behind these manipulations might be the same person who sent the puppet cultivator during the Banyue Pass incident.
The Upper Court is in turmoil after the revelations: the Water Master committed substitution, the Wind Master was a fraud, and the Earth Master was a Supreme Ghost King.
Heavenly officials are too stunned to respond; even Jun Wu appears despondent.
He Xuan (Black Water Demon Xuan) is confirmed to have murdered the real Ming Yi, replacing him for centuries. An arrest warrant is issued, but no one expects to find him easily.
Shi Wudu’s death causes his once-glorious reputation to collapse. His burial is sparsely attended, with only Pei Ming, Xie Lian, and Ling Wen present.
The temples of Wind and Water are vandalized as faith in the brothers crumbles. Xie Lian tries to stop the destruction but knows it will only grow worse over time.
Xie Lian entrusts the search for Shi Qingxuan’s whereabouts to Ling Wen, who promises to do her utmost.
Pei Ming bitterly suggests asking Hua Cheng to interrogate He Xuan. Xie Lian counters that Supreme Ghost Kings don’t report to each other.
Back at Puqi Shrine, villagers talk about “Xiao-Hua,” referring to Hua Cheng as Xie Lian’s younger brother. They praise his work and suggest he be rewarded.
Inside the shrine, Qi Rong is loudly wailing and moaning in pain while Guzi massages him. Xie Lian initially thinks Qi Rong is faking illness.
Guzi insists Qi Rong has been suffering for days. Xie Lian prepares medicine but finds the donation box mysteriously full of gold bars again.
Shocked, he suspects someone is secretly sending money—likely not Hua Cheng, who wouldn’t be so tacky.
Qi Rong refuses to answer if someone visited. Just then, Hua Cheng enters, and Qi Rong goes completely silent and slinks away in fear.
Hua Cheng invites Xie Lian to Ghost City, saying they might be able to separate Qi Rong’s soul from the host body.
Qi Rong protests but is ignored. Hua Cheng transforms him into a green budaoweng, and Guzi carries him as they leave.
In Ghost City, ghosts recognize and warmly greet Xie Lian, calling him “Lord Friend” of the Ghost King.
Xie Lian gives out Mortal Realm eggs as gifts, which ghosts treasure hilariously, some declaring they'll hatch yao beasts from them.
Hua Cheng releases Qi Rong in his possessed body, and Ghost City residents immediately start bullying and taunting him.
Hua Cheng instructs his underlings to find a way to extract Qi Rong's soul without harming the host. Female ghosts lull Guzi to sleep as others chase Qi Rong for fun.
Hua Cheng and Xie Lian return to Thousand Lights Temple, and Xie Lian suggests they resume calligraphy practice to lighten the mood.
Hua Cheng tries writing “Ache of Separation” again but performs terribly. Xie Lian gently scolds him and says he’ll continue teaching.
Xie Lian asks why Hua Cheng keeps copying the same poem. Hua Cheng replies that if he loves something, he never tires of it—he treasures it forever.
Xie Lian, flustered by the obvious deeper meaning, changes the subject and mentions Qi Rong’s strange agitation and recent “sickness.”
As Xie Lian describes Qi Rong’s symptoms, Hua Cheng suddenly drops his brush.
Xie Lian turns to see Hua Cheng swaying unsteadily, one hand gripping the altar for support and the other clutching his right eye, face grim with pain.
Chapter 67:
Mount Tonglu Reopens, the Agitation of GhostsHua Cheng suffers a severe spiritual backlash as his right eye throbs with unbearable pain, signaling that something catastrophic is happening.
The engraved silver eye on Eming’s hilt begins to spin wildly, and veins bulge on Hua Cheng’s hand as he struggles to stay in control.
Xie Lian rushes to help, but Hua Cheng shouts at him to stay back, warning that if he comes closer, something dangerous may happen.
At the same time, Ghost City descends into chaos—ghosts fall to the ground in agony, clutching their heads and howling in pain.
Qi Rong, unaffected due to possessing a human body, uses the moment to escape with Guzi nearby. Guzi wakes up and tearfully chases after him.
Qi Rong cruelly mocks the boy, calling him a “deadweight” and threatening to cook him, laughing maniacally as he flees.
Xie Lian tries to pursue Qi Rong but is stopped when Hua Cheng, in a fit of agony, sweeps everything off the altarinside Thousand Lights Temple.
Returning to Hua Cheng, Xie Lian is pulled into a tight, trembling embrace, as Hua Cheng begs him not to leave, repeating, “I lied, don’t leave me.”
Xie Lian realizes Hua Cheng’s spiritual energy is wildly unstable and must be released or regulated somehow—but Hua Cheng can’t bleed, being a ghost.
Desperate to stabilize him, Xie Lian kisses Hua Cheng to guide the overflowing power into his own body, enduring waves of unbearable heat and spiritual force.
Hua Cheng, overwhelmed, kisses back and begins to press Xie Lian into the jade altar table, deepening their physical closeness in a raw and fevered way.
Qi Rong, outside the temple, hears suspicious sounds and gleefully mocks Hua Cheng, vowing to call cultivators who might want revenge while Hua Cheng is weakened.
Despite the external threat, Hua Cheng and Xie Lian become physically and emotionally entangled, unable to resist their connection in the moment.
Xie Lian eventually pushes Hua Cheng away, fearing he’ll be overwhelmed by the sheer volume of spiritual power, but Hua Cheng pursues him again.
Finally, after a night of passion and struggle, Hua Cheng collapses into slumber, and Xie Lian calms Eming’s spinning eye by petting it.
When Hua Cheng wakes up, he appears confused and distressed, seemingly unable to remember what happened.
Xie Lian lies, saying they only had a spiritual fight and caused a mess in the temple—he hides the full truth of their intimate encounter.
Hua Cheng believes the explanation and sighs with relief, not pushing for more.
Then, with a grim expression, Hua Cheng announces that Mount Tonglu has reopened, a catastrophic event signaling the rise of a new Ghost King.
In the Heavenly Capital, Xie Lian reports to the Upper Court, where thunder roars ominously, symbolizing the unrest in the ghost realm.
He notices the absence of Wind, Water, and Earth Masters—Shi Qingxuan, Shi Wudu, and the real Ming Yi—all now gone.
Lang Qianqiu avoids him, and even Mu Qing and Feng Xin are visibly battered from their recent fight.
Jun Wu calls a meeting, explaining the process of Mount Tonglu reopening, a phenomenon where ghosts compete in deadly trials inside the mountain.
The last ghost standing emerges as a new Supreme, as Hua Cheng and He Xuan once did.
Jun Wu declares they must prevent ghosts from entering Mount Tonglu to avoid another Supreme Ghost King rising.
Dangerous escaped entities like Xuan Ji, the fetus spirit, and the Brocade Immortal are heading for the mountain and must be captured.
Martial gods are instructed to secure their domains and suppress unrest.
Since Xie Lian doesn’t have a domain, Jun Wu assigns him to accompany Qi Ying (Feng Xin) for the coming mission.
Chapter 68:
The Besotted Boy, Brocade Immortal Forged of BloodDuring a heavenly meeting, Jun Wu assigns Xie Lian and Quan Yizhen (Qi Ying) to track the Brocade Immortal, but Quan Yizhen is once again mysteriously absent.
Ling Wen reports that they’ve been unable to contact him, and other officials joke about how often he skips meetings.
Xie Lian returns to Puqi Shrine and finds it much quieter—Hua Cheng is gone, Qi Rong has run off with Guzi, and only Lang Ying remains.
Xie Lian notices Lang Ying has grown more confident and upright, heartened by his progress.
Villagers approach and inquire about “Xiao-Hua” (Hua Cheng), saying they miss him. Xie Lian awkwardly lies, claiming they’ve parted ways for now.
Xie Lian reflects on how he broke things off temporarily with Hua Cheng, fearing that his feelings were becoming too hard to conceal.
Lost in thought, Xie Lian accidentally sets his food on fire, nearly burning the shrine down. Lang Ying warns him, and Xie Lian puts out the flames—but destroys the stove in the process.
Despite the chaos, Lang Ying silently cleans everything and even eats Xie Lian’s horrible dish—something no one else could stomach.
That night, Xie Lian lies awake, thinking about Hua Cheng. Suddenly, someone breaks into Puqi Shrine.
The intruder doesn’t steal from the donation box—instead, he fills it with gold bars. Before leaving, he eats the leftover food and immediately collapses.
Xie Lian lights a lamp and discovers the intruder is none other than Quan Yizhen, who passed out from eating the food.
Xie Lian confirms he was also the one secretly filling the box before. Quan Yizhen simply says, “Because I have a lot of it.”
Lang Ying, uncharacteristically cold and hostile, tells Quan Yizhen to take the gold back. Xie Lian notices Lang Ying’s strange behavior but doesn’t dwell on it.
Xie Lian informs Quan Yizhen of their mission: to find the Brocade Immortal, a cursed robe forged from blood and heartbreak.
He tells the tragic tale of the Brocade Immortal’s origin: a mentally challenged but kind and powerful soldier falls in love with a woman who gives him a gift—a hideous robe.
Trusting her completely, he mutilates himself to fit into it, cutting off his limbs and head. The robe becomes soaked in his blood and soul, transforming into a cursed object.
The robe, now a sentient cursed item, has passed through many hands and kills by seducing victims into wearing it.
Quan Yizhen seems unfazed but correctly identifies its appearance, proving he did read the scroll after all.
They plan to visit town and investigate suspicious clothes merchants who may be the Brocade Immortal in disguise.
Before they can go, Quan Yizhen suddenly collapses again and vomits violently, still suffering from Xie Lian’s cooking.
Xie Lian leaves him to rest, and Lang Ying continues acting out of character—possessive and protective toward Xie Lian.
The next day, Xie Lian buys porridge for everyone and almost slips up by calling Lang Ying “San Lang.” Both Lang Ying and Quan Yizhen react strongly.
Xie Lian reflects on the Brocade Immortal’s escape, suspecting someone deliberately stole it during the chaos of Mount Tonglu’s reopening.
He tells Lang Ying to bathe and change into new clothes he bought, but Lang Ying refuses and storms out.
Later, Xie Lian bathes while reviewing the mission scroll. Lang Ying, flustered and silent, avoids looking at him and even drags Quan Yizhen out of the room.
As Xie Lian soaks and reflects, a mysterious woman knocks on the village doors, offering to exchange new robes for old ones.
No one answers—thanks to Xie Lian’s teachings, the villagers are aware of how to detect evil.
The woman turns to leave but stops at Puqi Shrine. Xie Lian calls out, pretending to want the trade.
The girl, beautiful from the nose down but wearing a headscarf, offers a shimmering brocade robe with a sinister aura.
Lang Ying hands over old clothes. As the exchange is made, Ruoye lashes out from the clothes and attacks the girl.
The headscarf falls away—revealing her upper face is that of a hideous old hag, exposing the creature as the Brocade Immortal in disguise.
Chapter 69:
Separating Colors, Dyehouse Wide OpenThe woman trading robes at Puqi Shrine is revealed to be a Half-Maquillage Woman, a ghost formed from older women's jealousy of youth; she eats young girls' flesh to stay young, but her aged eyes betray her.
Quan Yizhen, revived from nausea, slaps her unconscious with a single strike. Xie Lian, now dressed, interrogates her about the brocade robe she tried to trade.
She denies any connection to the real Brocade Immortal and claims she bought the robe in Ghost City, from an unknown peddler.
Realizing she’s just a low-level ghost, Xie Lian tries to hand her off to a heavenly official—but Quan Yizhen admits he has no deputies or staff whatsoever.
With no other choice, Xie Lian seals her in a jar and inspects the robe, noting its evil aura feels superficial, like heavy makeup rather than genuine menace.
Quan Yizhen confirms the robe is a fake, saying he’s seen the real Brocade Immortal before and it was far more powerful.
Ling Wen contacts Xie Lian and confirms this, explaining that Quan Yizhen didn’t just see it—he once wore the real one.
The robe was a birthday gift from Yin Yu, Quan Yizhen’s former shixiong and the previous Martial God of the West.
Yin Yu and Quan Yizhen were close, like brothers. After both ascended from the West, they shared dominion, but friction grew due to Quan Yizhen’s overwhelming strength and eccentric behavior.
Hoping to control him, Yin Yu gifted Quan Yizhen the Brocade Immortal, which allows the gift-giver to control the wearer’s actions.
While under the robe’s influence, Quan Yizhen nearly beheaded himself as a joke command from Yin Yu, only stopped by Jun Wu in time.
Yin Yu was immediately banished from Heaven for harming a fellow heavenly official.
Xie Lian notes Quan Yizhen still seems fond of Yin Yu, referencing his overreaction during the Mid-Autumn play.
Ling Wen reports that multiple Brocade Immortals are being spotted near Puqi Shrine, some as close as 2.5 km. They suspect Ghost City vendors are selling counterfeits to scam customers.
With no spiritual power, teleportation, or officials, Xie Lian and Quan Yizhen prepare to walk to the nearest location—an abandoned dyehouse. Lang Ying insists on joining them.
On the way, a golden skeleton step-litter appears, offering a ride on Hua Cheng’s behalf. Xie Lian and Lang Ying accept; Quan Yizhen tries to board but is hilariously denied and chases after them on foot.
At the dyehouse, they find ghosts wailing in fear, having been caught selling counterfeit Brocade Immortals.
They are greeted by a ghost-masked man suspected to be Yin Yu, who now works under Hua Cheng.
Inside the dyehouse are dozens of sinister robes, emitting evil qi—ninety-eight total ghost garments collected by Ghost City enforcers.
Xie Lian expresses concern about Hua Cheng doing too much, but Yin Yu insists it’s because Hua Cheng doesn’t want him wasting energy on trivial errands.
Xie Lian asks how Hua Cheng is doing. Yin Yu simply says he’s “very busy.”
They interrogate the detained ghosts, who all claim the robes came from mysterious masked individuals, making it impossible to trace the real source.
Realizing the real Brocade Immortal isn’t among the batch, Xie Lian asks Quan Yizhen to identify the real one, but the sheer number of ghost robes overwhelms him.
Lang Ying suddenly lights one robe on fire. It reacts like a living creature, writhing in pain, but resists burning—proof of its strong yin energy.
As they examine the dyehouse, Xie Lian sees a headless shadow appear on a sheet of fabric, which disappears before he can strike it.
Suddenly, all ninety-eight ghost robes animate, fluttering like sentient creatures. Ghost agitation from Mount Tonglu’s reopening has awakened them.
The robes begin attacking, trying to find suitable bodies to possess. Xie Lian is mobbed by female robes, which flock to him as their favorite target.
Quan Yizhen struggles to fight cloth with fists, while Lang Ying is left untouched—the robes recognize he’s a ghost.
Some robes escape the dyehouse. Xie Lian gives chase and catches one trying to possess a drunken passerby. He reassures the man—who faints anyway.
After collecting all escaped robes, Xie Lian decides they must test each garment individually. Lang Ying and Quan Yizhen take turns wearing them as Xie Lian gives commands.
None of the robes respond with Brocade Immortal’s cursed traits. All ninety-eight are confirmed fakes.
Xie Lian contacts Ling Wen to have them collected. As he sits atop the mountain of robes, he spots a shadowy figure with long hair watching him silently through the fabric—a new and likely dangerous presence.
Chapter 70:
The Ninety-Ninth Ghost Robe Hidden in DangerXie Lian sees a mysterious silhouette behind a curtain and believes it to be the real Brocade Immortal, identifying it as a tall, martial young man.
He stops Lang Ying and Quan Yizhen from moving, but the silhouette dissipates in the wind without reacting.
A knock sounds at the dyehouse door—Ling Wen arrives in male form, claiming she came personally due to the mission's difficulty.
Xie Lian explains he saw the real Brocade Immortal’s figure, and though Ling Wen is skeptical, she listens.
Ling Wen suggests the silhouette may be a vengeful spirit possessing one of the ghost robes, but Xie Lian asserts no one else could’ve snuck in due to the protective array they set.
Ling Wen proposes taking the robes to her palace for examination. Xie Lian agrees but wants one more day to try identifying the real robe.
Ling Wen notes there are 101 robes now, implying the three they’re wearing may be infected by evil qi. She tells Xie Lian to dispose of all the garments, as the Brocade Immortal can pass its curse to nearby clothing.
Xie Lian removes Lang Ying and Quan Yizhen’s robes for safety and packs everything to deliver to Ling Wen’s palace the next day.
At Ling Wen’s palace, Xie Lian presents the robes, but admits he may have missed one or two. Ling Wen notes Lang Ying’s robe is missing, pinpointing that one specifically.
Xie Lian is suspicious—how did Ling Wen know exactly which robe was missing among the huge pile of near-identical garments?
He begins confronting her, suggesting she may be the one who stole the real Brocade Immortal and sent the Half-Maquillage Woman to Puqi Shrine under the guise of trading clothes to retrieve it.
Xie Lian deduces that the Brocade Immortal was likely hidden among plain robes and that the Half-Maquillage Woman’s arrival was an attempt to discreetly recover it.
He suspects Ling Wen wanted to swap out or steal the real Brocade Immortal during the chaos, using counterfeit robes and her role as the top civil god to mask the theft.
He accuses her of trying to take advantage of the robe chaos and use her control over communication and intelligence to manipulate the investigation and keep track of his progress.
Ling Wen denies everything, pointing out that Lang Ying disobeyed Xie Lian's orders, implying the Brocade Immortal couldn’t have affected him.
Xie Lian counters that Ling Wen herself earlier said the Brocade Immortal may have encountered “special circumstances,” and challenges her to explain what that means.
He then traps her with a fake-out: he shows a robe from the pile and lies that it’s a replica of Lang Ying’s garment to see if she notices.
Ling Wen claims not to recognize it—Xie Lian reveals he made that up, and the robe is just a random one.
When asked to describe what color Lang Ying’s robe was, Ling Wen cannot answer, exposing that she never saw it properly.
Xie Lian drops the final revelation: the Brocade Immortal always shows its true form—headless, sleeveless, shapeless sack—to its creator.
Since Ling Wen was able to instantly notice that Lang Ying’s robe was missing, despite it being indistinguishable from the others, it proves that she saw its real form, meaning:
Ling Wen is the creator of the Brocade Immortal and the one who stole it.
Chapter 71:
Seen Through the Ghost King, Delights in Teasing the Ghost
KingXie Lian exposes Ling Wen as the creator of the Brocade Immortal by cleverly tricking her into identifying Lang Ying’s robe, which should have been indistinguishable to anyone except its creator.
Ling Wen doesn’t deny the accusation and sighs, admitting her bad luck in being assigned to Xie Lian’s mission.
Xie Lian insists he must report the truth, though he admits he respects Ling Wen for never mocking him when others called him the Scrap Immortal.
Ling Wen remarks on Xie Lian’s inconsistent nature—sometimes softhearted, sometimes rigid—and asks to see the Brocade Immortal one last time before turning herself in.
She reveals the robe’s original name was Bai Jing, the real name of the man who became the Brocade Immortal, a simple and kind warrior she once named herself.
Xie Lian agrees and returns with Ling Wen to Puqi Shrine, secretly binding her with Ruoye under her sleeves in case she tries anything.
On their way, they encounter Pei Ming, who jokes nervously that anyone seen with Xie Lian lately ends up exposed or in trouble.
At the shrine, Lang Ying is found sweeping leaves, and Xie Lian praises him as a “good child.” Ling Wen watches without comment.
They catch Quan Yizhen trying to secretly stuff more gold bars into the donation box, which is already overflowing.
Inside the shrine, Ling Wen views the Brocade Immortal quietly and asks to be left alone with it for a while, which Xie Lian allows, trusting Ruoye’s restraints.
Xie Lian resumes cooking, with help from Lang Ying (secretly Hua Cheng in disguise) and Quan Yizhen, who continues stealing food.
Xie Lian playfully questions Lang Ying on who he finds the most handsome, admirable, and coolest—all answers are “the one in red,” confirming Hua Cheng's cover is blown.
Xie Lian reveals he’s known Hua Cheng has been pretending to be Lang Ying and bursts into laughter at how obvious it was.
Hua Cheng, embarrassed, pleads for Xie Lian to forget it, but Xie Lian says he’ll remember forever and laughs harder.
They are interrupted when Ling Wen emerges from the shrine, and Hua Cheng resumes the Lang Ying disguise.
Xie Lian, enjoying the domestic peace, prepares a new dish called “Incorruptible Chastity Meatballs”, which causes Quan Yizhen to faint after one bite.
Hua Cheng eats several without complaint and even gives thoughtful feedback, amusing Xie Lian further.
Through their private communication array, Hua Cheng warns Xie Lian to be wary of Ling Wen, saying she is cunning and ruthless despite appearing composed.
Hua Cheng also warns that visitors are approaching, and shortly after, a group of monks and cultivators appear outside Puqi Village, armed and organized.
They are targeting Hua Cheng, having been likely summoned by Qi Rong, who previously threatened to rally exorcists against him.
Hua Cheng, still in his weakened, sealed form due to Mount Tonglu’s influence, offers to leave and draw them away, but Xie Lian refuses.
Xie Lian threatens that if Hua Cheng leaves, he must never return, shocking him into staying put.
Xie Lian goes out to confront the monks himself, finding them led by a flashy cultivator named Heaven’s Eye, along with nearly sixty others.
The villagers try to stop the exorcists, worried they’ll interfere with Xie Lian’s “job,” but the monks insist there’s a “hell-raising ghost king” inside.
The cultivator uses a blood-eye technique to scan Xie Lian and sees shifting auras—ghost qi, divine light, and blankness—confusing him.
Finally, he declares that the strongest ghost qi is located on Xie Lian’s lips, unwittingly implying something scandalous about his relationship with Hua Cheng.
Chapter 72:
My Puqi Shrine Will Collapse Supremely (Part One)The exorcist leader Heaven’s Eye declares that the strongest ghost qi is on Xie Lian’s lips, due to lingering effects from his passionate night with Hua Cheng at Thousand Lights Temple.
Xie Lian panics and covers his mouth, realizing Hua Cheng’s scent hasn’t faded. Villagers, confused and concerned, also cover their mouths, thinking they’ve been cursed by his pickled vegetables.
Trying to deflect suspicion, Xie Lian lies that the jar he uses for ghost-catching is also his pickle jar, adding to the misunderstanding.
Heaven’s Eye grows frustrated and storms Puqi Shrine, but Xie Lian weaponizes Quan Yizhen, threatening to feed him more Incorruptible Chastity Meatballs, which immediately revives him.
Quan Yizhen’s explosive spiritual aura blinds Heaven’s Eye, causing his Heaven’s Eye technique to burn outtemporarily.
The exorcists prepare to attack, but a spiritual barrier activates, protecting Puqi Shrine—Hua Cheng’s voicebooms from above, furiously defending Xie Lian and calling the exorcists “flies.”
Heaven’s Eye trembles in fear and nervously stutters out Hua Cheng’s title, noting he’s weakened and sealed his powers due to Mount Tonglu.
Xie Lian comforts Hua Cheng, now appearing as a young teen, and urges him not to waste his energy. Hua Cheng calms down in Xie Lian’s arms.
Xie Lian accuses the exorcists of being manipulated by Qi Rong, but they deny it, claiming they acted independently.
When the exorcists attack, Xie Lian defends without unsheathing his sword, knowing that heavenly officials lose merits if they injure mortals.
He uses Ruoye instead, whipping weapons out of the attackers’ hands. They’re stunned by its silk-like but deadly nature.
Taking advantage of the chaos, Ling Wen attempts to flee, but Xie Lian catches her. She admits she leaked Hua Cheng’s presence via the communication array, not Qi Rong.
Xie Lian orders Quan Yizhen to stop her. Despite being weak from the meatballs, he intercepts her—but she blasts him through the roof of Puqi Shrine.
Ling Wen appears transformed—shrouded in dark aura and exhibiting immense martial power. Xie Lian realizes she’s put on the Brocade Immortal.
Hua Cheng confirms it’s the robe. Though still appearing calm and composed, Ling Wen now wields devastating power.
Xie Lian tests her with a strike, but she deflects it effortlessly. Quan Yizhen, excited, yells “Beautiful!” and resumes fighting her.
The robe amplifies Ling Wen’s strength, making her temporarily stronger than even Quan Yizhen.
As their battle shakes the shrine, Xie Lian begs them to fight somewhere else, fearing for Puqi Shrine’s structural integrity.
The exorcists attack again. Xie Lian tosses aside his sword and uses Incorruptible Chastity Meatballs as makeshift projectiles.
In a dramatic moment, Xie Lian makes a grand, over-the-top speech, proclaiming himself the Crown Prince, a god above gods, demanding reverence.
While the mob stands frozen, Xie Lian pelts them all with meatballs, warning they are “Incorruptible Chastity Pellets” that will explode without water.
The mob flees in a panic, believing they’ve been poisoned.
Ling Wen continues battling Quan Yizhen. Just as she tries to flee, Xie Lian throws another meatball into her mouth, weakening her and dimming the robe’s power.
Disgusted, Ling Wen flees, and Quan Yizhen chases after her. Xie Lian, realizing reinforcements are coming, decides to flee Puqi Shrine with Hua Cheng.
As they flee, Xie Lian reflexively messages Ling Wen via private spiritual array, forgetting she’s the traitor—Ling Wen responds curtly, then cuts him off.
Xie Lian quickly enters the public spiritual communication array to announce the situation: “Ling Wen ran off wearing the Brocade Immortal!”
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 5
Chapter 73:
My Puqi Shrine Will Collapse Supremely (Part Two)Xie Lian tries to warn the Heavenly Court via the general spiritual communication array that Ling Wen has escaped wearing the Brocade Immortal, but his message is lost in the chaos.
Feng Xin briefly acknowledges him, but the array abruptly goes silent.
Hua Cheng explains that Ling Wen, as the creator of the communication system, has destroyed the array from within, severing contact with the Upper Court.
Xie Lian worries about losing all contact but Hua Cheng reassures him that not all heavenly officials are foolish, and Jun Wu is still present and capable of responding accordingly.
Realizing they’ve lost track of both Ling Wen and Quan Yizhen, Xie Lian shifts focus to more urgent issues.
Xie Lian notices that Hua Cheng’s form has changed again—he now appears as a small child, only eleven or twelve years old.
Hua Cheng insists it’s temporary and will reverse once Mount Tonglu’s disturbance subsides. Despite his childlike body, his demeanor remains calm and composed.
Xie Lian is charmed and begins pinching his cheeks playfully, laughing at Hua Cheng’s cuteness.
Hua Cheng, however, is deeply self-conscious about appearing weak and confesses he hates looking like this, especially when Xie Lian has to protect him.
Xie Lian gently comforts him, assuring that it’s fine to not be strong all the time, and asks Hua Cheng to let him protect him for once.
Touched, Hua Cheng solemnly promises: “Wait for me,” and Xie Lian promises he will.
The next day, they reach a small town and wander through the streets together hand-in-hand, enjoying the calm.
Xie Lian inquires about how He Xuan (Black Water) is reacting to Mount Tonglu. Hua Cheng says he’s likely hibernating, overwhelmed from devouring too many water ghosts and digesting their energy.
Qi Rong, meanwhile, is revealed to be mimicking Hua Cheng and He Xuan, using grotesque, crude methods like hanging upside-down corpses to imitate Hua Cheng’s “blood rain” aesthetic.
Xie Lian laments the fate of Guzi and Shi Qingxuan, unsure if they are safe after recent events.
Hua Cheng explains he locked down Ghost City and spread false rumors about his location to avoid attackers, confirming he can’t return there and Xie Lian can’t take him to Heaven either.
Xie Lian muses over how Ling Wen saw through Hua Cheng’s Lang Ying disguise, still unsure how.
Hua Cheng then questions why Heaven’s Eye claimed the strongest ghost qi was on Xie Lian’s lips, referencing the night they kissed and shared spiritual energy.
Xie Lian awkwardly tries to deflect but internally panics, realizing the implication is accurate.
Spotting a nearby clothing store, Xie Lian suddenly pulls Hua Cheng inside to distract from the awkward topic.
Xie Lian buys new clothes for Hua Cheng, now in his child form. After dressing, Hua Cheng emerges wearing a red robe with silver chains and leather boots, looking like a miniature nobleman.
Xie Lian, captivated by his cuteness and charisma, adds a second braid to match the one already on Hua Cheng’s cheek.
The shop’s female customers are smitten, gushing over how adorable and refined he looks.
Hua Cheng mutters that as long as Xie Lian is happy, he’ll accept it—even the matching braid.
When Xie Lian tries to pay for the outfit, Hua Cheng slaps down a gold foil, casually telling the owner to keep the change.
As they leave the store together, they spot a familiar figure in the street crowd—someone alarming enough to cause both to freeze.
Just before reacting, Xie Lian raises his hand to the shopkeeper and says, “Please bring me that robe!”
Chapter 74:
Out in the Wilds, Rioting at the Shady Inn
Xie Lian sees Heaven’s Eye and the mob of exorcists approaching and quickly disguises himself in a daring women’s robe from the clothing shop.
He grabs Hua Cheng and hides behind a curtain, pretending to be a woman dressing. When Heaven’s Eye bursts in, Xie Lian shrieks, half-exposes his shoulder, and scares the men into fleeing.
Using the distraction, Xie Lian escapes while carrying Hua Cheng, running through the streets as the mob gives chase.
Despite the chaos and villagers staring in disbelief, Xie Lian keeps running and apologizing to anyone inconvenienced by his dramatic getaway.
After several hours of running, the mob grows tired. Xie Lian and Hua Cheng finally lose them and find a nearby inn to rest.
The inn is strangely lavish and heavily staffed despite being in the middle of nowhere, immediately raising Xie Lian’s suspicions.
Inside, the attendants greet Xie Lian oddly and with overly fake smiles. Xie Lian smells blood and hears footsteps above—signs the inn is ghost-run.
Hua Cheng confirms it’s a shady ghost inn, and Xie Lian quietly investigates while pretending nothing’s wrong.
The mob of monks and exorcists eventually arrives at the same inn, seeking rest and food after the long chase.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng retreat to a room on the second floor. They spy through a hole and watch the exorcists complain about their failed pursuit and blame Hua Cheng for past slights.
The exorcists recount personal stories of ghosts wronging them—all weak reasons for hating Hua Cheng and Ghost City.
Xie Lian worries about them eating food from ghost attendants. When the food arrives, Heaven’s Eye complains about dirty plates, unknowingly saving everyone.
Later, the attendants bring new dishes. Xie Lian watches them serve human flesh disguised as exotic meats, noting details like human hand-shaped “chicken feet” and tattooed “pork.”
Xie Lian flings a pebble to knock a drink from Heaven’s Eye’s hand, splashing water onto an attendant. The illusion breaks—the attendant’s painted-on face melts away.
The exorcists panic and start a brawl. The ghost attendants try to deflect by pointing to Xie Lian and Hua Cheng’s room, but also mistakenly expose Lan Chang and the fetus spirit, who are also guests.
Lan Chang curses at the mob for invading her space. Xie Lian recognizes her voice and confirms it’s Lan Chang, with the fetus spirit presumably in her womb.
Another guest, revealed to be a powerful cultivator, shoots yellow talismans to drive away the mob when they target his room by mistake.
Xie Lian sneaks around back to spy on the kitchen, discovering Qi Rong, still possessing a body, eating humansand yelling at the ghost attendants.
Qi Rong complains that his poison isn’t working fast enough to kill the exorcists and promises to cook their “last meal” himself.
Xie Lian is horrified but locates Guzi, who is safe but feverish, locked in the firewood shed nearby.
Chaos erupts again when the fetus spirit jumps from Lan Chang’s womb and attacks Fu Yao, who has arrived at the inn and is trying to apprehend her.
Talismans fly, the fetus spirit ricochets through the building, and Lan Chang tries to protect it.
Qi Rong tries to expose Hua Cheng, yelling that the Ghost King is present in child form, but Xie Lian silences him with a butcher knife shoved in his mouth.
The exorcists finally spot Hua Cheng stacking a gold foil palace outside the inn and prepare to attack.
Hua Cheng finishes the palace and kicks it down—collapsing the entire inn, revealing it was an illusion built on a decrepit shack.
The exorcists are buried in the wreckage. Fu Yao emerges furious, blaming Hua Cheng for the collapse.
Xie Lian shields child-Hua Cheng and tells Fu Yao he’s just a boy; Fu Yao sarcastically denies being fooled.
Lan Chang, still with the fetus spirit, runs again. Xie Lian uses Ruoye to stop her. The spirit flies out, and chaos continues.
Xie Lian captures Qi Rong, demands Guzi’s location, and confirms the child is safe but sick.
Meanwhile, upstairs, Fu Yao and the fetus spirit are locked in combat. Xie Lian confirms Fu Yao is really Mu Qing.
Lan Chang pleads for mercy. Xie Lian demands to know Fu Yao’s connection to her.
Suddenly, Feng Xin contacts Xie Lian via the verbal password and warns that Mu Qing has been accused of evil cultivation involving the fetus spirit.
The fetus spirit allegedly bit Mu Qing during the ritual, and the scar on his arm matches its bite, suggesting he created it. Mu Qing fled Heaven after being detained.
Xie Lian refuses to believe it, arguing that Mu Qing wouldn’t do such a thing. Feng Xin confirms suspicion is growing, and things are unraveling fast in Heaven.
Before Xie Lian can respond further, Fu Yao confronts him directly, demanding to know who he’s speaking to.
Chapter 75:
Sharp-Tongued with Pointed Teeth, Winds Devoured and
Arrow ShreddedXie Lian pretends to ask Fu Yao for a heavenly official's verbal password to communicate with the Upper Court but quickly seizes him, revealing he knows Mu Qing is in trouble and has fled.
Xie Lian offers to help investigate the crime Mu Qing is accused of and insists he believes in his innocence despite their past grudge.
Fu Yao becomes angry and defensive, arguing that returning would be suicide for Mu Qing, who’s already been condemned in the public’s eyes.
Hua Cheng supports Xie Lian and scorns Fu Yao for being ungrateful and suspicious. Fu Yao throws sarcasm back at him.
Xie Lian delivers a hilariously brutal yet heartfelt monologue listing Mu Qing’s flaws—petty, nagging, paranoid, disliked, friendless—but ends by saying Mu Qing still has principles and would never do something truly immoral.
Their conversation is interrupted when Qi Rong recognizes Lan Chang and gleefully exposes her past identity as Lady Jian Lan, a noblewoman from Xianle who was once considered a potential consort for Xie Lian.
Jian Lan, humiliated, begs Xie Lian not to say her name and admits she changed it to escape shame. She’s now a ghost prostitute in the Ghost Realm.
Qi Rong mocks her cruelly, suggesting Guzi could be Xie Lian’s or some Yong’an commoner’s child, until Jian Lan snaps and slaps him repeatedly, calling him a shameless fraud of an “Almost-Supreme.”
Their brawl turns chaotic. Qi Rong screams for help while Xie Lian and Hua Cheng ignore him. Jian Lan hurls insults and heavy objects at him, fully asserting herself.
A crack of thunder signals the arrival of Feng Xin, who appears in full heavenly garb with his longbow. He traced Xie Lian via spiritual ripples.
Feng Xin is shocked by the sight of Xie Lian holding Fu Yao captive and Hua Cheng appearing as a child.
Xie Lian jokes that Hua Cheng is his son, and Hua Cheng plays along, charmingly saying, “Right.”
Just as they try to calm the situation, Lan Chang flees, prompting Feng Xin to fire an arrow at her legs, but he stops when the fetus spirit (Cuocuo) breaks free and attacks him.
Feng Xin wounds the fetus spirit with an arrow through the leg. Jian Lan desperately tries to help it but is repelled by the spiritual power.
Feng Xin recognizes Jian Lan’s true identity and expresses shock that she, once a refined noblewoman, has become like this.
Jian Lan furiously pushes him, screaming that he should have pretended not to recognize her to spare her dignity, revealing her deep shame.
Qi Rong gleefully mocks both of them, calling Feng Xin a “loyal dog” who betrayed Xie Lian with his past crush.
Jian Lan beats him again, furious at the insinuation, while Xie Lian and Hua Cheng remain quietly sympathetic.
The fetus spirit bites into Feng Xin’s right arm, deeply injuring him. He prepares to strike it down, but Jian Lan begs him not to.
Everyone realizes the shocking truth: Feng Xin is the father of the fetus spirit.
Chapter 76:
I Decided the Path I WalkXie Lian remembers that during Jian Lan’s outburst at the Palace of Divine Might, she accused everyone except Feng Xin, which now seems significant.
Jian Lan angrily denies the fetus spirit is Feng Xin’s child, but her panicked denial only raises more suspicion.
Feng Xin hesitates, clearly shaken, but says if the child is his, then of course he’ll accept responsibility.
Jian Lan mocks him, saying he’s too late and accusing him of not wanting to recognize his “bastard.”
Qi Rong jeers at Feng Xin, loudly calling Cuocuo his son and mocking his divine title as the “Son-Gifting” Nan Yang.
Xie Lian silences Qi Rong with Ruoye and Jian Lan stomps on his head, but Guzi wakes and begs them not to hurt his “dad,” which lets Qi Rong grab him and flee.
Ruoye is released to chase Jian Lan, but Xie Lian realizes too late that it was also binding Qi Rong. Qi Rong breaks free gleefully and uses Guzi as a shield.
Meanwhile, Hua Cheng begins trembling violently from the agitation of ghosts, appearing close to collapse. Xie Lian rushes to hold him and calm his energy.
The fetus spirit, agitated by the tremors, attacks Feng Xin, who refuses to harm it even as he is bitten repeatedly and possibly scratched across the eye.
Jian Lan scolds the spirit, and it obediently returns to her arms. She angrily tells Feng Xin to leave them alone and flees again with her “child.”
Feng Xin, injured and emotionally overwhelmed, angrily punches a tree in half when Xie Lian asks about his connection to Jian Lan.
Hua Cheng coolly remarks that Feng Xin should direct his anger at whoever truly turned Jian Lan and Cuocuo into ghosts.
Fu Yao explains that Mu Qing tried to help Jian Lan and the fetus spirit after recognizing her as a Xianle noble, but it backfired. He accuses the fetus spirit of irrational hate and denies Mu Qing’s involvement in its death.
Hua Cheng retorts that it’s arrogant to dismiss the suffering of others as just “bad luck.”
Feng Xin, now visibly shaken, asks how things became such a mess and refuses Xie Lian’s offer to help with his injuries. He walks away in silence.
Xie Lian lets Fu Yao go pursue Jian Lan and the fetus spirit, suspecting the defamation may be part of a larger scheme.
The inn, once chaotic, becomes quiet as everyone departs. Xie Lian checks on the unconscious monks and confirms they’re alive.
He and Hua Cheng find a proper inn and finally rest. Xie Lian reflects on the chaos and how Feng Xin may have met Jian Lan during Xie Lian’s first banishment.
Xie Lian opens up about that dark period, revealing he pawned off all his possessions, including Hongjing and his golden belts.
He had told Feng Xin to sell his belt and keep the money, partially out of fear—fear that Feng Xin, the last person who still treated him like a god, might leave.
Xie Lian saw the protection charm Feng Xin gave Jian Lan and suspects he tried to convert people back to Xie Lian’s worship out of loyalty, despite the world abandoning him.
He regrets never asking Feng Xin about his feelings or relationships and wonders why Feng Xin and Jian Lan broke up if he cared about her so deeply.
Hua Cheng says that if they broke up, it proves it wasn’t love but just “like.” Xie Lian counters that life doesn’t always let you walk the path you choose.
Hua Cheng quietly replies that he might not choose whether the road is easy, but he always chooses to walk it.
Moved, Xie Lian hugs him, laughs, and says Hua Cheng reminds him of his younger self. They play and relax together in bed.
Suddenly, another person appears silently in their room. It’s Jun Wu, who has brewed tea and is calmly waiting.
Xie Lian, panicking, tries to cover Hua Cheng with a blanket and explain the situation. Jun Wu smiles and finishes his sentence for him, pretending to believe that Hua Cheng is his son.
They all sit and drink tea. When asked about the situation in Heaven, Jun Wu jokes at first, then admits it’s disastrous—communication is down, officials are missing, and defenses are failing.
Jun Wu confirms the rumors are true: Mount Tonglu has reopened, and the ghosts are gathering in huge numbers for the next Ghost King ascension.
Jun Wu explains that the only way to stop a Supreme from emerging is to send a martial god into the Kiln to cull the strongest ghosts before they finish the ritual.
Xie Lian is shocked and protests that the plan is suicidal, and Jun Wu shouldn’t be the one to go. But Jun Wu insists that he must go himself, and asks Xie Lian to take his place in the Upper Court.
Xie Lian refuses, calling it absurd and saying the Heavenly Court will collapse without Jun Wu.
Jun Wu responds that no one is irreplaceable and that the world will survive even if people die—but if another White-Clothed Calamity is born, the consequences will be dire.
Just as tension rises, Hua Cheng challenges the idea, saying, “Who says there’s no other way?”
Chapter 77:
Gates Open to Mount Tonglu, the Mass Gathering of GhostsXie Lian and Hua Cheng begin their journey to Mount Tonglu on foot, unable to use teleportation.
Hua Cheng urges Xie Lian to avoid Jun Wu, warning that whenever Jun Wu gets involved, nothing good follows.
Hua Cheng says whether it’s managing the Upper Court or entering Mount Tonglu, both are suicide missions, and Jun Wu dumped a terrible choice on Xie Lian.
Xie Lian asks Hua Cheng not to force himself to come, but Hua Cheng reassures him, saying he wants to help and has his own reasons.
Jun Wu agreed to Hua Cheng’s participation on the condition that Heaven must publicly praise Hua Cheng for a year and give Ghost City space until the next Mount Tonglu opening.
Xie Lian jokes about how the “songs of praise” would be torture for the heavenly officials, and Hua Cheng smiles smugly.
Xie Lian suggests they wait until Hua Cheng’s ghostly agitation ends so he can regain his usual form, but Hua Cheng insists he’s done being small and ready to return to his adult form.
Xie Lian lifts child-Hua Cheng into the air and jokes he’ll miss being able to carry him around.
As they journey into the mountains, they encounter more and more strange creatures and realize that many ghosts have gathered for the trial.
They hear chanting from mobs of ghostly creatures who are overconfident and eager to become Supremes.
Hua Cheng explains that teams form with promises of mercy, but those always fail because the closer someone is, the easier it is to kill them to gain strength.
He starts having another headache. Xie Lian leads him into the woods to rest, and Hua Cheng marks Xie Lian with his ghostly scent via a forehead touch to help him blend in.
They disguise themselves in cloaks and join the massive crowd of ghosts heading toward Mount Tonglu.
A huge mountain bluff blocks the path, and the ghosts begin to panic and speculate how to pass it.
Attempts to go around or fly over the mountain fail—it appears to be a supernatural obstacle.
A suspicious ghost claims he smells a heavenly official among them, creating panic.
To root out any infiltrators, the ghosts suggest everyone remove disguises and declare identities.
Xie Lian says he’s a Puppet Master, claiming Hua Cheng is his puppet. Hua Cheng plays along with smug satisfaction.
The lady ghosts are enamored with Hua Cheng’s "puppet" form and start touching him, until Xie Lian warns he has a “bad temper.”
A ghost called Demon of the Swift Life-Extinguishing Blade becomes suspicious, noting that Xie Lian’s ghost qi is only surface-level.
He offers a talisman test: when placed on a ghost’s forehead, it should leave a burn mark if they’re truly ghostly.
Xie Lian applies the talisman—it leaves no mark, revealing him to be human.
Chaos erupts as the ghosts surround him, but Hua Cheng’s aura protects them, terrifying everyone.
Hua Cheng reverses the roles, claiming he’s the Puppet Master and Xie Lian is the puppet, playing along with glee.
The ghosts are charmed by Xie Lian’s “realistic puppet” form and flirt with him brazenly, prompting Hua Cheng to threaten anyone who touches him.
Another ghost wants to test Xie Lian with a blade, but Hua Cheng glares him down, and the crowd backs off.
Hua Cheng calls out a silent cloaked figure in the crowd who still hasn’t revealed his identity.
The man removes his cloak to reveal a completely forgettable fake face—a common disguise for high-level ghosts or gods.
He passes the talisman test, confirming he’s a ghost, but his identity remains a mystery.
Suddenly, the Demon of the Swift Blade is stabbed through the abdomen with a sword coated in holy light, proving a heavenly official is truly among them.
Panic spreads as the ghosts demand everyone test again with talismans.
Demon of the Swift Blade pulls out hundreds of talismans, claiming he took them from cultivators he killed.
The ghosts pair up and apply talismans to each other’s foreheads—but they won’t come off, and suddenly they explode.
Dozens of ghosts are instantly killed or destroyed. The mountain bluff that once blocked them has now moved behind them, signaling they’ve unknowingly entered Mount Tonglu.
A ghost tries to stab Xie Lian, but is sliced in half by the cloaked man—revealed to be Pei Ming in disguise.
Pei Ming flirts with ghost women and jokes with Hua Cheng before admitting Jun Wu sent him to assist.
Pei Ming explains his ghost disguise was aided by Ghost Scent Candy, bought from Ghost City to simulate ghost qi.
Hua Cheng condemns the candy as “vulgar,” mocking its foul stench, which explains why ghost women rejected Pei Ming earlier.
Xie Lian reflects on how violently Mount Tonglu began—out of the original crowd, nearly everyone was dead or fleeing.
They realize the Demon of the Swift Blade may have faked his death and used holy light to stir panic, as his body is now missing.
Hua Cheng reminds everyone: in Mount Tonglu, killing others grants more power, meaning the more the Demon killed, the more dangerous he now becomes.
Chapter 78:
Ambivalent Regrets, the Clear-Sighted General Snaps the
Hateful SwordXie Lian notices Hua Cheng is burning hot—he’s about to transform back to his adult form, but it’s a vulnerable time.
Xie Lian builds a protection array using Ruoye and Fangxin, surrounding Hua Cheng to allow him to meditate safely.
Eming, Hua Cheng’s sentient scimitar, appears—but it's shrunken and childlike, trying eagerly to help but gets rejected. Hua Cheng insults it for being useless.
Pei Ming arrives and jokes, but then is suddenly slashed—the attacker is Demon of the Swift Life-Extinguishing Blade, who had faked his earlier death.
The demon fights Pei Ming fiercely and knows his every move, overwhelming him despite being only a bisected ghost.
Xie Lian urges Pei Ming to retreat, noticing the attacker is far too familiar with Pei Ming’s sword techniques.
Pei Ming guesses the attacker’s identity: it’s Mingguang, the spirit of his former sword, which he had snapped in half centuries ago.
The demon is enraged, bitter over being discarded, and reveals he still retains power despite being broken, due to being imbued with holy light when snapped.
Pei Ming never forged a new spiritual weapon—Mingguang was his original and most cherished.
They deduce the demon is both sentient and split between upper and lower halves; the lower half attacks Fangxin inside the array.
Mingguang tries to recruit a massive, corpse-like ghost named Kemo to help him break the array and kill Xie Lian and Pei Ming.
Xie Lian cunningly tricks Mingguang into making a hand gesture that’s a vulgar insult in Kemo’s language, turning the two ghosts against each other temporarily.
During their brawl, Pei Ming steals Mingguang’s lower half and threatens him awkwardly—but it turns out the legs can still fight, and enter the array.
Eming is summoned and proves surprisingly powerful. Xie Lian discovers praising Eming makes it grow in size and power.
Pei Ming tries kissing Eming via Xie Lian’s lips (accidentally), causing it to grow more. Mingguang is furious.
Mingguang powers up his lower half and regains the upper hand. Just as things grow dire, Kemo returns, furious about Xie Lian’s earlier trick.
Kemo breaks the array, Mingguang regains his full form, and both prepare to attack again.
Xie Lian tries one last trick: he shouts in the Banyue tongue, pretending Pei Junior and Banyue are nearby. It works—Kemo rushes off to find them.
To everyone’s surprise, Banyue and Pei Xiu actually arrive. They had heard Xie Lian’s cry and came to help.
Kemo is enraged by Banyue and her scorpion-snakes; Pei Xiu fights using his ghost-slaying techniques despite lacking spiritual power.
Xie Lian realizes Kemo and Mingguang make a poor team—Kemo’s brute strength doesn’t pair well with swordsmanship.
Xie Lian tries to comfort Hua Cheng with a kiss—but accidentally kisses his forehead instead of lips. Pei Ming mocks him.
During the fight, Pei Ming snaps the Mingguang sword again, using his intimate knowledge of its weak point.
Pei Xiu showers Kemo with snakes, Banyue captures both enemies using giant clay pots, sealing them.
Banyue offers to pot Hua Cheng too to help him recover; Xie Lian politely declines.
It’s revealed that Pei Ming’s ghostly scent from disguise candy made Banyue avoid him earlier.
Pei Xiu explains that the Rain Master saved him from ghosts in the Mortal Realm and now they travel together.
Tension rises when it’s revealed Pei Ming destroyed the Kingdom of Yushi, and Rain Master was its last ruler.
Mingguang, still in the pot, continues insulting Pei Ming and accuses him of hypocrisy—defending Pei Xiu while having abandoned many loyal followers.
Pei Ming suddenly declares: Mingguang is not his sword, but Rong Guang, his former deputy general and closest friend.
Rong Guang had plotted a coup using Pei Ming’s name when they were mortals, aiming to make him king.
Pei Ming, uninterested in kingship, tried to stop the rebellion—but Rong Guang went forward anyway, leading to Pei Ming killing his own men and breaking the sword they forged together.
Thus, the demon’s hatred stems from being used, discarded, and left to rot after Pei Ming shattered the bond they once had—both as sword and as comrade.
Chapter 79:
Panic Left and Right, East or West Road UndecidedPei Xiu confirms that Pei Ming’s rebellion succeeded in suppressing the insurgents, but at the cost of killing his own loyal subordinates. He was then accused of treason and almost executed.
The demon known as Rong Guang is confirmed to be the spirit of Pei Ming’s shattered sword, filled with resentment from being used to kill his comrades.
Xie Lian’s group, including Hua Cheng (still recovering), Banyue, Pei Ming, and Pei Xiu, continues deeper into Mount Tonglu, now entering the second layer of the mountain.
They start encountering signs of long-abandoned human habitation—ruined homes, old roads, and towns preserved like a mausoleum. These are relics of the ancient Kingdom of Wuyong.
The group reaches a fork in the road—east and west paths—and decides to camp for the night to let Hua Cheng rest.
Pei Ming, ever the misogynist, mocks Banyue for not knowing how to cook. Xie Lian offers to teach her, and they start preparing food together.
Pei Ming slaughters the chicken with his bare hands, earning the title “Chicken-Killing General,” while Xie Lian becomes the “Feather-Plucking Crown Prince.”
They discuss personal questions: Xie Lian asks why Pei Ming never forged a new sword after destroying Mingguang, while Pei Ming asks why Xie Lian never had his cursed shackles removed. Neither directly answers.
Hua Cheng awakens, now appearing as a teenager. Xie Lian is delighted, but Hua Cheng immediately warns of a dangerous presence approaching from the east.
Pei Xiu returns from scouting and warns of over 500 ghosts coming from the west.
Despite conflicting dangers, both Hua Cheng and Xie Lian insist the west is safer, so the group moves that way.
Strangely, they never encounter the supposed ghost horde. Instead, they find a massacre site—hundreds of corpses, all slain cleanly in one go.
Hua Cheng confirms the slaughter was done by a single, immensely powerful individual, stronger than the Demon of the Swift Blade.
A surviving talking skull says the killer is a man in black, young and pale, and has already killed over 1,000 ghosts.
The skull also reveals that the east road is even worse—a man in white has killed over 2,000 ghosts in a day.
Faced with two nightmare paths, the group continues westward as the lesser of two evils.
They find signs of the Rain Master’s ox steed and deduce the Rain Master already encountered and fought the black-clad man.
The battle ended in a stalemate, and Pei Xiu—wounded—writes the word “battle formation” in the dirt before passing out.
Hua Cheng explains how the ox steed transforms during battle, revealing how they deduced the fight occurred.
They come across a gigantic, eerie temple—a holy temple of Wuyong, bearing inscriptions praising “The Eminent Crown Prince.”
Hua Cheng can read the ancient Wuyong script, revealing this temple worshipped a godly crown prince who once ruled Wuyong.
The group finds the temple walls completely blackened by fire and murals melted and destroyed—evidence the temple was burned by the people of Wuyong themselves.
Scratch marks on the temple’s entrance suggest its praise inscriptions were deliberately defaced, as if the people turned on their once-beloved prince.
Inside the temple, Pei Ming is bitten by Banyue’s scorpion-snake after trying to put his arm around her out of habit; Banyue apologizes profusely.
Finally, Xie Lian discovers a surviving face etched on the temple wall beneath the blackened layers—suggesting something important and ominous is still hidden within.
Chapter 80:
Four Heavenly Kings Hidden on Darkened WallsInside a burnt holy temple in the ruins of the Kingdom of Wuyong, Xie Lian discovers a human face beneath layers of blackened paint, preserved by the fire’s residue.
As he scrapes more of the surface, he realizes that the blackened wall was actually preserving a hidden muralunderneath.
Hua Cheng joins him, summoning hundreds of silver butterflies that flutter against the walls, causing the blackened surface to crack and fall away.
A massive and brilliantly colored four-tier mural is revealed: 1. The top level is the heavens—golden and cloud-filled, but empty of people. 2. The second level features a single young man in white, surrounded by heavenly light—clearly the Crown Prince of Wuyong. 3. The third level shows four individuals, each distinct, positioned beneath the crown prince but above the common people. 4. The fourth level, the bottom, is packed with countless identical faces showing devotion and worship—likely the citizens of Wuyong.
Xie Lian deduces that the four figures on the third level are likely heavenly officials appointed by the crown prince, much like Feng Xin and Mu Qing were to him.
The quality of the mural, including its vivid colors, suggests it’s not ancient—probably only a hundred years old or less, meaning it was painted after Wuyong’s fall.
This suggests someone recently rebuilt and secretly worshipped the Crown Prince of Wuyong, raising questions about who painted it and why.
Xie Lian resolves to investigate other holy temples in Mount Tonglu to see if more such murals exist, suspecting a hidden narrative.
As they prepare to leave, they realize Pei Ming is missing. He had stepped out for air and never returned.
Hua Cheng reveals he secretly planted silver butterflies on everyone to monitor their movements.
Using a butterfly, Xie Lian hears Pei Ming’s voice, confirming he’s alive but trapped somewhere.
A second voice appears—Ling Wen in male form, warning Pei Ming not to provoke someone nearby, saying he can’t control his body.
Xie Lian realizes Ling Wen is possessed and not in control of his actions.
Pei Ming and Ling Wen both reveal they are immobilized and held somewhere underground, possibly a spacious area with water, since echoes and water sounds are audible.
It’s also confirmed that Ling Wen is still wearing the Brocade Immortal, but the robe is subdued, meaning something stronger than it has suppressed it.
Ling Wen reveals he clashed with the Rain Master and was ambushed afterward. He doesn’t know who their captor is, only that they should not reveal their identities.
Just then, a third mysterious voice interrupts, calling both Pei Ming and Ling Wen by name and accusing them of “calculating” while under disguise.
The chapter ends with the chilling implication that someone incredibly powerful has captured both Pei Ming and Ling Wen, and is now aware of everything.
Chapter 81:
Why Not Xuli, Why Not Jing WenXie Lian overhears Pei Ming and Ling Wen talking with a third person through Hua Cheng’s silver butterflies, identifying him as the mysterious figure who captured them.
The captor has no footsteps, only thudding sounds, and scolds Pei Ming and Ling Wen for "flirting"—he's Jing Wen-zhenjun, a fallen civil god.
Pei Xiu explains Jing Wen was once the top-ranking civil god who originally appointed Ling Wen to the heavens.
Jing Wen reveals his grudge against Ling Wen for allegedly ruining his worship and status. He also blames Pei Ming for lending her military support.
Ling Wen calls out Jing Wen’s hypocrisy and alludes to a deeper, darker history between them, hinting she wasn’t appointed out of merit but for another reason.
Hua Cheng provides the backstory: both Jing Wen and Ling Wen were civil gods of the Kingdom of Xuli.
Years ago, during a festival, scholars submitted anonymous essays. Jing Wen secretly entered with “Ode to Xuli,” expecting to win, but the winning essay was “Need Not Xuli,” which critiqued the kingdom.
The winning author was revealed to be Nangong Jie (Ling Wen’s mortal name), a poor female shoemaker.
Though she was arrested, Jing Wen appointed her to the heavens to "save face," but forced her to perform demeaning tasks in the Palace of Jing Wen.
Ling Wen accuses him of oppressing her under the guise of training, denying her promotions, and spreading slander.
Jing Wen insists she was unworthy because she was a woman and claims everything he did was for her benefit.
Ling Wen retorts that the Palace of Ling Wen now far surpasses the defunct Palace of Jing Wen, proving who was truly capable.
Xie Lian uses brute force to locate their underground prison by repeatedly slamming the ground while communicating through the silver butterflies.
When he breaks through and enters the chamber, he discovers Jing Wen is possessing a grotesque eunuch statue—hence the thudding sounds and the odd appearance.
Pei Ming and Ling Wen are tied up with enchanted scrolls, unable to move.
Ling Wen kicks Jing Wen in the groin (stone statue or not), revealing he has no genitals. It's a eunuch funerary statue, which infuriates Jing Wen further.
Jing Wen loses control and physically attacks Ling Wen, prompting Xie Lian to try calming him by offering to prove "it makes no difference" by saying he never uses his own.
Jing Wen is unconvinced and tries to turn his rage toward Pei Ming, accusing Ling Wen of causing the fall of Xuli and seducing its general.
Ling Wen, possessed by the Brocade Immortal, breaks free and shatters Jing Wen into rubble.
The Brocade Immortal, now fully active, believes Pei Ming is Ling Wen’s lover and tries to kill him in a jealous rage.
Ling Wen insists he’s trying to reason with it, but the spirit doesn’t believe him.
Xie Lian frees Pei Ming, and the two escape. Ling Wen chases them, saying Bai Jing, the spirit in the Brocade Immortal, is too enraged to stop.
They get caught in a trap net set by a group of minor ghosts. Just as Ling Wen prepares to obliterate everyone with massive ghost fire, something interrupts.
A mysterious whirlwind lifts the minor ghosts into the sky. Blood begins to rain from above.
The ghost fire extinguishes. Pei Ming and Xie Lian are stunned by the shift in atmosphere and the smell of flowersin the air.
The blood rain turns into falling flower petals, signaling the return of Hua Cheng in his full, adult form.
Hua Cheng lands beside them with Eming sheathed, stating with a smile, “Your Highness, I’m back.”
Chapter 82:
A Long Way to Travel, Blocked on Narrow RoadXie Lian reunites with Hua Cheng, now back in his full adult form, accompanied by blood rain turned into a shower of red flower petals to avoid drenching Xie Lian.
Pei Ming, soaked and annoyed, demands to be freed from the trap net, which Hua Cheng cuts down using silver butterflies.
Hua Cheng subdued Ling Wen and the Brocade Immortal easily, stating the robe didn’t want to fight him and strangely cooperated.
Pei Ming tries to undress Ling Wen to remove the robe but is bitten by it—Hua Cheng explains the Brocade Immortal won’t let go of Ling Wen willingly.
The group reunites at the ruined Wuyong temple, only to find that the mysterious mural has vanished, confirming it was created by magic and removed to prevent discovery.
Pei Ming teases Banyue about her snake biting him, but Xie Lian and Pei Xiu confirm his affliction isn’t from the bite, but from something else, though he continues to joke.
As they travel deeper into Mount Tonglu, they reach a narrow valley flanked by two tall mountains, and Ling Wen wakes up groggily, confused by how many people are present.
Xie Lian asks about Qi Rong, but Ling Wen says he lost him in a crowd after reaching Mount Tonglu.
Xie Lian then asks Hua Cheng about the Kiln of Mount Tonglu, which turns out to be a massive live volcano that erupts whenever a new Ghost King is born.
They spot the Kiln in the distance—huge, towering, snowcapped, and ominous—its eruption symbolizes destruction and rebirth for Supreme Ghost Kings.
Soon after, they encounter another holy Wuyong temple, suspiciously built directly in the middle of the narrow mountain path, which strikes everyone as unnatural and ominous.
Xie Lian decides they must enter to check for more magical murals, and Hua Cheng encourages him with confidence, putting everyone at ease.
Inside, they discover a new mural, showing the Crown Prince of Wuyong meditating in distress, surrounded by his four guardian officials.
Below, the mural depicts a horrifying nightmare: the Mortal Realm consumed by fire and lava, cities in ruin, people burning alive—all erupting from the Kiln.
Xie Lian realizes the mural represents the prince’s prophetic dream of Wuyong’s destruction. This indicates he might’ve foreseen and failed to prevent the kingdom’s fall.
Suddenly, the group notices the mountain bluffs are closing in, and realize they are about to be crushed between two sentient mountain spirits.
Pei Ming heroically wedges himself between the mountains to buy time. Pei Xiu joins him, and Banyue supports Pei Xiu with her spiritual energy.
Xie Lian attempts to dig a hole with Fangxin, but it’s slow. Hua Cheng remains relaxed, saying a solution is coming soon.
Just as disaster nears, the Earth Master Shovel appears from underground—it’s Yin Yu, who has come to rescue them.
Xie Lian mistakes him for Black Water due to his forgettable face and is mortified when Hua Cheng corrects him—that’s just how Yin Yu actually looks.
Yin Yu digs them a tunnel and leads them to safety underground. The group jokes awkwardly, especially when Rong Guang mocks Yin Yu for being overshadowed by Quan Yizhen.
Pei Ming tries to question Hua Cheng about the shovel’s origin. Hua Cheng admits he picked it up in Ghost City after Black Water discarded it.
Hua Cheng also explains the sentient mountain spirits (Old Age, Sickness, and Death) that move throughout Mount Tonglu, attacking anyone trying to reach the Kiln.
After 15 km of digging, they reach a huge underground cavern, filled with countless tunnels leading in all directions. They realize they’re inside one of the mountain spirits.
Xie Lian tries to lighten the mood but senses Hua Cheng is still upset—likely from seeing Xie Lian handle corpse-poisoned bones earlier.
They continue into one tunnel, but after walking for some time, Hua Cheng and Xie Lian realize the rest of the group has vanished.
The cave behind them is suddenly empty, prompting Hua Cheng to pull Xie Lian close and warn him not to wander—they are now truly alone, and something has stolen everyone else without leaving a trace.
Chapter 83:
Same Grave in Life, No Resting in Peace in the EarthXie Lian and Hua Cheng try to retrace their steps to find their missing companions, but a solid stone wall now blocks the tunnel, confirming they’re trapped by a real, physical obstruction.
They rule out illusionary walls and directional confusion tricks—this is a deliberate, supernatural trap, most likely created by one of the mountain spirits.
Hua Cheng ties a red string of fate between his finger and Xie Lian’s third finger, forming a spiritual link that guarantees they will stay connected unless one of them dies or dissipates.
They hear powerful punching sounds from deeper inside the cave and head toward it, suspecting it’s either Pei Ming or another martial god.
Along the way, they find a half-trapped scorpion-snake—one of Banyue’s pets—embedded in the wall, only its lower half visible and violently thrashing.
They then discover a horrifying sight: a man with no lower body, embedded in the wall like a hunting trophy, bloodied and limp—but still alive and breathing.
Xie Lian identifies the man as Qi Ying (Quan Yizhen), who was likely half-swallowed by the mountain spirit, just like the snake.
Xie Lian turns around to talk to Hua Cheng but realizes he has vanished, and the red string leads into the stone wall.
Panicked, Xie Lian starts to dig through the wall, but before he can make contact with Fangxin, the wall suddenly swallows him whole.
He finds himself in total darkness, surrounded by mud and pressure, unable to escape, as if caught inside a massive creature’s stomach.
Determined not to lose Hua Cheng, Xie Lian clings to the red string and presses forward through the crushing darkness.
A hand seizes his wrist—Hua Cheng finds him, and they embrace tightly, relieved that the red string led them back to each other.
They realize they were both swallowed by the mountain spirit at the same time, entering through different walls but led to each other through their bond.
They confirm the entire traveling party must have been swallowed too, not attacked but consumed by the living mountain.
The air is suffocating, the sand and mud are closing in, and Xie Lian asks how they’ll escape. Hua Cheng replies with a smile: “We’ll get out eventually,” comparing it to sharing a grave.
Xie Lian concludes the half-body man (Qi Ying) must’ve been the one punching the walls earlier, trying to escape.
Hua Cheng confirms this and reveals he’s monitoring Qi Ying through a silver butterfly hidden in his hair.
Using his right eye, Hua Cheng shares its vision with Xie Lian by pressing their foreheads together.
Through the butterfly’s eyes, they see a shadowy figure approaching Qi Ying from the darkness.
The figure steps into the light, revealing a ghastly pale face—Xie Lian recognizes it as Yin Yu.
Chapter 84:
The Jade Refuses to Be a Thrown-Away BrickXie Lian and Hua Cheng, still inside the mountain spirit, watch events unfold through a silver butterfly hidden in Quan Yizhen’s hair.
Yin Yu appears in front of half-trapped Quan Yizhen, holding the Earth Master Shovel, but doesn’t speak. Quan Yizhen naively asks to be dug out.
Yin Yu approaches ominously, and Xie Lian gets the strong sense that Yin Yu might try to kill Quan Yizhen.
Hua Cheng explains that sometimes the desire to kill someone can stem from a buildup of small, seemingly minor grievances, not just one major conflict.
They witness a flashback from many years ago of a young Quan Yizhen as a chaotic, bloodied child getting scolded by cultivators after throwing mud at people during training.
A younger, confident Yin Yu defends him, treating him with kindness despite his wild behavior.
Quan Yizhen’s obsession with fighting is apparent even as a child—he admits, “I like it” when asked why he causes so many fights.
Yin Yu offers to teach him properly and accepts him into their sect.
Over the years, fellow disciples complain endlessly about Quan Yizhen’s behavior—rude, aggressive, uncooperative, and constantly eating or causing trouble.
Yin Yu defends him again, stating that he’s just ignorant, not malicious, and tells the others to work harder instead of resenting his talent.
Even then, it’s clear Yin Yu is already becoming isolated as others rally against both him and Quan Yizhen.
After both of them ascend, Yin Yu’s palace holds its opening ceremony. Quan Yizhen ruins it by getting into a fight with another heavenly official.
Yin Yu tries to defuse things, but it becomes evident that he is losing popularity and influence in Heaven, while Quan Yizhen is gaining fame.
At the Mid-Autumn Banquet, Yin Yu is mistaken for Quan Yizhen, humiliated by the mix-up, and watches as Quan Yizhen arrives and is instantly swarmed with praise.
Quan Yizhen doesn’t understand any of the awkwardness, naively visiting Yin Yu to ask for a birthday present, just like every year before.
Caught off guard, Yin Yu scrambles to find a gift. Jian Yu, his aide, gives him a cursed robe—the Brocade Immortal—which he secretly places in the box.
Yin Yu realizes too late and rushes to find Quan Yizhen, but it's too late. The robe has already possessed him.
At a meeting of martial gods, Ling Wen (creator of the Brocade Immortal) is visibly shaken upon seeing Quan Yizhen wear it as armor.
Yin Yu tries to get Quan Yizhen to return it subtly, but Quan Yizhen mentions he added Yin Yu’s name to the Patrol of Martial Gods, a prestigious event.
Feeling patronized and humiliated, Yin Yu snaps and finally yells at Quan Yizhen, demanding he take back the nomination and calling him a burden.
Quan Yizhen, controlled by the robe, follows the order. His behavior becomes erratic, and a massive fight breaks out as other gods try to restrain him.
Yin Yu loses control completely, and in a moment of fury, shouts: “Why don’t you just go die?!”
The Brocade Immortal interprets this literally—Quan Yizhen attempts to slit his own throat in front of everyone.
Jun Wu intervenes, dislocates all of Quan Yizhen’s limbs, and knocks him out before he can kill himself.
The crowd is horrified, and Jun Wu turns to Yin Yu, demanding an explanation. Yin Yu panics and tries to deny everything.
Jun Wu pieces it together and realizes the robe (Brocade Immortal) is the key. The chapter ends as Yin Yu is surrounded, broken, and utterly exposed.
Chapter 85:
Riddle of the Mysterious State Preceptor Confounds MindsTrapped within the mountain, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng overhear a familiar voice outside—the State Preceptor, Mei Nianqing, though Xie Lian isn't 100% certain.
The State Preceptor seems to be talking to someone else, referencing “the other two” and instructing that all individuals be brought to the Kiln within two days.
Xie Lian realizes the State Preceptor receives answers, but no replies are audible, suggesting he’s speaking to a non-human entity.
The State Preceptor hints at the danger of someone awakening, saying, “If he awakens fully, who knows what he will do this time,” potentially referencing Xie Lian himself.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng touch foreheads again to reestablish vision with the butterfly spying on Yin Yu and Quan Yizhen.
Yin Yu finishes digging Quan Yizhen out of the wall. However, Quan Yizhen suddenly jumps up, reveals he was faking unconsciousness, and rips off Yin Yu’s mask, recognizing him immediately.
Despite being terrified, Yin Yu denies his identity and runs away, yelling at Quan Yizhen not to follow. Quan Yizhen happily chases after him, calling him “Shixiong.”
The chaotic chase causes explosions and tremors, shaking the mountain and catching the State Preceptor’s attention.
The State Preceptor again speaks aloud to his invisible companions, mentions "reconvening at the Kiln," and leaves the area.
Hua Cheng and Xie Lian are freed when the mountain wall is blown apart, and they emerge into the cave, just missing the mysterious speaker.
Moments later, Yin Yu charges in, chased by a bloodied Quan Yizhen, still in excited pursuit.
Hua Cheng budaowengs Quan Yizhen (turns him into a wobbling red doll), ending the chase. Yin Yu collapses in relief, confessing he is terrified of Qi Ying now.
Yin Yu digs a hole to scout outside and discovers something shocking—the mountain is running, moving rapidly toward the Kiln.
It becomes clear: the State Preceptor was communicating with the mountain spirit itself, ordering it to transport the trapped group quickly.
Xie Lian becomes disturbed by the State Preceptor's comments about him possibly "awakening."
He theorizes that Birth, Old Age, Sickness, and Death are not only mountain spirits but may correspond to the four guardian officials of the Crown Prince of Wuyong.
Xie Lian suggests the State Preceptor might be the embodiment of 'Birth', and may have a longer history and deeper role than Xianle’s political advisor.
He also suspects the State Preceptor and the guardian officials of Wuyong may be the same as the four state preceptors of Xianle, including his own teacher.
Hua Cheng assures Xie Lian that he is himself, and not some reincarnation of the Crown Prince of Wuyong, urging him not to let fear distort reality.
The group regathers: Pei Ming drops into the cave with a broken femur he used to dig his way out. Pei Xiu follows, carrying Banyue and the pots containing Kemo and Rong Guang.
They learn Ling Wen is missing again, ejected by the mountain spirit and headed toward the Kiln via another route.
Hua Cheng releases wraith butterflies to search, while Pei Ming plays with the budaoweng Quan Yizhen like a toy, until Pei Xiu collapses from hunger and exhaustion.
Banyue reveals they are near the Wuyong River and former capital city. Xie Lian spots an eerie optical illusion of a giant smiling face formed by the landscape.
Hua Cheng confirms there's a buried temple and city below, and he uses Eming to split open the ground, revealing the hidden ruins.
The city had been buried under volcanic ash, confirming that the Crown Prince of Wuyong’s apocalyptic dream mural came true.
The group begins searching for water. Xie Lian notices that the red string connecting him to Hua Cheng has vanished—but the knot remains.
Hua Cheng explains it’s camouflaged for practicality, not broken, and that as long as the knot remains, it means the other person is safe.
Moved, Xie Lian solemnly agrees to avoid danger—but also asks Hua Cheng to promise not to endanger himself either. They both agree to stay safe.
Their tender moment is interrupted by Pei Ming’s shout. When they rush over, Pei Ming, Banyue, and Yin Yu are staring at strange humanoid figures, remarking: “How could people turn into something like this?”
Chapter 86:
Saint Born Under the Ominous StarPei Ming’s group searches for water and enters an abandoned Wuyong residence, likely once belonging to nobles or officials based on its grandeur.
Near the well, they find ash-white stone “statues” of people—bodies frozen at the moment of death, likely caused by volcanic ash after the eruption.
Xie Lian resists touching them due to his promise with Hua Cheng, but Hua Cheng breaks the statues open, revealing they’re hollow shells, as the bodies inside had long decayed.
Among the remains, they find three identical pendants, each marked with the celestial sign of the Ominous Starand engraved with “Saint Born Under the Ominous Star.”
These pendants appear to have been protection charms related to the Crown Prince of Wuyong, who was born under that ominous celestial phase.
Xie Lian is deeply unsettled—he was also born under the same star sign, increasing the eerie similarities between him and the Wuyong prince.
They head to the largest holy temple in the city, where they find three immense murals covering the walls—depictions of the Crown Prince of Wuyong and his people.
In the first mural, the prince holds a glowing orb with a volcano inside, warning ministers of the coming disaster. The ministers suggest expanding territory through war, which the prince rejects.
The second mural shows the result of ignoring the prince: brutal war, Wuyong soldiers slaughtering innocents. The prince is shown furiously stopping the violence with divine light.
In the third mural, the prince and his four guardian officials build a bridge to the heavens, helping their people ascend and avoid the disaster—a staggering act of compassion and spiritual power.
Pei Ming expresses disbelief, arguing that no one could appoint that many people to heaven. Xie Lian and Hua Cheng assert it’s barely possible, though it’s unprecedented.
Xie Lian sees the prince and his guardians in the mural and begins to realize their faces resemble his and his four Xianle state preceptors, intensifying the reincarnation theory.
They hear rats squeaking in the distance—an omen of nearby water—and discover a subterranean stream.
Xie Lian picks up an ancient jar to fill with water for Pei Xiu but finds red eyes staring back at him from inside.
The creature inside lunges at him, and he smashes the jar just in time, catching a glimpse of a dark, bundled thing fleeing into the shadows.
Then they’re surrounded by massive, cat-sized rats with glowing red eyes and human voices, eerily whispering phrases like “So hot,” “I’m suffocating,” and “Save me.”
Hua Cheng drives them away with silver butterflies, revealing they’re corpse-eating rats that gained the ability to speak by consuming the ash-covered corpses of Wuyong’s citizens.
These rats devoured not only flesh but also the final emotions of the dead—grief, fear, regret—absorbing and repeating them.
Xie Lian casually repeats what the rats were saying, but Hua Cheng is shocked—he didn’t understand them, meaning the rats were speaking in ancient Wuyong script.
Realization dawns: Xie Lian understood Wuyong language fluently without learning it, further suggesting he may be the reincarnation—or somehow directly connected—to the Crown Prince of Wuyong.
Chapter 87:
Jealous Ghost King, Three Questions on Where the Friendship
LiesXie Lian realizes he could understand the speech of the corpse-eating rats, even though they were speaking in the ancient Wuyong tongue.
Hua Cheng, despite having learned Wuyong script, cannot understand the spoken words and confirms this language should be incomprehensible to Xie Lian.
They test this by having Hua Cheng repeat the phrases—Xie Lian suddenly can’t understand them when Hua Cheng says them, proving he didn’t understand the language itself, but the emotions behind the words.
Hua Cheng deduces that someone in the past must have heard the voices of the dying, understood their language, and somehow implanted those emotional memories into Xie Lian.
Hua Cheng explains that such an emotional imprint would require two conditions: (1) Xie Lian must absolutely trust the person, and (2) the person must hold unquestionable power over him.
Xie Lian identifies three people who meet these conditions: 1. The State Preceptor of Xianle, who taught and guided him from childhood. 2. Jun Wu, the Heavenly Emperor, whom Xie Lian revered. 3. White No-Face, whom he deeply feared but never spoke about—even Feng Xin and Mu Qing didn’t know how much White No-Face terrified him.
Hua Cheng reassures Xie Lian that being afraid isn’t weakness; “Without fear, there is no courage.”
Xie Lian suddenly admits there’s actually a fourth person who fulfills the first condition only—someone he trusts more than anyone else, even more than his former master or Jun Wu.
He refuses to name this person outright but confesses that in times of crisis or when he makes grave mistakes, this is the first person he thinks of for help.
Hua Cheng tries not to react but is clearly affected, asking with forced calm who this trusted individual is.
Xie Lian avoids answering, unsure if Hua Cheng understands that he’s the person Xie Lian means.
When pressed, Xie Lian becomes embarrassed and changes the subject. Hua Cheng warns him not to trust others too easily, his tone slightly bitter.
Hua Cheng guesses jokingly if the person is Feng Xin or Mu Qing, and Xie Lian hurriedly denies both.
Just as Xie Lian prepares to possibly admit the truth, the light from the silver butterflies vanishes, and darkness falls.
Hua Cheng immediately pulls Xie Lian aside, hiding in a house. They hear an eerie, heavy dragging sound rapidly approaching.
A ghostly woman in tattered wedding robes, glowing with green ghost fire, appears on the street, cradling a small living child.
Hua Cheng identifies her: it’s the ghost bride Xuan Ji, and the child she’s carrying is Guzi.
Chapter 88:
Ghost Fire Top, the Unlocking IncantationXie Lian and Hua Cheng discover that Xuan Ji, now a ghost bride, has brought Guzi to Mount Tonglu, confirming Qi Rong is also present.
Guzi complains of a stomach ache after drinking water likely contaminated by corpse-eating rats.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng follow Xuan Ji to a luxurious ruined mansion where Qi Rong is lounging, surrounded by stone corpses posed to appear like worshippers.
Yin Yu is also there, captured along with a group of farmers. They're not bound by rope but watched by eerie ghost fire locks above their heads—magical sentries that shriek and burn the captives if they try to escape.
Qi Rong is seen eating a human arm but hides it when Xuan Ji returns, suggesting even he has some twisted sense of shame in front of her.
Guzi catches him mid-bite and accuses him of eating “bad things” again. Qi Rong gets annoyed and sends Guzi outside to play in the mud.
Xuan Ji, frustrated, questions why Qi Rong insists on keeping Guzi around. Qi Rong replies he’s saving Guzi to eat later, wanting to fatten him up first.
Xuan Ji expresses suspicion about Yin Yu, but Qi Rong believes his cover story—that he’s just a servant of the Rain Master.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng, observing from the roof, realize they need to rescue the hostages but can’t attack directly because of the ghost fire locks.
Hua Cheng reveals there's a specific unlocking incantation tied to Qi Rong’s curse—if they can get him to say it, they can break the spell.
They decide to use Guzi to trick Qi Rong into revealing the incantation, which involves him cursing Xie Lian’s name.
Guzi is contacted through a tiny silver butterfly, and Xie Lian gently explains that eating people is wrong and his dad isn’t sick—just greedy.
Hua Cheng then sends another butterfly to lure Xuan Ji away, using recordings of Pei Ming’s voice to bait her into believing he’s nearby.
Xuan Ji, consumed by jealousy, storms off, leaving Qi Rong alone with Guzi.
Guzi cleverly asks if the ghost fire can ever be removed. Qi Rong, full of pride, shows off by shouting the unlocking incantation, which is a slur against Xie Lian.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng then smash through the roof to confront him. Qi Rong realizes too late that the butterfly recorded the incantation, which can now be replayed endlessly.
Qi Rong tries to activate a burn command—“Dog Hua Cheng, burn up!”—but it fails, as the hostages had already been released using the playback.
Furious, Qi Rong grabs Guzi as a shield but is swiftly taken down and budaoweng’d (turned into a wobbling figurine) by Hua Cheng.
Yin Yu collects the green Qi Rong budaoweng, which has a grotesque design to match his obnoxious personality.
Xie Lian picks up Guzi, who has fainted, and Hua Cheng receives a signal from his butterflies indicating something urgent has happened at the temple.
Chapter 89:
Resentful Female Ghost, Flames of Jealousy Burn the AffectionPei Ming, Banyue, and Pei Xiu hear eerie thumping sounds in the ruins, and realize it’s the approach of Xuan Ji, now a vengeful ghost bride.
Though Hua Cheng had previously lured her away with a silver butterfly, Xuan Ji used her tactical mind to double back, ignoring Qi Rong and chasing her true target: Pei Ming.
Xuan Ji’s deranged, cackling laughter echoes across the city, amplified creepily by the silver butterfly’s transmission.
When she confronts Pei Ming, he initially doesn’t recognize her, enraging her further. He eventually recalls her name and is shocked by her ghostly appearance.
She blames Pei Ming for her downfall, claiming she sacrificed everything for him, including her body and her dignity.
Ruoye’s protective barrier deflects Xuan Ji when she tries to enter, so she responds by collapsing the entire holy temple onto them.Pei Ming uses his body to shield Banyue and Pei Xiu from the falling rubble, emerging bruised but alive.
Xuan Ji’s real goal becomes clear: she wasn’t trying to enter, but to crush the clay pots containing Rong Guangand Kemo, breaking the seals.
Rong Guang emerges and immediately takes his sword form, stabbing Pei Ming in the chest and rooting himself inside to prevent removal.
Pei Ming yells at Banyue to check the second pot. She confirms Kemo is still sealed, but the situation grows more dire.
Xuan Ji climbs Pei Ming like a gecko in her filthy bridal robes, her broken limbs twisting grotesquely as she strangles and clings to him.
When Xuan Ji turns to attack Pei Xiu, Banyue intervenes, grabbing both her wrists and restraining her in a show of surprising strength.
Xuan Ji is stunned by Banyue’s power and the murderous gleam in her eyes, realizing this “frail girl” is far more dangerous than she looks.
Banyue carries Pei Xiu to safety, while Xuan Ji continues screaming at Pei Ming, accusing him of hiding his “new lover.”
Pei Ming denies any romantic involvement with Banyue, sarcastically asking if his mother would also count as a lover for defending him.
Despite her rage, Xuan Ji’s pain and obsession are revealed—she had once offered him love, war secrets, even mutilated herself to please him, yet he never looked at her again.
Pei Ming tries to defuse the situation, asking why she can’t move on, but this only enrages her further.
She stabs him again with Mingguang, demanding that he swear to love her only, and never look at another woman, or have his eyes rot.
Pei Ming, cornered and bleeding, refuses to make the vow, cursing his fate and the insanity of his attacker.
Just as Xie Lian prepares to intervene, Hua Cheng tells him calmly to wait—someone else is arriving.
The arrival is heralded by the sound of slow ox hooves. A woman riding a black ox appears—dressed in green, dignified and serene.
Pei Ming, through blood and shock, recognizes her: Yushi Huang, the Rain Master, and last princess of the Kingdom of Yushi.
Xuan Ji is paralyzed in place at the sight of her, frozen mid-rage by the calm yet commanding presence of the Rain Master.
Chapter 90:
The Last Princess, Throat Slit Before the Palace GatesThe Rain Master appears with the sacred Yulong Sword, which paralyzes Xuan Ji due to her guilt and past betrayal of Yushi Country.
Rong Guang, in sword form, attempts to stab Pei Ming again, but the blade is sealed and shrinks to a harmless toy when Hua Cheng intervenes.
The Rain Master calmly tells Xuan Ji to let go. Though Xuan Ji refuses at first, the Yulong Sword’s divine power forces her to release Pei Ming.
Xuan Ji accuses the Rain Master of being a false queen and mocks her for how she came to power, but she is ultimately sealed away by Banyue using a clay pot.
Pei Ming recovers with a sigh and jokes with Xie Lian, suspecting they've been watching everything. He confirms the seal on Mingguang can’t be broken accidentally.
The farmers rescued from Qi Rong rush to thank the Rain Master, referring to her as Queen Yushi, confirming her true identity as the monarch who once ruled Yushi Country.
Xie Lian formally thanks her for the past favor during the Xianle drought. She humbly accepts and suggests they let the matter rest.
Pei Ming is visibly uncomfortable when someone teases him about being saved by a woman—especially Yushi Huang, given their history.
The Rain Master’s ox glares at Pei Ming, prompting Xie Lian to step between it and Hua Cheng, whose red robes might provoke it further.
Guzi, starving and upset, is soothed with the ugly Qi Rong budaoweng doll. Once he hugs it, he calms down and eats happily.
The Rain Master magically grows food in minutes using her agricultural powers, saving the hungry group.
As they approach Mount Tonglu, now visibly close, Xie Lian announces that Guzi, Banyue, and Pei Xiu must stay behind.
The Rain Master warns Xie Lian of a powerful youth in white with his head wrapped in bandages she encountered—Xie Lian suspects Lang Ying, but she describes someone older and taller.
Hua Cheng confirms Lang Ying was last seen in Ghost City, but now it’s uncertain, raising concerns.
Pei Ming recovers quickly using spiritual medicine, but when offered the Yulong Sword by the Rain Master, he politely declines.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng theorize Pei Ming declined the sword due to pride, embarrassment, and past tensions involving the Rain Master disciplining one of his descendants.
Xie Lian notices an old scar on the Rain Master’s neck. Hua Cheng confirms she’s known as the Princess Who Slit Her Throat, and her slow speech is from a damaged windpipe.
In a quiet moment, Hua Cheng explains the Rain Master’s backstory. 1. She was of royal blood but low rank, born to a palace servant, and sent to the Temple of Yulong as a scapegoat for royal spiritual duties. 2. Other princesses avoided the role, but she accepted it and cultivated diligently in solitude.
During a visit from Kingdom of Xuli, Pei Ming met her, helped her off a rooftop, then forgot her soon after, distracted by more powerful princesses.
Later, Xuli invaded Yushi, and Pei Ming led the charge to the palace gates.
They used a twisted strategy: fake civilians (actually felons) were lined up to pressure the king into public atonement.
If the king refused to appear and die, they would kill the “civilians” and later invade the palace. They assumed no king would bow to such terms.
Unexpectedly, after one day, a monarch did appear—not the king, but Princess Yushi Huang, who had just been hastily crowned queen.
She knelt, kowtowed three times, and slit her own throat before the gates, fulfilling the condition to spare the hostages.
This self-sacrifice completely derailed Pei Ming and Rong Guang’s plan. Though the civilians were felons, Xuli now couldn’t justify further slaughter.
The Xuli army sent her body back to the Temple of Yulong, where she died beneath the divine statue of the former Rain Master.
That night, lightning struck, and she ascended as the new Rain Master, her sacrifice completing her path to divinity.
Xie Lian, deeply moved, reflects on the Rain Master’s serene dignity and now understands why Pei Ming reacted awkwardly to her sword—guilt, shame, and painful memories.
Chapter 91:
Ride the Black Ox, Flying Hooves on Mount TongluPei Ming refuses to accept the Yulong sword from Rain Master, still haunted by guilt over Yushi Huang’s sacrifice and viewing the weapon as both holy and murderous.
Rong Guang mocks Pei Ming for his discomfort, prompting Xie Lian to slap a silencing talisman on him again.
Pei Ming calls for the group to move out, and the Rain Master offers them a ride on her black ox, which magically enlarges to carry all four of them.
The ox's origin is revealed by Hua Cheng: it was once a carved beast door knocker on the Temple of Yulong, rubbed only by the Rain Master, and ascended with her after absorbing her spiritual energy.
As the ox runs steadily and swiftly toward Mount Tonglu, Hua Cheng holds Xie Lian by the waist, and they share a quiet, intimate moment.
Pei Ming tries to provoke Xie Lian into asking about Hua Cheng’s background, but Xie Lian quickly dodges the question, not wanting to be impolite or upset him.
Xie Lian warns Pei Ming about upcoming bumps, and immediately afterward, the ox throws Pei Ming off its back—something that defies logic since only he is thrown, not the others.
This bizarre fall happens multiple times throughout the journey, with Pei Ming flung off the ox seven or eight times by the time they arrive.
They reach the foot of Mount Tonglu, now exposed after earthquakes raised the ancient imperial city of Wuyongback aboveground.
Hua Cheng points out that the Wuyong Temple isn’t in the city, but built halfway up the red-colored mountain, visible through mist.
The ox suddenly screams and collapses, alarming the group. But it's not the ox—a corpse-eating rat had latched onto it and bit it.
Rain Master kills the rat with Yulong. It screeches, crying “Save me, Your Highness!” in a voice that triggers a headache in Xie Lian.
Hua Cheng quickly shields Xie Lian and destroys the rat, whose remains cling to the wall with glowing eyes and crazed energy.
More corpse-eating rats begin to swarm, muttering tragic death phrases. Xie Lian understands them again, even though they speak in ancient Wuyong tongue.
Hua Cheng covers his ears and tells him not to listen—those words are not for him, but he still hears them, deeply disturbed.
Pei Ming prepares to stay behind and distract the rats, but Rain Master acts first, riding off on the black ox and dropping grains of rice to lure the horde away.
Her selfless act, once again stealing the spotlight, visibly frustrates Pei Ming, who had wanted to be the one to sacrifice himself.
Hua Cheng encourages Xie Lian to move on; Pei Ming hesitates, but ultimately goes to support Rain Master, claiming that a woman shouldn’t do this alone.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng press forward alone toward Mount Tonglu, leaving behind the rest of the group.
They reach the fourth Wuyong Temple, preserved on the slope of the volcano due to its elevation above lava flows.
Inside, they discover the murals have been slashed and destroyed, except for one remaining painting.
The final mural is horrifying: a tormented civilian covered in Human Face Disease, with three grotesque faces on his body, identical to the disease Xie Lian once fought in Xianle.
Xie Lian is deeply shaken, seeing the exact same affliction that brought ruin to his people mirrored in this ancient kingdom.
Hua Cheng steadies him and calms him down, then logically notes that the previous murals told a linear story, but this one breaks the timeline—it doesn’t follow the others.
They theorize that the final mural is either left intentionally to be seen, or painted after the others were destroyed—meaning it could be a lie.
Hua Cheng proposes a third possibility: that someone was trying to destroy all three murals, but they ran out of time—which means the vandal could be hiding in the grand hall right now.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 6
Chapter 92:
Cave of Ten Thousand Gods—Faces of the Ten Thousand Gods
HiddenHua Cheng and Xie Lian sense someone possibly hiding in the empty grand hall and pretend to be intimate to avoid suspicion.
They deduce a ghost could be hiding in one of the hollow stone shells in the hall.
Xie Lian sees a statue with a face resembling White No-Face’s half-smiling, half-crying mask.
He smashes the statue, but upon reassembly, the face looks normal, suggesting hallucination or illusion.
They decide to leave the hall and scale the mountain, but flying isn't possible, so they climb on foot.
The path is treacherous with hidden holes under the snow, which Hua Cheng remembers and guides Xie Lian through.
They hear shouting and find Nan Feng and Fu Yao loudly arguing and fighting in the snow, nearly triggering an avalanche.
Despite Hua Cheng’s warning, Xie Lian saves the two with Ruoye.
His rescue attempt delays him, and he is caught in the avalanche and separated from Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian wakes in a dark cavern, thinking it was a dream, but realizes he’s in a real underground cultivation chamber.
There’s a mysterious veiled divine statue in the chamber.
Hua Cheng appears and says he doesn't know where they are, which surprises Xie Lian.
They explore the cavern complex filled with divine statues—each unique but veiled.
Xie Lian wants to lift a veil but Hua Cheng warns him not to, hinting at spiritual energy dangers.
Xie Lian notes the statues’ style resembles Xianle more than Wuyong, suspecting a different origin.
Hua Cheng acts subtly nervous and unusually dismissive about the statues.
As they continue, Xie Lian hears voices down a different tunnel, insists on checking it out, and finds Nan Feng and Fu Yao trapped in a deep pit.
The pit is covered in tough, flammable spider silk. The pair are cocooned and unable to move.
Xie Lian tries to help but is pulled into the pit and bound as well—though gently and ticklishly.
He realizes the silk acts differently with him than with the others.
Fu Yao complains about their predicament and that Xie Lian also got caught.
An argument erupts between Nan Feng and Fu Yao, revealing past grievances and deeply personal insults.
Fu Yao accuses Nan Feng of hypocrisy for judging him after abandoning their general for his wife and son.
Their argument becomes so intense that their disguises slip, exposing their true identities: Feng Xin and Mu Qing.
Xie Lian, who had long known, pretends ignorance to not embarrass them.
He reflects that he recognized them from the beginning due to their unchanged personalities.
Mu Qing becomes bitter upon realizing he’d been exposed all along and demands to know how Xie Lian figured it out.
Xie Lian evades answering directly to spare his pride.
Chapter 93:
Cave of Ten Thousand Gods—Faces of the Ten Thousand Gods
RevealedXie Lian, Mu Qing, and Feng Xin are trapped in a pit of spider silk; tensions run high between Mu Qing and Feng Xin.
Mu Qing refuses Xie Lian’s help, showing his pride and internal conflict.
Xie Lian mentions the red spiritual thread connecting him and Hua Cheng — meant to help locate each other — which causes embarrassment for the others.
Hua Cheng appears above the pit, casually jumps in, and rescues Xie Lian first, ignoring the other two.
Xie Lian reminds him of the others, prompting a reluctant save using Ruoye to pull them out.
They explore the cave and discover divine statues with veiled faces — Hua Cheng stops Mu Qing from removing the veils.
Tension rises between Hua Cheng and Mu Qing; Xie Lian defuses it and they move on.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing suddenly betray Xie Lian by paralyzing him with a talisman and dragging him away from Hua Cheng.
They accuse Hua Cheng of hiding something, especially when they recognize a red coral bead in his hair — the one Xie Lian lost 800 years ago.
Mu Qing unveils several statues that all bear Xie Lian’s likeness, revealing that the entire cave worships only Xie Lian.
The trio discovers murals painted by Hua Cheng, showing scenes from Xie Lian’s life across centuries — proving Hua Cheng had been watching and revering him since he was a child.
The murals confirm Hua Cheng is the same boy Xie Lian saved during the Shangyuan Parade — the beginning of Hua Cheng’s devotion.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing see a final mural that horrifies them and rush Xie Lian away, warning that Hua Cheng is mentally unstable and obsessed.
Hua Cheng blocks their path again; after a confrontation, he paralyzes Feng Xin and Mu Qing in white silk (made from butterfly silk, not spider).
The trio is separated again — Hua Cheng carries Xie Lian deeper into the cave.
Hua Cheng tends to Xie Lian’s injuries, carefully and respectfully, refusing to release the talisman for fear of Xie Lian's rejection.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing burst in and accuse Hua Cheng of violating Xie Lian, prompting a brutal confrontation.
Hua Cheng slashes both of them in half with Eming in a moment of rage.
Xie Lian breaks free from the talisman, confirms his subordinates were imposters, and kills “Feng Xin” with Fangxin.
The imposters dissolve into blood, forming a new figure — a white-robed, masked young man who greets Xie Lian eerily.
Hua Cheng fights the masked figure to protect Xie Lian, even severing its hand.
After the brutal chaos, when emotions run high, Xie Lian finally acknowledges Hua Cheng's feelings.
He steps forward and hugs Hua Cheng from behind, offering silent but unmistakable acceptance and comfort.
This back hug marks a turning point: Xie Lian’s quiet way of telling Hua Cheng that he’s not afraid of his feelings, nor does he reject them.
The moment is emotionally charged, tender, and cathartic — especially after Hua Cheng’s anguish and restraint.
Chapter 94:
From the Sealed Kiln, One Supreme Shall EmergeXie Lian and Hua Cheng suspect someone is hiding in the grand hall, potentially inside the hollow stone shell statues.
Xie Lian notices a statue with a half-smiling, half-crying face, resembling White No-Face's mask.
He attacks it, but nothing is inside; Hua Cheng reconstructs the face, which now looks normal, leading Xie Lian to question his own perception.
They destroy all the statues but decide it’s more urgent to ascend the mountain before Pei Ming and others arrive.
They attempt flying, but the mountain’s gravity prevents it, forcing them to climb on foot.
Snow deepens as they ascend, making the climb more dangerous; Xie Lian nearly falls into a hidden hole but is saved by Hua Cheng.
They hear shouting and discover Nan Feng and Fu Yao fighting noisily in the distance.
Their shouting risks triggering an avalanche, which eventually occurs when snow begins to collapse from above.
Xie Lian tries to save Nan Feng and Fu Yao using Ruoye, despite Hua Cheng warning him to leave them.
He manages to pull them, but the avalanche swallows him, separating him from Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian is buried under the snow, struggles, and eventually blacks out while calling for San Lang.
He wakes in a dream-like vision where he is alone in a cold, snowy mountain landscape.
He sees a man in white who turns out to be White No-Face, wearing the mask—Xie Lian screams and jolts awake.
Realizes he’s in a stone cavern, lying beside a divine statue veiled in a light cloth.
Hua Cheng appears, safe, and they confirm they are in an unfamiliar underground location, possibly under the mountain.
The cavern is part of a large tunnel complex filled with various divine statues of different figures, all striking unique poses.
Xie Lian reflects on the mystery and the danger ahead as they continue exploring the cave.
Chapter 95:
Penny for a Wandering Soul on Lantern NightXie Lian wakes from a horrifying nightmare in which he sees his parents hang themselves, and he prepares to follow, only to see a man in white with a cry-smiling mask mock him before he wakes up.
Still shaken and confused, he grabs at his neck, thinking he might still be wearing the noose from the dream, but realizes it’s the cursed shackle given to him by Jun Wu.
The shackle suppresses his spiritual power and seals his age and body, preventing him from growing old or dying. It will only be removed if he ascends again.
Xie Lian hesitates to wrap a white silk band around his face, remembering the dream's suffocating feeling, but does it anyway before stepping outside.
Feng Xin returns from foraging and encourages him to eat the bland buns he brought, while Mu Qing criticizes him for not taking care of himself.
Xie Lian tries to shift the mood and they go out in search of work, but jobs are scarce—especially with so many desperate people willing to work for food.
Their noble origins and Xie Lian’s recognizable face make it harder for them to find employment. When recognized, they risk being attacked or driven off.
They consider busking on the street, but Xie Lian finds the idea of performing for amusement demeaning and vetoes it.
With most of their belongings already pawned, Mu Qing sarcastically suggests selling more, but Feng Xin notes that everything valuable is already gone.
Soldiers arrive in the city, interrogating suspicious people. They’re hunting for Xianle royals still in hiding.
Realizing they might be discovered, Xie Lian and his group hurry to check on his parents, who are hiding in a forest cottage.
The queen, thinner and worn, greets him happily. Xie Lian panics when he sees smoke, fearing they’ve been found, but she was just trying to cook.
He scolds her for the smoke, warning it might draw soldiers. She insists on feeding them, having made a pot of terrible congee that they force themselves to eat.
Even Feng Xin and Mu Qing nearly vomit from the taste, but they say nothing out of respect. Later, they groan about it bitterly.
Back in the city, they find work at a construction site, tasked with leveling muddy ground. Despite their fatigue and illness from the food, they push through the day.
During the job, they joke, bicker, and argue, but still look out for each other. Mu Qing even offers to do Xie Lian’s share of the work so he doesn't have to wash dirty clothes.
After hours of labor under the sun, they finally finish. Xie Lian reflects on how far they’ve fallen, but also how this is helping him understand the plight of his people.
The chapter ends with a melancholic but hopeful tone, as they continue enduring harsh conditions while trying to support Xie Lian’s parents in hiding.
Chapter 96:
Hero Defeated by a PennyXie Lian, Feng Xin, and the royal couple flee to a new city after the last one begins a lockdown.
Xie Lian and Feng Xin struggle to earn money as usual, now without Mu Qing, who used to manage their funds and responsibilities.
Xie Lian takes over Mu Qing’s duties, including delivering supplies to the king and queen.
The queen, unaware of their hardship, is delighted to see her son often and regularly cooks bizarre food for them.
Xie Lian and Feng Xin endure her horrifying cooking to maintain her joy and pretend to enjoy it.
They discuss their desperate financial situation and contemplate pawning Xie Lian’s last sword, Hongjing, gifted by the Emperor.
Xie Lian is reluctant but resolved, considering life more important than sentimental items.
As they head to the pawn shop, a street brawl between a servant and a master catches their attention.
They learn the servant is fighting back after years of abuse, and the crowd supports him.
This sparks Xie Lian’s idea to earn money—by staging a similar show.
Xie Lian and Feng Xin perform a street stunt where Feng Xin smashes heavy stone slates on Xie Lian’s chest to entertain crowds for money.
The act draws attention and jealousy from other street performers who view them as competition.
A rival group challenges them, accusing them of cheating with evil spells.
One of the rival performers attempts to upstage them by smashing four stone slates on himself but sustains severe internal injuries.
Xie Lian chooses to withdraw rather than risk anyone’s life, even if it means losing their only source of income.
Feng Xin questions this decision, but Xie Lian stands firm, saying it’s not worth someone dying over.
That night, they run out of medicine, and Xie Lian decides to go out alone to find another way to get money.
He leaves Feng Xin behind and tells him not to follow, determined but uncertain of what he will do next.
Chapter 97:
Blocking the Mountain Path, Crown Prince Fails at RobberyXie Lian secretly leaves the cottage after instructing Feng Xin to stay behind and guard the king and queen.
He wanders far until he finds a desolate mountain path, intending to rob wealthy travelers.
He hides in a tree with his face covered, trying to psych himself up for robbery—something he’s never done.
Despite his martial strength, Xie Lian has moral qualms and is deeply conflicted about stealing.
The first passerby is an elderly man; Xie Lian decides not to rob him.
The second is a poor man carrying a bag of rice, and Xie Lian lets him go too, pitying his circumstances.
Hours pass with many potential targets dismissed due to Xie Lian’s overthinking and compassion.
Finally, a shady-looking, well-dressed middle-aged man appears; Xie Lian decides to go through with it.
He awkwardly jumps out and demands money, stammering badly during the attempt.
The man screams for help and runs into the woods, where he stumbles and calls for the gods to save him.
Ironically, real heavenly officials appear in response to the man's prayers—and recognize Xie Lian in disguise.
Xie Lian freezes in horror as the heavenly officials comment on his fall from grace, expressing pity but not ridicule.
They say they won’t tell anyone, but Xie Lian is mortified and unable to speak properly.
He stumbles away, humiliated, questioning how he came to this point as the once-revered Crown Prince.
He sees a masked figure in the woods and panics, unsure if it's real or imagined, then flees.
Back at the cottage, Feng Xin asks what happened, but Xie Lian deflects and refuses to answer.
He decides not to go out again, overwhelmed by the shame and fear of being recognized or caught.
He can't bring himself to cultivate, now terrified of returning to the Upper Court and facing judgment.
Unable to sleep peacefully, he flees the house at night and ends up in a graveyard after running aimlessly.
There, he finds jugs of liquor left as offerings and drinks to warm himself and forget his shame.
While drunk, he sees a small ghost fire circling him, seemingly trying to touch him but unable to.
Xie Lian, now groggy and emotionally overwhelmed, speaks to the ghost fire in a daze.
Chapter 98:
Thirty-Three Heavenly Officials Fight Over Blessed LandDrunken and despairing, Xie Lian falls into an open grave while trying to leave the cemetery.
He curses for the first time in his life and yells at the sky, venting his rage and helplessness.
He climbs out, lies shivering on the ground, and is unable to warm up despite the ghost fire’s desperate attempts to comfort him.
He hears a faint, sorrowful voice praying, possibly to him, begging for more time.
Feng Xin finds Xie Lian unconscious two days later in an alleyway and scolds him for disappearing.
Xie Lian had been possessed by drunken rage, smashing stalls and even confronting Yong’an soldiers.
Feng Xin explains the soldiers dismissed him as a crazy drunk, and Xie Lian is shocked and ashamed of his behavior.
Xie Lian evades questions and gets irritable when Feng Xin brings up cultivation and ascending again.
He notices Feng Xin has been injured and learns he was attacked by rival street performers while busking alone.
Feng Xin brushes it off and insists on continuing to support the group financially, showing his loyalty.
Xie Lian is overwhelmed with guilt and thanks him, though still haunted by everything that’s happened.
Over the next two months, Xie Lian’s cultivation makes no progress, and he lies to Feng Xin and his mother to avoid disappointing them.
Eventually, Xie Lian decides to leave and search for a secluded place full of spiritual energy to train.
He says farewell and hikes into the wilderness until he finds a sacred land rich in spiritual energy and is overjoyed.
Just as he begins preparing to cultivate, around thirty heavenly officials arrive—including those who caught him attempting robbery.
They awkwardly pretend it’s a coincidence, but Xie Lian knows they all know his shameful secret.
The officials press him to give up the land under the pretense of respect, implying he’s already used up his share of blessed lands in the past.
They are really worried he’ll absorb all the spiritual energy, leaving little for the rest.
Xie Lian refuses to leave, but their passive-aggressive comments quickly turn to open insults.
Someone blurts out a mocking comment referencing his failed robbery, confirming the incident has been gossiped about widely.
The officials claim they only told "close friends," dismissing the betrayal.
Xie Lian is devastated, realizing he’s the object of widespread judgment and shame in the heavens.
They continue shaming him, saying he has no right to spiritual lands and accusing him of corrupt behavior.
Furious and cornered, Xie Lian defiantly declares he will stay and fight if necessary.
The officials draw weapons, but Xie Lian, using only a branch, overwhelms them with pure martial skill and rage.
A ghost fire attacks one of the officials’ eyes mid-fight, and they accuse Xie Lian of using dirty tricks.
Xie Lian denies it and demands they release the ghost fire, which he protects even while being attacked.
Just as tensions peak, Mu Qing arrives in full Lower Court heavenly official attire, shocking Xie Lian.
It becomes clear Mu Qing has reascended and joined another palace while Xie Lian remained mortal.
Xie Lian realizes Mu Qing already knows about the robbery.
The heavenly officials pressure Mu Qing to join the fight against Xie Lian.
At first, Mu Qing hesitates, but a sarcastic comment about his past loyalty to Xie Lian pushes him over the edge.
Mu Qing breaks Xie Lian’s branch and points a sword at him, asking him to leave.
Xie Lian tries to reason with him, saying he got there first and didn’t mean to take over the land.
When Xie Lian falls after being shoved, Mu Qing doesn’t help him up—he just looks away.
Xie Lian realizes no one will help him and gets up alone, picking up his bag and leaving the mountain in shame and despair.
He collapses while running and coughs up blood, overwhelmed by humiliation and betrayal.
Mu Qing finds him and offers a hand, but it’s too late—Xie Lian hurls mud at him in silent rejection.
Mu Qing says he had no choice and tries to justify himself, but Xie Lian keeps throwing mud until Mu Qing finally leaves.
Xie Lian sits motionless until night falls, surrounded by ghost fire again.
Among the flames, the masked white-clothed man appears, and ominously greets him: “How are you, Your Highness?”
Chapter 99:
Warm Words of a Cold Ghost Beguile the Lost ChildXie Lian is shocked when White No-Face suddenly appears in front of him at night.
Terrified and weaponless, Xie Lian tries to fight but is easily overpowered and thrown to his knees.
White No-Face lifts him by the head and nearly crushes his skull but then suddenly softens and stops.
In a surreal moment, White No-Face sits down with Xie Lian and embraces him, whispering with false pity and stroking his head.
He says Xie Lian has been wronged by the world and invites him to join his side.
Xie Lian, overwhelmed but still defiant, smacks off White No-Face’s mask and yells in rage.
White No-Face simply laughs and insists Xie Lian will join him eventually, saying no one else will stay with him.
When Xie Lian accuses him of harming his parents or Feng Xin, White No-Face deflects and casually attacks, throwing Xie Lian into a tree.
As Xie Lian loses consciousness, he sees White No-Face capturing a bright ghost fire and calling it “interesting.”
He awakens later, panicked, and runs all the way back home fearing the worst—but finds Feng Xin and his parents safe.
Inside, Mu Qing is there delivering supplies. Feng Xin says he’s helping, but Xie Lian lashes out and tells Mu Qing to leave.
Feng Xin is confused, and Mu Qing apologizes for what happened at the spiritual land.
Xie Lian throws sacks of rice at Mu Qing, who takes the abuse in silence and leaves after a final apology.
Feng Xin, stunned, demands to know what happened. Xie Lian, still emotionally unstable, screams and locks himself in his room.
Two days later, Feng Xin gently tries to reconnect. He brings food and pretends nothing is wrong, trying not to pressure Xie Lian.
Xie Lian sees a hallucination of the cry-smiling mask on his reflection. When he points it out, Feng Xin sees nothing.
Horrified, Xie Lian realizes he’s the only one who can see it—White No-Face is messing with his sanity.
Later, while bathing, he finds his clean clothes swapped with White No-Face’s funeral robes and panics.
He floods the house, causing his parents to come out. The clothes return to normal, and Xie Lian breaks down, sobbing in his mother’s arms.
That night, he tells Feng Xin that White No-Face has returned. Feng Xin is shocked and scared, but believes him.
Xie Lian wants to warn him to stay safe. Feng Xin agrees to stay home for a few days, using Mu Qing’s supplies.
When Xie Lian asks about Feng Xin’s mysterious financial trouble, Feng Xin dodges the question and tries to laugh it off.
White No-Face continues to torment Xie Lian, appearing only to him—at his bedside, behind Feng Xin, in reflections—vanishing before others can see.
Xie Lian overhears his parents and Feng Xin speaking gently about how exhausted and fragile he seems.
He bursts in, demanding if they think he’s crazy. Feng Xin tries to calm him, but it’s clear even he has doubts.
Furious and betrayed, Xie Lian runs out alone to confront White No-Face, screaming for him to come out.
He’s led deeper into the woods where a sea of ghost fires blocks his way, warning him not to proceed.
Xie Lian angrily disperses the ghost fires, who still try to follow and protect him, especially one bright ghost fire.
Eventually, he arrives at a ruined Temple of the Crown Prince. He waits inside, expecting White No-Face.
Instead, a lost traveler appears, then more, until the temple is filled with about 100 “lost” people, all normal civilians.
Xie Lian realizes White No-Face is gathering victims and warns them they were lured there to be used.
Soon, infected people with Human Face Disease arrive, howling and attacking the temple.
Xie Lian fights them off with a tree branch and ghost fires follow him like allies, helping repel the infected.
He sees White No-Face nearby and chases him, but realizes it’s a trap meant to draw him away.
White No-Face says his goal isn’t the people—it’s Xie Lian himself.
He tells Xie Lian he’s been his true teacher all along, claiming everything Xie Lian has suffered has been his “education.”
White No-Face says Xie Lian will never defeat him unless he joins him. He overwhelms Xie Lian once again, then knocks him out.
Xie Lian wakes up tied to the altar of the destroyed temple, with ghost fires above and dozens of eyes watching him.
Chapter 100:
A Heart Pierced By a Hundred Swords, A Wrath Ghost Takes
FormXie Lian awakens tied to the altar in the ruined Temple of the Crown Prince, his face exposed to a crowd of over a hundred civilians.
The people begin to recognize him as the fallen prince of Xianle just as more Human Face Disease victims begin howling and circling the temple.
The terrified crowd begins to panic, fearing infection and death.
Xie Lian tries to calm them down while struggling against his bindings, but the white silk restraining him has been infused with spiritual energy.
White No-Face appears behind Xie Lian, unseen at first, and begins manipulating the crowd psychologically.
White No-Face claims that Xie Lian knows the cure to Human Face Disease, turning the crowd’s attention to him.
Xie Lian denies it, but White No-Face reveals the truth: the cure is murder—killing someone makes you immune.
Xie Lian’s worst fear comes true as panic and debate ripple through the group over whether killing is justified to survive.
White No-Face dramatically stabs Xie Lian through the abdomen with a black sword to demonstrate he can’t die.
He tosses the sword to the crowd, essentially inviting them to start using Xie Lian as a sacrifice.
The ghost fire that had followed Xie Lian burns brightly, attempting to protect him but is captured by White No-Face.
The crowd starts to consider the offer. A desperate couple, their child already infected, become the first to stab Xie Lian.
The father places the sword in the child’s hands and guides the stab, apologizing to Xie Lian while doing so.
The lesions disappear from the child’s arm, confirming the cure.
Another man steps forward, pleading for forgiveness before stabbing Xie Lian multiple times while crying.
Xie Lian bears the pain silently, suffering every blow as more begin lining up, the atmosphere shifting from hesitation to brutal desperation.
A street performer tries to stop the madness and publicly denounces the act, shaming the crowd for their cowardice.
The crowd retaliates, claiming Xie Lian is different because he’s a god and can’t die, so it’s justified.
Xie Lian, still lucid, thanks the street performer and asks about his previous injuries from their boulder-shattering contest.
Just then, the performer is revealed to be infected, and he flees, refusing to take part in the violence despite knowing he’s doomed.
His defiance causes hesitation in the crowd, but tension rises again when another man accuses Xie Lian of robbery.
The accusation plants further doubt, and panic grows as more people discover they’re infected.
With the infection spreading rapidly, chaos breaks out inside the temple. People scream, strip to check for lesions, and find they’ve already advanced.
White No-Face’s influence accelerates the plague. The crowd blames Xie Lian, accusing him of bringing the disease.
Another man seizes the sword and stabs Xie Lian again, demanding that he atone for his sins.
Xie Lian is repeatedly stabbed, bound and silenced, as nearly a hundred people line up to do the same.
He screams silently in agony, unable to die, enduring the pain of each fatal wound as the crowd becomes numb to what they’re doing.
His mind breaks under the suffering. He can’t speak or move; all he can do is beg for help in his mind.
The ghost fire, enraged and heartbroken, explodes into violent flames, engulfing the entire temple.
The temple and everyone in it—including the civilians and the plague victims—are reduced to ash and bone.
As the fire dies down, the ghost fire is gone, and in its place kneels a young man, born of fury and sorrow: the birth of a wrath ghost.
White No-Face walks away from the destruction, laughing, as the entire mountain quakes and black clouds swirl overhead.
Chapter 101:
With Neither Grief Nor Joy, White Cloth Brings Calamity to
this WorldXie Lian, emotionally destroyed and dissociated, allows White No-Face to strap the black sword to his waist like a gift.
White No-Face gives him back the white silk band used to cover his face and bind him during his torment.
Xie Lian wanders down the mountain in a daze, ignoring the sun and the world around him.
He sees his reflection in a stream and notices he's completely healed, with no wounds from the hundred stabs.
Nearby, he finds the corpse of the street performer, who had died by smashing himself against a boulder to escape infection or despair.
Horrified, Xie Lian vomits blood and wanders the city streets aimlessly until Feng Xin finds and punches him in frustration.
Xie Lian returns home with Feng Xin; his parents welcome him back gently, clearly worried.
Xie Lian tries to return to normal life by busking again with Feng Xin but reacts violently when heckled by a rude man.
He nearly kills the heckler and only stops because Feng Xin intervenes, horrified by his transformation.
Xie Lian becomes verbally abusive, calling the heckler a "filthy peasant" and declaring he deserves to die.
Feng Xin tries to reason with him, shocked at Xie Lian's cruelty and change in values, but Xie Lian grows more defensive and cold.
That night, the queen tries to comfort Xie Lian and mediate the rift between him and Feng Xin, but he lashes out at her too.
Xie Lian leaves abruptly, returning late with sacks of stolen gold and silver from a wealthy home.
Feng Xin is shocked and devastated by the theft, and Xie Lian admits he robbed someone and doesn’t care anymore.
When pressed, Xie Lian mocks his past ideals and claims he’s come to his senses, calling his former self a “dumbass.”
Feng Xin, unable to recognize the person he once served, finally decides to leave.
Xie Lian, crushed but afraid of the slow unraveling of relationships, forces the split to happen quickly.
After Feng Xin departs, Xie Lian tries to convince himself he’s fine, but is clearly devastated and in deep denial.
The king and queen apologize to Xie Lian, taking blame for his actions and suffering, but he brushes them off.
The king refuses to use stolen money and demands Xie Lian bring Feng Xin back, but Xie Lian refuses.
The queen expresses sorrow that they’ve been a burden, and Xie Lian tries to comfort them with empty words before retreating to rest.
The next morning, he wakes and forgets momentarily that Feng Xin is gone; then realizes no one came to wake him.
He checks his parents' room and finds them dead, having hanged themselves using the white silk band.
Xie Lian breaks down completely, smashing his head against the wall and sobbing in utter grief.
He eats all of the food his mother had made, vomiting from pain and regret.
In desperation, he attempts suicide using the same white silk band, but it animates into a spirit and refuses to kill him.
He begs aloud for someone to kill him and end his suffering.
Hearing celebration outside, he stumbles into the city and sees a parade for the founding of Yong’an’s new royal capital.
Enraged at the joy of Yong’an while his parents lay dead, Xie Lian fully breaks and curses the people of Yong’an.
He dons white funeral robes and the half-crying, half-smiling mask; he no longer reacts in horror at the transformation—he embraces it.
Xie Lian becomes the White-Clothed Calamity and heads to the battlefield where the imperial city once stood.
The battlefield is haunted by dead Xianle soldiers and victims of the Human Face Disease, filled with resentment and pain.
Xie Lian speaks to the dead, stoking their hatred for Yong’an and rallying them with the vow that Yong’an shall never know peace.
The dead souls respond, their voices filled with hatred, agreeing to join him.
As the resentful spirits rise and take shape, an old cultivator watching from afar realizes a great evil is being born.
In a final moment, a black-clad young man appears before the white-clothed Xie Lian, kneels, and addresses him as “Your Highness.”
Chapter 102:
White-Clothed Ghost Appoints Black Warrior as GeneralA black-clad young man in a crescent-smile mask kneels before White-Clothed Xie Lian on the battlefield, calling him “Your Royal Highness.”
Xie Lian denies his identity, but the young man insists he recognizes him by voice and form.
Xie Lian attacks him with the white silk band, which the young man catches without harm, showing incredible strength.
Xie Lian confirms the young man is a powerful battlefield soul and names him “Wuming” (“No Name”), which he accepts.
Xie Lian offers Wuming a place by his side, promising to give him what he desires.
Wuming vows absolute loyalty, pledging to die following Xie Lian—even though he’s already dead.
The two journey together to the new Yong’an capital, aiming to reach the palace and confront the new king, Lang Ying.
Wuming proves to be a terrifyingly efficient ally, easily breaking powerful spiritual wards and protective talismans around the palace.
Inside the palace, Xie Lian and Wuming stealthily reach the great hall where Lang Ying resides, bypassing all defenses.
Xie Lian is initially mistaken for White No-Face by Lang Ying, who has been waiting for him.
Xie Lian reveals himself and attacks Lang Ying, overpowering him with ease and pinning him to the ground.
As he prepares to kill Lang Ying, Xie Lian hears a baby crying—coming from Lang Ying’s body.
He tears open Lang Ying’s robe and finds two human-like faces growing from his chest: one a woman, the other a crying baby.
Lang Ying explains they are his wife and son, returned to him by White No-Face as vengeful spirits embedded in his body.
Xie Lian is horrified to realize Lang Ying voluntarily infected himself with Human Face Disease to reunite with his family.
Lang Ying is gaunt, withered, and clearly near death from the toll of hosting these spirits.
As Xie Lian grabs him, a red coral pearl—the one Xie Lian had once given Lang Ying—falls to the ground.
Lang Ying thanks him for the pearl but dies mid-sentence, never finished with his thoughts.
Xie Lian is shocked and frustrated, robbed of his chance for vengeance.
The two faces on Lang Ying’s corpse begin to cry loudly, irritating and unnerving Xie Lian.
Wuming kills Lang Ying’s body without hesitation, slicing it into pieces to stop the wailing.
A child, the Crown Prince of Yong’an, enters and sees the bloody scene, screaming in horror before Wuming knocks him unconscious.
Guards respond to the noise, but Wuming eliminates them all swiftly with his saber.
Xie Lian commands Wuming to burn the palace, which he does, mirroring the fall of Xianle’s palace years before.
After the palace is set ablaze, Xie Lian declares their next target: Lang-Er Bay.
They arrive at Lang-Er Bay, which has become prosperous under Yong’an rule, but the Temple of the Crown Prince remains desolate.
Xie Lian uses it as a base, meditating while the spirits of the dead still howl in unrest due to Lang Ying’s anticlimactic death.
Xie Lian promises them vengeance and relief, and Wuming appears once again, kneeling before him, ready for orders.
Chapter 103:
Nameless Ghost Offers a Nameless FlowerXie Lian remains overwhelmed by the screaming of vengeful spirits, drenched in cold sweat under his mask.
Wuming calls him “Your Highness,” which irritates him, and he threatens to disperse Wuming’s soul if he keeps using the title.
Wuming dutifully bows and obeys, but insists Xie Lian will always be “Your Highness.”
Xie Lian sends Wuming to scout Lang-Er Bay and prepare an array to unleash the plague in three days during the full moon, maximizing its power.
White No-Face suddenly appears in the Temple of the Crown Prince, sitting mockingly on the altar in identical funeral garb.
Xie Lian attacks him, but White No-Face catches the black sword between two fingers, unharmed, and taunts him.
White No-Face reveals he personally gave Xie Lian’s parents a dignified burial in the Royal Mausoleum and dressed them in robes to preserve their bodies.
He explains how to enter the Mausoleum, implying deep knowledge of Xie Lian’s past.
White No-Face says Xie Lian is now free of all burdens and expectations, encouraging him to embrace total freedom and revenge.
He questions whether Xie Lian will actually destroy Yong’an, suggesting hesitation and failure again.
He mocks Xie Lian’s indecision, calling him a sulking child and a failure of a god who couldn't protect or avenge his people.
Xie Lian is pinned to the ground, bleeding under White No-Face’s boot as he’s psychologically manipulated and threatened.
White No-Face tells him the vengeful spirits will curse Xie Lian himself if not unleashed soon.
After White No-Face disappears, Xie Lian finds a single, delicate white flower placed on the damaged divine statue’s hand.
Enraged by the flower’s presence, he demands to know who left it. Wuming denies responsibility.
Xie Lian accuses Wuming of mocking him, then angrily crushes the flower under his boot, only to feel inexplicably ashamed afterward.
Xie Lian asks Wuming if anything in the area could affect the plague’s release; Wuming says no.
Wuming requests to wield the black sword himself, claiming he wants vengeance for his beloved who was grievously harmed in the war.
Xie Lian finds his motives suspicious, suspecting Wuming isn’t as full of hatred as he claims.
When Wuming tries to leave to prove himself by killing someone, Xie Lian stops him and decides to do it himself.
Xie Lian stabs himself in the abdomen with the black sword, intending to use his own body to release the plague.
The next day in Lang-Er Bay, Xie Lian crashes from the sky onto a street, creating a crater with the sword still embedded in him.
Onlookers gather in curiosity and confusion, some recognizing him as the former Crown Prince of Xianle.
People debate helping but ultimately decide against it, fearing bad luck or infection from the rumored God of Misfortune.
The crowd disperses and leaves him alone, lying in the street bleeding with the sword still in his body, unmoved for an entire day.
Late at night, White No-Face appears again, laughing at him for lying there with no one willing to help.
Xie Lian, unfazed now, tells White No-Face to leave; they argue, and White No-Face mocks him for expecting anyone to pull out the sword.
White No-Face implies Xie Lian is foolishly hoping to be saved, pointing out he did this to himself and no one cares.
Chapter 104:
Man in Abyss Receives a Bamboo Hat in the RainXie Lian continues lying in the pit, unresponsive, as White No-Face taunts him, saying no one will come to help.
White No-Face pulls out the black sword from Xie Lian’s body, claiming that while no one else helps, he will.
A man crashes into the pit accidentally while running in the rain, curses at Xie Lian for ruining his rice, and demands compensation.
Despite angrily leaving, the man later returns and places his bamboo hat over Xie Lian’s head to shield him from the rain.
He scolds Xie Lian for lying in the street and pulls him up from the pit, calling him pitiful but ultimately helping him.
The gesture breaks Xie Lian’s despair. Empowered by the act of kindness, he kicks White No-Face across the street, declares his identity, and rejects White No-Face’s ideology.
The two fight again, but White No-Face is overwhelmingly stronger and defeats Xie Lian with ease.
White No-Face forces the black sword into Xie Lian’s hand, summoning lightning to activate the plague of Human Face Disease.
The skies fill with black clouds and faces as the plague begins to descend on Yong’an once more.
Xie Lian warns civilians to flee and offers them the black sword, claiming anyone who stabs him will be spared from the plague.
White No-Face mocks him, saying he’ll die from being stabbed ten thousand times and that he’s repeating his naive mistakes.
The crowd is hesitant; one father attempts to stab Xie Lian using his child but is stopped by the water merchant from earlier.
A loud argument breaks out among the crowd, exposing their guilt for ignoring Xie Lian’s suffering the previous days.
The crowd is thrown into chaos when the vengeful spirits begin descending en masse, attacking the living.
Xie Lian tries to redirect the plague to himself, enduring attacks from the spirits, but it’s overwhelming and painful.
Suddenly, the black spirits redirect away from Xie Lian toward a distant figure: Wuming.
Wuming draws the black sword and takes on the plague himself. He’s consumed by it completely, screaming in agony.
Xie Lian realizes too late that Wuming was his last believer, the ghost fire that had followed him all along, and that Wuming sacrificed himself to protect him.
White No-Face cruelly reveals that Wuming’s soul was devoured by the vengeful spirits, mocking both him and Xie Lian.
Xie Lian, enraged, attacks White No-Face but is still no match for him and is overpowered again.
White No-Face tries to put a new cry-smiling mask on Xie Lian, attempting to force him to start over and fall again.
Just before the mask is placed, thunder rolls and light bursts through the clouds.
Jun Wu descends from the sky and challenges White No-Face, saying that if Xie Lian can’t defeat him, he will.
Jun Wu defeats White No-Face in battle, who is dispersed, leaving behind a shattered mask.
Xie Lian’s cursed shackle is removed; Jun Wu welcomes him back to the ranks of the gods.
Xie Lian instead asks to be banished again, requesting two cursed shackles—one to seal his power, and one to drain all his fortune to atone for what he caused.
Jun Wu grants his request after sparring with him as justification for the banishment.
Xie Lian descends to the mortal world once more and becomes a wandering mortal laborer.
He works construction jobs, gets scolded for his bad luck, and gets fired after ruining food with his cooking.
He offers the ruined food as worship to Feng Xin and Mu Qing’s temples, which have been built side-by-side and whose devotees constantly quarrel.
As he prepares to move on, Xie Lian finds a small red flower on the roadside, touches it gently, and bids it goodbye, walking into the distance with a hopeful heart.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 7
Chapter 105:
Dominate Heaven and Earth, Divine Being Breaks Through
the KilnXie Lian lies trapped in the Kiln with the cry-smiling mask fused to his face, unable to remove it, while White No-Face tries to manipulate him again.
White No-Face tries to convince Xie Lian to join him, calling them “teacher and student,” but Xie Lian rejects the idea in disgust.
White No-Face confirms that Lang Ying was the original Yong’an crown prince, infected by Human Face Disease and left behind by Xie Lian.
Xie Lian probes White No-Face and realizes he is the Crown Prince of Wuyong, something White No-Face almost responds to before reacting violently.
White No-Face tries to intimidate Xie Lian, and reveals the black sword Fangxin’s original name is Zhuxin (“Heart Piercer”).
Xie Lian sees a huge, familiar face reflected on the cave wall and realizes something else is in the Kiln—a massive stone statue of himself, hidden within.
He uses spiritual power to awaken the statue, which smashes White No-Face with a colossal stone fist.
The statue’s hand opens to Xie Lian, who leaps into it, then quickly jumps back down to grab his bamboo hat before ascending.
The statue lifts him out of the Kiln, smashing through the sealed roof; light and snow pour in as the oppressive heat is swept away.
Outside, Hua Cheng immediately embraces Xie Lian, revealing he’d waited at the Kiln’s mouth, frantic and unable to help him inside.
Xie Lian reassures Hua Cheng and thanks him—his divine statue, carved by Hua Cheng, had saved him.
They both stand in the palm of the giant statue, which has Hua Cheng’s best sculpted likeness of Xie Lian, hidden for centuries inside the Kiln.
Tremors shake the mountain—White No-Face is not dead and is beginning to emerge.
They flee on the giant statue, which runs across the snowy landscape while lava and black smoke erupt from Mount Tonglu behind them.
Black smoke contains the souls of the buried Wuyong dead, forming massive clouds of writhing faces and limbs.
White No-Face attacks the divine statue’s leg; Xie Lian nearly lets the statue injure itself but stops it in time.
A massive lava flow begins to chase them; Hua Cheng kisses Xie Lian, transferring more spiritual power to keep the statue moving.
With Hua Cheng’s energy, the statue regains strength and begins running again, giant strides shaking the earth and terrifying nefarious creatures nearby.
They backtrack to pick up allies—General Pei, Rain Master, Feng Xin, Mu Qing, and others—who are stunned by the sight of the enormous statue.
The group boards the statue’s hand to escape; meanwhile, the lava and black smoke continue spreading.
The group is awed by the statue’s likeness to Xie Lian; Feng Xin and Mu Qing are particularly shocked and speechless.
They learn the barrier around Mount Tonglu has been broken by White No-Face, allowing vengeful spirits and disease to potentially escape into the world.
As they flee, the divine statue trips—three massive mountain spirits block their path: Old Age, Sickness, and Death.
The statue is knocked down and nearly crushed; Xie Lian and Hua Cheng retreat to its crown to direct the battle more clearly.
Despite the statue’s size, the mountain spirits begin to overpower it. Hua Cheng encourages Xie Lian with powerful words of support.
Xie Lian summons strength and repels the mountain spirits with a massive push, then attempts to draw the statue’s sword.
But it turns out Hua Cheng never carved the blade—only the hilt—so there’s no sword.
Xie Lian improvises, switches from offense to escape, and the statue flees with everyone aboard.
He communicates via silver butterflies with Feng Xin, Mu Qing, Pei Ming, and others, coordinating the group’s safety.
They rescue their allies, who are stunned by the statue’s size and presence.
Meanwhile, creatures around Mount Tonglu panic and try to flee too, as the volcano continues to erupt.
Yin Yu reports that empty-shelled people and corpse-eating rats are on the move.
Rain Master observes that the vengeful spirits are trying to fly out of the mountains.
Xie Lian believes they’re still safe inside the boundary, but Hua Cheng reveals the protective barrier around Mount Tonglu has been broken.
Chapter 106:
Taking the Helm, Four Martial Gods Transform into a
SwordXie Lian panics as the vengeful spirits approach the boundary, fearing another Human Face Disease outbreak if they escape.
The divine statue halts, kicking up clouds of dust as Xie Lian commands everyone to hold their breath against the black smoke.
He wishes the statue had a real sword, and Hua Cheng offers a solution: create one by combining martial gods’ spiritual power.
Hua Cheng suggests that four martial gods unite their spirit into one sword for the divine statue to wield.
Pei Ming immediately agrees. Feng Xin and Mu Qing join too, though Mu Qing is visibly reluctant.
Yin Yu reveals he secretly brought Quan Yizhen in a budaoweng doll. After some chaos with accidentally releasing Qi Rong, he summons Quan Yizhen.
Quan Yizhen lands in the divine statue’s hand and immediately searches for Yin Yu, but Pei Ming redirects him to battle.
Despite confusion, Quan Yizhen agrees when Xie Lian asks sincerely.
The formation order is chosen carefully to keep Feng Xin and Mu Qing apart to prevent in-fight bickering. Quan Yizhen stands between them.
The four martial gods merge into a glowing sword of spiritual light, which the divine statue grabs and wields.
With the sword, Xie Lian cuts through waves of vengeful spirits, tearing them apart like petals in the wind. The scene is stunning and powerful.
As the fight intensifies, Xie Lian grows physically exhausted, drained of spiritual power.
Without hesitation, he leaps on Hua Cheng, kisses him, and draws spiritual energy directly through the kiss.
The sword (formed by the martial gods) reacts with utter shock. Pei Ming laughs, Quan Yizhen is confused, and Mu Qing and Feng Xin are flustered.
Xie Lian awkwardly insists he was just borrowing power “properly,” but Hua Cheng leans in and gently reassures him.
The statue renews its assault with enhanced strength, slashing through more spirits.
Suddenly, the divine statue collapses mid-charge. Its leg has a gaping hole—White No-Face sabotaged it from within and escapes.
The statue falls, but no one is harmed thanks to the swift reaction of the group.
Xie Lian tries to get the statue to rise, but it's too damaged and exhausted to continue.
Hua Cheng’s masterpiece—the statue—is no longer usable, and both he and Xie Lian are visibly disheartened.
Just as the vengeful spirits rejoice and scatter to escape, a blinding spiritual light breaks through the sky.
Multiple beams of white light pierce the dark clouds, destroying spirits. The light is familiar to all heavenly officials.
Jun Wu, the Martial God Emperor, has arrived.
Chapter 107:
White Emperor Comments on the Mysterious State
Preceptorpromises to repair the statue using Kiln stone in the future.
Suddenly, the sky clears of vengeful spirits as they all surge into the underground temple of Wuyong.
Xie Lian realizes White No-Face has used a teleportation array to send them elsewhere.
Jun Wu tears off the temple roof, revealing a large, freshly drawn teleportation array inside.
Hua Cheng uses his abilities to trace the destination: the royal capital, plus several other cities targeted for mass infection.
Civil gods are nowhere to be found, so Hua Cheng and Yin Yu take over the role of locating the cities under attack.
Jun Wu assigns missions: Feng Xin to the south, Pei Ming to the north, Quan Yizhen to the west (with Yin Yu explaining things to him).
Mu Qing asks for a task but is reminded that he’s still under investigation and supposed to be in confinement for the fetus spirit case.
Jun Wu orders Mu Qing to return to the Upper Court, reinstating his detention; Mu Qing is clearly devastated but complies.
Hua Cheng laughs at Mu Qing’s misery, prompting a sour glance.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng decide to go to the royal capital, the highest-risk target, while Jun Wu remains to confront the mountain spirits and White No-Face if necessary.
After teleporting, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng arrive in the quiet royal capital, searching for traces of evil creatures.
Xie Lian contacts Jun Wu via the communication array to ask about the State Preceptor of Xianle—his former master.
Jun Wu responds cautiously, asking if Xie Lian really wants to know.
Xie Lian insists and Jun Wu finally reveals that the state preceptor was far more powerful and ancient than anyone realized.
Jun Wu confirms that the state preceptor is likely older than even himself and was possibly one of the Four Guardians of the Crown Prince of Wuyong.
He tells Xie Lian that after Xianle’s fall, he personally tried to “neutralize” the preceptor but the man escaped.
Xie Lian asks why Jun Wu never told him any of this; Jun Wu says he couldn’t be sure at the time.
The reason for the attempted neutralization, Jun Wu reveals, was that the state preceptor was trying to “awaken something” within Xie Lian.
The chapter ends with this ominous hint about Xie Lian’s hidden potential or dark destiny, as Hua Cheng stands quietly beside him.
Chapter 108:
Search for Five Hundred, Abrupt Meeting with an Old
FriendXie Lian asks Jun Wu what the State Preceptor intended to awaken in him, but Jun Wu delays the answer, saying he must first deal with the three mountain spirits.
The vengeful spirits sent from Wuyong haven’t entered the royal capital yet, held back by the city's collective spiritual aura.
Xie Lian proposes reinforcing the barrier with a large human array fueled by the yang energy and willpower of the living.
He needs at least 500 willing volunteers with strong spiritual will and fighting intent, not just any civilians or ghosts.
Hua Cheng notes that while he could supply dead or fearful people easily, finding willing fighters isn’t simple due to lack of trust or motivation.
They encounter a group of monks and cultivators led by Heaven’s Eye—the same group they clashed with at the shady inn.
Despite Xie Lian’s plea, the group is suspicious of Hua Cheng and declines to help but begins secretly following them out of concern.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng go to the slums and find a ruined temple filled with beggars.
Xie Lian pleads for help, explaining the capital is at risk, but is met with mockery and indifference.
One beggar speaks up and offers to help—it turns out to be Shi Qingxuan, the former Wind Master, now living incognito as a disabled homeless man.
Shi Qingxuan had lost his spiritual powers and identity after being abandoned by He Xuan and hid himself among the poor.
With Shi Qingxuan’s influence and cheerful leadership, over 200 beggars agree to help form the array.
He cleverly motivates them by promising chicken legs and soup after the task—emphasizing it’s a reward for everyone, not just participants, so volunteers gain recognition.
Shi Qingxuan also reveals his injuries and current state are not due to He Xuan, but just misfortune and his own bad luck.
Xie Lian is deeply moved to see Qingxuan still cheerful and helpful despite his fall from grace.
The crowd and trio prepare to set up the trap-array in the main avenue of the capital, ignoring patrolling soldiers who are knocked unconscious by Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian gathers everyone into a huge circle by hand, preparing to lure the vengeful spirits inside once they breach the city.
The array isn’t for defense—it’s a baited trap to lure the creatures into one place so they can be destroyed together.
Chapter 109:
Two Simple Lines, Ghost King Excites the Battle SpiritXie Lian warns the volunteers in the human array that once the ritual starts, no one can back out; anyone who lets go could cause the array to break and risk being possessed or infected.
A few dozen people withdraw in fear before the battle begins, but Xie Lian is relieved—he only wants the truly willing to stay.
Heaven’s Eye and his group of spiritual masters show up, warning people not to trust Xie Lian and Hua Cheng.
They insult Shi Qingxuan, not recognizing him in his beggar disguise, provoking anger from the beggars.
Shi Qingxuan and Hua Cheng cleverly use the insult to stir the beggars’ pride and fighting spirit, turning doubt into resolve.
The beggars are fired up to prove their worth and loudly declare they’re not just there for food but to help save the world.
The vengeful spirits begin descending in the form of a massive black pillar; time is up for gathering more help.
Everyone gets into position in the human circle, holding hands to maintain the array’s integrity.
Shi Qingxuan reminds Xie Lian that they’re short on people and worried the array will break quickly.
Xie Lian says he’ll patrol the array and patch any leaks that appear to buy time.
As the vengeful spirits descend, everyone blows warm air forward to confuse them and mask the trap with a camouflage spell from Hua Cheng.
The spirits fall for it and rush into the array, thinking it’s a high-energy source of living prey.
Hua Cheng releases thousands of silver butterflies to light the battlefield and protect Xie Lian; the spirits don’t dare approach him.
The spirits begin tearing into each other, realizing too late that they’ve been lured into a trap.
The beggars and volunteers bravely hold the line; some get scared, but their neighbors encourage them to stay strong.
One beggar almost collapses in terror, so Xie Lian removes him and reinforces the gap.
More weak spots appear, and Xie Lian tries to patch them all—but there are too many.
Just when the array begins to falter, a talisman explodes beside Shi Qingxuan, scaring away the spirits.
Heaven’s Eye and his group return and, despite their earlier doubt, join the array to help reinforce it.
Spiritual masters begin calling their disciples, and more skilled cultivators arrive rapidly to join the fight.
The array expands to fill the capital’s main avenue, growing stronger with every new member.
With spiritual devices and increased morale, the array becomes a formidable fortress against the spirits.
Xie Lian gives a rousing speech, boosting everyone’s confidence that they will win.
The headcount is taken—Shi Qingxuan has 148, Heaven’s Eye has 168, totaling 316.
But Hua Cheng interrupts and says the count is wrong—there are 317 people.
Chapter 110:
Seeking Affection, the Ghost King Fakes DispleasureXie Lian notices something wrong: there’s one extra person in the human circle, making the headcount 149 instead of 148.
He secretly confirms with Shi Qingxuan, who insists his count was correct.
To avoid panic, Xie Lian keeps quiet and formulates a plan to identify the mystery person.
He asks Hua Cheng to have his wraith butterflies herd the vengeful spirits toward the edge of the circle to expose any cracks—only one person remains unaffected.
That person is the disguised intruder; Xie Lian quickly pulls him out of the circle while keeping the array intact.
The man turns out to be Mei Nianqing, the former State Preceptor of Xianle and Xie Lian’s former master.
Xie Lian is stunned by his youthful appearance and shocked that Mei Nianqing joined the array in secret.
Suddenly, Mei Nianqing tries to strangle Xie Lian, but Hua Cheng throws him away with a flick, injuring him.
Mei Nianqing tries to escape, but Jun Wu descends from the sky and blocks him with a divine sword and blinding light.
Ruoye binds Mei Nianqing, and Jun Wu confirms Mount Tonglu is temporarily sealed with a new barrier.
Jun Wu says White No-Face is already gone and didn’t remain on the mountain.
Xie Lian realizes it’s time to interrogate Mei Nianqing, but Jun Wu reminds him it’ll take seven days to purify the vengeful spirits in the capital.
Hua Cheng volunteers to stay behind and manage the array while Xie Lian returns to the heavens to assist with the investigation.
Jun Wu agrees to take Mei Nianqing back, and Shi Qingxuan barges into the light barrier to check on Xie Lian.
Mei Nianqing somehow recognizes Shi Qingxuan despite his altered appearance and mocks his name.
Jun Wu doesn’t rebuke Shi Qingxuan for the Shi Wudu affair and treats him respectfully.
Mei Nianqing confirms to Xie Lian that he is one of the Four Guardians of the Crown Prince of Wuyong.
Xie Lian begins to tell Jun Wu about White No-Face’s identity as the Wuyong Crown Prince, but they agree to finish the discussion in the Upper Court.
After everyone leaves, Xie Lian tries to thank Hua Cheng and say goodbye.
Hua Cheng pretends to be sad and teases Xie Lian for only giving him a mild farewell kiss after previously stealing a bold kiss to borrow spiritual power.
Xie Lian gets flustered, then embarrassed, and eventually kisses Hua Cheng properly.
Just as the kiss deepens, Shi Qingxuan walks in confused and finds Hua Cheng alone—Xie Lian had already fled in complete embarrassment.
Chapter 111:
Evil Enters the Mirror, Nowhere to HideXie Lian returns to the Heavenly Capital, covering his face awkwardly after his emotional farewell with Hua Cheng; junior officials stare at him curiously.
The atmosphere in the Upper Court is tense due to the crisis from Mount Tonglu.
Xie Lian arrives at the Palace of Divine Might, where other heavenly officials have already returned from their duties.
He encounters Lang Qianqiu, who greets him coldly, still bearing resentment.
Lang Qianqiu demands Jun Wu hand over Qi Rong, the culprit who destroyed his clan.
Jun Wu confirms Qi Rong and others were captured, but by Yin Yu, not himself.
Lang Qianqiu demands vengeance, but Jun Wu questions what he’ll do after punishing Qi Rong, hinting at his past grudge with Xie Lian.
Mu Qing suddenly storms in, demanding to confront Jian Lan and clear his name.
Chaos erupts in the hall as both Lang Qianqiu and Mu Qing loudly demand justice, causing Jun Wu visible irritation.
Jun Wu relents and calls for Jian Lan, who enters with the fetus spirit in her arms.
Mu Qing accuses the fetus spirit of falsely targeting him under someone’s orders and implies Jian Lan may have influenced it due to past resentment.
Feng Xin grows furious, defending Jian Lan and confronting Mu Qing aggressively.
Tensions explode between Mu Qing and Feng Xin, with fists nearly flying until they’re restrained.
Xie Lian urges everyone to refocus on the greater threat—White No-Face—and reminds Jun Wu that they need answers from the captured Mei Nianqing.
Jun Wu agrees and brings in Mei Nianqing, shocking Feng Xin and Mu Qing, who recognize the old Xianle state preceptor.
Xie Lian recaps everything from Mount Tonglu and Wuyong; the court is stunned to learn about the ancient kingdom and its connection to White No-Face.
Xie Lian confirms the Crown Prince of Wuyong is White No-Face and Mei Nianqing is his former subordinate.
He demands to know why White No-Face ruined Xianle and what Mei Nianqing tried to “awaken” in him.
Mei Nianqing says it’s not yet time to answer but reveals something chilling: White No-Face is present in the Palace of Divine Might, standing in front of him.
All eyes turn to Xie Lian, who stands before Mei Nianqing—panic erupts as officials speculate he may be White No-Face himself or share a split soul.
Xie Lian is shaken and begins to doubt himself, nearly spiraling into despair.
A voice in his mind—Hua Cheng—gently reassures him that he is himself, not White No-Face, grounding Xie Lian’s sanity.
Just as Xie Lian regains clarity, Mei Nianqing suddenly grabs Feng Xin’s sword and attempts to stab Jun Wu.
Xie Lian stops the blade with two fingers, and Mei Nianqing is subdued by Feng Xin.
Mei Nianqing shouts for Xie Lian to look—at the sword’s reflection.
Xie Lian sees in the mirror-like blade not his own reflection, but the face of the person behind him: Jun Wu—with three grotesque faces merged into one, forming the cry-smiling mask of White No-Face.
Jun Wu stands calmly behind him, gripping Xie Lian’s wrist, and asks with a smile: “Xianle, what are you looking at?”
Chapter 112:
Chaos in the Upper Court, Nefarious Wave Shakes the
HeavensXie Lian realizes in horror that White No-Face isn’t him—it’s Jun Wu, who had been standing behind him all along.
Jun Wu casually admits his disguise slipped for a moment and tightens his grip on Xie Lian’s wrist, forcing him to drop his sword.
Many heavenly officials witness the grotesque face in Hongjing’s reflection and are paralyzed in disbelief.
Mei Nianqing confirms Jun Wu is White No-Face and holds up the mirror again for everyone to see.
Pei Ming draws his sword and demands to know Jun Wu’s identity, prompting chaos in the hall.
Martial gods, including Pei Ming, Lang Qianqiu, Feng Xin, Mu Qing, and Quan Yizhen, attack Jun Wu but are all swiftly defeated.
Jun Wu overpowers everyone effortlessly, leaving all the martial gods collapsed on the floor while still holding Xie Lian.
The palace doors lock, trapping nearly a hundred heavenly officials inside; spiritual communication is blocked.
Jun Wu confirms that Mei Nianqing had been cooperating out of fear, but broke their agreement at the last moment.
Xie Lian tries to contact Hua Cheng using his private spiritual array, but receives no response—Jun Wu controls the Heavenly Capital’s barrier.
Just as hope fades, the palace doors open again—but it's not rescue. Ling Wen enters, wearing the Brocade Immortal, and kneels to Jun Wu.
Ling Wen reaffirms her loyalty, having been summoned back and forgiven for her past crimes.
The fetus spirit, now fully loyal to Jun Wu, crawls to him and clings affectionately, enraging Feng Xin.
Jun Wu sends his martial officials to confine the other heavenly officials to their palaces. Ling Wen commands the process coldly.
Jun Wu personally escorts Xie Lian back to the Palace of Xianle, pretending to remain warm and reasonable, terrifying Xie Lian further.
As they walk, Xie Lian notes unconscious junior officials on the street and an ominous bell tolling through the capital—Jun Wu’s doing.
Back in his palace, Jun Wu encourages Xie Lian to contact Hua Cheng to maintain the illusion of normalcy.
Xie Lian uses Hua Cheng’s password; Hua Cheng picks up immediately, flirty and affectionate, trying to cheer Xie Lian up.
Jun Wu listens in silently, pleased with Xie Lian’s performance as he reassures Hua Cheng everything is fine and he just missed him.
Hua Cheng teases Xie Lian, hinting at repayment for spiritual power and emotional separation, forcing Xie Lian into embarrassing responses.
Jun Wu forces Xie Lian to keep up the charade, making him promise Hua Cheng to stay away for seven days while “completing missions.”
After a heartfelt goodbye, Xie Lian ends the call, and Jun Wu leaves him alone—for now.
Alone in the Palace of Xianle, Xie Lian takes a bath to relax and accidentally drops two dice into the water—Hua Cheng’s summoning dice.
He rolls them with little hope but is startled to hear Hua Cheng’s voice say “Gege.”
Realizing the voice came from his own mouth, he understands someone used the Soul-Shifting Spell to contact him.
It’s Shi Qingxuan—restored temporarily with spiritual power thanks to Hua Cheng’s enchanted candy—who’s transmitting everything to Hua Cheng.
Hua Cheng has been silently watching and listening through Shi Qingxuan’s senses, prompting Xie Lian’s embarrassment over the bath.
Shi Qingxuan relays that Hua Cheng knew something was wrong the moment Xie Lian contacted him earlier.
Hua Cheng, unsurprised by Jun Wu’s betrayal, tells Shi Qingxuan to call Xie Lian “gege” to reassure him.
Xie Lian tells Shi Qingxuan and Hua Cheng everything about Jun Wu, the Heavenly Capital’s lockdown, and the martial gods’ defeat.
Hua Cheng says there’s still a way into the capital—but they’ll need help.
Before they can continue planning, Xie Lian senses a presence and whirls around. Someone has arrived.
Chapter 113:
Forks in the Road, Spirits Alarm the Underground of the
Heavenly CapitalXie Lian is startled when Yin Yu suddenly emerges from a hole using the Earth Master Shovel to rescue him from confinement.
They descend into the underground tunnels of the Heavenly Capital, intending to rescue other martial gods held in isolation.
Shi Qingxuan, still possessing Xie Lian via the Soul-Shifting Spell, briefly reacts with terror at the sight of the shovel—likely due to past trauma with He Xuan.
Yin Yu explains the Earth Master Shovel can’t breach the capital’s full barrier but can dig hidden rooms for injured gods to recover.
Shi Qingxuan relays a warning from Hua Cheng: don’t attempt a breakout—it would be suicide under Jun Wu’s control.
Yin Yu goes off to retrieve another heavenly official, leaving Xie Lian to rest in the hidden chamber.
After a long delay, Xie Lian realizes something is wrong and decides to go after Yin Yu despite Hua Cheng’s warning.
As he crawls through the tunnel, he senses someone behind him but pretends not to notice to avoid confrontation.
Simultaneously, he senses danger ahead—he is trapped between threats from both directions.
A fork appears in the tunnel, and Shi Qingxuan picks the left path; they circle back to their original starting point—clearly a trap.
Choosing the right tunnel, they continue but are soon chased by a fast, unseen entity that Ruoye temporarily holds off.
The tunnels become narrower, forcing them into a near-panic crawl through multiple forked paths.
Just when they’re stuck and the threat is closing in, a hand grabs Xie Lian’s head from the darkness and he loses consciousness.
He wakes up bound tightly to a chair by Ruoye, which has been tangled and rendered useless.
He’s inside a luxurious new palace, not the Palace of Divine Might—he’s clearly been captured.
Jun Wu appears behind him, speaking kindly but creepily, mocking Xie Lian for being “naughty” and comparing him to a little mouse.
The fetus spirit clings maliciously to Xie Lian’s boots, clearly loyal to Jun Wu now.
Jun Wu confirms he had captured Yin Yu and set traps to terrorize Xie Lian in the underground tunnels.
Xie Lian insults Jun Wu’s sadistic methods, but Jun Wu seems pleased with his bravery.
Jun Wu turns Xie Lian’s chair to face a mirror showing Yin Yu standing beside an unconscious and severely beaten Quan Yizhen.
The chapter ends ominously as Xie Lian demands to know what Jun Wu is planning to do.
Chapter 114:
Unable to Be Perfect, a Heart Filled with RegretsXie Lian watches through the mirror as Yin Yu tends to a bruised and dazed Quan Yizhen, who was beaten by Jun Wu and had the Earth Master Shovel stolen.
Jun Wu appears behind Xie Lian, casually confirms he’s blocked the Soul-Shifting Spell, and mocks Xie Lian for using skills he once taught him.
In the mirror, Jun Wu knocks out Quan Yizhen again effortlessly and begins manipulating Yin Yu psychologically.
He flatters and belittles Yin Yu, calling him a foil to Quan Yizhen and preys on his long-standing insecurities and feelings of inadequacy.
Jun Wu offers Yin Yu a deal: return to the Upper Court with all of Quan Yizhen’s spiritual powers, removing his cursed shackle and elevating him above everyone but Jun Wu.
Despite hesitation, Yin Yu shows signs of being tempted, especially when Jun Wu transfers a portion of Quan Yizhen’s spiritual energy into him as a demonstration.
The overwhelming power astonishes Yin Yu, who briefly seems to consider accepting the offer seriously.
Xie Lian is filled with dread, afraid Yin Yu may actually betray Quan Yizhen under pressure.
Jun Wu promises that no one would remember Quan Yizhen and everyone would know Yin Yu instead; he even says the rest of the Heavenly Court could be replaced.
Yin Yu appears to agree and accepts the transfer of full power, sending Quan Yizhen into immense pain while he himself becomes luminous with strength.
But at the last moment, Yin Yu uses that power to strike back, traps Jun Wu temporarily with a light circle, and lifts Quan Yizhen onto his back to escape.
Jun Wu breaks free instantly and scolds Yin Yu’s decision, asking why he would still protect someone he resents.
Yin Yu snaps, admitting he does resent Quan Yizhen, that he’s annoying and frustrating—but still refuses to harm him.
Yin Yu rejects the idea of taking what isn’t his and says success without personal merit is meaningless.
Quan Yizhen sobs in regret, apologizing, covered in blood and bruises, but Yin Yu tells him apologies aren’t enough to make him understand.
As Yin Yu prepares to stand firm, Jun Wu casually tightens the cursed shackle still on his wrist, which begins draining his blood rapidly.
Xie Lian is thrown to the floor, helplessly bound, as he hears the sound of Yin Yu being savagely beaten off-screen.
Jun Wu returns to Xie Lian holding the cursed shackle, now bloated with Yin Yu’s blood, and mocks him.
Xie Lian rushes into the next room and finds Yin Yu’s withered body, pale and lifeless, his powers gone.
Quan Yizhen lies unconscious next to him, face unrecognizable from his injuries, but his spiritual energy has returned.
Yin Yu laments that he always knew he wasn’t destined for greatness, that he hated being ordinary, and that he sometimes wanted Quan Yizhen dead—but he never acted on it.
Xie Lian comforts him, saying those thoughts are normal and that what matters is the choice not to act on them.
Yin Yu breaks down, saying he wanted to be kind if not perfect—but couldn’t manage even that—and it’s unfair he has to die full of regrets.
Xie Lian assures him he did very well, better than most, and Yin Yu sighs in acceptance.
With his final breath, Yin Yu admits he always wanted to be a god—and Xie Lian replies softly that this world has no true gods.
Chapter 115:
Breaking the Standstill, a Well-Timed GiftXie Lian realizes Jun Wu took Yin Yu’s cursed shackle not just for cruelty, but possibly to trap his soul inside it.
He races to retrieve the shackle from Jun Wu at the Palace of Divine Might but fails to seize it despite his efforts.
Jun Wu mocks Xie Lian’s anger, claiming the shackle’s value lies in how much it upsets him.
In a cruel display of power, Jun Wu uses the cursed shackle on Xie Lian to choke and collapse him mid-sentence.
Jun Wu warns Xie Lian to behave or suffer more and reminds him that Xie Lian asked for the cursed shackles himself.
Xie Lian wonders if the state preceptor had tried to remove the shackle when he lunged at him earlier, not kill him.
While recovering, Xie Lian touches the thin silver chain around his neck and is reminded of the ring Hua Cheng gave him, which gives him strength.
Jun Wu suddenly begins speaking to someone via the spiritual communication array, lying that the Heavenly Capital is merely under investigation due to lingering Black Water-related threats.
The person on the other end says they want to come help, and Jun Wu agrees with false warmth, clearly planning to deceive them.
Xie Lian is shocked Jun Wu would allow anyone to visit and becomes curious who it is.
Jun Wu tells Xie Lian to behave and pretend all is normal—he wants Xie Lian as his “right hand” for this act.
Two incense-time later, the Rain Master arrives at the Palace of Divine Might riding her ox, accompanied by farmers bearing gifts.
Jun Wu greets her with exaggerated politeness, while Xie Lian struggles to hide the truth and warn her without alerting Jun Wu.
The Rain Master offers Xie Lian “souvenirs from the earth,” and he accepts the tightly wrapped gift.
Jun Wu immediately confiscates the package after the Rain Master leaves, paranoid it may contain a hidden message or tool.
Back at the Palace of Xianle, Xie Lian hears a familiar voice and sees a ragged young man on his windowsill—it's Hua Cheng in disguise.
After confirming Hua Cheng’s identity, Xie Lian runs to him and embraces him tightly in relief.
Hua Cheng explains he came hidden among the Rain Master's group and used the gift delivery as a distraction.
Hua Cheng assures Xie Lian that Jun Wu’s surveillance is handled and the human array below is still protected by a decoy or backup.
They discuss why Jun Wu can’t kill the Rain Master—her role in agriculture is too critical, and her death could trigger global unrest and weaken belief in the gods.
They decide to seek out the Xianle State Preceptor for answers and sneak out of the palace, evading guards using Hua Cheng’s wraith butterflies.
As they cross rooftops, Xie Lian has a strange sense of déjà vu but is suddenly pulled down by Hua Cheng as a patrol passes—it's the fetus spirit crawling nearby.
Jian Lan is also seen searching for the fetus spirit (Cuocuo), eventually following it to the Palace of Nan Yang—Feng Xin’s palace.
Jian Lan finds Feng Xin meditating and they argue when the fetus spirit attacks him with a giant white radish—one of the Rain Master's “gifts.”
Jian Lan and Feng Xin confront their shared history and regrets; Jian Lan accuses him of abandoning her and their son, while Feng Xin insists he wanted to care for them both.
Jian Lan calls him out for failing to recognize the fetus spirit as his son and challenges him to accept the creature publicly as his child despite his status as a god.
Feng Xin is stunned into silence by her final question—whether he truly dares to acknowledge his grotesque, monstrous son in front of the world.
Chapter 116:
The Path Shan’t Go Astray, but the Mandates Are All the
SameJian Lan storms out of the Palace of Nan Yang with the fetus spirit, dismissing Feng Xin’s attempt to respond or claim fatherhood.
She tells him even if he’s willing to acknowledge the child now, she wouldn’t accept him as a father.
The fetus spirit mockingly sticks its tongue out at Feng Xin until Jian Lan disciplines it and drags it away.
Left alone, Feng Xin slumps to the ground in despair, staring at the bitten white radish left behind.
Watching from the roof, Hua Cheng brings up the fetus spirit’s earlier appearance on Mount Yujun during the Ghost Bride incident.
Xie Lian recalls the fetus spirit’s cryptic nursery rhyme at the time, which only he could hear.
They deduce the fetus spirit was likely acting under Jun Wu’s instructions back then, foreshadowing his deeper plans.
Hua Cheng shares good news: his wraith butterflies have located the Xianle State Preceptor—he’s imprisoned in the Palace of Ling Wen.
The Palace is no longer bustling with civil gods but guarded by Divine Might soldiers and Ling Wen herself, who now wears the Brocade Immortal.
Since the Brocade Immortal boosts Ling Wen’s senses, it’s risky to infiltrate while she’s wearing it.
However, Hua Cheng notes that she must remove it regularly to rest due to its heavy evil qi, offering a narrow window of opportunity.
They spot Ling Wen exiting the palace in male form, entering a side chamber, and then returning in her female form without the robe—confirming she’s taken it off.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng sneak into the side chamber to find the Brocade Immortal while avoiding Ling Wen directly.
They find a chest full of nearly identical black robes, all radiating evil qi, and must figure out which one is the real Brocade Immortal.
Xie Lian volunteers to test each robe while Hua Cheng issues commands to identify the one that compels obedience.
Hua Cheng jokingly orders Xie Lian to “borrow spiritual power” from him, referencing their previous kisses.
Flustered, Xie Lian quickly removes the robe, insisting Hua Cheng be more serious.
Hua Cheng playfully flips the command later to “don’t borrow spiritual power,” which logically forces Xie Lian to do the opposite to test it.
Xie Lian, blushing furiously, kisses Hua Cheng to fulfill the order, only to confirm it’s still not the real Brocade Immortal.
They repeat the process with more robes, but none respond—prompting suspicion that the robe may not work on either of them.
Hua Cheng speculates that the Brocade Immortal may be ineffective not just on him, but also on Xie Lian for unknown reasons.
Chapter 117:
Hard to Put On, Harder to Take OffXie Lian gives up trying to identify the Brocade Immortal among the black robes and decides to take the whole chest with him.
Just as he and Hua Cheng begin gathering the robes, Ling Wen unexpectedly walks into the side chamber, exhausted and surprised to find them there.
She immediately tries to contact Jun Wu, but Hua Cheng quickly seals the chamber with a small ward that blocks spiritual communication.
Xie Lian threatens to burn the Brocade Immortal if Ling Wen doesn’t comply, but she reveals they don’t actually have it—he’s wearing it.
The Brocade Immortal had transformed into Xie Lian’s white outer robe when he wasn’t looking and tricked him into putting it on.
The robe Xie Lian believed to be his was actually the cursed object all along, meaning Ling Wen now holds control over him via its magic.
Ling Wen orders Xie Lian not to attack her and tests its power—Xie Lian involuntarily nods despite his resistance, proving the Brocade Immortal’s control works.
Hua Cheng and Xie Lian exchange glances, planning to subdue Ling Wen before she can issue dangerous commands.
Anticipating their move, Ling Wen quickly gives Xie Lian another order: if Hua Cheng attempts to harm her, Xie Lian must attack him.
This blocks their counterstrike and corners them—until Hua Cheng paralyzes Ling Wen using a wraith butterfly placed silently on her neck.
However, Ling Wen’s earlier command activates: Xie Lian, under compulsion, strikes Hua Cheng with a powerful attack to protect her.
Xie Lian regains his senses and finds his hand pressed against Hua Cheng’s chest—he had struck him directly over the heart.
Hua Cheng didn’t dodge or resist the blow, knowing that only fulfilling the command could release Xie Lian from the Brocade Immortal’s influence.
Xie Lian panics, asking if Hua Cheng is hurt, but Hua Cheng smiles and reassures him, praising the strength of the strike.
Xie Lian insists he used nearly three-quarters of his full strength and is visibly shaken that Hua Cheng took it willingly.
Hua Cheng playfully accuses Xie Lian of teaching him the bad habit of solving problems by taking beatings, mirroring Xie Lian’s past behavior.
The moment turns serious again as Xie Lian tries to remove the cursed robe, now confirmed to be the Brocade Immortal, but realizes it’s not easy to take off either.
The chapter ends with them back where they started—trapped by the cursed garment, needing a new plan to remove it safely.
Chapter 118:
Centuries of Pain, Millennia of SufferingXie Lian realizes he can’t remove or burn the Brocade Immortal robe he’s unknowingly wearing and decides to leave it on for now.
Ling Wen is incapacitated and transforms into a budaoweng doll, which Xie Lian quietly takes with him.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng sneak into the main hall of the Palace of Ling Wen to find the Xianle State Preceptor.
They hear a voice in disbelief—thinking the Preceptor is in danger, Xie Lian bursts in, only to find him playing cards with animated paper dolls.
The scene is surreal and nostalgic; the Preceptor has not changed his old habits in 800 years.
After reluctantly finishing his card game, the State Preceptor confirms Jun Wu is White No-Face and the former Crown Prince of Wuyong.
He also confirms that Xie Lian and the Crown Prince of Wuyong are entirely separate people, but White No-Face was “born” from something Xie Lian said.
The triggering phrase was “Body in the abyss, heart in paradise,” which mirrored White No-Face’s own beliefs and twisted worldview.
The murals in Mount Tonglu were created by the Preceptor to secretly tell the story of Wuyong and its Crown Prince while evading Jun Wu’s notice.
The Preceptor had to stay hidden for centuries because everyone who knew the truth was silenced or killed by Jun Wu, who destroyed the old Heavenly Court.
He recounts Wuyong’s descent into ruin: after foreseeing disaster, the Crown Prince tried to build the Heaven-Crossing Bridge to save his people.
The people, gods, and court turned against him. He lost spiritual power as believers defected. The bridge ultimately collapsed, killing millions.
After the failure, Wuyong's people cursed him, the Heavenly Court banished him, and he fell from grace.
He tried to help mortals afterward but was overshadowed by other gods. Desperate to stop the volcano, he proposed human sacrifice—sparking a rift with his four vassals.
Three vassals left. The Preceptor stayed. Later, he discovered the Crown Prince had killed and thrown the others into the Kiln.
Their faces grew from his, whispering endlessly, driving him to madness.
The Preceptor recounts the night he saw the three faces on Jun Wu’s own. Horrified, he fled after a tense confrontation.
After another eruption buried Wuyong, Jun Wu vanished. The Preceptor wandered the world, then took up the name Mei Nianqing and became Xianle’s Preceptor.
He and Jun Wu pretended not to recognize each other when they met again in the new Heavenly Court.
Jun Wu grew obsessed with Xie Lian, seeing him as a potential heir who could become like him—but without betrayal.
The bridge ghost at Yinian Bridge was one of Jun Wu’s early Kiln creations, and defeating it drew his attention to Xie Lian.
The Preceptor reveals that the family of three who died before Xianle’s gates were empty-shelled fakes crafted to ignite war—another of Jun Wu’s schemes.
He confronted Jun Wu 800 years ago; Jun Wu revealed his plan to shape Xie Lian as his successor. The Preceptor fled again.
The three mountain spirits—Old Age, Sickness, and Death—are actually the three slain vassals, their souls fused into mountains by the Kiln.
Jun Wu forged monstrous creations from his pain, including the Reverend of Empty Words and the bridge ghost. The Kiln amplified his hatred.
The Preceptor spent centuries tracking and destroying Kiln-born monsters to prevent their spread.
He confirms Jun Wu faked his own background, massacred the previous Heavenly Court, and built the current one atop their ashes.
Supremes like Hua Cheng are born differently; they undergo natural refinement, not mass production like the Kiln monsters.
The Reverend of Empty Words was one of the Kiln’s weaker products, but still caused chaos, particularly to the Shi brothers.
The Preceptor reveals the ultimate provocation: when Xie Lian said “Body in the abyss, heart in paradise” after defeating the bridge ghost, Jun Wu saw it as mockery.
That moment sealed Jun Wu’s obsession and began his plan to make Xie Lian his “perfect heir.”
Chapter 119:
The White Emperor Sets Deadly Tests in SecretThe State Preceptor tells Xie Lian that the Kiln not only creates monsters but also curses people, distributing misfortune across the land like Xie Lian dispersed good fortune.
He reveals that a child Xie Lian once saved—later identified as Hua Cheng—was born under a cursed fate known as a “Star of Solitude,” absorbing the Kiln’s misfortune.
The child’s life was destined to bring death and disaster to others, and the State Preceptor originally warned Xie Lian to abandon or kill him to avoid calamity.
Xie Lian begs the Preceptor to stop, overwhelmed by the implications, while Hua Cheng casually acknowledges the Preceptor’s accurate fortune-telling.
Xie Lian realizes Hua Cheng likely died before age 18 and trembles at the thought, but Hua Cheng gently takes his hand to reassure him.
The State Preceptor explains Jun Wu (White No-Face) has been secretly testing Xie Lian over the years, trying to shape him into a replica of himself.
The first major test was the Human Face Disease epidemic; Jun Wu would’ve supported Xie Lian had he chosen to unleash the plague.
Xie Lian failed that test and was cast down again upon ascending, though Jun Wu staged a heroic rescue to gain his trust.
Jun Wu used Xie Lian to weaken other heavenly officials by sending him on missions with consequences, like the Ghost Groom case and Banyue Pass.
Each mission subtly furthered Jun Wu’s goals while making Xie Lian appear responsible, earning others’ resentment while Jun Wu stayed hidden.
Jun Wu arranged for Xie Lian and Lang Qianqiu to work together despite knowing Xie Lian had once been Yong’an’s state preceptor under the alias Fangxin.
Hua Cheng and the State Preceptor suspect Jun Wu deliberately delayed exposing the crimes of officials like Shi Wudu until it suited his needs.
They conclude Jun Wu allowed corrupt officials to rise, only to later destroy them once they posed a threat to his power, manipulating events like a chessboard.
Xie Lian realizes the Reverend of Empty Words and other horrors were also Kiln-born monsters from Jun Wu’s hand.
Hua Cheng suggests Jun Wu gathered millions of ghosts in the Kiln not just to create chaos, but to birth a new Supreme ghost to maintain the balance of prayer and fear.
The Preceptor explains he and three others tried to stop the Kiln repeatedly but weren’t always successful—this time, it’s gotten completely out of hand.
Jun Wu sent the vengeful Wuyong spirits away via teleportation, destroyed evidence at Mount Tonglu, and captured the Preceptor before he could speak.
The State Preceptor confirms he used Feng Xin’s Hongjing sword to reveal Jun Wu’s face, exploiting a rare moment when his power was weakened.
When asked about the ancient Wuyong language, the Preceptor says he and his fellow vassals rarely use it anymore due to painful memories.
Xie Lian realizes Jun Wu had planted false clues to make him believe he was the reincarnation or fragment of the Crown Prince of Wuyong, manipulating his identity and self-perception.
The Preceptor confirms Jun Wu was trying to push Xie Lian into becoming like him, making their paths align so he’d repeat the same tragic destiny.
Hua Cheng firmly asserts that Xie Lian is nothing like Jun Wu, rejecting any comparison.
The chapter ends with the Preceptor scolding Hua Cheng for his insincere smile and realizing, to his horror, that Hua Cheng is the Star of Solitude he once warned Xie Lian about.
An awkward and hilarious conversation follows where the Preceptor worries about Xie Lian dating a Supreme Ghost King, but ultimately supports their happiness.
Chapter 120:
Meet the Ghost King, Hiding in the Palace of Crown PrinceThe State Preceptor is stunned to realize Hua Cheng is the same child he once warned Xie Lian about—now a Supreme Ghost King, the “Star of Solitude.”
He panics, scolding Xie Lian for being romantically involved with someone so dangerous and obsessed, claiming Hua Cheng has stalked him for 800 years.
Hua Cheng teases the Preceptor back, while Xie Lian tries to defuse the situation, begging his master to stop embarrassing him.
The Preceptor rants about spiritual power lending, accusing Hua Cheng of manipulating Xie Lian, which causes Xie Lian to flail in embarrassment.
Suddenly, Hua Cheng and Xie Lian sense someone approaching and hide in the ceiling beams with the Preceptor.
Qi Rong bursts in triumphantly, gloating about his newfound freedom and stomping around like he owns the Heavenly Realm.
Guzi follows him, curious and polite, but embarrassed by his father’s bad behavior.
Qi Rong mocks the Preceptor for once rejecting him as a disciple and scribbles graffiti claiming he’s the #1 Ghost King on the palace wall.
The Preceptor and Hua Cheng both agree his handwriting is hideous—comparing it unfavorably to the Gambler’s Den in Ghost City.
Xie Lian panics, having admired that handwriting (which was Hua Cheng’s), and tries to change the topic.
Hua Cheng receives a warning that Jun Wu is approaching the Palace of Xianle, likely to check on Xie Lian.
The group splits up; Hua Cheng and Xie Lian rush through the capital, dodging guards and creatures to reach the palace first.
Rain Master intercepts Jun Wu at her palace and delays him politely with a fake errand, buying time for Xie Lian and Hua Cheng to return.
They barely make it; Xie Lian dives into bed to fake sleep while Hua Cheng hides behind the curtain just as Jun Wu arrives.
Jun Wu monologues about Xie Lian’s disobedience and hints that he knows someone is hiding in the room.
He approaches the bed and lifts the covers, but finds only Xie Lian—Hua Cheng has silently slipped under the sheets.
Their faces end up extremely close. Hua Cheng mouths, “Don’t be afraid,” as Xie Lian’s heart races.
Jun Wu doesn’t spot Hua Cheng and eventually orders Xie Lian to get up and follow him, suspecting he’s hiding something more.
As Xie Lian leaves, Hua Cheng remains behind, their silent coordination flawless.
Jun Wu leads Xie Lian through the capital, past Qi Rong, who is once again causing chaos at various divine palaces.
Guzi tries to correct Qi Rong’s rude behavior, making Xie Lian reflect on the boy’s surprising maturity.
They arrive at the Palace of Ming Guang, where Jun Wu reveals his real intent: to recruit Pei Ming for a task.
Inside, Pei Ming is being attacked by a chaotic mob—Xuan Ji, Rong Guang, Banyue, Pei Xiu, and Kemo—all fighting over who gets to kill him.
Xie Lian tries to help, but Jun Wu stops him and says he didn’t bring him there to be a hero.
Jun Wu offers Pei Ming reinstatement as a Martial God in exchange for destroying the human array in the royal capital.
He doesn’t ask Pei Ming to attack directly—instead, he expects Pei Ming to sneak in and sabotage it from within, taking advantage of Shi Qingxuan’s trust.
Xie Lian realizes the true danger: if Pei Ming agrees, he could destroy the array and doom the city while everyone believes they’re being helped.
Chapter 121:
Coiling and Encircling, Silver Butterflies and Blessings
Lanterns ShieldJun Wu offers Pei Ming a cruel choice: descend to the mortal realm and destroy the human array protecting the royal capital or stay and be handed over to vengeful ghosts—Xuan Ji, Rong Guang, and Kemo.
To pressure him further, Jun Wu threatens to hand over Little Pei (Pei Xiu) as well, reminding Pei Ming of his past cover-ups to protect him.
The ghosts immediately pounce on Pei Ming after Jun Wu’s ultimatum, and the palace doors shut behind them.
Xie Lian hears violent sounds from inside, calls out in panic, and wants to intervene, but Jun Wu forces him to keep moving.
They arrive at Lang Qianqiu’s Palace of Tai Hua where Jun Wu intends to repeat the same tactic.
Qi Rong appears smugly with Guzi in tow, believing Jun Wu summoned him to flaunt him to Lang Qianqiu.
Jun Wu instead offers Qi Rong to Lang Qianqiu as a reward if he agrees to break the human array—revenge in exchange for obedience.
Qi Rong is horrified by this betrayal, realizing Jun Wu intends to throw him to his long-time enemy.
Xie Lian protests Jun Wu’s manipulative tests, questioning what he’s trying to prove by forcing others into these impossible moral choices.
Jun Wu turns the blame on Xie Lian, saying it’s all due to his disobedience and invites him to take their place instead.
Jun Wu tempts Xie Lian: if he agrees to destroy the array, he’ll remove the two cursed shackles that have bound Xie Lian’s power for 800 years.
As Xie Lian grapples with the choice, Jun Wu’s grip loosens—because a blade is suddenly hooked around his neck.
Hua Cheng appears, Eming drawn, silver eyes blazing, demanding Jun Wu let go of Xie Lian.
Jun Wu mocks their relationship, and Qi Rong panics upon recognizing Hua Cheng, shrieking in terror.
Xie Lian slices open the palace barrier to free Lang Qianqiu, urging him to run.
Instead, Lang Qianqiu charges at Qi Rong with intent to kill, but Guzi steps in front of him to protect Qi Rong.
Qi Rong uses Guzi as a shield, threatening to kill the child if anyone comes closer, showing no regard for the boy.
Jun Wu escalates by setting the Heavenly Capital on fire, trapping all heavenly officials—still locked in their palaces—inside a blazing inferno.
Xie Lian is horrified and demands to know why Jun Wu would risk killing everyone.
Jun Wu doesn’t care, seeing the officials as expendable; Qi Rong flees in the chaos with Guzi under his arm.
Xie Lian tells Lang Qianqiu to focus on rescuing the heavenly officials instead of chasing Qi Rong, and he obeys instinctively.
Hua Cheng wraps Jun Wu in a cocoon of silver butterflies and grabs Xie Lian’s hand to escape.
They reach the Grand Avenue, where heavenly officials, now freed, are panicking—unable to fly or escape the fires due to restricted powers.
A tremor shakes the city, and something massive appears at the end of the street: the colossal divine statue of Xie Lian, now airborne.
Everyone stares in awe as the giant statue, surrounded by silver butterflies and glowing Blessings Lanterns, flies into the Heavenly Capital—having ascended on its own without Xie Lian’s command.
Chapter 122:
Turning the World Upside Down, Battling the Fiery Demonic
Fortress in the SkyThe giant divine statue, repaired by Hua Cheng, ascends into the sky, flawless and imposing, shocking the heavenly officials.
The officials recognize Hua Cheng beside Xie Lian and react with awe and fear; Feng Xin frantically calls for Jian Lan, who is missing.
Lang Qianqiu chases Qi Rong, but the Palace of Tai Hua explodes—Jun Wu has broken free from Hua Cheng’s silver chrysalis.
Jun Wu walks forward, exuding immense black and white power, turning the Heavenly Capital into a blazing inferno.
Qi Rong hides behind Jun Wu and taunts the officials, oblivious to his imminent doom.
Jun Wu’s presence causes the gods to freeze in terror; flames spread beneath his feet with each step.
Xie Lian commands everyone to board the giant statue. Hundreds leap on, crowding its body and robes.
To power the statue, Xie Lian needs spiritual energy from Hua Cheng. He kisses him behind a screen—accidentally Lang Qianqiu—causing public embarrassment.
With renewed power, the statue begins to fly. They escape the capital, but the Heavenly Capital itself—now transformed into a red, demonic fortress—gives chase.
The burning capital flies like a fortress in pursuit; the gods panic as it closes the distance.
Hua Cheng tells Xie Lian to descend into darkness. They arrive above the Black Water Demon Lair, completely void of light.
Xie Lian trusts Hua Cheng and stays. The red demonic fortress follows them down.
Four bone dragons emerge from the sea, howling with rage, and launch a full-scale attack on the fortress with water blasts and airborne fish.
The flames are not extinguished and continue to rage, turning the Black Water sea into a fiery cauldron.
The fortress begins to transform—breaking into pieces and reassembling into a massive, golden-armored fiery giant, crowned by the Palace of Divine Might.
This giant is five to six times larger than the divine statue and begins attacking it directly.
The officials cry out to flee, but Xie Lian declares they must make a stand here and now, far from mortal cities.
The two giants clash. The divine statue is more agile but lacks a weapon.
Hua Cheng calls the four bone dragons to form a whip, which Xie Lian’s statue grabs and uses in battle.
The whip is flexible, snapping and reconnecting, allowing Xie Lian to launch a flurry of attacks.
The heavenly officials finally start lending spiritual power directly, reenergizing the divine statue.
With combined effort, they begin to pull the fiery giant toward the sea to drown it in the abyss.
The bone dragons tighten their grip. The fiery giant is dragged into the sea, seemingly defeated.
Xie Lian worries for Pei Ming and others who may have been pulled into the ocean with it.
Suddenly, the sea begins to boil—Jun Wu is not finished. The fiery giant resurfaces, dragging down the divine statue again.
Quan Yizhen, carrying Yin Yu’s body, launches a solo attack, leaping onto the fiery giant’s arm and rushing toward its head.
He dodges massive slaps, enters a bone dragon’s skull, and channels spiritual power into it, strengthening its grip.
The giant releases the statue’s ankle, but it retaliates, smashing Quan Yizhen’s bone dragon and sending it flying.
A giant white bonefish saves Quan Yizhen at the last second, pulling him to safety. He is scorched but alive.
The bone dragons are left charred and broken, scattered across the burning sea.
Hua Cheng assures Xie Lian not to worry—Black Water still owes him money.
Suddenly, the fiery giant vanishes using a teleportation array.
Hua Cheng gravely reveals its destination: the royal capital, where Shi Qingxuan is guarding the human array.
Chapter 123:
With Burning Flames of Hell, Ghosts and Gods Descend
Upon the Royal CapitalXie Lian and Hua Cheng quickly fly the divine statue toward the royal capital using a teleportation array, fearing Jun Wu will attack the human array there.
Shi Qingxuan struggles to calm the panicked civilians as the fiery demonic giant appears above the capital.
Xie Lian grabs the giant to drag it upward again, while heavenly officials jump off the statue to join the human array.
Shi Qingxuan rallies the officials and beggars to strengthen the array; Lang Qianqiu joins first, inspiring others to follow.
Suddenly, one of the giant’s legs detaches mid-air and falls, threatening the city—but explodes harmlessly into sparks before hitting the ground.
Pei Ming reappears dramatically on the fiery giant, alive and wielding the sword Mingguang, having survived Jun Wu’s earlier assault.
Banyue and Pei Xiu are also safe, while Rong Guang obnoxiously boasts that Pei Ming begged for forgiveness.
Pei Ming storms the Palace of Divine Might and engages Jun Wu, dealing heavy damage thanks to Mingguang’s strength.
Qi Rong tries to interfere, but gets smacked by Rong Guang’s sword spirit, infuriating him and frightening Guzi, who faints.
Xie Lian warns Qi Rong that Guzi can’t survive the altitude and pressure, but Qi Rong refuses to listen and accuses him of trying to trick him.
Jun Wu’s fire injures Guzi, burning his shoulder, and Qi Rong panics and tries to calm the child.
Guzi asks if they’re going to die; Qi Rong tries to soothe him, but is clearly overwhelmed by his own helplessness.
Jun Wu ignores Qi Rong’s pleas, unleashing another fireball that incinerates Qi Rong and Guzi.
Xie Lian and Pei Ming are horrified, fearing the worst; Pei Ming questions Jun Wu’s brutality toward a child.
The Rain Master arrives just in time, summoning rain to douse Pei Ming’s flames and rescuing him mid-fall.
Pei Ming is embarrassed to be saved by her, while Rong Guang mocks him mercilessly from within the sword.
Flaming debris from the giant begins falling like meteors, threatening the capital.
Hua Cheng tells Xie Lian not to worry—he’s prepared.
On the ground, another “Hua Cheng” arrives at the human array—his double left behind to maintain appearances.
This clone coldly tells Shi Qingxuan to “deal with it yourself” before handing him the Wind Master Fan.
Empowered by the fan, Shi Qingxuan summons a massive wind that deflects the flaming meteors, stunning the crowd into realizing he’s a true god.
Just as things settle, a swarm of corpse-eating rats and empty-shelled people appears—more of Jun Wu’s forces.
The Rain Master leads martial gods to hold the line, but the situation looks grim.
Then, to everyone’s shock, the citizens of Ghost City arrive, called by Hua Cheng, and begin slaughtering the invading monsters.
The ghosts gleefully fight the rats, claiming they'll eat or sell them; the situation is brought under control.
Meanwhile, the fiery demonic giant reaches for a sword—Xie Lian braces for another devastating assault.
The State Preceptor yells for Hua Cheng to activate a teleportation array to Mount Tonglu—he’s sending a sword.
A shining, divine sword descends from the sky; the divine statue catches it, and with one swing, cleaves the fiery giant’s blade and body in half.
The giant collapses into rubble, and Xie Lian safely lands it far from the city before it can cause damage.
In the statue’s palm, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng stand peacefully—no civilians were harmed, and the capital is safe.
Pei Ming, dejected over being shown up, is scolded by Xuan Ji. He finally snaps and tells her off, saying he can’t love her.
She’s devastated, but Pei Ming says she must take responsibility for her own decisions and learn to love herself.
The State Preceptor confirms the sword came from the fused remains of the three mountain spirits.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng begin searching the wreckage for Jun Wu, but he’s nowhere to be found.
Lang Qianqiu finds Qi Rong’s ghost fire clinging to a small, burned child—Guzi is still alive, saved by Qi Rong.
Guzi pleads with Lang Qianqiu not to kill his “dad,” even though Qi Rong was cruel to him.
Qi Rong continues ranting, accusing Xie Lian of always looking down on him and mocking Hua Cheng for his “impotence.”
Hua Cheng and Xie Lian say nothing. Qi Rong’s ghost fire flickers out.
Guzi desperately searches for him, begging Xie Lian to save his father, not understanding he’s truly gone.
Xie Lian feels nothing—no grief, no joy—just exhaustion.
Shi Qingxuan asks where Mu Qing and Feng Xin are, noting they haven’t been seen in some time.
No one knows their whereabouts—raising concern that something may have happened to them too.
Chapter 123:
With Burning Flames of Hell, Ghosts and Gods Descend
Upon the Royal CapitalXie Lian and Hua Cheng quickly fly the divine statue toward the royal capital using a teleportation array, fearing Jun Wu will attack the human array there.
Shi Qingxuan struggles to calm the panicked civilians as the fiery demonic giant appears above the capital.
Xie Lian grabs the giant to drag it upward again, while heavenly officials jump off the statue to join the human array.
Shi Qingxuan rallies the officials and beggars to strengthen the array; Lang Qianqiu joins first, inspiring others to follow.
Suddenly, one of the giant’s legs detaches mid-air and falls, threatening the city—but explodes harmlessly into sparks before hitting the ground.
Pei Ming reappears dramatically on the fiery giant, alive and wielding the sword Mingguang, having survived Jun Wu’s earlier assault.
Banyue and Pei Xiu are also safe, while Rong Guang obnoxiously boasts that Pei Ming begged for forgiveness.
Pei Ming storms the Palace of Divine Might and engages Jun Wu, dealing heavy damage thanks to Mingguang’s strength.
Qi Rong tries to interfere, but gets smacked by Rong Guang’s sword spirit, infuriating him and frightening Guzi, who faints.
Xie Lian warns Qi Rong that Guzi can’t survive the altitude and pressure, but Qi Rong refuses to listen and accuses him of trying to trick him.
Jun Wu’s fire injures Guzi, burning his shoulder, and Qi Rong panics and tries to calm the child.
Guzi asks if they’re going to die; Qi Rong tries to soothe him, but is clearly overwhelmed by his own helplessness.
Jun Wu ignores Qi Rong’s pleas, unleashing another fireball that incinerates Qi Rong and Guzi.
Xie Lian and Pei Ming are horrified, fearing the worst; Pei Ming questions Jun Wu’s brutality toward a child.
The Rain Master arrives just in time, summoning rain to douse Pei Ming’s flames and rescuing him mid-fall.
Pei Ming is embarrassed to be saved by her, while Rong Guang mocks him mercilessly from within the sword.
Flaming debris from the giant begins falling like meteors, threatening the capital.
Hua Cheng tells Xie Lian not to worry—he’s prepared.
On the ground, another “Hua Cheng” arrives at the human array—his double left behind to maintain appearances.
This clone coldly tells Shi Qingxuan to “deal with it yourself” before handing him the Wind Master Fan.
Empowered by the fan, Shi Qingxuan summons a massive wind that deflects the flaming meteors, stunning the crowd into realizing he’s a true god.
Just as things settle, a swarm of corpse-eating rats and empty-shelled people appears—more of Jun Wu’s forces.
The Rain Master leads martial gods to hold the line, but the situation looks grim.
Then, to everyone’s shock, the citizens of Ghost City arrive, called by Hua Cheng, and begin slaughtering the invading monsters.
The ghosts gleefully fight the rats, claiming they'll eat or sell them; the situation is brought under control.
Meanwhile, the fiery demonic giant reaches for a sword—Xie Lian braces for another devastating assault.
The State Preceptor yells for Hua Cheng to activate a teleportation array to Mount Tonglu—he’s sending a sword.
A shining, divine sword descends from the sky; the divine statue catches it, and with one swing, cleaves the fiery giant’s blade and body in half.
The giant collapses into rubble, and Xie Lian safely lands it far from the city before it can cause damage.
In the statue’s palm, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng stand peacefully—no civilians were harmed, and the capital is safe.
Pei Ming, dejected over being shown up, is scolded by Xuan Ji. He finally snaps and tells her off, saying he can’t love her.
She’s devastated, but Pei Ming says she must take responsibility for her own decisions and learn to love herself.
The State Preceptor confirms the sword came from the fused remains of the three mountain spirits.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng begin searching the wreckage for Jun Wu, but he’s nowhere to be found.
Lang Qianqiu finds Qi Rong’s ghost fire clinging to a small, burned child—Guzi is still alive, saved by Qi Rong.
Guzi pleads with Lang Qianqiu not to kill his “dad,” even though Qi Rong was cruel to him.
Qi Rong continues ranting, accusing Xie Lian of always looking down on him and mocking Hua Cheng for his “impotence.”
Hua Cheng and Xie Lian say nothing. Qi Rong’s ghost fire flickers out.
Guzi desperately searches for him, begging Xie Lian to save his father, not understanding he’s truly gone.
Xie Lian feels nothing—no grief, no joy—just exhaustion.
Shi Qingxuan asks where Mu Qing and Feng Xin are, noting they haven’t been seen in some time.
No one knows their whereabouts—raising concern that something may have happened to them too.
Chapter 124:
Exquisite Dice, Apprehension from Rolling a One (Part One)Xie Lian worries about the missing Feng Xin and Mu Qing, fearing they may have been left behind in the burning Heavenly Capital or fallen into Jun Wu’s clutches.
The State Preceptor suggests Jun Wu has likely gone to Mount Tonglu, his domain of greatest power, and says if Xie Lian wants to find him, that’s where they must go.
Shi Qingxuan is horrified at the idea, but Xie Lian insists they’ve been there before and will go again.
The State Preceptor insists they’ll need help from dependable martial gods—not injured or unstable ones.
Hua Cheng says he and Xie Lian are enough, but the State Preceptor strongly disagrees.
Pei Ming and Shi Qingxuan joke from the sidelines, with Pei Ming sulking about his injuries.
Unexpectedly, Mu Qing volunteers to go. He claims he’s been there all along but simply remained silent—prompting suspicion from Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian is relieved to see Mu Qing and accepts his help, though both Hua Cheng and the State Preceptor clearly dislike and distrust him.
Mu Qing refers to the State Preceptor as “Master,” though the latter responds with a silent nod, unwilling to rehash old tensions.
The group prepares to teleport. Hua Cheng rolls his dice—and gets a one, an incredibly rare and ominous result, indicating extreme danger ahead.
The group enters the teleportation portal despite the bad omen. Xie Lian gently tells Hua Cheng he’ll protect him this time, touching Hua Cheng deeply.
They arrive at Mount Tonglu, which is now a fiery, ash-choked wasteland. The volcano’s recent eruption has transformed the land into a red hellscape.
While descending a hill, Hua Cheng clears a path for Xie Lian. Mu Qing nearly slips, but Xie Lian catches him—Mu Qing acts strangely detached.
Xie Lian asks Hua Cheng what Mu Qing and Feng Xin said during their mountaintop fight that made him so angry.
Hua Cheng evades the question, saying they spoke disrespectfully about Xie Lian and he doesn’t want to repeat it.
Their path is blocked by a river of molten lava. They see floating, pale, ghostly figures—empty-shelled people from Wuyong’s capital.
Mu Qing uses them as stepping stones and crosses first. Hua Cheng offers to carry the State Preceptor next, who is reluctantly impressed by Hua Cheng’s speed.
Xie Lian tries to cross on his own but is grabbed by one of the empty-shelled figures and nearly pulled under.
He escapes using Ruoye and slashes the grasping hand, but Hua Cheng still rushes to help him, upset that he went alone.
They finally cross and reach the half-submerged Palace of Wuyong. Inside, the atmosphere is lifeless and echoing like a tomb.
The State Preceptor confirms it’s where the Crown Prince of Wuyong grew up, and it’s likely where Jun Wu is hiding.
Xie Lian notices Eming’s eye spinning rapidly—Hua Cheng’s weapon senses strong danger.
Suddenly, a familiar laugh echoes—the fetus spirit, Cuocuo, appears crawling on the ceiling and hurls foul vomit at Mu Qing.
Xie Lian tries to coax Cuocuo by calling his name and asking where his “dad” is; the spirit snorts and scurries off.
Mu Qing claims to have seen which way it went and leads them down a narrow, ominous corridor.
Hua Cheng is skeptical of Mu Qing’s guidance, causing tension. The Preceptor tells them not to fight.
Xie Lian notices Eming reacting again and insists on walking ahead to “protect” Hua Cheng, prompting a soft laugh from him.
As they go deeper, Xie Lian notices the State Preceptor and Hua Cheng have vanished—but their torchlights remain, floating beside him.
Mu Qing is confused too, asking where Hua Cheng is. Xie Lian checks the red string on his finger—it’s still bright, confirming Hua Cheng is alive.
Mu Qing tries to convince Xie Lian to press forward instead of going back. Just then, they hear breathing ahead.
The group cautiously investigates and finds a wounded, unconscious Feng Xin on the floor of a dark chamber.
Xie Lian revives him, and Feng Xin is shocked to see him, asking why he’s here. Xie Lian asks the same.
As Xie Lian explains they were separated from Hua Cheng, Feng Xin suddenly spots someone behind them—Mu Qing.
His expression turns grim as he yells, “Seize him, quickly!”
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu
Heaven Official's Blessing: Tian Guan Ci Fu, Vol. 8
Chapter 125:
Exquisite Dice, Apprehension from Rolling a One (Part Two)Feng Xin wakes up in an armory deep within Mount Tonglu and accuses Mu Qing of ambushing him from behind during the Heavenly Capital’s chaos.
Mu Qing denies it, saying the capital was chaotic and anyone could’ve done it. Feng Xin insists he recognized Mu Qing’s shadow.
Xie Lian tries to mediate, suggesting they each say something only the three of them would know to prove identity.
Xie Lian asks what they were yelling about atop the snowy mountain—both freeze and refuse to answer.
Feng Xin clarifies that while he believes Mu Qing attacked him, he doesn’t think Mu Qing is an impostor.
The two begin physically fighting, throwing fireballs in the weapon-filled armory, causing an ominous murderous aura to intensify.
Xie Lian, overwhelmed, summons Ruoye to stop them—but is suddenly pulled backward by Ruoye into someone’s arms.
It’s Hua Cheng, who had reappeared to rescue him. He confirms he got delayed due to strange obstacles and lost track of the State Preceptor.
Xie Lian realizes Ruoye deliberately dragged him to Hua Cheng, calling it a "traitor."
Feng Xin and Mu Qing are suspicious of Hua Cheng, unsure if he’s the real one.
To confirm his identity, Hua Cheng has Xie Lian recite half of a private password from their spiritual array—he completes it correctly.
Despite this, Mu Qing remains suspicious. Hua Cheng asks him what’s on his wrist—Mu Qing has a cursed shackle.
This discovery shocks everyone. Hua Cheng demands to know how Mu Qing got it and what Jun Wu asked of him.
Under pressure, Mu Qing finally admits he did knock Feng Xin out, but claims it was to save him from dying in the fire and pass him off to Xie Lian.
He says the fetus spirit attacked him, preventing him from finishing the job, and that Jian Lan later appeared, so he assumed Feng Xin would be fine.
Mu Qing is evasive about his interaction with Jun Wu. He claims Jun Wu asked him to hurt Xie Lian, and when he refused, he was shackled.
The group is skeptical, especially Hua Cheng and Feng Xin, but Mu Qing insists he acted under pressure and was misunderstood.
Hua Cheng calls out Mu Qing’s past betrayal—stealing Xie Lian’s cultivation land—implying a pattern of selfishness.
This deeply unsettles Mu Qing, who is visibly shaken by Hua Cheng knowing such old history.
It’s revealed Hua Cheng overheard Mu Qing and Feng Xin yelling about it on the snowy mountain—not from gossip.
Xie Lian quietly realizes the incident with the stolen cultivation land may have been linked to the thirty-three heavenly officials Hua Cheng once defeated when he became infamous.
Before the conversation can continue, two flying swords attack. Xie Lian deflects them, but the armory comes to life with a surge of killing intent.
The group tries to escape, but the door vanishes—the weapons are activating and targeting them.
Hua Cheng explains the weapons are restless and bloodthirsty, triggered by long dormancy and the presence of people.
They realize someone is missing—Mu Qing has mysteriously vanished.
Hua Cheng notes they are now only three in number and that White No-Face can manipulate the palace at will, including abducting people.
Xie Lian decides they need to calm the weapons by “letting them kill,” hinting at a method to pacify them.
As he prepares to act, Hua Cheng stops him, eye glowing red with tension, and darkly asks what exactly Xie Lian plans to do with his sword.
Chapter 126:
Hundred-Yard-High Cliffs, Thousands Tilt over LavafallsXie Lian draws his sword to defend himself from the attacking weapons, but Hua Cheng panics, thinking Xie Lian might stab himself, and demands he put it down.
Shocked by Hua Cheng’s outburst and tone, Xie Lian reassures him he meant only to fight the weapons, not hurt himself.
Hua Cheng remains tense until Xie Lian attacks a flying axe to prove his intent; only then does Hua Cheng calm down.
Feng Xin questions if Hua Cheng is really himself since Jun Wu once overheard Hua Cheng’s spiritual password through Xie Lian.
Xie Lian remains confident Hua Cheng is genuine, sensing he’s just deeply upset by something.
Hua Cheng releases Eming and slices down hundreds of murderous weapons, forcing open the armory’s sealed exit.
The group—Xie Lian, Hua Cheng, and Feng Xin—leaves the armory to search for Mu Qing and the missing State Preceptor.
Xie Lian asks Hua Cheng if he thought he was about to stab himself again. Hua Cheng doesn’t answer directly but embraces him and pleads that he not joke about dying.
They continue deeper into the underground palace. The once-cold environment grows unbearably hot, and they notice lava has begun to flood the lower levels.
As they try to escape, Mu Qing appears ahead, running from the lava. Feng Xin yells for him to stop, but Mu Qing bolts.
The lava floods faster, and Xie Lian suggests riding the floating empty-shelled people like boats—something he’s done before.
Each of them rides one: Feng Xin intimidates his into cooperation, Hua Cheng's behaves obediently under his glare, and Xie Lian begs his into compliance.
As they ride the lava stream, the slope steepens, and they speed toward a massive cliff.
Mu Qing, unaware of the drop, flies over the edge. The others stop just short and spot him hanging from the hilt of his saber, suspended above lava.
Xie Lian tries to save him, but Ruoye can’t reach. Mu Qing is burning and can’t bring himself to ask for help.
He shouts desperately that he’s not lying and never meant to harm anyone—mirroring what Xie Lian once pleaded to him in the past.
Hua Cheng warns Xie Lian that saving Mu Qing may cost his life and that if Mu Qing is truly allied with Jun Wu, Jun Wu will rescue him anyway.
As Mu Qing begins to fall, pulled by vengeful spirits from the lava, Xie Lian acts.
He uses Fangxin as a stepping stone, nails it into the lava midstream, jumps to Mu Qing’s saber, and catches him with Ruoye just in time.
Mu Qing is shocked by the rescue and realizes Xie Lian was never hesitating—he was calculating how to reach him.
Xie Lian reassures him and throws him toward Fangxin’s hilt, giving him a safe place to land.
Xie Lian remains behind on the saber, intending to leap back, but it loosens and both he and Mu Qing nearly fall again.
Xie Lian catches the saber mid-fall, jabs it into the rock, and holds on. He tells Mu Qing only one of them can stay—it’ll be Mu Qing.
Xie Lian throws Mu Qing to safety with Ruoye’s help.
Hua Cheng watches silently, allowing Xie Lian to make his own decision despite believing Mu Qing wasn’t worth saving.
Feng Xin is surprised Hua Cheng didn’t stop Xie Lian, but Hua Cheng replies he respects Xie Lian’s choices—and already knew what he would do.
Just as Mu Qing prepares to move from Fangxin’s hilt to the rooftop, Xie Lian shouts—someone is approaching from behind.
A man in white robes with a half-crying, half-smiling mask emerges from the lava and seizes Xie Lian—it’s White No-Face.
He pulls Xie Lian into the lava. Ruoye reacts and binds Mu Qing, dragging him down too.
As they fall, White No-Face taunts Xie Lian, laughing that he truly believed he could have a perfect, happy ending.
Hua Cheng leaps into the lava after them without hesitation.
Chapter 127:
Upon the Heaven-Crossing Bridge, Three Idiots Return to
Olden TimesXie Lian regains consciousness on what appears to be solid ground, only to realize he’s lying on a massive, ruined bridge suspended over a lava-filled cavern.
Mu Qing is nearby, injured and unable to move. He says they were teleported mid-fall into this place, possibly by Jun Wu.
Xie Lian recognizes the structure as the Heaven-Crossing Bridge—an ancient, partially destroyed bridge once built by the Crown Prince of Wuyong.
He helps Mu Qing up and offers to carry him when he sees the severity of his burns.
Mu Qing is surprised by Xie Lian’s trust, expecting suspicion, but Xie Lian affirms he believes Mu Qing didn’t betray him.
Xie Lian explains that he’s known Mu Qing too long and knows he wouldn’t go so far, even if he can be petty and unpleasant.
As they walk, Xie Lian admits he would still save Mu Qing, even if he sometimes wants to punch him, because Mu Qing doesn’t deserve to die.
Their path on the bridge collapses behind them, cutting off retreat and forcing them to move forward.
Xie Lian dashes across the increasingly narrow, unstable bridge with Mu Qing on his back, demonstrating extraordinary martial skill.
Lava erupts below them, and vengeful spirits made of molten rock begin attacking, forming fire pillars and mocking the two from below.
Xie Lian understands their Wuyong language—they're cursed souls who fell when the original bridge collapsed, and now they try to drag others down with them.
He suspects Jun Wu (White No-Face) gave him the ability to understand them.
The spirits attack by collaborating to destroy more of the bridge. Xie Lian’s and Mu Qing’s spiritual powers aren’t strong enough to counter effectively.
Mu Qing insists Xie Lian put him down so he can fight the spirits from below and give Xie Lian a better chance of survival.
Xie Lian refuses, but Mu Qing jumps off anyway, landing on a lower piece of the collapsing bridge to fight the spirits directly.
As he battles, Mu Qing unexpectedly opens up emotionally, confessing the bitter and jealous thoughts he’s harbored toward Xie Lian.
He admits he admired Xie Lian and wanted to be his friend, despite assuming Xie Lian despised him.
He apologizes for his past betrayal after Xianle's fall, believing Xie Lian would never forgive him.
Just as he tries to sacrifice himself fully to buy Xie Lian time, the broken platform begins to sink into the lava.
Xie Lian begs him not to give up and prepares Ruoye to pull him back up, but Mu Qing can’t jump high enough to reach.
At the last second, Feng Xin appears out of nowhere, having followed their chaos from above, and catches Mu Qing, saving him from falling into the lava.
Feng Xin clutches Ruoye, and Xie Lian pulls both of them up as molten spirits attack with another fire pillar.
Feng Xin uses makeshift arrows (wooden sticks) and his bow to blast the spirits away, proudly boasting and cursing them.
The three finally stand together on the Heaven-Crossing Bridge, safe—for now.
Feng Xin scolds both Mu Qing and Xie Lian for jumping into lava like lunatics. Mu Qing defensively insists he was dragged in.
The three begin traveling across the bridge again, exchanging updates and arguing as usual.
Feng Xin teases Mu Qing for confessing his desire to be Xie Lian’s friend and for his complicated emotions.
Mu Qing gets increasingly embarrassed and angry, while Xie Lian tries to mediate.
Their bickering spirals until old resentments and misunderstandings resurface, including Mu Qing accusing Feng Xin of abandoning Xie Lian, and vice versa.
Despite the chaos, the scene ends with a sense of camaraderie restored between the three—bonded through fire, bickering, and reluctant mutual understanding.
Chapter 128:
Bloody Rain Sought Flower, Vicious Battle Against White
No-FaceXie Lian, Feng Xin, and Mu Qing continue fleeing across the collapsing Heaven-Crossing Bridge while under heavy attack from lava-dwelling vengeful spirits.
Xie Lian carries Mu Qing on his back while Feng Xin provides cover with explosive arrows, dispersing spirits and clearing their path.
The bridge collapses ahead of them, forcing them to leap over a wide gap together, reigniting a sense of camaraderie between the three old friends.
Xie Lian calls out to Hua Cheng, but receives no answer, raising fear that Hua Cheng may have fallen into the lava.
Mu Qing suggests the worst—that Hua Cheng, though powerful, may have been defeated by White No-Face on his home turf.
Xie Lian clings to hope until they come upon shimmering fragments of silver wraith butterflies, indicating Hua Cheng had been there and fought fiercely.
They discover deep gashes in stone walls—evidence of Eming’s furious strikes—showing that Hua Cheng’s battle was brutal.
Xie Lian rushes forward recklessly in search of Hua Cheng, repeatedly tripping and stumbling due to his panic.
The sound of combat reaches them, and the group runs toward it, praying that it’s Hua Cheng still holding out.
They finally arrive to see Hua Cheng battling White No-Face atop the ruined bridge, both figures unleashing godlike power.
Hua Cheng is focused, wounded but alive, his face streaked with blood. Eming clashes with White No-Face’s sword, which is now cracked.
Xie Lian shouts Hua Cheng’s name. Hua Cheng, hearing him, smiles and reassures him with a warning to not recklessly fall again.
White No-Face taunts them for being so cheerful mid-battle and lunges at Hua Cheng, but his sword shatters under Eming’s strike.
Eming’s eye spins joyfully. Hua Cheng mocks White No-Face, calling him a jealous old man, stunning everyone by his sheer audacity.
The fetus spirit interrupts the battle, flying toward them. Hua Cheng redirects his strike to avoid hurting it and flings it to Feng Xin.
Feng Xin tries to catch the fetus spirit, but it bites him. Mu Qing criticizes Feng Xin for not acknowledging the creature as his child, which stuns him.
Xie Lian rushes forward to retrieve the state preceptor from danger. The preceptor is rattled by Hua Cheng’s guts but otherwise fine.
White No-Face lets go of the mask and sword, transforming into Jun Wu and reclaiming his old weapon, Fangxin—now revealed to be "Zhuxin."
The preceptor explains that Jun Wu is even more powerful now. Jun Wu confirms this with a terrifying show of strength, focusing all attacks on Hua Cheng’s right eye.
Hua Cheng dodges repeatedly, but the barrage becomes overwhelming. Xie Lian joins the fight, catching a blade with his bare hand.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng fight back-to-back in perfect sync. Xie Lian issues commands, which Hua Cheng follows with trust and admiration.
In a brutal exchange, Xie Lian nearly gets struck, and Hua Cheng blocks it by taking a direct stab through the chest with Jun Wu’s sword.
Xie Lian is horrified. Hua Cheng brushes it off, saying he couldn’t let Xie Lian get hurt again in front of him.
Jun Wu taunts Xie Lian, asking if he remembers the ghost “Wuming,” stirring a terrible memory and guilt in Xie Lian.
Xie Lian panics, worried Hua Cheng will no longer accept him if he learns the full truth of Xie Lian’s darkest moments.
Hua Cheng reassures him again: he will never leave Xie Lian no matter what he's done, echoing Xie Lian’s own words from before.
Jun Wu, watching their bond, mocks them, revealing he too was once promised eternal loyalty by friends and disciples—only to be abandoned.
The preceptor tells the story of a wrath ghost long ago—clearly Hua Cheng—who saved trapped humans in Mount Tonglu and sacrificed his own eye to forge Eming.
That ghost may have even ascended briefly, only to reject the Heavens and return to the Mortal Realm by choice.
Jun Wu confirms that ghost is indeed Hua Cheng and calls him Xie Lian’s most faithful believer.
Jun Wu seizes Fangxin—his original sword—and officially reclaims it as Zhuxin, transforming into a more powerful form.
Now wielding Zhuxin, Jun Wu fights harder than ever, trying to strike Hua Cheng’s right eye again.
Xie Lian joins the battle again and manages to knock Jun Wu’s blade aside, but he gets too close—Jun Wu touches his shoulder, cornering him.
Hua Cheng intercepts the attack to protect him, and Jun Wu finally switches tactics, focusing all his power on Xie Lian instead.
Mu Qing warns them that Jun Wu has stopped targeting Hua Cheng and is now going after Xie Lian directly, escalating the battle to a new level of danger.
Chapter 129:
Crack the White Armor; Curious Magic Shatters the Cursed
ShacklesXie Lian and Hua Cheng team up to fight Jun Wu, who is now wielding the powerful sword Fangxin (now revealed as Zhuxin) and wearing near-impenetrable white armor forged by himself.
Despite relentless attacks from both Hua Cheng and Xie Lian, Jun Wu appears completely unaffected due to the armor’s durability.
Mu Qing and Feng Xin struggle to help from the sidelines. Mu Qing insists the armor is impossible to breach, but Xie Lian orders them to keep attacking the right side beneath Jun Wu’s ribs.
Hua Cheng obeys without hesitation and focuses his strikes on the same spot repeatedly.
After three strikes from Eming, a crack appears. Hua Cheng finally pierces Jun Wu’s stomach—exactly where Xie Lian had struck Jun Wu hundreds of times during their duel 800 years ago.
Xie Lian had unknowingly left a weak point in Jun Wu’s armor during their old battle, and it had never been repaired.
Jun Wu is stabbed but reacts without pain or concern, revealing he cannot feel pain anymore and heals faster than anyone can injure him.
He tears out of Ruoye’s grip, grabs Xie Lian by the throat, and lifts him off the ground, preparing to kill him.
Jun Wu taunts Xie Lian, repeatedly slamming his head into a rock wall and asking “Does it hurt?” over and over again.
Xie Lian refuses to let Hua Cheng interfere, yelling for him to stay back while enduring the brutal beating.
Xie Lian finally screams that it hurts, and Jun Wu responds with a twisted show of affection, gently wiping the blood from Xie Lian’s face like a parent comforting a child.
Jun Wu demands Xie Lian change and stop resisting, but Xie Lian defiantly refuses, declaring he will never change—even if it means dying.
Jun Wu grows increasingly unhinged, furious that his patience and guidance over 800 years has been rejected.
The State Preceptor tries to talk Jun Wu down, but Jun Wu accuses him of grooming Xie Lian to defeat him.
In a fit of rage, Jun Wu prepares to bash Xie Lian’s head again—but at that moment, several attacks land: Mu Qing’s saber stabs his shoulder, and Feng Xin fires eight makeshift arrows into his back.
None penetrate the armor, but it distracts Jun Wu enough that his right hand—holding Xie Lian—gets severed.
Hua Cheng appears, clutching a bloodied Xie Lian, having saved him at the last second and sliced off Jun Wu’s hand.
Hua Cheng coldly warns Jun Wu to keep his filthy hands off Xie Lian, holding him protectively and shielding his wounds.
Jun Wu reattaches his hand and turns his attention to Mu Qing, tightening the cursed shackle on his wrist, causing intense pain and near-collapse.
He retaliates by pulling out the arrows and throwing them back at Feng Xin, piercing his chest with all eight and seriously wounding him.
The fetus spirit appears and begins gleefully stomping on Feng Xin’s head, taunting him.
As the Heaven-Crossing Bridge begins collapsing around them, Jun Wu calmly walks toward Hua Cheng and Xie Lian again.
Jun Wu declares that Xie Lian is destined to lose, since he holds the power of millions of believers while Xie Lian has none.
Hua Cheng responds that one person is enough—him.
In a powerful moment, Hua Cheng pours an overwhelming surge of spiritual power into Xie Lian, more than ever before.
The force is so immense that it explodes nearby spirits and even overwhelms the cursed shackles that have bound Xie Lian’s powers for 800 years.
The cursed shackles shatter, freeing Xie Lian completely.
Chapter 130:
Smiling as Red Robes FadeThe spiritual power Hua Cheng transferred into Xie Lian shatters the cursed shackles, astonishing Mu Qing, who can’t believe such power exists.
Xie Lian stands again, feeling the overwhelming strength of his past self return—confident, unstoppable, and indomitable.
Jun Wu lunges at him, but Xie Lian deflects his sword Zhuxin with ease, then punches him in the face—the first time Jun Wu bleeds.
Jun Wu tosses aside his weapon, choosing to fight Xie Lian barehanded; the two engage in brutal close combat.
Xie Lian nearly reaches for Fangxin, but Jun Wu blocks him; meanwhile, Feng Xin and Mu Qing sneak toward the sword from behind.
Jun Wu detects them and destroys the bridge beneath them; they fall but are caught at the last second by the State Preceptor, who dangles them above the lava.
Mu Qing spots Fangxin sinking in lava and demands to be lowered; despite danger, he retrieves the sword and throws it to Xie Lian.
Xie Lian catches Fangxin, while Feng Xin and Mu Qing narrowly escape rising molten spirits with the Preceptor’s help.
The molten vengeful spirits swarm Feng Xin, attempting to drag him into the lava, but the fetus spirit, Cuocuo, suddenly appears and viciously attacks them.
Feng Xin, spurred by Cuocuo’s loyalty, fights back and clears the spirits with explosive arrows, the fetus spirit cheering on his shoulder.
Xie Lian, turning to resume his battle with Jun Wu, is suddenly seized from behind—Jun Wu has him locked in a chokehold, boasting that he knows all Xie Lian’s techniques.
Hua Cheng calls out, urging Xie Lian to use a move Jun Wu couldn’t possibly know—something only Xie Lian would use.
Inspired, Xie Lian turns in Jun Wu’s arms and body-slams him into a rock wall with his full strength, cracking Jun Wu’s white armor.
Jun Wu is momentarily unhinged as his three ghostly faces reappear; Xie Lian pierces his heart with Fangxin and explodes spiritual power through the strike.
The collapsing wall buries Jun Wu in rubble, but he tries to inscribe something on the sword; the State Preceptor intervenes, begging him to let it all go.
The Preceptor tries to reason with Jun Wu, saying he misses the past, their kingdom, and Jun Wu’s true self—not the ghost he’s become.
Jun Wu strangles the Preceptor in fury, but the older man doesn’t resist. He simply says he’s tired, and asks if Jun Wu isn’t also exhausted.
For the first time, Jun Wu appears truly pale, weathered, and alive—as if the burdens of centuries have fallen from him.
Jun Wu, dazed, wonders if he’s truly been defeated; Xie Lian’s move, which cracked his armor, is named “Shattering Boulders on One’s Chest.”
With a soft laugh, Jun Wu dies peacefully, and the Preceptor stays behind to keep him company, fulfilling a duty he once failed.
Xie Lian places a bamboo hat over Jun Wu’s face to shield it from the rain. Mu Qing’s shackle breaks and is kicked into lava.
Cuocuo gently crawls to Jun Wu’s side, clearly mourning him, while Feng Xin fumes at its sudden gentleness.
Xie Lian, bloodied but alive, runs into Hua Cheng’s arms. They embrace; Hua Cheng smiles and heals Xie Lian’s wounds with butterflies.
Xie Lian brings up the secret he had wanted to confess—his near descent into becoming the White-Clothed Calamity—but Hua Cheng already knows.
Hua Cheng kneels and reveals he was Wuming all along—the nameless ghost who once watched over Xie Lian in his darkest days.
Xie Lian, overwhelmed by love and realization, tackles him, calling out his name repeatedly.
But then, Hua Cheng’s robes begin to fade—he has used too much spiritual power and is beginning to disappear.
Xie Lian panics and tries to return power through a kiss, but Hua Cheng stops him and jokingly encourages more kisses “if it’s not for spiritual power.”
Xie Lian sobs and clings to him, devastated as Hua Cheng continues to fade, finally confessing everything he'd held back.
Hua Cheng comforts him with eternal devotion: “If your dream is to save the people, mine is only you.”
He vows to return, says he refuses to rest in peace because of his love for Xie Lian, and disappears into a storm of silver butterflies.
Xie Lian, frozen in grief, clutches the air where Hua Cheng stood. Feng Xin and Mu Qing arrive, unable to help.
One butterfly lingers, brushing Xie Lian’s hand and leaving behind the red thread tied to his ring finger—proof of Hua Cheng’s vow to return.
Chapter 131:
Atop Mount Taicang, Thousands of Kinds of Dust SettleXie Lian is greeted with new reverence by the heavenly officials as he welcomes the Rain Master, who brings spiritual produce to aid the injured gods.
While many scramble for the rare fruit, the Rain Master gives Xie Lian something else: rare fantastic silk to repair Ruoye.
Feng Xin mocks Xie Lian for planning to patch Ruoye himself and calls Mu Qing over to do it instead. Despite grumbling, Mu Qing accepts and starts sewing.
Pei Ming attempts to greet the Rain Master, but her ox bites at his fingers. His injuries remain from his deal with Rong Guang, who didn’t take his arm but left lasting damage.
Pei Ming is emotionally shaken from repeatedly being saved by the Rain Master, struggling with wounded pride. She, however, remains politely oblivious.
Rain Master asks after Xuan Ji, who Xie Lian confirms is imprisoned at the base of Mount Taicang.
They visit the makeshift dungeon, guarded by Pei Xiu and Banyue. Kemo yells curses constantly, but they ignore him.
Upon visiting Xuan Ji’s cell, they find it empty except for her tattered red bridal robe. Pei Xiu reports she dissipated the previous night—her obsession and resentment finally gone.
Xie Lian reflects on how Xuan Ji finally accepted the truth: Pei Ming never loved her back, and all her attempts to change that were meaningless.
Rain Master performs a funeral rite for Xuan Ji, the last remaining soul from the Kingdom of Yushi besides herself.
Xie Lian leaves quietly and joins Pei Xiu and Banyue for a snack, but suddenly senses someone fleeing and gives chase.
He intercepts Jian Lan, who was sneaking away with Cuocuo (the fetus spirit), intending to leave without saying goodbye.
Xie Lian offers her a protection charm he personally made to help control Cuocuo’s lingering grudge energy. He requests she activate it by calling on his temple to earn him prayer merit.
Jian Lan hesitates but accepts. When asked why she’s leaving despite Feng Xin’s promise, she says she no longer wants to burden him.
She reminisces about Feng Xin’s past devotion—how he once paid to sit beside her all night without touching her—and admits it was love once, but no longer.
She believes time has changed everything, and staying would only turn their story into a tragedy. She doesn’t want to be seen as a ghost clinging to the past.
Xie Lian tries to reassure her, but Jian Lan insists it’s better to leave with her memories intact and let love stay in the past.
Xie Lian, silently watching her walk away, thinks: “Forever does exist. I believe.”
After she departs, Xie Lian prepares to tell Feng Xin that Jian Lan has left, but can’t find him.
Instead, he overhears Lang Qianqiu being harassed to do accounting and laughs at his frustration.
Lang Qianqiu finds Xie Lian and asks to speak privately. He updates him on Guzi, who clings to a lamp containing the remnants of Qi Rong’s soul.
Though Qi Rong killed his entire family, Lang Qianqiu still tries to care for Guzi, creating emotional conflict within him.
He gives Xie Lian a crimson coral pearl—the twin of the one Xie Lian gave Lang Ying (Qi Rong’s son) long ago, which was passed down to Yong’an’s founder.
The founder considered the pearl’s giver (Xie Lian) a savior but felt guilt for the consequences that followed.
Lang Qianqiu realized the truth upon seeing Hua Cheng’s matching pearl and returns it, confirming it originally belonged to Xie Lian’s family.
Xie Lian clutches the pearl with deep emotion, remembering that the pair was a gift from his parents.
Though reunited with one, he longs for the other half—the one Hua Cheng wore.
The chapter ends with Feng Xin shouting from the foot of the mountain, urging everyone to come quickly—implying something important has happened.
Chapter 132:
How My Lord Aches for the Flower, How I Ache for My
LordFeng Xin captures Ling Wen, who had tried to return to steal the Brocade Immortal after its spell on her budaoweng form wore off.
Xie Lian had anticipated this and baited her by spreading the news that the robe had been removed.
Despite being apprehended, Ling Wen remains calm until she’s dragged before the heavenly officials, who demand retribution.
However, instead of punishment, she’s forced to process an enormous backlog of heavenly paperwork and reports.
Heavenly officials pile massive stacks of scrolls and reports onto her, surrounding her with demands for organization, accounting, and documentation.
Ling Wen completes the overwhelming task in a single day and night. Though praised for her efficiency, she’s left utterly drained.
Afterward, Xie Lian rescues her from more work and takes the chance to ask her why the Brocade Immortal didn’t affect Hua Cheng.
Ling Wen explains the robe contains the resentment of General Bai Jing, who reacts negatively only to those who wear it with malicious intent.
Because Xie Lian had no intention to harm Hua Cheng, and Hua Cheng would obey Xie Lian regardless, the robe found no reason to resist.
Ling Wen reveals she had suspected Hua Cheng’s identity because of the deep loyalty between him and Xie Lian—and because of the crystal-clear ring Xie Lian wears, which contains Hua Cheng’s ashes.
Ling Wen says such ash keepsakes are rare and powerful, typically ending in tragedy when abused, but Xie Lian has preserved his perfectly.
Xie Lian calls her out for having taken the Brocade Immortal not as a weapon but in an attempt to help Bai Jing become a Supreme ghost and regain clarity.
Ling Wen deflects, claiming she’s cold-hearted and wouldn’t do anything for love, but Xie Lian sees through her denial.
After the battle and rebuilding begins, Xie Lian retreats to a simple cottage on Mount Taicang, preferring solitude and waiting quietly for Hua Cheng to return.
Mu Qing repairs Ruoye and delivers it to Xie Lian, reluctantly accepting praise for his flawless stitching and revealing he’s leaving for the Heavenly Capital.
Xie Lian tells Mu Qing he’s staying because he’s waiting for someone—Hua Cheng. Mu Qing asks if he truly believes he’ll return. Xie Lian says “Of course.”
Time passes slowly. Over the months, Xie Lian improves his surroundings, planting flowers, rebuilding his home, and fixing the paths—always in hopeful preparation.
Visitors come and go—Feng Xin, Mu Qing, Shi Qingxuan, Ghost City residents—but never Hua Cheng.
Despite the silence, Xie Lian remains patient, believing wholeheartedly in Hua Cheng’s return, even if it takes hundreds or thousands of years.
One evening, on the Shangyuan Festival, Xie Lian watches lanterns in the sky and remembers the night he first met Hua Cheng.
He reflects that he, too, fell—just like Hua Cheng did. His hope remains strong as he continues up the mountain path with a cart of junk.
Suddenly, the path is lit by a wave of Blessings Lanterns drifting from the mountain peak. Xie Lian follows the light to his cottage.
Standing there, sending off a lantern, is Hua Cheng—alive, whole, and waiting.
Hua Cheng turns around, wearing red, with his eyepatch and silver scimitar. Behind him float three thousand glowing lanterns.
Xie Lian runs to him in tears, and they fall into each other’s arms.
The chapter ends with the reaffirmation of faith: last time it took 800 years to meet; this time, only an instant.
Chapter 133:
By the Heaven Official’s Blessing, No Paths Are BoundThe newly rebuilt Puqi Shrine is bustling with life and celebration, rebuilt by the villagers using gold bars Quan Yizhen had once secretly donated.
Xie Lian serves food with joy, appreciating the villagers’ love and Hua Cheng’s return; the shrine is now gaudy but heartfelt, decorated extravagantly in red and green.
Mu Qing brings a group of Upper Court heavenly officials to visit but they leave quickly out of fear and awkwardness due to Hua Cheng’s intimidating reputation.
The heavenly bell has been tolling nonstop since Hua Cheng’s dramatic return on Shangyuan Festival, causing panic and dysfunction in the new Heavenly Capital.
Mu Qing complains the bell is disrupting everything; Xie Lian promises to talk to Hua Cheng about toning it down.
Feng Xin arrives and is immediately the subject of gossip—rumors about Jian Lan and Cuocuo still haunt him. He furiously shouts down the junior officials spreading them.
Xie Lian enlists Mu Qing and Feng Xin to sweep firecracker debris in the yard. They're grumbling but comply.
Shi Qingxuan arrives leading a huge group of beggars—those who helped protect the human array. He reminds Xie Lian of their promise for food and celebration.
The beggars are welcomed with warmth, flooding the yard to feast on noodles and chicken leg soup, fulfilling the long-delayed reward.
Heaven’s Eye loudly declares there’s evil qi in the food, sparking concern. Shi Qingxuan checks the kitchen and finds it staffed by Ghost City spirits: a boar butcher and a rooster spirit.
The rooster spirit is literally bathing in the soup while claiming it has longevity benefits. Xie Lian awkwardly tries to excuse the situation, saying they were just eager to help.
Heaven’s Eye inspects Xie Lian directly and is shocked—the evil qi is internal, not ambient, and stronger than ever.
Mu Qing jokes it’s because Xie Lian spends too much time with a Ghost King, but Heaven’s Eye clarifies it’s unusually intense—implying intimate interaction.
Xie Lian is mortified and speechless; Feng Xin and Mu Qing realize what happened and silently stare. Shi Qingxuan is hilariously clueless and worried Xie Lian is being mistreated.
Hua Cheng appears behind Xie Lian, wrapping an arm around his waist, cheekily suggesting everyone return to their seats.
Shi Qingxuan earnestly asks Hua Cheng if he’s taking care of Xie Lian’s health. Xie Lian dies internally from embarrassment.
The beggars get rowdy, demanding better food. Mu Qing scolds them for disrespecting the shrine, but they’re unfazed, having fought alongside the gods and lost reverence for them.
Chaos erupts in the kitchen as the rooster spirit screams—someone mysteriously devoured all 50 bowls of food in the blink of an eye.
Xie Lian suspects a powerful ghost; Hua Cheng casually says to just "add it to his tab," implying they know the culprit and it’s not worth worrying about.
As bickering escalates outside, Hua Cheng quietly takes Xie Lian’s hand and leads him away through a side door for peace and privacy.
They walk through the trees without letting go, even when it’s inconvenient—symbolizing their bond.
Xie Lian worries the shrine may collapse again from fighting, but Hua Cheng says it doesn’t matter; he’ll build Xie Lian as many shrines as he wants.
Later that night, Xie Lian writes a calligraphy copybook for Hua Cheng, who lounges nearby, shirt casually open, bored and adoring Xie Lian from afar.
Xie Lian insists Hua Cheng practice writing better, teasing him about his famously awful handwriting.
They write a poem together. Xie Lian completes the verses and signs Hua Cheng’s name but hesitates to add his own.
Hua Cheng cheekily grabs his hand and writes Xie Lian’s name in the same messy script as the tattoo on his arm.
Xie Lian realizes the mysterious tattoo he once saw on Hua Cheng’s arm was actually his name, carved in childhood with devotion.
They reflect on how that silly, messy tattoo was an act of childish courage and eternal love.
The chapter ends with a reminder of Hua Cheng’s vow—spoken when he dissolved into butterflies at Mount Tonglu:
“I am forever your most devoted believer.”
An epilogue-like folk tale humorously describes Xie Lian as the misfortune-bringing “Scrap Immortal” and Hua Cheng as the powerful “Red-Robed Ghost King.”
It concludes with a legend: if you worship the god and ghost together, the misfortune will lift and golden fortune will be revealed.
Chapter 134:
Extra 1
Lantern Riddles on Yuanxiao NightOn a cold Shangyuan (Lantern Festival) night, Xie Lian wanders the streets carrying a large sack filled with scrap, uncertain of its usefulness but relying on it to survive.
He stops at a street stall called “He Family Snacks,” run by a family of four. A lovely young woman is working despite being called to join the others.
Xie Lian recalls how, as a child prince, he disliked yuanxiao (sweet glutinous rice balls) and rarely celebrated the holiday due to his training or exile.
He nervously asks for a bowl of yuanxiao and sits quietly, feeling self-conscious about his oversized bag and appearance.
The owner mutters that it’s tragic to eat alone in the cold on Yuanxiao, but gives Xie Lian the food for free after realizing he’s broke.
Xie Lian quietly thanks him but feels even lonelier as he watches the family share their meal while waiting for their son to come home.
He eats his yuanxiao, still unsure of its taste, as warm memories and loneliness stir within him.
Suddenly, he’s brought back to the present by Hua Cheng, who notices he’s tired from walking and jokingly teases him about “last night,” implying they were intimate.
Embarrassed, Xie Lian realizes they’re surrounded by curious ghost citizens in Ghost City, all eavesdropping.
They stumble upon the city’s lantern riddle stalls, where Hua Cheng encourages Xie Lian to participate.
Xie Lian easily solves several riddles, each answer subtly forming a sentence: “My husband, Hua Cheng.”
Xie Lian realizes the scheme mid-riddle and calls it out; the ghosts scatter in fear of Hua Cheng’s wrath.
Xie Lian jokes that if Hua Cheng had written the riddles, they’d have said “My husband, San Lang” instead.
Hua Cheng is delighted and mocks Xie Lian for letting that slip.
They return to Thousand Lights Temple, where Hua Cheng has prepared two bowls of yuanxiao—recreating the exact kind Xie Lian had long forgotten.
Overcome with emotion, Xie Lian throws himself into Hua Cheng’s arms and clings to him tightly.
After so many lifetimes and years of waiting, Xie Lian finally remembers what yuanxiao tastes like—because this time, he’s no longer alone.
Chapter 135:
Extra 2
The Strange Amnesiac Adventures of His Highness the
Crown Prince (Part One)Xie Lian wakes up in a strange, shabby inn with no memory of how he got there and wearing basic, uncomfortable robes, unlike his usual attire.
His entire body is sore, especially his waist, legs, belly, and neck, and he begins to worry something bad happened during the night.
When he checks himself, he’s horrified to find his body covered in red kiss marks, bruises, and bite marks—implying he lost his virginity while unconscious.
He panics, fearing he was drugged and assaulted like in the gossip horror stories he once heard from palace maids.
Even worse, his spiritual power is completely gone due to breaking a cultivation precept that forbids carnal acts.
Disoriented and in emotional turmoil, he runs into the woods and vents by punching down dozens of trees, triggering the appearance of the local Lord of Soil and Ground.
The god addresses him as “Your Elderliness,” shocking Xie Lian with his deferential behavior, and agrees to help find “his two servants,” Feng Xin and Mu Qing.
When they arrive, they look like older, refined versions of themselves in high-ranking robes, not the younger guards Xie Lian remembers.
Xie Lian is confused by their behavior and clothing. They, in turn, are baffled by his strange questions and mannerisms.
When asked about “Hua Cheng,” Xie Lian hears the name and feels a deep emotional reaction but doesn’t recognize it consciously.
Feng Xin and Mu Qing realize something is very wrong—Xie Lian seems to have lost his memory of the last 800 years and mentally reverted to age 17.
They decide to take him to someone who can help, but when Mu Qing tries to use a binding spell, Xie Lian assumes they're impostors and flees.
As he runs away, they shout after him, trying to explain the truth: his mind is stuck in the past, and he’s forgotten everything, including Hua Cheng.
Xie Lian, unaware of any of this, keeps running, believing everything around him is part of a sinister plot.
The name “Hua Cheng” lingers in his mind, stirring something unexplainable and warm in his heart.
Determined to find this person, Xie Lian enters a town and stops at a teahouse, trying to process everything.
While there, he watches a performance by a songstress who’s harassed by drunk men after singing a risqué song they requested.
Furious, Xie Lian protects her, effortlessly defeating the harassers and declaring that even if she sings a provocative song, they have no right to touch her.
As he sits to guard her, he notices a handsome, red-robed man with an eyepatch sitting across the street, watching him with a soft smile.
Their eyes meet, and Xie Lian feels a jolt of inexplicable connection, though he can’t place the man.
When Xie Lian glances back, the man is gone, leaving him stunned and oddly disappointed.
Moments later, the same man appears suddenly at Xie Lian’s table, smiling and asking, “Daozhang, might you treat me to a cup of wine?”
Chapter 136:
Extra 2
The Strange Amnesiac Adventures of His Highness the
Crown Prince (Part Two)The mysterious red-robed man who toasted Xie Lian earlier sits directly at his table and introduces himself casually, refusing to leave despite Xie Lian’s polite coldness.
Xie Lian pretends to stay composed and claims to abstain from alcohol, but the man, clearly amused, insists he’ll drink alone anyway.
The red-robed man reveals his name is “San Lang,” and Xie Lian instinctively offers the alias “Hua-daozhang,” unaware of the irony.
Xie Lian notices San Lang wearing a red coral pearl tied to his hair, which stirs a vague, emotional memory in him.
When San Lang says it was a gift from his beloved spouse, Xie Lian feels a sudden, visceral reaction—discomfort, heat, and a strange phantom pinch.
Xie Lian becomes suspicious of San Lang and asks his true motive. San Lang deflects, claiming he was drawn by Xie Lian’s grace.
Flustered, Xie Lian tries to leave, but San Lang keeps reappearing—eventually stealing his steamed bun in a ridiculous, playful chase.
Despite Xie Lian’s anger, he twists his ankle, triggering intense pain in his lower back and confirming his body is still recovering from some recent intimate encounter.
San Lang catches him gently and shows genuine concern, offering food and drink, which Xie Lian stubbornly refuses—until his stomach audibly growls.
Embarrassed, Xie Lian yells for San Lang to stop pestering him, but San Lang points out a white silk band (Ruoye) hiding on Xie Lian and reveals it to be an “evil creature.”
Xie Lian, stunned, accepts this explanation and apologizes for misjudging San Lang’s intentions.
San Lang plays along, pinning the silk band with chopsticks while teasing it about its bad behavior, and Xie Lian becomes less suspicious and more curious.
The two share a hearty meal together at a lavish restaurant, with San Lang watching Xie Lian eat so intently it makes him nervous.
Xie Lian finally asks about someone named Hua Cheng, confessing he doesn’t know why, but he’s searching for him.
San Lang smirks and says Hua Cheng is “a madman,” a “devotee”—of the Crown Prince of Xianle.
When Xie Lian questions the logic of such devotion, San Lang firmly replies Hua Cheng doesn’t “believe” he’ll become a god—he knows it.
Xie Lian is moved and vows silently not to let Hua Cheng down.
He asks where to meet this man, but San Lang warns that Hua Cheng is “an awful person”—yet Xie Lian insists he wants to meet him.
While they talk, Xie Lian notices the thin red string tied around San Lang’s ring finger, just like in the vision he once had of hands entwined under satin.
He suddenly realizes that the mysterious man in front of him, “San Lang,” is Hua Cheng himself—his beloved—who has been watching over him patiently all along.
Chapter 137:
Extra 2
The Strange Amnesiac Adventures of His Highness the
Crown Prince (Part Three)Xie Lian realizes San Lang is Hua Cheng after spotting the red string on his finger and furiously confronts him for deceiving him while he was amnesiac.
He tries to attack Hua Cheng in outrage, accusing him of taking advantage of him during his memory loss, but can’t bring himself to actually hurt him.
San Lang plays innocent, refusing to admit to any wrongdoing, frustrating Xie Lian further.
Waiters rush in to scold them for damaging property, but Xie Lian is stunned to see they’re all wearing red strings too.
San Lang explains that wearing red string has become a popular local custom inspired by Hua Cheng and his beloved.
Xie Lian is thrown off, believing San Lang is still teasing him and backpedals with a flustered apology, thinking he misunderstood everything.
San Lang “coincidentally” finds a piece of gold foil Xie Lian had used and reveals it’s part of his own money, confirming they’ve been entangled since the beginning.
Xie Lian guiltily confesses he used some of the money to buy a bun when he was starving, but Hua Cheng brushes it off, calling it destiny.
San Lang pays for the broken table and reassures Xie Lian, continuing to treat him kindly despite everything.
Xie Lian, still flustered and suspicious, refuses to explain his “trauma,” and San Lang gently drops the topic.
San Lang invites Xie Lian to stay at his home until he can “meet Hua Cheng,” and Xie Lian gratefully agrees, calling him “San Lang-gege,” which makes Hua Cheng visibly delighted.
That night, Xie Lian experiences steamy, emotionally charged dreams of a mysterious man calling him “Your Highness” and “Gege,” holding him gently.
He wakes confused, sweaty, and suspicious again. A white outfit and fine underclothes appear next to his bed, tailored to his taste.
In the bath, he discovers a ring on a chain around his neck, mesmerized by it. Then a living scimitar (Eming) suddenly appears and tries to cuddle him.
Hua Cheng bursts in, scolds the scimitar for entering the bath, and refers to it as a useless piece of scrap, though Xie Lian is impressed it’s conscious.
Eming acts like a punished child, flopping around dramatically. Xie Lian defends it and is embarrassed again when he realizes he’s still naked.
Later, while wandering the mansion, Xie Lian overhears Hua Cheng issuing cold, ruthless orders to his masked subordinate, revealing he’s a powerful figure seeking revenge on a monster.
Feeling indebted, Xie Lian sneaks off alone to defeat the monster himself. He captures it easily after it begs to regurgitate what it swallowed.
The monster transforms into a budaoweng doll, and Xie Lian proudly carries it back, hoping to impress Hua Cheng.
On his way back, he stops for tea and overhears villagers talking about “Xie Lian” being a divine statue nicknamed the “Scrap Immortal.”
Xie Lian is shocked to discover the statue is meant to represent himself—he learns Xianle fell 800 years ago, and he’s become a minor, mocked god of bad luck.
Spiraling in horror, he realizes the truth: he’s in the far future, and everything he knew—his parents, kingdom, status—is gone.
Devastated and frightened, he runs through the streets until he’s stopped by Hua Cheng, who reaches for him gently.
Xie Lian lashes out, accusing Hua Cheng of lying and tricking him, but is emotionally torn and unable to deliver a real blow.
Hua Cheng pulls him into a gentle embrace and reassures him, telling him he’s already survived everything and it’s all in the past.
Xie Lian finally calms, asks how he lost his memory, and Hua Cheng explains it was due to a monster bite during a prayer rescue.
Feeling defeated, Xie Lian asks how he lost Xianle and why he failed. Hua Cheng insists it wasn’t his fault and reminds him he still has one devotee—him.
Hua Cheng reveals he was that one loyal believer all along, and Xie Lian emotionally reciprocates, calling him his most devoted believer.
Xie Lian agrees to regain his memories, and the budaoweng releases them as sparkling lights that he absorbs, falling unconscious in Hua Cheng’s arms.
Upon waking, Xie Lian fully remembers everything and greets Hua Cheng with a warm smile, whispering “We meet again.”
They joke about the letter Xie Lian left behind while sneaking off, and Hua Cheng teases him for calling him “gege.”
Xie Lian, mortified by how naive he was while amnesiac, tries to scold Hua Cheng, but is too flustered to follow through.
Hua Cheng, completely unrepentant, declares that even if gege scolds or beats him, he’ll happily endure it—and refuses to stop calling him “gege.”
Xie Lian groans and flees in embarrassment as Hua Cheng calls after him affectionately: “Gege!”
Chapter 138:
Extra 3
The Ghost King’s Bedtime StoryXie Lian finds Hua Cheng mildly ill at Thousand Lights Temple, surprised that a Ghost King can even get sick.
Hua Cheng teases Xie Lian despite being under the weather, making suggestive comments while pretending to be an innocent patient.
Xie Lian insists on taking care of him and brings Hua Cheng's calligraphy materials to the altar but declines to sit beside him to avoid being “distracted.”
Hua Cheng claims calligraphy is the source of his illness and instead stares at Xie Lian, saying he’ll heal faster just by looking at him.
Xie Lian decides to read him a story instead and pulls out an old, discarded book with yellowing pages.
Hua Cheng is uninterested in tales of heavenly officials and requests a story about Xie Lian himself.
When Xie Lian flips through the book, he’s shocked to discover it’s filled with bizarre, folktale-style stories about him and Hua Cheng—under the names “Scrap Immortal” and “Red-Robed Ghost King.”
Amused and curious, Xie Lian reads aloud a wild story involving a lonely Ghost King waiting for his fated bride, and a kind, poor Scrap Immortal who disguises himself in bridal robes to defeat a monster.
The tale includes fictionalized versions of Mu Qing and Feng Xin as “Ornery Immortal” and “Petty Immortal,” and Shi Qingxuan and He Xuan as Lady and Lord Wind/Water Masters.
In the story, the Scrap Immortal marries the Ghost King and lives in a mysterious mountain lair, where he tries to uncover his husband’s secrets by collecting “something” from him to open forbidden houses.
That “something” turns out to be bodily fluids (implied very clearly), which he gathers by consummating their marriage—multiple times—for the sake of truth and justice.
The Scrap Immortal discovers one house contains not kidnapped brides but the corpses of unworthy grooms who abandoned their brides during “ghost tests.”
The Ghost King explains he was never a villain but merely tested human nature while waiting for his true love.
The heavenly officials attack, causing the mountain to collapse. The Scrap Immortal rushes to save his husband and finds the “spiritual weapon” hidden in the other house is actually the Ghost King himself—empowered by love.
The two defeat the officials and live happily ever after, frequently consummating their marriage.
Xie Lian is mortified after reading the entire story aloud, realizing it's full of raunchy innuendo disguised as a children’s tale.
Hua Cheng laughs uncontrollably and says it’s not totally inaccurate—after all, he really did wait for Xie Lian and receive his bridal sedan.
Xie Lian sputters in embarrassment, horrified children might read such a story, while Hua Cheng insists it was “very well written.”
Hua Cheng begs Xie Lian to read him another story, claiming it makes him feel better; Xie Lian reluctantly agrees due to Hua Cheng being “sick.”
The extra ends with Xie Lian reluctantly beginning another spicy fairytale, as Hua Cheng cuddles him under the covers with a contented smile.
Chapter 139:
Extra 4
Oh Goodness! The Cave of Ten Thousand GodsAfter an especially passionate night, Xie Lian suddenly remembers the Cave of Ten Thousand Gods and wonders if the divine statues survived Mount Tonglu’s eruption.
Hua Cheng reassures him the cave is safe due to protective wards but seems briefly nervous when Xie Lian wants to visit it the next day.
That night, Xie Lian wakes up to find Hua Cheng gone. He tracks him to the teleportation room in Paradise Manor, which now links to the cave.
Curious and suspicious, Xie Lian follows the trail and arrives at the Cave of Ten Thousand Gods, where he finds statues of himself all around, animated by his recent surge in spiritual power.
The first statue he meets is noble and sword-dancing but trips due to awkward movement. Xie Lian helps it up.
The second statue he encounters is a drunken version of himself, who clings to him and cries pitifully while trying to retrieve a liquor jug.
The third is a younger version in a disciple’s uniform, stuck on a swing. Xie Lian helps push it and asks for directions to Hua Cheng.
Eventually, Xie Lian stumbles upon a statue writhing under a sheer white cloth, clearly in distress. It’s the version of him that had been poisoned by the Land of the Tenders.
Just as he’s about to intervene, Hua Cheng arrives and tries to stop him from seeing it, clearly embarrassed.
Hua Cheng confesses he had come secretly to hide this particular statue, knowing how indecent it looked and acted.
The poison-afflicted statue suffers from its realistic “desire” symptoms. Xie Lian asks if there's any way to help it.
Hua Cheng reveals he sculpted a Ghost King statue of himself as a solution, hoping it can “relieve” the afflicted Xie Lian statue.
Xie Lian is embarrassed but touched by Hua Cheng’s sincere respect and concern. He gives the statue his blessing, and Hua Cheng animates it.
Before they can introduce the two statues, the afflicted statue escapes via a self-made teleportation array—carved with spiritual power stolen from Xie Lian.
It flees to Feng Xin, prompting a hilariously panicked spiritual communication from him, who thinks it’s a naked imposter.
Xie Lian and Hua Cheng chase it to the Heavenly Capital and then Mu Qing’s palace, where Mu Qing is horrified by a half-naked “Xie Lian” barging in at night.
The statue runs off to Mu Qing’s garden, trying to impale itself to detoxify like Xie Lian once did, but fails because its stone body is too durable.
Hua Cheng throws the Ghost King statue into the scene, and it promptly "relieves" the afflicted one—implied very graphically.
Xie Lian pushes a furious Mu Qing away, apologizing and promising to explain later while Mu Qing curses them both out.
Two hours later, the statues have merged, and Xie Lian begs Hua Cheng to hide them properly so no one sees the scandalous scene.
They return the fused statue to the Cave of Ten Thousand Gods, and the other Xie Lian statues curiously look on, clearly envious.
Realizing the statues seem lonely, Xie Lian and Hua Cheng decide to pair each one with a Hua Cheng counterpart.
Hua Cheng sculpts a small child version of himself to accompany the noble sword-dancing statue; the child offers it a flower and is picked up lovingly.
Xie Lian worries that so many similar statues will confuse who belongs with whom, but Hua Cheng assures him that a Hua Cheng will only ever recognize his one Xie Lian.
Xie Lian echoes the sentiment, declaring there will only ever be one San Lang for him.
They begin sculpting more statues together, planning to match each version of Xie Lian with a Hua Cheng who will adore him.
The extra ends on a heartwarming note: every lonely version of Xie Lian in the cave will eventually meet a Hua Cheng meant just for them.
Chapter 140:
Extra 5
The Ghost King’s BirthdayXie Lian learns that Hua Cheng’s birthday is approaching, and although the Ghost King never celebrates or acknowledges it, Xie Lian becomes determined to make this one special.
He’s overwhelmed trying to figure out the perfect gift, and Ghost City residents enthusiastically offer absurd suggestions like love potions and child-bearing pills.
Xie Lian gently rejects these ideas, insisting love should come from the heart, not manipulation.
Unable to get useful ideas, he asks Mu Qing and Feng Xin for advice. Feng Xin had only ever gifted a golden belt—ironically one that Xie Lian gave him.
Mu Qing sarcastically suggests making something himself. Xie Lian attempts embroidery and creates a disastrous belt with cartoonish heads of him and Hua Cheng.
Feng Xin defends the effort; Mu Qing mocks the result. Xie Lian decides to keep the embarrassing belt to himself.
Xie Lian then asks Shi Qingxuan for rare treasure ideas. Unfortunately, every “precious” suggestion turns out to already be in Hua Cheng’s possession—and heavily used, broken, or discarded.
Realizing no worldly treasure will impress Hua Cheng, Xie Lian decides to craft a meaningful gift himself: a Xianle-style longevity lock.
He retrieves a unique silver mask (once worn when he was the Yong’an State Preceptor) from his own grave and forges the lock from it, asking the State Preceptor for help.
Xie Lian struggles with self-worth but insists on doing the work himself. Despite being the famed thrice-ascended Crown Prince, he feels unworthy of Hua Cheng.
He prepares a surprise birthday celebration in Ghost City with the help of its residents, decorating the city and planning festivities in secret.
The day arrives, and Xie Lian leads Hua Cheng through the streets with his eye covered. Upon revealing the celebration, the ghosts cheer in chaotic unison.
Xie Lian gifts Hua Cheng the lovingly forged longevity lock necklace. Hua Cheng is visibly touched and about to respond when Xie Lian suddenly collapses in agony.
The pain is heart-centered, growing increasingly intense and untraceable. Hua Cheng is panicked, unable to find the cause.
Xie Lian faints in Hua Cheng’s arms. Upon waking, the pain worsens each time he sees or even thinks about Hua Cheng.
Mu Qing deduces the pain is triggered by emotional or visual closeness to Hua Cheng, causing Hua Cheng to retreat.
Xie Lian’s devotion keeps drawing him back—despite the agony—until he throws himself into Hua Cheng’s arms, preferring to suffer than be separated.
They teleport to the State Preceptor’s Tomb, where Lang Qianqiu confronts Xie Lian and confirms the lock was forged from the silver mask sealed with Xie Lian’s cursed blood.
The pain source is Xie Lian’s own re-entered blood—revived and agitated by seeing Hua Cheng, the one who stirred his heart.
To stop the suffering, Hua Cheng heartbreakingly crushes the longevity lock—the birthday gift—into silver dust to destroy the curse.
The pain disappears, and Xie Lian feels bittersweet guilt for ruining the day. Hua Cheng assures him the greatest gift was hearing Xie Lian say he wanted to be near him even through pain.
Later, Xie Lian gives Hua Cheng the hilariously embroidered belt instead. Hua Cheng loves it, embarrassingly tries to wear it outside, and agrees to hide the goofy pattern only after Xie Lian tackles him in protest.
News of Xie Lian fainting from “thinking about Hua Cheng too hard” spreads through all realms, cementing his reputation as deeply, irrevocably in love.
The extra ends with Hua Cheng embracing Xie Lian, vowing never to let him suffer again, and Xie Lian thinking that he is truly the happiest man alive.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong
The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong, Vol. 1
Chapter 1: ScumLuo Binghe was born to the Demon Realm’s Saintly Ruler and a human mother, abandoned at birth and floated down the Luo River.
Rescued by a washerwoman, Luo Binghe grew up in poverty, enduring hardships and humiliation.
His adopted mother died before he could offer her food he struggled to acquire.
Luo Binghe was taken in by the Cang Qiong Mountain Sect and apprenticed under Shen Qingqiu, who secretly resented Luo Binghe's exceptional talent.
Shen Qingqiu continuously abused Luo Binghe, subjecting him to humiliation and sabotage.
At age seventeen, Luo Binghe participated in the Immortal Alliance Conference, where Shen Qingqiu schemed against him, causing him to fall into the Endless Abyss.
In the Abyss, Luo Binghe discovered his true origins as a hybrid between demon and human and found the mystical blade Xin Mo.
Luo Binghe unleashed his demonic blood, cultivated otherworldly techniques, and vowed revenge.
Luo Binghe returned to the Cang Qiong Mountain Sect, where he began his dark path, systematically eliminating his enemies.
He inherited the position of Saintly Ruler in the Demon Realm and led a campaign of destruction against the Human Realm's righteous sects.
Luo Binghe united the three realms, amassed a large harem, and became a legendary figure.
Shen Yuan, a modern reader, despised this novel for its plot holes and poor writing, but finished it out of frustration with its endless mysteries and lack of payoffs.
After cursing the novel, Shen Yuan died, only to wake up in the body of Shen Qingqiu, Luo Binghe’s scum villain master.
A System activated, informing Shen Yuan that he had transmigrated into the novel, bound to the character of Shen Qingqiu.
He must act in character or risk punishment.
Shen Yuan resolved to avoid his original fate, which involved being tortured and mutilated by Luo Binghe.
His plan to cling to Luo Binghe's favor triggered warnings from the System for being out of character (OOC).
Shen Yuan realized he had to maintain Shen Qingqiu’s abusive persona until he could unlock the OOC feature.
When Shen Yuan asked about Luo Binghe’s whereabouts, Yue Qingyuan, the sect leader, revealed that Shen Qingqiu had just finished beating Luo Binghe and locked him in the woodshed, leaving Shen Yuan horrified.
Shen Yuan, in his previous life, was a well-off second-generation rich kid who lacked pressure or competition, with no personal drive to excel beyond mediocrity.
He never understood why villains like Shen Qingqiu would dig their own graves when they had everything they needed.
Shen Qingqiu had both training and reputation but acted bitterly and obsessively toward Luo Binghe, constantly scheming to torment him.
Shen Yuan concluded that Shen Qingqiu's character was overly rotten due to poor writing, as villains were rampant in the novel.
Shen Qingqiu was described as having a refined, scholarly appearance, preserved by his cultivation level, but still couldn't compare to Luo Binghe's attractiveness.
Shen Yuan, now in Shen Qingqiu’s body, faced an OOC (Out of Character) warning from the System when he considered visiting Luo Binghe, who was locked in the woodshed.
Shen Qingqiu summoned his disciple Ming Fan, a classic cannon fodder character and Luo Binghe’s frequent tormentor, to bring Luo Binghe to him.
Shen Qingqiu examined the System’s mechanics, which involved earning B-Points by fixing plot holes, improving character intelligence, and ensuring the main character's satisfaction.
Luo Binghe entered the room, injured and limping, but still maintained a respectful and dignified demeanor, showcasing his noble spirit despite the abuse.
Shen Qingqiu gave Luo Binghe medicine but did so with a mocking tone to avoid being flagged by the System for going too OOC.
Luo Binghe, still innocent at this stage, expressed gratitude and vowed to work harder, unaware of Shen Qingqiu’s internal panic about the protagonist’s future vengeance.
Shen Qingqiu reminisced about Luo Binghe’s tragic background and future revenge-driven persona, recalling passages from the novel where Luo Binghe swore to return his humiliation a hundredfold.
Shen Qingqiu asked Luo Binghe about his cultivation progress, knowing that Luo Binghe had been given a fake manual and couldn’t advance properly.
Shen Qingqiu resisted the temptation to teach Luo Binghe proper techniques due to the System’s OOC warnings.
Shen Qingqiu dismissed Luo Binghe, waving him away after confirming his age (fourteen) and reflecting on the numerous incidents where Luo Binghe had been punished during his time as Shen Qingqiu’s disciple.
Shen Qingqiu ended the encounter, feeling overwhelmed and requesting to be left alone.
Shen Qingqiu accepted his fate in the novel world of Proud Immortal Demon Way, deciding to make the best of his situation while striving to avoid becoming Luo Binghe’s future victim.
He acknowledged that in this male power fantasy novel, all women were destined to fall for the protagonist, Luo Binghe, leaving no chance for Shen Qingqiu to pursue any relationships.
Shen Qingqiu set his goals: to work with the System, accumulate B-Points, unfreeze the OOC function, and avoid triggering his own demise.
Cang Qiong Mountain Sect, where Shen Qingqiu resides, is composed of twelve peaks. Qing Jing Peak, his domain, is a peaceful, scholarly environment that suits Shen Qingqiu’s outward persona.
Shen Qingqiu passed his disciples, maintaining his cold, aloof demeanor while concealing his internal struggle to remember their names and roles from the original novel.
Shen Qingqiu practiced his sword technique in secret, testing out the power of his weapon, Xiu Ya, and confirming that he had inherited the original Shen Qingqiu’s cultivation abilities.
After unleashing a powerful sword strike, Shen Qingqiu created a deep ditch in the ground and was thrilled with his abilities, thinking he might stand a chance of escaping from Luo Binghe’s wrath in the future.
Shen Qingqiu hid when he heard footsteps approaching and witnessed Luo Binghe and Ning Yingying arriving at the scene.
Ning Yingying, Shen Qingqiu’s youngest female disciple, addressed Luo Binghe affectionately, sparking Ming Fan’s jealousy. Ming Fan, a notorious tormentor of Luo Binghe, attempted to impress Ning Yingying with a jade ornament, which she rejected.
Ning Yingying carelessly revealed that Luo Binghe had a cherished jade Guanyin pendant, a keepsake from his mother, unknowingly causing Ming Fan to target it.
Ming Fan seized the jade pendant and mocked Luo Binghe, labeling it a worthless counterfeit, which triggered Luo Binghe’s deep-seated trauma and anger.
Despite Luo Binghe’s attempts to defend himself, he was outmatched by Ming Fan and his lackeys, who beat him up. Ning Yingying, unaware of the seriousness of the situation, inadvertently worsened things.
Shen Qingqiu, bound by the System to stay in character, was unable to intervene directly. Instead, he used a minor technique, “Plucking Leaves, Flying Flowers,” to discreetly injure Ming Fan and stop the beating.
The System penalized Shen Qingqiu for his actions, deducting B-Points for going out of character, but he managed to minimize the loss.
After Ming Fan and his lackeys retreated, Luo Binghe and Ning Yingying searched for the missing jade pendant, but to no avail.
Shen Qingqiu, knowing where the pendant was, waited until they left before retrieving it from a tree branch.
The System rewarded Shen Qingqiu with a B-Point boost for obtaining the key item, the fake jade Guanyin pendant, restoring his lost points and even granting him a bonus.
Meanwhile, Luo Binghe discovered a bloodstained leaf, hinting that he had some awareness of Shen Qingqiu’s hidden interference.
Shen Qingqiu recovered from his fever while Yue Qingyuan, the sect leader, visited him frequently, expressing concern for his well-being.
Shen Qingqiu reflected on how scummy the original Shen Qingqiu was for betraying such a kind and caring senior brother.
Yue Qingyuan reminded Shen Qingqiu that he had previously agreed to lead his disciples to Shuang Hu City as part of their training.
The System issued a beginner-level quest for Shen Qingqiu to complete the training at Shuang Hu City. Reluctantly, Shen Qingqiu accepted the quest.
Shen Qingqiu inspected himself before departing, ensuring that his appearance was elegant, cultured, and in line with the original Shen Qingqiu’s persona.
Ming Fan efficiently handled the preparations for the trip, and they set off with a carriage for Shen Qingqiu and horses for the disciples.
Shen Qingqiu noticed that Luo Binghe was among the disciples handling luggage, and Shen Qingqiu couldn’t help but appreciate Luo Binghe’s earnest attitude despite his hardships.
Ming Fan orchestrated a situation where Luo Binghe was left without a horse, hoping to humiliate him. Ning Yingying offered to share her horse with Luo Binghe, further complicating matters.
Shen Qingqiu intervened to prevent Luo Binghe from riding with Ning Yingying, calling Luo Binghe into his carriage instead, surprising everyone.
Shen Qingqiu cleverly justified this decision to the System, arguing that he acted to maintain Ning Yingying’s respect for him as her teacher, thus avoiding an OOC deduction for helping Luo Binghe.
The System attempted to penalize him for going out of character but ultimately could not enforce the deduction due to Shen Qingqiu’s reasoning.
Shen Qingqiu internally celebrated his small victory over the System while Luo Binghe, surprised by his master's behavior, sat quietly in the carriage, unsure of what to make of the situation.
At one point, Luo Binghe caught Shen Qingqiu smiling at him, which made him feel both awkward and intrigued, though Shen Qingqiu quickly stopped smiling when the System deducted B-Points for being OOC.
Chapter 2: MissionShen Qingqiu, having learned his lesson about avoiding OOC penalties, spent the rest of the journey to Shuang Hu City maintaining a stone-faced expression.
Upon arrival, the party took up residence at the mansion of Old Master Chen, the city’s richest man. Two of Old Master Chen’s concubines had been victims of the Skinner Demon, and he begged for Shen Qingqiu’s help in protecting his remaining concubine.
Shen Qingqiu excused himself from socializing, leaving Ming Fan to handle the conversation with Old Master Chen, while he retreated to his room, maintaining his aloof master persona.
Ning Yingying tried to coax Shen Qingqiu into accompanying her to the market, but he declined, citing the need to prepare for dealing with the Skinner Demon.
Shen Qingqiu felt trapped by the System’s restrictions on his behavior and spent his time pretending to meditate, feeling bored and frustrated.
Ming Fan later reported to Shen Qingqiu about his investigation, showing talismans saturated with demonic energy, confirming that the Skinner Demon was of the demon race.
Shen Qingqiu gave a standard heroic line about enacting justice on the demon, which Ming Fan enthusiastically supported. Shen Qingqiu was satisfied with Ming Fan as a disciple, though he pitied his inevitable fate as cannon fodder.
Luo Binghe interrupted their conversation, panicking and reporting that Ning Yingying had gone missing after they visited the market together. Despite his efforts to find her, she had vanished, and he pleaded with Shen Qingqiu for help.
Shen Qingqiu remained calm and took charge, sending Ming Fan to gather help while he and Luo Binghe set off to find Ning Yingying.
Following a faint thread of demonic energy, Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe ended up at a cosmetics shop, but the trail went cold. Shen Qingqiu speculated whether the Skinner Demon could be a woman but found no leads at the shop.
Frustrated by the lack of progress, Shen Qingqiu activated the System’s easy mode, spending 100 B-Points to locate the source of the demonic energy.
The enhanced trail led them to an abandoned house, marked by ominous white paper lanterns and a decayed appearance, typical of a haunted house.
Shen Qingqiu ordered Luo Binghe to return to the manor to gather the disciples, but before Luo Binghe could respond, a strong gust of foul wind blew the gates open, signaling the presence of something dangerous inside the abandoned house.
Shen Qingqiu woke up to find himself and his disciples, Luo Binghe and Ning Yingying, tied up and held captive by the Skinner Demon, who turned out to be Die-er, Old Master Chen's concubine.
The System deducted 50 B-Points from Shen Qingqiu due to his failure in the battle, leaving him distressed.
Shen Qingqiu was horrified to realize he had been stripped naked to his waist and bound, which embarrassed him greatly.
The Skinner Demon taunted them and revealed her true identity and methods, explaining how she wore the skins of her victims to avoid detection. She intended to use Luo Binghe's and Shen Qingqiu’s skins to repair her damaged martial abilities.
Shen Qingqiu cleverly stalled for time by questioning Die-er, taking advantage of her need to explain everything. He revealed Die-er's motives and forced her to consider targeting Luo Binghe instead of him.
As Die-er prepared to strike Luo Binghe, a ceiling beam suddenly and coincidentally fell, injuring her and loosening Luo Binghe's restraints, allowing him to escape.
Shen Qingqiu guided Luo Binghe to strike the final blow by retrieving Shen Qingqiu’s sword, Xiu Ya, and cutting the immortal-binding cables, freeing Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu delivered the final blow to Die-er, killing her and completing his first-ever demon elimination.
Luo Binghe, shaken by the encounter, questioned Shen Qingqiu’s earlier actions. Shen Qingqiu reassured him ambiguously, renewing Luo Binghe's loyalty and admiration for his master.
The System rewarded Shen Qingqiu with increased favor points from Ning Yingying, a high-level item (the Immortal-Binding Cable), 200 B-Points for completing the beginner-level quest, and unfroze the OOC feature.
Shen Qingqiu was elated with his success, feeling a rush of satisfaction and prepared to cling to the male lead’s favor as the next step in his survival strategy.
Shen Qingqiu returned to Cang Qiong Mountain and immediately went to report his progress to Yue Qingyuan on Qiong Ding Peak.
Yue Qingyuan greeted him warmly and checked Shen Qingqiu's pulse to ensure his health, revealing a deep concern for his well-being.
Shen Qingqiu reported that the trip had been unsatisfactory, as his disciples had not encountered the Skinner Demon.
Shen Qingqiu then requested permission to enter secluded cultivation in the Ling Xi Caves, a special cultivation spot on Qiong Ding Peak, citing preparation for the upcoming Immortal Alliance Conference.
Yue Qingyuan momentarily hesitated before agreeing to Shen Qingqiu’s request, though Shen Qingqiu noticed a slight change in Yue Qingyuan’s expression.
Before entering seclusion, Shen Qingqiu gave Luo Binghe a real cultivation manual, explaining that it was tailored to Luo Binghe’s unique constitution.
Luo Binghe was deeply moved by this gesture, believing that Shen Qingqiu had given him special attention, which left him emotionally shaken.
Shen Qingqiu, however, felt uncertain about Luo Binghe's thoughts and rubbed his forehead, thinking the boy was likely overthinking the situation.
Shen Qingqiu entered the Ling Xi Caves for secluded cultivation and found himself in a serene yet eerie environment, marred by previous violent conflicts.
While cultivating, Shen Qingqiu sensed someone nearby entering a severe qi deviation and decided to investigate.
He discovered a cultivator in white suffering from rampant spiritual energy, wildly attacking the surroundings, and identified the person as Liu Qingge, Master of Bai Zhan Peak.
Initially wanting to flee, Shen Qingqiu was forced to engage when Liu Qingge attacked him. Shen Qingqiu managed to knock Liu Qingge down with a single palm strike, surprising himself with his strength.
Realizing Liu Qingge was on the verge of a breakdown, Shen Qingqiu reluctantly helped stabilize his spiritual circulation, thus saving his life.
The System confirmed that Shen Qingqiu had altered the "Liu Qingge’s Death" scenario, awarding him B-Points and decreasing his villainous reputation.
Shen Qingqiu expressed faux remorse for their past conflicts and suggested they become closer as sect siblings, though Liu Qingge was deeply suspicious and resistant to the idea.
Despite Liu Qingge’s visible discomfort, Shen Qingqiu left after offering help in the future, but Liu Qingge was left confused and repulsed by the unexpected turn of events.
Shen Qingqiu finished his secluded cultivation, advancing in his spiritual training.
After leaving the caves, he found Qiong Ding Peak under attack by demons, led by Demon Saintess Sha Hualing.
Sha Hualing proposed a three-match competition to settle the conflict.
Shen Qingqiu easily defeated Elder Single Arm in the first match without using his hands, impressing the disciples.
Liu Mingyan lost to Sha Hualing in the second match despite her best efforts, leading to a tied score.
Shen Qingqiu reluctantly chose Luo Binghe to fight in the third match against Elder Sky Hammer, a massive demon wielding a poisonous hammer.
Despite a brutal fight, Luo Binghe eventually found an opening and won the match, impressing both sides and gaining the attention of female leads Liu Mingyan and Sha Hualing.
Elder Sky Hammer, enraged by his loss, attempted a final attack on Luo Binghe. Shen Qingqiu intercepted and defeated the demon but was injured by the spikes on his armor, which were laced with the deadly poison "Without a Cure."
Despite his efforts to reassure his disciples, the poison was spreading, cutting off his spiritual flow.
Sha Hualing tried to provoke Shen Qingqiu into a life-and-death exchange, but Liu Qingge arrived in time, defeating her and forcing the demons to retreat.
Shen Qingqiu collapsed due to the poison, but not before reassuring Luo Binghe that he knew he would win the fight. Luo Binghe, filled with guilt and sorrow, supported him as Shen Qingqiu lost consciousness.
The System rewarded Shen Qingqiu with points for increasing his character's depth, but Shen Qingqiu was left horrified at the situation as he blacked out.
Chapter 3: Favor PointsShen Qingqiu wakes up in his bed at Qing Jing Peak after an unknown period of time.
Ming Fan enters with a tray, and upon seeing Shen Qingqiu awake, begins crying hysterically.
Luo Binghe stands hesitantly at the door but doesn’t enter until Shen Qingqiu invites him in.
Luo Binghe kneels before Shen Qingqiu, expressing guilt and devotion, misunderstanding Shen Qingqiu’s intentions.
Luo Binghe pledges to serve Shen Qingqiu wholeheartedly from that day forward.
Shen Qingqiu, confused by Luo Binghe’s sudden change in attitude, invites him to rise.
Luo Binghe asks if Shen Qingqiu has an appetite and offers to make food for him.
Shen Qingqiu, despite being inedia, agrees out of his love for good food.
Luo Binghe brings Shen Qingqiu a well-prepared congee, and Shen Qingqiu praises Luo Binghe’s cooking.
Luo Binghe offers to cook for Shen Qingqiu every day, which makes Shen Qingqiu recall how Luo Binghe used this skill to charm women in the original novel.
Shen Qingqiu, after Luo Binghe leaves, consults the System about the unavoidable “Endless Abyss” scenario, confirming he cannot prevent it without losing satisfaction points.
Yue Qingyuan, Mu Qingfang, and Liu Qingge visit Shen Qingqiu to check on his condition.
Mu Qingfang confirms that while Shen Qingqiu is poisoned with “Without a Cure,” it can be managed with spiritual energy and medicine.
They discuss the demon invasion at the Immortal Alliance Conference and the events leading to Shen Qingqiu’s injury.
Liu Qingge observes Shen Qingqiu's strange behavior and suspects possession due to his uncharacteristically kind actions.
Shen Qingqiu defends Luo Binghe to Liu Qingge, praising his potential and asking Liu Qingge to support him in the future.
Ming Fan vents his frustration at Luo Binghe in the kitchen, assigning him extra chores.
Luo Binghe, instead of feeling bitter, is motivated by Shen Qingqiu’s belief in him and silently vows to work harder.
Several peak lords visit Shen Qingqiu, offering condolences and gifts.
Shen Qingqiu is later dragged into a dream realm with Luo Binghe by the “Dream Demon” Meng Mo.
The dream realm traps them in a distorted version of Luo Binghe’s traumatic memories.
Luo Binghe struggles emotionally as the dream forces him to relive his abusive past, particularly memories of being beaten by bullies and his mother’s illness.
Shen Qingqiu repeatedly prevents Luo Binghe from attacking the illusions to protect him from the mental damage caused by Meng Mo’s dream manipulation.
Despite Shen Qingqiu’s efforts, Luo Binghe loses control, and his spiritual blast hits Shen Qingqiu, injuring him.
Luo Binghe is horrified by the realization that he hurt Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu comforts Luo Binghe, explaining that it was better he took the attack than Luo Binghe getting hurt.
Luo Binghe becomes determined to grow stronger to protect Shen Qingqiu.
Meng Mo appears and tries to tempt Luo Binghe to cultivate the demonic path, promising great power.
Luo Binghe refuses Meng Mo, stating that he cannot betray Shen Qingqiu by embracing demonic cultivation.
Meng Mo eventually admits that he seeks to use Luo Binghe as a host to stabilize his own deteriorating spirit.
Luo Binghe agrees to Meng Mo’s teachings but refuses to acknowledge him as a master, vowing his loyalty only to Shen Qingqiu.
Back in the real world, Shen Qingqiu reflects on the danger of the dream realm while Luo Binghe is relieved that Shen Qingqiu is unharmed.
Shen Qingqiu reassures Luo Binghe that not all demons are inherently evil and that they, like humans, can have varying natures.
Luo Binghe is encouraged by Shen Qingqiu’s words and vows to become stronger.
Shen Qingqiu invites Luo Binghe to move into the side room in the Bamboo House to be closer, secretly happy about the prospect of being cared for by Luo Binghe.
Luo Binghe, overwhelmed with joy, impulsively hugs Shen Qingqiu, which surprises and embarrasses him.
Luo Binghe begins preparing food for Shen Qingqiu regularly, and their bond deepens as he moves into the Bamboo House.
Shen Qingqiu continues to balance his role as Luo Binghe’s teacher while trying to avoid the tragic events he knows are fated to happen, including the Endless Abyss scenario.
Chapter 4: ConferenceShen Qingqiu spends his days idly on Qing Jing Peak, enjoying a peaceful routine of playing the guqin, reading, calligraphy, painting, and cultivation.
He spars with Liu Qingge occasionally, enjoys Luo Binghe’s cooking, and reports to Yue Qingyuan, maintaining his lifestyle of idleness.
Shen Qingqiu receives the invitation for the Immortal Alliance Conference, which he had momentarily forgotten about.
The Immortal Alliance Conference is a major event in the novel, a turning point where Luo Binghe begins his ascent to power, leading to the revelation of his demonic heritage and his eventual blackening.
The Conference is also the moment when Shen Qingqiu will have to throw Luo Binghe into the Endless Abyss, a pivotal plot event.
Luo Binghe has been progressing rapidly under Meng Mo’s guidance in the dream realm and has taken on more responsibilities, completing tasks on and off the mountain.
Shen Qingqiu begins to worry that he’s doted on Luo Binghe too much and wonders if he can still fulfill his role as a villain when the time comes to send Luo Binghe into the Abyss.
Shen Qingqiu constantly praises Luo Binghe for completing various tasks, further softening his heart toward him.
Ming Fan notices that Shen Qingqiu’s appetite has waned in Luo Binghe’s absence and offers to prepare congee, but Shen Qingqiu declines, lost in his thoughts.
Luo Binghe returns unexpectedly from his mission, stating that he missed Shen Qingqiu and rushed back to be by his side.
Shen Qingqiu struggles with his emotions, knowing the Immortal Alliance Conference is approaching and that he will have to face the unavoidable fate of throwing Luo Binghe into the Abyss.
Luo Binghe offers to prepare a list of Qing Jing Peak’s participating disciples for the Conference, which Shen Qingqiu delegates to Yue Qingyuan, showing how much he relies on Luo Binghe for such tasks.
Shen Qingqiu asks Luo Binghe if he wants to become the strongest, even if it means facing immense pain and tribulations.
Luo Binghe resolutely answers that he wants to be strong to protect those important to him, reaffirming his determination.
Shen Qingqiu struggles internally with the knowledge that Luo Binghe must endure great suffering to fulfill his fate but resigns himself to the inevitability of the plot.
Despite his attempts to prepare himself mentally for Luo Binghe’s eventual downfall and transformation, Shen Qingqiu feels no joy at the thought, even though he knows it’s necessary for the story’s progression.
Three days later, the disciples of Cang Qiong Mountain's Twelve Peaks prepare their participant rosters and head to the Immortal Alliance Conference.
The conference is held at Jue Di Gorge, a remote and complex mountain range, and is a major event for young cultivators to showcase their talents.
The peak lords and senior members do not participate, leaving the spotlight to the younger generation. Around one hundred individuals set out for the conference.
Traveling by carriage and horseback, Shen Qingqiu opts for a carriage, disdaining the discomfort of horse riding.
Shen Qingqiu shares a carriage with Qi Qingqi, the fierce and straightforward master of Xian Shu Peak, who teases him for his pampered lifestyle.
Shen Qingqiu casually summons Luo Binghe to bring snacks, which Luo Binghe does with enthusiasm, offering a snack to Qi Qingqi.
Luo Binghe rides alongside the carriage, attentively watching over Shen Qingqiu, while Liu Qingge passes by with a disdainful "humph."
Shen Qingqiu enjoys dragon’s beard candy and offers some to Qi Qingqi, who feels indignant that someone like Shen Qingqiu raised such a perfect disciple.
Qi Qingqi points out that even Liu Mingyan, another talented disciple, is riding a horse, implying that Shen Qingqiu should feel embarrassed for choosing a carriage.
Shen Qingqiu gazes admiringly at Liu Mingyan’s beauty as she rides her horse, noting her ethereal appearance.
Luo Binghe becomes visibly upset at Shen Qingqiu’s attention on Liu Mingyan, feeling jealous and possessive.
In response to Shen Qingqiu’s lingering gaze, Luo Binghe rides up to Liu Mingyan, greets her politely, and begins chatting with her, all while growing increasingly annoyed.
Luo Binghe deliberately speeds up his horse to distance himself and Liu Mingyan from Shen Qingqiu's watchful eyes.
Shen Qingqiu is disappointed when he can no longer watch their interaction, but he realizes that Luo Binghe may be entering a rebellious phase as he starts hiding his interactions with women.
Jue Di Gorge is described as a vast, dangerous area with complex terrain, hosting the Immortal Alliance Conference for over a thousand participants.
The four major sects—Cang Qiong Mountain, Zhao Hua Monastery, Tian Yi Temple, and Huan Hua Palace—dominate the event, though many smaller sects also participate.
Huan Hua Palace hosts the conference, and the rules are established: participants must collect prayer beads from slain demonic creatures to rank on a leaderboard, with strict rules against fighting or stealing beads from other disciples.
Shen Qingqiu places a bet of five thousand spirit stones on Luo Binghe winning, causing a stir among the cultivators, even though Luo Binghe’s reputation is relatively unknown.
The participants enter the gorge in groups, and spirit eagles monitor their progress. Gongyi Xiao quickly takes the lead in the rankings, but Shen Qingqiu is confident Luo Binghe will rise to the top later.
Luo Binghe is seen protecting a group of weaker disciples, including women from Huan Hua Palace, slowing his progress in the rankings. Shen Qingqiu internally criticizes him for being too kind.
As Luo Binghe tries to balance protecting the disciples with advancing in the competition, a demonic creature, Nu Yuan Chan, appears, killing several participants in a gruesome manner by draining them of their flesh and blood.
Luo Binghe displays his prowess by using fire to drive the creature back into the water, but the situation grows chaotic as more powerful demonic beasts attack various groups across the gorge.
The conference descends into chaos as demonic beasts far more dangerous than expected, including bone eagles and ghost-head spiders, begin attacking the disciples.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that someone has orchestrated this disaster to eliminate the new talent of the cultivation world. Yue Qingyuan forbids the barrier around the gorge from being lifted, as it would allow the demonic beasts to escape and endanger nearby villages.
Cang Qiong Mountain sect members and other sects volunteer to enter the gorge to rescue the disciples and eliminate the beasts.
Shen Qingqiu joins the rescue effort despite his unresolved illness from the Without a Cure poison. He reunites with Luo Binghe and the others, just in time to defeat a ghost-head spider that had been devouring disciples.
As more ghost-head spiders appear, Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe fight together to protect the group. Despite their efforts, Shen Qingqiu’s spiritual energy falters due to his illness.
They reach a safe zone protected by the mystical Thousand-Leaves Fresh-Snow Lotus, which repels demonic beasts. Luo Binghe expresses a desire to use the lotus to cure Shen Qingqiu’s poison, but Shen Qingqiu dismisses the idea.
Shang Qinghua, secretly a spy for the demons, appears and tries to act innocent, but Shen Qingqiu recognizes him as the one responsible for releasing the demonic beasts.
The Endless Abyss, a dangerous and chaotic boundary between the Human and Demon Realms, opens, signaling the arrival of more dangerous entities.
Mobei-Jun, a powerful demon who will eventually become Luo Binghe’s subordinate, arrives unexpectedly, disrupting the situation. He engages Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe in a fierce battle.
Mobei-Jun effortlessly overpowers Shen Qingqiu and releases the seal on Luo Binghe’s demonic bloodline, setting off a transformation in him. Despite this, Luo Binghe manages to hold his own for a time against Mobei-Jun.
After Mobei-Jun leaves, Shen Qingqiu confronts Luo Binghe about his demonic cultivation. Luo Binghe, desperate to explain himself, is heartbroken as Shen Qingqiu forces him to the edge of the Endless Abyss.
Shen Qingqiu unintentionally stabs Luo Binghe during their confrontation. Though he doesn’t want to kill him, he still forces Luo Binghe to fall into the Endless Abyss.
Luo Binghe’s expression as he falls into the abyss leaves a lasting impression on Shen Qingqiu, marking the beginning of their inevitable conflict and Luo Binghe’s rise to power.
After the cultivators cleared the demons from Jue Di Gorge, they arrived at the scene where the spatial rift caused by the Endless Abyss had closed.
Shen Qingqiu stabilized the injuries of everyone who had passed out, though he neglected his own. He appeared wretched, covered in blood, with a pale, expressionless face.
Yue Qingyuan checked Shen Qingqiu's pulse and then had Mu Qingfang examine him due to his expertise.
Sect leaders and cultivators gathered their disciples for further treatment.
Liu Qingge noticed that Luo Binghe was missing and asked Shen Qingqiu about his whereabouts, but Shen Qingqiu remained silent, focusing instead on picking up the shattered pieces of Luo Binghe's broken sword, Zheng Yang.
Ming Fan and Ning Yingying recognized the fragments of the sword, realizing it was indeed Luo Binghe’s weapon. Ning Yingying burst into tears, fearing the worst.
Whispers spread among the crowd, with some realizing the broken sword meant that Luo Binghe might have perished, causing mixed reactions of sorrow, shock, pity, and even a few people rejoicing in his misfortune.
Despite his usual disdain for Luo Binghe, Ming Fan felt sorrow for Shen Qingqiu, who had clearly favored the disciple. The atmosphere at Qing Jing Peak became gloomy.
Qi Qingqi and her Xian Shu Peak disciples were also moved by the loss.
Liu Qingge attempted to comfort Shen Qingqiu, suggesting that although his disciple was gone, he could always accept more. Shen Qingqiu, while understanding the sentiment, felt like rolling his eyes at the comment.
Shen Qingqiu finally acknowledged the situation, announcing that Luo Binghe had fallen to the demons and perished.
The Immortal Alliance Conference was a disaster, with heavy casualties across all sects, particularly Huan Hua Palace, which lost nearly a hundred participants.
Cang Qiong Mountain suffered the least damage, with about thirty injured. Many lower-level cultivators from smaller sects and clans perished.
Despite the tragedy, the gold-inscribed tablet still displayed Luo Binghe’s name in first place, though he had died, his sword broken.
Qing Jing Peak received ten thousand spirit stones as Shen Qingqiu had bet on Luo Binghe winning first place at the conference.
Shen Qingqiu, however, felt conflicted about the winnings, as Luo Binghe usually handled such matters for him. He instructed Ming Fan to store them away.
The Qing Jing Peak disciples, led by Ning Yingying, became concerned when they heard Shen Qingqiu calling for Luo Binghe. They feared Shen Qingqiu was losing himself in grief.
Ning Yingying confronted Shen Qingqiu, pleading with him to care for his remaining disciples and not to despair over Luo Binghe’s death. Shen Qingqiu reassured her that he wasn’t grieving deeply and had merely slipped up in calling Luo Binghe’s name.
Shen Qingqiu reflected on how Ning Yingying had matured, surprising him given her depiction in the original novel as immature and burdensome.
Shen Qingqiu buried the broken pieces of Luo Binghe’s sword, Zheng Yang, behind the Bamboo House and erected a sword mound as a tribute.
The System congratulated Shen Qingqiu for completing the key quest “Luo Binghe’s Fall and Rebirth,” awarding him 10,000 satisfaction points. However, Luo Binghe’s heartbreak points caused his satisfaction points to reset to zero.
Frustrated by this turn of events, Shen Qingqiu summoned Shang Qinghua to the Bamboo House for a confrontation.
Shen Qingqiu hinted at Shang Qinghua’s involvement in the disaster at Jue Di Gorge, accusing him of bringing demonic creatures into the Human Realm.
Shen Qingqiu revealed that he knew Shang Qinghua’s true identity as “Airplane Shooting Towards the Sky,” the author of Proud Immortal Demon Way, stunning Shang Qinghua, who confessed by his reaction.
Both Shen Qingqiu and Shang Qinghua were shocked by this revelation, with Shen Qingqiu angrily confronting him about his role as the creator of the chaotic world they were living in.
Chapter 5: Bai LuShang Qinghua accidentally exclaimed “WTF!” when Mobei-Jun appeared, raising Shen Qingqiu’s suspicions about him.
Shen Qingqiu deduced that Shang Qinghua had intentionally avoided unleashing the Black Moon Rhinoceros-Python to hinder Luo Binghe’s fall into the Abyss, suspecting Shang Qinghua was trying to alter the plot.
They confronted each other about their shared transmigration, realizing they both had memories of being readers of the original story.
Shen Qingqiu suggested a plan involving a plant Shang Qinghua had created in the original novel, hinting it might solve their current predicament.
Shang Qinghua struggled to remember the plant’s location, but by the next day, he pinpointed it on a map, and they set off to find it.
During their journey, they encountered eerie occurrences, including sightings of a woman slithering like a snake, which unsettled Shang Qinghua.
Shang Qinghua and Shen Qingqiu found themselves walking in circles in Bai Lu Forest, discovering they were trapped within Huan Hua Palace’s protective array.
Shen Qingqiu's System had entered Hibernation Mode, as it had been disconnected from Luo Binghe, leaving Shen Qingqiu unable to acquire or lose B-Points.
They were joined by Gongyi Xiao, a talented disciple from Huan Hua Palace, who assisted them in navigating the array.
The group reached a cave, where the rare Sun-Moon Dew Mushrooms grew, nourished by an underground lake of unsullied morning dew.
Shen Qingqiu carefully harvested the mushrooms, but just as he finished, a snake-like creature with a pale face attacked him from the lake.
Gongyi Xiao and Shen Qingqiu managed to fight off the creature, which was agile and boneless, escaping into the water.
They discovered the creature had been living off the dew water in the cave, explaining its presence and the hostility it showed when they disturbed the mushrooms.
Shen Qingqiu theorized that the creature was unable to approach the mushrooms directly due to its sensitivity to sunlight and moonlight.
Shen Qingqiu advocated for sparing the creature, as it had not harmed any humans and was merely living in the cave.
The chapter ended with the creature eyeing a tiny Sun-Moon Dew Mushroom sprout with determination, indicating its deep connection to the cave and the mushrooms.
After exiting Bai Lu Forest, Gongyi Xiao invited Shen Qingqiu and Shang Qinghua to Huan Hua Palace, but Shen Qingqiu declined, not wanting to cause any complications regarding property rights over the Sun-Moon Dew Mushrooms.
Shang Qinghua and Shen Qingqiu politely refused Gongyi Xiao's invitation and promised a future visit instead, with Shen Qingqiu accidentally almost referring to Luo Binghe as his disciple before correcting himself to say Ming Fan.
Gongyi Xiao believed Shen Qingqiu was deeply grieving Luo Binghe’s death, further sympathizing with Shen Qingqiu's supposed sorrow over losing his beloved disciple.
Gongyi Xiao parted from the two, frequently looking back at Shen Qingqiu with sympathy, awkwardness, and admiration, thinking he had witnessed deep master-and-disciple grief.
Shang Qinghua teased Shen Qingqiu, suggesting that Shen had genuinely adored Luo Binghe and perhaps even considered him as his precious disciple, referring to rumors about Shen Qingqiu calling out Luo Binghe’s name after his death.
Shen Qingqiu grew increasingly annoyed by Shang Qinghua’s insinuations, feeling his image was being tarnished by such gossip.
Shang Qinghua pushed further, asking how Shen Qingqiu viewed Luo Binghe, noting Shen Qingqiu’s consistent defense of Luo Binghe in the original novel.
Shen Qingqiu dismissed the conversation, quickly diverting attention back to the practical matter of continuing their journey and making Shang Qinghua drive again.
Reflecting on their success in harvesting the mushrooms, Shen Qingqiu felt confident that the mushrooms would be enough to save his life, though he acknowledged the chaotic nature of the plot, knowing things could still go wrong in the future.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong
The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong, Vol. 2
Chapter 6: Jin LanThree years passed with Shen Qingqiu treating his poison and occasionally visiting Qing Jing Peak, but mostly wandering the outside world until an urgent notice from Yue Qingyuan summoned him back to Cang Qiong Mountain.
Upon his return, Shen Qingqiu was greeted warmly by his disciples, particularly Ming Fan and Ning Yingying, who had grown significantly.
Shen Qingqiu attended a meeting with the other peak lords and their disciples at Qiong Ding Peak, where Yue Qingyuan discussed the mysterious closing of Jin Lan City.
A merchant escaped from Jin Lan City and reported a terrifying plague within, but died shortly after reaching Zhao Hua Monastery, decaying rapidly into a skeleton.
Multiple sects, including Huan Hua Palace and Tian Yi Temple, sent disciples to investigate, but none returned.
Cang Qiong Mountain sect was requested to assist, and it was decided that Shen Qingqiu, Liu Qingge, and Mu Qingfang would lead the investigation into Jin Lan City.
Upon reaching Jin Lan City, they discovered that flying into the city was impossible due to a barrier cast by Zhao Hua Monastery. They used an underground river to enter.
Along the underground river, they encountered floating skeletons wrapped in black cloth, suggesting the severity of the plague.
They were confronted by a young man, Yang Yixuan, who warned them to leave the city, but they proceeded to meet with Master Wu Chen, who had also been infected by the plague.
Wu Chen revealed that the plague caused severe festering and eventual decay into a skeleton. He also noted that the disease rapidly progressed if the infected tried to leave the city.
Mu Qingfang theorized that the plague might not be a natural disease, but possibly something else, and he needed to examine more patients.
They encountered more infected people in the city and discovered that even though many people were infected, some individuals, like Yang Yixuan, were not, raising further questions.
Shen Qingqiu surmised that the plague was caused by demonic sowers, who infected humans to create rotten flesh for demons to consume. Sowers were thought to be nearly extinct.
In a brothel, Shen Qingqiu and Gongyi Xiao discovered a disguised sower, confirming Shen Qingqiu’s suspicions.
To develop a cure, Shen Qingqiu requested to take the sower’s body for study, and Luo Binghe, who suddenly reappeared in the city, agreed to deliver the body to him.
Luo Binghe had returned two years earlier than expected, having been saved by Qin Wanyue of Huan Hua Palace. He was now a favored disciple there, though he had kept his identity hidden from Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu was shocked by Luo Binghe’s sudden return and the change in his temperament, which was far colder and more dangerous than before.
As Shen Qingqiu reflected on his former disciple’s return, he was ambushed by Luo Binghe, who confronted him and expressed resentment over how he had been treated.
Luo Binghe accused Shen Qingqiu of hating him and the demon race, and after a tense exchange, he physically attacked Shen Qingqiu, choking him and nearly killing him.
Just as Shen Qingqiu prepared to use his life-saving item, the fake jade Guanyin, Luo Binghe abruptly stopped his assault, confusing Shen Qingqiu.
Luo Binghe’s behavior became increasingly erratic, alternating between tenderness and cruelty. He forced Shen Qingqiu to drink his blood as a form of punishment, leaving Shen Qingqiu horrified and uncertain about Luo Binghe’s true intentions.
Shen Qingqiu returns to Jin Zi Weapons Shop in a daze after experiencing disturbing effects from drinking Luo Binghe's blood, tossing and turning throughout the night.
He recalls that heavenly demons could control their blood to inflict various consequences on others, such as poisoning, parasitic infestation, and mind control.
Shen Qingqiu falls into a restless sleep but is awakened by Yang Yixuan, who announces that Jin Lan City's gates have been opened after capturing all the red monsters (sowers).
Yang Yixuan, though grieving his father’s death, expresses joy that the city was saved overnight.
Shen Qingqiu wonders how the sowers were caught so quickly, especially since he feels physically unwell from the night before.
Shen Qingqiu joins other cultivators in a plaza where seven sowers are quarantined in a barrier created by Zhao Hua Monastery.
Liu Qingge reveals that Luo Binghe caught five sowers, while he only caught two, leading Liu Qingge to question Shen Qingqiu about Luo Binghe’s training during his absence.
Various sect leaders, including Yue Qingyuan and Huan Hua Palace's Old Palace Master, arrive alongside Luo Binghe, who appears glowing and invigorated in the morning light.
Shen Qingqiu is feeling awful due to his encounter with Luo Binghe's blood and tries to deflect attention when questioned about his appearance by Yue Qingyuan and Mu Qingfang.
The governor of Jin Lan City leads a group of citizens to thank Luo Binghe for his efforts, kneeling before him and offering undying loyalty, completely overshadowing the efforts of others like Liu Qingge and Mu Qingfang.
Luo Binghe humbly downplays his role, crediting the joint efforts of all sects, though Shen Qingqiu notices Luo Binghe’s gaze briefly flicker toward him.
Discussion turns to how the sowers should be dealt with, and Shen Qingqiu suggests burning them with fire to prevent further spread of the plague.
Some cultivators protest this method, but the citizens of Jin Lan City, enraged by the loss of life, demand that the sowers be burned.
A petite sower suddenly cries out for Shen Qingqiu to save her, claiming she was only following his orders, causing suspicion and chaos among the crowd.
The Old Palace Master and other cultivators start questioning Shen Qingqiu’s involvement with the demons, suggesting he may have colluded with them.
Qi Qingqi defends Shen Qingqiu, stating the sower is framing him, but the Old Palace Master insists that Shen Qingqiu must explain himself.
A Huan Hua Palace disciple adds to the accusations by pointing out that Shen Qingqiu’s infection from the plague disappeared unnaturally quickly, raising further suspicion about his actions.
Shen Qingqiu is caught off guard by this accusation, realizing that Luo Binghe left traces of his demonic influence on him deliberately.
The Old Palace Master presses further, stating that rumors from Shen Qingqiu’s own sect members suggest he has a history of abusing his disciples, specifically Luo Binghe.
Qin Wanyue steps forward, accusing Shen Qingqiu of sending Luo Binghe into a dangerous battle with a demonic elder while still a young disciple, framing it as grievous harm.
Shen Qingqiu counters by reminding the crowd that he once saved Luo Binghe from the poisoned armor, asking Luo Binghe to corroborate his claim.
Luo Binghe acknowledges Shen Qingqiu's protection in the past, but his response is vague and layered with deeper implications.
The situation escalates when a woman named Qiu Haitang suddenly appears and accuses Shen Qingqiu of being her former lover and the murderer of her brother.
Qiu Haitang recounts a tragic story of how Shen Qingqiu, once her betrothed, killed her family after being taken in as a slave and later pursued immortality under the tutelage of the infamous demonic cultivator Wu Yanzi.
Her accusations shock the crowd, further sullying Shen Qingqiu’s reputation and reinforcing the idea that he has a dark past.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that all these accusations—from the sower’s claim, the Huan Hua Palace’s disciple’s testimony, and now Qiu Haitang’s denouncement—are snowballing into a larger narrative that paints him as a villainous character.
The Old Palace Master suggests detaining Shen Qingqiu in Huan Hua Palace’s Water Prison for trial, while Liu Qingge and Yue Qingyuan protest and argue for a shorter detention period.
Despite their resistance, Shen Qingqiu surrenders and agrees to be detained, believing the truth will eventually clear his name.
Yue Qingyuan almost draws his sword to defend Shen Qingqiu, but Shen Qingqiu intervenes to prevent a full-scale conflict between Cang Qiong Mountain Sect and Huan Hua Palace.
As Shen Qingqiu is led away, bound by immortal-binding cables, he communicates with Shang Qinghua, signaling a plan to delay the trial and potentially grow Dew Mushrooms as part of his strategy.
The leaders eventually agree on a trial date of one month, though Shen Qingqiu knows his situation is precarious with Luo Binghe controlling Huan Hua Palace and the looming threat of torture in the Water Prison.
Chapter 7: Water PrisonShen Qingqiu is blindfolded and led by Huan Hua Palace disciples into the Water Prison, though he notes it’s unnecessary given how complex the maze leading to the prison is.
The air in the Water Prison is damp and the ground slippery, forcing Shen Qingqiu to rely on the disciples guiding him.
Shen Qingqiu asks Gongyi Xiao if he is allowed any contact with outsiders while waiting for his trial, to which Gongyi Xiao responds that only those with an authorization pass can visit him.
Shen Qingqiu inquires about the fate of the sowers, and Gongyi Xiao explains they were burned and Zhao Hua Monastery performed rites for their souls.
The pock-faced disciple, who seems to have a personal grudge against Shen Qingqiu, mocks him again, questioning whether he still hopes to leave the Water Prison.
Shen Qingqiu dismisses the disciple's rudeness, acknowledging his status as a prisoner and allowing the disciple to act as he pleases.
Shen Qingqiu’s blindfold is removed, revealing a giant stone cave with a dark, murky lake beneath it. Dim yellow torches light the walls, reflecting in the rippling water.
An artificial platform made of a jade-like stone is situated in the center of the lake, and Gongyi Xiao uses a ring of keys to raise a stone path from the lakebed, allowing access to the platform.
The pock-faced disciple throws a stone into the lake, which floats momentarily before sizzling and corroding rapidly, indicating the lake is filled with an extremely corrosive liquid that can dissolve anything.
Shen Qingqiu is astounded by the lethality of the liquid, questioning how Huan Hua Palace, a righteous sect, could possess such a dangerous substance.
Shen Qingqiu cautiously walks the stone path to the platform, aware that falling into the lake would result in a painful death with no remains left behind.
Once Shen Qingqiu reaches the platform, Gongyi Xiao triggers the mechanism again, causing the stone path to sink back into the lakebed, trapping Shen Qingqiu on the platform.
Shen Qingqiu considers whether a sword could help him escape, but soon realizes the futility of such thoughts when dark, murky water descends around the platform, creating an airtight barrier that seals him in.
Shen Qingqiu acknowledges that Huan Hua Palace’s Water Prison is indeed as inescapable as its reputation suggests, with even a fly unable to leave the impenetrable barrier.
Shen Qingqiu is woken by a basin of cold water splashing over him, disoriented and shivering due to the cold and the immortal-binding cables restricting his meridians.
The adjustable path leading to his stone platform is raised, and a maiden dressed in pink, the Little Palace Mistress, appears with a whip, ready to interrogate him.
The Little Palace Mistress accuses Shen Qingqiu of being a demon realm colluder and blames him for being cruel to Luo Binghe, despite him not admitting to such crimes.
Shen Qingqiu tries to reason with her, but she is consumed by her emotions and her belief in Luo Binghe’s unspoken suffering.
In her anger, she attacks Shen Qingqiu with her whip. Despite his best efforts to dodge, his clothes are torn, and he is cornered on the stone platform.
Just as Shen Qingqiu braces for a strike, Luo Binghe appears and catches the whip mid-air, stopping the Little Palace Mistress. His expression is icy and menacing.
Luo Binghe destroys the Little Palace Mistress’s whip, reducing it to metal scraps, and commands her to leave. She is heartbroken and upset, feeling betrayed by Luo Binghe, and flees in tears.
Left alone with Luo Binghe, Shen Qingqiu feels tense, expecting further pain or interrogation. However, Luo Binghe surprisingly refrains from physical punishment.
Shen Qingqiu tries to appeal to Luo Binghe’s desire for revenge, suggesting that Luo should wait until after the trial to punish him for maximum satisfaction, but Luo Binghe's response is colder than expected.
Luo Binghe questions why Shen Qingqiu is so certain that the trial will find him guilty and seems frustrated by Shen Qingqiu’s lack of trust in him.
Luo Binghe bitterly accuses Shen Qingqiu of viewing him differently because of his demon heritage, reflecting his deep-seated insecurities.
Shen Qingqiu asks Luo Binghe why he has aligned himself with Huan Hua Palace, but Luo Binghe avoids answering, growing increasingly agitated.
Luo Binghe suddenly asks Shen Qingqiu if he regrets pushing him into the Endless Abyss. Shen Qingqiu doesn't answer, leaving Luo Binghe disappointed and hurt.
Shen Qingqiu is prompted by the System to choose a response, with options that would escalate or defuse the situation. He chooses to remain silent, causing Luo Binghe to express his frustration but ultimately back down.
Luo Binghe, upset by Shen Qingqiu's silence and perceived rejection, triggers the heavenly demon blood inside Shen Qingqiu, causing him immense pain and discomfort as if insects are crawling inside his organs.
Shen Qingqiu, unable to bear the pain, activates a System item, which triggers a "Small Scenario Pusher" that leads to a strange turn of events.
In a moment of confusion, Shen Qingqiu’s robe tears, leaving him partially exposed. Luo Binghe, startled, abruptly retreats and throws his own robe at Shen Qingqiu to cover him.
Luo Binghe, visibly upset by the situation, releases his anger by attacking the cave walls and lake, creating massive craters and waves.
After his tantrum, Luo Binghe leaves the cave, vowing to watch Shen Qingqiu’s downfall during the upcoming trial.
Shen Qingqiu, left shivering in the cold, reluctantly wraps himself in Luo Binghe’s discarded robe for warmth, feeling conflicted about the entire interaction.
Shen Qingqiu tries to meditate in the Water Prison but is interrupted by Gongyi Xiao, who is startled to see him wearing Luo Binghe's robe.
Gongyi Xiao hesitantly inquires if Luo Binghe did something to Shen Qingqiu, hinting at misunderstanding the situation, which embarrasses Shen Qingqiu.
Gongyi Xiao delivers a letter from Shang Qinghua written in poorly composed Chinglish. The letter explains that the Sun-Moon Dew Mushroom is ready but will rot soon due to an overuse of "fertilizer."
Shen Qingqiu realizes he must escape the Water Prison within seven days to get the mushroom but struggles to convince Gongyi Xiao to help him escape.
Shen Qingqiu destroys the letter to prevent evidence of the plan and struggles with the bindings restricting him.
Gongyi Xiao eventually helps Shen Qingqiu by cutting the immortal-binding cables, freeing him and returning Shen Qingqiu’s sword, Xiu Ya.
After some convincing, Gongyi Xiao agrees to help Shen Qingqiu escape. However, they are stopped by the Water Prison’s automatic defense mechanism, which requires someone to stay on the stone platform for the others to leave.
Shen Qingqiu captures the pock-faced disciple to use as a weight, allowing him and Gongyi Xiao to leave.
Gongyi Xiao, out of sympathy, gives Shen Qingqiu his outer robe, allowing Shen Qingqiu to discard Luo Binghe's robe.
They navigate through Huan Hua Palace’s maze-like prison until they reach the outskirts of Bai Lu Forest.
Shen Qingqiu insists Gongyi Xiao return to avoid further trouble, promising to meet him later in Hua Yue City.
Shen Qingqiu travels to Hua Yue City during a festival but is forced to hide his identity as a fugitive, as the city is filled with sect members searching for him due to a bounty placed on him by Huan Hua Palace.
He encounters a strange child who calls him "Shizun," only to realize the child is a manifestation of Luo Binghe's lingering influence in a dream realm created by Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu becomes trapped in a nightmarish dream realm filled with faceless people and past memories, including distorted visions of Liu Qingge and Yue Qingyuan's tragic deaths.
As the dream shifts, Shen Qingqiu encounters younger versions of Luo Binghe and experiences a distorted reenactment of his past teachings with Luo Binghe, where Luo Binghe mocks Shen Qingqiu's fighting style.
Luo Binghe's frustration and anger manifest in an attack on Shen Qingqiu, but the dream world begins to fall apart as Luo Binghe’s mythical sword, Xin Mo, causes backlash.
Shen Qingqiu manages to escape the dream realm by recognizing Luo Binghe's vulnerability due to the sword’s recoil.
After escaping the dream realm, Shen Qingqiu reflects on how he inadvertently glimpsed Shen Jiu's childhood memories during the dream but dismisses them as insignificant to his current self.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that more sects have arrived in Hua Yue City due to his wanted status and adopts a disguise to avoid capture.
He encounters Liu Qingge in the city and intends to follow him but is distracted by an argument involving Ning Yingying and Ming Fan from Qing Jing Peak, who are being confronted by the Little Palace Mistress and her followers from Huan Hua Palace.
The argument escalates into a fight, and Ning Yingying is slapped by the Little Palace Mistress, angering Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu intervenes secretly to stop the fight by disabling the Little Palace Mistress’s whip, but the situation remains tense as both sides prepare for further conflict.
Chapter 8: DeathShen Qingqiu notices a strange disciple within the crowd of Huan Hua Palace disciples, suspecting they are not who they seem due to their unusual appearance and behavior.
During the brawl between Ning Yingying and the Little Palace Mistress, Shen Qingqiu stealthily intervenes by using an old cat to create a distraction and subtly manipulates Ning Yingying’s movements to land two slaps on the Little Palace Mistress.
The Little Palace Mistress, shocked by being slapped, questions who dared to interfere. Shen Qingqiu points out the strange disciple, drawing attention to him.
The odd disciple is revealed to be a sower, a type of demonic creature, disguised as a human. The sower attacks, and Shen Qingqiu defends the Qing Jing disciples, fighting off the sower despite his poison-flaring up and his abilities malfunctioning.
Ning Yingying and Ming Fan recognize Shen Qingqiu despite his disguise, and the Qing Jing disciples celebrate their reunion. However, the battle with the sower continues.
Shen Qingqiu’s poison causes his spiritual powers to malfunction, but after several failed attempts, he finally ignites a fire and burns the sower to death. His disguise is completely blown.
The Little Palace Mistress confronts Shen Qingqiu again, accusing him of killing her sect members and specifically blaming him for the death of Ma-shixiong and Gongyi Xiao. Shen Qingqiu is shocked to learn Gongyi Xiao has died.
The Little Palace Mistress and the Huan Hua Palace disciples attack Shen Qingqiu, believing him to be responsible for the deaths, though he denies involvement and tries to defend himself.
Qing Jing Peak disciples, led by Ning Yingying, defend Shen Qingqiu and fight back against Huan Hua Palace disciples.
Shen Qingqiu retreats to the rooftop, where he is met by Liu Qingge, who comes to his aid. Liu Qingge flies Shen Qingqiu to the tallest building in the city as they attempt to escape the escalating conflict.
However, Luo Binghe appears and confronts Shen Qingqiu, demanding that he come with him. Shen Qingqiu questions Luo Binghe about the deaths of the Huan Hua Palace disciples, including Gongyi Xiao, suspecting Luo Binghe is responsible.
Luo Binghe denies responsibility for the murders but expresses deep resentment and frustration towards Shen Qingqiu for abandoning him and betraying him.
A fight breaks out between Luo Binghe and Liu Qingge, but Luo Binghe is limited in his abilities due to the dangerous backlash from his sword, Xin Mo, and his internal struggle with the demonic energy.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that if Luo Binghe loses control of Xin Mo, it could result in catastrophe. To stop Luo Binghe’s internal conflict and prevent mass destruction, Shen Qingqiu uses the last of his spiritual energy to stabilize Luo Binghe, sacrificing himself in the process.
Shen Qingqiu’s spiritual energy is completely depleted, and he falls off the building, his body now fragile and lifeless. Luo Binghe catches him but is devastated by the realization that Shen Qingqiu has sacrificed himself for him.
The Qing Jing Peak disciples arrive, and Ning Yingying and Ming Fan are heartbroken to see Shen Qingqiu dead. They blame Luo Binghe for his death, even though he didn’t directly kill him.
Luo Binghe is left in shock and denial, holding Shen Qingqiu’s body, confused and regretful over everything that has transpired.
Ning Yingying reminds Luo Binghe of the kindness Shen Qingqiu had shown him in the past and asks him to stop calling him "Shizun," as Shen Qingqiu has already repaid everything.
Luo Binghe, filled with grief and guilt, realizes the depth of Shen Qingqiu’s sacrifice and reflects on how he had misunderstood Shen Qingqiu’s actions, lamenting his mistakes and the consequences they have wrought.
Chapter 9: BorderlandsThe borderlands between the Demon Realm and the Human Realm are desolate and sparsely populated, with only a few human garrisons remaining to guard against demon attacks.
A newcomer arrives at a teahouse in the borderlands and joins the conversation with a few others gathered there.
They discuss the ongoing conflict between Cang Qiong Mountain Sect and Huan Hua Palace, fueled by the tension between the two sects over Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe.
It is revealed that Luo Binghe forced Shen Qingqiu to self-detonate in Hua Yue City and now refuses to return his body to Cang Qiong Mountain, even kidnapping Mu Qingfang to try and revive Shen Qingqiu.
The group debates the rumors about Luo Binghe and his demon heritage, and they are unsure whether Shen Qingqiu was wrongfully accused or deserved his fate.
Suddenly, knocking is heard at the door, and a mysterious figure appears outside, leading to chaos as the group realizes there is an intruder among them.
The intruder is a demonic entity that attacks the group, but another mysterious person arrives and fights it off, saving them.
The rescuer turns out to be Shen Qingqiu, who had successfully used the Sun-Moon Dew Mushroom to return to life after truly self-detonating during the events in Hua Yue City.
Shen Qingqiu’s revival involved a complex plan with Shang Qinghua, where his soul was transferred into the Dew Mushroom to cultivate a new body in the borderlands.
Shen Qingqiu reflects on his resurrection, noting that his new body is filled with immense spiritual energy, and he finds himself adjusting to it after being buried for five years.
Shen Qingqiu accidentally almost introduces himself as Shen Qingqiu but decides to use his old online alias, "Peerless Cucumber," instead.
As Shen Qingqiu leaves the teahouse, the people inside struggle to remember his name, coming up with comically incorrect guesses like "Peerless Chrysanthemum" and "Peerless Crazy Flower."
Shen Qingqiu, now disguised and under a new identity, continues his journey, realizing he might need to reconsider his new alias.
Shen Qingqiu decides to embrace his new life with a dramatic flair, equipping himself with a folding fan and taking on a lofty persona while questioning some minor demons.
The demons reveal that they often steal small trinkets from the Human Realm to trade back in the Demon Realm, where everyday human objects are considered valuable due to the lack of craftsmanship and resources in the Demon Realm.
Shen Qingqiu criticizes the demons for taking advantage of the poor conditions in the borderlands, despite the fact that he himself had stolen clothes and a fan to avoid looking disheveled.
The leader of the demons introduces himself as "Six Balls," explaining that his father named him because he was "six balls heavy" when born. The other demons have equally ridiculous names.
Shen Qingqiu reflects on how fortunate it is that Luo Binghe wasn’t raised by demon commoners, as he might have been given an absurd name like "Heavenly Pillar-Jun" due to his reputation.
While interacting with the demons, Shen Qingqiu discovers a sword tassel that belonged to Liu Mingyan, the female lead and a powerful cultivator from Cang Qiong Mountain.
The demons explain that they found the tassel after an "important person" passed through the area with their subordinates, though they couldn't provide many details about the person's identity.
Shen Qingqiu briefly wonders if the important person could be Luo Binghe, but ultimately dismisses the idea, reasoning that Luo Binghe wouldn't be sneaking through the borderlands.
Shen Qingqiu becomes concerned that Liu Mingyan might have been captured by this mysterious figure, something that hadn’t occurred in the original story.
Considering his connection to Liu Mingyan as Liu Qingge’s sister and Qi Qingqi’s disciple, Shen Qingqiu decides he cannot ignore the situation and must investigate further.
He asks the demons to lead him to the rift in the boundary between the Human and Demon Realms to pursue answers.
Shen Qingqiu hides in the treetops, watching a distorted patch of air where a youth in black emerges, clearly a Bai Zhan Peak disciple.
Sha Hualing appears, taunting the youth while trying to capture him. The youth is bound by immortal-binding cables but fights back.
Shen Qingqiu intervenes, cutting Sha Hualing’s nails as a warning and later using his spiritual energy to repel her attack, sending her flying.
Sha Hualing flees through the rift back to the Demon Realm, leaving the youth behind. Shen Qingqiu frees him from the cables.
The youth introduces himself as Yang Yixuan, Liu Qingge’s disciple. Shen Qingqiu is surprised as Liu Qingge never took in disciples.
Yang Yixuan explains Liu Qingge has lost every fight against Luo Binghe. He also fell into Sha Hualing's trap because she seduced him by taking off her clothes.
Shen Qingqiu and Yang Yixuan enter the Demon Realm through the spatial rift, discovering the lair, Chi Yun Cave, and Sha Hualing pacing around.
Liu Mingyan is captured, but she resists Sha Hualing’s attempts to make her kneel, even when Sha Hualing removes her veil.
Shen Qingqiu intervenes again, sending Sha Hualing flying, but she manages to scratch him despite his previous trimming of her nails.
Yang Yixuan releases the other prisoners, including three Daoist nuns, crucial to Luo Binghe's cultivation, thereby disrupting the original plot.
Shen Qingqiu notices Qiu Haitang among the prisoners, but she doesn't recognize him due to his different appearance.
Sha Hualing calls for reinforcements, binding Shen Qingqiu with an oversized immortal-binding net. However, Shen Qingqiu uses his immense spiritual energy to break free.
Just as Shen Qingqiu escapes, Luo Binghe arrives, disappointed in Sha Hualing for capturing Cang Qiong Mountain Sect disciples despite his orders not to.
Sha Hualing bargains with Luo Binghe, promising that the person she captured (Shen Qingqiu) had unparalleled spiritual energy, hoping to secure a deal.
Shen Qingqiu runs in terror after hearing the familiar voice of the System reactivating, despite having switched bodies.
The System, though malfunctioning, is trying to reconnect to him after being near Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu encounters Liu Mingyan and Yang Yixuan, who had not yet returned to Cang Qiong Mountain. They reassure him they are relieved to see him safe.
Shen Qingqiu, Liu Mingyan, and Yang Yixuan sit down in a tea shop, where they overhear Lu Liu gossiping about the relationship between Luo Binghe and Shen Qingqiu.
Lu Liu describes a rumor, claiming that Luo Binghe had impure, romantic feelings for Shen Qingqiu during their time together as master and disciple, leading to a bizarre story about unrequited love and hate.
Lu Liu explains that Luo Binghe confessed his love to Shen Qingqiu during the Immortal Alliance Conference, was rejected, and in despair tried to force Shen Qingqiu to submit. Shen Qingqiu rejected him, leading to their conflict.
According to the story, Shen Qingqiu couldn’t bear to reveal the truth about Luo Binghe, so he protected his disciple’s reputation by claiming he was killed by demons.
Lu Liu further embellishes that Luo Binghe spent years improving his martial abilities and eventually came back to capture Shen Qingqiu and imprison him in the Water Prison of Huan Hua Palace for personal revenge.
The story culminates with Luo Binghe being portrayed as jealous and vengeful, leading to a confrontation with Liu Qingge and Shen Qingqiu's self-detonation in Hua Yue City.
Shen Qingqiu is horrified by the absurd story but decides to leave the tea shop after hearing enough of the embellished and wildly inaccurate tale.
Yang Yixuan and Liu Mingyan are left in a daze by the gossip, while Shen Qingqiu urges them to eat quickly and leave the town before their views on life are further distorted by the wild rumors.
Chapter 10: Huan HuaShen Qingqiu escorts Liu Mingyan and Yang Yixuan out of the borderlands and takes a different direction to avoid further confrontation.
Sha Hualing appears and confronts Shen Qingqiu, revealing she had poisoned him by spiking his food with heavenly demon blood.
Shen Qingqiu begins to feel the effects of the blood, causing intense pain as the heavenly demon blood starts to take control of his body.
Luo Binghe arrives through a spatial rift, startling Shen Qingqiu, who tries to avoid recognition by his former disciple.
Sha Hualing attempts to explain herself to Luo Binghe, fearing his wrath because Shen Qingqiu’s face resembles someone from his past. She confesses her mistake but is punished by Luo Binghe, who strangles her with an incorporeal force.
Despite not recognizing Shen Qingqiu, Luo Binghe uses the heavenly demon blood inside him to drain his spiritual energy, bringing him close to death. He then pulls away upon being reminded of the Holy Mausoleum.
Sha Hualing saves her life by reminding Luo Binghe of their shared goal regarding the Holy Mausoleum, which causes him to spare both her and Shen Qingqiu.
Luo Binghe leaves, opening a spatial rift and abandoning Shen Qingqiu and Sha Hualing in the Demon Realm, but Sha Hualing forces Shen Qingqiu to follow her through the rift.
Shen Qingqiu enters Huan Hua Palace with Sha Hualing, now disguised as a human. They observe Luo Binghe being cold and indifferent to the Little Palace Mistress, who is upset and confronts him.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe’s harem has fallen apart, with the women in his life living in misery or being reduced to mere shadows of their former selves.
Shen Qingqiu checks his System and notices that, despite the deteriorating relationships with the female characters, his B-Points have increased significantly due to subverting typical tropes of female martyrdom and brainless love interests.
Shen Qingqiu accidentally gets sucked into Luo Binghe’s dream realm, reliving memories of their master-disciple relationship on Qing Jing Peak.
In the dream, Shen Qingqiu observes a younger, more naive Luo Binghe, who still holds fond memories of their time together, despite being repeatedly punished by Shen Qingqiu.
Luo Binghe unexpectedly appears in the dream and mistakes Shen Qingqiu for a dream figure, expressing longing for his shizun. Shen Qingqiu responds in a kind manner to maintain the illusion.
Luo Binghe kisses Shen Qingqiu in the dream, revealing his deep emotional attachment. Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe’s satisfaction points have been tied to him rather than any romantic pursuits with the women in his life.
Shen Qingqiu awakens in Huan Hua Palace to alarms signaling an intruder—Liu Qingge has entered the palace, enraged and ready to fight Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu rushes to stop Liu Qingge from confronting Luo Binghe, knowing it could lead to disastrous consequences.
Liu Qingge and Luo Binghe face off in Huan Hua Pavilion, with Liu Qingge furious and prepared to battle Luo Binghe, who appears disheveled and ready to fight back.
Chapter 11: CorpseShen Qingqiu observes a violent confrontation between Liu Qingge and Luo Binghe, whose left arm is holding a lifeless body—Shen Qingqiu’s own corpse from his previous life.
Liu Qingge confronts Luo Binghe about what he has done, having stumbled upon Luo Binghe holding Shen Qingqiu’s corpse in a compromising position, both figures in minimal clothing.
Luo Binghe calmly responds to Liu Qingge’s accusations, suggesting that he would not do such things with an outsider, implying a deeper connection between him and the corpse.
The two begin an intense spiritual energy battle, both cautious not to damage the corpse, which Luo Binghe is fiercely protective of.
Shen Qingqiu, seeing the chaos, assists Liu Qingge by merging his spiritual energy with his, forcing Luo Binghe to let go of the corpse.
Luo Binghe looks on helplessly as Liu Qingge grabs the corpse and flees. Luo Binghe’s expression is devastated, revealing his emotional attachment to Shen Qingqiu's body.
During the battle, the pavilion collapses, revealing the swords Zheng Yang and Xiu Ya, which had been stored there after being broken in the past.
Shen Qingqiu feels pity for Luo Binghe but knows he must get Liu Qingge and his old corpse to safety to prevent any further disturbing developments.
Despite trying to escape, Shen Qingqiu hesitates, feeling conflicted as he witnesses Luo Binghe’s pain. However, Luo Binghe notices him, and his gaze turns murderous.
Before Luo Binghe can act, Shen Qingqiu is suddenly snatched up by a fast-moving shadow, which takes him away to safety.
Luo Binghe, frustrated and emotionally unhinged after losing both Shen Qingqiu’s corpse and the battle, lashes out violently, sending Sha Hualing flying and causing her to cough up blood.
Sha Hualing reports that the intrusion had been assisted by another party who broke the maze array before Liu Qingge's arrival. Despite this information, Luo Binghe remains fixated on retrieving Shen Qingqiu’s body and orders Mobei to be summoned, vowing to pursue them himself.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe had been gentle while using the blood mites in his body before, as the current pain Luo Binghe is causing him is excruciating, making him wish for death.
Shen Qingqiu is dragged to safety by someone, but he's in too much pain to respond or walk properly due to the blood mites raging inside him.
The person who rescued him lowers him to the ground and tries to assess his condition, speaking in a gentle and refreshing voice, indicating they are a young man.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe was never truly malicious before when using the blood mites and had been treating him with a certain degree of care.
Shen Qingqiu briefly reflects on how his situation has spiraled into this bizarre scenario, wondering how things had gone so wrong, blaming Airplane Shooting Towards the Sky for writing such a convoluted situation.
As Shen Qingqiu rolls around in pain, the young man touches his body to comfort him, and surprisingly, his touch seems to alleviate the pain caused by the blood mites.
The young man accidentally touches Shen Qingqiu inappropriately while trying to help, causing Shen Qingqiu to react awkwardly due to his recent traumatic experiences with Luo Binghe.
Despite his discomfort, Shen Qingqiu encourages the young man to continue touching him as it provides relief from the pain.
The young man lifts Shen Qingqiu and forces a liquid down his throat, despite Shen Qingqiu trying to resist. The liquid quickly neutralizes the blood mites' effects, and the pain dissipates almost immediately.
Shen Qingqiu panics and demands to know what the young man gave him to drink, realizing the liquid was heavenly demon blood, as only heavenly demon blood can counteract the effects of heavenly demon blood.
Shen Qingqiu is horrified that he has now consumed heavenly demon blood from two different sources, making him a unique and unparalleled case in history.
After this revelation, Shen Qingqiu lets out a laugh and collapses face-first, overwhelmed by the situation.
Shen Qingqiu finds himself in a scene filled with blood and corpses, with Luo Binghe standing among them, mechanically killing his own dream realm constructions.
Luo Binghe looks distressed and wipes at the blood on his face, embarrassed to be seen by Shen Qingqiu in this state. He throws away his sword and hides his bloodstained hands behind him.
Luo Binghe expresses guilt and self-loathing, saying he has failed to keep Shen Qingqiu's body safe and calls himself useless.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe’s self-destructive behavior is a form of self-discipline and comfortingly tells him that what's lost is lost, trying to ease his pain.
Luo Binghe reveals that the only thing left for him is Shen Qingqiu's body, suggesting that for five years, Luo Binghe had clung to Shen Qingqiu's corpse out of obsession.
Luo Binghe’s bitterness grows, and he becomes more unstable, using his sword to massacre the remnants of his dream realm creations while blaming himself for failing Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu tries to calm him down and reminds him that this destructive behavior is no different from self-harm, which Luo Binghe acknowledges.
Luo Binghe admits that he knows this is all a dream and that only in dreams can Shen Qingqiu still scold him.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that he can’t continue leading Luo Binghe on and decides to be more emotionally distant, pulling away and adopting a more aloof demeanor.
Luo Binghe, in desperation, embraces Shen Qingqiu from behind, refusing to let go even when Shen Qingqiu angrily orders him to.
Luo Binghe tries to explain and apologize for his actions, including his role in trapping Shen Qingqiu in the Water Prison, and admits his regrets.
Shen Qingqiu feels pity for Luo Binghe, realizing the absurdity of the situation where Luo Binghe’s feelings have developed in a direction Shen Qingqiu never anticipated.
Shen Qingqiu loses his resolve to be harsh and instead gently pats Luo Binghe’s head, acknowledging how much Luo Binghe has suffered due to their complex relationship.
Shen Qingqiu notices scars on Luo Binghe’s hands and chest, realizing that Luo Binghe had preserved the wounds inflicted by Shen Qingqiu in past confrontations as a form of emotional attachment rather than hatred.
Shen Qingqiu begins to understand that Luo Binghe is a deeply emotional and sensitive person, far more delicate and affected by their interactions than he had ever realized.
As Shen Qingqiu reflects on his misunderstandings of Luo Binghe, he fails to notice the twisted smile beginning to form on Luo Binghe’s face, signaling that his actions may not be entirely innocent.
Chapter 12: ZhuzhiShen Qingqiu wakes up in a room with a gauzy white canopy, attended by a young man who helped him during the Huan Hua Palace incident.
The young man is revealed to be Zhuzhi-Lang, a servant of Tianlang-Jun and part of the snake demon race, though now in human form. Zhuzhi-Lang confirms that he knows Shen Qingqiu’s true identity.
Zhuzhi-Lang mentions that he cannot completely remove the heavenly demon blood from Shen Qingqiu’s body, but his own blood will neutralize its effects, especially if they go to the Demon Realm.
Shen Qingqiu is surprised by Zhuzhi-Lang’s expectation that he will accompany him to the Demon Realm, but he is unwilling to go and tries to leave. However, Zhuzhi-Lang’s snakes prevent him from escaping.
Shen Qingqiu learns that Zhuzhi-Lang is the son of Tianlang-Jun’s sister and a snake demon from the southern border of the Demon Realm. This makes him Luo Binghe’s senior cousin.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Zhuzhi-Lang was in Huan Hua Palace on official business, likely related to Luo Binghe, but Zhuzhi-Lang evades directly answering questions about his true mission.
Shen Qingqiu attempts to escape from Zhuzhi-Lang by tricking him into entering a brothel and using realgar wine (a snake repellent) to incapacitate him. He buys up the town’s entire supply of realgar wine with Zhuzhi-Lang’s own money and poisons the air, weakening Zhuzhi-Lang’s snake form.
Zhuzhi-Lang is forced to transform into his true form, a giant green snake, and Shen Qingqiu leads the snake away from populated areas.
Once the snake is too weak to move, Shen Qingqiu bids Zhuzhi-Lang goodbye and flees.
Shen Qingqiu rents a flying sword using Zhuzhi-Lang’s money and heads back to Cang Qiong Mountain Sect, thinking of how much trouble he’s already in, especially with recent gossip linking him and Luo Binghe in inappropriate ways.
Chapter 13: CoercionShen Qingqiu arrives at the foot of Cang Qiong Mountain and learns that the sect has been under siege for two days by demon soldiers led by Luo Binghe.
He rushes to Qiong Ding Peak, where the summit is in ruins from the battles. There is a tense standoff between the sect’s disciples and the demon army.
Inside Qiong Ding Hall, Yue Qingyuan and Liu Qingge are injured, while Luo Binghe and Mobei-Jun stand in opposition. Luo Binghe demands the sect's nameplate and Shen Qingqiu’s immortal body, which Cang Qiong Mountain refuses to give.
Qi Qingqi accuses Luo Binghe of betraying the sect, causing his own shizun to self-detonate and desecrating his corpse. Luo Binghe remains indifferent, stating his intention to take the nameplate and stall the sect into submission.
Mobei-Jun throws Shang Qinghua into the standoff, causing a slapstick chase with Qi Qingqi. Shang Qinghua reveals to the sect that Shen Qingqiu had used the Sun-Moon Dew Mushroom to create a new body, and both the corpse in the hall and the living Shen Qingqiu are real.
Shen Qingqiu intervenes as Liu Qingge and Luo Binghe prepare to clash. Luo Binghe captures him, declaring, "Caught you, Shizun," and the sect realizes Shen Qingqiu is alive.
Luo Binghe admits he intentionally stalled the siege to draw Shen Qingqiu out. He refuses to leave without both Shen Qingqiu and his original body, which is being guarded by the sect.
Qi Qingqi suddenly announces that Shen Qingqiu’s immortal body has disappeared. Several disciples guarding the body were poisoned and incapacitated, though the poison is unknown and not of Luo Binghe’s doing.
This mysterious theft of the body shocks both sides, and Luo Binghe vows to find it. He agrees to drop the siege at Shen Qingqiu’s request but remains resolute in his pursuit.
As Luo Binghe prepares to leave, Liu Qingge, despite his injuries, challenges him, unwilling to let him depart so easily.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong
The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong, Vol. 3
Chapter 14: House ArrestShen Qingqiu is taken to the Demon Realm by Luo Binghe, who brings him to a residence similar to Shen Qingqiu’s Bamboo House on Qing Jing Peak.
The two share an awkward, tense silence as they walk through the underground palace, with Shen Qingqiu growing frustrated by the situation and Luo Binghe's behavior.
Luo Binghe tries to check the heavenly demon blood in Shen Qingqiu but realizes it no longer responds to him, hinting at Shen Qingqiu's "fortuitous encounter" (Zhuzhi-Lang’s intervention).
Luo Binghe allows Shen Qingqiu freedom within the underground palace, and when Shen Qingqiu asks to see him as little as possible, Luo Binghe’s heart is visibly hurt.
Luo Binghe reiterates his belief that strength is necessary to keep what he desires, and he swears to never let Shen Qingqiu escape again.
Left alone, Shen Qingqiu questions the system about his progress and point values, and he exchanges points for a "Small Scenario Pusher: Luxury Edition," but is frustrated by this unnecessary feature.
Shen Qingqiu finds that Luo Binghe has ordered the demons to plant bamboo and has arranged for familiar meals. Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe is behind these comforts, deepening his frustration.
Shang Qinghua visits and delivers Shen Qingqiu’s restored sword, Xiu Ya, before awkwardly fleeing when Luo Binghe arrives.
Luo Binghe expresses regret for deceiving Shen Qingqiu in the dream realm but insists his feelings were genuine. Shen Qingqiu doubts his words, still reeling from the previous betrayals.
Their confrontation escalates into a physical struggle when Luo Binghe attempts to take advantage of Shen Qingqiu, who fights back and manages to briefly subdue Luo Binghe before they continue brawling.
During the struggle, Shen Qingqiu lands a punch on Luo Binghe, receiving 500 satisfaction points from the system, indicating Luo Binghe’s masochistic tendencies.
The brawl ends abruptly when Shen Qingqiu experiences a severe, mysterious pain that causes his body to convulse violently. He sees disjointed, chaotic visions and feels his soul being torn apart.
Luo Binghe panics, trying to help Shen Qingqiu but finding no abnormalities. As Shen Qingqiu's condition worsens, Luo Binghe frantically calls for the guards, terrified for Shen Qingqiu’s life.
Chapter 15: Holy MausoleumShen Qingqiu wakes up in a stone coffin, trapped in the Holy Mausoleum of the demon race, realizing he's been returned to his original body.
He deduces that his soul was pulled from his Dew Mushroom body and returned to his original corpse as part of a ritual in the Holy Mausoleum, a restricted area for demons.
Shen Qingqiu explores the mausoleum, avoiding blind corpses, which are sensitive to light, and last-breath candles that ignite based on breathing.
He accidentally triggers a group of blind corpses by moving near one of the candles and is forced to flee.
Shen Qingqiu enters a hall containing a locked coffin and knocks on it, which responds with a voice, revealing the occupant is alive.
The occupant of the coffin, Tianlang-Jun, begins to rise, revealing himself as the father of Luo Binghe. He resembles his son but shows a distinct, eerie smile.
Tianlang-Jun has an authoritative, kingly presence, even as he reveals that his body is falling apart due to the Dew Mushroom body Zhuzhi-Lang gave him. He casually reattaches his severed arm, indicating that his new body is unstable.
Zhuzhi-Lang confirms that he had summoned Shen Qingqiu to the Demon Realm to protect him from the destruction of the human sects, a plan that involves wiping out the four major sects, including Cang Qiong Mountain Sect.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Tianlang-Jun views Luo Binghe not as a son but as a potential vessel for a body transfer to restore his power.
Tianlang-Jun reveals that Zhuzhi-Lang orchestrated events in Jin Lan City to force Shen Qingqiu to break ties with the Human Realm.
A tremor shakes the mausoleum, and it’s revealed that Luo Binghe has broken into the Holy Mausoleum using 200 Black Moon Rhinoceros-Pythons to destroy the barrier.
Luo Binghe arrives, looking bloodied and furious, intent on taking Shen Qingqiu away. He fights Tianlang-Jun but is easily overpowered, suffering a severe injury that causes him to spit blood.
Tianlang-Jun reveals his lack of care for Luo Binghe as his son, even considering taking Luo Binghe’s body for his own use.
Shen Qingqiu attempts to fight back and protect Luo Binghe, but his efforts are disrupted by Tianlang-Jun’s overwhelming strength.
Tianlang-Jun engages Luo Binghe in a brutal fight, using his immense power to injure him severely, while Shen Qingqiu tries to reason with Tianlang-Jun.
Shen Qingqiu accidentally grabs Zhuzhi-Lang instead of Luo Binghe during their escape and is unable to assist Luo Binghe during the fight.
Shen Qingqiu and Zhuzhi-Lang enter the Hall of Fury, triggering dangerous anti-theft mechanisms, including a deadly magma attack that engulfs Tianlang-Jun.
Shen Qingqiu finally meets up with Luo Binghe again, who is in a weakened state, with multiple severe injuries from Tianlang-Jun’s earlier assault.
Luo Binghe helps Shen Qingqiu navigate through the Hall of Fury and Hall of Sorrow, which they manage to escape quickly.
They enter a final corridor where Luo Binghe, despite his condition, takes charge of leading Shen Qingqiu to safety, though he collapses from exhaustion and injuries before they can escape fully.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe has pushed himself beyond his limits, suffering from severe physical damage and possible poison or fever, leaving him unconscious and in dire need of help.
Chapter 16: Melting IceAfter Luo Binghe passes out, the suppressive effect of his presence fades, causing the blind corpses to stir and surround them.
Shen Qingqiu fights off the blind corpses while carrying Luo Binghe, using Xiu Ya but struggling with spiritual energy depletion.
Realizing they can't stay in the corridor, Shen Qingqiu drags Luo Binghe into a preparation chamber full of coffins, hoping to hide from the blind corpses.
With no time to find separate coffins, Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe hide together in the same coffin, with Luo Binghe lying on top of him.
Blind corpses enter the chamber and search meticulously, coming dangerously close to their hiding spot.
Shen Qingqiu notices Luo Binghe’s heavenly demon mark of sin glowing, attracting attention. To hide the glow, he presses his mouth against Luo Binghe’s forehead, resembling a kiss.
The blind corpse nearly touches Luo Binghe, but Shen Qingqiu manages to reposition them just in time, preventing discovery.
After the blind corpses leave, Shen Qingqiu prepares to push Luo Binghe into a sitting position but is startled by an unknown voice in the chamber.
The voice belongs to Meng Mo, who appears in human form. Shen Qingqiu recognizes him and asks for help in entering Luo Binghe's dream realm to wake him up.
Meng Mo reveals he cannot wake Luo Binghe, as his spirit is in complete chaos due to years of overexertion from soul-summoning rituals and battles, leaving him stuck in a deep dreamlike state.
Shen Qingqiu accepts that he must protect Luo Binghe alone and prepares to wake up and find a way out of the Holy Mausoleum.
Meng Mo expresses frustration that Luo Binghe respects Shen Qingqiu as his Shizun despite all his efforts to mentor him, while Luo Binghe refuses to acknowledge Meng Mo as a teacher.
Meng Mo warns Shen Qingqiu that the mausoleum is filled with dangers and suggests he will struggle to protect Luo Binghe alone.
Shen Qingqiu wakes up in the coffin with Luo Binghe still on top of him and decides to head toward the far east end of the mausoleum to find the place where Luo Binghe broke through the barrier.
As they journey, the corridor begins to change, with vegetation and a forest-like environment emerging as they enter a tomb filled with dangerous plants.
Shen Qingqiu protects them from a sneak attack by catching a sword with his bare hand, severely injuring himself.
He realizes the attackers are Qiu Haitang and the Old Palace Master, the former now vengeful, and the latter crippled and limbless but still powerful.
The Old Palace Master reveals that he was responsible for investigating Shen Qingqiu’s past and worsening his reputation, explaining that his grudge stems from Luo Binghe rejecting his mentorship and marriage to his daughter.
The Old Palace Master’s spiritual attacks overwhelm Shen Qingqiu, but Shen Qingqiu refuses to abandon Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu notices the Old Palace Master’s unnatural fixation on Luo Binghe, who reminds him of his former disciple, Su Xiyan.
The Old Palace Master’s obsession with Su Xiyan is revealed to have been deeply inappropriate, explaining his twisted attachment to Luo Binghe.
As the Old Palace Master grows more deranged, he is infected by the Ties That Bind, a demonic plant that sprouts from flesh when one uses spiritual energy.
Qiu Haitang also suffers from a breakdown, ranting about her past suffering and her complex feelings toward Shen Qingqiu before fleeing the mausoleum in a state of madness.
Shen Qingqiu continues on with Luo Binghe, ignoring the Old Palace Master’s final attempts to stop them.
The Old Palace Master succumbs to the Ties That Bind, his head sprouting with fleshy growths as he dies a gruesome death.
Shen Qingqiu escapes with Luo Binghe, determined to find a way out of the mausoleum despite his injuries.
Shen Qingqiu hears Tianlang-Jun's voice through a voice-transmitting spell, mocking him for playing a game of hide-and-seek and hinting at their inevitable encounter.
Shen Qingqiu notices that the Ties That Bind sprouts have spread to his leg, following his blood vessels and threatening to immobilize him.
Tianlang-Jun is aware of Shen Qingqiu's plan to escape the Holy Mausoleum by heading east through the barrier's tear, unsettling Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu realizes he needs to act quickly before the demonic plant fully takes root. Despite the immense pain, he rips out the sprouts from his leg, tearing a chunk of his flesh in the process.
The pain is excruciating, leaving Shen Qingqiu gasping and unable to wipe the sweat from his face. His condition is now far worse than before, with blood pouring from his leg.
Knowing that Tianlang-Jun is likely on his way, Shen Qingqiu decides not to continue eastward with Luo Binghe, fearing they would encounter Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang.
After leaving the primeval forest-like tomb hall, Shen Qingqiu finds another chamber and selects a clean stone coffin for Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu gently settles Luo Binghe into the coffin, checking his condition. Luo Binghe remains unconscious, his forehead burning hot, and the red mark on his forehead continues to glow brighter.
Shen Qingqiu places Xin Mo beneath Luo Binghe’s hand, preparing for the next steps, and closes the coffin to keep him safe.
Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang find Shen Qingqiu standing in the center of a mausoleum hall, badly injured and covered in blood, yet waiting for them.
Tianlang-Jun expresses surprise at Shen Qingqiu’s condition, noting how bad it has gotten in such a short time. Shen Qingqiu claims that Luo Binghe left.
Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang become immobilized by a freezing trap in the mausoleum, thanks to the ice powers of the Mobei clan's tomb.
Shen Qingqiu had lowered his body temperature to avoid freezing, but Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang get trapped in ice, slowing them for at least an hour.
Shen Qingqiu uses this opportunity to escape, but Zhuzhi-Lang activates the blood he previously fed to Shen Qingqiu, causing excruciating pain.
As Shen Qingqiu tries to keep moving, Zhuzhi-Lang’s blood wreaks havoc in his body, forcing him to struggle against the overwhelming sensation of the blood mites attacking his organs.
Luo Binghe suddenly appears, having woken up, and finds Shen Qingqiu suffering from the blood attack. He helps support Shen Qingqiu and shatters some of the ice surrounding Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang.
Luo Binghe confronts Shen Qingqiu for associating with Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang, revealing his anger. Shen Qingqiu retorts angrily before trying to leave, but Luo Binghe stops him, noticing tears on Shen Qingqiu's face.
Luo Binghe realizes Shen Qingqiu has suffered greatly to protect him and expresses remorse, begging forgiveness.
Shen Qingqiu tries to brush off Luo Binghe’s concerns, feeling awkward at the attention, but Luo Binghe insists on staying close to him, refusing to let go.
They manage to reach the exit of the Holy Mausoleum, where Luo Binghe, now fully recovered, cuts open a rift in space with his sword, allowing them to escape.
Outside, Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang pursue them. Luo Binghe confronts Zhuzhi-Lang for feeding Shen Qingqiu his blood, while Tianlang-Jun mocks the situation, revealing his desire for Luo Binghe’s sword.
Despite negotiations, Tianlang-Jun betrays his agreement with Luo Binghe and orders Zhuzhi-Lang to snatch Shen Qingqiu.
Zhuzhi-Lang transforms into his serpent form and swallows Shen Qingqiu whole, while Tianlang-Jun dismisses any notion of honor or keeping promises, reminding Shen Qingqiu that demons care little for such things.
Chapter 17: TianlangShen Qingqiu wakes up on top of a giant serpent traveling through the southern border of the Demon Realm, surrounded by an army of demons led by Tianlang-Jun.
Shen Qingqiu discovers his right arm is overgrown with fleshy sprouts from the Ties That Bind, which Zhuzhi-Lang begins burning off using hot coals.
Zhuzhi-Lang awkwardly clarifies that his intentions toward Shen Qingqiu are purely professional, not like Luo Binghe’s romantic ones.
Tianlang-Jun casually questions Shen Qingqiu if he has dual-cultivated with Luo Binghe, revealing he has been influenced by a Human Realm song called Mother! Fucking! Regret! Of! Chunshan!.
Tianlang-Jun reveals his plan to use Luo Binghe’s sword, Xin Mo, to merge the Demon Realm with the Human Realm, echoing a plotline from the original novel where Luo Binghe does the same.
Shen Qingqiu realizes merging the realms would cause endless conflict, and Tianlang-Jun justifies it as necessary despite the chaos it would bring.
Shen Qingqiu questions Tianlang-Jun's feelings about Luo Binghe and learns Tianlang-Jun feels "sorry" for him, but he holds little affection due to Luo Binghe's half-human heritage.
That night, Luo Binghe sneaks into Shen Qingqiu’s tent in person after traveling from the northern border. He throws himself on top of Shen Qingqiu and kisses him passionately, refusing to leave despite the danger.
Zhuzhi-Lang arrives to continue burning the Ties That Bind, forcing Luo Binghe to hide under the blankets.
Shen Qingqiu struggles to hide Luo Binghe while dealing with Zhuzhi-Lang’s treatment. The situation becomes increasingly chaotic and awkward as Luo Binghe continues to interfere.
Tianlang-Jun suddenly arrives in the tent, causing an even more awkward misunderstanding when he sees Zhuzhi-Lang and Shen Qingqiu tangled together, assuming something inappropriate is happening between them.
Liu Qingge arrives in the southern border, fighting his way through demons in a grand spectacle to rescue Shen Qingqiu.
A massive battle erupts between Tianlang-Jun, Liu Qingge, Luo Binghe, and the demon army. Zhuzhi-Lang intervenes to help Shen Qingqiu by suppressing the blood mites in his body.
Seizing the opportunity, Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe escape with Liu Qingge using their swords, leaving the battle behind.
After the escape, Tianlang-Jun remarks on Shen Qingqiu's perceived preferences for complicated relationships, humorously assuming Shen Qingqiu enjoys being involved with multiple people at once.
Shen Qingqiu, Luo Binghe, and Liu Qingge flee from the battle and head toward the borderlands.
Liu Qingge questions why Shen Qingqiu brought Luo Binghe with him and expresses distrust of Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu tries to defuse the situation, apologizing for Luo Binghe’s past mistakes and expressing trust in him, which causes Luo Binghe to be visibly happy.
Liu Qingge attacks Luo Binghe, but Luo Binghe gets dizzy from lingering effects of his previous injuries, concerning Shen Qingqiu.
After the trio crosses into the Human Realm, Shen Qingqiu suggests resting before proceeding further, to which Liu Qingge reluctantly agrees.
They stop at an inn where an argument ensues over the number of rooms; Luo Binghe manipulates the situation, claiming not to have enough money, resulting in them only getting two rooms.
Shen Qingqiu avoids sharing a room with either Luo Binghe or Liu Qingge, instead leaving them in a tense standoff.
Shen Qingqiu finds some booklets in his room and begins reading. The System suddenly notifies him that he has earned enough satisfaction points to receive a key item.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that the item, which reduces anger points, was locked behind a threshold, and that he no longer needs it.
The System also alerts Shen Qingqiu to an upcoming important quest at Zhao Hua Monastery, leaving him curious and concerned.
Just as Shen Qingqiu is contemplating the implications of this new quest, there is a light knock on his door.
Chapter 18: OriginsShen Qingqiu assumes Luo Binghe is knocking at his door but is surprised to see it’s Liu Qingge instead.
Liu Qingge gives Shen Qingqiu a folding fan from Qing Jing Peak and questions Shen Qingqiu’s relationship with Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu admits he isn’t sure how his relationship with Luo Binghe became so complicated, claiming he misunderstood Luo Binghe initially.
Liu Qingge reminds Shen Qingqiu of Luo Binghe’s past destructive actions, and Shen Qingqiu defends Luo Binghe, hoping not to misunderstand him again.
Liu Qingge, concerned about the rumors, asks Shen Qingqiu why he defends Luo Binghe, to which Shen Qingqiu responds with a desire for clarity rather than blind defense.
Liu Qingge, frustrated, leaves after seeing something unusual, making Shen Qingqiu confused.
The next morning, Shen Qingqiu wakes up to find Luo Binghe in his room, acting as he did when he was Shen Qingqiu’s disciple on Qing Jing Peak.
Luo Binghe continues to serve Shen Qingqiu breakfast and makes the bed, expressing that he never thought Shen Qingqiu had expelled him as a disciple.
Shen Qingqiu tells Luo Binghe that he must apologize to the sect for his past actions.
Luo Binghe mentions they don't need to return to Cang Qiong Mountain and suggests going to Zhao Hua Monastery instead.
Liu Qingge bursts into the room, confirming that something important is happening at Zhao Hua Monastery, where all sect leaders are gathering for a discussion.
The trio heads to Zhao Hua Monastery, where they see numerous sects already assembled.
The discussion at Zhao Hua Monastery is centered around a shared dream about Tianlang-Jun causing destruction, prompting the sect leaders to discuss how to prevent it.
During the discussion, the monks reveal details about Tianlang-Jun and his relationship with Su Xiyan, Luo Binghe’s mother, uncovering that Luo Binghe is the child of Tianlang-Jun.
This revelation sparks controversy and disgust among the sect leaders, who condemn Su Xiyan for birthing a half-demon child.
Luo Binghe vehemently denies that Tianlang-Jun is his father, showing visible distress and emotional turmoil over his origins being exposed.
Shen Qingqiu comforts Luo Binghe, though the situation escalates as Wu Wang condemns Luo Binghe and Su Xiyan’s actions.
The monks apprehend demons hiding in Zhao Hua Monastery, assuming they are aligned with Luo Binghe, sparking a fight.
Luo Binghe defends Shen Qingqiu, declaring that any attacks against him should not involve Shen Qingqiu.
Yue Qingyuan and Liu Qingge intervene in the battle, subtly protecting Shen Qingqiu while deflecting attacks from others.
Luo Binghe tries to convince Shen Qingqiu to leave with him, but Shen Qingqiu insists on staying behind to resolve the situation.
Luo Binghe reluctantly leaves after Shen Qingqiu promises to find him later, but tensions remain high at the monastery.
The monks criticize Shen Qingqiu for siding with Luo Binghe, but Shen Qingqiu deflects their accusations while preparing to take responsibility for his actions.
The System informs Shen Qingqiu that his quest to raise Luo Binghe’s righteous image has failed, leading to a penalty where all his satisfaction points are drained.
Shen Qingqiu collapses from dizziness due to the System’s punishment, ending the chaotic situation at Zhao Hua Monastery.
Shen Qingqiu wakes up to find himself in a desolate dream realm resembling a completely destroyed Qing Jing Peak.
He realizes that he is undergoing the System's punishment, with no support or guidance from the System during the scenario.
Shen Qingqiu encounters a figure that looks like Luo Binghe but behaves very differently. This version is cold, cruel, and detached, similar to the original Luo Binghe from Proud Immortal Demon Way after he had fully darkened.
Shen Qingqiu quickly realizes this is not his world’s Luo Binghe due to the tone and demeanor.
This version of Luo Binghe toys with Shen Qingqiu, treating him with disdain and curiosity, which unsettles Shen Qingqiu.
When Shen Qingqiu tries to escape, the dark Luo Binghe blocks his path and casually tears off Shen Qingqiu’s right arm, leaving Shen Qingqiu in excruciating pain.
Shen Qingqiu's body instinctively retaliates with spiritual energy, but Luo Binghe easily disperses it with a single strike.
Shen Qingqiu tries to crawl away, but Luo Binghe catches up to him and caresses his leg, hinting at turning him into a "human stick" (disabling him by removing limbs).
Despite Shen Qingqiu’s desperate pleas, Luo Binghe begins torturing him further by causing agonizing pain in his left thigh, suggesting that they have "done this before" and implying that more torture will follow.
Shen Qingqiu can no longer bear the excruciating pain and begins to scream in sheer agony, fully immersed in the horror of the punishment scenario.
Chapter 19: Shen JiuShen Qingqiu is abruptly pulled out of the punishment by the System with the pain vanishing.
He finds himself in a familiar dream realm, Meng Mo's cave, where Meng Mo explains that he rescued Shen Qingqiu after detecting he was at risk of his spirit being torn apart.
Meng Mo admits that he tried multiple times to pull Shen Qingqiu out but only succeeded at the last moment.
Shen Qingqiu thanks Meng Mo for the help, and Meng Mo begrudgingly acknowledges that Shen Qingqiu had helped Luo Binghe before, thus indirectly helping him.
Shen Qingqiu, still shaken, asks why Luo Binghe hasn’t appeared in his dreams. Meng Mo explains that Luo Binghe’s powers have grown to the point that Meng Mo can no longer enter his dream realm.
Shen Qingqiu suspects that Luo Binghe hasn’t appeared because of how powerful and isolated his thoughts have become.
Shen Qingqiu brings up the incident with Qiu Haitang and confirms that Meng Mo had meddled with her dreams in the Holy Mausoleum by showing her someone else's memories.
Shen Qingqiu requests Meng Mo to show him those memories, believing they are Shen Jiu's, his body's original owner's memories. Meng Mo agrees.
Shen Qingqiu is transported into fragmented memories of Shen Jiu’s past.
Shen Jiu is shown as a young boy who is abused by the Qiu family, specifically by Qiu Haitang's older brother.
The memory cuts to Shen Jiu being beaten and mistreated, with Young Master Qiu threatening him, showing the cruelty Shen Jiu endured.
Qiu Haitang is portrayed as a naive, kind girl, contrasting with her brother’s treatment of Shen Jiu. Despite this, Shen Jiu remains cold and distant toward her.
Another memory shows Shen Jiu talking to "Qi-ge," another boy who seems to be his friend. Qi-ge is planning to escape the situation by joining a cultivation sect and promises to return to rescue Shen Jiu.
Shen Jiu shows signs of envy and longing to leave with Qi-ge, but he remains trapped by the Qiu family.
A later memory reveals that Shen Jiu, now older, murders Young Master Qiu in a fit of rage and desperation after years of abuse.
After killing Young Master Qiu, Shen Jiu slaughters numerous guards and male servants in a cold and calculated manner but spares the women.
The memory further shows that after the massacre, Shen Jiu sets fire to the Qiu estate, burning it to the ground.
Shen Jiu is then approached by a mysterious figure, “Senior Wu Yanzi,” who appears to have influenced Shen Jiu's actions and offers to take him away for cultivation.
Shen Jiu shows reluctance, standing before the burning estate, but ultimately decides to follow Wu Yanzi, casting aside his past and the life he led.
Shen Qingqiu recalls that the youth who promised to save him would never return, noting that vows to "come back" often result in abandonment.
He reflects on how both he and Qi-ge had been naive and overly optimistic about their future.
Shen Qingqiu understands why Airplane Shooting Towards the Sky (the author) cut down the original outline of Shen Jiu's character—handling a character who was both tragic and scummy could have caused flame wars among readers.
He reflects on Qiu Haitang's tragic fate, feeling that her descent into bitterness was unjust and that her death was undeserved.
The memory becomes distorted, and the System warns that memory fragmentation is causing data loss. Shen Qingqiu manages to stop the data loss at 10% by "smacking" the system notification.
The memory resumes, and Shen Qingqiu finds himself witnessing little Luo Binghe digging a hole in a canyon during Cang Qiong Mountain's recruitment trial.
Shen Qingqiu realizes this is the moment when Luo Binghe first entered the sect. The trial required the participants to dig holes, though Shen Qingqiu remembers the author's attempts to justify this in the original story.
Yue Qingyuan and Shen Jiu (the original Shen Qingqiu) watch over the trial from above, with Liu Qingge joining them briefly.
Liu Qingge points out that Luo Binghe is the most talented among the participants, but refuses to personally take him as a disciple, preferring to let talented individuals seek out Bai Zhan Peak on their own.
Shen Jiu decides he wants Luo Binghe as his disciple, despite his history of treating talented students poorly. Yue Qingyuan reluctantly agrees to this, showing how much he tolerates Shen Jiu's behavior.
Ning Yingying enthusiastically brings Luo Binghe to Qing Jing Peak, where he expresses his excitement and gratitude to become Shen Jiu's disciple.
Shen Jiu, filled with envy toward Luo Binghe's talents and background, douses him with tea and coldly walks away, leaving Luo Binghe humiliated and confused.
Ming Fan threatens Luo Binghe with punishment if he dares to stand up, further crushing the boy's spirits.
Luo Binghe cries for the first time since his mother's death and would never cry again in Cang Qiong Mountain Sect, no matter how much abuse he suffers.
Shen Qingqiu, unable to physically interact with Luo Binghe in this memory, tries to comfort him, expressing deep sorrow for the boy's suffering.
As Luo Binghe continues to kneel obediently, clutching a jade pendant to his chest, Shen Qingqiu mentally vows that "Shizun will never hit you again" before the memory fades into darkness.
Shen Qingqiu wakes up to the sight of a white bed curtain with tassels, confused by the sudden change in scenery.
Yue Qingyuan is sitting beside him and mentions that Shen Qingqiu had been crying and calling out Luo Binghe's name in his sleep.
Shen Qingqiu feels embarrassed and tries to explain but is unable to find a convincing excuse.
Yue Qingyuan reassures him that no explanation is necessary and informs Shen Qingqiu that he had been unconscious for five days.
The System notifies Shen Qingqiu that the plot hole-filling completion rate for Shen Jiu is only 70%, leaving him frustrated over the remaining 30%, especially after 10% was lost due to memory fragmentation.
Shen Qingqiu, now alert, urgently tells Yue Qingyuan that Tianlang-Jun might use the first snow of the Luo River as the time and place to create a portal and merge the two realms.
When Yue Qingyuan questions how Shen Qingqiu knows this, Shen Qingqiu awkwardly avoids answering, pleading for trust instead.
Yue Qingyuan tells Shen Qingqiu to rest and leaves him, though Shen Qingqiu is restless after sleeping for five days.
Shen Qingqiu searches for his outer robe but is suddenly approached from behind, a hand covering his eyes.
It turns out to be Luo Binghe, who pulls Shen Qingqiu onto the bamboo couch, teasing him and kissing his eyelids.
Luo Binghe playfully tells Shen Qingqiu not to shout, warning that they could be discovered by Qing Jing Peak members, which could ruin Shen Qingqiu's already tarnished reputation.
Luo Binghe asks if Shen Qingqiu missed him, expecting a standard cold response, but Shen Qingqiu, recalling a painful memory of Luo Binghe's past, is unable to muster his usual resistance.
Shen Qingqiu, overwhelmed by emotion, silently nods instead of pushing Luo Binghe away.
Chapter 20: Impending WarLuo Binghe is caught off guard when Shen Qingqiu nods in response to missing him, having braced himself for rejection.
Shen Qingqiu realizes the implication of his nod and feels embarrassed, wanting to deny it but unable to.
Luo Binghe becomes emotional, clinging to Shen Qingqiu and kissing the corner of his mouth softly, overjoyed by Shen Qingqiu’s acknowledgment.
Luo Binghe expresses how much he missed Shen Qingqiu, and Shen Qingqiu questions why Luo Binghe hadn't visited him in the dream realm. Luo Binghe responds that he thought Shen Qingqiu would find him annoying.
Shen Qingqiu feels conflicted as he realizes he has grown used to Luo Binghe’s presence, despite finding it bothersome in the past.
Luo Binghe admits to Shen Qingqiu that seeing him smile happily with others made him feel like Shen Qingqiu didn’t miss him.
They share a moment where Shen Qingqiu lightly scolds Luo Binghe for being a "little beast" but in a playful manner, showing the deep bond that has formed between them.
Luo Binghe continues to show affection, reaffirming his loyalty to Shen Qingqiu, stating that he is only Shen Qingqiu’s "little beast."
Shen Qingqiu warns Luo Binghe about the upcoming battle with Tianlang-Jun, but Luo Binghe remains indifferent, expressing that he only acknowledges Shen Qingqiu as his family.
Luo Binghe offers to help Shen Qingqiu during the fight with Tianlang-Jun, making it clear that he is ready to assist without hesitation.
Shen Qingqiu tries to avoid the subject of how he knows so much about Tianlang-Jun's plans, offering vague excuses about reading records.
Just as Shen Qingqiu becomes overwhelmed by Luo Binghe's questions, Ning Yingying and other disciples arrive, forcing him to push Luo Binghe out the window to avoid being seen.
Qi Qingqi and other sect members enter, questioning Shen Qingqiu's well-being after his five-day sleep. Qi Qingqi teases Shen Qingqiu, complaining about how troublesome he is.
Shen Qingqiu is forced to navigate their concerns and avoid mentioning Luo Binghe's presence. Liu Qingge suspects something and scans the room for intruders but finds nothing.
Ning Yingying tearfully asks Shen Qingqiu never to leave again, deeply affected by his absence. Shen Qingqiu comforts her, feeling touched by her loyalty.
Liu Qingge suddenly detects a shift in the atmosphere, going to the window where he realizes that it has started to snow, signaling an important event is about to occur.
Shen Qingqiu wakes up early after staying up all night and rushes out of the Bamboo House when he hears the alarm bells ringing.
All disciples gather at Qiong Ding Peak in silence, preparing for the upcoming threat.
Inside the hall, the peak lords examine a white crystal mirror showing the Demon Realm’s Mai Gu Ridge merging with the human realm over the Luo River, signifying the merging of the two realms.
Yue Qingyuan announces that the merging process is progressing quickly and orders the peak lords to gather two-thirds of their inner disciples to move out immediately.
Shen Qingqiu tries to leave with the others, but Yue Qingyuan insists he stay behind, hinting that he might use force to stop him.
As they argue, massive flaming boulders fall from the sky, crashing toward Cang Qiong Mountain. Yue Qingyuan shatters them with his sword Xuan Su, dispersing the debris.
The sight of hellish scenes in the sky alarms everyone; Yue Qingyuan orders the disciples to prepare for evacuation and asks Zhao Hua Monastery for help.
Yue Qingyuan insists Shen Qingqiu go to the Luo River with the rest of the disciples, as he will stay behind to hold off the impending danger.
Liu Qingge drags Shen Qingqiu away, assuring him that Yue Qingyuan will catch up after the reinforcements arrive.
Thousands of swords fly through the air, carrying the disciples to the Luo River in a beautiful but ominous scene as the realms begin to merge.
At the Luo River, the Zhao Hua Monastery monks and other sects have already arrived. Yue Qingyuan thanks them for their help, but the monks reveal that they were aided by Luo Binghe.
Luo Binghe arrives with his allies, including Mobei-Jun and Sha Hualing, and announces that he is willing to help the cultivation world repel the merge because of Shen Qingqiu.
Despite initial skepticism, Luo Binghe’s offer is accepted, and he positions himself as an ally, causing mixed reactions among the various sect members.
Luo Binghe freezes part of the Luo River to create a foundation for the barrier setup, earning him the crowd’s grudging respect.
Shen Qingqiu awkwardly acknowledges Luo Binghe’s help, trying to remain composed under the stares of the other sect leaders and disciples.
Yue Qingyuan coordinates the defense efforts while the sects plan their next steps. Liu Qingge and Bai Zhan Peak are assigned to hold off the demon beasts.
Shen Qingqiu, Luo Binghe, and others prepare to search for Xin Mo in Mai Gu Ridge, knowing they must destroy it to stop the merge.
Luo Binghe insists on flying with Shen Qingqiu, claiming he has forgotten how to fly with spiritual energy, so Shen Qingqiu reluctantly agrees.
The group arrives at Mai Gu Ridge and begins searching the ominous landscape filled with eerie trees and lurking demonic creatures.
Thanks to Luo Binghe’s presence, the demonic creatures flee or hide as they progress through the ridge without any significant resistance.
They quickly find a cave covered in black qi that seems to be the source of the disturbance. Cautioning the group, they decide to investigate.
Mobei-Jun kicks Shang Qinghua into the cave as the "investigator," and a terrified scream erupts from within the cave after a long silence, signaling danger ahead.
Chapter 21: Always TogetherShen Qingqiu rushes into the cave with others, finding Tianlang-Jun seated with Shang Qinghua nearby, Xin Mo emitting black qi and purple miasma from a crack in the rocks.
Tianlang-Jun's body is severely decayed, with necrosis covering half his face and missing an arm, making him appear far from the powerful figure Shen Qingqiu had expected.
Zhuzhi-Lang appears to defend Tianlang-Jun, but he too looks disfigured, with scales covering his body, reminiscent of his half-man, half-snake form.
Tianlang-Jun recognizes Yue Qingyuan and comments on his memory during their previous encounter but explains his memory sharpened due to being sealed for over a decade.
Yue Qingyuan attacks, causing part of the cave to collapse, revealing a snowy, frozen landscape outside. Southern border demons are already arriving below.
A chaotic battle ensues as the group engages Tianlang-Jun and Zhuzhi-Lang. Several cultivators are poisoned by Zhuzhi-Lang’s venomous body.
Mobei-Jun arrives, rescuing Shang Qinghua from Zhuzhi-Lang's attack and delivering a brutal beatdown to Zhuzhi-Lang.
Despite being outnumbered and severely weakened, Tianlang-Jun taunts his opponents, but Luo Binghe interrupts the battle, severing Tianlang-Jun's remaining arm with a powerful blow of demonic qi.
Zhuzhi-Lang attempts to aid Tianlang-Jun but is stopped by Luo Binghe, who impales him with Zheng Yang. Tianlang-Jun collapses, and it seems the battle is over.
Master Wu Chen reveals the truth about Su Xiyan, stating that she had been forced to drink poison by the Old Palace Master after refusing to deceive Tianlang-Jun, despite her initial intentions to use him.
Tianlang-Jun is devastated by this revelation, finally realizing that Su Xiyan never intended to betray him and had resisted until the end.
As Tianlang-Jun reflects on the tragic misunderstandings, he admits defeat, stating that his efforts had all been in vain. He falls back, leaving a sorrowful impression.
Xin Mo continues to emit black qi as the merging of the realms persists. Yue Qingyuan moves to stop it, but Tianlang-Jun reveals that he is no longer supplying it with demonic qi—Luo Binghe is.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Luo Binghe has been lying about his intentions and is the true source of the merging crisis, driven by his desire to possess Shen Qingqiu and eliminate his ties to Cang Qiong Mountain.
Luo Binghe confesses his deep pain and jealousy, stating that he hates how no one has ever chosen him over others. His mental state deteriorates further, his emotions warped by Xin Mo.
Shen Qingqiu tries to reason with Luo Binghe, but Luo Binghe insists that if Cang Qiong Mountain is destroyed, Shen Qingqiu will have no choice but to stay with him.
As the situation becomes more desperate, Yue Qingyuan draws Xuan Su, initiating a fierce battle with Luo Binghe, who is now in a berserk state due to Xin Mo’s influence.
Shen Qingqiu manages to pull Xin Mo from the wall, but Mai Gu Ridge continues its descent toward the frozen Luo River, indicating that the crisis is far from over.
Yue Qingyuan traps Luo Binghe in a barrier, urging Shen Qingqiu to escape with Xin Mo. However, before Shen Qingqiu can act, the ground beneath them collapses, sending the entire cave tumbling down.
Shen Qingqiu digs Yue Qingyuan out from under rubble, noticing that Yue is injured and bleeding internally. Yue asks about the others, but Shen Qingqiu only finds debris and no sign of Master Wu Chen or Tianlang-Jun.
Yue Qingyuan’s condition deteriorates, and he reveals that his sword, Xuan Su, consumes his life force whenever drawn, explaining why he rarely unsheathes it. This stems from a cultivation mishap in his youth.
Yue Qingyuan confesses regret over past impulsive decisions, including failing to save Shen Qingqiu (then Shen Jiu) from tragedy at Qiu Manor, due to being trapped in the Lingxi Caves.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that Yue Qingyuan is the same person as Yue Qi, Shen Jiu’s childhood friend. This revelation explains why Yue has always been protective and patient with Shen Qingqiu.
Yue continues to apologize for the past, deeply regretful that circumstances prevented him from returning in time to save Shen Jiu, despite his efforts.
Shen Qingqiu receives multiple notifications from the System, indicating the completion of various plot points and characters, including Zhuzhi-Lang, Tianlang-Jun, Su Xiyan, and both Shen Qingqiu and Yue Qingyuan themselves.
Shen Qingqiu reflects on Luo Binghe’s descent into madness, acknowledging that he failed to notice Luo Binghe's growing insecurity and sense of abandonment, exacerbated by Xin Mo’s influence.
Shen Qingqiu tries to keep Yue Qingyuan awake, but Yue slips deeper into his injuries, lamenting that Shen Qingqiu never calls him by his childhood name, Qi-ge, even though that’s what he longs to hear.
Shen Qingqiu refuses to fulfill Yue’s last wish, fearing that doing so will signal his death, and drags Yue along in hopes of finding help.
They encounter Master Wu Chen, who is also injured and carrying the unconscious Wu Wang. Shen Qingqiu asks Wu Chen to take Yue Qingyuan and Wu Wang to safety.
Wu Chen reminds Shen Qingqiu that inner demons arise from obsessions, hinting that Luo Binghe’s madness stems from his obsession with Shen Qingqiu, which cannot be easily cured.
Shen Qingqiu resolves to confront Luo Binghe and handle the situation himself, aware that he is the key to resolving Luo Binghe's inner turmoil.
The interior of Mai Gu Ridge has collapsed, and Shen Qingqiu struggles through the rubble, finding Zhuzhi-Lang and Tianlang-Jun severely injured but still alive.
Zhuzhi-Lang is gravely wounded, with his snake form battered and missing scales. Tianlang-Jun is deteriorating further, barely holding on.
Shen Qingqiu removes Zheng Yang from Zhuzhi-Lang's body, aiding him and showing concern despite his past indifference.
Tianlang-Jun reveals that Luo Binghe has been following Shen Qingqiu all along, and Shen Qingqiu turns to find Luo Binghe watching him silently.
Luo Binghe, under Xin Mo's influence, is hallucinating and begins attacking imaginary enemies around Shen Qingqiu, while the mountain continues to collapse.
Shen Qingqiu uses the System’s "Small Scenario Pusher" to try to help but falls into the collapsing ground. Luo Binghe protects Shen Qingqiu from falling debris, even while in a delusional state.
Luo Binghe regains some clarity and pleads with Shen Qingqiu for comfort, revealing his mental turmoil and pain. Shen Qingqiu comforts him with words and a kiss, which briefly stabilizes him.
As Luo Binghe’s mental state deteriorates, he begins an intense sexual encounter with Shen Qingqiu. Shen Qingqiu endures the pain and draws demonic energy from Luo Binghe’s body into his own to stop Mai Gu Ridge's descent.
Despite the brutal nature of the encounter, Shen Qingqiu focuses on helping Luo Binghe, who becomes more affectionate and remorseful as the act continues. Shen Qingqiu reassures him that everything will be alright.
Shen Qingqiu retrieves the jade Guanyin and gives it back to Luo Binghe, calming him further. He explains to Luo Binghe that Su Xiyan, Luo’s mother, did love him and sacrificed everything to ensure his survival, countering Luo’s belief that he was unwanted.
Shen Qingqiu tells Luo Binghe that he is drawing away Xin Mo's energy for him, and only him, so that Luo Binghe can live a healthy, clear-minded life, free from the sword's control.
Luo Binghe, emotionally overwhelmed, breaks down in tears and destroys Xin Mo, deciding that being alive without Shen Qingqiu would be meaningless to him.
Just as Shen Qingqiu contemplates their potential "dying together," the System offers him a chance to activate a new ability: "Self-Saving."
Shen Qingqiu reflects on how Proud Immortal Demon Way has transformed from a male power fantasy into a bizarre love story after his transmigration into the novel.
The System informs Shen Qingqiu that he has been upgraded to a beginner-level VIP account with a "Self-Saving" ability that can restore his life bar to full once.
Shen Qingqiu is concerned about Luo Binghe potentially killing himself if he uses the ability and asks about Luo Binghe's condition, but the System doesn't allow inquiries.
Shen Qingqiu is shown his achievement history, which highlights various milestones like avoiding landmines, cutting filler, and filling plot holes. The novel is now categorized as women's fiction, explaining the bizarre plot shifts.
Shen Qingqiu is suddenly pulled out of the virtual space and finds himself surrounded by his disciples and fellow sect members, including Liu Qingge.
Liu Qingge initially tells Shen Qingqiu that Luo Binghe is dead, scaring him, but it turns out that Luo Binghe is alive. Luo had almost died but was stopped just in time.
Shen Qingqiu learns that after destroying Xin Mo, Mai Gu Ridge exploded, and both he and Luo Binghe fell into the Luo River. Liu Qingge fished them out, and they were found clutching each other tightly, which caused a stir.
Shen Qingqiu worries about Yue Qingyuan, but Qi Qingqi and Mu Qingfang assure him that Yue Qingyuan is fine and recovering.
Shang Qinghua returns, revealing that he has been reinstated as An Ding Peak Lord thanks to Luo Binghe's influence. He and Shen Qingqiu discuss the distorted plot of the novel and Shang Qinghua’s satisfaction with how things have turned out.
Shen Qingqiu meets with Yue Qingyuan, who is recovering well. Yue Qingyuan tells Shen Qingqiu that Cang Qiong Mountain will always be his home.
Shen Qingqiu notices Luo Binghe standing alone on the outskirts of Qiong Ding Peak. He rushes to meet him, and the two share a heartfelt reunion.
Shen Qingqiu reprimands Luo Binghe for not staying by his side but reassures him that he welcomes him despite the rest of Cang Qiong Mountain being hostile toward him.
Shen Qingqiu decides to leave Cang Qiong Mountain with Luo Binghe, promising to accompany him wherever he goes from now on.
The sect members are shocked by Shen Qingqiu's decision, but he is determined to leave with Luo Binghe.
The novel concludes with Shen Qingqiu reflecting on the chaotic journey, the transformation of the story, and how, despite everything, the relationship between him and Luo Binghe has only just begun.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong
The Scum Villain's Self-Saving System: Ren Zha Fanpai Zijiu Xitong, Vol. 4
Chapter 22: Bing-mei and Bing-ge’s Ultimate ShowdownShen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe leave Cang Qiong Mountain and head to Luo Binghe’s demon headquarters at the northern border of the Demon Realm, where the previously dead bamboo has now flourished.
During the first ten days after their arrival, Luo Binghe clings to Shen Qingqiu constantly, but soon starts to restrain himself, using his duties as an excuse to avoid spending time with Shen Qingqiu. Shen Qingqiu believes Luo Binghe is sulking because he refused to share a bed with him.
Shen Qingqiu decides to look for Luo Binghe and enters his private hall, where no one else is allowed. Upon entering, Shen Qingqiu unexpectedly finds a heavily injured Luo Binghe stumbling in, covered in blood.
Luo Binghe, shocked to see Shen Qingqiu in his inner hall, collapses into Shen Qingqiu’s arms. Luo Binghe insists Shen Qingqiu leave, but Shen Qingqiu refuses and offers to take him back to Cang Qiong Mountain for safety.
Luo Binghe forcefully pushes Shen Qingqiu away and tries to send him off alone, but Shen Qingqiu insists on helping him and brings him back to Qing Jing Peak.
Upon arriving at the Bamboo House, Shen Qingqiu surprises his disciples Ning Yingying and Ming Fan, who are inside cleaning. Shen Qingqiu hushes them to avoid alerting Liu Qingge or others about Luo Binghe’s presence.
Shen Qingqiu tends to Luo Binghe’s injuries, discovering that the wounds seem unusual, likely caused by demonic energy. Luo Binghe remains silent and wary throughout the treatment, avoiding Shen Qingqiu’s attempts to comfort him.
Just as Shen Qingqiu continues healing Luo Binghe, Liu Qingge arrives, having been summoned by Ming Fan. Liu Qingge enforces the new rule barring Luo Binghe from Cang Qiong Mountain but ultimately agrees to let Luo Binghe stay after Shen Qingqiu intervenes.
Liu Qingge warns that Luo Binghe should deal with his own mess and leaves. Luo Binghe quietly watches Shen Qingqiu during their interaction, his demeanor thoughtful and guarded.
Shen Qingqiu reassures Luo Binghe that he is safe at Qing Jing Peak, even allowing him to defend himself against Bai Zhan Peak disciples if necessary, as long as he doesn’t kill them.
Luo Binghe’s behavior becomes increasingly strange, and when Shen Qingqiu tenderly suggests that he rest and recover, Luo Binghe suspiciously repeats "Shizun" to test Shen Qingqiu’s reaction.
Shen Qingqiu helps Luo Binghe settle into bed and falls asleep beside him, believing he has reassured Luo Binghe and calmed his mood.
However, in the darkness, “Luo Binghe” silently watches Shen Qingqiu, gripping a strand of his hair, his expression turning increasingly sinister and excited, as if he has discovered something cruel and amusing.
Shen Qingqiu had a restless night full of tortuous, repetitive dreams about various past events.
Luo Binghe woke up first, looking much healthier, while Shen Qingqiu was tired from having unconsciously passed spiritual energy into Luo Binghe throughout the night.
Luo Binghe left the bed voluntarily, which surprised Shen Qingqiu, who was used to Luo Binghe clinging to him. Shen Qingqiu suggested Luo Binghe wear his old clothes, still stored in the side room.
In the side room, Luo Binghe found a tidy, organized space with neatly folded robes and accessories. Shen Qingqiu, still fatigued, stayed in bed and remarked about his bad sleep.
Shen Qingqiu beckoned Luo Binghe over and began brushing his hair, teasingly making a tiny braid. Luo Binghe repeatedly called Shen Qingqiu “Shizun,” enjoying the term of address, until Shen Qingqiu playfully swatted him.
Shen Qingqiu left to visit Bai Zhan Peak, leaving Luo Binghe behind at the Bamboo House with instructions to be good and wait for his return.
As Luo Binghe opened the door, Ning Yingying approached. She was alarmed by Luo Binghe calling her “Yingying” instead of “Ning-shijie,” scolding him for disregarding seniority.
Luo Binghe tried to ask Ning Yingying something, but she misinterpreted his intent and handed him a broom and whisk, thinking he wanted to do chores. Frustrated, Luo Binghe left for Xian Shu Peak.
At Xian Shu Peak, Luo Binghe was welcomed warmly by the disciples. He encountered Liu Mingyan, who greeted him and excused herself to deal with Taoist guests, leaving Luo Binghe to wait.
While waiting, Luo Binghe noticed a small book hidden under scrolls on Liu Mingyan's desk. Curious, he pulled it out and was surprised to find it was an embarrassing booklet authored by "Sleeping Willow Flower."
Shen Qingqiu returned from Bai Zhan Peak to find Luo Binghe waiting for him in the Bamboo House, giving him an intense, unsettling gaze.
Luo Binghe pulled Shen Qingqiu into his arms and began behaving intimately, but something felt off. Shen Qingqiu soon realized this wasn’t the real Luo Binghe.
The impostor "Luo Binghe" initiated a forceful kiss and tried to overpower Shen Qingqiu. Shen Qingqiu, unsettled by the smooth skin without scars, fought back.
As they struggled, Shen Qingqiu asked about the real Luo Binghe’s whereabouts. The impostor was confident but distracted by Shen Qingqiu’s trick.
The real Luo Binghe suddenly arrived, dressed in black, wielding a heavily sealed Xin Mo sword, and immediately demanded that the impostor unhand Shen Qingqiu.
A brief but intense confrontation occurred between the real and fake Luo Binghes, with both using spiritual blasts.
Shen Qingqiu realized that the impostor was the original Luo Binghe from Proud Immortal Demon Way, summoned through Xin Mo’s power from a parallel universe.
The real Luo Binghe explained that he had been trapped in Xin Mo’s rift after a battle with the original, unable to return until now.
The original Luo Binghe, dissatisfied with the attention Shen Qingqiu gave to the real one, became confrontational, taunting and provoking both Shen Qingqiu and the real Luo Binghe.
A fight broke out between the two Luo Binghes, with Shen Qingqiu intervening to support the real one. They began to overpower the original together.
The original Luo Binghe made lewd comments about Shen Qingqiu, suggesting he could give him more pleasure than the real one, enraging Luo Binghe.
Luo Binghe nearly drew Xin Mo in a fit of anger, but Shen Qingqiu quickly warned him against it.
The two Luo Binghes engaged in a brutal confrontation, matching each other blow for blow, resulting in broken arms and legs for both.
Shen Qingqiu intervened, trying to stop the fight, but the original Luo Binghe taunted Shen Qingqiu with suggestive comments, angering the real Luo Binghe.
The original used his heavenly demon blood to control Shen Qingqiu’s blood mites, causing Shen Qingqiu intense discomfort. The real Luo Binghe tried to counter the effect.
During the chaos, the original Luo Binghe stole Xin Mo and prepared to use it, but Shen Qingqiu cleverly distracted him with an attack using flying bamboo leaves.
The original, injured and cornered, managed to open a dimensional rift using Xin Mo’s power and retreated back to his own world, leaving Shen Qingqiu and the real Luo Binghe victorious.
Luo Binghe, upset by the original’s mocking comments about his lack of sexual prowess, sought reassurance from Shen Qingqiu. Shen Qingqiu, though embarrassed, agreed to “explore” together after healing Luo Binghe’s injuries.
Despite his inexperience, Luo Binghe initiated intimacy with Shen Qingqiu, but Shen Qingqiu took over, trying to make Luo Binghe feel good. Their intimate encounter grew intense, and Shen Qingqiu was overwhelmed by both pain and pleasure.
While they were in the middle of this, Qing Jing Peak disciples returned from their run and almost interrupted them, but luckily, they decided not to investigate the hole in the Bamboo House.
After the disciples left, Luo Binghe confessed his fears of becoming like the original Luo Binghe and expressed his insecurity about losing Shen Qingqiu. Shen Qingqiu reassured him, promising never to abandon him again.
Luo Binghe's stamina was overwhelming due to both his demonic blood and male lead traits, lasting far longer than Shen Qingqiu had expected.
After a prolonged session, Luo Binghe finally climaxed, filling Shen Qingqiu with hot fluids, bringing Shen Qingqiu back to his senses.
Shen Qingqiu felt exhausted and sore, his walls swollen and painful from the prolonged activity.
Luo Binghe, although he had finished, continued to relieve Shen Qingqiu’s front, but Shen Qingqiu only wanted to sleep, being too tired to continue.
When Luo Binghe sought feedback, Shen Qingqiu bluntly told him it was awful.
Luo Binghe, instead of being discouraged, joyfully agreed that it was awful and asked Shen Qingqiu to help him further explore and improve.
Chapter 23: Recalling an Experience of Fighting Succubi with Great Master LiuThe story takes place after Shen Qingqiu kicked Luo Binghe into the Abyss.
Shen Qingqiu and Liu Qingge were on a mission to deal with succubi.
Shen Qingqiu warned Liu Qingge to be cautious because the succubi targeted vigorous men like him, but Liu Qingge insisted on coming along.
They reached a cave where succubi resided and were confronted by a group of young succubi. Liu Qingge quickly resorted to violence, scaring the girls into crying.
Madam Meiyin, the leader of the succubi, appeared and invited them into her cave. She promised to bring out Young Master Huang, the man they were there to rescue, but Shen Qingqiu realized she had no intention of doing so.
Madam Meiyin flirted with Liu Qingge, asking if he had a cultivation partner, which left him flustered. Shen Qingqiu teased him while trying to keep a straight face.
Madam Meiyin offered to tell Shen Qingqiu’s fortune regarding love. She told him that his fated partner was younger, of lower status, and someone with whom his relationship had changed after a significant event.
Liu Qingge grew more agitated as Madam Meiyin described the person as being deeply in love with Shen Qingqiu. Liu Qingge firmly declared that the fortune was inaccurate.
Suddenly, a fight broke out between them and the succubi. The succubi resorted to their usual tactic of removing their clothes en masse, trying to mesmerize the two men.
Shen Qingqiu was flustered and tried to avert his eyes, while Liu Qingge fought off the succubi without any reaction to their nudity.
After the fight, Shen Qingqiu noticed that Liu Qingge was acting strangely—he had been affected by the succubi’s Mesmerizing Fragrance, a powerful aphrodisiac.
Shen Qingqiu tried to give Liu Qingge space to deal with his situation, but Liu Qingge became increasingly agitated and demanded Shen Qingqiu stay and let him vent his frustration through a fight.
Shen Qingqiu distracted Liu Qingge by reminiscing about their first meeting at the sword trials, where Liu Qingge had beaten him.
Shen Qingqiu then tricked Liu Qingge by kicking him into a cold rose-petal-filled bath, hoping to cure him of the aphrodisiac’s effects.
Liu Qingge retaliated by pulling Shen Qingqiu into the bath as well, leaving both of them drenched.
Liu Qingge’s mind cleared, and he expressed his frustration that Shen Qingqiu had asked him how he felt only to retaliate with the bath.
Chapter 24: Yue Qingyuan and Shen Qingqiu Part 1Shen Jiu kicks a black dish away, starting an argument with a group of young beggar boys led by a youth named Shiwu.
Shiwu confronts Shen Jiu, accusing him of always hogging the best begging spots on the street.
Shen Jiu threatens Shiwu, ready for a fight, but is stopped by Yue Qi, an older boy who is close to Shen Jiu and tries to diffuse the situation.
Shiwu continues to provoke Shen Jiu, and a fight nearly breaks out. However, Yue Qi intervenes, dragging Shen Jiu away and suggesting they find another spot to beg.
Shen Jiu resists, determined to hold his ground, but eventually agrees to leave with Yue Qi.
Yue Qi reflects on their past: they had been orphans, forced to beg on the streets with a fabricated story about their deceased family. Shen Jiu, though vicious and aggressive, had become a money-maker for them because of his pitiful appearance and ability to cry convincingly.
As they were about to leave, the street was suddenly filled with panic as a young noble, Young Master Qiu, rode in on a horse, followed by his guards.
Shen Jiu and Yue Qi stepped aside to avoid trouble, but the other children stayed behind. Young Master Qiu spotted them and ordered his guards to chase them away.
Shiwu, feeling bold after claiming Shen Jiu's spot, stood his ground and yelled at the guards. In response, Young Master Qiu struck Shiwu across the face with a whip, narrowly missing his eye.
Shiwu collapsed, frightened and in pain, while Young Master Qiu mocked the children, stating that his family had built the street, so he had every right to control it.
Some of the other children were also taken by the guards, which prompted Yue Qi to want to go back and help them.
Shen Jiu, though initially amused by Shiwu's misfortune, tried to convince Yue Qi to leave it alone, arguing that Young Master Qiu wouldn't kill the children, only beat them.
Despite Shen Jiu's protests, Yue Qi, feeling responsible as the oldest, insisted on going back to help the others. Shen Jiu reluctantly followed after him.
Chapter 24: Yue Qingyuan and Shen Qingqiu Part 2Qiu Jianluo enjoys tormenting Shen Jiu, finding his reactions amusing, like kicking a dog that doesn't fight back.
After purchasing Shen Jiu, Qiu Jianluo had him locked up and scrubbed clean by guards, leaving Shen Jiu looking pitiful but more presentable.
Qiu Jianluo asks Shen Jiu if he can read and write. Shen Jiu writes a "seven" and a "nine" correctly but only knows how to copy patterns, surprising Qiu Jianluo with his skill.
Feeling entertained and fond of Shen Jiu, Qiu Jianluo praises him and starts plotting to educate Shen Jiu, thinking of turning him into a brother-in-law by marrying him off to his younger sister, Qiu Haitang, who adores Shen Jiu.
Qiu Jianluo threatens Shen Jiu regularly, reminding him to behave or face consequences, emphasizing how much he owes the Qiu family for letting him "play human."
Shen Jiu grows increasingly disgusted with Qiu Jianluo but remains obedient to avoid beatings. He recalls how his first encounter with Qiu Jianluo had been the only time he'd managed to anger the young master.
During that encounter, Yue Qi had tried to save Shiwu, almost colliding with Qiu Jianluo’s horse. Shen Jiu had used rudimentary immortal arts to stab the horse, but Qiu Jianluo, a skilled rider, stayed in the saddle.
Shiwu betrayed Shen Jiu by revealing his interference in the incident, despite Shen Jiu's actions saving Shiwu’s life. Shen Jiu resents Shiwu and believes he deserved to be trampled to death instead of being saved by Yue Qi.
As Shen Jiu endures daily torment from Qiu Jianluo, he holds onto bitter thoughts of revenge and betrayal, waiting for someone to keep a promise to rescue him from his suffering.
Chapter 24: Yue Qingyuan and Shen Qingqiu Part 3Shen Jiu often wondered why Yue Qi never returned to find him, imagining various tragic fates for him, from being caught by traffickers to starving to death.
Shen Jiu fantasized about finding Yue Qi’s remains and giving him a proper burial or rescuing him from hardship, even though Shen Jiu was suffering himself.
However, the reunion between Shen Jiu and Yue Qi was not what he expected: Shen Jiu was looting dead bodies at the Immortal Alliance Conference when Yue Qi, now Yue Qingyuan, appeared.
Shen Jiu's immediate reaction was panic, releasing a firework to signal danger. Yue Qingyuan, shocked by Shen Jiu’s appearance, began to gather spiritual energy to stop him from escaping.
Shen Jiu’s master, Wu Yanzi, appeared and dismissed Yue Qingyuan as no threat despite Shen Jiu urging them to escape. Wu Yanzi and Yue Qingyuan engaged in combat, with Yue Qingyuan proving to be an equal match despite his inexperience.
Just as Wu Yanzi prepared to use a deadly talisman, Shen Jiu stabbed him from behind, killing him to save Yue Qingyuan.
The two escaped together, resting against a tree after the intense fight. Shen Jiu noticed how Yue Qingyuan had become powerful, poised, and well-dressed—nothing like the suffering person Shen Jiu had imagined.
Shen Jiu confronted Yue Qingyuan, asking why he never returned to rescue him. Yue Qingyuan could only offer a quiet apology, admitting that he had let Shen Jiu down.
Shen Jiu was overcome with cold fury, thinking about how Yue Qingyuan had ascended to greatness while he remained a beaten, gutter rat.
Shen Jiu bitterly declared that Yue Qingyuan’s apologies were worthless, realizing that he would have preferred to find Yue Qi dead and forgotten than see him alive, powerful, and thriving as Yue Qingyuan.
Chapter 24: Yue Qingyuan and Shen Qingqiu Part 4Shen Jiu, now Shen Qingqiu, harbored deep hatred toward many people, especially Liu Qingge. Liu Qingge's exceptional talents, success, and background filled Shen Qingqiu with jealousy and resentment.
During Cang Qiong Mountain's annual martial arts tournament, Shen Qingqiu lost to Liu Qingge, who defeated him with ease. This fueled Shen Qingqiu's anger, and he repeatedly threatened to kill Liu Qingge, though Liu Qingge never took the threat seriously.
One day, after an incident in a brothel, Shen Qingqiu and Liu Qingge had another confrontation. Liu Qingge looked down on Shen Qingqiu, which made Shen Qingqiu even more enraged.
Yue Qingyuan intervened, pulling Shen Qingqiu away and scolding him for his behavior. Shen Qingqiu retorted that Cang Qiong Mountain's rules didn’t forbid visiting brothels, justifying his actions.
Yue Qingyuan was concerned for Shen Qingqiu, believing that his lifestyle was damaging his cultivation. However, Shen Qingqiu was more focused on his rivalry with Liu Qingge and his own frustrations.
It was revealed that the conflict had escalated after a Bai Zhan Peak disciple followed Shen Qingqiu into the brothel, mocked him, and was beaten by Shen Qingqiu. Liu Qingge, angered by the incident, came seeking revenge. Yue Qingyuan prevented the situation from escalating further.
Yue Qingyuan expressed concern about Shen Qingqiu’s well-being at Qing Jing Peak. Shen Qingqiu deflected, hiding his deep-rooted trauma and his need for comfort from women, which stemmed from his past abuse.
Shen Qingqiu then confronted Yue Qingyuan about the past, asking if Yue would ever give up his position as sect leader for him. He sarcastically suggested he would rather wait to inherit Qing Jing Peak.
Shen Qingqiu was deeply irritated by Yue Qingyuan calling him "Xiao-Jiu," a name associated with his painful past. Shen Qingqiu demanded that Yue Qingyuan never use that name again, rejecting any association with his former identity.
Chapter 24: Yue Qingyuan and Shen Qingqiu Part 5*Shen Qingqiu finally couldn’t handle his anxiety and visited Qiong Ding Peak, a place he usually avoided, especially because he disliked interacting with Yue Qingyuan.
The annual martial arts tournament forced Shen Qingqiu to spend time near Yue Qingyuan, which he found uncomfortable. Yue Qingyuan always used these moments to ask Shen Qingqiu questions about his well-being, which annoyed him.
Shen Qingqiu applied for permission to cultivate in the Ling Xi Caves, which were filled with abundant spiritual energy but isolated from the outside world. He hoped to achieve a breakthrough, as his progress had been stalled for a long time, causing him great stress and frustration.
Shen Qingqiu was deeply anxious about his lack of progress in cultivation, especially since his peers like Yue Qingyuan, Liu Qingge, and Qi Qingqi had all achieved Core Formation. He felt immense pressure and paranoia, believing others were secretly discussing his failures and hoping to replace him.
As he meditated in the Ling Xi Caves, Shen Qingqiu’s anxiety worsened, leading to a violent surge of spiritual energy within him. Just as he panicked, Yue Qingyuan appeared behind him, calming him by sending him spiritual energy.
Yue Qingyuan’s presence surprised Shen Qingqiu, who angrily questioned why Yue Qingyuan was in the caves. Yue Qingyuan urged Shen Qingqiu to calm down and regulate his breathing.
Shen Qingqiu noticed the cave was scarred with countless slashes and bloodstains, as if someone had struggled violently before dying. He asked Yue Qingyuan if someone had been shut inside the cave during a qi deviation or some other desperate situation, but Yue Qingyuan gave only a vague response.
As Shen Qingqiu continued to investigate the walls, he commented that it seemed like whoever had been trapped inside the cave had struggled to escape for a long time before dying.
Shen Qingqiu became alarmed when he noticed that Yue Qingyuan’s hand, which was passing spiritual energy to him, was trembling slightly. When asked what was wrong, Yue Qingyuan gave a brief and evasive reply, causing Shen Qingqiu to feel uneasy.
Chapter 24: Yue Qingyuan and Shen Qingqiu Part 6Shen Qingqiu awakened in the Water Prison, feeling the coolness of his wounds and realizing that Yue Qingyuan was tending to him, trying to heal him with spiritual energy.
Shen Qingqiu wondered how Yue Qingyuan had gained access, considering Luo Binghe’s cruelty, but reasoned that Yue Qingyuan’s status as sect leader must have afforded him some level of courtesy.
Despite receiving help, Shen Qingqiu remained filled with venomous anger towards Luo Binghe, cursing him for his cruelty. Yue Qingyuan sighed at Shen Qingqiu’s stubbornness and asked why he still refused to reflect on his mistakes.
Shen Qingqiu defiantly rejected any responsibility for the situation, insisting that Luo Binghe’s evil nature would have led to calamity regardless of his actions.
Yue Qingyuan asked if Shen Qingqiu had truly killed Liu Qingge. Shen Qingqiu coldly confirmed it, even taunting Yue Qingyuan for arriving too late to stop it.
Yue Qingyuan remained calm and expressed regret, asking if Shen Qingqiu had ever considered that if he had treated Luo Binghe differently from the start, none of this tragedy would have occurred. Shen Qingqiu laughed bitterly, stating that the situation was far beyond redemption and that there was no changing the past.
Yue Qingyuan appeared devastated by Shen Qingqiu’s words, aging visibly in Shen Qingqiu’s eyes. Despite this, Shen Qingqiu remained filled with pity for him but did not relent.
Shen Qingqiu declared that his heart was full of hatred and malice, blaming himself for the terrible fate he now faced. Yue Qingyuan, in a moment of desperation, offered his sword, Xuan Su, to Shen Qingqiu and asked him to kill him if he still harbored such hatred.
Shen Qingqiu harshly mocked Yue Qingyuan, telling him that killing him would not resolve his hatred. He laughed at the notion that Yue Qingyuan thought he could be a solution to his festering malice.
Yue Qingyuan tried to call Shen Qingqiu “Xiao-Jiu,” but Shen Qingqiu furiously rejected the name. Yue Qingyuan, defeated, silently continued to send spiritual energy to Shen Qingqiu’s wounds but didn’t speak again.
Shen Qingqiu coldly thanked Yue Qingyuan for his help and ordered him to leave, telling him to never appear before him again.
Yue Qingyuan silently complied, leaving Shen Qingqiu alone in the Water Prison, carrying the weight of their fractured relationship with him as he walked away.
Chapter 24: Yue Qingyuan and Shen Qingqiu Part 7Shen Qingqiu, imprisoned and tortured in Huan Hua Palace’s Water Prison, waits for days, staring at the cellar entrance.
Luo Binghe eventually arrives, taunting Shen Qingqiu about how he successfully lured Yue Qingyuan into a trap using a letter of blood that Shen Qingqiu had written under duress.
Luo Binghe claims that Yue Qingyuan is dead, having been poisoned by arrows, but he brought back Yue’s sword, Xuan Su, as a memento for Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu initially refuses to believe Luo Binghe, thinking he is lying, but his mind begins to unravel as he grapples with Yue Qingyuan’s death.
Luo Binghe sits in his usual chair, enjoying his control over Shen Qingqiu’s suffering and mocking him further, but Shen Qingqiu only sneers in response.
Frustrated by Shen Qingqiu’s reaction, Luo Binghe accuses him of pretending to be insane and responds violently by severing Shen Qingqiu’s left arm, causing excruciating pain and eliciting tortured screams.
Despite the agony, Shen Qingqiu mocks Luo Binghe, accusing him of being an ungrateful bastard and crediting himself for Luo Binghe’s success.
Luo Binghe, though initially enraged, calms down and cruelly declares that Shen Qingqiu’s death won’t come easily. He intends to prolong Shen Qingqiu’s suffering as punishment for his past evils.
Luo Binghe then throws down the shattered remains of Yue Qingyuan’s sword, Xuan Su, which devastates Shen Qingqiu. He crawls toward the fragments, realizing that Yue Qingyuan is truly dead.
Shen Qingqiu’s mind shatters as he reflects on how he created the monster Luo Binghe and blames himself for Yue Qingyuan’s tragic fate, believing Yue should never have died like this.
The chapter ends with Shen Qingqiu consumed by despair and guilt, feeling that the threads of fate that once connected him to Yue Qingyuan have passed each other by without ever truly converging.
Chapter 25: Bamboo Branch PoemZhuzhi-Lang, a half-man, half-snake creature, lives as an outcast on the southern border, despised even by other demons for his ugly appearance.
His existence revolves around survival—slithering for food and water, fighting other demons, and facing constant harassment due to his grotesque form.
One day, Tianlang-Jun, an extraordinary demon noble, encounters Zhuzhi-Lang. Tianlang-Jun comments on his ugliness but without true disgust, marking a shift in Zhuzhi-Lang’s typically harsh treatment.
Tianlang-Jun reveals that Zhuzhi-Lang's mother, who was his sister, has died. He has come to fulfill her last wish, which is to see Zhuzhi-Lang.
Tianlang-Jun gives Zhuzhi-Lang command over an army of black-armored generals who are mindless, fearless, and relentless soldiers.
After Tianlang-Jun prepares to leave, Zhuzhi-Lang instinctively follows him despite being told not to.
Zhuzhi-Lang persists in following Tianlang-Jun, even defending him from enemies, despite his own weak abilities. Eventually, Tianlang-Jun acknowledges his presence.
Tianlang-Jun, after seeing Zhuzhi-Lang's continued loyalty, transforms him into a human form, giving him limbs and a body of a youth around sixteen years old.
Despite this newfound form, Zhuzhi-Lang is unable to speak and is overwhelmed with emotion, shedding tears as he experiences a deep transformation both physically and emotionally.
Zhuzhi-Lang, despite his unwavering loyalty, reflects that Tianlang-Jun, his lord, might not be particularly sharp-minded.
For a long time, Zhuzhi-Lang remained unnamed while serving Tianlang-Jun until one day Tianlang-Jun haphazardly named him "Zhuzhi-Lang."
Zhuzhi-Lang was given the opportunity to live freely but chose to serve Tianlang-Jun loyally, acting as an errand boy and traveling companion.
Tianlang-Jun loved humans and spent much time in the Human Realm, fascinated by their culture, which often led to lavish, irresponsible spending. Zhuzhi-Lang would assist him but remained concerned about the financial strain.
Tianlang-Jun formed a relationship with Su Xiyan, a powerful and dangerous woman from Huan Hua Palace. Despite her cold demeanor and hidden ambitions, Tianlang-Jun became deeply infatuated with her.
Zhuzhi-Lang felt uneasy about Su Xiyan, recognizing her as a significant threat, but Tianlang-Jun disregarded any warnings and continued to indulge in his fascination with her.
This blind passion for Su Xiyan ultimately led to Tianlang-Jun’s downfall when he was betrayed and sealed beneath Bai Lu Mountain for over a decade.
During his imprisonment, Tianlang-Jun's attitude toward humanity shifted from admiration to hatred, as he often expressed a desire to kill humans.
Zhuzhi-Lang reverted to his snake form due to the loss of Tianlang-Jun's power but continued to stay by his lord's side, despite being told to leave.
Tianlang-Jun, once noble and elegant, was now trapped, suffering both physically and mentally. His condition worsened as his body decayed while remaining fully conscious.
Zhuzhi-Lang continued to serve Tianlang-Jun silently, carrying water from Dew Lake to cleanse his lord’s wounds, though the situation grew increasingly desperate and hopeless.
Zhuzhi-Lang and Tianlang-Jun were unaware of Luo Binghe’s existence for years. They didn’t learn about Su Xiyan’s disappearance either.
Upon seeing Luo Binghe for the first time at the southern border, Zhuzhi-Lang was shocked and immediately reported back to Tianlang-Jun, leading to the events of the Holy Mausoleum battle.
Tianlang-Jun discussed with Zhuzhi-Lang whether Luo Binghe was more like him or like Su Xiyan. They both acknowledged that Luo Binghe’s emotional dependency mirrored Tianlang-Jun’s own tendencies.
Tianlang-Jun expressed relief that Luo Binghe’s attachment was to Shen Qingqiu, believing that Shen would not seal Luo Binghe as Tianlang-Jun himself had been sealed.
Tianlang-Jun teased Zhuzhi-Lang about his potential interest in Shen Qingqiu, playfully suggesting that Zhuzhi-Lang should “steal” Shen Qingqiu’s attention from Luo Binghe.
Zhuzhi-Lang was embarrassed by Tianlang-Jun’s teasing, which was rooted in Tianlang-Jun’s belief that Zhuzhi-Lang needed to find someone new to follow after Tianlang-Jun’s inevitable death.
Tianlang-Jun’s body was deteriorating due to reckless use of his demonic energy, leading Zhuzhi-Lang to constantly repair his lord’s failing limbs.
Tianlang-Jun candidly admitted that he would likely lose in any confrontation with Luo Binghe and suggested that Zhuzhi-Lang should follow Shen Qingqiu after his death.
Despite Tianlang-Jun’s insistence, Zhuzhi-Lang remained loyal and refused to consider leaving his lord, even though Tianlang-Jun persistently urged him to let go and move on.
Tianlang-Jun’s conversations became increasingly nonsensical, as if he were testing Zhuzhi-Lang’s devotion and pushing him to seek his own path. However, Zhuzhi-Lang steadfastly remained by his side, refusing to give up on him.
Tianlang-Jun expressed to Shen Qingqiu that despite everything, he couldn’t bring himself to hate humans, finally admitting that his true feelings had never changed.
Zhuzhi-Lang was quietly happy for Tianlang-Jun, relieved that his lord no longer needed to force himself to hate.
Amidst the chaos of the crumbling Mai Gu Ridge, Tianlang-Jun commented on Zhuzhi-Lang’s appearance, noting that it didn’t look good.
Zhuzhi-Lang, despite its weakened state, resolved to use its remaining strength to ensure Tianlang-Jun didn’t die with it, wanting to spare him from such a fate.
As Mai Gu Ridge disintegrated, Zhuzhi-Lang, in its enormous snake form, plunged into the Luo River with a resounding crash.
Shen Qingqiu missed part of what Tianlang-Jun said; after stating that he couldn’t hate humans, Tianlang-Jun quietly added, "But why is loving a person such a difficult thing?"—heard only by Zhuzhi-Lang.
In its final moments, Zhuzhi-Lang couldn’t muster a smile or words but silently agreed with its lord, acknowledging the truth that while loving might be difficult, making one's heart stop loving was even harder.
Chapter 26: Airplane's Fortuitous Encounter Part 1Airplane Shooting Towards the Sky is a prolific author known for writing popular yet heavily criticized stallion novels, including "Proud Immortal Demon Way." He maintains an intense writing pace, updating 10,000 words daily and releasing bursts of 25,000 words on weekends.
His work is described as a "popcorn novel"—easy and entertaining to read, but often lacking depth. It garners polarized reactions, with fans loving it for its excitement and detractors criticizing its lack of logic and excessive harem-building.
One day, while writing his latest chapter, Airplane stumbles upon an online forum where people are debating his novel. The conversation includes both supporters and critics, with some criticizing the shallow writing and others defending it as fun despite its flaws.
Peerless Cucumber, a frequent commenter and critic of Airplane’s work, expresses both disdain and reluctant affection for the novel, pointing out its flaws while continuing to read it.
Amused by the forum debates, Airplane recognizes Peerless Cucumber’s contradictory relationship with his work—someone who harshly criticizes it but can't stop reading. He humorously likens Peerless Cucumber to someone in a love-hate relationship with the story.
While laughing at this realization, Airplane accidentally knocks over his instant noodles, spilling them all over his keyboard and causing a chain reaction that ends with his laptop shutting off. In horror, he realizes that he may have lost his almost-completed update. In a panic, he tries to fix the situation but ends up electrocuting himself when he touches the power strip.
Chapter 26: Airplane's Fortuitous Encounter Part 2Airplane Shooting Towards the Sky, now in the body of Shang Qinghua, an outer disciple of An Ding Peak, is stuck in the lowly position of a servant, moving heavy goods for Qing Jing Peak while constantly cursing his fate.
Shang Qinghua, aware that his eventual fate in the original novel is to serve and be discarded by Mobei-Jun, entertains fantasies of escaping the cultivation world but is constrained by a mysterious System that deducts points for rule violations.
While transporting goods with other outer disciples, Shang Qinghua's cart gets stuck, and the surrounding air suddenly freezes. Mobei-Jun, in a foul mood, appears, causing chaos and killing all the disciples except Shang Qinghua, who desperately clings to Mobei-Jun's thighs and pledges loyalty.
Mobei-Jun, injured and exhausted from a recent battle with Huan Hua Palace, eventually collapses, and Shang Qinghua seizes the opportunity to help him. He patches up Mobei-Jun's wounds and drags him to an inn, where they share a room.
Shang Qinghua spends the next few days attending to Mobei-Jun’s needs, suffering constant mistreatment but keeping himself alive by staying useful. He patches Mobei-Jun’s clothes, fetches water, and endures being kicked off the bed multiple times.
One night, while fanning Mobei-Jun and tending to his wounds, Shang Qinghua accidentally falls asleep beside him. Mobei-Jun awakens, but before anything disastrous happens, Shang Qinghua wakes up in time to avoid punishment.
After surviving the ordeal, Shang Qinghua returns to Cang Qiong Mountain with the remaining disciples. He pretends to faint to avoid suspicion and difficult questions from his shixiongs and sect leaders.
After returning to his new room as an inner disciple, Shang Qinghua is shocked to find Mobei-Jun waiting for him in his bed. Despite his attempts to reason with Mobei-Jun, the demon lord claims the bed for himself.
Shang Qinghua resigns himself to his fate, enduring another beating from Mobei-Jun and sleeping on the floor, all while continuing to serve his demonic master. He reflects on his situation, accepting that his life now belongs entirely to Mobei-Jun.
Three days after Mobei-Jun's sudden arrival and stay at the Leisure House, Shang Qinghua is relieved when Mobei-Jun leaves without anyone in the sect discovering his presence.
Shang Qinghua reflects on how absurdly powerful Mobei-Jun's stealth ability is, allowing him to stay unnoticed on An Ding Peak for three days despite being a demon.
Feeling free and joyful after Mobei-Jun’s departure, Shang Qinghua returns to his usual work, only to receive another mission from the An Ding Peak Lord, which involves handling dangerous tasks like delivering supplies during battles.
Although Shang Qinghua believes Mobei-Jun has forgotten about him, Mobei-Jun's influence remains. On several occasions, when Shang Qinghua is in danger, he is unexpectedly rescued by demonic creatures that seem to be connected to Mobei-Jun, keeping him safe.
Shang Qinghua realizes that staying close to powerful figures like Mobei-Jun has proven essential to his survival and muses that clinging to a powerful protector is not only useful but necessary for staying alive in the dangerous cultivation world.
Chapter 26: Airplane's Fortuitous Encounter Part 3Shang Qinghua receives a new command from the Great System: become the An Ding Peak head disciple within three years.
He devises a plan to sabotage the current head disciple by ruining flatcakes the disciple makes for the other peaks, causing the peak lord to lose faith in him.
Shang Qinghua successfully replaces the head disciple by showcasing his own skills, following the logic of "if you can't be the best, be the worst."
As head disciple, Shang Qinghua now faces more responsibilities and more dangerous missions, including descending the mountain with Shen Qingqiu and Liu Qingge for a quest.
On the quest, Shang Qinghua tries to explain the danger of a well creature to Shen Qingqiu and Liu Qingge, but both ignore him and investigate the well themselves.
Shang Qinghua is forced to look into the well and sees his reflection beckoning him, prompting the creature to attack.
During the ensuing battle, Liu Qingge and Shen Qingqiu start fighting each other out of frustration, leaving Shang Qinghua to play dead to avoid further danger.
The well creature is eventually sealed away, and Liu Qingge refuses to travel back with them, choosing a different route to avoid Shen Qingqiu.
Shang Qinghua observes Shen Qingqiu acting suspiciously on the return journey, including holding his book upside down, which he points out.
Shen Qingqiu, embarrassed by his mistake, becomes furious and almost draws his sword on Shang Qinghua, who narrowly avoids conflict.
Shang Qinghua advises Shen Qingqiu to stay calm in the future if someone falls into a qi deviation, emphasizing that trying to help impulsively will only make things worse.
Shen Qingqiu dismisses the advice but remains mystified by Shang Qinghua’s cryptic warning, unaware that Shang Qinghua is speaking from a deeper understanding of the situation.
Shang Qinghua is promoted to Peak Lord of An Ding Peak and no longer has to bow to anyone, though his life remains busy.
Shen Qingqiu recovers from illness, and a secret meeting is held on Qiong Ding Peak. Ten out of twelve Peak Lords, including Shang Qinghua, attend to discuss Shen Qingqiu's recent strange behavior.
Yue Qingyuan reveals that Shen Qingqiu had a harmonious conversation with him for two hours, which is highly unusual given their fraught relationship.
Other Peak Lords note that Shen Qingqiu's behavior has changed drastically, showing concern for disciples and self-sacrifice, actions that are out of character for him.
Shang Qinghua suspects possession but Wei Qingwei states that Shen Qingqiu visited the sword trials terrace three times, and no signs of demonic energy were detected.
Mu Qingfang suggests that Shen Qingqiu might have lost his memory after a qi deviation, which could explain his altered personality.
The Peak Lords conclude that Shen Qingqiu has lost his memory and adjourn the meeting, celebrating the positive change.
Shang Qinghua visits Bai Zhan Peak and learns that Shen Qingqiu has been sparring with Liu Qingge, leading to increased injuries among Bai Zhan Peak disciples.
Shen Qingqiu engages in sparring with Liu Qingge, losing multiple times but remaining calm and reflective, which shocks Shang Qinghua.
After sparring, Shen Qingqiu and Shang Qinghua receive sacks containing short-haired beasts as a gift from Liu Qingge, as a return for tea leaves Shen Qingqiu had given him.
Shen Qingqiu's disciples are surprised by the short-haired beasts and debate whether to keep them as pets or eat them.
Shang Qinghua is astonished by Shen Qingqiu's uncharacteristic kindness toward Luo Binghe, who clings to him affectionately. Shen Qingqiu encourages Luo Binghe to train harder to surpass Bai Zhan Peak disciples.
Shang Qinghua is left bewildered by Shen Qingqiu's new, caring persona and fears the strange turn of events will eventually lead to flirtatious banter between Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe.
Luo Binghe is in a bad mood, having captured Shen Qingqiu but only imprisoning him without further action, which frustrates him given his stallion novel origins.
Shang Qinghua, observing Binghe's frustration, is shocked that his protagonist hasn’t acted as he expected based on the original work. He feels pity for Binghe’s restrained situation.
In the underground palace assembly hall, Sha Hualing, Shang Qinghua, Mobei-Jun, and other demons are present while Luo Binghe poses a veiled question about how to express his feelings to someone he likes.
The demons are uncertain how to respond to this human concept of romance. Mobei-Jun suggests beating the person up as a solution, which Luo Binghe dismisses.
Sha Hualing sarcastically suggests asking Meng Mo, but Shang Qinghua laughs and ends up being drawn into the conversation.
Luo Binghe asks Shang Qinghua for advice on how to make someone understand romantic intentions. Shang Qinghua, nervous, advises Binghe to be "clingy" and persistent, explaining that eventually, the other person will respond.
Shang Qinghua further explains that to gain Shen Qingqiu’s affection, Binghe should be obedient, respectful, and appeal to Shen Qingqiu’s sense of dignity as a teacher, despite the idea being absurd in a demon realm setting.
Sha Hualing is outraged by Shang Qinghua’s suggestion that Binghe should act weak and obedient to gain affection, deeming it unworthy of a demon lord, but Binghe seems to take Shang Qinghua’s advice seriously.
Shang Qinghua concludes his long-winded advice on romantic tactics, avoiding Sha Hualing’s ire while seeking protection from Mobei-Jun.
Mobei-Jun taps Shang Qinghua lightly on the head, seeming in a good mood after hearing Shang Qinghua's advice.
Shang Qinghua, confused but relieved, follows Mobei-Jun out of the assembly hall, happy to escape Sha Hualing's deadly gaze.
Chapter 26: Airplane's Fortuitous Encounter Part 4Mai Gu Ridge explodes into chaos, as per Shang Qinghua's original outline.
Shang Qinghua saves Mobei-Jun in midair during the explosion, surprising both himself and Mobei-Jun, as it contradicts Mobei-Jun’s belief that Shang Qinghua only cared about his own survival.
Mobei-Jun’s treatment of Shang Qinghua improves, and Shang Qinghua is allowed to return to Cang Qiong Mountain, keeping his position as An Ding Peak Lord.
Shang Qinghua realizes the System considers his task complete and offers him a return to his original world. He’s torn between returning to his past life and staying.
While Shang Qinghua considers leaving, Mobei-Jun drags him to the northern border of the Demon Realm, where Mobei-Jun is preparing to inherit the clan's martial aspect from his deceased father.
Linguang-Jun, Mobei-Jun’s treacherous uncle, arrives, intending to disrupt the succession and steal power for himself. A confrontation ensues.
Mobei-Jun’s inheritance ceremony requires him to absorb his father’s martial aspect over seven days, during which he is vulnerable. Linguang-Jun plans to attack during this period.
Mobei-Jun begins absorbing the martial aspect, but Linguang-Jun attacks, injecting demonic energy into Mobei-Jun, hindering his progress.
Shang Qinghua, in a moment of courage, defends Mobei-Jun by creating a protective fire circle using Black Sun Tinder, temporarily preventing Linguang-Jun from attacking.
Linguang-Jun attempts to collapse the ice fortress to crush Mobei-Jun, forcing Shang Qinghua to confront him directly.
Shang Qinghua endures severe injuries but buys enough time for Mobei-Jun to deal a critical blow to Linguang-Jun, forcing him to flee.
After the battle, both Mobei-Jun and Shang Qinghua collapse from exhaustion, with Mobei-Jun still struggling to absorb the martial aspect.
Shang Qinghua, injured and frustrated, confronts Mobei-Jun about years of mistreatment, venting his grievances and even tugging on Mobei-Jun's cheeks in a moment of audacious defiance.
Despite Mobei-Jun’s threats, Shang Qinghua prepares to leave, bidding an emotional farewell, acknowledging that meeting Mobei-Jun had been a significant experience for him.
Shang Qinghua has had access to the "Return Home" function for a month but keeps procrastinating by choosing "Maybe Next Time" due to his uncertainty about leaving.
He avoids returning to Cang Qiong Mountain, fearing Mobei-Jun's potential anger. He lives frugally, wandering without purpose, having lost access to his savings.
Shang Qinghua unexpectedly encounters Luo Binghe and Shen Qingqiu living a peaceful, cottagecore life in a bamboo house. Shang Qinghua marvels at their comfort while lamenting his own difficult situation.
Shang Qinghua is surprised to see Luo Binghe, once a dominant protagonist, kneading dough for noodles.
Luo Binghe and Shen Qingqiu, though initially reluctant, allow Shang Qinghua to stay and eat noodles. Shang Qinghua is grateful for the meal, reflecting on the enduring friendship he shares with Shen Qingqiu.
After eating, Shang Qinghua leaves to avoid overstaying, not wanting to witness any potential intimate moments between the pair.
Shang Qinghua slips on ice while walking, and Linguang-Jun appears, revealing he has been hunting Shang Qinghua to take revenge for his defeat at the ice fortress.
Linguang-Jun attacks Shang Qinghua, but just as Shang Qinghua is about to be killed, Mobei-Jun arrives in time, saving him and severely injuring Linguang-Jun.
Mobei-Jun expresses frustration at Shang Qinghua for attempting to avoid him. Mobei-Jun insists on taking Shang Qinghua with him, even though Shang Qinghua tries to explain that he wants to return to his original world.
Mobei-Jun offers to let Shang Qinghua hit him back, to keep him from leaving. However, when Shang Qinghua hesitates, Mobei-Jun takes it as reluctance, forcing Shang Qinghua to follow him instead.
Mobei-Jun eventually carries Shang Qinghua on a handcart after Shang Qinghua injures his leg during Linguang-Jun's attack.
Shang Qinghua reflects on the strangeness of Mobei-Jun's behavior, especially when Mobei-Jun agrees to make him noodles. Shang Qinghua is astonished by Mobei-Jun's uncharacteristic willingness to cater to him.
Inspired by the events, Shang Qinghua decides to start writing again under his pen name, Airplane Shooting Towards the Sky, planning to capitalize on popular trends and write a new explicit, boundary-pushing story.
The chapter ends with Shang Qinghua enjoying his ride on the handcart, content in the chaotic, unpredictable life he's living with Mobei-Jun pulling him along.
Chapter 27: Deep DreamShen Qingqiu awakens in Luo Binghe's dream realm and recognizes his surroundings as Huan Hua Palace, though Luo Binghe is absent.
Shen Qingqiu encounters a memory of Mu Qingfang being summoned to Huan Hua Palace by Luo Binghe to examine Shen Qingqiu’s preserved corpse.
In the memory, Mu Qingfang and Luo Binghe argue about the hopelessness of reviving Shen Qingqiu, with Mu Qingfang warning that Luo Binghe’s daily infusion of spiritual energy merely prevents the corpse from decaying but will ultimately fail.
Luo Binghe becomes frustrated with Mu Qingfang’s lack of solutions and forcibly expels him from Huan Hua Pavilion, ordering him to stay until he thinks of a way to revive Shen Qingqiu.
Left alone with the corpse, Luo Binghe calls out "Shizun" and gazes at the body with deep longing and sadness. Shen Qingqiu watches as Luo Binghe undresses both himself and the corpse.
Luo Binghe holds the corpse close, pressing their bodies together, but he does not engage in any inappropriate behavior. He transfers spiritual energy into the body, temporarily restoring its color and appearance from the effects of livor mortis.
Shen Qingqiu reflects on the scene and remembers how, once before, he had similarly comforted Luo Binghe when he was younger.
Shen Qingqiu, resting in his Bamboo House, hears Luo Binghe tossing and turning and sneaking out in the middle of the night.
Shen Qingqiu follows Luo Binghe and finds him outside, shirtless and applying medicine to his body covered in bruises from cultivation and bullying by Bai Zhan Peak disciples.
Shen Qingqiu scolds Luo Binghe for not running from the bullies, and Luo Binghe, afraid of causing trouble, tries to downplay the injuries.
Shen Qingqiu takes Luo Binghe back inside and insists on applying the medicine for him despite Luo Binghe’s embarrassed protests.
As Shen Qingqiu massages Luo Binghe’s bruises and transfers spiritual energy to heal him, Luo Binghe grows increasingly flustered and uncomfortable.
Luo Binghe, overwhelmed by the intimate physical contact, panics, thrashes around, and eventually bolts out of the Bamboo House, apologizing profusely to Shen Qingqiu.
Shen Qingqiu chases after Luo Binghe, who refuses to stop, eventually throwing himself into a pond to cool down.
Shen Qingqiu, confused and exasperated by Luo Binghe's behavior, orders him to get out of the cold water, but Luo Binghe refuses and insists on staying.
Shen Qingqiu clears the area of onlooking disciples and, despite Luo Binghe's protests, wades into the pond, lifts Luo Binghe out, and carries him back to the Bamboo House.
As they return, Luo Binghe, still anxious, insists on going back to the woodshed, but Shen Qingqiu reprimands him for acting as if something unforgivable had happened.
Luo Binghe feels deep embarrassment over his actions during the night he ran into the pond after Shen Qingqiu's healing attempt, considering it a dark moment in his past.
Shen Qingqiu, in later years, often teases Luo Binghe about that night, but Luo Binghe, having matured, brushes it off and explains it away.
Luo Binghe admits that during that time, he was young and easily swayed by his emotions, especially around the person he admired most—Shen Qingqiu. The close physical contact had overwhelmed him, and his body had reacted in ways he couldn't control.
Despite his embarrassment, Luo Binghe now expresses those feelings openly to Shen Qingqiu, explaining that he was afraid Shen Qingqiu would notice his reactions.
Shen Qingqiu recalls Luo Binghe's rare moments of shyness while sharing this confession, finding it amusing at the time.
However, as Shen Qingqiu reflects on the current situation—where Luo Binghe is holding his lifeless body—he can no longer find the memory amusing and is weighed down by the gravity of the present.
Shen Qingqiu remains trapped in Luo Binghe's dream realm, which mirrors the monotony and cold loneliness of Luo Binghe's life at Huan Hua Palace.
Luo Binghe spends most of his time in Huan Hua Pavilion, even handling important demonic affairs and cooking elaborate meals, as if Shen Qingqiu might wake up any day.
Shen Qingqiu observes Luo Binghe's dedication and loneliness, noting how Luo Binghe goes through the motions as if still waiting for Shen Qingqiu to return.
One day, Luo Binghe returns to the pavilion injured from a fight with Liu Qingge but acts as if nothing is wrong, burning his bloodstained robe before entering.
Luo Binghe confesses his despair, telling the lifeless body of Shen Qingqiu that he won't be able to hold on much longer, even though Shen Qingqiu knows Luo Binghe will continue to wait for nearly two thousand more days.
The emotional pain becomes overwhelming for Shen Qingqiu, and he tries to reach out to Luo Binghe but realizes that he can't touch him in this dream state.
Shen Qingqiu is suddenly awakened by Luo Binghe, who is concerned that he caused his shizun to experience a nightmare. Luo Binghe frantically checks if Shen Qingqiu is injured or in pain.
Shen Qingqiu, still disoriented from the dream, impulsively kisses Luo Binghe, which surprises him but quickly turns into an intense moment of passion.
Shen Qingqiu takes the lead, pushing Luo Binghe down, undoing their robes, and expressing how much he feels for Luo Binghe, causing Luo Binghe to lose his composure and warning that he might not be able to be gentle.
Shen Qingqiu teasingly responds that he will gladly endure the pain, deepening the intimate moment between them.
Chapter 28: Return to ChildhoodShen Qingqiu wakes up alone, sore and sticky from the previous night’s activities.
Confused by Luo Binghe’s absence, Shen Qingqiu finds a much smaller version of Luo Binghe—around five or six years old—sleeping beside him.
Luo Binghe had suffered a qi deviation during his cultivation the night before, which caused him to de-age into a child.
Shen Qingqiu realizes that this plot point had been in the original novel but hadn’t occurred until now.
Luo Binghe informs Shen Qingqiu that he has less than a tenth of his martial power left, making him vulnerable.
Shen Qingqiu decides they should leave the Demon Realm to avoid danger from Luo Binghe’s enemies.
Shen Qingqiu, still sore from the previous night, struggles to move but heads to the hot springs to clean up.
Chibi Luo Binghe tries to help Shen Qingqiu with the soap but struggles because of his small size, evoking memories of Luo Binghe’s early days on Qing Jing Peak.
Shen Qingqiu pulls Luo Binghe into his arms and teases him by squishing his face.
Luo Binghe instinctively tries to shove Shen Qingqiu down, but his small body is powerless, leading to frustration.
Shen Qingqiu teases Luo Binghe about the previous night’s events, but Luo Binghe accuses him of initiating it, which embarrasses Shen Qingqiu.
The scene ends with Luo Binghe slipping underwater after Shen Qingqiu lets him go.
Shen Qingqiu decides that hiding in the Human Realm is safer than returning to Cang Qiong Mountain, where Luo Binghe would be vulnerable to attacks.
They settle in a prosperous town, where Shen Qingqiu takes a job at an academy, much to Luo Binghe’s displeasure.
Luo Binghe is jealous that Shen Qingqiu is teaching other students and annoyed that people mistake him for Shen Qingqiu’s son, especially since he can’t act on his feelings due to his de-aged form.
Luo Binghe waits for Shen Qingqiu outside their home, sulking while surrounded by children who admire him.
A group of local married women arrives, excited to matchmake Shen Qingqiu with their female relatives.
Luo Binghe angrily rejects the matchmaking, making it clear that Shen Qingqiu doesn’t need a wife since he already has him.
The women insist that Shen Qingqiu needs a new wife to help run his household and take care of Luo Binghe, to which Shen Qingqiu politely declines.
As tensions escalate, Shen Qingqiu uses talismans to knock the women unconscious to prevent Luo Binghe from causing any harm.
They hastily abandon their new home, fleeing the town to avoid further complications.
Shen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe are forced to flee to Cang Qiong Mountain after leaving the town due to the matchmaking debacle.
As they ascend the mountain, a stair sweeper notices them, recognizes Luo Binghe in his child form, and runs away to spread rumors.
Shen Qingqiu carries a tired Luo Binghe up the stairs, and they are greeted by a mix of shock and confusion from the Qing Jing Peak disciples.
Ming Fan and Ning Yingying, along with the other disciples, mistakenly believe that Luo Binghe is Shen Qingqiu’s biological son.
Liu Qingge arrives and confronts Shen Qingqiu, mistakenly thinking he and Luo Binghe had a child together.
After clearing up the misunderstanding, Shen Qingqiu explains that Luo Binghe suffered a qi deviation, leading to his de-aged state.
Shen Qingqiu is forced to punish his disciples for their wild assumptions and gossip.
Shen Qingqiu attends a meeting with the peak lords, during which he learns of the strict new rules, including the banning of novels like Regret of Chunshan and Song of Bingqiu.
After the meeting, several peak lords insist on visiting Qing Jing Peak to see Luo Binghe in his child form, leading to Shen Qingqiu reluctantly allowing them to see him.
The peak lords find amusement in Luo Binghe's de-aged form, which has aged him by another two years overnight.
Shen Qingqiu later returns to find Luo Binghe organizing the books on Qing Jing Peak, and they have a heart-to-heart conversation about their feelings.
Luo Binghe expresses his insecurities about being unable to protect Shen Qingqiu in his current state, fearing he can't compete with others for his affection.
Shen Qingqiu reassures Luo Binghe that he would never leave him and affirms that he doesn't need to "win" him back.
The chapter ends with a tender moment where Luo Binghe, frustrated by his current limitations, pounces on Shen Qingqiu, unable to follow through with his intentions, resulting in a cry of frustration.
Chapter 29: Regret of Chunshan and Song of BingqiuLuo Binghe is now back in his original form after recovering at Cang Qiong Mountain for over a month.
Luo Binghe shows Shen Qingqiu a smutty booklet titled Regret of Chunshan, which depicts an explicit and highly exaggerated romantic relationship between a fictional version of them.
Shen Qingqiu is mortified by the contents, which includes detailed scenes of non-consensual encounters, with one particularly shocking scene taking place in a water prison.
Luo Binghe continues to read the story aloud and even expresses amusement at how different the fictional version of himself is, insisting that he would never actually behave in such a forceful way.
Despite his embarrassment and horror, Shen Qingqiu gets curious about the booklet’s content, only to be further appalled by the graphic depictions of their relationship.
Luo Binghe, now filled with enthusiasm after reading the explicit materials, expresses his desire to "practice" some of the new techniques described in the booklet.
Shen Qingqiu, though extremely flustered, agrees to let Luo Binghe experiment, albeit with some reservations, and sets the condition that they do it from behind to preserve some semblance of dignity.
Luo Binghe eagerly agrees, pulling out a jar of wine to use as a prop, inspired by the story he had read.
Luo Binghe proceeds to pour the wine into Shen Qingqiu’s body through unconventional means, leading to a series of increasingly intense and humiliating experiences for Shen Qingqiu.
The intense scene culminates in Shen Qingqiu feeling overwhelmed by the sensations caused by the wine and Luo Binghe's actions, all while Luo Binghe eagerly follows the instructions from the explicit booklet.
Despite the discomfort and humiliation, Shen Qingqiu ultimately indulges Luo Binghe’s newfound enthusiasm, unable to resist his disciple’s fervent desire to test out his new knowledge.
Shen Qingqiu is left bewildered and exhausted, questioning what exactly Luo Binghe had read that had inspired such fervor.
Chapter 30: HoneymoonShen Qingqiu and Luo Binghe meet Madam Meiyin, who runs a business in Shuang Hu City. She complains about a past encounter where Liu Qingge caused damage to her establishment.
Luo Binghe gets jealous and questions Shen Qingqiu about his time with Liu Qingge, thinking something happened between them. Shen Qingqiu reassures him, with humorous back-and-forth attempts to calm him.
Madam Meiyin reveals that she once tried to use an aphrodisiac on Liu Qingge, further fueling Luo Binghe's jealousy, although Shen Qingqiu insists nothing inappropriate happened.
They are asked to investigate the Chen Manor, which has been haunted by a spirit for years after the death of the Skinner Demon. Upon arriving, they meet the old master who recognizes them from their previous visit.
Luo Binghe assumes his role as Shen Qingqiu’s attentive disciple during the investigation, while Shen Qingqiu admires his "badass" demeanor, though they continuously exchange affectionate glances.
As they investigate, Luo Binghe tries to hold Shen Qingqiu’s hand and flirt, but Shen Qingqiu playfully avoids him.
They encounter the spirit of the Skinner Demon, now a black fog that fails to recognize Shen Qingqiu at first. After some bickering, the fog remembers him and bitterly mocks him, even laughing at Shen Qingqiu's current relationship with Luo Binghe.
The Skinner Demon experiences satisfaction, believing that Shen Qingqiu’s relationship with Luo Binghe is his karmic retribution. The demon then dissipates, its sense of justice fulfilled.
After the spirit is dealt with, Luo Binghe eagerly reminds Shen Qingqiu of his earlier promise to grant him one request. Luo Binghe wants to tie Shen Qingqiu up with immortal-binding cables, referencing his past dreams. Shen Qingqiu initially rejects the idea, leaving Luo Binghe disappointed but persistent.
Despite Luo Binghe's attempts to guilt Shen Qingqiu into complying, Shen Qingqiu remains firm, pushing him aside and leaving the scene. He internally acknowledges that Luo Binghe might truly be his karmic retribution.
Chapter 31: 100 Random Questions on Luo-Shen's AffinityAirplane Shooting Towards the Sky (Shang Qinghua) receives a bizarre questionnaire from the System and convinces Shen Qingqiu to participate with Luo Binghe.
The interview begins with basic questions like names, ages, and personalities, but quickly devolves into humorous and awkward exchanges.
Shen Qingqiu describes Luo Binghe as a clingy crybaby, while Luo Binghe praises Shen Qingqiu as gentle and strong.
The questionnaire delves into their relationship, asking when they first met, first impressions, what they like and dislike about each other, and how they address each other.
Luo Binghe admits he’d like to be called by endearing terms like a husband, while Shen Qingqiu tries to gloss over the question.
Questions about their relationship escalate into absurd territory, including queries about their first date (Luo Binghe says Huan Hua Palace Water Prison), intimate details about their romantic life, and how many times they engage in physical activities.
Shang Qinghua becomes increasingly bewildered as Luo Binghe and Shen Qingqiu reveal more about their dynamic. Luo Binghe expresses attachment and possessiveness, while Shen Qingqiu tries to downplay or deflect the embarrassing questions.
Awkwardly intimate questions continue, with Luo Binghe expressing a desire to be tied up with immortal-binding cables, while Shen Qingqiu remains mortified.
The pair continues to humorously answer the increasingly bizarre questions, including their preferences, habits, and past encounters, but they draw the line at some of the more explicit ones.
Shang Qinghua is frustrated when the duo leaves the questionnaire unfinished, and he laments over his lost quest points as they exit, leaving the scattered papers behind.
Chapter 32: WeddingShen Qingqiu notices that Luo Binghe hasn't followed him and sees him staring at something in the distance.
Curious, Shen Qingqiu asks what Luo Binghe is looking at, and Luo Binghe seems distracted, responding vaguely.
Shen Qingqiu looks in the same direction and sees a wedding procession with a crowd gathering around the newlyweds.
Shen Qingqiu initially suspects something supernatural is happening but doesn’t detect anything out of the ordinary.
Luo Binghe walks over to the wedding scene and takes some wedding candies from the young maids, who are mesmerized by his appearance.
He returns to Shen Qingqiu, satisfied with the candy, and they continue walking together.
Shen Qingqiu notices that Luo Binghe is still preoccupied with the wedding and teases him, asking if there’s something special about it.
Luo Binghe replies that he is simply sharing in the good fortune, though it seems to mean more to him.
Shen Qingqiu, curious, asks if Luo Binghe has never thought about getting married, noting that Luo Binghe should have had such aspirations, especially as the protagonist of a stallion novel.
Luo Binghe admits that he never imagined marriage having anything to do with him in the past.
Shen Qingqiu teases Luo Binghe, asking if he now believes marriage is relevant to him, but Luo Binghe remains silent, hinting at his deeper feelings.
Shen Qingqiu notices that Luo Binghe is acting strange after a recent event, being more energetic and causing Shen Qingqiu physical discomfort due to their intimate activities.
They return to Cang Qiong Mountain for a visit, where sect members, especially Qi Qingqi, notice Luo Binghe's odd behavior.
Shen Qingqiu is puzzled by Luo Binghe’s behavior but dismisses it until they return to the Bamboo House, where Luo Binghe trips over the threshold, making Ming Fan point it out.
Shen Qingqiu sends the disciples away, only for Luo Binghe to suddenly propose to Shen Qingqiu, catching him completely off guard.
Luo Binghe, nervous and vulnerable, fears rejection but still insists on asking Shen Qingqiu to marry him.
Shen Qingqiu is shocked by the proposal but also secretly happy, although he doesn’t respond immediately.
Luo Binghe becomes increasingly emotional, thinking Shen Qingqiu is going to reject him, and Shen Qingqiu finally says that he was about to say yes.
Luo Binghe is overjoyed, and they go through a simplified wedding ceremony with wine, exchanging affectionate gestures and getting into the mood.
Luo Binghe insists on following traditional wedding customs, including spreading a white sheet, which embarrasses Shen Qingqiu, but he reluctantly agrees.
They engage in an intense, intimate encounter, with Luo Binghe being careful but ultimately causing some discomfort to Shen Qingqiu.
Luo Binghe, thrilled by Shen Qingqiu’s compliance, continues despite causing some bleeding, which alarms Shen Qingqiu but doesn’t stop Luo Binghe from becoming emotionally attached and calling him "wife."
Shen Qingqiu eventually relents to calling Luo Binghe "husband" in the heat of the moment, which makes Luo Binghe incredibly happy.
The next morning, Shen Qingqiu is mortified by the previous night's events and struggles to speak due to the strain.
Luo Binghe, energized and loving, offers to make breakfast, but Shen Qingqiu, embarrassed, impulsively calls Luo Binghe "husband" again, which surprises Luo Binghe.
Shen Qingqiu, feeling even more embarrassed, brushes it off, and they delay breakfast to enjoy a moment of peace together.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 1
Chapter 1: This Venerable One DiesMo Ran, once known as Mo Weiyu, reflects on his life filled with ridicule, shame, and eventual tyranny as the emperor of the cultivation world.
A puppy gifted to Mo Ran grows old and dies, symbolizing the passage of time and Mo Ran's increasing disillusionment with life.
Mo Ran becomes the first emperor of the cultivation world, ruling with an iron fist, drowning the world in blood, and crushing opposition.
Mo Ran names the years of his reign with absurd titles like "Wang Ba: Tortoise," "Gua: Croak," and "Ji Ba: Cease Battle," highlighting his disregard for tradition and decorum.
After years of tyranny, a massive rebel army forms to overthrow Mo Ran, gathering at the foot of Sisheng Peak, where Mo Ran’s palace stands.
Xue Meng, a former disciple of the same sect as Mo Ran, is determined to save his imprisoned shizun, despite the fear and hesitation of the other leaders.
Xue Meng confronts Mo Ran in the palace, discovering that Mo Ran has already poisoned himself and is near death.
Mo Ran reveals that their shizun, whom Xue Meng desperately wants to save, has already been killed by Mo Ran due to a deep-seated grudge.
As Mo Ran lays dying, he tells Xue Meng that their shizun’s body is preserved in the Red Lotus Pavilion, urging him to go see it before it’s too late.
Xue Meng rushes to the pavilion, leaving Mo Ran to die alone. Mo Ran, wracked with pain, transports himself to the base of the Heaven-Piercing Tower to die in an unmarked grave.
The rebel army invades the palace, only to find it empty. Xue Meng discovers his shizun’s body has turned to ashes, and Mo Ran’s corpse lies cold before the Heaven-Piercing Tower.
Chapter 2: This Venerable One LivesMo Ran awakens in a brothel, confused and disoriented, recalling his death and wondering why he is alive.
He realizes he has been reborn into his 16-year-old self, recognizing his surroundings as a familiar brothel near Sisheng Peak, where he spent much time in his youth.
Mo Ran discovers he is lying next to Rong Jiu, a former lover who had died of a sexually transmitted disease in his previous life.
Confirming his suspicion of rebirth, Mo Ran checks his reflection in a mirror and sees his younger self.
Rong Jiu attempts to seduce Mo Ran, but Mo Ran, now with the mind of his 32-year-old self, feels disgusted, remembering Rong Jiu's betrayal in his past life.
Mo Ran pretends to be affectionate, playing along to avoid suspicion, while secretly harboring resentment.
He contemplates harming Rong Jiu as revenge for past betrayals but stops himself, realizing he now has the chance to change his fate.
Mo Ran decides to let go of his old grudges, symbolically tossing a shard of broken porcelain out the window.
He steals all of Rong Jiu’s valuables, deciding not to pay him, and leaves the brothel.
As Mo Ran departs, he reflects on the new life ahead of him, filled with opportunities to avoid past mistakes, and anticipates reuniting with his uncle, aunt, cousin Xue Meng, shizun, and especially Shige.
Chapter 3: This Venerable One’s ShigeMo Ran, newly reborn, checks if his cultivation powers have carried over but realizes they haven't. However, he remains confident in his ability to cultivate again.
He adjusts his demeanor to match that of a fifteen-year-old and begins his journey back to his sect at Sisheng Peak.
Along the way, Mo Ran stops in Wuchang Town, near Sisheng Peak, and enters a busy restaurant to eat. He orders several dishes, including bon bon chicken and spicy beef tripe.
While eating, Mo Ran overhears a storyteller recounting the history of Sisheng Peak, but he quickly loses interest since he's already familiar with the tale.
Outside the restaurant, Mo Ran notices a group of street performers with a caged creature they claim is a mythical pixiu, but he immediately recognizes it as a scam.
Despite the obvious scam, the performance draws a crowd of gullible onlookers, which amuses Mo Ran.
The crowd's attention is further captured by the arrival of a mysterious black-cloaked figure and a distressed woman on horseback. The woman identifies the "pixiu" as her son, revealing that the performers had abducted and disfigured children to pass them off as mythical creatures.
The black-cloaked figure attempts to reason with the performers, who respond by attacking them. Mo Ran recognizes the cloaked figure as a fellow disciple from Sisheng Peak but initially decides not to intervene, finding the sect's righteous tendencies annoying.
As the fight continues, Mo Ran loses interest and prepares to leave the restaurant. However, when he hears the black-cloaked figure's voice, he realizes it's his beloved Shi Mei.
Overcome with emotion, Mo Ran immediately rushes to help Shi Mei, knocking away the attackers with a powerful strike and kneeling beside Shi Mei, his voice trembling as he confirms their identity.
Chapter 4: This Venerable One’s CousinShi Mei, despite his name, is a male disciple of Sisheng Peak. He was an orphan found by the sect leader, who named him Shi Mei, thinking it was a humble name that would bring an easier life.
Mo Ran is deeply affected upon seeing Shi Mei alive again, struggling to contain his emotions, as Shi Mei was someone he had cherished and loved deeply in his past life.
Shi Mei, oblivious to Mo Ran's inner turmoil, gently scolds Mo Ran for wanting to fight the cultivators, emphasizing his preference for reasoning and forgiveness.
The group of rogue cultivators, after being bested by Mo Ran, pleads for mercy, and Shi Mei orders them to apologize to the woman whose children they had abducted.
Mo Ran helps Shi Mei onto a horse, and they ride back to Sisheng Peak together, with Mo Ran feeling elated at the unexpected reunion with Shi Mei, reinforcing his belief that they are meant to be together.
As they arrive at the foot of Sisheng Peak, they encounter Xue Meng, Mo Ran's younger cousin, who is impatiently waiting for Mo Ran's return.
Xue Meng, a proud and talented youth, is dressed in full armor, displaying his haughty and flamboyant nature, which Mo Ran finds both amusing and annoying.
A flashback reveals the tense relationship between Mo Ran and Xue Meng. Mo Ran, an illegitimate child, was initially looked down upon by Xue Meng, who was praised as a prodigy and the "darling of the heavens."
Despite Xue Meng's disdain, Mo Ran's natural talent quickly surpassed Xue Meng's, creating jealousy and tension between the cousins.
As they exchange insults, Xue Meng expresses his disdain for Mo Ran, calling him a "dog rolling in the mud," while Mo Ran mocks Xue Meng for his flashy appearance and behavior.
Shi Mei, feeling awkward, tries to diffuse the tension, asking Xue Meng why he was waiting outside. Xue Meng reveals he was waiting specifically for Mo Ran, surprising him and leaving Mo Ran momentarily speechless.
Chapter 5: This Venerable One Isn’t a ThiefMo Ran and Xue Meng arrive at Loyalty Hall, where Mo Ran discovers that Rong Jiu, the man he previously robbed, has come to Sisheng Peak to complain.
Rong Jiu, weeping dramatically, is comforted by a burly man named Chang Da, who accuses Mo Ran of stealing Rong Jiu's money.
Madam Wang, the lady of Sisheng Peak, is clearly uncomfortable and unsure how to handle the situation without her husband's presence.
Mo Ran denies the accusations, claiming he doesn't know Rong Jiu or Chang Da, and questions why he would need to steal.
Chang Da lists the stolen items and demands that Mo Ran be searched. Mo Ran challenges Chang Da, saying that if nothing is found, Chang Da must crawl away from Sisheng Peak as an apology.
Despite his hesitation, Chang Da orders the search, but they find nothing on Mo Ran.
Xue Meng, fed up with the situation, angrily steps in, breaking Chang Da's finger and ordering the pair to leave Sisheng Peak.
As they leave, Xue Meng remains suspicious of Mo Ran and demands an explanation. Mo Ran maintains his innocence, but Xue Meng doesn’t believe him.
Xue Meng uses a spiritual technique to reveal the stolen items hidden by Mo Ran using Sisheng Peak's concealing technique, confirming Mo Ran's guilt.
Mo Ran tries to downplay the situation, but Xue Meng reprimands him, highlighting that Mo Ran's actions violate sect rules.
Mo Ran’s confidence fades as he remembers the strict elder at Sisheng Peak who would not tolerate his behavior. He tries to escape before the elder can find out.
Mo Ran runs away, fearing the severe punishment he would face if caught by the elder, knowing that he is not yet powerful enough to defend himself.
Chapter 6: This Venerable One’s ShizunXue Meng catches Mo Ran using his knowledge of Sisheng Peak's shortcuts and drags him to the backwoods, where the barrier between the mortal realm and the ghost realm is ruptured.
Mo Ran realizes why Madam Wang was in the main hall instead of someone else—Chu Wanning, his shizun, is busy repairing the barrier.
The backwoods are filled with evil spirits as a large breach in the barrier opens, and Chu Wanning is seen fighting off ghosts and repairing the barrier with his immense spiritual power.
Chu Wanning’s appearance and strength evoke a mix of fear, resentment, and twisted excitement in Mo Ran, who recalls their past life where Chu Wanning was his most formidable opponent.
Chu Wanning quickly assesses that Mo Ran is causing trouble and asks for an explanation, with Xue Meng reporting Mo Ran’s crimes of theft and debauchery.
Chu Wanning coldly disciplines Mo Ran by whipping his cheek with Tianwen, a holy weapon disguised as a willow vine, drawing blood.
Mo Ran tries to lie and deny the accusations, but Chu Wanning uses Tianwen to bind and interrogate him, forcing the truth out through intense pain.
Mo Ran confesses to both theft and debauchery, unable to withstand Tianwen’s interrogation, leaving him exhausted and humiliated.
Chu Wanning orders Mo Ran to be taken to Yanluo Hall for penance and to be publicly punished on the Platform of Sin and Virtue before the entire sect at dawn, shocking Xue Meng.
Mo Ran harbors deep hatred for Chu Wanning, recalling how he had begged Chu Wanning to save Shi Mei in their past life, only to be ignored.
Mo Ran's thoughts of revenge against Chu Wanning slip out while under Tianwen's influence, revealing his desire to humiliate and violate his shizun.
Chu Wanning, stunned by Mo Ran's thoughts, withdraws Tianwen and leaves, stating that he needs to fix the "broken" holy weapon, leaving Mo Ran dreading his potential demise.
Xue Meng is left confused, while Mo Ran, terrified and in despair, realizes he may have sealed his own fate with his earlier thoughts.
Chapter 7: This Venerable One Likes WontonsThe setting is Sisheng Peak, a newly established cultivation sect with unusual and sometimes humorous names for its locations and facilities, reflecting its humble origins.
Mo Ran is brought to the Platform of Sin and Virtue to be punished publicly for his crimes of theft, debauchery, and deception. He is to receive eighty strikes, copy the sect rules one hundred times, and spend a month in confinement.
Despite the serious charges, many disciples plead for leniency on Mo Ran's behalf, citing fabricated stories of his kindness and virtue, hoping to gain favor.
Chu Wanning, Mo Ran's shizun, listens to the pleas but uses his holy weapon, Tianwen, to interrogate the disciples, exposing their lies. Each lying disciple is punished with ten strikes, plus an extra lash from Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran, punished and in pain, reflects on his situation while lying on his bed, feeling resentful toward Chu Wanning but comforted by the presence of Shi Mei, who visits him with handmade wontons.
Shi Mei’s gentle care and the familiar taste of his wontons deeply move Mo Ran, reminding him of his past life and his promise to protect Shi Mei in this one.
Mo Ran reminisces about a time in his previous life when Chu Wanning tried to make wontons for him after Shi Mei's death, which Mo Ran perceived as an insult, leading to a confrontation.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran feeling a mix of tender affection for Shi Mei and deep resentment toward Chu Wanning, vowing to challenge Chu Wanning in this lifetime.
Chapter 8: This Venerable One Gets PunishedMo Ran spent three days bedridden, recovering from his punishment, only to be summoned to the Red Lotus Pavilion for manual labor as part of his penance.
The Red Lotus Pavilion, known among the disciples as "Red Lotus Hell" or the "Pavilion of Broken Legs," is Chu Wanning's residence, infamous for being a dangerous place where few leave unscathed.
Despite advice from a sympathetic junior to avoid further punishment by faking continued illness, Mo Ran decides to face Chu Wanning rather than risk another encounter with the terrifying holy weapon, Tianwen.
Upon arriving at the pavilion, Mo Ran is struck by the lavish and pristine surroundings, which he finds excessive and irritating, though he grudgingly acknowledges Chu Wanning's genius in cultivation and mechanical engineering.
Inside the pavilion, Mo Ran finds the room in complete disarray, filled with blueprints, mechanical parts, and sawdust. Chu Wanning is busy working on a project, the "Holy Night Guardian," an automaton designed to protect common folk from demonic incursions.
Chu Wanning instructs Mo Ran to clean the chaotic room. Mo Ran is shocked by the extent of the mess, especially since Chu Wanning hasn’t cleaned in a year.
After half a day of cleaning, Mo Ran is exhausted and frustrated, particularly by the mountain of laundry Chu Wanning has left unwashed for months.
They take a break for lunch at Mengpo Hall, where Chu Wanning sits alone in a corner as usual, with no one daring to approach him.
Mo Ran joins him and intentionally annoys Chu Wanning by loudly eating ribs and tossing bones into Chu Wanning's bowl. Chu Wanning, disgusted and furious, leaves the meal early, abandoning his food.
Back at the Red Lotus Pavilion, Chu Wanning assigns Mo Ran the daunting task of wiping down and cataloging every book in the pavilion’s extensive library before the next morning, effectively trapping Mo Ran there overnight and ruining his plans to meet Shi Mei.
Frustrated and resentful, Mo Ran contemplates burning all of Chu Wanning’s books but then begins scheming an even more malicious plan.
Chapter 9: This Venerable One Is Not an ActorMo Ran finds himself cleaning and cataloging books in Chu Wanning’s library, which is filled with dry and tedious material.
Bored and mischievous, Mo Ran begins doodling explicit images in several of the books, thinking Chu Wanning will never discover them among the thousands of volumes.
Mo Ran is so absorbed in his antics that he doesn’t notice Shi Mei arriving. Shi Mei, surprised by the state of the library, offers to help Mo Ran and brings him dinner, consisting of a variety of dishes.
Mo Ran, overjoyed by Shi Mei's visit, devours the meal and feels comforted by Shi Mei's presence, even allowing Shi Mei to change his bandages.
As they talk, Mo Ran expresses his determination to protect Shi Mei from any harm, including from Chu Wanning.
Shi Mei offers to help Mo Ran with the task of cataloging, but before they can start, Chu Wanning unexpectedly arrives, catching them off guard.
Chu Wanning reprimands them for breaking the rules, especially targeting Shi Mei for sneaking into the Red Lotus Pavilion. Despite their attempts to explain, Chu Wanning coldly instructs Shi Mei to copy the sect rules ten times as punishment and leaves.
Mo Ran is left to finish the task alone. After completing his work late into the night, he discovers Chu Wanning asleep, surrounded by mechanical parts.
Mo Ran observes Chu Wanning's vulnerable state while asleep and is momentarily confused by Chu Wanning's earlier anger.
Amused by the situation, Mo Ran decides to play a prank on the sleeping Chu Wanning, slapping the air near his face as a form of mock punishment.
Chu Wanning suddenly wakes up and catches Mo Ran in the act, asking what he is doing.
Panicking, Mo Ran quickly fabricates an excuse, claiming he was killing mosquitoes for Chu Wanning, trying to avoid further punishment.
Chapter 10: This Venerable One Goes on His First MissionMo Ran manages to avoid punishment after his prank on Chu Wanning and heads back to his room to rest.
The next day, after morning classes, Mo Ran enjoys breakfast with Shi Mei and Xue Meng. Xue Meng mockingly comments on Mo Ran’s survival after visiting the Red Lotus Pavilion, leading to their usual bickering.
Shi Mei attempts to mediate between Mo Ran and Xue Meng, while also expressing sympathy for Chu Wanning, who often eats alone in silence, isolated by his intimidating presence.
Mo Ran dismisses Shi Mei’s concern, mocking Chu Wanning’s temper, though he internally acknowledges Chu Wanning’s loneliness.
Mo Ran’s period of confinement ends, and he is summoned by Madam Wang, who informs him that it’s time for him to take on his first exorcism mission.
Mo Ran is excited to learn that the mission involves going to Butterfly Town, a place he remembers from his past life where he had an intimate moment with Shi Mei under the influence of a demonic poison.
Madam Wang warns Mo Ran to be careful during the mission, emphasizing the importance of his safety. Mo Ran dismisses her concerns, eager to start the mission.
Mo Ran invites Shi Mei to join the mission, and the two report to Chu Wanning. The three set off on horseback for Butterfly Town.
Upon arrival, they witness a ghost marriage procession, a local tradition where the deceased are symbolically married. Chu Wanning explains the practice and its significance.
The group proceeds to meet their client, Landlord Chen, who explains the terrifying events plaguing his family since they unearthed a red coffin during construction.
Landlord Chen describes how each of his sons has met with misfortune or death, leaving only his youngest son alive but terrified for his life.
Chu Wanning questions the family about the events and learns that a mysterious ancestral tablet with the name of their youngest son, Chen Yanji, has appeared in their shrine. The tablet seems to predict who will die next, causing panic within the family.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning showing great interest in the mysterious tablet and asking Madam Chen if the inscription, "A living member of the Chen-Sun clan," refers to her, hinting at a deeper mystery.
Chapter 11: This Venerable One Is Gonna Smooch, Rejoice!Madam Chen, terrified, denies writing on the memorial tablet and insists she wouldn’t curse her own child. Chu Wanning suggests that she may have done it unknowingly in her sleep.
Chu Wanning channels his spiritual energy into the memorial tablet, causing blood to ooze from it, and the spirit inside to scream as the writing fades. He crushes the tablet in his hand, shattering it completely.
Chu Wanning instructs the Chen family to stay in the courtyard and warns Madam Chen to stay awake, as the spirit could possess her if she falls asleep. He reassures her that her son is safe "for now" and states that the demon must be captured.
Madam Chen-Yao offers to guide the group to the site where the red coffin was exhumed. They head to the northern mountains where the overgrown and silent area gives way to a clearing marked by a grave-sealing rock.
Chu Wanning destroys the rock with Tianwen, revealing a twelve-foot-tall wooden coffin that bursts from the ground, radiating strong demonic energy.
The coffin lid opens, revealing the naked corpse of Madam Chen-Yao’s husband, who should have been buried at the ancestral grave. She is devastated and confused by the sight of his undressed body in the red coffin.
Mo Ran, recalling his past life, begins analyzing the situation, noting the lack of decomposition in the corpse, the absence of demonic energy, and the persistent fragrance of the Hundred Butterfly Fragrance on the body.
Chu Wanning agrees with Mo Ran's observations but remains silent as Mo Ran continues to explain. Mo Ran eventually jokes about Chu Wanning’s brevity in speech and asks for praise, which Chu Wanning acknowledges with a simple "Mn."
Suddenly, the fragrance thickens, and a dense white fog envelops the area, marking the onset of an illusory realm. Madam Chen-Yao’s scream is cut off as she vanishes into the fog.
Chu Wanning places a tracking enchantment on Mo Ran’s forehead before heading off to investigate, leaving Mo Ran alone in the fog.
As the fog disperses, Mo Ran finds himself in an intricate and elegant garden, an illusory realm similar to one he encountered in his past life.
Mo Ran recalls how, in his previous life, he kissed Shi Mei for the first and only time within this illusion. Determined to not let the opportunity slip away this time, he resolves to find Shi Mei and get his fill of smooches.
Chapter 12: This Venerable One Kissed the Wrong Person... WTF…Mo Ran wanders the illusory realm, growing increasingly agitated due to the strong scent of Hundred Butterfly Fragrance, which heightens emotions and drives him to seek out water from a spring.
Remembering his past life, where he had kissed Shi Mei after drinking the spring water, Mo Ran eagerly seeks out the spring again, drinks from it, and starts feeling the same effects.
Just as he’s about to lose consciousness, someone pulls him out of the water. Believing it to be Shi Mei, Mo Ran eagerly kisses the person who rescued him, driven by the potion’s effects and his own desires.
Mo Ran aggressively kisses and undresses the person, but something feels off. The person suddenly retaliates with a burst of spiritual energy, throwing Mo Ran aside and revealing a furious Chu Wanning, not Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning, enraged, lashes Mo Ran with Tianwen, leaving him bloodied and realizing he had made a huge mistake.
As Mo Ran recovers from the beating, he notices that Chu Wanning looks disheveled and alluring, triggering unwanted memories of their entanglements from the past life.
Chu Wanning, visibly upset but composed, orders Mo Ran to keep the incident a secret and explains that the illusion makes people see the person they most want to see.
Mo Ran, horrified by the realization that he might have kissed Chu Wanning in his previous life as well, follows Chu Wanning as they investigate a noise ahead in the illusory realm.
The two arrive at a brightly lit manor where a wedding banquet is being held. To their shock, the guests are faceless, adding to the eerie atmosphere of the illusion.
Chapter 13: This Venerable One’s BrideMo Ran and Chu Wanning discover a group of faceless ghosts at a wedding banquet. They hide as a procession of corpses, led by a golden boy and jade maiden, arrives at the manor. The procession includes Shi Mei and Madam Chen-Yao, who appear unconscious.
Chu Wanning warns Mo Ran not to act hastily and reveals that a barrier surrounds the courtyard. They join the procession, following the golden boy and jade maiden into the courtyard.
Inside, the corpses are paired up as brides and grooms. Mo Ran and Chu Wanning follow the process, trying to avoid detection.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning enter side rooms where they are dressed in wedding attire. Mo Ran receives a secret communication from Chu Wanning through a haitang blossom, explaining that the ghost mistress of ceremonies, who delights in conducting ghost weddings, created the illusory realm.
Chu Wanning tells Mo Ran to follow the golden boy and jade maiden and assures him that Shi Mei is safe.
After changing into wedding clothes, Mo Ran realizes he might be paired with Chu Wanning for the ceremony. He switches places in line with Madam Chen-Yao, hoping to be paired with Shi Mei.
Meanwhile, Chu Wanning also switches places with Shi Mei, intending to protect him from potential danger.
As Chu Wanning reaches the end of the corridor, a ghost attendant mistakenly addresses him as a "lady" and covers his face with a red veil, preparing him for the ceremony.
Chapter 14: This Venerable One Gets MarriedChu Wanning, with a red veil over his face, is led by a ghost attendant to the reception pavilion. Mo Ran, expecting to see Shi Mei, is shocked to find Chu Wanning standing across from him as the “bride.”
The golden boy and jade maiden begin a ghostly wedding ceremony, reciting a ghastly verse. Mo Ran struggles to hold back laughter at the situation, while Chu Wanning suppresses his anger.
The ceremony proceeds, and Mo Ran is instructed to lift Chu Wanning's veil with a fan. As he does so, he notices Chu Wanning's fierce glare, but also a fleeting moment of attraction and confusion.
Mo Ran reflects on his past life, recalling the three terrible acts he committed against Chu Wanning: murder, humiliation, and a deeply regrettable act. These memories haunt him, but he tries to focus on the present.
The ceremony continues with the cleansing rite, where Mo Ran and Chu Wanning wash each other’s hands. Chu Wanning, annoyed, pours water on Mo Ran’s sleeve, but Mo Ran, lost in memories, barely reacts.
The ceremony moves to the meat-sharing and winecup-crossing rites. Chu Wanning is visibly angry but continues to follow through with the ritual.
During the ritual bowing, Chu Wanning surprisingly kneels down, completing the required bows to heaven and earth, parents, and each other. They accidentally bump heads while bowing, adding to the awkwardness.
The jiefa rite follows, where Chu Wanning and Mo Ran cut locks of each other’s hair to symbolize their union. Mo Ran worries about Chu Wanning using the hair for revenge but complies.
The ceremony concludes, but the official announces the "auspicious hour" and instructs them to enter the bridal chamber. Mo Ran panics, realizing the gravity of the situation, and contemplates fleeing the marriage, fearing Chu Wanning's wrath if they consummate anything.
Chapter 15: This Venerable One’s First Time Seeing This Kind of Wedding Night Unveiling
Mo Ran contemplates fleeing the wedding but decides against it, considering Shi Mei's presence. He is frustrated with the ghost mistress of ceremonies for being overly diligent in overseeing the wedding night.
The golden boy and jade maiden guide Mo Ran and Chu Wanning to a large scarlet coffin, which is meant to serve as their "bridal chamber." Mo Ran realizes that the wedding night ritual involves being sealed in the coffin together, not an actual consummation.
Chu Wanning enters the coffin first, followed by Mo Ran, who has to squeeze into the limited space, causing irritation between the two. The golden boy and jade maiden seal them inside the coffin after singing an eerie elegy.
Inside the coffin, Chu Wanning erects a soundproofing barrier to ensure privacy. The two bicker over space, with Chu Wanning demanding Mo Ran to move over multiple times.
The coffin is lifted and carried by the ghostly procession, swaying with each step. Mo Ran is concerned about Shi Mei and Madam Chen-Yao, who are likely in a similar situation, but Chu Wanning reassures him.
Chu Wanning explains that the ghost procession is likely heading to the temple outside of town, where the ghost mistress of ceremonies will appear to draw "merits" from the newlywed couples. He also mentions that the Chen family may be hiding something from them.
Mo Ran asks about the red coffin and the deaths in the Chen family, but Chu Wanning is unsure, suspecting that the family may have hidden information. He explains the difference between deities and gods, implying that the ghost mistress might have acted at the behest of someone, possibly not alive.
The coffin suddenly tilts, causing Mo Ran to fall into Chu Wanning's chest. Mo Ran is immediately reminded of Chu Wanning's familiar scent, which triggers memories and intense feelings within him, causing a physical reaction.
Chapter 16: This Venerable One Is StunnedMo Ran finds himself in a highly uncomfortable and compromising situation, trapped in a coffin with Chu Wanning. The familiar scent of Chu Wanning triggers memories of their past life, stirring up intense and conflicting emotions within Mo Ran.
Despite his urges, Mo Ran tries to maintain control and repeatedly apologizes to Chu Wanning as the coffin continues to shake, causing him to roll into Chu Wanning's arms multiple times.
Chu Wanning eventually uses his arm to block Mo Ran from hitting the coffin walls again, ensuring Mo Ran’s comfort without making direct contact.
The coffin is carried through Butterfly Town, and Chu Wanning speculates that they are being taken to the temple outside of town, where the ghost mistress of ceremonies will likely appear to draw "merits" from the newlywed couples.
Mo Ran notices a difference between the scent of the Hundred Butterfly Fragrance and the incense burned in the illusory realm and realizes that the scent in the temple is not the same as the one in Chen-gongzi’s coffin.
As they arrive at the temple, the ghost mistress of ceremonies descends from the altar, displaying a graceful yet eerie appearance. It begins to bless the corpses inside the coffins, granting them posthumous marriages.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning watch as the ghost mistress officiates a ghost marriage, and the corpses inside the first opened coffin begin to engage in an indecent display of affection.
Mo Ran is stunned by the spectacle, shocked that even in death, the corpses can be so vigorous in their actions.
Chapter 17: This Venerable One’s Shizun Got Injured; This Venerable One Really…Mo Ran is initially amused by the absurdity of the ghost mistress of ceremonies, who, with just a wave of her hand, could make even dead bodies engage in sexual acts, increasing her power by feeding off the "merits" from these ghost marriages.
Chu Wanning, embarrassed and disgusted by the scene, tries to shield Mo Ran from the sight and sounds, but Mo Ran insists on observing the ghost mistress’s capabilities, albeit with a teasing attitude.
The ghost mistress, hungry for more power, prepares to compel all the corpses in the coffins to engage in similar acts simultaneously, alarming Mo Ran as Shi Mei is trapped in one of the coffins.
As the ghost mistress senses something off in the coffin containing Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, she attacks, piercing the coffin with her claws and injuring Chu Wanning as he shields Mo Ran with his body.
Chu Wanning endures the excruciating pain in silence, preventing the ghost mistress from realizing they are still alive. After ensuring the ghost mistress is convinced, he prepares to strike back.
Chu Wanning bursts out of the coffin, snapping the ghost mistress’s neck with Tianwen, revealing her true form as a celestial spirit. Mo Ran assists by striking the ghost mistress with his hidden blade.
The battle escalates as the ghost mistress summons hordes of golden boys, jade maidens, and undead corpses to attack them. Mo Ran and Chu Wanning fend off the onslaught, with Mo Ran desperately searching for Shi Mei among the crowd.
Despite the overwhelming numbers, Mo Ran eventually spots Shi Mei and Madam Chen-Yao among the corpses. Chu Wanning instructs Mo Ran to rescue them while he prepares to unleash a powerful attack using Tianwen to destroy the ghost mistress and the surrounding area.
As Chu Wanning can only use one arm due to his injury, he warns Mo Ran to retreat quickly, as he plans to destroy everything in the vicinity to ensure the ghost mistress is vanquished.
Chapter 18: This Venerable One Once Begged YouChu Wanning prepares to unleash the full power of Tianwen's wide-range killing technique, known as Wind, which obliterates everything within its range. Mo Ran, knowing the devastation that Wind can cause, buys Chu Wanning time by using the last of his exorcism talismans before taking Shi Mei and Mistress Chen to safety.
Despite the searing pain from his injury, Chu Wanning activates Wind, generating a massive golden vortex that pulls in and destroys everything within its reach, including the ghost mistress, corpses, and nearby objects.
Once the storm subsides, Chu Wanning is left standing alone in a desolate wasteland, surrounded by shattered bones and debris. He remains composed despite his injuries and walks over to check on his disciples.
Mo Ran, holding Shi Mei in his arms, is reminded of a traumatic memory from his past life, when Shi Mei died in his arms while Chu Wanning refused to help. The memory triggers intense emotions of hatred and vengeance in Mo Ran, but he suppresses them upon seeing Chu Wanning's injury.
Shi Mei regains consciousness, much to Mo Ran's relief. Chu Wanning administers a poison-cleansing pill to Shi Mei and instructs Mo Ran to take both Shi Mei and Mistress Chen back to the Chen Manor. Chu Wanning himself heads back to the manor to confront the Chen family.
Upon arriving at the Chen Manor, Chu Wanning finds Madam Chen possessed and attacking her family. Despite his severe injuries, Chu Wanning traps Madam Chen inside a barrier and questions Landlord Chen about the identity of the ghost possessing his wife. Landlord Chen denies knowing anything.
Chu Wanning uses Tianwen to interrogate the ghost possessing Madam Chen, forcing the spirit to manifest in a barrier with Chu Wanning. The ghost fire travels along Tianwen to Chu Wanning, revealing the ghost’s form: a young girl of about seventeen or eighteen, who appears before Chu Wanning in a beam of white light.
Chapter 19: This Venerable One Will Tell You a StoryThe chapter begins with Chu Wanning using the Restoration Barrier to communicate with the spirit of a young girl, Luo Xianxian. Within this barrier, the spirit regains the character and appearance she had in life.
Luo Xianxian, initially confused and disoriented, slowly recalls that she is dead. Chu Wanning asks if she has any grievances, to which she responds tearfully, questioning if he is there to bring her justice.
Luo Xianxian reveals that she was once a resident of Butterfly Town, the daughter of a scholar who had passed away from tuberculosis. She was left alone after his death, with no relatives or place to go.
She explains that she was mistreated by the Chen family, who deceived her father and took his secret formula for fragrance, then forced her out of the town. Desperate and with nowhere else to turn, she ended her life.
Luo Xianxian recounts her life, starting from when she was five years old. She lived in Butterfly Town with her father and was neighbors with the Chen family, including Chen Bohuan, the eldest son.
One night, a young man, covered in blood and seemingly mentally disturbed, stumbled into her yard. Despite being frightened, Luo Xianxian gave him water.
The young man noticed a tangerine tree in the yard and, driven by a mix of anger and desperation, demanded that Luo Xianxian pick the tangerines for him, despite her refusal to steal from her neighbors.
The young man, growing increasingly aggressive, chopped down the tangerine tree, destroyed the fruits, and forced Luo Xianxian to eat them. Throughout the encounter, he displayed signs of deep-seated resentment and bitterness.
The young man, in a mix of rage and sorrow, revealed his hatred for "philanthropists, gentlemen, and heroes." He then fed Luo Xianxian tangerines piece by piece while humming a tune, before disappearing into the night, leaving her terrified and alone.
The chapter ends with the mess left behind by the young man, who seemed to have a tragic and tormented past, hinted at by his parting words: "There was a man from Linyi whose heart died at twenty."
Chapter 20: This Venerable One Will Tell You a Story (Pt. 2)The next morning, the Chen family returned home to find their tangerine tree chopped down and its fruits scattered. They immediately blamed Luo Xianxian, believing she had stolen the tangerines and destroyed the tree out of jealousy.
Scholar Luo, Luo Xianxian’s father, confronted her and, despite her tearful denials, punished her severely, believing she had stolen and lied. Luo Xianxian was left to kneel outside without food as punishment.
That night, Chen Bohuan, the eldest son of the Chen family, secretly visited Luo Xianxian and gave her a mantou to eat, expressing sympathy and assuring her that he believed she didn’t steal anything. This marked the beginning of a close relationship between the two.
Some time later, news spread about a murder in a neighboring village, committed by a blood-soaked bandit who terrorized a family. The dates matched the night Luo Xianxian had met the lunatic, confirming her story and clearing her name.
With the misunderstanding resolved, the Chen and Luo families grew closer. Madam Chen, impressed by Luo Xianxian’s beauty and character, arranged an engagement between her and Chen Bohuan.
Time passed, and Scholar Luo eventually created the "Hundred Butterfly Fragrance," a scent that lasted for one hundred days. However, he refused to sell it, considering it beneath his dignity.
Madam Chen, however, saw the potential for profit and, after Scholar Luo’s death, pressured Luo Xianxian into giving her the formula. Luo Xianxian, believing in Madam Chen’s kindness, agreed and helped her interpret the formula.
Using the formula, the Chen family became wealthy and influential, moving into a large new home. Although Luo Xianxian lived with them, she was hidden from the public eye, and no one knew she was actually married to Chen Bohuan.
As the Chen family’s status rose, Madam Chen began to regret the engagement, finding Luo Xianxian too simple and dull. Her dissatisfaction grew, especially after Young Mistress Yao, a wealthy governor’s daughter, noticed and became interested in Chen Bohuan.
Chapter 21: This Venerable One Will Tell You a Story (Pt. 3)Young Mistress Yao, captivated by Chen Bohuan, immediately pestered her father, the governor, to arrange a marriage with him. Since the wedding between Chen Bohuan and Luo Xianxian had been kept secret, the governor believed Chen was unmarried.
The governor proposed the marriage, which left Landlord Chen and Madam Chen in a panic. They regretted their previous decision to marry Chen Bohuan to Luo Xianxian and now saw an opportunity to elevate their family's status through a marriage with Young Mistress Yao.
Landlord Chen and Madam Chen argued about how to resolve the situation, with Madam Chen proposing to annul the marriage with Luo Xianxian by pretending it never happened and forcing her out of the house.
Landlord Chen hesitated, knowing their son was in love with Luo Xianxian, but Madam Chen assured him she would take care of it.
Madam Chen faked a grave illness, claiming to be possessed by a ghost. A priest was summoned, who falsely declared that someone within the family was cursing her. The accusation was subtly directed at Luo Xianxian.
The Chen brothers pressured Luo Xianxian to leave, citing their mother's "illness" as her fault. Though distressed, Luo Xianxian refused to leave.
The Chen brothers eventually resorted to violence, attacking and beating Luo Xianxian before throwing her out into the snow on a frigid night, threatening her not to return.
Luo Xianxian, beaten and alone, crawled through the snow to the temple of the ghost mistress, seeking refuge. In her despair, she knelt before the statue of the ghost mistress, lamenting her fate and the broken promises of her marriage.
As she froze, she recalled her wedding to Chen Bohuan and the love they once shared, realizing that no one would believe her if she claimed to be his wife. She longed for the comfort and protection he once offered but felt utterly abandoned.
Luo Xianxian died in the temple, her body found the next day by townspeople. Her last thoughts were of her love for Chen Bohuan and the injustice she suffered, pleading to the ghost mistress that she hadn't lied about her marriage.
Chapter 22: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is About to Get AngryAfter hearing Luo Xianxian's tragic story, Chu Wanning was filled with rage and wanted to punish the Chen family. However, he restrained himself to continue listening to Luo Xianxian’s tale within the Restoration Barrier.
Luo Xianxian's spirit encountered a lady resembling the ghost mistress after her death. This figure offered to unite Luo with Chen Bohuan in death, but Luo Xianxian refused, not wanting to harm him. The ghost mistress then advised her to visit the living world on the seventh day to reassess her feelings.
On the seventh day, Luo Xianxian’s spirit returned to Chen Manor and discovered the house festively decorated for Chen Bohuan’s engagement to Young Mistress Yao. She realized that Chen Bohuan was preparing to marry someone else, breaking his promise to her.
Overwhelmed by the betrayal, Luo Xianxian witnessed Chen Bohuan, now gaunt and exhausted, preparing for the proposal. She tried to reach out to him, but he could not see her. She then overheard the Chen brothers discussing their mother’s deception and felt deep betrayal and sorrow.
Consumed by hatred and despair, Luo Xianxian returned to the ghost mistress’s temple and begged to become a malicious ghost to seek vengeance on the Chen family. The ghost mistress granted her wish, turning her into a vengeful spirit.
Luo Xianxian, controlled by the ghost mistress, went on to possess Madam Chen and murder the Chen family. Chen Bohuan was buried in the red coffin to fulfill Luo Xianxian’s wish to be buried with him, and the coffin was placed where his new house was to be built as a curse.
Chu Wanning deduced that the paper ghost bride in the illusory realm was intended to serve as Luo Xianxian’s corporeal form, as only she could be buried with Chen Bohuan. Luo Xianxian’s spirit had scattered when Chu Wanning opened the coffin, causing the shift in the coffin’s energy.
Inside the Restoration Barrier, Luo Xianxian, now free of her maliciousness, tearfully confessed that she never wanted to harm anyone, including Chen Bohuan. She pleaded with Chu Wanning to believe that she was innocent and had never lied.
Moved by her sorrow, Chu Wanning assured her that he believed her, which brought her some comfort. He then ended the Restoration Barrier.
Outside the barrier, Chu Wanning confronted the Chen family, particularly Landlord Chen and the youngest son, demanding to know if they still denied recognizing the voice that had possessed Madam Chen.
Chapter 23: This Venerable One Couldn’t Stop HimLandlord Chen and his youngest son attempted to deny any knowledge of Luo Xianxian, but Chu Wanning saw through their lies and confronted them with intense anger.
Chu Wanning's harsh interrogation and threatening demeanor frightened the Chen family, particularly Landlord Chen, who eventually confessed his actions.
Chu Wanning lashed out at Landlord Chen with Tianwen, disgusted by his lies and manipulative behavior. Landlord Chen tried to defend himself by claiming they had no choice due to their fear of offending the governor’s daughter.
Landlord Chen attempted to manipulate Chu Wanning by invoking the reputation of Sisheng Peak, demanding protection as a client. Chu Wanning, however, was unfazed and returned the payment, showing that he was not bound by their manipulations.
Chu Wanning's whipping of Landlord Chen shocked Mo Ran and Shi Mei, who tried to intervene. Mo Ran was particularly alarmed by Chu Wanning's disregard for the sect's rules and the severity of his actions.
Despite the interventions, Chu Wanning's anger led him to continue lashing Landlord Chen. Shi Mei, moved by pity, tried to protect the old man, but ended up being struck by Tianwen himself, resulting in a deep gash on his face.
The situation escalated as Shi Mei was injured, and Mo Ran was left torn between stopping Chu Wanning and his concern for Shi Mei's well-being.
Chapter 24: This Venerable One Declares a Cold WarChu Wanning lashed out at Landlord Chen but stopped when Shi Mei, injured by Tianwen, pleaded for mercy.
Mo Ran was furious at Chu Wanning for Shi Mei’s injury, and they had a tense confrontation.
Chu Wanning was silent and didn’t apologize for injuring Shi Mei, creating a rift between him and Mo Ran.
Landlord Chen thanked Shi Mei, portraying him as the savior while Chu Wanning was seen as the villain.
Chu Wanning instructed the Chen family to atone by honoring Luo Xianxian and correcting the claims about the Hundred Butterfly Fragrance.
Chu Wanning and his disciples stayed at an inn for the night due to their injuries and to ensure no lingering spirits caused further harm.
Mo Ran was reminded of the wedding robes he and Shi Mei were still wearing from the ghost wedding, leading to an awkward moment.
Chu Wanning removed his wedding robes in a dramatic display, ripping them apart with spiritual energy.
Once alone, Chu Wanning treated his severely injured shoulder in silence, struggling with the pain.
Chu Wanning found a brocade pouch containing the locks of hair from the ghost wedding and wrestled with his feelings for Mo Ran.
Mo Ran knocked on Chu Wanning’s door, interrupting his self-reproach and intensifying the emotional tension.
Chapter 25: This Venerable One Really Can’t Stand Him!Chu Wanning, despite his initial reluctance, allowed Mo Ran into his room after a day of cold silence between them.
Mo Ran noticed Chu Wanning's poorly bandaged wound and offered to help, feeling conflicted emotions toward his shizun.
Mo Ran apologized for his earlier outburst at the Chen Manor, but Chu Wanning, feeling wronged, remained distant and silent.
Despite his irritation, Chu Wanning eventually allowed Mo Ran to rebandage his wound, though the atmosphere remained tense.
Mo Ran questioned Chu Wanning about his actions at the Chen Manor, to which Chu Wanning replied simply that he was angry. Mo Ran criticized Chu Wanning's approach, which further strained their relationship.
The conversation grew tense as Mo Ran insisted Chu Wanning should apologize to Shi Mei for accidentally hurting him. Chu Wanning, stubborn and feeling cornered, refused and ordered Mo Ran to leave.
Mo Ran, frustrated with Chu Wanning's inability to apologize, stormed out and went to check on Shi Mei instead.
After a brief conversation with Shi Mei, where Mo Ran expressed his annoyance with Chu Wanning's temper, he decided to cook a meal for Shi Mei in the inn’s kitchen.
Mo Ran spent several hours preparing a meal, but when it was time to invite others to eat, he deliberately chose not to call Chu Wanning, still holding a grudge against his shizun.
Chapter 26: This Venerable One’s First Meeting With HimMo Ran initially didn't invite Chu Wanning to join him and Shi Mei for the meal he prepared but eventually did so out of respect for his shizun’s position.
The meal consisted of handmade noodle soup with a rich broth that Mo Ran had simmered for hours, specifically tailored to Shi Mei’s love for spicy food.
While Shi Mei enjoyed the meal, Chu Wanning was visibly displeased, criticizing the soup for being too spicy and unpalatable, and ultimately left the table without eating.
Mo Ran, who knew Chu Wanning couldn’t tolerate spicy food but had forgotten in the moment, felt frustrated and embarrassed by Chu Wanning's harsh critique.
Chu Wanning returned to his room, lying down and feeling weak due to his injuries and lack of food, but his mind was preoccupied with memories of his first meeting with Mo Ran.
The memory flashback to their first encounter: 1) Chu Wanning was preoccupied with examining a weapon he was forging when the elders discussed Mo Ran’s arrival at Sisheng Peak. 2) Mo Ran, who had recently been saved by the sect leader, was brought to the Heaven-Piercing Tower, where all the elders had gathered for him to choose a teacher. 3) Despite Chu Wanning’s formidable reputation and aloofness, Mo Ran boldly and immediately chose him as his teacher, surprising everyone. 4) This encounter left a lasting impression on Chu Wanning, though he didn’t show it at the time. Mo Ran’s lively and direct nature starkly contrasted with Chu Wanning’s cold demeanor, setting the stage for their complex future relationship.
Chapter 27: This Venerable One Will Make You a Bowl of NoodlesChu Wanning was caught off guard when Mo Ran suddenly approached him, grabbing his wrist and asking if he could be his disciple. Chu Wanning was visibly flustered, unaccustomed to such boldness and familiarity.
Despite Chu Wanning's immediate rejection, Mo Ran persisted, stating that he liked Chu Wanning the most based on appearance alone and wanted him as a teacher. This left Chu Wanning confused and somewhat unsettled.
When asked why he chose Chu Wanning, Mo Ran responded that Chu Wanning seemed the gentlest and most easygoing of the elders—a statement that baffled both Chu Wanning and the other elders, given Chu Wanning’s reputation for being anything but gentle.
After the incident, Chu Wanning retreated to his room, where he struggled with hunger, pain, and confusion over Mo Ran’s behavior. He tried to rest but was haunted by memories of his first encounter with Mo Ran and the unexpected connection that had formed.
Mo Ran, feeling guilty about Chu Wanning’s injury, brought him a bowl of plain noodles that he had the inn’s cook prepare. He ensured it wasn’t spicy and contained none of the ingredients Chu Wanning disliked. Mo Ran left the room after delivering the meal, leaving Chu Wanning to eat in silence.
Despite being famished, Chu Wanning hesitated for a long time before finally eating the now-cold noodles, reflecting on the complex emotions and interactions between him and Mo Ran.
The group returned to Sisheng Peak, passing through Butterfly Town, where the locals gossiped about the Chen family’s scandal. Shi Mei noticed that the townspeople were rebuilding the temple and expressed concern about the potential dangers of another ghost deity forming.
Upon returning to Sisheng Peak, Chu Wanning instructed his disciples to report to Loyalty Hall while he went to the Discipline Court to receive punishment for his actions during the mission.
The Jielü Elder, who was responsible for enforcing discipline, was shocked by Chu Wanning’s insistence on receiving the full punishment for his transgression. He attempted to dismiss the matter, but Chu Wanning remained adamant, kneeling in front of the hall and demanding the punishment be carried out according to the rules.
Chapter 28: This Venerable One’s Mind Is a Bit of a MessThe news of Chu Wanning being punished for breaking the rules spread quickly throughout the sect, causing concern and disbelief among the disciples.
Xue Meng was particularly distressed upon hearing that his shizun was enduring two hundred strikes and rushed to the Discipline Court to intervene, only to find Chu Wanning already in the midst of his punishment.
Chu Wanning, kneeling with his back straight, insisted on receiving the full punishment without any leniency, despite being injured and bleeding heavily.
The Jielü Elder, tasked with administering the punishment, was conflicted but continued as Chu Wanning requested, leading to a scene of intense physical and emotional strain.
Xue Meng, unable to bear seeing his shizun suffer, attempted to intervene but was blocked by a barrier created by Chu Wanning, who sternly ordered him to leave.
Xue Meng, Mo Ran, and Shi Mei all knelt outside the hall in silent support of Chu Wanning, showing their devotion despite being powerless to stop the punishment.
After the two hundred strikes were finally completed, the barrier was removed, and Xue Meng rushed to Chu Wanning's side, furiously confronting the Jielü Elder for not holding back, while Mo Ran was shocked by the extent of Chu Wanning's injuries.
Mo Ran experienced a surge of conflicting emotions, including anger, loathing, and confusion, as he struggled with his complicated feelings toward Chu Wanning, ultimately choosing not to follow him and Xue Meng as they left.
Shi Mei suggested they go after Chu Wanning, but Mo Ran declined, feeling that he couldn't help and that his presence would only add to the chaos, leaving him with a troubled and conflicted mind.
Chapter 29: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want You to DieMo Ran lay awake in bed, his thoughts consumed by memories of Chu Wanning, unable to sleep as he reflected on his complex feelings toward his shizun.
He recalled his first impression of Chu Wanning, admiring his gentle and focused demeanor under a flowering tree at Sisheng Peak, but this admiration soon turned to resentment due to Chu Wanning's harsh treatment.
Mo Ran had once sought Chu Wanning's approval and respect, but his efforts were met with indifference, leading him to harbor deep-seated resentment and hatred toward his shizun.
As Mo Ran’s resentment grew, he provoked Chu Wanning to garner his attention, but Chu Wanning remained cold and unresponsive, never giving him the recognition he desperately sought.
In his previous life, after becoming Emperor Taxian-jun, Mo Ran had exacted his revenge by tormenting Chu Wanning, draining his blood slowly as part of a cruel execution during his coronation ceremony.
Despite his desire for revenge, Mo Ran was unsettled when Chu Wanning, on the verge of death, showed a hint of pity and regret, apologizing to Mo Ran and leaving him conflicted.
In a fit of rage and confusion, Mo Ran decided he didn’t want Chu Wanning to die and rushed to save him, taking him to the Red Lotus Pavilion to heal him, realizing that his hatred was tied to Chu Wanning’s existence.
Back in the present, unable to sleep, Mo Ran decided to visit Chu Wanning, who was kneeling in Yanluo Hall as part of his punishment.
Mo Ran watched Chu Wanning from outside the hall, feeling conflicted and unsure of why he had come, but he couldn’t bring himself to leave.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran standing outside the window all night, watching Chu Wanning kneel in silence, both of them separated by the red lattice window and the unspoken distance between them.
Chapter 30: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want to Eat TofuThe news of Chu Wanning’s punishment spread quickly among the disciples at Sisheng Peak, with exaggerated rumors about his harsh treatment and the two hundred strikes he endured.
During morning classes, the disciples gossiped about the event, much to Xue Meng's frustration, as he couldn’t stop the chattering despite his irritation.
Mo Ran, exhausted from staying up all night, was berated by Xue Meng, leading to a petty argument between the two.
After three days of kneeling in reflection, Chu Wanning began his three-month confinement at Sisheng Peak, during which he was assigned menial tasks, including chores at Mengpo Hall.
The Mengpo Hall supervisor was nervous about having Chu Wanning perform such tasks but assigned him to wash vegetables.
Chu Wanning, unaware of the expectations around his status, diligently washed cabbages at a small stream, causing passing disciples to be shocked at the sight.
Despite his effort, Chu Wanning took too long, and by the time he returned, the cabbages were no longer needed for the meal, leading to a frustrated inquiry about why he was asked to wash them.
The supervisor, flustered, suggested Chu Wanning make tofu and cabbage stew, which Chu Wanning agreed to, despite not being very skilled in cooking.
When the disciples arrived for their meal, they were horrified to find that the tofu and cabbage stew Chu Wanning made was unappetizing and resembled an inedible black mass.
None of the disciples dared to ask for Chu Wanning’s stew, and they respectfully greeted him with nervousness but avoided his dish entirely.
Feeling disheartened, Chu Wanning noticed that despite his efforts, no one wanted to eat what he had prepared.
When Xue Meng, Mo Ran, and Shi Mei arrived, Xue Meng cheerfully greeted Chu Wanning and asked about his condition, only for Chu Wanning to unexpectedly ask Xue Meng if he wanted to eat his tofu, leaving Xue Meng speechless.
Chapter 31: This Venerable One’s UncleXue Meng, eager to impress his shizun, requested three servings of the charred tofu Chu Wanning prepared, promising to eat it all without wasting any.
Mo Ran, feeling competitive, requested six servings of the tofu to outdo Xue Meng, despite his initial hesitation.
Shi Mei, not wanting to be left out, also asked for three servings, leading to all three disciples suffering from food poisoning the next day.
On the second day, the Jielü Elder suggested that Chu Wanning help with sweeping and polishing the pillars of Naihe Bridge instead of assisting at Mengpo Hall.
Chu Wanning diligently completed his tasks, but as it began to rain, he created a barrier over Naihe Bridge to shield the disciples returning from classes.
The disciples mistakenly credited the Xuanji Elder for the barrier, praising him as they passed by, unaware it was Chu Wanning’s doing.
Mo Ran, observing Chu Wanning from the bridge, recognized the barrier as Chu Wanning's work and tossed his umbrella to Chu Wanning, asking him to use a spell to protect him as well.
Chu Wanning created a barrier for Mo Ran, who humorously misidentified the flower patterns on it, which Chu Wanning corrected before leaving.
The rain continued for four days, and when it cleared, Xue Zhengyong, the master of Sisheng Peak and Xue Meng’s father, returned after more than two months away.
Xue Zhengyong’s arrival was bold and unannounced, and he immediately began bantering with his family, showcasing his unique fan with the phrases “Xue is Beautiful” and “Others are Ugly.”
Mo Ran and Xue Meng assisted Madam Wang in preparing medicine for Chu Wanning, and Mo Ran, seeking to avoid further questions about Chu Wanning’s punishment, volunteered to deliver the medicine himself.
Xue Zhengyong engaged in a bout of mutual flattery with Xue Meng, discussing various disciples from other sects, including Mei Hanxue from Kunlun Taxue Palace, before turning his attention to his wife, Madam Wang.
Mo Ran, seizing the opportunity, left the couple to their reunion and took the medicine to the Red Lotus Pavilion, where he discovered Chu Wanning bathing in the lotus pond along with the silhouettes of two other people.
Chapter 32: This Venerable One Will Baby You a Bit; Will That Do?Mo Ran was shocked and enraged when he discovered Chu Wanning bathing in the lotus pond with what appeared to be two other figures. Overcome with jealousy and confusion, he rushed into the pond, only to find that the two figures were automatons, not people.
The automatons were performing the Flower Spirit Sacrifice technique, healing Chu Wanning's wounds. Mo Ran's abrupt intrusion disrupted the spiritual array, causing Chu Wanning's wounds to worsen dramatically.
Mo Ran quickly acted to stop the damage, but Chu Wanning's condition deteriorated rapidly, bleeding heavily as the wounds reopened. Mo Ran carried the unconscious Chu Wanning back to his room, panicking at the sight of his severe injuries.
Mo Ran treated Chu Wanning's wounds, cutting away the infected flesh and applying medicine, all while cursing him for his stubbornness and pride. Despite his harsh words, Mo Ran couldn't help but care for Chu Wanning, recalling their complicated past.
After dressing Chu Wanning's wounds and ensuring he was comfortable, Mo Ran attempted to feed him medicine, but Chu Wanning, still unconscious, struggled to swallow it.
Mo Ran, frustrated yet concerned, stayed by Chu Wanning's side through the night, even though he tried to convince himself not to care. He eventually fell asleep holding Chu Wanning, comforting him through his feverish tossing and turning.
In his sleep, Mo Ran's emotions from his past life resurfaced, blurring the line between hatred and longing. He held Chu Wanning tenderly, mumbling comforting words and calling him by his name.
The next morning, Chu Wanning woke up to find Mo Ran lying next to him, startled and confused. Mo Ran, still half-asleep, murmured nonsensical requests and even kissed Chu Wanning's lips before asking to hold him a little longer, leaving Chu Wanning speechless.
Chapter 33: This Venerable One Is Off to Fetch His WeaponChu Wanning was stunned when Mo Ran, half-asleep, kissed him and muttered affectionately. Though Chu Wanning wanted to reprimand him, he was too flustered to speak and instead buried his face in the quilt, overwhelmed with a mix of emotions.
Once composed, Chu Wanning dressed and calmly woke Mo Ran, instructing him to attend morning classes. Mo Ran, confused about how he ended up in Chu Wanning's bed, was relieved to escape without further questioning.
Xue Zhengyong learned of Chu Wanning's punishment and was furious, but his wife, Madam Wang, calmed him down. She prepared medicine for Chu Wanning, which Xue Zhengyong delivered to him at Naihe Bridge.
Xue Zhengyong expressed concern over Chu Wanning's strictness with Mo Ran, fearing Chu Wanning might look down on his nephew due to his difficult upbringing. Chu Wanning reassured him that he did not judge Mo Ran's background and was committed to his role as a teacher.
Chu Wanning's three months of confinement ended, and he gathered his disciples to inform them that they would journey to Dawning Peak to summon their own weapons, a significant milestone in their cultivation.
Chu Wanning explained the legend of Jincheng Lake at Dawning Peak, where mythical beasts would offer a weapon to those who could successfully thaw the lake's surface with their spiritual power.
Xue Meng was excited at the prospect, asking Chu Wanning about his experience. Chu Wanning shared that a kunpeng had brought him a weapon after asking for a simple meat bun, though he warned that not all requests from mythical beasts were so easy to fulfill.
Chu Wanning hinted at a darker memory associated with Jincheng Lake, recalling a disappointing display of heartlessness he had witnessed there. He reflected on the rarity of people who could resist the temptation of power to stay true to their principles.
To shift the conversation, Xue Meng asked about Chu Wanning's experience with his holy weapons, to which Chu Wanning, slightly irritated, responded that he possessed three, leaving his disciples curious about each one's story.
Chapter 34: This Venerable One Falls Out of FavorChu Wanning revealed to his disciples that he possessed three holy weapons, but preferred not to use the other two. This revelation stirred different reactions in his disciples: Xue Meng was in awe, Mo Ran was contemplative, and Shi Mei seemed fascinated.
Xue Meng expressed a desire to see Chu Wanning’s other weapons, but Chu Wanning stated that Tianwen was sufficient and hinted at the danger and responsibility of using the other weapons.
Shi Mei expressed doubts about his ability to summon a weapon at Dawning Peak, fearing embarrassment. Chu Wanning reassured him, stating that fights were not Shi Mei’s strength and that it was okay to refuse challenges.
The group set off on a journey to Dawning Peak. Along the way, they stopped at Dai City, a bustling and affluent place in the upper cultivation realm.
At the inn, the group faced a shortage of rooms and had to share. Mo Ran wanted to room with Shi Mei, but Xue Meng resisted, leading to playful bickering. Chu Wanning ultimately decided that Xue Meng would room with him, leaving Mo Ran visibly displeased.
Mo Ran’s frustration was rooted in his expectation that Chu Wanning would choose him, revealing his subconscious possessiveness and jealousy. This decision left Mo Ran feeling like a neglected stray pup, confused and angry over the unexpected choice.
Chapter 35: This Venerable One SlipsMo Ran was lying in bed, listening through the thin walls to the sounds coming from the next room where Chu Wanning and Xue Meng were staying. He misinterpreted their conversation and the sounds he heard, becoming increasingly anxious and jealous.
Mo Ran heard Xue Meng mentioning something being tight and Chu Wanning groaning, which led him to jump to the wrong conclusion about what was happening.
Unable to contain his curiosity, Mo Ran knocked on their door and found out that they were simply changing Chu Wanning’s bandages, which had stuck to his wounds.
Embarrassed by his assumptions, Mo Ran tried to cover up his mistake when Shi Mei returned with passes to a hot spring.
Despite his reservations, Mo Ran joined the others at the hot spring, but he was anxious about being around Chu Wanning in such a vulnerable setting.
At the hot spring, Mo Ran became overwhelmed by Chu Wanning’s appearance, triggering memories of their past life. He struggled with his emotions, feeling guilty for his physical reaction.
Mo Ran tried to avoid Chu Wanning by sinking into the water, but when he resurfaced, he accidentally splashed water onto Chu Wanning’s face.
The situation became even more awkward when Mo Ran, trying to back away, slipped and fell into Chu Wanning’s arms.
Chapter 36: This Venerable One Has Probably Lost His MindMo Ran accidentally fell into Chu Wanning’s arms in the hot spring, causing a surge of physical attraction and intense internal conflict.
The close contact made Mo Ran highly aware of his unresolved feelings and desires for Chu Wanning, leading to overwhelming embarrassment and confusion.
Chu Wanning, too, felt unsettled by the encounter, especially as he noticed Mo Ran’s reaction. He quickly distanced himself, but the situation left both of them rattled.
Mo Ran handed Chu Wanning a towel to wipe his face, but the tension between them only grew. Mo Ran tried to cover his discomfort by focusing on mundane tasks like choosing a fragrance bar for the bath.
Mo Ran’s thoughts became increasingly chaotic as memories of their past life together flooded back. He struggled to reconcile his intense physical reactions with his emotional attachment to Shi Mei.
Unable to control his urges, Mo Ran returned to his room and, overwhelmed with guilt and shame, tried to relieve himself while desperately thinking of Shi Mei instead of Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran was tormented by his uncontrollable attraction to Chu Wanning, despite his deep-seated feelings for Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning, lying in bed that night, also wrestled with his thoughts, unable to believe that Mo Ran might have feelings for him. He quickly dismissed the idea, considering it too far-fetched.
The next morning, both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning pretended nothing had happened, though they were both deeply affected by the previous night’s events.
As they prepared to climb Dawning Peak, Chu Wanning bought winter cloaks for his disciples. He was particularly careful in his choices, revealing a softer, more considerate side of himself.
Xue Meng was surprised to receive a cloak with purple trim, a color he disliked, but he accepted it without complaint.
The group finally reached the foot of Dawning Peak, where Mo Ran was flooded with memories of his past life, including his declaration of conquest and his ill-fated marriage to Song Qiutong.
Mo Ran was reminded of the disillusionment and emptiness of his past ambitions, realizing that his desires were ultimately unfulfilled fantasies.
As they began their ascent, Mo Ran offered to carry Shi Mei, recalling how he had carried his bride in his past life. Chu Wanning overheard and scolded Mo Ran for the offer, showing a flash of jealousy.
Mo Ran and Shi Mei exchanged a look, acknowledging Chu Wanning’s stern demeanor, with Mo Ran jokingly mouthing to Shi Mei that Chu Wanning was petty and heartless, only to be immediately rebuked by Chu Wanning.
Chapter 37: This Venerable One Meets a GodThe group finally arrived at Dawning Peak, where they were greeted by the breathtaking sight of the snow-covered Jincheng Lake, illuminated by the full moon.
Xue Meng excitedly offered to go first in the attempt to break the ice and seek a weapon, but Chu Wanning deemed him too rash and declined his request.
Shi Mei volunteered to go first instead, but despite his best efforts, he was unable to break the ice, leaving him disappointed.
Next, it was Mo Ran's turn. Unlike his previous life, he approached the task with a sense of calm familiarity, knowing what awaited him.
Mo Ran summoned his blade, Bugui, from the depths of the lake. As expected, the lake’s ice shattered, and an enormous turquoise-black dragon emerged, holding a pitch-black blade in its jaws.
The dragon, however, did not immediately hand over the blade as it had in Mo Ran's past life. Instead, it seemed puzzled by Mo Ran’s soul, detecting two additional shadows within him and asking if Mo Ran was mortal, divine, or demonic.
Mo Ran assured the dragon he was human, albeit one who had been reborn. The dragon remained perplexed but agreed to give Mo Ran the blade after peering into his soul.
When the dragon used its technique, it revealed the presence of two distinct figures within Mo Ran's soul: Shi Mei and Chu Wanning. This revelation stunned Mo Ran, leaving him confused and disturbed.
Before Mo Ran could process this discovery, the surface of Jincheng Lake split apart, and a herd of ox-headed beasts emerged. They were soon followed by the arrival of Gouchen the Exalted, the legendary god of weaponry.
Gouchen, appearing as a man with a pleasant demeanor, acknowledged Mo Ran’s rare spiritual power and invited him to the bottom of the lake to select a weapon better suited to him than Bugui.
Mo Ran, shocked by the unexpected opportunity, hesitated but then agreed, asking Gouchen to also grant Shi Mei a weapon if he successfully completed the task.
Gouchen agreed and lifted the barrier, inviting all three disciples to join him. As they approached, Gouchen recognized Chu Wanning, leading to a moment of surprise and curiosity on his part.
Chapter 38: This Venerable One Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the SeaGouchen the Exalted recognized Chu Wanning from his previous visit to Jincheng Lake, recalling the purity and depth of his spiritual strength. Chu Wanning confirmed his satisfaction with the weapon Tianwen and mentioned his other weapon, Jiuge, which he rarely used due to its chilling temperament.
Gouchen instructed the old dragon, Wangyue, to return to the depths while Chu Wanning cast water-repelling charms on his disciples. The group then entered the freezing waters of Jincheng Lake, where they could move as easily as on land, revealing a vast underwater world.
The lake bottom was a vibrant and bustling city, filled with various creatures and spirits living in harmony. The group marveled at the strange sights, including a rabbit spirit riding a tiger, among other unusual scenes.
Gouchen led the group through the city's marketplace, where they saw vendors selling all sorts of exotic goods, from fish-blood mantou to squid ink brow-filler. The group also encountered a fuban, a rare creature extinct in the outside world, gathering rocks obsessively.
Gouchen took the group to his residence, an expansive courtyard behind a large seashell. The residence was filled with merfolk servants, as it was shared with Wangyue, the old dragon and crown prince of the eastern seas.
The group reached a massive, ancient weeping willow at the heart of the courtyard. The tree was over a hundred thousand years old and had cultivated into a spirit. Xue Meng accidentally plucked a leaf from the tree, causing it to bleed, but Gouchen used his spiritual energy to heal the tree.
The entrance to the holy weapon arsenal was inside the hollow of the ancient willow. Gouchen dispelled the barriers guarding the entrance and led the group inside, noting that the arsenal might be small and messy.
As the group prepared to enter the arsenal, Chu Wanning instinctively took the lead, reminding Mo Ran of how his shizun always positioned himself at the vanguard during missions. This behavior, which Mo Ran once saw as arrogance, now seemed to hint at something deeper.
Chapter 39: This Venerable One Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the SeaThe group entered the hollow of the ancient tree and descended a narrow passage to reach the arsenal of holy weapons. Contrary to Gouchen’s description, the arsenal was vast, filled with countless magnificent weapons, and towered shelves that seemed to stretch endlessly into the sky.
Gouchen encouraged Xue Meng and Shi Mei to choose any weapon they liked, while he focused on helping Mo Ran find a suitable weapon. However, none of the weapons they tried resonated with Mo Ran.
Gouchen then summoned a fox spirit named Ji Baihua, who brought a mysterious golden brocade box called Ever-Yearning. Ji Baihua explained that the box could only be opened by one person who was destined to be the most important in Mo Ran’s life, someone he deeply loved and who loved him in return.
Mo Ran, confident that Shi Mei was the one, offered the box to him. However, nothing happened when Shi Mei touched the box, leaving Mo Ran confused and concerned.
Suddenly, Chu Wanning, without gloves and unaware of the box's significance, took Ever-Yearning from Shi Mei. The box responded to Chu Wanning’s touch, and the yin-yang koi design on the box came to life, unlocking it.
To Mo Ran’s shock, the box contained a glowing willow vine that resembled Tianwen, Chu Wanning's holy weapon. The revelation left Mo Ran questioning everything, as he struggled to understand how Chu Wanning could be the one destined to open the box, challenging his beliefs about who he truly cared for.
Chapter 40: This Venerable One Cannot Believe This—What the Hell?Mo Ran discovers that the weapon inside Ever-Yearning is a golden willow vine identical to Chu Wanning's Tianwen. Both vines, though originally one, are now two distinct weapons.
Gouchen the Exalted explains that these willow vines are part of the five supreme holy weapons, representing the wood element. The original wood elemental weapon split in two during its creation, leading to the existence of two identical weapons, each meant to be wielded by a spiritual essence of wood.
When Mo Ran inadvertently names his new weapon "Ah! What the Hell?!" due to his surprise, the name becomes permanently inscribed on the weapon.
Despite Mo Ran’s embarrassment over the name, Xue Meng and Shi Mei choose their own weapons—a longsword and a short flute, respectively—though neither weapon immediately submits to them.
The group returns to Gouchen’s estate for a banquet, where they indulge in food and drink. Mo Ran, tipsy, reflects on the strangeness of Chu Wanning being the one to open Ever-Yearning, struggling to reconcile his feelings for his shizun.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning have a sparring match with their willow vines, Jiangui and Tianwen. Although Mo Ran has never used a willow vine before, he performs admirably, though he’s ultimately exhausted and overwhelmed by Chu Wanning's skill.
Later that night, Mo Ran falls asleep while examining Jiangui. He wakes up in an unfamiliar stone room, his wrist cut and bleeding. The room is dark, damp, and confined, leaving Mo Ran disoriented and alarmed.
Chapter 41: This Venerable One Kisses the Wrong Person Again…Mo Ran awakens in a small, plain stone cell with three walls and bars emitting a magical red light. His hands and feet are shackled, and his spiritual powers are suppressed. Two merfolk enter the cell, ignoring Mo Ran’s demands for answers and placing a figure wrapped in red fox fur next to him on the bed.
The merfolk imply that the person next to Mo Ran is someone he likes, leading Mo Ran to believe it might be Shi Mei. They leave, leaving Mo Ran in silence, his mind racing with conflicted emotions.
Mo Ran's anxiety turns to horror as the figure begins to stir. To his shock, it’s not Shi Mei, but Chu Wanning, who seems to be under some kind of spell or control. Mo Ran is conflicted, both aroused and filled with rage at the sight of Chu Wanning, who appears to have been violated.
Overcome with a mix of emotions, Mo Ran questions who could have done this to Chu Wanning, his possessiveness and anger blinding him to the reality of the situation.
As Chu Wanning, under the influence of the spell, leans in to kiss Mo Ran, he is overwhelmed by the situation. However, just as things escalate, Mo Ran hears someone calling his name.
The real Chu Wanning appears outside the cell, holding a cursed talisman, revealing that the Chu Wanning in the cell is actually a corpse under the control of a forbidden technique, the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Chu Wanning frees Mo Ran from the cell and explains that the Gouchen they met is an imposter who uses illusions and the Zhenlong Chess Formation to control others. He also reassures Mo Ran that Shi Mei and Xue Meng are safe, though they were also drugged and imprisoned elsewhere.
The Zhenlong Chess Formation is a powerful forbidden technique that uses living and dead beings as chess pieces, controlling them from a distance. The technique, combined with the illusion magic from a Qingqiu fox fur artifact, created the convincing illusion that led Mo Ran to mistake the corpse for Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran, still shaken, asks Chu Wanning how he realized Gouchen was a fake.
Chapter 42: This Venerable One Is a Little UneasyChu Wanning explains how he knew Gouchen was an imposter: He mentions that a true god would use living beings, not the dead. Additionally, the fake Gouchen couldn’t detect that Chu Wanning possessed two holy weapons, which raised his suspicions.
Mo Ran's confusion: Mo Ran is puzzled as to how the fake Gouchen could create holy weapons. Chu Wanning clarifies that the origin of the weapons in Jincheng Lake is unknown, and the weapons given to Xue Meng and Shi Mei were fake. However, Jiangui, Mo Ran’s weapon, is real.
The impostor's goal: Chu Wanning reveals that the fake Gouchen’s ultimate target is Mo Ran, not just the acquisition of holy weapons. He speculates that this might be related to the willow tree in the courtyard, which could be one of the three heavenly willow branches Gouchen brought to the mortal realm.
Escape from the dungeon: Chu Wanning and Mo Ran make their way out of the dungeon, passing through a path that leads to the courtyard where a giant willow tree stands. There, they find three coffins, one empty, and the other three containing the bodies of Chu Wanning, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng.
The coffin's purpose: Chu Wanning explains that the coffins are designed to drain the cultivation of those inside to nourish the giant willow tree. He reveals that the bodies in the coffins are actually those of demons, whom he defeated while pretending to be unconscious.
Searching for Shi Mei and Xue Meng: Chu Wanning and Mo Ran set out to find the others, but they are not at the agreed meeting place. Chu Wanning uses a tracking spell to locate them, leading them to the marketplace they visited earlier.
Realization of the illusion: As they enter the marketplace, Mo Ran notices that everything looks exactly as it did the previous day, down to the actions and words of the market’s inhabitants. Chu Wanning confirms Mo Ran’s suspicion that the entire scene is an illusion, likely created by the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
The chilling truth: Chu Wanning points out that for the impostor to control everyone in the lake, they must all be dead. This realization sends a shiver through Mo Ran, as the implications of the situation become clear.
Chapter 43: This Venerable One Is a Sacrificial Offering?!Mo Ran and Chu Wanning hear a shrill voice from behind them and see the fuban struggling under its heavy pile of rocks, heading towards the apothecary.
An elderly merman with a golden tail, different from the one seen before, removes the rocks from the fuban’s back, causing the fuban to explode into blood, which diffuses into the water.
The illusion of the market shatters, revealing that all the monsters and creatures were dead, their bodies now decaying and filling the water with a miasma of blood, obscuring visibility.
Despite the dire situation, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran stay close, holding hands as they summon their holy weapons, Tianwen and Jiangui.
They notice white spots of light on the ground where the fuban's rocks had been. The elderly merman gestures for them to pick one rock each, which they do, triggering a teleportation spell that transports them back to the arsenal of holy weapons.
Reunited with Xue Meng and Shi Mei, who were also teleported there, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran exchange greetings. Chu Wanning, feeling nauseous from the teleportation, holds Mo Ran’s hand throughout the ordeal.
Mo Ran immediately lets go of Chu Wanning’s hand upon seeing Shi Mei, causing Chu Wanning to feel a pang of disappointment, though he hides it well.
A disfigured figure emerges from the crucible pool in the arsenal, bound by chains and badly mutilated. The figure, unable to speak, uses a wave of molten metal to form ancient Cangjie script in the air, asking for help.
Chu Wanning translates the message, revealing that the figure is the spirit of the Heart-Pluck Willow, which was brought to Jincheng Lake by the real Gouchen the Exalted. The willow tree has been under the control of the fake Gouchen, who slaughtered everything in the lake and used the Zhenlong Chess Formation to control their remains.
The Heart-Pluck Willow explains that it was able to regain temporary consciousness due to the awakening of Tianwen and Jiangui. It reveals that the fake Gouchen’s goal is to extend the willow’s life by offering Mo Ran, a spiritual essence of wood, as a sacrificial offering.
Mo Ran learns that he was chosen because the younger the sacrificial offering, the better. The offering must be sated in their desires and taken without awareness to prevent resentful energy from accelerating the willow’s withering.
Mo Ran realizes that the fake Gouchen used the fox spirit monster, disguised as Chu Wanning, to satiate his desires as part of the sacrificial ritual.
Chu Wanning, misunderstanding Mo Ran’s embarrassed reaction, scolds him for being "shameless," unaware of the specifics of Mo Ran's thoughts.
The chapter ends with the arsenal of holy weapons shaking violently, prompting Xue Meng to yell in alarm as they brace for whatever is coming next.
Chapter 44: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want to Owe YouThe Heart-Pluck Willow, struggling to maintain control, signals to Chu Wanning that he is about to lose consciousness and urges them to destroy him quickly.
Despite Xue Meng’s warnings, Chu Wanning approaches the Heart-Pluck Willow, who uses his remaining strength to write on Chu Wanning's palm, advising them to draw lots, break the nightmare, and not lose sight of their hearts.
The Heart-Pluck Willow then collapses back into the crucible, and nine fiery pillars rise, releasing four tokens into the air. Chu Wanning cautions the group, taking the first token, but it is blank.
Mo Ran’s token, however, bears the word "blass," which Chu Wanning identifies as "blood hourglass," and a massive copper hourglass with thorny vines descends from the ceiling.
Chu Wanning orders Mo Ran to discard the token, but the token sticks to Mo Ran’s hand. Thorny vines shoot out, and Chu Wanning pushes Mo Ran out of the way, taking the brunt of the attack himself.
Mo Ran is stunned, recalling the many conflicting memories of Chu Wanning—both the cruel and the kind. Chu Wanning, gravely injured, insists on trading tokens with Mo Ran, but Mo Ran refuses, not wanting to owe him a favor.
As the vines attack again, Mo Ran shields Chu Wanning, taking the hit and being dragged to the copper hourglass, where he is bound to a cross.
The hourglass drains Mo Ran’s blood, and a holy weapon, Gouchen’s sword, stabs him in the chest, causing blood to fill the hourglass.
A powerful waterfall separates Mo Ran from the others, and Chu Wanning, desperate to reach him, repeatedly attempts to break through the barrier, despite his severe injuries.
Shi Mei and Xue Meng watch in distress as Chu Wanning weakens further, but his efforts are in vain. Suddenly, a sword slashes through the waterfall, and a voice declares itself as Gouchen the Exalted, accusing them of trespassing in his arsenal.
Chapter 45: This Venerable One Knew You Would ComeXue Meng angrily reacts to the voice of Gouchen the Exalted, accusing them of trespassing. Shi Mei explains that the voice is a recorded message, manipulated by the fake Gouchen.
The voice of Gouchen continues, stating that they must undertake a trial to prove their virtue by resisting illusions. If they fail, Mo Ran will bleed out and die.
Chu Wanning, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng are forced into a dream illusion, leaving Mo Ran alone as the blood hourglass.
Mo Ran, slowly losing consciousness from blood loss, wonders who among them would wake up to save him. He doubts Xue Meng and Chu Wanning but hopes Shi Mei will remember him.
As Mo Ran nears unconsciousness, Shi Mei appears, crossing the burning ground to reach him, determined to save him despite the pain.
Unbeknownst to Mo Ran, it's actually Chu Wanning in Shi Mei’s body due to the Heart-Pluck Willow's magic, which switched their consciousnesses.
Chu Wanning struggles to climb the thorny vine to reach Mo Ran, enduring pain and injuries, but Mo Ran believes it is Shi Mei making the sacrifice.
Chu Wanning, in Shi Mei’s body, manages to reach Mo Ran and pulls the sword from his chest, freeing him from the hourglass.
As Mo Ran collapses, he confesses his feelings for Shi Mei, not realizing it’s actually Chu Wanning, who responds with a soft, ambiguous "Me too" before Mo Ran loses consciousness.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 2
Chapter 46: This Venerable One AwakensMo Ran wakes up inside the holy weapon arsenal, unharmed despite the previous life-threatening events. He discovers that the injuries he suffered were part of a nightmare and that none of them had real wounds.
Overjoyed, Mo Ran checks on Shi Mei, who also awakens unharmed. Mo Ran embraces Shi Mei, apologizing for making him suffer, but Shi Mei is confused and doesn't remember any pain, only a dream about his parents.
Xue Meng also wakes up and is initially disoriented, thinking he’s still in a dream. He realizes the reality when Mo Ran recounts the events, but all are surprised to find that Chu Wanning is still asleep.
Chu Wanning finally wakes up, but his gaze is distant and cold. He reaches out to Mo Ran, but upon seeing Mo Ran holding Shi Mei’s hand, his expression cools further.
Chu Wanning, suppressing his emotions, explains that the trial was likely Gouchen’s way of testing them and dismisses Shi Mei's confusion about rescuing Mo Ran as a wiped memory.
Chu Wanning reflects on his unrequited feelings for Mo Ran, realizing that Mo Ran's affection is solely for Shi Mei. He suppresses his emotions further, resigning himself to a life of solitude and emotional detachment.
Xue Meng suddenly notices the Heart-Pluck Willow reemerging from the crucible, controlled and wielding Gouchen’s sacred blade. Chu Wanning urgently orders them to flee.
As they attempt to escape, the Heart-Pluck Willow uses the Temptation of the Heart technique, whispering manipulative thoughts into their minds to sway them.
Xue Meng is lured by the promise of a powerful holy weapon, causing him to slow down and turn back toward the weapon. Mo Ran and Shi Mei try to stop him, but the voice in Xue Meng’s head grows more persuasive.
Just as Xue Meng is about to succumb to the temptation, he snaps out of it, grabs the Ancestral Sword, and uses it to stab the Heart-Pluck Willow, breaking the spell.
The Heart-Pluck Willow, regaining consciousness, silently thanks Xue Meng for stopping him before dissipating into millions of sparkles. The Ancestral Sword is also destroyed in the process.
As the holy weapon arsenal begins to collapse, Shi Mei calls out for them to leave quickly. Xue Meng discards the destroyed sword and exits the collapsing arsenal with the others, leaving the ruins behind.
Chapter 47: This Venerable One Feels Like Something Is OffAfter escaping the holy weapon arsenal, Chu Wanning and his disciples rest in a corridor outside. Everyone is exhausted and injured, except Xue Meng, who seems deeply troubled and lost in thought.
Xue Meng approaches Chu Wanning, questioning if the holy weapon he chose was a fake. Overcome with emotion, he collapses into Chu Wanning's arms, devastated by the realization that he may never possess a holy weapon and achieve his ambitions in the cultivation world.
Chu Wanning comforts Xue Meng, gently telling him that he’s already great, but Xue Meng is crushed, knowing that without a holy weapon, his future in the cultivation world is bleak.
Mo Ran observes the scene with a heavy heart, reflecting on the emotional toll this journey has taken on all of them, especially Xue Meng, who must now face a future without the glory he once thought was assured.
As they leave the arsenal, they witness the Heart-Pluck Willow collapsing into the crucible, marking the end of the ancient tree spirit. The destruction of the holy weapon arsenal sets off a chain reaction, causing chaos in Jincheng Lake as the merfolk assume their original forms to survive the turmoil.
Mo Ran narrowly avoids being struck by a sea dragon’s tail. Suddenly, a massive black dragon named Wangyue appears, offering to ferry them to safety as the lake begins to collapse.
The group climbs onto Wangyue’s back, holding on tightly as the dragon soars out of the lake and into the sky. They eventually land safely on the shore of Jincheng Lake, where they witness the lake’s surface melting and the dragons within crumbling into dust as black chess pieces rise from the water.
Mo Ran realizes that the Zhenlong Chess Formation was controlling everything in the lake, and he grows increasingly uneasy, sensing that something is off about this timeline.
Wangyue, now in human form, reveals that he was the elderly merman who led them to the arsenal. He explains that he had no choice but to rely on them to overcome the Heart-Pluck Willow, as the fake Gouchen was using the tree spirit’s power to practice forbidden techniques.
Wangyue admits that while he was not fully controlled by the fake Gouchen, part of him was influenced, which is why he acted as he did. He reveals that the fake Gouchen lacked the strength to control living beings and had resorted to controlling the dead instead.
Chu Wanning suggests that the fake Gouchen might not have been able to take precautions against Wangyue because he didn’t have the strength to do so, hinting that there might be more to this mysterious figure than they initially thought.
Chapter 48: This Venerable One’s Old DragonMo Ran and Chu Wanning realize that the fake Gouchen is not only an impostor but also a corpse controlled by a puppeteer. The true identity of the one behind the events remains hidden.
The fake Gouchen reappears in a grotesque, decaying state. He taunts Chu Wanning, refusing to reveal his true identity but hinting that he came back from the dead to take revenge on the righteous.
Chu Wanning identifies the fake Gouchen as a "white chess piece," a special type of puppet in the Zhenlong Chess Formation that can act independently but is still controlled by its master.
The fake Gouchen warns Chu Wanning that destroying the Heart-Pluck Willow won’t stop him, as he can find other sources of spiritual energy. He then fixates on Mo Ran with malice, implying that he is not the only one who knows the three forbidden techniques.
The fake Gouchen disintegrates as his spiritual energy is exhausted, leaving behind a jade-white chess piece that falls into Jincheng Lake.
With the Heart-Pluck Willow gone, Wangyue, who also relied on the ancient tree spirit’s energy, collapses and nears death.
Wangyue, in his final moments, recalls his duty to guard Jincheng Lake for millennia and the agreement he made with Gouchen the Exalted. He expresses his regret for being unable to see the world beyond the lake and makes a last request to Mo Ran to retrieve a branch of plum blossoms from the mountain, something he cherished in his youth.
Wangyue dies, and the characters reflect on the ancient dragon’s long life, his loyalty to Gouchen, and the demise of the holy weapons and merfolk of Jincheng Lake.
Mo Ran reflects on his past life, remembering the powerful long blade given to him by Wangyue. He feels a deep sense of regret, realizing that the original blade had likely been destroyed by the Heart-Pluck Willow before he could obtain it in this life.
The group returns to Sisheng Peak after resting in Dai City. Xue Meng, feeling ashamed and defeated, avoids telling his parents about his failure to obtain a holy weapon. Chu Wanning immerses himself in researching alternative ways to help Xue Meng.
Chu Wanning is plagued by questions about the fake Gouchen’s true identity, his motives, and the meaning behind the final words spoken by the white chess piece.
Despite his serious injury, Chu Wanning continues to research late into the night, ignoring Xue Zhengyong’s concerns about his health.
Exhausted, Chu Wanning falls asleep and dreams vividly. In the dream, he finds himself shackled in Loyalty Hall, unable to move. Mo Ran appears, but instead of helping, he approaches Chu Wanning with a disturbing smile, gripping his jaw and leaving the dream unresolved.
Chapter 49: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is Always So MadChu Wanning experiences an intense and disturbing dream where an older, domineering version of Mo Ran forcefully kisses him and makes aggressive advances, leaving Chu Wanning shaken and unable to resist.
In the dream, Mo Ran taunts Chu Wanning, suggesting that he should offer himself to gain what he desires. Chu Wanning, overwhelmed by the unfamiliar and humiliating feelings, is unable to defend himself against Mo Ran’s advances.
As Mo Ran in the dream becomes more forceful, Chu Wanning’s body reacts against his will, further deepening his shock and disbelief. Despite his anger and horror, he is powerless to stop what is happening.
Just as the situation escalates, Chu Wanning suddenly awakens in the library of the Red Lotus Pavilion. Disoriented and still affected by the dream, he instinctively slaps the real Mo Ran, who had been trying to wake him.
Mo Ran, confused and hurt by the slap, questions why Chu Wanning is so angry, to which Chu Wanning, still flustered from the dream, harshly tells him to leave. However, Mo Ran informs him that it is already morning, and they are late for practice.
Embarrassed and unsettled, Chu Wanning quickly composes himself and heads to the Platform of Sin and Virtue with Mo Ran, where Xue Meng and Shi Mei have been waiting. He struggles internally with the lingering effects of the dream and the shame it brought him.
Upon arrival, Chu Wanning instructs Mo Ran and Shi Mei to spar, while he has a private conversation with Xue Meng. He reassures Xue Meng about his potential, despite the loss of the holy weapon at Jincheng Lake, and encourages him to prepare for the upcoming Spiritual Mountain Competition.
Xue Meng, feeling relieved and motivated by Chu Wanning’s confidence in him, vows to continue training hard. Chu Wanning’s words boost his spirits, restoring some of his lost confidence.
After easing Xue Meng’s worries, Chu Wanning approaches the practice field, only to be startled by something he sees as he turns the corner toward where Mo Ran and Shi Mei are sparring.
Chapter 50: This Venerable One Likes YouChu Wanning, a lover of weapons, is outraged by the sight of Mo Ran misusing Jiangui, a holy weapon, by shrinking it to the size of a hair tie and using it in a childish game with Shi Mei.
Mo Ran ties Jiangui around Shi Mei's finger to test if it has the truth-extracting power of Tianwen. Despite Shi Mei's hesitation, he goes along with Mo Ran’s playful insistence.
Mo Ran, feeling uneasy after the events at Jincheng Lake, particularly about the box Ever-Yearning that Shi Mei couldn’t open, uses the opportunity to ask Shi Mei some questions.
Mo Ran starts with light questions, asking Shi Mei’s opinions on Xue Meng and Chu Wanning. Shi Mei admits that Xue Meng is a good person but tactless, and that Chu Wanning is a good but short-tempered teacher who had been kind to him when others were not.
Mo Ran, feeling insecure, dismisses Chu Wanning’s kindness towards Shi Mei as mere duty, and grows frustrated when Shi Mei speaks fondly of Chu Wanning, recalling a past incident where Chu Wanning had shared his umbrella with him in the rain, even though he got soaked himself.
When Mo Ran asks Shi Mei what he thinks of him, Shi Mei hesitates, and Jiangui’s power forces him to confess that he thinks Mo Ran is great. Mo Ran, touched and relieved, expresses his affection for Shi Mei, telling him that he is very fond of him and wants to make him happy.
As Mo Ran moves to touch Shi Mei, Chu Wanning, who has been secretly watching, strikes Mo Ran with Tianwen, furious at their distraction from training. He coldly rebukes Mo Ran, accusing him of slacking off and letting his success with Jiangui go to his head.
Chu Wanning orders Shi Mei to spar with him and tells Mo Ran to practice, warning him that if he can’t last at least ten moves against him later, he’ll be punished by copying the book of meditation techniques three hundred times. Mo Ran, knowing the difficulty of the task, feels resigned to his fate.
Chapter 51: This Venerable One’s Shizun... Pfft Ha Ha HaFor three days, Chu Wanning is even more sullen and irritable than usual, avoiding Mo Ran and others, trying to suppress his complicated feelings, particularly his jealousy and longing.
Chu Wanning struggles internally with his feelings for Mo Ran, trying to convince himself that they are inappropriate and unnecessary, yet he can't shake them.
Time passes, and as the end of the year approaches, Chu Wanning returns to Sisheng Peak from dealing with monsters. He is uncomfortable with the cold as snow starts falling.
Upon entering Loyalty Hall to report to Xue Zhengyong, Chu Wanning unexpectedly encounters Mo Ran alone. The interaction makes Chu Wanning uncomfortable, especially recalling his recurring, vivid dreams about Mo Ran.
Mo Ran, unaware of Chu Wanning's inner turmoil, naturally dusts snow off Chu Wanning and tries to dry his hair, which causes Chu Wanning to feel even more conflicted and uneasy.
Chu Wanning dismisses Mo Ran’s concern, insists on taking care of himself, and leaves Loyalty Hall, feeling disturbed by Mo Ran's actions and their own complex dynamic.
Mo Ran tries to help Chu Wanning by offering him an umbrella when it starts snowing heavily, but Chu Wanning refuses, insisting he doesn’t need help.
In a display of frustration and pride, Chu Wanning uses his spiritual energy to create a barrier against the snow, showing off his power but also revealing his emotional turmoil.
Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning might have overheard his conversation with Shi Mei at the practice field, understanding that Chu Wanning is upset about it.
Chu Wanning, refusing to discuss the matter further, leaves Mo Ran behind, only to fall sick shortly after returning to the Red Lotus Pavilion, suffering from a cold and fever.
The next day, Chu Wanning wakes up feeling strange, only to realize with shock that he has physically shrunk, becoming much smaller than his usual self.
Chapter 52: This Venerable One Doesn’t Even Get an AppearanceXue Zhengyong is practicing with his sword when he receives a message via a haitang blossom, instructing him to go to the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Upon arriving, Xue Zhengyong is shocked to find that Chu Wanning has been transformed into a five- or six-year-old child, likely due to a curse from the ancient willow vine that injured him at Jincheng Lake.
Xue Zhengyong finds the situation amusing and struggles to contain his laughter, much to Chu Wanning’s irritation.
Chu Wanning reluctantly agrees to let Xue Zhengyong fetch Madam Wang for help. Madam Wang examines Chu Wanning and suggests that the condition might be caused by a self-healing secretion from the willow vine, advising him to rest and see if his condition improves.
Chu Wanning decides to go into seclusion at the Red Lotus Pavilion, instructing Xue Zhengyong to look after his disciples in the meantime.
After three days with no change, Chu Wanning grows restless and decides to take a walk around Sisheng Peak to clear his mind.
While wandering, he encounters Xue Meng in the bamboo forest, where Xue Meng is practicing swordplay. Xue Meng, not recognizing Chu Wanning, orders him to leave, but Chu Wanning refuses.
Xue Meng becomes irritated and tries to scare Chu Wanning by launching bamboo spikes at him, but Chu Wanning effortlessly destroys them with a flick of a bamboo leaf, stunning Xue Meng.
Chu Wanning criticizes Xue Meng’s swordplay, instructing him to start over and follow the rhythm of the melody Chu Wanning plays on the leaf.
Despite his initial anger, Xue Meng eventually humbles himself and practices according to Chu Wanning’s instructions, finally mastering the maneuver after several attempts.
Xue Meng, impressed, asks Chu Wanning which elder’s disciple he is, and Chu Wanning claims to be a disciple of the Xuanji Elder.
Xue Meng dismissively refers to the Xuanji Elder as the "Rubbish King," but Chu Wanning takes it in stride, leading to a discussion about the nicknames the disciples have for the elders.
Chapter 53: This Venerable One’s Cousin Is Certainly Not Very SmartXue Meng explains to Chu Wanning (in his child form) that all the elders at Sisheng Peak have nicknames given by the disciples. He offers to take Chu Wanning for a late-night snack and explain more.
As they walk, Xue Meng asks Chu Wanning's name. Chu Wanning, in disguise, gives the name "Xia Sini," which Xue Meng fails to recognize as a pun meaning "Scare you to death."
Xue Meng, unaware of Chu Wanning's true identity, suggests that Chu Wanning should quit being Xuanji's disciple and become his junior under Chu Wanning, offering to ask his shizun to take him on.
Their conversation is interrupted when Mo Ran arrives, calling Xue Meng "Mengmeng" and teasing him. Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning and finds him oddly familiar, but Chu Wanning stays silent to avoid being recognized.
Xue Meng, annoyed, tells Mo Ran that Chu Wanning is his new friend and that they are going for a late-night snack. Mo Ran insists on joining them, much to Xue Meng’s annoyance.
The trio heads to Wuchang Town, where they choose a gudong soup joint for their meal. Xue Meng orders the food, assuming Chu Wanning can handle spicy food, but Chu Wanning quietly requests a twin pot (half-spicy, half-mild) since he can't handle spicy food.
Xue Meng questions Chu Wanning about his background and expresses surprise that someone so young is away from home. Mo Ran joins the conversation, pointing out that Chu Wanning shares a preference for non-spicy food with their shizun, Chu Wanning.
As they eat, Mo Ran and Xue Meng bicker playfully, with Mo Ran teasing Xue Meng about the pig brain he’s searching for in the soup. Chu Wanning watches them argue while enjoying his mild soup and sweet soy milk.
Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning's fondness for sweets and orders him more soy milk, commenting that Chu Wanning’s tastes are similar to their shizun's.
The conversation eventually returns to the topic of elder nicknames, and Chu Wanning (disguised as Xia Sini) casually asks what the disciples call the Yuheng Elder, eager to learn what they think of him.
Chapter 54: This Venerable One Squabbles Over PastriesXue Meng explains that their shizun, Chu Wanning, is the only one on Sisheng Peak without any nicknames because no one dares to joke about him. However, Mo Ran disagrees, saying that Chu Wanning actually has many nicknames, such as "Bai Wuchang," "Little Napa Cabbage," "Big Mantou," and "Little Widow," all because he only ever wears white.
Xue Meng becomes angry upon hearing these nicknames, while Chu Wanning, who is still disguised as a child, listens silently, barely managing to maintain his composure.
Mo Ran teases Xue Meng further by revealing that the female disciples have even more flowery nicknames for Chu Wanning, comparing him to various delicate and pure things, which leaves both Xue Meng and Chu Wanning speechless.
After their meal, Chu Wanning is escorted back to the Xuanji Elder’s quarters by Xue Meng and Mo Ran. Xue Meng asks if they can meet again at the bamboo forest, but Chu Wanning, unsure of when he'll return to his original form, only gives a noncommittal answer.
The next morning, Chu Wanning wakes up still in his child’s body and decides to visit Xue Zhengyong to discuss his condition. He admits that he’s been cultivating for over ten days with no change and asks for help.
Xue Zhengyong suggests asking the Tanlang Elder for assistance, despite Chu Wanning’s reluctance. After a brief confrontation, Tanlang confirms Madam Wang’s diagnosis that Chu Wanning's condition was caused by the ancient willow’s sap and could take years to reverse unless Chu Wanning refrains from using spiritual techniques.
Tanlang taunts Chu Wanning, offering to help if he begs properly, but Chu Wanning refuses with a biting remark, leaving in frustration.
Chu Wanning isolates himself in the Red Lotus Pavilion, claiming to be in seclusion. Meanwhile, the secret of his condition is kept among a few trusted individuals, and his disciples grow concerned about his prolonged absence.
Chu Wanning in his child form, now called Xia Sini, becomes a regular part of the group with Mo Ran, Xue Meng, and Shi Mei. They often share meals, during which Chu Wanning gets into a playful dispute with Mo Ran over pastries, showing a rare lighter side.
The light-hearted mood is shattered when a gathering whistle is heard across Sisheng Peak, signaling an emergency. The four disciples rush to the Loyalty Square, where the entire sect has assembled.
Xue Zhengyong appears with six stunning women, envoys of the feathered tribe from Zhuque, the land of immortals, signaling something serious and unexpected. The disciples are left stunned and anxious as they try to comprehend the significance of this event.
Chapter 55: This Venerable One Feels UneasyThe feathered tribe, a half-immortal, half-fae people residing in Peach Blossom Springs, had come to the mortal realm. Known for their immense power, they often intervened during times of crisis in the cultivation world.
Mo Ran recalls how, in his previous life, the arrival of the feathered tribe had marked the beginning of Shi Mei's tragic fate. Mo Ran, now aware of the impending disaster, becomes anxious, especially as events seem to be progressing differently from his past life.
Xue Zhengyong informs the gathered disciples that the feathered tribe has come to select individuals with strong spiritual energy to train at Peach Blossom Springs to help avert a looming calamity. The news excites most of the disciples, but Mo Ran remains uneasy, fearing for Shi Mei's safety.
Mo Ran remembers how Shi Mei had died in the previous timeline during a battle to repair the barrier between the mortal and ghost realms, a death he blamed on Chu Wanning. These memories fill Mo Ran with resentment and a deep-seated hatred for his shizun.
As the selection process begins, one of the envoys unexpectedly chooses Mo Ran, something that hadn’t happened in his previous life. Mo Ran is initially shocked but then relieved, hoping that his presence at Peach Blossom Springs might prevent Shi Mei’s tragic fate.
The selected disciples, including Mo Ran, Shi Mei, Xue Meng, and Chu Wanning (disguised as Xia Sini), are gathered before Loyalty Hall. Xue Meng is surprised to be chosen, and the group is informed they will travel to Peach Blossom Springs after the New Year.
Mo Ran, while initially overjoyed at the thought of accompanying Shi Mei, feels uneasy as he passes the sealed-off Red Lotus Pavilion where Chu Wanning has been in seclusion. He wonders if his shizun will emerge before they leave for Peach Blossom Springs.
Mo Ran speaks to "Xia Sini," expressing concern about Chu Wanning’s prolonged seclusion and the severity of his injuries from Jincheng Lake. When asked if he misses his shizun, Mo Ran is taken aback by the question but does not provide a clear answer.
Chapter 56: This Venerable One Is Busy Wrapping DumplingsMo Ran reflects on the question of whether he misses Chu Wanning. Despite his deep resentment from his previous life, he acknowledges that Chu Wanning has continuously protected and cared for him in this lifetime. Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning's injuries have often been due to his own actions.
Chu Wanning feels a brief moment of warmth from Mo Ran’s words but is quickly disillusioned when Mo Ran expresses a desire to help Chu Wanning recover and not be in debt. Chu Wanning feels his hope for something more than a master-disciple relationship being crushed.
Chu Wanning responds with a resigned smile, acknowledging that Mo Ran is his disciple and that everything done for him is voluntary, which contrasts with his own unfulfilled hopes.
Mo Ran, noticing Chu Wanning’s downcast mood, comments on how Chu Wanning appears serious despite his youth. He laughs and pats Chu Wanning on the head, which initially causes Chu Wanning to laugh as well.
As Mo Ran continues to pat Chu Wanning, he notices that Chu Wanning’s laughter fades and tears well up in his eyes. Chu Wanning quietly asks Mo Ran to stop, expressing a desire to end their playful interaction.
Mo Ran, oblivious to the shift in Chu Wanning’s emotions, continues to interact with him in a carefree manner, unaware of the impact his actions have on his shidi.
Chapter 57: This Venerable One Listens to You Play the Guqin Once AgainDespite Chu Wanning’s initial clumsiness in wrapping dumplings, he successfully produces neatly formed, round dumplings. This surprises his disciples, who are astonished to see their shizun engaged in such a mundane activity.
The three disciples express their shock and amazement. They comment on how unexpected it is that Chu Wanning knows how to make dumplings, revealing their surprise at his culinary skills.
Chu Wanning, although he maintains his usual expressionless demeanor, shows slight embarrassment with the pinkening of his ears. He explains that making dumplings is similar to crafting automatons, indicating that his skill comes from his technical background rather than culinary expertise.
Mo Ran, observing Chu Wanning, is reminded of a past event. He recalls a time from his previous life when Chu Wanning had made wontons, which were subsequently destroyed by Mo Ran in a fit of rage. This memory is poignant for Mo Ran, as it contrasts sharply with the current scene.
Mo Ran remembers the specific incident when he had lost his composure after Shi Mei’s death and ruined the wontons Chu Wanning had prepared. Chu Wanning, with flour on his face, had silently picked up the discarded wontons and thrown them away, showing a quiet resignation and unfamiliarity.
Mo Ran is deeply affected by the memory of Chu Wanning’s silent response. He realizes that he never truly understood or wanted to understand Chu Wanning’s feelings during that time. The recollection makes him reflect on Chu Wanning’s emotional state and how he has always been somewhat oblivious to his shizun’s true feelings.
Mo Ran contrasts this past memory with the present scene, where Chu Wanning’s current calm demeanor while making dumplings evokes a sense of nostalgia and regret. The contrast between the past and present highlights Mo Ran’s internal struggle with his feelings toward Chu Wanning and the complexities of their relationship.
Chapter 58: This Venerable One Feels a Little HazyMo Ran, who normally has a high tolerance for alcohol, drinks excessively to mask his anxiety and feigned nonchalance. He consumes five jars of pear-blossom white wine, leading to a state of hazy consciousness.
After getting drunk, Mo Ran is helped back to his room by Shi Mei, who assists him in collapsing onto his bed. In his inebriated state, Mo Ran tries to call out for Shi Mei but ends up murmuring Chu Wanning’s name instead.
The habit of addressing Chu Wanning is deeply ingrained in Mo Ran, stemming from his past experiences. His intoxicated state makes him call out for Chu Wanning, revealing his true, muddled feelings.
Chu Wanning, who had been carrying Xue Meng back to his room, arrives with a bowl of sobering soup just in time to hear Mo Ran’s slurred calls. He is taken aback and tries to convince himself he must have misheard, given that Mo Ran typically calls him “Shizun.”
Chu Wanning recalls a past moment at the Red Lotus Pavilion when Mo Ran had called out “Wanning” in his sleep and even kissed him lightly. This memory stirs a hope within Chu Wanning that Mo Ran might have some genuine affection for him.
Chu Wanning struggles with his feelings and tries to suppress any budding hope or fantasy. He is aware of his own hesitance and emotional complexity when it comes to matters of the heart.
Shi Mei, observing the scene, looks at Chu Wanning with uncertainty and addresses him, but ultimately decides not to press the matter further. He acknowledges Chu Wanning’s presence and takes his leave, trusting him to care for Mo Ran.
Chapter 59: This Venerable One Is Only So SimpleThe group, including Mo Ran, Shi Mei, Xue Meng, and Xia Sini, departs from the Yangtze River port on a self-navigating ferry. The vessel is protected by a barrier as they set out to sea.
Mo Ran and Shi Mei have an opportunity to spend time together without their shizun present. Mo Ran finds himself less excited about this than he anticipated.
Xue Meng and Xia Sini retire for the night, leaving Mo Ran and Shi Mei alone on the deck. Mo Ran lies on the deck, looking up at the starry sky, while Shi Mei joins him with dried fish they had bought earlier. They chat and snack together.
Shi Mei expresses concern that their journey to Peach Blossom Springs might prevent them from attending the Spiritual Mountain Competition. He notes that while it doesn’t matter to him, Mo Ran and the young master would miss an opportunity to make a notable debut.
Mo Ran dismisses the importance of reputation and competition, stating that learning valuable skills at Peach Blossom Springs to protect those he cares about is more important.
Shi Mei smiles warmly, appreciating Mo Ran's perspective and comments that Shizun would be pleased to hear Mo Ran’s sentiments.
Mo Ran inquires about Shi Mei’s happiness, to which Shi Mei responds positively, affirming his contentment.
Mo Ran observes Shi Mei, feeling a sense of admiration and contemplation. Despite his usual tendency to entertain more worldly thoughts, he finds it difficult to think of Shi Mei in such a manner, attributing this to Shi Mei’s pure and unattainable nature.
As Mo Ran continues to gaze at Shi Mei, Shi Mei notices and tucks a stray strand of hair behind his ear, smiling at Mo Ran’s lingering look.
Chapter 60: This Venerable One Discovers a SecretEnhanced by spells, the ferry reaches the Port of Yangzhou by the next morning. Envoys are present at the harbor to welcome them, with well-bred horses prepared.
The party has breakfast at the harbor. The feathered tribe, not needing sustenance, rests with their eyes closed while the deckhands, having risen early, eat and observe the newcomers with curiosity.
Mo Ran overhears some deckhands discussing the newcomers. They identify the travelers as people from the lower cultivation realm, noting the emblem on their vambraces, which resembles the one on the Holy Night Guardians, an invention by the Yuheng Elder of Sisheng Peak.
The deckhands speculate about the Yuheng Elder's power compared to their own sect leader, Jiang. Mo Ran, though unable to fully understand their dialect, notices that Chu Wanning comprehends the conversation.
Chu Wanning feels comforted to hear that his invention, the Holy Night Guardian, is being recognized and used in the common world. This news inspires him to think about future projects, including designing lighter wheelbarrows to further benefit people.
After breakfast, the group departs quickly and reaches their next destination, the foot of a new location, within a few hours.
Chapter 61: This Venerable One Is Really Great?Mo Ran and Xue Meng meet a dignified young man who introduces himself as Ye Wangxi from Rufeng Sect. Ye Wangxi carries himself with a composed and dignified demeanor, his eyes shining like scattered starlight.
Xue Meng, who has a reputation for being unruly and lacking in manners, asks Ye Wangxi’s name without using honorifics and questions his reputation. His comment about Ye Wangxi not being well-known reflects his usual disregard for social etiquette.
Mo Ran, recognizing Ye Wangxi’s significant status and future potential, discreetly tugs at Xue Meng’s sleeve to signal him to be more respectful. Mo Ran introduces himself and Xue Meng, downplaying Xue Meng’s rudeness by calling him his “ill-mannered little brother.”
Despite Xue Meng’s rudeness, Ye Wangxi remains calm and polite, addressing Mo Ran and Xue Meng without showing any sign of offense. He responds courteously and continues the conversation without escalating the situation.
Mo Ran is aware of Ye Wangxi’s future prominence. In their previous lifetime, Ye Wangxi was known to be an exceptional talent, second only to Chu Wanning in the cultivation world. Mo Ran’s respectful behavior is driven by his recognition of Ye Wangxi’s significant status and abilities.
Xue Meng reacts strongly to being called Mo Ran’s “little brother” and expresses his annoyance, further highlighting his rebellious nature. Mo Ran continues to manage the situation diplomatically, emphasizing that Ye Wangxi should not be troubled by Xue Meng’s attitude.
Chapter 62: This Venerable One Arrives at Ancient Lin’anThe rigorous daily training schedule begins before dawn. Mo Ran's favorite part is feather-gathering in the Ancestral Abyss, where they collect golden feathers. Following this, the group meditates in Zhurong Cave, using the cave’s yang energy to temper their inner spiritual energy. They then practice demon suppression with the feathered tribe and engage in practice matches at Asura Arena. The day concludes with lectures on The Demon Compendium and The Art of Exorcism at Stargazing Cliffs.
Mo Ran prioritizes helping Shi Mei, who struggles with qinggong and might not have enough to eat. Mo Ran ensures Shi Mei receives half of his harvested feathers daily, highlighting his concern and support for his friend.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning grow closer during this period. They engage in various activities together, including Chu Wanning playing tunes on a leaf while Mo Ran listens, and Chu Wanning feeding fish while Mo Ran holds an umbrella. Their growing bond is evident as they spend time together in different settings.
When it rains, Mo Ran and Chu Wanning walk along a limestone footpath under an oil-paper umbrella. Mo Ran shows care by carrying Chu Wanning on his back when rainwater accumulates, with Chu Wanning clinging quietly to him. This act of kindness demonstrates Mo Ran’s protective and affectionate nature towards Chu Wanning.
The routine of daily training and interactions becomes a significant part of Mo Ran’s and Chu Wanning’s lives, reflecting their growing friendship and the structured, disciplined environment they are part of.
The chapter showcases Mo Ran’s personal growth and his evolving relationship with Chu Wanning, indicating a deepening of their bond amidst the demanding training and routine of Peach Blossom Springs.
Chapter 63: This Venerable One Sees...Whom?!Lin’an City is portrayed as being deeply embroiled in war, with blood congealed on the ground, crumbled walls, ruined houses, and withered greenery suffocated by the miasma of malicious ghosts.
Mo Ran is initially disoriented by the scene of devastation. He sees fresh entrails hanging from a pagoda tree, with crows feeding on them. Beneath the tree, a middle-aged man's corpse lies with his stomach torn open and his eyeballs pecked away.
Despite his past life’s revelry in bloodshed, Mo Ran now feels an unexpected sense of sympathy upon witnessing such scenes. He reflects on whether his true nature has changed, as he had once enjoyed causing similar devastation.
Mo Ran hears the sound of galloping hooves and sees a dust cloud approaching, indicating the arrival of riders in the war-torn area. He instinctively pulls Chu Wanning behind him, but they find no place to hide.
The riders, numbering about a dozen, appear in a uniform style: white attire with bright red patterns, helmets adorned with feathers, and circlets of entwined dragons. Their horses are thin and starved, but the riders themselves remain spirited despite their grim appearance.
The riders’ attire and equipment are stained yet neat, and their determination and spirit stand out in the dire circumstances.
Chapter 64: This Venerable One Tells Shidi a StoryMo Ran sees a small child, about three or four years old, approaching from the stone steps of the residence. The child is holding a bamboo pinwheel, dressed simply with a jade pendant, a lock of entrusted name for good fortune, and a red silk protection amulet.
The child resembles Mo Ran’s little shidi in appearance, prompting Mo Ran to speculate that the Chu family from two hundred years ago might be related to Chu Wanning and that they could be distant relatives.
Chu Wanning, who has always been uncertain about his origins and childhood, ponders the possibility that this Chu-gongzi could be his ancestor.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning approach the front of the line, where Chu-gongzi is about to hand Mo Ran a talisman. Chu-gongzi looks up and notices Mo Ran, displaying a gentle and refined demeanor.
Chu Xun, the governor's son, introduces himself with a warm and friendly smile, in stark contrast to Chu Wanning’s usual severity. He inquires about Mo Ran's origins.
Mo Ran, feeling unsettled by the resemblance and Chu Xun’s penetrating gaze, responds awkwardly, stating he is from Sichuan.
Chu Xun acknowledges the distance with a smile but shifts his attention toward Chu Wanning, suggesting he may be assessing the situation or making a connection with Chu Wanning.
Chapter 65: This Venerable One’s Story Is Super BadMo Ran starts a story about a poor child who works for a landlord, performing various laborious tasks and receiving minimal sustenance.
The child is given only three pieces of flatbread each day, which he is grateful for, despite the hard work and poor conditions.
While taking the ox out to graze, the child encounters a mad dog that bites the ox's leg. The landlord, enraged, beats the child and demands that he kill the dog to make up for the injury.
The child, fearing for his safety and livelihood, kills the dog and returns with it, only to discover that the dog was the favorite pet of the county master.
The landlord, knowing the county master’s influence, is terrified of the repercussions and decides not to give the child his flatbread. He also threatens to turn the child over to the county master if needed.
Chu Wanning, who has been listening to the story with his eyes closed, finds the story unreasonable and expresses his frustration.
Mo Ran explains that such situations are often dictated by power and influence, reflecting on the unfairness of the world.
Mo Ran continues the story, but Chu Wanning becomes increasingly disinterested and frustrated with the narrative.
Chapter 66: This Venerable One Sees the Heavenly Rift for the First TimeOn the second day, Lin'an City remains quiet. Chu Xun organizes a meticulous evacuation plan, ensuring that the number of straw men used as decoys matches the population. The citizens are preparing to flee to Putuo, following Chu Xun's instructions.
Mo Ran observes the scene from the governor’s residence gate and comments on the effectiveness of Chu Xun’s strategy. He speculates that the plan would only fail if someone had leaked information to the ghosts, implying the need for a potential betrayal.
Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning (his shidi) is missing and looks for him. He finds Chu Wanning having wandered off to watch a group of riders preparing for departure.
Mo Ran encounters Chu Xun’s young son, who is sitting alone and looking dejected. The boy, holding a kite stuck in a tree, asks Mo Ran for help retrieving it.
Mo Ran uses his qinggong to climb the tree, retrieve the kite, and return it to the child. The boy thanks him and seems pleased.
Mo Ran takes the opportunity to ask about the boy’s mother. The child reveals that she is in the mountains behind the city, always resting there and only visited during the spring bloom.
Mo Ran is intrigued and puzzled by this information. He reflects on how Chu Xun, being so preoccupied with the evacuation and the city's safety, may not have the chance to tend to his family.
The boy’s simple and innocent responses make Mo Ran contemplate the personal sacrifices and hidden aspects of Chu Xun’s life amidst the turmoil of war.
Mo Ran is left with a sense of unease and curiosity about the situation of Chu Xun’s family and the mysterious circumstances surrounding his wife's extended rest in the mountains.
Chapter 67: This Venerable One’s Heartfelt AnguishThe City God Temple stands at the boundary of Chu Xun’s protective barrier, with the barrier stopping at the temple's stairs.
Inside the temple, the scene is grim. Flickering candles cast weak light over a dozen ghosts with corporeal forms, who are lined up on either side of the temple. A woman dressed in red is tied up and facing away from the onlookers, staring up at a statue on the altar.
Xiaoman is present, holding Chu Xun’s young son, Chu Lan, who is visibly distressed. Mo Ran, witnessing this disturbing sight, feels a surge of anxiety and moves to intervene but is stopped by Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning warns Mo Ran that the ghosts are already dead, and the current scene is an illusion. He advises Mo Ran to avoid getting involved to prevent personal harm.
Chu Xun, desperate and anguished, calls out for his son, pleading for him to be released. He is visibly distraught and confused, demanding Xiaoman let Chu Lan go.
Xiaoman, holding Chu Lan tightly, shows signs of inner conflict. His trembling hands and visible veins suggest his reluctance despite his outward appearance of composure.
Observers from the governor’s residence, having arrived at the scene, react with shock and anger at the sight. They are appalled by the situation involving Chu Xun’s son.
Xiaoman cuts the ropes binding the red-robed woman, who slowly turns around. She is revealed to be beautiful and elegant, but her face is unsettling, hinting at the true horror behind the scene.
Chapter 68: This Venerable One Can’t Bear ItChu Lan's death and the illusion continue to plague the survivors.
The survivors, still in shock, prepare to leave for Putuo Mountain with the dawn approaching.
Chu Xun, deeply affected by the loss of his family, appears emotionally numb and detached.
The people of Lin’an express concern about Chu Xun’s state and the feasibility of their escape plan.
Mo Ran observes the anxiety and genuine sympathy among some survivors for Chu Xun.
The ghost king's voice interrupts the night, addressing not Chu Xun but the entire city, casting doubt on their escape plan.
The ghost king warns that reaching Putuo Mountain in one day is impossible and questions Chu Xun’s ability to protect them.
The ghost king's taunts and threats instill fear in the survivors, causing distress and panic among the children and adults alike.
Chu Xun stands apart, ignoring the ghost king's provocations and remaining stoic.
The ghost king denounces human nature as inherently vile, suggesting that Chu Xun’s apparent kindness is only a facade.
Survivors face mounting fear and uncertainty as they prepare for the journey to Putuo Mountain, with doubts about their safety and reliance on Chu Xun.
The city remains in turmoil as the survivors await the final moments before their departure, grappling with both their loss and the ominous threats from the ghost king.
Chapter 69: This Venerable One Will Learn From You, Heh HehMo Ran reflects on the differences between Chu Xun and Chu Wanning, noting the disparity between the scars they bear.
He reassures himself that Chu Xun and Chu Wanning are not the same person, despite their similarities in appearance and principles.
Mo Ran feels a sense of relief, considering the emotional strain he would experience if Chu Xun were actually Chu Wanning.
The chaos in Lin’an without Chu Xun’s protection becomes evident as night falls.
The ghost king’s threats prove true: the city is engulfed in violence and horror.
Blood fills the moat, and the sounds of suffering and zombie attacks permeate the night.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning take refuge in a dilapidated house, having carefully secured it.
The interior of the house is covered in dust, indicating it has been abandoned for some time.
From their hiding spot, Mo Ran and Chu Wanning witness the ongoing destruction and hear the disturbing sounds of the city under siege.
Chapter 70: This Venerable One ReturnsChu Wanning proves he is not easily threatened by effortlessly defending himself against Xiaoman's attack.
Xiaoman’s hands are severed, and he retreats in pain and shock, revealing Chu Wanning’s formidable skill.
Chu Wanning, visibly enraged and pale, is initially speechless but eventually reassures Mo Ran that he is not injured and prefers to handle himself.
Mo Ran is impressed by Chu Wanning’s skills and offers to help, but Chu Wanning insists on contributing from the sidelines and provides pointers on weapons.
Chu Wanning’s sincerity and skill are evident, and he asks Mo Ran to trust him, albeit in a somewhat endearing manner.
Mo Ran is momentarily flustered by Chu Wanning’s unexpected cuteness, leading him to bury his face in his hands, reflecting on the situation.
Chapter 71: This Venerable One’s Been FramedMo Ran is shocked to find that the weapon responsible for Eighteen’s death resembles his own weapon, Jiangui, raising suspicions of a duplicate or frame-up.
As Mo Ran is contemplating this, Chu Wanning arrives and warns him to put Jiangui away, but it’s too late.
A crowd of feathered tribe members and cultivators from various sects, including Xue Meng, Ye Wangxi, and Shi Mei, arrives at the cave.
They find Eighteen murdered, with Mo Ran and a child appearing battered. Mo Ran, covered in blood and holding Jiangui, is surrounded by the chaotic scene.
The crowd erupts in accusations, calling Mo Ran a murderer and expressing outrage and panic.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by the situation and begins to doubt his own reality, feeling as if the nightmare of Lin’an’s bloodshed from two hundred years ago is repeating itself.
In his confusion and desperation, Mo Ran attempts to explain that he is not responsible, but the situation continues to spiral out of control.
Chapter 72: This Venerable One Stews SoupMo Ran and Chu Wanning are locked up in a cave for the night, trying to pass the time. Chu Wanning remains calm and composed, while Mo Ran is restless and bored.
Mo Ran, unable to settle down, repeatedly complains about being bored and suggests various activities, but Chu Wanning is indifferent and suggests sleeping.
Mo Ran persistently tries to engage Chu Wanning by tugging at his cheeks and asking him to play. Chu Wanning initially ignores him but eventually responds out of frustration.
Mo Ran introduces Chu Wanning to the game of cat’s cradle, which he learned from his sisters. He explains the game and demonstrates how to play with the string.
Although Chu Wanning is grumpy and reluctant, he sits up and attempts to learn the game from Mo Ran, who patiently guides him through the instructions.
Despite the tense situation, the interaction between Mo Ran and Chu Wanning offers a brief moment of lightheartedness, contrasting with their otherwise grim circumstances. The chapter ends with them engaging in the game, adding a touch of normalcy to their confinement.
Chapter 73: This Venerable One Is ConfusedMo Ran encounters Xue Meng for the first time since his detention. He greets Xue Meng with a smile, remembering Xue Meng's earlier defense of him.
Xue Meng reacts with shock and disgust at Mo Ran's smile, expressing his displeasure with a contemptuous attitude. He questions what there is to smile about and criticizes Mo Ran.
Mo Ran is taken aback by Xue Meng’s reaction and is momentarily at a loss for words. Shi Mei, sensing the tension, tries to lighten the mood by addressing Xue Meng and asking who has annoyed him.
Xue Meng vents his frustration, using a series of strong and negative adjectives. He is particularly enraged by Da-shixiong, whom he curses vehemently.
Mo Ran and Shi Mei listen as Xue Meng continues his tirade against Da-shixiong, displaying his anger in graphic terms.
Shi Mei interrupts Xue Meng's rant when she notices a group of lady cultivators who admire Da-shixiong approaching. Xue Meng, alarmed by their presence, quickly retreats, showing a mix of disdain and fear.
Chapter 74: This Venerable One’s FaultMo Ran is initially dumbstruck and embarrassed when he realizes he is holding a handkerchief with a haitang flower sewn on it, but he can't remember why he has it. He frantically searches for an explanation.
After a moment of panic, Mo Ran recalls that the handkerchief belongs to Xia-shidi, not Shizun. He takes it from Shi Mei, apologizing for the confusion.
Shi Mei is silent and hasn't expressed any desire for the handkerchief. Mo Ran explains that he must have mistakenly taken Xia-shidi’s handkerchief from the drying rack, feeling relieved that he didn’t mistakenly take Shizun’s possession.
Shi Mei, maintaining a calm demeanor, acknowledges the situation and suggests they go pick up Xia-shidi.
As they head towards the cave, Shi Mei begins to slow down and stumbles on a rock. Mo Ran catches him and notices Shi Mei’s pale complexion.
Shi Mei downplays his condition, attributing it to not eating much for lunch and feeling faint. Despite his reassurances, Mo Ran grows increasingly concerned about Shi Mei’s well-being.
Chapter 75: This Venerable One Is Illiterate, Deal With ItThe crowd becomes increasingly agitated, staring at Jiangui and the bloody willow vines wrapped around the murdered victims. Accusations of cruelty and calls for Mo Ran's execution fill the air.
The Elder Immortal questions Mo Ran about the murders. Despite his denial, she remains unmoved and instructs her followers to seize him.
Shi Mei emerges from his room to find Mo Ran being restrained with magical bindings and immortal-binding rope by high-level members of the feathered tribe. Shi Mei is shocked and distressed by the sight.
Shi Mei asks Mo Ran what happened. Mo Ran advises him to stay calm and go find Uncle Xue Zhengyong and the Xuanji Elder to help resolve the situation.
Shi Mei leaves to seek assistance, while Mo Ran stands alone, facing the angry crowd. He remains composed despite the hostile environment.
In the midst of the chaos, someone from the crowd spits at Mo Ran.
Chapter 76: This Venerable One Meets That Guy AgainChu Wanning, who isn’t one for overly sentimental gestures, dismisses Mo Ran’s question as trivial. He uses a wind spell to send off a haitang flower for scouting.
The flower returns with a golden amulet indicating the location of the Ancestral Abyss. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran prepare to investigate this location.
The Ancestral Abyss is known for its dangerous fiery depths, and Chu Wanning casts a concealment barrier to avoid detection by the feathered tribe as they approach.
At the abyss, they see an eerie red light and a cliffside densely packed with sleeping owls. Chu Wanning theorizes that the stories of dangerous flames might be exaggerated.
Mo Ran questions the reality of the danger, but Chu Wanning decides to test it by throwing something in. Instead of a rabbit, Chu Wanning retrieves a branch of peach blossoms.
By throwing the delicate peach blossoms into the abyss, Chu Wanning aims to confirm that the supposed "fierce flames" are not actually hazardous if the blossoms survive.
Chapter 77: This Venerable One Feels Very AwkwardChu Wanning and Mo Ran have been traveling extensively and decide to rest at an inn in a small town.
After several days of hasty travel, Chu Wanning sits alone in his room, examining a porcelain bottle containing golden pills. These pills are a new medication from Tanlang that allows Chu Wanning to regain his adult form for seven days. He reflects on Tanlang's warning that intense emotions might affect the medication’s effectiveness.
Mo Ran, having just bathed, enters Chu Wanning's room in a bathrobe, and asks if he can sleep on Chu Wanning's floor for the night. Mo Ran expresses dissatisfaction with his own room but is vague about the reason.
Chu Wanning, who is caught off guard and tries to maintain his composure, notices Mo Ran’s discomfort but is unsure of the exact cause.
Chapter 78: This Venerable One’s Shizun Has a NightmareChu Wanning and Mo Ran spend the night at an inn. Mo Ran, exhausted, quickly falls asleep on the floor, while Chu Wanning struggles with restless thoughts before finally falling into a troubled slumber.
Chu Wanning’s dream begins with him kneeling in the snow during a bleak winter day. The sky is overcast and heavy with clouds, casting a gray pallor over the land.
The snow has accumulated past Chu Wanning's ankles, and despite the thick sky-blue cloak lined with fur that he wears, the cold still penetrates.
Chu Wanning notices the intricate silver thread patterns on the cloak, which feels familiar but he can’t quite place.
Despite his efforts to move, Chu Wanning finds himself unable to rise. His body feels unresponsive and heavy, even as snow accumulates on his shoulders and ice forms on his eyelashes.
An elderly voice speaks from behind him, identifying itself as Liu-gong. The voice expresses concern that His Imperial Majesty won’t see Chu Wanning today and suggests they return to the pavilion.
Chu Wanning, still kneeling and unable to turn around, responds with a weary and resolute tone. He thanks Liu-gong and insists that he will stay in the snow, dismissing the concern.
Liu-gong, a figure of considerable age and apparent loyalty, offers to keep Chu Wanning company despite his protests. The voice is filled with concern and reluctance.
As Liu-gong walks away, the sound of crunching snow signifies his departure. However, he soon returns, holding an umbrella over Chu Wanning's head to shield him from the falling snow.
Chu Wanning feels a mix of gratitude and sadness, recognizing the depth of Liu-gong’s loyalty and the burden of his own isolation and duty.
The dream emphasizes Chu Wanning’s inner conflict and sense of responsibility. The snow, the cold, and the unyielding position highlight his feelings of loneliness and the weight of his commitments.
The dream sequence concludes with Chu Wanning’s continued kneeling in the snow, a poignant reminder of his past trials and the sacrifices made in the name of duty and honor.
Chapter 79: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is an ActorMo Ran, familiar with Chu Wanning’s character, is initially skeptical about the claim that Chu Wanning’s son is Xia Sini. Despite his doubts, Mo Ran decides to play along with Chu Wanning’s game, feigning surprise and disbelief with exaggerated responses like, “Oh heavens,” and “I can’t believe Shizun is actually a playboy.”
Mo Ran finds the situation amusing and entertaining, though he remains unclear about Chu Wanning’s true intentions. He continues to tease Chu Wanning, enjoying the playful dynamic between them.
At a teahouse, Mo Ran takes the opportunity to poke fun at Chu Wanning. He playfully questions Chu Wanning about why he won’t acknowledge Xia-shidi as his child, to which Chu Wanning responds that the timing isn’t right and it depends on Xia-shidi himself.
Chu Wanning’s serious and enigmatic answers only add to Mo Ran’s amusement. Mo Ran struggles to maintain a straight face and expresses mock pity for Xia-shidi.
While traveling on horseback, Mo Ran snaps a willow branch to distract himself and continues his playful questioning. He asks Chu Wanning about Shiniang (Xia Sini’s mother), specifically inquiring if she is pretty.
Chu Wanning, caught off guard by the question, chokes on his response and hastily clears his throat. He downplays Shiniang’s appearance, saying she is “all right,” which surprises Mo Ran. Mo Ran had expected someone who could catch Chu Wanning’s eye to be more impressive.
Chu Wanning’s discomfort and attempts to handle Mo Ran’s probing questions contribute to the chapter’s humorous tone, showcasing their dynamic relationship and Chu Wanning’s struggle to maintain his composure under Mo Ran’s relentless teasing.
Chapter 80: This Venerable One’s Ex-Wife... Is HereThe chapter opens with Ye Wangxi, who had previously stayed with Mo Ran at Peach Blossom Springs, making a grand entrance. He is dressed in the colors of Rufeng Sect, wearing a blue cloak with silver crane embroidery, and a silver incense bell hangs at his waist. His attire and demeanor reflect a blend of refined elegance and heroism.
Ye Wangxi is greeted by Xuanyuan Pavilion’s chief steward, who shows deference to him. The steward informs Ye Wangxi that a booth has been reserved for Rufeng Sect, and Ye Wangxi is led to the upper floors of the pavilion.
As Ye Wangxi and his entourage ascend to the upper floors, the remaining guests in the hall begin to whisper among themselves, curious about the new arrival. They speculate about the identity and significance of Ye Wangxi.
Mo Ran, observing the situation, questions Chu Wanning about Ye Wangxi, wondering if he is familiar to him. Chu Wanning admits that Ye Wangxi looks familiar but cannot recall where he has seen him before.
Mo Ran provides additional context, mentioning that Ye Wangxi had stayed in the same residence as him at Peach Blossom Springs and noting Ye Wangxi’s respectable abilities. Mo Ran also speculates that Ye Wangxi’s status within Rufeng Sect must be significant if he was chosen to represent the sect.
Chu Wanning explains that Rufeng Sect comprises seventy-two cities, and thus, it is possible for him to be unfamiliar with every member of the sect, despite the fact that Ye Wangxi appears to be someone of importance.
The chapter builds intrigue around Ye Wangxi’s identity and his role within Rufeng Sect, while also highlighting Mo Ran’s curiosity and Chu Wanning’s struggle to place him.
Chapter 81: This Venerable One’s Bugui!Ye Wangxi arrives at Xuanyuan Pavilion dressed in Rufeng Sect colors, wearing a blue cloak embroidered with a crane and a silver incense bell hanging from his waist. His appearance is refined and elegant compared to his usual valiant heroism.
The chief steward of Xuanyuan Pavilion greets Ye Wangxi and leads him to a reserved booth on the upper floors. The crowd below observes and whispers about Ye Wangxi’s identity and purpose.
Mo Ran, who is with Chu Wanning, notices Ye Wangxi and expresses curiosity about his identity and role. Mo Ran reflects on Ye Wangxi’s previous stay at Peach Blossom Springs and questions whether Chu Wanning knows him.
Chu Wanning admits that Ye Wangxi seems familiar but cannot recall the details. He is intrigued but remains uncertain about Ye Wangxi's background.
The Second Pavilion Master announces the starting bid for an item at ten million gold. The bidding quickly becomes competitive, with several participants raising the stakes.
The bids rise rapidly as participants place increasingly higher amounts. The crowd reacts with surprise and excitement as the bids reach notable figures.
Ye Wangxi places a bid that dramatically increases the price. The bid of twenty-five million gold causes several bidders to withdraw, and the atmosphere becomes tense.
The Xuan booth on the second floor places a staggering bid of thirty-five million gold. The pavilion master announces this bid, causing gasps and speculation among the audience about the bidder’s identity and the source of their wealth.
The crowd is astonished by the high bid, with many commenting on the excessive amount and speculating that the bidder must be affiliated with one of the ten great sects. The high stakes and financial power on display add to the drama.
Chu Wanning inquires whether Mo Ran has sufficient funds for the auction. Mo Ran, who is shocked by the high bid and the unexpected appearance of Song Qiutong, realizes that he is financially unprepared for the competition.
Mo Ran expresses his concerns about the…
Chapter 82: This Venerable One Can’t Believe ItThe scene opens outside the Fragrance Inn on Rainbell Isle, where the innkeeper, adorned with pearl bracelets and munching on fried melon seeds, waits for the auction to end. The innkeeper is adept at reading her guests' needs and expects a quiet day with limited business since many cultivators would not be staying overnight.
As the auction nears its end, the innkeeper prepares for a potential influx of customers by instructing her waiter to clean the tables and prepare extra melon seeds for the evening.
A black-and-white silhouette approaches quickly, and as it nears, the innkeeper realizes it is a handsome cultivator dressed in black, urgently carrying someone in his arms. The cultivator bursts into the inn in a state of panic.
The cultivator, Mo Ran, demands a room in a frantic and aggressive manner. His abrupt and intense behavior catches the staff off guard, leading to confusion among the inn’s workers.
Mo Ran’s shouting and urgency cause the waiter to be momentarily stunned and unsure how to respond. He is overwhelmed by the unexpected situation and Mo Ran's demanding presence.
A young woman’s voice emerges from behind Mo Ran, apologetic and soothing. She attempts to calm the situation and address Mo Ran’s needs. The woman’s demeanor contrasts with Mo Ran’s agitation, and her voice is described as difficult to stay angry at.
Mo Ran’s actions and the arrival of the young woman add a dramatic and urgent tone to the scene, setting up a situation that promises further developments.
Chapter 83: This Venerable One Wants YouThe chapter opens with Mo Ran in a state of intense agitation. He is overwhelmed by a mix of rage and desperation as he tightly grips Chu Wanning’s throat, trying to extract a response.
Mo Ran’s mind is in turmoil, and he fears that if Chu Wanning were to complete a specific phrase—particularly, if he were to say “in life or in death”—it would confirm his worst fears. The gravity of the situation is evident in Mo Ran’s violent reaction.
Chu Wanning, unable to breathe properly, suffers from the intense pressure Mo Ran is applying. His face turns red, and he grows weaker as he struggles against Mo Ran's grip.
Mo Ran eventually regains a semblance of control and releases Chu Wanning. Chu Wanning collapses onto the bed, and the visible bruises on his neck make Mo Ran realize the severity of his actions.
Overcome with guilt and confusion, Mo Ran tries to speak but is unable to find the right words. He stumbles through attempts to call out to Chu Wanning, eventually uttering a strained “You.”
Mo Ran reflects on recent events, struggling to reconcile his feelings. He recalls that Chu Wanning had never acted strangely in this lifetime and questions why he would have spoken as he did.
Mo Ran is haunted by the dying words Chu Wanning had spoken in a past life: “It was I who wronged you.” He grapples with the notion that these words might have been genuine and questions whether Chu Wanning’s compassionate sentiments were sincere or merely a means to an end.
Mo Ran had never believed that Chu Wanning could truly admit to his wrongdoings or show genuine compassion. This disbelief is compounded by his conviction that Chu Wanning had always looked down on him and never treated him with honesty.
Despite these reflections, Mo Ran still feels no regret about his actions. He turns away slowly, wrestling with his conflicting emotions and the painful realization that he might have been wrong about Chu Wanning’s true feelings.
Chapter 84: This Venerable One Stole a Kiss and You Don’t Even KnowChu Wanning wakes up to find Mo Ran lost in thought at the table. Mo Ran is staring blankly, his gaze vacant as he rests his cheek in his hand, illuminated by the flickering candlelight.
Chu Wanning tries to get up but finds he lacks the strength. He watches Mo Ran silently, who remains unaware that Chu Wanning has regained consciousness.
Chu Wanning reflects on the shocking revelation that Mo Ran has learned about Xia Sini potentially being Chu Wanning’s child. He questions how such a thing could be true, given his aloof and particular nature. The thought of him having a child, especially in their past life, seems improbable.
Mo Ran struggles with confusion and frustration over the situation. He bangs his head against the table and groans in despair, overwhelmed by the complexity of the situation and his inability to make sense of it.
Chu Wanning, still observing, notices Mo Ran's distress and calls out to him with a soothing but slightly hoarse voice. Mo Ran is startled and quickly stands, moving towards Chu Wanning’s bed.
Mo Ran sees a small tear on Chu Wanning’s lower lip and recalls his loss of control the previous night. Embarrassed and flustered, Mo Ran's face turns red as he remembers his actions.
The chapter delves into the emotional and psychological turmoil both characters are experiencing. Chu Wanning grapples with the implications of Mo Ran’s shock and his own past actions, while Mo Ran is consumed by confusion and regret over the situation and his own behavior.
Chapter 85: This Venerable One Isn’t Someone You Can Simply Get Rid of with a Mere Fifteen Hundred GoldThe innkeeper's apologetic voice is heard as she tries to placate a demanding guest. She suggests that they cannot simply evict all guests but offers a private room, the Returning Fog Pavilion, as a solution for the wealthy guest.
The guest responds angrily, overturning tables and chairs in frustration. He dismisses the innkeeper’s offer and insists on paying fifteen hundred gold to have the other guests removed immediately, deriding the names of the offered rooms.
The innkeeper tries to placate him further, offering a smaller but elegant room with added entertainment for free, but the guest is insistent.
Mo Ran finds the situation amusing, noting that fifteen hundred gold is a trivial amount to him compared to his past wealth. He laughs and comments to Chu Wanning about the guest's misguided belief that he could simply get rid of them with such a sum.
Chu Wanning, intrigued, lifts the bamboo curtain to see what is happening downstairs and witnesses the commotion. The guest's aggressive behavior and the innkeeper's attempts to accommodate him provide a stark contrast to Mo Ran’s nonchalant demeanor.
Chapter 86: This Venerable One’s Ex-Wife Isn’t Low-MaintenanceYe Wangxi appears visibly taken aback but maintains his composure when confronted by Nangong Si. He clarifies that he is at Xuanyuan Pavilion on the sect leader's orders to purchase an item, not to follow Nangong Si.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning realize that Ye Wangxi is there for the holy weapon, leading to a mutual understanding between them.
Nangong Si is upset and feels overshadowed by Ye Wangxi’s presence. He questions why Ye Wangxi is tasked with retrieving items instead of him, implying that Nangong Si is capable of handling such tasks himself.
Ye Wangxi calmly explains that he is calling Nangong Si “A-Si” because it was instructed by the sect leader, not out of personal disrespect. He suggests that Nangong Si should address any grievances with his father rather than taking it out on him.
Nangong Si reacts angrily, accusing Ye Wangxi of being overly familiar and not knowing his place. He asserts that despite any pretense, Ye Wangxi will never be his equal due to their different social standings.
Ye Wangxi responds with quiet humility, acknowledging the disparity between them but not aspiring to be Nangong Si’s equal. His demeanor shows a mixture of restraint and underlying emotion.
Nangong Si seems somewhat mollified by Ye Wangxi's respectful response and drinks from his jar of wine. The scene highlights the tension and complex dynamics between the characters, particularly the class distinctions and personal grievances.
Chapter 87: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want You to Take Any More DisciplesThe little dragon, Zhu Jiuyin, returns swiftly and triumphantly from outside, excitedly announcing that it has detected numerous magical traces in the inn.
Mo Ran playfully interacts with the dragon, teasing it about its paper-like nature and imaginary traits. The dragon, whose tail is made of paper, playfully smacks Mo Ran’s hand, which only tickles him.
The dragon insists on its grandeur and announces itself as the Dragon of the Candle, rejecting the term "paper" and asserting its mythical status. It identifies itself as Zhu Jiuyin, declaring its impressive capabilities.
Mo Ran finds the dragon's grandiose claims amusing and humorously pretends not to understand, further irritating the dragon.
Zhu Jiuyin becomes increasingly agitated, performing dramatic gestures and even bumping into a candlestick. The resulting flicker of the flame causes Mo Ran to steady the candle, but the dragon, in a fit of frustration, bites Mo Ran’s hand.
Mo Ran nonchalantly picks up the dragon by its tail and throws it onto Chu Wanning’s robes. The dragon, annoyed, tries to complain to Chu Wanning about being mistreated by Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning, uninterested in the dragon’s antics, disregards its complaints and focuses on other matters. The scene underscores the playful and comedic interactions among the characters, highlighting the lighthearted side of their relationships.
Chapter 88: This Venerable One Meets Another One RebornMo Ran’s attention is drawn to a mysterious figure appearing at the end of the hall. The figure is clad in a floor-length, gold-patterned black cloak and a black silk curtain conceals his face. He holds a narrow, black blade, Bugui.
The cloaked figure speaks coolly, revealing that he knows Mo Ran’s identity, though his own remains unknown. His voice is distorted, adding to the sense of foreboding.
Mo Ran tries to stay composed and questions the figure's intentions, identifying himself merely as a disciple of Sisheng Peak.
The figure then reveals knowledge of Mo Ran's past life as Taxian-jun, the Emperor of the Mortal Realm, who was infamous for his brutality and betrayal. He describes Mo Ran's past deeds, including the slaughter of his teacher, family, and countless others, and his ultimate fall from grace.
The figure identifies Mo Ran as Mo Weiyu, a name associated with extreme evil and deserving of suffering, further heightening Mo Ran’s agitation.
Mo Ran’s composure shatters as he is overwhelmed by the figure's accusations and the resurfacing of his past sins. His demeanor shifts from youthful to a ruthless, fiendish glare, ready to confront the mysterious figure aggressively.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran on the verge of attacking the figure, driven by rage and a sense of being provoked by his past sins and current identity.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 3
Chapter 89: This Venerable One’s Past Affair with YouMo Ran wakes up to find it bright and sunny. He notices that Chu Wanning is still asleep, lying on his side with his back turned. Chu Wanning's long, black hair spills across the bed.
Mo Ran, intrigued by Chu Wanning’s peaceful state and feeling unmotivated to get up, decides to stay in bed and gently plays with Chu Wanning’s hair. He enjoys the sensation and the faint floral scent of the hair.
As Mo Ran runs his fingers through Chu Wanning’s hair, he recalls past memories and sensations. The comfort and familiarity of the moment evoke a nostalgic longing for the past.
Mo Ran reflects on their shared history, particularly the more intimate and salacious moments they had at Sisheng Peak’s Wushan Palace. He recalls holding Chu Wanning and the closeness they once shared.
Feeling both nostalgic and emotionally conflicted, Mo Ran closes his eyes and presses his lips lightly to Chu Wanning’s hair, reminiscing about their past relationship and the emotional complexity it brings.
Chapter 90: This Venerable One’s Idiom Explanation Is Just FineChu Wanning wakes up around noon feeling refreshed after a full night’s sleep, thanks to the Tapir Fragrance Dew. He is surprised to find Mo Ran missing, as he usually sleeps in late.
Chu Wanning calls out for Mo Ran, but there is no response. He checks the room and finds Mo Ran’s clothes neatly folded over a wooden frame.
Chu Wanning notices that the wooden screen dividing the room from the bathing area has steam rising from behind it. He calls out again but receives no reply.
Chu Wanning cautiously approaches the screen, which is decorated with a painting of wild birds and mountain peaks. He peeks around it and sees a large camphor wood bath barrel filled with hot, steamy water and floating bathing herbs.
Upon closer inspection, Chu Wanning realizes that someone must be in the bath barrel as bubbles are rising to the surface from underneath the herbs and petals.
Suddenly, Mo Ran leaps out of the bath barrel, creating a splash and startling Chu Wanning. Mo Ran had been holding his breath underwater and thus didn’t hear Chu Wanning calling for him.
Chu Wanning is shocked and takes a step back, his face turning slightly ashen as he processes the sight of a naked Mo Ran emerging from the water.
Mo Ran, startled by Chu Wanning’s presence, realizes he has been discovered. The moment is awkward, and Mo Ran tries to cover himself while Chu Wanning stands in stunned silence.
Chu Wanning looks around the bathing area, noting the steam and herbs in the water, indicating that Mo Ran had been preparing for a bath and lost track of time.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning still processing the unexpected and intimate situation, while Mo Ran, embarrassed, attempts to compose himself after the surprise encounter.
Chapter 91: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is a ProThe chapter opens in a grand hall where Chu Wanning, dressed in elegant white robes, stands with a dignified demeanor. His appearance is contrasted by the slight hint of scorn in his eyes, hidden beneath a facade of politeness.
Li Wuxin, a character from the Rufeng Sect, is shocked to discover that Chu Wanning is present. He stutters and appears pale, unable to reconcile Chu Wanning’s current situation with the last impression he had of him.
Chu Wanning greets Li Wuxin calmly, revealing that they have not seen each other since he left Rufeng Sect. Li Wuxin’s earlier impression of Chu Wanning as someone who had disappeared into obscurity is challenged by this unexpected encounter.
Li Wuxin accuses Chu Wanning of being involved in the murder of five hundred civilians from Butterfly Town, alleging that Chu Wanning has used their deaths to practice dark magic.
Chu Wanning dismisses the accusation with a cool response, stating that while he did not commit the murders, he is willing to address any questions Li Wuxin has at this moment. He makes it clear that he has more pressing matters to attend to and will not be going to Tianyin Pavilion with Li Wuxin.
Chu Wanning takes his seat in the Loyalty Hall, deliberately positioning himself with a gesture that indicates the importance of his presence. His seat is to the left of Xue Zhengyong’s and is marked by a fine bamboo mat and a partially lowered bamboo screen, contrasting with the more lavishly adorned seat of the Lucun Elder.
The chapter highlights Chu Wanning’s composed and authoritative handling of the situation, emphasizing his refined demeanor and strategic approach in dealing with Li Wuxin’s accusations.
Chapter 92: This Venerable One Returns to Butterfly TownThe chapter begins with a scene of shock and disbelief in the hall, as the Bitan Manor disciples are stunned by recent revelations.
The narrative delves into the distinction between various tiers of cultivators. It explains that exceptional cultivators have the ability to create new spells, elixirs, and magical items, distinguishing them from average and superior cultivators. These top-tier practitioners, known as "zongshi," are revered for their unparalleled skill and creativity.
Li Wuxin is revealed to be sweating nervously, though he tries to maintain a bold front as the sect leader. He acknowledges Chu Wanning's status as a zongshi, admitting his underestimation of Chu Wanning's abilities.
Li Wuxin mentions having obtained an item during his confrontation with the vengeful ghost of Luo Xianxian in Butterfly Town and suggests that it may be related to Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning asks about the item, and Li Wuxin produces a brocade box, claiming it is a weapon.
Chu Wanning, with a look of recognition, inquires if the item is a willow vine. This revelation surprises everyone, including Mo Ran.
Li Wuxin is shocked by Chu Wanning's knowledge of the item and questions how he could have known. The tension builds as Chu Wanning reveals a golden light emanating from his palm, signifying his involvement or knowledge regarding the item.
Chapter 93: This Venerable One’s Shizun, Who Dares Touch?!Chu Wanning's living soul is wandering inside a barrier and encounters numerous wandering ghosts and shadows of lost souls.
He notices a disturbing pattern: the corpses he finds all have their hearts removed, with empty chest cavities and mangled remains. This unsettling discovery makes Chu Wanning realize that something significant is happening.
As the defensive barrier around Butterfly Town weakens, Chu Wanning hurries towards Chen Manor.
Upon arrival, Chu Wanning finds four large cauldrons positioned at the four cardinal directions outside Chen Manor. These cauldrons are emitting dense fumes in red, blue, brown, and gold colors, instead of the usual white.
Each cauldron is filled with blood and human hearts, revealing that the hearts of the deceased have been collected and piled in the cauldrons.
Chu Wanning recognizes the technique used as "Sand Amassed into a Tower," where the hearts of many people with the same elemental essence are gathered to create a temporary but substantial power boost. This method involves harnessing the resentment of the dead.
Chu Wanning is puzzled by the choice of Butterfly Town and Luo Xianxian as the locations for this ritual and continues to investigate.
Inside the Chen Manor, Chu Wanning discovers that the place is in disarray, with furnishings and items scattered across the floor.
He finds Landlord and Madam Chen hanging from the ceiling beams, their hearts removed. Unlike the reanimated townspeople, their bodies have been shredded and are beyond reanimation due to their condition.
Chapter 94: This Venerable One Sees the Heavenly Rift AgainNangong Si expresses displeasure as he notices the blazing red of Mo Ran’s holy weapon. He inquires about Mo Ran’s identity.
Ye Wangxi informs Nangong Si that Mo Ran is the gongzi from Sisheng Peak and mentions that they resided in the same courtyard at Peach Blossoms Springs.
Nangong Si reacts with a sneer and questions Ye Wangxi's connection to Mo Ran, which makes Ye Wangxi's demeanor shift to one of discomfort and silence.
Nangong Si decides to give Mo Ran some recognition due to his mastery of a holy weapon at a young age, expressing a desire to see Mo Ran’s abilities.
Meanwhile, Mo Ran is focused on the deteriorating barrier around Butterfly Town and becomes impatient, wondering if Chu Wanning is finished with his tasks.
Chu Wanning faces Luo Xianxian, who is attacking fiercely. The white silk curtain is shredded as Luo Xianxian's nails tear through it.
Chu Wanning senses a familiar presence from Luo Xianxian, initially thinking it might be Tianwen, but soon realizes it is not. The energy emanating from Luo Xianxian is similar to that of Tianwen.
As Chu Wanning engages in combat, he begins to piece together clues. He identifies the energy as belonging to the “Heart-Pluck Willow” technique.
Chu Wanning recalls that Luo Xianxian was already dead and her body had been cremated to ashes. This realization helps him understand the situation better.
Chapter 95: This Venerable One’s Calamity from His Past LifeThe thin boundary between the world of the yin and the yang has weakened, leading to frequent tears and gaps, but now a catastrophic event occurs—a bloody eye appears in the sky, known as the Heavenly Rift.
The Heavenly Rift creates a terrifying and eerie atmosphere, with debris whipping through the air and an unnatural hue spreading across the sky and earth.
Everyone present, including notable figures like Li Wuxin and Xue Zhengyong, is struck with horror and uncertainty at the sight of this immense catastrophe.
Mo Ran is deeply affected by the sight of the Heavenly Rift, as it evokes memories of a similar calamity from his past life. He recalls the massacre and bloodshed associated with this event.
Mo Ran reflects on his previous lifetime when he and Chu Wanning had worked together to repair the barrier against the Heavenly Rift. Despite their efforts, Mo Ran was ultimately overwhelmed by ghosts and demons pouring from the rift, leading to his fall.
Mo Ran is disoriented by the current event, realizing that the rift’s appearance was not supposed to happen for another three years.
He vividly remembers a snowy night from his past life, shortly after New Year’s Eve. The scene was filled with red scraps from firecrackers and the faint smell of smoke. Mo Ran had celebrated the New Year with everyone, feeling content despite never expressing his feelings for Shi Mei.
Mo Ran recalls the warmth and affection he felt from Shi Mei's presence during that time, reflecting on how he had hoped to remain by Shi Mei’s side even if he could not act on his feelings.
Chapter 96: This Venerable One’s Hatred Born in This LifeYe Wangxi expressed his disdain for Mei Hanxue, recalling him as the “da-shixiong” from Peach Blossom Springs who was admired by many female cultivators.
Nangong Si initially showed interest in Mei Hanxue but quickly lost it upon realizing he was merely a pretty boy who relied on his looks, and he refocused on the ongoing battle.
Mei Hanxue, with an exasperated glance at Xue Meng, began to play his pipa, commanding the cultivators of Taxue Palace to reposition.
The Taxue Palace musicians played a powerful piece, the "Song of Alkaid," and "Nullification Dance," causing the demonic fiends to freeze and display vacant expressions.
Li Wuxin, recognizing Taxue Palace's skill in music and barrier-mending, asked Mei Hanxue if he could mend the Heavenly Rift.
Mei Hanxue admitted that repairing the Heavenly Rift of the Infinite Hells was beyond his abilities.
Li Wuxin’s expression faltered, but he continued to hope for solutions.
Xue Zhengyong then asked Mei Hanxue if he could help maintain the barrier around Butterfly Town.
Mei Hanxue agreed to try and assist with guarding the barrier, acknowledging his familiarity with Xue Zhengyong from Sisheng Peak.
As Mei Hanxue prepared to take action, the scene shifted to focus on the broader implications of the crisis and the struggle to address the Heavenly Rift and the demonic invasion.
Mo Ran, feeling a chilling sense of déjà vu from a past life, abruptly pulls Shi Mei behind him, instructing Xue Meng to protect him.
Xue Meng is taken aback by Mo Ran’s sudden action and questions his intention.
Mo Ran, aware that Chu Wanning alone cannot mend the barrier, decides that one of his disciples needs to help. He realizes that Shi Mei is vulnerable and will be safest with Xue Meng.
Mo Ran embraces Shi Mei for the first time openly, then forcefully shoves him away, preparing to face the impending danger.
He resolutely states his intention to assist Chu Wanning with sealing the barrier, showing no room for argument. He makes a deep, meaningful look at Shi Mei.
Mo Ran tries to express his feelings to Shi Mei, but the howls of fiends drown out his words. His attempt to convey his emotions is cut short, and he struggles with the realization of his impending departure.
A fleeting image of Shi Mei’s gentle smile from Mo Ran’s previous life appears, underscoring the depth of his feelings and the weight of the moment.
Chapter 97: This Venerable One…Mo Ran, severely injured and disoriented, hears someone calling his name. He opens his eyes to see a blurry figure in white that vaguely resembles Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning is seen channeling spiritual energy into Mo Ran’s wounds, trying to heal him. Mo Ran is confused and disbelieving, struggling to recognize the figure due to his dazed state.
As Mo Ran’s vision clears, he sees Chu Wanning’s face streaked with blood, with a look of sadness and concern that he has never seen before. This image contrasts sharply with Chu Wanning’s usual impassive demeanor.
Mo Ran reaches out to touch Chu Wanning, but hesitates, torn between the fear that this might be an illusion and the desire for it to be real. He is conflicted because he has been used to harboring hatred for Chu Wanning.
Around them, Mo Ran sees a scene of devastation—mountains of corpses and rivers of blood—making him question whether he is still on the battlefield or has descended into hell.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed with guilt and self-loathing, feeling unworthy of Chu Wanning’s compassion. He reflects on his sins and believes he deserves eternal damnation, while Chu Wanning, a good person, should not be subjected to this suffering with him.
Chu Wanning’s voice, though soft and distant, reassures Mo Ran to hold on a little longer, providing a glimmer of hope amid the chaos and pain.
Mo Ran is shocked to learn that Xia Sini is actually Chu Wanning. Xue Meng confirms this with a strange expression, causing Mo Ran to react with disbelief and confusion.
Mo Ran reflects on his past experiences with Xia Sini and Chu Wanning, piecing together clues about their identities. He recalls moments like sleeping together at Peach Blossom Springs, the golden hair clasp, and the embroidered handkerchief.
Memories of Xia Sini and Chu Wanning intermingle in Mo Ran’s mind. He remembers his past feelings toward Chu Wanning and his interactions with Xia Sini, realizing they share many similarities.
Overwhelmed by the revelation, Mo Ran paces in agitation, repeating the realization that Chu Wanning is Xia Sini. He struggles to reconcile the two identities, feeling as if his mind might explode from the shock.
Mo Ran bitterly reflects on his past experiences with Chu Wanning, emphasizing how Chu Wanning’s reputation as a prestigious zongshi and Beidou Immortal meant nothing to him. He recounts a moment of near-death during the battle of the Heavenly Rift, where Chu Wanning ignored his pleas for help, revealing his perceived indifference to the suffering of others.
Mo Ran expresses his belief that Chu Wanning’s self-interest and his desire to maintain his good name outweigh any personal connections or responsibilities. He asserts that Chu Wanning would have left anyone, even his own disciples, to fend for themselves in a crisis.
The room’s atmosphere grows tense as Mo Ran’s anger and disillusionment are palpable. Despite his calm demeanor, his eyes betray his emotional turmoil.
Xue Meng, enraged by Mo Ran’s harsh words, physically confronts him. In a swift and forceful reaction, Xue Meng grabs Mo Ran by the collar and strikes him across the face.
Mo Ran is taken aback by the sudden attack, but he retaliates, gripping Xue Meng and demanding an explanation for the assault.
Xue Meng, consumed by rage, shouts at Mo Ran, calling him a “bastard” and expressing his anger without holding back. The confrontation escalates into a violent struggle, driven by Xue Meng’s fury and Mo Ran’s frustration.
Chapter 98: Shizun, I’m Begging You, Please Pay Attention to MeThe cliff at Sisheng Peak, humorously named "Aaaaah," is known for its steepness and cold, snow-covered surface. It is the resting place for the deceased of Sisheng Peak and got its name from the cries of those who fell from it.
Mo Ran reflects on a past visit to this cliff following the battle that opened the rift to the Infinite Hells. He had mourned Shi Mei’s death by his coffin, unable to accept that Shi Mei was gone.
Xue Zhengyong had explained to Mo Ran that the name "Aaaaah" originated from his own grief over his brother’s death. Xue Zhengyong’s intense mourning and cries led to the cliff’s name.
Xue Zhengyong offered Mo Ran wine to ease his sorrow, but Mo Ran declined. Xue Zhengyong shared his experience of profound mourning, acknowledging the deep sorrow that influenced the cliff's name.
Xue Zhengyong provided Mo Ran with advice about the fleeting nature of life, based on his own experiences of loss and mourning.
Mo Ran leaves Frostsky Hall after reflecting on his past and the death of Shi Mei. He acknowledges that despite the closure of the Heavenly Rift, his struggles are far from over, especially with Chu Wanning gone.
Arriving at Mengpo Hall late at night, Mo Ran orders a small bowl of noodles and finds a quiet corner to eat. The warmth of the food contrasts with his inner turmoil.
As Mo Ran eats, he remembers his past self’s stubbornness and grief after Shi Mei’s death, including an encounter with Chu Wanning in the kitchen. He recalls how Chu Wanning had tried to make wontons, which Mo Ran had interpreted as a taunt at the time.
Mo Ran reflects on how he had reacted harshly, feeling that Chu Wanning had no right to use the same ingredients or make the same food as Shi Mei had. He had accused Chu Wanning of being indifferent to Shi Mei’s death.
This memory stings Mo Ran, who struggles to swallow his noodles and confront his lingering pain and resentment. Despite his attempts to focus on eating, his thoughts keep drifting back to his past grievances.
Chapter 99: Shizun’s Third WeaponThat night, Mo Ran rests against the haitang tree on Sisheng Peak. The tree offers him some solace and a tenuous connection to the world, as he reflects on Chu Wanning’s presence and his own past actions.
Mo Ran realizes that his belief in the misfortune of having Chu Wanning as his master was misplaced. He now understands that Chu Wanning was the true victim of their relationship, suffering greatly due to their connection.
Mo Ran reminisces about his early interactions with Chu Wanning, recalling how he had pestered Chu Wanning to accept him as a disciple. He remembers Chu Wanning's gentle and bewildered reaction, and regrets the suffering his actions have caused.
Mo Ran wishes he could go back in time and avoid insisting on being Chu Wanning’s disciple. He recognizes that his actions have led to Chu Wanning’s downfall and suffering over two lifetimes.
Overcome with guilt and sorrow, Mo Ran struggles with his emotions, feeling as though his heart is being gnawed at by pain. He eventually falls into a troubled sleep.
In his dreams, Mo Ran is haunted by a painful memory of standing at the pinnacle of the human realm with Chu Wanning, whose spiritual core had been abolished and who had been a prisoner in Mo Ran’s palace. The memory is linked to recent assassination attempts against him, adding to his torment.
Chapter 100: Shizun’s Last Words
Mo Ran's blood runs cold as he recalls the power of Chu Wanning’s guqin Jiuge, which he had seen only once during a previous life-or-death battle. Jiuge’s music had the ability to split the skies and shatter clouds, causing chaos among Mo Ran’s million-strong army of chess pieces by awakening their consciousness.
Despite Chu Wanning's previous inability to summon Tianwen and his apparent spiritual depletion, he has now managed to call forth Jiuge, which is even more powerful than before. This raises questions for Mo Ran about how Chu Wanning achieved this feat, suggesting a possible pretense of weakness.
Mo Ran is troubled by the thought that Chu Wanning’s spiritual core might not have been shattered as believed. He speculates that Chu Wanning might have been faking his weakness and enduring hardships to later exact revenge, which leads Mo Ran to regret not realizing this sooner.
The confrontation at Heavenly Lake is described as intensely fierce, comparable to their previous battles. Mo Ran feels isolated and unable to communicate with anyone, exacerbating his sense of helplessness.
The power of Jiuge is demonstrated as it nullifies Mo Ran’s forbidden magic and disrupts the bloody conflict among the Taxue Palace cultivators. The music from Jiuge has the effect of restoring awareness to those who were previously under the influence of Mo Ran’s spells.
Jiuge’s music also shatters the enchanted ice pillars that had been used to bind Xue Zhengyong and others, further showcasing its strength and the depth of Chu Wanning’s power.
Mo Ran reflects on the past, realizing the deep connection between Chu Wanning and his guqin Jiuge. He recalls the powerful effect of Jiuge and the fact that Chu Wanning’s apparent loss of power might have been a strategic move rather than an actual depletion of strength.
Mo Ran’s thoughts are clouded with regret and confusion as he considers the possibility that Chu Wanning’s enduring strength and ability to summon Jiuge might have been a carefully planned act of revenge rather than a result of genuine weakness. This adds to Mo Ran’s sense of betrayal and the tragic outcome of their past and present conflicts.
Chapter 101: Shizun, the Last Flame in This WorldMo Ran stands in silence for a long time before breaking it with a bright smile, addressing Song Qiutong with a chilling tone. He comments on the notion of a pavilion with only one master, suggesting it would make for an interesting story.
Mo Ran leisurely approaches Song Qiutong, using his foot to tip her chin up and make her look at him. He comments on how she has been hiding her true feelings and suggests they have a candid conversation.
Mo Ran begins questioning Song Qiutong about various events. He first asks her how Chu Wanning ended up at Kunlun Mountain when he distinctly remembers locking Chu Wanning in the residential palace before leaving. Song Qiutong, terrified, claims ignorance about how Chu Wanning was freed.
Mo Ran continues his interrogation, recalling that when he appointed Song Qiutong as empress and put her in charge of Sisheng Peak, he later imprisoned Chu Wanning in a water prison for disobedience. He questions how Song Qiutong had visited Chu Wanning under the pretense of a prison inspection and faced his scorn.
Song Qiutong’s face pales and she starts to tremble at the mention of this incident. She admits that Chu Wanning insulted her and Mo Ran, which she had previously reported to Mo Ran, but her explanation becomes frantic and disjointed under pressure.
Mo Ran’s calm demeanor contrasts with Song Qiutong’s increasing panic. His questioning is methodical and unyielding, aiming to uncover the truth behind Chu Wanning’s actions and the events surrounding his imprisonment and release.
The chapter reveals Mo Ran's cold and calculated approach as he digs into the past to piece together the full story, with a focus on uncovering who facilitated Chu Wanning’s escape and the implications of Song Qiutong’s actions during this time.
Chapter 102: Shizun’s ShizunMo Ran reflects on the significance of his words "Shizun, pay attention to me," which he had spoken when he first met Chu Wanning beneath the Heaven-Piercing Tower and again when they parted at Red Lotus Pavilion. The words symbolize a lifetime of longing and regret.
Mo Ran finishes his last jar of pear-blossom wine and descends from Sisheng Peak, marking the eve of his final day. He prepares to end his life, realizing that the next morning, Taxian-jun, who has been a source of turmoil for the past decade, will be found dead by suicide at the age of thirty-two.
Upon awakening, Mo Ran finds himself disoriented under the flowering tree before the Heaven-Piercing Tower. He absently murmurs Chu Wanning's name, realizing that Chu Wanning is gone in this lifetime as well.
Mo Ran recalls his previous life, where he struggled daily and Chu Wanning stood by him until the end. He regrets that in this life, Chu Wanning will not witness his transformation or redemption.
Overwhelmed with emotion, Mo Ran covers his eyes with his arm, struggling to hold back tears as he processes his loss and the weight of his actions.
In the distance, Mo Ran hears his uncle, Xue Zhengyong, frantically calling for him. This indicates that while Mo Ran is lost in his personal grief, others are still searching for him and concerned about his well-being.
The chapter explores themes of regret, loss, and the impact of Chu Wanning’s absence on Mo Ran’s sense of self and future.
In his past life, Mo Ran had sought Master Huaizui in vain, as the sage had passed away the year before Mo Ran reached the pinnacle of the human realm. Huaizui’s age and existence were shrouded in mystery.
In this reborn life, Mo Ran is surprised to find Master Huaizui visiting him unannounced in the dead of night, a shocking turn of events given Huaizui's reputed death.
Mo Ran reflects on his ignorance in his previous life. He had later learned that Huaizui was a legendary figure capable of wielding the forbidden technique Rebirth, which Mo Ran had hoped to use to resurrect Shi Mei.
When Shi Mei died, Mo Ran had hurriedly sent emissaries to summon Huaizui, but they returned with news of the sage’s death, dashing Mo Ran’s hopes of revival.
The revelation that Huaizui is alive in this lifetime overwhelms Mo Ran. He is overcome with a mix of shock and urgency, realizing he must seize this opportunity.
Mo Ran quickly instructs a disciple to invite the great master in, but then decides to go personally. As he moves to do so, a monk in a bamboo hat and worn robes appears inside Loyalty Hall with extraordinary speed and without any noticeable disturbance in the environment.
The monk introduces himself in a deep voice, acknowledging Mo Ran’s status and minimizing the disturbance caused by his arrival.
This unexpected visit from Huaizui brings hope and urgency to Mo Ran’s situation, prompting a significant shift in his approach to dealing with his losses and seeking redemption.
Chapter 103: Shizun, I’m Coming to Find YouMo Ran and Shi Mei discover that Master Huaizui was Chu Wanning’s former teacher.
Huaizui reveals he has a method to potentially bring Chu Wanning back using the forbidden Rebirth technique.
The Rebirth technique defies fate and involves great risk, potentially resulting in eternal damnation.
It requires locating Chu Wanning’s three ethereal souls: earth soul, cognizance soul, and human soul.
The cognizance soul remains in the body, while the human and earth souls need to be found.
Using "soul-calling lanterns," the human soul can be illuminated if Chu Wanning retains attachments to the world.
The journey involves traveling to the underworld, and the person must wholeheartedly wish for Chu Wanning's return.
Chu Wanning was expelled from the sect for wanting to help people in the lower cultivation realm, defying the sect’s rules.
Huaizui recounts their heated argument, where Chu Wanning chose to cut ties and leave to help others despite the dangers.
Mo Ran feels intense guilt over Chu Wanning's death and is determined to shoulder the risk alone.
Shi Mei is cautious about the technique’s difficulty and the possibility of failure.
Xue Meng arrives, reacts emotionally to the possibility of reviving Chu Wanning, and expresses doubt and anger toward Mo Ran.
Despite the dangers, all three disciples—Mo Ran, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng—agree to undertake the challenge.
Huaizui provides each with a soul-calling lantern to find Chu Wanning’s human soul.
They must find and sustain Chu Wanning’s human soul in the lantern until daybreak.
One of them will travel alone to the underworld to find the earth soul and fuse it with the human soul within the lantern.
Mo Ran, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng set off on their paths to find Chu Wanning's soul, each motivated by their attachment to him.
Chapter 104: Shizun’s WontonsMo Ran carries the soul-calling lantern through Sisheng Peak, becoming invisible to the living as he searches for Chu Wanning's soul.
He checks several locations, including Red Lotus Pavilion, Frostsky Hall, and Three Lives Platform, but finds no trace of Chu Wanning. He fears that his shizun might be tired of life and unwilling to be found.
As Mo Ran navigates through the wild grass, he encounters a soul at the end of Naihe Bridge. The soul is covered in blood and appears confused and lifeless. Mo Ran realizes the soul is not Chu Wanning and continues searching.
Mo Ran is distressed, worrying that Chu Wanning's soul might also be lost and unresponsive. He quickens his pace, driven by anxiety and urgency.
He arrives at Mengpo Hall, thinking it unlikely that Chu Wanning's soul would be there. Just as he is about to leave, he hears a faint sigh from within the hall.
The soft sigh is a significant and overwhelming sound for Mo Ran, filling him with hope and fear as he prepares to investigate further.
Chapter 105: Shizun’s Human SoulMo Ran leads Chu Wanning, who is disoriented and missing two souls, into his room. Chu Wanning is confused, unable to recognize the surroundings or even understand whose hand he is holding.
Once inside the room, Chu Wanning sets down a bowl of wontons and approaches the bed. He assumes Mo Ran is asleep and expresses a hint of disappointment when there is no immediate response.
Mo Ran, unable to bear seeing Chu Wanning’s confusion and fearing he might leave, sits on the bed and calls out to him, revealing that he is awake.
Chu Wanning’s response is hesitant and uncertain, indicating his disorientation. Mo Ran realizes Chu Wanning is easily deceived in his current state and decides to play along.
Mo Ran uses a hair clasp to create the sound of Shi Mei leaving and closing the door behind him, convincing Chu Wanning that Shi Mei has departed.
Chu Wanning mentions the wound on Mo Ran’s back, reflecting on their past interactions. Mo Ran reassures him that the wound is no longer painful and attributes it to his own mistake of picking a precious herb without permission, not to any fault of Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning, touched by Mo Ran’s words, is momentarily taken aback. His reaction shows a mix of concern and sadness as he raises his hand, possibly to check on Mo Ran’s well-being or express his feelings.
Chapter 106: Shizun, Where Are You?The gatekeeper expresses a mocking attitude towards Mo Ran, noting his unfortunate situation as a cultivator who has come to the underworld. His comment reflects the gatekeeper’s disdain for cultivators and his own sour grapes.
Despite Master Huaizui’s enchantment designed to mask Mo Ran’s living essence, the gatekeeper senses something unusual about him. The gatekeeper, intrigued but not immediately able to identify the issue, scrutinizes Mo Ran more closely.
The gatekeeper, eager to assert his authority, presents a "sin-measuring ruler" and boasts about its significance. This ruler is used to measure a person’s merit and sin in life, revealing a sense of power and control.
Mo Ran, realizing that measuring his merit might lead to dire consequences, is apprehensive. He worries that his past actions will result in severe punishment or worse, but he has little choice but to comply due to the gatekeeper's scrutiny.
As soon as the ruler touches Mo Ran’s wrist, it emits a loud, disturbing screech. Blood starts dripping from the ruler, and the air is filled with anguished cries and curses from disembodied voices. These voices express deep torment and anger, highlighting the ruler’s ability to reveal the gravity of Mo Ran’s past sins.
The voices that emanate from the ruler curse Mo Ran and plead for mercy, reflecting the suffering of those affected by his actions. They shout things like "I will not rest in death," "May you never be allowed to reincarnate," and "Don’t kill me—please don’t kill me."
The harrowing sound and the sight of the ruler bleeding cause Mo Ran to recoil in shock. His face loses color as he becomes overwhelmed by the emotional and spiritual weight of his past deeds. The scene underscores his internal turmoil and the consequences of his previous actions.
Chapter 107: Shizun’s PortraitMo Ran endures a lengthy and tedious lecture from a scholar who discusses Confucian and Mencian philosophy for four hours. Despite struggling to stay awake and comprehend the material, Mo Ran must maintain a facade of interest.
Skilled at feigning attentiveness, Mo Ran uses a series of responses: an initial “Oh?” with a confused expression, followed by an “Oh...” with a look of dawning comprehension, and finally an enthusiastic “Ohhh!” to indicate new understanding.
Chu Wanning, unimpressed by Mo Ran's performance, tells him to be quiet. Conversely, the scholar, thrilled by Mo Ran’s apparent engagement, becomes increasingly excited and animated.
Mo Ran praises a painting discussed by the scholar, declaring it a priceless masterpiece. This praise elates the scholar, who shows his delight through his animated reactions.
Mo Ran decides to leave, informing the scholar that he plans to explore further and will return the next day if the scholar is available. The scholar’s joy peaks at being addressed as “professor,” highlighting his happiness at Mo Ran’s respectful and flattering demeanor.
Mo Ran and the scholar debate over the details of Chu Wanning’s portrait. The scholar requests specifics on Chu Wanning’s facial features, but Mo Ran struggles to provide accurate descriptions.
Mo Ran’s vague and unhelpful answers, such as calling a face simply “a face,” frustrate the scholar. When asked about the shape of Chu Wanning’s face, Mo Ran suggests that it should be drawn like his own since their faces are similar, further irritating the scholar.
The scholar seeks detailed descriptions of Chu Wanning’s eyes. Mo Ran describes them as both "scary but charming" and "cold but gentle," which only angers the scholar more. Despite Mo Ran’s attempts to persuade him, the scholar initially quits in frustration.
Mo Ran, in a last-ditch effort, insists that no one else can draw as well as the scholar. This plea, combined with Mo Ran’s earnestness, persuades the scholar to continue, though he demands precise answers.
The scholar begins to ask about specific types of eyes, such as "leopard eyes," "round eyes," "almond eyes," and "phoenix eyes." Mo Ran is confused by these terms but eventually describes Chu Wanning’s eyes as upturned and pretty, which the scholar identifies as “phoenix eyes.”
The scholar, still exasperated, continues with other facial features. Mo Ran provides a more accurate description for Chu Wanning’s nose as “high,” though the discussion of lips and other features is yet to be covered.
Chapter 108: Shizun’s Earth SoulMo Ran follows a ghost upstairs, uncertain of what is happening. The stairs creak with each step, and Mo Ran learns that the ghost is leading him to someone called Sir Chu, who is described as their superior sent by Lord Yanluo to manage the place.
They arrive at a half-moon-shaped doorway on the second floor, where the ghost knocks lightly. Sir Chu’s voice responds from within, expressing disinterest in seeing visitors and asking to be left alone.
The ghost clarifies that the visitor is not who Sir Chu thinks it is, prompting Sir Chu to agree to meet them.
The interior of the room is simple and elegant, with plain furnishings and a luxurious rug. The room has a sharp scent of furs, contrasting with the appearance of the figure inside.
The figure, Chu Wanning, stands before a window, pruning a flower branch. He wears a dark blue mask with bared fangs and bulging eyes, which still appears gentle on him. His long hair and white robes complement his delicate appearance.
Mo Ran, feeling dry-throated and anxious, is unsure how to approach Chu Wanning. The recent exchange with the masked ghost left him with a sense of unease, especially about Chu Wanning's condition and memory. He worries that Chu Wanning may not remember him.
Chu Wanning, after finishing with the flower branch, turns to face Mo Ran.
Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning's cognizance soul is still in his body, his human soul is in the soul-calling lantern, but there should only be his earth soul left in the underworld. This raises the question of how Chu Wanning can appear in two places simultaneously.
Chu Xun informs Mo Ran that the compass is picking up signals in both the southeast and northeast directions and suggests that Mo Ran check both areas. The compass might be affected by magic that’s preventing it from accurately locating Chu Wanning’s earth soul.
Filled with anxiety, Mo Ran thanks Chu Xun and heads east. At a fork in the road, he hesitates between southeast and northeast.
Mo Ran lifts the soul-calling lantern and senses a vague, peculiar feeling in his heart that seems to fluctuate, drawing closer and then retreating. He follows this feeling through narrow roads and dark alleys, which grows stronger the further he goes.
The feeling leads Mo Ran to an old, two-story wooden building with a peeling plaque reading "AILING SOULS SANITARIUM." The state of the plaque increases Mo Ran’s unease.
He pushes open the door and enters, discovering an underworld infirmary filled with unconscious souls on hundreds of beds. Ghosts wearing white masks are channeling spiritual energy into the patients.
Mo Ran searches for the ghost doctor overseeing the sanitarium and finds him in the…
Chapter 109: Shizun’s Second Earth SoulMo Ran, feeling numb and disoriented, descends the stairs of the Ailing Souls Sanitarium while holding Chu Wanning’s soul.
Mo Ran questions the ghost doctor about the soul upstairs, asking if it is indeed Chu Wanning’s earth soul. The ghost doctor, irritated, confirms that it is, dismissing Mo Ran's doubts.
Mo Ran presses further, inquiring if the soul could be Chu Wanning’s cognizance soul instead. The doctor, frustrated, insists he can distinguish between different souls and would not have made a mistake.
Mo Ran, growing increasingly concerned, asks if it’s possible for someone to have two earth souls. The ghost doctor, annoyed by the question, suggests that Mo Ran is not thinking clearly and threatens to check his pulse.
Fearing exposure, Mo Ran apologizes and quickly leaves the sanitarium with the lantern containing Chu Wanning’s human and earth souls.
The ghost realm is dim, with day and night marked by a murky sun or cold moon. Mo Ran walks through the emptying streets, feeling overwhelmed and helpless.
Mo Ran reflects on his past, recognizing that the feelings of helplessness and uncertainty he experienced as a child are resurfacing now, deepening his distress.
Mo Ran contemplates the possibility that Chu Xun stayed in Nanke Town because of his wife, waiting for her to be freed from her extra soul and return from the seventh level so they could reincarnate together.
Chu Xun’s emotional response and the tremor in his throat reveal the depth of his grief, suggesting the topic is deeply painful for him. He confirms that the woman’s soul had fused with the child’s cognizance soul, making them inseparable.
Mo Ran, feeling sympathy but unsure how to express it, tells Chu Xun to stop, indicating he understands the situation without needing further details.
Chu Xun explains that if Chu Wanning really has two earth souls, it is likely that one was not originally his. He provides context about how souls can split under extreme circumstances but clarifies that such cases typically involve the human soul, not the earth or cognizance souls.
Chu Xun elaborates that souls generally only shatter under extreme moral failings or deep sins, which he deems unlikely for Chu Wanning. Mo Ran reflects on his own fate, wondering if his human soul might shatter when he meets his end.
Chu Xun’s explanation offers Mo Ran clarity but also leaves him pondering the broader implications for both Chu Wanning and himself.
Chapter 110: Shizun Doesn’t Know about the Little Puppy’s PastMo Ran wanders the streets alone, observing the eerie ghosts and wet, slippery bluestone steps. He is injured, with raw and bloody fingers from a recent struggle involving a splintered doorframe.
Despite the pain in his hand, Mo Ran’s emotional pain feels more intense. He reflects on the rejection he faced from a man behind a door who would no longer speak to him. This rejection is familiar and painful for Mo Ran, who is accustomed to malevolence and scorn.
Mo Ran acknowledges that the man’s change in demeanor meant he would not get any further honest answers about Chu Wanning’s earth soul. He had been shoved out and the door slammed in his face.
The rejection Mo Ran experienced was a reminder of his past, with Xue Meng’s derogatory words about him as “lowlife scum” still resonating deeply. These harsh words didn’t affect his dignity because he had long accepted his place as someone who is often looked down upon.
Mo Ran takes one last look at the door before slowly walking away, amidst the mocking whispers of the ghosts. He feels alone and derided, reflecting on the hopelessness of his situation.
Mo Ran observes the harsh criticisms and pity directed at a young woman with insufficient skills. Some criticize her effort, suggesting she needs to practice more to succeed, while others, more sympathetic, urge her to visit an apothecary despite her lack of money.
The sympathetic bystanders are moved but hesitant. A wealthy elderly woman offers a token amount of money—a single copper coin—while shedding tears of benevolence. This small gesture is met with hollow thanks from the woman, who clutches the coin tightly.
Mo Ran reflects on the disparity between the small charity received and the promised larger sum from a wealthy madam who had left in anger. The woman, having suffered a severe injury, attempts to chase after the madam to request the promised money.
The woman is met with hostility and derision from the madam's attendants. They berate her for her injuries and insist that she’s lucky her blood didn’t stain the madam’s clothing, adding to her misfortune.
The attendants forcefully push the woman to the ground, further exacerbating her plight, and continue to belittle her for asking for the money. This scene highlights the harsh realities and indignities faced by the woman amidst her struggle.
Mo Ran recalls a memory of a wealthy merchant's child who had a distinct mole by his mouth. This boy was known for sitting by his family’s gate with a bowl of golden, crispy fried dumplings. He would only eat the filling and discard the wrappers on the ground for the dogs.
Mo Ran approaches the boy cautiously and requests the discarded dumpling wrappers. The boy is initially surprised and resistant, questioning why he should give the wrappers away.
Despite Mo Ran’s polite persistence, the boy refuses, claiming the wrappers are meant for his well-fed dogs, Wangcai and Wangfu, who are already spoiled with braised meat.
Mo Ran’s attention is drawn to the fat dogs, and he momentarily fantasizes about the possibility of eating them due to his extreme hunger. He quickly denies any such intention when the boy accuses him of wanting to eat his pets.
The boy is horrified by Mo Ran’s thought of eating the dogs, unable to understand the depth of Mo Ran’s hunger and desperation. The interaction highlights the stark contrast between Mo Ran's dire situation and the boy’s privileged life.
Mo Ran recalls how everything in the world—beauties, fine wines, delicacies, and treasures—was offered to him in abundance.
A wealthy ore merchant from Lin’an arrives with a rare, ten-thousand-year-old black fire jade. The merchant hopes to gain favor from Emperor Taxian-jun (Mo Ran).
Normally, Mo Ran ignores such gifts, but with Chu Wanning ill and the black fire jade being beneficial for warming, Mo Ran decides to meet the merchant.
The merchant is stocky with a mole and a hair on his lip. He appears nervous and intimidated in Mo Ran’s presence.
Mo Ran, sitting on the throne, observes the trembling merchant with a smile. He recognizes him as the same boy who once sat by his family's gate eating dumplings.
Mo Ran remembers the boy with the mole, who had once asked for discarded dumpling wrappers. Despite his current high status, Mo Ran recalls the boy's humble and greedy behavior.
Mo Ran, still smiling, mentions that he remembers the fried dumplings from the boy’s place, hinting at the contrast between their past and present circumstances.
Mo Ran, still sighing, watches as the little cultivator hurriedly grabs the lantern and rushes off into the night with determined urgency.
The old man observes the scene in silence and then mutters enviously, reflecting on how nice it must be to be young and able to run so fast.
Chapter 111: Shizun Is Like a Blade, You Are Like WaterMo Ran arrives at the Fourth Ghost King’s second palace and decides against entering through the front. Instead, he scales the roof and hides the soul-calling lantern in his qiankun pouch to avoid detection. He moves swiftly across the roof tiles, avoiding guards.
From his elevated position, Mo Ran surveys the sprawling second palace, which resembles a small town with its many courtyards and corridors. He feels a surge of anxiety, realizing the difficulty of locating Chu Wanning among the numerous rooms.
As Mo Ran contemplates his next move, he notices a line of soldiers in golden armor and boots carrying red lanterns. They march from the east gate to a nondescript side room, which is partially obscured by a large pagoda tree.
Mo Ran witnesses chaos unfolding in the side room. Shouts and the sounds of furniture being overturned are followed by a terrified scream. A disheveled woman is forcibly dragged out and thrown into the courtyard, her clothing falling off as she is handled roughly.
Amidst the commotion, the woman's desperate attempt to flee is met with a harsh reaction. A whip cracks down on her, indicating severe punishment and adding to the distressing scene Mo Ran observes from his hiding spot.
After the soldiers leave, Rong Jiu, who remains in the side room, begins to prepare himself. He is the most composed among the group, taking time to dress and groom himself. Despite his pallid appearance in death, he carefully applies rouge from hell’s deep red flowers to enhance his features.
Rong Jiu, who had led a tough life, views his situation with a sense of pragmatic acceptance. He reflects on the differences between the wealthy and himself, feeling that he cannot afford to concern himself with ideals like integrity and honor. He has only his soul left now.
As Rong Jiu is engaged in his personal grooming, he hears a rustling noise, which he initially attributes to the soldier who had shown interest in him. He turns around with a flirtatious demeanor, only to be startled when he sees Mo Ran standing nearby.
Rong Jiu’s initial reaction is one of shock and fear. His previously charming and composed expression shifts to one of alarm and disbelief as he recognizes Mo Ran. His emotional response reveals his surprise and anxiety at encountering Mo Ran in such a situation.
Chapter 112: Shizun Is Not to Be SulliedRong Jiu reflects on Mo Ran’s past actions from his previous life, noting that despite Mo Ran’s resentment and wrongful actions against him, the present Rong Jiu had not yet been involved in any schemes against Mo Ran.
Rong Jiu points out that Mo Ran had taken his possessions, including money, and asks how Mo Ran intends to make amends. He questions the value of material compensation in the afterlife and demands a response from Mo Ran about how he can compensate for his lost life.
Mo Ran is caught off guard by Rong Jiu’s mention of his lost life and struggles to respond. Rong Jiu reveals that Chang-gongzi, who had previously shown interest in him, betrayed him after he had become useless to him. Rong Jiu expresses his anger and frustration, recounting how Chang-gongzi fed him false promises and how he had been deceived into believing that Chang-gongzi’s family was the cause of their separation.
Rong Jiu vents his rage at Mo Ran, expressing disbelief and anger over the betrayal and how he was left to face the consequences of Chang-gongzi’s deceit. He laments that despite his efforts to buy his freedom, he was ultimately discarded.
Rong Jiu, after a period of silence, reveals that he was complicit with Chang-gongzi in a plot to kill Mo Ran and steal his cultivation. He expresses resentment, believing that Chang-gongzi must have betrayed him, leading to his own tragic end.
Mo Ran confirms that he is aware of the plot. Rong Jiu’s hatred intensifies as he reflects on how, if he had followed through with killing Mo Ran, he might have had a better life and avoided his miserable death.
Mo Ran questions Rong Jiu about his tendency to follow others' orders, to which Rong Jiu responds defensively, explaining that he only wanted to live well. He defends his actions, equating the selling of his body to any other form of labor, and argues that reputation and dignity are irrelevant compared to the desire for a comfortable life.
Rong Jiu's bitterness is palpable as he rationalizes his past decisions, equating killing for survival to eating animals. Mo Ran is introspective, reflecting on his own past actions and finding himself unable to counter Rong Jiu’s argument.
Rong Jiu expresses his lack of understanding of what gives life meaning, citing his early experiences in a brothel and his pursuit of money as a means to buy his freedom. He laments that despite his efforts, he never achieved the freedom he sought, blaming Mo Ran and others for his suffering.
The conversation reveals deep themes of regret, the search for meaning, and the consequences of one’s choices, both for Rong Jiu and Mo Ran.
Chapter 113: Shizun, ImprisonedThe chapter opens with Mo Ran arriving at the largest courtyard on the east side of the estate, which matches Rong Jiu's description. The courtyard is grand but unkempt, with three floors of cells and an old tree adorned with dead crows. Each crow holds a spinning eyeball that watches the surroundings vigilantly.
Mo Ran hides behind a corner and observes the patrol routes of the ghost soldiers, who guard the tributes meant for the Fourth Ghost King. The eerie sounds of weeping and sighing from the cells create a haunting atmosphere, adding to the sense of foreboding.
The courtyard contains over three hundred rooms. The patrols pass every ten minutes, and each floor has a guard at the stairs equipped with a soul-shattering whip and an emergency signal whistle. Mo Ran realizes it will be difficult to find Chu Wanning quickly due to the tight security.
Mo Ran notices a lone ghost soldier approaching, dressed in the same uniform as the guards and carrying a red-on-black token. He listens as the soldier exchanges greetings with the guard on duty. They discuss the change of shifts, with the new soldier arriving to relieve the current guard.
Seizing the opportunity, Mo Ran decides to act during the shift change. The new soldier goes up the stairs to begin his shift, and the guard on the first floor remains bored and distracted.
Mo Ran takes advantage of the distraction caused by the shift change to move past the guard and enter the courtyard. He stealthily navigates through the maze of cells, searching for any sign of Chu Wanning while avoiding detection from the patrolling ghost soldiers and the vigilant crows.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran's tense and careful search for Chu Wanning in the heavily guarded and ominously quiet courtyard, as he faces the challenge of locating him amid the oppressive atmosphere of the estate.
Chapter 114: Shizun, Say You WillChu Wanning hears a steady heartbeat, signaling life or a significant presence, and blinks in surprise, experiencing a range of emotions from joy to embarrassment.
He masks his emotions with his usual composure, quickly covering up his feelings and awkwardness. He questions Mo Ran’s presence, unintentionally revealing his nervousness.
Mo Ran avoids directly stating that he came to save Chu Wanning, understanding that doing so would make Chu Wanning uncomfortable. He gently asks Chu Wanning to guess his purpose.
Chu Wanning, flustered, accuses Mo Ran of coming to “look for trouble.” Mo Ran playfully responds, suggesting that Chu Wanning should have informed him if he was now named “Trouble.”
Mo Ran recognizes that Chu Wanning uses anger as a facade to hide his true emotions. Mo Ran reflects on how both of them have been dummies—Chu Wanning for hiding his feelings and Mo Ran for not understanding this sooner.
The atmosphere becomes lighter as Mo Ran successfully finds all four of Chu Wanning’s souls. With Chu Wanning’s rebirth now imminent, Mo Ran is in high spirits.
Mo Ran grabs Chu Wanning’s hand again, expressing his renewed connection and support as they move forward.
The sound of rapid footsteps and shouting approaches, signaling the arrival of a vast army of ghost soldiers, closing in on their location.
Rong Jiu has alerted the soldiers to their presence, creating chaos with cries of “Seize the thief!” and “Who does he think he is?”
The situation becomes tumultuous, with shadows of ghosts and torches threatening to overwhelm them, threatening eternal damnation in the Infinite Hells.
Mo Ran, despite the chaos, remains calm and at peace while holding Chu Wanning’s hand. He feels a deep respect and affection for Chu Wanning, who is not just a lover but someone cherished and esteemed.
Chu Wanning, noticing the approaching danger, urgently demands that Mo Ran get up and move. His anger masks his concern, and he pulls Mo Ran up, insisting they leave immediately.
Mo Ran is surprised by Chu Wanning’s readiness to leave and responds with a tearful smile, feeling a sense of relief and joy as he clasps Chu Wanning’s hand and presses his forehead to Chu Wanning’s.
Mo Ran whispers “Three” to Chu Wanning, though the significance of the number is not immediately clear.
As the sea of ghosts draws nearer, Mo Ran instructs Chu Wanning to put up a barrier to hold them off while he prepares to use the soul-calling lantern.
Chu Wanning, flustered and unable to perform the task, responds with a look of concern, leaving Mo Ran bewildered by the unexpected complication.
Chapter 115: Shizun Is Already MarriedMo Ran, concerned about the repercussions of having killed many ghost soldiers, expresses his worry about the underworld’s response.
Chu Wanning reassures Mo Ran that the ghost soldiers’ souls are merely shattered, not destroyed beyond repair. They will be able to piece themselves back together in a couple of days.
Mo Ran notices glowing specks of souls floating around the remains of the ghost soldiers but is quickly pulled away by Chu Wanning, who insists they must run.
As they flee across the rooftops, Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning why he shouldn’t use more spiritual energy to defeat the soldiers if they won’t be permanently harmed.
Chu Wanning sarcastically suggests Mo Ran try using more spiritual energy. Mo Ran’s attempt results in only a tiny wisp of smoke from his whip, revealing its exhausted state.
Chu Wanning explains that excessive use of spiritual energy depletes the weapon’s power and delays its recovery. He advises Mo Ran to use it sparingly.
Mo Ran recalls a past memory of Chu Wanning teaching him to use willow vine during an illusion at Peach Blossom Springs when Chu Wanning was much smaller in stature.
Chu Wanning is taken aback and flustered by Mo Ran’s remark about their past, responding with irritation and embarrassment.
The chapter closes with Mo Ran continuing to tease Chu Wanning, who is visibly red-faced and annoyed by the comparison.
Mo Ran realizes that the red robes on Chu Wanning were not a sign of restraint, contrary to Rong Jiu's claim that everyone in the main palace was tied up. Mo Ran’s anger and frustration are evident.
The Fourth Ghost King expresses his preference for beauties who are icy and standoffish, contrasting with the more compliant and tedious types. This revelation surprises Mo Ran and Chu Wanning.
The Fourth Ghost King is intrigued by Mo Ran’s and Chu Wanning’s reactions and remarks that this is the first time someone has broken into his palace like this. He is curious about Mo Ran’s relationship with Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran identifies Chu Wanning as his “shizun,” but the Ghost King dismisses this, seemingly uninterested. The King comments that he is more interested in Chu Wanning’s body than his affection.
Mo Ran questions the point of keeping Chu Wanning if he does not like the Ghost King. The King explains that his interest is in Chu Wanning's physical form, not his feelings.
The Ghost King then sneers that if Chu Wanning was already married, it would change the situation. He shows disdain for secondhand goods, implying he has no interest in those already committed to someone else.
Mo Ran is initially stunned but then smiles, sensing an opportunity. He inquires whether Chu Wanning’s being married would affect the situation with the ceremonial robes.
The Ghost King confirms that if Chu Wanning was indeed married, the ceremonial robes would be ineffective. He states that he has no interest in interfering with other people’s marriages.
The Fourth Ghost King, pleased with the earlier events, stands and claps slowly from his sedan near the palace gate, commenting on the excitement he has not experienced in hundreds of years.
Mo Ran, realizing the inappropriateness of holding Chu Wanning, quickly withdraws his hands. Chu Wanning also recovers from the moment, turning away and straightening his robes in silence.
Mo Ran attempts to ease the awkwardness by reminding the Fourth Ghost King of his promise, affirming that he did not lie.
The Fourth Ghost King confirms Mo Ran’s honesty and expresses his appreciation for the entertainment. He decides to release Mo Ran and Chu Wanning as thanks, noting that he has no shortage of beauties and won’t miss an already-married soul.
Mo Ran is relieved and impressed by the Fourth Ghost King’s magnanimity compared to the Ninth Ghost King, reflecting positively on the King’s lordly demeanor.
As Mo Ran and Chu Wanning prepare to leave, the clouds clear, and moonlight casts a shadow at Mo Ran’s feet.
The Fourth Ghost King, initially oblivious, notices something amiss and stops his beauty from feeding him a grape. He turns his attention back to Mo Ran, and his gaze travels upward, finally focusing on Mo Ran’s face with a sudden realization.
Chapter 116: Shizun Meets Rong JiuChu Wanning, noticing light gathering in the Fourth Ghost King’s hand, urgently shoves Mo Ran and commands him to run.
Mo Ran grabs Chu Wanning’s arm, and they both flee toward the palace gates. Mo Ran curses Master Huaizui’s spell, complaining that its shadowy effects make them easily detectable.
Despite Mo Ran’s criticism of his own master, Chu Wanning remains silent and only glances at Mo Ran, holding back what he wants to say.
The Fourth Ghost King declares that he will not let them escape easily.
As Chu Wanning and Mo Ran approach the closing palace gates, they attempt to leap over them. The Fourth Ghost King summons lightning to strike the gates, causing the palace walls to extend skyward and closing them off completely.
Mo Ran, cursing, decides to change direction and leads Chu Wanning away to avoid capture, focusing on finding safety.
The Fourth Ghost King’s physical condition proves to be a disadvantage. Although a powerful spellcaster, his long years of indulgence have left him physically weak, unable to run more than a few steps without becoming breathless. His habitual laziness and preference for comfort have impaired his physical abilities.
After their escape, Chu Wanning walks away in silence, leaving Mo Ran confused and worried about what might have upset him. Mo Ran follows, unsure whether to speak or remain quiet.
Mo Ran cautiously asks Chu Wanning if he has ever experienced any karmic events, referencing the extra soul Mo Ran found in the underworld. He shares that Chu Xun mentioned the extra soul might not originally belong to Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning is initially puzzled but admits he does not remember any karmic bonds from the past. He confirms that he has four souls and, although uncertain about the origin, decides to set the matter aside since it does not seem to be causing immediate issues.
The two continue down hidden paths, inspecting the spiritual strength of the spell sealing off the second palace. Chu Wanning examines the barrier at a watchtower, but without his full spiritual power, he struggles to discern the flow of energy and is ultimately unsuccessful.
Chu Wanning admits that his diminished soul and powers make it difficult to break through the barrier. He expresses his frustration and uncertainty about how to proceed.
Chapter 117: Shizun Tells Me to Get the Hell OutRong Jiu hints that Chu Wanning will be upset and jealous upon hearing about Mo Ran’s past indiscretions. Mo Ran, unaware of Chu Wanning’s true feelings, assumes Rong Jiu is threatening to reveal Mo Ran’s past misdeeds, which would deeply embarrass Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran reacts angrily, demanding Rong Jiu leave Chu Wanning alone.
Rong Jiu responds with feigned sweetness, offering to behave if Mo Ran agrees to take him along and not mistreat him. He continues to act coy and charming, showing no sign of fear.
Mo Ran, frustrated, threatens Rong Jiu with severe consequences if he causes any trouble. Despite his anger, Mo Ran is unable to fully confront Rong Jiu’s manipulative behavior.
Rong Jiu, unaffected by Mo Ran’s threat, continues to act with affected charm, causing Mo Ran to reflect on his past feelings for Rong Jiu and others like Song Qiutong. Mo Ran is left in a state of confusion and regret over his past choices.
Mo Ran reflects on his past behavior, recognizing that he had engaged in numerous indiscretions and casual encounters, particularly in brothels. This realization weighs heavily on him, especially considering that Chu Wanning would be deeply disturbed by such behavior.
Mo Ran remembers Chu Wanning’s clear disgust and contempt from their past interactions, especially when Mo Ran was punished on the Platform of Sin and Virtue. He is deeply concerned that Chu Wanning's reaction to seeing Rong Jiu might lead him to leave in anger, potentially jeopardizing Mo Ran's efforts to recover the earth soul.
Despite not fearing physical punishment from Chu Wanning, Mo Ran is terrified of losing Chu Wanning’s trust and the earth soul. He resolves to confront the situation honestly and apologize directly to Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran positions himself strategically between Chu Wanning and the door, intending to prevent Chu Wanning from walking away if he reacts negatively. He plans to block Chu Wanning’s escape routes and endure any anger directed at him.
As Mo Ran begins to speak, he notices the faint light catching on Chu Wanning’s scarlet silk and golden embroidery, his heart trembling with anxiety. He prepares to make his confession, hoping to address the situation before it escalates further.
Chapter 118: Shizun Sometimes Falls for Tricks TooMo Ran is shocked to discover that he still has a shadow, implying that he is not dead. This realization sends a rush of thoughts and emotions through him.
Rong Jiu, recognizing the significance of Mo Ran being alive and sneaking into the underworld, sees an opportunity for personal gain. He reflects on his life’s hardships and considers how exposing Mo Ran could elevate his status in the underworld, possibly securing an official position and improving his circumstances.
Rong Jiu imagines the rewards he could reap from this opportunity, envisioning himself as a high-ranking official in the underworld, far removed from his past disgrace and suffering.
Despite his excitement, Rong Jiu acknowledges his own weakness and delicate condition, realizing that he cannot yet act on this opportunity or escape from his current situation.
Mo Ran, in disbelief, confronts Chu Wanning's anger and distress. He is horrified and confused by Chu Wanning’s response, which includes anger, revulsion, and what seems like sadness.
Chu Wanning accuses Mo Ran of being vile and beyond remedy, echoing similar words from a past life, causing Mo Ran to panic and struggle to understand why Chu Wanning is reacting this way.
Mo Ran, overwhelmed by Chu Wanning’s accusation and not knowing what lie he is being accused of, is unable to suspect Rong Jiu’s involvement in spreading falsehoods.
Chu Wanning, growing increasingly furious, presses Mo Ran for the truth and questions why Mo Ran wants him back only to continue lying. Mo Ran, feeling cornered, is forced to confront the painful reality of Chu Wanning’s disillusionment with him.
Rong Jiu, thrilled by his perceived success, eagerly pursues Mo Ran and Chu Wanning. Despite his frail condition, he runs after them, feeling accomplished for discovering Mo Ran's living status.
Rong Jiu orders the capture of Mo Ran and Chu Wanning, but is intercepted by the captain of the guard. The captain questions Rong Jiu's intentions and reveals that the Fourth Ghost King himself had already discovered Mo Ran's true nature.
Rong Jiu is shocked to learn that his claim to fame is unsubstantiated, and the Fourth Ghost King had already been aware of Mo Ran's presence. The realization that his attempt to claim credit was in vain leaves him disheartened and anxious.
As the ghost soldiers march past him in pursuit, Rong Jiu's dreams of wealth and recognition crumble, leaving him to confront his failure and the harsh reality of his situation.
Chapter 119: Shizun’s Four Souls AssembledChu Wanning, realizing Rong Jiu’s role in provoking him and then escaping to inform on them, is frustrated by how easily he was manipulated. His focus shifts entirely to Mo Ran, questioning him about his past actions.
Mo Ran is enraged by the accusation and insists he has not returned to the Immortal Peach Pavilion or engaged in similar activities. He offers to prove his sincerity by binding himself with Jiangui if necessary.
Chu Wanning contemplates his actions, particularly the use of Jiangui, and recognizes the holy weapon's significant power. He realizes that Jiangui, a divine artifact, can provide him with spiritual energy.
Understanding that holy weapons do not differentiate between living beings and spirits in terms of power flow, Chu Wanning gains insight into how he can harness this energy. This realization opens new possibilities for him in their current situation.
Mo Ran conveys his situation to Huaizui, who confirms that Chu Xun of Tailwind Hall has mentioned that having two earth souls is normal. Huaizui notes that calling back two earth souls from the ghost realm simultaneously is unfamiliar and might take some time. Mo Ran is advised to wait.
Mo Ran, concerned about the proximity to the Fourth Ghost King’s second palace and the possibility of being recaptured, asks Huaizui how long the process will take. Huaizui reassures him that it won’t be too long and fades away, replaced by chanting sounds.
Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran's distraction and inquires about what’s happening. Mo Ran explains that they need to wait due to some unusual aspects of Chu Wanning’s souls and suggests moving farther from the second palace for safety.
As they walk, the morning sky begins to lighten. They encounter the old man who had previously directed Mo Ran. The old man is surprised to see them and notices Mo Ran’s injuries. Mo Ran attributes the injuries to a whipping from the ghost soldiers.
The old man, feeling sympathy, offers them two bowls of wontons from his leftover stock. Mo Ran expresses gratitude, acknowledging the man’s kindness.
Mo Ran watches Chu Wanning’s reaction to his earlier remarks. Chu Wanning remains silent, unhappy, and eventually decides to stand up and insist that Mo Ran attempt to cast the spell again, expressing a desire to enter the soul-calling lantern.
Mo Ran, surprised by Chu Wanning’s request, jokingly asks if the soul-calling lantern is like a conch shell where one can hide when embarrassed. Chu Wanning responds sternly, indicating he is not embarrassed.
Mo Ran then seriously acknowledges Chu Wanning's kindness and expresses regret for his past actions and feelings. He tells Chu Wanning that he is one of the most important people to him and that he is filled with infinite regret for his past behavior.
Chu Wanning listens and observes Mo Ran’s heartfelt confession. Although initially uneasy, Chu Wanning finds himself smiling faintly at Mo Ran’s sincere, though clumsy, attempt to express his feelings.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 4
Chapter 120: Shizun Goes into SeclusionThe chapter opens with disciples gathering outside the Red Lotus Pavilion in white mourning robes, their heads bowed in reverence and sorrow.
The morning bell rings from the Heaven-Piercing Tower as a procession approaches, carrying a coffin. Xue Zhengyong, Tanlang Elder, Mo Ran, Xue Meng, Shi Mei, and a monk dressed in worn robes are part of the procession.
The monk, Master Huaizui of Wubei Temple, holds a glowing lantern. The disciples show great reverence for the legendary figure, lowering their heads and avoiding direct gaze as he passes by.
The coffin is carried to the Red Lotus Pavilion, where Huaizui chooses the lotus pond area as the location for the revival spell due to its abundance of spiritual energy.
Xue Zhengyong places the coffin beside the lotus pond and offers to assist in any way necessary. Huaizui expresses gratitude but indicates that he requires no further assistance.
Mo Ran reflects on his past as Emperor Taxian-jun and expresses indifference toward the applause and rankings at the Spiritual Mountain Competition. He mentions his preference for a more relaxed lifestyle compared to Xue Meng's young master status.
Madam Wang gently rebukes Mo Ran for his self-deprecating remarks, reminding him that he's as worthy as Xue Meng. She offers him a qiankun pouch filled with medicine she prepared herself for his journey. Mo Ran gratefully accepts it.
Shi Mei presents Mo Ran with a jade pendant, a high-quality item that warms the spiritual core. Mo Ran initially refuses it, fearing that the warmth might disrupt his fire-elemental spiritual core, but Shi Mei insists.
Chapter 121: Shizun Is the Real ZongshiOn the eighth day after Mo Ran’s departure, Xue Zhengyong receives the first letter from Mo Ran. The letter, written in a messy scrawl, details Mo Ran’s activities at Blossom Crossing, where he dealt with an evil spirit and received payment in silver notes.
By the hundred and twentieth day, Xue Zhengyong receives the twenty-second letter. In it, Mo Ran mentions coming across a high-quality spiritual stone that could enhance Xue Meng’s Longcheng blade, although it won’t become a holy weapon.
On the hundred and thirtieth day, Mo Ran sends the twenty-fourth letter from Snow Valley, where he has been cultivating. He describes his success in obtaining rare frost lotuses despite initially struggling with a guarding ape monster.
The letters often include small gifts like playthings, medicinal herbs, or spiritual stones.
Mo Ran also writes privately to Shi Mei, sharing details about his travels and offering advice. The handwriting in these letters improves over time, reflecting Mo Ran’s growing maturity.
Mo Ran follows Nangong Si up the stairs and into a private booth.
Upon entering the room, Mo Ran is surprised to see Song Qiutong inside.
Song Qiutong is dressed in light silks, standing by the window and admiring the peach blossoms.
Her golden ornaments catch the light, making her appear even more beautiful.
Mo Ran, startled by her presence, instinctively starts to pull back.
He wonders if he should inform Nangong Si that he doesn't like Shandong cuisine, especially braised pork intestine.
Chapter 122: Shizun’s ReflectionMo Ran is introduced to Song Qiutong by Nangong Si in a private booth.
Despite his personal history and feelings toward Song Qiutong, Mo Ran maintains composure and greets her politely.
Nangong Si mentions that Mo Ran and Song Qiutong might have seen each other before at Butterfly Town but that Song Qiutong likely doesn't remember him.
Song Qiutong responds with a polite bow and a sweet smile, addressing Mo Ran respectfully.
Mo Ran, however, feels a deep-seated revulsion towards Song Qiutong, which has been present since his past life.
He struggles to mask his distaste, as Song Qiutong, despite her delicate and likable exterior, is associated with betrayal and deceit from his previous life.
Mo Ran reflects on the fact that while Song Qiutong did betray Rufeng Sect in his past life, her actions, while abhorrent, are not as severe compared to his own past misdeeds.
Mo Ran notices that Ye Wangxi, who is usually composed, appears to have been crying, suggesting emotional turmoil.
Feeling a surge of empathy, Mo Ran urges Nangong Si to have an honest conversation with Ye Wangxi and not to withhold his feelings.
Nangong Si reacts coldly, dismissing Mo Ran's advice and telling him to mind his own business.
Mo Ran leaves the scene, but soon hears loud, angry shouting from Nangong Si as he confronts Ye Wangxi in a furious outburst.
Nangong Si’s rage is directed at Ye Wangxi, accusing him of using sorcery to win favor from his father and expressing deep resentment and frustration about his own lack of agency and choice in life.
The confrontation escalates into a physical altercation, with furniture and dishes being smashed, drawing attention from the maids and other guests.
Amidst the chaos, Ye Wangxi’s voice is heard pleading with Nangong Si, expressing his willingness to leave if it would resolve the conflict and showing a side of vulnerability that surprises Mo Ran.
Chapter 123: Shizun Visits My Dreams, for He Knows I Think of Him OftenInside Pearl Teahouse, a group of cultivators discuss the recent Spiritual Mountain Competition, focusing on the surprising victory of Sisheng Peak. They marvel at how a sect from the lower cultivation realm, Sisheng Peak, outperformed expectations, causing a stir among higher realm cultivators.
The cultivators debate the winner of the competition, correcting a mix-up about his name. They confirm that Xue Ziming, with his impressive skills and without a holy weapon, managed to outshine other competitors who were better equipped.
The conversation highlights Xue Ziming’s affiliation with Yuheng of the Night Sky, underscoring that his skills are a reflection of his prestigious master.
There is mention of Nangong Si’s close competition with Xue Ziming in the doubles match. The conversation suggests that if not for a teammate's shortcomings, Nangong Si’s team could have won.
A cloaked man sitting by the fireplace listens intently to the conversation. His focused attention and intense demeanor suggest he has a keen interest in the outcomes of the competition and its participants.
Mo Weiyu, who has always had a strong constitution, falls gravely ill. As he lies in bed, he dreams of his past life—of tormenting Chu Wanning, of Chu Wanning struggling, and of his death.
Awakening to the howling wind and rain, Mo Weiyu struggles to light a candle but fails. Frustrated, he throws the flint aside and tears at his own hair, expressing his anguish with a howl of grief.
He is haunted by his conscience, finding it difficult to distinguish between dreams and reality. He feels a deep internal conflict between his past self and present self, with both sides attacking each other.
The present self condemns the past for its heinous actions, while the past self accuses the present of pretending to be innocent. This inner turmoil causes him to feel as if his soul is being torn apart.
Mo Weiyu is plagued by the haunting memories of his past sins, which appear to him in dreams, drunkenness, and dimming candlelight. He is tormented by the thought of returning to his past life and is reminded of the death of Chu Wanning, who was the only person willing to die for him.
The past self mocks Mo Weiyu, suggesting that this nightmare is a temporary dream that will end when he wakes up at Wushan Palace, reminding him of the irreparable damage he has done and the lack of care from others.
Chapter 124: Shizun AwakensThe barrier around Red Lotus Pavilion continuously glows and shimmers, isolating those within and keeping outsiders away.
Five years pass swiftly, with significant changes in the world and in the lives of the characters.
During the first year of Chu Wanning’s seclusion: 1) Mo Ran descends the mountain while Xue Meng and Shi Mei remain at Sisheng Peak to focus on their cultivation. 2) Mo Ran's handwriting improves, Xue Meng reaches the ninth level of Nirvana Blade, and Shi Mei leaves to study with the Guyueye medicine sect. 3) Mo Ran visits the Chang family in Yizhou, seeking information about Chang-gongzi who has passed away. He learns Chang-gongzi was involved with the fake Gouchen, but finds his inquiries thwarted as the body has been destroyed.
In the second year: 1) The Spiritual Mountain Competition occurs with Xue Meng securing first place, Mei Hanxue second, and Nangong Si third. 2) Shi Mei helps the sick and injured across the lower cultivation realm. 3) Mo Ran travels the land, combating evil fiends and performing good deeds before retreating into the mountains for cultivation and vanishing from public view.
In the third year, a ghost year filled with yin energy: 1) The barrier from the Butterfly Town battle weakens, leading to an influx of ghosts and fiends into the living world. 2) Disciples of Sisheng Peak, under Xue Meng’s leadership, work to suppress the ghostly threats.
Xue Meng eagerly searches through a booklet to find his rank in the Spiritual Mountain Competition but is unable to find his name even after multiple scans.
Frustrated and angry, he continues flipping through the booklet but only finds a note stating that rankings go up to one hundred, with names beyond that not listed.
In a fit of rage, Xue Meng throws the booklet to the ground, exclaiming about his frustration with the rankings.
The vendor, startled, quickly tries to calm Xue Meng by explaining that the rankings in the booklet are unofficial and vary by region. The rankings are more for casual amusement rather than serious consideration.
Xue Meng, still curious, takes the booklet back and continues to flip through it, discovering a peculiar ranking titled "Young Master Ego Ranking."
Chapter 125: Shizun Doesn’t Need to Find a Cultivation PartnerXue Meng discovers his rank in a booklet, finding himself in second place on the "Young Master Ego Ranking" behind Nangong Si. He is initially enraged by this ranking and struggles to control his temper.
He demands that the vendor wrap the booklet separately so he can examine it later, taking it with him along with other books and scrolls.
As he returns to the Red Lotus Pavilion, Xue Meng's anger is tempered by his excitement about other matters. Despite his irritation with the rankings, he remains eager.
Arriving at the pavilion, Xue Meng is allowed entry by the senior disciples guarding the area. He quietly enters the main hall with his arms full of books.
He is cautious and mindful of his steps, hoping to avoid disturbing Chu Wanning. The scene is quiet, and Xue Meng listens to his own heartbeat as he approaches the bed, where Chu Wanning lies.
Chu Wanning, reading by candlelight, decides to send a message to Mo Ran via a haitang, advising him not to rush back. He emphasizes that Mo Ran should prioritize helping the villages and take his time, as the winter weather in Baitou Mountain is harsh.
After sending the haitang, Chu Wanning continues reading a copy of the cultivation world annals. Despite not being a fast reader, he manages to get through several major events from the last five years.
The records initially seem unremarkable, but Chu Wanning becomes increasingly interested as Mo Ran’s name starts appearing frequently. He reads more intently as the accounts detail Mo Ran's actions and the chaos caused by the second Heavenly Rift at Butterfly Town.
The annals describe the plight of common people who were unable to enter the upper cultivation realm and were forced to survive amid rampant fiends and severe shortages. The records highlight the desperate measures taken by the people, including cannibalism, due to starvation and the harsh conditions.
Chu Wanning closes the book with a furrowed brow, reflecting on the grim circumstances and the impact of the events on the lower cultivation realm.
Chapter 126: Shizun, Wait One More Chapter for Me!The end of the Yuheng Elder’s seclusion is celebrated by the entire sect. Xue Zhengyong, aware of Chu Wanning's dislike for grand events and speeches, prepares a speech for him.
Despite his initial anxiety about the banquet, Chu Wanning finds himself at ease. Xue Zhengyong, though a large man, is perceptive and delivers a heartfelt speech that resonates with the attendees.
Lucun Elder, however, disrupts the mood by insisting that Chu Wanning must also speak, arguing that the new disciples should hear from him. Xue Zhengyong attempts to deflect, but Lucun insists on Chu Wanning saying a few words.
Chu Wanning agrees to speak and addresses the gathered crowd, but his speech is unexpectedly brief and focused on practical advice. He warns new disciples about the dangers of the Red Lotus Pavilion, advising them to avoid it without cause due to its defensive mechanisms.
The crowd reacts with silence, puzzled by Chu Wanning’s terse and unemotional address. The new disciples are left feeling that the moment of Chu Wanning’s return from seclusion, and the expected emotional depth of his speech, was anticlimactic.
Chu Wanning returns to his seat, leaving the assembly in a state of confusion and disappointment, as they had anticipated a more substantial or heartfelt message from him.
Chu Wanning firmly declines accepting gifts from Xue Meng, asserting that as his disciple, it wouldn’t be appropriate to accept such presents.
Xue Meng, in a panic, insists that the gifts are things he chose himself over the past five years and paid for with his own money, not his father's. He becomes increasingly distressed at the thought of Chu Wanning refusing them.
Xue Zhengyong interjects humorously, suggesting that Xue Meng might become upset, unable to sleep, or even go on a hunger strike if Chu Wanning doesn’t accept the gifts.
Chu Wanning, unsure how to handle the situation with the father-son duo, notices a smaller wooden box among the gifts. He opens it to find four clay figurines.
Xue Meng, visibly embarrassed, avoids eye contact as Chu Wanning examines the crude, crooked clay figurines. The figures, all similar except for one being slightly taller, are Xue Meng’s own handiwork.
Xue Zhengyong, curious, inspects the dolls but is unsure of their significance. He and Chu Wanning are both puzzled by the purpose of these handmade figurines.
The scene highlights Xue Meng's earnest but awkward attempt to show his appreciation and skill, and Chu Wanning’s bemused reaction to the unpolished, heartfelt gifts.
Chapter 127: Shizun, Careful, the Ground’s SlipperyXue Zhengyong, slightly inebriated, comments on Chu Wanning’s mood, saying he seems upset, but Chu Wanning denies it.
Chu Wanning struggles with his emotions, contemplating whether to inquire about Mo Ran’s absence and feeling unsettled that Mo Ran is not present at the banquet.
As the banquet nears its end, Chu Wanning feels that the celebration is incomplete without Mo Ran, despite the impressive feast and festivities.
A commotion arises outside Mengpo Hall, drawing the attention of the disciples to the sky.
Disciples rush outside to witness a stunning display of fireworks, lighting up the night sky with vibrant colors and patterns.
The younger disciples express their excitement and amazement at the grand fireworks display.
Chu Wanning steps outside to view the fireworks, experiencing a moment of shared joy and wonder, contrasting with his earlier feelings of disappointment.
Chapter 128: Shizun, You Can’t Just Wear Whatever Clothes You Feel LikeChu Wanning experiences intense embarrassment and anger when he notices a man staring at him while he is trying to bathe privately behind a waterfall.
Despite Chu Wanning's attempts to hide and retreat deeper into the waterfall, the man remains stubbornly fixed on him, making the situation more distressing.
Chu Wanning is reminded of past experiences with unwelcome peepers at Sisheng Peak, which increases his frustration and discomfort.
Eventually, the man moves away to continue washing himself but continues to glance back at Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning, upset and no longer in the mood to bathe, realizes that his towel and other bathing essentials have fallen into the water and dissolved.
Facing the dilemma of needing to retrieve a new towel while being unable to leave the waterfall without exposing himself, Chu Wanning remains trapped and mortified.
He stands with his back pressed against the rock, arms crossed to cover himself, feeling both frustrated and embarrassed about the situation.
Chapter 129: Shizun, Do You Like What You See?Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by confusion and embarrassment, struggling with the decision of whether to keep on or remove the clothes he has mistakenly put on.
He is distressed by the prospect of having to undress in front of Mo Ran, who has unwittingly put him in an awkward position.
Mo Ran, feeling guilty and flustered, tries to reassure Chu Wanning by suggesting that the clothes he washed are clean and offering them to him, though he realizes this inadvertently forces Chu Wanning into a situation where he would have to strip.
Both Chu Wanning and Mo Ran awkwardly dress in each other's clothes. Mo Ran’s attempts to wear Chu Wanning's robes result in an ill-fitting, comical appearance, with the robes too small and exposing much of his chest and legs.
Conversely, Chu Wanning's attire, which belongs to Mo Ran, is oversized and drapes excessively, trailing on the ground and making him appear swallowed by the garment.
The chapter closes with both characters awkwardly trying to adjust to their mismatched clothing, adding to the tension and discomfort of the situation.
Chapter 130: Shizun, I’ve Crossed Five Years to Come See YouChu Wanning's Struggle: Chu Wanning is emotionally conflicted and his breathing is heavy. He tries to maintain a detached demeanor while battling his internal turmoil.
Mo Ran’s Vows: Mo Ran reassures Chu Wanning with a series of heartfelt promises: 1) He vows to stay with Chu Wanning for as long as he lives. 2) He promises to chase after Chu Wanning if he walks fast. 3) He will stand by Chu Wanning if he chooses to stand still. 4) He offers to carry Chu Wanning on his back if necessary.
Chu Wanning’s Reactions: 1) Chu Wanning is initially affronted by the idea of being carried, even though he’s moved by Mo Ran’s persistence. 2) His internal conflict is evident as he struggles to hide his emotional response.
Mo Ran’s Desperation: 1)Mo Ran feels distressed by Chu Wanning’s reluctance and tries to find a way to make him happy. 2) He even offers to stand in the rain with Chu Wanning, reflecting his commitment and willingness to share hardships.
Chu Wanning’s Response: 3) Despite his feelings, Chu Wanning’s instinctive reaction is to refuse Mo Ran’s company, showcasing his struggle with accepting help and affection.
Mo Ran’s Disheartenment: Mo Ran falls silent, visibly upset by Chu Wanning’s refusal. His body language conveys his deep disappointment and hurt, highlighting his emotional vulnerability.c
Chapter 131: Shizun Does Some Light ReadingChu Wanning struggles with restless thoughts about Mo Ran while lying in bed in the Red Lotus Pavilion. His mind is plagued by memories of Mo Ran's handsome features and their past interactions.
In frustration, Chu Wanning kicks off his quilt and lies spread-eagle on the bed, trying to overcome his desires and find peace. Despite his efforts, he remains exhausted and troubled.
He becomes increasingly disturbed by intrusive thoughts of Mo Ran’s physical presence, particularly vivid memories of their time at Melodic Springs.
Seeking a distraction, Chu Wanning grabs a book from a stack that Xue Meng had bought, hoping it will help him escape his troubling thoughts.
The book, titled "Size Ranking of the Cultivation World’s Young Heroes," initially confuses Chu Wanning. It seems to rank young heroes based on some kind of size measurement, though the exact criteria are unclear.
A note in the book explains that the ranking is incomplete because some heroes do not participate in activities like bathing outdoors or visiting pleasure districts. Notable omissions from the ranking include Nangong Si and Xu Sh.
On the day of the sect's monthly assessment, the Platform of Sin and Virtue is bustling with activity as thousands of disciples perform their martial arts drills under the watchful eyes of the elders.
Despite being absent for five years, Chu Wanning's seat remains as it was, on Xue Zhengyong’s left. He takes his place with a weary expression and sips tea while observing the proceedings.
Noticing Chu Wanning’s sullen mood, Xue Zhengyong attempts to comfort him by mentioning that Mo Ran has returned.
Chu Wanning’s reaction to this news is a deepening frown. He acknowledges having seen Mo Ran already and remains unenthusiastic about discussing him, preoccupied with the echo of “absolute unit, truly awe-inspiring” from the previous day.
Distracted from the conversation about Mo Ran, Chu Wanning notices the abundance of fruit and pastries on the table and comments on them.
Xue Zhengyong invites Chu Wanning to enjoy the pastries, noting that they are from Lin’an’s Breeze Bakery and were brought specifically for him by Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning, surprised and somewhat touched, realizes that Mo Ran had gone out of his way to bring these treats for him, making the pastries even more special.
Chapter 132: Shizun and Shi MeiAs evening approaches, disciples of Sisheng Peak hurry to Mengpo Hall after completing their tasks for the day. Mo Ran remains by the practice dummies, seemingly waiting for someone.
Mo Ran’s relationship with Xue Meng has improved significantly over the years, particularly after Mo Ran gifted Xue Meng a top-grade spiritual stone for his Longcheng blade.
Xue Meng approaches Mo Ran, asking if he is coming to dinner, but Mo Ran replies that he is not ready yet.
Shi Mei, who is standing in the fading light of the sunset, asks if Mo Ran is waiting for Chu Wanning. Mo Ran confirms that he is.
Mo Ran observes Shi Mei, noting that Shi Mei has grown taller and more striking, which feels odd compared to how he used to see Shi Mei as Xue Meng’s companion.
Mo Ran explains to Shi Mei and Xue Meng that he missed the banquet the previous night and wanted to apologize by inviting Chu Wanning out for a meal instead of going to Mengpo Hall.
Xue Meng and Shi Mei decide to leave for the meal with Chu Wanning, while Mo Ran waits alone, playing with a blade of foxtail grass.
As the sun sets and the crescent moon rises, a figure finally appears, signaling the end of Mo Ran’s wait
The chapter opens with an extraordinarily beautiful man, Shi Mei, lifting a curtain and entering with a pot of wine. Mo Ran is surprised to see him and asks what he is doing there.
Shi Mei explains that he ran into the sect leader at Mengpo Hall, who was concerned that the restaurant might not have aged wine. Shi Mei was sent to deliver a pot of pear blossom white wine to accompany Mo Ran and Chu Wanning’s meal.
Shi Mei, holding the wine pot in red clay and bamboo rattan, is happy he arrived before any wine was ordered, avoiding a wasted trip.
Chu Wanning invites Shi Mei to join them for dinner, despite Shi Mei’s reluctance to impose. Mo Ran insists that adding a chair is no trouble and signals the waiter for additional place settings.
Shi Mei agrees to stay, and they proceed to enjoy the meal. Shi Mei pours the pear blossom white wine into jade cups, and its rich aroma fills the air.
Mo Ran reflects on past experiences, recalling that the pear blossom white wine had been a part of painful memories in his past life, both during Shi Mei's death and Chu Wanning’s death.
Now, with both Shi Mei and Chu Wanning alive and well, Mo Ran feels a deep sense of relief and appreciation. The past struggles seem insignificant compared to the joy of having the two important people in his life still present.
Chapter 133: Shizun Has the Purest MindMo Ran is sipping pear blossom white wine when he feels something brush against his leg. He tries to move away, but the contact persists, and he’s startled by what he perceives to be an intimate touch.
Shi Mei, who had brushed against Mo Ran, shows a light pink flush on his face and appears troubled, making Mo Ran realize the situation might be more complex than he initially thought.
Shocked and horrified, Mo Ran begins to cough violently, struggling to process that Shi Mei, whom he has always seen as pure and untouchable, might have just touched him inappropriately.
Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran’s distress and asks what’s wrong, but Mo Ran quickly denies it, feeling deeply embarrassed at the thought of Shi Mei acting in a way that seemed contrary to his character.
Shi Mei calls for the waiter, requesting new chopsticks because the current ones are dirty. Mo Ran, still unsettled, watches as Shi Mei remains calm and composed, seemingly unaffected by the earlier incident.
Shi Mei explains that the chopsticks had landed near Mo Ran’s foot, and Mo Ran realizes that his initial interpretation of the situation was likely mistaken.
Mo Ran feels a mix of relief and confusion, grappling with the possibility that he misinterpreted Shi Mei’s actions and his own reaction.
Chu Wanning wakes up late, feeling disoriented from a vivid and distressing dream. He’s troubled by the lingering scent of a beast pelt from the dream and the strange physical reaction he’s experiencing, which contradicts his years of ascetic practice.
Shocked and ashamed, Chu Wanning finds himself with morning wood, questioning how his disciplined training could have been so easily disrupted by a dream and a book he accidentally read.
Frustrated and confused, Chu Wanning decides to take a cold soak in the lotus pond to calm himself. However, he is interrupted by a ripple in the barrier of the Red Lotus Pavilion, signaling a visitor.
Panicked, Chu Wanning pulls the quilt over himself and is alarmed when he hears two knocks at the door. The voice calling him is similar to the one from his dream but is now gentle, respectful, and concerned about his late waking.
The sound of the voice snaps Chu Wanning out of his confusion, but it also brings back the intense feelings from the dream, making him feel even more agitated and self-conscious.
Chapter 134: Shizun Sure Can EatMo Ran, struggling with intense desire and feelings of self-restraint, repeatedly reminds himself to respect and cherish Chu Wanning, avoiding any actions that could harm or humiliate him.
Despite his internal turmoil, Mo Ran enters Chu Wanning's room with a composed exterior and greets him with a smile, commenting on Chu Wanning’s late awakening.
Chu Wanning, still groggy and irritable from oversleeping, asks Mo Ran what he wants. Mo Ran explains that he brought breakfast because there wasn’t much food left at Mengpo Hall.
Mo Ran carefully sets up a heavy bamboo food box filled with a variety of dishes on Chu Wanning’s bed. The breakfast includes sautéed mushrooms, stir-fried celtuce with water chestnuts, silk-thread rolls, honey-glazed sweet lotus root, two bowls of rice, and bamboo shoot and ham soup.
Chu Wanning is initially taken aback by the abundance of food, wondering if Mo Ran thinks he eats excessively.
An old monk from Wubei Temple expresses a desire to meet Chu Wanning before his passing. He offers to heal Chu Wanning’s old injury, which causes him to go into seclusion every seven years. However, the healing spell involves risks and requires a disciple with dual wood- and fire-element spiritual energy to stabilize the array.
Chu Wanning is deeply troubled by the monk's offer and the thought of returning to Dragonblood Mountain, where he spent a difficult period. He rejects the idea outright, determined not to revisit his past or acknowledge Huaizui as Shizun.
Four days after coming out of seclusion, Chu Wanning receives a letter of commission from Xue Zhengyong. The letter is about helping with the harvest at Yuliang Village, which Chu Wanning finds beneath his status.
Chu Wanning expresses frustration at being assigned to a mundane task rather than dealing with demons or more serious matters. Xue Zhengyong reveals that recent times have been peaceful with no demon troubles and reassures Chu Wanning that Mo Ran will accompany him, allowing him to take it easy.
Chapter 135: Shizun Studies on the SlyYuliang Village is a small community with many elderly residents and few young people. They often request help from Sisheng Peak during harvest time.
Sisheng Peak founder Xue Zhengyong, having faced hardships and relied on the generosity of others in his youth, continues to honor these requests. He provides assistance by sending disciples to help with tasks unrelated to cultivation.
The village is too far for walking but not close enough to justify a carriage, so Xue Zhengyong arranges for two fine horses for Mo Ran and Chu Wanning.
Late autumn: Chu Wanning descends the stairs to find Mo Ran under a maple tree with vibrant fall colors. Mo Ran, dressed in black raiment with wrist guards, is holding a black horse’s reins and teasing a white horse with alfalfa flowers.
Mo Ran's attire, which contrasts with his usual disciple uniform and the white robes he wore upon his return, highlights his well-built figure. Chu Wanning notices this as he approaches.
Chapter 136: Shizun, RelaxMo Ran is working in the rice fields when he feels someone yank at his belt. Turning around, he is surprised to find Chu Wanning, who is about to fall.
Mo Ran catches Chu Wanning, who is in his floating white robes and smelling of haitang blossoms. The unexpected encounter causes Mo Ran to drop his sickle and scatter rice on the ground.
Mo Ran, startled, asks Chu Wanning what he is doing and advises him to be careful on the slippery field. Chu Wanning does not respond, appearing flustered and unable to speak.
The village maiden teases Mo Ran about the situation, increasing Chu Wanning’s embarrassment. Chu Wanning quickly lets go of Mo Ran’s belt, regains his balance, and tries to act composed, though his earlobes are noticeably red.
Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning’s blush and is reminded of intimate moments from a previous lifetime, causing his gaze to darken.
Chu Wanning, upset and embarrassed, angrily demands to know why Mo Ran is staring at him, jolting Mo Ran back to reality.
Lunch in the village is served communally, with large pots of food brought out in barrels by village women. The meal includes steaming rice, braised pork with cabbage, and tofu and vegetable soup.
For the common folk in the lower cultivation realm, meat is a luxury, so the hearty pork dish with cured, marbled meat is a special treat. The aroma of the food makes the villagers eager.
The village chief’s wife, a stocky woman in her fifties, apologizes for the simple fare and explains that they prepared the meat and vegetables themselves. Mo Ran reassures her that it’s fine, and he serves Chu Wanning and himself.
Chu Wanning notices the braised pork dish is heavily spiced with chili peppers, which he fears might be too hot for him. He hesitates but cannot refuse the villagers' hospitality.
Mo Ran offers Chu Wanning a bowl of tofu and vegetable soup, which is more suited to Chu Wanning’s tastes. Chu Wanning initially declines but is encouraged to take the offer.
The village auntie, realizing the situation, is concerned that Chu Wanning cannot handle spicy food. Chu Wanning admits he can eat a little but prefers to avoid the spice.
Chapter 137: Shizun and I Get Settled InMo Ran is visibly nervous, struggling with a physical reaction that distracts him as he tries to serve Chu Wanning. He adjusts his sitting position to hide his discomfort and reaches over to hand Chu Wanning another bowl of soup.
When Mo Ran's fingertips brush against Chu Wanning’s, the contact causes a strong physical reaction in him, making him spill some soup.
Chu Wanning, feeling the spicy heat of the soup, frowns slightly but focuses on drinking it to alleviate the spice. Mo Ran, distracted by Chu Wanning’s red, moist lips, struggles with his thoughts and physical response.
Mo Ran slaps himself to snap out of his distracted state, drawing surprised looks from those around him. He awkwardly explains the slap as a response to a mosquito.
A young woman, noting Mo Ran’s discomfort, comments on autumn mosquitos and inquires if he has any medicinal salve. Mo Ran, bewildered, recognizes her as the girl who was singing earlier.
The woman’s flirtatious behavior is noticed by an older auntie who quickly understands the situation and reacts accordingly.
Chu Wanning soaks his feet while Mo Ran sits across the room reading a book about healing spells. The quiet atmosphere is punctuated only by the sound of Chu Wanning’s feet moving in the water.
Chu Wanning announces that he’s done soaking and that his foot no longer hurts, suggesting Mo Ran can leave. Mo Ran, however, is determined to help and disregards Chu Wanning’s words.
Mo Ran sets his book aside, approaches Chu Wanning’s bed, and insists on giving him a foot rub despite Chu Wanning’s attempts to pull away. Mo Ran’s persistence and firm grip prevent Chu Wanning from sending him away.
Mo Ran kneels and starts massaging Chu Wanning’s foot, which is ticklish from the hot water. Chu Wanning is too busy trying not to laugh to take action.
Mo Ran notices a scratch on Chu Wanning’s foot from debris in the paddy field. He expresses concern and insists on applying herbal ointment he has brought along, claiming it will heal the scratch by morning.
Mo Ran leaves to fetch the ointment, leaving Chu Wanning alone with his thoughts as he waits.
Chapter 138: Shizun Just Might Blue-Ball Me to DeathChu Wanning informs Mo Ran that someone is looking for him, specifically the young lady who sang earlier in the village.
Mo Ran, preoccupied with Chu Wanning, is surprised to hear this and doesn’t immediately recall the girl. Chu Wanning teases him about not recognizing her, which lifts Mo Ran’s mood.
Outside, Ling-er, the village girl, is calling out for Mo Ran. She approaches him with a bundle wrapped in blue cloth.
Ling-er presents Mo Ran with the bundle containing three small clay jars of medicinal salve. She explains that it’s for the mosquito bite he mentioned earlier.
Mo Ran feels a bit embarrassed that Ling-er took his excuse seriously and went out of her way to bring him the salve. He appreciates the gesture but is slightly uncomfortable with the attention.
After lunch, the villagers relax: some chew tobacco, nap in the sun, women knit winter clothes, and children play on bamboo-stick horses. A skinny cat scavenges for food.
Chu Wanning, sitting against a pile of grain with tea, tries to coax the cat over to give it food, but the cat, scared, flees. Chu Wanning reflects on how even animals seem wary of him.
Ling-er approaches Chu Wanning, cheerfully joining him with a cup of tea. She is a well-dressed, full-figured woman who has made makeshift jewelry from copper and iron.
Despite Chu Wanning’s cold demeanor, Ling-er tries to engage him in conversation. She expresses her desire to keep him company.
Chu Wanning, skeptical of her motives, notes the difference between people and animals. After some small talk, Ling-er subtly shifts the conversation to a more serious topic.
Chapter 139: Shizun, Sweet DreamsMo Ran is surprised by Chu Wanning’s close proximity and the familiar scent of haitang. He is struck by how close Chu Wanning is, noting the texture of his lips and contemplating a kiss.
Chu Wanning finishes wiping with a gentle touch and comments that Mo Ran did not wake him, implying the match was not fair. Mo Ran responds that Shizun won, as he did not harvest much in the afternoon and spent time shopping and exploring the village.
Chu Wanning asks about Mo Ran’s purchases. Ling-er chimes in, mentioning Mo Ran bought mattresses for every family in the village, which surprised Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran explains he used his savings for the mattresses and purchased coal, meat, and sweets. He mentions the meat was for the village chief to roast and share with everyone the next day.
Chu Wanning inquires about the sweets, and Ling-er reveals they were for the village children.
Mo Ran struggles to control his intense feelings as he gazes at Chu Wanning and forces himself to act with integrity. He mentions he bought pear blossom white for Chu Wanning, which he picked up on his way back.
Chu Wanning initially seems confused but then acknowledges Mo Ran’s effort. He reflects on whether his cold demeanor has been worthwhile and begins to relax, leaning against a banyan tree as he watches Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning notes that Mo Ran has changed, and for a brief moment, he thinks he sees unease in Mo Ran's eyes. Mo Ran, attempting to gauge Chu Wanning's reaction, asks if he likes the gift.
Chu Wanning admits he doesn’t dislike it and then asks about Mo Ran’s injuries from his battle with the Drought Demon of Yellow River. Mo Ran confirms the injury.
Chu Wanning expresses his approval, telling Mo Ran he has done well and earned the title of Mo-zongshi. He then humorously criticizes Mo Ran for running around inappropriately and suggests it’s getting late, implying they should head back.
When the rice was done steaming, the young men in the village began pounding the rice cakes using wooden mallets. The village chief handed Mo Ran a mallet and was about to give one to Chu Wanning when Mo Ran intervened, suggesting that Chu Wanning wouldn’t be skilled at it. This comment surprised and offended Chu Wanning, who had always been competent and reliable. Despite his irritation, he acknowledged that Mo Ran's assessment might be correct.
The village chief directed them to a stone mortar with steaming cooked rice flour. Mo Ran instructed Chu Wanning to turn the rice cake every three strikes and to be careful not to burn his hands. Chu Wanning, though initially annoyed, followed the instructions and took his position by the mortar.
Mo Ran began pounding the rice with precise, heavy strikes, and instructed Chu Wanning to turn the rice flour ball over every few strikes. They quickly found their rhythm: every third strike, Chu Wanning would turn the rice, and Mo Ran’s next strike would come down just as Chu Wanning’s hands moved away, ensuring an efficient process.
Chapter 140: Shizun, Turn OverChu Wanning dreams of the Heavenly Rift in Butterfly Town, but Shi Mei is helping him, not Mo Ran.
In the dream, Shi Mei is killed by ghosts, and Mo Ran begs Chu Wanning to save him.
Chu Wanning is too injured to act, and Shi Mei dies. Mo Ran is devastated and blames him.
The dream shifts to Naihe Bridge, where Chu Wanning and Mo Ran pass each other in silence, Mo Ran avoiding eye contact.
Chu Wanning is left emotionally wrecked, feeling the weight of Mo Ran's hatred.
The dream resumes later, post-Shi Mei’s death, with Mo Ran still emotionally withdrawn from Chu Wanning.
During a cultivation lesson, Mo Ran collapses from a pine tree; Chu Wanning catches him, injuring his wrist.
Mo Ran tends to Chu Wanning’s injury, gently bandaging him—their first moment of peace in a long time.
Chu Wanning wakes up emotionally confused by the dream, dismisses it as nonsense.
In real life, villagers are making New Year’s rice cakes; Chu Wanning strolls to join.
He finds Mo Ran helping the village chief’s wife at the fire pit, interacting kindly with the children.
Chu Wanning quietly observes Mo Ran, deeply affected by the warmth and gentleness he sees.
Mo Ran roasts a milk candy over the fire and offers it to Chu Wanning, who eats it from Mo Ran’s hand, flustered.
Mo Ran teases him and roasts more candies; Chu Wanning keeps asking for more, clearly enjoying the moment.
A child asks for a sweet potato; Chu Wanning helps pick one, deferring to Mo Ran’s judgment on which are cooked.
Mo Ran casually feeds Chu Wanning another candy by hand, brushing his thumb past Chu Wanning’s lips.
Chu Wanning is startled, his ears turn red, and Mo Ran continues teasing him.
During rice cake pounding, the village chief offers Chu Wanning a mallet, but Mo Ran steps in, saying Chu Wanning isn’t good at it.
Chu Wanning is offended but admits silently that it’s true.
They pound rice cakes together in perfect rhythm—Mo Ran pounding, Chu Wanning turning the dough.
Their coordination stands out; they make a great team, both focused and harmonious.
Mo Ran is sweaty and refuses to take off his clothes until Chu Wanning says he dislikes the sweat more.
Mo Ran undresses down to his waist, and Chu Wanning is silently flustered by how attractive he looks.
Chu Wanning gulps down two cups of tea in a flustered state, denying his thirst just to save face.
Mo Ran notices and teases him further, clearly enjoying Chu Wanning’s bashfulness.
Chapter 141: Shizun, Don’t Strip!After their tea break, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran resumed the task of pounding rice cakes. Mo Ran took up the wooden mallet with enthusiasm, his physical exertion highlighting his well-defined muscles. The sun’s rays accentuated his chiseled physique, with sweat glistening on his skin.
Chu Wanning observed Mo Ran's exertion closely, noting how the young man’s muscles flexed with each powerful swing of the mallet. This close observation made Chu Wanning acutely aware of Mo Ran’s physical presence and strength.
As Mo Ran continued to pound the rice cake, Chu Wanning’s mind began to wander. He recalled a recurring dream where he was subjected to humiliation and intense physical sensations, similar to the way the rice cake was being pounded. This dream involved a disturbing combination of vulnerability and submission, which was now unnervingly vivid in his mind.
Chu Wanning’s focus wavered, and he found himself lost in thought, unable to fully engage with the task. The image of Mo Ran’s muscular body and the rhythmic pounding of the rice cake stirred unsettling feelings in him.
Mo Ran’s breathing grew heavier with the physical effort, his chest rising and falling in sync with his exertion. His intense concentration and the physical strain caused sweat to drip from his brow, which only heightened Chu Wanning’s distraction.
Mo Ran repeatedly called out to Chu Wanning, trying to get his attention. His clear, concerned voice broke through Chu Wanning’s fog of thoughts, but it took several calls for Chu Wanning to snap back to the present.
When Chu Wanning finally responded, he appeared disoriented and flushed, his heart racing and eyes unfocused. Mo Ran noticed Chu Wanning’s condition and, with genuine concern, instructed him to turn over the rice cake.
Chu Wanning’s reaction was delayed as he struggled to reconcile the intense, confusing emotions he was experiencing. The boundary between his dreams and reality blurred, causing him to feel dizzy and overwhelmed by the situation.
The physical closeness and intense focus of the task combined with Chu Wanning’s emotional turmoil created a charged atmosphere, leaving him grappling with his feelings and the reality of the moment.
As Chu Wanning and Mo Ran continued working, Chu Wanning struggled to maintain his composure. He was deeply unsettled by Mo Ran’s proximity and the physical display of his strength. The sight of Mo Ran’s well-defined muscles and the heat of his exertion intensified Chu Wanning’s inner turmoil.
Chu Wanning tried to block out the intense, burning gaze from Mo Ran, closing his eyes and shuddering. Despite his effort to appear calm, he was internally fraught with conflicting emotions and discomfort.
Mo Ran’s hot, heavy breathing and the masculine scent he carried further exacerbated Chu Wanning’s distress. The closeness of their bodies and the raw, powerful presence of Mo Ran’s arms made Chu Wanning acutely aware of his own vulnerability.
Avoiding Mo Ran’s gaze, Chu Wanning focused on Mo Ran’s chest. The physical closeness and the intense heat radiating from Mo Ran made him feel engulfed and overwhelmed, heightening his emotional and physical discomfort.
Mo Ran suddenly addressed Chu Wanning with a tone that was different from the usual respectful or casual manner. His voice carried a rough, heated quality that suggested intense, almost steamy desire. This unexpected shift in tone shocked Chu Wanning, who had never heard his name said in such a manner.
Chu Wanning, feeling overwhelmed and confused, instinctively backed away from Mo Ran. His back hit the cold wall, causing a shudder and making him appear vulnerable and defenseless. His lips parted slightly, revealing his sense of helplessness.
Mo Ran’s eyes darkened as he focused intently on Chu Wanning’s reaction. The sight of Chu Wanning’s pale, trembling lips stirred a deep, intense response in Mo Ran, suggesting a strong, almost uncontrollable emotional and physical attraction.
The chapter builds up to a tense, emotionally charged moment, with both characters grappling with their feelings and the physical proximity, leading to a heightened sense of vulnerability and desire.
Chapter 142: Shizun, This Is Cruel and UnusualIn a moment of panic, Chu Wanning spun around and leaned against the wall with his arms crossed, presenting Mo Ran with a view of his back. He believed this would keep Mo Ran from seeing his front, but it instead exposed the sensual dimples of his back, his firm buttocks, and his slender legs.
Mo Ran’s throat went dry upon seeing Chu Wanning’s exposed back. He struggled to control his emotions and his eyes reddened, indicating his intense reaction. He had to steady himself before speaking.
Chu Wanning, realizing his position was awkward, tried to come up with an explanation. He glanced over his shoulder, maintaining a cold and solemn expression, and sought a way to smooth over the situation without drawing further suspicion.
Mo Ran, who had set his clothes aside, walked towards Chu Wanning. The light from behind Chu Wanning made Mo Ran’s expression seem particularly intense and predatory, as if he were a wolf eyeing a fresh piece of meat. The battle between his hunger and reason was evident in his eyes, which were bright and hauntingly focused.
To address the mounting tension, Chu Wanning abruptly ordered Mo Ran to “Scrub my back.” The suddenness of the command was meant to redirect the situation but came out awkwardly.
Mo Ran was initially confused by Chu Wanning’s command. His voice came out husky and sensual, reflecting his bewilderment and the charged atmosphere.
Chu Wanning, having blurted out the random excuse, was left to navigate the awkwardness of the situation. The chapter explores the growing tension and the struggle between desire and propriety, highlighting the characters' emotional and physical responses.
Chapter 143: Shizun Is My Unattainable First Love, My Erstwhile Once-Lover, the Object of My Most Sincere Affection, the Source of My Most Torturous Affliction, and Has Been All AlongLing-er, emboldened by alcohol and her own feelings, confronts Mo Ran with a burning gaze, insisting they talk immediately.
Mo Ran, taken aback and eager to avoid the confrontation, considers using qinggong to escape, but Ling-er grabs his sleeve, preventing him from leaving.
Ling-er, despite Mo Ran's resistance, boldly declares her affection: "I like you. Do you like me?" Her assertiveness surprises Mo Ran, who is left speechless.
Ling-er, anxious due to Mo Ran's lack of immediate response, reflects on her admiration for him. She had been smitten from the moment she first saw him and later learned of his growing fame as “Mo-zongshi.” Realizing she might not get another chance before he leaves, she gathers her courage to confess her feelings.
Mo Ran is stunned by her confession and finds himself uncertain of how to respond. Ling-er, with a flushed face and hopeful eyes, anxiously awaits his reply.
Ling-er’s confession is driven by her desire to win both Mo Ran’s affection and a connection with Sisheng Peak, envisioning a future where her feelings are reciprocated.
Mo Ran flees into the night, his mind in turmoil. He experiences a profound realization about his feelings, discovering that his deep emotions, including lust and love, have always been directed toward Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by this revelation, feeling as though his entire perception of love and desire has been shattered. The realization that his true feelings have always been for Chu Wanning hits him with intense force, leaving him stunned and disoriented.
Returning to the bonfire, Mo Ran finds that Ling-er has left, and no one is aware of their earlier conversation. The villagers continue to enjoy their festivities and drink merrily.
As the villagers start playing games, they engage in a traditional game where a grass wreath is passed around while a drum is beaten. When the drumming stops, the person holding the wreath must answer a question from a drawn lot.
The atmosphere is lighthearted until Old Bai draws a provocative question from the bowl: “What’s better, a woman with large tits or a fat ass?” The crowd bursts into laughter, and Old Bai, embarrassed and angry, demands to know who wrote the question, threatening them in jest.
The scene illustrates the villagers’ playful and carefree attitude, contrasting with Mo Ran’s internal conflict and emotional turmoil.
Chapter 144: Shizun, I Like YouMo Ran, feeling a surge of courage, kneels before Chu Wanning, despite still towering over him due to his height. His heart races and his blood flows rapidly as he prepares to confess his feelings.
Mo Ran looks up at Chu Wanning and, with visible anxiety, admits, “Shizun, I like you.” His confession is sincere but tentative, and he fears that Chu Wanning might interpret it as a simple form of respect rather than true affection.
Chu Wanning is stunned and wary, his mind overwhelmed by the confession. He feels as if he’s been struck and is momentarily paralyzed by the emotional impact. His thoughts are conflicted, as he questions the nature of Mo Ran’s feelings.
Mo Ran worries that Chu Wanning might see his feelings as mere disciple admiration rather than a deeper emotional connection. He fears that his confession might not be taken seriously.
Chu Wanning believes Mo Ran's confession might stem from a sense of obligation or pity rather than genuine affection. Despite this, Chu Wanning feels that even this form of recognition from Mo Ran is significant and he is resigned to accept it as it is.
Both men remain silent, their thoughts filled with unspoken doubts and hopes. The crowd, witnessing the intense moment, watches in anticipation as the emotional exchange unfolds.
Chapter 145: Shizun Has a Mealtime Companion NowAfter the harvest season, villagers of Yuliang Village prepare heartfelt gifts for Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, including jerky, rice cakes, spices, and homespun cloth. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran accept these gifts with gratitude.
Ling-er approaches Mo Ran with a bamboo basket containing fresh-steamed flatbreads and hard-boiled eggs, made as a token of thanks for the help given to Yuliang Village. Despite her embarrassment from a previous confession, she insists the gift is merely a gesture of gratitude.
Mo Ran, initially unsure of Ling-er’s intentions, accepts the food graciously. He asks about her future plans, noting her potential beyond the lower cultivation realm. Ling-er responds, and Mo Ran's respect for her grows.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran return to Sisheng Peak by noon. Chu Wanning briefs Xue Zhengyong on their trip, while Mo Ran strolls around and encounters Shi Mei.
Mo Ran sees Shi Mei scrubbing the stone lions on Naihe Bridge. Shi Mei explains that he and Xue Meng were punished for almost damaging a sealed barrier while attempting to catch monsters for training. Mo Ran is surprised and exasperated by the situation, especially noting that Shi Mei's appearance has changed over time.
Mo Ran questions Shi Mei about the trouble Xue Meng caused. Shi Mei admits that Xue Meng’s reckless actions led to their punishment, and Mo Ran expresses frustration over the situation.
Chapter 146: Shizun, Is She Really Getting Married?From that day forward, Mengpo Hall became the site of an extraordinary sight. The table "Reserved for Yuheng Elder," previously off-limits to even the boldest disciples, now accommodated Mo Weiyu. Disciples passing by frequently saw Mo Ran and Chu Wanning seated across from each other, dining together. Mo Ran would consistently pick a morsel from some dish and place it in Chu Wanning’s bowl.
A group of nearby disciples observed this and began betting on whether Chu Wanning would eat the food Mo Ran served him. Some bet that Chu Wanning wouldn’t eat the beef brisket because he seemed to dislike it, while others bet he would, recalling his previous willingness to eat other foods.
As Chu Wanning frowned and poked at the beef with his chopsticks, the watching disciples eagerly anticipated whether he would eat it. They worried about the potential repercussions if Chu Wanning discovered their betting but were excited by the prospect of winning.
Despite his initial reluctance, Chu Wanning picked up the piece of beef brisket, surprising the observers and affecting the outcome of their bets. The disciples watched with bated breath, their anticipation mirrored in their anxious expressions.
Chu Wanning had been absent for five years, and Mo Ran had spent those years mired in blame. Now, with Chu Wanning back, he was told to take his time. This moment brought immense pain to Mo Ran's heart. The closer he was to Chu Wanning, the more he felt the weight of his past mistakes and the depth of his current affection.
Mo Ran reflected on how Chu Wanning had always treated him with indulgence and warmth. He felt unworthy and questioned why he deserved to walk alongside Chu Wanning again after having squandered their relationship in his previous life.
Mo Ran’s inner conflict was palpable. He wrestled with feelings of unworthiness and the yearning to make amends. He wondered if he could redeem himself and atone for his past mistakes, hoping that maybe, despite everything, he could share a life with Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran’s deep remorse was symbolized by a bowl of warm, rich soup, representing his desire to atone and make amends. He felt he would willingly endure any suffering if it meant Chu Wanning would share in his redemption.
Xue Meng's arrival pulled Mo Ran back to the present. Since Chu Wanning's death, Mo Ran had been plagued by self-reproach and unease, which he had managed to control over time. However, minor incidents still triggered deep self-loathing. When he looked up at Xue Meng, his cousin noticed his troubled state.
Chapter 147: Shizun, Let’s Use Our Words, Not Our FistsMo Ran received a letter containing just a few short lines. Initially, he felt a surge of anxiety but was relieved to find the content less alarming than he anticipated.
Xue Meng, upon seeing the letter, was disappointed by its brevity and questioned its significance. Mo Ran, now more relaxed, downplayed its importance and smiled at Xue Meng's reaction.
Mo Ran reflected on his past experiences battling evil spirits, including a formidable carp spirit in Yunmeng Marsh. This spirit had been notorious for its strength, despite being a carp, and had used the essence of a lunar crystal to enhance its power.
Mo Ran had fought the carp spirit through eighty rounds of combat before finally defeating it. Inside the spirit, he discovered a lunar crystal formed from a thousand years of moonlight, which is highly valued for forging weapons and cultivating spiritual cores.
Chu Wanning inquired about the purpose of the lunar crystal for a person referred to as Butterfly-Boned Beauty. Mo Ran explained that the crystal was meant to aid her husband, who had a fire elemental spiritual core and was at risk of qi deviation due to reckless training. The lunar crystal was intended to help suppress the malignant spiritual energy affecting him.
Xue Meng expressed surprise at the Butterfly-Boned Beauty’s willingness to spend so much for her husband's safety, indicating the high value she placed on his well-being.
Chapter 148: Shizun Is a Natural TeaseMo Ran is caught off guard when Chu Wanning suddenly attacks him with a sword. Mo Ran narrowly dodges the blade as it skims past his chest.
Mo Ran tries to prioritize getting Chu Wanning to try on clothes first before sparring, as the tailor is waiting to make adjustments. Chu Wanning insists on sparring before dealing with the clothing issue.
Despite Mo Ran’s attempt to negotiate, Chu Wanning remains relentless, attacking with precision and striking at Mo Ran’s vital points multiple times. Mo Ran narrowly escapes injury due to his extensive training.
Chu Wanning, wielding a sword, strikes Mo Ran on the shoulder with the flat of the blade, challenging him with a cold sneer. He questions if Mo Ran is putting forth his best effort and expresses that he won't go easy on him forever.
Amused by Chu Wanning's determination, Mo Ran acknowledges the challenge and agrees to continue the sparring match. He calls upon his spiritual weapon, Jiangui, while trying to balance his focus on the fight and his clothing.
Mo Ran summons Jiangui, a willow whip, but Chu Wanning’s ordinary sword proves effective against it. Chu Wanning swiftly disarms Mo Ran by twisting the hilt of his sword and evades Mo Ran’s attempts to use the whip.
As Mo Ran attempts to use Jiangui, Chu Wanning maneuvers behind him, maintaining a tactical advantage and keeping the fight both challenging and engaging.
Chapter 149: Shizun, I Can’t Get UpChu Wanning scrambles to his feet, appearing deeply shocked and terrified, a stark contrast to his usually composed demeanor. His face cycles through various colors, showing his intense reaction to something that has clearly shaken him.
Mo Ran, still in pain from a recent kick, notices Chu Wanning’s unusual fear and tries to speak to him. He is unsure how to address the situation and offers a tentative apology.
Chu Wanning takes a large step back, his eyes wide with disbelief and fear. His reaction indicates he’s profoundly unsettled, and he becomes preoccupied with confusing and disturbing thoughts about the nature of the shock he received.
Chu Wanning's thoughts revolve around the term "absolute unit" from a ranking booklet, which leaves him feeling embarrassed and flushed. His reaction suggests he’s trying to process an overwhelming experience.
Mo Ran, concerned about having upset Chu Wanning, apologizes again as he attempts to stand, gritting his teeth from the pain. He halts halfway and repeats his apology, showing his remorse and worry.
Chu Wanning, struggling with his thoughts and emotions, tells Mo Ran to leave and refrains from engaging further. After Mo Ran departs, Chu Wanning remains in place, overwhelmed and mentally stuck on the term "absolute unit," unable to move or think clearly.
Chu Wanning stands motionless, staring into the distance, with a sense of dread and confusion about the incident that has left him deeply unsettled.
The trio, Mo Ran, Xue Meng, and Chu Wanning, reminisce about their previous visit to a location they are revisiting. Xue Meng expresses regret that Shi Mei isn't with them, recalling their past visit for weapons and their hike up Dawning Peak.
Mo Ran jokes about the possibility of encountering a fake Gouchen, a mysterious adversary from their past, suggesting that the adversary might try to pull Xue Meng into the lake for a confrontation.
Chu Wanning, troubled by the mention of their adversary, notes that there haven’t been any significant updates or activities involving him over the past five years. Mo Ran agrees but points out that several major incidents involving holy weapons remain unsolved, suspecting the adversary’s involvement but lacking concrete evidence.
Xue Meng argues that the recent incidents are unlikely to be related to their old adversary. He theorizes that the adversary was originally searching for a specific spiritual essence linked to Mo Ran’s wood element, suggesting that the focus might now be on finding a person rather than pursuing weapons.
Chu Wanning adds that there haven't been many cases of people going missing recently, indicating that the adversary's focus might have shifted or that they have been less active.
Mo Ran mentions that he hasn’t encountered any ambushes or traps recently, attributing this to his tendency to move frequently, making it difficult for the adversary to locate him.
The trio’s conversation is interrupted by the tea stall’s mistress, who arrives with their tea and candied fruit. Xue Meng proposes a theory that the adversary might have inadvertently harmed himself through his evil actions, leading to his recent inactivity.
Xue Meng’s theory is met with silence, prompting him to explain that evil magic often rebounds on its user, suggesting that this might be why the adversary has been inactive.
Mo Ran adds a speculative possibility, hinting at a connection to Shizun’s (Chu Wanning’s) own lack of activity over the past five years. This leads to Xue Meng playfully accusing Mo Ran of implying something about Shizun, leading to a light-hearted exchange.
Chapter 150: Shizun and I Swapped RoomsThe small town near Dawning Peak, once bustling with visitors seeking swords, has seen a decline in tourism following the destruction of Jincheng Lake's weapons by the fake Gouchen. Many inns have closed or shifted businesses, except for one hot springs inn that has seen a temporary resurgence due to guests attending a grand wedding at Rufeng Sect.
Xue Zhengyong arrives at the inn's foyer and announces the need for four rooms. Mo Ran joins them just in time, and Xue Meng is surprised to see him.
Mo Ran, having completed his business quickly, is irked by Xue Meng’s comment about the time it took him to finish. Mo Ran’s irritation grows as he realizes the comment is not about his previous activity but rather about the current situation.
Xue Zhengyong specifies that he and his wife will share one room and requests three additional suites, making a total of four rooms needed.
Mo Ran, although he tries to hide it, feels agitated by the arrangement. He secretly hoped that the inn would be fully booked, forcing everyone to double up and potentially share a room with Chu Wanning.
The idea of staying in the same room alone with Chu Wanning excites and unsettles Mo Ran. Despite knowing he won’t be able to act on his feelings, the thought stirs his emotions.
Mo Ran struggles with his intense feelings for Chu Wanning while staying in a room adjacent to his. He tries to control his desires but finds it excruciatingly difficult. His body, full of youthful vigor, aches with unfulfilled longing as he presses against the wall, imagining Chu Wanning on the other side.
Overwhelmed by lust and a sense of violation, Mo Ran’s mind becomes chaotic. He senses Chu Wanning’s presence through the wall, the faint fragrance of haitang seemingly seeping into his space and intensifying his torment. His passion grows, leading him to a state of emotional pain and desperate longing, expressed through his murmured pleas for Chu Wanning.
Unbeknownst to Mo Ran, Chu Wanning is on the other side of the wall, similarly tormented by his own feelings. He has avoided the hot springs and is lying in bed, thinking of Mo Ran. Chu Wanning presses his forehead against the same wall, feeling the physical barrier between them and reflecting on the emotional chasm that separates them.
The chapter highlights the deep-seated misunderstandings and emotional distance from their past life that still affect their current relationship. Despite their efforts to bridge the gap, they are left to struggle with their unspoken passions and desires, unable to fully connect due to the persistent barrier between them.
Chapter 151: Shizun, I Only Want YouAs Chu Wanning is lost in thought, he overhears Mo Ran speaking sharply, telling someone to take their clothes and leave. Chu Wanning is perplexed by the comment.
Xue Meng, initially confused, realizes Mo Ran’s comment was directed at him. He reacts with anger and embarrassment, confronting Mo Ran about his behavior. Xue Meng had assumed Mo Ran was planning to use the private bath to avoid the public baths, not considering any other implications.
Xue Meng, feeling wronged, accuses Mo Ran of having a dirty mind, given the misunderstanding. He calls out Mo Ran for shifting the blame onto him and questions Mo Ran’s sudden change in behavior compared to his past, hinting at Mo Ran’s previous reputation with brothels.
Mo Ran remains silent initially, causing Chu Wanning to grow anxious. Chu Wanning wonders if Mo Ran’s silence is due to embarrassment, remorse, or something else entirely.
Mo Ran finally responds with visible anger, defending himself. His response surprises Chu Wanning, who had expected Mo Ran to react more calmly. Chu Wanning feels that Xue Meng’s question was valid, given Mo Ran’s past behavior, but Mo Ran’s reaction is more intense than anticipated.
Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by intense, conflicting emotions and physical sensations as he engages in a moment of self-indulgence.
He feels his body weakening and his emotions conflicted. Despite recognizing the absurdity of his situation, he is unable to resist the intense pleasure he is experiencing.
Reflecting on his past, he recalls the torment and self-loathing he felt when he first broke his abstinence in Yuliang Village. However, the presence of the person he likes and the stifled sounds of their breathing change his perception of these carnal matters.
Chu Wanning is lost in a mix of sensations and memories, including a vivid dream where he was in a similar physical state and scenario. This dream involved a sensual and intense experience with a man, whose actions and words now echo in his reality.
The boundary between dream and reality blurs, and Chu Wanning struggles to maintain his composure, suppressing any sounds despite his growing need and the pleasure he feels.
The chapter concludes with the dream-like figure pulling away from him, leaving Chu Wanning in a state of unresolved tension and emotional turmoil.
Chapter 152: Shizun, Look! It’s Mei Hanxue!The shopkeeper is opening for the day when she sees a strikingly handsome man standing in the sunlight at the store entrance. This man is Mo Ran, who is holding a bamboo basket filled with fresh fruits and vegetables.
Mo Ran’s demeanor is soft and approachable, quite different from the imposing figure one might expect from his looks. He smiles warmly, contrasting his otherwise distinguished appearance.
Mo Ran inquires about a pair of red crystal pendants. The shopkeeper, impressed by his taste, explains that the pendants are made from dragonblood crystals, which are known for their vibrant color that intensifies with body temperature. She also hints that one of the pendants might be for a special person in Mo Ran’s life.
The shopkeeper assumes that one pendant is for Mo Ran’s “dual cultivation partner,” and makes a playful comment about it. Mo Ran, initially focused on the pendants' practical benefits for Chu Wanning during winter, is momentarily distracted by the shopkeeper’s implication.
Mo Ran imagines Chu Wanning wearing the pendant and how it might enhance their moments together, highlighting his deep feelings and affection.
Meanwhile, Mei Hanxue is introduced as a character who appears in the chapter. Mei Hanxue’s presence is noted by Mo Ran, and this encounter adds a layer of intrigue or significance to the unfolding events.
Chapter 153: Shizun’s Most Hated Sect LeaderThe group from Sisheng Peak departs Dai City after bidding farewell to Mei Hanxue and heads north to reach Linyi Rufeng Sect, the foremost sect in the world.
Rufeng Sect is described as a vast and impressive place with seventy-two massive manors, each akin to a separate city. The size and organization of these manors highlight the sect's elite status and stark contrast to the less refined Sisheng Peak.
The main city of Rufeng Sect, where the group arrives, is a grand metropolis with white-walled, black-tiled buildings, and a monumental main gate adorned with red and gold. The city is characterized by its luxurious features, including a wide thoroughfare paved with qi-refinement stones, which accumulate spiritual power.
Xue Meng, despite his disdain for the upper cultivation realm, is awed by the opulence of Rufeng Sect. Xue Zhengyong remarks on the wealth of the sect, while Madam Wang humorously comments on how such riches could be used to benefit the lower cultivation realms.
Despite being the Dirt-Poor Young Master, Xue Meng maintains his spirit and greets Sect Leader Nangong Liu with reserved formality.
Nangong Liu, overflowing with enthusiasm and flattery, praises Xue Meng’s appearance and character, comparing him to his father, Xue Zhengyong. This excessive praise catches Xue Meng off guard, softening his attitude and making him crack a smile.
Xue Meng, initially skeptical of Nangong Liu’s praise, confides in Mo Ran that while the Sect Leader’s flattery might be exaggerated, there is some truth to it.
Mo Ran teases Xue Meng about his competitive nature, leading to a brief argument. Eventually, Mo Ran acknowledges Xue Meng’s achievements with a playful grin.
As Mo Ran looks back at Nangong Liu, his expression changes to one of concern. He reflects on the different types of villains in the world, recognizing that Nangong Liu’s charm and silver tongue may mask a more sinister nature.
Chapter 154: Shizun, I’m Off to Look for Ye WangxiThe scene is set with an awkward atmosphere as Nangong Liu, the host and elder, is greeted warmly by everyone except Chu Wanning, who remains by the window, and Mo Ran, who remains seated without any show of respect.
Nangong Liu, maintaining a friendly demeanor, approaches Mo Ran, whom he recognizes as the famed Mo-zongshi. Mo Ran, who dismisses Rufeng Sect as a worthless place from his past life, does not bother to stand and responds with a condescending smile.
Mo Ran interrupts Nangong Liu’s attempt at flattery, pointing out that Nangong Liu has already used the term “gallant youth” for Xue Meng and thus should refrain from using it for him. He continues to sip his tea leisurely, ignoring the Sect Leader.
Despite the polite exterior, Mo Ran’s attitude and demeanor project an air of superiority, making Nangong Liu appear subservient by comparison.
A parrot on its perch sings and receives praise and treats from a man who refers to himself as the bird's "Daddy," which amuses Mo Ran, who reflects on the oddity of the situation.
The man, noticing Mo Ran, greets him with a friendly smile that hides an unsettling undertone. Mo Ran recognizes the man as someone he may have encountered during his previous destructive actions against Rufeng Sect.
Mo Ran's attention is drawn to a familiar voice, and he turns to see Ye Wangxi entering the scene. Ye Wangxi, carrying yellow satin shoes, approaches the man and sets the shoes down at his feet, revealing the man to be Ye Wangxi’s foster father, referred to as "Yifu."
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by a rush of memories from his past life, including the destruction he caused and the pain he inflicted. He remembers Ye Wangxi’s distress during the attack on Rufeng Sect, marked by screams and bloodshed.
The chapter underscores Mo Ran's inner turmoil and the emotional impact of confronting figures from his past as he grapples with his previous actions and their lingering consequences.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 5
Chapter 155: Shizun, Aren’t You Surprised?A rumor spreads quickly about Rufeng Sect's Ye Wangxi and Song Qiutong having an affair, causing a stir among all the guests from major sects attending the upcoming wedding.
The rumor grows increasingly elaborate as it spreads, even reaching the ears of common villagers, who discuss it with a mix of shock and amusement.
The gossip becomes so pervasive that even Chu Wanning hears about it, though he is irritated by the baseless nature of the rumor.
Chu Wanning subtly tries to warn Nangong Si about the rumors during a conversation about his faewolves, but Nangong Si remains oblivious to Chu Wanning's hints.
Nangong Si invites Chu Wanning to visit the expanded Moonwhistle Fields to see his faewolves, suggesting Song Qiutong could join them.
Chu Wanning agrees to the visit and decides to meet Nangong Si and Song Qiutong at Moonwhistle Fields.
Mo Ran arrives and offers to accompany Chu Wanning, not comfortable with him going alone to handle the faewolves.
A suggestive moment occurs between Mo Ran and Chu Wanning, leading to Chu Wanning blushing and retreating to change his clothes.
At Moonwhistle Fields, Nangong Si and Song Qiutong wait for Chu Wanning and Mo Ran's arrival.
Mo Ran playfully claims he’s there as a 'punching bag' for Chu Wanning, who then accuses him of being there to cause trouble.
Song Qiutong, displaying her beauty and charm, steps forward and remarks on the deep bond between Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, acknowledging the rumors she has heard.
Chapter 156: Shizun Is Good at RidingChu Wanning observes Song Qiutong, noting her exceptional beauty and understanding why Nangong Si is so taken with her.
Mo Ran, however, is not focused on Song Qiutong; instead, he keeps his gaze on Chu Wanning, leading to a brief, intense exchange of glances between them.
Nangong Si introduces Naobaijin, his favorite faewolf, and invites Chu Wanning and Mo Ran to ride faewolves.
Despite initial doubts, Chu Wanning finds riding the faewolf easy and even enjoyable as the creature responds intuitively to his commands.
Nangong Si proposes a race to Ganquan Lake, with the prize being a bracelet of septimal-star spiritual stones. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran agree to the challenge.
During the race, Chu Wanning speeds ahead, unable to tolerate Song Qiutong's high-pitched screams from behind him.
The thrill of the ride brings a rare smile to Chu Wanning's face, and Mo Ran closely follows, feeling a deep sense of comfort in always being near Chu Wanning.
At Ganquan Lake, Chu Wanning attempts to catch fish using Tianwen but is uncertain about identifying groupers, leading Mo Ran to catch the required fish for him.
Mo Ran experiences conflicting emotions, both tender and possessive, as he watches Chu Wanning.
Upon returning to Moonwhistle Fields, they find Song Qiutong injured and Nangong Si tending to her.
Mo Ran compares Song Qiutong's feet unfavorably to Chu Wanning's and reflects on how his feelings have changed from his past life.
Nangong Si hands over the bracelet to Chu Wanning, acknowledging his loss in the race.
Mo Ran, feeling competitive, promises to get something better for Chu Wanning next time.
The group prepares a meal from the fish they caught. Chu Wanning is surprised and touched when Mo Ran fillets a fish and presents it to him in a lotus leaf, knowing he dislikes eating fish with bones.
Song Qiutong serves tea to everyone, and Chu Wanning notices the cinnabar mark on her wrist, realizing the rumors about her affair with Ye Wangxi are likely false.
Mo Ran, after accepting tea from Song Qiutong, reveals he has something he would like to give her.
Chapter 157: Shizun, on My Wedding Night Back Then, I Actually…Mo Ran presents Song Qiutong with an exquisite bracelet made of East Sea nacre and Xihe sunstone, which he explains will help moderate Nangong Si’s fire elemental spiritual power. After receiving Nangong Si's approval, Song Qiutong accepts the gift graciously.
The group enjoys tea and casual conversation, with Chu Wanning advising Nangong Si to be meticulous with the wedding preparations. Nangong Si reassures Chu Wanning that he’s been diligent, even noticing and fixing a missing pearl on Song Qiutong’s dress robes the previous night.
Mo Ran reflects on his past life when he married Song Qiutong as Taxian-jun. He recalls feeling empty and disgusted during the wedding, ultimately abandoning her in the bridal chamber and spending the night in the Red Lotus Pavilion instead.
After bidding farewell to Nangong Si and Song Qiutong, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran return to the guest courtyard. Chu Wanning questions why Mo Ran spaced out while looking at Song Qiutong earlier. Mo Ran responds with a flirtatious comment, saying that Song Qiutong wouldn’t look as wonderful in wedding robes as Chu Wanning did during their ghost marriage.
Chu Wanning becomes flustered and scolds Mo Ran, warning him never to mention the ghost ceremony again. Mo Ran internally expresses his longing and regret for losing Chu Wanning in their past life, finding even Chu Wanning’s reprimands sweet.
The eve of Nangong Si’s wedding arrives, and Rufeng Sect is bustling with guests from all over, including leaders and young masters from major sects, wandering cultivators, and wealthy businesspeople.
Xue Zhengyong forces his son Xue Meng to meet a young lady cultivator, “little Mantuo.” Despite the elders’ intentions, little Mantuo bluntly tells Xue Meng that she doesn’t care for his personality and warns him not to get any ideas.
Xue Meng, shocked and angered by her presumptuousness, argues with little Mantuo. She then spots Mei Hanxue, runs toward him, and accuses him of promising to marry her. Mei Hanxue denies knowing her and walks away, leaving little Mantuo in tears.
Xue Meng feels a mix of anger at Mei Hanxue’s womanizing and satisfaction at little Mantuo’s misguided affections. He tries to confront Mei Hanxue, who mocks Xue Meng’s swollen face before leaving.
Xue Meng, still furious, accidentally bumps into Jiang Xi, the sect leader of Guyueye and one of the wealthiest men in the world. After a tense exchange, Xue Meng insults Jiang Xi, who retaliates with a biting remark about Xue Meng’s lack of self-discipline.
Madam Wang intervenes, urging Xue Meng to apologize. Jiang Xi recognizes Xue Meng as Xue Zhengyong’s son and makes a condescending comment about considering him an adoptive nephew.
Xue Meng, enraged by Jiang Xi’s insult to his mother, tries to attack him, but the conflict is interrupted by the announcement of the welcome feast at Rufeng Sect’s Poetry Hall.
Jiang Xi leaves, casting a final cold glance at Xue Meng and Madam Wang before departing in anger.
Chapter 158: Shizun Drinks Wedding WineThe grand wedding celebration at Rufeng Sect kicks off with a three-day feast, beginning with a welcome dinner for all guests. The evening’s highlight is the hunting event, where guests are invited to hunt spiritual deer in the forest, with a prize of ten million gold for each deer caught.
The expansive Poetry Hall is filled with guests who congratulate Nangong Liu and express admiration for the young couple, Nangong Si and Song Qiutong, as they make their entrance in striking red and gold attire.
Mo Ran, feeling a sense of déjà vu from his past life, reflects on the emptiness of his own wedding to Song Qiutong and the futility of the praise lavished on him back then.
Among the guests, Mo Ran notices Ye Wangxi, who appears calm and resigned to his fate, reminiscent of a pagoda lantern Mo Ran had longed for in his youth but knew he could never possess.
The head servant of Rufeng Sect brings out a bronze vessel to draw straws for the hunting event. After some minor sect members withdraw their names, the drawing begins. Ye Wangxi declines to participate, but his foster father, Xu Shuanglin, mischievously volunteers to take part despite being over forty years old.
Nangong Liu draws the names of twenty-one participants, with Xu Shuanglin claiming the last spot for himself. Each hunter is given a firework to signal when a deer is felled.
Excitement fills the hall as Nangong Liu announces an additional prize: ten faewolves for the first-place winner. The promise of these rare spiritual beasts sends the crowd into a frenzy of enthusiasm.
Mo Ran prepares to join the hunt and reassures Chu Wanning that he will look after Xue Meng. Chu Wanning, confident in his disciples' abilities, places a large bet of three hundred thousand gold, determined to use the winnings to pave roads with spiritual stones.
As the hunt begins, the first firework goes off quickly, signaling that a deer has been caught. The guests engage in betting on the outcome, with even Nangong Si participating to win money for Song Qiutong.
Suddenly, an arrow pierces the hall’s main pillar, carrying a letter that causes Nangong Si great distress. He tries to destroy it, but Nangong Liu intervenes and reads the letter, which prompts him to shoot a harsh look at Song Qiutong before burning it.
A mysterious figure with a low, husky voice speaks from the eaves, criticizing Nangong Liu for dismissing the letter’s contents. The figure, dressed in black with a bronze mask, makes a dramatic entrance into the hall, causing panic among the guests.
The black-garbed man, who clearly possesses immense power, reassures the frightened guests that he is not there to kill anyone, though his presence and cryptic remarks create an atmosphere of tension and uncertainty.
Chapter 159: Shizun, I’m Most Afraid of TianwenThe chapter begins with Nangong Liu trying to maintain his composure in the face of the mysterious black-clad intruder who boldly declares that Nangong Si should not marry Song Qiutong, implying that she has been unfaithful with Ye Wangxi.
The black-clad man stirs the crowd by insinuating that Song Qiutong and Ye Wangxi have been involved in an affair, causing unease among the guests. Song Qiutong vehemently denies the accusations, but her panic only adds to the suspicion.
The intruder claims to have witnessed the affair and mentions a red birthmark on Song Qiutong’s left thigh as proof, shocking Nangong Si and further rattling Song Qiutong, who struggles to defend herself.
The black-clad man challenges Song Qiutong to show the chastity mark on her wrist, a mark placed by Hanlin the Sage when she was auctioned off at Xuanyuan Pavilion, to prove her innocence. However, Song Qiutong is unable to comply, which casts more doubt on her.
Chu Wanning intervenes, pointing out that the chastity mark was present just days ago, suggesting the intruder’s claims might be false or a deliberate attempt to sabotage the wedding. The intruder responds with a seemingly softer tone when addressing Chu Wanning, but continues to insist on the affair.
Chu Wanning uses Tianwen to attack the intruder, who skillfully evades the attacks while bantering with Chu Wanning, adding a layer of tension and unexpected humor to the situation.
The intruder continues to accuse Ye Wangxi of coercing Song Qiutong into a relationship, even going so far as to mimic Ye Wangxi’s voice, further enraging him. Ye Wangxi, overwhelmed with anger and frustration, struggles to respond to the mounting accusations.
Chapter 160: Shizun, Do You Remember the Voice-Changing Spell from the Inn Back Then?As the black-clad man continues to accuse Ye Wangxi of having an affair with Song Qiutong, murmurs of disdain and judgment ripple through the crowd. Many guests begin to believe the accusations.
Chu Wanning manages to injure the man in black slightly with Tianwen, causing a brief moment of tension, but the man quickly resumes his accusations.
The black-clad man continues to press Ye Wangxi, accusing him of forcing himself on Song Qiutong and shaming him in front of the guests.
Song Qiutong, feeling trapped and panicked, seizes the opportunity to escape blame by claiming that Ye Wangxi did indeed force himself on her. She weeps and pleads for forgiveness, claiming she hid the truth out of fear.
Nangong Si, initially stunned and struggling to process what Song Qiutong is saying, becomes increasingly enraged, directing his anger at her rather than Ye Wangxi. He repeatedly asks if she knows the gravity of her accusations.
The guests are confused by Nangong Si’s reaction, expecting him to direct his anger at Ye Wangxi instead of Song Qiutong. Some express disappointment in Nangong Si’s apparent lack of concern for Song Qiutong’s well-being.
Chu Wanning, observing the situation, is puzzled by Nangong Si’s behavior and suspects there is more to the story.
Nangong Si finally orders Ye Wangxi to come forward and demands he remove a voice-changing spell. This revelation surprises the guests, who are confused about why Ye Wangxi would have used such a spell.
Ye Wangxi reveals that he has been using the voice-changing spell since he was thirteen, and it has become permanent, meaning he can no longer revert to his original voice. This revelation shocks Nangong Si and the guests.
Nangong Liu, realizing the situation is spiraling out of control, attempts to take charge by restraining Nangong Si with a barrier, effectively silencing him and preventing further outbursts.
The black-clad man continues to manipulate the situation, pointing out how Rufeng Sect is quick to sacrifice Ye Wangxi to protect its reputation, even though Ye Wangxi has been loyal for over a decade.
The man in black then drops a bombshell revelation: Ye Wangxi is not a man, referring to "Miss Ye." This shocking statement leaves the entire hall in stunned silence, with the true nature of Ye Wangxi’s identity suddenly called into question.
Chapter 161: Shizun, I’ll Take You FlyingThe revelation that Ye Wangxi is a woman causes an uproar in the hall, with guests shocked and disbelieving. Confusion and murmurs spread as they process this surprising information.
Nangong Liu, attempting to maintain control and protect Rufeng Sect's reputation, challenges the black-clad man’s claims and demands proof. The black-clad man taunts him, suggesting that if Nangong Liu has nothing to hide, he should release Nangong Si from the barrier.
Despite Nangong Liu’s attempts to dismiss the accusations, the guests begin to suspect that the black-clad man might be telling the truth, especially when he implies that Nangong Si, being a gentleman, knows more than his father is willing to admit.
Mei Hanxue, stepping forward to support the black-clad man’s claims, reveals that he had encountered Ye Wangxi before and was smitten by her, confirming that she is indeed a woman. Mei’s casual demeanor contrasts with the growing tension in the hall.
Nangong Liu tries to counter the claims by suggesting that the black-clad man’s story is inconsistent, but the man in black continues to pressure him, implying that the truth about Song Qiutong’s chastity mark could be uncovered by interrogating the male disciples of Rufeng Sect.
The situation escalates as Nangong Liu becomes desperate, calling Ye Wangxi forward and demanding she tell the truth. The narrative shifts to a flashback, revealing how Ye Wangxi was forced to live as a man from the age of thirteen, following Nangong Liu’s orders to protect Rufeng Sect's reputation. She even altered her voice permanently using a spell.
The black-clad man blocks Ye Wangxi’s way, arguing that she has sacrificed enough for Rufeng Sect and shouldn’t be forced to sacrifice her life as well. As the tension in the hall reaches its peak, a Heavenly Rift suddenly appears in the sky above the forest where the hunters are, causing widespread panic among the guests.
Nangong Liu quickly abandons the scandal in the hall, taking advantage of the chaos to lead the Rufeng Sect guards to investigate the rift, leaving the situation unresolved.
Chu Wanning, concerned for Xue Meng and the others in the forest, decides to check on them, leaping into the night using qinggong. Mo Ran, revealed to be the black-clad man, quickly follows him, revealing his true identity to Xue Zhengyong before catching up to Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran offers Chu Wanning a ride on his sword, explaining that he orchestrated the spectacle in the hall to prevent Song Qiutong from marrying Nangong Si and further corrupting Rufeng Sect. He also hints at his knowledge of Ye Wangxi’s true identity, leaving Chu Wanning with questions as they speed towards the Heavenly Rift.
Chapter 162: Shizun, I’ll Stand with YouMo Ran reveals to Chu Wanning that he knew Ye Wangxi was a woman since their visit to Peach Blossom Springs. He learned it by overhearing a conversation involving Mei Hanxue and observed Ye Wangxi’s unusual clothing style, which always covered her neck, confirming his suspicions.
Distracted while explaining, Mo Ran accidentally crashes their sword into a tree. Despite the fall, Mo Ran is delighted that Chu Wanning landed on him, seizing the moment to embrace and affectionately stroke his hair.
Chu Wanning is irritated by the mishap but allows Mo Ran to help him up. Mo Ran tries to lighten the mood, but Chu Wanning insists on continuing their journey using qinggong instead of the sword.
As they proceed through the forest, Chu Wanning questions how Mo Ran knew about the birthmark on Song Qiutong's leg. Mo Ran explains that he learned of it from someone at an auction and reassures Chu Wanning that he isn't interested in Song Qiutong.
Mo Ran reveals that he placed a spell on the bracelet he gave Song Qiutong to mask the cinnabar mark on her wrist, which explains its disappearance. Chu Wanning suspects that Mo Ran is hiding more but doesn't press further.
Mo Ran discloses his deeper motivations to Chu Wanning, explaining that he wanted to protect Ye Wangxi, who harbors feelings for Nangong Si, from Song Qiutong’s potential cruelty. He admits that knowing the truth, he felt compelled to act to clear his conscience.
As they near the hunting grounds, Mo Ran detects a foul smell and recognizes the Zhenlong Chess Formation, similar to the one that caused devastation in Butterfly Town. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran realize that the situation is dire, as the formation is fully activated and opening a portal to the Infinite Hells.
Chu Wanning prepares to face the danger head-on, and Mo Ran, despite his fears, vows to stay by his side. They both summon their holy weapons, ready to confront whatever emerges from the rift.
As they reach Ganquan Lake, they observe guards and young cultivators, including Xue Meng, being controlled by the Zhenlong Chess Formation. The formation uses their spiritual power to power holy weapons, which in turn are tearing open the rift to the Infinite Hells. The sight of Xue Meng among the controlled cultivators shocks both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning, who realize the gravity of the situation.
Chapter 163: Shizun and BuguiXue Meng and the other youths who went hunting were implanted with Zhenlong Chess pieces, turning them into lifeless puppets guarding the elemental arrays while fighting off ghosts.
Chu Wanning is distraught at seeing Xue Meng in this state and wants to rush in, but Mo Ran stops him, insisting they wait for the right moment.
Despite the dire situation, Mo Ran assures Chu Wanning that Xue Meng is still strong enough to hold his own for now.
As they watch, Mo Ran and Chu Wanning notice two figures, revealed to be Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin, activating one of the arrays by placing a holy weapon into the lake.
Mo Ran is shocked to recognize Xu Shuanglin, Ye Wangxi's foster father, and struggles to reconcile this with his past memory of the man.
Nangong Liu reveals his impatience, wanting to widen the Heavenly Rift, but Xu Shuanglin advises caution to avoid repeating the disaster of Butterfly Town.
Chu Wanning confronts Nangong Liu, revealing his involvement in the Butterfly Town calamity and denouncing him as a monster for his past crimes, including sacrificing his wife.
Nangong Liu boasts about how he manipulated Chu Wanning years ago, making him feel responsible for the current situation.
Chu Wanning attacks, but Nangong Liu forces Xue Meng and the other puppets to fight on his behalf, putting Chu Wanning in a difficult position.
Chu Wanning uses Tianwen’s Ten Thousand Coffins technique to bind the puppets and plays his holy weapon, Jiuge, to clear their minds.
Xu Shuanglin attempts to disrupt Chu Wanning’s efforts, but Mo Ran steps in to stop him, engaging in a fierce battle.
Xu Shuanglin injures Mo Ran, whose blood empowers the holy weapon submerged in the lake, summoning the fearsome saber Bugui.
Mo Ran is horrified to see Bugui, Taxian-jun’s blade, and realizes the danger it poses to Chu Wanning due to their past connection.
As Chu Wanning’s spiritual energy falters from the effects of Bugui, Mo Ran rushes to save him, catching him just as he collapses.
Mo Ran supports the injured Chu Wanning, who still manages to guide him in casting a spell to protect the puppets from the encroaching underworld lava.
Overwhelmed with emotion, Mo Ran is brought to tears, showing deep concern for Chu Wanning’s well-being.
Chu Wanning, touched by Mo Ran’s concern, reassures him that he’s fine and instructs him to seize the opportunity to kill Nangong Liu.
Chu Wanning reflects on his past mistakes, realizing that his youthful naïveté and decision to spare Nangong Liu have led to the current disaster. He struggles to understand what Nangong Liu hopes to achieve.
Chapter 164: Shizun Kills a DiscipleA giant skeletal foot emerges from the lava, followed by an enormous skeleton, which roars at the sky and wields a massive hatchet, liquefying the earth and turning plants to ash.
Nangong Liu, wielding two swords, attacks the skeleton with all his spiritual energy, aiming for its ribcage where a fire burns and a man's silhouette hangs.
Despite Nangong Liu’s efforts, the battle is bizarre, as it seems he risked everything to fight the skeleton rather than command it for calamity.
Mo Ran uses Jiangui’s Ten Thousand Coffins technique to pull Xue Meng and others out of danger, earning praise from Chu Wanning.
Nangong Liu’s attacks focus on the skeleton's ribcage, where he finds a frail man hanging amidst the flames, and excitedly stabs at him.
The man suddenly opens his eyes, and Nangong Liu is caught in his gaze, experiencing the torment of the man’s soul. Nangong Liu falls but is saved by Xu Shuanglin, who reprimands him.
Nangong Liu’s body begins to crack and bleed under the moonlight as a curse takes effect, revealing that the man is Luo Fenghua, the previous leader of Rufeng Sect.
Xu Shuanglin, furious, kicks Nangong Liu and chastises him for failing, while Nangong Liu begs for death, overwhelmed by the curse.
Chu Wanning explains to Mo Ran that Luo Fenghua had staged a coup to become Rufeng Sect's leader, deposing Nangong Liu’s younger brother, but eventually died, leaving Nangong Liu as the leader.
Nangong Liu, driven mad by the curse, stabs the man in the skeleton's chest, then pulls the body from the flames, shouting that he has found the man and is free.
As cultivators from Poetry Hall arrive, they witness Nangong Liu devouring the corpse in madness, causing shock and horror among the onlookers.
Nangong Liu’s body continues to crack under the moonlight despite eating the corpse, leading him to scream in pain and desperation.
Nangong Liu attempts to extract the man’s spiritual core to gain more power but is suddenly stabbed from behind by Xu Shuanglin, who dismisses Nangong Liu as a failure unworthy of power.
Chapter 165: Shizun, It’s Him!Xu Shuanglin, after stabbing Nangong Liu in the chest with a claw suffused with spiritual energy, forces a lingchi fruit into Nangong Liu's mouth, causing unbearable agony.
Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi plead with Xu Shuanglin to stop, but Xu Shuanglin coldly restrains Nangong Si with a barrier and dismisses their concerns.
Xu Shuanglin mocks Nangong Liu, revealing that the promise to lift the curse was a lie, and taunts him for believing that consuming Luo Fenghua's flesh and blood would help.
Xu Shuanglin announces to the gathered cultivators that he is about to reveal a long-hidden secret of Rufeng Sect, indicating that this could be the sect's final scandal.
Xu Shuanglin casts an illusion spell, displaying his memories to everyone present. The scene shifts to an illusion of Rufeng Sect's Flying Jade Platform, where past events between Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin are revealed.
In the memory, Nangong Liu is seen obsessing over a plan to lift the curse placed on him by Luo Fenghua, involving the use of five holy weapons and the sacrifice of cultivators with pure elemental spiritual energies.
Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin discuss their plan, including how they had previously failed at Jincheng Lake and Peach Blossom Springs, and express their frustration with Chu Wanning and Mo Ran.
Nangong Liu admits that if the holy weapons fail to open the gate to the Infinite Hells, he would be willing to sacrifice his own son, Nangong Si, if necessary.
The illusion ends with the scene shifting to another memory, this time at Jincheng Lake, setting the stage for the next revelation.
Chapter 166: Shizun’s Esteemed Madam RongThe chapter opens at Jincheng Lake with Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin surrounded by the bodies of dead merfolk. Xu Shuanglin uses a forbidden technique to control a merman, making it return to the lake.
Xu Shuanglin explains that the technique he's using allows him to control bodies but not minds, hinting at a more advanced form of the spell that could control both.
Nangong Liu praises Xu Shuanglin's ingenuity, noting that controlling Jincheng Lake will allow them to identify cultivators with the elemental spiritual essences needed to open the gate to the Infinite Hells.
Xu Shuanglin downplays his abilities, attributing his success to the diminished power of Gouchen the Exalted, which once protected the lake.
A moment of tension arises when Xu Shuanglin takes a tangerine from Nangong Liu with his teeth, his actions laced with subtle menace.
The conversation turns to the merlion piranha, a creature that once demanded Nangong Liu offer up Rong Yan's heart, revealing the dark truth behind her death.
Outside the illusion, the revelation shocks the crowd, especially Nangong Si, who is devastated to learn that his mother was sacrificed by his father.
Nangong Si recalls a painful memory from his childhood when he clashed with his strict mother, Rong Yan. Despite her sternness, she tried to instill in him the values of Rufeng Sect, leading to a deep rift between them.
The memory recounts Rong Yan's final attempt to discipline Nangong Si before her death. He had lashed out at her, not realizing it would be their last interaction.
After Rong Yan's death, Nangong Si is left with overwhelming guilt and regret, haunted by the harsh words he spoke to his mother during their last encounter.
The chapter ends with Nangong Si holding onto the tattered quiver his mother had embroidered for him, the last tangible reminder of her love and guidance.
Chapter 167: Shizun, I Don’t Want Anyone to Scold You Ever AgainThe illusion continues, revealing painful truths about Nangong Si’s past. On the shore of Jincheng Lake, Nangong Liu crushes the face of the merlion piranha that demanded his wife’s spiritual core in exchange for a holy weapon.
Nangong Liu justifies his actions by stating that his wife, Madam Rong, was in poor health and would not have lived long. He dismisses any guilt, believing he had no choice.
Xu Shuanglin listens but expresses skepticism, subtly mocking Nangong Liu for his actions and rationalizations.
Nangong Liu laments the unfairness of life, frustrated that other cultivators received holy weapons with much less sacrifice. He resents the moral rebuke he received from Chu Wanning when he was just fifteen, feeling humiliated by someone so young.
Xu Shuanglin remarks on Nangong Liu’s ability to survive and manipulate situations to his advantage, particularly how he managed to silence Chu Wanning and cover up the truth about Madam Rong’s death.
The crowd watching the illusion begins to criticize Chu Wanning, questioning his decision to keep the truth hidden. Some accuse him of poor judgment or cowardice, while others defend his choice, believing he did it to protect Nangong Si.
Mo Ran becomes angry at the unfair criticisms directed at Chu Wanning, who, despite his sacrifices, is constantly judged harshly by others.
Chu Wanning, aware of the comments but indifferent to them, asks Mo Ran to cover his ears so he doesn’t have to hear the negativity. Mo Ran complies, feeling a deep tenderness for his shizun, wanting to protect him from the world’s harsh judgments.
The illusion shifts, showing a memory of Chu Wanning’s encounter with Nangong Si after Madam Rong’s death. Young Nangong Si struggles with the loss, haunted by his last harsh words to his mother and the guilt of not appreciating her efforts to raise him with strict discipline.
The scene changes again, this time showing Nangong Liu’s sleeping quarters during a summer night. Nangong Liu is suffering from the curse left on him by his former master, Luo Fenghua. Xu Shuanglin visits him, offering no comfort but discussing the curse and how it might be lifted.
Xu Shuanglin suggests that to break the curse, Nangong Liu needs to find and consume the spiritual core of Luo Fenghua. However, this is complicated because Luo Fenghua’s soul was sent to the Infinite Hells.
Xu Shuanglin proposes a way to summon Luo Fenghua’s ghost form by opening a passage to the Infinite Hells using five great spiritual energies. Nangong Liu, desperate to end his suffering, is willing to do whatever it takes.
The conversation turns to Nangong Si, and Xu Shuanglin casually mentions his unruly spiritual core, which could lead to a qi deviation. Nangong Liu dismisses it as a minor issue, believing that finding the right wife for dual cultivation would solve the problem.
Xu Shuanglin expresses concern that this could harm Nangong Si’s future wife, but Nangong Liu, who holds a low opinion of women, brushes it off, revealing his plans to marry Nangong Si to Ye Wangxi, Xu Shuanglin’s foster daughter.
Chapter 168: Shizun, Someone’s Messing with the BodyThe chapter opens with an illusion where Xu Shuanglin's reaction, and the reactions of those watching, indicate something significant is unfolding.
Mo Ran, aware of details from his past life, feels that something is off. He recalls that Ye Wangxi’s feelings for Nangong Si were known before her death in the previous life, and that Nangong Liu had arranged for her to marry Nangong Si. This suggests that Nangong Liu was seeking a dual-cultivation vessel for his son, and Mo Ran suspects Nangong Si’s death in the past life was not coincidental.
In the illusion, Xu Shuanglin's demeanor changes as he learns of Nangong Liu's intention to marry Ye Wangxi to Nangong Si. Xu Shuanglin grows cold as Nangong Liu reveals that he has already discussed this with Ye Wangxi, and she is willing to marry Nangong Si out of love, despite the dangers.
Mo Ran deduces that in the previous life, Xu Shuanglin may have killed Nangong Si to protect Ye Wangxi, who lived on after Nangong Si’s death. In the current life, with Song Qiutong as a suitable dual-cultivation partner, Nangong Liu likely didn’t push Ye Wangxi to marry Nangong Si, thus avoiding the past tragedy.
The illusion shifts to a scene from years earlier, where a younger Nangong Liu, not yet the Rufeng Sect leader, is holding the sect leader’s ring. He orders Luo Fenghua’s body to be buried with dignity, but this contradicts the earlier memory where Nangong Liu had Luo Fenghua’s body destroyed and thrown into the Infinite Hells.
As Nangong Liu places the ring on his finger, he is suddenly struck by intense pain. His face is covered in countless small wounds that bleed profusely, indicating the curse left by Luo Fenghua.
Xu Shuanglin, still an advisor at the time, examines the ring and reveals that it carries a curse of ten thousand calamities, which will cause Nangong Liu to suffer every night under moonlight, with the only respite being death.
Nangong Liu, in a fit of hysteria, orders Luo Fenghua’s remains to be hacked into pieces and thrown into the blood pool, ensuring his soul will never reincarnate.
The illusion fades, revealing the audience's reactions to the dark history of Rufeng Sect. Many are enthralled by the drama, but Mo Ran feels something is still missing in the story.
Mo Ran suddenly notices apocalyptic fire spreading across Rufeng Sect’s seventy-two cities, a spirit-fueled inferno that cannot be extinguished by ordinary means. Panic ensues as people realize the gravity of the situation.
Xu Shuanglin, standing amidst the chaos, admits that he intends to destroy Rufeng Sect. He reveals a deep-seated desire for revenge, stating that he is destroying his own home.
Xu Shuanglin then approaches Nangong Liu, who is barely alive, and rips off an exquisite human skin mask, revealing his true identity. Nangong Liu is shocked and terrified to see that Xu Shuanglin is someone he thought was long dead.
Xu Shuanglin confirms that he is very much alive and asserts his superiority over Nangong Liu, promising to outlive him. He taunts Nangong Liu with a broad smile, calling him "Ge," revealing a close and complex relationship between them.
Chapter 169: Shizun, It’s the First Forbidden TechniqueThe chapter begins with the revelation that Xu Shuanglin is actually Nangong Xu, a figure thought to have been killed by Luo Fenghua long ago. This revelation shocks the onlookers, especially Ye Wangxi, who is visibly distressed.
Xu Shuanglin taunts Nangong Si, revealing that his mother originally liked him more than Nangong Liu, further infuriating Nangong Si. Xu Shuanglin mocks his brother, Nangong Liu, for being a coward and for the downfall of Rufeng Sect.
Jiang Xi, the leader of Guyueye sect, questions Xu Shuanglin’s motives, asking if his goal is to destroy Rufeng Sect’s history and tradition. Xu Shuanglin responds that his only desire is to destroy the hearts of people, not just physical structures.
Overcome with rage, Nangong Si summons a faewolf and prepares to attack Xu Shuanglin with the holy weapon Mantuo, a jade bow. Despite his anger, Nangong Si hesitates to shoot when Xu Shuanglin uses Nangong Liu as a shield, revealing the deep, conflicted emotions Nangong Si holds for his father.
Xu Shuanglin easily counters Nangong Si’s attacks, demonstrating his superior skills, which prompts the remaining onlookers to flee the scene, leaving only a few behind, including Mo Ran, Chu Wanning, Ye Wangxi, Jiang Xi, and Li Wuxin.
Jiang Xi organizes a rescue operation to save the unconscious cultivators who were turned into chess pieces. He directs Li Wuxin to transport them to safety while he stays behind to protect the remaining people.
Chu Wanning begins to seal the Heavenly Rift, while Mo Ran joins Nangong Si in fighting Xu Shuanglin. Despite their combined efforts, Xu Shuanglin continues to hold his ground, although he is starting to show signs of fatigue.
Xu Shuanglin attempts to manipulate Ye Wangxi into helping him, but she refuses, struggling with the emotional turmoil of the situation. Xu Shuanglin, realizing he is outnumbered, resorts to drastic measures.
In a desperate move, Xu Shuanglin draws blood to activate a powerful spell. He rips open Luo Fenghua’s corpse, extracting his spiritual core, and then dives into Ganquan Lake to retrieve the holy weapon Bugui.
As Xu Shuanglin resurfaces from the lake, another crack appears in the sky, but this one is different—it is the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death, the most powerful and forbidden technique in the cultivation world. This gate can tear apart time and space, bringing together people from different eras.
The chapter ends with Xu Shuanglin escaping through the Space-Time Gate, leaving the others in shock and disbelief at the use of such a forbidden technique.
Chapter 170: Shizun, Don’t Look, It’s FilthyXu Shuanglin, revealed to be Nangong Xu, is pulled into another universe through the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death. The rift closes quickly, leaving behind only a scrap of Xu Shuanglin’s robe.
Mo Ran reflects on the three forbidden techniques—Zhenlong Chess Formation, Rebirth, and the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death. He recalls his own failed experiments with a similar technique in his past life, leading to the realization that Xu Shuanglin had not mastered the complete Space-Time Gate of Life and Death but rather a partial version that only allowed spatial travel.
Chu Wanning confirms that the technique used was merely a Space Gate, not the full Space-Time Gate of Life and Death. He explains that the genuine Space-Time Gate could bring someone to an entirely different world.
Mo Ran is deeply disturbed, speculating that his own rebirth might have involved both the Rebirth technique and the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death, potentially orchestrated by someone watching from the shadows.
As they contemplate the situation, a massive explosion signals the intensification of the apocalyptic fire, which now engulfs Rufeng Sect’s seventy-two cities. The fire, created by Xu Shuanglin, reveals a memory scroll showing intimate scenes between Nangong Liu and Sect Leader Qi Liangji, exposing their affair to the masses.
The memory scroll was set up to play repeatedly in the flames, causing a scandal. Qi Liangji, the leader of Jiangdong Hall, is humiliated as her affair with Nangong Liu is displayed for everyone to see. Mo Ran instinctively covers Chu Wanning’s eyes to shield him from the explicit scene.
Mo Ran struggles with his own feelings of desire for Chu Wanning during this awkward situation, his thoughts becoming increasingly inappropriate. Despite this, he tries to maintain composure while shielding Chu Wanning.
The memory scroll reveals a conversation between Nangong Liu and Qi Liangji after their affair. Qi Liangji is upset that Nangong Liu refuses to marry her, fearing gossip and his son Nangong Si’s disapproval. She demands marriage, threatening to bear him many children to secure her position, rather than allowing Nangong Si to inherit Rufeng Sect.
The chapter concludes with the scandalous and treacherous relationship between Nangong Liu and Qi Liangji fully exposed, leaving Rufeng Sect in ruins both physically and morally.
Chapter 171: Shizun, Rufeng Sect Has FallenNangong Liu and Qi Liangji’s Argument: Qi Liangji demands that Nangong Liu marry her immediately, refusing to merge Jiangdong Hall with Rufeng Sect without his commitment. She reveals that she killed her husband for their relationship, but Nangong Liu hesitates, further angering her.
Jiangdong Hall’s Collapse: Qi Liangji’s confession shocks everyone, especially the remaining disciples of Jiangdong Hall. A violent confrontation erupts as two of the former sect leader’s brothers attack Qi Liangji, accusing her of murder.
Unfolding Scandals: Xu Shuanglin’s memory scroll continues to expose the dark secrets of various sects, revealing scandals involving Rufeng Sect and other major sects like Wubei Temple, Huohuang Pavilion, Bitan Manor, and even Kunlun Taxue Palace. These revelations show the treachery and deceit within the cultivation world.
Nangong Liu’s Betrayal of His Brother: One of the revealed memories shows how Nangong Liu, with the help of Master Tianchan, used techniques created by his younger brother Nangong Xu to defeat him in the Spiritual Mountain Competition, securing his position as sect leader. This further illustrates Nangong Liu’s treachery and Xu Shuanglin’s (Nangong Xu’s) deep-seated resentment.
Xu Shuanglin’s Revenge: It becomes clear that Xu Shuanglin’s goal is to destroy not just Rufeng Sect, but every person and sect that had wronged him. His vengeance extends beyond physical destruction to the complete moral and social ruin of those involved.
Golden Drum Tower’s Fall: As the chaos unfolds, the Golden Drum Tower in Rufeng Sect, which had suppressed thousands of demonic spirits, collapses. The release of these spirits, particularly a massive ancient beast known as the gun, spells disaster as it escapes toward the East Sea, fanning the flames of the apocalyptic fire.
Rufeng Sect’s Destruction: The remaining cultivators, including Mo Ran, Chu Wanning, and others, scramble to escape the raging inferno. Nangong Si, realizing the futility of saving Rufeng Sect, urges Ye Wangxi to prioritize her own survival. They barely escape as the sect falls to ruins.
Escape and Final Collapse: Mo Ran, carrying Chu Wanning, flees the burning ruins. Despite the chaos, Mo Ran’s concern for Chu Wanning remains evident as they narrowly escape the destruction. Rufeng Sect, once a symbol of power and prestige, is completely consumed by the fire, reduced to ashes in a single night.
Chapter 172: Shizun Doesn’t Eat ChildrenThe apocalyptic fire spreads rapidly across Linyi, forcing cultivators who attended the wedding to flee. Many villagers are caught in the path of the fire, and despite efforts, not all can be saved. Xue Zhengyong, carrying as many as he can on his iron fan, is forced to let go of some in his attempts to save others, leading him to grief and despair.
Madam Wang tries to comfort the children who were saved, but both she and Xue Zhengyong are overwhelmed with sorrow as they witness the devastation. Jiang Xi, though critical of Xue Zhengyong’s efforts, also assists by saving a child that Xue Zhengyong couldn’t rescue, despite his irritation and disdain for the situation.
Mo Ran, carrying as many villagers as his sword could hold, doesn’t waste time in futile efforts, focusing instead on getting the survivors to safety. He leads the group toward Flying Flower Isle, the nearest safe haven.
After two hours of flying, they reach Flying Flower Isle at dawn. The locals are startled by the sight of the crowd and the fire on the horizon, but they quickly provide food and water to the refugees.
As Mo Ran explains the situation to the confused islanders, Chu Wanning finds himself holding a small child who wakes up frightened. The child’s fear only intensifies when he sees Chu Wanning’s stern and unfamiliar face, causing him to cry out for his parents.
Chu Wanning, unused to comforting children, tries awkwardly to calm the boy down. His attempts fail as his naturally stern appearance frightens the child even more, leading to a misunderstanding where the boy believes Chu Wanning wants to harm him.
In a desperate attempt to comfort the child, Chu Wanning offers him a sticky rice candy, following Mo Ran’s example. However, the child, influenced by stories of scary cultivators, mistakes Chu Wanning’s gesture as a threat and starts crying even louder, believing he’s about to be turned into pills.
Chu Wanning is left bewildered and stiff, not understanding why the child is so terrified, as the boy’s cries draw the attention of everyone around them.
Chapter 173: Shizun, Someone Wants to Chase Us AwayChu Wanning is embarrassed and uncertain as he tries to calm a crying child, drawing the attention of others. Mo Ran steps in, taking the child and soothing him with a gentle touch, making the child feel safe.
Mo Ran has settled the refugees on Flying Flower Isle, but he and Chu Wanning discuss the challenges ahead. The fire in Linyi continues to rage, and there are limited resources on the island to accommodate everyone.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning walk along the beach, discussing the complexities surrounding Xu Shuanglin's actions and motivations. Mo Ran reflects on Xu Shuanglin’s past and the betrayal he faced, understanding the pain that led to his madness.
Mo Ran suspects that Xu Shuanglin’s true goal might be to revive Luo Fenghua using the Rebirth technique. However, the exact reasons behind Xu Shuanglin’s actions remain unclear.
Mo Ran recalls the dragon Wangyue’s words about Xu Shuanglin practicing two secret techniques but makes the connection that the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death was not one of them. He theorizes that Xu Shuanglin is likely to reappear within a year to complete his plans.
As Mo Ran and Chu Wanning contemplate the situation, a fisherman interrupts, bringing bad news: the head of the island's merchant family has returned and is displeased with the refugees. She has thrown them out of the vacant rooms and intends to charge them for food and water, threatening to enslave those who cannot pay.
Enraged by this news, Chu Wanning heads toward the center of the island to confront the merchant, determined to protect the refugees from further harm.
Chapter 174: Shizun’s Brocade PouchFlying Flower Isle’s wealthiest merchant, Third Lady Sun, is an ostentatious and greedy woman. She demands payment from the refugees for the food and lodging they’ve used, showing no mercy or compassion.
The merchant calculates the cost of food, water, and lodging, insisting on a high price. Chu Wanning reluctantly pays her with the money he has, but it only covers four days of expenses.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning discuss the situation, and Mo Ran even trades his silver dagger for food to ensure the refugees have something to eat.
That night, Mo Ran brings food to Chu Wanning, who is hungry but not satisfied with the meager meal. Mo Ran offers to wash Chu Wanning’s robe along with his own.
As Mo Ran washes the clothes, he finds various items left in Chu Wanning’s pockets, including an Exploding Talisman and other spiritual talismans, which he carefully removes.
Mo Ran discovers an old brocade pouch in Chu Wanning’s robe. Upon examining it, he realizes it contains two locks of hair intertwined, triggering a memory from Butterfly Town where he and Chu Wanning were married in a ghost ceremony.
Mo Ran is shocked and confused as he realizes Chu Wanning has kept the brocade pouch from their ghost marriage. His emotions are a mix of astonishment, disbelief, and deep sorrow as he tries to understand why Chu Wanning would hold onto this item.
Chapter 175: Shizun, Do You Like Me?Mo Ran enters the room, leaving a pile of Chu Wanning's talismans and other items on the bed. He tries to act normal despite his discovery of the brocade pouch, unsure of how to confront Chu Wanning about it.
As Mo Ran washes the laundry, he becomes consumed by the thought that Chu Wanning might actually have feelings for him, but he struggles with this possibility, doubting and overthinking every detail.
Meanwhile, Chu Wanning realizes that the brocade pouch is missing from its usual place near his heart. When he finds it hidden under the pile of talismans, he understands that Mo Ran must have seen it.
Both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning are deeply affected by the discovery of the brocade pouch, but they each handle it differently. Chu Wanning fears that his feelings have been exposed, while Mo Ran is overwhelmed by the idea that Chu Wanning might like him.
Chu Wanning reflects on his own appearance and insecurities, convincing himself that Mo Ran could never be interested in someone like him, especially when compared to the beautiful Shi Mei.
When Mo Ran returns to the room after doing the laundry, he awkwardly interacts with Chu Wanning, struggling to keep his emotions in check. He offers to help tie Chu Wanning's hair, a task he once did in the past.
As Mo Ran ties Chu Wanning’s hair, he becomes increasingly overwhelmed by his desire for him. The physical closeness, the scent, and the memories intensify his longing, making it difficult for him to maintain his composure.
Both characters are caught in a web of unspoken feelings, with Mo Ran battling the urge to act on his desires while Chu Wanning tries to hide his growing embarrassment and fear of rejection.
Chapter 176: Shizun, Why Don’t You Buy MeChu Wanning, after tying his ponytail, goes outside to wash the dishes. Mo Ran, inside the cottage, is restless and anxious, conflicted about how to handle the night and his feelings for Chu Wanning.
When Chu Wanning returns, Mo Ran awkwardly asks if he's going to bed, but Chu Wanning responds that he has work to do, specifically creating sound-recording haitang blossoms to sell for money.
Chu Wanning explains his plan to sell the blossoms to the island's wealthy merchant, Third Lady Sun, to cover their stay on Flying Flower Isle. Mo Ran is surprised and finds it amusing, offering to help with the sale.
Chu Wanning sets the price at three copper coins for each blossom, but Mo Ran insists it's too low, given the value of Chu Wanning’s creations. He jokingly offers to buy all the flowers himself, but then realizes he has no money left.
Mo Ran, trying to help, grabs Chu Wanning's cold hand to warm it. Chu Wanning reacts strongly, pulling away and feeling awkward, while Mo Ran struggles with his growing feelings.
Mo Ran eventually conjures fiery red butterflies from his spiritual energy and playfully suggests they could be sold for ten gold coins each, but Chu Wanning insists they should be priced similarly to his haitang blossoms.
Mo Ran, in a moment of flirtation, suggests that Chu Wanning could "buy him out" instead, leaving the statement vague and suggestive. This flusters Chu Wanning, who quickly becomes embarrassed.
Neither Chu Wanning nor Mo Ran is willing to go to bed first, each waiting to see what the other will do. They continue making flowers and butterflies, both secretly hoping the other will initiate going to bed.
Eventually, after hours of staying up, Chu Wanning falls asleep at the table from exhaustion. Mo Ran gently lifts him and carries him to bed.
Chapter 177: Shizun Pretends to SleepChu Wanning, exhausted from two days without sleep, falls into a deep slumber. Mo Ran gently carries him to bed, placing him in the middle, and tucks him in, unable to resist staring at his face. Mo Ran is captivated by Chu Wanning's beauty, his heart softening as desire stirs within him.
As Mo Ran gazes at Chu Wanning, his intense emotions seem to wake Chu Wanning, who opens his eyes suddenly, startled to find Mo Ran so close. Mo Ran quickly explains that he was just closing the bed curtains to avoid waking him.
Mo Ran then asks where he should sleep. After some hesitation, he decides to sleep on the floor, gathering straw to make a pallet. Chu Wanning, now fully awake, watches him silently, relieved when Mo Ran lies down.
Mo Ran, lying on the floor, continues to converse with Chu Wanning, making lighthearted remarks about Chu Wanning’s habit of curling up in bed. He reassures Chu Wanning that he will keep him safe, causing Chu Wanning to respond with a rare bit of teasing, albeit awkwardly.
The conversation takes a slightly awkward turn when Mo Ran unintentionally makes a suggestive comment, which embarrasses both of them. Despite this, neither can sleep, their minds occupied by their complex emotions.
As they lie in the dark, Mo Ran suddenly recalls an incident from years ago when he thought he heard Chu Wanning say, "I like you too." This memory causes Mo Ran to become agitated, and he calls out to Chu Wanning, asking about the brocade pouch he found earlier.
Chu Wanning, pretending to be asleep, listens to Mo Ran’s hesitant questions. Although Mo Ran eventually gives up and lies down, Chu Wanning is left in turmoil, struggling with his feelings and the desire to respond but too overwhelmed to do so.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning hiding under the covers, his emotions a confusing mix of fear, longing, and frustration as he grapples with the possibility that Mo Ran might actually share his feelings.
Chapter 178: Shizun Sells FlowersChu Wanning wakes up with dark circles under his eyes, feeling glum after a restless night. He steps outside the cottage to find Mo Ran doing laundry again, which surprises him since Mo Ran had just done laundry the day before.
Mo Ran informs Chu Wanning that Third Lady Sun has provided breakfast for them, which is waiting on the stone table. Chu Wanning eats while Mo Ran continues washing clothes. After breakfast, they plan to sell the spiritual flowers and butterflies they created.
The golden haitang blossoms and red spiritual butterflies cause a sensation at the village market. Villagers gather, amazed by the beauty and magical properties of the items. Mo Ran engages with the crowd, selling the flowers and butterflies, while Chu Wanning stands silently under a tree, uninterested in hawking the items.
A bold villager asks about the price, and while Mo Ran suggests a high price, Chu Wanning offers them for just three coppers each. This creates a rush among the villagers, and the flowers and butterflies quickly sell out.
Mo Ran spots a poor girl watching the scene from afar. He sends a swallowtail butterfly to her as a gift, making her day despite her initial reluctance to accept it.
Hearing about the commotion, Third Lady Sun arrives at the market and demands to buy all the remaining flowers and butterflies. Mo Ran refuses to sell them all to her at once, citing fairness to other customers. Instead, he directs her to Chu Wanning for negotiation.
Chu Wanning surprises everyone by offering the flowers to Third Lady Sun for ten gold pieces each, which she readily accepts. Despite her initial frustration, Third Lady Sun purchases all the items, including special haitang blossoms with additional enchantments that Chu Wanning creates on the spot.
After returning to the cottage, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran count their earnings, which are more than enough to cover their stay and support the refugees. Chu Wanning insists that any leftover money should be returned to Third Lady Sun, but through the village elder, to avoid offending her.
Chu Wanning reveals that Third Lady Sun was once a disciple of Rufeng Sect but left after being betrayed by her fellow disciples. Despite her wealth, she secretly supports the islanders, especially during tough times, and despises cultivators due to her past experiences.
Mo Ran is moved by Chu Wanning's understanding and wisdom. He reflects on how Chu Wanning’s kind and forgiving nature contrasts with his own past. Mo Ran feels a deep tenderness toward Chu Wanning and vows to protect him, no matter the cost.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran recalling Chu Wanning's earlier interest in learning to ride a sword. He suggests that they go and practice together, signaling a shift toward a more intimate and understanding relationship between the two.
Chapter 179: WanningChu Wanning and Mo Ran reach the edge of a cliff on Flying Flower Isle, overlooking the roaring sea. Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning why he never learned to ride swords.
Chu Wanning reveals that he can only fly close to the ground and feels it's disrespectful to use swords as mere vehicles. Mo Ran encourages him to try flying higher.
Despite his reluctance, Chu Wanning summons his sword, Huaisha, which is a perfect fit for him but rarely used due to its vicious nature.
Mo Ran encourages Chu Wanning to ride his sword higher. Chu Wanning manages to get his sword level with Mo Ran’s, but Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning’s fear, realizing that Chu Wanning might be afraid of heights.
Mo Ran reassures Chu Wanning by sharing his own (fabricated) struggles with sword-riding, encouraging Chu Wanning to try without looking down.
Chu Wanning tries to ride his sword higher, but his fear becomes evident. Mo Ran suggests they return to the ground, which Chu Wanning gladly accepts.
Once on the ground, Mo Ran offers to take Chu Wanning on his sword to help him get used to the height. Chu Wanning reluctantly agrees and steps onto Mo Ran’s sword.
Mo Ran takes them high into the clouds, causing Chu Wanning to feel intense fear. Mo Ran tries to comfort him by making the sword bigger and adding a cold-dispelling barrier.
They discuss what to do with the refugees they brought to the island, deciding to take them to Sichuan after the fire in Linyi dies down.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran sit on Mo Ran's sword high above the ocean, surrounded by a protective barrier. Chu Wanning slowly relaxes, feeling safer within the barrier.
Mo Ran points out the moon, and Chu Wanning initially dismisses it as nothing special. However, he recalls a past moment when they had watched the moon together, though Mo Ran doesn't remember.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed with emotion and begins to consider confessing his feelings to Chu Wanning. As he hesitates, Chu Wanning notices his silence and asks what's wrong.
Mo Ran struggles with his desire to confess, but finally, he takes Chu Wanning's cold hand and tells him he doesn't have to do everything alone—he's there to support him.
Chu Wanning is flustered by Mo Ran’s touch and the emotions conveyed in his words. He tries to pull his hand away, but Mo Ran holds on, insisting that Chu Wanning can rely on him.
Mo Ran, overwhelmed by his feelings, accidentally calls Chu Wanning by his given name, "Wanning," which startles Chu Wanning. Mo Ran, realizing he crossed a line, apologizes, but then boldly repeats the name.
Mo Ran finally confesses his love, telling Chu Wanning he likes him, not just as a disciple, but as something more. Chu Wanning is taken aback and struggles to process the confession, feeling unworthy of love.
Chu Wanning, overwhelmed, tries to list reasons why he isn't worthy, but Mo Ran gently refutes each one, insisting that Chu Wanning is beautiful and that he likes him very much.
Mo Ran asks if Chu Wanning could ever like him in return. Chu Wanning, flustered and unable to respond directly, turns away, his face flushed.
Mo Ran, noticing Chu Wanning’s embarrassment and understanding the unspoken answer, grasps Chu Wanning's hand again, intertwining their fingers. Despite his embarrassment, Chu Wanning does not pull away.
Mo Ran finally understands that Chu Wanning harbors feelings for him as well, and the chapter ends with the mutual realization of their affection.
Chapter 180: Shizun, How Could I Let You Down?Chu Wanning and Mo Ran share a tender moment, holding hands for the first time. Chu Wanning is overwhelmed and flees as soon as they land, flustered and embarrassed by the intimacy.
Mo Ran, overjoyed by the realization that Chu Wanning likes him, finds himself unable to calm down. He lingers by a tree, overcome with happiness, laughing and crying as he reflects on Chu Wanning's silent affection and years of waiting.
Mo Ran struggles with guilt, realizing how much Chu Wanning has endured for him, and is consumed by the thought of how he has let Chu Wanning down in the past.
Meanwhile, Chu Wanning lies in bed, replaying the moment when Mo Ran held his hand. Despite his embarrassment, he finds himself mimicking the gesture, only to quickly reprimand himself for being so infatuated.
Mo Ran enters the room and, seeing Chu Wanning pretending to sleep, carefully tucks him in. He hesitates before bending down to place a soft, tender kiss on Chu Wanning's cheek.
Chu Wanning, though pretending to be asleep, is deeply affected by the kiss. His heart races, and he is filled with a mix of emotions, from embarrassment to a growing warmth in his chest.
The chapter concludes with Chu Wanning lying in bed, overwhelmed by the intimate gesture. Despite his best efforts to remain composed, a single tear escapes, marking the intensity of the moment.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 6
Chapter 181:
Shizun’s MemoriesChu Wanning wakes up early the morning after Mo Ran’s confession and lies in bed, observing Mo Ran sleeping beside him on a straw pallet.
Looking through the gauzy canopy, Chu Wanning remembers when Mo Ran first came to Sisheng Peak, filled with enthusiasm and determined to become his disciple.
Mo Ran had persistently tried to gain Chu Wanning’s favor, asking various people for advice and waiting outside the Red Lotus Pavilion daily, despite Chu Wanning ignoring him.
Mo Ran eventually stopped begging but still swept Chu Wanning’s courtyard every day, greeting him with a cheerful “Yuheng Elder.”
On the eleventh day, a beautiful morning with blooming lotuses, Chu Wanning sees Mo Ran sweeping and unexpectedly thanks him.
Although Chu Wanning states he still doesn’t plan to take Mo Ran as a disciple, Mo Ran is overjoyed by the small sign of acknowledgment.
On a rainy day, Chu Wanning finds Mo Ran outside again, this time rescuing earthworms from puddles using a stick.
Mo Ran offers his umbrella to Chu Wanning, but due to their height difference and a gust of wind, water spills into Chu Wanning’s collar.
Despite Mo Ran’s clumsy fumbling and apologies, Chu Wanning takes the umbrella and uses his spiritual weapon Tianwen—a golden willow vine—to help Mo Ran save the worms.
Impressed by Chu Wanning’s technique, Mo Ran expresses admiration, and Chu Wanning finally offers to teach him magic, telling him to meet at the bamboo forest after morning practice.
Mo Ran is ecstatic and kneels to accept, calling Chu Wanning “Shizun,” while Chu Wanning walks away silently, a golden barrier having shielded Mo Ran from the rain.
Xue Zhengyong later expresses surprise at Chu Wanning’s change of heart; Chu Wanning simply says it was to “help him save the earthworms.”
Chu Wanning reflects on how Mo Ran had started as a good child, went astray, but still matured into a fine cultivator.
Watching Mo Ran sleep, Chu Wanning notices the way his brow furrows in rest and recalls his long-standing, unrequited feelings.
When Mo Ran stirs, Chu Wanning panics and pretends to be asleep, letting his hand dangle naturally off the bed to cover his earlier peeking.
Mo Ran, believing Chu Wanning is asleep, gently tucks his hand back under the blanket before quietly leaving the room.
Chu Wanning lies awake, reflecting on the surreal feeling of being together with Mo Ran and how he had always believed Mo Ran was in love with Shi Mingjing.
He recalls years of jealousy and heartache watching Mo Ran dote on Shi Mingjing—cooking for him, helping him, smiling at him.
Chu Wanning had come to accept being unloved, yet clung to his feelings, unable to let go, even without hope.
Now, unsure of Mo Ran’s motives, Chu Wanning wonders if Mo Ran’s confession was out of gratitude, guilt, or even desperation after being rejected by Shi Mingjing.
Spiraling into jealousy and paranoia, Chu Wanning grows frustrated, convinced of melodramatic reasons behind Mo Ran’s change of heart, and ends the chapter by angrily stomping on Mo Ran’s sleeping mat.
Chapter 182:
Shizun’s Little Candle DragonChu Wanning, suspicious of his own feelings and unwilling to fly on Mo Ran’s sword again, summons his Rising Dragon Talisman and calls forth a tiny paper dragon.
The little dragon is dramatic and refuses to give Chu Wanning a ride, complaining loudly until Chu Wanning threatens to burn it with golden fire.
Intimidated, the dragon transforms into a massive Candle Dragon, descending from the clouds with a deafening roar and startling everyone, especially a small child Mo Ran is protecting.
Chu Wanning scolds the dragon to slow down and then rides it alone, disappearing into the clouds in dignified silence.
Mo Ran comforts the frightened boy and jokes with him about Chu Wanning, saying he likes Chu Wanning very much, making the boy smile.
Mo Ran’s sword arrives in Wuchang Town later than Chu Wanning, who has already arranged for the Linyi refugees to be taken in by local families.
As the boy Mo Ran protected waves goodbye, Chu Wanning walks off alone. Mo Ran catches up so they can return to the sect together.
As they walk silently, Mo Ran gently takes Chu Wanning’s hand; Chu Wanning does not pull away, though he is stiff and self-conscious.
They are interrupted by Shi Mei, who appears on the path and greets them warmly. Chu Wanning instantly pulls his hand away and hides it in his sleeve.
Shi Mei reports that Xue Meng is recovering well and leaves on an errand. Chu Wanning, jealous and flustered, glares at Mo Ran and walks away.
They reach Loyalty Hall and find it overflowing with spiritual items, treasures, and dozens of beautiful women sent by Huohuang Pavilion in an attempted alliance.
Xue Zhengyong is trying to turn them away politely, and with help from Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, finally succeeds in sending the envoy back.
Xue Zhengyong explains that many sects from the upper cultivation realm are now trying to ally with Sisheng Peak due to recent upheavals.
Chu Wanning learns that Jiangdong Hall has split, Guyueye and Taxue Palace have become enemies, and Rufeng Sect is in ruins.
When Xue Zhengyong hesitates to speak about Wubei Temple, Chu Wanning bluntly states that its involvement in past schemes ruined its reputation, including his own former shizun’s actions.
Chu Wanning asks about Nangong Si, and Xue Zhengyong says there’s been no word from him or Ye Wangxi since the apocalyptic fire.
Mo Ran worries aloud that they may be in danger or implicated due to ties with Xu Shuanglin, though he hides the real reason for his concern.
The group exchanges updates. Chu Wanning is evasive whenever questions concern Mo Ran.
Xue Zhengyong remains completely unaware of the romantic developments between Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, assuming they’re wholly incompatible.
That night, Chu Wanning returns to Red Lotus Pavilion but finds Mo Ran waiting outside with an empty food box.
Mo Ran explains that he made noodles for Xue Meng, who is recovering. Chu Wanning is surprised by their improved relationship.
Chu Wanning suspects Mo Ran knows too much about the Zhenlong Chess Formation and briefly questions it but dismisses the thought.
Mo Ran invites Chu Wanning to eat together, and though Chu Wanning initially resists, he agrees after seeing Mo Ran’s sincerity.
At dinner in Mengpo Hall, Mo Ran is respectful and restrained, no longer teasing Chu Wanning the way he used to before confessing.
When Chu Wanning has rice on his face, Mo Ran simply points it out instead of wiping it away as he would have in the past, leaving Chu Wanning flustered and disappointed.
Over the next few days, Mo Ran treats Chu Wanning with great care and restraint, never crossing any boundaries.
Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran’s tenderness and desire but also his hesitance, as if Chu Wanning might break if touched too roughly.
Though Chu Wanning is content with their slow progress, he feels both safe and stifled by the gentle distance.
One night, as Chu Wanning eats a peach, Mo Ran suddenly catches his hand, startling him. The chapter ends on this note of tension.
Chapter 183:
Shizun, I’ve Quit Spicy FoodMo Ran pulls Chu Wanning into a secluded alley behind Mengpo Hall and embraces him tightly, saying it “hurts,” referring to his pent-up desire.
Chu Wanning misunderstands at first, thinking Mo Ran is physically unwell, and tries to check his temperature, but Mo Ran kisses his hand instead.
Mo Ran confesses how much he misses Chu Wanning and how hard it is not being able to touch him due to the secrecy of their relationship.
Chu Wanning, flustered and overwhelmed by Mo Ran’s scent and proximity, insists they part before they’re seen.
Mo Ran remains behind, visibly aroused, prompting Chu Wanning to storm off embarrassed after realizing.
Over the next dozen days, Mo Ran’s longing intensifies. He stares at Chu Wanning during practices with visible hunger, which even Xue Meng begins to notice.
Xue Meng, confused and oblivious to the real situation, suspects Chu Wanning might be sick based on how Mo Ran stares at him.
Mo Ran denies it, and the two squabble like children until Chu Wanning scolds them for disrupting practice.
Xue Meng throws Mo Ran a note accusing him of trying to seduce Chu Wanning to learn his secret meditation techniques; Shi Mei accidentally reads it and is speechless.
After practice, Xue Zhengyong tells Chu Wanning that the refugees can’t return to Linyi and must be resettled. He assigns half of them to Yuliang Village and asks Chu Wanning to go oversee it with Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning, Mo Ran, and Shi Mei travel to Yuliang Village, where the locals welcome them warmly. Miss Ling-er flirts with Mo Ran, but he remains politely distant.
The villagers reflect on how the lower cultivation realm may soon rise in status and no longer be overshadowed by the upper realm.
Mo Ran discovers the ointments donated by Jiang Xi of Guyueye Sect and reflects on how powerful and wealthy that sect is compared to Sisheng Peak.
By nightfall, the trio helps settle the refugees, and the village chief invites them to a celebratory dinner at the ancestral hall.
A special table is arranged with mild food for Chu Wanning and others sensitive to spice. Mo Ran helps in the kitchen and delivers food to each table.
Villagers greet Mo Ran affectionately, including children and Ling-er, who clearly still harbors a crush on him.
Mo Ran brings soup buns to Chu Wanning and Shi Mei’s separate tables. Chu Wanning scolds him for letting the food go cold.
When Mo Ran reaches Shi Mei’s table, Shi Mei offers him a seat and a bowl, assuming he’ll eat with him as usual.
Mo Ran declines, saying he’s going to sit with Chu Wanning instead.
Shi Mei is visibly stunned when Mo Ran reveals he has “quit” spicy food—the only kind served at Shi Mei’s table.
Mo Ran cheerfully says he just lost the taste for it over time and hurries off, leaving Shi Mei alone with a polite smile hiding his deeper emotions.
Chapter 184:
Shizun, I Made You Wait So LongMo Ran returns from the kitchen with a bowl of rice and a lidded box and sits beside Chu Wanning instead of with Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning asks why he didn’t sit with Shi Mei; Mo Ran replies, “Why would I?” and whispers that his taste is to sit wherever Chu Wanning is.
Chu Wanning turns red but is clearly pleased, especially when Mo Ran touches his thigh under the table to keep their knees pressed together.
Chu Wanning tries to pull away, but Mo Ran keeps nudging his leg back until Chu Wanning gives him a frustrated kick under the table.
Mo Ran offers Chu Wanning the bamboo box, revealing that it contains soup dumplings he made especially for him—six crab roe, six shrimp.
Though embarrassed, Chu Wanning hides behind the lid and quietly eats the dumplings. He enjoys them and praises them as “not bad.”
Mo Ran watches Chu Wanning with affection, saying the dumplings are all for him and that seeing Chu Wanning happy is enough.
After dinner, the village hosts a play by the river, full of fire-breathing tricks and Sichuan opera dramatics.
Chu Wanning and Shi Mei initially plan to leave, but when Mo Ran mentions that the opera is the story of Wang Kai and Shi Chong, Chu Wanning changes his mind and suggests they stay.
Shi Mei, surprised by this change, agrees to stay despite his dislike of loud noise and eventual scalding by spilled tea, which gives him a reason to politely excuse himself.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran remain to watch the opera, which delights the local audience. Mo Ran is visibly happy to see the full show for the first time, having been chased off as a child.
Mo Ran softly asks if Chu Wanning likes the opera, and Chu Wanning replies that it’s “not bad,” moved by Mo Ran’s happiness.
When Mo Ran says the battle scene is over and suggests they leave, Chu Wanning surprises him again by saying they can stay a little longer.
As more scenes play, the villagers cheer, shout, and get excited, including a drunk man who claps Chu Wanning on the back.
Mo Ran gently shields Chu Wanning from the crowd by placing his hands on his shoulders and standing behind him protectively.
As the opera crescendos and fire breathers dazzle the audience, Mo Ran quietly embraces Chu Wanning from behind, then leans in to kiss his earlobe.
Mo Ran whispers his thanks to Chu Wanning for staying with him, saying he knows Chu Wanning doesn’t really like the show.
Chu Wanning insists he does, but his blush and fluster suggest otherwise. He wants to ask Mo Ran why he chose him but gets drowned out by the noise.
Mo Ran, sensing the mood, softly says, “The one I like has always been you. I was just too stupid to figure it out.”
Mo Ran apologizes for making Chu Wanning wait so long, holding him gently amidst the cheering crowd and the flickering lights of the stage.
Overwhelmed, Chu Wanning is left dazed and speechless, flooded with emotion and unable to process anything beyond the simple joy of being loved in return.
Chapter 185:
Shizun Gets Caught Red-HandedChu Wanning regains his senses and realizes he and Mo Ran are no longer at the opera but are hidden in a forest grove, passionately kissing.
The kisses are frantic and intense, both men consumed by long-suppressed desire. Their passion escalates quickly, with blood drawn and urgency mounting.
Mo Ran presses Chu Wanning against a tree, overwhelming him with his hunger and strength. Chu Wanning tries to keep control but is completely swept up in the moment.
Mo Ran finds Chu Wanning’s inexperience endearing and is deeply moved by his earnest effort despite being unskilled.
Chu Wanning becomes flustered and defensive when Mo Ran chuckles at him, asking whether he was “not good.” Mo Ran reassures him that he was “the best.”
Their bodies press together, and Chu Wanning becomes hyperaware of Mo Ran’s arousal and strength. He begins to panic internally but is unable to resist.
Mo Ran resumes kissing Chu Wanning deeply, leading to overwhelming sensations. Chu Wanning is left dazed and numb, caught in a haze of heat and desire.
Chu Wanning recalls that when they eventually returned to the Red Lotus Pavilion, Mo Ran had asked to stay the night, but Chu Wanning, though breathless and unsure, refused.
Alone, Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by what just happened and discovers his underclothes are damp. Blushing furiously, he is lost in unfamiliar emotion.
He reflects that books have always been his answer to hard problems, but they offer no guidance for this. He feels helpless and confused.
Mo Ran, understanding Chu Wanning’s anxiety, does not push further but continues to be tender and affectionate. Their secret intimacy continues to grow.
Though they now kiss regularly, it becomes clear that kissing is no longer enough. Chu Wanning can remain composed, but Mo Ran is frequently left physically aroused and struggling to conceal it.
One night, they sneak away after dinner for another tryst. Mo Ran sits on a stone with Chu Wanning on his lap, their kisses escalating in passion and intensity.
Mo Ran kisses Chu Wanning’s neck, and both of them are visibly affected. Chu Wanning tries to leave, but his body is weak and his resolve faltering.
Their kisses become more desperate, with Mo Ran biting Chu Wanning and holding him close, torn between worship and desire.
Mo Ran whispers that he “can’t take it anymore,” his voice hoarse with yearning. Chu Wanning, flushed and trembling, quietly replies, “Then… not here.”
Mo Ran, stunned and delighted by this implied consent, kisses him again and lifts him into his arms. Chu Wanning angrily tells him to put him down, which Mo Ran does—after another kiss.
Before Chu Wanning can answer Mo Ran’s question about where to go, they hear rustling in the nearby bushes and immediately separate in alarm.
A figure appears in the forest, holding a lantern and walking toward them. His voice rings out, trying to sound casual but clearly confused: “What… are you two doing here?”
Chapter 186:
Shizun, Mengmeng Is So Gullible Ha Ha HaXue Meng stumbles upon Mo Ran and Chu Wanning in the forest, clearly shocked to find them together and suspicious of what he overheard.
Mo Ran quickly fabricates a story about seeing an osmanthus rice-cake spirit and coming to investigate it with Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning, recognizing Mo Ran’s lie is more believable than anything he could say, plays along and confirms they found nothing.
Xue Meng accepts the explanation, relieved, and assumes he had misunderstood the situation, believing his shizun to be beyond reproach.
Mo Ran jokes that the rice-cake spirit must have fled in fear of Chu Wanning eating it, prompting Chu Wanning to snap and threaten Mo Ran with book-copying punishment.
Xue Meng reveals he was actually out searching for the family’s new fat cat, Veggiebun, which had escaped.
Mo Ran suggests that the rice-cake spirit might have been in danger from the cat instead, making Xue Meng ponder the possibility with sincerity.
Chu Wanning offers to help search for the cat before attending the elders’ meeting, and volunteers Mo Ran to help too.
Mo Ran is horrified because he is still aroused and physically unable to stand without embarrassment.
Mo Ran claims he feels strange and asks them to go ahead while he joins later. Chu Wanning then notices Mo Ran’s physical state and silently blushes, realizing the situation.
After this, Chu Wanning refuses to engage in any more romantic encounters with Mo Ran on Sisheng Peak to avoid further close calls.
As political instability continues, the cultivation world’s sects remain on edge due to the threat of Xu Shuanglin. Tianyin Pavilion is consulted but finds no clues.
Sect Leader Li Wuxin of Tianyin Pavilion summons all sect leaders and elders to a conference at Spiritual Mountain to strategize.
Chu Wanning and Xue Zhengyong attend; many notable changes have occurred since the last Spiritual Mountain gathering.
Rufeng Sect is absent due to its collapse; Huohuang Pavilion’s new leader is timid and overwhelmed; Wubei Temple avoids discussion of its own disgrace.
Jiang Xi of Guyueye is elected the new leader of the ten great sects to oversee the Xu Shuanglin investigation.
Unlike the polite and performative Nangong Liu, Jiang Xi bluntly accepts leadership with the words “as it should be,” openly declaring it should’ve been his all along.
Xue Zhengyong and Chu Wanning discuss Jiang Xi’s arrogance and how he refused to attend meetings during Nangong Liu’s leadership.
A mute servant from Guyueye Sect approaches their table with a brocade box bearing the silver snake emblem of Hanlin the Sage.
Chu Wanning realizes the gift is from Hua Binan (Hanlin the Sage), who is seated across the hall watching them silently from behind his veil.
Chapter 187:
Shizun, You’re My LanternChu Wanning receives a brocade box from a servant of Hua Binan (Hanlin the Sage), who is watching him from across the room.
Inside are five bottles of Tapir Fragrance Dew and a letter explaining that Hua Binan was aware of Chu Wanning’s overpayment for the medicine and is offering these to make up for it.
Xue Zhengyong suggests Hua Binan is trying to befriend Chu Wanning, who finds it suspicious but ultimately accepts the gesture and passes the gift to Xue Zhengyong for Tanlang Elder.
Chu Wanning mentions that he no longer needs the medicine since his vivid dreams have stopped.
Upon returning to Sisheng Peak from Spiritual Mountain, Chu Wanning learns that Mo Ran is out exorcising demons—his nineteenth time that month.
Xue Meng explains the Heaven-Piercing Tower is getting overloaded with captured demons, and they may need to distribute them to other sects.
Chu Wanning suggests Li Wuxin of Bitan Manor take some to the Sacred Spirit Tower; when Guyueye Sect is mentioned, Xue Meng refuses angrily, especially due to dislike for Jiang Xi.
Chu Wanning returns to the Red Lotus Pavilion to nap. When he wakes up, he runs into Mo Ran, who has just returned.
They accidentally speak in sync twice and agree to go to Wuchang Town for food, both secretly delighted.
As they walk through the now-flourishing town, Chu Wanning observes its transformation and credits Sisheng Peak’s presence for the peace and prosperity.
Mo Ran suggests a hotpot stall and offers to quit eating spicy food for Chu Wanning’s sake so they can share the same broth.
Mo Ran’s gesture makes Chu Wanning blush but deeply moved. They order food and enjoy the cozy, bustling environment.
As dinner ends, they pass by a lantern stall. Chu Wanning buys a river lantern and quietly gives it to Mo Ran without saying much.
Mo Ran is touched and sets the lantern afloat in the river, remembering how he never had money to participate in such traditions as a child.
He watches it drift away, the lone lantern in the dark, reflecting deeply.
Suddenly, rain pours down. Mo Ran runs back to Chu Wanning soaked; they stand side by side under the bridge awning without creating a barrier.
The storm isolates them in quiet intimacy. Mo Ran takes Chu Wanning’s hand and presses it to his chest, whispering that his heart is burning.
Mo Ran softly asks Chu Wanning to come with him to the nearest inn instead of returning to Sisheng Peak, his voice full of quiet yearning and implication.
Chapter 188:
Shizun, I Really Love You So MuchMo Ran subtly asks Chu Wanning to go to an inn due to the rain, clearly implying his desire for intimacy without stating it directly.
Chu Wanning understands the implication and is flustered, but says nothing. He finishes the last sip of pear-blossom white wine.
Mo Ran kisses Chu Wanning, tasting the wine on his lips. They kiss passionately under the bridge, shielded from the rain.
Mo Ran's restraint breaks; he kisses Chu Wanning with growing urgency, hands roaming as he presses Chu Wanning closer.
Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning to come with him; Chu Wanning allows him to take his hand, and they run together through the rain to an inn.
Mo Ran insists on one room at the counter; Chu Wanning insists on two, keeping up appearances in public. He grabs a key and goes upstairs alone.
In his private room, Chu Wanning is overwhelmed and uncertain, trembling as he realizes how far things have gone.
Mo Ran enters the room with ginger tea. Chu Wanning tries to compose himself, but the tension is thick.
Mo Ran goes to light the candle, but Chu Wanning stops him. He doesn’t want to be seen in full light, revealing his vulnerability.
Mo Ran understands and puts down the flint, remembering how in his past life, Chu Wanning never asked for anything—not even darkness.
Mo Ran embraces Chu Wanning in the dark, kissing him slowly and carefully, his affection deep and silent.
Their clothes come off. Chu Wanning tries to stay composed, but desire overwhelms him. The kisses grow heated and desperate.
Chu Wanning starts hallucinating vividly, confusing his past dreams with reality. He recalls visions of being dominated by Mo Ran in public spaces like Loyalty Hall.
Chu Wanning, confused and aroused, mutters that Mo Ran should go "in me," shocking Mo Ran, who didn’t expect him to know how male intimacy works.
Embarrassed, Chu Wanning lies that he learned about it from a misplaced book in the library.
Mo Ran doesn’t press him and instead offers to make him feel good. He moves down and gives Chu Wanning oral sex, gently and skillfully.
Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by the sensation, trying to resist out of shame, but ultimately succumbs to pleasure.
Mo Ran reassures him, calling him beautiful and saying every part of him is perfect.
Chu Wanning climaxes in Mo Ran’s mouth; afterward, he’s dazed, too weak to move, but emotionally stirred.
Mo Ran swallows and crawls back up to hold him, erection pressing against Chu Wanning, eyes red with desire but full of tenderness.
Mo Ran finally says, “I love you,” silently adding in his heart that he loves Chu Wanning selfishly, desperately, and deeply, despite everything he’s done.
Chapter 188:
Shizun, I Really Love You So MuchMo Ran subtly asks Chu Wanning to go to an inn due to the rain, clearly implying his desire for intimacy without stating it directly.
Chu Wanning understands the implication and is flustered, but says nothing. He finishes the last sip of pear-blossom white wine.
Mo Ran kisses Chu Wanning, tasting the wine on his lips. They kiss passionately under the bridge, shielded from the rain.
Mo Ran's restraint breaks; he kisses Chu Wanning with growing urgency, hands roaming as he presses Chu Wanning closer.
Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning to come with him; Chu Wanning allows him to take his hand, and they run together through the rain to an inn.
Mo Ran insists on one room at the counter; Chu Wanning insists on two, keeping up appearances in public. He grabs a key and goes upstairs alone.
In his private room, Chu Wanning is overwhelmed and uncertain, trembling as he realizes how far things have gone.
Mo Ran enters the room with ginger tea. Chu Wanning tries to compose himself, but the tension is thick.
Mo Ran goes to light the candle, but Chu Wanning stops him. He doesn’t want to be seen in full light, revealing his vulnerability.
Mo Ran understands and puts down the flint, remembering how in his past life, Chu Wanning never asked for anything—not even darkness.
Mo Ran embraces Chu Wanning in the dark, kissing him slowly and carefully, his affection deep and silent.
Their clothes come off. Chu Wanning tries to stay composed, but desire overwhelms him. The kisses grow heated and desperate.
Chu Wanning starts hallucinating vividly, confusing his past dreams with reality. He recalls visions of being dominated by Mo Ran in public spaces like Loyalty Hall.
Chu Wanning, confused and aroused, mutters that Mo Ran should go "in me," shocking Mo Ran, who didn’t expect him to know how male intimacy works.
Embarrassed, Chu Wanning lies that he learned about it from a misplaced book in the library.
Mo Ran doesn’t press him and instead offers to make him feel good. He moves down and gives Chu Wanning oral sex, gently and skillfully.
Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by the sensation, trying to resist out of shame, but ultimately succumbs to pleasure.
Mo Ran reassures him, calling him beautiful and saying every part of him is perfect.
Chu Wanning climaxes in Mo Ran’s mouth; afterward, he’s dazed, too weak to move, but emotionally stirred.
Mo Ran swallows and crawls back up to hold him, erection pressing against Chu Wanning, eyes red with desire but full of tenderness.
Mo Ran finally says, “I love you,” silently adding in his heart that he loves Chu Wanning selfishly, desperately, and deeply, despite everything he’s done.
Chapter 189:
Shizun, You’re the BestChu Wanning and Mo Ran lie together in the aftermath of intimacy, their bodies sweaty and entangled, hearts full and breath slowing.
Chu Wanning notices that Mo Ran is still aroused and, after some hesitation, offers to help him. Mo Ran tries to decline, saying it can wait.
Chu Wanning feels insecure about his inexperience and interprets Mo Ran’s refusal as a sign of disappointment, falling silent and discouraged.
Mo Ran realizes the misunderstanding and assures Chu Wanning that he desires him very much, taking Chu Wanning’s hand and pressing it to his arousal.
The moment reignites their desire; they begin kissing again and grinding against each other. Chu Wanning says he wants to make Mo Ran feel good too.
Chu Wanning attempts to reciprocate with oral sex, but Mo Ran stops him, afraid he will lose control and hurt Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran flips Chu Wanning over, pins him down, and begins thrusting between his thighs. The sensation is intense for both of them.
Mo Ran grinds against Chu Wanning’s thighs, thrusting desperately while whispering vulgar but affectionate words. Chu Wanning is overwhelmed.
Mo Ran nears climax and positions himself at Chu Wanning’s entrance, pressing against it but ultimately not entering.
Mo Ran ejaculates against Chu Wanning’s entrance, stroking him at the same time until Chu Wanning climaxes again.
Chu Wanning, dazed and overstimulated, starts having overlapping visions from past dreams—many of which are vivid, graphic, and seem to be of another version of Mo Ran having sex with him.
These visions involve dominance, submission, and aggressive sex acts that disturb and confuse Chu Wanning, making him question their origin and reality.
As Mo Ran holds him close and whispers endearments, Chu Wanning eventually falls asleep in his arms.
In the morning, Chu Wanning wakes before Mo Ran, overwhelmed by the memory of the night before. He prepares to leave quietly.
Mo Ran, already awake, hugs him from behind and wishes him good morning. Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran also wears a dragonblood crystal pendant—the twin of his own.
Chu Wanning realizes Mo Ran had lied about there being only one crystal and had kept the second pendant as a selfish memento.
Flustered, Chu Wanning insists they return to Sisheng Peak before they are missed. Mo Ran kisses him again, asking for a memory to hold onto before returning to their proper roles.
Back at the sect, they eat breakfast at Mengpo Hall, sitting together but not interacting due to the presence of others.
Disciples gossip about their sudden lack of interaction and speculate whether the two fought or had a falling-out, without suspecting the truth.
Observers note that Chu Wanning's clothes are wrinkled—unusual for him—but interpret it as the aftermath of spiritual work or demon-hunting.
The chapter ends with a reflection on how placing someone on a pedestal, forcing them to live by rigid standards of purity, is itself a form of violence—and how Chu Wanning’s humanity was always quietly erased by the expectations of others.
Chapter 190:
Shizun’s in Seclusion AgainAfter their night together, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran have no chance to meet privately again, as abnormal rains plague Sichuan, causing chaos from released demon beasts.
Mo Ran is sent to Yizhou, and Chu Wanning to Three Gorges to deal with the aftermath of Rufeng Sect's collapse.
Demon attacks become so frequent that tracking Xu Shuanglin slows down significantly.
Mo Ran finishes his mission quickly and rushes back to Sisheng Peak, only to learn from Xue Zhengyong that Chu Wanning has gone into seven-year seclusion.
Mo Ran is shocked and worried until reminded that this is the same scheduled spiritual rest Chu Wanning took seven years ago to restore energy.
During this ten-day seclusion, Chu Wanning becomes powerless and silent, guarded in shifts by Xue Meng, Shi Mei, and Mo Ran—Mo Ran is assigned the last four days.
Mo Ran grows restless and jealous imagining Chu Wanning alone with Xue Meng and sneaks into the Red Lotus Pavilion early.
He watches from the shadows as Xue Meng cares for Chu Wanning, gently wiping sweat from his brow and ensuring he is warm in the winter light.
Mo Ran becomes irrationally jealous and is eventually caught when his footstep alerts Xue Meng, who throws a spiritual weapon at him.
Mo Ran reveals himself and learns from Xue Meng that the pavilion has a silencing spell, so Chu Wanning can’t hear them—and that Mo Ran could have visited earlier if he wanted.
Mo Ran tries to stay, but Xue Meng insists on doing his own shift and shoos Mo Ran away.
Mo Ran notices that Xue Meng brewed frost fragrance tea, which is too cooling for someone like Chu Wanning, and instructs him to replace it with a more suitable Bengal rose tea.
Mo Ran also says he will return with desserts, aware that Chu Wanning is allowed to eat small amounts during seclusion.
After Mo Ran leaves, Xue Meng thinks about the faint bruise on Chu Wanning’s neck. Remembering odd details and suspicious noises from the forest, he begins to suspect something inappropriate might be going on between Mo Ran and Chu Wanning.
On the sixth day, Xue Meng spies on Mo Ran to confirm his suspicions. He follows him as Mo Ran brings food to the Red Lotus Pavilion earlier than his assigned time.
Mo Ran arrives to find Shi Mei standing with his back to him, appearing to point something at Chu Wanning. Mo Ran panics and shouts his name.
Shi Mei turns around, revealing he was holding a silver comb, not a weapon. He calmly explains he was tying up Chu Wanning’s hair at his request.
Mo Ran, embarrassed and guilt-ridden, tries to apologize. Shi Mei gently but clearly expresses disappointment that Mo Ran so quickly assumed the worst of him.
Shi Mei silently hands the comb to Mo Ran, telling him to finish the task Chu Wanning had asked of him, then leaves without looking back.
Chapter 191:
Shizun, Xue Meng and I…Mo Ran reflects on his bond with Shi Mei, once believing it was love, but realizing now it’s a deep-rooted affection and protectiveness that never faded.
Mo Ran feels he’s hurt Shi Mei, even though Shi Mei was once the person who comforted him in his darkest moments.
Xue Meng hides in the bamboo forest, watching Mo Ran sitting silently with the silver comb, thinking maybe he misjudged things and feels embarrassed for having suspected anything.
As Xue Meng turns to leave, he makes a noise. Mo Ran calls out, and Xue Meng reluctantly reveals himself, making an excuse that he also came to see Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran invites Xue Meng to sit with him. They start brewing eight treasures tea and chat under the moonlight.
They reminisce about the last time Chu Wanning went into seclusion and how Mo Ran had abandoned him in anger back then. Xue Meng admits he resented Mo Ran for it.
Mo Ran reflects that he’s changed, and Xue Meng notices and quietly acknowledges that Mo Ran has grown into a better person.
Xue Meng then confronts Mo Ran about what really happened in the backwoods, asking if they were really looking for an osmanthus rice-cake spirit.
Mo Ran evades the question by saying if not that, what else could it be, and insists that even if Xue Meng doesn’t believe him, he should believe Chu Wanning.
Xue Meng, mollified, drinks the tea and admits he overthinks because he cares deeply for Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran says he feels the same way and shares that he had just recently misunderstood Shi Mei as well, acting impulsively.
They both drink together in the pavilion; Mo Ran brings out wine, but Xue Meng’s alcohol tolerance is extremely low, and he gets drunk after only two cups.
Mo Ran checks his sobriety by quizzing him with questions like "who am I?", expecting Xue Meng to call him a dog like in the past.
Instead, Xue Meng looks at him and softly calls him “ge,” stunning Mo Ran.
Mo Ran is hit by a flood of memories from both past and present lives—of Xue Meng stabbing him in the past, and also childhood moments when Xue Meng, despite his arrogance, gave him food and called him cousin.
Mo Ran remembers the tanghulu and desserts Xue Meng offered when they first met, seeing how despite the harsh words, Xue Meng had always been generous in action.
Xue Meng, in his drunken state, stumbles into Mo Ran’s arms and sleepily calls him “ge” again.
Mo Ran, visibly emotional, pats Xue Meng’s back and quietly whispers, “Xue Meng, I’m sorry. I’m not worthy to be your gege.”
Chapter 192:
Shizun Gave Me My LifeOn the final day of Chu Wanning’s seclusion, a messenger disciple bursts into Red Lotus Pavilion to report a demon disturbance in Loyalty Hall.
Chu Wanning, still groggy, forgets the barrier spell until Mo Ran reminds him, then deactivates it.
They rush to the scene and find the courtyard in chaos, where a massive Demon Gourd of Debauchery is spraying wine at fleeing disciples.
Xue Zhengyong explains that it’s harmless but forces people to drink and only submits to those who can outdrink it.
Chu Wanning calmly volunteers and binds the gourd with Tianwen, requesting it pour wine into cups instead.
Chu Wanning drinks cup after cup with the gourd while conversing with it in demon speech, even asking for pear-blossom white wine.
The gourd is thrilled and continues drinking with Chu Wanning all morning, drawing a crowd of elders and disciples who watch in awe and amusement.
When Shi Mei arrives, Mo Ran feels guilty about their recent tension and tries to apologize, but Shi Mei turns away.
Xue Meng encourages Mo Ran to go talk to Shi Mei, saying he can watch over Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran follows Shi Mei to the Dancing Sword Platform and tries to apologize, but Shi Mei presses him to clarify which incident he’s sorry for.
Shi Mei lists several moments where Mo Ran pushed him away or treated him coldly, revealing that he’s been quietly hurt for some time.
Mo Ran admits he doesn’t know how to handle their friendship since recognizing his feelings for Chu Wanning, and had hoped time would naturally create distance.
Shi Mei, calm but clearly pained, says they were once like family and wonders why Mo Ran changed so much.
Mo Ran tells Shi Mei that while Shi Mei gave him warmth, Chu Wanning gave him life.
Shi Mei accepts this, but says he was genuinely hurt that Mo Ran would suspect him of intending to harm Chu Wanning.
They agree to start over, and Shi Mei asks Mo Ran what he had wanted to say back in Butterfly Town before the Heavenly Rift interrupted them.
Before Mo Ran can answer, a loud crash interrupts them—they rush back to Loyalty Hall.
Another Demon Gourd of Debauchery has arrived—this one associated with lust, not alcohol.
Xue Zhengyong explains the two gourds are paired, the wine one being the younger brother, the lust one the elder, and that only purehearted people can subdue the lust gourd.
Xue Meng had volunteered to undergo the trial to help Chu Wanning, but is ejected moments later, furious and humiliated.
Xue Meng is now wearing wedding robes and screams that the gourd tried to seduce him by turning into himself in drag.
Mo Ran and others try to hold back laughter; Shi Mei explains the gourd tests purity by showing the person they most desire, or a beautiful nude figure if they are lustful, or its true form if they are pure of heart.
Since Xue Meng saw himself dressed as a bride, it implies his truest affection is for himself.
Mo Ran and the disciples burst into laughter, and Xue Meng furiously draws his sword on the gourd.
Mo Ran, wheezing with laughter, remarks that Xue Meng would indeed be quite pretty as a girl.
Xue Zhengyong, exasperated, finally asks Chu Wanning to deal with the lust gourd once he’s finished drinking with the wine gourd.
Chapter 193:
Shizun, Did You Make Me Your Wife?After Xue Meng and the Tanlang Elder both fail to tame the lust gourd, the only candidate left is Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran awkwardly offers to help, but Xue Zhengyong reminds him the gourd only responds to virgins, disqualifying Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning, who has just defeated the wine gourd, initially refuses to challenge the lust gourd, claiming fatigue—but his flushed ears and avoidance suggest otherwise.
Xue Zhengyong grows suspicious, but Chu Wanning eventually agrees to try rather than attract gossip.
Mo Ran is the only one who knows Chu Wanning is no longer eligible to defeat the lust gourd, due to their night together in Wuchang Town.
Inside the lust gourd, Chu Wanning finds himself in an ornate wedding chamber complete with red candles, bedding, and bridal decor.
A green-haired old woman avatar of the gourd tries to lead the ritual. Chu Wanning refuses to play along, but she doesn’t understand human speech.
The "bride" waiting on the bed is dressed in ceremonial robes, veiled. Chu Wanning lifts the veil, expecting something silly—but is shocked to find a pale and eerie version of Mo Ran.
This fake Mo Ran speaks with mocking familiarity and pins Chu Wanning down, repeating obscene lines similar to those from Chu Wanning’s previous dreams.
Chu Wanning realizes with horror that the gourd did not fabricate this illusion, but drew it from his own subconscious and private fantasies.
Overwhelmed with shame and fury, Chu Wanning lashes out with Tianwen, striking the illusionary Mo Ran and exposing the gourd’s manipulation.
The illusion shatters. The lust gourd reveals its true form: a green-haired, pointy-eared young man who immediately recognizes Chu Wanning and grovels in fear.
Chu Wanning commands the demon to let him go, and he is released back into the real world in front of Loyalty Hall.
Disciples rush to him in awe and concern, but Chu Wanning remains too embarrassed to respond.
Xue Zhengyong stores both the wine and lust gourds in the demon-suppressing tower, but he and the crowd notice something odd about Chu Wanning’s appearance.
Chu Wanning realizes, to his horror, that he is dressed in red wedding robes like Xue Meng had been earlier, implying he completed the “ceremony” inside the gourd.
Rumors spread across Sisheng Peak, speculating who Chu Wanning saw inside the gourd—some say a woman, some a man, and some cautiously suggest he saw the gourd’s true form.
Mo Ran, undeterred by gossip, sneaks into Red Lotus Pavilion one morning with breakfast. After eating, he boldly asks Chu Wanning, “Shizun, inside the lust gourd, did you make me your wife?”
Chapter 194:
Shizun, Am I Not the Ran-Mei You Love Anymore?After the lust gourd incident, Mo Ran jokingly asks Chu Wanning whether he made Mo Ran his wife inside the gourd; Chu Wanning becomes furious and embarrassed.
Mo Ran suggests maybe he made Chu Wanning his wife instead, but Chu Wanning, too ashamed to explain what really happened, kicks him out.
Mo Ran pouts and acts pitiful until Chu Wanning relents and lets him stay, but demands he stop calling him “dear” or other pet names.
Mo Ran tries to negotiate a special name only he can use for Chu Wanning, different from what Shi Mei and Xue Meng use.
Chu Wanning resists, but after seeing Mo Ran’s genuinely hurt expression, he gives in and allows it, though he warns it should come naturally.
Mo Ran brainstorms ridiculous names like “baby,” “Chu-lang,” and “Chu-lang baby,” making Chu Wanning threaten him with a book.
They end up laughing together, and Mo Ran promises to think of a better nickname in the future.
Mo Ran pulls Chu Wanning into his lap and kisses him deeply, whispering about how sweet he is, and that “Shizun” is still the best.
They kiss with growing heat; Chu Wanning feels Mo Ran’s arousal and shyly offers to help, but Mo Ran declines, saying there’s no time.
When Chu Wanning insists there’s still fifteen minutes before the elder meeting, Mo Ran awkwardly admits he can’t finish that fast, leaving Chu Wanning flustered.
They share a quiet, intimate moment where Mo Ran kisses the back of Chu Wanning’s hand and softly repeats how sweet he is.
Two weeks of heavy rain finally end, and on a sunny day, Mo Ran seeks out Chu Wanning, who’s in the backwoods teaching new Xuanji disciples throwing star techniques.
Chu Wanning instructs them on how to control spiritual energy and demonstrates his skill by throwing three stars blindfolded using Mo Ran’s ribbon.
One star hits the target in front; the other two ricochet into two different targets behind the crowd, astonishing the disciples.
The female disciples, particularly smitten, whisper among themselves and admire Mo Ran’s hands, referencing a ranking from a previously seen “God-Knows-What” list.
Chu Wanning catches on to the suggestive tone of their admiration and grows visibly irritated, demanding to know what they’re looking at.
Mo Ran defuses the tension by explaining that it’s calluses from training, not anything scandalous.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran leave together, their hands brushing lightly beneath their sleeves. Mo Ran eventually interlaces their fingers, and they both blush but don’t pull away.
Just as Mo Ran shyly asks if they can meet that evening, a disciple runs up with an urgent summons from Xue Zhengyong.
The visitor says there is news about Xu Shuanglin, and Xue Zhengyong needs Chu Wanning’s help to make a decision.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran rush to Loyalty Hall. When they arrive, they find two bloodied guests already there.
Mo Ran recognizes one of them and is visibly shocked. The chapter ends with him exclaiming, “Ye Wangxi?!”
Chapter 195:
Shizun Knows Best, DuhYe Wangxi and Nangong Si arrive at Loyalty Hall, covered in blood but safe. Ye Wangxi greets Mo Ran politely, still dressed as a man out of habit.
Nangong Si becomes emotional when Chu Wanning gently asks if they are alright; though he says they are fine, Chu Wanning knows he is lying.
Xue Zhengyong explains that Ye Wangxi and Nangong Si have discovered a clue related to Xu Shuanglin.
Nangong Si describes how after the apocalyptic fire, they fled to deserted Wei Mountain, then returned to Rufeng Sect.
At the ruined sect, they discovered soul-eater bugs—undead insects that devour human souls and are found only in the blood pool near Wei Mountain.
The presence of both adult and larval soul-eaters in large numbers indicates they were planted there before the disaster, not attracted afterward.
Chu Wanning realizes someone intentionally seeded them to collect spiritual energy from the many cultivators who died in Linyi.
The group deduces Xu Shuanglin (Nangong Xu) must have placed the insects in advance to avoid using his own spiritual energy.
Tanlang Elder explains the soul-eaters store spiritual energy and can be used as fuel for powerful formations.
Xue Zhengyong suggests tracking the insects, but Tanlang Elder says it is impossible since they travel through the underworld.
Xue Zhengyong proposes consulting Huaizui, but Chu Wanning rejects the idea, saying his former master will refuse to help due to neutrality.
Chu Wanning suggests they rethink what Xu Shuanglin’s goals might be based on the three things he stole: Luo Fenghua’s spiritual core, Nangong Liu’s body, and a holy weapon.
He proposes that Xu Shuanglin’s goal may not be opening the Heavenly Rift again but using a Rebirth technique.
Chu Wanning references a madman in Butterfly Town who said, “There was a man from Linyi whose heart died at twenty,” linking this to Xu Shuanglin and Luo Fenghua.
He believes Xu Shuanglin wants to resurrect Luo Fenghua using Rebirth, which explains the stolen spiritual core.
After the meeting, Mo Ran visits Xue Zhengyong to ask about Luo Fenghua’s personality. Xue Zhengyong describes him as righteous and composed—very similar to Ye Wangxi.
Mo Ran points out the eerie similarity between Ye Wangxi and Luo Fenghua, especially in their temperament and even in how they shoot arrows.
Xue Zhengyong remembers Luo Fenghua’s archery style from decades ago and realizes it is exactly like Ye Wangxi’s, down to post-battle gestures.
Mo Ran concludes that Xu Shuanglin raised Ye Wangxi in the image of Luo Fenghua, indicating that his obsession with Luo Fenghua never ended.
Mo Ran reflects that despite trying to forget the past, Xu Shuanglin molded Ye Wangxi as a living memory of the person he once loved and hated most.
The next day, Xue Zhengyong proposes informing Guyueye Sect and Jiang Xi, who specialize in poisonous insects, about the soul-eaters.
Chu Wanning disagrees and asks Ye Wangxi if her adoptive father ever practiced healing or beast-taming; she confirms he did not.
Chu Wanning warns that the person feeding and using the gu insects might not be Xu Shuanglin but someone else—perhaps even someone from Guyueye Sect.
Because of this possibility, Chu Wanning advises they withhold the discovery from Guyueye for now, to avoid alerting a potential accomplice.
Chapter 196:
Shizun, Shall We Take a Bath?After the meeting about the gu insects, Xue Zhengyong and the Tanlang Elder go to the greenhouse, leaving Chu Wanning temporarily free of duties.
Nangong Si visits Chu Wanning at Red Lotus Pavilion. Chu Wanning asks about his and Ye Wangxi’s plans; Nangong Si says they intend to go to Mount Jiao, Rufeng Sect’s sacred ancestral mountain.
Chu Wanning warns that travelers must fast for ten days before entering Mount Jiao and advises that they do so safely at Sisheng Peak instead of traveling while weakened.
Nangong Si initially insists on leaving soon due to fear of assassination but becomes emotional and grateful when Chu Wanning urges him to stay longer.
Chu Wanning tells Nangong Si to have Madam Wang examine his spiritual core, which has long been unstable. Nangong Si is skeptical, having already been dismissed by Hanlin the Sage, but Chu Wanning hints Madam Wang might succeed for personal reasons.
After Nangong Si leaves, Mo Ran arrives carrying a bath bucket and shyly invites Chu Wanning to bathe with him at Melodic Springs.
Chu Wanning, flustered by the invitation and Mo Ran’s transparent intentions, initially protests but ultimately agrees.
Melodic Springs is nearly empty. Mo Ran leads Chu Wanning to a secluded pool under the guise of avoiding ghosts.
As they walk through the mist, Mo Ran grabs Chu Wanning from behind, pressing his erection against him and teasingly calling him “Wanning-gege.”
Chu Wanning tries to resist but is overwhelmed by the heat, the memory of their previous intimacy, and Mo Ran’s persistent touch and affection.
Mo Ran kisses him and asks to help him bathe; Chu Wanning refuses and tries to leave, but Mo Ran playfully reminds him that someone might see him in his current disheveled state.
Mo Ran makes a crude dog joke in response to Chu Wanning saying he’d rather be bitten by a dog than mess around with him, then bites him while kissing him senseless.
They end up passionately kissing and touching in the water, unable to hold back. Mo Ran strokes both of them off together, whispering to Chu Wanning through the mist.
Chu Wanning is completely overwhelmed by sensation, especially when he glimpses Mo Ran’s erect length for the first time and panics at its size.
Mo Ran pins him against the pool wall and grinds between his thighs, nearly losing control. He resists full penetration but continues touching and kissing Chu Wanning feverishly.
They both climax in the water, moaning loudly and clinging to each other, nearly overcome with the heat and pleasure.
In the aftermath, Mo Ran teases Chu Wanning about how much he came and affectionately strokes his stomach and chest.
Mo Ran gently asks if, next time, they can have real sex. He promises to be gentle and use medicine if needed, expressing intense desire and love.
Chu Wanning is too overwhelmed and embarrassed to respond, but Mo Ran continues kissing him and ends the chapter with a filthy, loving whisper asking if next time he can make his shizun come on his cock.
Chapter 197:
Shizun Is Not a Fox SpiritAfter Mo Ran’s explicit whisper at Melodic Springs, Chu Wanning storms off without looking back, humiliated and furious.
The next day, Chu Wanning is asked to supervise the Classics class due to a teacher falling ill, and he brings Mo Ran, Xue Meng, and Shi Mei to help manage the large group.
Mo Ran and Shi Mei are quickly swarmed by younger disciples, especially female ones. Mo Ran is bombarded with questions, most of which are thinly veiled flirtations.
Chu Wanning glares at Mo Ran from across the room, angry at both the attention Mo Ran receives and his obliviousness to the situation.
Mo Ran, having been ignored by Chu Wanning since the previous night, mistakes the glare as positive attention and beams at him.
To separate Mo Ran from the fangirls, Chu Wanning calls him over under the excuse of being tired and needing assistance.
While patrolling the class together, Chu Wanning overhears a student telling another about strange noises in Melodic Springs the night before, claiming it must be a fox spirit absorbing yang energy.
The student swears it couldn’t be disciples, fearing elder punishment, and promises to return that night to catch the “fox spirit.”
Chu Wanning overhears the entire exchange and looms behind the gossiping students, terrifying them into silence with a death glare and icy scolding.
Mo Ran overhears as well and is both amused and touched. He watches Chu Wanning leave with complex emotions, wondering why someone so proper could fall for him.
After class, Mo Ran follows Chu Wanning to the reading room and clings to him affectionately, kissing his ear and teasing him about the fox spirit rumor.
Chu Wanning hits Mo Ran with a scroll in embarrassment and warns him to shut up. Mo Ran, still joking, begs to be “killed” by the fox spirit draining his yang essence.
Chu Wanning, enraged, bans Mo Ran from ever going to Melodic Springs with him again.
A few days later, Madam Wang summons Mo Ran and asks if he’s ever encountered the Maiden of the Snow—a pale woman in red robes who carries a basket and is said to live in Snow Valley.
Mo Ran recognizes the figure from Chu Wanning’s journals and confirms her identity, though he’s never seen her in person.
Madam Wang explains that Nangong Si’s spiritual imbalance might be curable using the rare icicle fish the Maiden carries, which could prevent the need for dual cultivation.
Mo Ran promises to search Snow Valley for her after Xu Shuanglin is dealt with and rushes off to tell Nangong Si the hopeful news.
Mo Ran sees Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi meeting on Naihe Bridge and decides to quietly observe instead of interrupting.
Nangong Si awkwardly gives Ye Wangxi a phoenix-shaped jade pendant, thanking her for always staying by his side.
Embarrassed and fumbling, Nangong Si starts taking it back, but Ye Wangxi smiles warmly and accepts it, touched by the gesture.
Nangong Si blurts out that Madam Wang may be able to treat his condition without dual cultivation, unaware that Ye Wangxi might misinterpret this as a rejection.
Believing this might be a farewell gift, Ye Wangxi hides her feelings, assuming she will no longer have an excuse to stay by his side.
Nangong Si shyly suggests she call him “A-Si” again, like when they were children. Ye Wangxi tearfully does so, overwhelmed with emotion.
A memory surfaces for Nangong Si: as a child, he once protected a crying Ye Wangxi from a ghost inside a training illusion and promised to protect her if she stayed with him.
Reflecting on the memory, Nangong Si realizes Ye Wangxi has quietly followed and protected him for twenty years, never asking for anything in return, not even love.
Chapter 198:
Shizun Sets Out for Mount HuangAfter their ten-day fasting period, Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi set out for Mount Jiao. Naobaijin, wounded and weakened, shrinks to a palm-sized wolf pup and rides in Nangong Si’s quiver.
Mo Ran sees them off and gifts them horses raised on spiritual grass, capable of long-distance travel without sword flight.
As Mo Ran turns back toward the forest, he hears a faint “meow” and grows suspicious but continues on.
On the mountain road, Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi are ambushed by Huang Xiaoyue and elite Jiangdong Hall disciples, who surround them with poison-tipped needles.
Huang Xiaoyue mocks Ye Wangxi for being raised like a man and insults her as a woman, calling her worthless and unfit to speak among men.
Huang Xiaoyue blames Nangong Si’s father and Ye Wangxi’s adoptive father for Jiangdong Hall’s downfall and claims vengeance for the sect's disgrace.
Mo Ran suddenly appears, burning through the encirclement with flames and shielding them from attack, confronting Huang Xiaoyue directly.
Mo Ran pretends to act independently and not on behalf of Sisheng Peak to avoid dragging the sect into conflict with Jiangdong Hall.
Xue Meng also arrives and tries to support Mo Ran, but Mo Ran orders him to step back, not wanting Sisheng Peak officially involved due to political complications with the upper cultivation realm.
A cultivator from Kunlun Taxue Palace arrives on horseback and announces they’ve received a lead on Xu Shuanglin’s whereabouts.
At Loyalty Hall, the messenger explains jade butterflies tracked spiritual disturbance near Mount Huang, with blood-scent lingering—indicating Xu Shuanglin might be hiding there.
Xue Zhengyong invites Huang Xiaoyue to join the operation to hunt Xu Shuanglin. Huang Xiaoyue masks his ulterior motives and agrees.
Ye Wangxi apologizes to Xue Zhengyong, but he dismisses her concerns, calling Jiangdong Hall’s actions excessively cruel.
Sisheng Peak’s group travels by sword to Mount Huang, where all major sects have already gathered. The mountain is shrouded in malevolent qi.
Chu Wanning is visibly drained after flying, but only Mo Ran notices and quietly comforts him.
Xue Meng questions why they haven’t begun the assault on the mountain. Chu Wanning explains Mount Huang is one of the four evil mountains, like Mount Jiao.
These evil mountains are formed from corrupted guardian beasts: the Azure Dragon, the Vermilion Bird, the White Tiger, and the Ebon Tortoise.
Mount Huang was formed from the remains of a descendant of the Vermilion Bird and cannot be entered easily—its defenses are nearly impassable without a key bloodline descendant.
Xue Meng suggests finding such a descendant. Mo Ran quietly replies that they all knew her—but she recently died.
Chapter 199:
Shizun’s First DiscipleXue Meng asks who could open Mount Huang, and Mo Ran explains that only descendants of the Butterfly-Boned Beauty Feast tribe can—specifically Song Qiutong, who died in Rufeng Sect’s inferno.
A commotion breaks out as Li Wuxin of Bitan Manor collapses near the barrier, afflicted by the Phoenix’s Nightmare, a powerful illusion spell from Mount Huang.
While trapped in the illusion, Li Wuxin experiences an emotional breakdown, shouting that he “came in first” and then begging for the return of Bitan Manor’s sword technique scrolls.
He accuses another sect of charging eight billion gold to return the scrolls, which were originally sold in desperation by Bitan Manor’s ancestors.
As the crowd listens, they suspect Guyueye Sect and Jiang Xi of exploiting Bitan Manor by buying and withholding the manual.
Li Wuxin’s repeated pleas and mentions of gold gradually reveal that he also begged Luo Fenghua and Nangong Liu for the scrolls.
The crowd turns their suspicion and scorn toward Rufeng Sect and its current representative, Nangong Si.
Furious disciples from Bitan Manor attack Nangong Si, physically assaulting him as he refuses to fight back, saying he will bear the burden for his father’s sins.
Chu Wanning steps in and stops the beating, first by restraining the attacker, then by placing a golden barrier over Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi.
In a solemn voice, Chu Wanning recounts how Rong Yan, Nangong Si’s mother, once treated him kindly and asked him to be Nangong Si’s teacher.
Though he originally declined, Chu Wanning reveals that Rong Yan had Nangong Si bow three times at the ancestral temple, completing the formal rite of discipleship.
Chu Wanning declares in front of all sects that Nangong Si is his disciple—and that if anyone wants to extract justice, they must come through him.
Mo Ran, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng are stunned. Mo Ran and Shi Mei kneel; Nangong Si, in shock and guilt, denies ever having a shifu.
Li Wuxin, still trapped in his illusion, continues to beg for the scrolls, offering increasing amounts of money until he reaches five billion nine hundred million gold.
With one final, desperate scream, Li Wuxin coughs blood and collapses—dead.
Silence falls as the crowd witnesses the undignified but tragic end of a man who gave everything for the honor of his sect.
Mo Ran recalls how Li Wuxin risked his life during Rufeng Sect’s fire to save strangers, including Rufeng disciples, despite the humiliation Bitan Manor endured.
Though Li Wuxin was mocked as a clown and a mediocrity, his final act of valor and lifelong perseverance leave a deep impression on Mo Ran.
Chapter 200:
Shizun, Mount Huang Has Opened Its GatesAfter Li Wuxin dies from the phoenix barrier’s illusion backlash, the disciples of Bitan Manor mourn loudly and fall to their knees in grief.
The barrier screeches, signaling a curse backlash if it isn’t broken soon. Jiang Xi calls for someone to replace Li Wuxin.
Xue Zhengyong shouts for Chu Wanning, who immediately steps in and places his hand on the barrier.
Chu Wanning instantly senses something wrong—too much demonic energy was hitting Li Wuxin’s position, meaning someone nearby wasn’t contributing.
Chu Wanning realizes Huang Xiaoyue is faking his effort and furious that Li Wuxin died as a result. He exposes Huang Xiaoyue in front of everyone.
Huang Xiaoyue tries to play the victim by spitting blood and pretending to collapse, but Chu Wanning is not fooled and lashes him with Tianwen, sending him flying.
Several sects criticize Chu Wanning for being harsh, but he refuses to back down, stating Huang Xiaoyue shirked responsibility and let Li Wuxin die.
The barrier begins to weaken. Chu Wanning, filled with fury, channels energy into it and successfully opens a rift wide enough for five people to walk through side by side.
A plume of miasma rises from the gap. Abbot Xuanjing of Wubei Temple confirms that Mount Huang is a burial mountain full of corpses and resentment.
Jiang Xi warns only the brave and capable should ascend. He sneers at Huang Xiaoyue and tells the useless to stay below.
Xue Meng rushes to follow Chu Wanning, but realizes Mo Ran is missing and sees him with Nangong Si, who is still being harassed by Bitan Manor disciples.
Mo Ran tells Xue Meng to go ahead and protect Chu Wanning and Shi Mei. Mo Ran stays behind to face the angry mob with Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi.
Mo Ran tries to reason with the crowd, saying any justice should be decided by Tianyin Pavilion, not mob violence.
Bitan Manor disciples insist that both Xu Shuanglin and Nangong Si must pay. Zhen Congming accuses Mo Ran of putting personal ties over justice.
Mo Ran argues back but is interrupted when horrific, deformed corpses spill from the barrier, shocking everyone. The rift begins to close.
Mo Ran urges the mob to prioritize catching Xu Shuanglin, but Huang Xiaoyue insists on seizing the chance to punish Nangong Si.
Mo Ran draws Jiangui, ready to defend them, but fears the sect will be blamed.
Nangong Si suddenly pushes Ye Wangxi out of Chu Wanning’s barrier, ensuring she can’t return, then declares he will confine himself and stay behind.
Nangong Si pins his own hand to the ground with his sword, activating a curse that immobilizes him and proves his sincerity.
Ye Wangxi bangs on the barrier in anguish, but Nangong Si holds firm, saying he will not move until they return.
Mo Ran is speechless, deeply affected by Nangong Si’s sacrifice and resolve.
Zhen Congming steps away from the confrontation, cradling Li Wuxin’s body and declaring there’s no point waiting on the mountain with their leader unburied.
As Bitan Manor disciples follow Zhen Congming, he tells Mo Ran he’ll see him at Tianyin Pavilion when the battle ends to seek proper justice.
A disciple adds that karma will come for Mo Ran and Nangong Si, declaring that Tianyin Pavilion will judge them when the time comes.
Chapter 201
Shizun, How Am I Supposed to Humiliate You?With Bitan Manor gone, Huang Xiaoyue is forced to proceed up Mount Huang despite his reluctance.
Mo Ran crosses the barrier into Mount Huang ahead of him, and moments later, screams erupt as the disciples encounter a landscape filled with undead corpses.
Huang Xiaoyue makes a dramatic show of fighting revenants but quickly collapses, pretending to be mortally injured, and uses this as an excuse to retreat.
Most of Jiangdong Hall’s disciples leave the mountain with him, leaving only a few behind.
Mo Ran encounters Mei Hanxue, who confirms that Chu Wanning and the others are ahead, and then asks Mo Ran to look out for Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi.
Mo Ran tells Mei Hanxue they are safe outside the barrier, and Mei Hanxue agrees to watch over them and departs.
As Mo Ran advances up the mountain, he realizes all the undead are weak, decaying commoners rather than fallen cultivators.
Mo Ran becomes suspicious, noting how none of the corpses retain basic combat instincts, which a dead cultivator’s body would have.
He theorizes that these are commoner corpses, not cultivators, and that Xu Shuanglin lacks the spiritual strength to animate cultivator corpses with the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Mo Ran observes tiny vines sprouting from the ground and absorbing the hearts of defeated corpses, which others haven’t noticed due to the chaos.
He dissects a corpse and finds a black chess piece embedded with a scarlet soul-eater insect, confirming his theory.
Vines attempt to reclaim the chess piece and insect, proving they are part of a larger array absorbing spiritual or life energy from the corpses.
Mo Ran realizes that the formation in play is the Shared-Heart Array—an extremely forbidden spell he himself created in his past life as Taxian-jun.
This confirms to Mo Ran that someone else in this world has also been reborn and knows Taxian-jun’s spells intimately.
A memory from Mo Ran’s past life resurfaces: at age nineteen, he secretly taught himself the Zhenlong Chess Formation after Shi Mei’s death, working obsessively to refine even two black chess pieces.
Chu Wanning never confronted him despite noticing Mo Ran’s declining health and checking in on him while he was unconscious with fever.
Mo Ran recalls how Chu Wanning never violated his privacy—even when he could have found the chess pieces in Mo Ran’s qiankun pouch.
Consumed by resentment and grief, Mo Ran had imagined using the Zhenlong chess piece to control and humiliate Chu Wanning.
At the time, Mo Ran fantasized about forcing Chu Wanning to kneel, beg, and suffer—not understanding his violent desire was also tied to lust and the need to dominate.
The chapter ends with a chilling moment: the young Mo Ran in his past life stands outside, imagining how to degrade Chu Wanning with the very first evil power he had succeeded in mastering.
Chapter 202:
Shizun’s First Brush with EvilIn his past life, Mo Ran creates the first two Zhenlong chess pieces, intending to experiment with the forbidden technique.
He initially considers using them on Chu Wanning but realizes it’s too dangerous and might expose him.
Instead, Mo Ran targets two low-level disciples skipping stones at the river, using the chess pieces to take control of their bodies.
After casting the spell, the two disciples kneel blankly, lifeless in expression. Mo Ran is overwhelmed with fear, anxiety, and awe at his own success.
Mo Ran tests the disciples’ responses and confirms they cannot say their name, location, or age—proof that the Zhenlong Chess Formation has taken effect.
Despite being consumed with dread, Mo Ran is also intoxicated by the power and possibility of this forbidden spell, dreaming of spreading his pawns across the land.
Just as he begins to fantasize about conquest, Chu Wanning appears unexpectedly and questions what Mo Ran is doing by the river.
Mo Ran is terrified that Chu Wanning will notice something is wrong. He commands the pawns to act natural, and they begin to chatter as if nothing happened.
Chu Wanning is suspicious but not certain. When the two disciples greet him and leave, he nearly lets it go—until he calls them back.
Chu Wanning checks one disciple’s pulse, and Mo Ran fears they may be dead, but Chu Wanning doesn’t detect anything unusual and lets them go.
Chu Wanning confronts Mo Ran about sneaking into the forbidden scroll archive and asks whether Mo Ran understands the danger of forbidden techniques.
Mo Ran deflects, keeping up a cold and hostile front. Chu Wanning, misinterpreting his behavior, expresses genuine worry and frustration, believing Mo Ran is careless with his life.
Mo Ran, startled by Chu Wanning’s concern, mockingly accuses him of only learning to care about others after Shi Mei’s death.
He lashes out emotionally, claiming Shi Mei’s death was worth it if it made Chu Wanning grow a conscience.
Chu Wanning is visibly shaken but cannot bring himself to explain that he was too injured to save Shi Mei. He suppresses his pain and tells Mo Ran to pull himself together.
Mo Ran continues to push, cruelly suggesting that Shi Mei didn’t die for him, but for Chu Wanning, delivering the blow to hurt him further.
Mo Ran reflects bitterly that Shi Mei’s room across from his own will forever remain dark and that he’ll never taste his wontons again.
He mocks Chu Wanning’s failed attempt at making Sichuan wontons, calling them “a piss-poor copycat,” deeply wounding Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning, humiliated and trembling, turns to leave, and Mo Ran watches him go, believing his footsteps are unusually fast and unsteady—as if fleeing in defeat.
At the very last moment, gripped by unease, Mo Ran calls out, “Wait!” but the chapter ends before we see Chu Wanning’s response.
Chapter 203:
Shizun Shouldn’t Have Spared This GhostChu Wanning does not stop or turn around after Mo Ran tries to call him back at the riverbank; he walks away in silent tears, deeply hurt and unable to explain himself.
Chu Wanning reflects that he cannot bear to tell Mo Ran the truth about his past actions, fearing ridicule and further humiliation.
Mo Ran realizes Chu Wanning didn’t even try to use Tianwen to force the truth from him, despite holding it in hand during their entire confrontation.
Mo Ran interprets this as a fateful moment where Chu Wanning’s compassion missed the opportunity to stop him from becoming Taxian-jun.
Following this, Mo Ran in his past life begins to create more Zhenlong chess pieces, gradually embedding them in disciples as his spies and weapons.
Although making each chess piece is draining, Mo Ran becomes increasingly cold, impatient, and obsessed with his goal of conquering Sisheng Peak.
He resumes acting like a normal disciple outwardly, training under Chu Wanning to increase his cultivation, while secretly refining his plan.
One day while practicing, Mo Ran falls from a tree, and Chu Wanning catches him, injuring his own hand in the process.
Mo Ran feels no guilt, only fascination with Chu Wanning’s blood, already warped enough to find it “pleasing.”
He dresses the wound, feigning gratitude, while Chu Wanning says nothing, only lowering his lashes—both of them profoundly misreading each other.
Mo Ran’s power grows, but he realizes it's still not enough; he begins calculating how many “candies” (pawns) he would need to destroy the peak.
He creates a fake story about saving up candies to give to everyone at Sisheng Peak’s anniversary, tricking Xue Meng into helping him with calculations.
Xue Meng, unaware of the truth, helps Mo Ran tally the totals using an abacus, while Mo Ran silently calculates how many lives he needs for his Shared-Heart Array.
Moved by Xue Meng’s kindness, Mo Ran decides not to make him a pawn out of a shred of lingering sentiment.
That night, Mo Ran creates ten defective chess pieces and travels to Crane’s Return Hill, the graveyard of Wuchang Town, to begin testing.
He digs up a fresh corpse, implants a Zhenlong chess piece into it, and confirms that the corpse becomes fully obedient.
He repeats this process with nine other corpses, feeding each of them a male soul-eater insect.
The next day, Mo Ran embeds the paired female insects into lower-level living disciples using the second half of his defective chess pieces.
His plan is to create “kite strings”—zombie corpses as anchors and living humans as puppets who will mimic their movements via insect resonance, thus forming the Shared-Heart Array.
Mo Ran, in his past life, unknowingly revolutionizes the use of the Zhenlong Chess Formation, making it accessible to those with limited spiritual power.
Back in the present, Mo Ran is suddenly wounded by the phoenix vines of Mount Huang and realizes the Shared-Heart Array is being used here, improved beyond his own version.
Mo Ran screams for Xue Meng to stop Chu Wanning and the others from destroying the parent corpses, realizing the formation only works if the “parent” vessel survives.
He is consumed by terror as he realizes someone else has also been reborn—someone who knows his past and might expose him.
Haunted by hallucinations of Taxian-jun, dead victims, and judgment, Mo Ran feels the crushing weight of his past sins and fears being unmasked.
Chapter 204:
Shizun Protects MeXue Meng rushes to the center of battle and calls for everyone to stop fighting, saying Mo Ran claims it’s useless.
Cultivators hesitate but begin to listen, as they realize they haven’t been injured and the undead are unusually weak.
Chu Wanning asks what’s wrong, and Xue Meng points toward Mo Ran, who is fighting alone further up.
Jiang Xi insults Mo Ran’s youth, claiming he’s unqualified to speak. Xue Meng defends Mo Ran fiercely, insulting Jiang Xi and escalating tensions.
Guyueye disciples defend Jiang Xi, but Xue Meng continues arguing, pointing out the absurdity of judging by age alone.
Xue Zhengyong steps in to stop the argument and asks Xue Meng to lead them to Mo Ran.
The crowd follows and finds Mo Ran with a bloodied arm, holding a black chess piece while the vines around him retreat.
Chu Wanning and Xue Zhengyong rush to Mo Ran. Shi Mei hesitates, but Hua Binan immediately heals Mo Ran’s wound.
Mo Ran thanks Hua Binan, who asks him what discovery he wants to share.
Mo Ran reveals that the chess piece contains a soul-eater insect and states that each chess piece is tied to the Shared-Heart Array.
Mo Ran explains the puppet show metaphor: Mount Huang holds the puppeteers, and the real show (the puppets—undead cultivators) must be somewhere else.
Mo Ran suggests Xu Shuanglin isn’t even on Mount Huang and that this is only the “backstage.”
Jiang Xi demands evidence. Mo Ran points out the mimicry trait of soul-eaters, especially when they are young.
Mo Ran demonstrates by trying to crush the soul-eater, prompting a sudden violent reaction from Mount Huang’s protective vines.
His proof shakes the crowd, though some remain suspicious of how Mo Ran knows so much.
Hua Binan suggests Mo Ran is too confident, asking what proof he has that the bodies are from Linyi.
Mo Ran replies that it’s a theory, but it explains how the corpses could have been moved—using a rift in space before they burned to ash.
Jiang Xi challenges the idea due to the rarity of rift-creating techniques, but Mo Ran argues it’s easier to transport dead bodies.
Hua Binan subtly implies that Mo Ran might be familiar with dark techniques, which unnerves the crowd.
Chu Wanning intervenes, defending Mo Ran, saying his perspective is shaped by experience and should not be dismissed.
Chu Wanning warns Hua Binan to avoid baseless speculation about his disciple.
The group climbs to the summit and discovers a large spell array pulsing with red light—Mo Ran instantly recognizes it as the Shared-Heart Array.
Jiang Xi probes the spell and indirectly confirms Mo Ran’s explanation by asking for further theories.
Mo Ran explains that Xu Shuanglin must be refining chess pieces and pairing each with a soul-eater, creating puppets elsewhere—most likely cultivator corpses.
Xue Meng realizes the massacre of commoners was to make it easier to control the strong cultivator corpses.
A cultivator suddenly discovers a body hidden under a bush, ending the chapter on this ominous revelation.
Chapter 205:
Shizun, Calamity AwaitsCultivators discover a burned corpse hidden in the brush on Mount Huang, dressed in flame-resistant snow-silk robes and likely female.
Chu Wanning checks for the Zhenlong Chess Formation but finds no trace of it on the corpse, puzzling everyone.
Mo Ran identifies the corpse as Song Qiutong by her spiritual stone bracelet—his wedding gift in his past life.
Mo Ran explains that Song Qiutong is a descendant of Song Xingyi, part of the Butterfly-Boned Beauty Feasts bloodline that subdued the phoenix’s evil spirit; her bloodline could unlock Mount Huang.
He clarifies that Xu Shuanglin brought Song Qiutong to Mount Huang alive, not dead, because only a living blood descendant could command the mountain.
Jiang Xi expands on the explanation, confirming that the phoenix spirit only obeys a descendant’s free will, not someone controlled by the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Xue Zhengyong speculates Song Qiutong likely obeyed Xu Shuanglin willingly to save herself during Rufeng Sect’s collapse.
The crowd questions what to do now, knowing they’ve only stumbled into the “backstage” of Xu Shuanglin’s scheme and cannot destroy the soul-eaters.
Jiang Xi sarcastically asks Mo Ran where to find the “stage” if Mount Huang is backstage.
Mo Ran summons Jiangui, his spiritual weapon, to interrogate Song Qiutong’s corpse for answers.
At first, the corpse does not respond, but when asked if Xu Shuanglin brought her, it slowly shakes its head—indicating someone else did.
When asked who brought her, Song Qiutong opens her mouth and a speech-swallowing serpent slithers out, confirming she had been implanted with it.
These serpents are used to control shadow guards—forcing them to speak only the truth to their master, lying or dying otherwise.
After the serpent exits, Song Qiutong’s corpse violently rejects it, vomiting blood and tearing apart her throat, rendering her permanently mute.
Mo Ran checks her hands and confirms her tendons were severed, so she cannot write either.
The mountain’s vines cover and protect her corpse, revealing that Mount Huang continues to obey her bloodline even in death.
Mo Ran reflects bitterly on his own past-life death, noting that even Song Qiutong had vines to guard her remains, unlike him.
Piecing clues together, Mo Ran deduces Xu Shuanglin’s plan: to use the Shared-Heart Array by tethering commoner corpses to cultivator corpses and animate them.
The chosen location must be one full of buried high-level cultivators—and Mo Ran suddenly realizes the perfect place is Mount Jiao’s heroes’ tomb.
Mo Ran blurts out that Xu Shuanglin’s “stage” is the heroes’ tomb at Mount Jiao, where generations of Rufeng Sect cultivators are buried.
He races off toward the mountain, terrified that Xu Shuanglin’s puppets are made from Rufeng Sect’s revered dead, including their immortal founder.
If Xu Shuanglin loses control of such an army, the devastation would rival the original Heavenly Rift to the Infinite Hells.
Chapter 206:
Shizun, Who Am I Really?Mo Ran rushes down from Mount Huang and finds Ye Wangxi tending to Nangong Si’s bandaged hand while Mei Hanxue plays the zither to keep the Jiangdong Hall crowd at bay.
Mei Hanxue greets Mo Ran and asks for updates. Mo Ran tells him that everything on Mount Huang was fake and that Xu Shuanglin is likely on Mount Jiao.
Nangong Si is shocked, initially denying the possibility since Mount Jiao only answers to the Nangong bloodline—then realizes Xu Shuanglin is also a Nangong.
As the expedition party descends from Mount Huang, Chu Wanning arrives and questions Nangong Si about his injury. Nangong Si thanks him but continues calling him “Zongshi” rather than “Shizun.”
Xue Meng scolds Nangong Si for denying Chu Wanning’s acceptance as his teacher. Nangong Si claims he doesn't remember the three ceremonial bows made in childhood and insists he never formally apprenticed.
Chu Wanning silently gives Nangong Si healing salve and doesn’t push further, as other sect leaders begin to gather.
Jiang Xi is hesitant to confront Nangong Si directly. Though Rufeng Sect has accumulated many grudges, its only surviving heir is Nangong Si, who bears the weight of its sins.
Master Xuanjing of Wubei Temple urges Nangong Si to take responsibility for Rufeng Sect’s scandals. Surprisingly, Nangong Si agrees without resistance.
Nangong Si says he will go to Mount Jiao not to atone for his father’s sins, but to protect the souls of Rufeng Sect’s ancestors from being turned into puppets.
Mount Jiao has strict requirements: visitors must fast for ten days and traverse the Panlong Range on foot, regardless of bloodline.
Xue Zhengyong suggests they all travel together to Mount Jiao without returning to their sects. The journey by horseback will take ten days—perfect for fasting en route.
The main logistical issue is finding enough horses for over three thousand cultivators.
Ma Yun (Jack Ma), master of Taobao Estate, offers to provide horses and lodging for the night, revealing his position as one of the wealthiest sect leaders.
Despite his modest demeanor, Mo Ran points out to Xue Meng that Ma Yun will profit greatly from this act of generosity, earning business prestige rather than taking a loss.
The sects arrive at Taobao Estate, where rooms are provided. Mo Ran and Xue Meng are guided to their shared quarters for the night.
Alone in his room, Mo Ran is overwhelmed with anxiety over the existence of another reborn individual, fearing his past life as Taxian-jun will be exposed.
He panics at the thought of what Chu Wanning, Xue Meng, and Shi Mei would think of him if they discovered the truth.
While fidgeting unconsciously, Mo Ran realizes he’s holding a Zhenlong chess piece—a habit he developed in his past life whenever under stress.
The weight of the chess piece and its sudden appearance makes Mo Ran spiral into a breakdown, unsure if he is Mo Ran or Taxian-jun.
Voices from his memories mock him, insisting he will never escape his past and is destined to be a scourge.
Just as he nears the edge of despair, a knock comes at the door. Mo Ran snaps out of his haze as Xue Meng calls from outside.
Chapter 207:
Shizun, There’s Something I Want to Tell YouMo Ran is visited by Xue Meng and Shi Mei in his room at Taobao Estate; they bring medicinal salve for the wound on his shoulder caused by the vines from Mount Huang.
Mo Ran quietly wonders if Xue Meng would still treat him so kindly if he knew the truth about his past life as Taxian-jun.
Shi Mei applies the salve and bandages Mo Ran’s shoulder, checking his pulse and briefly displaying visible concern, though he downplays it when asked.
After Shi Mei leaves, Xue Meng notes that Shi Mei has seemed distracted and emotionally distant lately. He wonders aloud if Shi Mei might be in love with someone.
Mo Ran doesn’t react strongly, only replying that it wouldn’t be him, and teases Xue Meng for staring at his chest while he dresses.
Xue Meng is momentarily flustered and notices a scarlet pendant hanging around Mo Ran’s neck, feeling an eerie sense of familiarity he can’t explain.
They joke about Chu Wanning never making Mo Ran a haitang handkerchief, though Mo Ran had asked for one.
The topic shifts to Nangong Si. Xue Meng expresses annoyance at Chu Wanning treating Nangong Si like a disciple. Mo Ran explains that neither of them can stop Chu Wanning now.
Mo Ran asks Xue Meng why people once respected Nangong Si, and why now they harass him. Xue Meng says it’s because of his father’s power and the scandals surrounding Rufeng Sect.
Mo Ran argues that Nangong Si is a victim, not a perpetrator, and people only attack him now because it’s satisfying to bully the fallen.
Mo Ran reflects privately on the hypocrisy of the cultivation world, recalling how in his past life, no sect supported Xue Meng’s efforts to resist Taxian-jun, except Mei Hanxue.
He explains to Xue Meng that the other reason people attack Nangong Si is to “uphold justice,” but it’s often a disguise for cruelty.
Mo Ran recounts in detail a traumatic childhood memory of watching a public execution trial at Tianyin Pavilion, where a woman accused of murder was dehumanized and tortured by the crowd.
The woman’s mask was ripped off, her legs were blown apart by an exploding talisman thrown by a spectator, and the crowd screamed for worse punishments.
A brothel madam even shouted graphic sexualized torture suggestions, revealing how warped public “justice” could become.
Mo Ran recalls being terrified and sickened as a child, realizing that Tianyin Pavilion enabled mob cruelty under the guise of moral righteousness.
He warns Xue Meng that if Nangong Si isn’t officially accepted as Chu Wanning’s disciple, no one will protect him, and Tianyin Pavilion’s justice will be merciless.
Xue Meng recalls that the crowd at the trial was angry because the woman committed murder, but Mo Ran points out how people weaponize justice for their own satisfaction.
After Xue Meng leaves, Mo Ran silently crushes a Zhenlong chess piece in his hand, feeling hopeless, haunted by his past, and fractured by guilt.
Mo Ran sits alone in his dark room, spiraling in anxiety about what he should do. The memory of Taxian-jun and his sins blur with his current self.
Driven to the edge, Mo Ran leaves his room and knocks on Chu Wanning’s door. When Chu Wanning answers, Mo Ran says he can’t sleep and asks to sit with him.
Inside, Mo Ran hesitates, overwhelmed, and says he has something to confess—not about Xu Shuanglin, but something personal.
He is so distraught that Chu Wanning touches his face in concern, but Mo Ran flinches and turns away, asking to put out the light.
Chu Wanning agrees. Mo Ran extinguishes the candle and stands in darkness, paralyzed, trying to summon the courage to speak the truth. The chapter ends before he can say it.
Chapter 208:
Shizun, Are You Sure You Want Me to Hide Under the Bed?Mo Ran stands before Chu Wanning in darkness, struggling to confess his past life as Taxian-jun but overwhelmed by fear, guilt, and indecision.
He breaks down crying, tormented by memories of his sins and fearing the destruction of the peaceful life he has now if he tells the truth.
Chu Wanning gently embraces Mo Ran from behind, sensing that he carries a painful secret, and reassures him that he doesn’t have to speak if it hurts too much.
Mo Ran is stunned by Chu Wanning’s quiet compassion and support, especially knowing that he was the one who killed him in the past life.
Despite wanting to confess, Mo Ran breaks down and says he doesn’t know where to begin. Chu Wanning comforts him without demanding answers.
In a rare moment of emotional initiative, Chu Wanning kisses Mo Ran, deepening it clumsily but sincerely.
Their mutual longing and desperation escalate into an intense make-out session, but when Chu Wanning reaches down, Mo Ran stops him and says, “This is enough.”
Chu Wanning calls Mo Ran a fool and continues to hold him gently. Mo Ran, overwhelmed with emotion, wishes he had always been this foolish instead of cruel.
Chu Wanning insists on taking the lead this time and affectionately tells Mo Ran to “be good,” as they kiss and touch more urgently against the wall.
Mo Ran loses control and pins Chu Wanning, whispering his name with devotion and hunger, nearly driven mad by desire and emotion.
When Chu Wanning tells him to light the candle, saying, “I want to see you,” Mo Ran is struck by awe and agony, wondering how someone so pure could still love him.
Mo Ran presses Chu Wanning’s hand to his chest and says, “If there comes a day when my sins can no longer be pardoned… then kill me. Right here.”
Chu Wanning is shocked and confused, but Mo Ran dismisses it as a joke, unable to reveal the full truth but desperate to express his love.
They make love with intense desperation, kissing and shedding clothes before reaching the bed. Mo Ran performs oral sex on Chu Wanning, cherishing his reactions.
As they stroke each other off, Mo Ran thinks about how few opportunities they might have left and prays they can stay together.
Suddenly, someone knocks at the door. Mo Ran covers Chu Wanning’s mouth, continuing to pleasure him while Chu Wanning glares in fury and embarrassment.
Xue Meng’s voice is heard at the door, wondering why the candle is lit but no one answers.
Chu Wanning tries to resist, but Mo Ran doesn’t stop until Chu Wanning bites him hard enough to make him let go.
Chu Wanning angrily answers the door, pretending to be asleep. Xue Meng confesses he can’t sleep and just wanted to talk.
Sympathetic to his disciple, Chu Wanning prepares to let Xue Meng in—but Mo Ran, heartbroken, asks, “Then what about me?”
After a long pause, Chu Wanning blushes furiously and tells Mo Ran to get dressed and hide under the bed.
Chapter 209:
Shizun, Isn’t This Exciting?Mo Ran is irritated by Xue Meng’s untimely visit to Chu Wanning’s room, especially since they were in the middle of an intimate moment.
Chu Wanning considers rejecting Xue Meng, but hearing his tearful voice and emotional state, he reluctantly lets him in—under the condition that Mo Ran behave and hide.
Mo Ran refuses to hide under the bed due to lack of space, and Chu Wanning groans in frustration but agrees to let Xue Meng in after hiding their discarded clothes.
Xue Meng enters and smells something strange in the air but doesn’t identify it. Chu Wanning appears to be resting in bed, looking disheveled but calm.
Xue Meng hesitates but eventually says that Mo Ran has been acting strange lately, and wonders aloud if he might be pursuing someone romantically.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning both panic silently. Xue Meng then brings up a pendant he saw on Mo Ran—one identical to the one Mo Ran gave Chu Wanning in the past.
Chu Wanning lies and says he returned the pendant to Mo Ran, relieving Xue Meng’s suspicion.
Xue Meng continues rambling about Mo Ran being emotionally unstable and possibly doing something foolish to hurt Chu Wanning.
When asked for reassurance, Chu Wanning tells Xue Meng that he’ll always be their shizun, no matter what happens.
Xue Meng then anxiously asks if Chu Wanning will really take Nangong Si as a disciple. Chu Wanning affirms but says he does not rank his disciples by order.
Xue Meng insists that Nangong Si should be ranked last so he can call him “shidi.” Chu Wanning humors him.
Xue Meng also asks if he can have an embroidered handkerchief like Mo Ran. Chu Wanning agrees but admits he only knows how to embroider the Heart Sutra.
As they continue talking, Mo Ran begins silently teasing Chu Wanning beneath the covers by kissing and licking his inner thighs, increasing Chu Wanning’s tension and frustration.
Despite being visibly flustered, Chu Wanning maintains composure while Mo Ran performs oral sex on him under the blankets, all while Xue Meng remains unaware.
Xue Meng even touches Chu Wanning’s forehead, concerned that he might be running a fever from how flushed he looks.
After much chatter, Xue Meng finally leaves, and Chu Wanning, humiliated and enraged, slaps Mo Ran and berates him.
Mo Ran, however, is completely lost in desire and pins Chu Wanning down, grinding against him until both are overwhelmed with lust.
They continue making love with intensity, Mo Ran thrusting between Chu Wanning’s thighs, both of them nearly losing control multiple times.
Chu Wanning finally takes the lead, straddling Mo Ran and preparing to ride him, determined to fulfill the promise to take the lead once.
Mo Ran warns him not to because he won’t be able to stop with just one round, recalling in painful detail how he once treated Chu Wanning in the past under aphrodisiac influence.
Instead of penetrating him, Chu Wanning unexpectedly goes down on Mo Ran and performs oral sex, mimicking what Mo Ran had done for him earlier.
Mo Ran is overcome with emotion and desire, deeply moved that Chu Wanning would do this of his own volition.
Chu Wanning, awkward and inexperienced, still brings Mo Ran to climax. Mo Ran is brought to tears, both from physical sensation and overwhelming affection.
Afterward, Chu Wanning shyly asks if Mo Ran liked it. Mo Ran pulls him close, kisses him tenderly, and tells him he loves him and only him.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 7
Chapter 210:
Shizun’s Only Allowed to Give Me a HandkerchiefChu Wanning wakes in the middle of the night to find Mo Ran already up and working by candlelight.
Chu Wanning sees Mo Ran embroidering plain white handkerchiefs by copying Chu Wanning’s haitang-patterned one.
Mo Ran says he wants the original handkerchief Chu Wanning made to be only for himself, so he’s making replicas for others instead.
Mo Ran kisses the scar on Chu Wanning’s chest, something he often does without thinking; Chu Wanning has never explained the scar, and Mo Ran has never asked.
Mo Ran says he has no more worries and suggests they take things as they come, reflecting on the rarity of peace and the selfishness of wanting to hold on to it.
The next morning, the group prepares to depart Taobao Estate and head for Mount Jiao. Each person receives a horse and a qiankun pouch with a black cat motif and a red “Ma” stitched on it.
Xue Meng is disgusted by the design but is interrupted by Mei Hanxue, who arrives on a white horse and mocks the pouch in a joking tone.
Mei Hanxue banters with Xue Meng, commenting on his tired appearance and offering ointment. Xue Meng is annoyed and tells him to leave.
Mei Hanxue says he’s delivering concealed weapons on behalf of Xue Zhengyong’s request. Despite Xue Meng’s hostility, Mei Hanxue remains playful and teases him again before riding off.
Xue Meng is left furious and disgusted by Mei Hanxue’s flirtatious behavior, so much so that he gags and clutches his chest.
Mo Ran arrives and jokes about Xue Meng’s condition, which only infuriates him more.
The full assembly of cultivators departs Gu Mountain and begins their horseback journey to Mount Jiao. It’s unusual for such a large group to travel this way, as sword-flight is the norm.
The travelers soon grow weary, but the qiankun pouches contain helpful supplies like energizing pills and perfume fans, plus silk-printed Taobao Estate shopping catalogs.
Master Ma uses this opportunity to sell products even on the road, offering order forms with refunds and delivery. Some cultivators start placing orders out of boredom, including Xue Meng.
After seven days of travel, they reach the Panlong Range and a boulder that warns, “Dragons have their pride, prithee mark this well.”
Nangong Si explains that they must proceed on foot and refrain from any obscene language, or the dragon will retaliate.
Various sect leaders use different methods to pass along this warning: jade flutes, bells, voice magic, or—in Guyueye Sect’s case—a swarm of tiny insects.
Xue Meng is horrified by the bugs and makes a rude remark about Hua Binan, then turns to Shi Mei to make sure he didn’t pick up the same habits.
Shi Mei calmly reassures him he has not.
Xue Zhengyong opts for a loud voice-amplifying spell to shout the warning himself, echoing across the mountain range, which leaves the gathered cultivators stunned.
Chapter 211:
Shizun, Let’s Climb Mount JiaoOn the second night after entering the Panlong Range, a Jiangdong Hall cultivator (one of Huang Xiaoyue’s attendants) goes into the forest to urinate and curses after being bitten by a giant mosquito.
Due to swearing, he triggers the mountain’s taboo and is attacked by hundreds of black snakes made from the evil dragon’s whiskers.
He runs back to camp naked and screaming, but is overwhelmed by the snakes, who devour him entirely, leaving only a pool of blood.
Nangong Si warns that killing the snakes only makes them multiply, and Huang Xiaoyue cowardly chooses not to intervene, justifying it as "for the greater good."
The group travels the rest of the way in complete silence. Xue Zhengyong casts silencing spells on himself and Xue Meng to prevent accidental swearing.
On the third night, they reach the base of Mount Jiao, where Rufeng Sect’s heroes’ tomb is located.
Mount Jiao used to be a demonic dragon that was tamed by Rufeng Sect’s founder and transformed into the mountain guarding the tombs, treasures, and ancestral halls of the sect.
Nangong Si remembers coming here every winter solstice with his father to perform ancestral rites and is reminded of his former status.
Huang Xiaoyue rudely tells Nangong Si to open the barrier quickly, speaking with no respect despite being beneath Nangong Si’s station in the past.
Nangong Si approaches the gate flanked by two massive lion-like statues with closed eyes and performs a blood ritual to awaken them.
The lion statues open their eyes and challenge him with two traditional Rufeng Sect questions: one about remembering the seven sect taboos (greed, resentment, deception, slaughter, obscenity, plunder, conquest), and one about guilt.
Nangong Si gives the ritual responses, despite personal misgivings about his father’s sincerity in past years.
The statues accept him and open the barrier, allowing everyone to pass into Mount Jiao.
The language taboo no longer applies past this point, but the group still remains tense and mostly silent.
As they ascend the path, they pass through pairs of zodiac statues and finally reach the hero tombs, where the Rufeng Sect dead are buried in merit-based order.
The tombs consist of coffins carved from translucent icy jade that preserve the corpses like Sisheng Peak’s Frostsky Hall.
Xue Meng comments that thousands of Nangong family servants are buried here, and Shi Mei fears what would happen if they were reanimated.
Mo Ran breaks off from the group and inspects one of the coffins, noticing a faint trace of dark energy but no Zhenlong Chess.
He wipes dust from the coffin’s surface and notices something disturbing—four finger-length streaks in the dust where it looks like someone climbed out.
Just as Mo Ran realizes something is wrong, he senses a cold draft behind him.
He turns around and sees a woman in burial robes, bone-pale, crouching behind the gravestone and staring directly at him.
Chapter 212:
Sect FounderMo Ran shouts for everyone to retreat as he runs downhill with a female corpse chasing him.
Mo Ran tells Nangong Si to lower the Soul-Blocking Stone that separates the high disciples' tombs from the lower ones.
Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi head for the barrier, but before they reach it, a group of green-robed Rufeng Sect disciples descends the mountain.
These are revenants—reanimated corpses—recognized by the burial ribbons over their eyes.
Nangong Si sends Ye Wangxi back to warn the others and stays behind to hold off the revenants.
Ye Wangxi tosses her extra arrows to Nangong Si and rushes down the mountain.
Rufeng Sect servant corpses swarm the mountain, overwhelming the crowd and attacking from all directions.
Mo Ran fights off several revenants and is injured, but keeps command of the situation.
Ye Wangxi relays Nangong Si’s message: everyone must retreat to the base of the mountain.
Mo Ran amplifies his voice to broadcast the order to the crowd, despite Huang Xiaoyue’s complaints and suspicion.
Despite losses and confusion, the crowd retreats; about a dozen cultivators die during the descent.
Huang Xiaoyue accuses Nangong Si of manipulating everyone into clearing the mountain for him.
Xue Zhengyong tries to calm the situation, but Huang Xiaoyue continues to slander Nangong Si, calling him a black-hearted bastard.
Ye Wangxi slaps Huang Xiaoyue across the face in defense of Rufeng Sect.
A female cultivator from Jiangdong Hall insults Ye Wangxi and charges at her, but Chu Wanning intervenes, cracking Tianwen in golden light.
Chu Wanning declares that Nangong Si is his disciple and challenges anyone to bring their grievances to him instead.
The crowd is tense and uncertain whether to fight or flee, while Mo Ran notices something is off about Nangong Si.
Nangong Si has been secretly chanting a forbidden spell; before Mo Ran can stop him, vines burst from the ground and fling the crowd beyond Mount Jiao’s boundary.
Nangong Si seals the mountain with a new barrier, trapping himself inside.
He explains the vines will bury anyone without Nangong blood if they remain on the mountain.
Ye Wangxi begs him to stop, but Nangong Si smiles and repeats a line from their past: “Girls really are useless. In the end, I’m still the one protecting you.”
Nangong Si plunges his sword into the ground and offers his blood to the Azure Dragon, summoning red vines to ensnare the revenants.
The revenants begin to be dragged into the earth, but Nangong Si must continue pouring blood and spiritual energy into the vines to keep it working.
He draws power from his unstable spiritual core, causing internal injury and coughing up blood.
The corpses are buried up to their chests and immobilized for now.
The cultivators beg Nangong Si to open the barrier so they can help him.
Just as Nangong Si tries to release the barrier, he realizes the vines are suddenly reversing, pulling the corpses up instead of down.
Nangong Si is horrified—Mount Jiao is disobeying him.
He realizes only one person could override the command of a Nangong heir.
A tall man descends the mountain wearing burial robes embroidered with the Azure Dragon, and a black ribbon over his eyes.
It is Nangong Changying, the legendary Sect Founder of Rufeng Sect, now reanimated.
Nangong Si watches in disbelief as the one man who could control Mount Jiao now stands among the undead, leading them.
Chapter 213:
Death MatchNangong Changying, Rufeng Sect’s revered founder, descends Mount Jiao as a reanimated corpse under the control of Zhenlong Chess.
Ye Wangxi urgently tells Nangong Si to open the barrier because no one can defeat Nangong Changying, not even Chu Wanning.
Nangong Si is overwhelmed by grief and rage at seeing Nangong Changying defiled in this way by Xu Shuanglin, who turned him into a chess piece.
Nangong Si screams for Xu Shuanglin to come out and face him, but only receives silence as Nangong Changying continues descending with his sword drawn.
Nangong Changying, with a magically sealed black ribbon over his eyes, demands to know who is trespassing and orders the intruder killed.
Nangong Si kneels and declares his identity as Rufeng Sect’s seventh-generation heir, hoping for recognition, but Nangong Changying attacks without hesitation.
Nangong Changying’s strength is overwhelming, and Nangong Si is knocked back from their first exchange.
The other cultivators can only watch helplessly from behind the barrier. Huang Xiaoyue is secretly relieved that he isn't the one facing Nangong Changying.
Chu Wanning watches closely and suspects something is wrong with Nangong Changying’s fighting style. He realizes the meridians in Nangong Changying’s left arm are severed.
Chu Wanning calls out to Nangong Si and tells him to strike at Nangong Changying’s right side since his dominant left arm is disabled.
Xue Zhengyong wonders aloud if someone severed the sect founder’s meridians, and Ye Wangxi realizes Nangong Changying may have done it himself before death.
Flashback reveals that Nangong Changying was left-handed and had visibly stronger left arm muscles, even depicted in his statue.
It is speculated that Nangong Changying, anticipating the possibility of being reanimated, arranged his burial to prevent his full martial strength from being misused: covering his eyes, avoiding burial with holy weapons, and severing his dominant arm's meridians.
Despite Nangong Changying’s limitations, his corpse is still incredibly powerful. Nangong Si is already injured and can’t match him.
Mo Ran, watching carefully, notes that Nangong Changying is partially resisting Zhenlong Chess, which means Xu Shuanglin can’t fully control him and is likely using enormous spiritual energy to maintain it.
Mo Ran worries Xu Shuanglin will lose control and suffer dangerous backlash from this attempt.
The battle continues, and Nangong Si’s condition worsens. He tries to mount Naobaijin but slips due to blood loss from his wounded hand.
His sword falls near the barrier, and Ye Wangxi begs him to stop and come to safety. Her concern breaks through her stoic facade, and she cries openly.
Nangong Changying presses the advantage and prepares to strike a fatal blow.
Nangong Si, bruised, bloodied, and barely able to stand, stares up at the ancestor who once inspired him.
The chapter ends with Nangong Changying’s blade pointed at Nangong Si’s chest as the entire crowd watches in frozen silence.
Chapter 214:
Spiritual Core ShattersMo Ran is paralyzed with indecision as Nangong Changying’s sword looms over Nangong Si and debates interfering with a hidden arrow.
Nangong Changying unexpectedly trembles and hesitates, his sword no longer aimed directly—signs he may be regaining consciousness.
Nangong Si stays completely still and silent to avoid drawing his ancestor’s attention as Nangong Changying mutters his name.
Mo Ran realizes Xu Shuanglin is struggling to control the corpse and Nangong Changying is about to break free of the Zhenlong Chess spell.
Just as hope seems near, Nangong Changying stabs Nangong Si in the shoulder. The blade would have pierced his chest if his aim were true.
Ye Wangxi screams and tries to charge through the barrier in desperation but is restrained by the others.
Nangong Si collapses, unable to rise, coughing up blood while still attempting to face his attacker with unwavering eyes.
Naobaijin in faewolf form attacks Nangong Changying but is thrown aside and reverts into a puppy form, still trying to fight.
Nangong Si weakly mouths instructions to Jiang Xi, who confirms he understands.
As the corpses begin to rise again, Nangong Si places his hand on the ground and shatters his own spiritual core to reactivate Mount Jiao’s blood vines.
The sensation of the core shattering is overwhelming but strangely peaceful; Nangong Si reflects on his mother’s death.
The sacrifice reactivates the vines, which once again bind the corpses and begin pulling them underground.
Nangong Changying approaches, but the mountain cannot obey him while Nangong Si’s sacrifice is still resonating.
Nangong Si, now powerless, tells Nangong Changying he is sorry for not having accomplished anything.
Nangong Changying begins to regain awareness again and speaks haltingly, recalling memories from before his death and acknowledging Nangong Si by name.
Nangong Changying tells Nangong Si to take his bow—Chuanyun—and use it.
With great effort, Nangong Changying summons Chuanyun, the legendary holy bow of Rufeng Sect, from deep within the mountain.
The bow appears in a burst of glowing blue light, and the crowd is stunned, including Chu Wanning.
Nangong Changying commands Nangong Si to use Chuanyun’s arrows, which can incinerate any body of flesh and blood, to burn his corpse.
Nangong Si is shocked, unable to believe what he is hearing, but Nangong Changying insists.
Nangong Changying declares he refuses to let his body be used for evil and gives a final command: “Burn it.”
Chapter 215:
Burning the CorpseMo Ran recalls his past life as Emperor Taxian-jun, when he destroyed Rufeng Sect and saw nothing of value in its legacy.
In that past life, Mo Ran entered Rufeng Sect’s Hall of Sages and mocked the statue of Nangong Changying, seeing it as no different from the corrupt and cowardly disciples he had slaughtered.
Mo Ran remembered mocking the plaque that held Nangong Changying’s founding creed and dismissed it as empty words.
He had believed Nangong Changying to be no more than another hypocrite with a clean image and a bloody past, no better than Mo Ran himself.
He reflected on his childhood trauma—dragging his mother’s corpse for fourteen days without aid, being scorned and abandoned, and burying her with his bare hands.
That pain forged the ambition that drove him to become Taxian-jun: a man who would seize power, crush the world beneath his feet, and never again be helpless.
Mo Ran had once sworn he would surpass Nangong Changying, build a greater sect than Rufeng Sect, and receive worship as the first true ruler of the cultivation world.
That conviction shatters when Nangong Changying speaks his final words, reciting the creed of Rufeng Sect with clarity and will, even while burning.
Mo Ran watches in disbelief as Nangong Changying stands calmly in flames, pierced through the heart by an arrow from Chuanyun, the holy bow wielded by Nangong Si.
It’s revealed that the arrow was empowered not by Nangong Si’s shattered spiritual core but by Nangong Changying’s last remnant of spiritual energy left in Chuanyun.
Chuanyun had been hidden and sealed away, and Nangong Changying had planned every step: severing his meridians, not being buried with weapons, ensuring no one could use his body for evil.
Mo Ran realizes this was not coincidence but foresight and sacrifice, and he is struck by doubt and horror at his former beliefs.
As Nangong Changying burns, his dignified and peaceful face remains unchanged. The vines of Mount Jiao obey his final will and pull all revenants back into the earth.
Nangong Changying speaks his last words to Nangong Si, who kneels with Chuanyun and sobs.
Nangong Changying reassures Nangong Si that the legacy of Rufeng Sect does not depend on its survival but on those who live by its principles.
Nangong Changying’s form disintegrates into red-gold light and drifts away like fireflies, and his final words echo: “As long as there are those who remember and live by these words, the torch will pass on.”
Inside the barrier, Nangong Si sobs uncontrollably. Outside, Ye Wangxi falls to her knees, and the rest of the cultivators slowly kneel as well.
They all pay tribute to Nangong Changying, recognizing him as a true hero, in life and in death.
Chapter 216:
Fallen into ServitudeAfter Nangong Changying’s last command, all Zhenlong Chess-controlled corpses are sealed back into the earth by Mount Jiao’s vines, and peace falls over the mountain.
The spiritual bow Chuanyun dulls and seals itself in Nangong Si’s hands, its final arrow spent.
Ye Wangxi rushes to Nangong Si, who is bleeding and refuses treatment, joking weakly that letting her treat him might end up like the sect founder’s fate.
Nangong Si asks Jiang Xi to treat him instead. Jiang Xi confirms silently that Nangong Si’s spiritual core has been irreparably destroyed and he will never wield spiritual energy again.
Jiang Xi lies to Ye Wangxi, saying Nangong Si’s wounds aren’t serious and can be healed with daily treatment in ten days.
The group ascends Mount Jiao toward the ancestral temple. Nangong Si disperses the blood barriers effortlessly by touching them with his bloodied body.
At the top of the final gate, they find a temple shrouded in clouds, reachable by 9,999 steps. It appears otherworldly and breathtaking.
Master Ma complains about the long climb while Huang Xiaoyue makes a snide remark crediting the grandeur to Nangong Changying.
Chu Wanning coldly corrects him, explaining the temple was built by later Rufeng Sect leaders, not Nangong Changying.
Chu Wanning publicly rebukes Huang Xiaoyue for speaking without knowledge, and Jiang Xi joins in, mocking Huang Xiaoyue for his stupidity.
As they enter the forest surrounding the temple, Nangong Si notices that all the spiritual longnü trees have been replaced by mundane tangerine trees.
A cultivator spots someone by a stream—Mo Ran investigates and finds it is Nangong Liu, seemingly alive and in good spirits, washing tangerines by moonlight.
Mo Ran confirms it is Nangong Liu and reports back. Though Nangong Liu should have been tortured to death via lingchi fruit, his body is unmarred.
Chu Wanning and Hanlin the Sage speculate on whether the effects of lingchi fruit can be reversed. Mo Ran notes Nangong Liu behaves like a pawn but seems fully aware.
Jiang Xi concludes Xu Shuanglin must be in the temple and they have not come in vain.
Nangong Liu appears with a basket of tangerines, walking cheerfully and singing, showing no awareness of the current state of the sect.
Despite his confusion, Nangong Si cannot look away from his father.
A cultivator attempts to assassinate Nangong Liu with an arrow, but it only hits the tangerine basket. Nangong Liu, unfazed, greets the crowd warmly.
Nangong Liu prostrates before them, calling himself a servant and welcoming the “honored guests,” asking if they wish to see “His Majesty.”
The crowd is confused and alarmed by Nangong Liu’s bizarre behavior and his repeated reference to “His Majesty.”
Mo Ran asks who “His Majesty” is. Nangong Liu refuses to clarify and only says that His Majesty is busy but they may try to see him.
Mo Ran hurries ahead of the group to the temple gates, which open effortlessly at his touch.
Inside, he is stunned by what he sees in the front hall—but the chapter ends before revealing what that spectacle is.
Chapter 217:
The Nightmare BeginsMo Ran walks alone down the long central aisle of the ancestral temple's main hall, surrounded by a crowd of Zhenlong Chess pawns who appear to be living in two opposing realms.
On Mo Ran’s right, people who had wronged Xu Shuanglin are trapped in an endless cycle of torture and death, only to be revived and tortured again.
On Mo Ran’s left, those Xu Shuanglin considers good or favorable live in comfort and peace, singing, dancing, and drinking wine.
Mo Ran sees Luo Xianxian and Chen Bohuan with their family on the left, seemingly alive and happy—but knows they must be puppets without souls, controlled by chess pieces.
On the right, he sees people like the former abbot of Wubei Temple being endlessly mutilated and healed, suffering terribly.
Mo Ran walks through this surreal dichotomy—heaven on the left, hell on the right—his mind reeling, and he starts hearing overlapping voices from both sides.
As the voices rise to deafening chaos, Mo Ran casts a muffling spell on himself and suddenly finds himself in pitch-black darkness.
He is alone, unable to see or hear anyone, and begins calling out to Chu Wanning and Xue Meng, but no one answers.
A dim light appears ahead, and as Mo Ran approaches it, shadowy figures surround him and kneel, calling him “Emperor Taxian-jun” and praising him.
Mo Ran panics and flees, but the shadows grasp at him and speak in unison, refusing to let him escape his identity.
He denies being Emperor Taxian-jun, slicing at the figures with his sword. In the frenzy, he unconsciously calls himself “this venerable one,” echoing his former self.
The shadows mock him, saying that his words prove he is still the same. One shadow speaks directly to him in a soft, eerie voice, pressing him with doubts.
The shadow insists he never truly died and was never reborn, suggesting his “second chance” is just a dream.
Mo Ran remembers taking poison and climbing into a grave in front of the Heaven-Piercing Tower, but the shadow asks how he can be sure that wasn’t just a dream.
The shadow repeats everything that has happened since he “woke up,” framing it as too convenient—everyone saved, everyone redeemed.
The shadow tells him that everyone is dead, Xue Meng still hates him, and he is still Emperor Taxian-jun, the villain of the story.
Mo Ran denies it again and again, growing more desperate and emotionally unhinged.
The chapter ends with the shadow asking Mo Ran to look at what he is holding in his hand.
Chapter 218:
But You’ve ReturnedMo Ran looks down and sees Bugui, the holy weapon he used as Emperor Taxian-jun, in his hand.
He panics and throws it away, but Bugui returns to his waist due to their attunement.
Mo Ran desperately tries to summon Jiangui instead, but it won’t appear—only Bugui responds.
The shadowy spirit asks if he now believes this reality is true.
Mo Ran runs toward the light, insisting this is all an illusion crafted by Xu Shuanglin, and everything he’s experienced—including marrying Chu Wanning—is real.
A woman’s voice stops him—Song Qiutong in her wedding robes appears, telling Mo Ran that she was the one he wed and recounting specific memories from their past.
Mo Ran refuses to believe her and flees, seeing the bright light grow stronger, hoping it leads out of the nightmare.
Song Qiutong tells him Chu Wanning is dead and that Mo Ran himself is the one who killed him.
Mo Ran breaks through the illusion into light and finds himself lying in a black-lacquered coffin at the base of the Heaven-Piercing Tower, surrounded by blooming haitang trees.
He realizes he is in the exact place he lay down to die in his previous life, and everything since may have been a dream.
He sees food offerings next to the coffin—his favorite dishes—and is overwhelmed with confusion and horror.
He runs toward the southern peak but is stopped by attendants, including Old Liu, who cheerfully announces they’ve found the resurrection pill.
Mo Ran is stunned as everyone acts like nothing ever happened, and his supposed final resting place has disappeared.
He opens the box and sees the pill. Unsure of what’s real, he sets off for the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Old Liu stops him and suggests he’s going in the wrong direction, saying the resurrection pill was always meant for Shi Mingjing, not Chu Wanning.
The attendants surround Mo Ran, pressuring him to go to the Resurrection Platform. Their faces become monstrous, and their eyes turn into slits.
They accuse Mo Ran of hypocrisy and broken promises, warning him he’ll regret giving the pill to someone else.
Mo Ran fights his way through them, slashing with Bugui and clutching the pill, determined to reach Chu Wanning.
He passes through the barrier of the Red Lotus Pavilion, which allows only Mo Ran and Chu Wanning to enter.
Inside, he sees Chu Wanning standing under a haitang tree, working on Holy Night Guardian. He looks healthy, focused, and surprised to see Mo Ran.
Mo Ran, overcome with emotion, calls out to Chu Wanning. Chu Wanning calmly acknowledges him, asking, “What are you doing here?”
Chapter 219:
Don’t Leave MeMo Ran says nothing when he sees Chu Wanning again in the Red Lotus Pavilion; he simply pulls Chu Wanning into his arms.
Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran is crying, but Mo Ran cannot tell whether this is reality or a dream—he only knows that Chu Wanning is alive in this moment.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning finish working on the Holy Night Guardian automaton together, and later share a night of intimacy.
Their night is passionate and emotional; even though Chu Wanning remains somewhat stoic, Mo Ran is overwhelmed by love and the need for closeness.
Mo Ran falls asleep holding Chu Wanning, believing all he needs is for Chu Wanning to stay by his side.
In the morning, Mo Ran wakes up alone. He sees Chu Wanning standing by the window and calls to him.
Chu Wanning says he must leave, stating that morning is almost here. Mo Ran begs him not to go, but in the next moment, Chu Wanning vanishes.
Mo Ran runs barefoot through the courtyard, searching for Chu Wanning, eventually making his way to the lotus pond.
In the pond lies Chu Wanning’s preserved corpse—just as it did in Mo Ran’s past life. He collapses in grief and panic.
He desperately searches his qiankun pouch for the resurrection pill given to him by Old Liu, but it is gone. He cannot find it anywhere.
Frantic and broken, Mo Ran crawls across the shards of smashed ceramic and finally enters the pond, lifting Chu Wanning’s cold body in his arms.
Mo Ran carries the corpse out of the water and clings to it in agony, kissing Chu Wanning’s face and begging for attention, spiraling into madness.
He resembles the five-year-old version of himself crying over his dead mother in a burial trench, begging to be buried with her.
Mo Ran completely breaks down, sobbing and laughing while cradling Chu Wanning’s body, calling for him to come back to life.
As he weeps, someone calls his name—Mo Ran hears a voice reaching for him in the darkness and grabs it desperately.
Mo Ran begs the voice not to leave and says he’d rather have died instead of Chu Wanning.
Someone pours cold dreamwake frost into his mouth, shocking him awake.
Mo Ran comes to in the real ancestral temple, surrounded by cultivators. He is drenched in sweat and lying in Chu Wanning’s lap, clutching him tightly.
Mo Ran realizes he had completely disheveled Chu Wanning’s robes in his unconscious state.
Chu Wanning regains his composure and asks why Mo Ran rushed ahead so suddenly.
Jiang Xi explains that Mo Ran had been caught in a nightmare caused by a rare medicinal incense called nineteen hells.
Nineteen hells causes a person to hallucinate their worst fear and traps them in that illusion.
Jiang Xi says that most people only require a few drops of dreamwake frost to be awakened, but Mo Ran needed nearly an entire bottle.
Jiang Xi bluntly asks what Mo Ran could possibly fear so deeply at such a young age.
Chapter 220:
Side by SideMo Ran falls silent, shaken by the magnitude of the nightmare he just experienced, especially his fear of Chu Wanning dying and the possibility that this life is just a dream.
Mo Ran is freezing from the dreamwake frost, and Chu Wanning, aware of the public eyes on them, silently offers his outer robe for Mo Ran to wear.
Xue Meng initially moves to help Chu Wanning but stops; Shi Mei is the one who helps him up.
Chu Wanning gives Mo Ran his robe and leaves without further comment; Mo Ran quietly accepts.
Xue Meng, still disturbed, confronts Mo Ran privately and demands to know what the nightmare was about.
Mo Ran replies he dreamt of killing people—specifically Chu Wanning—but says nothing else.
Xue Meng is disturbed by this but doesn’t press further. He helps Mo Ran stand as the cold begins to fade.
Xue Meng explains that Mo Ran was the only one affected by the nineteen hells incense because he ran ahead. Jiang Xi had prepared an antidote for the others.
A snake attack from Nangong Liu’s basket had caused chaos earlier, forcing Jiang Xi to stay behind while one of his disciples helped the wounded.
Mo Ran grows suspicious, realizing that if the timing had been different, the entire group might have fallen victim to the nightmare incense.
Mo Ran asks about Hua Binan; Xue Meng explains he was bitten and stayed behind to meditate, supposedly recovering from the venom.
Mo Ran warns Xue Meng to be cautious around Hua Binan.
A sudden dragon-like cry echoes outside, and the earth shakes. A cultivator steps outside and is attacked by a corpse in Rufeng Sect robes with eyes bound by a burial ribbon.
The revenant kills him instantly, and dragon sinews rise from the earth carrying more corpses.
The cultivators try to close the massive temple doors, but find them impossible to move manually.
Xue Zhengyong, Mo Ran, and Xue Meng attempt to hold the line while Nangong Si races to activate the mechanism that controls the doors.
More Rufeng Sect corpses attack; the scene turns chaotic as the cultivators try to fend them off.
Mo Ran joins the frontline using Jiangui, quickly becoming surrounded but distracting most of the revenants.
Xue Meng runs out to fight beside Mo Ran, and they fight back-to-back with deadly coordination.
As the doors begin to slowly close, Xue Zhengyong urges them to hurry inside.
Mo Ran and Xue Meng retreat together, battling through waves of corpses as they approach the gate.
Mo Ran throws Xue Meng inside first, then starts backing in, fending off revenants with his whip.
Just as Mo Ran prepares to jump through the doors, they grind to a halt.
Nangong Si appears, holding a snapped segment of the door mechanism's bronze chain, and informs everyone that the winch is broken and the doors can no longer be closed.
Chapter 221:
Hand in HandMo Ran immediately returns to the frontlines to fight off revenants after Nangong Si announces the door mechanism is broken.
Chu Wanning erects three golden barriers and forcibly drags Mo Ran back into the hall, scolding him for fighting while injured.
Chu Wanning commands Shi Mei to treat Mo Ran’s wounds; Mo Ran tries to protest but is ignored.
Shi Mei quietly tends to Mo Ran while Chu Wanning directs Xue Meng and Xue Zhengyong to take turns maintaining the barrier once he’s drained.
Chu Wanning orders Xue Zhengyong to gather more fighters from the crowd, explicitly excluding only Taxue Palace and Guyueye cultivators who are unsuited to combat.
When Xue Zhengyong questions what to do if others refuse, Chu Wanning coldly says they can sit there and die.
Ye Wangxi volunteers to help despite Nangong Si’s objections; she states there are no cowards in Rufeng Sect.
Mei Hanxue also volunteers, silencing Xue Zhengyong’s hesitation with a serious expression.
Jiang Xi suggests scouting the temple, but they agree to first fix the door mechanism. Master Ma volunteers and is taken by Nangong Si to attempt repairs.
Jiang Xi observes that the pawns inside the hall have not attacked them, unlike the corpses outside.
Mo Ran realizes the pawns inside are individuals, not puppets—Xu Shuanglin has reached his spiritual limit and cannot control them all.
Hua Binan arrives with a dozen severely wounded cultivators who survived a second corpse ambush on the stairs.
Chu Wanning creates a fourth barrier and personally pulls Hua Binan and the survivors to safety.
Mo Ran becomes alarmed but Hua Binan behaves properly. Chu Wanning brings him inside, and Jiang Xi tends to the others while Hua Binan downplays his injuries.
Mo Ran offers to help Hua Binan, who coldly refuses. Shi Mei intervenes and treats him instead.
Hua Binan removes his veil, revealing a disfigured lower face with deep burn scars. He lashes out verbally at Mo Ran, who leaves without reacting.
Chu Wanning exhausts himself maintaining the barrier and passes defense to Xue Meng, who seamlessly takes over.
Mo Ran helps Chu Wanning retreat to a corner and quietly returns his outer robe, then holds Chu Wanning’s hand in secret.
Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran’s wounds and tries to heal him with a minor spell. Mo Ran tries to stop him, overwhelmed by guilt and emotion.
Mo Ran reflects that Chu Wanning always gave everything to others and left only scraps for him—yet those scraps were all Chu Wanning had left to give.
Master Ma’s disciple announces the mechanism is fixed and the temple doors can now close.
Mei Hanxue takes over the barrier while Xue Meng recovers. Xue Meng notices Mei Hanxue’s use of flame-based attacks despite his wood-water core.
Mei Hanxue wields a holy weapon zither called Shuofeng, which produces flame barriers, and retreats into the temple just before the doors shut.
As the doors close, Mei Hanxue recalls his sword and seals it with a flourish, impressing Xue Meng.
Xue Meng confronts Mei Hanxue, stunned to learn he always had a holy weapon but didn’t use it during the Spiritual Mountain Competition.
Mei Hanxue replies that he didn’t want to win, smirks, and walks away saying, “First place was too dumb.”
Chapter 222:
Panicked TumultXue Meng yells at Mei Hanxue for calling him dumb, insisting Mei Hanxue whispered it in his ear. Xue Zhengyong tries to calm him down.
Jiang Xi surveys the wounded and instructs everyone to rest or receive treatment before pressing further, acknowledging they have lost too many fighters.
Jiang Xi questions Nangong Si about his shattered spiritual core and why he’s hiding it from Ye Wangxi. Nangong Si says he doesn’t want her to worry, not that he fears her rejection.
Jiang Xi asks if Nangong Si still stands by what he said before almost dying, and Nangong Si confirms that he does and will make a public declaration once Xu Shuanglin is defeated.
Jiang Xi expresses regret that he won’t witness Rufeng Sect thrive under Nangong Si’s leadership. Nangong Si replies he’s already received Rufeng Sect’s legacy.
Jiang Xi asks how Xu Shuanglin was able to override the sect founder’s will over Mount Jiao. Nangong Si has no answer; it should have been impossible.
They both look at Nangong Liu, who sits peeling tangerines. Nangong Si tries to avoid looking at him but ends up crying silently at the sight.
Jiang Xi clumsily tries to comfort him and tells him to rest while warning that the next area, the Dragonsoul Pool, may contain danger.
After an hour of rest, Jiang Xi walks past the pawns again, disturbed by the “utopia and hell” tableau created by Xu Shuanglin.
He speaks with Nangong Liu, who repeats his earlier lines and refers to “His Majesty.” When Jiang Xi insults him, Nangong Liu starts crying loudly.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran both sense something wrong about Nangong Liu’s demeanor, especially his childish mannerisms.
Mo Ran tests him and discovers that although he appears middle-aged, Nangong Liu now behaves and identifies as a five-year-old.
Mo Ran questions him gently and confirms his mind has regressed to early childhood. Nangong Liu clings to Mo Ran and refuses to talk to Jiang Xi.
Jiang Xi is horrified and disgusted, while Nangong Liu describes picking tangerines for Xu Shuanglin every day and mentions Xu Shuanglin coughing blood and rotting.
Everyone realizes Xu Shuanglin is suffering severe backlash from using too much spiritual energy in the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Mo Ran recalls from his past life that overuse of Zhenlong Chess causes necrosis—his own toe once began rotting before he stopped.
Despite the cost, Xu Shuanglin continues using the spell, controlling corpses outside with Shared-Heart Array and the pawns inside directly.
Jiang Xi decides to move forward. They open the doors to the Dragonsoul Pool with Nangong Si’s blood.
The chamber contains a pool of bubbling blood with malevolent energy and a ceiling relief of a dragon holding a blue-burning lantern.
Nangong Si warns them not to look into the pool too long or risk losing their minds. The group skirts the edge and enters a corridor leading uphill.
After a long walk, they reach a jeweled door which leads to the Soul-Summoning Platform, likely Xu Shuanglin’s current location.
Huang Xiaoyue suspiciously inquires about secret chambers, and while pretending to be casual, he covertly collects Nangong Si’s blood from the dragon’s eye.
The ancient guardian spirit of the mountain speaks, identifying Nangong Si as Master and offering a ritual welcome—Wangli, the dragon, repeats this phrase.
Nangong Si grows pale, realizing something is wrong. He hears a hiss and sees a dark tide of something approaching fast.
Nangong Si shouts for everyone to run as the next threat surges toward them from the Soul-Summoning Platform.
Chapter 223:
Carefree Wandering, RepriseThe mass charging toward the group is revealed to be a flood of venomous snakes.
Chaos erupts as cultivators trample each other trying to escape. Jiang Xi uses snake-repelling powder to stop the tide and instructs everyone to calmly retreat to the great hall.
Jiang Xi and Nangong Si stay behind; Nangong Si suspects the demon dragon Wangli has been possessed and insists on checking the Dragonsoul Pool.
Ye Wangxi volunteers to hold the tunnel alone. Nangong Si hesitates but lets her stay, promising to return soon.
When they return to the great hall, Huang Xiaoyue aggressively accuses Nangong Si of being responsible for everything. Nangong Si finally snaps and yells back.
Jiang Xi rebukes Huang Xiaoyue, coldly implying he sees through his treasure-seeking intentions. Huang Xiaoyue is momentarily silenced.
Nangong Si checks the Dragonsoul Pool but finds nothing unusual, then returns to the main hall where all the Zhenlong pawns are gathered, including Nangong Liu.
Nangong Liu is asleep beside his basket of tangerines. Nangong Si observes the two sides of the hall: paradise and purgatory.
As he looks around, Nangong Si hears someone softly call “Si-er” and is stunned to see his mother, Rong Yan, in the paradise section.
Rong Yan recognizes her son immediately and reaches out to him. They embrace, and she expresses her long-held regret that she never once hugged him properly in life.
Rong Yan explains that she has retained her mind because Xu Shuanglin is unable to fully control all the pawns; she has just enough awareness to speak to him.
Rong Yan warns that Xu Shuanglin is breaking the blood oath that binds the demon dragon Wangli to the Nangong clan using five holy weapons and thousands of deaths.
She explains that Xu Shuanglin has already severed the dragon’s sinews (triggering the corpse resurgence), the dragon’s scales (which turned into the snakes), and now the dragon’s tail.
If he finishes with the dragon’s head and body, Wangli will completely fall under Xu Shuanglin’s control, and everyone on Mount Jiao will die.
Rong Yan suffers from Zhenlong backlash mid-sentence, weeping blood as she tries to resist Xu Shuanglin’s control.
She says Xu Shuanglin is replacing the Nangong clan’s ancestral bond with a new one that makes Wangli obey him alone.
Rong Yan tells Nangong Si that Xu Shuanglin cannot yet fully control the Zhenlong pawns and is receiving backlash, which allows her to remain partially lucid.
She then tells Nangong Si that someone must die—and tells him he must kill Nangong Liu.
Chapter 224:
A Gentleman’s WordRong Yan begs Nangong Si to throw Nangong Liu into the Dragonsoul Pool to reinforce the dragon’s blood oath, arguing that his life is unworthy and his death would redeem the sect.
Nangong Si is frozen in place, overwhelmed by her words and by the knowledge that only one Nangong clan member can serve as the blood sacrifice.
Screams erupt as a wave of beetles—formed from the demon dragon’s severed tail—attacks the cultivators.
Rong Yan warns that only two of the dragon’s five bonds remain, and that once they’re broken, even killing Nangong Liu will be meaningless.
Xu Shuanglin senses Rong Yan’s disobedience and regains control, turning her into a puppet. She reverts to her earlier trance-like behavior, repeating the lines from Carefree Wandering.
Nangong Si struggles with his choice, knowing that killing Nangong Liu would save everyone, but haunted by the memory of being comforted by his father as a child.
Nangong Si draws his sword and prepares to strike, but he cannot bring himself to kill Nangong Liu, who acts and speaks like a frightened child.
Nangong Liu, still in his childlike state, offers Nangong Si a tangerine and tries to comfort him, mirroring how he once fed him when Nangong Si was little.
Nangong Si breaks down in tears, drops his sword, and leaves the hall without killing Nangong Liu.
He walks to the Dragonsoul Pool, where the beetles are slaughtering cultivators and the battle is fierce.
Without hesitation, Nangong Si steps into the pool and sacrifices himself, using his own blood to restore the broken bond between the Nangong clan and the dragon Wangli.
As he dies, Nangong Si throws his quiver, containing Naobaijin, safely to the edge of the pool.
In his final moments, Nangong Si reflects that he remembers bowing to Chu Wanning as a child, but was too proud to admit it; he mentally acknowledges Chu Wanning as his true shizun.
He also feels peace knowing he fulfilled his mother’s wish, protected Ye Wangxi and Naobaijin, and tasted one last tangerine from his father.
A blinding light bursts from the pool, purging the beetles, snakes, and reanimated corpses controlled by the dragon’s sinew.
Ye Wangxi, bloodied and wounded from holding the snake tunnel alone, stumbles into the chamber and witnesses Nangong Si’s final moment before he vanishes into the pool.
Devastated, Ye Wangxi collapses, trying to crawl to the pool. She remembers Nangong Si promising to return to her, but he is already gone.
She loses consciousness after reaching for him one last time.
The Dragonsoul Pool grows quiet; Nangong Si’s sacrifice severs Xu Shuanglin’s ability to control Mount Jiao.
Chu Wanning, grief-stricken, places Naobaijin and the quiver beside Ye Wangxi and walks toward the Soul-Summoning Platform with Tianwen glowing gold.
Mo Ran and the rest of Sisheng Peak silently follow; then the cultivators of Taxue Palace and Guyueye Sect join.
Jiang Xi stays behind, assigning disciples to care for the wounded, especially Ye Wangxi, warning them that any failure will cost them dearly.
The cultivators enter the tunnel to the Soul-Summoning Platform, the final part of Rufeng Sect’s ancestral temple.
Chapter 225:
Mock My MadnessChu Wanning is the first to step onto the Soul-Summoning Platform, followed by the others, where they find Xu Shuanglin seated alone in the center.
Xu Shuanglin’s body is visibly rotting; the right side is disfigured and leaking pus, and five holy weapons—including Mo Ran’s Bugui—are stabbed into the ground around him.
The weapons glow with vicious energy and are channeling power into Xu Shuanglin, who has performed a forbidden technique called Weapon Ensoulment.
Chu Wanning explains Weapon Ensoulment allows a caster to sacrifice their soul to holy weapons in exchange for immense short-term power, especially if they lack spiritual energy.
Xu Shuanglin awakens and greets them without surprise, but immediately grows agitated when he does not see Ye Wangxi among the crowd.
Xue Meng accuses Xu Shuanglin of having no right to speak her name and calls him heartless and fleshless.
Xu Shuanglin’s demeanor shifts from confused to hostile, but he dismisses the accusation, claiming he has no feelings for Ye Wangxi.
Jiang Xi tries to kill Xu Shuanglin, but Mo Ran blocks the attack, wanting answers.
Mo Ran asks about Xu Shuanglin’s accomplice, but Xu Shuanglin refuses to talk, saying he would rather cut out his own tongue than betray his partner.
Xu Shuanglin insists he understands brotherhood, family, and justice, mocking the so-called righteous cultivators for believing they have a monopoly on morality.
Xue Meng is stunned that Xu Shuanglin dares speak of righteousness, given his horrific crimes and betrayal.
Xu Shuanglin recalls being outshone by Nangong Liu despite being more hardworking, claiming that people praised a sluggard and vilified him.
He defends killing two sect leaders, stating they wronged him for their own gain, and mocks the idea that he should endure injustice silently.
Xu Shuanglin ridicules the principle of forgiveness, saying he tried following righteous ideals, but was mocked and stepped on—so he chose madness.
Mo Ran compares Xu Shuanglin’s philosophy to that of Taxian-jun, realizing they are reflections of each other across two lifetimes.
Mo Ran asks if Xu Shuanglin feels any regret for all the blood he spilled to achieve what he calls karmic justice. Xu Shuanglin denies any regret and asserts that all justice must conform to his personal ideals.
Mo Ran challenges the concept of Xu Shuanglin’s "emperor" role and his judgment of good and evil, calling it delusional.
Xu Shuanglin insists his system is just, where the wicked are tortured and the kind are rewarded. Mo Ran retorts that Xu Shuanglin is enforcing his own broken standards on the world.
Mo Ran brings up Xu Shuanglin’s bare feet and the recurring image of Ye Wangxi bringing him shoes, implying that Xu Shuanglin subconsciously desires to be seen and cared for.
Xu Shuanglin violently reacts, grabbing Mo Ran in anger and denying everything, but Mo Ran presses further.
Mo Ran compares Ye Wangxi to Luo Fenghua, Xu Shuanglin’s former mentor. Xu Shuanglin finally breaks and becomes dazed, realizing the resemblance.
Xu Shuanglin tries to mock Mo Ran for the comparison, but his composure begins to unravel.
Mo Ran accuses Xu Shuanglin of keeping Nangong Liu alive out of sentimentality and speculates that he’s also revived Luo Fenghua using a forbidden technique called Rebirth.
Xu Shuanglin’s expression crumbles completely, and just as he is about to respond, a mysterious white mist rises from the dark vortex behind him.
Xue Zhengyong immediately alerts everyone that something dangerous is approaching from beyond Xu Shuanglin’s array.
Chapter 226:
Never to ForgetThe cultivators brace for what they believe is Xu Shuanglin’s final move, thinking he is about to cast the Corpse Demon Array behind the Weapon Ensoulment formation.
Chu Wanning creates a protective barrier, fearing more deaths after Nangong Si’s sacrifice.
Xu Shuanglin announces that the real performance is beginning and activates the hidden array, his rotting body visibly deteriorating.
Hanlin the Sage (Hua Binan) mistakenly identifies the formation as the Corpse Demon Array, inciting panic among the gathered cultivators.
Jiang Xi immediately attacks to disrupt the formation. Xu Shuanglin blocks his strike, declaring this is his final wish and pleading with them not to stop him.
More cultivators prepare to destroy the array; one fires a spiritual arrow that nearly hits its core.
Xu Shuanglin screams in desperation and, despite his grievous wounds, sacrifices his body to block the arrow, which shatters mid-air.
Shi Mei objects, stating this array is not the Corpse Demon Array. He notes that its glow lacks the signature fish-scale pattern of that technique.
Mo Ran believes Shi Mei and demands that others stop, but they are too panicked to listen.
Jiang Xi continues to fight Xu Shuanglin. Xu Shuanglin staggers toward the glowing array, wounded and dying, with tears and joy in his eyes.
As Xu Shuanglin activates the array, a spiritual core appears and begins forming into a human figure inside a golden glow beneath a blooming tangerine tree.
The figure is Luo Fenghua, playing a harp with his eyes closed, singing the song “Ode to Youth.” Xu Shuanglin joins him in duet, his voice broken and hoarse.
This is not the Corpse Demon Array—it is the forbidden Rebirth formation. Xu Shuanglin was trying to bring Luo Fenghua back to life.
Hua Binan insists it’s the Corpse Demon Array and orders an attack. A Guyueye cultivator obeys and stabs the array.
The spiritual core shatters instantly, destroying Luo Fenghua’s nearly reborn soul.
Xu Shuanglin retaliates by killing the cultivator who destroyed the array but collapses, cradling the dissolving form of Luo Fenghua.
Xu Shuanglin calls Luo Fenghua’s name repeatedly, but it’s too late—the illusion crumbles, and Luo Fenghua disappears forever.
A flashback shows the first time Xu Shuanglin and Nangong Liu met Luo Fenghua under a tangerine tree at Rufeng Sect.
Luo Fenghua was a nervous and inexperienced seventeen-year-old. Xu Shuanglin initially mocked him and refused to accept him as a teacher.
Luo Fenghua patiently tried to win Xu Shuanglin over with kindness and humility, offering him a tangerine even after being insulted.
Despite himself, Xu Shuanglin eventually bowed and called Luo Fenghua “Shizun,” pretending it was temporary.
In that moment, Xu Shuanglin believed nothing would change—that he, Luo Fenghua, and Nangong Liu would always have days like that, simple and carefree.
Chapter 227:
Bygone WishThe chapter begins with a flashback two years before the present events, during an autumn day at Rufeng Sect.
Xu Shuanglin lies on the rooftop of the sect’s great hall with Nangong Liu and Luo Fenghua, enjoying the sunset together.
Xu Shuanglin, typically territorial and reserved, has grown close enough to both Nangong Liu and Luo Fenghua to let them share his quiet rooftop refuge.
Nangong Liu teases about avoiding chores, while Luo Fenghua worries about propriety and suggests they go back down.
Xu Shuanglin demands snacks and fruit from both of them in a cocky and bullying tone, though he is clearly affectionate.
When Luo Fenghua offers a tangerine only meant for Nangong Liu, Xu Shuanglin demands it, prompting Luo Fenghua to split it in half.
Xu Shuanglin takes the bigger half but shares part of it with Luo Fenghua, teasingly calling him “Shizun-gege.”
The three share the fruit, sweets, and laughter on the rooftop, promising that in the future, they’ll always share tangerines and climb the roof together.
Another memory follows: the Lantern Festival from the same year. Xu Shuanglin walks barefoot around Rufeng Sect, scolding people hanging lanterns.
Luo Fenghua appears with shoes, concerned for Xu Shuanglin’s health. Xu Shuanglin refuses the shoes and storms off in mock anger when Luo Fenghua prioritizes helping Nangong Liu with homework.
Xu Shuanglin deliberately waits for Luo Fenghua to call after him, and when he doesn’t, he storms away—then yells his name in frustration.
Luo Fenghua is still standing there with the shoes, unsure what to do, visibly surprised by Xu Shuanglin’s outburst.
That evening, all three spend time studying together indoors. Nangong Liu struggles with acupoint memorization and is berated by Xu Shuanglin.
Luo Fenghua brings tangyuan for them to eat, and Xu Shuanglin quietly helps take care of him, hanging up his cloak and scolding him for being too frugal.
Despite Xu Shuanglin’s biting tone, it’s clear he deeply cares for Luo Fenghua but cannot express it gently.
The three drink wine and warm themselves by the stove. Luo Fenghua plays a folk song on the harp, and Nangong Liu declares they are in the best years of their lives.
Luo Fenghua offers a toast, wishing them lifelong happiness, friendship, and success.
Nangong Liu insists they make festival wishes on slips of paper to burn in the fire. His wish is for success, good food, and world peace.
Xu Shuanglin pretends to write nothing, claiming his slip is blank, and burns it.
But the chapter reveals the truth: Xu Shuanglin had carefully written a heartfelt wish—
“I wish for Luo Fenghua, Nangong Xu, and Nangong Liu to be friends forever. Sharing the same tangerine, splitting the same sweets, and climbing the same roof. From our coming of age, until our hair goes white.”
Chapter 228:
All for NaughtXu Shuanglin watches the fragments of the shattered Rebirth array fall like golden paper, reminiscent of the lantern wish he once made.
He reflects on how he is no longer Nangong Xu, but Xu Shuanglin—a monster who climbed from hell and left carnage in his wake.
Despite his transformation, Xu Shuanglin unconsciously passed down Luo Fenghua’s teachings to Ye Wangxi and still showed mercy to kind people.
Xu Shuanglin collapses and begins sobbing violently, devastated by the destruction of Luo Fenghua’s spiritual core.
He remembers the moment he murdered his father to steal the sect leader’s ring after being passed over in favor of Nangong Liu.
He recalls squeezing his father’s throat until it broke and calmly taking the ring, justifying it as necessary justice that others had denied him.
Xu Shuanglin spent his first night as sect leader alone, uncertain of what to do next. He tried to visit Nangong Liu and Luo Fenghua in the prison but was overcome by sudden agony.
He discovered his body was cursed—he experienced searing pain when touched by moonlight and had to hide under a curtain to survive.
He later found records explaining that all Rufeng Sect leaders inherited the curse from the ancient beast gun, a yin-based monster once sealed by their ancestor.
Realizing he had killed and destroyed everything for a cursed position, Xu Shuanglin laughed bitterly.
The next day, he visited the water prison. Nangong Liu begged for mercy, asking what he had done to deserve all this.
Xu Shuanglin coldly told him that his stolen glory and slander had broken him. He accused Nangong Liu of being a parasite who succeeded only through charm.
Xu Shuanglin considered cutting out Nangong Liu’s tongue, the source of his manipulative power, but relented for a “merciful” quick death instead.
Rong Yan, imprisoned in the same cell, furiously condemned Xu Shuanglin, saying his desire for revenge had become cruelty and madness.
Xu Shuanglin accused Rong Yan of betrayal—first offering him affection, then marrying Nangong Liu. He accused her of starting everything and mocked her silence.
Nangong Liu, desperate and cowardly, offered himself as a servant and even tried to offer Rong Yan to Xu Shuanglin in exchange for his own life.
Rong Yan, horrified, shouted at Nangong Liu for his betrayal. Nangong Liu ignored her and begged for his life.
Xu Shuanglin contemptuously rejected the offer, saying he didn’t want a “licked tangerine,” and prepared to kill Nangong Liu.
Just as he was about to strike, someone cried out for him to stop. Xu Shuanglin paused, knife still raised, his expression unreadable.
Chapter 229:
Stained ForeverRong Yan tearfully begs Xu Shuanglin to spare the child in her womb, revealing she is pregnant with Nangong Liu’s child.
Xu Shuanglin initially finds the request absurd but then devises a cruel plan: he will let the child live to inherit the sect leader's position and the accompanying curse.
Delighted by this idea, Xu Shuanglin leaves the prison laughing, deciding not to kill Nangong Liu or Rong Yan.
Xu Shuanglin keeps them imprisoned in a remote courtyard, intending to use the child to secure the sect’s future and force the world to call him merciful.
However, one of his city lords eventually rebels and secretly frees Nangong Liu and Luo Fenghua.
Luo Fenghua, unaware of the truth behind the Spiritual Mountain Competition, believes Xu Shuanglin is guilty and joins Nangong Liu to overthrow him.
Xu Shuanglin is ousted from power in a violent coup and retreats, wounded and cursed, to Moonwhistle Fields under a full moon.
Luo Fenghua finds him lying there, mistaking his wounds for battle injuries. Xu Shuanglin confesses to multiple murders, including his father.
Luo Fenghua is devastated and seals Xu Shuanglin’s cultivation techniques, formally severing their master-disciple relationship.
Nangong Liu arrives, panicked to see Luo Fenghua and Xu Shuanglin speaking. Xu Shuanglin laughs at his brother’s naivety and mocks the idea of redemption.
Xu Shuanglin lures Luo Fenghua into the forest alone and reveals the truth about the curse of Rufeng Sect’s leadership—its leaders are doomed to suffer under moonlight.
He forces Luo Fenghua to take the sect leader’s ring and tells him to crown Nangong Liu, fully aware this will doom them both to the curse.
Xu Shuanglin flees Rufeng Sect and lands in Butterfly Town, where he meets a young girl who resembles Luo Fenghua and offers him water.
After seeing a tangerine tree like the one from his memories, Xu Shuanglin cuts it down and massacres the village in a frenzy, reveling in shedding all traces of his former gentleness.
Later, in a teahouse, Xu Shuanglin overhears travelers talking about how Luo Fenghua usurped leadership and is hated for it.
He realizes Luo Fenghua chose to shoulder the curse and public scorn to protect his disciple from suffering, even at the cost of his own reputation.
Xu Shuanglin is devastated by this realization, feeling he made the wrong choice and misunderstood the only person who truly loved him.
Back in the present, Xu Shuanglin is barely conscious on the Soul-Summoning Platform as Mo Ran kneels beside him and speaks gently.
Mo Ran deduces Xu Shuanglin’s entire plan: he wanted to resurrect Luo Fenghua, live quietly on Mount Jiao, and had kept Nangong Liu alive for the curse’s inheritance.
Mo Ran accuses Xu Shuanglin of being unprepared for the consequences when Nangong Liu betrayed him a second time and had Luo Fenghua killed.
Xu Shuanglin, overwhelmed, tries to deny everything, but Mo Ran sees through him and recognizes the despair and regret in his heart.
Chapter 230:
Young ManMo Ran reflects that if he were in Xu Shuanglin’s place, he too would have tried to resurrect the person he loved.
Mo Ran explains that Xu Shuanglin manipulated Nangong Liu into condemning Luo Fenghua to the Eighteen Hells, halting his reincarnation, so Xu Shuanglin could buy time to master Rebirth.
Mo Ran suggests that Xu Shuanglin’s plan was to create a realm of fairness, resurrect Luo Fenghua, and live peacefully on Mount Jiao with Nangong Liu as the sect leader cursed in his place.
Xu Shuanglin finally admits that Mo Ran understands him, calling him a fellow madman, and laughs with the despair of someone already dead inside.
Mo Ran offers to ask Master Huaizui to help bring Luo Fenghua back through Rebirth, handing Xu Shuanglin the spiritual core.
Mo Ran pleads with Xu Shuanglin to reveal his secret accomplice—the person who taught him Rebirth and Zhenlong Chess.
Xu Shuanglin refuses, saying the man is not his master but his equal, someone who understands him completely, and declares the world will fall into chaos under that man’s plans.
Xue Meng furiously demands to know why innocent people like Nangong Changying and Nangong Si had to die in Xu Shuanglin’s schemes.
Xu Shuanglin dismisses him, saying Xue Meng is too young to understand and that everyone pays a price. He tells Mo Ran to do whatever he wants and sneers that he was condemned to die long ago.
Mo Ran, recognizing Xu Shuanglin’s psychological death began after the Spiritual Mountain Competition, still feels a deep pity for him.
Mo Ran encourages Xu Shuanglin to try Rebirth again with the remaining core, but Xu Shuanglin, accepting his own death, crushes the spiritual core of Luo Fenghua in his hand.
Covered in blood and tears, Xu Shuanglin laughs manically, destroying the last remnant of Luo Fenghua. No hatred, no reunion—just dust.
Xu Shuanglin sits before the harp among the holy weapons and begins to play it as flames consume him from the backlash of Zhenlong Chess.
Engulfed in fire, Xu Shuanglin sings “Ode to Youth,” the same tune from his youth, as his body turns to ash. His smile remains proud and defiant to the end.
The crowd remembers Nangong Xu as he once was—a radiant young man at the Spiritual Mountain Competition, full of confidence and hope.
Xu Shuanglin dies, and the fire leaves behind five holy weapons and the lingering Rebirth array still spinning in the air.
Xue Zhengyong asks if it is truly over. Master Xuanjing offers a prayer that all enmity be scattered like ash.
Xue Meng complains that Master Xuanjing was useless in the fight but immediately refocuses, reminding everyone that Xu Shuanglin’s accomplice is still out there.
Jiang Xi warns everyone to back away as the Rebirth array, instead of collapsing, suddenly activates again and begins to spew twisted black energy.
Jiang Xi realizes too late that the array was never Rebirth or the Corpse Demon Array—it was something else entirely, and they were all fooled.
Chu Wanning charges forward with Tianwen to destroy the array, but someone from the crowd—hidden in a green cloak—leaps out and stabs at Chu Wanning’s back with a dagger.
Xue Meng and Shi Mei cry out in horror, but they are too far to stop the attack. The blade pierces flesh with a sickening sound.
Xue Meng opens his eyes to see the result—and is left stunned, unable to process what he sees.
Chapter 231:
Dueling the SageChu Wanning is unscathed because Mo Ran shielded him from the assassination attempt, taking a dagger to the shoulder instead.
Mo Ran grabs Hua Binan’s wrist and rips the knife from his own flesh while confronting him for attempting to stab Chu Wanning.
Hua Binan reveals he had planned to eliminate them earlier but needed Xu Shuanglin’s fake Rebirth array to serve its purpose.
Chu Wanning realizes the array is far more powerful than expected and cannot destroy it alone, even while pouring all his energy into Tianwen.
Jiang Xi is stunned by Hua Binan’s betrayal and realizes the strongest sage in the realm was conspiring all along.
Hua Binan calmly admits to planting heart-tunneler insects in many cultivators during their journey, including one inside Jiang Xi.
Panic spreads as one outspoken cultivator collapses and dies gruesomely after Hua Binan activates an insect inside him to prove his power.
The crowd panics, some trying to figure out if they’ve been implanted, while others are paralyzed with fear.
Shi Mei offers a solution, revealing that tunnelers react to flame and can be detected with fire talismans. If a bulge appears under the skin, the person is infected.
Shi Mei admits he researched tunnelers on his own while Chu Wanning was in seclusion, not by reading Hua Binan’s texts.
Shi Mei's advice allows many cultivators to identify whether they are infected or not. Those who are clear begin to rally together.
Hua Binan tries to manipulate those infected into siding with him by promising relief from pain and safety in exchange for loyalty.
A female cultivator named Ling Biran defects to Hua Binan and tries to persuade others to do the same. She is quickly rebuked by Jiang Xi, who insults her as irrelevant.
Jiang Xi engages Hua Binan in battle. Although afflicted by a tunneler, Jiang Xi uses acupoint control to suppress it and continues to fight.
Hua Binan activates tunnelers in several cultivators, who collapse in pain. Many beg for mercy and offer loyalty to him in exchange for relief.
Hua Binan mocks Mo Ran, saying medicine is the strongest art, and taunts Jiang Xi as well.
Mo Ran tries to help Chu Wanning, but is attacked by Huang Xiaoyue’s disciples, who side with Hua Binan to avoid death.
Civil war erupts on the Soul-Summoning Platform as cursed cultivators betray their sects and attack those resisting Hua Binan.
Mo Ran, Xue Zhengyong, and Sisheng Peak disciples try to hold the line around Chu Wanning while he struggles to suppress the growing array.
Shi Mei runs from cultivator to cultivator, using optomancy to draw the tunnelers out of people’s bodies.
A man begs Shi Mei to kill him to end the pain, but Shi Mei forces eye contact and draws the insect out of his body through his mouth, reducing it to dust.
Shi Mei declares the curse can be undone and begs everyone to stop fighting.
Jiang Xi realizes Shi Mei’s rare optomancy ability is working and confirms it to himself.
Hua Binan hears Shi Mei’s announcement and is enraged. He didn’t expect anyone from Sisheng Peak to know optomancy.
Realizing Shi Mei threatens his entire plan, Hua Binan breaks away from battle and lunges toward him.
Jiang Xi tries to follow but collapses due to his own tunneler flaring up, spitting blood and barely able to speak.
Shi Mei is helping another cultivator when a Taxue Palace woman confirms the curse can be lifted. Xue Meng is gathering more people for help.
Xue Meng turns to call out to Shi Mei and freezes, horrified by what he sees behind him.
Chapter 232:
Both Eyes BlindedHua Binan suddenly seizes Shi Mei by the throat and lifts him into the air in full view of all the cultivators.
Xue Meng tries to chase him on Longcheng but is blocked by a swarm of venomous wasps and falls to his knees in despair.
Hua Binan praises Shi Mei’s mastery of optomancy and mocks him for not being a Guyueye Sect disciple.
Mo Ran, enraged, hurls back attackers and demands Hua Binan release Shi Mei. Chu Wanning falters in his concentration on the array.
Shi Mei urges everyone to ignore him and protect Chu Wanning and the mission, remaining calm despite his peril.
Hua Binan mocks Chu Wanning’s prioritization of sealing the array over saving his disciple, causing tension to rise.
Shi Mei apologizes to Chu Wanning for his past selfish actions and confesses that he never liked tanghulu, barrier spells were his true interest, and he had long understood Mo Ran’s feelings.
Shi Mei’s final smile is full of peace and honesty, and he asks not to be hated for his envy or weaknesses.
Xue Meng sobs, expressing regret for not knowing Shi Mei disliked tanghulu and for taking him for granted.
When Hua Binan begins a countdown to kill Shi Mei, Shi Mei suddenly drives his own face into the dagger to protect Chu Wanning, slashing his eyes and blinding himself.
Shi Mei declares he will not be a weak or begging disciple, and blood pours from his ruined eyes.
Chu Wanning, stunned and distraught, loses focus on the array, which lashes out and strikes him in the chest. He’s flung away, coughing blood, and unable to finish sealing the array.
Hua Binan gleefully grabs Shi Mei’s bloodied form, calling him valuable and choosing not to kill him, then drags him into the newly activated formation.
The sky ruptures with darkness as a colossal black array expands, swallowing light and creating a terrifying rift.
Hua Binan announces the array’s activation is a first trial and that no one knows what will happen. He vanishes with Shi Mei, leaving the cultivators trapped on Mount Jiao.
A monstrous rift forms in the sky, different from a Heavenly Rift, and begins making ominous sounds. Cultivators panic and gather near Mo Ran and Chu Wanning.
Xue Meng tries to rejoin them, but Xue Zhengyong restrains him. Xue Meng breaks down in tears and begs to help his friends, refusing to hide.
Suddenly, masked cultivators in black and gold fly out of the rift. Their leader wears a silver mask and radiates immense malice.
The mysterious leader ignores calls for identification and simply gestures downward with a single command: “Attack.”
Chapter 233:
This Venerable One Can Change the Title If He Wants! Take
That!Masked, black-clad cultivators under the Zhenlong Chess Formation storm the Soul-Summoning Platform with terrifying strength.
Mo Ran instantly realizes these pawns are vastly superior to Xu Shuanglin’s and orders everyone to flee, pulling Chu Wanning and Jiang Xi with him.
The cultivators try to escape through the tunnel but find the stone door sealed—Mount Jiao cannot be opened without the blood of the Nangong clan.
Someone recalls Nangong Liu, the last known descendant, is still on the mountain, but they left him behind.
Huang Xiaoyue pushes forward, using a preserved drop of Nangong Si’s blood to open the door, claiming to be a descendant.
The demon dragon Wangli accepts the blood and opens the door. Huang Xiaoyue betrays the group, pulls a sword on Master Ma, and seals the rest of the cultivators inside.
Huang Xiaoyue reveals he’s sided with Hua Binan for power and refuses to help the others, mocking them as the door closes again.
As despair spreads in the darkness, Mo Ran silently steps forward and cuts his palm, smearing blood on the door.
Despite everyone's disbelief, the demon dragon Wangli recognizes Mo Ran and opens the door. Mo Ran declares himself “seventh-generation descendant of Rufeng Sect… Mo Ran, Mo Weiyu.”
Xue Meng and Xue Zhengyong are horrified, realizing Mo Ran is of Nangong blood. Chu Wanning is too stunned to speak.
Mo Ran says nothing more and walks through the tunnel, retrieving Ye Wangxi on the way to bring her to safety.
He reflects on whether he could have sacrificed himself like Nangong Si and struggles with survivor’s guilt.
Cultivators begin escaping through the door, but more pawns are somehow catching up behind them—implying someone else with Nangong blood has opened the path.
Mo Ran suspects the masked leader used the forbidden Space-Time Gate of Life and Death and panics.
Chu Wanning tries to keep Mo Ran from going back and insists Mo Ran must stay with the group to guide them out.
Mo Ran reluctantly obeys and retreats while Chu Wanning stays behind to face the invaders alone.
The masked man and his army enter the hall. One subordinate rushes Chu Wanning, but the masked man snaps his neck for speaking out of turn.
The masked man speaks to Chu Wanning with familiarity and eerie affection, referencing past battles, training, and even intimate encounters.
Chu Wanning is horrified as the man claims they’ve met multiple times: once when Chu Wanning taught him a move, once in battle, and once in bed.
The masked man grabs Chu Wanning’s hand and forces it down his body, making disturbing and sexually aggressive comments while restraining him.
Chu Wanning, humiliated and furious, breaks free and attacks. The masked man evades and his mask shatters from Chu Wanning’s strike.
In the flickering light, the man reveals his face—Mo Ran, Emperor Taxian-jun, returned and alive.
Holding Bugui, Taxian-jun smiles wickedly and says he is here “to experience Shizun’s skills for myself.”
Chapter 234:
The Emperor ReturnsOutside Mount Jiao, the surviving cultivators collapse in exhaustion after escaping the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Ma Yun breaks down, wanting to go home and give up. Jiang Xi insists they cannot retreat before discovering the truth of the array and who emerged from it.
Master Xuanjing and others suggest retreating to regroup. Jiang Xi agrees and looks to Sisheng Peak for a decision.
Xue Zhengyong and Xue Meng stare up the mountain in shock until Mo Ran finally emerges from the barrier.
Mo Ran confirms the formation is Zhenlong Chess and possibly the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death, meaning unknown entities may emerge.
Mo Ran tells Jiang Xi to take everyone to Rainbell Isle for protection and treatment for those infected with heart-tunnelers.
Jiang Xi promises to guard Ye Wangxi’s safety before leading the cultivators away.
Xue Zhengyong confronts Mo Ran about his identity. Xue Meng, overwhelmed and heartbroken, begs for an honest answer.
Mo Ran reassures him: he has never belonged to Rufeng Sect in this life, has never harmed Sisheng Peak, and will devote his life to protecting it.
Xue Meng breaks down sobbing, saying he never understood Shi Mei or Mo Ran and wants everything to go back to the way it was.
Mo Ran gently tells Xue Meng to go with Xue Zhengyong and promises to come back. Then he re-enters Mount Jiao alone.
Inside, the Dragonsoul Pool chamber is in ruins. Taxian-jun has Chu Wanning restrained and bleeding, Bugui at his throat.
Chu Wanning refuses to answer Taxian-jun, who binds him tightly and forces him to look into his face.
Chu Wanning realizes this man looks identical to Mo Ran but is cold, wicked, and terrifying—he recognizes him from past dreams.
Taxian-jun mocks him, referencing their history, including swordplay, intimacy, and war, and declares he is from another universe.
Chu Wanning’s blood runs cold as Taxian-jun reveals Chu Wanning has long been dead in his world and that he’s crossed time and space using the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death.
Taxian-jun emotionally accuses Chu Wanning of abandoning him in death, revealing his loneliness and madness from that reality.
Despite his hatred, Taxian-jun embraces Chu Wanning tightly, craving his warmth and companionship even in death.
Suddenly, Mo Ran enters the hall and cries out “Shizun!” The pawns draw their weapons, but Taxian-jun halts them and allows Mo Ran to approach.
Mo Ran is struck speechless upon seeing the man’s face—it is his own.
Taxian-jun smiles wickedly while holding Chu Wanning and greets Mo Ran mockingly, acknowledging their long-awaited meeting with the words: “It’s an honor.”
Chapter 235:
Nowhere to GoMo Ran is horrified to find himself face-to-face with Taxian-jun, his past self from another timeline who should have died.
Taxian-jun mocks Mo Ran, revealing that Mo Ran is actually his own escaped soul given a second chance at life.
Mo Ran accuses Taxian-jun of being dead, but Taxian-jun affirms his death and reappearance, laughing at the irony of confronting his reincarnated self.
Taxian-jun tightens his grip on Chu Wanning, threatening him while mocking Mo Ran’s efforts to atone by pretending to be righteous.
Mo Ran, enraged by Taxian-jun’s cruel words and treatment of Chu Wanning, attacks with Jiangui.
Taxian-jun dodges and summons Bugui, challenging Mo Ran to a duel to see whose weapon and spirit are stronger.
The two begin an intense and evenly matched battle using Jiangui and Bugui, shaking the entire Dragonsoul Pool chamber with spiritual force.
They injure each other in the exchange but neither gains the upper hand, both mirroring each other’s fighting style and power.
Taxian-jun mocks Mo Ran for adopting a fire elemental core and says Mo Ran’s whip strikes resemble Chu Wanning’s style.
Mo Ran, incensed, yells at Taxian-jun to leave, but Taxian-jun accuses Mo Ran of hypocrisy and calls him unworthy of redemption.
Taxian-jun insists they are the same and that he, too, deserves Chu Wanning because he has already had him.
Mo Ran argues that Chu Wanning had treated Taxian-jun with true sincerity and kindness and that he doesn’t deserve to be hurt again.
Taxian-jun lashes out, saying he doesn’t care if Chu Wanning is happy—he only wants to keep him close, alive or dead.
Mo Ran painfully tells Taxian-jun that his obsession is rooted in the wrong person—that Chu Wanning, not Shi Mei, was always the one he truly longed for.
Taxian-jun scoffs, crudely speaking about Chu Wanning’s submissiveness in bed, enraging Mo Ran.
Mo Ran confesses that in this life, he has never defiled Chu Wanning and held back out of love and respect.
Taxian-jun is stunned to learn this, realizing they are no longer the same person at all.
Bored with the stalemate, Taxian-jun unleashes Zhenlong pawns to overwhelm Mo Ran and retakes Chu Wanning hostage.
Mo Ran calls out to Bugui, which begins to hesitate between obeying him or Taxian-jun.
The call causes Chu Wanning to experience a surge of repressed memories—his dreams and trauma of being violated in his past life come flooding back.
Chu Wanning begins to suffer a breakdown as he remembers his death at Taxian-jun’s hands, the humiliation, and the tragedy of it all.
Just as Chu Wanning falters, a figure in yellow robes appears and rescues him from Taxian-jun’s grasp—Master Huaizui.
Huaizui briefly speaks to Mo Ran, telling him to come to Dragonblood Mountain immediately and disappears without resistance from the pawns or the barrier.
A whistle sounds, forcing Taxian-jun to retreat through the portal. He swears he will return to fight again and disappears with his pawns.
The Space-Time Gate of Life and Death collapses, leaving only silence and the ruined mountaintop behind.
Mo Ran stands on the Soul-Summoning Platform, surrounded by blood, death, and the echoes of his former sins.
Haunted by visions of his past victims and loved ones, Mo Ran falls to his knees and breaks down sobbing, begging for forgiveness.
He pleads to not die as Taxian-jun, to have a way to make things right, and questions whether anyone—Chu Wanning, Shi Mei, Xue Meng—will ever forgive him.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran completely broken, shivering and crying, unsure of who he is or whether redemption is even possible.
Chapter 236:
A Monk’s PassingMo Ran descends Mount Jiao in silence, numb from the events he has witnessed and unsure of what awaits him.
Faced with the choice of going to Rainbell Isle to reunite with Xue Meng or following Master Huaizui’s instructions to go to Dragonblood Mountain, Mo Ran chooses the latter.
Mo Ran travels all day without rest or food and reaches Dragonblood Mountain by nightfall.
At a stream, Mo Ran sees his reflection and feels disgusted by his own face, filled with shame and self-loathing after encountering Taxian-jun.
He wishes for a way to cut away his past and be truly separate from the person he used to be.
As he ascends the foggy mountain, Mo Ran begins to suspect something supernatural, but finds no malevolent presence.
The mist parts unnaturally easily for him, as if guiding him, leading him to a clearing.
In the clearing, Mo Ran finds Chu Wanning kneeling before a mountain cave, with Master Huaizui seated motionless in front of it.
Chu Wanning is crying, visibly broken. When Mo Ran rushes to him, Chu Wanning finally allows himself to collapse emotionally, sobbing into Mo Ran’s arms.
Mo Ran holds him, comforting him with warmth and quiet words, overwhelmed by how fragile and young Chu Wanning feels in that moment.
Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning, who always seemed strong, is still human and has been holding in sorrow and regret for years.
Mo Ran turns to Master Huaizui and realizes he has died while sitting in meditation, holding a withered branch of haitang blossoms.
A golden insect is devouring his face—Chu Wanning identifies it as an oath-bug, used to change appearances, which consumes the host’s body after death as its price.
Chu Wanning confesses that Master Huaizui had invited him to Dragonblood Mountain earlier with a letter, but he ignored it due to mistrust and pride.
Chu Wanning blames himself for not listening, believing that had he come sooner, Nangong Si wouldn’t have died and Shi Mei wouldn’t have been blinded.
Mo Ran listens in silence, supporting Chu Wanning through his breakdown, heartbroken by his Shizun’s pain and vulnerability.
Chu Wanning eventually regains his composure and gives Mo Ran a jade scroll left behind by Master Huaizui containing all the secrets he knew.
Mo Ran hesitantly asks if Chu Wanning has already seen what’s inside. Chu Wanning confirms he has.
Mo Ran, terrified of what the scroll might reveal, asks if Chu Wanning would hate him if everything Taxian-jun said was true. Chu Wanning says nothing, only telling him to look at the scroll.
Mo Ran activates the scroll. Huaizui’s voice echoes, confessing that the contents of the scroll include unspeakable truths, his own past sins, and secrets of impending catastrophe.
The vision in the scroll reveals a ruined city with crows pecking at corpses. A young man rides in on horseback and runs to one of the corpses screaming, “Dad!”
Mo Ran realizes with dread that the scene is familiar—it resembles the illusion world created by the feathered tribe at Peach Blossom Springs.
The city is likely ancient Lin’an, ravaged by war and filled with horrifying secrets now about to be revealed.
Chapter 237:
Sacred TreeMo Ran watches a memory within the jade scroll’s illusionscape, showing the destruction of Lin’an, and sees a youth sobbing over a corpse—this youth is revealed to be Xiaoman.
Xiaoman mourns his adoptive father, who died trying to find food for him during the siege. He blames himself for the death.
Mo Ran notices a mole on Xiaoman’s hand that matches Huaizui’s, confirming Xiaoman is a young Huaizui.
A voice begins narrating Huaizui’s past—he was raised by a groom in the governor’s employ and became an orphan during the siege of Lin’an when the ghost realm’s Heavenly Rift opened.
After watching his adoptive father’s corpse torn apart against his will, Xiaoman was consumed by grief and betrayed Lin’an to the ghost king out of revenge.
The ghost king manipulated the city into sacrificing their hero, Chu Xun, for survival. Mo Ran sees the townspeople betray Chu Xun and push him out of the temple.
Chu Xun offers his heart and spiritual core to the people before dying, begging them to leave the city behind.
Huaizui later regrets his betrayal and, plagued by guilt, tries to find a way to help Chu Xun reunite with the lost souls of his wife and child.
Chu Xun had sacrificed his future reincarnations in hopes of reuniting his family, but the effort failed—his child’s soul was scattered and could not be saved.
Huaizui, now a ghost realm servant, secretly tried to help restore the child’s soul but was discovered and punished by the Ninth Ghost King.
The king stripped Huaizui of his token and immortality, banishing him to the mortal realm and condemning his soul to future torment.
After returning to the human world, Huaizui became a wandering monk. Though he retained some access to the ghost realm at midnight, the toll was severe.
Huaizui spent a hundred years atoning—helping others, rebuilding villages, saving the sick and poor—all in a desperate attempt to balance the weight of his sins.
He once tried to visit Chu Xun again with a branch of haitang blossoms—Chu Xun’s favorite flower—but was thrown out.
Still, Chu Xun kept the branch. Huaizui continued sending haitang blossoms as a small gesture of remorse and memory.
Huaizui eventually learned that Chu Xun’s wife’s soul could be restored, but the child’s soul had vanished entirely and was beyond salvation.
One day, Huaizui discovered a mysterious glowing piece of wood while traveling under the moonlight on a river.
The wood came from the Flame Emperor’s sacred tree, a legendary plant said to bring the dead back to life or forge ascension-tier artifacts.
Huaizui considered using the wood to refine his own spiritual core and ascend, thus escaping hell, but was conflicted by guilt.
He remembered an ancient text that claimed the sacred tree shared the properties of Nüwa’s clay and could be used to create a living person.
Chapter 238:
SoullessMo Ran is horrified to learn from the jade scroll that the sacred tree of the Flame Emperor can be used to create a person, like Nüwa’s clay or Fuxi’s qin.
Master Huaizui reveals that he used a fragment of the sacred tree to carve a child in the likeness of Chu Lan, intending to restore Chu Xun’s lost son.
Mo Ran realizes this wooden child is Chu Wanning. He’s shaken and initially in disbelief, murmuring that it’s impossible.
The illusion shows Master Huaizui spending five years in seclusion carving Chu Wanning with painstaking care and pouring all his emotions into each cut.
Once finished, Master Huaizui names the child Chu Wanning, infusing him with life using a drop of his own blood filled with metal-elemental spiritual energy.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed, thinking about how Chu Wanning has lived for more than thirty years without knowing he was created from sacred wood.
Chu Wanning is raised in Wubei Temple, innocent and joyful, unaware of his origins. He asks Huaizui about where he came from, but is only told vaguely that he was found in Lin’an.
A flashback shows a young Chu Wanning asking to see Lin’an. Master Huaizui takes him there, and they visit West Lake and a pastry stall where Chu Wanning lovingly shares a cake with him.
Mo Ran is heartbroken by how sweet, kind, and thoughtful young Chu Wanning was, and how human he clearly seemed in every way.
Huaizui’s narration continues, explaining that he always planned to bring Chu Wanning to the ghost realm and use him as a vessel to contain the remnant souls of Chu Lan.
Huaizui believed Chu Wanning was not a real person, only a carved figure meant for sacrifice—one who lacked a soul of his own.
Mo Ran is devastated and furious, screaming in denial, insisting that Chu Wanning is alive, compassionate, and no different from any human being.
The vision shifts to a 14-year-old Chu Wanning practicing swordsmanship in a courtyard surrounded by blooming haitang blossoms.
Chu Wanning’s joy and grace are evident, and Mo Ran watches him with desperate affection, wondering how anyone could think he had no soul.
Mo Ran remembers the scar on Chu Wanning’s chest and is struck with horror, realizing that Huaizui must have performed the fusion ritual already.
He is shaken by the possibility that the original Chu Wanning—the spirit of the sacred tree—may have been destroyed or forced out during the soul fusion.
Mo Ran spirals into despair, questioning whether the person he loves is truly Chu Wanning or merely Chu Lan reborn in a different body.
The chapter ends with Master Huaizui confirming that after Chu Wanning turned fourteen, he planned to bring him to the ghost realm and proceed with merging him with Chu Lan’s souls.
Chapter 239:
ResolveMo Ran watches the jade scroll illusion in stunned silence as Master Huaizui recounts the day everything changed due to a severe Heavenly Rift that left many starving.
On a snowy mountain path, a young Chu Wanning and Master Huaizui discover a starving child near death—this child is later revealed to be Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning insists on helping the child despite Master Huaizui’s warnings to walk away, and gives the child his cloak and hot congee.
Mo Ran, viewing the memory, finally recognizes the child as his younger self and breaks down emotionally, realizing Chu Wanning saved him as a boy.
Mo Ran recalls how he later searched Wubei Temple as Taxian-jun for this benefactor but could not recognize Chu Wanning and gave up, mistakenly rewarding the entire temple with gold.
He is horrified by the irony that the man he once brutalized and humiliated was the same person who saved his life.
The flashback continues with young Mo Ran drinking porridge from Chu Wanning’s palm, the act that saved his life and inspired Chu Wanning’s desire to help others.
Chu Wanning later asks Master Huaizui to let him travel to aid the starving commoners, but Master Huaizui refuses and punishes him with 164 days of isolation on Dragonblood Mountain.
During his confinement, Chu Wanning repeatedly asks to leave and is denied. He stops speaking to Huaizui but continues insisting: “I want to go into the world.”
Eventually, Chu Wanning escapes the temple and returns 10 days later, covered in blood but resolute, begging Huaizui to see the mortal suffering for himself.
Master Huaizui reacts with fury, slaps Chu Wanning, and accuses him of being delusional and ungrateful, saying he isn’t ready to help anyone.
Chu Wanning, visibly hurt but unwavering, tells Huaizui that if cultivation means abandoning the suffering masses, he would rather fail to ascend and give everything to help others.
Huaizui rages even more, unable to process that the boy he raised dares defy him, and ends the memory by calling Chu Wanning a “traitor” as Chu Wanning attempts to leave the courtyard.
Chapter 240:
SelflessThe illusion continues as Master Huaizui attempts to sever his relationship with Chu Wanning, throwing a knife at his feet and declaring their bond broken if Chu Wanning chooses to leave.
Chu Wanning, though shocked and hurt, kneels respectfully and kowtows nine times, sincerely thanking Huaizui for his past care.
Master Huaizui demands that Chu Wanning return everything he learned at Wubei Temple, specifically his spiritual core, intending to use it to create a more obedient replacement.
Chu Wanning, calm and resolute, lifts the knife and declares that if staying means surrendering his ideals, then his life is meaningless. He prepares to give up his spiritual core willingly.
Mo Ran, watching helplessly from the illusion, is horrified and begs Chu Wanning to stop, unable to interact with or protect him.
Chu Wanning cuts open his chest with the knife to offer his spiritual core to Huaizui, bleeding heavily but remaining conscious through a spell to stop himself from fainting.
Huaizui begins to waver upon witnessing Chu Wanning’s selflessness and pain. He is shaken by memories of Chu Wanning’s kindness and purity.
Flashbacks show younger Chu Wanning bonding with the guqin Jiuge, which reacts to him as though by blood, hinting at his special connection to sacred wood.
Huaizui recalls Chu Wanning’s sweet, loving behavior as a child—sharing pastries, fanning him during meditation, smiling with joy at simple pleasures.
A vivid memory shows five-year-old Chu Wanning playing a hand-clapping game with Huaizui, who finally smiles along with him. These memories begin to break Huaizui’s resolve.
As Huaizui sees Chu Wanning covered in blood, about to lose his core, he is overwhelmed by grief, love, and guilt. He rushes to Chu Wanning, tears streaming.
Huaizui severs Chu Wanning’s spell and catches him as he faints, realizing he cannot go through with the plan. Chu Wanning had a soul all along.
Huaizui finally admits that Chu Wanning is not an empty vessel or a recreation of Chu Lan—he is Chu Wanning, a unique, irreplaceable person created during a peaceful temple bell toll.
Huaizui’s narration reveals deep regret: he was selfish, weak, and blind to Chu Wanning’s humanity. Only when Chu Wanning cut his chest open for his beliefs did he understand the truth.
Huaizui breaks down, acknowledging that he could never have created someone as pure as Chu Wanning—because Chu Wanning’s soul, strength, and kindness were always his own.
Chapter 241:
TruthMo Ran emerges from the jade scroll illusion and finds Chu Wanning sitting silently in front of the cave on Dragonblood Mountain.
He is overwhelmed by emotion, finally understanding why Chu Wanning had broken down earlier—because of everything revealed in the scroll.
The scroll begins with a memory of Chu Wanning waking up in Wubei Temple after giving up his spiritual core, and Master Huaizui coldly dismissing him, saying he may leave and never return.
Chu Wanning silently accepts the severed relationship, calling Huaizui “Great Master” one last time before walking away, leaving behind all his innocence and trust.
Huaizui reflects that even if he had followed Chu Wanning down the mountain, he would have never been forgiven and no longer had the right to call himself his shizun.
Huaizui, now aged and filled with regret, recounts how every spring he would send haitang blossoms to Chu Xun and continued to live in isolation.
One winter night, an unexpected visitor appears—it is Chu Wanning, but not the one from their world. He wears a thin summer robe and carries an enchanted censer.
Mo Ran realizes this is the Chu Wanning from his past life—the one who bore the red earring Mo Ran had pierced through his flesh during their abusive relationship.
The realization hits Mo Ran like lightning; this was the Chu Wanning who had once been violated by Emperor Taxian-jun, and who now had come from the past to warn this world.
Chu Wanning asks Huaizui to guard the censer and protect the cave, and that when the time comes, he must bring Chu Wanning and Mo Ran from this world to the mountain.
He explains he came through the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death to prevent the calamity of his original world from repeating here.
Chu Wanning cannot prove his identity, but pleads for Huaizui’s trust and warns him to take action when the ghost realm stirs or Taxian-jun appears.
A whistle sounds, summoning Chu Wanning back. He gives Huaizui one last look and disappears into the rift, leaving behind the censer.
Back in the present, Master Huaizui's recorded voice continues, explaining that he waited for years to gain Chu Wanning’s trust again, eventually faking a medical summons to get him to Dragonblood Mountain.
Huaizui admits to being a coward and selfish, unable to face Chu Wanning while alive, so he left the scroll to confess everything posthumously.
He reveals that Chu Wanning was never just a vessel or soulless creation—he had always been alive, always been human, and had always been his own person.
Huaizui ends the scroll asking for forgiveness—perhaps from Chu Wanning, perhaps from Chu Xun—knowing he likely doesn’t deserve it.
The scroll’s memories collapse like drifting snow, showing flashes of Chu Wanning’s childhood and final farewell as he walked away bleeding at age fourteen.
Mo Ran, thrown out of the illusion, lies dazed on the gravel. The revelations shatter him—realizing that Chu Wanning had always tried to save this world while being born from sacred wood and suffering so much.
Despite the guilt, pain, and unworthiness Mo Ran feels, he rises and walks to Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran embraces him, voice trembling, and says: “Shizun, it doesn’t matter if you’re human or a sacred tree, as long as you’re still willing to have me.”
Mo Ran finishes, voice cracking: “I’ll always stand before you.”
—Because he knows he is too stained to stand beside someone as pure as Chu Wanning, but he can still shield him from all harm until the end.
Chapter 242:
Consort ChuChu Wanning says nothing after the revelations about Taxian-jun; his silence reflects shock, exhaustion, and deep emotional numbness.
Eventually, Chu Wanning stands and tells Mo Ran he wants to enter the cave, wanting to see what his other self went through all the trouble to show.
Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning if, after learning the truth, he will hate him. Chu Wanning responds only by asking what Emperor Taxian-jun did, never using “you.”
Chu Wanning questions whether Taxian-jun was a killer and a mass murderer, to which Mo Ran does not respond. Finally, Chu Wanning asks what he meant to Taxian-jun.
Mo Ran, unable to bear the silence and guilt, says nothing but agrees to enter the cave with Chu Wanning.
At the cave entrance, Mo Ran smiles at Chu Wanning with heartbreaking warmth, as if using up all his remaining joy, before leading the way inside.
Chu Wanning touches Mo Ran’s face and takes his hand, saying gently that he knows Mo Ran and Taxian-jun are not the same person.
Deeply moved, Mo Ran tears up at Chu Wanning’s forgiveness, seeing it as heaven’s final mercy to him.
Inside the cave, they find a censer left behind by the Chu Wanning of the past life. When they touch it together, thick mist engulfs them and separates their consciousness.
The mist renders them unable to move, speak, or control their bodies—similar to the illusion in Peach Blossom Springs but more powerful.
Chu Wanning awakens inside the Red Lotus Pavilion, seated before a familiar table, trapped in a memory illusion he cannot escape or influence.
Two unknown servants prepare him for bed. Then someone bursts into the room—it is Mo Ran, Emperor Taxian-jun, drunk and predatory.
Chu Wanning’s body responds with dread. Emperor Taxian-jun mocks him for disliking his wedding robes and crown, insisting that Chu Wanning now belongs to him.
Emperor Taxian-jun pulls Chu Wanning into his chest and begins to fondle and whisper sexual threats in his ear.
Chu Wanning sees their reflection in a bronze mirror: he is dressed as a bride, and Emperor Taxian-jun wears imperial red wedding robes and crown.
Chu Wanning stabs Taxian-jun with a hairpin, drawing blood. Taxian-jun relishes the pain and taunts him further, calling him “Consort Chu.”
Taxian-jun accuses Chu Wanning of failing to speak out against him at the wedding feast, claiming he welcomed their union through his silence.
Chu Wanning’s revulsion reaches its peak as Taxian-jun continues to violate and degrade him, mocking him with cruel innuendos and threats.
Taxian-jun pins Chu Wanning to the bed, kisses him with bloodied lips, and tells him he now belongs to him and must “do his duty” as his consort.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning helpless, pinned under the man who looks like Mo Ran but embodies everything monstrous from the past life, as the illusion forces him to relive the trauma in full.
Chapter 243:
ThirdChu Wanning is trapped in the illusion of the past life’s wedding night, realizing that what he thought were dreams were real memories from his life as Consort Chu.
As the illusion takes over, Chu Wanning is forced to relive the full horror of Emperor Taxian-jun’s wedding night assault, including his own disorientation and merging with the past self’s emotions and thoughts.
Chu Wanning tries to recall his identity, caught between being the Beidou Immortal and the humiliated consort pinned beneath Taxian-jun.
Mo Ran, under the illusion’s control, brutally forces himself on Chu Wanning, mirroring the events of their past life exactly. He mocks and humiliates him, alternating between aggression and twisted tenderness.
Despite being under the spell, Chu Wanning’s body reacts involuntarily, and the aphrodisiac in the illusion causes him to lose control, heightening his shame and emotional collapse.
Taxian-jun continues the assault while mocking Chu Wanning for “acting virtuous” and uses force and salve to make him submit completely.
Chu Wanning has flashes of memory of the kind Mo Ran from this life—the one who was gentle and caring—further confusing his sense of reality and deepening his emotional pain.
As the illusion progresses, Chu Wanning recalls vivid details of being forced to dress as a bride and consummate a marriage he never agreed to, remembering his past life’s humiliation and loss of autonomy.
The illusion eventually shifts back to the real cave; Chu Wanning and Mo Ran lie together, drenched in sweat and emotion, having involuntarily reenacted the memory.
Mo Ran is conscious again and apologizes in a broken voice, overwhelmed by guilt. He couldn’t control his actions during the illusion and is horrified by the hurt he’s caused.
Chu Wanning, dazed and in pain, asks Mo Ran to pull out, not realizing that Mo Ran already has. His injuries are severe enough to feel like he is still being violated.
Mo Ran helps redress Chu Wanning but avoids looking at his face, too ashamed of what’s happened. His heart aches with guilt and regret.
Flashbacks reveal Taxian-jun’s thoughts after Chu Wanning’s death in the past life, including how he privately buried the wedding robes and carved “Grave of the Esteemed Consort Chu” into a tombstone, mocking and mourning him at the same time.
Mo Ran reflects on how, despite his cruelty, he couldn’t publicly reveal Chu Wanning’s identity as his consort—because he still cared, even while hating him.
Back in the present, Mo Ran tries to speak gently to Chu Wanning, who is now fully remembering everything from his past life, including his suffering in Wushan Palace.
Chu Wanning asks a heartbreaking question: if Mo Ran had known earlier that he was the one who gave him congee as a child, would he have spared him all that pain?
Mo Ran has no answer. Chu Wanning cries silently, turning away, not wanting Mo Ran to see.
Mo Ran then notices strange energy transferring between their bodies: a black-and-white mist-like substance, flowing from his chest into Chu Wanning’s.
Black smoke also seeps out of Chu Wanning and gathers into a black flower in the censer. Mo Ran, overwhelmed by the strange energy and the emotional toll, loses consciousness.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 8
Chapter 244:
Snake-Shed
The surviving cultivators escape Mount Jiao and retreat to Guyueye to recover from their injuries with the help of the medicine sect disciples.
Despite healing their physical wounds, they remain emotionally devastated.
Xue Meng sits alone on Rainbell Isle with his scimitar Longcheng, visibly heartbroken and hoping someone will return.
Mei Hanxue approaches and informs Xue Meng that his father left in a hurry for Sisheng Peak and asked Mei Hanxue to pass on the message.
Xue Meng is curt and tells Mei Hanxue to leave, but Mei Hanxue stays and offers him wine.
Xue Meng initially refuses but eventually drinks, unable to handle the strong wine from Taxue Palace, causing him to cough and later vomit.
Mei Hanxue tries to stop him from drinking more, but Xue Meng insists, driven by pride and emotional pain.
Drunk and emotional, Xue Meng breaks down crying, saying he’s the only one left out of the original four—himself, Mo Ran, Chu Wanning, and Shi Mei.
Mei Hanxue tries to comfort him awkwardly, and Xue Meng vomits again, leaning on Mei Hanxue as he becomes physically weak.
Mei Hanxue starts leading Xue Meng back to rest but suddenly senses danger and hides them behind a column.
Mei Hanxue casts a muffling spell on Xue Meng to keep them hidden as they witness a shocking scene in the pavilion.
Mo Ran appears in Guyueye’s garden pavilion, dressed in a black and gold cloak, and behaves extremely out of character—cold, cruel, and murderous.
Cultivators confront him, thinking he’s cursed or controlled, but Mo Ran mocks and kills one of them instantly.
Mo Ran unleashes a bloody massacre on the injured cultivators, severely maiming and killing several of them.
He taunts the survivors, declaring his desire to raze all sects to the ground and that not even a united front could stop him.
Mo Ran chillingly claims he no longer has desires, but if he had one, it would be to see everyone dead.
He kills another cultivator mid-sentence and laughs maniacally, calling the violence “fun.”
Before leaving, Mo Ran warns them to protect their heads and disappears over the rooftops, leaving behind horror and gore.
Three days later, in a cave on Dragonblood Mountain, Mo Ran and Chu Wanning wake up after being unconscious due to the censer’s spell.
A third person is already there—revealed to be Shi Mei, standing at the censer and crushing a magical flower he had imbued with part of his soul to find the cave.
Mo Ran wakes and is shocked to recognize Shi Mei, who looks more beautiful than ever but with a cold, unrecognizable aura.
Shi Mei confirms he’s fully sighted and came for his “beloved,” speaking ominously and mockingly to Mo Ran.
Mo Ran grows increasingly horrified and angry, demanding to know what happened to Hanlin the Sage.
Shi Mei brushes off the question, focusing instead on Chu Wanning, caressing his face and speaking tenderly yet disturbingly.
Shi Mei kisses Chu Wanning on the cheek and confesses, “Why did I have to fall in love with you, my dear shizun?”—revealing a twisted romantic obsession.
Chapter 245:
Love RivalMo Ran is horrified and speechless after witnessing Shi Mei kiss Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran remembers Shi Mei’s past gentleness and is unable to reconcile it with the man in front of him.
Mo Ran is shocked by the revelation that Shi Mei is in love with Chu Wanning.
Shi Mei taunts Mo Ran, saying he must be frightened, and mocks him for calling him crazy.
Mo Ran is ashamed and enraged, but his feelings for Shi Mei leave him speechless.
Shi Mei admits he faked affection for Mo Ran, including lying during Jiangui interrogation, and insults him as nothing but a pretty face.
Shi Mei touches Chu Wanning again, provoking Mo Ran to try summoning Jiangui, but his spiritual energy fails.
Shi Mei explains Chu Wanning’s act of uprooting the magical flower weakened him and severed Shi Mei’s control over Mo Ran, but Mo Ran still needs time to recover his power.
Shi Mei mocks Mo Ran for “taking advantage” of Chu Wanning and claims it’s now his turn, insulting Chu Wanning as “secondhand goods.”
Mo Ran attacks with his fists but is restrained by spiritual snakes; Shi Mei uses the moment to flee with Chu Wanning in his arms.
Mo Ran chases after them but is unable to catch up; Shi Mei stands on a tree branch and reveals his true identity: he is Hua Binan.
Mo Ran is stunned as Shi Mei tells him not to go to Guyueye and not to follow, warning him of Jiang Xi and hinting at a “surprise” at Sisheng Peak.
Mo Ran asks why Shi Mei is doing this and recalls all the emotional ties Shi Mei claimed to have—saying they were family, owing his life to their uncle, and seeing Sisheng Peak as home.
Shi Mei gives no clear answer and remains cold, dismissing Mo Ran’s pain with a smile.
Mo Ran remembers how Shi Mei died in his past life and how that death had driven him to hatred and madness.
Mo Ran is horrified to realize Shi Mei faked his death using an elixir that simulated death, taking advantage of their ignorance of medicinal arts.
The grave and sealed coffins from the past life raise questions, but Mo Ran is too emotionally shattered to think clearly.
Mo Ran realizes everything was fake, and that he had fallen into darkness for a lie, even killing Chu Wanning in his past life.
Mo Ran explodes with rage and demands how Shi Mei can live with himself.
Shi Mei replies that he can, and throws the question back at Mo Ran, calling him Emperor Taxian-jun and highlighting his bloody past.
Shi Mei holds Chu Wanning as if claiming him, saying someone like Mo Ran—blood-stained and monstrous—has no right to touch someone as pure as Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran is devastated as Shi Mei continues to call him a thief and says every day he spent with Chu Wanning was stolen.
Shi Mei says Mo Ran’s attempt to redeem himself is meaningless and that Chu Wanning will remember everything from the past life.
Shi Mei warns that Chu Wanning will not forgive Mo Ran once he remembers all the things Mo Ran did, especially to him.
Shi Mei says Mo Ran should confess to his crimes and return to Sisheng Peak to see the surprise waiting there.
Shi Mei hints that their goals are different and claims he would never harm someone he loves like Mo Ran does.
Shi Mei assures Mo Ran he won’t hurt Chu Wanning, saying he knows better how to cherish someone like him.
However, Shi Mei threatens Mo Ran’s loved ones at Sisheng Peak—Aunt, Uncle, and Xue Meng—saying their lives depend on how Mo Ran handles the coming events.
Shi Mei ends by warning that if Mo Ran fails again, Chu Wanning will never look at him the same way.
Chapter 246:
BondageMo Ran calls out for Shi Mingjing in fury, but Shi Mei, perched in a tree with Chu Wanning in his arms, only smiles and reminds Mo Ran to call him Hua Binan or Shigong next time—if there is a next time—before vanishing into the forest.
As Shi Mei flies through Dragonblood Mountain, he hears Chu Wanning murmur “Mo Ran” in his sleep, tormented by dreams from the past life.
Shi Mei’s expression changes, his smile fading as jealousy takes over. He questions why Chu Wanning would go to such lengths for Mo Ran.
Shi Mei tells the unconscious Chu Wanning that soon Mo Ran will be gone, and he will be the one by Chu Wanning’s side instead.
Shi Mei admits he knows Chu Wanning’s feelings for Mo Ran run deep but insists Chu Wanning will eventually turn to him once his plans are complete.
Shi Mei travels to the heroes’ tomb on Mount Jiao, where the Rufeng Sect gravestones and Xu Shuanglin’s Zhenlong chess pieces now stand lifeless.
Shi Mei uses a vial of Nangong blood to open the doors on Mount Jiao and finds Nangong Liu, who is still alive but mentally reduced to the level of a child.
Nangong Liu greets Shi Mei cheerfully, calling him “dear friend-gege” as he had under Xu Shuanglin’s influence. Shi Mei corrects him, saying his name is Hua Binan.
Shi Mei tells Nangong Liu to take him to Xu Shuanglin’s hidden chamber, using him to bypass barriers that require Nangong blood.
Nangong Liu innocently asks if Shi Mei and Chu Wanning are having a sleepover. Shi Mei responds affirmatively, saying Chu Wanning will be “living here” from now on.
Inside the secret chamber, Shi Mei places Chu Wanning on the bed and observes his unconscious face by lantern light, reflecting on how much effort it took over two lifetimes to reach this point.
Nangong Liu comments that Chu Wanning looks familiar, and Shi Mei reminds him that Chu Wanning once scolded and embarrassed him in front of the sect. Nangong Liu doesn’t remember.
Shi Mei says it’s better that Nangong Liu doesn’t remember and cheerfully refers to Chu Wanning as “Emperor Taxian-jun’s favorite consort.”
Shi Mei sends Nangong Liu to pick tangerines and heat water, warning that Chu Wanning will be angry if there’s no good food when he wakes.
Nangong Liu innocently asks when “His Majesty” (Xu Shuanglin) will return. Shi Mei lies and says he’ll be back soon.
After Nangong Liu leaves, Shi Mei muses aloud that only children are pure, while adults become filthy with ambition and corruption.
Shi Mei caresses Chu Wanning’s face and questions why he suffered so much for people who never deserved his sacrifice, asking why Chu Wanning fought him for two lifetimes.
Shi Mei takes out a silver bottle of Tapir Fragrance Dew and feeds it to Chu Wanning to ease his suffering from nightmares.
Shi Mei claims that being with him is better than being with Mo Ran, promising Chu Wanning daily comforts as long as he keeps Shi Mei happy.
Shi Mei then pulls out a black silk ribbon from his qiankun pouch and ties it around Chu Wanning’s head, sealing it with a binding spell to blindfold him.
Shi Mei admires how beautiful Chu Wanning looks bound, even saying Mo Ran had good taste for liking Chu Wanning tied up in the past life.
Shi Mei strokes Chu Wanning’s face and lips, calling him “Shizun,” and says with eerie sweetness that he has a fun game in mind for them to play once Chu Wanning wakes up.
Chapter 247:
LettersChu Wanning drifts in and out of fevered unconsciousness, vaguely hearing an argument between Shi Mei and Mo Ran, then only wind.
He dreams of being under the wisteria vines at Sisheng Peak, writing unsent letters while imprisoned at Red Lotus Pavilion.
Emperor Taxian-jun had cut off all his communication and escape routes, but Chu Wanning still wrote letters out of habit and loneliness.
Chu Wanning writes to Xue Meng, asking simple questions and reminiscing about better days with his three disciples.
He recalls teaching them to write, especially how Mo Ran struggled and needed him to guide his hand.
He writes various poetic lines, including one from their old lessons: “The body is the tree of enlightenment, the heart is the bright mirror’s stand,” and “If I were a star and you a moon, we could shine together every night.”
As he writes, petals fall from the wisteria above, and pages scatter in the wind.
Mo Ran, now Emperor Taxian-jun, suddenly appears and picks up a page, mocking Chu Wanning’s writing.
He reads the line “I hope you may greet these words with a smile, for writing is akin to reuniting” and demands to know what it means.
Chu Wanning refuses to answer and avoids conflict, but Mo Ran blocks and confiscates every page Chu Wanning tries to retrieve.
Mo Ran grows increasingly irritable and accuses Chu Wanning of writing to Xue Meng because he misses him.
Chu Wanning denies it, but Mo Ran, jealous and enraged, forcibly pins him against the stone table and begins disrobing him.
Despite Chu Wanning’s resistance, Mo Ran rapes him violently in the open, using his status and physical dominance to humiliate him.
Mo Ran calls him nothing more than a consort and personal property, ignoring Chu Wanning’s pain and dignity.
During the assault, Mo Ran mocks Chu Wanning’s poetry, referencing the line about star and moon with lethal sarcasm.
Chu Wanning, in agony and humiliation, tells Mo Ran, “You don’t understand,” implying that Mo Ran is incapable of grasping what it means to love or be loved.
Afterward, Chu Wanning redresses himself alone, refusing help out of a shattered but persistent sense of dignity.
Mo Ran mockingly comments on how neat Chu Wanning’s handwriting remains even after everything, and leaves with the letters.
As Mo Ran prepares to depart, Chu Wanning tells him: “I taught you how to write that line. You’re the one who forgot.”
Mo Ran is briefly stunned, unable to remember. Chu Wanning says it happened “a very long time ago” and walks away.
Mo Ran stays behind, rereading the remaining pages on the table.
Chu Wanning closes the window, hoping for privacy and separation.
Due to illness from exposure and lack of aftercare, Chu Wanning catches a chill and becomes sick.
Liu-gong tells him that Song Qiutong made Mo Ran dinner, but Mo Ran flew into a rage and left without eating.
Late at night, a servant arrives, saying Mo Ran has summoned Chu Wanning to sleep with him—even in sickness.
Chu Wanning refuses, but the servant returns and delivers the imperial order: Mo Ran demands Chu Wanning attend him “in sickness or in health.”
Chapter 248:
ForgettingChu Wanning puts on a thick cloak, takes an umbrella, and goes to Wushan Palace.
The palace is warmly lit with ninety-nine oil lamps. The servants silently acknowledge Chu Wanning’s presence, used to his overnight visits.
Chu Wanning enters Mo Ran’s chamber, where Mo Ran is drinking in bed and greets him with “You came.”
Chu Wanning sits as far as possible from Mo Ran without responding.
Mo Ran asks if Chu Wanning still remembers how to make wontons, referring to a time after Shi Mei “left.”
Chu Wanning denies it, brushing off his past effort as poorly done, calling himself a copycat.
Mo Ran asks if Chu Wanning would make wontons if ordered. Chu Wanning counters, asking if Mo Ran would eat them.
Mo Ran becomes agitated and smashes his wine jar, then physically drags Chu Wanning over to a desk and demands he write the phrase: “I hope you may greet these words with a smile, for writing is akin to reuniting.”
Chu Wanning, already ill, begins coughing up blood, which finally causes Mo Ran to release him.
Chu Wanning explains that the phrase is a common letter greeting and that Mo Ran used to begin every letter with it.
Mo Ran is disturbed, confused, and insists he doesn’t remember ever writing letters, especially to his mother.
Chu Wanning begins to suspect something is wrong.
Mo Ran leads Chu Wanning to the Wushan Palace library and finds the qiankun box where old Sisheng Peak letters were stored.
Mo Ran pulls out letters written by himself and confirms in shock that the handwriting is his.
Every letter begins with the phrase he claimed not to remember. Some are addressed to his dead mother and others to Xun Mei.
Mo Ran’s expression turns manic and confused. He doesn’t remember writing any of them and begins to panic.
Chu Wanning becomes increasingly alarmed. He reminds Mo Ran of the first thing he asked to learn to write—it wasn’t his own name, but “Mom.”
Mo Ran continues to deny remembering any of this. Chu Wanning's dread grows.
Chu Wanning asks if Mo Ran remembers seeing the holy weapon Tianwen for the first time and saying he wanted one to “save the earthworms.”
Mo Ran scoffs and says he doesn’t remember ever saying that and questions what earthworms Chu Wanning is even talking about.
Chu Wanning realizes with terror that Mo Ran has forgotten not only key moments from their past but entire portions of his personality and early kindness.
Mo Ran falls asleep at the table muttering that it’s cold and that there were no earthworms.
Chu Wanning, completely chilled and shaken, closes the window and then draws out an old talisman—the Rising Dragon Talisman.
Despite his shattered core, Chu Wanning bleeds onto the talisman until the dragon appears, weak but alive.
Chu Wanning places the dragon on Mo Ran’s temple and asks it to check for any unusual spells.
Chu Wanning reflects in anguish on all the terrible things Mo Ran did in the past life and how he had never questioned how such a kind boy became a monster.
The dragon confirms that there is indeed a spell—a reversed affection spell.
The dragon collapses, returning to the talisman from exhaustion.
Chu Wanning stares at the spell diagram, reeling from the discovery that Mo Ran was bewitched, and the spell is inverted in a way that should not be possible.
Chapter 249:
RealityMo Ran wakes up the next morning with no memory of what he did the night before after drinking.
Chu Wanning, who remembers everything, begins quietly probing Mo Ran and discovers that he has lost many of his memories, including ones related to his youth and kindness.
Chu Wanning finds an ancient demon tribe manual in Sisheng Peak’s library that describes the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows, confirming it matches the spell seen in the paper dragon's diagram.
He reads that the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows is nourished by demon blood for ten years and must be planted in a human heart, where it progresses in three stages.
In the first stage, the host becomes melancholy and loses memories of happiness but otherwise appears normal; if discovered early, the flower can be suppressed.
In the second stage, the host rapidly loses memories tied to kindness and hope, focusing on suffering and resentment tied to the eight sorrows of life.
In the third stage, the host becomes bloodthirsty, violent, and irrational, driven to exact revenge.
Chu Wanning realizes with horror that Mo Ran's transformation—forgetting letters to his mother, his hatred and brutality—fits the second and third stages perfectly.
The flower's power lies in amplifying real grievances and making them consume the host; it doesn’t fabricate hatred but magnifies what’s already there.
Chu Wanning realizes that no one, including himself, noticed the signs in time. The flower’s slow corruption was too subtle to catch.
The spell had been designed so others would think the host was naturally becoming cruel, making detection nearly impossible until it was too late.
Chu Wanning blames himself, realizing he failed to notice the early signs and thus failed Mo Ran as a teacher.
He reads the phrase: “If suppressed successfully, the host’s heart will remain unchanged,” and breaks down in guilt and grief.
Chu Wanning remembers how in the past, Mo Ran had once brought him pear-blossom white wine as a new disciple and enthusiastically shared his desire to treat his shizun to all the good things in the world.
He recalls Mo Ran’s pure and awkward affection, his desire to repay kindness, and his early joy in pleasing Chu Wanning.
He remembers their first wine-drinking moment, where Chu Wanning had secretly enjoyed it but suppressed any show of warmth, worried about giving the wrong impression.
In the present, Chu Wanning is brought back to reality when Mo Ran, now Emperor Taxian-jun, appears and pours wine for him—again, pear-blossom white.
Mo Ran doesn’t recall the memory, casually offering the same wine, unaware of its significance.
Chu Wanning chokes on the wine and tears up, overwhelmed by sorrow and the tragic contrast between past and present.
Mo Ran notices the tears and asks why Chu Wanning is crying; Chu Wanning doesn’t answer, just drinks more.
Chu Wanning remembers Mo Ran once saying he chose Chu Wanning during the Heaven-Piercing Tower selection because Chu Wanning looked the gentlest—but that Mo Ran no longer remembers any of it.
Chu Wanning realizes how many chances he had to notice something was wrong and regrets every one he missed.
That night, he watches Mo Ran sleep. He recalls the pain and humiliation he suffered from Mo Ran’s cruelty, but now, knowing the truth, all of it feels hollow.
He understands that Mo Ran’s actions were the result of a gu spell, and that the true Mo Ran was long gone, shackled by the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows.
Chu Wanning cannot reveal what he knows or comfort Mo Ran in any way without alerting the hidden enemy.
He waits for Mo Ran to fall asleep and, only then, quietly reaches out to touch his face and whispers, “I’m sorry. It was your shifu who didn’t protect you properly.”
Chapter 250:
ObsessionChu Wanning reflects bitterly that he failed to protect Mo Ran, allowing him to become a pawn and a tyrant, and that no one knows Mo Ran's former kindness.
Chu Wanning remembers how Mo Ran once wanted to build houses for the homeless, and how he had wanted Tianwen not to harm, but to save lives.
Mo Ran wakes suddenly and sees Chu Wanning watching him; Chu Wanning turns away, emotionally overwhelmed and avoiding his gaze.
Mo Ran embraces Chu Wanning from behind and mocks his cold, sweaty body, asking if he had a nightmare and claiming he can “smell” Chu Wanning’s fear.
Chu Wanning trembles not from fear but from grief, desperately trying to stay composed.
Mo Ran becomes more alert and straddles Chu Wanning, pinning him beneath him.
Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning’s strange expression and asks what's wrong. Chu Wanning quietly wonders if things would be different had he stopped Mo Ran earlier.
Mo Ran dismisses this, amused that Chu Wanning still thinks he had any say in what became of them.
Mo Ran jokes that Chu Wanning could have stopped him by offering his body, then acts on his arousal and initiates sex.
Mo Ran’s previous intimacy with Chu Wanning allows him to find the most sensitive spots, heightening Chu Wanning’s physical response.
Despite his sorrow and resistance, Chu Wanning is overwhelmed, his body reacting beyond his control. He ends up climaxing from penetration alone.
Afterward, Mo Ran tells Chu Wanning this outcome was inevitable, because he had always wanted to dominate him, to see him broken.
Mo Ran resentfully laments that no matter how hard he tried in the past, Chu Wanning never acknowledged or praised him.
Chu Wanning internally denies this, remembering the warmth they once shared, but realizes Mo Ran has forgotten everything.
Mo Ran admits he had to become Emperor Taxian-jun to truly control and humiliate Chu Wanning, stating he would go to hell for lust if it meant seeing Chu Wanning like this.
Mo Ran begins to leave himself inside Chu Wanning after sex, even knowing it makes him sick, unable to restrain his desire to possess him fully.
Chu Wanning regains some focus and secretly continues investigating the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows, refusing to accept its supposed permanence.
Chu Wanning suspects the ultimate goal of the person who planted the flower was not world domination, but forcing Mo Ran to open the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death.
Chu Wanning notes that after studying the technique of Rebirth and finding himself unqualified, Mo Ran shifts to the first forbidden technique: the Space-Time Gate.
Chu Wanning warns it is too dangerous and defies the will of heaven, but Mo Ran, now deeply arrogant, says he does not believe in fate and will challenge the world itself.
Mo Ran manages to obtain only a partial scroll for the forbidden technique. He can create a spatial gate but not control time.
Chu Wanning deduces that Mo Ran’s powerful spiritual energy was essential to someone’s plan and that the true intent is not just a gate, but to merge two universes into one.
Chapter 251:
Going BackChu Wanning once again asks Mo Ran what he plans to do with the first forbidden technique.
Mo Ran, in a good mood, finally answers that he wants to use it to go back to the past and save Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning warns him that all practitioners of the technique died horribly, including a zongshi who tried to bring back his daughter and ended up being killed by an alternate version of himself.
Mo Ran dismisses the warning, saying he doesn’t care about failures and will be the first to succeed.
Chu Wanning asks what Mo Ran would do if his other self tried to stop him; Mo Ran says he would kill his other self.
Chu Wanning asks what if Shi Mei gets destroyed in the process; Mo Ran explodes in rage, accusing Chu Wanning of wishing Shi Mei dead.
Mo Ran grabs Chu Wanning violently and calls him cruel for not protecting Shi Mei, despite being his teacher.
Mo Ran yells that no matter what, he will save Shi Mei, even if it means destroying the world or killing himself or Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran storms out, leaving Chu Wanning alone in a dark hall.
Chu Wanning reflects on the enormous consequences of opening a large rift in space-time, recalling ancient texts warning of total annihilation if order collapses.
That night, Mo Ran is busy sorting scrolls and doesn’t bother Chu Wanning, giving Chu Wanning a chance to slip into the library.
Chu Wanning gathers all his clues and confirms two conclusions: 1) The mastermind behind the flower is highly skilled in medicine but lacks strong spiritual power. 2) The mastermind deliberately preserved Mo Ran’s good memories of Shi Mei in order to guide him through the three forbidden techniques.
Chu Wanning rereads the demon tribe's description of the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows and confirms it erases kindness but may preserve affection for one person to whom the host remains loyal.
Chu Wanning reasons that Shi Mei cannot be the spellcaster, because his death was real and Mo Ran still clings to him emotionally.
The preserved affection was manipulated to lure Mo Ran toward forbidden magic, from Zhenlong Chess Formation to Rebirth to the Space-Time Gate.
Chu Wanning doesn’t yet know who the mastermind is, but he decides it’s more important to stop Mo Ran than to identify the enemy.
Chu Wanning resolves that he must kill Emperor Taxian-jun and go back to the past to stop the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows from ever being planted in Mo Ran.
He reflects that the flower can only be planted once, so killing Mo Ran now would prevent a second corruption if the plan fails.
Chu Wanning grieves the reality that he must kill Mo Ran—the man who has already suffered so much.
As he watches Mo Ran sleep beside him, he realizes he’s physically too weak to kill him yet.
He decides to prioritize opening the Space-Time Gate first, and secretly works with Jiuge to piece together the incomplete scrolls Mo Ran had gathered.
Despite having no spiritual core, Chu Wanning’s bond with Jiuge allows him to harness enough power to finally open a tiny rift in space-time.
A voice from the rift asks him where he wishes to travel. Chu Wanning answers: to the moment when the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows was first planted in Mo Ran, while it was still in its early stage.
The rift opens. Chu Wanning enters and is transported back in time.
Chu Wanning emerges in Sisheng Peak during a late spring night, filled with awe and disbelief that he made it back.
He walks through the sect, soaking in every detail—the lights in disciples’ rooms, the scent of magical flowers, and the fat cat Veggiebun sniffing roses.
Chu Wanning turns a corner and spots two familiar young men: Xue Meng and Shi Mei, alive and unchanged.
Chapter 252:
Soul-SplittingChu Wanning encounters Shi Mei and Xue Meng walking together on Sisheng Peak, laughing and enjoying each other’s company.
Xue Meng greets Chu Wanning with surprise and delight; Shi Mei follows politely.
Chu Wanning struggles to maintain composure, overwhelmed with emotion at seeing them both alive and carefree again.
When asked what he’s doing out so late, Chu Wanning answers weakly that he’s just taking a walk, then asks what they were doing.
Xue Meng explains they had just come back from Wuchang Town’s temple festival and shows Chu Wanning some of the sweets they brought back.
Xue Meng offers osmanthus candies to Chu Wanning, who accepts a few, cherishing the moment deeply.
Chu Wanning asks where Mo Ran is; both Xue Meng and Shi Mei say they haven’t seen him since lunch and assume he’s off on his own.
Chu Wanning searches the sect and eventually suspects Mo Ran might be at a brothel he used to frequent when first going astray.
He finds the Immortal Peach Pavilion in Black Bamboo Town, a lively, garish brothel teeming with patrons and performances.
Chu Wanning enters and gives a jade pendant gifted by Taxian-jun to the madam, who leads him to a room where Mo Ran is supposedly located.
The room, Feirong Boudoir, is lavish and sensual. Chu Wanning waits outside while a prostitute named Rong Jiu exits.
Chu Wanning enters and finds a young, drunk Mo Ran sprawled on the bed, surrounded by disheveled bedding and the scent of pear-blossom white wine.
Mo Ran is so drunk he doesn’t recognize Chu Wanning’s presence fully and makes a clumsy, flirtatious advance.
Chu Wanning silently approaches, presses his forehead to Mo Ran’s, and summons his holy weapon, the guqin Jiuge.
Using instructions from the demon text, Chu Wanning splits his own earth soul in half to suppress the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows inside Mo Ran.
One half of his earth soul transfers into Mo Ran to suppress the flower’s progression; the spell consumes a large portion of Chu Wanning’s energy and nearly incapacitates him.
When it is done, Mo Ran collapses unconscious, and Chu Wanning falls to the edge of the bed, utterly drained but relieved that Mo Ran is saved.
Chu Wanning knows he must now complete his second task: find the Chu Wanning of this timeline and equip him to defend Mo Ran if necessary.
He breaks into the Red Lotus Pavilion, finds his other self asleep over a painting of the Holy Night Guardian, and transfers the remaining half of his earth soul into him.
Chu Wanning explains to the sleeping version of himself that he has left a soul-fusing spell in a censer. If chaos arises, his other self will inherit the memories and spiritual imprint of his timeline.
Lastly, Chu Wanning entrusts the soul-fusing censer to Huaizui and asks him to store it in the cave on Dragonblood Mountain, with instructions to bring Mo Ran and Chu Wanning there in case of emergency.
With all three tasks complete, Chu Wanning’s time in the past runs out. He returns through the rift to his original world and erases the spiritual traces of his journey.
Back in the present, Chu Wanning is informed by Liu-gong that Mo Ran is waiting for him in the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Chu Wanning finds Mo Ran sitting alone, saying he dismissed the music because it was tedious, and pulls Chu Wanning into his lap.
Mo Ran describes a dream where Chu Wanning was teaching him how to write. He recalls a character he struggled with and Chu Wanning taking his hand to guide him.
Mo Ran vividly remembers the phrase “I hope you may greet these words with a smile, for writing is akin to reuniting,” but believes it was only a dream.
Chu Wanning is stunned that the suppressed memory leaked through but hides his reaction.
Mo Ran explains that he wanted to see Chu Wanning again because of the dream and says he's afraid of not hating him, that hating Chu Wanning is all he has left.
He concludes by saying, “At the end, you and I are the only ones left.”
Chu Wanning is overwhelmed with grief but unable to speak before the scene abruptly ends and he jolts awake.
Chu Wanning finds himself in total darkness, disoriented, heart pounding, and confused about where he is.
A cold, smooth hand touches his face, and a warped voice—disguised by a spell—says ominously, “Finally, you’re awake. I’ve been waiting for ages.”
Chapter 253:
BastardChu Wanning wakes up, blindfolded and bound with immortal-binding rope, in an unfamiliar place. His spiritual energy is depleted.
A voice warped by a spell greets him mockingly. It’s revealed to be Shi Mei, sitting beside him, enjoying his helplessness.
Chu Wanning remains calm and tries to assess the situation. He recalls fragmented conversations and figures out he is in the hidden chamber of Mount Jiao.
Nangong Liu, mentally regressed to a child, brings Shi Mei some tangerines and calls Chu Wanning “favorite consort-gege,” confirming that Shi Mei is passing him off as Mo Ran’s consort.
After dismissing Nangong Liu, Shi Mei attempts to feed Chu Wanning a tangerine, but Chu Wanning turns his head away in disgust.
Shi Mei taunts him about Mo Ran being the first person on his mind even in this situation, and questions why Chu Wanning cares so much for someone who humiliated him.
Chu Wanning refuses to speak or eat. Shi Mei becomes more frustrated but tries to keep a calm, teasing demeanor.
Shi Mei rants about how Mo Ran is impulsive, foolish, and undeserving of Chu Wanning’s affection, suggesting that maybe Chu Wanning is attached to him because of sex.
Chu Wanning remains furious but silent. Shi Mei continues to mock their past relationship and tries to provoke him emotionally and sexually.
Shi Mei proposes a game: Chu Wanning gets five chances to guess Shi Mei’s true identity. If he guesses correctly, Shi Mei will reveal Mo Ran’s location. For every wrong guess, Shi Mei will remove one piece of Chu Wanning’s clothing.
Chu Wanning refuses to play and curses Shi Mei.
Shi Mei threatens him with force, starts undoing his sash, and begins counting down from three.
Before he can proceed, Chu Wanning coldly says “Hua Binan,” partially revealing he already knows Shi Mei’s identity.
When Shi Mei pushes for more, Chu Wanning delivers the blow: he wishes Shi Mei had truly died at the Heavenly Rift.
Shi Mei freezes, caught off guard. Chu Wanning then confirms what Shi Mei tried to keep hidden: he is the Shi Mingjing from the previous lifetime.
Shi Mei confirms it and unties Chu Wanning as promised, removing the blindfold and bindings.
The two face each other directly for the first time. Chu Wanning’s expression is filled with grief, disgust, and disappointment.
Shi Mei mocks Chu Wanning for calling him shizun, but Chu Wanning says nothing, his anger overtaken by deeper emotions.
Chu Wanning accuses Shi Mei of manipulating Mo Ran with the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows and being the true culprit behind all the suffering.
Shi Mei defends himself, arguing that the flower merely amplifies existing feelings and that Mo Ran acted on his own desires.
Chu Wanning asks whether Shi Mei takes any responsibility for manipulating Mo Ran. Shi Mei insists that he never committed the actual killings.
Chu Wanning is horrified at Shi Mei’s rationalization and says that he still likes Mo Ran because he knows who Mo Ran really is.
Shi Mei expresses jealousy, upset that Chu Wanning always sides with Mo Ran, even after all that’s happened.
Chu Wanning replies coldly that there’s no comparison between Shi Mei and Mo Ran—and not even between Shi Mei and Xu Shuanglin.
Chu Wanning says that at least Xu Shuanglin had genuine passion, while Shi Mei is just a cowardly, manipulative bastard.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning declaring: “You’re just a bastard.”
Chapter 254:
Missing YouAfter being called a “bastard” by Chu Wanning, Shi Mei is visibly affected but regains his composure and taunts Chu Wanning for never being able to let Mo Ran go.
Shi Mei mentions that Chu Wanning had transferred the last fragments of his soul into Mo Ran during the final battle in the previous lifetime, hoping to counteract the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows.
He mocks Chu Wanning for failing, stating that Mo Ran was driven mad and eventually killed himself.
Shi Mei leans in to kiss Chu Wanning, but Chu Wanning violently grabs him by the throat, only to be bitten by a banded krait from Shi Mei’s sleeve, rendering him weak and paralyzed.
Shi Mei restrains Chu Wanning to the bed again, mocking him and saying he raised the snake just for this purpose.
Shi Mei begins undressing with the clear intent to assault Chu Wanning, recounting how he once infiltrated Mo Ran’s wedding night in the past life and watched them have sex while hiding in the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Chu Wanning, disgusted and furious, yells at Shi Mei to leave, but Shi Mei continues to taunt him sexually.
Just as Shi Mei begins to untie Chu Wanning’s sash, a voice interrupts them: Mo Ran (Emperor Taxian-jun) arrives at the chamber, sword in hand.
Taxian-jun is covered in blood, wearing black and silver battle attire, and exudes a terrifying aura. He demands Shi Mei leave the room immediately.
Shi Mei is shocked and frustrated, trying to maintain control, but Taxian-jun ignores him, clearly not recognizing him as someone beloved.
Taxian-jun refers to Chu Wanning as “his” and says the bed and everything in this room belongs to him.
Shi Mei argues that he is Taxian-jun’s master, but Taxian-jun retorts that being his master means nothing to him and threatens to kill Shi Mei.
Shi Mei attempts to use a command spell—“Scatter Soul”—to paralyze Taxian-jun. It works momentarily.
Shi Mei explains internally that this Mo Ran is a resurrected corpse, made into a Zhenlong-like revenant, retaining consciousness but under his control. However, his hold over Taxian-jun is unstable.
Just as Shi Mei believes he has regained control, Taxian-jun quickly breaks free of the spell, glaring at him with full awareness.
Taxian-jun again orders Shi Mei to leave, with deadly seriousness. Shi Mei, realizing he cannot win this confrontation, leaves the room in frustration.
Left alone, Taxian-jun awkwardly turns to Chu Wanning, uncharacteristically nervous and unsure how to speak.
He begins to say something important, then hesitates, backtracks, and finally blurts out that he might have missed Chu Wanning—a little.
Chu Wanning is stunned, overwhelmed by the intersection of his two lifetimes’ memories and emotions, and unsure how to respond.
Taxian-jun quickly unties Chu Wanning and, without further warning, pulls him in for a passionate kiss.
The kiss is cold in temperature but burning with emotional intensity. Chu Wanning, confused yet moved, finds his eyes wet with tears.
Despite all the confusion of right and wrong, guilt and affection, Chu Wanning realizes one thing with certainty: Taxian-jun wasn’t lying—Mo Ran truly did miss him.
Chapter 255:
ConfessionChu Wanning and Emperor Taxian-jun kiss, and Chu Wanning realizes with heartbreak that Taxian-jun still misses him.
Chu Wanning asks if Emperor Taxian-jun remembers how he died. Taxian-jun replies the ten great sects surrounded him and he was tired of it.
Chu Wanning asks if he remembers how Chu Wanning died. Taxian-jun answers that Chu Wanning got in his way at Taxue Palace and he wouldn’t allow it.
Chu Wanning asks if he remembers being revived, but when Taxian-jun starts to answer, his expression goes blank—indicating memory tampering by Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning deduces Shi Mei erased or scrambled parts of Mo Ran’s memories to control the revenant version of him.
Chu Wanning tries to speak again but coughs up blood, overwhelmed by physical weakness and the pain of his soul trying to knit itself together.
He tells Emperor Taxian-jun he is just a hollow shell and begs him to stop serving Shi Mei, but then collapses unconscious.
Meanwhile, in Sichuan, the real Mo Ran arrives at the base of Sisheng Peak after running nonstop on foot for four days from Dragonblood Mountain, unable to fly due to depleted spiritual energy.
Mo Ran reflects on everything during his journey: Chu Wanning’s spell, Shi Mei’s betrayal, and the looming danger.
He fears that if Chu Wanning remembers the past life, he himself will be lost and unforgivable.
He arrives at Sisheng Peak in the rain and climbs the mountain with determination, recalling his history with the sect.
Mo Ran enters Loyalty Hall, where many cultivators from all over the realm have gathered.
Everyone stares in shock as Mo Ran appears, confused whether he is the hero of Mount Jiao or the murderer of Guyueye.
Xue Zhengyong immediately asks where Chu Wanning is, while others shout accusations at Mo Ran.
Mo Ran ignores them and quietly says, “Uncle, I’m back.”
More people shout, calling him a traitor and a killer, and accuse him of working with Hua Binan.
Mo Ran realizes Shi Mei has framed him and orchestrated this moment, expecting Mo Ran to walk into the trap and collapse from guilt and self-blame once Chu Wanning regains past memories.
Despite their rage, the crowd falls silent when Mo Ran finally speaks.
He announces that he has come to confess his crimes.
The crowd is shocked by the unexpected confession.
Mo Ran kneels and formally declares his wrongdoings before Xue Zhengyong, Madam Wang, and Xue Meng.
He announces he is severing his disciple relationship with Chu Wanning, calling their master-disciple bond void.
He states that Chu Wanning always treated him coldly and pushed him to the edge, making it sound like a bitter fallout.
Xue Zhengyong and Xue Meng are horrified. Mo Ran avoids their eyes and continues.
Mo Ran insists that although he committed crimes in the past, he did not kill the people at Guyueye.
The crowd erupts in protest, refusing to believe him.
Mo Ran claims that someone else—working with Hua Binan—was responsible and that he and Chu Wanning were on Dragonblood Mountain at the time.
He doesn’t name Emperor Taxian-jun, realizing no one would believe the truth about the second Mo Ran from the Space-Time Gate.
He says that Chu Wanning has been abducted, and the man who did the killing and Shi Mei are collaborators.
When asked about Shi Mei’s status, Mo Ran reveals the shocking truth: Shi Mei is Hua Binan.
The hall falls into stunned silence.
Xue Meng refuses to believe it and says it must be a joke.
The cultivators accuse Mo Ran of slandering Shi Mei, pointing out Shi Mei’s kindness and heroism at Mount Jiao.
Jiang Xi challenges Mo Ran to provide evidence, questioning how Shi Mei could be in two places at once if he was truly Hua Binan.
TIANYIN PAVILION
Chapter 256:
Trials and TribulationsMo Ran argues that Shi Mei could have easily controlled a body double for public appearances as Hua Binan, explaining how the deception could go unnoticed.
Jiang Xi suggests that Shi Mei would have needed immense spiritual power to use the Zhenlong Chess Formation, which he does not have.
Mo Ran agrees and explains that Shi Mei likely could not wield the formation himself, which is why he used Xu Shuanglin—by manipulating him emotionally and strategically.
Mo Ran proposes that Xu Shuanglin never realized Hua Binan and Shi Mei were the same person because Shi Mei disguised himself with a mask or false face.
Xu Shuanglin believed he was helping a friend and was betrayed without ever knowing the truth.
Jiang Xi raises the possibility that Shi Mei and Hua Binan appeared together on Mount Jiao, to which Mo Ran responds that either a Zhenlong pawn was used, or the explanation lies in the forbidden Space-Time Gate.
Mo Ran reveals that Shi Mei never truly taught Xu Shuanglin the Rebirth technique. The rift on Mount Jiao was actually the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death.
This means that the technique opened a portal between two parallel worlds—allowing two versions of Shi Mei (or Mo Ran) to exist simultaneously.
Many cultivators scoff at the idea, calling it fantastical, delusional, and impossible due to the lost scrolls and chaos such a gate would unleash.
Mo Ran uses the opportunity to present a thought experiment: if Hua Binan knew powerful forbidden techniques but had no strength or status, what would he do? Answer: manipulate someone with power, like Xu Shuanglin.
Jiang Xi entertains the logic and defends Mo Ran’s right to speak, though others insist that only Tianyin Pavilion has the authority to judge such high crimes.
Xue Zhengyong defends Mo Ran, insisting they wait for Tianyin Pavilion’s verdict and reminds the crowd that Mo Ran had saved them all on Mount Jiao.
Some people in the crowd begin to waver, admitting Mo Ran could have killed them all but didn’t.
Others remain unconvinced, pointing out Mo Ran’s proficiency with the Zhenlong Chess Formation and how he opened Mount Jiao’s seal despite not being a Nangong descendant.
At that moment, a new voice cuts in, stating that Mo Ran does indeed have Nangong blood.
The crowd turns and sees a striking woman in her twenties clad in silver-green armor, with a cold and commanding presence—Mu Yanli, master of Tianyin Pavilion.
Mu Yanli formally introduces herself and announces that she has investigated Mo Ran’s background prior to arriving.
She claims her investigation has uncovered connections between Mo Ran and a long-cold murder case in Xiangtan.
Mo Ran immediately goes pale, realizing what she’s referring to.
Mu Yanli accuses him directly, saying that before Mo Ran even entered Sisheng Peak, he had already killed more than a dozen people.
The crowd is stunned, and Xue Meng whispers “Ge?” in disbelief. Mu Yanli coldly mocks him for calling a killer “brother.”
She reveals the ultimate blow: Mo Ran is not Xue Zhengyong’s real nephew.
Eight years ago, Xue Zhengyong’s actual nephew was murdered by Mo Ran, who then took his place.
Chapter 257:
Goddess of the RiverbanksThe Loyalty Hall descends into chaos after Mu Yanli accuses Mo Ran of not being Xue Zhengyong’s nephew and claims he murdered the real one, Mo Nian.
Mo Ran remains calm with his eyes closed while the crowd reacts in disbelief and horror.
Mu Yanli says Tianyin Pavilion’s investigations produced solid evidence and asks if the witness she summoned has arrived.
A frail old lantern seller from Xiangtan is brought in and identifies Mo Ran as a child who used to watch his lantern stall every night.
The old man says the child came from the House of Drunken Jade and was poor and quiet—named Mo Ran-er.
Xue Zhengyong affirms Mo Ran is his brother’s son, but the old man contradicts this and says the actual son of the House’s madam was Mo Nian, a violent troublemaker who once hit him with a brick.
When pressed, the old man insists it was definitely Mo Nian and not Mo Ran, and that Mo Nian had a reputation for theft.
The old man then claims Mo Ran (actually Mo Nian) raped a virgin girl, causing her to commit suicide.
The crowd reacts with fury, denouncing Mo Ran as a monster and calling for his death.
Mo Ran stays silent, recalling that in his past life this same witness had testified against him and that Xue Zhengyong had believed it.
In his past life, Mo Ran had responded with deranged laughter, bitterly denouncing his adopted family and stabbing both Xue Zhengyong and Madam Wang in the heat of his grief and rage.
This time, however, Xue Zhengyong immediately shouts “Ridiculous!” and refuses to believe the rape accusation, saying he knows Mo Ran’s character.
Mo Ran is shocked by Xue Zhengyong’s faith in him, a sharp contrast from his previous life.
The old man becomes scared and confused, claiming again that he’s not lying, but clearly overwhelmed.
Mu Yanli tells him to continue, but the old man begs to leave, frightened and uncertain.
Mo Ran breaks his silence and kowtows deeply before Xue Zhengyong and Madam Wang.
He confirms the truth: he is not the real Mo Ran, but the son of Nangong Yan, lord of the ninth city of Rufeng Sect’s seventy-two cities.
Mo Ran admits that he was responsible for the fire at the House of Drunken Jade and the deaths it caused.
Madam Wang tearfully asks why he would do such things.
Mo Ran finally denies the rape accusation, stating clearly that he did not harm the tofu-seller’s daughter.
He announces he will tell the full story and introduces two key figures from the past: Xun Fengruo and Duan Yihan, famous pipa musicians known as the “twin goddesses of the riverbanks.”
The crowd recalls their legendary reputations and fame across pleasure houses.
Mo Ran confirms their duel ended in a tie and led to a strong friendship.
When asked what the musicians have to do with anything, Mo Ran drops the final bombshell: Duan Yihan was his mother.
Chapter 258:
Pride UnyieldingMo Ran declares that his mother was Duan Yihan, the famous pipa musician known as one of the “twin goddesses of the riverbanks” in Xiangtan.
Duan Yihan had fallen in love with Nangong Yan, city lord of the ninth city of Rufeng Sect, who disguised himself as a merchant and never revealed his true identity.
Nangong Yan abruptly left after receiving a letter from Linyi. He left Duan Yihan behind with a note that said “Yearn not for me.”
Duan Yihan became pregnant shortly after and was told by the entertainment house to abort the child if she wanted to stay.
She refused and used all her savings to buy her freedom, hoping to find Nangong Yan and raise the child.
Xun Fengruo, her close friend and fellow musician, gave her all her savings and promised to welcome her and her child in Xiangtan if things went poorly.
Duan Yihan found Nangong Yan again—by pure coincidence—during a public celebration in Linyi when his wife gave birth.
It turned out Nangong Yan had been married the whole time. His affair with Duan Yihan happened while his wife was pregnant.
Mo Ran is born in a woodshed in Linyi. Duan Yihan tries to get medical help, but has no money. Eventually, she begs Nangong Yan again—for the child’s sake.
Nangong Yan rejects her violently, insisting the child is not his, and throws money at her to get rid of them.
Duan Yihan uses the money to get Mo Ran medical help, but they live in poverty.
She names him “Ran-er” for the firelight that warmed their tiny, miserable shelter. She gives him no surname.
Winter drags on, and they remain stuck in Linyi as Rufeng Sect imposes harsh travel and food restrictions during demon invasions.
Duan Yihan is fired from a bun stall, likely due to rumors spreading about her connection to Nangong Yan.
She and Mo Ran are forced to beg and perform music in the streets.
Duan Yihan sees Nangong Yan again by chance while singing, but refuses to acknowledge him.
Nangong Yan briefly considers taking them in but changes his mind when other Rufeng Sect cultivators pass by.
Instead, he gives Mo Ran a pouch of gold and jewels. Duan Yihan returns the pouch and only takes a single copper coin, bowing and thanking him as she would a stranger.
Mo Ran learns the truth about his parentage and promises his mother they will return to Xiangtan when the roads reopen.
Duan Yihan tells him not to hate Nangong Yan and never to beg him for anything.
Mo Ran promises to stay by her side forever and says he’ll marry a beautiful wife and take care of his mother forever.
Their bond is filled with affection, humor, and warmth, even as they suffer together in poverty.
Mo Ran recounts that during the autumn when he was five, Rufeng Sect raised food prices so high that the poor began to starve.
Xue Zhengyong and Jiang Xi both remember this policy, but they estimate it lasted for many months.
Mo Ran says no—it only lasted thirty-five days.
His wording is ominous, signaling a turning point and the likely end of Duan Yihan’s life in the next part of the story.
Chapter 259:
At Your SideMo Ran confirms he remembers every detail of the 35-day famine caused by Rufeng Sect's price hike because each day felt like a year of torment and starvation.
Duan Yihan refused to beg Nangong Yan for food despite the suffering, saying, “Anyone but him.”
Mo Ran scavenged a white radish and rationed it over several days with his mother, eventually boiling worms to survive when even the radish ran out.
On the 28th day, Mo Ran fell ill. On the 34th day, Duan Yihan, nearly dead, urged Mo Ran to repay kindness, not seek revenge, and find Xun Fengruo in Xiangtan.
On the 35th day, the famine ended. Mo Ran was given porridge and rushed home joyfully to share it with his mother—only to find Duan Yihan already dead.
Mo Ran tried to bury her properly but lacked money and turned to Rufeng Sect to ask Nangong Yan for help.
Nangong Yan refused. His wife had recently committed suicide after learning about Duan Yihan, further poisoning Nangong Yan’s attitude.
Nangong Yan rejected Mo Ran violently, calling him a beggar and refusing even a coin for a coffin.
Mo Ran buried Duan Yihan himself at the outskirts of Linyi, using his bare hands to dig a grave for her.
Afterward, Mo Ran traveled to Xiangtan, walking for six months with nothing but the cloak Chu Wanning had given him when he saved him as a child outside Wubei Temple.
Mo Ran remembered the kindness of Chu Wanning’s voice and the warmth of the cloak that had shielded him from snow, wind, and cold.
Once in Xiangtan, Mo Ran found Xun Fengruo, who immediately took him in and convinced the madam of the House of Drunken Jade to let him stay.
Mo Ran was forced to burn all his belongings—including the cloak from Chu Wanning—causing him intense grief, as the cloak had been a symbol of safety and love.
He worked at the entertainment house and lived peacefully for a while until Xun Fengruo faced the threat of being auctioned off if she couldn’t pay her “dignity fee.”
The madam conspired with a merchant to drug Xun Fengruo on the Lantern Festival.
Mo Ran walked in on the attempted rape, knocked the merchant down, and ordered Xun Fengruo to escape while he held the man down.
Xun Fengruo escaped, but Mo Ran was caught. The madam’s young son ordered Mo Ran locked in a dog kennel for seven days as punishment.
During that time, Mo Ran was fed scraps, forced to crouch in filth, and surrounded by the lingering scent of incense and bodily fluids from the rape attempt scene.
This traumatic experience caused Mo Ran to develop a lifelong aversion to incense.
Chapter 260:
The Furnace of LifeAfter Mo Ran finishes recounting his tragic history, Loyalty Hall falls silent. Many cultivators lower their heads in shame or discomfort.
Master Xuanjing and Mu Yanli acknowledge the bitterness of Mo Ran’s fate but assert that suffering does not excuse harming others.
A Huohuang Pavilion elder states that while Mo Ran’s story is tragic, every person must be held accountable for their own actions.
Jiang Xi unexpectedly speaks up in Mo Ran’s defense, questioning who decides which lives are worthy of justice and which are not.
Jiang Xi challenges Tianyin Pavilion’s so-called fairness and points out that Mo Ran’s suffering is also deserving of redress.
Jiang Xi argues that if Mo Ran must face judgment, then so should Nangong Yan, the merchant who harmed Xun Fengruo, and all those responsible for Mo Ran’s torment.
Jiang Xi also compares Mo Ran’s situation to that of Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi, saying cultivators use justice as a weapon to exact revenge, not actual fairness.
Zhen Congming of Bitan Manor objects, still angry over Rufeng Sect’s past crimes, but Jiang Xi rebukes him with facts about Nangong Si’s final message: to distribute Rufeng Sect’s wealth to the people.
Xue Zhengyong, overwhelmed by revelations about Mo Ran’s parentage and guilt, speaks in agreement with Jiang Xi, reflecting that all sects have made mistakes and justice is hard to define.
Xue Zhengyong admits he never tried to achieve greatness, only hoped to lessen suffering where he could—and quietly mourns the loss of his family connection to Mo Ran.
Mu Yanli insists that Tianyin Pavilion must carry out its duty, even if the system is imperfect. She then shifts the topic back to an unresolved death: Mo Nian.
Xue Meng, overcome by rage and grief, yells at Mu Yanli to stop questioning Mo Ran and throws his weapon Longcheng at her in fury.
Mu Yanli is unmoved and coldly reprimands Xue Meng, but he lashes out at everyone, saying the public spectacle is just for their own satisfaction and not true justice.
Xue Meng storms out of the hall, refusing to look at Mo Ran. It’s revealed he knows the truth deep down but cannot emotionally accept it.
Mo Ran, emotionally numb, agrees to speak about Mo Nian’s death himself.
He begins by explaining how Xue Zhengyong hired a private investigator to find his brother’s lost lover, leading to the House of Drunken Jade.
The investigator used a line of poetry—“Through the river mists do the pipa notes float, he listens in silence to the goddess on her boat”—to identify Madam Mo.
Madam Mo had once been deeply in love with Xue Zhengyong’s brother, who promised to return and marry her, but he died before he could.
Madam Mo suffered greatly over the years and was left with a child, Mo Nian, becoming hardened and cynical as madam of the brothel.
Mo Ran clarifies he never intended to impersonate Mo Nian or steal his place; fate led him there.
The investigator found Madam Mo 14 years later. At first, she greeted him as a brothel madam—cynical and flirtatious—but broke down upon hearing the poetry line and learning of Xue Zhengyong’s brother’s death.
When asked about her son, Madam Mo called for Mo Nian—but it was Mo Ran, carrying dirty laundry, bruised and exhausted, who appeared instead.
Mo Ran was just a kitchen boy, not her son. The chapter ends with Madam Mo calling out: “Mo Ran, where is the young master?”
Chapter 261:
Stain of Crime
Master Xuanjing confirms Mo Ran is not Xue Zhengyong’s nephew, calling it a bitter fate.
A cultivator remembers that Mo Nian, Madam Mo’s son, was the one who locked Mo Ran in a dog kennel—clarifying the grudge Mo Ran might have held.
Mu Yanli questions Mo Ran directly, confirming that Madam Mo abused him and that her son was indeed Mo Nian, the boy who tormented him.
The crowd assumes Mo Ran murdered Mo Nian out of resentment, though they admit his suffering was pitiable.
Mo Ran internally confirms that Mo Nian beat him, framed him constantly, and left him terrified, but Mo Ran never retaliated due to his fear of losing even a meager meal.
Mu Yanli asks why he kept the surname "Mo" despite hating Madam Mo. Mo Ran explains it was common for servants in the House of Drunken Jade.
When asked if he had planned to impersonate Mo Nian, Mo Ran says no. He had only lied out of fear when Madam Mo asked where her son was.
The narrative flashes back: the investigator sent by Xue Zhengyong finds Madam Mo and delivers a poetic message confirming her identity as the lover of Xue Zhengyong’s late brother.
Overcome with emotion, Madam Mo pretends Mo Ran is her son to secure a better future, while already resenting him for releasing Xun Fengruo.
She sends Mo Ran to find Mo Nian, hoping to prepare him for the Sisheng Peak opportunity.
Mo Ran searches all over town, finally learning Mo Nian and friends had gone to an old mill with a large sack.
As Mo Ran approaches the mill, he sees the boys running away looking terrified and disheveled. Mo Nian orders them to capture Mo Ran.
The boys, panicked over a crime they committed, drag Mo Ran inside and then decide to frame him for it.
Mo Ran sees a young girl—daughter of the tofu-seller—lying dead on the floor, naked and raped to death by the group of boys.
Mo Ran screams and begs for release, but they tear off his clothes, smear her blood and fluids on him, and throw him into the mill with her body.
The boys report Mo Ran to the authorities, accusing him of rape and murder. Mo Ran is arrested, beaten, and publicly condemned with no chance to defend himself.
In jail, other inmates attack and threaten him. One nearly assaults him before being stopped by the head jailer.
Madam Mo visits the prison, having bribed the officials to cover up the truth. She offers Mo Ran braised pork and tells him he must die to protect her son’s future.
Mo Ran stares at the food and then knocks it over, unable to eat. The spilled sauce reminds him of the girl’s blood, and he vomits bile from hunger and trauma.
That night, Mo Ran sits in silence, alone in a cell, realizing that no one will save him, and no one believes him.
In that moment, the obedient, kind child named Mo Ran dies—and in his place, the hatred and despair give birth to Emperor Taxian-jun.
This event marks the true origin of the darkness that would later be intensified by the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows.
Chapter 262:
Curtain CallMo Ran escapes from the poorly secured jail in Xiangtan the next morning when the guards are distracted.
He immediately returns to the House of Drunken Jade and sees Mo Nian flaunting new black cultivator robes, preparing to leave with Madam Mo for Sisheng Peak under false pretenses.
Mo Ran hides and watches as Mo Nian and his friends arrogantly joke and lie about the rape and murder, repeating their accusations that Mo Ran was the culprit.
Mo Nian, fully absorbed in his performance, talks about justice and righteousness, then waves his sword dramatically—only to be interrupted by slow, sarcastic applause.
Mo Ran appears, ragged and bloodstained, but now completely transformed—no longer meek, his smile sinister and unnerving.
Mo Ran confronts Mo Nian publicly. Mo Nian panics and tries to rally his friends to fight, but Mo Ran responds calmly, saying if they can take his life, they should.
Mo Ran kills Mo Nian with a machete, decapitating him in front of everyone.
With blood on his face, Mo Ran turns on the rest of the boys. None dare fight him. He mocks their cowardice and begins slaughtering them one by one.
Mo Ran continues his rampage into the sleeping quarters of the House of Drunken Jade, killing others involved in the abuse and cover-up, some while they sleep.
He sets the entire building on fire, turning it into a blazing inferno and killing those trapped inside.
Mo Ran begins torturing the last survivors instead of killing them outright. He mutilates some and watches as the fire finishes the job.
He sits calmly in the middle of the burning building, eating grapes and a peach, enjoying the food he was never allowed to have while being abused.
He mocks the dying staff, especially Madam Mo, who begs and curses him in vain.
Mo Ran reveals that Xun Fengruo was his mother’s savior and gave Madam Mo a full year’s wages so he could have a home.
He accuses Madam Mo of betrayal, cruelty, and of profiting from Mo Ran’s suffering, recounting that he endured it all because his mother taught him not to hate those who gave him food.
When Madam Mo continues to scream insults, Mo Ran mocks her by saying her dead son might mistake her yelling for a call from the underworld.
He then tortures her with fire, burning her skin with a smoldering stick while mocking her with “guess the drawing” games.
Eventually, Mo Ran kills everyone in the house. The House of Drunken Jade is entirely destroyed, its staff and legacy turned to ash.
Mo Ran sits among the flames, laughing and crying while eating fruit—savoring sweetness he never got to enjoy, knowing this moment will never come again.
The burning of the House of Drunken Jade becomes a symbolic finale. Its infamous beauty and decadence end in fire, accompanied by ghostly echoes of Duan Yihan and Xun Fengruo’s duet.
This marks the true turning point: Mo Ran, broken and transformed by trauma, becomes the ruthless and feared Emperor Taxian-jun.
Chapter 263:
Return of an Old DreamMo Ran finishes telling his life story, revealing how he ended up being mistaken as the Xue family’s nephew due to a single nod from the investigator who didn’t want to lose his commission.
Mo Ran admits he initially wanted to confess, but the kindness of Xue Zhengyong, Madam Wang, and Xue Meng overwhelmed him. Their love silenced his guilt.
He recalls how Madam Wang made him noodles with minced meat and three eggs, and how Xue Meng brought him cakes. He couldn’t bring himself to shatter their happiness with the truth.
Mo Ran says he tried to act like Mo Nian at first, but realized the Xue family never really knew him, so he stopped pretending.
Everyone in Loyalty Hall is stunned. Madam Wang and Xue Zhengyong are silent, emotionally devastated.
Mo Ran admits he took advantage of their love and kindness despite owing them a blood debt, showing visible remorse.
Mu Yanli reminds everyone that Mo Ran is still a criminal with many offenses: murder, arson, identity theft, standing idle on Mount Jiao, and orchestrating the massacre at Guyueye.
Mo Ran denies the Guyueye massacre again, insisting it was committed by another version of himself from a parallel world, brought forth by the Space-Time Gate.
Mu Yanli dismisses his claim as absurd and accuses him of wanting to use his Nangong lineage to incite chaos.
Jiang Xi defends Mo Ran, pointing out that Mo Ran had plenty of opportunities to destroy the cultivation realm but didn’t take them, and calls for caution before drawing conclusions.
Mu Yanli persists, saying his past crimes alone justify detaining him. She commands her men to seize him.
Xue Zhengyong instinctively calls out to stop them but is unsure why. The weight of Mo Ran’s true identity has left him hollow.
When Mu Yanli mockingly asks if he wants to say goodbye to his “nephew,” Xue Zhengyong visibly breaks down, unable to respond.
Mo Ran bows deeply before Xue Zhengyong in farewell, fulfilling his emotional debt.
Just as the soldiers prepare to take Mo Ran, Xue Meng bursts into the hall, bloodied and panicked, announcing an invasion of Zhenlong pawns.
The crowd rushes outside and sees hordes of cultivator corpses and masked undead descending on Sisheng Peak—some in black, others in Rufeng Sect’s crane robes.
These are the same resurrected corpses Nangong Si once sealed. The spell has been undone—most likely by someone with Nangong blood.
All eyes turn to Mo Ran in suspicion.
Mo Ran is powerless to explain, his spiritual energy still depleted. The nightmare he lived in the past life is repeating before his eyes.
Cultivators begin to defend Sisheng Peak, but they are overwhelmed. Mo Ran recognizes many of them as people he had once personally killed in the past life—including Jiang Xi and the leader of Taxue Palace.
Mo Ran shouts for everyone to retreat, knowing they can’t win, but no one hears him over the chaos.
He sees Xue Zhengyong and Madam Wang fighting together and flashes back to the moment in his past life when their corpses lay at his feet during his siege of the peak.
Mo Ran tries to run toward them and help, but Mu Yanli blocks his way, accusing him of plotting this and attempting to escape.
A pawn attacks Mu Yanli, who fends it off while shouting that the undead are avoiding Mo Ran and that this proves he’s behind it.
Cultivators around them hear this and begin shouting to kill Mo Ran, believing he’s aligned with the attackers.
Mo Ran sees himself once more cast as the enemy of the world, just as in his past life, no matter what he does differently.
He remembers how Chu Wanning once stopped him on this very battlefield, wielding all his strength to oppose him.
He recalls their final battle, when Chu Wanning summoned his killing sword Huaisha and asked Mo Ran what it would take to make him stop.
In the past, Mo Ran had laughed and said that after killing Chu Wanning, no one would be left to stand in his way.
The chapter ends with the chilling memory of that declaration: “Once I kill you, there will be no one on earth I cannot kill.”
Chapter 264:
The Emperor AlikeThe chapter opens with a flashback to the final battle between Emperor Taxian-jun and Chu Wanning in their past life.
Chu Wanning, exhausted and bleeding, continues to fight despite knowing his spiritual core is nearly shattered.
Mo Ran mocks Chu Wanning’s weakness and stubbornness, taunting him for clinging to his ideals.
Chu Wanning sacrifices his core to summon Jiuge, Tianwen, and Huaisha one final time, unleashing holy light that destroys the Zhenlong Chess Formation and frees the puppets.
Mo Ran, in his past life, simply watches, letting Chu Wanning burn himself out, curious how far he’ll go for the people.
Chu Wanning collapses after exhausting his core, and the battle ends with Mo Ran as the victor but spiritually haunted.
Mo Ran reflects on his past atrocities—destroying Sisheng Peak, killing Rufeng Sect and its leaders, and eventually taking his own life at Wushan Palace.
Back in the present, Mo Ran is jolted from his memories by the sound of Mu Yanli being stabbed nearby.
A pawn kneels before Mo Ran, calling him “Master,” shocking the crowd and reinforcing the false belief that he commands the undead.
Mo Ran denies it, but no one believes him. Madam Wang and Xue Zhengyong witness the moment and are visibly disturbed.
More pawns attack, and Jiang Xi jumps in to defend Madam Wang. She shouts at her fellow cultivators to open their eyes and see what’s really happening.
Master Xuanjing sees a massive black storm cloud approaching—an army of pawns so large it appears endless, made up of burned corpses and beasts controlled by the Zhenlong Formation.
As fear overtakes the crowd, people step back from Mo Ran, convinced he is the cause.
Mo Ran knows the truth: Emperor Taxian-jun from the alternate timeline has returned through the Space-Time Gate, and the pawns recognize Mo Ran as their master due to shared spiritual imprint.
Mu Yanli screams that Mo Ran should be executed, believing him to be responsible.
As panic spreads and the undead overrun the mountain, Mo Ran sees Xue Meng get wounded while trying to protect Xue Zhengyong and Madam Wang.
Xue Meng is overwhelmed by pawns, and his silhouette disappears into the horde.
Madam Wang and Xue Zhengyong scream in despair, and Mo Ran realizes the only way to stop the massacre is by doing what Chu Wanning once did—sacrificing his spiritual core.
Mo Ran reaches a painful but clear understanding: Hua Binan forced him into this corner so he would face the same choice Chu Wanning did—to choose compassion and give up everything.
Mo Ran detonates his core, releasing an enormous burst of fire-type spiritual energy, his body wreathed in blinding flames.
For a moment, he thinks he might escape the shadow of Emperor Taxian-jun and become someone better.
He sees visions of Duan Yihan and Chu Wanning, of past kindnesses, and of his younger self outside Wubei Temple.
Mo Ran reflects that he has spent two lifetimes making mistakes and walking in darkness.
In this final moment, he wishes to be like Chu Wanning—selfless, noble, and kind.
As the flames consume him, he pleads silently to the universe: “Please, let me go back. I want to go home.”
Chapter 265:
Shi Mei, MirroredMo Ran, having used the last of his spiritual energy to destroy the Zhenlong pawns, collapses in the aftermath of the battle.
The black tide of undead retreats from Sisheng Peak as Mo Ran’s sacrifice breaks the spell and restores peace.
Mo Ran, physically ruined and emotionally exhausted, reflects that although he is seen as a monster, he has done one thing worthy—imitating the light of Chu Wanning.
As he collapses, he hears Xue Meng, Xue Zhengyong, and Madam Wang calling out to him.
He tearfully pleads, “Don’t hate me,” silently begging them for forgiveness and expressing his deep love for them and Sisheng Peak.
Before losing consciousness, he feels Madam Wang embracing him and hears Xue Zhengyong defending him, questioning why he would sacrifice himself if he had truly summoned the pawns.
Xue Meng screams for people not to take Mo Ran away as chaos unfolds around them.
The scene shifts to Mount Jiao’s Hall of Sages, where Shi Mei sits cloaked in white fox fur, meditating in Xu Shuanglin’s former seat.
Before him is a magical battlefield scroll tracking the Zhenlong pawns; all pieces are now inactive.
A man in a white cloak enters and reports that Mo Ran destroyed all the pawns with his shattered core.
Shi Mei already anticipated this, stating that Mo Ran had no other option.
The man in white says that since Taxian-jun’s pawns were draining Shi Mei’s spiritual energy, Mo Ran’s destruction of them actually frees Shi Mei too.
Shi Mei downplays the benefit, focusing instead on continuing their plan and using the fragments of Mo Ran’s core to control Taxian-jun again.
The man warns that Mo Ran’s heroism will earn him sympathy and credibility among cultivators, making it harder to paint him as a threat.
Shi Mei counters that the cultivation world is fickle, self-preserving, and that they’ll discard Mo Ran once fear outweighs gratitude—just like they abandoned Chu Wanning in the past life.
Shi Mei says that Tianyin Pavilion is already under their control and will take Mo Ran in regardless, helping them regain control over Taxian-jun.
The man in white questions Shi Mei’s motives, asking what he truly sacrificed in the past life and pressing about innocent lives lost.
Shi Mei becomes defensive and evasive, suggesting he could create a registry of the dead if needed.
The man reminds Shi Mei that he helped with everything—living in Sisheng Peak, feeding false intel, orchestrating events—even faking his own death.
When pressed on why he allowed Mo Ran to spiral out of control for eight years, Shi Mei responds angrily that the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows cannot be used twice and they had no choice.
The man in white admits he still feels guilt, especially after seeing Xu Shuanglin die without ever betraying him, even though they had manipulated and deceived Xu Shuanglin from the beginning.
Shi Mei grows increasingly hostile and accuses the man of being jealous—because during a staged event, he was the one blinded while Shi Mei remained unharmed.
At this point, the two Shi Meis are revealed to be from two parallel timelines. The man in white, Shi Mingjing, is his counterpart—now blind from their sacrifice plan.
Shi Mei mocks him for feeling remorse and grief, claiming it's only jealousy and resentment.
When Shi Mingjing does not respond, Shi Mei uses his dagger to expose his face, revealing their identical appearance except for the blindfold covering Shi Mingjing’s eyes.
Shi Mei accuses him of only grieving the loss of his sight and mocks his claim of guilt.
Their confrontation is interrupted when Shi Mei senses someone eavesdropping. He throws a dagger into a pillar and demands the intruder reveal themself.
Huang Xiaoyue, disheveled and bloodstained, stumbles out. He had survived the collapse of Jiangdong Hall by killing and eating his fellow disciples.
Shi Mei immediately sees through him and expresses disgust at cannibalism.
Huang Xiaoyue tries to flee, but Shi Mei kills him swiftly and mockingly calls him “disgusting.”
Shi Mei assures his other self that the plan will still succeed and promises to restore his eyesight in the future.
Despite some remaining tension, the blind Shi Mingjing shows signs of softening, but Shi Mei ends the conversation and walks away coldly.
Chapter 266:
To Warm You UpShi Mei walks alone to a hidden hot spring in Qingtan Palace on Mount Jiao, where dragonblood flowers bloom faintly. He bathes, reflecting on his festering chest wound caused by backlash from forbidden arts.
As Shi Mei tries to relax, Nangong Liu arrives with a dragonblood flower behind his ear and playfully offers to help.
Shi Mei questions Nangong Liu about who he prefers between himself and Emperor Taxian-jun. Nangong Liu picks Shi Mei for his looks.
Shi Mei forces Nangong Liu to look at his wound and becomes enraged when Nangong Liu, disgusted, turns away.
Shi Mei dislocates Nangong Liu’s wrist, slaps him, and then dismisses him with contempt after a brief emotional breakdown from the boy.
Alone again, Shi Mei rages inwardly about impermanence and how people change. His satisfaction from the day is gone, replaced by confusion and helplessness.
He returns to the secret chamber, where Chu Wanning lies ill with a high fever. Emperor Taxian-jun is by his side, holding him while he sleeps.
Shi Mei barges in, expecting debauchery, but finds Taxian-jun just holding Chu Wanning protectively. He mocks him for still needing his shizun to sleep.
Taxian-jun retorts with disdain but becomes irritated when Shi Mei implies he’s still a pet. Shi Mei pushes him with a spiritual command spell, “Gather Soul,” and struggles to reassert control over him.
Taxian-jun resists, almost breaking free, but eventually falls under Shi Mei’s influence again. Shi Mei demands to know why Taxian-jun was holding Chu Wanning.
Taxian-jun replies that Chu Wanning was cold and holding him made him warm.
Shi Mei scoffs, reminding him he’s a corpse and inherently cold, unable to truly provide warmth.
Taxian-jun touches his chest and insists he felt warmth where Chu Wanning had rested against him, implying lingering emotional or spiritual resonance.
Furious, Shi Mei orders him out. Taxian-jun resists, almost regaining control, and draws Bugui, placing it at Shi Mei’s throat. But he ultimately relents, knowing he needs Shi Mei alive to stay functional.
Shi Mei taunts him about their symbiotic relationship and outlines their shared goal: to kill the Mo Ran of this world and regain control over fate using the Space-Time Gate and a full spiritual core.
They are interrupted when Chu Wanning stirs, moaning softly in his fever. Both men stop arguing and watch him.
Taxian-jun worries aloud whether Chu Wanning will die. Shi Mei reassures him that Chu Wanning is merely suffering from soul-shock and can recover with healing.
Shi Mei mocks Taxian-jun for causing the fever in the first place, alluding to sexual violence committed by the Mo Ran of this timeline.
Taxian-jun clarifies that he is not the same as the other Mo Ran and does not condone his actions.
Shi Mei tells him to leave if he wants Chu Wanning healed. Taxian-jun hesitates, but eventually agrees, warning that if Shi Mei harms Chu Wanning, he will kill him.
Once Taxian-jun leaves, Shi Mei approaches Chu Wanning with twisted desire, smiling and whispering, “This time, no one will interrupt us.”
Shi Mei climbs onto the bed beside the fevered and unconscious Chu Wanning, caressing him and preparing to assault him while Taxian-jun waits outside, unaware.
Chapter 267:
Golden Dragon, Jade PillarShi Mei attempts to use a memory-altering spell on Chu Wanning to confuse his perception of time and make him docile.
The first spell fails, but the second one partially succeeds, leaving Chu Wanning trapped in memories from shortly after Shi Mei’s death in the past life.
Shi Mei pretends to comfort Chu Wanning, asking if he mourned him. Chu Wanning responds softly that he had wished it had been himself who died instead of Shi Mei.
This response stirs genuine emotion in Shi Mei, who momentarily remembers his old longing and ache for Chu Wanning’s affection.
Shi Mei asks if Chu Wanning would sacrifice his life for him the same way he did for Mo Ran. Chu Wanning begins to respond but is forcibly kissed before he can answer.
Shi Mei casts a silencing spell on Chu Wanning and binds his wrists and ankles to the bed, expressing that he no longer intends to hold back.
Shi Mei confesses that he has suffered through two lifetimes and believes he deserves to finally have Chu Wanning for himself.
As he strips Chu Wanning, he notes the bruises left by Mo Ran and expresses resentment and jealousy.
Shi Mei tries to convince Chu Wanning that unlike Mo Ran, he knows how to please him and intends to “reward” himself with Chu Wanning’s body.
Chu Wanning is sick, weak, partially confused from the spell, and unable to fight back. He feels only revulsion and humiliation—not arousal or emotional confusion.
His memories of Mo Ran’s touch contrast sharply with the cold manipulation of Shi Mei. Mo Ran had felt like burning sunlight; Shi Mei feels like chilled jade.
Just as Shi Mei is about to force himself on Chu Wanning, a magical golden dragon suddenly appears and coils around Shi Mei’s penis, threatening to crush it.
Both men are shocked. The golden dragon bares its teeth and glares at Shi Mei, hissing in warning.
The doors burst open and Emperor Taxian-jun enters, arms crossed, looking furious.
Taxian-jun insults Shi Mei, calling him “Miss” and commenting on how small he is, prompting further humiliation.
He glares at Shi Mei and accuses him of thinking he could hide his intentions just by staying silent.
Taxian-jun makes it clear he knew all along what Shi Mei was trying to do to Chu Wanning and will not tolerate it.
Chapter 268:
Return to WushanEmperor Taxian-jun commands the golden dragon Wangli to tighten around Shi Mei’s groin, humiliating and stopping him from assaulting Chu Wanning.
Taxian-jun introduces the dragon as a vessel that only obeys Nangong clan blood, and warns Shi Mei never to touch what belongs to him again.
Shi Mei angrily demands it be removed, but Taxian-jun insists it will let go only after Shi Mei walks all the way to the back hills.
Taxian-jun warns that Wangli now knows Shi Mei’s scent and will kill him if he tries again.
After Shi Mei storms out, Taxian-jun gently unties Chu Wanning and sees the red welts on his wrists. He starts to massage them unconsciously before pulling back.
Chu Wanning, affected by Shi Mei’s memory-altering spell, confuses present and past. He weeps and calls out Mo Ran’s name, begging him to “turn back” from the wrong path.
Chu Wanning reaches up to touch Taxian-jun’s cold face and says that if he could, he would burn his life away to light Mo Ran’s way home.
The overwhelming emotion leaves Taxian-jun stunned and silent. He does not respond but clearly begins to feel conflicted and protective.
Due to the damage of Shi Mei’s spell and the influx of memories from both lifetimes, Chu Wanning falls into a prolonged period of unconsciousness, waking occasionally in a confused, dreamy state.
Emperor Taxian-jun finds this memory-tangled Chu Wanning easier to handle and becomes possessive, treating it like their time back at Wushan Palace.
Every morning, Taxian-jun asks Chu Wanning what he remembers. Chu Wanning usually doesn’t answer coherently, which pleases Taxian-jun because it means he still believes they are in the past.
Taxian-jun begins treating Chu Wanning gently, even indulgently, spending time with him like a domestic couple—cooking porridge, talking under tangerine trees, reminiscing in their twisted way.
He reflects that he doesn’t want Chu Wanning to regain full clarity and instead wishes to keep him in this dream-like state forever.
One day, Taxian-jun has Chu Wanning cook egg-drop pork congee for him, teasing him while helping with the fire and rice.
During the quiet domestic moment, Taxian-jun unexpectedly embraces Chu Wanning from behind, saying he still wants to torment him for the rest of their lives.
As Chu Wanning remains passive, Taxian-jun kisses him deeply and begins undressing him.
The scene transitions into a graphic memory of one of their previous sexual encounters during their time at Wushan Palace—where Taxian-jun publicly used Chu Wanning during a political meeting.
In that past encounter, monks were summoned to deliver an urgent message while Chu Wanning was being sexually used behind a veil.
Despite the degrading and humiliating acts, Chu Wanning's body reacts involuntarily, and Taxian-jun is depicted as cruel but obsessed, dominating every part of Chu Wanning both physically and psychologically.
Back in the present, Taxian-jun watches over the sick and weakened Chu Wanning. He reflects on the contradiction: that even while he hated Chu Wanning, he had still longed to see him bear his child.
He remembers never finishing inside Song Qiutong, but with Chu Wanning, he frequently did—perhaps out of desire, control, or punishment, though he doesn't fully understand his own motivations.
The chapter ends with Taxian-jun musing over his dark obsession, acknowledging that whatever the reason, he dragged Chu Wanning into an abyss of sin and desire again and again.
Chapter 269:
Never Leave MeEmperor Taxian-jun nearly assaults Chu Wanning again but stops himself after seeing the bruises already on his lover’s body. He lets Chu Wanning go, murmuring that he’ll “let him off easy today.”
Instead, he kisses Chu Wanning’s face, neck, and bites into his skin possessively before pulling him upright.
Chu Wanning, still under the illusion that this is a dream, quietly obeys when asked to serve congee.
The congee turns out watery and overcooked. Taxian-jun pretends to be aloof but is visibly affected when he sees it.
When Chu Wanning threatens to throw it away, Taxian-jun reacts emotionally and says to leave it, clearly not wanting it wasted.
Outside, Taxian-jun reflects that as a revenant, he has long lost the ability to eat, yet he is unexpectedly hit with yearning and sadness when confronted with Chu Wanning’s cooking.
He realizes that even this mundane thing—sharing a meal—has become forever out of reach.
Taxian-jun, unable to bear the pain of that loss, goes to find Shi Mei near the pond of the ancestral temple and asks if he can be made “alive” again, even temporarily.
Shi Mei misunderstands at first, thinking it’s about sex, but Taxian-jun clarifies that he wants to eat.
Shi Mei mocks him, realizing it’s about Chu Wanning’s cooking. He taunts Taxian-jun for remembering his “shige” now, and not his “Mingjing-shixiong.”
Taxian-jun says that Shi Mei told him he couldn’t see Chu Wanning before revival because their spiritual attributes would clash.
Shi Mei reminds him the only way to revive him fully is by taking Mo Ran’s spiritual core and implanting it into him.
Shi Mei shows a letter from Tianyin Pavilion, delivered by messenger pigeon, confirming that Mo Ran has not been released or pardoned even after sacrificing his core.
He manipulates Taxian-jun into agreeing to head to Tianyin Pavilion in six days for the final phase of their plan.
Shi Mei coldly feeds the golden pigeon to a snake from his sleeve, underscoring his casual cruelty.
Back in the secret chamber, Chu Wanning has fallen asleep at his desk, looking peaceful and vulnerable.
Taxian-jun is overwhelmed by longing and picks him up, kissing him fervently, and demanding to know if Chu Wanning loves him.
He asks if Chu Wanning would have chosen him if he had been a normal cultivator rather than Emperor Taxian-jun.
Chu Wanning, still confused and unable to follow, doesn’t reply, deepening Taxian-jun’s insecurity.
Taxian-jun questions if Chu Wanning still prefers Mo Ran over him, and bitterly wonders whether taking Mo Ran’s core will make Chu Wanning hate him more.
He reminds Chu Wanning, with desperation and madness, that he was the one who had him first, begging him not to betray him.
Taxian-jun finally breaks down emotionally, admitting that in the eight years he spent alone in another world, all he ever did was wait for Chu Wanning.
He ends the chapter with a chilling confession: “Don’t leave me again... I can’t even choose to die. I can’t bear it. Not this time.”
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 9
Not yet available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 10
Not yet available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun, Vol. 11
Not yet available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Legend of Exorcism: Tianbao Fuyao Lu
Thousand Autumns: Qian Qiu, Vol. 1
Chapter 1: After the DuelTwo men, Yan Wushi and Yu Shengyan, are walking along a treacherous path between Banbu Peak and Yinghui Peak, known for its dangerous terrain and treacherous cliffs.
Yu Shengyan recalls the famous duel between Qi Fengge of Xuandu Mountain and Hulugu, a Göktürk martial artist, that took place twenty years ago on Banbu Peak. Qi Fengge won the duel but chose not to kill Hulugu, making him swear not to return to the Central Plains for twenty years.
Yan Wushi criticizes Qi Fengge’s decision, stating it sowed seeds of trouble for Xuandu Mountain's future, as Hulugu is still a powerful threat.
Yan Wushi acknowledges Hulugu's strength, admitting that he might not win if they fought now.
Yu Shengyan mentions that Hulugu's disciple, Kunye, is currently challenging Shen Qiao, the leader of Xuandu Mountain, at the summit of Banbu Peak.
Yan Wushi dismisses the importance of the current duel, explaining that it could not compare to the grand battle between Qi Fengge and Hulugu twenty years ago.
Yan Wushi brought Yu Shengyan to this place not to witness the duel but to train him in the difficult terrain. He expects Yu Shengyan to master the fifth stage of the Fenglin Scriptures here.
Yu Shengyan feels wounded by his master’s harsh judgment, despite his significant progress in martial arts over the past ten years. He realizes Yan Wushi sees his efforts as inadequate.
Yan Wushi instructs Yu Shengyan to attack him with his strongest technique. Yu Shengyan delivers a powerful palm strike, but Yan Wushi effortlessly blocks it with a single finger, demonstrating his superior martial arts skill.
Yan Wushi warns Yu Shengyan not to waste his talents and advises him to find his senior disciple once he completes his training.
As they continue, a man falls from the cliff above, crashing into the ground near them.
The fallen man is heavily injured, and Yu Shengyan suspects he is Shen Qiao, the leader of Xuandu Mountain, due to the sword he carries, the Shanhe Tongbei, which is famous within the Xuandu Violet Palace.
Yu Shengyan is shocked that Shen Qiao, the personal disciple of Qi Fengge, could be defeated so badly in a duel. He wonders if Kunye's martial skills have surpassed even those of his master, Hulugu.
Despite his demonic sect origins and limited kindness, Yu Shengyan hesitates to give Shen Qiao a life-saving pill, considering the severity of his injuries.
Yan Wushi, however, decides to intervene and orders Yu Shengyan to administer the Pill of Great Revival to Shen Qiao, despite his critical condition.
Chapter 2: Blind ManYan Wushi would not personally carry an injured man like Shen Qiao, so Yu Shengyan is tasked with carrying him back to the villa near Banbu Peak.
Shen Qiao's injuries are severe: shattered bones, snapped tendons and meridians, and potentially brain damage from a head injury. Yu Shengyan questions if saving Shen Qiao is worthwhile, considering he may never recover his martial arts and could even wake up as an idiot.
Yan Wushi reveals his true intentions for saving Shen Qiao: he plans to break Shen Qiao mentally and turn him from a once-principled sect leader into a disciple of the demonic discipline. He finds the idea of corrupting such a revered figure amusing.
Yan Wushi dismisses any notions of exchanging Shen Qiao for favors from Xuandu Mountain, as there could have been foul play during Shen Qiao’s defeat, which could complicate any negotiations.
Yu Shengyan realizes something unexpected must have happened during Shen Qiao’s duel with Kunye, leading to his devastating defeat, which shouldn’t have happened to a martial artist of Shen Qiao’s caliber.
Yan Wushi’s mood has improved since finding Shen Qiao, and he continues to show his indifference to Shen Qiao’s condition, treating him as a mere amusement.
Yu Shengyan is tasked with caring for Shen Qiao until he wakes up, after which he will return to Banbu Peak for further training.
Shen Qiao’s injuries are grave, including severe internal damage that could leave him even weaker than a common man. Yu Shengyan reflects on how losing all his martial arts would devastate someone like Shen Qiao.
The duel between Shen Qiao and Kunye was widely reported as a disaster for Shen Qiao, with many believing Kunye’s martial arts have surpassed even those of his master, Hulugu.
With Shen Qiao’s defeat, Kunye’s reputation has risen, and he is now regarded as one of the top ten martial artists in the world. His next likely challenge is to Buddhist Master Xueting.
Xuandu Mountain, previously a neutral sect in worldly affairs, is now uncertain in its leadership, and there is speculation about how this might affect the political and martial balance of power.
Shen Qiao remains unconscious for half a month, unaware of the changes happening around him. During this time, Yu Shengyan and the villa’s servants care for him.
When Shen Qiao finally awakens, he shows signs of memory loss and reveals that he cannot see anything, indicating that he has lost his sight.
Chapter 3: A GameYu Shengyan fabricates a false story, telling Shen Qiao that they are both disciples of Huanyue Sect and that Shen Qiao was gravely injured by enemies from Hehuan Sect.
Shen Qiao, now blind and with no memory, believes Yu Shengyan’s story and addresses him as "Shixiong," despite their significant age difference.
Yu Shengyan feeds Shen Qiao his medicine, feeling a small twinge of guilt due to Shen Qiao's gentle, kind, and trusting nature.
Shen Qiao’s calm demeanor and lack of questions about his situation surprise Yu Shengyan, who expected more distress from someone in such a position.
Shen Qiao, still bedridden, remains compliant and considerate, expressing gratitude towards Yu Shengyan and their supposed master, Yan Wushi.
Yu Shengyan becomes increasingly certain that Shen Qiao is not faking his memory loss after observing his daily behavior and obedience.
Shen Qiao eventually asks to personally thank Yan Wushi, his "master," which leads to a meeting between them.
Yan Wushi, who had been busy reestablishing his presence in the jianghu and defeating Kunye, had forgotten about Shen Qiao until Yu Shengyan reminded him.
Yan Wushi had fought and defeated Kunye, solidifying his return as the “Demon Lord” and proving his martial prowess once again. Despite Kunye’s fame from defeating Shen Qiao, Yan Wushi considers him less skilled than Hulugu.
Yan Wushi had been on a quest to find the remaining volumes of the Zhuyang Strategy, a legendary martial arts manual. He suspects that Kunye's abilities may have been enhanced by knowledge from this manual.
Shen Qiao, still blind, is able to get out of bed and visits Yan Wushi. He remains polite and submissive, unaware of Yan Wushi's true intentions.
Yan Wushi examines Shen Qiao’s internal state and finds a wisp of true qi, indicating that Shen Qiao’s martial arts might not be completely lost, though recovery will be slow.
Yan Wushi assigns Shen Qiao to accompany Yu Shengyan on an errand, testing Shen Qiao's compliance and furthering his plan to corrupt him.
Yan Wushi orders Yu Shengyan to go to Qi and kill the Grand Master of Remonstrance, Yan Zhiwen, and his entire family, as retaliation against Hehuan Sect, which had caused trouble for Huanyue Sect during Yan Wushi's absence.
Despite Shen Qiao's weakened state and lost martial arts, Yan Wushi insists that Shen Qiao accompany Yu Shengyan on the assassination mission, intending to push him further towards the dark path.
Yu Shengyan realizes that Yan Wushi wants to corrupt Shen Qiao by involving him in immoral acts, believing that once Shen Qiao participates in such deeds, it will be impossible for him to return to his former righteous path.
Chapter 4: Getting to Know the BeautyYu Shengyan doesn't initially explain the purpose of their trip to Shen Qiao. They travel to Yecheng at a slower pace due to Shen Qiao's health, taking seven days instead of the usual three to five.
Upon arrival, Shen Qiao falls ill with a low fever, though he doesn't mention it, as he feels guilty for being a burden. Yu Shengyan notices and takes care of him.
Shen Qiao learns for the first time that their mission involves killing Yan Zhiwen, a member of Hehuan Sect, and his entire family, per Yan Wushi's orders. Yu Shengyan explains that Hehuan Sect and Huanyue Sect are rival factions from the same original sect.
Shen Qiao questions the morality of killing Yan Zhiwen's innocent family members, but Yu Shengyan dismisses his concerns, stating that leaving any family members alive could result in future revenge.
Yu Shengyan reassures Shen Qiao that the mission is not urgent and encourages him to rest before they proceed. He also speaks highly of Yecheng's grandeur and suggests Shen Qiao take time to explore the capital.
Yu Shengyan explains that Hehuan Sect frequently caused trouble for Huanyue Sect while Yan Wushi was in seclusion, and now that Yan Wushi has returned, they must strike back.
Shen Qiao eventually feels well enough to go outside. He starts to take small excursions around Yecheng, enjoying the atmosphere and getting some fresh air.
While at a pharmacy getting medicine, Shen Qiao draws attention despite his blindness. Han Eying, the daughter of Chief Steward Han, strikes up a conversation with him, curious about his identity and captivated by his elegance.
Shen Qiao is polite and graceful, explaining his blindness and offering her a small gift in return for her kindness, which further intrigues Han Eying.
Han Eying pays for Shen Qiao's medicine and expresses her desire to visit him in the future.
When Yu Shengyan hears about this encounter, he is amused by how Shen Qiao quickly charmed someone as notable as Han Eying, despite her reputation for arrogance.
Shen Qiao, however, remains humble, noting that Han Eying was not as bad as people say, displaying his typical calm and kind demeanor despite his precarious situation.
Chapter 5: Separate WaysThree days after the encounter with Han Eying, Yu Shengyan prepares to carry out his mission to assassinate Yan Zhiwen and his family.
The city of Yecheng is lively and festive due to the New Year celebrations, but Yu Shengyan remains focused on his task.
Shen Qiao accompanies Yu Shengyan to the Yan residence but waits outside while Yu Shengyan sneaks into the home.
Upon entering, Yu Shengyan discovers that Yan Zhiwen and his entire family have already fled. The house is still occupied by servants and guards, but no trace of the family remains.
After interrogating a servant and the chief steward, Yu Shengyan realizes that Yan Zhiwen was likely tipped off and had escaped two days prior.
Furious, Yu Shengyan confronts Shen Qiao, accusing him of warning Yan Zhiwen. Shen Qiao calmly admits that he did, indeed, warn him.
Shen Qiao explains that he sent a message to Yan Zhiwen using the medicinal herb danggui, hidden in a gift to Han Eying. He deduced that Yan Zhiwen, being cautious, would recognize the warning and take action.
Yu Shengyan is livid and begins choking Shen Qiao, demanding to know why he interfered. Shen Qiao argues that while Hehuan Sect may deserve punishment, involving innocent family members is unnecessary and wrong.
Shen Qiao also reveals that he has suspected for some time that he is not actually a disciple of Huanyue Sect, as their behavior towards him didn’t align with the way a master and shixiong would treat one of their own.
Despite Yu Shengyan's anger, he refrains from killing Shen Qiao, realizing that Shen Qiao is too significant to eliminate and would need to be dealt with by Yan Wushi.
Upon returning to the villa, Yu Shengyan learns that Yan Wushi has already left for Zhou and left instructions for Yu Shengyan and Shen Qiao: Yu Shengyan is to train at Banbu Peak, and if Shen Qiao caused trouble during their mission, he is to be expelled from the villa and not allowed to take anything with him.
Yu Shengyan, although surprised, complies with Yan Wushi’s orders and informs Shen Qiao that he must leave.
Shen Qiao accepts this calmly, grateful that Yan Wushi had spared him despite his interference. He asks Yu Shengyan for more information about his past, learning that he was indeed the sect leader of Xuandu Mountain and had been defeated by Kunye before falling from a cliff.
Shen Qiao is warned not to return to Xuandu Mountain, as no one from his sect had come looking for him since his fall.
The next morning, Shen Qiao is politely escorted out of the villa with nothing but his bamboo cane. Despite being expelled with no possessions, Shen Qiao remains composed and reflects that, despite Huanyue Sect's malicious nature, they did provide him with medical care, which he feels grateful for.
Shen Qiao leaves with a quiet resolve to thank Yan Wushi in the future if they ever cross paths again.
Chapter 6: Chen GongAfter three days, it’s time for Yu Shengyan to execute his mission to assassinate Yan Zhiwen. Yecheng is festive with New Year celebrations, but Yu Shengyan remains focused.
Shen Qiao accompanies Yu Shengyan but waits outside while Yu Shengyan sneaks into the Yan residence. He finds the residence strangely empty, with no sign of Yan Zhiwen or his family. After interrogating servants, he learns that Yan Zhiwen fled days ago, likely warned of the assassination attempt.
Yu Shengyan confronts Shen Qiao, who admits that he warned Yan Zhiwen. Shen Qiao explains that he sent a hidden warning via Han Eying when they met, using medicinal herbs to alert Yan Zhiwen.
Yu Shengyan is enraged but refrains from killing Shen Qiao, realizing the situation is beyond his control. He suspects that Shen Qiao is not truly their disciple, which Shen Qiao confirms. Shen Qiao had been suspicious due to the way Yan Wushi and Yu Shengyan treated him.
Upon returning to the villa, they find that Yan Wushi has left for Zhou. He leaves instructions that Shen Qiao must leave the villa alone with nothing if he caused trouble during the mission, which Shen Qiao accepts without protest.
Shen Qiao is expelled from the villa with only a bamboo cane and no possessions. Despite this, he remains calm and resolves to thank Yan Wushi one day for saving his life.
Shen Qiao heads to Funing County, a relatively stable and prosperous area despite the chaos in Northern Qi. He ends up staying in a dilapidated temple that also shelters a laborer named Chen Gong and a few beggars.
Chen Gong is a ruthless sixteen-year-old laborer who squabbles with the local beggars over territory and food. When Chen Gong returns one evening, he finds Shen Qiao sitting in the temple, eating a donkey-meat sandwich, with an extra one beside him.
The beggars, noticing the food, try to steal it, leading Chen Gong to get involved in a brawl. Chen Gong wins the fight and drives them away, allowing him to keep the donkey-meat sandwich.
Shen Qiao introduces himself and explains that he is blind and penniless, staying temporarily until he can earn money to continue his journey.
Chen Gong demands that Shen Qiao pay him with three donkey-meat sandwiches in exchange for staying at the temple. Shen Qiao agrees, even though Chen Gong doubts he’ll be able to fulfill the request.
The next day, Shen Qiao disappears while Chen Gong goes to work at the granary. Chen Gong assumes Shen Qiao has left for good but is shocked to find, upon returning, that Shen Qiao has actually procured three donkey-meat sandwiches as promised.
Chapter 7: The Weakling Who Wasn’t WeakChen Gong is stunned to see that Shen Qiao has brought back three donkey-meat sandwiches, as promised. He questions how Shen Qiao, who appears frail and blind, managed to afford them.
Shen Qiao explains that he earned the money by reading palms and telling fortunes, a skill that allows him to earn just enough for food. Chen Gong remains skeptical but intrigued.
Chen Gong challenges Shen Qiao to read his fortune, and Shen Qiao accurately deduces details about Chen Gong’s life, including his rough family background and his suitability for military service, surprising Chen Gong with his insights.
Over the next few days, Shen Qiao consistently provides three donkey-meat sandwiches each evening, despite Chen Gong’s doubts. Chen Gong gradually realizes that Shen Qiao is not as weak or helpless as he seems, though their interactions remain somewhat tense.
One night, as a harsh wind blows through the temple, Chen Gong hears footsteps outside. Shen Qiao warns him that someone is coming. The two beggars Chen Gong had fought earlier return with reinforcements from the local beggar guild to seek revenge.
The beggars attack Chen Gong, quickly overpowering him due to their numbers. After robbing him, they turn their attention to Shen Qiao, who had been sitting quietly with his bamboo cane.
The beggars underestimate Shen Qiao, assuming him to be an easy target because of his blindness. However, when they attack him, Shen Qiao skillfully defends himself using the bamboo cane, swiftly disabling several of them with precise strikes.
Despite his blindness and weakened condition, Shen Qiao effectively neutralizes the beggars, causing them to panic and flee in fear. He warns them that if they don’t leave, he could stab out their eyes and leave them as blind as he is.
Chen Gong, amazed by Shen Qiao's unexpected combat ability, regrets not treating him with more respect. Just as Chen Gong tries to speak to Shen Qiao in a more deferential tone, Shen Qiao collapses from exhaustion, sliding down the temple pillar and falling unconscious.
Chapter 8: Journeying TogetherShen Qiao wakes up in an inn after being unconscious for two days and two nights. Chen Gong informs him that he used both his own and Shen Qiao's money to cover their expenses, but they are almost out of funds.
Chen Gong suggests that Shen Qiao join the Liuhe Guild, a powerful organization that deals in escort missions and other business, to help them earn money. However, Shen Qiao declines, stating that his current condition and poor eyesight would prevent him from being of any use in such a guild.
Chen Gong is frustrated by Shen Qiao's refusal to pursue a more lucrative path. He expresses his dissatisfaction with their current situation, where money is scarce and their work is grueling.
Shen Qiao reveals that he intends to go to Xuandu Mountain, as he believes he came from there, though he doesn't remember much about his past.
Chen Gong, still dissatisfied with his life in Funing County, proposes that he accompany Shen Qiao on his journey. He hopes to learn martial arts from Shen Qiao along the way so that he can eventually join the Liuhe Guild.
Shen Qiao agrees to let Chen Gong accompany him but refuses to accept him as a disciple, stating that he can only teach him what little martial arts he remembers.
Over the next month, Chen Gong continues to haul rice while Shen Qiao earns money by telling fortunes. Chen Gong begins learning martial arts from Shen Qiao, showing some talent, though his skills remain limited without internal breathing.
After a month, Shen Qiao and Chen Gong leave Funing County and head west toward Xuandu Mountain, near the border of Qi, Zhou, and Chen. Along the way, they stay at Chuyun Temple, a small, run-down temple run by an old abbot and two young monks.
The temple is crowded with travelers, including a group of four young men who carry swords and belong to the Liuhe Guild. They also have a lady companion who is given a private room.
Chen Gong becomes excited upon recognizing the Liuhe Guild’s insignia and considers approaching the group to see if they will allow him to join. Shen Qiao advises against it, though Chen Gong’s eagerness remains undimmed.
Chapter 9: Terror at MidnightChen Gong attempts to approach the members of the Liuhe Guild, but they ignore him. Shen Qiao advises him against trying again, noting their wariness.
The two of them eat a simple meal provided by Chuyun Temple. Afterward, Shen Qiao has a brief interaction with a woman named Yun Fuyi, who tries to probe him for information, but he deflects her questions politely.
Yun Fuyi, a deputy leader of the Liuhe Guild, expresses concerns about their cargo and the growing number of robbers targeting them. The Hu brothers speculate on the importance of the mysterious cargo they are escorting, while Yun Fuyi remains focused on ensuring its safe transport.
Night falls, and everyone goes to sleep early. However, Chen Gong notices some members of the Liuhe Guild sneaking out. As he attempts to follow them, Shen Qiao holds him back and warns him not to get involved.
A sudden fight erupts outside the temple. The Liuhe Guild is under attack, and Chen Gong is nearly killed by a man named Murong Xun, who mistakes him for a member of the Liuhe Guild. Shen Qiao intervenes, using his bamboo cane to ward off Murong Xun, who is surprised by Shen Qiao's unexpected skill.
Yun Fuyi, engaged in battle with a formidable opponent, realizes that she is facing Murong Qin, Qi’s number one martial artist. Although she manages to hold her own, she is outmatched by his powerful techniques.
Murong Qin demands that Yun Fuyi hand over the cargo in exchange for safe passage, revealing his intent to steal the Liuhe Guild's goods. Yun Fuyi realizes that the situation is even more dangerous than she anticipated, as Murong Qin is not the only adversary present—other hidden forces are also after the cargo.
Chapter 10: Yan WushiMurong Qin interrogates Yun Fuyi, demanding the Zhuyang Strategy, a secret scroll hidden among their cargo. She tries to deflect by stating that her cargo contains only books belonging to Xue Rong, a deceased official, but Murong Qin sees through her.
Tuoba Liangzhe and Murong Xun capture Shen Qiao, Chen Gong, and two Liuhe Guild hall masters, Liu Qingya and Shangguan Xingchen. They report that the chests only contain books, not the item they seek.
A hidden figure, revealed to be a young monk (later exposed as a Hehuan Sect member), speaks up, accusing Yun Fuyi of possessing the Zhuyang Strategy scroll, hidden within a book called Canghai Gleanings.
The monk mocks Yun Fuyi and Murong Qin, encouraging them to fight while others also lurk in the shadows. The tension rises as multiple factions vie for the mysterious scroll.
A fierce battle erupts between Yun Fuyi, Murong Qin, and the Hehuan Sect monk. Though Yun Fuyi struggles in a two-against-one situation, she manages to hold her ground due to distrust between Murong Qin and the monk.
Murong Qin suddenly turns on the monk, catching her off guard. Desperate, the monk tries to use Chen Gong as a human shield, but Shen Qiao intervenes, pushing Chen Gong out of harm's way and disrupting her plan.
The monk becomes enraged and tries to kill Shen Qiao. Despite his deteriorating health and weakened state, Shen Qiao defends himself but is unable to keep up with her attacks.
As the monk's killing blow nears Shen Qiao, a mysterious hand appears from the shadows, grabbing her wrist and stopping the attack. The owner of the hand remains unidentified but appears powerful and high-status.
Chapter 11: Each with Their Own SchemesThe young monk is overpowered and injured by a mysterious man who turns out to be Yan Wushi, the sect leader of Huanyue Sect. She is gravely injured and realizes she is no match for him.
Murong Qin and Yun Fuyi recognize Yan Wushi and are alarmed by his presence. Buddhist Master Xueting, another powerful figure, also appears, adding more tension to the situation.
The monk Xueting and Yan Wushi, both powerful figures ranked among the top ten martial artists in the world, are revealed to have designs on the Zhuyang Strategy, a legendary scroll that Yun Fuyi is secretly transporting.
The Zhuyang Strategy is a highly coveted martial arts manual divided into five volumes, each corresponding to one of the Five Phases and vital organs. Possessing even one volume could elevate a practitioner to the level of the top martial experts in the world.
Yun Fuyi is pressured by the presence of so many powerful figures. She realizes that the treasure she is transporting has attracted dangerous attention and reluctantly agrees to hand over the Zhuyang Strategy in exchange for her safety and that of her subordinates.
As Yun Fuyi prepares to hand over the scroll, the situation escalates as Murong Qin tries to take it by force. Buddhist Master Xueting and Yan Wushi also engage, and a chaotic fight ensues over the scroll.
Yan Wushi, in a surprising move, hands the bamboo tube containing the Zhuyang Strategy to Shen Qiao and Chen Gong, two seemingly insignificant bystanders. He declares that they should be the ones to read the scroll, leaving everyone else on the scene stunned.
Shen Qiao, holding the bamboo tube, is bewildered and pleads with Yan Wushi not to involve them in the affairs of the jianghu. However, Yan Wushi insists that he is giving them a great advantage and forces them into the situation.
Everyone on the scene now focuses on Shen Qiao, waiting for him to read the scroll.
Chapter 12: Human NatureBai Rong is pleased by Yan Wushi’s suggestion to have Shen Qiao read the Zhuyang Strategy aloud, seeing it as an opportunity to benefit her martial arts despite her injuries.
Murong Qin and his party agree with Yan Wushi’s plan, while Buddhist Master Xueting objects, warning that Shen Qiao will face danger if the information spreads.
Yan Wushi dismisses Xueting’s concerns, forcibly opening Shen Qiao's meridians and temporarily restoring his eyesight to make him read the scroll.
Shen Qiao reads the Zhuyang Strategy aloud, allowing everyone present to hear the contents. Once finished, Yan Wushi destroys the bamboo scroll, leaving only what was memorized by the listeners.
Yan Wushi departs, followed by Bai Rong, Murong Qin’s group, and Buddhist Master Xueting, leaving Yun Fuyi and her injured party behind.
Yun Fuyi offers to escort Shen Qiao and Chen Gong, but Shen Qiao declines, recognizing that Yun Fuyi likely only invited them in hopes they could help her recall the contents of the scroll.
Shen Qiao explains to Chen Gong that traveling with Yun Fuyi would have involved them in more danger and that it was safer to part ways.
Chen Gong expresses disappointment over his naive dreams of joining the Liuhe Guild, realizing that the world of the jianghu is far more dangerous and complex than he imagined.
The two reflect on the events of the night, realizing that the original abbot and monks of the temple were likely killed by the young monk impersonator. This leaves Chen Gong shaken, as he becomes aware of the brutality of the world he wishes to enter.
Shen Qiao and Chen Gong decide to stay in the temple and bury the dead monks the next day as an act of kindness in return for their shelter.
Chen Gong is deeply affected by the events and resolves to gain power, reflecting on the contrasting personalities of Buddhist Master Xueting and Yan Wushi, ultimately admiring Yan Wushi's approach to power.
Chapter 13: Dangerous EncounterThe next morning, Shen Qiao and Chen Gong hurriedly buried the monks and abbot, then entered the city.
Chen Gong, now paranoid after the previous night's events, avoided the Liuhe Guild branch and pulled Shen Qiao away.
As they walked, they were confronted by Bai Rong, who had come seeking them. She was determined to extract the contents of the Zhuyang Strategy from them, offering them rewards if they complied.
Bai Rong tried to force them to go with her, but her shixiong, Huo Xijing, appeared and confronted her, both exchanging veiled threats.
The tension between Bai Rong and Huo Xijing gave Shen Qiao and Chen Gong the opportunity to escape.
They ran through the city, with Chen Gong pushing for them to flee entirely, but Shen Qiao suggested hiding in an inn until they could safely leave the city.
That night, Chen Gong and Shen Qiao shared a room. Shen Qiao, exhausted from the ordeal, rested while Chen Gong marveled at the complexity of the jianghu.
The next morning, Shen Qiao told Chen Gong that they should part ways for their safety, as they were now targets because they had heard the Zhuyang Strategy.
Chen Gong reluctantly agreed, realizing that Shen Qiao was right. He decided to head north to Yecheng, hoping for better opportunities.
After parting ways, Chen Gong encountered a hunting party led by Mu Tipo, a powerful noble who enjoyed hunting people for sport.
Mistaking Chen Gong for prey, Mu Tipo captured him. Chen Gong, fearing for his life, told Mu Tipo about Shen Qiao, whom he described as more beautiful than anyone in the hunting party.
Mu Tipo became intrigued by the idea of capturing a blind, beautiful man and forced Chen Gong to lead him to Shen Qiao.
At the inn, Shen Qiao welcomed Chen Gong back, unaware of the danger he was in. When Mu Tipo and his attendants entered the room, Mu Tipo was struck by Shen Qiao's beauty and became obsessed with possessing him.
Shen Qiao, unaware of the looming threat, calmly asked Chen Gong who he had brought with him.
Chapter 14: BetrayalShen Qiao confronted Chen Gong about bringing Mu Tipo to him. Chen Gong admitted he had no choice, as he was forced to comply with Mu Tipo to avoid punishment.
Mu Tipo introduced himself as the Prince of Chengyang Commandery and tried to convince Shen Qiao to come with him, offering wealth and luxury.
Shen Qiao remained composed and silent, showing no interest in Mu Tipo’s offer.
Mu Tipo moved closer to Shen Qiao, trying to seduce him. Shen Qiao, appearing compliant, waited for the right moment.
As Mu Tipo reached for Shen Qiao, Shen Qiao used his bamboo cane to strike Mu Tipo’s chest, catching him off guard.
Mu Tipo tried to retaliate but was unable to land a hit. Shen Qiao used his martial skills and footwork to dodge and counter Mu Tipo’s attacks, even though he had no internal energy.
Shen Qiao quickly incapacitated Mu Tipo and fought off his attendants using only his bamboo cane, demonstrating remarkable skill despite his apparent weakness.
With Mu Tipo as a hostage, Shen Qiao forced his captors to stand down and demanded a carriage to take him out of the city.
Shen Qiao used Mu Tipo as a shield to escape the city, forcing him to accompany him as his coachman.
After two days of travel, Shen Qiao reached the border with Northern Zhou, released the coachman, and knocked out Mu Tipo.
In an act of retribution, Shen Qiao castrated Mu Tipo to prevent him from harming others in the future, then left him in a random room at an inn.
After the confrontation, Shen Qiao’s body, already weakened from illness and the exertion of the battle, gave out. He collapsed and coughed up blood in a secluded alley near the city gates.
Yan Wushi appeared, mocking Shen Qiao for being betrayed by Chen Gong despite Shen Qiao’s good intentions. Yan Wushi pointed out how Shen Qiao’s kindness had led to his own suffering.
Shen Qiao defended his actions, explaining that he couldn’t foresee the future and still wouldn’t blame Chen Gong for trying to save himself. Even if betrayed, Shen Qiao’s conscience remained clear, and he refused to hold grudges against Chen Gong.
Chapter 15: Meeting Yan Wushi AgainYan Wushi taunted Shen Qiao about his forgiving nature, implying that not everyone at Xuandu Mountain shared the same attitude, referencing how Kunye had knocked Shen Qiao off a cliff.
Without warning, Yan Wushi struck Shen Qiao with a palm strike, using a third of his power. Shen Qiao, despite his weakened state, managed to hold his ground against the attack.
Shen Qiao experienced a sudden epiphany during the attack, feeling a sense of oneness with the universe and a rekindling of his long-dormant true qi, which began to flow through him again.
Remarkably, Shen Qiao withstood Yan Wushi's attack, surprising even Yan Wushi, although the difference in their strength was still significant.
Yan Wushi revealed that Shen Qiao had been cultivating with the Zhuyang Strategy scroll all along, passed down from his master, Qi Fengge. Yan Wushi had intentionally made Shen Qiao recite the scroll at Chuyun Temple to stimulate his memories and potential.
Shen Qiao, weakened by the confrontation, coughed up blood but did not die. Yan Wushi withdrew his hand, having confirmed his suspicions about Shen Qiao's cultivation.
Yan Wushi explained that the appearance of the Zhuyang Strategy scroll would cause chaos in the martial world as different factions fought to obtain it. He destroyed the original scroll on purpose to create further conflict and intrigue.
Shen Qiao questioned why Yan Wushi would go to such lengths, but Yan Wushi brushed it off, claiming it was all part of a larger game that benefited him indirectly.
Shen Qiao collapsed from exhaustion after the fight, and Yan Wushi mockingly commented on his continued survival despite all odds.
When Shen Qiao woke up, Yan Wushi mentioned that Chen Gong had returned with Mu Tipo’s men, but Shen Qiao still refused to harbor ill will toward Chen Gong, despite his betrayal.
Yan Wushi revealed his intention to accompany Shen Qiao to Xuandu Mountain to find the hidden Volume of Lost Soul from the Zhuyang Strategy.
Shen Qiao realized that Yan Wushi’s ultimate goal was to continue unlocking the secrets of the Zhuyang Strategy, not by reading it but by fighting and deciphering the techniques through combat.
Yan Wushi dismissed the idea of needing a written copy of the scroll, boasting that he could surpass even Tao Hongjing by creating martial arts that went beyond the scroll’s teachings.
Shen Qiao, resigned to his fate, realized that he had no choice but to go along with Yan Wushi, who gave him the option of either coming willingly or being injured and taken by force.
The chapter ended with Yan Wushi planning to take Shen Qiao with him the next day, much to Shen Qiao’s helpless frustration.
Chapter 16: Good and EvilYan Wushi and Shen Qiao avoided the safer main roads on their journey to Xuandu Mountain, instead taking a shorter but more dangerous route through provinces affected by famine and refugee crises.
As they traveled, they encountered displaced people, mostly women and children, who were starving and unable to enter the city due to the governor’s refusal to open the gates.
Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao discussed the state of affairs in Northern Qi, with Yan Wushi criticizing the Emperor of Qi, Gao Wei, for his mismanagement, and stating that all emperors, enlightened or not, were fundamentally the same.
Along the road, Shen Qiao was approached by a starving family. Out of compassion, he gave them one of his two flatbreads.
The father of the family, after receiving the flatbread, showed selfishness by consuming most of it himself and giving only a small portion to his wife and children.
After seeing that Shen Qiao still had a flatbread left, the father attacked him in an attempt to steal it, but Shen Qiao easily defended himself.
Despite his initial kindness, the father lashed out at Shen Qiao for not giving more, accusing him of being hypocritical and enjoying their suffering.
Yan Wushi criticized Shen Qiao for his compassion, pointing out that human nature is inherently greedy and that Shen Qiao’s efforts to help would only lead to resentment rather than gratitude.
Shen Qiao remained resolute in his belief that while he couldn’t save everyone, he couldn’t ignore suffering when it was right in front of him.
A young child from the starving family later approached Shen Qiao, thanking him sincerely for the food and apologizing for his father’s behavior. The child shared that he had given the bread to his younger sister.
Touched by the child’s gratitude and maturity, Shen Qiao gave him his remaining flatbread, telling him to eat it in secret to avoid further trouble.
Yan Wushi remained cynical, referring to Shen Qiao’s actions as "stupid" but refrained from further mockery, recognizing that Shen Qiao would not be swayed from his principles.
Shen Qiao remained steadfast in his belief in kindness and benevolence, feeling that the goodwill generated by his actions made them worthwhile despite the challenges.
Chapter 17: Old Friends’ ReunionShen Qiao and Yan Wushi arrive at Xuandu Town, near Xuandu Mountain, and find it livelier than usual due to the upcoming Jade Terrace Discussion at Xuandu’s Violet Palace.
Yan Wushi explains that the discussion is about determining the path of orthodoxy for the sects and that many sages and scholars have been invited. The event also coincides with the appointment of a new leader for Xuandu Mountain, though the current acting leader, Yu Ai, has yet to officially reveal himself.
Shen Qiao, having regained most of his memories, plans to meet with Yu Ai privately before the public discussion to uncover the truth behind the recent changes in the sect.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi take an unconventional and well-hidden path up the mountain, bypassing guards and formation arrays designed to confuse and deter intruders.
Shen Qiao notices that his former residence, Yuxu Pavilion, remains unoccupied, suggesting that Yu Ai has not yet taken full control as the sect leader. He becomes curious about Yu Ai's intentions.
While observing the area, Shen Qiao sees a familiar figure, likely Yu Ai, entering Yuxu Pavilion at night with a candle.
As Shen Qiao moves closer, Yu Ai suddenly senses his presence and calls out, using internal energy to disrupt Shen Qiao’s movement. Shen Qiao is forced to reveal himself.
Yu Ai is surprised but also expresses joy upon recognizing Shen Qiao, indicating that he had hoped for his return but hadn’t expected it.
Chapter 18: A Falling-Out Between BrothersShen Qiao reminisces about his close relationship with Yu Ai, recalling how they grew up together under the teachings of their master, Qi Fengge, in a peaceful environment. Despite their close bond, Shen Qiao realizes he can no longer fully trust Yu Ai after recent events.
Shen Qiao and Yu Ai reunite on Xuandu Mountain. Yu Ai expresses joy at seeing Shen Qiao alive and examines his pulse. When Shen Qiao confronts him about being poisoned, Yu Ai admits to it.
Yu Ai reveals that he poisoned Shen Qiao with a rare substance called "Joyful Reunion," which he obtained from Kunye, the Göktürk martial artist. He explains that he never intended to kill Shen Qiao but wanted him to lose the duel to Kunye to prevent him from remaining sect leader.
Yu Ai explains his motivations: he believes that Xuandu Mountain has grown too isolated and stagnant, and he wants to see it regain its former glory by actively involving itself in worldly affairs. He feels that remaining secluded will eventually lead to the sect’s decline, unlike other Daoist sects like Chunyang Monastery.
Yu Ai admits to working with the Göktürks as part of his plan to elevate Xuandu Mountain's status. He confesses that Shen Qiao would have opposed this, so he had to take drastic measures to remove him from the position of sect leader.
Shen Qiao expresses disappointment in Yu Ai's actions, especially his collusion with the Göktürks. He insists that Xuandu Mountain should never have sided with foreign powers and should have remained neutral in the chaos of the Central Plains.
Despite their shared history, Yu Ai stands by his decision to work with the Göktürks and push Xuandu Mountain into greater involvement with worldly affairs. Shen Qiao realizes that their bond has been irreparably damaged.
Shen Qiao tells Yu Ai that he cannot remain as sect leader after his defeat by Kunye, and he expresses his intention to leave Xuandu Mountain. He acknowledges that even if he accused Yu Ai of poisoning him, no one would believe it without proof.
Yu Ai, seeing that Shen Qiao intends to leave, warns him that he will not allow him to go, signaling his determination to prevent Shen Qiao from interfering with his plans.
Chapter 19: InquiryShen Qiao expresses his intent to leave Xuandu Mountain, but Yu Ai tries to convince him to stay, citing their shared history and the importance of their sect’s future.
Yu Ai reveals that most of the Xuandu Mountain elders support his plans to reform the sect and that Shen Qiao’s outdated ideals are no longer relevant.
Shen Qiao remains steadfast in his refusal to cooperate with the Göktürks or to endorse Yu Ai’s plan for the sect to involve itself in worldly affairs.
Yu Ai accuses Shen Qiao of being naive, explaining that reforming the sect is necessary for its survival and continued prominence.
Despite Shen Qiao’s insistence that he won’t be a figurehead leader, Yu Ai attempts to prevent him from leaving, leading to a confrontation.
The two brothers fight, with Shen Qiao using his knowledge of Yu Ai’s weaknesses to defend himself despite being at only three-tenths of his usual strength. However, Yu Ai eventually gains the upper hand.
Yu Ai injures Shen Qiao, but before he can further detain him, a third party intervenes—Yan Wushi appears, mocking both Yu Ai’s martial abilities and the state of Xuandu Mountain without Qi Fengge.
Yan Wushi’s sudden appearance shocks Yu Ai, who realizes that Shen Qiao may have brought him along intentionally.
Yu Ai accuses Shen Qiao of associating with the demonic sects, to which Shen Qiao retorts that Yu Ai’s own collaboration with the Göktürks leaves him no room to criticize.
Chapter 20: Enjoying the ShowShen Qiao’s biting words leave Yu Ai speechless, while Yan Wushi taunts him further, implying Qi Fengge would be enraged by Yu Ai's betrayal.
Yu Ai’s temper flares, but he suppresses it, realizing that others from Xuandu Mountain might sympathize with Shen Qiao if they knew of his return.
Yu Ai draws his sword, Junzi Buqi, one of the three swords passed down by Qi Fengge, and attacks Yan Wushi using Xuandu Mountain’s Azure Waves sword technique.
Yan Wushi effortlessly blocks Yu Ai’s powerful sword attack with just a single finger, demonstrating his superior martial prowess.
Despite Yu Ai’s expertise in swordplay, Yan Wushi overpowers him with ease, leaving Yu Ai frustrated as their duel sends shockwaves across the mountain, alerting others.
Xuandu Mountain’s first disciple, Tan Yuanchun, arrives on the scene, surprised to see Yu Ai and Yan Wushi fighting, and even more shocked when he spots Shen Qiao.
Tan Yuanchun tries to mediate, but it becomes clear that Shen Qiao’s return complicates the situation. Shen Qiao realizes that his position as sect leader has been undermined and that staying would mean losing control of Xuandu Mountain to Yu Ai, who has already aligned himself with the Göktürks.
Accepting that he can no longer stop Yu Ai’s plans, Shen Qiao makes the decision to leave Xuandu Mountain with Yan Wushi.
Both Yu Ai and Tan Yuanchun are shocked by Shen Qiao’s decision to go with Yan Wushi, especially since Yan Wushi is from the demonic sects.
As Yan Wushi prepares to depart with Shen Qiao, Yu Ai attempts to stop them by attacking. However, Yan Wushi deflects the attack by using Shen Qiao as a shield, forcing Yu Ai to withdraw his strike.
Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao disappear into the night, leaving behind an enraged and frustrated Yu Ai, who curses Yan Wushi’s actions.
Chapter 21: AltercationYan Wushi uses Shen Qiao as a human shield to escape Xuandu Mountain, further irritating Yu Ai.
After leaving Xuandu Mountain, Yan Wushi criticizes Shen Qiao’s trip to the mountain, mocking the betrayal by his martial siblings, particularly Yu Ai’s ambition for power.
Shen Qiao reflects on Yu Ai’s betrayal and realizes that Yu Ai's actions likely stem from a larger scheme involving the Göktürks, though he still cannot fully understand Yu Ai's motives.
Shen Qiao avoids discussing his concerns with Yan Wushi, preferring to contemplate them alone, even though he struggles to make sense of the situation.
Yan Wushi, wanting to test Shen Qiao’s abilities and further explore the Zhuyang Strategy, challenges him to a fight, stating that Shen Qiao has great potential due to the two Zhuyang Strategy volumes within him.
Shen Qiao reluctantly agrees to spar but reminds Yan Wushi that he’s only recovered three-tenths of his strength and is still injured from his earlier fight with Yu Ai.
Despite Shen Qiao’s hesitation, Yan Wushi insists on fighting, claiming that he saved Shen Qiao precisely because of his martial arts potential and his connection to the Zhuyang Strategy.
As the fight begins, Yan Wushi uses his “Spring Waters” finger technique, shattering a boulder Shen Qiao had been sitting on and sending shards flying at him.
Shen Qiao manages to evade the worst of the attack but still gets injured by the flying debris, his wrist bleeding.
Recognizing that Yan Wushi won’t show mercy, Shen Qiao prepares himself for a prolonged fight, knowing he must continue until Yan Wushi is satisfied or risk dying.
Chapter 22: Spring Waters Finger TechniqueYan Wushi uses his Spring Waters Finger Technique, a skill originally adapted from a sword technique, to challenge Shen Qiao, testing his abilities and forcing him into a life-threatening situation.
Shen Qiao, with only three-tenths of his internal energy recovered, fights back using the Azure Waves sword technique but without a sword, relying on his knowledge and mastery of qi.
Yan Wushi's true qi surrounds Shen Qiao, pressuring him from all sides. Despite being injured and weakened, Shen Qiao defends himself, countering Yan Wushi's attacks with the little strength he has left.
As the battle intensifies, Shen Qiao reaches a breakthrough, entering the echelon of sword intent. This represents a new level of mastery in swordsmanship that transcends physical sword moves, relying on his will and intent rather than just technique.
Shen Qiao manages to block one of Yan Wushi's attacks directly, but the powerful blow sends him flying backward and causes him severe injuries. Despite his progress, Shen Qiao is overwhelmed and falls unconscious.
Yan Wushi is impressed by Shen Qiao's resilience and potential, recognizing his remarkable aptitude and strength despite his circumstances.
While Shen Qiao lies unconscious, Yan Wushi attempts to persuade him to join the Noble Discipline, offering him power and revenge against those who betrayed him, including Yu Ai.
Yan Wushi uses "Demonic Persuasion" to repeatedly tempt Shen Qiao while he is vulnerable, urging him to seek vengeance and abandon his current path.
Despite being unconscious, Shen Qiao subconsciously resists Yan Wushi's influence, refusing to give in to the dark temptation, even as his body and mind are wracked with pain.
Yan Wushi finally relents, wiping the blood from Shen Qiao’s face, and decides to carry him back to town, leaving the question of Shen Qiao's future hanging in the balance.
Chapter 23: GentlenessShen Qiao regains consciousness after being unconscious for several days, recovering slowly due to the Zhuyang Strategy's true qi circulating within him. He finds himself inside a carriage.
Yan Wushi, surprisingly gentle and caring, informs Shen Qiao that they've arrived at an inn in Ying Province and that he had been tending to Shen Qiao's injuries during the journey.
Yan Wushi carries Shen Qiao in his arms into the inn, attracting attention but remaining unbothered by the onlookers.
Shen Qiao, confused by Yan Wushi's sudden change in attitude, questions his motives but doesn't get a clear answer. Yan Wushi continues to be unusually kind, setting Shen Qiao down on a comfortable bed.
Yan Wushi examines Shen Qiao’s pulse, commenting on his slow recovery and lack of sight. Shen Qiao suspects that his vision will return eventually but remains cautious of Yan Wushi's behavior.
Yan Wushi insists on accompanying Shen Qiao to Northern Zhou, hinting that Shen Qiao could return to Xuandu Mountain but that it would be futile given the sect’s current leadership under Yu Ai. Shen Qiao reluctantly agrees to go with Yan Wushi, realizing that returning to Xuandu would only lead to further complications.
Shen Qiao reflects on the betrayal of his martial siblings, Yu Ai’s ambitions, and the larger schemes at play, including the involvement of the Göktürks. He confides his thoughts to Yan Wushi, who advises him to embrace vengeance and become stronger, even if it means resorting to violence.
Yan Wushi manipulates Shen Qiao with subtle techniques like "Demonic Persuasion," attempting to provoke a darker side within him. He playfully pushes Shen Qiao to reveal any “evil thoughts” he may harbor, but Shen Qiao resists, maintaining his integrity despite Yan Wushi's provocation.
A knock interrupts their conversation, breaking the spell of Yan Wushi's charm technique, leaving Shen Qiao both irritated and relieved.
Yan Wushi casually admits to using the technique, showing no remorse and even suggesting that Shen Qiao should be grateful for the experience, demonstrating his arrogance and unpredictability.
Chapter 24: The Powers of the WorldA concierge enters the room with food, soup, and medicine for Shen Qiao, explaining that the inn has brewed the medicine according to Yan Wushi’s prescription.
Yan Wushi continues his strange behavior, offering to spoon-feed Shen Qiao the medicine with a gentle and caring demeanor, causing confusion in both Shen Qiao and the concierge.
Shen Qiao, uncomfortable with Yan Wushi’s sudden kindness, is forced to drink the bitter medicine when Yan Wushi shoves a spoon into his mouth.
After the concierge leaves the room, Yan Wushi abruptly hands the bowl of medicine to Shen Qiao and tells him to drink it himself.
Yan Wushi begins to toy with Shen Qiao, making suggestive remarks and mocking him by offering to feed him the medicine "lip cup" style (mouth-to-mouth), causing Shen Qiao to feel frustrated and uncomfortable.
Despite the teasing, Shen Qiao remains composed and tries to brush off Yan Wushi's behavior.
Yan Wushi continues to find amusement in toying with Shen Qiao, playing on his reactions and growing more invested in pushing his limits. Shen Qiao remains steadfast, though the constant prodding starts to wear on him.
Despite his teasing, Yan Wushi does not restrict Shen Qiao’s freedom and allows him to stay quietly in his room most of the time.
They enter the inn’s dining area for merchants, where Yan Wushi continues to behave tenderly toward Shen Qiao in public, which draws attention from the other diners, who speculate on their relationship.
Yan Wushi declines assistance from the waiter and personally takes care of Shen Qiao, showing him where the food is and helping him navigate the dishes with an intimate touch that perplexes onlookers.
The merchants at the inn begin discussing political and military rumors, focusing on whether the Lord of Zhou plans to invade the Chen Dynasty or target other regions like Qi or the Göktürks.
One of the merchants suggests that the Lord of Zhou will likely target weaker states like Qi or the Göktürks rather than immediately attack Chen, sparking debate and conversation among the others.
Shen Qiao listens intently to the discussions about the powers of the world, realizing how little he knows about these matters, given his previous life in isolation at Xuandu Mountain. He uses this opportunity to absorb as much information as possible.
Chapter 25: Delivering an InvitationDuring a meal with merchants, a man explains that the Göktürks are becoming a powerful threat in the north, having defeated the Persian Empire. He suggests that the Lord of Zhou would likely target the Göktürks or Qi instead of Chen, as they present easier targets.
The merchants debate the likelihood of Zhou attacking Chen or focusing on Qi or the Göktürks, ultimately agreeing with the man’s reasoning.
Shen Qiao, distracted by the discussion, unknowingly eats the food Yan Wushi feeds him, causing discomfort as Yan Wushi continues to tease him.
A merchant named Zhou Fang mistakes Shen Qiao for a kept man and offers to buy him from Yan Wushi for twenty gold.
Yan Wushi, amused, jokes about selling Shen Qiao and then stealing him back, while Shen Qiao calmly denies being a kept man.
Zhou Fang realizes his mistake and apologizes, attempting to be polite, but leaves embarrassed after Shen Qiao politely declines further interaction.
Yan Wushi continues teasing Shen Qiao about missing the opportunity to make money, and despite Shen Qiao's attempts to avoid further outings, Yan Wushi drags him outside to see the blooming flowers.
As they are about to leave the inn, they are approached by Xie Xiang and Zhan Ziqian from Linchuan Academy, sent by Ruyan Kehui with an invitation for Yan Wushi to meet him in Chang’an.
Yan Wushi dismisses the invitation, mocking Xie Xiang by saying he is only mediocre and refuses to meet Ruyan Kehui unless he comes to Yan Wushi himself.
Xie Xiang, insulted, requests a duel to prove his worth, but Yan Wushi points to Shen Qiao, claiming Xie Xiang couldn’t even defeat him.
Xie Xiang, misunderstanding Shen Qiao’s position, believes him to be a mere kept man and further insults him, prompting Yan Wushi to sweetly provoke Shen Qiao by suggesting he stand up for himself.
Shen Qiao, caught off guard and dragged into the conflict, is left speechless at the situation.
Chapter 26: TestShen Qiao politely approaches Xie Xiang, expressing admiration for his earlier commentary, but Xie Xiang, still wanting to spar with Yan Wushi, tries to decline the duel with Shen Qiao.
Yan Wushi pushes the fight forward, provoking Xie Xiang to duel Shen Qiao, offering to fight him if he can defeat Shen Qiao.
Xie Xiang, annoyed, agrees to fight Shen Qiao. His attacks are swift and skillful, using his famous technique, “Destroying Gold and Fracturing Jade.”
Shen Qiao, despite his injuries and reduced strength, manages to dodge Xie Xiang’s attacks, surprising him. Xie Xiang becomes more serious, pulling out a jade ruler infused with true qi.
The two exchange many blows, with Shen Qiao defending himself skillfully, despite his weakened state.
Xie Xiang becomes increasingly frustrated and aggressive as Shen Qiao continues to hold his ground.
After a long battle, both combatants are visibly worn out. They exchange final blows, which result in a draw.
Xie Xiang acknowledges Shen Qiao's strength, admitting he underestimated him. He apologizes and withdraws with his shidi, Zhan Ziqian.
After the fight, Shen Qiao coughs up blood, weakened from the duel. Yan Wushi jokingly remarks that they won’t be seeing flowers today, carrying Shen Qiao back to the inn despite Shen Qiao’s protests.
Back at the inn, Shen Qiao falls into a deep sleep. When he awakens, he orders food for himself and, anticipating Yan Wushi’s return, orders additional dishes.
Yan Wushi returns, amused that Shen Qiao ordered food for him. He teases Shen Qiao about his attentiveness, drawing a comparison to how Shen Qiao might have treated his shidi, Yu Ai.
Yan Wushi continues teasing Shen Qiao, suggesting he should come to Huanyue Sect and offering to give him a special title instead of making him a disciple.
Shen Qiao, flustered by Yan Wushi’s persistent teasing, tries to maintain his composure but eventually realizes Yan Wushi was just having fun at his expense again.
Yan Wushi bursts into laughter, finding great amusement in Shen Qiao’s reactions, while Shen Qiao refuses to engage further, closing his eyes and staying silent.
Chapter 27: Shen Qiao StrikesYan Wushi and Shen Qiao journey to Ying Province, delaying their arrival in Chang’an despite expectations.
Bian Yanmei, Yan Wushi's first disciple, prepares the residence for his master's return. He waits at a tea shop near the city outskirts for Yan Wushi.
Bian Yanmei’s servant, Ji Ying, is revealed to have been replaced by Huo Xijing, a notorious Hehuan Sect disciple who skins faces.
Huo Xijing confesses to killing Ji Ying, enraging Bian Yanmei, leading to a fierce battle between them.
Huo Xijing, known for his vicious face-skinnings, underestimates Bian Yanmei’s martial abilities but realizes too late that Bian Yanmei is formidable.
As they fight, Huo Xijing struggles to gain the upper hand and contemplates fleeing.
Yan Wushi suddenly arrives, accompanied by Shen Qiao. His presence unnerves Huo Xijing, leading to a critical moment when Bian Yanmei gains the advantage.
Huo Xijing tries to escape by attacking Shen Qiao, but Shen Qiao evades him and counters with deadly precision.
Shen Qiao uses his bamboo cane as a weapon, striking at Huo Xijing with immense skill and control, despite still suffering from weakened eyesight and residual poison from Joyful Reunion.
Huo Xijing recognizes Shen Qiao’s technique as "Body to Shadow, Phase and Replace," associated with Qi Fengge, and realizes he's in serious danger.
Shen Qiao’s strike nearly kills Huo Xijing, but just as the bamboo cane is about to pierce through Huo Xijing’s chest, it is mysteriously stopped mid-attack, leaving Shen Qiao and Huo Xijing in shock.
Chapter 28: Hehuan Sect LeaderShen Qiao reacts quickly when his bamboo cane is destroyed, using his qinggong technique to retreat safely and avoid injury.
A woman in white, Yuan Xiuxiu, the leader of Hehuan Sect, appears and saves Huo Xijing from immediate danger. Her beauty and charm techniques contrast with her deadly skills.
Huo Xijing pleads for his life while Yuan Xiuxiu engages in a verbal exchange with Yan Wushi, filled with flirtation and subtle threats.
Yan Wushi rebuffs Yuan Xiuxiu's advances and mocks her attempts to use charm techniques on him, stating his disdain for her seductive behavior.
Yuan Xiuxiu offers a political alliance between Hehuan Sect and Huanyue Sect, proposing that Yan Wushi convince the Emperor of Zhou not to attack Qi in exchange for territorial gains. Yan Wushi rejects the offer, refusing to cooperate with her.
Yuan Xiuxiu, angered by Yan Wushi’s refusal, attacks him with deadly precision using needles and twin black swords, engaging him in a grandmaster-level duel.
Despite her formidable strength, Yuan Xiuxiu is unable to overpower Yan Wushi. Their duel is intense, with both showing their immense martial prowess.
During the chaos, Huo Xijing attempts to escape but is killed by Shen Qiao with a bamboo branch that pierces through his heart.
Yuan Xiuxiu is momentarily disturbed by Huo Xijing's death but regains her composure, and she makes a swift attempt to kill Shen Qiao in retaliation.
Shen Qiao barely escapes Yuan Xiuxiu's deadly strikes, using his instincts and surroundings to evade her attacks. However, he is severely weakened and unable to defend himself effectively.
Yuan Xiuxiu launches a final palm strike at Shen Qiao, who is too exhausted to dodge, leaving him defenseless and waiting for death.
Yan Wushi, who has been observing without intervening, remains unmoved, leaving Shen Qiao to face his fate alone.
Chapter 29: EmbraceYuan Xiuxiu attempts a fatal strike against Shen Qiao, believing Yan Wushi won't intervene, but Yan Wushi stops her at the last moment with a powerful finger strike, forcing her to retreat.
Yuan Xiuxiu flees, leaving behind a playful warning to Yan Wushi, acknowledging that she underestimated his resolve.
Yan Wushi, showing concern, picks up the weakened Shen Qiao and decides to return to the city, leaving Bian Yanmei bewildered by his master's unexpected protectiveness towards Shen Qiao.
On the way back, Bian Yanmei learns that the man with Yan Wushi is none other than Shen Qiao, the sect leader of Xuandu Mountain, a revelation that shocks him, considering Shen Qiao's current condition.
Yan Wushi casually comments that Shen Qiao is weakened and tired due to their intense sparring sessions, leading Bian Yanmei to misunderstand the nature of their relationship.
Back at the Junior Preceptor's residence, Shen Qiao awakens, and Bian Yanmei expresses a more respectful and understanding attitude towards him after their conversation, realizing Shen Qiao's integrity and the misunderstandings around his situation.
Yan Wushi returns and playfully teases Shen Qiao, but also informs him of important news regarding the recent Jade Terrace Discussion, where Chunyang Monastery’s disciple, Li Qingyu, made a strong impression by nearly defeating Xuandu Mountain’s Yu Ai.
Shen Qiao learns that Xuandu Mountain's reputation has taken a hit due to his absence and Li Qingyu's rise, further complicating the sect's standing in the jianghu.
Yan Wushi reveals that while Xuandu Mountain has not fallen in status, its prestige has been significantly challenged by the rise of Li Qingyu, leaving Yu Ai and the sect to deal with the fallout of Shen Qiao's defeat and their subsequent bad luck.
Chapter 30: Attending the BanquetShen Qiao and Yan Wushi discuss Li Qingyu's rise to fame after defeating numerous martial artists at the Jade Terrace Discussion, particularly focusing on how it affected Xuandu Mountain and Yu Ai’s reputation.
Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao, suggesting that Xuandu Mountain’s fall from grace is good news, while the bad news is that Yu Ai may be aligning with the Göktürks, evident from an envoy sent to Xuandu Mountain after the Jade Terrace Discussion.
Shen Qiao expresses concern over Yu Ai's potential involvement with the Göktürks, fearing that Xuandu Mountain could suffer greatly from such a dangerous alliance.
Yan Wushi hands Shen Qiao an invitation to a banquet for Su Wei’s mother’s fiftieth birthday, suggesting that Shen Qiao attend in his stead to meet notable figures, including Li Qingyu, the rising star of Chunyang Monastery.
Shen Qiao attends the banquet on Yan Wushi's behalf. Su Wei personally welcomes him, despite being confused by Shen Qiao's presence instead of Yan Wushi’s.
At the banquet, Shen Qiao meets Puliuru Jian, a scholar with whom he quickly bonds over their shared interest in Daoism and literature. Puliuru Jian introduces Shen Qiao to many prominent guests, including Su Qiao, Li Qingyu, and other influential figures from the jianghu.
Shen Qiao recognizes Dou Yanshan, leader of the Liuhe Guild, but Dou ignores him, likely holding a grudge over past conflicts involving the Zhuyang Strategy.
Zhan Ziqian and Xie Xiang from Linchuan Academy also attend the banquet. Zhan Ziqian approaches Shen Qiao with a friendly demeanor and requests a favor, asking Shen Qiao to stay after the banquet to talk further.
Puliuru Jian comments on Linchuan Academy’s arrogance, especially Xie Xiang’s, and advises Shen Qiao that they hold no significant power in Chang’an, suggesting Shen need not be overly courteous to them.
As the banquet begins, Shen Qiao reflects on the various individuals he’s met and the dynamics of the jianghu present at the event.
Chapter 31: The People of the JianghuThe banquet at the Su residence is filled with prominent figures from both the royal family and the jianghu, all gathering to celebrate Madam Qin's birthday.
During the celebration, Duan Wenyang, a Göktürk emissary, enters uninvited, claiming to represent Empress Ashina. He interrupts the festivities with the announcement of a gift from the empress but quickly reveals a more pressing matter.
Duan Wenyang begins making cryptic comments about Madam Qin’s past, specifically referencing her time spent in the Göktürk royal court 30 years prior and her connection to a martial figure from that time.
Su Wei and Su Qiao, Madam Qin’s sons, are confused and angered by the accusations, as their mother denies any connection to the Göktürks.
Duan Wenyang presses further, accusing Madam Qin of stealing a sacred keepsake, a golden lotus ring, from his master, Hulugu, a powerful Göktürk martial artist known for his past duel with Qi Fengge.
As tensions rise, Madam Qin is forced to admit her involvement. She reveals that she had indeed taken the ring from Hulugu to prevent him from using it to unite martial experts from the northern regions and Persia in support of the Göktürks’ invasion of the Central Plains.
The revelation shocks her sons and the entire assembly, as Madam Qin’s actions had played a significant role in protecting the Central Plains from a Göktürk invasion decades ago.
Duan Wenyang demands the return of the keepsake, stating that it was Hulugu's dying request. Despite the tension, Duan Wenyang remains composed and insists that he’s merely fulfilling his master’s final wish.
Duan Wenyang then turns his attention to Shen Qiao, whom he addresses as Sect Leader Shen, asking him to act as a witness to this matter.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Thousand Autums
Thousand Autumns, Vol. 2
Chapter 32: Sword IntentShen Qiao remains calm despite Duan Wenyang's provocations and states that he is no longer Xuandu Mountain's sect leader.
Duan Wenyang recognizes Shen Qiao and brings up their past connection, including the fact that Shen Qiao had fought Kunye, Duan Wenyang’s shixiong.
Madam Qin eventually admits that the ring indeed belonged to Hulugu and hands it over, revealing her past with Hulugu, which deeply shocks her sons, Su Wei and Su Qiao.
Duan Wenyang explains that Hulugu passed away while meditating, seeking a breakthrough in martial arts. This revelation leaves many guests reflecting on the passage of time and the impermanence of even the greatest martial artists.
After receiving the ring, Duan Wenyang requests that the Su family hand over a relative who had wronged the Göktürks, leading to increased tensions between the Su family and Duan Wenyang.
Su Qiao, angered by Duan Wenyang’s demands, challenges him to a fight. Despite Su Qiao’s skill, Duan Wenyang proves to be the stronger fighter, easily overpowering him.
After Su Qiao’s defeat, Duan Wenyang challenges the Su family again, only for Madam Qin to step in, though she is interrupted by Li Qingyu.
Li Qingyu then steps in to challenge Duan Wenyang, displaying impressive martial skill and achieving a high level of sword intent during the fight.
The battle between Li Qingyu and Duan Wenyang intensifies, with Li Qingyu showing great mastery of his swordsmanship, leaving the onlookers in awe as he achieves sword intent, a rare and powerful martial ability.
Chapter 33: Unexpected DevelopmentThere are four echelons of swordsmanship: sword qi, sword intent, sword heart, and sword spirit. Li Qingyu achieves sword intent during the battle with Duan Wenyang, impressing everyone.
Despite achieving sword intent, Li Qingyu still struggles against Duan Wenyang. Duan Wenyang uses his whip to create a powerful vortex of qi, enveloping the battlefield and making it difficult for Li Qingyu to maintain control.
The battle between Duan Wenyang and Li Qingyu ends inconclusively. Duan Wenyang admits defeat, while Li Qingyu acknowledges that his skill is inferior, leaving the crowd confused about who truly won.
Duan Wenyang mocks Linchuan Academy and Shen Qiao, dismissing them as weak. He belittles Shen Qiao, claiming he has become a "toothless tiger" who relies on Yan Wushi's protection, implying Shen Qiao is beneath even a stray dog.
Despite the insults, Shen Qiao remains calm and unresponsive, displaying remarkable composure in the face of public humiliation.
Su Wei demands Duan Wenyang leave the banquet, but Duan Wenyang remains arrogant, satisfied with having fought Li Qingyu.
Xie Xiang challenges Duan Wenyang to a fight, but Duan Wenyang avoids him, mockingly stating Xie needs to achieve sword intent first before being worthy of his attention.
Li Qingyu suffers internal injuries during the battle and needs time to recover, reinforcing the notion that Duan Wenyang is incredibly strong, even surpassing Li Qingyu despite his breakthrough to sword intent.
Li Qingyu expresses disappointment in Shen Qiao, lamenting that someone with such great potential has fallen so far.
Duan Wenyang returns after his apparent departure, launching a surprise attack on Su Wei’s family to capture Su Wei as a hostage. He uses misdirection to divert attention from his true target, Su Wei, whom he nearly captures.
Several martial artists, including Li Qingyu and Xie Xiang, try to stop Duan Wenyang, but they miscalculate his tactics. Just as Duan Wenyang is about to capture Su Wei, a bamboo cane appears out of nowhere, blocking him.
Duan Wenyang is shocked by the sudden appearance of this new opponent, who manages to throw him off balance with skillful and precise movements using a bamboo cane.
Chapter 34: Shen Qiao Strikes, IIShen Qiao and Duan Wenyang engage in a fierce duel, exchanging a hundred blows rapidly as they fight from the ground to the rooftops and trees. Shen Qiao holds his own against Duan Wenyang, despite having lost much of his internal cultivation.
Duan Wenyang grows increasingly wary of Shen Qiao's unpredictable fighting style, which includes Xuandu Mountain’s martial arts that utilize astrology and trigrams. Although Duan Wenyang pressures Shen Qiao with his whip and true qi, Shen Qiao resists and remains in the fight.
Shen Qiao's bamboo cane breaks, but Li Qingyu throws him the Qiushui sword, which he catches and uses to slice through Duan Wenyang's whip afterimages with precision.
Shen Qiao reveals his mastery of sword intent, producing a white sword intent with form, which surprises everyone. Unlike Li Qingyu’s formless sword intent, Shen Qiao’s has both form and substance, indicating he is close to the echelon of sword heart.
Duan Wenyang becomes exhausted and realizes that continuing the fight is not in his favor, especially since he had been injured during his previous battle with Li Qingyu. He retreats, admitting Shen Qiao’s skill and promising to seek him out another time.
Shen Qiao, having spent much of his true qi manifesting the sword intent, is left physically weakened but remains standing. Li Qingyu approaches Shen Qiao and apologizes for his earlier harsh words, offering Shen Qiao a place at Chunyang Monastery. Shen Qiao graciously declines the offer.
The Su family expresses deep gratitude toward Shen Qiao for saving Su Wei’s life from Duan Wenyang’s attack, considering him their benefactor.
Zhan Ziqian, impressed by Shen Qiao, asks to paint him, but Shen Qiao, feeling weak, politely brushes him off.
Once inside Yan Wushi’s carriage, Shen Qiao coughs up blood, revealing the toll the duel took on him. Exhausted, he falls into a deep sleep, only to awaken and realize the carriage is headed out of the city, not back to the Junior Preceptor’s residence.
Shen Qiao discovers that Bai Rong, a demonic cultivator, has taken over as the carriage driver, kidnapping him. She proposes that Shen Qiao recite the Zhuyang Strategy’s Volume of Deluded Thought in exchange for his release.
Shen Qiao remains calm, warning Bai Rong that he won’t allow himself to be captured so easily. As Bai Rong attempts to use her charm techniques, Shen Qiao surprises her by using the Spring Waters finger technique, forcing her to retreat in shock.
Chapter 35: ContentionBai Rong, fearing Yan Wushi’s reputation, realizes she has underestimated Shen Qiao when he counters her attacks despite his weakened state. She tries to retreat, but Shen Qiao forces her to back off, keeping her at bay while also protecting the horse they were riding on.
Bai Rong recognizes Shen Qiao’s strength and retreats, promising to "play with him" another day, and leaves him to recover.
Severely weakened and struggling to stay conscious, Shen Qiao succumbs to exhaustion, coughing up blood and leaning against the horse to rest.
Guang Lingsan, the leader of Fajing Sect, arrives and engages Shen Qiao in conversation. He reveals that he wants Shen Qiao to come with him as a bargaining chip to retrieve an item Yan Wushi took from Fajing Sect.
Guang Lingsan approaches Shen Qiao, but before he can do anything, Yan Wushi suddenly appears, forcing Guang Lingsan to retreat after a brief exchange.
Guang Lingsan mocks Yan Wushi for his reputation and the fact that Shen Qiao is in Yan’s care, hinting at the belief that Shen is nothing more than a pawn or a tool to Yan. The two sect leaders exchange barbed words before Guang Lingsan finally leaves.
Shen Qiao passes out and later wakes up in the Junior Preceptor’s residence, where he is attended to by the maid Ruru. She confirms that Yan Wushi brought him back after the confrontation with Guang Lingsan.
Yan Wushi examines Shen Qiao’s condition and reveals that Shen’s Daoist core is on the verge of collapse due to the repeated strain from battles, the poison from Joyful Reunion, and his incomplete cultivation of the Zhuyang Strategy. Yan warns that if the core is destroyed, Shen Qiao will be beyond saving.
Yan Wushi offers Shen Qiao a solution: abandon his Daoist core and cultivate a demonic core instead, which would restore his strength. Shen Qiao refuses, valuing his principles and true self over power, even at the cost of his health.
Yan Wushi mocks Shen Qiao’s idealism and warns him about the dangers he might face in the future due to their association, including being tortured for information or worse, but Shen Qiao remains resolute.
The tension between Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao is palpable as Yan’s manipulative nature continues to clash with Shen’s moral integrity. Despite their differences, Yan Wushi seems oddly protective of Shen Qiao, even feeding him a candied preserve after making him drink his bitter medicine.
Shen Qiao reflects on the complexity of Yan Wushi’s behavior, feeling exhausted and bewildered by the strange dynamic between them.
Chapter 36: Meeting the EmperorYan Wushi tells Shen Qiao that the Emperor of Zhou, Yuwen Yong, wishes to meet him the next morning, likely regarding Xuandu Mountain and Yu Ai’s involvement with the Göktürks.
Yan Wushi reveals that the emperor wants Shen Qiao to listen to his voice to diagnose his health, as Yuwen Yong refuses to let physicians treat him due to past betrayal and distrust.
Shen Qiao agrees to help, although he expresses doubt about his ability to offer more insight than the court physicians.
Yan Wushi gives Shen Qiao his sword, Shanhe Tongbei, which had been missing since Shen’s fall from the cliff. Shen Qiao is deeply moved by its return, as the sword holds sentimental value.
Shen Qiao hints that he wishes to leave Northern Zhou after meeting the emperor, as he feels relying on Yan Wushi’s protection isn’t conducive to his growth. Yan Wushi advises him to delay his departure, as a duel between him and Ruyan Kehui, a Confucian sect leader, is likely to occur soon in the south.
Shen Qiao is tempted by the idea of witnessing a duel between two of the world’s top martial artists.
The next day, Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi enter the palace to meet Yuwen Yong, who directly questions Shen Qiao about the common people's opinions of him. Shen responds truthfully, saying there is both veneration and reproach.
Yuwen Yong questions Shen Qiao about his stance on the emperor’s persecution of Buddhism and Daoism. Shen Qiao diplomatically explains that true Daoism aligns with nature and does not accumulate wealth or power, which seems to please the emperor.
Yuwen Yong then makes an offer to Shen Qiao: to re-establish Xuandu Mountain in Chang’an with the court’s support, effectively creating a new Daoist sect that could rival the original Xuandu Mountain.
Shen Qiao refuses the offer, citing a lack of moral qualification and desire for such power, which surprises Yuwen Yong.
Yan Wushi had predicted Shen Qiao’s rejection and mockingly claims victory in a bet with the emperor over whether Shen Qiao would accept the offer.
After the meeting, Yan Wushi asks Shen Qiao about his diagnosis of Yuwen Yong’s health. Shen Qiao reveals that the emperor has likely been suffering from severe liver inflammation for a long time and may not have much time left to live.
Chapter 37: ProbingYan Wushi and Shen Qiao discuss the health of Emperor Yuwen Yong. Shen Qiao believes the emperor is suffering from prolonged stress and overwork, but he might not have a clear physical illness yet.
Yan Wushi probes why Shen Qiao didn’t agree to Yuwen Yong’s proposal of founding a new Daoist sect with imperial support, though Shen Qiao deflects the question by expressing curiosity about how Huanyue Sect would be impacted.
Yan Wushi explains that Huanyue Sect’s standing in Zhou cannot be easily shaken, as Yuwen Yong heavily relies on them for tasks that no other sect can or will do.
Yan Wushi shares his broader ambition: supporting Yuwen Yong in unifying the land, a goal which would defy the expectations of Confucians, Buddhists, and Daoists who doubt Yuwen Yong’s ability due to his ruthlessness.
Shen Qiao expresses doubts about Yuwen Yong’s longevity and wonders if Yan Wushi plans to support the crown prince, but Yan Wushi dismisses this idea, considering the crown prince to be weak and unteachable.
Yan Wushi reveals his intent to support Yuwen Xian, Prince Qi, who is both warlike and dismissive of religious orders. He believes Prince Qi could fulfill Yuwen Yong’s goals if Yuwen Yong dies.
Shen Qiao listens to Yan Wushi’s strategies with some reluctance and uncertainty.
Meanwhile, a diplomatic mission to the Chen Dynasty is taking place. Yuwen Qing, a court official, is traveling with a large entourage, including his favored concubine Yu Zi.
Yu Zi grows suspicious of a mysterious carriage traveling with their group, rumored to contain another woman. Her maid attempts to investigate, but they are interrupted by an assassination attempt on Yuwen Qing.
The maid, revealed to be Bai Rong in disguise, tries to assassinate Yuwen Qing, but she fails and retreats.
Yan Wushi intervenes to protect Yuwen Qing, while Bai Rong and Xiao Se (both members of Hehuan Sect) engage in a battle with Yan Wushi and his guards.
The attackers are part of a larger plot by Hehuan Sect to stop the alliance between Northern Zhou and Chen. However, they are met with strong resistance from Yan Wushi and other experts.
During the battle, Xiao Se targets Yuwen Qing, but his attack is suddenly blocked by a powerful surge of true qi emanating from another carriage.
The carriage doors open, revealing Shen Qiao, who emerges to confront the attackers.
Chapter 38: Sympathy and TendernessXiao Se tries to assassinate Yuwen Qing despite Yan Wushi's presence. During the attack, Shen Qiao steps in to defend Yuwen Qing, knowing that every fight worsens his injuries.
Xiao Se is shocked to realize that Shen Qiao’s martial arts, though diminished, are still formidable. They battle, and Shen Qiao quickly gains the upper hand, forcing Xiao Se to retreat after suffering a heavy blow.
Yuwen Qing, terrified, thanks Shen Qiao profusely for his help, especially after Shen Qiao checks on and revives Yuwen Qing’s concubine, Yu Zi, who had been knocked unconscious by Bai Rong.
Yan Wushi defeats four elders from Hehuan Sect, killing one and injuring the others severely. The survivors retreat, leaving Yuwen Qing safe for now.
Yuwen Qing offers food and rest to Shen Qiao as a gesture of thanks, and tries to offer him help for his fatigue. Yan Wushi mocks the situation, teasing Yuwen Qing and insinuating that Shen Qiao might be “seduced” away from him.
Yuwen Qing, while grateful, is slightly embarrassed and leaves the carriage.
Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao share a quieter moment in the carriage. Yan Wushi comments on Bai Rong’s apparent soft spot for Shen Qiao, suggesting that she had shown mercy during the assassination attempt because of her feelings for him.
Yan Wushi explains the parasitic cultivation practices of Hehuan Sect, revealing that Bai Rong has likely had relations with her master, Sang Jingxing, and cultivated through him and others.
Shen Qiao feels some sympathy for Bai Rong, but Yan Wushi dismisses it, insisting that she made her choices willingly and that Shen Qiao’s sympathy is misplaced.
Yan Wushi, continuing his playful and teasing attitude, takes Shen Qiao’s hand and jokes about needing sympathy for his “bloody battle.”
Yuwen Qing attempts to re-enter the carriage but walks in on an intimate scene: Yan Wushi forcibly kisses Shen Qiao, using martial techniques to prevent him from fighting back.
Shen Qiao is humiliated and angry but cannot resist Yan Wushi’s advances due to his sealed acupoints. Eventually, Shen Qiao faints from the combined frustration and suffocation.
Yan Wushi finds the situation amusing and expresses mock sympathy for Shen Qiao’s plight, but continues to feel that Shen Qiao, as a disciple of Qi Fengge, is too serious and humorless.
Chapter 39: Meeting Beneath the MoonlightJiankang is depicted as a prosperous city with a rich culture and vibrant nightlife, in stark contrast to war-torn northern cities like Chang’an and Yecheng.
Yuwen Qing's group, including Shen Qiao, settles into the guest complex provided by Chen after arriving in Jiankang.
After Hehuan Sect's failed assassination attempt, things remain quiet, and Yuwen Qing begins to relax, feeling safer with Yan Wushi present.
Yuwen Qing invites Shen Qiao for a stroll at the nearby ferry crossing, along with Yu Zi. Despite his poor eyesight, Shen Qiao impresses everyone by keeping up and declining any assistance.
During the outing, Yuwen Qing tries to warn Shen Qiao about the rumors circulating in Chang’an, suggesting that people believe Shen Qiao is in a degrading relationship with Yan Wushi for protection.
Shen Qiao explains that he and Yan Wushi are not romantically involved, but Yuwen Qing remains unconvinced, insisting that people will continue to slander Shen Qiao if he stays with Yan Wushi.
As they walk through the crowded market, a spooked horse causes the group to scatter, leaving Shen Qiao separated from the others.
Shen Qiao encounters a peddler selling bamboo wares and purchases a bamboo ball. He also weaves a small bamboo chick for a little girl, demonstrating his dexterity and kindness.
As the peddler offers to help Shen Qiao find his way back, they are ambushed by a hidden assailant. Shen Qiao deflects the attack aimed at him but is unable to prevent the peddler from being knocked unconscious.
Bai Rong appears, perched on a wall, playful and flirtatious as always. She admits she’s been following Shen Qiao, contemplating poisoning and kidnapping him, but never found the right opportunity.
Bai Rong teases Shen Qiao, praising his kindness but also hinting at her dangerous nature. She expresses amusement over Shen Qiao’s moral character and playfully asks him to weave her a bamboo chick.
Shen Qiao, sensing her less hostile attitude, asks if she’s ever considered leaving Hehuan Sect, implying that she might be better off elsewhere. Bai Rong sharply rejects the notion, arguing that the other sects are no better and questioning whether the “righteous” sects would ever accept someone like her.
Bai Rong acknowledges Shen Qiao’s good intentions but insists she has her own plans. She hints that danger is looming and advises Shen Qiao to distance himself from Yan Wushi to avoid being caught in the coming disaster.
As Bai Rong is about to reveal more, she suddenly retreats, noticing someone approaching. Shen Qiao initially believes it to be Yan Wushi but soon realizes it is someone else entirely.
Chapter 40: Two GrandmastersShen Qiao experiences the arrival of an enigmatic force, marked by subtle manipulations of the surroundings that disorient his senses. Despite the interference, he remains calm and breaks through the illusion with a decisive strike.
Ruyan Kehui, the head of Linchuan Academy and one of the top martial artists, reveals himself. He offers a friendly invitation to Shen Qiao to visit Linchuan Academy.
Ruyan Kehui expresses his admiration for Shen Qiao’s master, Qi Fengge, and laments Qi’s passing, showing genuine respect for him.
Ruyan Kehui tries to convince Shen Qiao to support an "enlightened ruler" to restore peace to the Central Plains, referring to Chen as the ideal power. He also critiques Yuwen Yong and the foreign influence over Northern Zhou.
Shen Qiao respectfully declines Ruyan Kehui's invitation, defending Yuwen Yong’s rule and stating that foreigners who assimilate into Central Plains culture should not be dismissed as incapable rulers.
Ruyan Kehui offers to help Shen Qiao heal his internal injuries at Linchuan Academy, but Shen Qiao declines this offer as well.
Yan Wushi arrives, mocking Ruyan Kehui's efforts to sway Shen Qiao. The tension between Yan Wushi and Ruyan Kehui escalates, with both acknowledging each other's martial prowess.
The two grandmasters decide to take their battle to the outskirts of Jiankang, attracting the attention of many martial artists eager to witness the clash.
As the battle begins, Yan Wushi and Ruyan Kehui exchange blows with immense power, shaking the surroundings and turning the battlefield into a spectacle of martial skill and internal energy manipulation.
Bai Rong reappears, teasing Shen Qiao but ultimately offering to help him get to the battlefield quicker using her qinggong.
Shen Qiao predicts that Yan Wushi will likely win, despite Bai Rong’s skepticism and recounting of her own close encounter with Ruyan Kehui’s formidable skills.
As the duel intensifies, both fighters demonstrate extraordinary abilities, with Yan Wushi transforming his finger techniques and Ruyan Kehui wielding his sword with supreme skill.
The battle continues for hours, with both combatants remaining evenly matched. Bai Rong, deeply impressed, realizes the vast gulf between herself and the grandmasters.
Bai Rong warns Shen Qiao again to distance himself from Yan Wushi, hinting at danger but remaining vague about the specifics.
The duel between Yan Wushi and Ruyan Kehui concludes without a clear winner, leaving the onlookers in suspense, unsure of who truly prevailed.
Chapter 41: RescueAfter the battle between Yan Wushi and Ruyan Kehui ends, neither of them appears visibly injured, and both acknowledge the enjoyment of the duel. The spectators are left puzzled, believing the battle to be a draw despite its intensity.
Ruyan Kehui departs from the scene, leaving behind a recitation of a poetic verse, further indicating that he is not significantly affected by the duel.
Yan Wushi also leaves the scene by scaling the cliff, and the spectators slowly disperse, disappointed that the anticipated grand duel ended without a definitive victor.
Bai Rong, who had been with Shen Qiao, vanishes quietly. Shen Qiao, instead of following the main path, takes a different route up the mountain.
Shen Qiao discovers a hidden cave where Yan Wushi is meditating. Yan Wushi is completely immobile and appears to be deeply affected by the battle, likely in a state of qi deviation.
Shen Qiao examines Yan Wushi and confirms that his internal energy is in disarray. Shen Qiao tries to help but is unable to stabilize Yan Wushi’s condition due to a backlash of icy qi.
As Shen Qiao is tending to Yan Wushi, Li Yue, who had been lurking, enters the cave and attempts to kill Yan Wushi in his vulnerable state, hoping to gain fame and recognition for the act.
Shen Qiao intervenes, blocking Li Yue’s sword strike with his bamboo cane. Li Yue insults Shen Qiao, accusing him of being dependent on Yan Wushi, and engages Shen Qiao in a fight.
Shen Qiao easily overpowers Li Yue and knocks him unconscious with a palm strike to the back.
After ensuring Li Yue is no longer a threat, Shen Qiao tries again to assist Yan Wushi, but the intense cold radiating from Yan Wushi makes it impossible for him to intervene further.
Bai Rong reappears, attempting to kill Yan Wushi while he's incapacitated. Shen Qiao blocks her attack, and the two engage in a fierce battle inside the cave.
Bai Rong uses her unpredictable martial arts, hoping to defeat Shen Qiao quickly. She tries to manipulate him, pleading with him to let her kill Yan Wushi, arguing that it would benefit both of them.
Bai Rong suggests that Yan Wushi only sees Shen Qiao as a plaything, and offers to help Shen Qiao regain his position as Xuandu Mountain's sect leader if he steps aside and allows her to kill Yan Wushi. Despite her attempts to persuade him, Shen Qiao refuses.
Chapter 42: Repaying KindnessShen Qiao continues his intense battle against Bai Rong in the cave. She uses a powder to incapacitate him, but Shen Qiao holds his breath in time to mitigate its effects.
Bai Rong strikes Shen Qiao, injuring him severely, but he remains determined to protect Yan Wushi, despite his injuries.
Just as Bai Rong prepares to strike Yan Wushi’s head, Yan Wushi suddenly awakens. Seeing this, Bai Rong quickly flees the cave, recognizing the danger of facing Yan Wushi now that he has regained consciousness.
Yan Wushi, still somewhat unstable from his qi deviation, grabs Shen Qiao by the throat, suspecting him of betrayal. However, Shen Qiao explains he only intervened to repay the debt of being saved by Yan Wushi.
Yan Wushi mockingly suggests that Shen Qiao must have developed feelings for him, but Shen Qiao reaffirms that he is only repaying his debt.
As Li Yue awakens and tries to flee, Yan Wushi decides not to kill him, stating that living in constant fear of retribution would be a worse punishment than death.
Shen Qiao learns that Yan Wushi could sense everything while incapacitated and that even without Shen Qiao’s intervention, Li Yue and Bai Rong would have been unable to kill him due to the backlash of the cold qi.
Bai Rong finally leaves the area after realizing that Yan Wushi is fully recovered and capable of defending himself.
Yan Wushi carries the severely injured Shen Qiao down the mountain and back to the guest complex, where Shen Qiao enters seclusion for three days to recover from his wounds.
After emerging from seclusion, Shen Qiao confirms that Yan Wushi won his duel with Ruyan Kehui, though both combatants were injured, with Ruyan Kehui suffering meridian damage.
Yan Wushi reaffirms his superiority in the duel and dismisses Yuwen Qing’s concerns, making it clear that he is unfazed by the situation.
Shen Qiao expresses his frustration at the slow progress in recovering his martial abilities but notes that his true qi circulation has improved, and he can now vaguely perceive light and shadow.
Yan Wushi allows Shen Qiao to leave Jiankang without hindrance, surprising Shen Qiao with his uncharacteristic acquiescence.
Shen Qiao departs from Jiankang and begins his journey north, crossing from Chen into Qi. Along the way, he enjoys observing the emotions of travelers and hears many people discussing Yan Wushi and Ruyan Kehui's duel, with Yan Wushi receiving admiration for his strength.
Shen Qiao stops in a teahouse outside Liang Province, where he listens to people recount exaggerated stories of the duel. Suddenly, someone sits down next to him and greets him with, “What a coincidence!”
Chapter 43: Shen Qiao WeepsShen Qiao and Yan Wushi unexpectedly reunite in Liang Province. Yan Wushi insists it's a coincidence that they meet again, and they both head to Yecheng.
Shen Qiao tries to distance himself from Yan Wushi, but Yan continues to follow him, maintaining a small distance.
In Liang Province, Yan Wushi reveals that Hehuan Sect is splintering due to internal conflict between Yuan Xiuxiu and Sang Jingxing. Yuan Xiuxiu wants Yan's help to kill Sang Jingxing, who is currently in Yecheng.
Shen Qiao expresses concern over the conflict between Yuan Xiuxiu and Sang Jingxing, but Yan Wushi dismisses the sentiment, explaining that in demonic sects, betrayal and power struggles are common.
Yan Wushi discusses the strategic advantage of eliminating Sang Jingxing, as it would weaken Hehuan Sect, allowing Huanyue Sect to strengthen its influence.
Shen Qiao, while heading to Yecheng, plans to find his shimei, Gu Hengbo, and speak with her about the situation involving Yu Ai and Xuandu Mountain.
Yan Wushi advises Shen Qiao to reclaim the leadership of Xuandu Mountain, but Shen Qiao explains that Yu Ai has likely planned everything in advance, making it dangerous to return. Instead, he believes those traveling with Yu Ai may have intentions to betray him.
As they travel toward Yecheng, they encounter scenes of refugees and suffering, which deeply affect Shen Qiao. He recalls his own experience as an orphan and expresses regret that he cannot do more to help those in need.
Yan Wushi cynically comments on Shen Qiao's compassion, emphasizing that life is inherently unfair, and it is rare for someone to care for others as Shen Qiao does.
Shen Qiao saves a malnourished boy from a desperate couple who were planning to eat him. However, the boy dies shortly afterward due to illness, leaving Shen Qiao devastated and weeping.
Yan Wushi comforts Shen Qiao by covering his eyes and wiping away his tears, expressing his belief that Shen Qiao's compassion is naive but acknowledging that Shen Qiao's goodness is rare.
Yan Wushi helps Shen Qiao dig a grave for the boy, showing an unexpected moment of kindness despite his usual cynicism.
After burying the boy, Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi arrive in Yecheng, where the contrast between the luxury of the capital and the suffering outside is stark.
The two part ways in the city, with Shen Qiao searching for a Daoist monastery where Yu Ai and his group may be staying.
Shen Qiao finds Bailong Monastery, a neglected and quiet place with few residents. After securing a guest room, he begins cleaning it himself, finding the accommodations sufficient.
Suddenly, the young priest excitedly informs Shen Qiao that a large number of carriages, carrying many things, have arrived for him, much to Shen Qiao's surprise.
Chapter 44: Chen Gong Returns the SandwichesShen Qiao is surprised to find several carriages at the monastery, delivering donkey-meat sandwiches as a "repayment" from Chen Gong, now the Duke of Pengcheng County.
The servant delivering the sandwiches is disrespectful, dumping the sandwiches on the ground instead of giving them to Shen Qiao.
Shen Qiao demands that the servant and his men eat all the sandwiches before they leave, using his martial prowess to enforce his command.
The servants reluctantly comply, eating the dirty sandwiches until they can no longer continue, clearly humiliated.
Shen Qiao lets them go, but warns them to tell Chen Gong not to bother the monastery again.
The abbot of the monastery is worried about the potential trouble caused by offending Chen Gong, but Shen Qiao assures him he will leave the next day and resolve the issue.
Shen Qiao asks the abbot about a group of people he is searching for, but the abbot hasn’t seen anyone matching the description.
During dinner, which is a simple meal of plain noodles, Shen Qiao and the monks are interrupted by knocking at the monastery gates.
Shen Qiao opens the gate to find Yan Wushi standing outside, surprising him.
Yan Wushi joins Shen Qiao for dinner and humorously comments on being referred to as Shen Qiao's "friend."
Shen Qiao explains his belief that after all they’ve been through together, it is fitting to call Yan Wushi his friend.
Yan Wushi questions Shen Qiao's perception of him, but Shen Qiao insists that despite Yan’s motives, their actions could still lead to good, thus making them friends.
Yan Wushi, though skeptical, accepts Shen Qiao’s view and they continue their conversation amiably.
Shen Qiao invites Yan Wushi to share his room at the monastery for the night.
Chapter 45: FriendsYan Wushi forces Shen Qiao into a shared room in the monastery. Shen Qiao suggests he meditate while Yan Wushi takes the bed, unaware of Yan Wushi's true intentions.
Yan Wushi suddenly attacks Shen Qiao, sealing his acupoints and rendering him immobile.
Yan Wushi begins telling Shen Qiao a story about the Fenglin Scriptures and its fatal flaw, describing how cultivating it to higher stages ultimately leads to death through qi deviation.
Yan Wushi admits he experienced qi deviation himself while experimenting with martial arts and expresses disappointment in Shen Qiao’s naivety.
While carrying Shen Qiao, Yan Wushi brings him to meet Sang Jingxing, the notorious Hehuan Sect elder.
Sang Jingxing greets Yan Wushi with mockery, revealing a deep feud with Yuan Xiuxiu, another Hehuan Sect leader.
Yan Wushi offers Shen Qiao to Sang Jingxing in exchange for his sword, Taihua, which Sang Jingxing possesses.
Sang Jingxing takes pleasure in Shen Qiao's helplessness, reminiscing about his past defeat by Qi Fengge and plotting to torment Shen Qiao in retaliation.
Shen Qiao, regaining some strength, attempts a final strike using Shanhe Tongbei, but Sang Jingxing’s martial prowess overpowers him, and Shen Qiao is badly injured.
Shen Qiao realizes, with growing horror, that Yan Wushi had implanted a demonic core inside him long ago. This demonic seed had been dormant until Sang Jingxing’s arts triggered its destructive power, causing Shen Qiao’s internal qi to spiral out of control.
Shen Qiao experiences excruciating pain as his body and mind are consumed by the demonic core's energy. He begins to suspect that Yan Wushi had planned this all along.
In a moment of clarity during his qi deviation, Shen Qiao recalls Yan Wushi’s words about kindness and betrayal, moments before Sang Jingxing’s deadly strike approaches him.
Chapter 46: Between Life and DeathShen Qiao is in a dire situation as his martial abilities crumble due to the demonic core Yan Wushi implanted in him, leaving him on the verge of death.
Sang Jingxing prepares to finish Shen Qiao off, but Shen Qiao unleashes a burst of true qi, catching Sang Jingxing off guard. However, his martial foundations are severely weakened.
Sang Jingxing realizes Shen Qiao has destroyed his own Daoist core in a desperate attempt to take him down, shocking him and forcing Sang Jingxing to retreat after suffering severe injuries.
Shen Qiao barely escapes with his life, collapsing in a cave, expecting to die from his injuries.
He is found two days later by Shiwu, the young disciple from Bailong Monastery, who brings Shen Qiao back to the monastery’s hidden cellar to nurse him back to health.
Shen Qiao’s body is in a critical state, with his meridians destroyed and his martial arts seemingly gone forever.
Shiwu reveals that he was the same starving child Shen Qiao once gave food to in the past, and he expresses his gratitude to Shen Qiao for saving him back then.
Shen Qiao struggles to communicate and is still extremely weak, but over time, he begins to regain some strength.
The abbot, though gruff, helps care for Shen Qiao and notes that his injuries are severe, with little hope of recovery, especially for his martial arts.
Shen Qiao slowly starts recovering despite his destroyed meridians. Surprisingly, the Zhuyang Strategy begins healing his body at an incredible rate, possibly even allowing him to regain his martial arts.
Shiwu is overjoyed to see Shen Qiao's progress, and despite their humble means, the abbot and Shiwu continue to provide him with nourishment and care.
Shen Qiao reflects on his past experiences with Yan Wushi, including how he once believed they were friends, only to be betrayed.
Shen Qiao thanks Shiwu for saving him and acknowledges the kindness he has received, even though he himself is in emotional turmoil from all the betrayal and suffering he has endured.
As Shen Qiao's condition improves, the monastery experiences a disturbance. Chuyi, the senior disciple, returns, but something is wrong.
The abbot realizes something is amiss as Chuyi encounters an unknown figure outside the monastery.
Chapter 47: InterrogationAfter Shen Qiao humiliated Chen Gong, Chen Gong sent men to the monastery twice, first to invite Shen Qiao, then with more aggressive intentions to apprehend the abbot and his disciples, forcing them into hiding.
Chuyi, eager to escape the confines of the cellar, was permitted to attend a local fair but returned to find a dangerous intruder, Xiao Se, from Hehuan Sect, waiting for him.
Shen Qiao, recognizing the danger, wrote down Xiao Se’s identity and connection to Hehuan Sect, revealing that Shen Qiao was injured in a previous fight with Sang Jingxing.
The abbot decided to confront Xiao Se, entrusting Shen Qiao with the care of Shiwu and locking their acupoints to prevent them from interfering.
Outside, Xiao Se demanded Shen Qiao’s whereabouts while holding Chuyi hostage. The abbot tried to protect his disciple and lied, claiming no knowledge of Shen Qiao.
Bai Rong and Yan Shou, two other dangerous Hehuan Sect members, joined Xiao Se. The abbot was quickly overwhelmed by their combined strength.
In an attempt to save Chuyi, the abbot fought fiercely, but Xiao Se sliced off his ear, torturing him for information. Despite the abbot’s refusal to reveal anything, Yan Shou killed both Chuyi and the abbot in cold blood.
Shen Qiao and Shiwu, hearing the abbot’s death, escaped through a hidden tunnel. Shen Qiao, severely injured, dragged Shiwu to safety, but both were overwhelmed by grief for their lost companions.
Once outside, Shen Qiao reassured Shiwu and decided to take him to Bixia Sect, the abbot’s former sect. Shiwu, still grieving, agreed to continue living as his shifu would have wanted.
Along the way, Shen Qiao and Shiwu traveled discreetly, staying in cities and avoiding Hehuan Sect’s pursuit.
Shen Qiao continued healing through the Zhuyang Strategy, showing remarkable recovery despite his previous near-death state.
Shiwu, who had been reserved due to his grief, eventually opened up to Shen Qiao. Shen Qiao, seeing the boy’s desire for revenge, offered to teach him Xuandu Mountain’s martial arts on the way to Bixia Sect.
Shiwu accepted Shen Qiao’s offer to teach him martial arts, despite concerns about sect loyalty. Shen Qiao demonstrated the power of his sword technique, impressing Shiwu with his skill.
Shiwu agreed to learn martial arts from Shen Qiao, vowing to honor his shifu’s memory while continuing on their journey to Bixia Sect.
Chapter 48: Shanhe TongbeiShen Qiao began teaching Shiwu Xuandu Mountain’s sword techniques, including the legendary Azure Waves technique, which Qi Fengge had developed after studying nature.
Shen Qiao demonstrated his mastery of swordplay along the Yellow River, displaying his immense power by controlling the environment around him, impressing Shiwu and moving the boy to tears.
Shiwu vowed to train hard and live well to honor his deceased shifu, with Shen Qiao offering comfort and support.
As they journeyed toward Mount Tai to bring Shiwu to Bixia Sect, they discovered strange signs: weapons, broken swords, and corpses scattered along the path, signaling a conflict.
Fan Yuanbai, a Bixia Sect disciple, confronted Shen Qiao, mistaking him for an enemy, but quickly recognized him and explained that chaos had engulfed Bixia Sect.
Shen Qiao, Fan Yuanbai, and Shiwu continued up the mountain, discovering that Bixia Sect had been embroiled in internal conflict, with many of its disciples dead or fighting each other.
The situation stemmed from a power struggle within Bixia Sect, where Lu Feng, an elder, and Ruan Hailou, a former disciple who had joined Dongzhou Sect in Goguryeo, were fighting to take control of the sect.
Ruan Hailou had returned to exact revenge on Bixia Sect, holding old grudges from being cast out by his former master. He had allied with foreign forces, including the Eastern Göktürks, to seize power.
Shen Qiao intervened when Fan Yuanbai was nearly killed by another disciple, and he used his sword intent to protect the remaining Bixia Sect members, including Yue Kunchi, the acting sect leader.
Ruan Hailou and his allies revealed their intentions: they aimed to overthrow Bixia Sect's leadership, using Zhao Chiying's seclusion as an opportunity to strike.
Pu Anmi, one of the foreign invaders, taunted Shen Qiao, revealing that Shen Qiao’s former disciple Yu had allied with the Eastern Göktürks and received a noble title, suggesting Shen Qiao could have held that position had he not fallen from grace.
Chapter 49: The Incident at Bixia SectPu Anmi tried to recruit Shen Qiao to join the Göktürk Khaganate and stand as a rival to his shidi, Yu Ai, who had joined forces with the Khaganate, but Shen Qiao refused.
Lu Feng urged Pu Anmi to stop wasting time and focus on the takeover of Bixia Sect, while Ruan Hailou offered Yue Kunchi a chance to surrender, which was refused.
Pu Anmi attacked Shen Qiao, but Shen Qiao dodged his blows without drawing his sword, which enraged Pu Anmi. A fierce battle ensued between the two.
Shen Qiao demonstrated his superior skill, dispersing Pu Anmi's saber qi with his Azure Waves technique and forcing him to retreat. However, the battle intensified as Ruan Hailou joined Pu Anmi to fight Shen Qiao.
Yue Kunchi was overpowered by Ruan Hailou and nearly killed, but Shiwu attempted to defend him, only to be tossed aside.
Shen Qiao, now fighting both Pu Anmi and Ruan Hailou, managed to overpower them, cutting the tendons of their hands and defeating them both, preventing further bloodshed.
Zhao Chiying, the sect leader of Bixia Sect, emerged from seclusion just in time, intervening to help subdue Pu Anmi and Lu Feng, putting an end to the attack on Bixia Sect.
After the battle, Zhao Chiying confronted Lu Feng, accusing him of betraying the sect, while Lu Feng defended his actions as necessary for Bixia Sect's survival, blaming Zhao for neglecting sect affairs.
Zhao Chiying then executed Ruan Hailou for his betrayal and bloodshed, but before dying, Ruan Hailou demanded to hear the truth of Hui Leshan’s betrayal.
Zhao Chiying revealed that Hui Leshan had betrayed Ruan Hailou in their youth, staging an incident that led to Ruan’s exile. Hui Leshan had confessed his guilt before his death, leaving behind a legacy of guilt and sorrow.
After hearing the truth, Ruan Hailou was overwhelmed by despair, taking Hui Leshan’s memorial plaque and hurling himself off a cliff, cursing Hui Leshan for the wrongs done to him.
In the aftermath, Bixia Sect’s disciples, battered and grieving, began to recover and clean up the remnants of the battle, while Shen Qiao agreed to stay for a couple of days to assist further if needed.
Shiwu expressed his sadness at Shen Qiao’s impending departure, worrying about being left behind, but Shen Qiao reassured him.
The chapter ended with Ruan Hailou's dramatic suicide, leaving the remaining disciples and leaders of Bixia Sect to reflect on the heavy losses and the tragic resolution to long-held grievances.
Chapter 50: AftermathRuan Hailou, after breaking his acupoints and fleeing, seized Hui Leshan's tablet and threw himself off a cliff, leaving everyone shocked and conflicted.
Yue Kunchi asked if they should create a new tablet for Hui Leshan, but Zhao Chiying suggested discussing it later.
Zhao Chiying expressed her gratitude to Shen Qiao for bringing Shiwu to Bixia Sect and bowed deeply to him in respect, recognizing his integrity.
Shen Qiao shared the story of how Zhu Lengquan and his disciples died because of him, recounting the attack by Sang Jingxing and how the abbot saved him.
Zhao Chiying reassured Shen Qiao that Zhu Lengquan’s death was not his fault and that the Hehuan Sect bore the responsibility for their murders.
Zhao Chiying asked Shen Qiao to continue guiding Shiwu as his master, as she feared her own guidance would not help Shiwu reach his full potential. Shen Qiao agreed, and Shiwu officially became Shen Qiao's disciple, performing a formal tea ceremony.
Zhao Chiying and Shen Qiao discussed Kunye’s imminent arrival to retrieve Pu Anmi, with Zhao Chiying worried about Bixia Sect’s weakened state.
Shen Qiao, despite still recovering his martial arts, decided to stay and face Kunye, seeing him as a personal challenge he needed to overcome.
Kunye arrived at Bixia Sect with two companions, confidently claiming he was there to take back his disciple, Pu Anmi.
Kunye and Zhao Chiying exchanged tense words, with Kunye dismissing Bixia Sect’s ability to resist him, claiming he could destroy the sect entirely.
Shen Qiao then stepped forward to confront Kunye, challenging him to a rematch of their duel from Banbu Peak, without the interference of poison.
Kunye accepted Shen Qiao's challenge, recognizing that this duel was inevitable, and the two prepared for a decisive battle.
Chapter 51: LimitsKunye and Shen Qiao engaged in a fierce battle. Kunye's saber style was forceful and domineering, while Shen Qiao's swordplay was gentle but persistent, with both fighters exchanging numerous blows.
Kunye's mastery of the saber had improved, allowing him to create nine blasts of saber qi. Shen Qiao was fighting not just to win but also to test the limits of his own martial arts.
Shen Qiao's cultivation of the Zhuyang Strategy allowed him to balance the strengths of Daoism, Buddhism, and Confucianism, enabling him to incorporate both flexibility and strength into his swordplay.
The fight grew increasingly dire for Shen Qiao, as Kunye's ninth blast of saber qi was nearly overwhelming, forcing Shen Qiao into a corner.
However, Shen Qiao suddenly exhibited a profound mastery of sword heart, a level of skill beyond sword intent, allowing him to break through Kunye's saber qi and turn the tables in the fight.
Realizing Shen Qiao's attainment of sword heart, Kunye fled, terrified of Shen Qiao's skill. He admitted defeat, begging for his life and offering valuable information in exchange.
Kunye revealed that a gathering called the Coiled Dragon Assembly would take place in Tuyuhun on the ninth of September, and several martial experts planned to ambush and kill Yan Wushi there.
Kunye further explained that Yan Wushi had many enemies and that his original family name was Xie, from the declining Xie clan of Chen Commandery.
Shen Qiao deduced that multiple forces, including Linchuan Academy, Fajing Sect, and the Göktürks, were conspiring to kill Yan Wushi because of his influence over Yuwen Yong and Zhou's growing power.
Shen Qiao also learned that experts such as Duan Wenyang, Guang Lingsan, Yu Ai, and Buddhist Master Xueting would join forces to ambush Yan Wushi, believing that they had discovered a fatal flaw in his martial arts.
Kunye attempted a last-ditch sneak attack on Shen Qiao, hoping to kill him when his guard was down after revealing this information, pouring all his power into the strike, ready to risk everything.
Chapter 52: Group AmbushShen Qiao, having reached the echelon of sword heart but still unstable in his power, faced an ambush from Kunye, who attacked while Shen Qiao appeared defenseless.
Despite appearing frozen and vulnerable, Shen Qiao was fully aware of Kunye's intentions and evaded his strike at the last moment, delivering a fatal blow to Kunye’s chest.
Kunye tried to justify his betrayal, but Shen Qiao denounced him for lacking honor, comparing him unfavorably to his master, Hulugu. Shen Qiao then finished Kunye off with his sword.
After Kunye's death, Shen Qiao collapsed from exhaustion and injuries, coughing up blood. Zhao Chiying rescued him and carried him back to Bixia Sect to recover.
While unconscious, Shen Qiao had unsettling dreams, waking up in a state of reflection about recent events. Shiwu, worried for his master, stayed by his side throughout his recovery.
Shen Qiao questioned Shiwu about whether it was right to save someone who had wronged him in the past, particularly referring to Yan Wushi. Although Shiwu believed such a person didn’t deserve to be saved, Shen Qiao revealed his intent to help, despite the betrayal.
Shen Qiao reflected on how he had misjudged Yan Wushi in the past, realizing that expecting friendship in return for his loyalty was a mistake. Nonetheless, he felt compelled to intervene to prevent further bloodshed.
Shen Qiao decided to leave Bixia Sect to confront the dangers ahead, including the gathering in Fuqi where multiple martial experts planned to ambush Yan Wushi.
Knowing the journey would be perilous, Shen Qiao pressed Shiwu’s sleep acupoint to keep him behind and entrusted him to Zhao Chiying for safety.
Zhao Chiying expressed concern over Shen Qiao’s decision, urging him to stay and pursue cultivation, but Shen Qiao felt bound by duty to face Yan Wushi again, hoping to show that he remained true to himself despite everything.
Shen Qiao left Bixia Sect, resolute in his decision, his appearance reminiscent of an immortal. Zhao Chiying quietly watched him go, admiring his righteousness and courage.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Thousand Autums
Thousand Autumns, Vol. 3
Chapter 53: Meeting Bai Rong AgainShen Qiao arrived in Chang’an, looking like a wandering Daoist rather than a martial artist. The city was abuzz with travelers heading to the Coiling Dragon Assembly, drawn by rumors of the last volume of the Zhuyang Strategy and the Tai’e sword.
Unable to find a place to stay due to the influx of people, Shen Qiao encountered Bai Rong, who offered him a room in a flirtatious manner. Shen Qiao ignored her and left, though Bai Rong chased after him.
Bai Rong accused Shen Qiao of being callous for ignoring her help in the past and for blaming her for the deaths of Zhu Lengquan and Chuyi. Shen Qiao acknowledged her assistance but stated that Hehuan Sect still needed to be held accountable for its actions.
Bai Rong revealed that Sang Jingxing had also been gravely injured and was in hiding. She expressed concern for Shen Qiao, urging him not to pursue Sang Jingxing for revenge, as he was not yet strong enough to defeat him.
Bai Rong deduced that Shen Qiao was heading to the Coiling Dragon Assembly to save Yan Wushi, despite the danger of an ambush involving five powerful martial artists. Shen Qiao confirmed her suspicions but remained determined to go, stating that he felt compelled to intervene.
Bai Rong tried to dissuade him from risking his life for Yan Wushi, but Shen Qiao reiterated that his decision wasn’t motivated by personal feelings. He emphasized that he had a duty to act, despite the odds. He bid farewell to Bai Rong and left swiftly.
On the eighth of September, in Tuyuhun’s royal capital, Yan Wushi waited in Yinyang Pavilion, prepared for an inevitable confrontation. Buddhist Master Xueting approached him, initiating a tense conversation.
Xueting criticized Yan Wushi for disturbing the peace and vowed to stop him using force. Yan Wushi deduced that Xueting had allied with Duan Wenyang and the Göktürks to kill him in order to restore Buddhism’s influence in Northern Zhou by eliminating him and eventually Yuwen Yong.
Xueting justified his actions by claiming that Yuwen Yong was not an enlightened ruler and that the crown prince, Yuwen Yun, who revered Buddhism, would bring about its revival.
As the tension escalated, Duan Wenyang made his presence known, laughing and taunting Yan Wushi, hinting that this might be the day Yan Wushi met his end.
Chapter 54: Yan Wushi’s DeathYan Wushi faced an ambush by Duan Wenyang and Buddhist Master Xueting. Yan taunted them, despite the seriousness of the situation, expressing confidence in his abilities.
Duan Wenyang attacked with his whip, Shizhang Ruanhong, while Xueting used his martial arts to assist. Yan Wushi defended against their combined attacks with his exceptional skills, even managing to grab and destroy Duan Wenyang’s whip barehanded.
As Yan Wushi held his own against the two, Guang Lingsan, who had been hiding, struck with a surprise attack using his zither, exploiting a flaw in Yan’s martial arts known as the “Fenglin Scriptures’ flaw.”
Guang’s attack injured Yan Wushi, leaving him vulnerable. Xueting, Duan Wenyang, and others pressed on, taking advantage of this opportunity to deal further damage. Yan was hit by several powerful blows.
Yan Wushi fought back viciously, but the combination of attacks overwhelmed him. Eventually, Buddhist Master Xueting and Dou Yanshan both landed decisive strikes. Yan Wushi began to bleed heavily, and his defensive true qi collapsed.
Xueting’s powerful “Acala Seals” tore into Yan’s demonic core, and Dou Yanshan delivered a critical palm strike to Yan Wushi’s Baihui acupoint, finally bringing him down.
Yan Wushi fell to the ground, seemingly dead, after succumbing to his injuries. Xueting, despite being an enemy, showed respect for Yan’s strength and left without further action. Yu Ai and Duan Wenyang, both severely injured, also departed.
Dou Yanshan and Guang Lingsan, suspicious of Yan Wushi’s possible survival through the demonic technique “From the Heavens Above to the Earth Below,” decided to confirm his death. Guang Lingsan approached Yan Wushi’s body.
As Guang prepared to check for signs of life, Shen Qiao suddenly arrived, blocking Guang with his sword. Shen criticized them for disrespecting Yan Wushi, arguing that despite Yan’s many enemies, he deserved respect in death as a grandmaster of his generation.
The chapter ends with Dou Yanshan recognizing Shen Qiao, uttering his name in surprise.
Chapter 55: To Repay Evil with VirtueShen Qiao arrived to find Guang Lingsan and Dou Yanshan discussing Yan Wushi's death, with Guang Lingsan expressing surprise at Shen Qiao’s quick recovery from his battle with Sang Jingxing.
Shen Qiao acknowledged that Yan Wushi had treated him callously but explained that he had come not out of personal feelings but for the greater good, as Yan Wushi was a supporter of Northern Zhou.
Dou Yanshan mocked Shen Qiao's reasoning, suggesting it was strange for a Han to support a Xianbei ruler like Yuwen Yong.
Shen Qiao expressed his desire to give Yan Wushi a proper burial, but Guang Lingsan refused, wanting to confirm Yan’s death by decapitating him.
Guang Lingsan attacked Shen Qiao, initiating a fierce sword fight. Shen Qiao demonstrated his immense strength and skill, holding his ground against both Guang Lingsan and Dou Yanshan.
Dou Yanshan, realizing the difficulty of the fight and weighing the consequences of making an enemy of Shen Qiao, decided to retreat, leaving Guang Lingsan to continue the battle.
After a brief but intense exchange, Guang Lingsan also withdrew, remarking that Shen Qiao’s friendship would allow Yan Wushi to rest in peace. Shen Qiao thanked him, and Guang left.
Shen Qiao, exhausted and pushing his limits, managed to stabilize himself using his true qi and approached Yan Wushi’s body to check for signs of life.
Although Yan Wushi appeared lifeless, without a pulse, Shen Qiao resigned himself to Yan’s death and bid him farewell.
Just as Shen Qiao prepared to accept Yan Wushi’s fate, Yan’s wrist suddenly moved and then grabbed Shen Qiao’s wrist, hinting that Yan Wushi might still be alive.
Chapter 56: RescueShen Qiao was shocked when Yan Wushi, who appeared to be dead, suddenly moved and grabbed his wrist, although the grip was weak, and Yan remained mostly unresponsive.
Upon examining Yan Wushi's injuries, Shen Qiao discovered a deep skull crack and severe internal damage. Yan Wushi’s heart and body were cold, but Shen Qiao found a faint wisp of qi still circulating in his Dantian, giving him a slim chance of survival.
Shen Qiao decided to carry Yan Wushi to a village near Zhaling Lake, choosing a remote location to keep them hidden from Yan Wushi's numerous enemies.
Shen Qiao negotiated with a local family—an elderly man and his granddaughter, Banna—to let them stay in their home. Despite the risks, the family agreed, and Shen Qiao assured them that he would leave if trouble arose.
Banna became curious about Yan Wushi, but after feeling how cold his body was and noticing no signs of life, she began to suspect that Yan might be dead. However, Shen Qiao reassured her that Yan was still alive despite his severe injuries.
Shen Qiao focused on helping Yan Wushi recover, observing that the Zhuyang Strategy’s true qi was slowly circulating in Yan’s body, giving him a chance at survival. However, Shen Qiao realized that while the true qi was helping, Yan Wushi’s cracked skull and internal injuries posed significant challenges to his recovery.
Shen Qiao contemplated a solution to help Yan Wushi recover fully, knowing that simply relying on the Zhuyang Strategy might not be enough to save him from death.
Chapter 57: Royal CapitalShen Qiao realized that Yan Wushi's injuries were severe, with a damaged skull and brain, but he tried using his internal energy and true qi to dissolve blood clots and heal Yan Wushi's meridians and organs.
Yan Wushi remained unconscious, and Shen Qiao struggled with feeding him, resorting to mouth-to-mouth to give him soup.
Yan Wushi’s recovery was painfully slow, with his true qi flickering like a dying flame, and Shen Qiao was unsure if he would ever wake up.
Banna, the girl from the village, continued to deliver meals to Shen Qiao and developed feelings for him. She misunderstood his actions, thinking that Shen Qiao had romantic feelings for Yan Wushi.
Shen Qiao explained that he was a Daoist priest and could not marry, but Banna still tried to convince him, even offering to change herself to be more like the women from the Central Plains.
Eventually, Shen Qiao had to gently reject her, stating that their age difference was too large and reaffirming his commitment to his Daoist path.
Shen Qiao planned to leave for the royal capital to gather information and ensure that it was safe to move Yan Wushi.
In the capital, Shen Qiao overheard discussions about the Coiling Dragon Assembly and news that the Tai’e sword had been purchased by Chen Gong, a nobleman from Qi, for a high price.
Shen Qiao spotted Chen Gong, whom he recognized from his past, now a powerful noble. He also noticed Yu Ai and Dou Yanshan arriving at the inn with other familiar figures from the Liuhe Guild.
The inn became filled with rumors about Yan Wushi’s death, with some people criticizing the ambush tactics used to kill him, while others speculated about the fate of Shen Qiao.
Two individuals gossiped that Shen Qiao had become a “kept man” of Yan Wushi and would now be in trouble without his backer. They suggested that Shen Qiao had stayed with Yan Wushi for the pleasure he provided, mocking him.
Suddenly, one of the gossipers screamed in pain, having been hurt by Yu Ai, who coldly reprimanded him for insulting a member of Xuandu Mountain.
Chapter 58: ExpulsionYan Wushi's severe injuries forced Shen Qiao to use his internal energy to dissolve blood clots and repair his damaged organs, though his chances of recovery remained slim.
Shen Qiao continued caring for Yan Wushi, feeding him soup mouth-to-mouth due to his unresponsive state. Banna, the village girl, misunderstood this as romantic, confessing her feelings to Shen Qiao.
Shen Qiao explained that as a Daoist priest, he could not marry and gently rejected Banna’s feelings.
Shen Qiao decided to gather information in the royal capital to ensure it was safe to move Yan Wushi.
At an inn, Shen Qiao overheard discussions about Yan Wushi's death and gossip about his own rumored relationship with him. The rumors suggested that Shen Qiao was Yan Wushi’s kept man and that he would be in trouble without him.
Yu Ai, who was present at the inn, intervened when the gossip became too disrespectful. Yu Ai then confronted Shen Qiao directly, revealing that he had recognized him.
Yu Ai tried to convince Shen Qiao to return to Xuandu Mountain, but Shen Qiao refused, accusing Yu Ai of collaborating with the Göktürks and betraying their sect. He publicly disassociated himself from Yu Ai and Xuandu Mountain.
Yu Ai was furious, but Shen Qiao remained resolute, declaring Yu Ai no longer Qi Fengge's disciple and warning him to brace for the consequences of his actions. Shen Qiao also warned that he would one day return to punish Yu Ai if necessary.
Shen Qiao displayed his regained martial prowess, effortlessly deflecting Yu Ai’s attacks and warning the crowd against insulting Xuandu Mountain or Qi Fengge.
After leaving the inn, Shen Qiao stealthily returned to the village at night, avoiding further encounters with Yu Ai and Dou Yanshan.
Upon arriving, Banna informed Shen Qiao that Yan Wushi had awakened, startling her.
Chapter 59: AwakeningBanna informs Shen Qiao that Yan Wushi has awakened but is acting strangely, including nearly strangling her and then falling back down in confusion.
Shen Qiao reassures Banna and enters the room, finding Yan Wushi sitting up but displaying no recognition. His pulse is weak, and his internal injuries are severe, worsened by chaotic streams of qi running through his body.
Shen Qiao attempts to interact with Yan Wushi, but Yan seems unusually docile, simply smiling at him, which unsettles Shen Qiao.
Banna leaves, and Shen Qiao observes Yan Wushi, noticing his odd behavior and lack of awareness. Yan clings to Shen Qiao, repeatedly asking him not to leave.
Shen Qiao concludes that Yan Wushi's mental state has been severely impacted by his injuries, making him behave unpredictably. Despite this, Shen Qiao helps him recover and gets him to rest.
While meditating, Shen Qiao experiences a moment of enlightenment and clarity, briefly glimpsing a Daoist core. However, his meditation is abruptly interrupted by Yan Wushi, causing Shen Qiao to cough up blood.
Yan Wushi awakens more lucid and inquires about Shen Qiao’s well-being, displaying his usual cold and calculating demeanor. Shen Qiao realizes that Yan’s condition fluctuates unpredictably between clarity and confusion.
Shen Qiao discusses the Zhuyang Strategy and how he had to destroy his own martial foundations to rebuild them. He suggests that if Yan Wushi wants to recover, he may need to do the same by destroying his demonic core.
Yan Wushi listens but falls asleep before responding, leaving Shen Qiao to reflect on their situation.
When Yan Wushi wakes again, his personality has shifted once more, and he behaves childishly, referring to himself as "Xie Ling" and asking for food. Shen Qiao is perplexed by the dramatic change and wonders if Yan Wushi is experiencing multiple personalities due to his injuries.
Yan Wushi also recalls Shen Qiao feeding him soup mouth-to-mouth while he was unconscious and teases him about it, which frustrates Shen Qiao.
Chapter 60: Onward to RuoqiangBanna returns with the sheep and speaks to Shen Qiao, who explains that Yan Wushi’s condition has worsened, with his mental state resembling that of a child. Yan Wushi appears docile but still shows unpredictable behavior, like shoving a lamb that Banna offered him to play with.
Shen Qiao realizes that despite Yan Wushi’s condition, his distrustful nature remains unchanged. Yan Wushi's wariness manifests when he insists Shen Qiao feed him soup to ensure it isn’t poisoned.
Shen Qiao reflects on how Yan Wushi’s core nature hasn’t changed, despite his multiple personalities, and he continues to distrust others deeply.
Banna’s grandfather is captured by Chen Gong’s men, forcing Shen Qiao into a reluctant agreement to accompany Chen Gong to Ruoqiang. Chen Gong reveals that they are searching for carnelian, a precious resource, and a medicinal herb, jade cistanche, which can help heal Yan Wushi’s injuries.
Shen Qiao agrees to the cooperation, feeling responsible for Banna’s grandfather’s capture. Chen Gong insists on bringing Yan Wushi along, believing Shen Qiao will only comply if Banna’s grandfather remains hostage.
The next morning, Murong Qin mocks Yan Wushi, whose weakened state is apparent, but Yan Wushi maintains his cold, superior demeanor. His reputation still intimidates many, despite his physical condition.
As they begin their journey, Shen Qiao has Yan Wushi ride with him. Yan Wushi briefly returns to a more childlike persona, calling Shen Qiao “A-Qiao” and acting gently, surprising Shen Qiao with his inconsistent personalities.
Shen Qiao realizes that Yan Wushi’s multiple personalities are unpredictable, shifting between his former self and more docile, childlike behaviors.
Chapter 61: DiscoveriesYan Wushi alternates between personalities, referring to himself as "A-Yan" and expressing a desire to stay close to Shen Qiao, worrying that once he heals, he won't be able to talk to him anymore. This personality is softer and claims to cherish Shen Qiao in ways that Yan Wushi didn’t.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi are traveling with Chen Gong's group through the desert toward Ruoqiang in search of carnelian and jade cistanche. Chen Gong’s true goal seems to be the carnelian, using jade cistanche as bait to gain Shen Qiao’s cooperation.
Yan Wushi acknowledges that jade cistanche may help heal his external injuries but cannot fix the flaw in his demonic core.
Along the journey, Shen Qiao senses a sandstorm approaching, and the group decides to take shelter in a small town. They rest at an inn before continuing their journey the next day.
Shen Qiao reflects on the changes in Chen Gong, who has gone from an ordinary youth to someone commanding respect, even gaining the loyalty of people like Murong Qin.
Shen Qiao notices that Chen Gong has developed martial arts abilities beyond what he had before. The group’s motivations, especially Murong Qin’s loyalty to Chen Gong, remain suspicious.
As the group journeys further into the Gobi Desert, Yan Wushi exhibits signs of physical distress. Shen Qiao feeds him pills given by Chen Gong, which cause Yan Wushi to vomit blood but allow him to regain some energy.
Yan Wushi’s unpredictable condition continues to trouble Shen Qiao, who remains concerned about his health and the future of their journey.
The group encounters strange occurrences in the desert, including a compass malfunction, which suggests that the ancient city of Ruoqiang may be nearby.
Amid a sandstorm, the guide becomes hesitant, unsure whether to continue or stop, but eventually advises the group to move forward.
Shen Qiao is puzzled by Yan Wushi’s fluctuating personalities, struggling to cope with the softer, unfamiliar versions of him.
As they continue their search for Ruoqiang, one of the group members suddenly disappears, causing alarm among everyone.
Chapter 62: The Only One in the WorldA sandstorm strikes as the group searches for Ruoqiang. Visibility drops to near zero, and one of their guides disappears.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi are separated from the group. Shen Qiao falls into a cavern while searching for them.
Shen Qiao finds Yan Wushi, who has dislocated his right arm and complains of head pain due to a crack in his skull.
As they explore the cavern, they realize that they are in a man-made structure, possibly the ruins of Ruoqiang.
Yan Wushi suggests that they saw someone earlier but mentions it didn't look human.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi decide to proceed cautiously, continuing along a narrow path in the cavern.
Yan Wushi reflects on Shen Qiao's forgiving nature, commenting that despite his mistreatment by others, including Chen Gong, Shen Qiao focuses on the good people he's met.
Yan Wushi admits that his past self, Yan Wushi, would never trust anyone and was obsessed with revealing the darkness in others.
The pair find themselves trapped in a circular path, returning to where they started.
They encounter Tuoba Liangzhe, who also fell into the cavern, and together they explore further.
They find a door with stairs leading downward. Shen Qiao lights his last torch.
Suddenly, a hairy creature with red-tipped nails appears and attacks Tuoba Liangzhe. Shen Qiao recognizes the creature as ape-like and not human.
Despite Shen Qiao’s efforts to fight off the creature, it chases Tuoba Liangzhe up a wall. In desperation, Tuoba Liangzhe tries to grab Yan Wushi and throw him at the creature to save himself, but he misses.
Chapter 63: Several Yan WushisTuoba Liangzhe is attacked by the ape-like creature, and both fall into the abyss, leaving his shocked cry echoing around them.
Yan Wushi is pale and gasping, showing signs of extreme fatigue and pain. His true qi is chaotic and worsening.
Yan Wushi collapses against Shen Qiao, trembling from exhaustion and cold.
Shen Qiao offers to rest, but Yan Wushi insists on continuing despite his weakened state.
Shen Qiao carries Yan Wushi on his back and descends a steep set of stairs in the underground cavern, believing it could lead to the ancient city of Ruoqiang.
Yan Wushi reveals that his personality has shifted again and admits that his memories are fragmented and unclear. He doesn’t fully recognize himself as Yan Wushi or his other personalities (Xie Ling, A-Yan).
Shen Qiao observes that Yan Wushi seems to switch between three personalities: the original ruthless Yan Wushi, the innocent and obedient Xie Ling, and the mild-mannered A-Yan.
Yan Wushi cryptically states that he is both himself and not himself, reflecting the internal chaos he’s experiencing.
The conversation shifts to Yan Wushi’s recovery, with him admitting that the jade cistanche can only heal external injuries and won’t help with the flaw in his demonic core.
As they move deeper into the cavern, Yan Wushi claims to have found a method to repair the flaw in the Fenglin Scriptures, although he provides no details.
They sense another presence in the darkness, hearing heavy breathing and seeing a pair of glowing green eyes, signaling another potential threat lurking ahead.
Chapter 64: ExhaustedShen Qiao faces off with another ape-like creature with glowing green eyes. The creature suddenly retreats, leaving Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi in the dark.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi descend the seemingly endless staircase, discovering engraved carvings on the walls that suggest the city was once prosperous.
Yan Wushi, weak and suffering from chaotic true qi, touches Shen Qiao's neck to prevent him from succumbing to the oppressive atmosphere of the ruins.
They eventually reach flat ground after the staircase ends, where Shen Qiao is suddenly attacked by Chu Ping, one of Chen Gong’s subordinates, who initially mistakes him for an enemy.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi reunite with Chen Gong and Murong Qin, learning that they have entered the ancient city of Ruoqiang, buried under the sand for centuries.
Chen Gong believes the passage to jade cistanche lies beneath the northern altar of the city. However, they must deal with lurking dangers, including more ape-like creatures and venomous spiders.
The group encounters large spiders that paralyze and kill several of Chen Gong’s men, sucking their blood dry. The survivors use fire to fend off the spiders.
Just as they manage to kill many of the spiders, demon apes reappear and launch a fierce attack, causing chaos among the group.
Shen Qiao takes on multiple apes while protecting Yan Wushi, but the situation becomes dire as the apes target him relentlessly.
Yan Wushi reveals that the apes are the natural enemies of the spiders, which explains why the spiders fled upon their arrival.
Shen Qiao determines that the only way to stop the apes is to kill their leader. He attempts to hunt down the leader while leaving Yan Wushi in a safe spot.
After Shen Qiao injures the ape leader, the apes target him with increased ferocity. Chen Gong, despite initially wanting to help, decides to retreat with Murong Qin and the others, leaving Shen Qiao behind to face the apes alone.
Shen Qiao continues to fight, but his strength wanes. The ape leader seizes the opportunity to shove Shen Qiao into a deep pit.
Just as Shen Qiao is about to fall into the pit, Yan Wushi reappears and grabs Shen Qiao by the arm, preventing him from plummeting further into the abyss.
Chapter 65: PoisonedShen Qiao stabilizes himself and joins Yan Wushi in a crack in the stone wall, realizing they are near the red carnelian that Chen Gong is after.
The underground passage is illuminated by the glow of carnelian, creating a crimson light. Despite its beauty, Shen Qiao is suspicious of Chen Gong's true motives for risking his life to obtain it.
Yan Wushi reveals that he has found the jade cistanche, but warns that there are apes guarding the area.
Shen Qiao, though wounded from his earlier battle, decides to continue and retrieve the jade cistanche, hoping it will help heal Yan Wushi’s external injuries.
As they proceed, they are attacked by apes. Shen Qiao battles them while Yan Wushi collects the jade cistanche, and then destroys the remaining plants to prevent others from using them.
Chen Gong’s party, exhausted from battling both apes and spiders, arrives. Seeing the carnelian ahead, Chen Gong switches his focus to reaching it.
A fierce battle between Chen Gong’s men and the apes ensues, with Shen Qiao and Murong Qin killing several apes and forcing the rest to retreat.
Chen Gong, driven by greed, descends to the carnelian and breaks the legendary Tai'e sword, retrieving a hidden silk scroll containing important information. However, he quickly realizes he has been poisoned by the carnelian.
As the poison spreads, Chen Gong panics and returns to the passage where Murong Qin and Shen Qiao are resting after sealing off the apes with a boulder.
Desperate, Chen Gong tries multiple antidotes without success and pleads for Shen Qiao to save him, offering everything he has in exchange for a cure.
Shen Qiao informs Chen Gong that he has no antidote. Chen Gong reveals that Banna’s grandfather has already been released, and pleads for his life, but Shen Qiao is unable to help.
As the poison rapidly progresses, Chen Gong orders Murong Qin to amputate his arm, but before they proceed, Yan Wushi suddenly speaks up, hinting that he might have a solution to save Chen Gong.
Chapter 66: Fellow TravelersYan Wushi coldly explains that there is an antidote to the poison in the form of the jade cistanche fruit, but not from the leaves or branches, which Chen Gong initially tried.
Chen Gong desperately agrees to Yan Wushi’s demands, handing over the silk piece hidden in his sword’s hilt in exchange for the antidote. Yan Wushi gives him the jade cistanche fruit, and Chen Gong begins to recover from the poison.
Yan Wushi reveals that the Tai’e sword once belonged to the Xie family, and its hollow hilt contained an item of great importance. He had deduced Chen Gong’s goal of retrieving that item and strategically used the antidote to extort the silk scroll from him.
Murong Xun attempts to attack Yan Wushi in anger, but Shen Qiao intervenes, blocking the assault. Shen Qiao and Murong Qin exchange blows, but Murong Qin is unable to gain an upper hand over Shen Qiao, who is now far stronger than before.
In the commotion, Yan Wushi disappears into the darkness, leaving Chen Gong’s group trapped with limited escape options. A massive boulder blocks their path of retreat, and they are surrounded by toxic carnelian below.
Chen Gong, angry and bitter, confronts Shen Qiao, accusing him of being noble but ineffective. Shen Qiao responds calmly, pointing out Chen Gong’s reliance on underhanded methods to succeed while reiterating that they do not walk the same path.
Chen Gong reveals that the silk piece contains part of the Zhuyang Strategy martial arts manual, specifically the missing volume related to demonic discipline techniques.
Shen Qiao realizes that Yan Wushi’s goal was to obtain this missing volume to repair the flaw in his demonic core. The revelation sheds light on why Yan Wushi sought the scroll so urgently.
With no clear escape, Chen Gong’s group begins to despair. Murong Qin, Murong Xun, and Sa Kungpeng search for exits but return empty-handed.
After some time, as the group rests and meditates, a sound comes from the stone wall. Yan Wushi reappears, and Murong Xun, filled with hatred, reacts by readying his sword for a confrontation.
Chapter 67: Escape from TroubleYan Wushi stops Murong Xun from attacking him by stating that they won’t be able to escape without him. Chen Gong prevents further conflict, thanking Yan Wushi for his guidance and promising to relinquish his claim on the silk in exchange for safe passage out.
Yan Wushi leads the group through the ruins, helping them navigate through blocked passages and dangerous terrain. Along the way, they mark their path in case they need to retrace their steps. Yan Wushi’s guidance proves accurate as they avoid dangers like spiders and eventually reach the surface.
Once outside, the group is relieved to see sunlight after being trapped underground for several days. Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi decline Chen Gong’s offer to accompany them to Chang’an, deciding to part ways.
Chen Gong implies that despite his grudges over the silk, he will not openly reveal Yan Wushi's location, hinting at a potential future conflict. Shen Qiao warns Yan Wushi that Chen Gong will likely harbor ill will toward him despite their peaceful parting.
Yan Wushi, showing a different personality than before, expresses happiness that Shen Qiao could distinguish between his various selves. He assures Shen Qiao that he returned to help because he didn’t want to leave him behind, hinting at a more affectionate and gentle side compared to his usual persona.
Shen Qiao, aware that the real Yan Wushi would never act this way, is confused by the contrast in personalities, but ultimately accepts this version of Yan Wushi for now. They prepare to continue their journey separately from Chen Gong’s group.
Chapter 68: Rebirth after DeathShen Qiao and Yan Wushi avoid returning to the same town as Chen Gong’s party, choosing instead to rest in a remote household with poor conditions. They stay in a single room together.
Shen Qiao asks Yan Wushi about using jade cistanche to fully heal his head injury. Yan Wushi, revealed to be A-Yan and not Xie Ling, offers Shen Qiao the jade cistanche instead, mentioning Shen Qiao’s injuries from the apes.
Shen Qiao recognizes which personality he’s speaking to based on subtle behavioral clues. He reflects on how Yan Wushi’s personalities share certain traits, and he and A-Yan discuss their interactions with light-hearted banter.
Shen Qiao meditates, reflecting on his growth in martial arts and how his experiences in life-and-death situations have enhanced his skills and mindset. He feels more attuned to nature and his surroundings, achieving a transcendental state.
During his meditation, Shen Qiao realizes that Xie Ling has reappeared. He expresses gratitude to Xie Ling for returning to help him escape Ruoqiang, though he notes that Xie Ling’s personality, while distinct, is still part of Yan Wushi.
Shen Qiao discusses his journey of martial cultivation, particularly how losing his martial arts allowed him to better understand the Zhuyang Strategy. He acknowledges that very few martial artists would be willing to give up their hard-earned prowess and start from scratch as he did.
Xie Ling listens quietly to Shen Qiao’s words, and after some gentle conversation, Shen Qiao encourages him to rest. Xie Ling eventually complies.
After a few days, Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi leave the small town and return to the royal capital of Tuyuhun. They avoid encountering Chen Gong’s party and change their appearance to avoid attracting attention.
Shen Qiao suggests that Yan Wushi dress in women’s clothing and wear a veil to disguise himself, arguing that his striking appearance would otherwise attract attention. Yan Wushi reluctantly agrees after some initial resistance.
Shen Qiao helps Yan Wushi prepare for the disguise, even dyeing his white hair and applying makeup. Though Yan Wushi is visibly uncomfortable and stiff, Shen Qiao is satisfied with the transformation.
After Yan Wushi puts on the veil, he avoids looking at his reflection, preferring not to see himself in the disguise.
Chapter 69: TangrenShen Qiao and Yan Wushi return to Tuyuhun’s royal capital, now quiet and cold with fewer travelers during winter.
Shen Qiao strikes up a conversation with a street peddler selling tangren (syrup figurines). The peddler, a Han man who settled in Tuyuhun after marrying a local woman, shares insights about the seasons, local culture, and current events.
The peddler mentions that the Coiling Dragon Assembly ended, and most martial artists have left the city. He also tells Shen Qiao that Qi was recently destroyed by Zhou, a surprising piece of news that has major political implications for the north.
Shen Qiao reflects on how the fall of Qi could prompt other powers to target Zhou, especially Yuwen Yong. He is concerned that Yan Wushi, currently recovering from his injuries and suffering from a split personality, might not be able to protect Yuwen Yong or maintain his reputation.
Yan Wushi, dressed as a woman due to Shen Qiao’s insistence on disguising him for safety, mischievously refers to himself as Shen Qiao’s "wife" in front of the peddler, creating an awkward situation. The peddler misinterprets their relationship as romantic.
Yan Wushi, still in his childlike persona, requests a tangren modeled after Shen Qiao from the peddler. After receiving the figure, Yan Wushi bites its head off, to Shen Qiao’s amusement and mild exasperation.
Shen Qiao decides they must avoid traveling directly to Chang’an and instead proposes sending a message to Bian Yanmei, Yan Wushi’s disciple, to coordinate a safer reunion with Huanyue Sect. Yan Wushi, in his Xie Ling persona, is unable to recall how to contact them.
While waiting in a tavern, Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi watch a street performer who combines calligraphy with dance. The performer’s dedication to his art, despite the mediocrity of his writing, triggers a flash of insight in Shen Qiao.
Inspired by the performer’s movements and focus, Shen Qiao experiences a breakthrough in his martial arts, intuitively forming a new set of sword techniques that build on his Azure Waves style. He becomes so absorbed in this realization that he immediately rushes out of the tavern to practice the techniques, leaving everything else behind.
Chapter 70: Comprehending the SwordShen Qiao experiences a breakthrough in his martial arts while practicing sword techniques outside the city, achieving a deeper understanding of the "sword heart" echelon.
His swordplay becomes more fluid and attuned to the natural world, reflecting a harmony between strength and softness. He achieves a moment of perfect clarity, enhancing his skills significantly.
Realizing he left Yan Wushi behind at the tavern, Shen Qiao hurries back, fearing the consequences of his absence.
At the tavern, Shen Qiao finds Yan Wushi surrounded by people. Yan Wushi, in his Xie Ling persona, has smashed a cup and stabbed chopsticks into the table out of frustration when asked to pay for the meal. Shen Qiao apologizes and pays the bill before dragging him away.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi visit the tangren peddler again, where Yan Wushi insists on getting two tangren figures. One of them is again shaped like Shen Qiao. Yan Wushi humorously begins eating the tangren, much to Shen Qiao’s amusement and exasperation.
Back at the inn, Shen Qiao reflects on the silk piece Yan Wushi obtained, which holds the key to repairing his demonic core. However, Xie Ling doesn’t fully understand it, though he believes Yan Wushi would.
Yan Wushi, in his Xie Ling persona, worries that if his demonic core is repaired, Xie Ling might disappear, leaving only the original Yan Wushi. Shen Qiao acknowledges this possibility with a sense of sorrow, knowing that the gentle Xie Ling might not survive once the core is fixed.
As night falls, Yan Wushi falls into a restless sleep, seemingly tormented by nightmares. When Shen Qiao checks on him, Yan Wushi awakens violently, attacking Shen Qiao without recognizing him.
Shen Qiao realizes that this aggressive behavior is likely the manifestation of yet another personality, different from both Xie Ling and the original Yan Wushi.
A fierce struggle ensues. Shen Qiao attempts to subdue Yan Wushi without harming him, ultimately sealing his acupoints to stop the attack.
After calming Yan Wushi, Shen Qiao checks his pulse and discovers that Yan Wushi’s internal energy, which had been in chaos due to qi deviation, has mysteriously stabilized. In fact, Yan Wushi’s life force appears stronger than before, leaving Shen Qiao both confused and relieved.
Chapter 71: The Real Yan WushiShen Qiao reflects on Yan Wushi's situation, which is more complicated than his own past injuries. Yan Wushi’s meridians are in disorder, his demonic core has a flaw, and his personality has fractured. Shen Qiao realizes that although Yan Wushi seems stable at times, his internal condition remains precarious.
Shen Qiao uses the jade cistanche that Yan Wushi had originally given him to help treat Yan Wushi’s internal injuries. Yan Wushi’s condition improves visibly after consuming it, though his overall recovery will take time.
Shen Qiao contemplates the significance of the Zhuyang Strategy and its five volumes. While Shen Qiao has read two volumes and found tremendous benefits, he realizes that gaining access to the remaining two volumes—one in Zhou's palace and one in Tiantai Sect—would help him achieve greater mastery.
Shen Qiao reflects on the challenges of understanding the Zhuyang Strategy fully, which requires giving up prior martial arts skills and rebuilding from scratch. He contemplates the rarity of individuals willing to do so.
After a night’s rest, Shen Qiao senses that Yan Wushi is awake. He cautiously prepares for which personality might emerge. To his surprise, it is the original Yan Wushi who has returned, though fully aware of his past and current condition.
Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao about the disguise Shen Qiao made him wear, displaying his usual sharp wit and arrogance. He questions why Shen Qiao treats him differently from the gentler personalities and mocks him for putting him in women's clothing.
Shen Qiao presses Yan Wushi to discuss their next steps, especially considering the dangers of traveling back to Chang’an while many enemies are still searching for Yan Wushi. Yan Wushi decides that they will first stop at Wei Province to regroup and send a message to Chang’an.
Yan Wushi’s personality fragments continue to emerge unpredictably. His original self dominates during the day, while the other personalities, particularly Xie Ling, emerge at night. Xie Ling remains attached to Shen Qiao, watching him throughout the night, leaving Yan Wushi fatigued during the day.
Before leaving Tuyuhun, Shen Qiao confirms that Banna and her grandfather are safe, fulfilling his promise to protect them. Only then does he feel at ease and ready to move forward with Yan Wushi.
As they head toward Northern Zhou, Shen Qiao realizes that danger looms closer, with Yan Wushi’s enemies potentially catching up to them. Their arrival at the capital of Wei Province marks the beginning of another crisis
Chapter 72: Wei Province CapitalShen Qiao and Yan Wushi arrive in the capital of Wei Province, a key strategic city with fewer merchants and a quieter atmosphere due to the winter season.
A-Qing, a boy working for Uncle Wu, is sweeping the snow outside the Xie residence. When Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi approach, A-Qing initially finds Shen Qiao’s appearance striking, comparing him to a cool and refreshing treat. He’s flustered by the two visitors, especially Yan Wushi, who is disguised as a woman.
Yan Wushi, impatient with Shen Qiao’s slow approach, tosses a piece of jade to A-Qing, instructing him to summon Uncle Wu. A-Qing realizes who the visitors are, becomes cautious, and locks them out while fetching Uncle Wu.
Uncle Wu recognizes Yan Wushi and is overjoyed by his return, although he struggles to understand why his master is dressed as a woman. Uncle Wu lets them inside, and Yan Wushi removes his veil.
Yan Wushi criticizes A-Qing for not having the right qualities to join Huanyue Sect. Shen Qiao counters by offering to train A-Qing himself, believing the boy’s simple and pure nature is valuable.
Yan Wushi mocks Shen Qiao’s interest in A-Qing, suggesting it’s due to the boy’s infatuation with Shen Qiao’s appearance. Shen Qiao retorts that Yan Wushi’s own lustful tendencies are clouding his judgment.
Despite their banter, Yan Wushi acknowledges Shen Qiao's efforts in helping him recover. He briefly apologizes for his behavior, signaling an attempt at reconciliation. Shen Qiao, surprised by this rare moment of humility, requests a guest room to rest.
Uncle Wu updates Yan Wushi on the situation outside. Rumors of Yan Wushi’s death have spread, and Hehuan Sect has taken advantage of the situation to cause trouble for Huanyue Sect. Yuwen Yong, the Lord of Zhou, has risen in power after vanquishing Qi, but efforts to track down Yan Wushi's enemies have largely failed.
Yan Wushi plans to stay in Wei Province for a few days while awaiting a response from Bian Yanmei in Chang’an. Uncle Wu reassures him that the house is secure and that A-Qing, though ignorant of their true identities, is trustworthy.
A-Qing, after preparing food for Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao, innocently asks Uncle Wu whether Yan Wushi is a man or a woman, reflecting his confusion about Yan Wushi’s appearance. Uncle Wu scolds him, reminding him to stay silent and avoid gossiping about matters beyond his understanding.
Chapter 73: TranquilityA-Qing, a young boy working at the Xie residence, has become curious about the new visitors, Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao. Although Uncle Wu warned him to be cautious, A-Qing would occasionally talk to Shen Qiao when delivering meals. However, he is fearful of Yan Wushi and avoids interacting with him.
One day, A-Qing brings food to Shen Qiao’s room but finds Yan Wushi there instead. Yan Wushi intimidates A-Qing, implying that his admiration for Shen Qiao is bothersome. A-Qing becomes disheartened by Yan Wushi’s words and leaves, appearing close to tears.
Shen Qiao returns to find A-Qing upset and questions Yan Wushi about what happened. Yan Wushi deflects the blame and teases Shen Qiao about his protective behavior toward A-Qing. Yan Wushi implies that Shen Qiao treats him coldly, especially compared to the kindness he shows to his other personalities, such as Xie Ling.
Despite the tension, Yan Wushi continues to poke fun at Shen Qiao, hinting at his own feelings and their complex relationship. Shen Qiao remains distant, focused on his meal, and uninterested in engaging further.
Shen Qiao reflects on the recent tranquility they've had since arriving at the Xie residence, compared to their previous ordeals. He notes that Yan Wushi’s personality seems to be stabilizing, indicating that his recovery is progressing.
Yan Wushi asks why Shen Qiao shows favor to A-Qing, speculating that it’s because A-Qing reminds Shen Qiao of his former disciple, Shiwu. Shen Qiao confirms this but avoids further conversation with Yan Wushi.
Suddenly, there is a knock on the door, and A-Qing goes to answer it. Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi both sense something amiss. The visitor turns out to be Buddhist Master Xueting, who quickly makes his way into the courtyard despite A-Qing’s attempts to stop him.
Xueting greets both Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao, expressing admiration for Yan Wushi’s survival despite being ambushed by five martial experts. He admits that he learned of Yan Wushi's survival from Chen Gong, who disclosed Yan Wushi’s whereabouts after being questioned by Xueting.
Xueting reveals that his mission is to eliminate Yan Wushi to prevent Yuwen Yong from continuing to oppress Buddhism. Shen Qiao intervenes, declaring his intention to protect Yan Wushi, stating that Yan Wushi’s survival is vital for Yuwen Yong’s stability and the protection of the Central Plains from external threats like the Göktürks.
Xueting challenges Shen Qiao, insisting that Shen Qiao should step aside to avoid being harmed. Shen Qiao, however, stands firm, indicating his willingness to fight to protect Yan Wushi.
The battle begins between Shen Qiao and Xueting, with flashes of light and internal energy clashing in the air. The shock waves from their strikes force A-Qing to retreat and hide behind a wall.
Shen Qiao urges Yan Wushi to escape while he holds off Xueting, but Yan Wushi remains calm and unmoved. As the fight continues, two additional monks, Liansheng and Lianmie, appear on the rooftop, revealing themselves as Xueting’s allies.
Chapter 74: Buddhist Master XuetingBuddhist Master Xueting arrives at the Xie residence to confront Yan Wushi. Shen Qiao immediately foresees that a fierce battle is about to occur.
Xueting’s prowess is formidable. His attacks, inspired by the Acala Seals, are relentless, surrounding Shen Qiao in layers of palm strikes, each imbued with overwhelming power.
Shen Qiao responds by using Shanhe Tongbei, his sword glowing with sword qi, as he strikes against Xueting's attacks. Despite this, Xueting’s palm strikes force Shen Qiao to retreat multiple times as the ground beneath them cracks from the pressure of their clashes.
Shen Qiao attempts to fight back using his sword techniques but quickly realizes that Xueting’s strength surpasses his own. Though Shen Qiao has made significant progress since their last encounter, his internal energy remains at only seven-tenths of its former level. This leaves him at a disadvantage, unable to fully utilize his sword heart.
Xueting, despite holding the upper hand, remains calm and courteous toward Shen Qiao, showing no sign of malice. He explains that his actions are necessary to ensure the survival of Buddhism and that he does not bear personal grudges against Yan Wushi.
Yan Wushi mocks Xueting’s justification, asserting that Xueting wants to avoid directly killing Yuwen Yong himself to maintain Buddhism’s image. He claims Xueting pursues Yan Wushi in order to eliminate him as a threat without getting his own hands dirty in politics.
The battle intensifies when Xueting charges Shen Qiao with his golden staff. His speed is so immense that Shen Qiao struggles to respond in time. Xueting lands a heavy blow on Shen Qiao’s chest, sending him flying back and causing him to cough up blood.
Despite his injuries, Shen Qiao fights back, using his sword techniques to envelop Xueting in sword qi. Meanwhile, Yan Wushi is fighting off Xueting’s disciples, Liansheng and Lianmie, who are working in tandem to stall him.
Lianmie makes the mistake of underestimating Yan Wushi and suffers a severe injury when Yan Wushi uses his finger as a sword to pierce through Lianmie’s palm. Liansheng, distracted by his shidi’s injury, leaves an opening for Yan Wushi to strike.
Seizing the moment, Shen Qiao grabs Yan Wushi and escapes, using his technique "A Rainbow Stretches across the Heavens" to move swiftly through the city and into the nearby mountains.
Xueting pursues them relentlessly, but Shen Qiao leads them to a hidden cave halfway up the mountain. Inside the cave, Shen Qiao finally allows himself to relax after the exhausting battle.
Overcome by the injuries he sustained, Shen Qiao coughs up more blood and collapses from fatigue. Yan Wushi catches him, teasing Shen Qiao about “throwing himself” into his arms.
Shen Qiao, still concerned for Uncle Wu and A-Qing, worries that Xueting might harm them. Yan Wushi reassures him that Xueting, unlike Sang Jingxing, has a reputation to uphold and won’t bother with harming innocents for leverage.
Shen Qiao, weakened and struggling to stay conscious, suddenly feels something being forced into his mouth by Yan Wushi. He realizes that Yan Wushi has given him a jade cistanche to help heal his injuries.
Chapter 75: DreamscapeYan Wushi teases Shen Qiao, pretending the jade cistanche is poison. Shen Qiao, though injured, correctly identifies it as medicine. Despite Yan Wushi’s provocations, Shen Qiao remains silent and drifts off to sleep.
Shen Qiao wakes up later, still in pain from his injuries, particularly his broken rib. He uses his true qi to begin the healing process and feels some improvement. He wonders if Yan Wushi has left.
Yan Wushi returns to the cave with a skewer of sparrows and asks to borrow Shen Qiao's sword, Shanhe Tongbei, to pluck the sparrows. Shen Qiao is furious at the misuse of his master’s sword, but Yan Wushi dismisses his anger, joking that Qi Fengge wouldn’t care.
Yan Wushi roasts the sparrows, arranging them in a plum blossom formation and playfully insists Shen Qiao eat them in a specific order. Shen Qiao reluctantly obliges, finding the sparrows unsalted but edible.
When asked about his plans, Yan Wushi explains that their next destination is Hanzhong to meet the Prince of Qi, Yuwen Xian, before heading to Chang’an. He reasons that everyone expects them to head directly to Chang’an, so ambushes will be waiting. Heading to Hanzhong first will throw their enemies off.
Yan Wushi elaborates that their enemies—especially the Buddhist factions—intend to destabilize Northern Zhou and overthrow Yuwen Yong, but they need to maintain a righteous image and cannot be directly involved in regicide. He hints that the empress, Lady Ashina, and the crown prince are likely involved in the conspiracy.
Shen Qiao, though shocked at the possibility of such betrayal, recalls his own experience with Yu Ai and begins to understand that familial bonds do not necessarily prevent treachery.
The two decide to rest for the night in the cave. Shen Qiao, still recovering from his battle with Xueting, falls into a fevered sleep and has a strange dream. He dreams of his shizun, Qi Fengge, punishing him for allowing Yan Wushi to misuse Shanhe Tongbei. In the dream, Shen Qiao is crushed under a heavy stone, pleading for forgiveness and struggling to breathe.
Yan Wushi watches Shen Qiao cry in his sleep, clearly distressed by the dream. As Shen Qiao murmurs "Xie Ling," Yan Wushi’s expression shifts unpredictably, revealing the internal conflict caused by his unstable personalities.
Yan Wushi’s internal qi begins to rampage, indicating the onset of another episode of qi deviation. However, he quickly suppresses it. Afterward, he gently strokes Shen Qiao’s face and, in a disturbing yet intimate gesture, kisses him to silence his murmurs.
Chapter 76: Xie Ling Has PassedShen Qiao wakes up from a feverish sleep and realizes someone is holding him and kissing him—it's Yan Wushi. Shocked and confused, Shen Qiao slaps Yan Wushi, who laughs it off and pretends to be “Xie Ling.”
Yan Wushi continues teasing Shen Qiao, but Shen Qiao quickly realizes that it's not Xie Ling, questioning Yan Wushi’s inappropriate behavior given their dangerous situation.
Shen Qiao asks about Xie Ling's condition. Yan Wushi reveals that Xie Ling no longer exists, as the personality shifts caused by the qi deviation have been suppressed.
Shen Qiao feels sorrowful about Xie Ling’s disappearance, seeing him as a real person rather than just a fragment of Yan Wushi’s soul. Yan Wushi, unable to understand Shen Qiao’s attachment to Xie Ling, mocks his sentimentality.
Shen Qiao reflects on his past, the loss of his shizun, and the hardships he has endured since then. He admits that while Xie Ling was just a fragment to Yan Wushi, to him, Xie Ling felt like a real person.
Yan Wushi, frustrated by Shen Qiao’s mourning for Xie Ling, points out that Shen Qiao’s soft-heartedness will hold him back from reaching the martial summit. Shen Qiao responds by stating that everyone has their own path and accuses Yan Wushi of imposing his views on others.
The conversation shifts, and both men settle into a tense silence. Shen Qiao falls asleep, still emotionally affected by Xie Ling’s disappearance.
The next morning, Yan Wushi returns to the cave after washing up. He asks Shen Qiao to lend him Shanhe Tongbei again, promising not to misuse it this time. Shen Qiao reluctantly hands it over.
Yan Wushi leaves to hunt and returns with two large fish. Shen Qiao is horrified to learn that Yan Wushi used Shanhe Tongbei to scale the fish, leading to another round of frustration between them. Yan Wushi brushes off Shen Qiao’s anger, claiming that Shen Qiao is being unreasonable and reminding him that half the fish will end up in his stomach anyway.
Chapter 77: EnemiesYan Wushi goes to a tailor shop owned by Madam Fang in Tonggu County to buy clothes.
Madam Fang, a widow who runs a successful business, flirts with Yan Wushi while offering assistance with his purchases.
Yan Wushi mockingly rejects her advances, which offends her, but she suppresses her anger when she realizes he is powerful.
Yan Wushi purchases a set of sky-blue women’s clothes as part of a plan to prank Shen Qiao by making him dress as a woman.
After leaving the shop, Yan Wushi realizes he is being followed and taunts his pursuers.
Bai Rong, Xiao Se, and Yan Shou—members of the Hehuan Sect—appear, revealing they had been lying in wait for Yan Wushi.
They inform Yan Wushi that enemies are waiting for him no matter where he goes, but Yan Wushi mocks their attempts to corner him.
Yan Shou steps forward, preparing to attack Yan Wushi, who laughs and declares he does not believe in gods before moving into action.
Chapter 78: Fleeing for One’s LifeYan Wushi faces off against Hehuan Sect members Xiao Se, Bai Rong, and Yan Shou, who seek to kill him and take the Zhuyang Strategy scroll.
Despite being outnumbered, Yan Wushi's reputation and confidence cause hesitation among his attackers, leading to a tense stand-off.
Yan Wushi fakes an attack and then swiftly retreats, temporarily escaping.
Xiao Se chases Yan Wushi but is quickly injured by Yan Wushi’s powerful counterattack.
Shen Qiao arrives to assist Yan Wushi and confronts Yan Shou, who attempts to overwhelm Shen Qiao with his vicious techniques.
Shen Qiao and Yan Shou engage in a fierce duel, while Yan Wushi battles both Xiao Se and Bai Rong, who work in tandem to trap him.
Shen Qiao pushes his martial arts to their limit, unleashing a devastating sword heart technique that forces Yan Shou to retreat.
Shen Qiao manages to disrupt the deadlock between Yan Wushi, Bai Rong, and Xiao Se, allowing Yan Wushi to escape.
Shen Qiao holds off the pursuing Hehuan Sect members, giving Yan Wushi time to flee, but he faces a new challenger: Baoyun, a Hehuan Sect elder with martial arts equal to Yan Shou’s.
After realizing Baoyun’s strength, Shen Qiao disengages from the fight and retreats.
Shen Qiao reunites with Yan Wushi in a forest, where he reveals his encounter with Baoyun and warns that Sang Jingxing may arrive soon.
Yan Wushi suggests that Shen Qiao leave him behind to escape more easily, but Shen Qiao refuses, determined to see the rescue through to the end.
Yan Wushi carries Shen Qiao on his back as they continue their escape.
Chapter 80: BreakthroughShen Qiao struggles internally to break through his sealed acupoints after Yan Wushi leaves to face Sang Jingxing, fearing the torture that awaits him.
Shen Qiao experiences intense fluctuations of true qi in his body, alternating between scorching heat and freezing cold, while his consciousness drifts in and out of a dreamlike state.
In this trance, Shen Qiao reflects on his life before and after Banbu Peak, recognizing how his worldview has changed after witnessing both kindness and cruelty.
Shen Qiao experiences a breakthrough in his cultivation. He achieves a deeper understanding of the Zhuyang Strategy, particularly the phrase "Outside of the self, there is no other." This realization allows him to expand his true qi, eliminating congestion and blockages in his meridians.
Meanwhile, Yan Shou, Baoyun, Xiao Se, and Bai Rong search the temple for Shen Qiao, suspecting he may still be hiding nearby. They eventually notice the large buddha statue in the temple.
Yan Shou strikes the statue, shattering it and revealing Shen Qiao hiding inside. Yan Shou immediately launches an all-out attack against him, believing Shen Qiao to be defenseless.
To Yan Shou’s shock, Shen Qiao counters with an overwhelming sword glare that forces him to retreat. The battle escalates as Baoyun joins in, but Shen Qiao manages to hold them both off despite his earlier exhaustion.
Yan Shou and Shen Qiao's fight intensifies, moving from inside the temple to the roof. Shen Qiao’s sword qi proves to be stronger than expected, even overwhelming Yan Shou's deadly palm strikes.
Onlookers, including Xiao Se and Bai Rong, are astonished at Shen Qiao's sudden increase in power. Bai Rong refrains from joining the fight, claiming that adding herself would only create more confusion.
As the battle progresses, Shen Qiao gains the upper hand. It becomes clear that he is on the verge of defeating Yan Shou and Baoyun, leaving the other Hehuan Sect members watching in disbelief at his newfound strength.
Chapter 81: The Emperor’s FuneralShen Qiao had just broken through his sealed acupoints, but his martial strength had not drastically improved. He could only recover some energy and dilate his meridians.
During Shen Qiao and Yan Shou's battle, Baoyun, who should have assisted Yan Shou, chose to hold back, allowing Shen Qiao to press the advantage, pushing Yan Shou into a defensive position.
Yan Shou, determined to kill Shen Qiao, found himself continuously blocked by Shen Qiao’s Shanhe Tongbei sword technique and could not land any significant strikes.
In a moment of desperation, Yan Shou revealed an opening, allowing Shen Qiao’s sword glare to sever his right arm. This left Yan Shou incapacitated, with his martial prowess severely diminished.
Baoyun realized Shen Qiao had not exhausted his strength despite the battle. He assessed that continuing to fight would be costly and decided to hold back from engaging Shen Qiao at full strength.
Xiao Se, witnessing Yan Shou's injuries and recognizing the dire situation, urged Baoyun to retreat.
Shen Qiao, not satisfied with merely wounding Yan Shou, attempted to kill him, but Baoyun and Bai Rong intervened to prevent Yan Shou’s death.
Bai Rong’s Blue Lotus Seals technique was impressive but noticeably weaker than her previous displays, suggesting she was holding back in her fight against Shen Qiao.
Baoyun ultimately decided to flee with Yan Shou, acknowledging that fighting Shen Qiao further was not worth it.
Xiao Se, severely injured, also fled after Shen Qiao wounded him again during his escape.
Bai Rong, who had obstructed Shen Qiao’s pursuit, stopped fighting and engaged in flirtatious banter with Shen Qiao, expressing her complicated feelings and admitting that his injury of Yan Shou would benefit her within Hehuan Sect.
Despite Bai Rong’s attempts to delay Shen Qiao, he pressed on to search for Yan Wushi and Sang Jingxing but found no trace of them. He realized Bai Rong had misled him about their location.
Shen Qiao decided to head toward Chang’an, remembering Yan Wushi's words before they parted.
As Shen Qiao journeyed toward Chang’an, he noticed increasing numbers of exiled officials and convicts along the road. He stopped to speak with soldiers and learned that Yuwen Yong, the Emperor, had died.
Shen Qiao was shocked to discover that Yuwen Yong’s death had been followed by political turmoil in the capital, with the new emperor showing a much harsher and more indulgent rule.
Chapter 82: The New EmperorShen Qiao spoke with the soldiers and learned that the previous emperor, Yuwen Yong, had died, and the new emperor had taken the throne without observing the traditional mourning period. The new emperor had also relaxed restrictions on Buddhism and Daoism.
The soldiers didn’t know the whereabouts of the Prince of Qi, Yuwen Xian, or the reason for the emperor’s actions regarding his father's death. Shen Qiao thanked them and entered Chang’an, noticing a bustling city but with more officials and convicts being escorted through the streets.
Shen Qiao observed the Junior Preceptor’s residence and Bian Yanmei’s official mansion, both sealed off and under surveillance. He decided to check Bian Yanmei’s private residence, which was untouched.
Shen Qiao investigated the private residence and discovered a young girl hiding under a bed. She introduced herself as Dou Yan, the niece of the previous emperor and the daughter of Princess Xiangyang.
Dou Yan explained that she had escaped her home, fearing for her life because the new emperor’s men were searching for her. She had hoped to find Bian Yanmei for help.
Shen Qiao decided to help Dou Yan escape and brought her to the Duke of Meiyang County’s residence, per Puliuru Jian's instructions, after encountering him at the residence.
Su Wei, the Duke of Meiyang County, recognized Dou Yan and Shen Qiao. He led them to a hidden building through a secret passage.
Inside the building, Dou Yan met her Fifth Uncle, and she broke down, revealing that her cousin, the new emperor, had killed her uncle, the previous emperor. This shocking revelation left everyone in the room stunned.
Chapter 83: Alarming DangerYuwen Xian was shocked as Dou Yan recounted witnessing Yuwen Yun murdering the former emperor. She overheard Yuwen Yun taunting his father, expressing frustration at his survival and desire to take the throne, before smothering him to death.
Yuwen Xian and Su Wei were horrified by this revelation. Dou Yan had kept this information secret from her parents out of fear that they might accidentally reveal it to Yuwen Yun.
Dou Yan had fled the palace after Yuwen Yun attempted to summon her, suspecting she had seen him commit the murder. Her parents were unaware of the full extent of the situation.
Su Wei brought Dou Yan a meal, and she ate, revealing her young age and exhaustion. Yuwen Xian comforted her while expressing sorrow over the situation.
Yuwen Xian explained that while Yuwen Yong had disciplined Yuwen Yun strictly, his harshness likely twisted Yuwen Yun’s character. Shen Qiao understood the implications: Yuwen Yun’s impatience and cruelty led to his father’s murder.
Shen Qiao noted that Yuwen Yun had begun arresting officials who opposed his extravagant palace renovations and disregarded traditional mourning rites for Yuwen Yong.
Yuwen Xian explained that Yuwen Yun was using this opportunity to eliminate dissidents loyal to the previous emperor, thereby consolidating his power.
Yuwen Xian, though respected, was hesitant to rebel, fearing for his family’s safety and the risk of further destabilizing the Zhou Dynasty. He expressed that he didn’t want to be the one responsible for the empire’s downfall.
Su Wei urged Yuwen Xian to act, but the prince refused, feeling trapped between saving his family and the greater good of the empire.
As they spoke, a trusted servant informed them that Yuwen Xian’s personal soldier, Yan Ying, had arrived with Yuwen Xian’s youngest son, Qilang. The boy’s arrival indicated that Yuwen Xian’s household was under severe threat.
Yan Ying explained that he had been sent by Yuwen Xian’s wife to ensure their son’s safety, fearing Yuwen Yun’s wrath. However, there were concerns that Yan Ying had been tailed to the Su residence.
Shen Qiao sensed an imminent threat, and soon soldiers surrounded the Su residence, demanding Yuwen Xian be handed over. Yuwen Xian resigned himself to fate, instructing the Su family to open the gates to avoid harm.
Su Wei, however, refused to give in, intending to protect Yuwen Xian. As tensions rose, Yuwen Qing and Murong Qin arrived, with Murong Qin mocking Shen Qiao and revealing that Yuwen Yun had rewarded Chen Gong with the title of Duke of Zhao for delivering the Tai’e Sword.
Chapter 84: Kill to the LastChen Gong had reforged the Tai’e Sword and gifted it to Yuwen Yun, successfully gaining favor.
Yuwen Xian and his allies were surrounded at the Su residence by Yuwen Qing’s soldiers, with Murong Qin leading the effort to arrest the Prince of Qi under false accusations of involvement in the former emperor’s death.
Yuwen Qing feigned politeness but made it clear that Yuwen Xian had no choice but to come to the palace to "explain himself." Murong Qin was more direct, threatening Yuwen Xian's family if he didn’t comply.
Yuwen Xian was resigned to his fate, realizing that even if he surrendered, Yuwen Yun intended to kill his entire family. He told his allies not to resist, but Yan Ying and the Su family wanted to fight back.
Murong Qin attempted to capture Yuwen Xian’s son, Yuwen Song, but Shen Qiao intervened, blocking the attack.
Dou Yan revealed that Yuwen Yun had killed his father, the former emperor, shocking everyone present. Murong Qin dismissed her claim, ordering his men to capture Yuwen Xian's children.
Shen Qiao, aided by Su Qiao and the Su family, engaged in battle to protect Yuwen Song and Dou Yan. Amidst the chaos, Murong Qin killed Yuwen Xian, confirming the emperor's desire to eliminate the Prince of Qi's entire family.
Yan Ying, despite being injured, helped Yuwen Song escape toward the city gates, but they were ambushed by archers and martial experts, including Chen Gong.
Shen Qiao, using his exceptional qinggong, arrived just in time to confront the three martial experts and protect Yuwen Song and Dou Yan.
Chapter 85: A Radiant ShowingChen Gong, Baoyun, and Yan Shou faced Shen Qiao, with Chen Gong attempting to persuade Shen Qiao to join Yuwen Yun’s court, offering support to reclaim his position as sect leader of Xuandu Mountain and rise to state preceptor. Shen Qiao rejected the offer, citing Yuwen Yun's unreliability compared to the previous emperor.
Yan Shou, eager for revenge for the loss of his arm, initiated an attack on Yuwen Song and Dou Yan, forcing Shen Qiao to defend the children.
Chen Gong and Baoyun also attacked from different directions, trying to overwhelm Shen Qiao, who managed to fend them off while still protecting the children.
Shen Qiao unleashed a powerful sword technique, overwhelming the three attackers. Yan Shou, unable to counter Shen Qiao's attack, was fatally struck and died.
Puliuru Jian, observing from the city gates, marveled at Shen Qiao's strength, realizing that Shen Qiao had likely surpassed his master, Qi Fengge, in swordsmanship.
Despite Yan Shou's death, Chen Gong and Baoyun continued their assault, targeting Dou Yan and Yuwen Song. Shen Qiao managed to defend them, eventually killing Baoyun with a strike to his throat.
Realizing defeat was inevitable, Chen Gong abandoned the fight and fled, leaving Shen Qiao with the children.
After fleeing from the city with Dou Yan and Yuwen Song, Shen Qiao, having sustained injuries during the battle, collapsed from exhaustion and internal injuries. The children, worried for him, supported him as they sought refuge.
They encountered Dou Yan's father, Dou Yi, and Zhangsun Sheng, a member of Zhongnan Sect. Dou Yi thanked Shen Qiao for saving his daughter, and Zhangsun Sheng offered Shen Qiao healing pills.
Zhangsun Sheng and Dou Yi offered to shelter Shen Qiao and the children in Zhongnan Sect, but Shen Qiao declined, deciding to take Yuwen Song further away from Chang’an for safety. Zhangsun Sheng gave Shen Qiao a horse to help him travel, acknowledging the difficulty of his journey ahead.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Thousand Autums
Thousand Autumns, Vol. 4
Chapter 86: Send-OffShen Qiao took the Jade Dew Pills and, after circulating his true qi, felt his meridians clear up, reducing the pain in his chest. He bid farewell to Zhangsun Sheng and Dou Yi, taking Yuwen Song with him as they left Chang’an.
Yuwen Song, though heartbroken, refused to look back at Chang’an, expressing his sorrow over his family's unjust treatment and feeling powerless.
Shen Qiao comforted Yuwen Song, explaining the noble choices his father made and the sacrifices involved, helping him understand the importance of his father’s actions.
Yuwen Song revealed that his father had arranged for his family to escape, but they had chosen to stay and face the danger together. He also admitted he had no safe relatives to turn to, deciding to follow Shen Qiao.
They decided to head to Bixia Sect on Mount Tai, a sacred mountain renowned for its beauty, hoping to find safety there.
Meanwhile, Yuwen Yun solidified his power by spreading rumors and killing Yuwen Xian’s family, sparking outrage and protests in Chang’an, but no soldiers were sent after Shen Qiao and Yuwen Song due to the distractions caused by public dissent.
Shen Qiao and Yuwen Song traveled for three months, with Shen Qiao using the time to heal, and also to broaden Yuwen Song’s perspective by showing him the world and its lessons.
As they entered Runan, Shen Qiao and Yuwen Song learned about Master Huang’s sixtieth birthday banquet, which was attended by officials, scholars, and famous guests, including renowned lute player Du Yun.
Yuwen Song expressed interest in attending the banquet to hear Du Yun, and Shen Qiao agreed. They arrived at the banquet, where Shen Qiao introduced himself with an alias, Shan Qiaozi.
At the banquet, Shen Qiao made polite conversation with the other guests, gaining their favor. Yuwen Song listened eagerly to the discussions about music.
Shen Qiao noticed a familiar figure at the banquet, prompting a noise of surprise, indicating he had recognized someone significant.
Chapter 87: Seeing Yan Wushi AgainShen Qiao spotted Guang Lingsan, the leader of Fajing Sect, at the banquet and decided to follow him. He used his perfected qinggong to track him down quietly.
Shen Qiao reached a fork in the paths and chose to follow the one leading to the backyard. As he approached, he overheard a conversation, and one of the voices shook him—it was Yan Wushi's.
Guang Lingsan noticed Shen Qiao’s presence and sent a warning shot, but Shen Qiao stayed calm, causing Guang Lingsan to step out and confront him.
Shen Qiao was stunned to see Yan Wushi with Guang Lingsan, who was one of the people responsible for the ambush on Yan Wushi. The two seemed to be on good terms, which confused and alarmed Shen Qiao.
Yan Wushi did not recognize Shen Qiao, and when confronted, he mocked Shen Qiao, showing no signs of their past friendship or familiarity. Shen Qiao realized that Yan Wushi had possibly lost his memories again, and Guang Lingsan might be manipulating him.
Despite Shen Qiao's attempts to reason with Yan Wushi, Yan Wushi was dismissive, refusing to acknowledge Shen Qiao as someone of importance and even attempting to strike him. Shen Qiao evaded the attack, unwilling to fight in public.
Guang Lingsan suggested they avoid fighting at the banquet, and Yan Wushi, uninterested in further engagement, expressed boredom and left the scene, leaving Shen Qiao standing there, unable to intervene.
Shen Qiao was left with unanswered questions, particularly about the current relationship between Yan Wushi and Guang Lingsan, and why Yan Wushi didn’t remember him.
Chapter 88: Teaching a DiscipleDu Yun's performance on the lute captivated the Huang residence, including Yuwen Song, who was completely absorbed by the music.
After returning from his encounter with Yan Wushi and Guang Lingsan, Shen Qiao sat by Yuwen Song, who noticed that Shen Qiao seemed troubled and asked him about it.
Shen Qiao shared his encounter with an old acquaintance (Yan Wushi) who had forgotten him. He described their complicated relationship, mentioning how Yan Wushi had once saved him but also betrayed him before.
Yuwen Song compared this situation to his experiences with his older brother, explaining how people sometimes treat others harshly because they care, making Shen Qiao reflect on the complexities of human relationships.
Shen Qiao, worried about the potential threat posed by Guang Lingsan and Yan Wushi, decided to leave the banquet early with Yuwen Song to avoid unnecessary attention.
Back at the inn, Shen Qiao reflected on Yuwen Song’s maturity and thought about accepting him as a disciple, but chose to wait until the boy had fully processed his grief.
During their conversation, Yuwen Song expressed interest in learning martial arts, and Shen Qiao encouraged him, offering to teach him once they reached Bixia Sect.
Shen Qiao discussed the importance of moral character and wisdom, explaining that revenge should not consume Yuwen Song’s heart, and that humans must rise above base instincts.
Yuwen Song, understanding Shen Qiao’s teachings, agreed to pursue martial arts training while maintaining his values, and he went to bed content and relieved.
That night, Shen Qiao struggled with his emotions, particularly the situation with Yan Wushi. He couldn’t enter a meditative state and eventually sensed something strange.
Shen Qiao noticed a presence outside their room and, after silently leaving the inn, he found a man dressed in black standing on the roof above their room, wearing a veiled hat to conceal his face.
Chapter 89: Listening in to a Late-Night ShowShen Qiao confronted a man dressed in black on the roof, suspecting he was up to no good. The mysterious figure attacked without revealing his identity.
Shen Qiao defended himself but soon realized the man's moves were both familiar and puzzling, mixing styles from different sects.
After a brief skirmish, Shen Qiao managed to tear off the man’s veil and discovered it was Yan Wushi.
Yan Wushi teased Shen Qiao for addressing him coldly and suddenly immobilized Shen Qiao with a pressure point technique, rendering him unable to speak or move.
Yan Wushi carried Shen Qiao away from the inn, despite Shen Qiao’s concerns about leaving Yuwen Song behind. Yan Wushi reassured him that Yuwen Song was safe, as no one would bother with him anymore.
Yan Wushi brought Shen Qiao to the Huang residence, where they secretly observed from a hidden spot near a pond.
Inside a nearby building, Shen Qiao overheard a passionate encounter between two people, realizing one of them was Yun Fuyi, deputy leader of the Liuhe Guild.
The man with Yun Fuyi, Huang Gefei, mentioned Guild Leader Dou, revealing some personal dynamics within the Liuhe Guild.
Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao continued to sneak through the Huang residence and discovered a hidden weapons cache, filled with high-quality arms far exceeding what the Huang family needed.
Yan Wushi explained that the Huang family was amassing these weapons for a secret alliance with the Göktürks, not for their own rebellion.
Shen Qiao was confused about the extent of the Huang family’s ambitions, but Yan Wushi revealed that the Göktürks were planning to destabilize Zhou by supporting the revival of the abolished Qi royal family.
Yan Wushi confirmed he had made a deal with Guang Lingsan, promising him the contents of the Zhuyang Strategy scroll in exchange for help escaping from Sang Jingxing.
Shen Qiao realized that Yan Wushi had never lost his memories or undergone a personality change, and his actions had all been part of a larger plan.
Yan Wushi hinted that Yuwen Yun’s incompetence would lead to the fall of Zhou, which would benefit his own agenda, though Shen Qiao remained wary of Yan Wushi’s true intentions.
Chapter 90: Heartfelt SincerityShen Qiao hesitated when asked if he was worried about Yan Wushi, leading Yan Wushi to tease him for his reluctance to admit the truth, suggesting Shen Qiao was becoming more cunning after spending time in secular society.
Yan Wushi then spoke seriously about Yuwen Xian being the only suitable heir for the Zhou Dynasty and criticized Yuwen Yong’s decision to pass the throne to his son, Yuwen Yun, predicting the dynasty's inevitable decline under Yuwen Yun’s reign.
Shen Qiao understood that Yan Wushi had prepared for the collapse of the Yuwen family, noting that Yan Wushi had already withdrawn his people from the capital, helping Shen Qiao and Yuwen Song escape unnoticed.
Shen Qiao questioned whether Yan Wushi had already chosen another candidate for the throne, leading Yan Wushi to playfully suggest he might want the position himself, though Shen Qiao dismissed this idea, knowing Yan Wushi’s ambitions lay elsewhere.
Yan Wushi reflected on Shen Qiao's steadfast character, realizing that despite the trials Shen Qiao had faced, he remained untainted by the world, his Daoist core unwavering. This understanding led Yan Wushi to acknowledge Shen Qiao as someone truly unique and unchangeable.
Yan Wushi told Shen Qiao an allegorical story about a man who mistook an ordinary stone for a treasure, ultimately valuing it more than gold or jewels, suggesting deeper feelings for Shen Qiao.
Yan Wushi revealed that the Huang family was secretly working with the Göktürks, preparing for rebellion, and that Yun Fuyi, deputy leader of the Liuhe Guild, had allied with them in an attempt to overthrow her guild leader, Dou Yanshan.
Yan Wushi planned to let Yun Fuyi and Dou Yanshan weaken each other before taking advantage of the situation to destroy the Liuhe Guild without lifting a finger.
Shen Qiao deduced that once Yun Fuyi achieved her goals, the Göktürks might turn on her and seize the Liuhe Guild’s wealth.
Yan Wushi confirmed this possibility and noted that the outcome depended on the strategies each side used.
Shen Qiao questioned why Yan Wushi pretended to have amnesia in front of Guang Lingsan earlier. Yan Wushi explained that it was to protect Shen Qiao by hiding their connection and also for his own amusement, enjoying Shen Qiao's bewildered reaction.
Chapter 91: Playing WeiqiYuwen Song woke up to find Yan Wushi in the room, initially shocked but quickly regaining composure. After greeting him properly, Yan Wushi asked Yuwen Song if he wanted to become his disciple.
Shen Qiao was immediately displeased by Yan Wushi’s attempt to steal his potential disciple. Yuwen Song respectfully declined, reaffirming his commitment to becoming Shen Qiao’s disciple.
Yan Wushi playfully argued that becoming his disciple would offer more perks, including the possibility of becoming the future leader of Huanyue Sect, but Yuwen Song remained loyal to Shen Qiao.
Yan Wushi decided to accompany them to Bixia Sect despite Shen Qiao’s protests, claiming it was for Shen Qiao’s sake. Shen Qiao couldn’t understand why Yan Wushi insisted on coming along.
The three of them reached the foot of Mount Tai, where they stayed in an inn for the night. The innkeeper informed them there was only one room available, which they reluctantly accepted.
Yan Wushi suggested they play weiqi (Go) while Yuwen Song rested, claiming that Shen Qiao could learn insights about swordsmanship from the game.
Shen Qiao initially won the first match by a small margin, but Yan Wushi won the second. They played a third match, which ended in a draw.
Yan Wushi encouraged Shen Qiao to find martial insights in the game, leading Shen Qiao to become puzzled after studying the board. He asked if Yan Wushi had lied about the connection between weiqi and the sword, to which Yan Wushi dodged the question and suggested they wake Yuwen Song for sword practice.
Shen Qiao realized that Yan Wushi had been toying with him the entire time, leaving him exasperated.
Chapter 92: Giving PointersShen Qiao, Yuwen Song, and Yan Wushi traveled up Mount Tai to Bixia Sect without encountering any patrols. Upon nearing the gate, they met Fan Yuanbai, who was delighted to see Shen Qiao and praised his skills.
As they entered Bixia Sect, Shen Qiao was warmly greeted by Zhao Chiying and Yue Kunchi. Zhao Chiying mentioned how the sect had heard of Shen Qiao’s battle in Chang’an and expressed her admiration.
Shen Qiao introduced Yuwen Song as a boy from Chang’an and revealed Yan Wushi’s identity as Huanyue Sect Leader. This revelation caused a stir among Bixia Sect members, who felt a mixture of awe and fear due to Yan Wushi's infamous reputation.
Yan Wushi remained calm and polite, though his overly familiar use of "A-Qiao" raised some curiosity. Zhao Chiying and Yue Kunchi cautiously welcomed Yan Wushi as an honored guest, despite their wariness.
Shiwu, Shen Qiao's disciple, joyfully reunited with him, expressing his dedication to training while Shen Qiao was away. Yuwen Song, observing Shiwu's reliance on Shen Qiao, felt a bit disappointed in comparison.
Zhao Chiying requested Shen Qiao’s help in rebuilding the sect, but Yue Kunchi suggested that Shen Qiao rest first. Yan Wushi, instead of staying in a guest house, insisted on staying next to Shen Qiao, creating tension.
Yan Wushi's intimidating demeanor made it difficult for Zhao Chiying to refuse his request, so they arranged for him to stay near Shen Qiao.
Shen Qiao watched Shiwu demonstrate his sword skills. While Shiwu’s techniques were well-practiced, Shen Qiao pointed out some mistakes and demonstrated the proper way to execute the Azure Waves sword technique.
Yuwen Song marveled at Shen Qiao's sword skills, comparing them to elegant poetry, but Yan Wushi chastised Yuwen Song for being too wordy and playful, sealing his acupoints as punishment for disrespect.
The next day, Yan Wushi began criticizing and challenging the Bixia Sect disciples during their training, pointing out their flaws and defeating everyone who tried to challenge him, including Zhao Chiying and Yue Kunchi.
Despite Yan Wushi’s overwhelming strength and condescension, the Bixia Sect disciples came to see his actions as valuable guidance, transforming their initial displeasure into admiration.
Yan Wushi teased Yue Kunchi by implying he had long harbored feelings for Zhao Chiying, leaving Yue Kunchi horrified and embarrassed.
Shen Qiao pulled Yan Wushi away, confronting him about his true intentions for following them to Bixia Sect, but Yan Wushi deflected the question with playful banter, suggesting Shen Qiao call him by a more intimate name like "Yan-lang." Shen Qiao, frustrated, walked away in silence.
Chapter 93: Day-to-DayYan Wushi reveals to Shen Qiao that he knew Shen Qiao was planning to return to Xuandu Mountain, cautioning him that the jianghu will soon experience major upheavals and advising him to delay his return.
Shen Qiao, perplexed, asks Yan Wushi for insights, offering his help in exchange. Yan Wushi playfully insists that Shen Qiao "owes" him and jokes about murder being humane.
Yan Wushi begins explaining his reasons for staying at Bixia Sect, starting by mentioning Han Eying, daughter of Han Feng, who is loyal to Gao Zhao and might seek help from Bixia Sect to restore Qi. He warns that the sect may unwittingly involve itself in the Göktürk power struggle if not careful.
Shen Qiao, surprised by Yan Wushi's focus on Han Eying, points out that Bixia Sect is too weakened to offer much help, but Yan Wushi urges him to discuss the matter with Zhao Chiying to ensure she remains uninvolved in the conflict.
Yan Wushi brings up other players in the jianghu, including Hehuan Sect and Xueting, noting that the balance of power will soon shift with Yuwen Yun supporting multiple factions, each trying to expand its influence.
Yan Wushi further reveals the significance of the gold lotus ring taken by Duan Wenyang, explaining that it is a keepsake of Hulugu, an expert warrior of the Göktürks, and may be used to summon martial masters. He speculates that Hulugu might still be alive, though there’s no solid proof yet.
When Shen Qiao asks why Yan Wushi came to Bixia Sect, Yan Wushi playfully replies that his second and third reasons are both Shen Qiao himself, hinting at his personal attachment.
They are interrupted by Fan Yuanbai, who informs them of a banquet being prepared in their honor by Zhao Chiying. Yan Wushi, still teasing Shen Qiao, insists on walking arm-in-arm, much to Shen Qiao's embarrassment.
At the banquet, Zhao Chiying offers a toast and apologizes for the simple hospitality. Yan Wushi compliments her warmly, attributing his presence at Bixia Sect to his concern for Shen Qiao.
Shen Qiao takes the opportunity to bring up the matter of Han Eying with Zhao Chiying, who is surprised to hear about it and vows to investigate further. She also expresses her concerns over the sect's declining number of disciples and poor recruitment prospects.
Shen Qiao offers encouragement, suggesting that recruiting good disciples will take time, but Zhao Chiying remains doubtful, citing the poor aptitude of the disciples they’ve managed to recruit so far.
Their conversation is interrupted when Yan Wushi teasingly feeds Shen Qiao a spoonful of soup, reminding him that he still "owes" him, which leaves Shen Qiao feeling both exasperated and helpless.
Chapter 94: Momentous ChangesShen Qiao and Yan Wushi engage in a playful but tense exchange during the banquet, with Yan Wushi trying to feed Shen Qiao a spoonful of fish, and Shen Qiao resisting.
Their interaction escalates into a sparring match where they exchange blows, entertaining the onlookers at the banquet.
Yan Wushi eventually manages to force Shen Qiao to eat the fish, and though angered, Shen Qiao keeps his composure for the sake of the host, Zhao Chiying.
After the banquet, Shen Qiao tries to avoid Yan Wushi, but Yan Wushi follows him and confronts him outside.
Shen Qiao expresses his frustration, accusing Yan Wushi of humiliating him and questioning why Yan Wushi insists on staying close to him.
Yan Wushi apologizes for his earlier actions, admitting he was only teasing Shen Qiao and offering to make amends by cooking him a meal.
Yan Wushi cooks a fish ball soup for Shen Qiao, and while Shen Qiao eats in silence, Yan Wushi jokingly suggests that Shen Qiao feed him as a way to "balance" things.
Time passes at Bixia Sect, and Shen Qiao continues training his disciples, while Yan Wushi remains at the sect, occasionally providing martial guidance despite his mocking tone.
Yuwen Song officially becomes Shen Qiao’s disciple through an apprenticeship ceremony.
Outside the sect, significant changes unfold in the jianghu: Yuwen Yun ascends the throne and supports Buddhism and Hehuan Sect, allowing both to rapidly expand their influence.
Smaller sects either submit to Buddhism or are assimilated by Hehuan Sect, with some, like Zhongnan Sect, falling apart under pressure.
Over the course of half a year, Yan Wushi’s predictions about the growing dominance of the Buddhist discipline and Hehuan Sect come true, as they become powerful forces within the jianghu.
Chapter 95: InvitationAn unexpected visitor from Chunyang Monastery, Li Qingyu, arrives at Bixia Sect. He delivers a message on behalf of Liuli Palace regarding the upcoming Sword Trial Conference, which is being held early this year.
Zhao Chiying, Bixia Sect’s leader, exchanges pleasantries with Li Qingyu, noting his status as a highly respected disciple of Chunyang Monastery. She also recognizes the importance of the Sword Trial Conference for gaining new disciples and revitalizing the sect's reputation.
Li Qingyu informs her that the Sword Trial Conference will take place at Chunyang Monastery and invites Bixia Sect to participate.
Zhao Chiying decides to attend the conference with Yue Kunchi, hoping to bolster Bixia Sect’s reputation and attract new disciples.
Meanwhile, Shen Qiao is practicing sword techniques with Yan Wushi on the mountain. They exchange hundreds of blows, but Shen Qiao loses due to his still-recovering internal energy. Yan Wushi has significantly improved his skills, having repaired the flaw in his demonic core.
Shen Qiao sincerely acknowledges Yan Wushi's strength, expressing gratitude for the guidance. Yan Wushi, amused and charmed by Shen Qiao’s warm and gentle demeanor, enjoys their interaction and subtly hints at their “close relationship,” which Shen Qiao finds perplexing.
As they descend from the mountain summit, their dynamic feels both distant and strangely connected, filled with unspoken emotions and ambiguity.
Upon returning to Bixia Sect, Shen Qiao encounters Li Qingyu, who greets him with a smile and says it has been a long time since they last met.
Chapter 96: Fish-Head SoupShen Qiao encounters Li Qingyu, who greets him with a rare smile. They briefly exchange pleasantries, and Shen Qiao asks about Su Qiao and the Su family, who have safely relocated to Qingcheng Mountain.
Li Qingyu, eager to spar, asks Shen Qiao for guidance, admiring his skill. However, Yan Wushi interrupts, offering to spar with Li Qingyu instead. Li Qingyu dismisses Yan Wushi, remarking on his jumble of skills and preferring Shen Qiao as a swordsman.
Yan Wushi challenges Li Qingyu, using his Spring Waters finger technique. Li Qingyu blocks it but is forced to retreat. A brief confrontation ensues, highlighting the difference in their internal energy levels.
Shen Qiao diffuses the tension by inviting Li Qingyu inside to talk, while Yan Wushi decides to head to the kitchen, claiming to be hungry.
Inside, Shen Qiao and Li Qingyu discuss the tragic downfall of Zhongnan Sect and how it has been forced to merge with Hehuan Sect, while Qingcheng Mountain emerges as a third force in the jianghu.
Li Qingyu invites Shen Qiao to attend the upcoming Sword Trial Conference, where heroes from all over the jianghu will gather. Shen Qiao is hesitant, prioritizing his disciples' training.
Shen Qiao inquires about Xuandu Mountain, but there has been no new information regarding Yu Ai. Shen Qiao reflects on the distance he now feels toward his former sect.
Zhou Yexue, a disciple of Bixia Sect, invites Li Qingyu and Shen Qiao to lunch, but Li Qingyu declines and requests that their meals be brought to them so he can continue asking Shen Qiao for guidance.
Shen Qiao notices that Zhou Yexue may have been interested in Li Qingyu, but Li Qingyu is oblivious to her feelings.
Fan Yuanbai brings their meals, and Shen Qiao is amused to realize that the soup served is fish head soup, reminiscent of Yan Wushi’s antics.
Zhao Chiying decides to attend the Sword Trial Conference and invites Shen Qiao to join her, seeking his help to represent Bixia Sect, which is currently weak.
Shen Qiao agrees, leaving his disciples, Shiwu and Yuwen Song, to train under Yue Kunchi while he accompanies Zhao Chiying, Fan Yuanbai, and Zhou Yexue to the conference.
Chapter 97: Reappearance in the JianghuShen Qiao, Zhao Chiying, Fan Yuanbai, Zhou Yexue, and Li Qingyu travel from Mount Tai to Qingcheng Mountain for the Sword Trial Conference, arriving at Hanzhong after ten days of hasty travel.
The group encounters many jianghu warriors along the way, as the news of the Sword Trial Conference has spread widely, drawing fighters from all over.
Upon reaching an inn, Yan Wushi sits alone while the others sit together. Shen Qiao, not wanting to cause a scene, joins Yan Wushi at his table.
Yan Wushi informs Shen Qiao that he won't be traveling with them anymore, as he plans to witness Dou Yanshan's downfall rather than go to Chunyang Monastery.
Yan Wushi reveals that he has been secretly manipulating events in the Liuhe Guild by planting a spy close to Dou Yanshan's trusted servant, taking advantage of the man's dissatisfaction with his station.
Shen Qiao mocks Yan Wushi’s past arrogance, but Yan Wushi brushes it off, claiming that his past weaknesses no longer apply. The banter between them continues, with Yan Wushi teasing Shen Qiao by calling him his "present weakness."
Shen Qiao becomes momentarily flustered by Yan Wushi’s intense gaze and words, feeling as though he’s being preyed upon.
Their interaction is interrupted by a loud group of jianghu warriors, led by a man identified as Er Deming, who demands to sit at their table. The group belongs to Taohua Pier, which has been absorbed into Hehuan Sect, emboldening their arrogance.
Zhao Chiying loudly mentions the names of Huanyue Sect Leader Yan Wushi and Daoist Master Shen Qiao, causing an immediate change in the atmosphere. Er Deming and his group freeze in place, realizing who they are about to confront.
Chapter 98: Entering Chunyang MonasteryThe group’s arrival at Qingcheng Mountain and Yan Wushi’s name immediately halts any confrontation when Er Deming, a member of Taohua Pier, attempts to provoke them.
Shen Qiao prevents Yan Wushi from causing unnecessary trouble by stopping him from attacking Er Deming. Yan Wushi relents but sends a small shard of porcelain to seal one of Er Deming’s acupoints, knowing they would have to seek help from Hehuan Sect to fix it.
Yan Wushi departs, stating he won’t be traveling with them anymore as he has other business, namely to watch Dou Yanshan’s downfall.
Fan Yuanbai and Zhou Yexue explore the area while Li Qingyu remains focused on training, rejecting Zhou Yexue’s invitation to join them.
The party continues their journey, eventually reaching Qingcheng Mountain, where the Sword Trial Conference will be held. The mountain is full of martial artists from all over.
Li Qingyu leads Shen Qiao, Zhao Chiying, and the others up the mountain. They are greeted with respect by Chunyang Monastery’s disciples due to Li Qingyu’s reputation and the recognition of Shen Qiao’s name, which has garnered significant fame for his recent exploits.
The name “Shen Qiao” causes a stir among those waiting, as his reputation has risen immensely in the jianghu after defeating Huo Xijing, Kunye, and Hehuan Sect elders.
The group is led up the mountain and meets Chunyang Monastery’s abbot, Yi Pichen, who personally greets them as a sign of respect.
Yi Pichen introduces them to Zhan Ziqian from Linchuan Academy and representatives from Kuaji Commandery’s Wang family, though the latter show clear contempt and disdain by not properly greeting Shen Qiao and Zhao Chiying, indicating a lack of interest in associating with them.
Chapter 99: A Storm ApproachesThe Wang family, although only a branch of the original noble Wang family, considers themselves prestigious and views smaller sects like Bixia Sect with disdain.
After pleasantries, Yi Pichen thanks Shen Qiao for his assistance in Chang'an and apologizes to Zhao Chiying for being unable to assist during Bixia Sect's previous crisis.
Wang-sanlang, one of the Wang brothers, is dismissive of the group and questions whether any important martial figures will attend the Sword Trial Conference. He and his brother seek potential allies against Hehuan Sect.
Zhou Yexue makes a sarcastic remark about Wang-sanlang’s narrow-mindedness, provoking him. Wang-sanlang retaliates with a teacup attack directed at her.
Shen Qiao effortlessly counters the attack by using his own teacup to block the incoming cup, showcasing his profound martial arts skill and making Wang-sanlang realize his inferiority.
After witnessing Shen Qiao’s skill, the Wang brothers are humbled and apologize indirectly by remaining quiet, acknowledging Shen Qiao’s superiority.
Yi Pichen suggests that everyone rest after their long journey. Li Qingyu offers to assist Shen Qiao if needed during their stay.
Zhao Chiying later discusses with Shen Qiao the possibility that Yi Pichen might have intended to discuss an alliance, hinting that he could be trying to unite the Daoist sects against the growing threats from Hehuan Sect and the Buddhist discipline.
Zhao Chiying expresses her willingness to ally with Shen Qiao, admiring his character, even comparing his moral standing to that of Yan Wushi.
Shen Qiao dismisses the idea, modestly claiming he’s not suited to lead anyone, especially without a sect to support him.
Later, Shen Qiao receives a visit from Zhan Ziqian, who urgently warns him to leave before the Sword Trial Conference begins, stating that it could result in violence and bloodshed. Zhan Ziqian offers to take Shen Qiao to Linchuan Academy to avoid the danger.
Chapter 100: The Sword Trial ConferenceThe Sword Trial Conference is seen as an opportunity for various sects to form alliances and foster relationships amidst the growing influence of Hehuan Sect and the Buddhist discipline. Linchuan Academy wanted to form an alliance with Chunyang Monastery, but Yi Pichen rejected the idea of acknowledging them as the leader.
Zhan Ziqian from Linchuan Academy explains to Shen Qiao that the sect rivalry between Confucianism and Daoism is one of the reasons an alliance would be difficult to form. Each sect leader wants to maintain their independence and prestige.
Zhan Ziqian warns Shen Qiao that a storm might descend upon the Sword Trial Conference and suggests that Shen Qiao leave with him to Linchuan Academy, but Shen Qiao declines, deciding to stay and help Bixia Sect.
The next day, many martial artists gather for the Sword Trial Conference. Shen Qiao and Zhao Chiying join the crowd, noticing that most of the seats in the hall are already filled with various sects, including smaller ones like Feixian Gate and Qingyang Mountain Estate.
Yi Pichen begins the conference with a speech, welcoming everyone. He introduces Yuan Zixiao from Liuli Palace, who will serve as the judge of the competition.
The crowd is initially skeptical of Yuan Zixiao's abilities, especially since she is a woman. Some participants voice their doubts about her qualifications, suggesting that Liuli Palace is afraid of Hehuan Sect and the Buddhist discipline.
Yuan Zixiao silences her critics by demonstrating her profound knowledge of martial arts. She accurately points out the flaws and weaknesses of several participants, including Wei Gaofei from Feixian Gate, impressing and intimidating the crowd.
The conference officially begins with the sound of jade chimes, and the first battle is between Wang-sanlang and Zhou Yexue. Although Zhou Yexue is determined and unyielding, it is clear she is no match for Wang-sanlang.
At the same time, another match takes place between Su Qiao and a disciple of Jiuhua Sect, which captivates much of the audience's attention due to the evenly matched competitors.
As the competition unfolds, a Chunyang Monastery disciple arrives with a new guest. Shen Qiao is visibly shaken and deeply surprised upon seeing the person's face, which catches Zhao Chiying’s attention, prompting her to ask what has happened.
Chapter 101: ShimeiA newcomer, Gu Hengbo, arrives at the Sword Trial Conference, and it’s revealed that she is Shen Qiao’s fifth shimei (junior martial sister) from Xuandu Mountain.
Gu Hengbo excitedly embraces Shen Qiao, and it’s clear they share a deep bond. She explains that she recently argued with Yu Ai and left Xuandu Mountain, indicating a rift within their sect.
Gu Hengbo reveals that after Shen Qiao’s fall, Yu Ai quickly took control of Xuandu Mountain, stabilizing the situation and becoming sect leader. However, she began to suspect Yu Ai’s role in Shen Qiao’s fall and accused him of colluding with the Göktürks.
After confronting Yu Ai, Gu Hengbo was attacked by him but managed to escape from Xuandu Mountain. She has been wandering ever since.
Gu Hengbo decides to participate in the Sword Trial Conference and challenges Wang-sanlang, who had been on a winning streak. She quickly defeats him, showcasing her impressive martial skills.
After winning, Gu Hengbo approaches Yuan Zixiao from Liuli Palace, accusing her of pretending not to know her. It’s implied that the two have a history.
In the next match, Chao Yu from Chixia Sword Sect defeats Wang-erlang, further humiliating the Wang brothers, who had previously displayed arrogance.
Chao Yu challenges Li Qingyu to a duel, acknowledging him as one of the most outstanding members of the younger generation.
Before the duel could begin, Yuan Xiuxiu, the leader of Hehuan Sect, arrives at the conference, bringing tension to the event. Her presence intimidates many attendees due to Hehuan Sect’s notorious reputation.
Yuan Xiuxiu implies that she knows about the plan to form an alliance against Hehuan Sect, putting Yi Pichen in a difficult position. Shen Qiao steps in, offering a diplomatic response to defuse the situation.
Yuan Xiuxiu confronts Shen Qiao, accusing him of killing two elders from Hehuan Sect. However, Shen Qiao remains calm and firm in his response.
Just as the tension builds, a new voice emerges—another individual arrives, openly supporting Shen Qiao and suggesting that Huanyue Sect join the alliance against Hehuan Sect. This person also nominates Shen Qiao as the most suitable leader for the alliance.
Shen Qiao’s head begins to throb as he realizes the situation is becoming increasingly complicated with the new arrival.
Chapter 102: Uninvited GuestsChunyang Monastery had security measures in place for the Sword Trial Conference, but it became clear that uninvited guests, including powerful figures, were entering without much resistance.
Yu Shengyan, a disciple of Yan Wushi from Huanyue Sect, arrived unexpectedly and approached Shen Qiao, speaking to him casually and calling him "Shidi," causing some confusion and astonishment among the onlookers.
Yu Shengyan joked about a past event where he had helped Shen Qiao, adding light-hearted banter, but his presence did little to ease the tension already stirred by Hehuan Sect's arrival.
Li Qingyu, from Chunyang Monastery, confronted Yuan Xiuxiu from Hehuan Sect, demanding to know if she had come with good intentions or was looking to cause trouble.
Yuan Xiuxiu, maintaining her composure, claimed she was only here to participate in the Sword Trial Conference and asked Yuan Zixiao from Liuli Palace about Hehuan Sect's placement in the current martial rankings.
Yuan Zixiao, who was surprisingly revealed to be the Young Palace Mistress of Liuli Palace, provided detailed information on the current martial arts rankings, listing Hehuan Sect and several key figures, including Sang Jingxing and Yuan Xiuxiu herself, in the top ten.
When Gu Hengbo, Shen Qiao’s shimei, protested Yuan Zixiao’s ranking of Shen Qiao outside the top ten, Yuan Zixiao continued calmly, stating that Shen Qiao was no longer ranked due to his previous defeats, though she acknowledged that his martial arts had significantly improved since.
Yuan Zixiao continued naming the top martial artists, including Yan Wushi, ranking him second in the world. When asked about the first position, she hesitated and did not provide an answer.
Yuan Xiuxiu proposed that instead of just talking about the rankings, they settle things through duels, suggesting that those present test their strength in real combat.
Li Qingyu challenged Yuan Xiuxiu, but one of her disciples, Xiao Se, stepped forward to duel him instead, and the fight began.
Yuan Xiuxiu also directly challenged Yi Pichen, the leader of Chunyang Monastery, aiming to defeat him and destroy the momentum of the Sword Trial Conference and the potential alliance against Hehuan Sect.
As Yi Pichen accepted her challenge and prepared for the duel, Yu Shengyan whispered to Shen Qiao, advising him to wait until Yi Pichen was defeated before stepping in, as Yan Wushi supposedly intended for Shen Qiao to take the position of alliance leader.
Shen Qiao, confused, remarked that he had never intended to become the alliance leader, leaving Yu Shengyan baffled by his words and actions, unaware of the deeper complexities between Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi.
Chapter 103: Intimate AssociateThe duel between Xiao Se and Li Qingyu was intense, with both fighters displaying extraordinary speed and skill. Li Qingyu's steady attacks eventually overpowered Xiao Se, forcing the latter to concede defeat.
After the fight, Xiao Se attempted to sow discord by implying that Li Qingyu's strength came solely from Chunyang Monastery's teachings, but Li Qingyu remained unbothered and criticized Xiao Se’s inability to progress due to distractions.
Yuan Xiuxiu of Hehuan Sect engaged Li Qingyu in a brief fight, quickly gaining the upper hand and forcing him to retreat. Despite this, she spared him further humiliation by withdrawing mid-battle, demonstrating her superior martial skills and further intimidating the crowd.
Just as Yi Pichen of Chunyang Monastery prepared to challenge Yuan Xiuxiu, Sang Jingxing, another powerful figure from Hehuan Sect, arrived with his disciples, including Bai Rong. His arrival raised tensions further, particularly between him and Shen Qiao, whom Sang Jingxing eyed lustfully, recalling their previous conflict.
Yu Shengyan, a disciple of Yan Wushi, defended Shen Qiao and taunted Sang Jingxing, but Sang Jingxing used his internal energy to overpower Yu Shengyan, forcing Shen Qiao to intervene and deflect Sang Jingxing’s attack.
Sang Jingxing and Yi Pichen prepared to duel, with both sides knowing the battle's outcome would have significant implications for the future of the jianghu.
While Yi Pichen and Sang Jingxing faced off, Yuan Xiuxiu challenged Shen Qiao, insisting they fight. Despite Yu Shengyan’s attempt to deflect her, Shen Qiao accepted the challenge, as declining would damage his reputation.
Shen Qiao and Yuan Xiuxiu engaged in a fierce sword fight that showcased both fighters' mastery of swordsmanship. Their fight moved across the mountain, captivating the audience with their incredible skill.
As they fought down the mountain, Yuan Xiuxiu suddenly called for a pause, offering Shen Qiao a deal: if he stayed out of the conflict at Chunyang Monastery, she would help him kill Sang Jingxing and deliver Chen Gong, a mutual enemy, to him. Shen Qiao refused her offer, citing their incompatible principles.
Yuan Xiuxiu then tried to manipulate Shen Qiao by offering a romantic relationship, even suggesting that she could help him get closer to Bai Rong. Shen Qiao, however, declined her advances politely.
The conversation took an unexpected turn when Shen Qiao sensed something strange about Yuan Xiuxiu’s behavior and began to realize there might be more behind her actions.
Chapter 104: Back from the DeadShen Qiao attempts to return to the mountaintop, but Yuan Xiuxiu tries to delay him by suggesting they form a closer relationship, which he firmly rejects.
Despite Yuan Xiuxiu's seductive attempts and warnings that Shen Qiao wouldn’t be able to change anything, he uses his exceptional qinggong to rush back to Chunyang Monastery.
Upon reaching the summit, Shen Qiao witnesses Yi Pichen being forced back by a powerful martial artist, later revealed to be Hulugu, the legendary Göktürk expert thought to have died 20 years ago.
Hulugu's sudden appearance shocks everyone, including Shen Qiao. His aura is overwhelming, and he shows no interest in the flattery from Hehuan Sect's Sang Jingxing.
Hulugu criticizes Yi Pichen and Chunyang Monastery, deeming them inferior to Qi Fengge, whom Hulugu had fought years ago.
Yi Pichen, though injured, maintains composure while Hulugu dismisses the Sword Trial Conference as meaningless and declares his superiority.
A disciple of Chunyang Monastery challenges Hulugu’s words, but Duan Wenyang, Hulugu's disciple, steps in and humiliates the disciple. When the disciple Wang Zhuo is attacked, Gu Hengbo intervenes to save him.
Duan Wenyang and Gu Hengbo exchange blows, with Gu Hengbo showcasing impressive skills but eventually retreating after rescuing Wang Zhuo.
Hulugu, noticing Gu Hengbo’s connection to Qi Fengge, acknowledges her martial heritage. Duan Wenyang also reveals that Shen Qiao, Qi Fengge's disciple, is present and had killed his fellow disciple, Kunye.
Hulugu sets his sights on Shen Qiao, stating that although Shen Qiao is talented, he isn't yet strong enough to challenge him. However, because Shen Qiao killed Kunye, Hulugu declares that he cannot let Shen Qiao leave the mountain alive.
Shen Qiao, despite the overwhelming pressure of Hulugu’s power, remains calm and prepares for what he knows will be the most challenging fight of his life.
Chapter 105: The World’s Number TwoShen Qiao engages in a fierce battle with Hulugu, one of the top martial artists in the world.
Hulugu no longer uses a sword, unlike in his battle with Qi Fengge years ago, and now uses palm strikes to demonstrate his immense internal energy.
Shen Qiao attacks with sword qi, using nine-tenths of his strength, but his sword qi is effortlessly crushed by Hulugu’s palm.
Hulugu reflects Shen Qiao’s attack back with several times the force, though Shen Qiao manages to avoid a direct hit by merging with his sword and attacking again.
Despite Shen Qiao's rapid and refined movements, Hulugu counters his attacks effortlessly, using his true qi to manipulate the environment, sending debris and shards flying through the air.
Shen Qiao struggles under Hulugu's immense power, but he manages to land a solid blow, causing Hulugu to take a few steps back, though Shen Qiao suffers severe internal injuries and spits blood.
Despite being injured, Shen Qiao remains determined, refusing to back down. Hulugu acknowledges Shen Qiao’s skill but declares that he must kill him to avenge his disciple, Kunye.
Zhao Chiying, Gu Hengbo, Yu Shengyan, and other allies rush to Shen Qiao’s aid, attempting to protect him from Hulugu.
Chaos breaks out as the other sects, Chunyang Monastery disciples, and Hehuan Sect members engage in a large-scale fight.
Hulugu continues advancing toward Shen Qiao, ignoring the efforts of the others, intent on finishing him off.
As Hulugu prepares to strike Shen Qiao, a voice interrupts, revealing the arrival of Yan Wushi, Shen Qiao's former adversary and one of the top martial artists in the world.
Yan Wushi swiftly grabs Shen Qiao and carries him away, leaving Hulugu and the others stunned.
Chapter 106: Nighttime ChatYan Wushi unexpectedly appears, grabbing Shen Qiao and escaping from Hulugu, leaving everyone, including his disciple, Yu Shengyan, behind.
Yan Wushi effortlessly carries Shen Qiao over ten miles with no signs of strain, while Shen Qiao, suffering from internal injuries, struggles to stay conscious.
Shen Qiao, surprised, asks why Yan Wushi didn’t fight Hulugu. Yan Wushi explains he only fights when confident of victory and that fighting now would be pointless.
Exhausted, Shen Qiao falls into a deep sleep, completely unaware of his surroundings.
When Shen Qiao wakes up, he realizes he’s been sleeping on Yan Wushi’s thigh. Despite feeling better, he's startled and tries to sit up, but Yan Wushi insists he rests.
Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao, suggesting he had a "wet dream," much to Shen Qiao’s frustration, but Shen Qiao explains he dreamt about fighting many people.
Yan Wushi jokes and continues to playfully tease Shen Qiao, mentioning how he gave him honey water while he slept and ridiculing Shen Qiao's thoughts that he might have done it mouth-to-mouth.
Shen Qiao expresses concern for those left behind on Qingcheng Mountain, especially Zhao Chiying and the other disciples. Yan Wushi dismisses these worries, stating that Hulugu wouldn't bother with anyone else and that his own disciple, Yu Shengyan, should be able to handle things.
Yan Wushi reprimands Shen Qiao for always worrying about others, urging him to focus on his own recovery rather than trying to help others while still injured.
As the conversation continues, Yan Wushi flirts and teases Shen Qiao, calling him "A-Qiao" and playfully pinching his cheek, which embarrasses Shen Qiao.
Shen Qiao, annoyed by Yan Wushi’s lack of seriousness, shifts the topic to the danger posed by Hulugu, the chaos within the jianghu, and the decline of Chunyang Monastery.
Yan Wushi, dismissing these concerns, suggests Shen Qiao reclaim leadership of Xuandu Mountain, offering his assistance. Shen Qiao remains firm in his moral stance, refusing the idea.
Finally, Shen Qiao asks Yan Wushi to stop putting his hand on his thigh, as it’s undignified. Yan Wushi cheekily responds, pretending he thought it was a cushion, further frustrating Shen Qiao.
Chapter 107: BelovedShen Qiao decides not to return to Qingcheng Mountain since a day and night have already passed since the Sword Trial Conference, and any conflicts would have ended by now.
Shen Qiao learns from others that after Yan Wushi took him away, Hulugu left too. However, Duan Wenyang stayed behind to help Hehuan Sect fight Chunyang Monastery.
Chunyang Monastery, with Yi Pichen injured, still had fighters like Li Qingyu, Gu Hengbo, and Zhao Chiying, who were able to hold their ground. Other sects helped them, and despite a large fight, neither Hehuan Sect nor Chunyang Monastery emerged victorious.
Shen Qiao is relieved to hear that there were no casualties from Bixia Sect, especially regarding Fan Yuanbai and Zhou Yexue.
Yan Wushi receives a letter from his disciple, Bian Yanmei, seeking help, but the request is actually from Puliuru Jian, the father-in-law of Emperor Yuwen Yun, who fears for his life due to Yuwen Yun's increasing paranoia and cruelty.
Yuwen Yun, after killing his father to take the throne, now suspects Puliuru Jian, despite him being the imperial father-in-law, because Puliuru Jian has influence and a faction in both the military and court.
Yan Wushi explains that Yuwen Yun is a paranoid ruler who sees potential threats everywhere, and Puliuru Jian is under constant surveillance, fearing for his life and the destruction of his family.
Shen Qiao recalls his good impression of Puliuru Jian and is willing to repay the man's kindness for helping him escape from Chang'an. However, he wonders about Puliuru Jian’s potential for ambition and if he's trustworthy.
Yan Wushi argues that while Puliuru Jian is a valuable ally, Huanyue Sect could still survive without him. Shen Qiao, however, is unsure of the full extent of Puliuru Jian's abilities.
Yan Wushi teasingly tells Shen Qiao that he should only stare at him, implying Shen Qiao might give the wrong impression to others. He continues to flirt with Shen Qiao, displaying a change in their dynamic compared to the past.
Yan Wushi makes a bold move by kissing Shen Qiao, to which Shen Qiao reacts angrily, but Yan Wushi dismisses his protests, claiming that their fates are intertwined.
Shen Qiao firmly rejects Yan Wushi's advances, stating he will not involve himself in romantic matters. Yan Wushi insists that they are destined to be cultivation partners.
Yan Wushi finally explains that helping Puliuru Jian will not only be repaying a favor but could bring Shen Qiao great benefits. He invites Shen Qiao to come with him to Chang'an to help Puliuru Jian, promising to follow proper etiquette if Shen Qiao accompanies him.
After some back and forth, Shen Qiao agrees to join Yan Wushi, as long as they maintain respect and boundaries.
Chapter 108: SophistryYan Wushi continues teasing Shen Qiao daily, but Shen Qiao remains cautious and distant, uncertain if Yan Wushi’s affections are genuine or just a passing whim.
Shen Qiao reflects on their complicated past, recalling how Yan Wushi had once betrayed him, leading Shen Qiao to distrust him now, despite Yan Wushi’s recent kindness.
Shen Qiao acknowledges that Yan Wushi saved him on Qingcheng Mountain, and he feels compelled to accompany him to Chang’an to repay the debt and assist Puliuru Jian.
Yan Wushi, amused by Shen Qiao’s hesitance, enjoys playing mind games and subtly mocks Shen Qiao’s insistence on formality and boundaries.
Shen Qiao sets strict guidelines, demanding that they treat each other with courtesy and avoid improper behavior, to which Yan Wushi agrees, though Shen Qiao is suspicious of his easy compliance.
They travel to Xining Town, near Chang’an, where they decide to rest for the night at an inn. Shen Qiao quickly requests separate rooms to avoid any more teasing, though Yan Wushi allows him to take the lead.
The innkeeper mistakenly assumes they are brothers or father and son, but Yan Wushi plays along with the misunderstanding, subtly implying a deeper relationship and causing further embarrassment for Shen Qiao.
During dinner, Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao again, sitting far away to avoid “temptation,” claiming he respects Shen Qiao’s request for distance, but his words remain ambiguous and playful.
Shen Qiao confronts Yan Wushi, asking for an honest explanation of his intentions, but Yan Wushi only provides vague, playful responses, claiming his affection for Shen Qiao is sincere, even comparing it to the famous saying, “In your lover’s eyes, you become Xi Shi.”
Shen Qiao remains skeptical of Yan Wushi’s sincerity, unsure if his teasing is part of a passing fancy or if he truly means it. He contemplates either waiting for Yan Wushi to lose interest or becoming strong enough to defeat him.
During the meal, Yan Wushi suddenly coughs up blood, causing Shen Qiao to panic, thinking he’s been poisoned.
Yan Wushi reveals it was just a ploy, claiming he accidentally bit his lip out of “agitation,” only to tease Shen Qiao further by pulling him close and noting his concern.
Shen Qiao is left frustrated and speechless, realizing once again that he’s been tricked by Yan Wushi’s playful antics.
Chapter 109: HostagesShen Qiao, realizing Yan Wushi had tricked him by pretending to vomit blood, refuses to speak to him during their journey to Chang'an, only giving terse responses like "Mm" or "Oh" to avoid being drawn into further manipulation.
Yan Wushi, aware he may have pushed Shen Qiao too far, lets Shen Qiao's coldness slide and remains in good spirits despite the silent treatment.
Upon arriving at Chang’an, Shen Qiao reflects on the differences between Chang’an and the capital of the Southern Dynasty, Jiankang. He observes that Chang’an has a stolid, awe-inspiring presence, unlike Jiankang’s splendor and charm. He also notes the lack of kingly qi in Jiankang, which may influence the fate of a dynasty.
As they enter the city, Shen Qiao’s reputation from his previous battle in Chang’an precedes him, and the guards allow him to pass without interference, recalling his righteousness and skill during his daring escape with Yuwen Song.
Yan Wushi takes Shen Qiao directly to the Duke of Sui’s residence, which had been sealed since Yuwen Yun's ascension. Yan Wushi, showing no regard for the seals and locks, breaks the chains and enters.
Inside the residence, they meet Puliuru Jian, the Duke of Sui, and Bian Yanmei, Yan Wushi’s eldest disciple. Puliuru Jian greets them warmly, expressing gratitude for Yan Wushi’s safe return and Shen Qiao’s bravery in Chang’an.
Puliuru Jian reveals that Yuwen Yun has grown increasingly suspicious and paranoid, targeting him as part of his campaign to secure power. Yuwen Yun has taken Puliuru Jian’s two sons and daughter (Yuwen Yun's empress) hostage in the palace, under the watch of Buddhist Master Xueting and other martial experts.
Puliuru Jian recounts how his wife had brought their sons to the palace to celebrate the empress’s birthday, only to be separated from them, after which they were not allowed to leave. Now, he fears for their safety and is desperate for help.
Puliuru Jian admits that he has prepared for a revolt against Yuwen Yun but is hesitant to act due to the hostages, fearing that using force could endanger his children.
Yan Wushi, unperturbed, advises Puliuru Jian to stay firm and not let Yuwen Yun use the hostages to manipulate him. He reassures Puliuru Jian that the preparations for rebellion are complete and that losing two sons won’t affect the overall situation, implying that sacrifices must sometimes be made for the greater cause.
Chapter 110: A Grand GiftYan Wushi coldly advises Puliuru Jian to disregard his two sons being held hostage by Yuwen Yun, arguing that great leaders often abandon their family for the sake of power. Puliuru Jian, however, refuses to sacrifice his children, trying to balance his need for rebellion with his devotion as a father.
Puliuru Jian reveals that the empress (his daughter) secretly sent a letter confirming that his sons are alive, held in her palace under house arrest. He’s unsure how to rescue them without triggering their deaths at the hands of Xueting or other enemies in the palace.
Yan Wushi suggests a plan to enter the palace under the guise of delivering gifts from Lady Dugu (Puliuru Jian’s wife) to the empress. Shen Qiao and a small team would infiltrate the palace to rescue the children while Yan Wushi coordinates from outside.
Shen Qiao volunteers for the dangerous task, despite his concerns about not knowing the palace’s layout. Bian Yanmei and two maids will accompany him inside to assist and guide him.
After planning, Puliuru Jian departs through a secret passage, while Bian Yanmei leads Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi to a hidden residence in the city.
Bian Yanmei ensures the residence is safe and secure, explaining how Huanyue Sect maintains multiple properties for such situations.
Puliuru Jian later sends Shen Qiao one of the five scrolls of the Zhuyang Strategy (the one that had been kept in the Northern Zhou inner palace), expressing his trust in Shen Qiao and solidifying the alliance. Shen Qiao is moved by this significant gesture, realizing Puliuru Jian’s cleverness in cementing their partnership.
Yan Wushi explains that while he couldn’t predict the exact outcome, he had anticipated Puliuru Jian might offer such a valuable gift as a token of sincerity to ensure Shen Qiao’s commitment to the mission.
On the seventh of April, Shen Qiao, Yan Wushi, and Bian Yanmei gather at the Duke of Sui’s residence, where preparations are made for the rescue mission.
Shen Qiao and Bian Yanmei are disguised as maids to infiltrate the palace, much to Shen Qiao’s dismay. Though initially uncomfortable with the idea of dressing as a woman, Shen Qiao eventually agrees and is transformed into a “maid” with makeup and a maid’s uniform.
Despite his reluctance, Shen Qiao’s natural grace makes him convincingly beautiful. Bian Yanmei, amused by the situation, playfully adopts a feminine manner to ease the tension, even jokingly referring to himself as “Shen-jiejie” to tease Shen Qiao further.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Thousand Autums
Thousand Autumns, Vol. 5
Chapter 111: Caught Off GuardYan Wushi is impressed by Shen Qiao's appearance in disguise as a woman but instructs the maid to make him less attractive to avoid drawing attention.
Shen Qiao, Bian Yanmei, and two real maids enter the palace under the guise of delivering gifts from Lady Dugu to the empress.
Shen Qiao worries about the difficulty of escaping with the empress and her brothers, while Bian Yanmei reassures him about the plan.
Upon reaching Qingning Hall, the group is met with additional inspection due to the emperor's dislike for Lady Puliuru, but they manage to bribe the eunuch in charge and proceed.
The empress is emotional upon seeing her family’s messengers, but after being told of the rescue plan, she expresses concern about the dangers posed by Buddhist Master Xueting and Hehuan Sect members in the palace.
Bian Yanmei assures her that they are prepared, and they prepare to leave with the empress and her brothers. However, a trusted maid warns them that Yuwen Yun is approaching with his entourage.
The emperor arrives in a rare pleasant mood but quickly becomes erratic, accusing the empress of plotting against him and showing interest in Shen Qiao (disguised as a maid), which unsettles everyone.
Bian Yanmei and Shen Qiao realize they have no choice but to act now. Bian Yanmei attempts to take Yuwen Yun hostage, while Shen Qiao fends off the experts around him.
Unexpectedly, a man disguised in the emperor’s entourage reveals himself as Buddhist Master Xueting, who was supposed to be away but stayed behind to protect Yuwen Yun.
Bian Yanmei engages Xueting but struggles against the grandmaster’s superior martial arts. Shen Qiao handles the other attackers and guards the empress and her siblings.
Xueting realizes he’s made a critical mistake during the fight, though the nature of the mistake remains unclear, hinting at a possible shift in the battle.
Chapter 112: The Escaped FishXueting had anticipated Puliuru Jian's actions and had a decoy go to Qingliang Temple while he stayed behind to guard Yuwen Yun, disguised to catch any attackers off guard.
When Bian Yanmei attempted to capture Yuwen Yun, Xueting noticed and moved to intercept him, but he realized too late that Yan Wushi, disguised as a maid, was the real threat.
Yan Wushi, who had disguised himself using a human skin mask, engaged Xueting in battle, allowing Bian Yanmei to focus on capturing Yuwen Yun.
Shen Qiao fought five martial experts to defend the empress and her brothers. Though skilled, the enemies’ use of poison and concealed weapons slowed Shen Qiao down, making it hard to defeat them quickly.
Xueting and Yan Wushi’s battle was intense and evenly matched, with both using their grandmaster-level skills to search for openings. Meanwhile, Bian Yanmei was held back by Xueting’s disciples, Liansheng and Lianmie.
Shen Qiao decided to stop defending the inner hall and instead rushed to capture Yuwen Yun, successfully taking him hostage and forcing the enemies to stop their attacks.
Despite Yuwen Yun’s desperate offers to Shen Qiao, including titles and wealth, Shen Qiao kept him under control and used him to ensure a safe passage out of the palace.
Shen Qiao, Bian Yanmei, and the empress left the palace, but they realized that one of the empress’s younger brothers, Erlang, had been kidnapped by an unknown party.
The situation became even more complex as Shen Qiao and Bian Yanmei searched the palace but found no trace of Erlang.
Puliuru Jian took control of the palace using Yuwen Yun as leverage, and Shen Qiao surmised that whoever had taken Erlang would make contact to negotiate.
The kidnapper was revealed to be Chen Gong, who sent Murong Qin to deliver a message to Shen Qiao and Puliuru Jian, demanding that only Shen Qiao or Puliuru Jian come to ransom the boy.
Shen Qiao met with Chen Gong, who was calm and composed, holding Erlang hostage. This meeting was significant for both men, who had shared difficult pasts, and Shen Qiao sensed that this encounter had been predestined.
Chapter 113: Chen Gong’s DeathChen Gong held Puliuru Jian’s second son, Ah-Chuang, hostage with the famous sword Tai’e, which he had previously used to retrieve the Zhuyang Strategy scroll for Yuwen Yun.
Chen Gong didn’t intend to harm the boy but used him to negotiate with Shen Qiao, asking for the Zhuyang Strategy scrolls, both the one from Xuandu Mountain and the one hidden in the Zhou palace.
Chen Gong reminisced about his past with Shen Qiao, recalling their hardships together and how he had misunderstood Shen Qiao's intentions back then.
Shen Qiao offered the scroll from Puliuru Jian, admitting that the Xuandu Mountain scroll was destroyed but reciting its contents for Chen Gong.
After memorizing the scroll, Chen Gong attempted to leave with the hostage, breaking his promise to release the boy immediately. He intended to use the child for his escape.
As Chen Gong was leaving, Shen Qiao attacked, swiftly disarming him and rescuing Puliuru Jian’s son. Shen Qiao struck Chen Gong, severely injuring him and sealing his acupoints, rendering him powerless.
Chen Gong realized that his martial arts had been destroyed by Shen Qiao and was furious, accusing Shen Qiao of betrayal and questioning his right to take away his abilities.
In a shocking turn, Puliuru Jian’s son, Puliuru Ying, picked up the Tai’e sword and stabbed Chen Gong in the heart, killing him.
Murong Qin, who had been assisting Chen Gong, was also subdued by Bian Yanmei, leaving him seriously injured.
Chen Gong died with grievances, never expecting to be killed by a child, bringing an end to his manipulative schemes.
Chapter 114: Palace CoupYan Wushi returned from the palace to find Shen Qiao and Bian Yanmei playing weiqi, looking relaxed after completing their mission.
Bian Yanmei happily informed Yan Wushi that Xueting was executed, thinking the Buddhist discipline was finished. However, Yan Wushi corrected him, saying Xueting was still alive, as he wanted to get more from him before letting him go.
Bian Yanmei confirmed that Puliuru Jian’s second son, Puliuru Ying, had been rescued. Chen Gong was dead, and Murong Qin had been captured and was severely injured.
Yan Wushi, despite pretending to be fine, showed signs of internal injuries by coughing blood. He accepted Shen Qiao’s offer to check his pulse, and Shen Qiao determined that the injuries weren’t severe, though Yan Wushi had exaggerated them earlier.
Yan Wushi held Shen Qiao’s hand for a moment, thanking him for setting aside past grievances and helping him during dangerous circumstances. Shen Qiao found the situation awkward, particularly because Yan Wushi was still dressed in women’s clothing.
Yan Wushi insisted on changing Shen Qiao’s drink from honey water to plum wine, showing an unusual attentiveness to his preferences.
After Yan Wushi left to bathe and change clothes, Bian Yanmei asked if he should treat Shen Qiao differently, realizing Yan Wushi’s deep interest in him. Yan Wushi told Bian Yanmei to treat Shen Qiao as he would treat Yan Wushi himself, leaving Bian Yanmei shocked and unsure how to react.
Bian Yanmei speculated that Yan Wushi might want more than just a casual fling with Shen Qiao, which further surprised him, as Shen Qiao didn’t seem like someone who would easily accept romantic advances.
Yan Wushi returned, clean and refreshed, and discussed Puliuru Jian’s two sons with Shen Qiao. Shen Qiao found the eldest dull but honest, and the second son clever but possibly dangerous for the future of the dynasty.
Yan Wushi dismissed Shen Qiao’s concerns about the future, saying dynasties never last forever, and that he only cared about the present situation.
The coup in the palace, aided by Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao, was swift. Puliuru Jian quickly took control, using the young emperor Yuwen Chan as a puppet and eliminating Yuwen Yun’s influence.
Buddhist and Hehuan sects lost their power. Bian Yanmei crushed Hehuan Sect’s remaining members, while Xueting was imprisoned, leaving the Buddhist discipline weakened.
Yan Wushi’s goal was not to eradicate Buddhism entirely but to keep all major factions in balance so that none could dominate.
Puliuru Jian rewarded Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao for their contributions, rebuilding Xuandu Monastery and appointing Shen Qiao as the Perfected Master. Yan Wushi also gained control over several lucrative positions and business dealings.
As time passed, Puliuru Jian officially ascended to the throne, changing the dynasty’s name to Sui and establishing his reign as Kaihuang.
Shen Qiao reflected on his decision to help Puliuru Jian, feeling relieved that his involvement hadn’t resulted in a worse ruler, which would have worsened the people's lives.
Yan Wushi bought Shen Qiao a tiger doll from a market, saying nothing but clearly amused by the gesture, further showing his unusual fondness for Shen Qiao.
Upon returning to Yan Wushi’s residence, they were informed that Yu Shengyan had arrived with someone claiming to be Shen Qiao’s shidi. When Shen Qiao saw the person, he was shocked to recognize his si-shidi (fourth younger martial brother).
Chapter 115: Sect NewsThe newcomer was Yuan Ying, Shen Qiao's fourth shidi from Xuandu Mountain. Yuan Ying was always a low-profile, unremarkable disciple with neither exceptional martial skills nor a strong presence within the sect.
After Shen Qiao's fall, the atmosphere on Xuandu Mountain became uneasy. Yu Ai, their third shixiong, took control of the sect but had suspicious ties with the Göktürks, seeking to restore Xuandu Mountain’s influence through their power. However, he resisted letting them interfere too deeply in sect affairs.
Yuan Ying had been unaware of many of these internal struggles. He remained focused on his duties, teaching swordplay to disciples, until his shimei Gu Hengbo left the sect without warning, revealing Yu Ai’s involvement in Shen Qiao’s fall.
Yuan Ying grew suspicious and was approached by Elder Zhang Benchu, who suggested that Yuan Ying could replace Yu Ai as sect leader. Yuan Ying quietly left the mountain to find Shen Qiao, ending up meeting Yu Shengyan after the Sword Trial Conference.
Shen Qiao listened to Yuan Ying’s story and asked about the elders who had supported Yu Ai’s leadership, realizing there was discord within Xuandu Mountain. Yuan Ying admitted he had always been wary of Yu Ai after Gu Hengbo’s departure.
Yan Wushi invited Yuan Ying to stay and made arrangements to help him recover from malnourishment, showing an unexpected degree of respect for him, which puzzled both Shen Qiao and Yu Shengyan.
Shen Qiao expressed his desire to return to Xuandu Mountain to see the current state of affairs, especially since Yu Ai’s leadership and Xuandu Mountain were likely under external threats, including possible involvement from Hehuan Sect.
Yan Wushi offered his disciples, Bian Yanmei or Yu Shengyan, to accompany Shen Qiao, but Shen Qiao declined, seeing it as an internal sect matter.
Yan Wushi joked that perhaps Shen Qiao wanted him to go along instead, but quickly dismissed the idea, claiming his injuries from his fight with Xueting were still unhealed.
Shen Qiao, skeptical, checked Yan Wushi’s pulse. His expression fell in shock, discovering that Yan Wushi’s condition was worse than expected.
Chapter 116: Change of Sect LeadersShen Qiao discovered that Yan Wushi's internal injuries were worse than expected, with sluggish circulation and blood stasis. Yan Wushi attributed this to being too busy with Huanyue Sect matters to focus on healing.
Shen Qiao, concerned for Yan Wushi's health, gave him medicine he had prepared. Yan Wushi teased Shen Qiao about it, making a joke that the plum juice Shen Qiao drank contained his "body fluids."
Despite the banter, Yan Wushi took the medicine. Shen Qiao expressed concern about his injuries, but Yan Wushi reassured him that he would recover soon.
Yan Wushi noted that Shen Qiao had received money from Yang Jian to help rebuild Xuandu Monastery. Shen Qiao discussed his plans to return to Xuandu Mountain and emphasized that Daoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism should coexist peacefully for the benefit of the common people.
Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi debated Xuandu Mountain's future role in the secular world, with Shen Qiao noting that the current political climate under Yang Jian was favorable for Daoism.
Yan Wushi suggested that Bian Yanmei accompany Shen Qiao to Xuandu Mountain, as the relationship between the court and Huanyue Sect might necessitate support. Shen Qiao agreed to this.
After a few days, Yuan Ying expressed his desire to join Shen Qiao on the trip to Xuandu Mountain, but Shen Qiao assigned him to oversee the construction of Xuandu Monastery in Chang’an instead.
Shen Qiao and Bian Yanmei began their journey to Xuandu Mountain. Along the way, they observed that Xuandu Town, located at the mountain's foot, had become more prosperous over the years.
At a teahouse, they overheard that the rent for the town's fields, which belonged to Xuandu Mountain, had been drastically increased by the new sect leader, Tan, who had replaced Yu Ai.
This surprising revelation worried Shen Qiao, as he had not expected Tan to become the sect leader. He and Bian Yanmei decided to gather more information before heading up the mountain.
The two stayed at an inn, which was bustling with conversation about recent jianghu events. Coincidentally, they overheard young martial artists discussing that Yan Wushi had sent a letter of challenge to Hulugu, causing Shen Qiao to freeze in shock.
Chapter 117: Care and ThoughtNews broke that Yan Wushi had issued a challenge letter to Hulugu, causing excitement and disbelief among martial artists. Many believed Yan Wushi capable of defeating Hulugu due to his previous survival against five martial masters.
Shen Qiao was shocked to hear this news, particularly since he knew Yan Wushi was still recovering from injuries. He questioned Bian Yanmei, who confirmed the challenge was real.
Bian Yanmei speculated that Yan Wushi didn't challenge Hulugu impulsively. Instead, he likely did it to distract Hulugu from intervening in Xuandu Mountain's affairs, as Shen Qiao had killed Hulugu's disciple, Kunye.
Shen Qiao was deeply moved by the realization that Yan Wushi issued the challenge to protect him and alleviate obstacles for Shen Qiao's return to Xuandu Mountain.
Bian Yanmei also revealed that Yan Wushi spared Xueting’s life to exchange him with Tiantai Sect for a scroll of the Zhuyang Strategy, despite the fact that the remaining scroll was not particularly useful for Yan Wushi.
Shen Qiao admired Yan Wushi's careful planning and sacrifices, but he resolved to focus on resolving Xuandu Mountain's issues first.
While at an inn, Shen Qiao and Bian Yanmei encountered three young martial artists—Duan Ying, Zhang Chao, and Zhong Bojing—who were seeking apprenticeship at Xuandu Mountain. Shen Qiao directed them to keep an eye on a nearby pastry shop, where Daoist priests from the mountain made regular visits.
The next day, the three young men approached two Daoist priests from Xuandu Mountain but were rejected as disciples because the mountain was currently undergoing troubled times. The priests hinted at internal strife and concerns about Hehuan Sect's involvement.
The younger priest, Yun Chang, nostalgically lamented the peaceful days under Shen Qiao's leadership, not realizing Shen Qiao was standing right in front of him.
Chapter 118: ConferenceShen Qiao encountered Le An and Yun Chang, two young Daoist priests, who were initially surprised and panicked upon seeing him but quickly showed respect. They informed him about the chaotic situation on Xuandu Mountain.
Le An and Yun Chang explained that Sect Leader Yu Ai had disappeared mysteriously after refusing a Göktürk envoy's request. Tan Yuanchun, the eldest disciple, had taken over temporarily, but his weak leadership was being challenged, especially by Elder Liu Yue.
Shen Qiao offered to ascend the mountain alone, but Le An and Yun Chang, feeling conflicted about their responsibilities, ultimately decided not to accompany him.
As Shen Qiao and Bian Yanmei made their way up the mountain, they encountered disciples like Lou Liang, who initially opposed Shen Qiao but quickly surrendered after realizing his martial superiority. Shen Qiao then learned that the elders were holding a conference to discuss the next sect leader.
Shen Qiao entered the conference, where Liu Yue was challenging Tan Yuanchun's right to the sect leadership. Liu Yue criticized Tan for his mediocrity and even mentioned Shen Qiao as a better alternative.
Shen Qiao calmly interrupted the discussion and greeted the elders. The room fell into an awkward silence, as no one had expected him to return.
Liu Yue quickly shifted his stance, supporting Shen Qiao's return as the rightful sect leader, while Tan Yuanchun appeared conflicted but welcomed Shen Qiao back.
Tan Yuanchun explained that Yu Ai had disappeared without a trace, but Shen Qiao expressed disappointment in Tan for not seeking him out after the incident at Banbu Peak and for not investigating Yu Ai's actions when he had claimed Yu poisoned him.
As tensions rose in the discussion, disciples suddenly rushed in, announcing that Hehuan Sect and Göktürks had invaded the mountain.
Chapter 119: Enemies MeetXuandu Mountain elders received news of the Göktürks and Hehuan Sect attacking, presumably due to Yu Ai’s previous refusal to ally with the Göktürks.
Shen Qiao, remaining calm, suggested they wait to observe the situation before taking action, but they decided to face the enemy head-on.
The attacking group, led by Xiao Se from Hehuan Sect, confronted Xuandu Mountain’s elders. Xiao Se mocked the sect’s current leaderless state and provoked the disciples, hinting at internal discord within the sect.
Shen Qiao focused on observing the key attackers: Duan Wenyang, Sang Jingxing, and others from the Göktürks and Hehuan Sect. Bai Rong flirtatiously winked at Shen Qiao, unsettling him, while Bian Yanmei warned him about Hehuan Sect’s ruthless nature.
The situation escalated, but before a full conflict erupted, a bloodied and injured Yu Ai appeared, revealing that he had been ambushed and left for dead by three unknown assailants after refusing to be a puppet for the Göktürks.
Yu Ai admitted that he was wrong in working with the Göktürks and had plotted against Shen Qiao, mistakenly believing it would benefit Xuandu Mountain. He confessed his guilt and blamed the Göktürks for his downfall.
Shen Qiao remained unmoved by Yu Ai's apology, accusing him of acting out of guilt when he believed a forged letter mimicking Shen Qiao's handwriting.
As tensions mounted, Duan Wenyang's group attacked, with the Göktürks and Hehuan Sect engaging Xuandu Mountain’s disciples and elders in combat.
Shen Qiao prepared for battle, announcing that no one would be allowed to harm Xuandu Mountain with him present.
Kong Zeng, along with his disciples Le An and Yun Chang, arrived to support Shen Qiao, addressing him as Sect Leader, which Shen Qiao did not refute.
As battle erupted, Xiao Se targeted Yun Chang, nearly killing him, but Bian Yanmei intervened, engaging Xiao Se in a fierce duel.
Shen Qiao kept his eyes on Sang Jingxing, recognizing that their final confrontation was inevitable. Sang Jingxing taunted Shen Qiao, lamenting that he hadn’t been the one to capture him after his fall from Banbu Peak.
Sang Jingxing also revealed that he had killed Yuan Xiuxiu, the former leader of Hehuan Sect, solidifying his position as the new sect leader.
Shen Qiao declared his intent to kill Sang Jingxing, launching into battle with a powerful and ethereal sword technique, setting the stage for their confrontation.
Chapter 120: Repay With a LifeShen Qiao and Sang Jingxing engage in a fierce battle, with Sang Jingxing using advanced martial techniques that make him appear as if he's flying.
The Xuandu Mountain disciples watching are in awe and disbelief at Sang Jingxing's strength, doubting Shen Qiao's ability to win.
As the fight intensifies, Sang Jingxing's powerful palm strikes shatter Shen Qiao's sword glare, seemingly leading to Shen Qiao’s defeat.
However, Shen Qiao quickly turns the tables, his sword technique overpowering Sang Jingxing’s attacks and forcing him to retreat.
Sang Jingxing tries to attack again with full strength, unleashing powerful qi attacks in the form of nine dragons, but Shen Qiao counters with a devastating sword move.
Sang Jingxing is heavily injured, coughing up blood and retreating, but he attempts a sneak attack. At that moment, a whistling noise indicates a surprise attack on Shen Qiao from behind.
Yu Ai sacrifices himself, blocking the attack aimed at Shen Qiao, getting fatally wounded by a hidden weapon.
Shen Qiao confronts Sang Jingxing’s final assault and repels it, causing Sang Jingxing to flee, pursued by Bai Rong, while Xiao Se is defeated by Bian Yanmei.
Shen Qiao turns his attention to Yu Ai, who is gravely injured after protecting him. Despite Shen Qiao’s attempts to save him, Yu Ai’s injuries are too severe.
Before dying, Yu Ai confesses that Tan Yuanchun was behind the sneak attack and expresses deep regret for his past actions, including plotting against Shen Qiao and aligning with the Göktürks.
Yu Ai asks Shen Qiao if he still hates him, and Shen Qiao, moved by Yu Ai’s sacrifice, tells him that he no longer does.
Yu Ai dies in Shen Qiao’s arms, reminiscing about their youth and his desire to return to simpler times.
Chapter 121: PunishmentShen Qiao holds Yu Ai's body after his death, deeply reflecting on their past as martial siblings. He is filled with sadness, knowing that the past can never be recovered.
Yun Chang snaps Shen Qiao out of his thoughts, reminding him of the ongoing battle between Xuandu Mountain and their enemies.
Despite Sang Jingxing fleeing, Duan Wenyang and Xiao Se continue to fight alongside their allies, overwhelming Xuandu Mountain's elders.
Kong Zeng, one of the elders, is almost killed by Duan Wenyang, but Shen Qiao intervenes and saves him, taking over the fight against Duan Wenyang.
Duan Wenyang tries to talk Shen Qiao out of fighting, claiming that he had no deep grudge against him and that Tan Yuanchun was the real traitor who invited him up the mountain.
Shen Qiao remains unmoved and continues to battle Duan Wenyang, but the fight slows down as Duan Wenyang tries to negotiate his escape, eventually admitting that he conspired against Yu Ai and worked with Tan Yuanchun to gain power.
Duan Wenyang eventually flees with his Göktürk allies, leaving Xiao Se and the remaining Hehuan Sect members behind. Most of the Hehuan Sect members are killed in the ensuing battle, with only a few, including Xiao Se, managing to escape.
Kong Zeng and the remaining elders feel guilty for not supporting Shen Qiao earlier when he was betrayed by Yu Ai and Tan Yuanchun. Shen Qiao, however, shows no interest in holding a grudge and focuses on uniting Xuandu Mountain against future threats.
Bian Yanmei returns, reporting that Tan Yuanchun has been captured and is being held in the punishment hall.
Shen Qiao goes to confront Tan Yuanchun, who admits to stirring Yu Ai's resentment and orchestrating Shen Qiao's downfall out of jealousy for Shen Qiao's close relationship with their master, Qi Fengge.
Tan Yuanchun reveals his long-held bitterness toward Qi Fengge, feeling that he was always overlooked and that Shen Qiao was favored unfairly.
Shen Qiao, deeply hurt by Tan Yuanchun's betrayal, decides not to execute him but instead strips him of his martial arts and exiles him to guard Qi Fengge’s tomb at Qunling Peak for the rest of his life.
As Shen Qiao walks away, Tan Yuanchun breaks down in tears, left to face the consequences of his actions in solitude.
Shen Qiao reflects on the emotional burden he's carried and finds some relief as he remembers Yan Wushi, gradually letting go of the sadness in his heart.
Chapter 122: Leading Xuandu Mountain Once MoreXuandu Mountain faces heavy losses: Yu Ai is dead, Tan Yuanchun’s martial arts destroyed, and many elders and disciples seriously injured. Liu Yue is gravely hurt and needs to recuperate in seclusion.
Most disciples are injured, with some gravely hurt, including one who narrowly survived a fall after a strike from Sang Jingxing.
The remaining elders and disciples, now disillusioned with the idea of relying on the Göktürks, realize that they must rely on themselves to rebuild Xuandu Mountain’s strength and reputation.
Shen Qiao, without opposition, takes over as sect leader once again. The remaining elders, feeling guilt for having believed Yu Ai, apologize to him and request that he officially assume leadership.
Shen Qiao announces that the Sui Dynasty has granted permission to build Xuandu Monastery in Chang’an, which will serve as a branch of Xuandu Mountain. He plans for the elders to take turns overseeing it.
The elders confess their past mistakes and express remorse, with Lian Shan and Kong Zeng offering to dedicate themselves to teaching and managing affairs, while others offer to guard the sect’s tombs as a form of penance.
Shen Qiao, showing leniency, refrains from holding grudges and declares that Xuandu Mountain must move forward united, warning that any future betrayal will be dealt with severely.
Lian Shan reminds Shen Qiao about his disciples, Shiwu and Qilang, and Shen Qiao sends Le An and Yun Chang to bring them back from Bixia Sect.
Shen Qiao also asks the elders to check on three people he met earlier at the foot of the mountain, Duan Ying and his companions, to assess them as potential disciples.
Bian Yanmei informs Shen Qiao about Yan Wushi’s battle with Hulugu, and the two discuss Yan Wushi’s deteriorating condition after his fight with Xueting, revealing that his demonic core is still flawed.
Yu Shengyan arrives at Xuandu Mountain, bringing a message and a scroll from Yan Wushi, who had recently visited Tiantai Sect to exchange Xueting for the Zhuyang Strategy scroll.
Shen Qiao learns that Yan Wushi’s battle with Hulugu will take place at Banbu Peak, the same location where Shen Qiao’s fateful duel with Kunye occurred.
Shen Qiao prepares to leave Xuandu Mountain to witness Yan Wushi’s battle but first takes on Duan Ying as his disciple, offering him an opportunity to train under him after assessing his potential.
Yu Shengyan, observing Duan Ying’s reaction, inwardly criticizes Shen Qiao’s choice of disciple, amused by Duan Ying’s enthusiastic yet naive response.
Chapter 123: Goodwill AboundsShen Qiao formally accepts Duan Ying as his disciple and explains Xuandu Mountain’s rules and training expectations.
Duan Ying reveals his difficult family background and the reasons he left to find a master, sharing that his stepmother and siblings mistreat him.
Shen Qiao reassures Duan Ying, emphasizing that Xuandu Mountain will be his new home and encourages him to bond with the other disciples.
Duan Ying feels grateful and determined to make the most of his opportunity under Shen Qiao’s guidance.
Shen Qiao receives a message from Yi Pichen of Chunyang Monastery, inviting him to watch the duel between Yan Wushi and Hulugu at Banbu Peak, along with many other martial experts.
Su Qiao delivers the message and confirms that many will gather to watch the battle as it will determine the top martial artist and has implications for the Central Plains and Göktürks.
Shen Qiao agrees to meet Yi Pichen at Yinghui Peak on the fifteenth of March to watch the battle.
Another messenger arrives from Hehuan Sect, bringing news that Sang Jingxing has died from his injuries, and Bai Rong has become the new sect leader.
Bai Rong invites Shen Qiao to her succession ceremony, stating that she has begun to abolish Hehuan Sect’s pair cultivation practices and wants to improve the sect, hoping Shen Qiao will acknowledge her efforts.
Shen Qiao declines the invitation politely, refusing to be drawn into Bai Rong’s advances, despite her efforts to reform the sect in his honor.
Bing Xian, Bai Rong’s messenger, is surprised by Shen Qiao’s unwavering rejection and realizes Bai Rong’s feelings for Shen Qiao are destined to be unrequited.
The next morning, Shen Qiao departs Xuandu Mountain with Yu Shengyan to head to Banbu Peak for Yan Wushi’s duel.
Bian Yanmei must remain behind to handle Huanyue Sect’s affairs in case the worst happens, as the life-or-death nature of the duel could have significant consequences for the sect’s future.
Chapter 124: True ThoughtsShen Qiao arrives at Yan Wushi’s villa, where he finds him leisurely playing with a fawn named "A-Qiao," and the atmosphere is unexpectedly lighthearted despite the upcoming duel with Hulugu.
Shen Qiao, baffled by Yan Wushi’s casual demeanor before such a crucial battle, directly addresses the issue of the duel and proposes to fight in Yan Wushi's place, concerned about his injuries.
Yan Wushi confirms that he sent the challenge to Hulugu, but he downplays the seriousness of the duel, treating it like an exciting opportunity rather than a life-or-death confrontation.
Shen Qiao expresses his worry about the flaw in Yan Wushi’s demonic core, which, according to Bian Yanmei, hasn’t fully healed, but Yan Wushi insists his injuries have mostly recovered.
Despite Shen Qiao’s insistence on fighting Hulugu to settle a battle on behalf of his late master, Yan Wushi dismisses the offer and explains his perspective: he views the duel as an exhilarating experience rather than a calculated move.
Yan Wushi shares his philosophy that life, like blooming flowers, should be lived at its peak and that he prefers the unpredictability of the battle, even if it risks his life.
Yan Wushi admits to having viewed humans as either opponents or insignificant insects but says his opinion of Shen Qiao has changed. He admires Shen Qiao’s unwavering compassion and strong moral character.
They share a candid conversation, with Shen Qiao acknowledging that Yan Wushi has influenced his understanding of the world, and Yan Wushi thanking Shen Qiao for showing him kindness despite their differences.
Yan Wushi, feeling closer to Shen Qiao, makes a surprising move, pulling Shen Qiao beneath him and jokingly suggesting he wants to entrust him with his "orphans" should he die in the upcoming duel.
Shen Qiao is left confused by Yan Wushi’s sudden closeness and the cryptic nature of his statement.
Chapter 125: Before the BattleYan Wushi begins explaining Huanyue Sect’s situation to Shen Qiao, expressing concern for his disciples, Bian Yanmei and Yu Shengyan, in case he dies after his duel with Hulugu.
Shen Qiao is stunned by Yan Wushi's serious tone and statement, particularly the words “if I die,” which stir unfamiliar feelings within him.
Yan Wushi, in his usual casual style, asks Shen Qiao if he is feeling sad for him. Shen Qiao brushes it off, focusing on Yan Wushi’s injuries, noting that the flaw in his demonic core has been repaired.
Shen Qiao offers to help protect Bian Yanmei and Yu Shengyan if anything happens to Yan Wushi, and gives his word to do so with sincerity.
Yan Wushi asks how he can repay Shen Qiao's kindness, pointing out that fame, wealth, and glory mean nothing to him. Shen Qiao clarifies that he values those things but remains clear-minded about not being ensnared by them.
Yan Wushi declares that he has thought about how to repay Shen Qiao and decided that he would repay him with himself, catching Shen Qiao completely off guard.
Shen Qiao, embarrassed by the implication, attempts to push Yan Wushi away. The two briefly exchange blows, with Yan Wushi continuing to tease Shen Qiao, ultimately pinning him down again.
Yan Wushi playfully remarks on Shen Qiao’s kindness and vows to repay him. He recalls past moments, but Shen Qiao remains confused and uncomfortable by the shift in their interaction.
The scene becomes more intimate as Yan Wushi kisses Shen Qiao, catching him completely by surprise. Just then, Yu Shengyan enters the room, shocked by the scene before him.
Shen Qiao immediately pushes Yan Wushi away and stands up, flustered, with his appearance showing clear signs of embarrassment and anger.
Yu Shengyan, realizing the awkwardness of the situation, stammers an apology and quickly flees, leaving Shen Qiao furious and humiliated.
Chapter 126: GamblerThe upcoming duel between Yan Wushi and Hulugu has attracted the attention of the entire martial world, with numerous prominent figures from various sects arriving in Funing County to witness the battle.
The duel is viewed not only as a personal confrontation but as a symbolic battle between the Central Plains' martial arts and the Göktürk Khaganate.
Many spectators have arrived, including figures like Ruyan Kehui from Linchuan Academy, Buddhist Master Fayi, and Yi Pichen. The battle carries immense prestige and risk, with the outcome likely to affect their reputations and lives.
Yan Wushi remains unfazed by the approaching battle and spends his time leisurely, even teasing Shen Qiao and playing with the fawn named "A-Qiao."
A gambling den in Funing County has opened bets on the outcome of the duel, with odds heavily favoring Hulugu. Yan Wushi humorously notes that people are not optimistic about his chances of victory.
Shen Qiao expresses concern for Yan Wushi, reflecting on the high stakes of the upcoming battle, while Yan Wushi remains calm and jokes about the situation, even mentioning Xie Ling to tease Shen Qiao.
Shen Qiao shares insights from his memories of his shifu, Qi Fengge’s battle with Hulugu, trying to help Yan Wushi prepare by discussing Hulugu’s martial prowess and potential weaknesses.
Yan Wushi, however, remains lighthearted, showing no signs of worry. He instead suggests that Shen Qiao join him for a trip to the town’s gambling den.
In the gambling den, Yan Wushi places bets, while Shen Qiao unintentionally wins several rounds by using his internal energy to predict the results, eventually leading them to be kicked out for unfair play.
Yan Wushi finds this situation amusing and teases Shen Qiao for using his internal energy, while also philosophizing about life being a gamble, comparing different aspects of life to betting.
Yan Wushi gives his gambling winnings to a beggar, further showcasing his carefree attitude and willingness to gamble with even larger things in life, like his upcoming duel with Hulugu.
Despite the approaching danger, Yan Wushi remains playful and spontaneous, even treating the whole situation as a game of chance, while Shen Qiao reflects on his willfulness and the uncertainty of the future.
Chapter 127: One QuestionYu Shengyan is bored and teasing the fawn while speculating on where Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao might have gone. He chats with the steward, and they make a bet on the whereabouts of the two.
The steward suggests they might have gone to visit acquaintances due to the gathering of martial experts in Funing County, while Yu Shengyan, knowing his shizun’s personality, guesses that they are either at a gambling den or a brothel.
Meanwhile, Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi are not in a brothel but sitting by a lakeside pavilion, enjoying a meal of freshly prepared prawns and fish with wine.
Shen Qiao admits that he is a poor drinker, but under Yan Wushi’s teasing, he drinks more wine than usual. Yan Wushi continues filling his cup, wanting to see Shen Qiao drunk.
As Shen Qiao becomes intoxicated, Yan Wushi enjoys the sight of his flushed cheeks and slower reactions, noting that Shen Qiao’s drunken state is rare and precious.
Under the influence of alcohol, Shen Qiao becomes emotional, expressing his worry for Yan Wushi regarding the upcoming battle with Hulugu. He admits that he feels much more anxious about a friend facing danger than he would for himself.
Yan Wushi, touched by Shen Qiao’s emotions, assures him that the outcome of the duel is uncertain and that he might not return alive, but he remains carefree, playing with the fawn named “A-Qiao.”
Shen Qiao, still under the effects of the alcohol, splashes cold lake water on his face to regain some clarity. He vows never to drink wine again, but Yan Wushi teases him about his poor tolerance for alcohol.
They return to the villa, where Shen Qiao affectionately speaks to the fawn, wanting to give it a new name. However, the fawn eagerly follows Yan Wushi instead, much to Shen Qiao’s amusement and mild frustration.
Shen Qiao falls asleep, feeling as though he is dreaming. He later wakes up feeling refreshed, only to realize that he has slept for an entire day and night.
The maid informs him that Yan Wushi and Hulugu are likely already engaged in battle on Banbu Peak. Realizing that Yan Wushi probably pressed his acupoint to make him sleep, Shen Qiao hurriedly grabs his sword and rushes toward Banbu Peak to witness the duel.
Chapter 128: A World-Shaking BattleBanbu Peak is set for the duel between Yan Wushi and Hulugu. Despite the serene, misty environment, the mood is tense as martial experts and onlookers gather to witness the fight.
The climb to the summit of Yinghui Peak, where many spectators are trying to view the fight from across the river, is difficult. Only those with exceptional martial skills, like Shen Qiao, can reach the summit easily.
The Wang brothers, along with other martial artists, struggle to climb the last obstacle. Shen Qiao arrives and offers to help the Wang brothers by carrying them over the last hurdle.
After reaching the summit, Shen Qiao joins the other spectators, including prominent figures like Ruyan Kehui and Yi Pichen, to observe the duel between Yan Wushi and Hulugu on Banbu Peak.
The fight is intense, with both Yan Wushi and Hulugu fighting barehanded. Their true qi manipulates the wind and environment around them, creating a powerful and dangerous spectacle.
The martial experts watching note that this is a battle to the death, not just a friendly spar. Hulugu is slightly favored due to his profound internal cultivation, but both fighters are formidable.
Hulugu harnesses the wind with his true qi, trapping Yan Wushi in an overwhelming vortex. However, Yan Wushi, calm and composed, closes his eyes to listen to the wind, waiting for an opening to counterattack.
Yan Wushi finds a flaw in Hulugu's technique and launches a decisive counterstrike with a single finger aimed at Hulugu’s heart.
Hulugu is struck, severely injured, and unable to continue. He acknowledges Yan Wushi's victory but dies shortly after, lamenting that he couldn't reach the ultimate martial summit in his lifetime.
Yan Wushi, though victorious, is gravely injured. Shen Qiao, worried for him, uses his exceptional qinggong to leap across the chasm between the two peaks, stunning the crowd.
Upon reaching Yan Wushi, Shen Qiao discovers that his condition is critical, with no sign of life. Despite Shen Qiao’s desperate attempts to save him with medicinal pills, Yan Wushi remains unresponsive.
Overcome with grief, Shen Qiao holds Yan Wushi, reflecting on how much he means to him and pleading for him to wake up.
As Shen Qiao kisses Yan Wushi’s face and neck in a moment of vulnerability, Yan Wushi suddenly moves and speaks weakly, teasing Shen Qiao by asking if he really meant he’d do anything if he woke up.
Epilogue Part OneAfter seeing Hulugu collapse, Yu Shengyan is ecstatic but soon realizes that Yan Wushi likely did not escape the fight unscathed. He worries for his shizun but cannot reach Banbu Peak.
Shen Qiao leaps across the chasm between Yinghui Peak and Banbu Peak with incredible qinggong, amazing everyone, including Yu Shengyan and other onlookers.
Duan Wenyang, also worried for Hulugu, descends the mountain and reaches Banbu Peak quickly, intending to check on his shifu.
Shen Qiao returns from Banbu Peak, carrying an unconscious and gravely injured Yan Wushi on his back. Yu Shengyan rushes to check on them, alarmed by Yan Wushi’s cold, deathly appearance.
Duan Wenyang asks about Hulugu, but Shen Qiao states that he was focused on bringing Yan Wushi down and didn’t check on Hulugu.
Duan Wenyang considers the possibility that Shen Qiao could have killed Hulugu but quickly dismisses it due to Shen Qiao’s moral character.
Shen Qiao takes Yan Wushi back to the villa, where he writes a prescription and carefully tends to Yan Wushi, monitoring his pulse and feeding him medicine for three days.
Yan Wushi wakes up three days later. Yu Shengyan is overjoyed, but Yan Wushi dismisses him, signaling for Shen Qiao to stay instead.
Yan Wushi reminds Shen Qiao of his promise to do anything if he woke up. When Shen Qiao hesitates, Yan Wushi, feigning discomfort, kisses him deeply, much to Shen Qiao’s shock and embarrassment.
Shen Qiao scolds Yan Wushi for lacking self-respect despite his severe injuries. Yan Wushi teases him, reminding him of his earlier words and enjoying his flustered state.
In the following days, Shen Qiao avoids close interactions with Yan Wushi, no longer feeding him medicine directly. News begins to spread outside about the results of the duel.
Hulugu’s death is confirmed, and Duan Wenyang returns to the Khaganate to bury him. However, rumors circulate that Yan Wushi might also have died, as many saw Shen Qiao carrying him down the mountain in a seemingly dire state.
Despite these rumors, Yan Wushi is recovering in secret, with the villa staff and Yu Shengyan keeping quiet about his survival.
Due to the ambiguous outcome of the duel, gambling dens in Funing County suffer significant losses, with many declaring bankruptcy after betting heavily on Hulugu's survival.
Yan Wushi and Huanyue Sect, under the alias "Xi Xingke," had placed bets on both Hulugu’s and Yan Wushi’s injuries or deaths, earning a significant fortune from the outcome.
Yan Wushi instructs Yu Shengyan to send ten thousand taels of the winnings to Chunyang Monastery as a reward for Yi Pichen’s carefully vague statements that helped sway public opinion and secure their victory in the bets.
Epilogue Part TwoShen Qiao plans to go to Chang'an to check on Yuan Ying and the construction of Xuandu Monastery, as Yuan Ying lacks experience, and Shen Qiao doesn’t want him handling matters with the emperor on his own.
Shen Qiao attempts to say goodbye to Yu Shengyan but struggles to find him for two days. When they finally meet, Yu Shengyan insists Shen Qiao speak to Yan Wushi directly before leaving.
Shen Qiao is reluctant to face Yan Wushi due to personal confusion and unresolved feelings. However, when Yu Shengyan is alarmed by urgent news, Shen Qiao suspects something happened to Yan Wushi.
Shen Qiao rushes to Yan Wushi’s house, where he sees signs of blood and panic. He finds Yan Wushi lying in bed, pale and cold, resembling his condition after the duel with Hulugu.
As Shen Qiao moves to check his pulse, Yan Wushi wakes up and coldly dismisses him, telling Shen Qiao to leave if he wants.
Shen Qiao is taken aback by Yan Wushi's sudden coldness, feeling hurt and uncertain about the change in his demeanor. However, he decides to stay until Yan Wushi fully recovers, despite Yan Wushi's refusal.
Yan Wushi feigns indifference and dismisses Shen Qiao's help, claiming that Huanyue Sect has its own doctors, and he doesn’t want to trouble him further.
Yu Shengyan tries to defuse the tension, but Shen Qiao, feeling upset, decides to leave. He believes Yan Wushi has been pretending to be seriously injured.
The next morning, Shen Qiao leaves without saying goodbye to Yan Wushi, but he leaves behind prescriptions and medicine for his recovery.
After leaving, Shen Qiao encounters Yuan Ying, who has left Chang'an to search for him due to concerns over the outcome of the duel and potential threats from Hulugu.
After meeting Yuan Ying, Shen Qiao sends him back to Chang'an and decides to change his route, heading toward Yuan Province and the Chen Kingdom to explore the region.
Shen Qiao reflects on the political instability of the time, noting the various competing factions, including the Sui and Chen dynasties, as well as the Göktürk Khaganate. He considers the possibility of Chen or Sui uniting the lands but remains uncertain about the future.
While traveling toward Jiankang, Shen Qiao meets a wealthy widow and her daughter from the Li family, who invite him to join their group for safety as they journey across the regions between the northern and southern dynasties.
The Li family hires an escort agency, led by a guard named Liu, who becomes suspicious of Shen Qiao, thinking he might be trying to seduce the young Li daughter due to her growing interest in him.
Shen Qiao, aware of the misunderstanding, decides not to explain and remains detached, planning to part ways with the group once they reach their destination.
The group stops to rest at the foot of Qianlong Mountain in Huainan, as they realize they won’t make it to the next town before nightfall.
Epilogue Part ThreeShen Qiao, sensing something off, scans the area but doesn’t spot anything suspicious.
Escort Guard Liu invites Shen Qiao to join them for a meal. Despite his initial reservations about Shen Qiao, he tries to befriend him due to Shen Qiao’s evident martial skills.
During the meal, Liu suggests Shen Qiao might find favor with the new Chen emperor, who is interested in Daoism and alchemy. Shen Qiao finds this amusing but doesn't dismiss the idea.
Liu explains the emperor’s interest in alchemy, despite Chen’s Confucian background, attributing it to the pursuit of immortality by many rulers throughout history.
As night falls, Liu and the rest of the group prepare to sleep. Shen Qiao opts to meditate instead of sleeping, a habit he’s developed as part of his martial arts training.
While meditating, Shen Qiao notices an incoming arrow aimed at the Li family’s carriage and intercepts it in time. More arrows follow, signaling an attack by bandits.
The bandits, about 30 to 40 in number, ambush the group. Chaos ensues as the guards and servants panic. Shen Qiao takes on the majority of the attackers, displaying his formidable martial abilities.
Amidst the fighting, the Li family’s daughter unexpectedly blocks an arrow intended for Shen Qiao, injuring herself in the process.
Shen Qiao defeats the remaining bandits and returns to treat the girl’s wounds, using his medical knowledge to stop the bleeding and bandage her up.
The Li family’s daughter confesses her admiration for Shen Qiao, expressing that she doesn’t regret her actions, even if unrequited. Her boldness in admitting her feelings surprises both her mother and Shen Qiao.
Shen Qiao gently turns her down, emphasizing his role as a Daoist priest who does not engage in worldly attachments. He leaves after giving further instructions on her care.
Escort Guard Liu and the remaining guards deal with the aftermath of the bandit attack, killing the captured bandits to prevent future attacks.
Escort Guard Liu jokingly suggests Shen Qiao could return to secular life and marry the Li family’s daughter, securing wealth in the process. Shen Qiao, lost in thought, finally gains clarity on something that had long troubled him.
Shen Qiao asks Liu a surprising question about whether he has ever had a beloved, leaving Liu stunned and confused.
Epilogue Part FourEscort Guard Liu is confused when Shen Qiao asks about a “beloved,” leading Shen Qiao to laugh and clarify he asked too abruptly.
Liu assumes Shen Qiao is confused by little Li-niangzi’s advances and tries to comfort him, explaining his own experience of marriage arranged by his parents, which lacked romance but worked well enough.
Shen Qiao acknowledges Liu’s story but shares that his heart already belongs to someone else. He reveals that little Li-niangzi’s bold confession made him realize his feelings for another.
Liu advises Shen Qiao to pursue his love interest and suggests traditional gestures like giving hairpins, but Shen Qiao explains that his beloved is not interested in such things.
Shen Qiao reveals that his beloved is highly skilled in martial arts, but he can’t defeat them, which surprises Liu, who finds it odd that Shen Qiao would be in love with someone who is stronger than him.
Liu advises Shen Qiao to show sincerity, believing it will eventually win over his beloved, and tells him to be persistent.
As they continue their journey, Liu and Shen Qiao travel in silence, while within the carriage, little Li-niangzi and her mother discuss the staged arrow incident.
It’s revealed that little Li-niangzi’s injury was a deliberate act for a mission, orchestrated to influence Shen Qiao. Despite the pain, she’s hopeful that her actions will succeed.
The group rests in a town for a few days before continuing their journey to Jiankang. Upon arrival, the Li family parts ways with Shen Qiao, though Liu insists on showing him around the city before they say their final goodbyes.
Afterward, Shen Qiao decides to stay at Baimen Monastery. While there, an envoy from the Chen emperor arrives, summoning Daoists to the palace. Shen Qiao, seeing an opportunity, agrees to go after some hesitation.
Shen Qiao and two other Daoists are taken to Wangxian Hall in the Chen palace, where several Daoists are already seated. Shen Qiao deliberately sits in the least important seat.
As Shen Qiao waits, he suddenly notices a familiar figure who makes him uneasy. The man briefly acknowledges Shen Qiao with a glance before looking away, leaving Shen Qiao speechless.
Epilogue Part FiveShen Qiao immediately recognizes Yan Wushi in the Chen imperial palace, even though Yan Wushi has only disguised himself as a Daoist without altering his appearance.
Shen Qiao is puzzled by Yan Wushi’s audacity, knowing the political consequences of being discovered plotting in Confucian-dominated Chen, where Ruyan Kehui holds great power.
Daoist Master Zhang informs Shen Qiao that the emperor has recently been interested in Daoism, while Ruyan Kehui is away with the army quelling a rebellion, leaving the emperor free to act.
Shen Qiao is cautious, wondering whether the empress dowager, Ruyan Kehui’s shimei, might intervene if she finds out about the emperor’s Daoist interest.
The emperor, Chen Shubao, arrives and questions the gathered Daoists about their insights on immortality. A Daoist named Lin suggests elixirs and internal martial arts as the path to becoming an immortal.
Yan Wushi laughs, disrupting the emperor’s inquiry. He provocatively suggests that Shen Qiao is the "eminent master" the emperor is seeking, shifting the emperor’s attention to Shen Qiao.
The emperor notices Shen Qiao and is intrigued by his demeanor, asking for his expertise. Shen Qiao introduces himself as "Shan Qiaozi" and says he cultivates the "path of affection," a made-up concept.
The emperor becomes interested in Shen Qiao’s explanation of this "path of affection," which involves indulging in worldly pleasures while pursuing spiritual cultivation, and invites him to stay at the palace.
Shen Qiao declines the invitation, explaining that his path of cultivation requires experiencing the world outside, not just palace life. He subtly admonishes the emperor, urging him to also care for his people’s well-being.
The emperor, while intrigued, dismisses Shen Qiao’s advice lightly and insists Shen Qiao stay in the palace to discuss the Dao further.
Other Daoists grow jealous of Shen Qiao’s interaction with the emperor and attempt to insert themselves into the conversation.
Yan Wushi comments that this demonstrates why he doesn’t think highly of Southern Chen, further undermining the Daoists present.
Suddenly, Empress Dowager Liu Jingyan, Ruyan Kehui’s shimei, arrives, catching the emperor and everyone else by surprise, especially as she addresses Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao directly.
Epilogue Part SixLiu Jingyan, the Empress Dowager, enters the hall and immediately recognizes Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao, having seen them before when they visited the Southern Dynasty.
Shen Qiao tries to explain his presence, but Yan Wushi remains unbothered, casually seated despite the tension.
Liu Jingyan, showing diplomatic skill, speaks respectfully to both Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao, addressing them as honored guests to avoid embarrassment for the imperial family.
Chen Shubao, the emperor, is outraged by the deception and orders the guards to seize them, but Liu Jingyan counters his command, putting the guards in a difficult position.
Yan Wushi mocks Chen Shubao, suggesting that he is unworthy of his parentage, which infuriates the emperor further.
The guards attempt to capture Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi, but the two effortlessly defeat them without even moving, leaving the guards sprawled on the floor.
Liu Jingyan diplomatically takes control of the situation, instructing the guards to leave and sending the other Daoists out of the palace.
Afterward, Liu Jingyan privately hosts Yan Wushi and Shen Qiao, asking if they had any ulterior motives for entering the palace. Shen Qiao assures her that they came without ill intent.
Yan Wushi remarks that if he had wanted to kill Chen Shubao, he wouldn’t have waited this long, demonstrating his disinterest in political matters.
Liu Jingyan shows admiration for Yan Wushi’s prowess, acknowledging his victory over Hulugu, and proposes to spare the lives of the Daoists who entered the palace.
Shen Qiao takes the opportunity to request leniency for the Daoists, and Liu Jingyan agrees, promising not to scapegoat the innocent.
Liu Jingyan expresses her frustrations over Chen Shubao’s lack of interest in governance, hoping for better guidance for him, but Yan Wushi dismisses the notion, pointing out the entrenched influence of Confucianism in the Chen court.
The conversation ends with Liu Jingyan escorting them out, suggesting they inform her if they ever plan to visit the palace again, and Yan Wushi admits that he was only looking for Shen Qiao.
Outside the palace, Shen Qiao struggles to confess his feelings to Yan Wushi. He fumbles with his words, and in frustration, he drags Yan Wushi to a secluded alley.
Finally, Shen Qiao, after much hesitation, kisses Yan Wushi briefly, surprising him and breaking the cold demeanor Yan Wushi had maintained up until that point.
Epilogue Part SevenShen Qiao, after impulsively kissing Yan Wushi, finds himself pinned against a stone wall by Yan Wushi, who swiftly overpowers him both physically and emotionally.
Yan Wushi, taking control, begins an intense and passionate kiss, leaving Shen Qiao overwhelmed. Shen Qiao tries to keep up but quickly realizes he's no match for Yan Wushi's experience.
As Yan Wushi continues, he begins to explore Shen Qiao’s body with calculated movements, teasing and provoking him to the point of flustered helplessness.
Yan Wushi takes great pleasure in savoring the moment, appreciating Shen Qiao’s purity and innocence while fully indulging his desires.
Shen Qiao hears footsteps approaching, regaining a bit of composure and trying to push Yan Wushi away. Yan Wushi, however, refuses to stop, continuing his teasing despite Shen Qiao's protestations.
A passerby stumbles upon them in the alley but quickly flees after seeing Yan Wushi’s intimidating glare.
Yan Wushi, deciding the alley isn't the best location, picks up Shen Qiao and effortlessly leaps across rooftops to the nearest inn.
The innkeeper and concierge are caught off guard by Yan Wushi’s entrance, but after receiving a large round of silver, they eagerly show him to a luxury room.
Once inside the room, Shen Qiao manages to pull away from Yan Wushi, trying to stop things from escalating further. However, Yan Wushi mocks him for trying to back out after initiating the kiss, continuing his advances.
Shen Qiao blushes and stammers, clearly flustered by the situation. Despite his attempts to resist, he finds himself overpowered by Yan Wushi’s persistence.
After some playful back-and-forth sparring, Yan Wushi finally pins Shen Qiao to a table, removing his waist sash, and things escalate further.
The scene shifts to the innkeeper and concierge downstairs, who overhear noises from the room above. The concierge expresses concern, but the innkeeper dismisses it, saying it's best to leave "immortals" to their business.
Young Again Part OneShiwu, worried after Shen Qiao hasn't woken up at the usual time, decides to check on him. He hears a noise from the bedroom and rushes in, only to find a small child instead of his Shizun.
The child, who looks about six years old, claims to be Shen Qiao, much to Shiwu's confusion and disbelief.
After a brief exchange, Shiwu realizes that this child really is Shen Qiao, transformed overnight into a younger version of himself.
The rest of Xuandu Mountain quickly learns of the strange event, and though they are shocked, they cannot deny that the child resembles Shen Qiao.
Despite the bizarre situation, little Shen Qiao is unusually well-behaved, although he continuously asks for his Shizun.
The disciples try various methods, including channeling internal energy into Shen Qiao, but nothing restores him to his original form.
Gu Hengbo recalls that when Shen Qiao was young, he had a stuffed rabbit he adored, and she finds a similar one to comfort the child.
Shiwu sends a letter to Yan Wushi, hoping he can help, but fears how Yan Wushi will react to the situation.
When Yan Wushi arrives, he is surprised but recovers quickly, suggesting that Shen Qiao might return to normal on his own.
Yan Wushi, always unpredictable, knocks Shen Qiao unconscious and decides to take him away from Xuandu Mountain to "play."
Shiwu tries to stop Yan Wushi, but Yan dismisses him, promising to bring Shen Qiao back when he returns to normal.
Little Shen Qiao wakes up in an unfamiliar place with Yan Wushi, feeling lost and frightened, but tries to stay strong.
Yan Wushi, amused by the situation, consoles Shen Qiao and takes him to a marketplace to distract him.
Yan Wushi buys a tangren figure molded to look like Shen Qiao’s Shizun, which temporarily makes the child happy.
However, when Yan Wushi bites into the tangren, Shen Qiao is devastated and bursts into tears, overwhelmed by the situation.
Young Again Part TwoShen Qiao wakes up in what seems like Xuandu Mountain from the past, realizing he might be dreaming or transported to the past. He finds himself in his old living quarters.
After exploring, he notices a light in Qi Fengge's room and heads there. When Qi Fengge opens the door, Shen Qiao, overwhelmed with emotion, reveals his identity as his future self from twenty years later.
Qi Fengge, recognizing his grown disciple through his appearance and mannerisms, believes Shen Qiao's story and welcomes him warmly.
Shen Qiao becomes emotional when he sees his Shizun alive and well, overwhelmed by the opportunity to see him again. Qi Fengge, ever calm, reassures him, acknowledging the natural flow of life and death.
They avoid discussing the specifics of the future to prevent any complications, and Qi Fengge invites Shen Qiao to accompany him to the Lantern Festival.
At the festival, Qi Fengge wins a rabbit lantern for Shen Qiao, reminding him of when he was a child and how he let another disciple, Yuan Chun, have the lantern. Shen Qiao cherishes the gift, feeling deeply connected to his Shizun.
After spending time at the festival, they sit by a river, watching lanterns float by. Qi Fengge comments on Shen Qiao still being childlike, which Shen Qiao acknowledges by saying it's because the gift came from Shizun.
Qi Fengge apologizes for having placed the heavy responsibility of sect leader on Shen Qiao, but Shen Qiao reassures him, expressing his dedication to Xuandu Mountain.
Shen Qiao eventually falls asleep, resting his head on Qi Fengge's lap, while his Shizun pats his head lovingly.
Shen Qiao wakes up in the present, under a tree with Yan Wushi beside him. It seems both Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi experienced something similar — a switch with Shen Qiao’s childhood self.
Shen Qiao reflects on the experience, noting that he has no memory of this incident from when he was young, but concludes that it must have happened due to the mysterious nature of the event.
Yan Wushi, teasing yet affectionate, pulls out the rabbit lantern that Shen Qiao had from the festival, suggesting that the experience might have been more real than a mere dream.
Side Story OneYan Wushi is sitting next to Shen Qiao, who is deeply asleep, gently playing with Shen Qiao’s face, pinching his lips playfully while Shen Qiao remains unaware.
Yan Wushi leaves Shen Qiao to answer the door after a knock from the concierge. The concierge informs him that breakfast can be prepared, and Yan Wushi orders an extravagant meal, giving a generous payment.
As Shen Qiao wakes up, he realizes he's still in bed and quickly hides under the covers to dress, embarrassed about the previous night's events.
Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao about not wearing his underpants, saying that they were soiled, and he had to send someone to buy new ones.
Shen Qiao is mortified, especially when Yan Wushi mentions knowing his measurements and brings up intimate details from the night before, including how Shen Qiao cried and called him "Yan-lang" during their intimate moments.
Yan Wushi continues to playfully torment Shen Qiao, mentioning how, if they were a man and a woman, he would have already gone through traditional marriage rituals.
Shen Qiao, overwhelmed by the teasing, agrees to "take responsibility" for what happened the previous night, leading to more teasing from Yan Wushi.
The concierge arrives with the new underpants, and Yan Wushi offers to help Shen Qiao dress, which Shen Qiao refuses, feeling even more embarrassed.
Shen Qiao hastily puts on his clothes under the covers, but Yan Wushi points out that he put his pants on backward, making Shen Qiao even more flustered and embarrassed.
Side Story TwoThe gates of the Daoist monastery are left open, and the tranquil scenery of blooming osmanthus flowers creates a peaceful atmosphere.
Yang Guang, the Prince of Jin, arrives at the monastery, accompanied by a man, Yuxiu, a Buddhist monk and disciple of Great Master Zhizhe.
Yang Guang enters the monastery without an invitation and finds Shen Qiao brewing tea. Shen Qiao politely welcomes them.
Yuxiu impresses Shen Qiao by calmly drinking the tea, while Yang Guang finds it bitter and unpleasant.
Yang Guang tries to arrange a martial arts match between Yuxiu and Shen Qiao, but Shen Qiao politely declines, saying that Yuxiu has great potential and doesn't need his guidance.
Yang Guang invites Shen Qiao to a banquet for the Double Ninth Festival, hoping to pull Shen Qiao into his circle, but Shen Qiao declines, stating that he will be heading to Xuandu Mountain.
After Yang Guang and Yuxiu leave, Yan Wushi, who had been listening from behind, comments that Shen Qiao offended Yang Guang by rejecting him.
Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao playfully, getting close and whispering in his ear, causing Shen Qiao to blush.
Yan Wushi reveals he had traveled to Goguryeo, passing through the Eastern Khaganate, and mentions Duan Wenyang's rise in power there.
Shen Qiao expresses interest in Yuxiu, to which Yan Wushi jokingly accuses him of wanting the monk as well, further embarrassing Shen Qiao.
Yan Wushi, enjoying Shen Qiao’s flustered reactions, picks him up and carries him inside the monastery.
Side Story ThreeIt is the night of the winter solstice, and the scene is set in the Duke of Wu's residence in Chang’an, where Yan Wushi is staying after being granted the title of state duke by Yang Jian. The courtyard is adorned with lanterns, and snow gently falls, blanketing everything in white.
Shen Qiao is presented with a bowl of soup, which contains a strange combination of lamb broth, dumplings, and tangyuan (sweet rice balls). Shen Qiao finds this combination odd and unappetizing, and Yan Wushi explains that the dish was created by the Prince of Jin (Yang Guang) to impress the emperor at the winter solstice banquet.
Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao about his reaction to the soup, explaining that the Prince of Jin called it the “Soup of Unity,” symbolizing the future unification of the world. Shen Qiao reflects that Yang Guang is more eloquent and cunning than the crown prince, but there is a darkness and malice in him that suggests his ambition may lead to trouble.
The two discuss the political landscape, with Yan Wushi speculating that the emperor may eventually consider replacing the crown prince with Yang Guang. Yan Wushi also mentions that Yang Guang will likely be made a marshal for the upcoming southern campaign against Chen, which could give him the military exploits needed to strengthen his position.
Shen Qiao expresses concern over the favoritism shown to Yang Guang, warning that this could cause discord within the imperial family and lead to future conflict. Yan Wushi agrees, noting that imperial family rivalries are common in history, but he makes light of the situation by teasing Shen Qiao about his own cleverness.
The conversation shifts to Yuxiu, a Buddhist monk who has both Göktürk and Han ancestry and is closely associated with the Prince of Jin. Yan Wushi reveals that Yuxiu’s mixed background makes him a figure of interest, especially given the tension between the Sui Dynasty and the Göktürk Khaganate.
Shen Qiao is shocked when Yan Wushi implies that Yuxiu and Yang Guang might have a romantic relationship, but he admits that he hadn’t considered that possibility. Yan Wushi teases Shen Qiao about his innocence and lack of experience, leading to more playful banter between the two.
Yan Wushi continues to flirt with Shen Qiao, teasing him about needing further "instruction" and leading to a playful and affectionate interaction between them.
Side Story FourYan Wushi reveals Yuxiu’s Göktürk ancestry and connection to Princess Dayi (Lady Yuwen), who is plotting against the Sui Dynasty to avenge her family’s downfall.
Princess Dayi, once married to the Khaganate’s Ishbara Khagan, now plans to destabilize the Sui Dynasty through Yuxiu, whom she helped travel south and enter the Buddhist sect Tiantai.
Yuxiu is positioned as a secret pawn, intending to influence Yang Guang (the Prince of Jin) and aid him in his ambitions to overthrow his brother, Yang Yong, the current crown prince.
Shen Qiao realizes that the Buddhist sects are gambling on Yang Guang’s potential rise to power, given Yang Yong’s lack of favor for Buddhism.
Yan Wushi notes that Lady Yuwen’s plans, though extensive, are ultimately futile since the Yuwen family lacks the strength to reclaim their former position.
Shen Qiao expresses concern for the common people, hoping to avoid the destruction of the current peace.
Yan Wushi agrees that Yang Jian is a wise ruler, but he predicts the Sui Dynasty will not survive beyond its second generation due to Yang Guang’s ambition and the inevitable collapse caused by internal strife.
Shen Qiao, using Xuandu Mountain’s fortune-telling practices, agrees that Yang Guang has the potential to ascend the throne but warns that his reign could lead to destruction.
Yan Wushi hints that Huanyue Sect may support Yang Guang if he behaves, but if he holds a grudge, he will face crises due to the threats surrounding him.
Shen Qiao reflects on the inevitability of dynastic rises and falls, acknowledging that even wise rulers cannot prevent the eventual decline of their empires.
The conversation turns lighter as Shen Qiao proposes traveling south to see beautiful landscapes, and Yan Wushi teasingly considers joining him.
The chapter ends with a flashback to Shen Qiao’s childhood on Xuandu Mountain, where he and Yu Ai have a playful interaction, emphasizing Shen Qiao’s gentle and caring nature, even as a child.
WishYin Chuan, exhausted and fleeing through the Gobi Desert without water, struggles to keep going while being pursued.
A mysterious voice belonging to a young woman in red, Liu Xufei, suddenly speaks to him, showing superior martial prowess.
Yin Chuan, suspicious of her intentions, is cautious, but Liu Xufei reveals she knows his identity and offers protection if he joins Hehuan Sect and shares his family’s fortune.
Yin Chuan denies having access to his family's hidden wealth, claiming it was squandered by his father, but Liu Xufei doesn’t believe him.
As Liu Xufei attempts to persuade him, Cheng Lugui, disciple of the Kosa Sage from Tuyuhun, arrives, forcing her into a fight.
Liu Xufei proves stronger than Cheng Lugui but is interrupted by the Kosa Sage himself, one of the top martial arts masters, who arrives to claim Yin Chuan.
The Kosa Sage criticizes Hehuan Sect and Bai Rong’s leadership, forcing Liu Xufei to retreat. He then turns his attention to Yin Chuan.
Cheng Lugui tortures Yin Chuan, attempting to extract information about his family’s fortune. However, Shen Qiao intervenes, attacking Cheng Lugui and saving Yin Chuan.
The Kosa Sage confronts Shen Qiao, demanding Yin Chuan be handed over. They engage in a brief fight where Shen Qiao gains the upper hand but allows the Kosa Sage to retreat.
Yan Wushi arrives on the scene, further intimidating the Kosa Sage, causing him to flee with Cheng Lugui.
Yin Chuan begs Shen Qiao to take him as a disciple, but Shen Qiao declines, suggesting instead that he learn from Zhan Ziqian, a master painter, which Yin Chuan accepts eagerly.
Yan Wushi expresses his dislike for dragging Yin Chuan along, but Shen Qiao insists on helping him reach Zhan Ziqian.
The chapter ends with Shen Qiao and Yan Wushi continuing on their journey, while Yin Chuan, inspired by Shen Qiao’s kindness, follows behind with renewed hope.
Ren YingRen Ying, starving and exhausted, is being chased by a group of men after stealing a bundle of flatbread.
He finds a dilapidated temple with a Daoist priest sitting by a fire and decides to hide inside.
His pursuers catch up, demanding the stolen bundle. Ren Ying reluctantly throws it to them, but the group leader moves to kill him despite it being just food.
As Ren Ying is about to be killed, the Daoist priest, revealed to be Shen Qiao, intervenes and easily defeats the attackers, saving Ren Ying’s life.
The pursuers, members of the Yamato Shinbu Sect, believe Shen Qiao is involved in their hunt for a sect token, but Shen Qiao denies this and continues defending Ren Ying.
Another man, Yan Wushi, arrives at the scene, mocking the attackers and further unnerving them with his intimidating presence.
Shen Qiao defeats the Shinbu Sect leader, Asano Taku, with ease, forcing the group to explain their presence in the Central Plains.
Asano reveals they have been searching for a missing token, the Mitake sword, which many sects are after. They mistakenly thought Ren Ying was connected to their enemies.
Yan Wushi reveals that the sword Asano's group has is a fake and plans to use this knowledge to set a trap, manipulating the situation further for his own amusement.
Ren Ying, overwhelmed by the situation, hides behind Shen Qiao. Shen Qiao offers him some food and reassures him, promising to help him and his starving siblings.
Shen Qiao accompanies Ren Ying to retrieve his siblings from a broken-down kiln where they’ve been hiding. He gives Ren Ying more food and advises him to settle in a village near Xuandu Mountain.
Yan Wushi reveals his plan to spread rumors that he has the real Mitake sword, intending to cause chaos among the sects and trick Asano’s group into taking the blame.
Shen Qiao realizes Yan Wushi is plotting something bigger but decides to watch how things unfold.
Despite Yan Wushi’s usual mischievous nature, Shen Qiao trusts that his actions, while self-serving, may not lead to true harm.
Yan Wushi playfully teases Shen Qiao, hinting at their close relationship while continuing to stir up trouble in the jianghu.
Ren Ying, witnessing this dynamic between the two powerful figures, is both confused and awed, realizing how fortunate he is to have crossed paths with them.
NamingQi Fengge travels through the desolate landscape near the Yellow River, reflecting on the natural disasters that have devastated the land and left many homeless and starving.
He encounters desperate refugees who attempt to steal his horse but easily fends them off, having grown hardened to the plight of people after realizing he cannot save everyone.
As he seeks shelter in a dilapidated temple, Qi Fengge discovers a young child hiding inside a clay jar. The child bites him out of fear but eventually allows Qi Fengge to wash his face and offer him food.
The child, who has been through hardship, barely speaks but eventually asks for water, revealing some basic trust in Qi Fengge.
Two men, Wu Wenguang and Ji Chunzhai, arrive at the temple, seeking shelter from the wind. They initially exchange pleasantries with Qi Fengge but quickly reveal their ill intentions, offering to buy the child from him.
Qi Fengge refuses, suspecting they intend to eat the child. The men, from the demonic Hehuan Sect, threaten Qi Fengge and try to attack him.
Wu Wenguang attempts to kill Qi Fengge but is effortlessly defeated, while Ji Chunzhai’s skilled swordplay is stopped by an invisible force before Qi Fengge disables his martial arts.
Just as Qi Fengge is about to disable Ji Chunzhai completely, a young and arrogant man, Yan Wushi, arrives and prevents Qi Fengge from doing so. Yan claims to owe Ji Chunzhai’s associate, Cui Youwang, a favor and wishes to spare him.
Yan Wushi and Qi Fengge exchange blows briefly, and Yan praises Qi’s abilities, despite Qi carrying the child during the fight.
Yan Wushi suggests that Qi Fengge should hand over the child to him due to the boy’s potential, but Qi Fengge refuses, already having grown attached to the boy and intending to make him his disciple.
Yan Wushi departs, and Qi Fengge carries the child away from the temple, reflecting on the dawn of a new day.
The child finally reveals his name as "Shen Qiao," though he struggles to remember the full character for "Qiao," so Qi Fengge helps him write it in the sand, and the boy officially accepts Qi Fengge as his master, calling him "Shizun."
The PastYan Wushi, formerly known as Xie Ling, was once part of the Chen Commandery’s Xie family, though they mutually disliked each other due to his rebellious nature.
He felt constrained by the Xie family’s cautious approach to survival during turbulent times, so he left to pursue his own path.
Yan Wushi stumbled upon a martial arts conference in Jiangnan, where young talents from various sects were competing, and decided to challenge Cheng Renmei, the head disciple of Qingcheng Mountain’s Chunyang Monastery.
Yan Wushi borrowed a sword from a young girl in the crowd and faced Cheng Renmei, who allowed him three free moves. After a fierce battle, Cheng Renmei narrowly won.
Despite his victory, Cheng Renmei was shocked at Yan Wushi’s talent and asked about his background. Yan Wushi introduced himself with no mention of a sect.
Yan Wushi’s name later became well-known after he joined Riyue Sect, part of the demonic discipline, and his battle with Cui Youwang further cemented his reputation.
Yan Wushi enjoyed the freedom of the demonic sect, where he could act without constraints, even though it drew animosity from others, such as Cui Youwang’s disciple, Sang Jingxing.
Yan Wushi solidified his place in the demonic discipline by killing Huang Yangfeng, a powerful elder of Riyue Sect, who had conspired with Sang Jingxing to poison Yan Wushi using heartbreak gu through a woman named Yang Yun.
Yan Wushi killed Huang Yangfeng in front of the demonic sect, shocking everyone, including Sang Jingxing, and establishing himself as a formidable figure.
Yang Yun, who had failed to poison Yan Wushi, claimed she had fallen in love with him and insisted on following him, but Yan Wushi found her feelings bizarre and unnecessary.
In the present, Shen Qiao reflects on these events with Yan Wushi as they relax in Xuandu Mountain’s back area, avoiding the preparations for Shen Qiao’s birthday celebration.
Yan Wushi playfully teases Shen Qiao, initiating a brief martial exchange and sharing a kiss, continuing his flirtatious and provocative behavior.
Shen Qiao asks Yan Wushi about his motivations for joining the demonic discipline and killing Huang Yangfeng. Yan Wushi explains that he did it to establish his prestige and position.
Yan Wushi mocks the concept of loneliness and expresses that, while others might feel it, he never has. Shen Qiao comments that Yan Wushi finds endless entertainment in the unpredictability of life and the martial path.
Yan Wushi reveals that Shen Qiao’s birthday, which was chosen because of when his shizun found him, has become important to him.
As the conversation ends, the noise of approaching disciples signals that it’s time for dinner, and Yan Wushi reflects on the significance of the first day of autumn, which now holds special meaning to him because of Shen Qiao.
New Year’s EveYan Wushi, on New Year’s Eve and the night before his birthday, has a rare dream where he recalls his younger days wandering the jianghu after leaving the Xie family.
In the dream, Yan Wushi remembers when his sharp tongue gained infamy before his martial arts did, especially after an incident where his remarks led to the death of one of the River-crossing Dragons.
As he wanders the streets on New Year’s Eve, listening to sounds of families, Yan Wushi feels detached from their warmth and happiness.
He comes across the Hong family manor, where a massacre has just occurred, and senses a sword being sheathed and the stench of blood. The entire Hong family, including men, women, and children, have been slaughtered.
Yan Wushi finds one survivor, a youth named Hong Wen, who offers him martial arts secrets and treasures in exchange for saving him. Despite being intrigued by this offer, Yan Wushi wonders if it’s worth saving him.
Yan Wushi saves Hong Wen, but three days later, Hong Wen disappears without a word of thanks.
Three months later, during a martial arts conference, Hong Wen publicly accuses Yan Wushi of stealing his family’s martial arts techniques and treasures.
Back in the present, Yan Wushi wakes from the dream and teases a fawn that was hovering near him, just as Shen Qiao arrives with a basket of pears purchased from a local farmer.
Yan Wushi disapproves of Shen Qiao’s kindness, noting that buying the pears from the struggling farmer won’t really help him, especially since most of the pears are spoiled.
Yan Wushi reflects on the incident with Hong Wen and shares the story with Shen Qiao, explaining how he discovered Hong Wen’s conspiracy with Cui-shilang (later revealed to be Cui Youwang) to massacre his own family in order to steal their wealth and martial arts techniques.
Hong Wen’s motive stemmed from his jealousy of his younger sister’s fiancé, and he had hoped to keep his sister for himself after murdering the entire family.
Yan Wushi, having realized Hong Wen’s true intentions, followed him and discovered Cui Youwang’s involvement. Despite the conspiracy, Yan Wushi allowed Cui Youwang to publicly expose the plot in exchange for a martial arts technique that Cui valued.
During the confrontation at the martial arts conference, Yan Wushi displayed incriminating paintings of Hong Wen’s sister that Hong Wen had secretly kept, ruining Hong Wen’s reputation.
Shen Qiao is amazed by how Yan Wushi turned the tables on Hong Wen, even though Yan Wushi had initially appeared to suffer a loss by being falsely accused.
The pear farmer from earlier returns to exchange the spoiled pears for good ones, which amuses Yan Wushi, as Shen Qiao’s kindness proves beneficial after all.
Yan Wushi mockingly offers Shen Qiao a chance to do whatever he wants with him since Yan Wushi lost their unspoken bet, but Shen Qiao, flustered, declines and walks away.
As Shen Qiao leaves, a fawn playfully tugs on his sleeve, providing a moment of levity.
Weibo’s Mini Extras Mini Extra OneEvening falls, bringing with it a harsh wind and heavy snow.
Most passersby rush into a roadside teahouse for shelter, but one man continues sitting outside, undisturbed by the cold.
The teahouse owner approaches the man, suggesting he take shelter inside from the biting cold.
The man declines, explaining that he is waiting for his "sweetheart," so he needs to remain where he is.
The owner assumes the man is older, possibly heartbroken and longing for a lost lover, especially since his hair under the hood is completely white.
Noticing the steam rising from the tea the man holds, the owner is momentarily confused, unsure if the tea is chilled or still hot.
Before the owner can process his thoughts, another horse approaches, ridden by a Daoist priest who dismounts and walks over.
The priest is strikingly handsome, with delicate and refined features, leading the owner to think the first man will be disappointed, assuming he was expecting someone else.
However, to the owner's surprise, the man joyfully greets the Daoist priest, calling him “A-Qiao” and offering him some wine that he has kept warm using his own body heat.
The owner is left speechless at the unexpected turn of events.
Weibo’s Mini Extras: Mini Extra TwoYan Wushi reflects on his life, noting that the word "regret" does not exist for him. He felt no regret leaving the Xie family, changing his name, or battling Cui Youwang.
He had always seen himself as free from the constraints of lords, fathers, or masters, and no one had ever left a mark on him, not even Shen Qiao.
When Yan Wushi first met Shen Qiao, he viewed him only as "Qi Fengge’s disciple," a potential way to resolve his lingering dissatisfaction from a duel with Qi Fengge.
However, Yan Wushi quickly realized Shen Qiao was no longer a threat, reduced to a blind man with little martial skill, seemingly finished.
Yan Wushi had malice towards Shen Qiao, initially intending to make him his toy, tainting his pure and lofty reputation.
Despite Shen Qiao's betrayal by his martial siblings, he never gave in to despair, much to Yan Wushi's surprise.
Yan Wushi used Shen Qiao in a scheme to retrieve his sword, Taihua, which had fallen into Sang Jingxing's hands. Yan Wushi considered trading Shen Qiao for the sword, treating him as an expendable pawn.
Yan Wushi taunted Shen Qiao during their encounter, testing his will by placing him in a humiliating situation, knowing Sang Jingxing's cruelty.
Shen Qiao, faced with Yan Wushi’s manipulations, retained his calm demeanor, even as Yan Wushi predicted his downfall.
Despite a brief sliver of regret, Yan Wushi left Shen Qiao to face Sang Jingxing, leaving without looking back, indifferent to Shen Qiao’s fate.
Weibo’s Mini Extras: Mini Extra Three 1Shen Qiao discovered a jar of unnamed wine on the back side of Xuandu Mountain.
After asking around, no one claimed the wine, but the familiar aroma made him realize it had been made by his late master, Qi Fengge.
Shen Qiao was reminded of his master’s various skills beyond martial arts, including sewing, cooking, and making wine, which stirred up deep memories and longing for his shizun.
Yan Wushi encouraged Shen Qiao to drink the wine with him, and the two ended up finishing the entire jar together.
The next morning, Shen Qiao woke up with a splitting headache, struggling to remember the previous night.
He vaguely recalled hearing the phrase “little brat” and had the impression that someone scolded him, though he couldn’t be sure who.
Shen Qiao turned to Yan Wushi for clarification, who affectionately teased him by claiming Shen Qiao had mistaken him for his shizun while drunk.
Yan Wushi continued teasing, saying Shen Qiao clung to his leg, begged to be scolded, and promised to obey everything like a repentant disciple.
Shen Qiao, with his fragmented memory, could only listen to Yan Wushi’s playful retelling, unable to confirm or deny the story.
Yan Wushi, clearly enjoying Shen Qiao’s embarrassment, further taunted him by asking him to call him "Shizun" again, as he supposedly had done the night before.
Weibo’s Mini Extras: Mini Extra Three 2Bian Yanmei was practicing his martial arts under Yan Wushi’s guidance in a bamboo forest behind a villa, trying to break through a bottleneck in his cultivation.
Yan Wushi instructed Bian Yanmei to observe his surroundings carefully in the forest and figure out the secret to advancing.
Bian Yanmei intensely observed the bamboo forest for three days and nights, scrutinizing every little detail, even the mosquitoes, without missing anything.
Eventually, Bian Yanmei realized that the bamboo was planted in a very specific arrangement, forming rings that radiated outward from his location, each spaced precisely the same distance apart.
Bian Yanmei thought the pattern of the bamboo held some profound secret, possibly connected to the breakthrough he needed.
After enduring three days in the forest, tormented by mosquitoes, Bian Yanmei finally went to Yan Wushi to ask for clarification.
Yan Wushi revealed that the real cultivation manual was buried beneath one bamboo in the third ring, while fake manuals were under the rest, and Bian Yanmei was supposed to identify the correct one.
Bian Yanmei, exhausted and frustrated, asked why the bamboo were arranged so precisely if that wasn’t part of the test.
Yan Wushi nonchalantly responded that he simply thought the arrangement looked better that way.
Bian Yanmei was left speechless and frustrated by the realization that his meticulous observation had been pointless.
Years later, Bian Yanmei took Yu Shengyan to the same bamboo forest, giving him similar instructions to carefully observe and break through his own bottleneck, mimicking Yan Wushi’s teaching style.
Weibo’s Mini Extras: Mini Extra Four 1: Obsessive-Compulsive DisorderShen Qiao had spent a lot of time with Yan Wushi and had come to understand his temperament, noting how they differed significantly.
While Shen Qiao was mild-mannered and tolerant, Yan Wushi had some habits that tested even Shen Qiao’s patience.
One such instance occurred when they were dining at a restaurant and were served a bowl of noodle soup.
Yan Wushi refused to eat the soup because it had scallions in it, which he disliked.
Shen Qiao suggested simply picking out the scallions, which he did for Yan Wushi, removing all of them.
However, Yan Wushi then pointed out that there were sesame seeds in the soup as well, further refusing to eat it.
Shen Qiao, frustrated by the continued complaints, finally lost his patience, slamming his chopsticks down and telling Yan Wushi he didn’t need to eat at all if he was that picky.
Weibo’s Mini Extras: Mini Extra Four 1: Obsessive-Compulsive DisorderShen Qiao had spent a lot of time with Yan Wushi and had come to understand his temperament, noting how they differed significantly.
While Shen Qiao was mild-mannered and tolerant, Yan Wushi had some habits that tested even Shen Qiao’s patience.
One such instance occurred when they were dining at a restaurant and were served a bowl of noodle soup.
Yan Wushi refused to eat the soup because it had scallions in it, which he disliked.
Shen Qiao suggested simply picking out the scallions, which he did for Yan Wushi, removing all of them.
However, Yan Wushi then pointed out that there were sesame seeds in the soup as well, further refusing to eat it.
Shen Qiao, frustrated by the continued complaints, finally lost his patience, slamming his chopsticks down and telling Yan Wushi he didn’t need to eat at all if he was that picky.
Weibo’s Mini Extras: Mini Extra Four 2: True NatureShen Qiao and Yan Wushi had wildly different temperaments, but they had developed a unique way of getting along.
Shen Qiao, driven by his good nature, always helped those in need and secretly ensured their safety afterward.
In contrast, Yan Wushi was indifferent and often observed others' suffering, sometimes even toying with them out of curiosity.
Yan Wushi had not changed much in his approach toward others, except for his subtle restraint when it came to Shen Qiao.
Guang Lingsan, after losing a game of weiqi to Yan Wushi by half a move, provided information per their agreement: the new crown prince was likely to be the Prince of Jin.
Yan Wushi, instead of showing concern, seemed pleased with this development, despite the potential instability it could bring to the Sui Dynasty.
Yan Wushi's joy stemmed from his belief that chaos would lead to renewal, allowing great figures to emerge and making for an exciting period of change.
Guang Lingsan was left speechless, reminded of Yan Wushi’s true, chaotic nature.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Remnants of Filth
Remnants of Filth: Yuwu, Vol. 1
PrologueChonghua once had two young generals: Mo Xi, who was like water with an icy temperament, and Gu Mang, who was like fire with a warm and amiable personality.
Mo Xi was a lifelong bachelor, known for his discipline, while Gu Mang was a charismatic figure known for his numerous romantic escapades.
Gu Mang eventually betrayed Chonghua and became a commander for an enemy nation.
Before his betrayal, Gu Mang asked Mo Xi to write something in a booklet filled with personal notes and memories. Gu Mang mentioned that he also wrote about their past together.
Mo Xi, disturbed by the request, inscribed two sharp and icy lines: "This book is forbidden. Transgressors will be punished."
Chapter 1: StainWang Er-mazi, a meat pie seller, loudly advertises his pies, mockingly claiming they are as thick as Gu Mang's face, reflecting the public's disdain for the former general turned traitor.
A cavalry troop led by Yue Chenqing, a seventeen-year-old deputy general known for his carefree and indulgent nature, enters the scene.
Yue Chenqing, luxuriously dressed, directs his retinue to purchase various exotic goods as they stroll through the fortress, neglecting his duties, but his subordinates remain silent out of respect for his rank.
Feeling hungry, Yue Chenqing is drawn to Wang Er-mazi's stall by the smell of fresh meat pies.
Although Yue Chenqing considers reprimanding the seller for using Gu Mang's name in a derogatory manner, he decides to buy a pie instead.
Wang Er-mazi, unaware of Yue Chenqing's identity, enthusiastically serves him and reminisces about how Gu Mang used to frequent his stall.
Yue Chenqing warns Wang Er-mazi to change his slogan, hinting that mentioning Gu Mang could bring trouble, especially from Mo Xi, the garrison commander.
The narrative shifts focus to Mo Xi, also known as Xihe-jun, a disciplined and highly respected general from a prestigious military family.
Mo Xi is portrayed as cold, disciplined, and ascetic, embodying the strict nature of his lineage.
Despite his impeccable reputation, Mo Xi bears a personal stain—his past relationship with Gu Mang, who betrayed him and the country.
Chapter 2: Gu Mang Bares It AllThe emperor announces Gu Mang's return and punishment under Wangshu-jun’s control.
The news causes unrest among the Northern Frontier Army, many of whom had served under Gu Mang.
The chapter explores Gu Mang’s history as a beloved commander, despite the deep scar his betrayal left on Chonghua’s people.
Mo Xi struggles with memories of Gu Mang and their past relationship.
The soldiers’ mixed feelings about Gu Mang emphasize the complexity of his betrayal.
Chapter 3: Old HatredSoldiers are excited about returning home, but Mo Xi, who has no family waiting, remains detached.
The capital eagerly awaits the army's return, but Mo Xi is burdened by thoughts of Gu Mang.
Mo Xi recalls a crucial battle at Dongting Lake, where Gu Mang’s betrayal was confirmed as he stabbed Mo Xi during their confrontation.
Gu Mang’s actions led to a devastating defeat for Chonghua, and Mo Xi was saved by Princess Mengze but remains emotionally and physically scarred.
As the army prepares to return, Mo Xi reflects on his past with Gu Mang, feeling conflicted between hatred and lingering affection.
Chapter 4: Mo Xi Puts on an ActThe Northern Frontier Army returns to the city, greeted by the citizens with a mix of respect and excitement.
Mo Xi, wearing an imperial army uniform, leads the procession, but remains stern and unapproachable, contrasting with the cheerful demeanor of other officers like Yue Chenqing.
The army’s arrival is followed by a tedious merit ceremony and an evening feast, where Mo Xi has to deal with the attention of young mistresses.
Mo Xi visits Luomei Pavilion, a brothel known for offering prisoners of war as sex slaves, under the guise of seeking revenge.
He stealthily enters the pavilion and searches for Gu Mang, eventually finding a plaque labeled "Traitorous Subject, Gu Mang of Chonghua," with the indicator showing that there is a client inside.
Chapter 5: What About Gu MangMo Xi recalls a time when he heard rumors that Gu Mang had fallen into despair and was frequenting brothels after being stripped of his rank. Mo Xi had gone to find him, only to see Gu Mang surrounded by opulence, appearing unchanged yet distant.
Mo Xi reflects on how, after Gu Mang’s defection, the attention of admirers shifted to him, despite his stoic and harsh demeanor.
The narrative touches on the complexities of Mo Xi’s feelings toward Gu Mang, highlighting the deep emotional turmoil caused by their past.
Chapter 6: ReunionMo Xi’s emotions flare up as he approaches Gu Mang’s room, feeling a mix of hatred and familiarity. He is consumed by memories of their past, where Gu Mang, even in disgrace, still held a significant place in Mo Xi’s heart.
Mo Xi enters Gu Mang’s room, only to find him calm and indifferent, which intensifies Mo Xi’s internal conflict. Despite his anger, Mo Xi struggles with his feelings for Gu Mang.
The chapter explores the depth of Mo Xi's unresolved emotions, his past connection with Gu Mang, and the pain of their estrangement.
Chapter 7: Losing ControlMo Xi, conflicted and enraged, decides to pay Gu Mang, not for physical intimacy, but for a conversation, reflecting his struggle between duty and personal feelings.
Gu Mang, seemingly indifferent, asks for money and offers Mo Xi a list of services, which only fuels Mo Xi’s frustration and sorrow.
Mo Xi’s internal conflict peaks as he grapples with his unresolved feelings for Gu Mang, unable to reconcile the past with the present situation.
Chapter 8: Gu Mang Has It RoughMo Xi notices that despite clients visiting Gu Mang's room, his coin jar is empty, indicating he hasn't been paid.
Mo Xi is disturbed by Gu Mang's calm demeanor despite his disgrace and punishment.
Madam Qin, the manager of Luomei Pavilion, arrives, furious with Gu Mang for upsetting clients and questions why Wangshu-jun spared his life.
Mo Xi tries to hide his presence with Gu Mang when Madam Qin enters, creating a scene where it appears they are intimately engaged.
Chapter 9: Caught Red-HandedGu Mang expresses curiosity about Mo Xi's identity, which unsettles Mo Xi.
Zhou-gongzi, another client, arrives, forcing Mo Xi to pretend they are in an intimate situation to avoid being discovered.
The situation becomes tense as Zhou-gongzi intrudes, leading Mo Xi to pin Gu Mang against the wall to hide their faces.
Chapter 10: Heart's FireZhou-gongzi becomes more aggressive and demanding, unaware of Mo Xi’s true identity.
Mo Xi is forced to maintain his charade with Gu Mang, which causes him internal turmoil and frustration.
The interaction highlights Mo Xi's deep and conflicted emotions regarding Gu Mang, mixing anger, despair, and unresolved feelings.
Chapter 11: Slave CollarGu Mang is presented with a slave collar by Murong Lian, symbolizing the ultimate disgrace and control over him.
Despite the humiliation, Gu Mang calmly accepts and fastens the collar around his neck, showing no outward sign of resentment.
Mo Xi is furious with Murong Lian for imposing the slave collar and tries to intervene, but is manipulated into a bargain where he must lose to Murong Lian in an upcoming cultivation tournament to lift the punishment on Gu Mang.
The chapter explores the complex dynamics of power, control, and humiliation between Gu Mang, Murong Lian, and Mo Xi, with Mo Xi forced into a compromising situation to protect Gu Mang.
Chapter 12: Murong LianMo Xi returns to the capital, and his presence at the feast draws attention, including from Murong Lian, who taunts him with Gu Mang’s degraded state.
Murong Lian orders Gu Mang to kneel and strip off his upper robe, displaying his physique in front of the gathered nobles.
Murong Lian presents Gu Mang with a slave collar, a symbol of ultimate humiliation and control. Despite the disgrace, Gu Mang calmly accepts the collar and fastens it around his neck.
Chapter 13: An Invitation from Murong LianMurong Lian invites Mo Xi and others to a banquet at his manor, where Gu Mang is paraded as a source of entertainment.
Gu Mang’s appearance, degraded and humiliated, shocks Mo Xi, but he remains silent, suppressing his emotions.
The nobles mock Gu Mang, and some recall his past reputation, but Mo Xi’s cold demeanor keeps them at bay, though his internal turmoil grows.
Chapter 14: Xihe-jun the LiarGu Mang is brought before the gathering, chained and barefoot, his once-proud demeanor replaced by wariness.
Mo Xi is reminded of their past and struggles with his emotions as Gu Mang seemingly fails to recognize him or react to his presence.
Despite the tension, Mo Xi hides his true feelings and maintains a facade of indifference, even as Murong Lian pushes to see his reaction.
Chapter 15: A Little TestMo Xi’s anger reaches a boiling point as he witnesses the further degradation of Gu Mang, but he manages to control his outburst.
Murong Lian continues to taunt Mo Xi, accusing him of harboring personal motives for defending Gu Mang.
The chapter explores the strained dynamics between Mo Xi, Gu Mang, and Murong Lian, with Mo Xi struggling to balance his duties with his unresolved feelings for Gu Mang.
Chapter 16: SuspicionMurong Lian attempts to stab Gu Mang, but a protective sigil activates, injuring Murong Lian instead.
The sigil reveals that someone with great spiritual power is protecting Gu Mang.
Mo Xi confronts Gu Mang, revealing his connection to the sigil and expressing a mix of anger and pain over their past.
Mo Xi struggles with the unresolved feelings of betrayal and the deep connection he still has with Gu Mang.
Chapter 17: Scruffy BeautyMo Xi becomes suspicious that Gu Mang may be pretending to have lost his memories, as certain behaviors don't align with his supposed mental state.
Li Wei, Mo Xi's attendant, is shocked by this possibility and tries to dismiss Mo Xi’s concerns.
Mo Xi reflects on a past event where Gu Mang chose to harm himself rather than Mo Xi, further deepening Mo Xi’s confusion about Gu Mang’s true state of mind.
Chapter 18: SigilMo Xi returns to Luomei Pavilion, determined to find out more about Gu Mang’s condition.
He is greeted with fear and awe by the attendants, as it is unusual for someone of his stature to visit such a place.
Mo Xi discovers that Gu Mang’s protective sigil is something they share, revealing their deep and complex bond.
The chapter delves into Mo Xi's emotional turmoil as he confronts Gu Mang and the sigil’s significance.
Chapter 19: Wait for YouMo Xi promises to wait for Gu Mang, regardless of whether he is faking his memory loss or genuinely afflicted.
Gu Mang, confused and disoriented, doesn't fully grasp Mo Xi’s words but reacts to the emotions behind them.
The chapter highlights the deep and conflicted relationship between Mo Xi and Gu Mang, as Mo Xi continues to grapple with the complexities of their past and present.
Chapter 20: Gu Mang Goes BerserkGu Mang becomes overwhelmed with malevolent qi and goes berserk, causing chaos at Luomei Pavilion.
Mo Xi rushes to the scene and is faced with the challenge of containing Gu Mang without harming him.
Gu Mang displays intense spiritual power, indicating he still possesses formidable abilities despite his broken core.
A battle ensues, with Mo Xi trying to subdue Gu Mang while navigating their complex relationship.
Chapter 21: Have MercyA palace official arrives, pleading for Mo Xi to show mercy and not execute Gu Mang without the emperor’s permission.
Mo Xi, consumed by anger and pain, reluctantly loosens his grip on Gu Mang.
Gu Mang is taken to the palace for examination by the best doctors, with Mo Xi deciding to accompany them to ensure Gu Mang's safety.
Chapter 22: Fighting Over HimTensions escalate between Mo Xi and Murong Lian as they argue over the custody and treatment of Gu Mang.
Mo Xi refuses to allow Murong Lian to have control over Gu Mang, citing the countless secrets and blood debts Gu Mang carries.
Mo Xi’s unwavering stance highlights his complex feelings towards Gu Mang, blending hatred with an underlying sense of protection.
Chapter 23: PrizeMurong Lian tries to provoke Mo Xi by accusing him of being too attached to Gu Mang, using their past relationship to undermine Mo Xi’s resolve.
The emperor is intrigued by the argument but remains undecided, further complicating the power dynamics between Mo Xi, Murong Lian, and Gu Mang.
Mo Xi’s cold determination contrasts with Murong Lian’s manipulative tactics, setting the stage for further conflict over Gu Mang’s fate.
Chapter 24: Flower-Pluckers Are Human TooMurong Lian races to the palace to warn the emperor about Gu Mang's possible collusion with an escaped cook.
The emperor dismisses Murong Lian’s concerns and reassures him, stating that the palace is well-guarded.
Murong Lian is instructed to focus on solving the case instead of worrying about potential threats.
Chapter 25: I Want a HomeThe chapter delves into the memories of Mo Xi and Gu Mang's past relationship, highlighting their intimate moments.
Mo Xi recalls a moment when Gu Mang expressed a deep, vulnerable desire for a home.
This memory intensifies Mo Xi’s resolve to protect Gu Mang, despite their complicated history.
Chapter 26: Secretly Watching Over YouMo Xi exits the Chamber of Ice after an intense encounter with Gu Mang, feeling both protective and conflicted.
Gu Mang, severely injured, is treated under Mo Xi’s watchful eye.
Mo Xi reflects on Gu Mang's earlier words about wanting a home, deepening his emotional turmoil.
Chapter 27: Dream of LongingMo Xi receives an alert that Gu Mang has escaped from prison and is headed towards Warrior Soul Mountain.
Mo Xi rushes to the mountain, finding dead cultivators along the way, and realizes the situation is dire.
Mo Xi enters an illusory mist created by the Dream of Longing technique, which taps into deep desires and memories.
As he navigates the mist, Mo Xi encounters a phantom that hints at Gu Mang’s true state of mind and their intertwined pasts.
Chapter 28: Tryst LocationMo Xi navigates the Dream of Longing, an illusion that taps into deep desires and memories, and finds himself at Wangshu Manor.
The scene shifts to a familiar tryst location where Mo Xi and Gu Mang shared intimate moments in the past.
Mo Xi realizes that the dreamscape has drawn from Gu Mang’s hidden desires and memories, indicating Gu Mang’s subconscious yearning for the past.
Chapter 29: Inescapable DesireMo Xi enters the room where Gu Mang, under the influence of hallucinatory drugs, mistakes Mo Xi for a lover and forcibly kisses him.
Mo Xi struggles with a mix of fury and desire, trying to maintain control while confronted with intense memories of their past.
The chapter delves into the complexity of their relationship, revealing Mo Xi’s internal conflict between hatred and unresolved emotions.
Chapter 30: GhostbustersYue Chenqing uses an immobility talisman to restrain Gu Mang, rendering him temporarily frozen.
Mo Xi and Murong Lian argue over the best way to handle Gu Mang, with Mo Xi insisting on caution.
The group continues to explore the cave, encountering dangerous traps and malevolent spirits as they search for a way out.
Chapter 31: Don’t Touch HimMurong Lian and Mo Xi fight off a wave of jiangshi (reanimated corpses) and other supernatural threats in the cave.
Yue Chenqing, terrified by the ghosts and corpses, clings to Murong Lian for protection, adding tension to the situation.
The chapter highlights the dangers of the cave and the strained dynamics between the characters as they continue their perilous journey.
Chapter 32: Sword SpiritMo Xi, Murong Lian, and Yue Chenqing enter a cold, damp cave filled with the scent of makeup and corpse fluids.
They find a pale-skinned man, the true "rapist," who drains the life of a woman in front of them.
Mo Xi recognizes the man as Li Qingqian, a sword spirit with a history of helping Mo Xi in battle years ago.
The sword spirit’s origins are revealed to involve cruel methods of imbuing a sword with a human soul, a practice still prevalent in the Liao Kingdom.
Chapter 33: Want YouMo Xi battles the sword spirit Li Qingqian, struggling with the entity’s formidable strength and spiritual power.
Yue Chenqing attempts to use an array to locate and seal the sword spirit’s true form, but the situation escalates when the sword spirit begins to fuse with its vessel.
A tense confrontation occurs between Mo Xi, Murong Lian, and Yue Chenqing as they try to contain the sword spirit, leading to a dramatic turn when the sword-destroying incantation backfires.
Chapter 34: Bite MeMo Xi tries to free Gu Mang from the Demon-Summoning Talisman, a painful process that causes Gu Mang intense suffering.
Gu Mang, overwhelmed by the pain, bites Mo Xi in desperation, echoing a familiar behavior from their past.
Despite the pain and emotional turmoil, Mo Xi successfully completes the incantation, freeing Gu Mang from the curse.
The chapter ends with Mo Xi reflecting on the deep, complex emotions tied to his relationship with Gu Mang, as he cares for the now-exhausted Gu Mang.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Remnants of Filth
Remnants of Filth, Vol. 2
Chapter 35: Fourth UncleMurong Chuyi, known as the "Ignorant Immortal," arrives and demonstrates his mastery in trapping the sword spirit Li Qingqian, despite Yue Chenqing's excitement to see his aloof fourth uncle.
Murong Chuyi successfully subdues the sword spirit with a single incantation, showcasing his superior skills.
The sword spirit, however, does not dissipate completely due to its deep obsession, which means it could potentially cause more harm unless its obsession is resolved.
Murong Chuyi invites the group back to Yue Manor to discuss the next steps, leading them into his heavily fortified artificing workshop.
Chapter 36: They Were in LoveThe group arrives at Murong Chuyi’s artificing workshop, filled with armor blueprints and incomplete suits of armor, showcasing his dedication to his craft.
Murong Chuyi explains the process of using the Dream-Transfiguring Pool, a method to relive past events related to the sword spirit.
Mo Xi, Murong Lian, and Yue Chenqing drink the enchanted water and fall into a shared dream, witnessing the past of Li Qingqian and his connection with a girl named Hong Shao.
The dream reveals a deep bond between Li Qingqian and Hong Shao, showing how their relationship evolved over time, filled with affection and shared hardships.
Chapter 37: Why Did Fate Have to Come Between ThemThe dream continues, depicting how Hong Shao became ill and Li Qingqian struggled to find a cure due to their poverty.
Desperate, Li Qingqian learns of an opportunity to send Hong Shao to the palace to become a priestess in exchange for money, but this decision is fraught with guilt and sorrow.
Hong Shao is heartbroken but reluctantly agrees to go, believing she is a burden to Li Qingqian.
The chapter highlights the tragic nature of their relationship, with both characters making painful sacrifices out of love and necessity.
Chapter 38: Mountain SacrificesThe dream takes a dark turn, revealing that the girls sent to the palace, including Hong Shao, were not made priestesses but were sacrificed in a ritual on Maiden’s Lament Mountain.
Li Qingqian discovers the truth too late and is devastated when he realizes that Hong Shao's spirit is among the vengeful ghosts he must release.
The chapter concludes with Li Qingqian's intense grief as he sends Hong Shao's spirit off to the afterlife, filled with regret and sorrow for not being able to save her from her tragic fate.
Chapter 39: GuoshiLi Qingqian arrives at the Liao Kingdom’s Guoshi Hall seeking vengeance for the sacrifices made on Phoenix Feather Mountain.
The guoshi, a man of enigmatic power, calmly faces Li Qingqian, dismissing his accusations as ignorant and misunderstanding.
The tension escalates as Li Qingqian confronts the guoshi, who remains composed and cryptic, denying any wrongdoing related to the sacrificial rituals.
Chapter 40: Peerless BeautyMo Xi, Murong Chuyi, and Yue Chenqing discuss the identity of the “peerless beauty” mentioned by the guoshi, who is linked to the tragic events of Phoenix Feather Mountain.
Yue Chenqing identifies Su Yurou, who was known as the most beautiful maiden in Chonghua ten years ago and is now married to Medicine Master Jiang, a powerful figure in Chonghua.
The group realizes that Su Yurou, now known as Madam Jiang, is deeply connected to the ongoing mystery and might hold crucial answers.
Chapter 41: CohabitationMo Xi is tasked with taking Gu Mang back to Xihe Manor after the emperor decrees that he be kept under Mo Xi’s watch.
Upon arriving at Yue Manor, Mo Xi encounters Murong Chuyi, who informs him that Gu Mang is already in the bedroom, waiting for him.
The situation becomes increasingly complicated as Mo Xi grapples with the responsibility of housing and controlling Gu Mang, whose presence stirs up memories and unresolved emotions.
Chapter 42: Catch Me If You CanLi Wei struggles to manage Gu Mang’s integration into Xihe Manor, finding him difficult to control and comparing him to a wary, untrusting animal.
Mo Xi grows frustrated with the lack of discipline and orders that Gu Mang be given tasks to occupy him, highlighting the tension and uncertainty surrounding Gu Mang’s place in Xihe Manor.
The chapter underscores the uneasy cohabitation and the psychological complexities between Mo Xi and Gu Mang as they navigate their intertwined past and present.
Chapter 43: Use Me, ThenMo Xi finds Gu Mang sitting in his usual seat, and tension arises as Gu Mang refuses to move.
Mo Xi becomes frustrated by Gu Mang's indifference and his lack of understanding of the new environment.
Li Wei tries to instruct Gu Mang on proper behavior, leading to more tension.
Mo Xi is informed that the emperor urgently requires his presence due to a critical matter.
Chapter 44: Crispy Roast GooseMo Xi prepares a meal for Gu Mang, focusing on a roast goose, a dish with personal significance from their past.
As Gu Mang eats, Mo Xi reflects on memories of their shared experiences, revealing the depth of his unresolved feelings.
The meal is filled with tension, as Mo Xi’s attempts to connect with Gu Mang are met with indifference or confusion.
The chapter ends with Mo Xi contemplating their past and the complexities of their current relationship.
Chapter 45: My Turn to Chain YouMo Xi is summoned by the emperor, who reveals his chronic illness and the need for Mo Xi's fire-elemental spiritual energy to alleviate the symptoms.
The emperor's condition is a well-guarded secret, known only to a few.
Mo Xi is troubled by the emperor's request to have Gu Mang registered as a slave, which would involve fitting him with a slave collar.
The chapter delves into Mo Xi's internal conflict about re-collaring Gu Mang, a symbol of his deep feelings of guilt and unresolved emotions.
Chapter 46: OwnerMo Xi takes Gu Mang to be officially registered as a slave, a painful and humiliating process for both of them.
The chapter explores the history of slavery in Chonghua, highlighting the leniency of past emperors and the political tensions surrounding Gu Mang’s status.
Mo Xi struggles with the emotional weight of being the one to put the slave collar back on Gu Mang, symbolizing ownership and control over someone he once admired and loved.
Chapter 47: Important PersonYue Chenqing argues with Jiang Yexue over the attention given by their elders, particularly Murong Chuyi, leading to tension between them.
The group encounters Murong Chuyi, who reacts coldly to Jiang Yexue, showing deep-rooted animosities within the family.
Mo Xi and Jiang Yexue try to smooth over the situation, but the un
Chapter 48: The Truth Behind FlirtationsMo Xi takes Gu Mang to a restaurant from their past, The Soaring Swan, which holds significant memories for both of them.
Gu Mang struggles with the menu, and Mo Xi is reminded of their past interactions, deepening his internal conflict.
The meal brings up old memories, with Gu Mang referring to Mo Xi as "Princess," a term that stirs complex emotions in Mo Xi, reflecting the deep, yet strained, connection between them.
Chapter 49: Hate YouMo Xi is shocked when Gu Mang calls him "Princess," a term taught to him by Li Wei, which deeply unsettles Mo Xi.
Gu Mang’s innocence and confusion during the conversation about the term "hate" reveal the depth of Mo Xi’s unresolved feelings.
Mo Xi wrestles with his emotions, expressing a desire to punish Gu Mang while also feeling the pain of their shared past.
Chapter 50: Accompany MeMo Xi and Gu Mang share a tense and emotional moment, where Mo Xi expresses his conflicting feelings of hate and lingering affection.
The chapter explores the complex relationship between Mo Xi and Gu Mang, highlighting Mo Xi’s internal struggle between his duty and his deep, unresolved feelings for Gu Mang.
Gu Mang’s confused and innocent reactions contrast sharply with Mo Xi’s intense emotional turmoil, further complicating their relationship.
Chapter 51: Don’t MoveMo Xi commands Gu Mang to kneel, testing his submission and humility, but Gu Mang’s blank expression only frustrates him further.
A tense exchange ensues, revealing Mo Xi’s internal conflict and unresolved feelings towards Gu Mang.
Mo Xi struggles with the power dynamic between them, wrestling with the desire to dominate while recalling their complex past.
Chapter 52: Unintentional SeductionGu Mang innocently suggests that sitting close to Mo Xi would keep them warm, leading to an awkward and tense moment.
Mo Xi, conflicted by his feelings and past relationship with Gu Mang, reacts harshly, feeling that Gu Mang's suggestion is a form of seduction.
The chapter explores the tension between Mo Xi's rational mind and his physical reactions to Gu Mang's presence, highlighting the unresolved emotions between them.
Chapter 53: I’ll Feed YouGu Mang resists taking his medicine, leading to a chaotic chase around the manor as Li Wei tries to force him to comply.
Mo Xi intervenes and forcefully administers the medicine, showing a mix of care and frustration.
The scene reveals the deep-seated care Mo Xi has for Gu Mang, masked by his stern demeanor, as he ensures Gu Mang’s well-being despite the resistance.
Chapter 54: In the BathsMo Xi takes Gu Mang to the baths, where they share a tense and emotionally charged moment.
Gu Mang's resistance to being undressed triggers a physical struggle, bringing up painful memories for both characters.
The chapter delves into the complex dynamics of their relationship, with Mo Xi’s anger and lingering affection clashing as he confronts Gu Mang’s vulnerability and past actions.
Chapter 55: Don’t You Know How Dirty You Are?Gu Mang and Mo Xi have a tense confrontation in a hot spring, where Gu Mang wears ceremonial robes that once belonged to Mo Xi's father.
Mo Xi is enraged by Gu Mang's audacity to wear the sacred ribbon, leading to a physical altercation where Mo Xi tears the ribbon from Gu Mang's head.
Gu Mang, in a state of confusion and panic, resists Mo Xi’s attempts to remove the ribbon, leading to an emotional and physical struggle in the water.
Mo Xi, overwhelmed by a mix of anger and unresolved emotions, slaps Gu Mang, leaving him disoriented and hurt.
Chapter 56: I’ll Hold YouGu Mang, now feverish and confused, clings to Mo Xi, expressing his discomfort and feelings of unworthiness.
Mo Xi wrestles with his conflicting emotions as Gu Mang seeks comfort, yet expresses his belief that he is too dirty to stay in Mo Xi’s bed.
The chapter explores the deep and painful history between them, as Mo Xi is reminded of their shared past and the complex bond that ties them together.
Chapter 57: Coming of AgeGu Mang and Mo Xi share a moment of intimacy, with Gu Mang presenting Mo Xi with a coming-of-age gift, revealing more about their past relationship.
The scene is filled with sexual tension, as Mo Xi reacts to Gu Mang's advances, but struggles with his own feelings of anger and unresolved affection.
The chapter ends with a heated exchange that highlights the complexity of their relationship, as they both grapple with their emotions and shared history.
Chapter 58: Teach Me, ShixiongMo Xi and Gu Mang engage in a playful yet intense interaction, with Gu Mang teasing Mo Xi with a pornographic booklet, which Mo Xi reacts to with a mix of embarrassment and anger.
The chapter delves into their dynamic, showing how Gu Mang's carefree and mischievous nature contrasts with Mo Xi's more serious and restrained demeanor.
The interaction reveals the deep, complicated feelings they have for each other, filled with both affection and unresolved tension.
Chapter 59: Little StalkerGu Mang exhibits increasing signs of regaining his memory, which worries Mo Xi, who is unsure of what Gu Mang might recall.
Mo Xi struggles with his feelings as he observes Gu Mang, who appears more childlike and innocent.
A tension-filled moment occurs when Gu Mang refers to Mo Xi in an endearing way, indicating a possible memory of their past connection.
Chapter 60: Martial LawMo Xi and Gu Mang travel to the Soul-Calling Abyss for a memorial ceremony honoring the dead soldiers of Chonghua.
The journey is emotionally taxing for Mo Xi as he reflects on the sacrifices made by the soldiers and his complicated feelings toward Gu Mang.
At the ceremony, Gu Mang begins to show signs of recognizing the names of the deceased, causing Mo Xi to worry about the implications of his returning memories.
Chapter 61: Bamboo DragonflyDuring the journey, Gu Mang becomes fascinated by a bamboo dragonfly given to him by a young girl, Lan-er, which triggers memories of his past.
Gu Mang's childlike behavior continues to create conflicting emotions in Mo Xi, who struggles between his duty and his unresolved feelings.
Mo Xi is reminded of the depth of their past connection as he watches Gu Mang interact with the dragonfly, symbolizing their shared memories.
Chapter 61: Bamboo DragonflyDuring the journey, Gu Mang becomes fascinated by a bamboo dragonfly given to him by a young girl, Lan-er, which triggers memories of his past.
Gu Mang's childlike behavior continues to create conflicting emotions in Mo Xi, who struggles between his duty and his unresolved feelings.
Mo Xi is reminded of the depth of their past connection as he watches Gu Mang interact with the dragonfly, symbolizing their shared memories.
Chapter 63: Heart’s PainGu Mang begins to experience intense emotional pain, triggered by resurfacing memories and the weight of his past actions.
Mo Xi watches over Gu Mang as he struggles with his emotions, feeling both protective and conflicted.
The chapter delves into the emotional turmoil that both characters face as they grapple with their shared history and the consequences of their past choices.
Chapter 64: Mo Xi Can Hold His DrinkMo Xi is invited to a drinking contest, which he reluctantly participates in, showcasing his ability to hold his liquor.
During the event, Mo Xi’s thoughts continually drift towards Gu Mang, revealing the depth of his preoccupation with Gu Mang’s well-being and their complex relationship.
The chapter highlights Mo Xi’s internal conflict between his duty and his unresolved feelings for Gu Mang, set against the backdrop of a seemingly mundane social event.
Chapter 65: You’re Not WorthyDuring the drinking contest, Mo Xi becomes increasingly frustrated with the nobles who disrespect Gu Mang, revealing his protective instincts.
A confrontation ensues, where Mo Xi defends Gu Mang’s honor, despite the tension and hostility from the other nobles.
The chapter explores the deep-seated animosities and complicated emotions between the characters, particularly focusing on Mo Xi’s struggle to balance his loyalty to his duties with his personal feelings.
Chapter 66: Paying RespectsMo Xi and Gu Mang visit a memorial site to pay their respects to fallen soldiers, triggering more memories for Gu Mang.
Gu Mang is overwhelmed by the emotions tied to the memories of his comrades, leading to a poignant moment of reflection and grief.
The chapter emphasizes the heavy burden of memory and the lasting impact of past actions on both Mo Xi and Gu Mang, as they come to terms with the weight of their shared history.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Remnants of Filth
Remnants of Filth, Vol. 3
Chapter 67: Trust Me Once MoreGu Mang expresses a deep sense of guilt and sorrow at Mo Xi’s father’s grave, revealing his internal turmoil.
Mo Xi struggles with the idea of forgiving Gu Mang, reflecting on past betrayals and his own childhood memories of war and loss.
Gu Mang pleads for Mo Xi to trust him again, stating his desire to atone for his past actions, even though he knows the consequences may be severe.
Chapter 68: My Heart Is ClearMurong Lian overhears Gu Mang’s plea and mocks the sincerity of his intentions, accusing him of trying to deceive Mo Xi and others.
Gu Mang remains resolute, stating that his apology is genuine and that he wants to atone for his crimes, despite Murong Lian’s derision.
Mo Xi is caught between his duty and the conflicting emotions he feels for Gu Mang, who is determined to prove his sincerity.
Chapter 69: Start AnewGu Mang begins the arduous task of kneeling and kowtowing before every gravestone on Warrior Soul Mountain as a form of atonement.
Despite the ridicule and disbelief from onlookers, Gu Mang perseveres, driven by a desire to demonstrate his commitment to making amends.
Mo Xi watches from a distance, torn between his sense of duty and the emotions stirred by Gu Mang’s actions.
Chapter 70: Guilt Is Heavy WorkGu Mang continues his penance, enduring physical and emotional pain as he kneels before each gravestone.
The chapter delves into Gu Mang's deep sense of guilt and the weight of his past actions, highlighting his determination to make amends even in the face of scorn and disbelief from others.
Mo Xi struggles with his feelings, witnessing Gu Mang’s resolve and the toll it takes on him.
Chapter 71: Chen Tang and Hua Po’anThe narrative shifts focus to Chen Tang and Hua Po’an, who play a role in the ongoing political and military dynamics of Chonghua.
Their interactions and strategies hint at the larger conflicts at play, adding depth to the story’s backdrop.
The chapter provides insight into the broader implications of the characters’ actions and how they tie into the overarching plot.
Chapter 72: Yesteryear DefeatMo Xi explains the tragic events caused by Hua Po’an, who used unorthodox methods to create a Demonblood Beast.
The beast posed a catastrophic threat to Chonghua, forcing Chen Tang, the only one capable of opposing Hua Po’an, to sacrifice himself to defeat the creature.
Mo Xi recounts how Chen Tang's soul and core were destroyed in the battle, making reincarnation impossible, leaving Gu Mang in disbelief and sorrow.
Chapter 73: Chuyi the BeautyThe chapter shifts focus to Murong Chuyi, a beautiful but aloof character known for his expertise in artificing.
The characters discuss Chuyi’s importance and his distant, almost inhuman personality, hinting at deeper layers to his character.
Murong Chuyi’s interactions reveal his cold and detached nature, which contrasts sharply with the emotional turmoil of the other characters.
Chapter 74: Primal DesireGu Mang, seeking a rare herb called Heartbalm, approaches Jiang Fuli to obtain it.
Jiang Fuli warns Gu Mang about the herb’s dual nature—it can heal but also harm due to its toxicity.
Despite the risks, Gu Mang insists on acquiring the herb, hinting at his desperation and willingness to go to great lengths for his goals.
Chapter 75: The Yue Clan’s Old AffairsThe narrative delves into the history of the Yue Clan, uncovering old secrets and political intrigues that have shaped the current events.
The chapter explores the complex relationships and rivalries within the clan, revealing how these dynamics impact the larger story.
Chapter 76: Dark FireMo Xi contemplates the darkness within him, fueled by his unresolved emotions and deep-seated anger.
He struggles with the moral implications of his actions and the path he is on, feeling increasingly lost in the darkness of his thoughts.
The chapter delves into Mo Xi's internal conflict and the "dark fire" that seems to consume him, representing his inner turmoil.
Chapter 77: Burgeoning PassionMo Xi and Gu Mang share an intense moment that reignites the buried feelings between them.
Gu Mang’s actions and words hint at a deeper connection, rekindling the passion that once existed between them.
The chapter explores the complexities of their relationship, highlighting the burgeoning emotions that both characters struggle to control.
Chapter 78: No Sense of ShameGu Mang’s behavior becomes increasingly erratic, leading to awkward and intense situations between him and Mo Xi.
Mo Xi is torn between his duty and the emotions that Gu Mang’s actions provoke in him.
The chapter examines the shame and guilt both characters feel, juxtaposed with their undeniable attraction and bond.
Chapter 79: Chattery Little Pig MonsterThe chapter lightens the tone with playful banter and interactions between the characters, particularly focusing on Gu Mang’s mischievous side.
Gu Mang’s playful nature is contrasted with Mo Xi’s more serious demeanor, adding a dynamic layer to their relationship.
The chapter ends on a lighter note, showcasing the camaraderie and underlying affection between the two main characters amidst the ongoing tension.
Chapter 80: Time MirrorMo Xi and Gu Mang are confronted by the appearance of the Time Mirror, a powerful artifact capable of creating an illusory past. The mirror is said to be linked to forbidden techniques that can transport someone into the past but cannot alter reality.
The artifact begins to draw Gu Mang in, affecting him deeply. Despite Mo Xi's efforts, he cannot prevent Gu Mang from being pulled into the mirror's illusion.
Chapter 81: Return to Eight Years AgoMo Xi awakens inside the Time Mirror's illusion, which has transported them eight years into the past. The world within the mirror replicates reality with extreme accuracy, allowing them to interact with people from that time.
Mo Xi realizes they have returned to a year filled with painful memories for Gu Mang, particularly the year when Gu Mang's power and rank were stripped after his defeat at Phoenix Cry Mountain.
Chapter 82: The Emperor of Eight Years AgoMo Xi visits the imperial palace within the illusion and encounters the emperor as he was eight years ago, much younger and more volatile.
Mo Xi tries to navigate the political tension and seeks to protect Gu Mang from the emperor's suspicions, subtly warning the emperor not to push Gu Mang into treason.
Chapter 83: Gu Mang of Eight Years AgoMo Xi finds Gu Mang as he was eight years ago, a loyal and clear-minded general who has not yet fallen from grace. This sight stirs deep emotions and pain in Mo Xi.
Gu Mang, unaware of his future betrayal, plays a sorrowful tune on the holy weapon Fengbo, symbolizing the tragic path ahead.
Chapter 84: Lu Zhanxing of Eight Years AgoMo Xi meets Lu Zhanxing, who admits he deliberately sabotaged Gu Mang to prevent a worse fate. He believed it was better for Gu Mang to lose power and position than to die mutilated and scorned.
Mo Xi is furious and slaps Lu Zhanxing, accusing him of causing the deaths of seventy thousand soldiers and ruining Gu Mang’s life’s work. Lu Zhanxing defends his actions, arguing it was to save Gu Mang from a worse fate.
Chapter 85: The Plan of Eight Years AgoMo Xi and Lu Zhanxing continue their heated discussion about the past. Lu Zhanxing reveals he killed an envoy, which led to the punishment of Gu Mang and the remaining soldiers.
Mo Xi is shocked by Lu Zhanxing’s perspective, realizing the depth of his actions and their consequences. Lu Zhanxing dismisses the idea of being used by the emperor for important matters.
Chapter 86: Fall from GraceMo Xi and Lu Zhanxing's confrontation escalates. Mo Xi questions Lu Zhanxing’s right to decide Gu Mang’s fate, emphasizing the despair Gu Mang will face after the deaths of his comrades.
Lu Zhanxing argues that Gu Mang’s heart soars too high and that he was destined for a fall. He expresses his belief that Gu Mang’s loyalty and hard work would eventually lead to his demise, regardless of his actions.
Chapter 87: Mysterious VisitorMo Xi, wearing an invisibility cloak, visits Gu Mang at Apricot Mansion. He observes Gu Mang, who appears both asleep and alert.
A knock at the door interrupts their interaction, and Mo Xi hides. A black-garbed man enters, and Mo Xi eavesdrops on their conversation, revealing Gu Mang's future betrayal and his struggle with the decision.
The black-garbed man encourages Gu Mang to defect, discussing Chonghua’s state and the lack of support Gu Mang would receive. Mo Xi realizes the depth of Gu Mang’s internal conflict and the external pressures pushing him towards treason.
Chapter 88: ExecutionMo Xi spends three days inside the Time Mirror, observing events as they unfold. He notices the world around him becoming increasingly translucent as the Mirror's power fades.
The day of Lu Zhanxing's execution arrives, and Mo Xi, under an invisibility cloak, witnesses the event. Lu Zhanxing maintains a stoic demeanor, even smiling at Gu Mang as he is about to be executed.
The execution is carried out, with Lu Zhanxing's head rolling to the edge of the platform, his eyes seemingly trying to convey a message to Gu Mang.
Chapter 89: That Year’s PainGu Mang remains emotionless as he watches Lu Zhanxing’s execution. The crowd is surprised by his lack of reaction, speculating about his feelings towards his fallen comrade.
After the execution, Mo Xi struggles with the emotional weight of the events and his inability to change the past. He tries to comfort Gu Mang, but his efforts are futile as the Mirror’s power diminishes.
Chapter 90: Last MissionLu Zhanxing’s body is left to rot for three days as a final insult. Mo Xi continues to follow Gu Mang, who is now completely isolated, with no visitors or comrades left to support him.
Mo Xi notices that the world within the Mirror is losing its color and substance, indicating that their time in this illusion is running out. Despite this, he remains determined to uncover the truth behind Gu Mang’s fall from grace.
Chapter 91: Memories RecoveredAs the Time Mirror’s illusion begins to break down, Mo Xi witnesses Gu Mang suddenly regain his past memories, returning to his former self as the powerful and clear-minded General Gu.
Mo Xi is shocked by this development, as the Time Mirror is not supposed to alter reality. He realizes that something extraordinary has happened, but he has no time to dwell on it as a bat monster attacks, forcing them back into battle.
Chapter 92: Scoundrel Shixiong Comes OnlineMo Xi wakes up disoriented, unsure if he is in the past or present, recalling the events within the Time Mirror and the coldness on Gu Mang’s face as they exited the mirror.
Mo Xi finds himself in a cave with Gu Mang, Jiang Yexue, and Murong Chuyi. Gu Mang is the first to notice Mo Xi’s awakening, acknowledging it without directing any words to him.
Chapter 93: Shixiong Won’t Pamper You TodayGu Mang, who has recovered some of his memories, teases Mo Xi with his familiar mischievous behavior. Mo Xi is angry and threatens Gu Mang if he continues to seduce him.
Despite Mo Xi's threats, Gu Mang instinctively helps Mo Xi when he collapses, showing a hint of their old bond.
Mo Xi struggles with his feelings and memories, the pain of Gu Mang's past actions, and their current strained relationship.
Chapter 94: Two NephewsThe group, including Mo Xi, Gu Mang, Jiang Yexue, and Murong Chuyi, deals with the aftermath of their experiences and the tense atmosphere among them.
Yue Chenqing, one of the characters, falls ill, calling out in his fevered delirium. Murong Chuyi shows a rare moment of care for him, revealing a complex relationship between the two nephews and their uncle.
Chapter 95: Shixiong Takes It Too FarGu Mang continues to provoke Mo Xi, testing the boundaries of their relationship and revealing the underlying tension and unresolved emotions between them.
The chapter delves into the strained dynamics between Mo Xi, Gu Mang, and their companions, highlighting the lingering effects of their past and the challenges they face in the present.
Chapter 96: Legend of the Bat QueenMo Xi and his companions find themselves on Bat Island, where they discover a mysterious tower known as the "human sacrifice tower."
Gu Mang begins to narrate a legend about the Bat Queen, revealing the history and significance of the island and its inhabitants.
The legend tells of a young cultivator who sought to cure his mother’s illness and ended up on Bat Island, where he encountered the Bat Queen, a figure of both beauty and terror.
The chapter delves into the dark and eerie atmosphere of the island, setting the stage for the upcoming confrontation with the Bat Queen.
Chapter 97: Do You Hate MeMo Xi and Gu Mang share a tense and emotional conversation, where Mo Xi confronts Gu Mang about whether he truly harbors resentment toward him.
Gu Mang, with a complex mix of emotions, assures Mo Xi that he has never hated him, despite the painful history between them.
The chapter explores the deep, unresolved feelings between Mo Xi and Gu Mang, highlighting the scars left by their past and the challenges they face moving forward.
The chapter ends with Mo Xi preparing to face the dangers of the Bat Queen's domain, determined to protect his companions and resolve the lingering issues between him and Gu Mang.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Remnants of Filth
Remnants of Filth, Vol. 4
Chapter 98: InfiltrationMo Xi and Gu Mang infiltrate a heavily guarded area surrounded by dense forest, execution platforms, and a blood pool filled with skeletons.
They observe a pavilion built from human bones, where a powerful and cruel woman named Wuyan presides, punishing a subordinate by ordering her to be boiled alive for failing to secure a vital medicine.
Gu Mang deduces that Wuyan, the queen of the bat demons, is weakened by reckless cultivation and is reliant on a rare medicine to maintain her strength and beauty.
Mo Xi and Gu Mang decide to stay close to Wuyan to monitor her and find a weak point in the barrier she has set around the island.
Chapter 99: Mo Xi the ConcubineGu Mang uses a spell to disguise himself and Mo Xi as bat demons to get closer to Wuyan.
Mo Xi, disguised as a guard, and Gu Mang, disguised as a servant girl, enter Wuyan's pavilion.
Wuyan chooses Mo Xi to serve her for the night, a task that would involve intimate dual cultivation to restore her energy.
Gu Mang quickly intervenes, claiming Mo Xi is unreliable and incapable, leading to Wuyan dismissing Mo Xi and choosing another demon instead.
Chapter 100: Poor Xi-MeiMo Xi, furious with Gu Mang for humiliating him, confronts him in a secluded hut. Gu Mang deflects Mo Xi’s anger by reminding him of the importance of their mission.
Gu Mang reveals that he placed a Soul-Recording Spell on the plate of fruit he gave to Wuyan, which will allow them to access her memories and secrets about the barrier.
The two have a tense exchange, with Gu Mang manipulating the conversation to keep Mo Xi focused on the task at hand.
Chapter 101: So GullibleThe Soul-Recording Spell reveals Wuyan’s tragic backstory, where she fell in love with an immortal named Chen Tang, also known as the Wise Gentleman, after he saved her life.
Despite Wuyan’s efforts to win Chen Tang’s love, he rejected her, claiming his heart was dedicated to the Dao and nothing else.
Wuyan’s obsession and heartbreak led her to cultivate against her nature, damaging her body and mind. She now seeks to use gu worms to transform other men into Chen Tang's likeness to fill the void in her heart.
Chapter 102: Sharing a RoomMo Xi and Gu Mang share a tense conversation, with Gu Mang probing Mo Xi about his feelings of resentment and hatred.
Gu Mang tries to provoke Mo Xi by comparing his feelings to those of Wuyan, who harbored unreciprocated love.
Mo Xi expresses his deep hurt, explaining that his resentment stems not from unreciprocated love but from Gu Mang's betrayal and the loss of his former self.
The chapter ends with Mo Xi confronting Gu Mang, revealing the deep emotional scars left by Gu Mang's actions.
Chapter 103: SufferingGu Mang is struggling with the effects of the bat demons' miasma, which amplifies his suppressed emotions and desires.
Mo Xi becomes aware of Gu Mang's internal struggle but chooses to distance himself, not wanting to further complicate their relationship.
The environment becomes increasingly unbearable for both of them as the effects of the miasma intensify, leading to a charged atmosphere filled with unspoken tension.
Chapter 104: Inseparable HeartsMo Xi realizes that something is wrong with Gu Mang and tries to comfort him despite the strained relationship between them.
Gu Mang, overwhelmed by the miasma and his suppressed feelings, finds himself unable to resist Mo Xi's touch.
Mo Xi, torn between his pride and his desire to help Gu Mang, ultimately gives in and tries to provide comfort, leading to a moment of physical and emotional connection between them.
Chapter 105: Relieving PoisonGu Mang's condition worsens, and Mo Xi takes drastic measures to help relieve the poison's effects on him.
The chapter explores the complex dynamics between Mo Xi and Gu Mang, highlighting their deep, intertwined emotions and the physical manifestation of their unresolved feelings.
The tension between their duty and their personal feelings is palpable, as they navigate the line between helping each other and confronting the unresolved issues from their past.
Chapter 106: Suggestive TracesYue Chenqing questions his uncle, Murong Chuyi, about his harsh treatment of Jiang Yexue, expressing his heartbreak and disappointment.
Murong Chuyi struggles with unspoken grievances, revealing a deep-seated resentment toward Jiang Yexue, which surprises Mo Xi and Gu Mang.
Chapter 107: His Only StainJiang Yexue notices Gu Mang wearing Mo Xi’s hair ribbon, which raises suspicions and confusion about their relationship.
Gu Mang’s behavior and his use of Mo Xi’s ribbon indicate the complex and intertwined nature of their bond.
Chapter 108: Women Are So Hard to DeceiveMo Xi has a tense encounter with Princess Mengze, who is assisting with imperial duties due to the emperor’s illness.
Mengze’s position and her unrequited feelings for Mo Xi are highlighted, reflecting the challenges she faces as a woman in a male-dominated society.
Chapter 109: Coffin LibraryMo Xi sneaks into the Imperial Censorate to investigate the events of eight years ago, hoping to uncover the truth behind Gu Mang’s past actions.
He finds the jade scrolls that hold the records of the past shattered and destroyed, indicating that someone powerful is trying to keep the truth hidden.
Mo Xi decides to gather the fragments of the jade scrolls and seeks out a trustworthy artificer to repair them, realizing the gravity of the situation and the potential consequences.
Chapter 110: Strange OmensGu Mang and Mo Xi experience strange omens as they continue their journey, including an eerie sense of foreboding and mysterious changes in their surroundings.
The chapter focuses on the tension and uncertainty they feel as they navigate through a world filled with both external and internal threats.
Chapter 111: Elder of the Black Magic TrialsMo Xi and Gu Mang encounter an elder associated with the Black Magic Trials, a figure with deep knowledge of forbidden techniques.
This elder reveals crucial information about the challenges ahead, including the dangers of confronting the Bat Queen and the consequences of their actions within the Time Mirror.
The chapter explores the moral dilemmas and the heavy burden of responsibility that Mo Xi and Gu Mang carry.
Chapter 112: A-Lian Wants Him TooThe tension between Gu Mang and Mo Xi escalates as A-Lian, another character, expresses a desire for Mo Xi, leading to complex emotional dynamics.
This chapter delves into the relationships between the characters, highlighting jealousy, unspoken feelings, and the struggles they face in maintaining their bonds amidst external pressures.
Chapter 113: I'll Trust You Once MoreMo Xi makes a pivotal decision to trust Gu Mang once more, despite the deep scars of betrayal and past hurts.
This chapter marks a turning point in their relationship, as they confront the lingering issues between them and decide to move forward together.
The chapter ends with a renewed sense of determination as they prepare to face the upcoming challenges.
Chapter 114: Trials BeginMo Xi and Gu Mang prepare to face the trials set by the Bat Queen. These trials are designed to test their resolve, loyalty, and strength.
The atmosphere is tense as both characters realize the gravity of the challenges ahead, which could determine their fate on the island.
Chapter 115: Back to Eight Years AgoThe narrative shifts back to events from eight years ago, providing deeper insight into the characters' past actions and decisions that led to the present situation.
This chapter explores the consequences of Lu Zhanxing’s betrayal and the impact it had on Gu Mang, including the loss of his comrades and his fall from grace.
Chapter 116: Lu Zhanxing's InjusticeThe chapter delves into the injustice faced by Lu Zhanxing, revealing the complex motivations behind his actions and the difficult choices he had to make.
Mo Xi reflects on the past and the misunderstandings that led to the tragic outcomes for both Lu Zhanxing and Gu Mang.
Chapter 117: Are You Willing to Die for the Nation?The chapter presents a moral and emotional dilemma for the characters, questioning their willingness to sacrifice everything for their nation.
Mo Xi and Gu Mang face internal and external conflicts, forcing them to confront their loyalty, duty, and the lingering effects of their past decisions.
Chapter 118: I Am Also a Living PersonGu Mang confronts the emperor about the decision to execute Lu Zhanxing. The emperor explains that Lu Zhanxing is tainted with demonic qi, and letting him live would only lead to his torment and eventual death by other means.
The emperor outlines a plan to portray Gu Mang as a traitor, including the execution of Lu Zhanxing, which would provide the necessary motivation for Gu Mang to defect to the Liao Kingdom.
Gu Mang, despite his internal turmoil, agrees to the plan for the greater good but insists on telling Lu Zhanxing the truth before his execution.
Chapter 119: His True Intent Was ThisGu Mang meets with Lu Zhanxing in prison, revealing the emperor's plan and the true reasons behind the decisions that led to their current situation.
Lu Zhanxing reacts with a mix of emotions, from relief at not having betrayed his comrades to sorrow and anger at the manipulation they have endured.
The chapter explores the deep bond between Gu Mang and Lu Zhanxing, highlighting their shared pain and the burdens they carry.
Chapter 120: This Oath in Life and DeathGu Mang and Lu Zhanxing share a heartfelt moment, swearing an oath as brothers despite the tragic circumstances.
The chapter delves into their past, revealing the depth of their relationship and the sacrifices they have made for each other and their comrades.
Lu Zhanxing expresses his acceptance of his fate, and Gu Mang reaffirms his commitment to their shared cause, even as he prepares to face the consequences of their actions.
Chapter 121: The Long Winter Will PassMo Xi, using the history-recording jade scroll, experiences the emotional and physical agony of reliving the events that led to the execution of Lu Zhanxing.
The chapter explores the heavy burden of guilt and sorrow that Mo Xi feels as he uncovers the truth about Gu Mang’s loyalty and the sacrifices he made.
The chapter concludes with Mo Xi's determination to uncover the full truth, despite the pain it causes him, as he struggles to reconcile the past with the present.
Chapter 122: From Now On, Into the AbyssMo Xi continues to explore the history-recording jade scroll, experiencing intense emotional and physical pain as he delves deeper into Gu Mang's past.
The chapter highlights Mo Xi’s struggle to reconcile the horrifying truths he uncovers with his loyalty and love for Gu Mang.
The scroll reveals the extreme suffering Gu Mang endured while maintaining his loyalty to his mission, even as he was accused of treason and subjected to unbearable torment.
Chapter 123: All Men Are SelfishGu Mang is subjected to cruel black magic trials, designed to test his mental and physical limits.
Despite the extreme torture, Gu Mang’s mental strength remains unbroken, surprising his captors.
The chapter emphasizes the dark and brutal nature of the trials and the resolve required to endure them.
Chapter 124: Bringing You Out of HellMo Xi, in a desperate state, breaks into the Asura Room where Gu Mang is being held and tortured.
He frees Gu Mang from his chains and holds him, vowing to take him away and protect him.
The chapter portrays the depth of Mo Xi’s emotions and his unwavering determination to save Gu Mang, despite the overwhelming odds.
Chapter 125: Severe InjuryThe chapter details the aftermath of Gu Mang’s rescue, where Mo Xi is severely injured but continues to fight to protect Gu Mang.
Gu Mang, weakened and traumatized, struggles to recover from the physical and psychological damage inflicted on him.
The chapter ends with a focus on the resilience of both characters as they confront the consequences of their actions and the challenges ahead.
Chapter 126: Mengze's LamentMengze grapples with the weight of her responsibilities and the emotional burden of the ongoing conflicts.
The chapter delves into Mengze's internal struggle, revealing her deep-seated fears and regrets as she contemplates the impact of the decisions made by her and others.
Mengze reflects on the loss and suffering around her, lamenting the harsh realities of their world and the personal sacrifices she has had to make.
Chapter 127: ConfrontationA tense confrontation occurs between key characters, with emotions running high as past grievances and unresolved issues come to the surface.
The chapter highlights the complexity of the relationships between the characters, as they navigate through their conflicting emotions and loyalties.
The confrontation forces the characters to confront their own motives and the consequences of their actions, leading to a deeper understanding of each other.
Chapter 128: No Other ChoiceThe chapter explores the difficult decisions the characters must make as they face seemingly insurmountable odds.
With no other options left, the characters are forced to take drastic actions, pushing the boundaries of their morals and values.
The chapter ends with a sense of inevitability, as the characters brace themselves for the fallout from their choices and the uncertain future that lies ahead.
Chapter 129: The Truth of Warrior Soul MountainThe emperor leads Mo Xi to a back courtyard terrace where a pool of dream-gathering water is located. This pool has the power to bring the past into the present and reveal hidden truths.
The emperor reveals that although he destroyed most of the jade scrolls in the Imperial Censorate, he kept one that contains the truth about Gu Mang’s innocence.
The emperor taps a dzi bead, releasing a memory that unfolds before Mo Xi's eyes, revealing the real events that transpired at Warrior Soul Mountain.
The memory reveals the emperor’s deep regret and the measures he took to ensure that the truth would be revealed one day, even if it cost him his life.
Chapter 130: Going HomeAfter witnessing the truth, Mo Xi returns to his manor and goes into seclusion for three days, reflecting on the events and what he has learned.
Gu Mang’s severe injuries keep him bedridden, and Jiang Fuli stays by his side, ensuring that no one disturbs him.
Mo Xi contemplates the intelligence reports Gu Mang had sent to the emperor over the years, realizing the extent of Gu Mang’s loyalty and the sacrifices he made for Chonghua.
The chapter ends with Mo Xi grappling with the emotional weight of the truth and the decisions he must make moving forward.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Remnants of Filth
Remnants of Filth, Vol. 5
Chapter 131:
I Love YouMo Xi is crying beside Gu Mang as he wakes up in the Asura Room.
Gu Mang initially wakes up gently and instinctively reaches out to Mo Xi, asking why he is crying.
Once fully conscious, Gu Mang’s expression hardens and he pulls away, accusing Mo Xi of being foolish for coming to the Asura Room.
Mo Xi embraces Gu Mang tightly and tells him, “I already know everything,” referring to the truth behind Gu Mang’s actions over the past eight years.
Gu Mang tries to push Mo Xi away, but Mo Xi begs him not to say or do anything foolish and reveals how much he understands now.
Gu Mang is stunned, realizing that Mo Xi has seen past the mask he’s worn all these years.
Gu Mang insists Mo Xi only knows half the story and continues to push him away, saying they are not the same kind of person.
Mo Xi disagrees, insisting Gu Mang never wanted to kill, fight, or hurt him.
Mo Xi finally apologizes for not understanding Gu Mang eight years ago and acknowledges how much Gu Mang has suffered.
Gu Mang starts to tremble and cry but still tries to resist, insisting Mo Xi doesn't understand and continuing to reject his comfort.
Mo Xi asks why Gu Mang keeps pushing him away and confesses that the most painful thing was not being stabbed or abandoned, but losing the Gu Mang he once knew.
Mo Xi reaffirms he has no one else in the world but Gu Mang and that he would have suffered anything if it meant not being left behind.
He begs Gu Mang to let him stay, protect him, and share even a small part of his burden.
Gu Mang is devastated because he had spent eight years trying to ensure Mo Xi would forget him and live a normal life.
Gu Mang remembers how he had acted cruelly to make Mo Xi give up on him, but Mo Xi never did.
Gu Mang had hoped Mo Xi would move on, marry someone kind, and live peacefully, but now he realizes that was a mistake—Mo Xi had given him not just love, but his entire heart.
Gu Mang becomes alarmed upon noticing how weak Mo Xi’s spiritual energy is and realizes he must have gone to Bat Island and used the Time Mirror to learn the truth.
Mo Xi brushes it off, but Gu Mang is overwhelmed with guilt, realizing Mo Xi sacrificed his spiritual core for him.
Mo Xi assures him he’s okay and redirects the moment to show concern for Gu Mang’s feelings.
Gu Mang breaks down sobbing, apologizing repeatedly.
He acknowledges that he never gave Mo Xi a choice, always making decisions for him without asking.
He laments all the ways he hurt, betrayed, and lied to Mo Xi.
Mo Xi, still gentle, says he doesn’t need apologies and will be content simply being by Gu Mang’s side.
Gu Mang suddenly hugs Mo Xi tightly, weeping uncontrollably and finally voicing his pain: he had to bear everything alone and felt as though he was being stabbed every day.
He confesses he didn’t want to leave Mo Xi and didn’t want him to be with anyone else.
Mo Xi is stunned by this and can hardly believe what he’s hearing.
Gu Mang finally says the words he’s held in for years: “Mo Xi, I do love you.”
He apologizes for being selfish, for trying to protect Mo Xi in ways that hurt them both, and for not understanding how deep Mo Xi’s love went.
Mo Xi tenderly wipes Gu Mang’s tears and quietly asks if Gu Mang didn’t know that he loved him just as long, just as deeply.
Gu Mang asks if Mo Xi still wants him, and Mo Xi replies, “Since the first time I confessed to you, I said once I choose someone, it’s for a lifetime.”
Mo Xi promises to give Gu Mang everything he once vowed and says eight years was nothing—they still have a future.
They no longer cry but look at each other, both knowing they are changed by time and pain but finally reunited in truth.
Mo Xi and Gu Mang, both scarred and broken, hold each other without barriers, at last able to take warmth and comfort from each other.
The ice between them has completely melted; from now on, they will face everything together, never parting again.
Chapter 132:
Is Candy Sweeter, or Am I?Gu Mang begins to recover from his injuries, but his situation remains precarious because his identity as a supposed traitor has not yet been cleared.
Although Mo Xi wants to clear Gu Mang’s name, the emperor and Gu Mang both insist it must remain secret for now to protect the larger plan to reform Chonghua.
Mo Xi struggles to hide his feelings for Gu Mang. Though he keeps quiet, his warmth and devotion become obvious to everyone at Xihe Manor.
Servants notice a dramatic shift in Mo Xi’s attitude—from cold indifference to unmistakable tenderness.
Gu Mang is accidentally assigned by a clueless cook to help stoke the fire in the kitchen, despite still being injured.
When Mo Xi finds out, he storms into the kitchen, scolds the staff, and pulls Gu Mang away, insisting he return to bed.
The kitchen servants and staff begin whispering about how lenient Mo Xi has become, recalling an incident where Gu Mang broke an expensive vase, and Mo Xi worried if Gu Mang was hurt instead of being angry about the damage.
Housekeeper Li Wei addresses the growing gossip and tells the staff to trust Mo Xi’s judgment and keep quiet, emphasizing loyalty.
Gu Mang’s body heals well due to his faewolf blood, but the clarity brought on by the Time Mirror is temporary. His recovered memories begin slipping away again.
Knowing this, Gu Mang begins recording his memories and feelings daily, rereading them each morning to try and hold onto them.
Gu Mang documents his first meeting with Mo Xi in a bittersweet and humorous tone, highlighting how blank Mo Xi’s face was at the time.
When Mo Xi accidentally reads the notes, Gu Mang flusters and snatches them back, joking that Mo Xi can only read them once he forgets everything again.
Mo Xi gently touches Gu Mang’s ink-stained fingers and deflects the heavy emotions with a soft, affectionate gesture.
They reflect on their past: Mo Xi marvels at Gu Mang’s bravery in volunteering for black magic experiments despite knowing everything, and Gu Mang defends the emperor’s complicated decisions.
Mo Xi notices the sapphire ring Gu Mang still wears—the one given by Murong Lian—and, though bothered, does not push Gu Mang to explain.
Instead, he asks if Gu Mang wants him to return the ring or if he wants to do it himself. Gu Mang chooses to return it personally with Mo Xi’s quiet support.
Mo Xi warns Gu Mang to wear a cloak and mask if he goes out, as public hostility still threatens him.
Gu Mang jokes that Mo Xi shouldn’t be so affectionate in public since he’s still technically a traitor, which visibly pains Mo Xi.
Sensing the tension, Gu Mang lightens the mood by inviting Mo Xi to sleep with him in the master bedroom instead of the side room.
Mo Xi is caught off guard, and Gu Mang playfully calls him a good boy and says he has no candy to reward him.
In a rare show of initiative, Mo Xi kisses Gu Mang softly—restrained due to his deep feelings and fear of letting passion consume him.
Gu Mang teases Mo Xi, asking what’s sweeter: candy or him. Mo Xi, flustered and speechless, just pokes Gu Mang’s forehead.
Gu Mang calls him stuffy and scolds him playfully.
Mo Xi, overwhelmed, only replies, “Goodnight,” leaving Gu Mang staring at him in disbelief.
Chapter 133:
Fourteen Years of First LoveGu Mang prepares to visit Wangshu Manor to return the sapphire ring given by Murong Lian.
To avoid drawing attention, Gu Mang wears a hooded cloak and a silver mask, blending in with typical cultivator attire.
Mo Xi gives Gu Mang a jade token that marks him as a special ambassador of Xihe Manor so that he can enter Wangshu Manor without issue.
Gu Mang jokes that he was planning to jump over the wall instead, but Mo Xi sternly warns him not to provoke Murong Lian.
Mo Xi fastens the token onto Gu Mang’s waist himself, the moment intimate and tender as Gu Mang admires Mo Xi’s features up close.
After Mo Xi finishes, Gu Mang suddenly kisses him and cheekily says he’ll just claim to be Mo Xi’s person.
Mo Xi suggests going with Gu Mang, afraid of being apart, worried about Murong Lian, but mostly emotionally unwilling to let Gu Mang out of his sight.
Gu Mang gently declines, wanting to go alone but reassures Mo Xi he’ll return soon and jokingly asks when he’s ever lied.
Mo Xi deadpans, “All the time,” making Gu Mang laugh.
Gu Mang teases Mo Xi to punish him, and Mo Xi’s eyes flash with restrained desire and protectiveness—hinting at how intensely he still feels about Gu Mang, even if he hides it.
Gu Mang reflects on Mo Xi’s quiet but overwhelming love, remembering how Mo Xi gave him everything from his body to his heart in the earliest days of their first love.
Fourteen years have passed since that first love began, and Mo Xi’s gaze remains just as intense and sincere.
Gu Mang arrives at Wangshu Manor and successfully enters using the token.
The manor is just as he remembered—luxurious, cluttered, lazy, and lined with objects of comfort reflecting Murong Lian’s personality.
Gu Mang waits in the middle pavilion garden, which stirs powerful memories from his childhood as a servant there.
He recalls the swing, animals, and toys from when he and Murong Lian were children.
A specific memory surfaces: Gu Mang once fell asleep on the swing, and Murong Lian furiously shoved him off for touching something “too good” for a servant.
Gu Mang had hit his head and bled heavily, and Murong Lian panicked and fled.
Later, Auntie Lin—an older, disfigured servant woman who had shown Gu Mang motherly affection—found him and rushed to get help.
Auntie Lin had always been kind to Gu Mang, secretly giving him food, mending clothes, and teaching him words, becoming a surrogate maternal figure in his orphaned life.
Gu Mang recalls trying to pronounce her name properly but failing, calling her “Auntie Ni,” which embarrassed him but made her smile.
The resident healer mocked both Gu Mang and Auntie Lin, humiliating them, but Auntie Lin remained calm and loving.
Gu Mang had always thought she was beautiful because of the warmth and love she gave him.
Before Auntie Lin died—when Gu Mang was only four years old—she told him a secret, one that became the reason Gu Mang remained loyal and obedient in Wangshu Manor for twenty years, never rebelling against Murong Lian.
Just as the memory ends, Gu Mang is called by the head housekeeper and told that Murong Lian is ready to receive him.
Chapter 134:
Murong Lian’ s ChildhoodGu Mang arrives at Wangshu Manor and finds Murong Lian lounging in a summer courtyard, smoking ephemera and drinking wine.
Murong Lian dismisses his servants and speaks coldly to Gu Mang, calling him “Fireball’s envoy” and mocking his masked appearance.
Gu Mang removes the silver mask and returns the sapphire ring to Murong Lian, claiming the lord of Xihe Manor forbade him from accepting gifts and that he dislikes the ring.
Murong Lian reacts emotionally, momentarily stunned and defensive. He insists the ring was never a gift and declares he was going to reclaim it anyway.
Gu Mang notes Murong Lian nearly slipped and revealed the ring’s true significance but stopped himself, indicating he’s hiding something about it.
Murong Lian, suspicious of Gu Mang’s behavior, questions whether he truly has memory loss and provocatively brings up “Auntie Ni.”
Gu Mang pretends not to remember who that is, even as his heart races. He quickly leaves, unsettled by Murong Lian’s probing.
Gu Mang wonders how Murong Lian might know about his restored memories—whether someone leaked it or Murong Lian is simply testing him.
Concerned for Murong Lian’s worsening addiction to ephemera, Gu Mang visits Jiang Manor to ask for medicine to help him quit.
There, he finds Su Yurou instead of Jiang Fuli. Su Yurou explains that Jiang Fuli has gone traveling again.
Su Yurou refuses to give Gu Mang any medicine, saying that if Murong Lian has no intention of quitting, any treatment would be useless and only ruin the medicine house’s name.
Gu Mang leaves empty-handed and reflects on his complicated feelings toward Murong Lian.
Despite Murong Lian’s cruel and manipulative nature, Gu Mang pities him, understanding how his upbringing warped him.
Gu Mang recalls how Murong Lian had loved illusion techniques as a child but was forced by his mother, Madam Zhao, to give them up and study music to mimic his late father.
Madam Zhao’s relentless emotional and physical abuse crushed Murong Lian’s spirit and distorted his personality. She forced him to abandon his passions, constantly compared him to Mo Xi, and demanded he live up to Murong Xuan’s legacy.
Gu Mang had witnessed Murong Lian’s transformation from a bright child into someone cold, manipulative, and twisted, mourning his lost freedom through mournful guqin music.
Murong Lian’s use of underhanded methods—manipulating Mo Xi, exploiting Gu Mang, orchestrating the slave collar incident—stemmed from a lifelong need to win and a fear of failure ingrained by years of harsh parenting.
Gu Mang now questions why someone as competitive as Murong Lian would turn to a debilitating drug like ephemera.
He also senses that the sapphire ring Murong Lian gave him may have been meant to help rather than harm, though its exact purpose remains unclear.
Gu Mang’s thoughts spiral into more questions about Murong Lian’s true intentions and suffering, but he can’t find clear answers and begins to feel a headache coming on.
He finally returns to Xihe Manor around noon and is surprised to find the main hall empty.
A servant named Xiao-Su kindly greets him and tells him Mo Xi is either under the orange blossom tree or in the small kitchen.
Alarmed by the idea of Mo Xi being in the kitchen, Gu Mang prepares to find him.
Chapter 135:
Peaceful DaysGu Mang finds Mo Xi alone in the open-air small kitchen of Xihe Manor, cooking with visible frustration.
Mo Xi, not a natural cook, surrounds himself with stacks of cookbooks and struggles with basic tasks—especially peeling shrimp.
Mo Xi tries to peel shrimp with spiritual energy and accidentally vaporizes it using the Armor-Removal Technique, leaving him dumbfounded.
Gu Mang laughs hysterically, teasing Mo Xi for using such a powerful technique on a helpless shrimp.
Gu Mang hugs Mo Xi from behind, resting his face on Mo Xi’s back and teasingly praises his long legs, slender waist, and broad shoulders—joking that Mo Xi could be a star at Luomei Pavilion.
Mo Xi is deeply embarrassed, ears turning red, and tries to maintain composure, but eventually threatens playful revenge by reaching toward Gu Mang with his messy, starch-covered hands.
Gu Mang dodges and settles into a chair, content just watching Mo Xi cook.
Though their relationship is emotionally stronger than ever, Mo Xi continues to carry deep anxiety about Gu Mang’s fading memory, damaged body, and public reputation.
Gu Mang tries to cheer Mo Xi up with flirtation and forward affection, making bolder romantic declarations than he's used to.
Gu Mang sincerely compliments Mo Xi’s appearance and says he’s happiest when Mo Xi is in his arms—or better, in his bed.
Mo Xi, flustered and red-faced, pins Gu Mang to the kitchen counter in a sudden display of dominance but stops before going any further, warning him not to test his limits.
Gu Mang, breathless and a little dazed, realizes Mo Xi is holding himself back out of love and concern for Gu Mang’s condition, not because of lack of desire.
Gu Mang feels unexpectedly cherished, imagining that even his broken body might still be precious to Mo Xi and believing there’s hope for a peaceful future together.
Mo Xi finishes cooking—a meal including fried shrimp, sweet-and-sour fish, evergreen soup with fish balls, and roast goose.
Gu Mang heaps praise on the food, even though most dishes are mediocre at best, and only the roast goose (bought, not made) is good.
A slip-up with the fish balls reminds Mo Xi that Gu Mang is losing his memories again, briefly darkening the mood.
Gu Mang quickly tries to recover, praising Mo Xi's cooking skills anyway and joking that he's a “cookbook.”
Mo Xi affectionately corrects him, saying he missed one word—“mine”—and kisses his forehead.
After they eat, the two clean up together, basking in the peace of an ordinary day with no servants around, just themselves, a banyan tree, and some chickens.
Gu Mang asks what they should do next. Mo Xi, cherishing the quiet moment, replies that their next task is simply to bask in the sun together.
Chapter 136:
Dragon Boat FestivalAs the Dragon Boat Festival approaches, Gu Mang’s memory continues to deteriorate. Despite his daily effort to reread notes he’s written to himself, he forgets more and more with each passing day.
Mo Xi is quietly devastated watching Gu Mang struggle to retain their shared history, especially when he catches him rereading his journal by lamplight.
Gu Mang’s physical condition has improved slightly. His mental state is mostly stable, and the black magic inside him hasn’t acted up, allowing them a brief window of peace.
A few days before the festival, Mo Xi receives a letter from the emperor addressed to Gu Mang, inviting him to Warrior Soul Mountain.
Gu Mang, surprised but stoic, declines the invitation, saying he already knows what the emperor will say and doesn't want to go through the motions of forgiveness and regret.
Gu Mang reasons that seeing the emperor again would only stir up pain and change nothing, calling the encounter a useless performance.
Mo Xi brings up Gu Mang’s reputation, but Gu Mang insists it’s beyond repair and refuses to go. He explains that while the truth may exonerate him, it can’t undo the pain others have suffered, or their hatred.
Gu Mang declares he’d rather remain seen as a villain by the living than tarnish the memory of him held by his fallen brothers. If he never goes to the mountain, they can still believe he died with honor.
Mo Xi quietly accepts his decision.
The next day, Mo Xi and Gu Mang receive a second invitation—this time from Jiang Yexue, inviting them to make zongzi at his home for the Dragon Boat Festival.
Gu Mang is surprised and a little touched. He’s uncertain if Jiang Yexue truly accepts him after everything, but Mo Xi reminds him that Jiang Yexue helped restore the jade scrolls and has likely deduced the truth himself.
Mo Xi encourages Gu Mang to go, saying Jiang Yexue would be happy to see him again and miss the chaotic but memorable man who once performed “Song of Courtship” at his wedding.
Gu Mang silently reflects on the pain of the past, the hint of red creeping into his eyes, but agrees.
On the day of the festival, Gu Mang and Mo Xi travel to Jiang Yexue’s home by carriage to avoid public attention.
Jiang Yexue still lives in the same modest courtyard Mo Xi gifted him years ago. Though now a respected elder, he never moved, valuing sentiment over status.
As they arrive, Gu Mang and Mo Xi are surprised to hear cheerful voices coming from the courtyard.
They find Yue Chenqing and a little girl—Lan-er, the daughter of Changfeng-jun—playing together amid traditional festival decorations.
Yue Chenqing is drawing the protective character “王” (king) on Lan-er’s forehead with realgar wine, while she happily pretends to be a demon.
Lan-er runs to greet Gu Mang, calling him “Da-gege” and telling him she was excited when she heard he would be joining the celebration.
Yue Chenqing greets them warmly and hesitates before respectfully calling Gu Mang “Gu-shishu” (Martial Uncle Gu).
Mo Xi teases Yue Chenqing about acknowledging Jiang Yexue as family again.
Yue Chenqing sheepishly admits he was wrong to have treated Jiang Yexue poorly in the past and now genuinely cares for him.
Gu Mang encourages Yue Chenqing and Murong Chuyi to visit Jiang Yexue more often to give him the family connection he misses.
When Gu Mang mentions Murong Chuyi, Yue Chenqing’s face darkens. He confesses that Murong Chuyi has barely spoken to him recently and seems to want to move out of Yue Manor entirely.
**Chapter 137:
Deceased Wife’s Memorial Tablet”Gu Mang is surprised when Yue Chenqing reveals that Murong Chuyi plans to leave Yue Manor and possibly roam in search of his true family.
Yue Chenqing looks emotionally exhausted, more than Gu Mang or Mo Xi have ever seen him. He admits Murong Chuyi never saw the Yue Clan as his true family and only stayed out of gratitude to Yue Chenqing’s mother.
Mo Xi and Gu Mang don’t know how to respond; it’s not their place to interfere with another family’s affairs.
Jiang Yexue appears, pushed in his wheelchair by Lan-er. He greets everyone and apologizes for not noticing their arrival earlier.
Lan-er is clearly very attached to Jiang Yexue, and her presence brightens the courtyard. The group begins making zongzi together in celebration of the Dragon Boat Festival.
Yue Chenqing and Lan-er gather water and add firewood, while Gu Mang stirs the glutinous rice and Mo Xi washes the wrapping leaves.
Jiang Yexue and Gu Mang talk privately. Gu Mang asks whether Jiang Yexue explained his situation to Yue Chenqing.
Jiang Yexue says he didn’t go into detail, only told Yue Chenqing that Gu Mang has secrets that can’t be shared but that he trusts him. He hopes Yue Chenqing will trust Gu Mang too.
Jiang Yexue admits he once doubted Gu Mang as well and feels guilty for not believing in him sooner. Gu Mang brushes it off, saying there’s nothing to owe between brothers.
Gu Mang asks about Lan-er and learns she had another violent outburst due to her unstable spiritual core. She seriously injured several children—including a distant imperial relative.
The academy wanted to expel her and destroy her core, but Jiang Yexue intervened, took responsibility for her, and brought her to live at his home.
Jiang Yexue believes that with proper guidance, a peaceful environment, and emotional support, Lan-er can manage her condition. He’s also gently teaching her and offering her companionship.
Gu Mang praises him for his kindness, and Jiang Yexue jokingly says she’s like his wheelchair’s automated assistant.
Mo Xi announces the leaves are ready. Everyone begins to prepare the zongzi together.
Jiang Yexue realizes they’re missing nine-colored thread for binding and asks Gu Mang to fetch it from the inner room.
Inside, Gu Mang finds the thread but also spots a memorial tablet engraved with the name: For the deceased Lady Jiang, Qin Mujin.
The sight of the plaque makes Gu Mang reflect on Qin Mujin, Jiang Yexue’s late wife. She had died in battle shortly after their wedding, despite their deep affection.
Gu Mang recalls their wedding vividly: her red bridal gown, the joy of the event, and how she had outdrunk all the guests, including him.
He also remembers what happened that same night—drunk and dazed, Gu Mang had been taken to Mo Xi’s residence, where Mo Xi, feeling reckless and jealous, had pinned him to bed.
Mo Xi confessed he envied Jiang Yexue for being able to marry the person he loved.
The memory is both sweet and aching, made more poignant by Gu Mang’s fading recollection and the tragedy of Qin Mujin’s short life.
Gu Mang offers a respectful prayer to the memorial tablet, mentally addressing Qin Mujin as his sister-in-law.
As he looks again at the plaque, something about it starts to feel off—there’s an unplaceable sense that something doesn’t belong, hinting at an ominous mystery.
Chapter 138:
ExposedGu Mang examines the memorial tablet for Qin Mujin and realizes something is wrong: it’s lightly covered in dust, as if it hasn’t been tended to recently—an unusual detail for someone supposedly still deeply mourning his deceased wife.
Just as Gu Mang is starting to feel uneasy, Jiang Yexue appears silently behind him and asks what he’s doing. Gu Mang hurriedly explains he was looking for the nine-colored thread.
Jiang Yexue is calm and smiling. He expresses appreciation that Gu Mang paid respects to his late wife and shows no sign of suspicion.
Gu Mang tries to dismiss his unease, thinking he must’ve overreacted and that Jiang Yexue has likely just been too busy to clean.
Back in the courtyard, everyone is making zongzi. Lan-er wraps hers neatly and quickly. Gu Mang and Jiang Yexue do passably well. Yue Chenqing, however, tries to cram eight ingredients into one and makes a disaster of it.
Everyone laughs at Yue Chenqing’s failed “eight treasures zongzi.” Mo Xi and Gu Mang continue working side by side.
Once the pot is set to boil, they continue wrapping more zongzi in different styles and shapes, using the rest of the leftover rice and fillings.
Jiang Yexue suggests sharing the extra zongzi with elderly neighbors, many of whom lost family in the war.
Lan-er wants to join Yue Chenqing in distributing the food. Jiang Yexue prepares two baskets with vegetarian zongzi and selects only the most presentable ones.
When Jiang Yexue reaches for Gu Mang’s zongzi, Gu Mang quickly removes them, saying they’re “embarrassing” and should be kept for themselves.
Mo Xi instantly understands Gu Mang’s guilt—he doesn’t want to give food to people whose loved ones may have died by his hand.
Without hesitation, Mo Xi takes the basket and Gu Mang’s wrist, insisting they will go deliver the zongzi together.
Gu Mang tries to resist, even hastily putting on a silver-edged mask to hide his identity, but Mo Xi doesn’t let go until they reach a quiet, deserted side street.
There, Mo Xi confronts Gu Mang gently but firmly, insisting that the people’s grief is not Gu Mang’s fault but the fault of the Liao Kingdom. Mo Xi reminds him that he sent intelligence, saved lives, and did all he could.
Mo Xi holds Gu Mang’s hand, kisses the back of it, and calls him “the best.”
Gu Mang is overwhelmed by emotion but tries to deflect it by headbutting Mo Xi. He then flips the position, trying to pin Mo Xi against the wall.
Due to their height difference, Gu Mang’s attempt at dominance ends up looking more like a pouting act. Mo Xi remains impassive, which irritates Gu Mang into headbutting him again—this time, harder.
Mo Xi, amused and affectionate, pulls off Gu Mang’s mask and kisses him. He then whispers, “Shige, please teach me some more.”
Just as things heat up, they hear rustling nearby. Mo Xi instantly covers Gu Mang’s face with the mask again and shields him.
A terrified young cultivator emerges from the shadows holding groceries and nervously greets Mo Xi with, “Stepdad, hello!”
Chapter 139:
War Starts AgainAfter being caught kissing in the alley, Mo Xi and Gu Mang are invited into the young cultivator’s home for tea.
The nervous cultivator tries to save face after accidentally calling Mo Xi "Stepdad" and is unsure how to address Gu Mang, who is wearing a mask. He panics internally, wondering if he has stumbled upon an affair or if Gu Mang is actually Princess Mengze in disguise.
Mo Xi calmly requests tea for both of them and asks how many people live in the house. The cultivator says it’s just him, which surprises Gu Mang.
Mo Xi smoothly covers up Gu Mang’s masculine voice by claiming his friend has a sore throat and requests ginger tea.
After leaving the house, Mo Xi explains that the cultivator used to be one of Gu Mang’s soldiers. Gu Mang is shocked he could tell, but Mo Xi says it was obvious—because they all call him "Stepdad."
Mo Xi notes that Gu Mang remembers the soldiers’ names and faces, while he himself struggles to connect personally with the army, despite how hard he’s tried.
Mo Xi internally reflects on the Vow of Calamity, which he has kept hidden from Gu Mang. He had once offered ten years of his life to ensure the safety of Gu Mang’s soldiers, though no one—not even the army—knows.
Mo Xi was never a warm or charismatic leader. His soldiers respected and feared him, but they didn’t love him. The label “Stepdad” is a result of that emotional distance.
Gu Mang recalls that the young cultivator they visited had three older brothers who also served in the military. At least one of them seems to have died in the war.
Gu Mang wistfully repeats a memory: the eldest brother had once said he wanted to save money, get married, and live a peaceful life.
Mo Xi tries to reassure Gu Mang that he did everything he could and should not blame himself for their deaths.
However, peace is short-lived—an emergency report arrives: the Liao Kingdom has broken the treaty and launched a surprise attack on Shituo Gate, Chonghua’s weakest border defense.
The emperor, gravely ill and bedridden, hands over military authority to Princess Mengze.
Many court officials, unaware of the emperor’s true condition, oppose his decision and begin to question why he refuses to appear at court.
Others resent that a woman, Murong Mengze, has been given authority. Sexist and self-serving officials begin to block her orders and refuse to support her mobilization plans.
Despite Mengze’s clear and rational plan to dispatch reinforcements—Winged Cavalry and nearby garrisons—her authority is repeatedly undermined.
The delay results in the fall of Shituo Gate. Liao forces invade Chonghua, capturing Feng City, Da’ze City, and Di City, slaughtering tens of thousands and taking civilians prisoner.
When the emperor finally recovers and reconvenes the court, he is furious. He slams a stack of reports on the table and demands to know why no one supported Mengze.
He points out that Shituo Gate sent fourteen requests for reinforcements and resisted for seven days. The court had full authority to act and yet chose to bicker and delay instead.
Chapter 140: Demonblood BeastThe emperor confronts the imperial court with fury over their inaction during the Shituo Gate crisis, which led to the loss of three frontier cities: Feng City, Da’ze City, and Di City.
The old nobles try to defend themselves by citing regulations, traditions, and gender biases against Princess Murong Mengze's temporary authority.
One official dares to claim that while lives were lost, at least the "law and order" of Chonghua were preserved, enraging the emperor further.
The emperor explodes, overturning the imperial table and banishing everyone from court except for Mo Xi.
Once alone, the emperor vents to Mo Xi about his frustration with incompetent, power-hungry officials and how he wishes he had “bamboo men” or pigs instead.
Mo Xi refocuses the conversation on strategy and asks what actions should be taken against the Liao Kingdom.
The emperor reveals he was unable to leave seclusion not only due to illness but because he had been attempting to track down the Demonblood Beast’s missing soul.
He begins to explain the dark history of the Demonblood Beast—originally created by Hua Po’an, a traitorous disciple of Preceptor Chen Tang, who founded the Liao Kingdom.
The emperor reveals that many of the Liao Kingdom's black magic techniques are actually corrupt reversals of Chonghua techniques taught by Chen Tang.
He demonstrates how the Nine Lotus Flame (a purifying Chonghua spell) is only two sigils away from becoming the Damned-Heart Sutra (a corrupt Liao black magic spell).
Gu Mang, during his years as a spy, discovered records proving this connection—confirming that the Liao Kingdom’s magic was a mutated extension of Chonghua’s.
Mo Xi learns about a secret experiment conducted by the late emperor: the attempted creation of a “spirit beast” to counter the Demonblood Beast. The attempt failed.
The experiment infected three people: Zhou Xiao (father of Zhou He), Murong Xuan (father of Murong Lian), and the late emperor himself.
Zhou Xiao developed a bloodthirsty nature that passed down to Zhou He. Murong Xuan died in battle but his grave showed post-mortem mutation. The late emperor developed the freezing illness, which he unknowingly passed to his son—the current emperor.
The current emperor inherited severe symptoms due to prolonged proximity to his father and has suffered from freezing illness all his life.
The emperor reveals that during Liao Kingdom’s past control of Da’ze City, they unearthed the Demonblood Beast, but it remained dormant because a piece of its soul had been lost.
The missing soul fragment remained hidden in Da’ze Lake. The emperor, with his own body infused with spirit beast qi, tried to locate the soul during his recent "illness."
He succeeded in locating it just as the Liao Kingdom recaptured Da’ze City, preventing Chonghua from recovering it first.
The emperor stresses that the Demonblood Beast is now dangerously close to revival. If the Liao Kingdom succeeds in restoring it, it will spell catastrophe for all of Chonghua and the cultivation world.
He tasks Mo Xi with immediately leading troops to retake Da’ze—not just to reclaim territory, but to find and secure the missing soul fragment before the Liao Kingdom can.
Chapter 141:
Return to BattleMo Xi returns home and finds Gu Mang writing in his memory journal, peacefully framed by the open window and drifting petals.
Mo Xi silently watches Gu Mang for a long time before entering, not wanting to disturb the calm scene.
Gu Mang is surprised to see Mo Xi and asks about the court. Mo Xi tells him that Da’ze City has fallen to the Liao Kingdom.
The emperor will soon convene at the command platform to assign military roles and deploy the army to reclaim the lost cities.
Mo Xi reveals he’s been appointed to lead the Northern Frontier Army, while Murong Lian will command fifty thousand Winged Cavalry.
Another fifty thousand Scarlet-Plumed Battalion troops will join, but their commander has not been finalized.
The emperor intends to appoint Princess Murong Mengze as the commander of the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion, despite her weakened constitution.
Mo Xi tells Gu Mang that the emperor plans for Mengze to handle administrative duties while someone else takes operational command on the field.
Mo Xi gently asks Gu Mang if he would be willing to take command of the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion instead and accompany him to the front lines.
Gu Mang is visibly moved by the offer and initially excited by the idea of returning to the battlefield and fighting beside Mo Xi again.
However, Gu Mang turns the offer down. He acknowledges that he wants to fight, but says he can’t lead troops anymore.
Gu Mang explains that as a former “traitor,” the noble cultivators of the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion would never accept him, even under a masked identity.
He adds that his fading memory is another risk—he might not remain mentally fit to lead during a long campaign.
Mo Xi tries to reassure him, offering political cover and secrecy, but Gu Mang insists his presence as a field soldier is safer and wiser.
Gu Mang gently cups Mo Xi’s face, links their fingers, and asks to simply stand at Mo Xi’s side—not as a general, but as an attendant and partner.
He says he’s already overjoyed to be able to ride out and fight for Chonghua with Mo Xi again.
On the seventeenth day of the sixth month, the army assembles at the command platform to formally receive their orders.
Mo Xi, Murong Lian, and Princess Murong Mengze stand beside the emperor, who formally appoints Mengze as general of the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion.
Murong Mengze accepts the golden command banner. Her dignified presence draws both awe and scorn from nobles present, who resent her appointment and whisper about political favoritism.
Gu Mang watches silently from within the ranks, masked and unnoticed. The emperor subtly acknowledges him with a brief nod.
The chapter reveals that the emperor’s true motive for appointing Murong Mengze is to reassert imperial authority and slap back at the nobles who delayed the defense of Shituo Gate.
By appointing a woman—someone they tried to undermine—the emperor symbolically reclaims control over military command and signals that he’ll elevate whoever he deems worthy, regardless of status or gender.
As the drums of war thunder and troops shout, “No victory, no return,” Gu Mang joins them as a nameless soldier.
Riding a plain warhorse among the army, Gu Mang is overcome with emotion. He recalls his past as a young general and mourns the brothers who died.
Despite his faded rank and masked face, Gu Mang is finally returning to battle, standing beside Mo Xi and serving the country he never betrayed.
Chapter 142:
The Real Authority of the Liao KingdomTwo days after Chonghua begins its march, eerie qin music fills the governor’s manor in occupied Da’ze City.
A Liao Kingdom cultivator urgently informs the guoshi that Chonghua’s forces will reach Da’ze in half a shichen.
The guoshi emerges calmly, wearing opulent dragon-embroidered robes and a golden mask—although officially a state preceptor, he carries himself like royalty.
Despite the messenger’s panic, the guoshi is unbothered and tells him to prepare the city for Chonghua’s arrival as though welcoming guests.
The guoshi is feared far more than the Liao king. The entire Liao court recognizes him as the true power behind the throne.
In the past, the guoshi crushed a rebellion by torturing and killing a clan that attempted to ally with the queen mother. He later murdered the queen mother in front of the young king, smeared her blood on the boy’s face, and mocked him for being a coward.
The guoshi has no ambition to take the throne because he finds kingship boring—he prefers being the manipulative puppetmaster with no rules.
His sadism is legendary: he enjoys refinement and cruelty equally, and his polite demeanor only makes his atrocities more terrifying.
The governor’s hall where he resides is filled with corpses—of the governor, his wife, and five children—who committed suicide when Liao took Da’ze. The guoshi has left the bodies hanging like decor.
The guoshi’s guqin is crafted from human skin, human hair, and adorned with nine human eyes that still dart around as he plays.
He performs a series of haunting songs while outside, Chonghua’s siege begins and the city walls erupt with battle cries and spellfire.
When informed of the attacking generals, the guoshi correctly guesses Mo Xi is leading the troops. He cynically notes that Mo Xi is competent against any enemy except Gu Mang.
Upon learning that Murong Lian and Murong Mengze are also present, he mocks them: Murong Lian as an addict, and Murong Mengze as a weak woman clearly appointed for political reasons.
The guoshi also inquires about Gu Mang, curious whether he’ll appear in this battle.
His attendant initially refers to Gu Mang as “General Gu” by mistake and is immediately terrified, but the guoshi allows it, claiming Gu Mang’s service to Liao entitles him to the title.
The attendant nervously reports that Gu Mang’s body was ruined from black magic experiments and he is too frail to be present at the front lines.
The guoshi, unconvinced, reminds him that Chonghua still has Jiang Fuli—a sage with the power to heal the dying.
He warns them to monitor Mo Xi closely and report any sightings of someone resembling Gu Mang.
Before entering seclusion for three days, the guoshi announces that he will personally deal with the “children” of Chonghua afterward.
Once alone, the guoshi resumes playing his nine-eyed qin. Amid the music and distant cries of war, a mysterious glowing orb floats in the room.
The orb is revealed to be “Jingchen,” a disembodied soul fragment—flickering faintly like a dying will.
The guoshi speaks to Jingchen tenderly but possessively, urging him to awaken and return to his side.
He warns that if Jingchen is captured by Chonghua’s cultivators, they’ll seal him away, not understand him, and not love him like the guoshi does.
Chapter 143:
Sharing a BedThe opening battle to reclaim Da’ze City ends at dawn with both the Chonghua and Liao forces suffering significant losses, their dead bodies piled beneath the city wall.
Mo Xi evaluates the battlefield and decides to retreat and rest rather than push a second assault, knowing the army is exhausted from the overnight fight.
The army pulls back to a safe distance and begins building camp fortifications.
Mo Xi returns to the command tent, where Gu Mang is among his attendants helping tidy the space. All attendants wear masks to help conceal Gu Mang’s identity.
Mo Xi dismisses everyone except Gu Mang and removes his mask. Gu Mang jokes about being recognized, but Mo Xi reassures him there’s a defensive barrier around the tent.
Mo Xi apologizes for the fact that Gu Mang, the army’s original general, can’t openly lead them. Gu Mang laughs and says the army now belongs to Mo Xi and that their leadership is shared.
Gu Mang insists on taking a more active role, not just staying by Mo Xi’s side. Mo Xi promises to assign him a mission, but asks him to wait until after the next battle.
Mo Xi tells Gu Mang to rest, and Gu Mang teases him, saying he’ll wait in bed. Mo Xi is flustered by this and visibly embarrassed.
After reviewing battle plans at the sand table, Mo Xi returns to find Gu Mang already asleep, curled up in one corner of the cot like a cautious animal, leaving Mo Xi room to lie beside him.
Mo Xi climbs into bed fully clothed and folded neatly, sleeping beside Gu Mang without touching him, out of concern for his health.
Mo Xi reflects on his own restraint and the deep transformation of his feelings—from repressed desire to unconditional care.
Around noon, Mo Xi wakes up to find Gu Mang’s body half-draped over him. His robe has slipped, exposing his chest and leg. The position stirs Mo Xi’s desire and reminds him of their youth.
Flashback to the past: Gu Mang once caught Lu Zhanxing in bed with a woman and, horrified, began avoiding his tent, choosing instead to share a bed with Mo Xi, who seemed virtuous and untouchable.
Gu Mang pestered Mo Xi with increasingly flimsy excuses until he was allowed to share Mo Xi’s cot.
Gu Mang felt reassured by Mo Xi’s composed, proper behavior and had no idea how much effort Mo Xi was exerting to suppress his overwhelming desire for him.
In reality, Mo Xi suffered insomnia and symptoms of intense internal conflict during this time, hiding them so Gu Mang wouldn’t know.
Back in the present, Mo Xi stares at Gu Mang as he sleeps, feeling his love and desire have never diminished.
A soldier outside announces lunch, waking Gu Mang. Sleepy and clinging, Gu Mang burrows into Mo Xi’s arms.
The bed is too small for evasion, and when Gu Mang shifts against him, he accidentally brushes against Mo Xi’s arousal—causing Mo Xi to freeze in embarrassment.
Chapter 144:
Entangling Like BeforeAfter waking up beside Mo Xi with clear signs of arousal, Gu Mang teasingly prevents him from getting up, playfully straddling him and flirting shamelessly.
Mo Xi is flustered, trying to resist Gu Mang’s advances, worried about his injuries and health. Gu Mang reassures him that the faewolf blood has significantly healed his body.
To prove he’s well, Gu Mang strips off his robe and shows Mo Xi that his body is nearly scar-free except for older battle wounds, many of which the demon blood couldn't erase.
Gu Mang expresses regret over his scars, calling them ugly, but Mo Xi kisses him and tells him that every scar on his body is beautiful.
The moment becomes heated as they start kissing deeply, their lust building. Despite his desires, Mo Xi remains controlled, aware that Gu Mang tends to overindulge in order to distract from pain.
Mo Xi gently turns Gu Mang over and initiates non-penetrative intimacy by thrusting between Gu Mang’s thighs with lubrication, trying to satisfy Gu Mang without risking physical harm.
Gu Mang teases Mo Xi about learning this from an erotic booklet he once gifted him as a joke, which Mo Xi had threatened to burn but clearly kept.
The intense physicality and longing overwhelm both of them. Despite Mo Xi’s restraint, the friction and Gu Mang’s desire cause him to climax.
Mo Xi nearly enters Gu Mang but still holds back. However, Gu Mang—now trembling, desperate, and crying—begs Mo Xi to take him fully, saying, “I want you.”
Seeing Gu Mang’s overwhelming need and trusting his physical strength, Mo Xi finally gives in.
Mo Xi enters Gu Mang with care and begins thrusting. Gu Mang, overstimulated and emotional, sobs with pleasure, repeating Mo Xi’s name over and over.
Mo Xi hits all of Gu Mang’s sensitive spots, knowing his body so well after years of intimacy. The experience is both intense and emotionally raw.
Gu Mang begins calling Mo Xi various affectionate titles—“shidi,” “princess,” “brother”—each one representing a different facet of their long history.
As Mo Xi holds Gu Mang in the throes of passion, he realizes Gu Mang is trying to make up for all the years of lost time and unsaid love, pouring every missed confession into this moment.
Chapter 145:
Affection and GratitudeAround camp, soldiers gossip about the noises heard from Mo Xi’s tent at noon, speculating that he slept with Princess Murong Mengze.
A rumor spreads that Mo Xi and Murong Mengze were seen together during the Dragon Boat Festival, sparking salacious commentary about them possibly being lovers.
Some even express concern that the princess might get pregnant, jokingly referring to Mo Xi as “stepdad.”
Meanwhile, Gu Mang, sitting quietly in the main command tent wearing his golden mask, sneezes. From across the room, Mo Xi notices instantly and looks at him with quiet affection.
Gu Mang blushes under his mask, heart warmed by the silent attention even amidst the bustle of military planning.
The generals—including Murong Lian and Murong Mengze—discuss strategy with Mo Xi at the sand table, while Gu Mang watches silently from the back.
Gu Mang reflects on how Mo Xi, once the shy student under the trees at the academy, has now grown into a commanding and brilliant leader.
Mo Xi presents a meticulous and daring siege plan that leaves the other commanders in awe. Gu Mang feels both pride and a growing sadness as he realizes his own memory is deteriorating faster than ever.
A soldier comes to fetch Gu Mang to help receive a delivery of weapons and talismans from the capital. As an “attendant,” Gu Mang quietly slips away, unnoticed by the others.
When Mo Xi finishes his strategy and the war council ends, he stays behind to reflect and optimize the plan further, exhausted but focused.
A cup of tea is set beside him. Mo Xi assumes it’s Gu Mang, but when he opens his eyes, it’s Murong Mengze.
Murong Mengze mistakenly believes Mo Xi’s earlier glance had been meant for her and gently confronts him about his long-standing rejection of her affections.
Mo Xi tries to dismiss her kindly, saying it’s late and she should rest. But Murong Mengze insists on staying and directly asks if someone else is in his heart.
Mo Xi replies honestly: there has always been someone else.
Murong Mengze is heartbroken, but still asks if the person is a commoner. Mo Xi struggles to answer, aware that admitting it’s Gu Mang would destroy Gu Mang’s fragile position.
She warns him of the risks of loving someone outside nobility, referencing the tragic fate of Wangshu-jun, but Mo Xi stands firm, saying he’ll protect the one he loves no matter what.
Mo Xi tells Murong Mengze he will always be grateful to her and will repay the life debt he owes—but his heart belongs to another and always will.
Devastated, Murong Mengze doesn’t argue further. She quietly acknowledges that Mo Xi won’t even allow her a comforting lie to cling to.
She turns and walks away, humiliated and in tears, ending the years-long one-sided affection she held for Mo Xi.
Chapter 146:
Murong Lian’s Strange BehaviorGu Mang oversees the ration delivery during a rainy evening in Da’ze City, making sure the grain is covered with oilcloth.
A lively soldier helping with the rations jokes that they’re “fighting the heavens for dinner,” echoing words Gu Mang himself once used as commander of the Wangba Army.
The soldier assumes Gu Mang is one of Mo Xi’s new personal guards and pulls him in to help. Gu Mang goes along with it and works beside him.
The soldier brags about being trained by Gu Mang and recalls how Gu Mang used to be approachable, unlike the strict and cold Mo Xi.
Gu Mang defends Mo Xi’s nature and learns that when the Wangba Army was being reorganized, the emperor initially planned to dissolve it or assign it to Murong Lian.
The soldier reveals that Mo Xi persuaded the emperor to keep the army intact and take command himself—a move that surprises Gu Mang and makes him wonder what Mo Xi said to convince the emperor.
After the work is done, Gu Mang watches the young soldiers of the Northern Frontier Army joke and play in the rain, a nostalgic sight that reminds him of his past with Mo Xi.
He imagines a young version of himself and Mo Xi running through the rain together and feels a bittersweet longing.
As he passes the main tent, he notices it’s still lit and assumes Mo Xi is inside strategizing. When he enters, however, he finds Murong Lian instead.
Murong Lian is alone, deeply focused on rearranging flags on the sand table, plotting a battle strategy far more ruthless and effective than the one he publicly offered earlier during the war council.
Gu Mang is alarmed by how skillfully Murong Lian is constructing this alternate plan, realizing he had intentionally downplayed his true capabilities.
Murong Lian suddenly has a coughing fit, spitting up blood. He silently wipes it away, destroys the battle plan he had made, and slumps back in his chair, exhausted.
Alone and unaware of Gu Mang’s presence, Murong Lian murmurs to himself, “Am I really not your equal?” revealing deep resentment and perhaps jealousy toward Mo Xi.
Gu Mang is haunted by Murong Lian’s quiet despair and wonders why he hid his true skill, creating half-hearted plans publicly while working obsessively in secret.
Returning to Mo Xi’s tent, Gu Mang finds him sending a message to the emperor. Mo Xi’s expression softens immediately when he sees Gu Mang.
Mo Xi welcomes Gu Mang back with a warm embrace and reveals he waited to eat dinner so they could eat together.
Gu Mang notices the meal includes all the dishes the Wangba Army once loved but could rarely afford—an intentional gesture by Mo Xi to boost morale and honor Gu Mang’s past.
They share a tender, teasing exchange while eating. Mo Xi had even picked out the green onions Gu Mang hates from the soup.
As they finish their meal, Gu Mang prepares to tell Mo Xi about what he saw in the main tent involving Murong Lian.
Chapter 147:
Rumors (Part 1)Gu Mang tells Mo Xi he saw Murong Lian alone in the main war tent, seriously revising battle strategy on the sand table—very different from the superficial plan he presented earlier.
Mo Xi isn’t surprised. He shares his observations: Murong Lian once tried to stop Zhou He from taking Gu Mang for black magic experiments and later gave Gu Mang a mysterious ring, claiming it could monitor his condition.
Mo Xi recounts that after Gu Mang was taken, Murong Lian went to the cultivation academy just to inform Mo Xi of what had happened, despite having no practical reason to involve him.
Mo Xi suspects Murong Lian didn’t actually want the experiments to happen at all and manipulated the situation so Mo Xi would intervene.
Gu Mang avoids eye contact and fiddles with his spoon—a habit Mo Xi recognizes as a sign he’s hiding something.
Mo Xi proposes two possibilities: either Murong Lian genuinely would’ve risked opposing the emperor to save Gu Mang, or the ring served a different, secret purpose.
Gu Mang recalls that the ring gave him an intense physical reaction—headache, racing heart—but he doesn't know why.
Mo Xi believes Murong Lian’s real goal was to prevent the experiments but questions why he didn't directly appeal to the emperor.
Gu Mang hesitates, seemingly on the verge of confessing something deeper about his relationship with Murong Lian, but ultimately holds back.
Mo Xi reassures him there’s no need to explain everything and simply asks what kind of person Gu Mang thinks Murong Lian is.
Gu Mang answers, “I don’t know.” He admits his memories are fragmented and that his understanding of Murong Lian is incomplete.
Mo Xi asks whether Murong Lian smoking ephemera fits the personality Gu Mang remembers. Gu Mang says it doesn’t.
Gu Mang argues that Murong Lian doesn’t need to fake weakness for political reasons because he poses no real threat to the emperor—he’s closely monitored but also heavily indulged.
He suggests Murong Lian’s descent into addiction may stem from something more personal—perhaps a hidden trauma or misfortune that made him give up on himself.
Seeing Murong Lian strategize so fiercely in secret confirmed to Gu Mang that he’s still the same fiercely competitive person beneath the mask.
Gu Mang reveals that before destroying the strategy board, Murong Lian muttered to himself: “Am I really not your equal?”—a clear reference to Mo Xi.
Before Mo Xi can respond, chaos erupts outside the tent. Guards report that members of the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion have been caught spreading rumors on the battlefield.
Gu Mang quickly dons his golden mask, and the perpetrators are brought inside.
Mo Xi recognizes the men: one from the Lin Clan, one from the Zhou Clan, and one who is Murong Mengze’s distant uncle.
The guard reports that these men were publicly gossiping about Mo Xi’s “private affairs” with Murong Mengze.
The uncle defends himself, loudly insisting that everyone already knows Mo Xi and Murong Mengze are romantically involved and claiming he has every right to comment.
Mo Xi calmly corrects him, stating that their conversation was purely professional. He warns the uncle to watch his words and avoid repeating the offense.
The uncle, offended and arrogant, lashes out, calling Mo Xi a liar and accusing him of sleeping with his niece.
The chapter ends with Mo Xi shutting him down coldly: “When did I sleep with your niece?”
Chapter 148:
Rumors (Part 2)The imperial uncle Murong Lie continues his furious accusations against Mo Xi, claiming he defiled Murong Mengze and is now denying it out of cowardice.
The three rumor-spreading nobles react with varying degrees of fear and anger. Gu Mang remains composed but observes closely.
Mo Xi sits calmly, calling Murong Lie “sir” one last time and firmly denies the accusations. He states clearly that Murong Mengze is pure and he has never dishonored her.
Murong Lie escalates, referencing a tryst at noontime in Mo Xi’s own tent and insisting he knows what happened, trying to trap Mo Xi with specifics.
Mo Xi and Gu Mang both freeze at the accusation, caught off-guard by the unexpected truth in the uncle’s rant.
Instead of denying the tryst, Mo Xi acknowledges that someone had indeed been with him at noon and orders his attendant to formally report it to the emperor, indicting himself for misconduct.
He then calmly indicts the three nobles for spreading rumors before battle, as a breach of military discipline.
Murong Lie is stunned and confused—Mo Xi admits to a tryst but still insists Murong Mengze was not the person involved.
Mo Xi publicly declares that the person in his tent was not Murong Mengze, stunning everyone in the room, including Gu Mang.
Mo Xi confronts Murong Lie directly, asking whether all the gossip over the years was intended to force him into marrying Murong Mengze.
He accuses Murong Lie of caring less about Mengze’s happiness and more about political advantage, using the rumors to boost his own clan’s position.
Mo Xi refuses to let public opinion or manipulation change his resolve and again affirms that Murong Mengze is like a sister to him—he will never marry her.
Murong Lie, realizing he can’t win the argument, switches tactics and tries emotional blackmail, saying Mo Xi once pursued Murong Mengze as a child.
Mo Xi is visibly shaken by the accusation and can’t immediately respond. Murong Lie interprets the silence as guilt.
He continues to paint Mo Xi as heartless, accusing him of using Murong Mengze’s affection and discarding her when she was no longer useful.
Gu Mang claps sarcastically, mocking Murong Lie for his hypocrisy and declaring that someone with such a “silver tongue” is more dangerous than the enemy.
Mo Xi, furious, physically chokes Murong Lie and lifts him off the ground, calling out his name and exposing his past—Murong Lie once denounced Murong Xuan for refusing to marry Madam Zhao.
Mo Xi declares that Murong Lie hasn’t changed in decades, always interfering in others’ marriages, and makes clear that no matter what anyone says, he will never marry Murong Mengze.
He implies Murong Lie is trying to recreate history by forcing a marriage like the one between Murong Xuan and Madam Zhao.
Mo Xi warns that he is not Murong Xuan and will not tolerate being manipulated.
The confrontation ends with Mo Xi nearly choking Murong Lie unconscious before releasing him. The other two nobles tremble in fear.
Mo Xi orders everyone out and begins erecting spiritual barriers around the tent.
Alone with Gu Mang, Mo Xi reveals he already confessed to Murong Mengze that someone else has long been in his heart—something she likely suspected.
Gu Mang is deeply moved and saddened, asking why Mo Xi would go so far. Mo Xi simply answers, “Because I want to.”
Gu Mang cups Mo Xi’s face and presses their foreheads together in a moment of shared warmth and affection.
That night, Gu Mang can’t sleep. While Mo Xi studies battle scrolls, Gu Mang reads his memory journal and asks about Madam Zhao and Murong Xuan’s past.
Mo Xi explains that Madam Zhao, Murong Lian’s mother, was once forced into a marriage with Murong Xuan despite his love for a commoner girl from Lin’an.
Gu Mang suspects one of the kind servant women who raised him may have been the same girl, but Mo Xi says it’s unlikely—the girl was never a slave.
Mo Xi recounts two rumored reasons why the girl was rejected: one that she was accused of being a Liao spy, and another that she was labeled a brothel girl by Yue Juntian.
Yue Juntian’s opposition led to the girl's removal from Murong Xuan’s life and ultimately forced the political marriage with Madam Zhao.
Gu Mang, amused by Mo Xi’s exasperation at gossip, massages his shoulders and says he doesn’t need to know more.
Despite rumors circulating through the army, especially among the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion, the Northern Frontier Army remains focused and disciplined.
At dawn, Chonghua launches its second assault on Da’ze City.
Chapter 149:
Vision of Chen TangThe guoshi continues playing his guqin inside the governor’s mansion as a report arrives about Chonghua’s second assault on Da’ze City.
The northern turret has fallen, and Liao troops are barely holding the northern market. The defense commander deems himself “incompetent.”
Unbothered, the guoshi summons a glowing scale from the guqin—a piece of the legendary Xuanwu Armor—and hands it to the messenger.
The guoshi warns that the commander may die, but the Xuanwu scale must not be lost, threatening to bury everyone with it if it is.
Alone again, the guoshi plays his guqin to soothe a flickering spirit ball named Jingchen, which has taken the shape of a white pup. He promises it will be free in a day and a half once the seal is broken.
The pup opens its eyes, revealing a demonic blue light.
On the battlefield, Mo Xi’s vanguard captures the north turret of Da’ze. A scout alerts him about a strange jade-green barrier—an incomplete form of the Xuanwu Armor.
Mo Xi realizes it’s real and halts the pursuit, ordering the army to hold the northern wall and summon the commanders to prepare for the third wave.
Mo Xi reveals the third assault is a diversion. The real mission is to retrieve a wisp of the Demonblood Beast’s soul sealed in Da’ze Lake.
Gu Mang is briefed privately: Murong Lian and Murong Mengze will lead large attacks as distraction, while a squad of ten elite scouts, including Gu Mang, will locate the soul using special tools.
Mo Xi gives Gu Mang the soul-pointing compass and soul-seeking rope, reminding him that the mission’s success is secondary to his safety.
Mo Xi gently kisses Gu Mang’s head and caresses the lotus mark on his neck, a symbol from their youth. Gu Mang, unlike in the past, promises, “I’ll remember.”
As the third assault begins, Murong Lian and Mo Xi’s troops engage Liao forces with a swift and bloody strike.
Under this cover, the ten scouts disperse into the city; Gu Mang heads toward the lake.
Gu Mang experiences intense pain and disorientation as he reaches the lake, followed by a vivid hallucination.
He sees Chen Tang—founder of Chonghua—standing atop the lake, summoning a guqin and confronting an enemy named Hua Po’an.
Chen Tang declares he will stop Hua Po’an’s ambitions, calling him a disgraceful disciple. Gu Mang, overtaken by rage and hatred, internally screams in protest, echoing Hua Po’an’s fury.
Gu Mang nearly loses control of the black magic in his body and summons the demonic dagger Yongye. He cuts his hand to snap out of the illusion and regains clarity.
He questions why he sees visions of Chen Tang, and why the name Hua Po’an awakens such violent emotions within him.
Gu Mang activates the compass, expecting it to point to the lake—but it instead points toward the center of Da’ze City.
He repeats the test several times, confirming the Demonblood Beast’s soul is not in the lake as expected.
Gu Mang concludes that the Liao Kingdom may have already captured the soul and moved it to the city center.
Chapter 150:
Nine-Eyed QinGu Mang stands atop the governor’s mansion at night, the compass in his hand pointing to the center of the building below, where soft qin music plays.
Using residual black magic techniques still etched into his body, Gu Mang puts the entire mansion to sleep with ease, noting the weak spiritual power of the guards.
He grows suspicious of the lack of security—this should be the most important place in Da’ze City.
Inside, eerie poetry is being sung alongside the melody of a nine-eyed qin, creating an atmosphere Gu Mang finds hauntingly familiar.
He realizes he saw this exact scene before—in the illusion of Li Qingqian’s memory, replayed for him by Mo Xi.
Gu Mang enters and confirms his worst fear: the one guarding the remnant of the Demonblood Beast’s soul is the guoshi himself, sitting behind a guqin made of human skin and embedded with nine living eyes.
The guoshi taunts Gu Mang for being unrecognized in Chonghua and implies his black magic abilities remain intact despite his "memory loss."
Gu Mang spots the curled-up white pup beside the guqin—the soul wisp of the Demonblood Beast—and orders the enthralled cultivators under his control to attack.
To boost their weak power, Gu Mang injects them with dark talismans. Together, they launch an offensive on the guoshi.
The guoshi fends them off using music-based spells. One eye on the guqin opens, activating an ice spike technique that nearly impales Gu Mang.
As Gu Mang fights, painful memories start to return. He remembers the nine-eyed qin’s terrifying ability to absorb cultivators' powers and store them in its eyes.
With each chord, the guoshi activates new powers—slaughtering the enthralled cultivators and causing Gu Mang’s internal demonic energy to spiral out of control.
The guoshi reveals his true goal: to bait Gu Mang into using his black magic and fully awaken the monster within.
Gu Mang collapses under the mental and physical strain of the qin’s music, writhing in agony as his demonic qi threatens to consume him.
At the brink of collapse, Gu Mang seizes a moment of distraction, uses the dagger Yongye to unleash a powerful soul-tempering technique, and shatters the guoshi’s protective barrier.
He successfully captures the Demonblood Beast’s soul wisp using the soul-seeking rope and seals it in his qiankun pouch.
Enraged, the guoshi attempts to stop him, but Gu Mang escapes the hall with the soul fragment in hand.
The guoshi activates the third eye on the qin—Snowdrift—and unleashes a powerful wintry spell. He also summons elite black magic soldiers and orders them to track the aura of the Demonblood Beast.
The chase begins as Gu Mang, severely injured and burning with black qi, flees back toward the Chonghua army with the guoshi and Liao troops in pursuit.
Chapter 151:
Lone Wolf UnsealedGu Mang flees across Da’ze’s rooftops, gasping for breath as black magic threatens to overwhelm him. His memories are in disarray, and his pain is severe, but he clutches the qiankun pouch containing the Demonblood Beast’s soul wisp.
The guoshi and his black magic soldiers close in. Knowing he can’t reach Mo Xi stationed in the north, Gu Mang redirects toward the city gates.
The guoshi uses enchanted voice projection to taunt Gu Mang, calling him a dog of Chonghua. Gu Mang snarls in return, shouting that he’s fighting for himself, not anyone else.
The guoshi overtakes him using Snowdrift, an elite movement technique from a Lichun grandmaster.
Gu Mang notices ignition talismans embedded on the city walls and makes a risky move: he sets them off mid-air, causing a massive explosion that forces the guoshi to retreat.
The blast knocks Gu Mang from the rooftops. He lands hard, wounded, and barely drags himself forward toward the Chonghua front.
As he nears the gate, the battle around him rages. Spells and blood fill the air, the fighting intense and chaotic. Gu Mang searches for Mo Xi’s banner.
Seeing the guoshi gaining on him again, Gu Mang screams for Murong Lian, who is watching passively from behind a defense barrier atop his golden-winged snow pegasus.
At first, Murong Lian doesn't recognize the bloodied and masked Gu Mang, dismissing him as a mere attendant.
Gu Mang begs him to take the qiankun pouch to Mo Xi. Murong Lian hesitates, suspicious of the man using Liao Kingdom black magic, fearing a trap.
Gu Mang can’t explain—his destroyed spiritual core means he can only use Liao techniques. Murong Lian begins to doubt, watching him struggle to defend the pouch.
The guoshi whispers maliciously in Gu Mang’s ear, reinforcing the idea that no one in Chonghua will ever accept someone with black magic blood.
Gu Mang is struck by the guoshi’s spell and collapses, coughing blood. In desperation, he touches the barrier and mutters a key phrase known only to Murong Lian: “Auntie Ni…”
This childhood reference shocks Murong Lian—he realizes the masked attendant is Gu Mang.
The guoshi strikes again as Gu Mang throws the pouch through the barrier. The hit would have been fatal if not for the guoshi’s restraint to protect the soul wisp.
Murong Lian finally takes the pouch. Gu Mang urges him to flee with it to Mo Xi.
The guoshi’s elite cultivators catch up, trying to intercept. Gu Mang, coughing blood and at his limit, begins drawing a sigil on his chest.
Recognizing the danger, the guoshi shouts for him to stop. But Gu Mang activates a forbidden black magic technique: “Lone Wolf. Unseal!”
A burst of faewolf-shaped black magic qi explodes from Gu Mang’s body, surrounded by dust and light. The ground shakes with the howling of spectral wolves.
The guoshi is stunned that Gu Mang refined such a technique, knowing its cost—once used, it would prevent Gu Mang from ever casting magic again, black or Chonghua.
Gu Mang, unwavering and fierce, declares that he doesn’t care what happens afterward—he only cares about stopping the guoshi here and now.
Chapter 152:
Confrontation Before the TroopsMurong Lian escapes from the battlefield with the brocade pouch containing the Demonblood Beast’s soul fragment, entrusted to him by Gu Mang.
His route to Mo Xi is fraught with danger as Liao Kingdom suicide soldiers block his every move. Most of Murong Lian’s guards are injured or fall behind.
In the apricot forest, a Liao Kingdom cultivator named Qi-niang—known for her skill with a whip—leads the pursuit and mocks Murong Lian’s reputation and power.
Murong Lian goads her with increasingly vulgar and shameless insults, distracting her from the mission to seize the pouch.
Their exchange escalates into a chase, with Murong Lian dodging spells and attacks while maneuvering his pegasus through the misty terrain.
At the forest’s edge, he launches into the sky, flying toward Mo Xi’s position with Liao spells flying dangerously close.
Just before reaching the Northern Frontier Army camp, Qi-niang snares the pegasus with her whip, sending Murong Lian crashing to the ground.
Liao cultivators close in to kill him. Despite coughing blood and physically weakened from years of ephemera abuse, Murong Lian continues to provoke them with crude retorts.
Two guards rush to protect him and cast a barrier, yelling at him to escape. Murong Lian tries, but collapses mid-run, vomiting blood.
As the barrier shatters, and the Liao forces prepare to strike, Mo Xi arrives in a blaze of spiritual fire, standing atop a wall of flames with Tuntian in hand.
Behind him, his spiritual fire takes the form of a giant whale—Tuntian’s battle form—striking fear into all present.
Mo Xi coldly warns the Liao cultivators to step no further, as thousands of troops from the Northern Frontier Army charge in behind him.
The tides of the battle reverse instantly. Murong Lian, bloody and trembling, finally hands over the brocade pouch to Mo Xi and says it’s from “the one you sent.”
Though Gu Mang’s name isn’t spoken aloud (to avoid chaos among the troops), Mo Xi instantly realizes it was him. He demands to know where Gu Mang is.
Before Murong Lian can reply, a voice amplification technique rings out. The guoshi arrives, holding Gu Mang—bloody, unconscious, and limp in his arms.
The guoshi, wounded and bloody himself, descends from a tree wearing white and gold robes, dagger in one hand and Gu Mang in the other.
He demands the brocade pouch in exchange for Gu Mang’s life, threatening to kill him otherwise.
Mo Xi’s expression becomes deadly serious as he silently weighs the danger. His spiritual weapon Tuntian glows brighter, signaling his readiness to attack.
The guoshi taunts him, asking whether Mo Xi believes his blade or Mo Xi’s spell will be faster.
Princess Murong Mengze arrives with the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion and is stunned by the scene but gets no explanation—Mo Xi is laser-focused on Gu Mang.
The guoshi raises the dagger to Gu Mang’s throat, daring Mo Xi to act. He mocks the situation and challenges Mo Xi to decide: the soul fragment, or Gu Mang.
Around them, the battlefield falls into stunned silence. Soldiers are baffled why the powerful Xihe-jun is so hesitant to strike or defend, unable to understand the true identity of the masked "attendant" in the guoshi’s grasp.
The guoshi lifts Gu Mang’s bloodied face, mocking Mo Xi and giving him a final warning: hand over the pouch, or regret it forever.
Chapter 153:
Retaking the HostageMurong Lian warns Mo Xi not to give the qiankun pouch to the guoshi, arguing that Gu Mang risked everything to deliver it and would hate Mo Xi if he gave it up.
Mo Xi replies solemnly that if he doesn’t act, he’ll hate himself. He uses fire magic to make Murong Lian drop the pouch, catching it midair himself.
Murong Lian is stunned that Mo Xi would risk national security for one person, a choice considered taboo for any commander, but Mo Xi acts without hesitation.
Mo Xi walks toward the guoshi with the pouch in hand, proposing a trade: the pouch for Gu Mang.
The guoshi taunts Mo Xi, claiming he’s too inexperienced to understand the price of a mistake and warns him not to test his resolve.
As the exchange begins, Mo Xi appears to hand over the pouch, but at the last second, he activates the lotus sword array that he and Gu Mang had planted on each other’s bodies in their youth.
The array erupts from Gu Mang’s body, catching the guoshi off guard and wounding him.
Mo Xi seizes Gu Mang, retrieves the pouch, and leaps back in a flurry of glimmering spiritual feathers, landing safely before the Chonghua army.
Mo Xi gently reassures the unconscious Gu Mang that it’s over.
The guoshi, wounded but still dangerous, erupts in laughter, accusing Mo Xi of being just as cruel as him for pulling off a deceitful trick.
The army, realizing Mo Xi never intended to hand over the pouch and had risked everything to save Gu Mang, erupts in support. Some shout at the guoshi, calling him shameless for taking a hostage.
Murong Mengze takes charge of Gu Mang’s care, quickly directing healers to stabilize his condition.
As Mo Xi watches over Gu Mang, the guoshi uses a voice amplification spell to address the battlefield, publicly accusing Mo Xi of secretly keeping Gu Mang, the so-called traitor, as a personal attendant.
He taunts the troops, claiming they’ve been risking their lives while their general has harbored and loved a known traitor.
The guoshi reveals that Gu Mang and Mo Xi share blood-contract sigils, and challenges the army to unmask Gu Mang to confirm it.
Mo Xi says nothing, neither denying nor removing Gu Mang’s mask, which convinces most that the guoshi is telling the truth.
Murong Mengze steps in to stop a healer from removing Gu Mang’s mask, citing military law—only the commander or emperor can make that decision.
She insists that they cannot act based on the words of a Liao traitor. Her intervention prevents the immediate unmasking, but the damage is done.
The battlefield descends into gossip and uncertainty. While the Winged Cavalry is merely stunned, the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion is outraged—many have relatives who died at Gu Mang’s hand.
Although Da’ze is retaken and Chonghua wins the battle, morale collapses under the weight of rumor and betrayal. Mo Xi is viewed with suspicion, and the soldiers’ respect for him fractures.
Mo Xi devotes himself to civilian recovery efforts in Da’ze, but the whispers and judgment follow him, isolating him despite his success.
Mo Xi entrusts Gu Mang’s care to Murong Mengze, revealing Gu Mang’s true identity and explaining his past as a spy.
Murong Mengze, remorseful for how she previously judged Gu Mang, agrees to treat him and tries to manage the worsening black magic corruption within him.
Mo Xi confesses that the Liao Kingdom only returned Gu Mang because they feared what he was becoming—a being consumed by demonic qi.
Murong Mengze confirms Gu Mang’s condition is deteriorating, and though he’s lucid in moments, his mind is beginning to slip.
Mo Xi quietly asks if Gu Mang will lose his memories, and Murong Mengze admits she doesn’t know, though he still shows signs of recognition when awake.
Mo Xi expresses heartfelt thanks to Murong Mengze not only for her help, but also for not taking offense at his previous rejection.
Murong Mengze apologizes for letting her feelings cloud her judgment, and humbly accepts that Mo Xi’s heart belongs to someone else.
With great dignity, Murong Mengze encourages Mo Xi to someday tell her who he loves—implying that even if it's unconventional, it must be right if it’s true love.
Mo Xi says only, “I will,” and offers to take over Gu Mang’s care for the night. Murong Mengze, eyes wet with tears, silently agrees and leaves.
Chapter 154:
A-Lian AttackedMo Xi visits the unconscious Gu Mang alone in his tent, gently touching his forehead and speaking softly, telling him that the Demonblood Beast’s soul has been successfully resealed.
Mo Xi reflects on Gu Mang’s constant self-sacrifice and determination, praising him for always completing impossible tasks—but mourns that Gu Mang never takes care of himself.
Mo Xi gently rests his forehead against Gu Mang’s and vows to protect him no matter what, asking him to rest and leave the rest to him.
After Mo Xi leaves, Gu Mang opens his eyes in silence—he had been awake the entire time.
Gu Mang reveals through inner monologue that he’s been pretending to sleep every time Mo Xi visits because he can’t face him.
After using the faewolf blood to buy time in the last battle, the black magic in Gu Mang’s body spiraled out of control, accelerating his memory loss.
Gu Mang has been rereading his personal memory journal every night in secret, clinging to the pages like a drowning man.
He notes that even now, he can no longer recall half the book’s contents, and what once felt familiar now reads like someone else’s story.
On the seventh day after the battle, as the army prepares to withdraw from Da’ze City, Gu Mang’s condition continues to decline.
Princess Murong Mengze visits with soothing medicine, which helps suppress his malevolent qi only temporarily.
A soldier outside announces that Murong Lian (Wangshu-jun) has requested an audience.
Murong Lian enters unannounced while Gu Mang is putting on his mask. He bluntly states he’s here to speak with Gu Mang—not Mengze.
Murong Lian reveals he already knows Gu Mang’s identity and had figured it out when Gu Mang handed him the brocade pouch during the battle.
Despite Mengze’s concern over Gu Mang’s unstable mental state, Murong Lian insists on taking him outside.
He drags Gu Mang to a secluded riverbank, ignoring Gu Mang’s complaints and Mengze’s warnings.
Once there, Murong Lian paces and tries to ask Gu Mang about a past conversation—something Gu Mang apparently confessed when first returning to Chonghua.
Gu Mang admits he’s lost most of his memories now, likely less than a fifth remain. He struggles to remember "Auntie Ni," someone from their past.
Murong Lian grows frustrated, cursing and pacing. He begins to say something he believes Gu Mang told him long ago, something he didn’t believe at the time but now thinks may have been true.
Just as Murong Lian prepares to ask the full question, they are ambushed.
A barrage of spiritual arrows attacks them from the forest. Murong Lian barely blocks the first strike but is heavily injured and coughs blood.
A voice, magically distorted, mocks Murong Lian for being naïve and useless despite being from the imperial family.
The voice confirms that Gu Mang is not the target—Murong Lian is. The speaker intends to kill him and frame someone else for it.
Dozens of assassins emerge from the trees, surrounding them with bows drawn.
Gu Mang attempts to summon his spiritual weapon Yongye, but the black magic backlash overwhelms him, and he collapses to his knees in agony.
The leader of the assassins gives the command: “Execute Murong Lian. Fire!”
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Remnants of Filth
Remnants of Filth, Vol. 6
Chapter 167:
Murong Chuyi’s VengeanceMo Xi arrives at Huntian Cave and finds dozens of Yue Clan servants dead at the entrance.
He discovers little Lan-er, terrified and bloodied, hiding nearby. She’s Jiang Yexue’s disciple.
Lan-er is in shock, repeatedly begging not to be killed, but calms down upon recognizing Mo Xi.
She recounts what happened: Murong Chuyi suddenly turned violent and killed Yue Juntian during a blood sacrifice. He summoned bamboo soldiers and began massacring everyone.
Jiang Yexue and Yue Chenqing tried to stop Murong Chuyi but were badly wounded.
Lan-er was given a concealment talisman and told to run. She’s wracked with guilt for escaping.
Mo Xi decides to enter the cave. Lan-er insists on joining him despite her fear.
Inside the cave, they see more Yue Clan corpses—recognizable faces to Lan-er.
Mo Xi uses a spirit-soothing technique to keep Lan-er from losing control of her spiritual core.
They find the corpses of Yue Juntian and his brother Yue Yongcheng, both decapitated.
Mo Xi begins to understand the scale and severity of Murong Chuyi’s rampage.
Mo Xi and Lan-er hide behind a stalagmite and witness Murong Chuyi standing before a bound and bloodied Jiang Yexue in a wheelchair, and a sobbing Yue Chenqing.
Murong Chuyi coldly tells Jiang Yexue that their past relationship means nothing now.
Jiang Yexue pleads with Murong Chuyi, questioning why he slaughtered the entire Yue Clan despite their shared past and the kindness of Yue Chenqing’s mother.
Murong Chuyi is filled with rage and pain, saying he would have rather never been born than suffer under the Yue Clan’s abuse.
He declares he will kill anyone connected to Yue Juntian, including Jiang Yexue and Yue Chenqing.
Jiang Yexue begs Murong Chuyi to spare Yue Chenqing and offers his life instead.
Yue Chenqing, in shock, chants for them to stop fighting. Jiang Yexue reminds Murong Chuyi of the kindness of Yue Chenqing’s mother.
Murong Chuyi refuses and prepares to strike. As his sword lunges toward Jiang Yexue, Yue Chenqing snaps out of his daze and screams for him to stop.
Chapter 168:
The Head of the Yue ClanMurong Chuyi attempts to kill Jiang Yexue, but Mo Xi intervenes just in time, grabbing Murong Chuyi’s blade with his bare hand, drawing blood.
Murong Chuyi attacks again, this time with multiple blade fragments. Mo Xi counters with a defensive formation and summons his weapon Shuairan.
While Mo Xi and Murong Chuyi fight, little Lan-er helps untie Jiang Yexue and Yue Chenqing. Lan-er is sobbing and emotionally unstable, but determined.
Yue Chenqing is emotionally shattered by Murong Chuyi’s betrayal and initially speechless. He finally calls Jiang Yexue “Ge” for the first time.
Mo Xi and Murong Chuyi’s battle is fierce and visually dramatic—Murong Chuyi’s ethereal sword style clashes with Mo Xi’s direct and relentless technique.
Mo Xi tries to reason with Murong Chuyi, reminding him that Yue Chenqing still waits for him and that he once promised to consider Yue Chenqing’s feelings. Murong Chuyi refuses to listen.
Murong Chuyi unleashes a massive spiritual attack, “Zhaoxue, Destroy a Thousand Mountains!” Mo Xi counters with Tuntian, his spiritual whale, which devours the wave of energy.
Mo Xi tells everyone to escape. Jiang Yexue notes that the only way to turn the tide is to summon the ghost soldiers of the blood pool.
The authority to summon belongs to the head of the Yue Clan. Now that Yue Juntian is dead, that role has passed to Yue Chenqing.
Although Yue Chenqing has poor cultivation and lacks training, he realizes he must act and decides to summon the ghosts even if it means burning all his spiritual energy.
Murong Chuyi summons more bamboo soldiers to crush them. The bamboo army overwhelms the injured group.
Yue Chenqing climbs onto the ghost command platform and recalls the spell his father taught him long ago.
He remembers a time in childhood when he cheerfully declared he wouldn’t need the spell because Murong Chuyi would always protect him.
With pain and tears, Yue Chenqing performs the blood ritual. He carves a talisman into the stone with his blood and chants the summoning spell.
The curse spreads across his body; he endures immense pain as ghost soldiers rise from the blood pool in response to his command.
Yue Chenqing gives the order: “Kill all who block the way!” before collapsing from exhaustion and spiritual depletion.
The ghost soldiers overwhelm the bamboo warriors and turn the tide of battle in favor of Mo Xi’s group.
Murong Chuyi, already exhausted, is now cornered. A ghost soldier stabs him through the back with a blade.
Mo Xi is stunned by the expression on Murong Chuyi’s face, which shifts from confusion to recognition.
Murong Chuyi tries to say something—“I’m not…”—but he collapses before he can finish.
The chapter ends with Murong Chuyi impaled and falling from the sky like a broken white butterfly, raising the question of whether he was truly in control of himself.
Chapter 169:
Jiang Yexue’s SchemeWith Murong Chuyi defeated and unconscious, his sword Zhaoxue vanishes and the bamboo warriors crumble.
Mo Xi approaches the fallen Murong Chuyi. His robes are drenched in blood, and he lies motionless like a broken puppet.
Jiang Yexue uses one of his own automatons to retrieve the severely injured Yue Chenqing from the ghost command platform.
Yue Chenqing is emotionally and physically devastated, unable to process his feelings as he gazes at Murong Chuyi’s body.
The three—Yue Chenqing, Jiang Yexue, and little Lan-er—embrace briefly as Jiang Yexue quietly consoles them.
Lan-er offers Yue Chenqing a “life-saving pill” her father gave her. She tries to hand it to Murong Chuyi but can’t, so Mo Xi offers to do it.
Mo Xi instead secretly gives Murong Chuyi a different medicine from his own pouch, suspicious of the pill’s contents.
He suddenly seals the exit of the cave and begins questioning the three of them, testing if they truly are who they say they are.
Jiang Yexue and Yue Chenqing pass the tests. Lan-er fails—she can’t answer where she first met Mo Xi.
Mo Xi grabs her by the neck and exposes her pill as being infused with a gu worm used for mind control.
He probes her spiritually and discovers her spiritual core is a fake—she’s an artificial puppet, and her real core was removed.
Mo Xi is poisoned in the process by a potent demonic toxin known as rigor mortis herb. His body begins to go numb.
Lan-er drops her childlike act and speaks with an adult tone, admitting they had planned for Mo Xi to be a witness, but now he’ll have to die.
Jiang Yexue reveals his true nature—he’s not injured and never needed a wheelchair. He stands, unhurt, and mocks Mo Xi.
He also confirms he used an occult method to extract Lan-er’s core to heal himself, calling her just another disposable child.
Mo Xi tries to resist with spiritual energy but is badly weakened. Jiang Yexue corners him, preparing to strike.
Yue Chenqing, in desperation, attempts to summon the ghost soldiers again, which could kill him given his condition.
Jiang Yexue realizes Yue Chenqing is a bigger threat now than Mo Xi and attacks him instead.
He knocks Yue Chenqing to the ground, furious. Jiang Yexue’s true face is fully revealed: he’s manipulative, cruel, and power-hungry.
Chapter 170:
First Meeting in White Robes on a Snowy NightYue Chenqing is overwhelmed by grief, betrayal, and disbelief. Bloodied and emotionally wrecked, he screams at Jiang Yexue for deceiving him.
Jiang Yexue coldly mocks him for being naive and ignorant, blaming him for not trusting Murong Chuyi and calling him a coddled fool.
Jiang Yexue grabs Yue Chenqing by the hair and shoves him into the wheelchair he had pretended to be confined to for years.
Jiang Yexue taunts him for his privilege, comparing their lives as two sons of the Yue Clan—one cherished and sheltered, the other neglected and scorned.
For the first time, Jiang Yexue loses his composure when Yue Chenqing accuses him of being filthier than anyone imagined. Jiang Yexue furiously screams that Yue Chenqing owes his life to the death of a certain “gentleman.”
He insinuates that Yue Chenqing’s survival came at a cruel cost that Yue Chenqing himself is unaware of, hinting at a long-buried truth.
Jiang Yexue looks around the cave—at the wreckage, corpses, Mo Xi paralyzed by poison, the soulless puppet Lan-er, and the unconscious Murong Chuyi. His pain and hatred sharpen into resentment as he declares again that Yue Chenqing's life came at someone else's death.
Flashback begins: Jiang Yexue recalls events from 23 years ago.
His mother, Lady Xie, a former qin player who had risen to favored concubine, is anxious that Murong Huang is about to marry Yue Juntian, which threatens both her position and her son’s future.
Lady Xie had ambitious dreams of power and status. She pressured her son to resist, manipulate, and fight to preserve what she believed was theirs.
Jiang Yexue was taught virtue and artificing by a kind and upright teacher, Song-xiansheng. He didn’t desire power or riches, only a peaceful and modest life—but he felt trapped by his mother’s ambitions.
On the day of Murong Huang’s wedding, Lady Xie played her part with elegance and charm. Jiang Yexue, overwhelmed, quietly slipped out of the festivities.
He wandered the snowy plum blossom garden, thinking of his teacher and mother, when he saw a youth in a red cape and white robes standing alone beneath the trees.
That was his first time seeing Murong Chuyi.
Chapter 171:
Youthful Days of Tenderness and Budding YearningThe chapter continues the flashback of Jiang Yexue and Murong Chuyi’s early relationship.
Jiang Yexue first meets Murong Chuyi during a snowy night under a plum blossom tree, mistaking him for a guest child. Murong Chuyi is rude and arrogant, but Jiang Yexue remains polite and tries to escort him inside.
Murong Chuyi reveals with disdain that he’s actually Jiang Yexue’s uncle—Murong Huang’s younger brother.
Later, Jiang Yexue is embarrassed to realize the truth when he sees Murong Chuyi standing next to Murong Huang during the tea ceremony.
Though they live in the same residence, Murong Chuyi avoids people and ignores Jiang Yexue’s attempts at friendliness. Jiang Yexue, taught to be gentle and courteous, eventually stops trying to push the connection.
As Murong Huang gains favor in the Yue household, Jiang Yexue and his mother Lady Xie are increasingly marginalized. Jiang Yexue’s former allies and even his father begin to treat him with growing coldness.
Lady Xie becomes consumed with jealousy and bitterness. She constantly obsesses over Murong Huang’s luxury and attention, resenting everything she hears about her rival.
Jiang Yexue maintains a quiet dignity, refusing to retaliate or scheme. He believes living well means having a clear conscience, not wealth.
When his teacher falls ill, Jiang Yexue tries to seek guidance from other artificer masters, but they all rebuff him with excuses. He is left wandering alone and dejected with his unfinished mechanisms.
Murong Chuyi unexpectedly calls out to him and offers help. He examines Jiang Yexue’s work and offers to teach him in his own workshop.
Jiang Yexue begins spending every day in Murong Chuyi’s company, learning artificing and finally feeling valued. These become the happiest days of his life.
Madam Xie disapproves and grows suspicious. When Jiang Yexue defends Murong Chuyi, she lashes out, calling her son unfilial and even kicks him out of her rooms.
Jiang Yexue asks to stay in Murong Chuyi’s courtyard. Murong Chuyi grants permission in his usual cool manner but clearly accepts him.
Their daily life is filled with small, intimate moments. Murong Chuyi is more playful than others realize—buying toys, challenging Jiang Yexue to games, and inventing devices at random.
Jiang Yexue begins to feel a frightening, forbidden desire toward Murong Chuyi. He tries to suppress it, fearing how inappropriate it is.
Despite no blood relation, the power dynamics and societal roles make Jiang Yexue view these feelings as shameful, and he represses them.
Several months pass like this until Murong Huang gives birth to Yue Chenqing.
In that moment, two lives are changed forever: 1) Madam Xie becomes truly defeated. With Murong Huang dead in childbirth and Yue Chenqing born as the legitimate heir, her son Yexue is relegated to a powerless position. Even his name, “Yexue” (evening snow), becomes a cruel contrast to “Chenqing” (bright morning). 2) Murong Chuyi is devastated by the death of Murong Huang, his beloved sister and the only person who gave him love and shelter.
Chapter 172:
An Accident of Love Brings an End to FateAfter Murong Huang’s death, Murong Chuyi becomes withdrawn, locking himself in his workshop and making clay figures to mimic her. Jiang Yexue quietly supports him and even helps create new figures—including ones of himself, Murong Chuyi, and baby Yue Chenqing—to fill the courtyard with life again.
Jiang Yexue urges Murong Chuyi not to live in grief forever. Murong Chuyi lashes out but is softened by the sight of one of the clay figures, which repeats words of comfort.
Moved, Murong Chuyi and Jiang Yexue share a quiet moment. Jiang Yexue gives him a hug and asks him to teach him to improve his crafts. Their relationship is warm, and Jiang Yexue still has his feelings under control.
Flash to the present in Huntian Cave: Jiang Yexue, gripping Yue Chenqing by the neck, tells him that he once saved him from being poisoned by Madam Xie.
Flashback continues: Jiang Yexue had discovered the wet nurse trying to poison infant Yue Chenqing under Madam Xie’s orders. He was horrified, confronted his mother, and was met with her deranged ranting about power, survival, and sacrifice.
Madam Xie’s mental state rapidly deteriorates. After publicly offending Yue Juntian and being abandoned by her allies, she hangs herself wearing Murong Huang’s stolen ceremonial robes, believing herself to be the true mistress of Yue Manor.
Her suicide note claims Jiang Yexue is the rightful heir. As a result, Yue Juntian begins to despise Jiang Yexue, and others follow suit, now mocking him openly.
Jiang Yexue never defends himself, even though he saved Yue Chenqing. He swallows the blame and lets the slander continue to preserve his mother’s memory.
Though the resentment grows, Jiang Yexue finds solace with Murong Chuyi, who continues to treat him kindly. He also finds Yue Chenqing adorable and genuinely wants to protect him.
As Yue Chenqing grows up, Jiang Yexue is continually forced to give up his possessions and privileges “for Chenqing’s sake,” eventually including his place in Murong Chuyi’s courtyard.
When Yue Juntian tries to replace Jiang Yexue with Yue Chenqing in Murong Chuyi’s workshop, Jiang Yexue finally snaps. He argues with his father for the first time and gets severely beaten.
Murong Chuyi intervenes and protects him with a spiritual talisman, standing between him and Yue Juntian.
That night, as Murong Chuyi tends Jiang Yexue’s wounds, Jiang Yexue breaks down emotionally. Murong Chuyi assures him he believes he never wanted power or to fight his brother.
Overcome with emotion, Jiang Yexue kisses Murong Chuyi lightly on the lips. It’s an impulsive act born from years of repression and desire.
Murong Chuyi is stunned and recoils in horror. Jiang Yexue panics and apologizes, but Murong Chuyi is so disturbed by what happened that he flees without a word.
Chapter 173:
A Gentleman No LongerAfter the kiss, Murong Chuyi distances himself from Jiang Yexue completely, refusing to see him alone and avoiding him at all costs. Jiang Yexue tries to apologize, but Murong Chuyi is too disturbed by what happened.
Realizing Murong Chuyi will never see him the same way again, Jiang Yexue isolates himself within the Yue Clan. Despite his inner pain and heartbreak, he tries to hold on to his virtues.
That winter, the Yue Clan is tasked with traveling to the northern frontier. Yue Chenqing, still a child, frequently sneaks off, ignoring warnings about the dangers of the region.
One day, Yue Chenqing disappears beyond the border into Liao Kingdom territory. Jiang Yexue is the one who finds him, unconscious and injured by beasts infected with demonic qi.
In this vulnerable moment, Jiang Yexue could have let him die and claimed everything he’d lost—Murong Chuyi, the Yue Clan, even his father's approval—but he doesn’t. He chooses to save Yue Chenqing.
Jiang Yexue draws the demonic qi from Yue Chenqing into himself, keeping the child alive. Yue Juntian arrives and, as always, overlooks Jiang Yexue entirely.
Back in Huntian Cave, Jiang Yexue recounts this moment, questioning why he was ever so merciful and lamenting how that choice ruined him.
He describes the agony he endured as the demonic qi infected him—burning pain, madness, and isolation. No one knew. He couldn't tell anyone, or he would have been executed.
He tried every method to purge the poison but failed. Eventually, he gave up fighting and chose instead to let the demonic qi consume him.
Jiang Yexue admits that all the pain he suffered made him realize he hated Yue Chenqing. He didn’t want to be the kind older brother anymore. He stopped pretending.
He also reveals a chilling truth: the demonic qi in his body can infect others. He infected Murong Chuyi intentionally, not to control him, but to ensure that every new moon, Murong Chuyi would suffer excruciating pain that only Jiang Yexue could relieve—by giving him blood or powerful heartbalm.
If Murong Chuyi tried to speak about it or get close to others, the poison would lash out, transferring to those around him or reducing him to a mindless state of lust and torment.
Jiang Yexue kept him isolated and desperate by design, never forcing himself on him physically, but emotionally manipulating him into dependence. He waited, year after year, hoping Murong Chuyi would one day submit willingly.
Jiang Yexue boasts that the emperor himself knew of his demonic qi experiments and supported him. This reveals a broader political conspiracy.
Yue Chenqing is horrified. Jiang Yexue, once the picture of refinement and kindness, now stands fully revealed as a bitter, obsessive, power-corrupted man whose hatred and love twisted into something monstrous.
Chapter 174:
Imperial Promises Are Most UnfathomableJiang Yexue reveals that the Emperor himself has long supported his cultivation and experimentation with demonic qi.
Yue Chenqing is horrified by the revelation. Mo Xi, though not surprised, feels a deep chill and dread, realizing just how untrustworthy and manipulative the emperor is.
Jiang Yexue admits he always hated Yue Chenqing, especially for clinging to Murong Chuyi. As a child, Yue Chenqing was given everything Jiang Yexue lost.
Jiang Yexue attempted to cast a black magic curse on Yue Chenqing to mentally incapacitate him, but was thwarted when Gu Mang, visiting the manor by chance, found Yue Chenqing in distress and sent him to Shennong Terrace for healing.
Gu Mang’s interference exposed Jiang Yexue’s spell. The late emperor was away, so the case went to the then–crown prince—the current emperor.
Instead of punishing Jiang Yexue, the crown prince (now emperor) extracted a confession and recruited him. He promised to protect Jiang Yexue and make him head of the Yue Clan in exchange for aiding his secret black magic research.
Jiang Yexue confesses he advised the emperor on numerous hidden schemes, including the false claim that the Zhenlong chess piece inside Lu Zhanxing was from Liao—it was actually planted by them.
Mo Xi is disgusted as he realizes the emperor used these manipulations to set up Gu Mang, weaken his status, and use him as a puppet.
Jiang Yexue further reveals that the marriage to Qin Mujin was orchestrated by the emperor to keep Jiang Yexue under control. Qin Mujin later died in battle, possibly due to her own incompetence, possibly at Jiang Yexue’s hand.
After losing Qin Mujin and injuring his legs, Jiang Yexue was pushed aside. He retaliated by threatening the emperor with magical contingencies that would expose the crown’s crimes if he died.
Jiang Yexue gleefully recounts how he blackmailed the emperor into stalling. By that time, however, the emperor had replaced him with Gu Mang as the key figure in his plans.
Jiang Yexue then returns to his obsession with Murong Chuyi. He reveals he used demonic qi to infect Murong Chuyi’s heart, triggering agony every new moon. Only Jiang Yexue’s blood or the rare heartbalm could ease the pain.
He cast a spell so that if Murong Chuyi grew close to anyone else, the poison would spread or he’d lose his mind to lust and become Jiang Yexue’s submissive puppet.
Yue Chenqing, enraged, accuses Jiang Yexue of being insane. Jiang Yexue doesn’t deny it—he openly says he’s abandoned any pretense of being a gentleman.
He also confesses that the emperor desires the Demonblood Beast’s remnant soul not to protect the empire, but to harness its power for domination. The soul Gu Mang risked everything to retrieve is being weaponized.
Jiang Yexue confirms he took Lan-er’s spiritual core to repair his legs and fuel his demonic arts. He calls it practical.
Yue Chenqing cries out that no one will accept Jiang Yexue after all this. Jiang Yexue laughs—he planted demonic influence in Murong Chuyi’s heart, so once the massacre in Huntian Cave is discovered, everyone will blame Murong Chuyi.
Jiang Yexue plans to threaten the emperor again, smuggle Murong Chuyi out of prison, and imprison him forever in Yue Manor. He plans to kill everyone else, but “spare” Murong Chuyi as his personal captive.
The chapter ends as Jiang Yexue summons a blade and swings it toward Yue Chenqing’s throat.
Chapter 175:
If That Year Could’ve Been EternalJust as Jiang Yexue is about to kill Yue Chenqing, a bamboo warrior blocks the attack—revealing that Yue Chenqing had been faking his weakness and had summoned the warriors in secret.
Yue Chenqing commands the bamboo warriors to attack Jiang Yexue and uses the chaos to free himself from the wheelchair.
Though injured, Yue Chenqing staggers toward the blood pool, intending to make a sacrifice to the resentful spirits to defeat Jiang Yexue.
Jiang Yexue attacks to stop him. Yue Chenqing manages to dodge but confronts Jiang Yexue emotionally—asking why he didn’t just ask for what he wanted instead of killing so many.
Jiang Yexue mocks him and declares he feels no guilt for his actions, even if it means standing atop a pile of corpses.
Just as Yue Chenqing leaps for the blood pool, puppet Lan-er captures him with a golden chain. Jiang Yexue had transferred spiritual energy to her moments before.
Jiang Yexue brutally crushes Yue Chenqing’s spiritual core, completely destroying his ability to control the Yue Clan’s spirits and declaring himself the new head.
Jiang Yexue calls upon the resentful spirits, who obey his voice now. He gloats over Yue Chenqing’s defeat—until a voice interrupts him.
Murong Chuyi has regained consciousness. Bloodied and barely alive, he rises and calmly challenges Jiang Yexue’s authority.
Since both Murong Chuyi and Jiang Yexue are concubines’ sons, with Yue Chenqing incapacitated, their standing is equal. Murong Chuyi asserts control over the spirits.
Jiang Yexue tries to reclaim control, but Murong Chuyi’s spiritual power surges. He renounces his desire for the Yue Clan and declares he’s ending things on his own terms.
In a stunning moment, Murong Chuyi throws himself into the blood pool, committing spiritual suicide to break the demonic curse and assert full control over the spirits.
Jiang Yexue, stunned and emotionally destabilized, fails to react in time. The spirits turn on him. As they attack, his mind fixates on Murong Chuyi’s final words—his disbelief that Murong Chuyi would rather die than be with him.
In his final moments, Jiang Yexue recalls the first time he met Murong Chuyi under the snow-covered plum tree, wishing that moment had lasted forever.
The spirits drag Jiang Yexue into the pool, destroying him.
Lan-er falls unconscious. Yue Chenqing, broken and weeping, crawls to the pool, calling out for Murong Chuyi in heartbreak and desperation.
Just when all seems lost, Murong Chuyi rises from the pool one last time—glowing, translucent, near spirit form. He gently praises Yue Chenqing and strokes his head, calling him his nephew.
Murong Chuyi passes by Mo Xi, using the last of his spiritual energy to cleanse Mo Xi of the demonic poison and asks him not to tell Gu Mang the truth—that he was Gu Mang’s older brother.
As he fades away, Murong Chuyi entrusts Mo Xi with one final message for Gu Mang: “Please don’t wait for me.”
Chapter 176:
Murong ChuyiGu Mang waits quietly at an inn, dressed in the white robes Mo Xi bought him. It's the day Murong Chuyi was supposed to meet him as promised, and despite all his emotional numbness, he feels quietly hopeful and happy.
When Mo Xi returns, bloodstained and silent, Gu Mang immediately senses something is wrong. Mo Xi gives him a tiny bamboo warrior—Murong Chuyi’s final gift.
Gu Mang quickly understands: Murong Chuyi isn’t coming. He asks if it’s because Murong Chuyi didn’t like him. Mo Xi, holding back tears, tells him no—that Murong Chuyi had to leave, and that he liked Gu Mang very much.
Gu Mang asks how long the wait will be. Mo Xi replies, “A very long time.” Gu Mang quietly asks why Mo Xi is crying.
Mo Xi reflects on all that has happened—the betrayal of the emperor, the loss of trust, Jiang Yexue’s fall, and how even Murong Chuyi’s supposed cruelty was never real. Everything he believed in was stained by lies, yet Murong Chuyi remained true, even in death.
After the massacre at Huntian Cave, the three survivors—Mo Xi, Yue Chenqing, and Lan-er—return to the capital. The nation reels from the revelations about the Yue Clan.
The emperor presides over a forced, performative funeral for Yue Juntian. Despite public mourning, rumors spread, and the hypocrisy of the ceremony weighs heavily on Mo Xi, who watches the emperor with bitter contempt.
News of escalating conflict with the Liao Kingdom spreads. Tensions mount, and whispers of a demonic plague weapon being developed by Liao cause fear. The war that Gu Mang tried to prevent seems inevitable.
Yue Chenqing returns to the now-empty Yue Manor. Emotionally shattered, he slowly walks through the home, each corner a painful memory. He eventually reaches Murong Chuyi’s workshop, the place that represented Murong Chuyi’s heart and mind.
Unable to unlock it the usual way, Yue Chenqing breaks down outside the door and sobs, calling for “Fourth Uncle.”
The workshop recognizes his sincerity and grief. The door opens.
Inside, Yue Chenqing finds Murong Chuyi’s diagrams, tools, and unfinished designs—many of which were mechanisms meant to help the poor, elderly, and children. His infamous reputation was false; the man known as “Ignorance” had in fact devoted himself quietly to the public good.
Yue Chenqing realizes that even the protective talismans once attributed to Jiang Yexue had actually come from Murong Chuyi.
Overcome by grief and shame, Yue Chenqing breaks down again. The one person who had always protected and cared for him—even while cursed, maligned, and alone—was Murong Chuyi.
The chapter ends with the tragic contrast: the world mistook Murong Chuyi for heartless, yet he had always been the most gentle and selfless of all.
Chapter 177:
Murong Lian Attends the BanquetA mysterious winged demon beast appears over the capital the day after the Yue Clan’s funeral. Described as a falcon-like chimera with stormy wings and beastly white fur, it vanishes into wind after circling the city.
It leaves behind torrential, poisonous rain that lasts three days. The rain infects citizens with demonic qi, causing madness or death. Those who survive are severely afflicted.
Chonghua has no experience dealing with demonic plagues. Shennong Terrace’s healers are overwhelmed and fail to contain the outbreak.
Gu Mang is exposed to the rain but manages to suppress his symptoms.
Panic spreads. The emperor’s court debates how to respond to the approaching Liao Kingdom army. Some suggest retreat or even relocating the capital. Others argue to wait until they develop an antidote.
The emperor is furious and powerless, urgently summoning Jiang Fuli back to the capital.
Jiang Fuli returns after eight days and, after three days of research, finally develops an antidote that can purge demonic qi.
That same day, Chonghua wins a small victory at Yonglan Pass, momentarily forcing back the Liao army.
To celebrate and plan further defense, the emperor holds a banquet, ordering nobles to attend and receive the antidote. Mo Xi reluctantly attends with Gu Mang, whose health is still fragile.
Gu Mang wears a mask to the event and clutches the bamboo warrior from Murong Chuyi. He also keeps a brocade pouch with a white cowrie shell inscribed with the character for “fire”—its origin is unknown even to Gu Mang, but he treasures it deeply.
Inside the palace, tension hangs over the room. Yue Chenqing is absent. Mengze is still recuperating. Murong Lian’s seat is empty.
Mo Xi reflects that Murong Lian is Gu Mang’s full brother, but unlike Murong Chuyi. Murong Lian was abusive and cruel to Gu Mang growing up but also intervened to save him when he was in real danger. Mo Xi cannot fully understand him.
Nobles whisper that Murong Lian is near death despite the emperor’s best healers tending to him.
The emperor arrives with Jiang Fuli and announces that the antidote will be distributed only to those who commit to fighting. Anyone suggesting retreat will be cut off from medicine and left to die.
Yushu-jun, an old noble, tries to propose a delay in war by sabotaging the Demonblood Beast remnant and returning it to Liao, hoping for a fragile peace.
The emperor viciously mocks him and orders him dragged away, denying his household any medicine.
He then threatens all remaining nobles: fight for Chonghua, or be abandoned.
Mo Xi realizes the emperor’s talk of peace and patriotism is all lies. The true goal is conquest—his obsession with black magic and dominance over the Nine Provinces has always driven his actions.
Jiang Fuli begins distributing the medicine. Mo Xi watches closely and feels a deep unease—something about Jiang Fuli feels off, but he can’t place what.
Just as the banquet proceeds, a chilling voice interrupts from the doorway: “Everyone, put down the medicine in your hands. Don’t take it.”
Murong Lian, pale and sickly, enters the hall—alive and upright despite rumors that he was on his deathbed.
Chapter 178:
Forced AbdicationMurong Lian interrupts the imperial banquet, walking into the hall with his usual arrogant flair but a sharp, clear tone. He tells everyone the "antidote" being distributed is actually a mind-control drug, not medicine.
The emperor tries to dismiss him as delirious and psychotic due to excessive ephemera use, ordering Elder Chen from Shennong Terrace to remove him.
Murong Lian coldly threatens Elder Chen, revealing he knows the medicine he was being given was poisoned.
Murong Lian directly challenges the emperor’s authority, openly using the emperor's personal name—Murong Chen—in court, which is a treasonous act punishable by death.
As nobles grow uneasy, Murong Lian lays out his confession: he once schemed and played the fool to maintain Wangshu Manor’s status, but Gu Mang—his brother—endured far worse and still fought to protect the nation.
Murong Lian says he’s never accepted losing, but he refuses to be outdone by Gu Mang in a cowardly way. He chooses to do something heroic for once.
He accuses the emperor of attempting to turn the entire court into mind-controlled puppets using a new black magic method derived from the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows and the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
The emperor tries to redirect suspicion, claiming that Jiang Fuli is too noble and skilled to be involved in such schemes. Jiang Fuli plays along, denying any such power.
Murong Lian exposes that the emperor used Jiang Yexue in the past as an advisor and began refining forbidden black magic using curses and demonic energy.
He explains that the pills being handed out now only became effective once the emperor obtained the Demonblood Beast’s remnant soul. This allowed the creation of a drug capable of weakening people’s resistance to manipulation.
Murong Lian reveals that he has been secretly adding heartbalm to his ephemera to stay lucid for years—after the emperor tried to drug him three years ago.
He declares he’s known all along what the emperor did and endured it in secret until now.
Chapter 179:
Mo Xi EndangeredMo Xi connects the strange scent he once smelled on Murong Chuyi to ephemera—realizing it masked the influence of heartbalm.
Murong Lian accuses the emperor, Murong Chen, of masterminding a plan to control the court with a drug disguised as a demonic qi antidote, using forbidden black magic derived from the Flower of Eightfold Sorrows and Zhenlong Chess Formation.
The emperor smugly deflects, claiming he won’t force anyone to take the pills if they doubt him. He gestures for Jiang Fuli to collect the medicine, making it seem like a matter of choice—but it's a trap.
Some nobles defend the emperor and accuse Murong Lian of being the true traitor. The hall descends into confusion as neither side is clearly proven right.
Mo Xi suddenly asks Jiang Fuli to inspect Murong Lian’s pipe for traces of heartbalm—something Jiang Fuli should be able to identify.
Despite Murong Lian’s protest, Mo Xi hands the pipe to Jiang Fuli, who inspects it in the dim hall without issue—an impossibility, because the real Jiang Fuli has night-blindness in his left eye.
Mo Xi confronts him publicly, pointing out the inconsistency. The court gasps as it realizes this man may not be Jiang Fuli at all.
Mo Xi further challenges him with another memory test: the mark on Gu Mang’s shoulder. The imposter fails to respond correctly.
Surrounded by suspicion and pressed by questions, the fake Jiang Fuli’s spiritual energy becomes unstable. Mo Xi withdraws and prepares for an attack.
The impostor explodes with demonic spiritual energy, revealing himself as a vessel for the remnant soul of the Demonblood Beast.
The beast transforms into its chimera form—eagle head, dog body, massive wings—and launches a savage magical assault on the hall.
Chaos erupts. Nobles scream, barriers shatter, and civilians are killed. Gu Mang saves a child from certain death despite being spiritually weakened.
Mo Xi summons his divine weapon, Tuntian, which manifests as a massive whale. The spirit beast shields the court with its barrier, forcing the Demonblood chimera into retreat.
Just when the court begins to rally, the emperor—completely emotionless—reveals the final horror: Mo Xi has been the emperor’s insurance policy all along.
Ten years ago, Murong Chen planted a one-of-a-kind "puppet pill" in someone powerful—hidden, undetectable, and able to control them completely.
That person was Mo Xi.
As Murong Chen calmly says, “Puppet pill, activate,” a bone-chilling realization sweeps the hall—Mo Xi may lose himself completely and become the emperor’s puppet.
Chapter 180:
I’ll Protect YouAs Murong Chen activates the puppet pill in Mo Xi, the entire hall panics. Mo Xi prepares to lose control. He orders Murong Lian to take Gu Mang away before he hurts him.
Gu Mang, though mentally impaired, instinctively tries to shield Mo Xi, insisting: “I’ll protect you.” He refuses to leave.
The emperor completes the activation chant. White demonic light flies toward Mo Xi’s chest, but Mo Xi had already prepared: he secretly ordered his holy weapon Tuntian to kill him the moment he loses control.
Gu Mang, heartbroken and confused, tries to stop the lights with his bare hands, not understanding they are spiritual energy. Murong Lian yells that the only way to undo the puppet pill is to sacrifice one’s spiritual core—something Gu Mang can’t possibly do now.
Mo Xi, knowing he may be lost forever, gives Gu Mang a final look as the light surrounds him.
But then, against all odds, the spell fails. The light fizzles out mid-activation. Mo Xi is unharmed. He doesn’t fall under control.
Murong Chen is enraged and stunned. He screams in disbelief—he had seen Mo Xi drink the pill himself years ago. It shouldn’t be possible for it to fail.
At that moment, Murong Mengze—Chonghua’s princess and one of its “three gentlemen”—enters the hall, calm and composed.
Murong Chen accuses her of betrayal. Murong Mengze reveals that she secretly saved Murong Lian’s life when the emperor tried to kill him with poison and left him to rot under Shennong Terrace’s care.
She explains she only defected when she saw the emperor’s atrocities firsthand. Her words are cold but full of dignity—she no longer sees Murong Chen as a fit ruler.
The emperor lashes out, calling her a traitor. Mengze replies she is simply doing what’s right for Chonghua. She exposes his puppet pill scheme and his manipulation of Mo Xi and Gu Mang.
She reveals that Gu Mang was never a traitor. He was a spy chosen by the emperor himself, sent to infiltrate the Liao Kingdom.
The emperor used Jiang Yexue’s magic to control Lu Zhanxing and stage the murder of an envoy, forcing Gu Mang to take the fall and run.
The crowd reels. Murong Mengze explains that Gu Mang didn’t know the full extent of the emperor’s cruelty when he first agreed to spy—but Murong Lian reveals that Gu Mang found out much earlier than anyone thought.
Gu Mang had known the emperor’s plans to use black magic on his own people since before the Battle of Dongting Lake—even before he stabbed Mo Xi.
The chapter ends with the shocking truth: Gu Mang had been aware of the emperor’s twisted ambitions but could not report it. His betrayal was strategic, and his suffering was real—he bore the burden alone, long before anyone else knew.
Chapter 181:
Gu Mang’s ArrangementsMurong Lian reveals that Gu Mang already knew about the puppet pill in Mo Xi back at the time of the Battle of Dongting Lake.
Murong Mengze realizes with horror that Gu Mang had purposefully stabbed Mo Xi and let her take him away, knowing she would discover and remove the puppet pill from his spiritual core. Gu Mang silently protected Mo Xi without telling anyone.
Mo Xi, shocked, tries to deny it—but Murong Lian explains that Gu Mang's early intelligence reports were rich in black magic techniques, but after he realized the emperor’s true intentions, the information gradually turned vague and political. Gu Mang had already stopped aiding the emperor's magic schemes.
Murong Lian knows this because Gu Mang confessed everything to him the day before he was returned to Chonghua. That meeting took place by the Fushui River, during his escort back from Liao.
Murong Lian drops three devastating truths: 1) Liao was not fully responsible for Gu Mang’s memory loss. 2) Gu Mang willingly gave up two of his own souls—this was his own decision and not due to enemy torture. 3) The person who erased Gu Mang’s memories was the emperor himself, Murong Chen.
Murong Chen had ordered Murong Lian to administer the memory-erasing pill after Gu Mang handed over the Demonblood Beast’s soul-box.
Murong Lian hated Gu Mang and had no reason to disbelieve the emperor’s lie that Gu Mang had betrayed Chonghua to become the Liao Kingdom’s asset. Murong Chen had claimed Gu Mang had demanded to become head of Wangshu Manor, which enraged Murong Lian even more.
The emperor’s story: Liao grew suspicious of Gu Mang, accused him of being a double agent, and threw him away—just as Murong Chen had “predicted.” Gu Mang allegedly offered to seal the Demonblood Beast’s remnant soul in exchange for being spared.
Murong Lian, fully manipulated at the time, agreed to Murong Chen’s plan: retrieve the soul-box and erase Gu Mang’s mind.
However, Gu Mang also gave Murong Lian another item: a “key” that could unlock the soul-box. He begged Murong Lian to keep it hidden from the emperor and destroy it when possible.
This key was crafted from one of Gu Mang’s own souls—an act of personal sacrifice and foresight to prevent Murong Chen from ever fully exploiting the Demonblood Beast’s power.
Murong Lian reveals that he did destroy the key, having grown suspicious over time. This destroyed any hope the emperor had of controlling the Demonblood Beast completely.
When confronted, Murong Chen bitterly laughs and hints that they may have found another way to open the box—leaving a sinister implication hanging in the air.
Chapter 182:
InsanityMurong Lian taunts Murong Chen for failing to open the soul-box, warning that doing so now would only benefit the Liao Kingdom, which has already created a new Demonblood Beast.
Murong Chen responds with increasing paranoia and hatred. He no longer cares about protecting Chonghua—his obsession is destroying traitors and maintaining power, even if it means the nation’s ruin.
Accusing Murong Lian of ambition and betrayal, Murong Chen activates the pentacle seal at the Golden Terrace. A brilliant spiritual array opens the soul-box Gu Mang once forged with his own soul.
As the box rises into the air, Gu Mang collapses, coughing up blood. Mo Xi catches him while Murong Mengze identifies the cause—Gu Mang’s missing soul is reacting to the unsealing of the box.
Mengze believes that if the soul-box can be reclaimed, it could restore Gu Mang’s fragmented soul, but Murong Chen declares he will not allow that.
Murong Chen, fully unhinged, admits he knows he’s about to lose the throne. Rather than step down, he would rather destroy Chonghua, letting the Liao Kingdom have its way.
His selfish declaration shocks and enrages the nobles. He blames everyone for never truly seeing or supporting him as a person, only as a ruler. He says if he’s not emperor, he owes the people nothing and is willing to drag everyone down with him.
In a last act of madness, Murong Chen activates a forbidden spiritual technique, “Feihuang, unseal!”—unleashing a phoenix-like spirit beast form from the depths of the Golden Terrace.
He bursts into flames and takes to the sky in a blazing phoenix-shaped form. Mo Xi reveals the power is spirit beast qi inherited from the old emperor’s failed attempt to rear a sacred creature.
The Demonblood Beast chimera, Jingchen, attacks Tuntian at Murong Chen’s command, triggering a full-scale aerial battle of titanic spiritual beasts.
As Murong Chen escapes toward the Golden Terrace to open the soul-box, the nobles and cultivators finally act. Even previously cowardly officials rise up to protect the capital.
Chaos erupts. Cultivators engage the phoenix in battle. Murong Lian, despite his earlier hatred for Gu Mang, takes Gu Mang from Mo Xi to protect him.
Zhou He assassinates the traitorous Shennong elder who had aligned with the emperor, revealing he never gave his full support to the Demonblood Beast project.
Mo Xi leaps into action, chasing Murong Chen across the rooftops, racing against time. If the emperor reaches the soul-box and succeeds in opening it, Chonghua may fall.
Chapter 183:
RecoveryMurong Chen, empowered by spirit beast qi, fights off waves of cultivators in the sky and heads straight for the Golden Terrace to seize the soul-box.
Just as he nears it, Mo Xi intercepts him, creating a fire barrier around the Golden Terrace and confronting the emperor directly.
The two clash violently—Mo Xi with Shuairan, Murong Chen with phoenix wings and spiritual power amplified by his last-resort transformation. He aims to use his own soul to shatter the soul-box and release the full power of the Demonblood Beast.
Mo Xi, still under the effects of the Vow of Calamity, can’t fatally strike the emperor without divine punishment. He continues to fight but is blasted by a lightning strike from heaven when he moves to land a killing blow—his oath was that he would never harm the emperor.
Murong Chen takes advantage of the blow and reaches the Golden Terrace, where he places his hands on the soul-box. As Mo Xi watches, injured and weakened, the emperor crushes the box with both hands.
The soul-box explodes. An overwhelming black magic energy—spiritual remnants of the Demonblood Beast—erupts from the shattered fragments, sweeping over the city and blotting out the sky.
Murong Chen is obliterated by the spiritual blast. His final words are a curse on the realm—he blames everyone for making him suffer and vows to leave nothing but chaos in his wake.
Amid the maelstrom, Mo Xi sees a brief vision of a young Gu Mang in his old armor, radiant and serene, leaping toward the heavens. Mo Xi blacks out before he can process what it means.Mo Xi awakens a week later in a healing pavilion at Shennong Terrace, surrounded by wounded cultivators and healers. The capital is in chaos.
He demands news of Gu Mang. Murong Mengze, exhausted and dirty, gives him a full update.
The soul-box explosion released the Demonblood Beast’s power. Jingchen, the chimera, absorbed it and flew toward the Liao Kingdom, fulfilling Murong Chen’s dying wish.
The Liao Kingdom, now empowered by the Demonblood Beast, has become unstoppable. The guoshi (national preceptor) of Liao is about to emerge from seclusion, and another full-scale war is imminent.
Murong Lian took temporary command and held off the Liao forces for seven days, but reinforcements are desperately needed.
Mo Xi is expected to command the Scarlet-Plumed Battalion. Murong Lian will lead his own cultivator forces. But they need a third leader.
Murong Mengze finally gives him the biggest news: Gu Mang has fully recovered.
His name has been cleared. His position has been restored. He has resumed command of the Northern Frontier Army and is already drilling with the troops.
Mo Xi is completely stunned.
Chapter 184:
Your Elder Brother Gives You the Hero’s RibbonAs Mo Xi rushes to the drill ground, he reflects on Murong Mengze’s earlier revelation: one of Gu Mang’s souls, expected to scatter after the soul-box’s destruction, had hovered beside Mo Xi in the rubble as if guarding him.
Mo Xi also learns that Murong Lian lied—he didn’t destroy the second soul (the key to the soul-box). Instead, Gu Mang had asked him to keep it safe in hopes that it could someday be used to destroy the Demonblood Beast’s power.
Mo Xi realizes the truth: the thumb ring Murong Lian gave Gu Mang when he was losing his mind held that second soul. It explains why Gu Mang’s dog had always responded affectionately to the ring—it still carried a piece of Gu Mang.
Overwhelmed, Mo Xi reflects on how he never dared to ask for Gu Mang’s full recovery. He was ready to settle for fragments, to spend his life piecing back the broken parts. But this time, fate returned everything—both of Gu Mang’s souls are intact.
Mo Xi arrives at the training ground and sees Gu Mang, fully restored, proudly standing before the Northern Frontier Army.
He is no longer a traitor, no longer shackled or silent. His name has been cleared, and he stands tall again in the sun, leading soldiers with charisma and confidence.
Mo Xi is overcome with emotion and cries—tears not of grief, but happiness. Soldiers cheer his arrival. Gu Mang, radiant and full of life, waves at him like a mischievous elder brother and calls, “You’re the last to arrive!”
The two generals stand reunited, and Mo Xi finally feels like he’s home—not a place, but a sense of belonging, of being with the people who matter.
After the meeting, Gu Mang and Mo Xi stand together while preparations for battle continue. Gu Mang apologizes for not being there when Mo Xi woke up. Mo Xi says, “You were always with me.”
They briefly mention the moment at the Golden Terrace when Gu Mang’s soul protected Mo Xi. Gu Mang only smiles.
Murong Lian joins them, awkward as ever. Despite his prickly nature, he offers Gu Mang something deeply symbolic: Murong Xuan’s merit ribbon, which signifies honor and leadership in the Murong family.
Murong Lian grumbles and refuses to admit it outright, but he acknowledges Gu Mang’s strength and suggests he’s more deserving of the ribbon than anyone else.
Gu Mang is visibly moved. He hugs Murong Lian, who stiffens like a doll and refuses to tie the ribbon personally. Gu Mang laughs, joking that if he does, he’ll forgive him for all his past abuse.
Murong Lian storms off, calling Gu Mang a conniving brat—but not before Gu Mang affectionately calls him “Lian-di” (younger brother), reclaiming their bond in his own way.
Chapter 185:
Battle BeginsAfter nightfall, Mo Xi and Gu Mang walk together through the ruins of the imperial palace, reflecting on the chaos Murong Chen left behind and the state of Chonghua.
Mo Xi asks who helped fuse Gu Mang’s two souls after the soul-box was shattered. Gu Mang reveals it was Su Yurou, Jiang Fuli’s wife—not Murong Lian.
Mo Xi is surprised that Jiang Fuli is still missing despite the capital’s crisis. Gu Mang remarks that Su Yurou, though less skilled, is handling the demonic qi alone.
They discuss Mengze’s suggestion of finding a reclusive healer in Lin’an who knows Rebirth, but Gu Mang clearly doesn’t believe in such myths. He doesn’t seem interested in chasing unlikely salvation anymore.
Their conversation shifts to Su Yurou’s strange behavior. Gu Mang finds it suspicious that she shows no emotional reaction to the threat of the Liao Kingdom’s guoshi—her alleged former lover who committed mass murder in her name.
Gu Mang proposes three possibilities: 1) Su Yurou knows something secret about the guoshi. 2) She never loved him, and he obsessed over her one-sidedly. 3) The assumptions about their relationship were entirely wrong.
Gu Mang leans toward the third, recalling how Su Yurou whispered something to Li Qingqian that made him immediately disintegrate. Mo Xi agrees the situation doesn't add up and warrants caution.
Suddenly, thunder rumbles—an ominous supernatural phenomenon begins in the distance.
Gu Mang and Mo Xi spot a massive spiritual vortex forming over the Liao army. Gu Mang uses a spell to enhance his sight and realizes what's happening: the Demonblood Beast's rebirth ceremony has begun.
Countless bodies rise into the vortex—Butterfly-Boned Beauty Feasts, a demon-descended tribe used as live sacrifices in forbidden rituals.
Gu Mang explains that the Liao Kingdom has captured over 100,000 of them to serve as blood fuel for the Demonblood Beast. Their extinction was orchestrated for this very purpose.
Mo Xi is horrified. Gu Mang coldly states that the Liao Kingdom has planned this for a long time.
As the sky lights up with demonic energy, Gu Mang ties Murong Lian’s blue-and-gold merit ribbon around his forehead and declares it’s time—they must lead the army now.
Mo Xi senses something ominous in Gu Mang’s tone. Before he can speak, Gu Mang turns and embraces him fiercely.
The embrace carries all the weight of their history: love, apology, comfort, and unspoken promises. It’s a moment of complete emotional connection before battle.
Gu Mang jokes afterward, telling Mo Xi to take him out for a drink with pear-blossom white after the war. Mo Xi doesn’t get a chance to answer—Gu Mang grabs his hand and pulls him forward toward the command platform.
Chapter 186:
Gu Mang and the Demonblood BeastGu Mang calls the army to assemble earlier than expected as the sky turns eerie with demonic light—everyone understands the final battle has come ahead of schedule.
Standing before the Northern Frontier Army, Gu Mang delivers a powerful speech. He reminds the troops he had once led them through 39 battles, always promising to bring them home. He succeeded 38 times and failed once—at Phoenix Cry Mountain, where 70,000 soldiers died.
With emotion in his voice, he vows that for this 40th battle, if they trust him, he will take them home—even if it costs his life.
The army roars in unified response: “Together in life or death!” The call echoes across the Nine Provinces as troops from all walks of life—nobles, commoners, civilians—join them voluntarily.
Chonghua’s gates open wide. The army is joined by cultivators, beasts, and bamboo warriors, with Yue Chenqing at their head. Gu Mang is moved to tears by this display of unity and realizes: “This is our home.”
Gu Mang sets off to the final battlefield at the Fushui River, where the Demonblood Beast is being reborn.
As the resurrection array glows brighter, Gu Mang suffers a painful spiritual episode—visions of the past flash before him, especially those of Chen Tang, a general from centuries ago who once fought Hua Po’an, the original creator of the Demonblood Beast.
Gu Mang recalls his time spying in the Liao Kingdom, where he learned of their plan to use the Butterfly-Boned Beauty Feasts as live sacrifices to resurrect the Beast.
Even before knowing the emperor’s betrayal, Gu Mang had planned a failsafe using a spiritual spell of his own invention: the Heart-Resonance technique.
The Heart-Resonance technique allows two people—Gu Mang and Mo Xi—to share memories and spiritual connection. Though created out of romantic hope, Gu Mang secretly used it to bind himself to the Demonblood Beast, so that if it awakened, he could destroy it from within.
During this spiritual link, Gu Mang saw the full horror of the Beast’s creation: Hua Po’an’s hatred and ambition, and the dark history of Chonghua’s founding—built on betrayal, slavery, and revenge.
Hua Po’an’s goal was to reclaim Chonghua through his monstrous creation, Jingchen. His madness and resentment shaped the Beast’s soul.
Gu Mang had fused himself with the Demonblood Beast’s spiritual form using the Heart-Resonance technique. He carries the Beast’s essence and hatred within him—but also the power to counter it.
As the armies collide at the Fushui River, Gu Mang leads the charge through the barrier. Chonghua’s cultivators engage Liao’s black magic creatures, while Yue Chenqing leads the ground forces of bamboo warriors.
Gu Mang, Mo Xi, and Murong Lian arrive at the site of the Demonblood Beast’s resurrection. They discover a massive cage where Liao forces are sacrificing the Butterfly-Boned Beauty Feasts—including pregnant women.
Chonghua breaks the cage and rescues the sacrifices. But before they can finish, a new threat appears—a ghostly apparition of Gu Mang, young and charismatic, wielding his old holy weapon Fengbo.
This phantom Gu Mang was created from Gu Mang’s stolen spiritual techniques, harvested and embedded into the Liao guoshi’s nine-eyed qin.
The phantom plays Fengbo’s suona, sending a sound wave that knocks cultivators out of the sky and allows the Liao army to recover the escaped prisoners and throw them back into the furnace.
Gu Mang realizes: “He sent me to fight me.”
Just as hope falters, another powerful musical spell resounds—and it comes not from Gu Mang or Mo Xi, but from Murong Lian, who steps up and plays a battle tune to counter the suona’s effect.
Chapter 187:
The Weapon of Warrior Soul MountainAs the phantom Gu Mang plays the suona and overwhelms Chonghua’s troops, Murong Lian draws his holy weapon for the first time—a huqin with a dragonskin sound box. Though he detests music cultivation, he uses it in this desperate moment.
Murong Lian and the phantom Gu Mang engage in a fierce instrumental duel. Their musical powers clash like mythical beasts, each melody filled with killing intent.
The phantom Gu Mang gains the upper hand by suddenly changing his tempo and unleashing a powerful note that injures Murong Lian, who coughs blood but refuses to back down.
Gu Mang shouts a warning just before the final blow lands. Despite being hurt, Murong Lian continues playing, and their combined melodies disperse the phantom.
The Chonghua troops erupt in cheers. Murong Lian dismisses his weapon with irritation, but a hint of pride escapes him when he sees the morale of the soldiers soaring.
Just as the tide seems to turn, a terrifying explosion shakes the battlefield. Lava erupts as the Demonblood Beast fully resurrects—massive, silvery-white, and blindingly powerful.
Gu Mang feels the connection in his soul: he is still linked to the Beast, and it’s now beyond stopping. Its power surges to world-ending levels.
Gu Mang yells for Mo Xi to summon Tuntian. Cultivators launch water barriers to slow the demonic blaze, but many are overwhelmed and consumed.
Mo Xi calls forth Tuntian, whose radiant blue energy shields many survivors, but the Demonblood Beast rises to full size, revealing clear blue eyes and claws large enough to crush a palace.
Atop the Beast stands the guoshi of Liao, wielding the nine-eyed qin and dressed in white and gold. He coldly commands: “Jingchen, go.”
The Demonblood Beast slams into Chonghua’s imperial barrier. Despite reinforcement spells, the barrier cracks with each blow.
Mo Xi and Murong Lian try to assist, but the guoshi uses the qin’s seven active eyes to summon seven phantoms—masters of evil, spirits, and monsters—to stop them.
The guoshi mocks Murong Lian, who angrily challenges him, demanding to see his true face. The guoshi cryptically says he’ll take off the mask after conquering Chonghua.
The Beast breaks through the final barrier and flies toward the capital. Panic ensues, but Gu Mang halts pursuit, declaring the creature won’t attack just yet.
Gu Mang explains: the Demonblood Beast is still weak, and its priority is to absorb the rampant demonic qi spread during Murong Chen’s fall. It lands on a mountain to do so.
Then Gu Mang reveals a critical strategy. He tells Yue Chenqing to lead half the army to Warrior Soul Mountain and retrieve a forbidden weapon buried under the statues of Chonghua’s emperors.
This weapon—a legendary half-holy, half-demonic longbow forged by the ancestor of Hua Po’an—was sealed centuries ago and can only be released by breaking the spirit-suppressing statues and offering blood from a hundred people.
Gu Mang says this bow is the only thing that can kill the Demonblood Beast. Its fatal point lies seven feet below its heart.
He divides the troops: Yue Chenqing will retrieve and fire the spiritual arrow, while Gu Mang will hold the Beast down from behind using the other half of the troops.
This will be their one and only chance to defeat Jingchen before it becomes completely unstoppable.
Chapter 188:
The Way of the MartyrThe Demonblood Beast absorbs the last of the demonic qi in Chonghua, forming a powerful barrier around its body. Gu Mang leads the rear assault; Yue Chenqing and the others ascend Warrior Soul Mountain to retrieve the divine weapon.
Gu Mang, already resolved to sacrifice himself, rides his golden-winged snow pegasus and rallies his army with a voice that echoes across the battlefield. Only he knows that he won’t survive this mission.
As dawn breaks, Yue Chenqing succeeds in unsealing the forbidden bow of gods and demons. The sacred arrow is nocked, but the Demonblood Beast moves too fast to aim accurately.
Gu Mang commands the army to bind the Beast using a massive spell array. Cultivators unleash golden chains of spiritual light, temporarily restraining it.
While holding the beast down, Gu Mang closes his eyes and spiritually invades its consciousness. He sees the world from its perspective—Chonghua’s capital, its people, its despair—and understands once more why he must protect it.
In the Beast’s mindscape, Gu Mang approaches the soul of Jingchen, unafraid. He tells it: “You are me, and I am you.” Like General Chen Tang before him, he embraces the darkness to destroy it from within.
As the Demonblood Beast writhes in pain from the mental assault, Yue Chenqing sees an opening and gives the command: “Fire!”
The sacred arrow, forged with the spirits of ten thousand soldiers, hits the Beast exactly seven feet below its heart—the fatal point.
The Beast screams, its form buckling, its chains snapping. For a terrifying moment, it looks like it might go berserk.
Gu Mang remains calm, watching it collapse. He endures soul-splitting pain but feels only peace and clarity, not fear. He reflects on Mo Xi, the life they could never have, and how he never allowed himself to hope for more.
He says goodbye to Mo Xi silently, unable to remember if he ever managed to say something tender enough in their last conversation. But he knows Mo Xi understands.
The Demonblood Beast crumbles into light and ash. The army erupts into cheers. Chonghua is saved.
As the Beast vanishes, Gu Mang finally smiles and allows himself to fall from the sky into the Fushui River, his body limp, the merit ribbon fluttering in the wind.
No one notices at first—until someone screams his name: “Gu Mang—!”
The celebration halts as people realize Gu Mang has disappeared. Mo Xi is the first to react, eyes wide with horror. He rushes toward the river.
The guoshi uses the chaos to strike Mo Xi, but Murong Lian intervenes.
The guoshi mockingly explains that Gu Mang used the same technique as Chen Tang—one that kills both the Beast and its binder. And this time, the Beast was modified to leave behind a blood pool that will grow indefinitely, devouring the land unless he personally stops it.
The guoshi removes his mask, revealing himself to be Hua Po’an, the same man who created the original Demonblood Beast and led the attack on Chonghua centuries ago.
He declares: Gu Mang is dead. And the blood pool is now an expanding threat. If Chonghua refuses to surrender within ten days, the pool will consume the capital.
Chapter 189:
After the SeparationThe Demonblood Beast’s blood pool continues to expand, swallowing Chonghua’s buildings, land, and rivers. It moves not like an army but like a slow, venomous snake—silent, relentless, and devastating.
Both Chonghua and Liao halt direct combat. Liao celebrates, confident of victory. Chonghua watches the pool grow, unable to stop it, their capital crumbling.
Mo Xi spends his nights alone atop the city walls, silently observing the pool and Liao’s bonfires across the water.
Many expect Mo Xi to break down after Gu Mang’s death, but he does not. He commands the troops with strength and clarity. However, in private, he grieves profoundly.
Mo Xi returns alone to the room Gu Mang once occupied. Li Wei finds him there, silently reading Gu Mang’s old letters by dim lamplight, tears quietly falling.
When alone, Mo Xi mourns not as a general, but as a man who lost the person most dear to him. He breaks down, sobbing into Gu Mang’s letters, clutching them to his chest and whispering his name: “Gu Mang…”
He grieves deeply, like a wild beast that has lost its lifelong mate. This room becomes the only place where he allows himself to be vulnerable.
Meanwhile, Yue Chenqing helps manage the refugee crisis, using blueprints Murong Chuyi left behind to quickly build homes. He carries on his Fourth Uncle’s legacy, determined to protect their people and uphold Murong Chuyi’s ideals.
Yue Chenqing whispers to the stars, promising to do everything Murong Chuyi dreamed of, tears in his eyes but steady in his purpose.
Despite the blood pool growing larger, the people of Chonghua don’t fall into despair. They unite, fight, and endure, refusing to give up their home.
On the fifth day, a dramatic arrival changes everything: Jiang Fuli returns. He enters the palace battered and bloodied, one eye completely gone.
His appearance shocks everyone—including Su Yurou, who drops her teacup upon seeing him. She addresses him in a whisper as “Preceptor,” confirming a deeper identity.
Jiang Fuli is calm, focused, and markedly different from his usual aloof persona. He asks to speak privately with Mo Xi and activates a powerful barrier—the long-lost Holy Spirit Barrier.
Mo Xi suspects his identity. Jiang Fuli denies being Preceptor Chen Tang, but admits to carrying his memories, feelings, and knowledge.
He reveals he is a simulacrum, an artificial being created by Hua Po’an using Chen Tang’s soul fragments, memories, and body parts. Hua Po’an created him to replace the man he once loved and could not let go.
Jiang Fuli confirms that though he is not Chen Tang, he holds everything that Chen Tang was, including his deepest regrets—and he has chosen to return not as a puppet, but to forge his own path and atone for what’s happened.
Jiang Fuli tells Mo Xi that Chen Tang died willingly, having lost faith in the world. But Gu Mang wanted to live, and he should not have died like Chen Tang.
Jiang Fuli traveled to Bat Island and the sacred island of the haitang tree—the true source of the paradise where Wuyan met Chen Tang.
He explains the tree is a fragment of the Flame Emperor’s sacred tree, hidden for centuries by Chen Tang’s clan, which also guarded another artifact: a dark crystal, now revealed to be their last hope.
Jiang Fuli places the crystal before Mo Xi and says he has a plan that may stop the blood pool—and even reverse death.
He performed a sacred divination on the island. It said that if Mo Xi fulfills a certain task, even Gu Mang’s death might be undone.
Mo Xi, shocked and trembling with hope, asks for instruction. Jiang Fuli agrees—but says that before using the crystal, Mo Xi must first understand the full truth of Hua Po’an's past.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Remnants of Filth
Remnants of Filth, Vol. 7
Chapter 190: Before the Flower Broke the DarknessJiang Fuli recounts the backstory of Hua Po’an, who was originally a slave in the Chonghua academy but refused to accept his fate, secretly cultivated, and discovered he was a descendant of a nearly crowned emperor.
Upon learning of his heritage, Hua Po’an developed deep resentment and ambition, hiding his identity and manipulating people to rise in power.
He deceived the kind grandmaster Chen Tang, earning his sympathy and eventually being taken in as a disciple under false pretenses.
Although Hua Po’an gradually developed genuine feelings for Chen Tang, he continued to pursue revenge, altering the righteous techniques he learned into dark arts and launching a rebellion with the Demonblood Beast.
Chen Tang sacrificed himself to seal the Demonblood Beast and stop Hua Po’an, which caused Hua Po’an to lose his mind.
Obsessed and unable to let go, Hua Po’an used forbidden soul-summoning techniques to revive Chen Tang’s soul, eventually succeeding by using Chen Tang’s cousin’s body.
Hua Po’an raped the resurrected Chen Tang, keeping him imprisoned and continually researching immortality to prolong this domination indefinitely.
Hua Po’an severed Chen Tang’s emotional bonds using curses and spells, ensuring he could never care for anyone else again across all lifetimes.
The Liao high priestess Su Yurou fell in love with Chen Tang while caring for him, and eventually helped him escape when Hua Po’an was away.
Su Yurou used the Reversal Stone to erase Chen Tang’s memories, create a new identity as Jiang Fuli, and seal his powers and trauma, embedding the stone in his left eye.
Su Yurou and Jiang Fuli lived hidden for centuries until they returned to the world, thinking Hua Po’an was dead, only to discover he still controlled Liao from the shadows as the guoshi.
Jiang Fuli unknowingly gave the Water-Parting Sword Manual to a boy he rescued, Li Qingqian, triggering Hua Po’an’s discovery of his location.
Hua Po’an, thinking Jiang Fuli had fallen in love with Su Yurou, began slaughtering women who resembled her as a twisted form of revenge.
Su Yurou realized Hua Po’an’s actions were not due to lost love, but to punish Chen Tang for forming new bonds—her face was merely symbolic to him.
Jiang Fuli, having regained his memories through the sacred tree, gives Mo Xi the Reversal Stone and explains its power: it allows one to return ten years to the past.
Jiang Fuli urges Mo Xi to return to the day Gu Mang was handed over to Chonghua and stop Murong Lian from destroying his mind.
Mo Xi agrees, knowing it’s a one-time opportunity that could change the fates of many, possibly saving Gu Mang, Murong Chuyi, and others.
Jiang Fuli warns Mo Xi that changes will be unpredictable, and even if he succeeds, the future may not be better—but it couldn’t be worse than the present.
As dawn approaches, Mo Xi accepts the risk, and the spell is cast using the Reversal Stone, sending him back in time to alter fate.
Chapter 191: Return to YesteryearMo Xi arrives at the Fushui River three years in the past after using Jiang Fuli’s Reversal Stone, with only two hours to change the past by destroying the soul-box containing the Demonblood Beast’s power.
Mo Xi finds Gu Mang imprisoned in a military tent, covered in wounds, wearing chains and prisoner’s clothing, sleeping on a filthy mat.
Gu Mang awakens as Mo Xi enters, surprised to see him, calling his name softly and asking why he came.
Mo Xi, with great emotional restraint, pretends he was sent by Murong Chen to retrieve the soul-box Gu Mang created to seal the Demonblood Beast’s power.
Mo Xi calls Gu Mang a traitor and demands the soul-box, suppressing his grief to act out the part that Murong Lian would have originally played.
Gu Mang, visibly saddened but composed, says he didn’t expect Mo Xi to be the one to come and acknowledges that he is a traitor.
Gu Mang asks Mo Xi to grant him a final favor as repayment for their ten years together and warns him not to trust Murong Chen too deeply.
Gu Mang produces the soul-box but instead of handing it over with a key, he asks Mo Xi to strip one of his souls to forge into a key to reinforce the box.
Mo Xi is shocked and devastated, questioning what Gu Mang means, but Gu Mang confirms he is aware that Mo Xi came from the future.
Gu Mang says he realized it when he saw the sadness—not hatred—in Mo Xi’s eyes, which told him this was not the Mo Xi from the present timeline.
Gu Mang reveals that when he merged minds with the Demonblood Beast, he gained prophetic visions, including one of this exact meeting with future Mo Xi.
Gu Mang tells Mo Xi the Reversal Stone cannot change fate; it only ensures that fated events, previously missed or avoided, are properly completed.
Gu Mang explains the Reversal Stone is not truly a device for rewriting the past but one for fulfilling destiny, a "Stone of Destiny" left by the gods to correct divine oversights.
Mo Xi realizes that he himself was the one who extracted Gu Mang’s soul to create the key, not Liao Kingdom torturers as he had long believed.
Devastated, Mo Xi breaks down in tears, questioning fate and screaming that he never wanted to harm Gu Mang.
Gu Mang embraces Mo Xi, comforts him, and explains that only he can complete this task because Mo Xi is the one he trusts most, and without the key, the soul-box would eventually fall into Murong Chen’s hands and cause catastrophe.
Gu Mang says that generals are bound by duty, and that while he protected the world, he regrets letting down Mo Xi.
Mo Xi, crushed, says he came back to save Gu Mang, not to repeat the tragedy.
Gu Mang confesses he had seen a recurring dream of a post-war reunion with Mo Xi in the rain, where they went home together and were never apart again—but he isn’t sure if it’s foresight or just longing.
Mo Xi clings to this dream as a fragile hope and asks what happens in the end.
Gu Mang replies that in the end, they are never separated again.
Gu Mang urges Mo Xi to carry out the task, as their goals have always aligned, and reassures him that even if they are apart now, they will meet again.
Gu Mang kisses Mo Xi and promises eternal love, expressing that Mo Xi will always make him proud.
Chapter 192: Bygone OathMo Xi uses the Reversal Stone to tear Gu Mang’s soul and forge it into a sapphire thumb ring, the key needed to seal the Demonblood Beast’s power.
During the process, Mo Xi feels as if he has died; he watches himself mutilate Gu Mang while Gu Mang bleeds heavily and continues to reassure him.
Mo Xi tries to heal Gu Mang’s wounds with every spell he knows, while crying silently and placing the newly forged key into Gu Mang’s hand.
Gu Mang forces himself to stay conscious despite the pain, knowing that his memories and mind will soon collapse from losing two mortal souls.
Gu Mang acknowledges that he sacrificed everything for the world, but confesses that he was selfish toward Mo Xi and left him only with pain and separation.
In a rare moment of peace, Gu Mang asks Mo Xi to stop trying to heal him and just talk with him for a little while longer.
Gu Mang apologizes for not being truthful and wonders if he was too selfish; Mo Xi comforts him and tells him he had no choice.
Gu Mang asks if the people who died unjustly at Phoenix Cry Mountain, including Lu Zhanxing, ever received justice; Mo Xi confirms that they did.
Gu Mang smiles weakly and says Lu Zhanxing didn’t dislike Mo Xi, and then asks about Murong Lian’s fate, which Mo Xi confirms ended in destruction.
Gu Mang timidly asks if he hurt Mo Xi during the years he had no memory; Mo Xi, to ease his pain, lies and says Gu Mang was always good to him.
Mo Xi discovers the brocade pouch holding the Reversal Stone is the same one Gu Mang clung to in Luomei Pavilion and once called a gift from someone dear.
Mo Xi realizes with heartbreak that he himself had given Gu Mang the pouch in the past—the person Gu Mang couldn’t forget, even with a shattered mind, was Mo Xi.
Mo Xi gives Gu Mang the brocade pouch again, and in return, Gu Mang gives Mo Xi a white cowrie shell with his own name carved into it.
Gu Mang begins writing Mo Xi’s name on the second shell but stops after writing only the “fire” radical of “Xi,” knowing he cannot keep the full name near him as a prisoner.
Gu Mang places the shell with "fire" into the pouch as his token of love, saying it would be enough to help him remember Mo Xi.
Mo Xi recalls how in the future he saw the same shell with “fire” inside the pouch and asked Gu Mang who gave it to him—Gu Mang had said he didn’t know, only that the person was very dear to him.
Gu Mang realizes Mo Xi is starting to fade from the past, as the Reversal Stone’s effect is ending, and gently tells him to go back.
Mo Xi breaks down in silent tears, unable to endure the parting, remembering their first meeting and how Gu Mang was the only one who smiled at him when he had nothing.
Gu Mang wants to comfort Mo Xi and hold him again but knows he no longer has that right—he will soon die, and there will never again be someone to walk home with Mo Xi.
Mo Xi tucks Gu Mang’s cowrie shell close to his heart and collapses from grief, overwhelmed by their history and everything lost between them.
Their twenty-year love was never respected due to status, duty, morality, and secrecy. Gu Mang gave everything to the empire and what little he had left, he gave to Mo Xi.
Mo Xi is forced to return to the future as the Reversal Stone burns hot and activates. Before leaving, he sees Gu Mang clutching the cowrie shell with “fire” to his heart, looking at him with tears and love.
Gu Mang’s internal monologue expresses deep love and apology, promising he’ll always love Mo Xi and hopes they’ll meet again in the rain.
Chapter 193: With YouMo Xi awakens alone in a strange, dark, watery realm after Gu Mang’s death, grieving deeply and determined to carry out Gu Mang’s final wish.
He finds himself inside the Reversal Stone, a separate domain outside the known world, confronted by a hazy figure who identifies as a wisp of a deity's energy guarding the stone.
The deity tells Mo Xi that his purpose is complete since Mo Xi fulfilled the stone’s destiny, but now Mo Xi must make a final choice that will decide the fate of the Nine Provinces.
Mo Xi demands answers and accuses the god of standing by while many people, including Gu Mang and countless soldiers, died.
The god tells Mo Xi that gods cannot save mortals but can only guide them, and that Hua Po’an’s power can be cut off from the Demonblood Beast.
The god reveals that the poison Murong Chen implanted in Mo Xi was not removed by Murong Mengze, but by Gu Mang in secret, after faking betrayal at Dongting Lake.
Gu Mang stabbed Mo Xi to knock him unconscious, then secretly extracted the poison and handed Mo Xi over to Murong Mengze to cover it up, knowing Murong Mengze would use it to gain Mo Xi’s trust.
Murong Mengze faked her spiritual core damage and used Mo Xi’s gratitude as a tool; she sent Zhou He to keep Gu Mang from recovering his memories.
Murong Mengze’s past "care" for Gu Mang was strategic—her true aim was to break his mind and prevent him from revealing the truth.
The god states that Murong Mengze planned to impersonate the grandmaster in Lin’an and manipulate both Gu Mang and Mo Xi.
Mo Xi realizes that everyone around him, even those he trusted, had hidden agendas, and reflects on the cruelty of ambition and manipulation in the pursuit of power.
The god says Murong Mengze is more qualified to rule than anyone else but affirms that Mo Xi must now decide what to do with this knowledge.
The god directs Mo Xi to look at his reflection in the lake-like surface, revealing Tuntian—Mo Xi’s holy weapon—and questions why Shuairan does not appear.
He then reveals the ultimate secret: Tuntian is not a holy weapon but the Spiritblessed Beast refined by Mo Xi’s father, Mo Qingchi, to combat the Demonblood Beast.
The Spiritblessed Beast chose Mo Qingchi as its master and prophesied his death; Mo Qingchi sealed its spiritual pearl inside his son, which granted Mo Xi his immense spiritual power.
The god reveals that Mo Xi is the only one who can destroy the Demonblood Beast completely using the Spiritblessed Beast’s power.
Once the seal is lifted, Mo Xi will have two choices: 1, Use the power to protect Chonghua City alone and rule safely while letting the rest of the Nine Provinces fall into ruin. 2, Sacrifice himself by using the power to destroy the Demonblood Beast’s heart, turning the sea of blood into a normal lake and saving the world—but dying in the process, erased from reincarnation.
Mo Xi is shown visions from his past: his father Mo Qingchi, Jiang Yexue, Murong Lian’s hidden struggles, Murong Chuyi’s compassion, and Gu Mang’s misunderstood loyalty.
Mo Xi realizes that Gu Mang never betrayed anyone—he bore the burden alone to protect others, even when hated.
He understands that Gu Mang gave up everything to change fate, and now it’s Mo Xi’s turn to choose.
The Reversal Stone realm collapses and Mo Xi returns to the battlefield in the present, hearing soldiers calling out, and seeing Jiang Fuli already fighting Hua Po’an.
Mo Xi remembers Gu Mang’s words about duty and realizes the importance of selfless action for the greater good.
He chooses to follow Gu Mang’s path, sacrifices his own life if needed, and drops the spent Reversal Stone into the river of blood.
Standing before the sunrise and the chaos of battle, Mo Xi whispers to Gu Mang that he has made his decision: “Wait for me—I’m coming after you.”
Chapter 194: The Depths of the SeaOn the battlefield, a giant whale—the Spiritblessed Beast Tuntian—emerges from Chonghua’s tower, unleashed by Mo Xi, shocking the entire army.
Hua Po’an, in combat with Jiang Fuli, is stunned and demands to know when Chonghua obtained a Spirit Beast.
Jiang Fuli, severely injured, insists that Hua Po’an underestimated the human heart, unlike Chen Tang who had always believed in people.
Hua Po’an rages that he has only ever trusted in slaughter, believing the human heart to be savage and worthless, and strikes Jiang Fuli in the shoulder.
Su Yurou begs Hua Po’an to spare Jiang Fuli, claiming she was the one who erased his memories, and that Jiang Fuli remembered the Water-Parting Sword Manual due to love, not betrayal.
Jiang Fuli tells Hua Po’an not to listen to Su Yurou and declares that he remembers Hua Po’an only because he hates him.
Jiang Fuli finally says the words he never got to say before his death as Chen Tang: “Hua Po’an, I’m sick to death of you.”
Jiang Fuli rejects Hua Po’an’s attempt to call him Shizun, revokes the name “Hua Po’an,” and declares that Chen Tang has no disciple by that name.
Jiang Fuli tells Hua Po’an he is not Chen Tang anymore, but a corpse raised from hell, and that Hua Po’an is nothing but a treacherous dog.
Enraged and wounded by these words, Hua Po’an prepares to strike again, but the Spiritblessed Beast Tuntian ascends and dives toward the Demonblood Beast’s blood pool.
Mo Xi rides the Spiritblessed Beast into the blood sea, intending to destroy the heart of the Demonblood Beast to save the Nine Provinces.
Soldiers cry out in despair as Mo Xi sacrifices himself, diving into the blood sea even though he has already lost everything.
Hua Po’an is stunned that Mo Xi, after all he has suffered, would still give his life for others without hate or selfishness.
Jiang Fuli seizes the opportunity and slashes Hua Po’an’s shoulder, declaring that Chen Tang was not the only one willing to die to protect the people.
Mo Xi reaches the Demonblood Beast’s heart and touches it with both hands, unleashing the combined energy of the Spiritblessed Beast Tuntian and Demonblood Beast Jingchen.
Instead of pain, Mo Xi feels peace, and the blood sea begins to turn into clean, flowing water, dissolving Hua Po’an’s power.
The Reversal Stone’s prophecy is fulfilled: Mo Xi dies with the Demonblood Beast, excluded from reincarnation and never to return to the mortal world.
Mo Xi recalls how Gu Mang shone like a star even after merging with the demon beast and believes he cannot lose to him now.
As Mo Xi sinks, sunlight floods the water and turns into golden rain; the world begins to heal.
In that moment of death, Mo Xi sees a figure approaching—Gu Mang, youthful and unmarred, wearing his blue and gold ribbon.
Mo Xi cries out, unsure if it is real or a hallucination, but Gu Mang takes his hand and says softly, “Mo Xi, we’re home.”
The war is over. The two of them, at last, return home together.
Chapter 195: Grand FinaleMo Xi’s consciousness fades as he sinks into the blood sea, feeling no pain or fear, only warmth as golden rain continues to fall through the water.
Mo Xi sees Gu Mang smiling and walking toward him in the water, looking like he did during their youth.
Gu Mang takes Mo Xi’s hand and gently pulls him upward; Mo Xi tries to speak but cannot, overcome with emotion and disbelief.
Mo Xi is not sure if this is Gu Mang’s soul, a hallucination, or a final vision before death, but the warmth of Gu Mang’s grip feels real.
The underwater world fades and Mo Xi awakens in a different place, lying on Gu Mang’s lap beneath the phoenix tree on the hill behind the academy.
The sky is peaceful, the sunlight is golden, and Gu Mang softly calls Mo Xi’s name, telling him he’s awake.
Mo Xi looks up at Gu Mang, whose body is whole and unmarred, and realizes that they are both alive, together again in the land of the living.
Gu Mang jokingly complains that Mo Xi slept for a whole month and asks how he dared to do that after scolding Gu Mang for years about sleeping in.
Mo Xi tries to sit up, but Gu Mang stops him and urges him to rest longer, explaining that he stayed by Mo Xi’s side for a month and wouldn’t let anyone else near him.
Mo Xi realizes he isn’t dreaming and whispers Gu Mang’s name, overcome with emotion and beginning to cry.
Gu Mang wipes Mo Xi’s tears and scolds him gently, saying he should be happy now that they’re finally back together.
Mo Xi says he thought they would never see each other again and asks if Gu Mang remembers what happened.
Gu Mang says he remembers everything, including Mo Xi choosing to die with the Demonblood Beast, and says it’s too bad Mo Xi couldn’t beat him in the end.
Mo Xi asks why Gu Mang is alive; Gu Mang explains that the Spiritblessed Beast and Demonblood Beast were once one being and were never meant to oppose each other.
Gu Mang says that he and Mo Xi each held half of the beast’s soul, and when they joined together at the Demonblood Beast’s heart, their two halves became whole again.
That unification reversed the backlash of their mutual destruction and instead gave them a second chance at life.
Gu Mang tells Mo Xi that in the moment of their fusion, he felt truly free for the first time in his life.
Mo Xi begins sobbing again and asks if Gu Mang was the one who pulled him back to life; Gu Mang confirms it was him and says he would never leave Mo Xi behind again.
Gu Mang confesses that in the brief instant Mo Xi reached for him underwater, he was able to recognize Mo Xi even without any memories, and he instinctively wanted to follow him.
Mo Xi reaches out and tightly holds Gu Mang, crying into his chest, while Gu Mang gently holds him back and soothes him.
Gu Mang says they are finally free and everything is over; he tells Mo Xi to stop crying because this is their new beginning.
Mo Xi says he isn’t crying out of sadness but because he is so happy.
Gu Mang laughs and says that’s good, and then playfully complains that his clothes are soaked with Mo Xi’s tears.
They lie together under the phoenix tree as the wind stirs the petals and golden sunlight surrounds them.
Mo Xi, still clinging to Gu Mang, says quietly that he’s finally come home.
Chapter OneMo Xi, as a youth, is described as already cold and reserved in temperament, with refined but aloof features.
A servant informs Mo Xi that his mother has prepared robes and supplies for his entrance into the cultivation academy and invites him to a family dinner with Mo Xianting, his uncle.
Mo Xi refuses the invitation and burns all the bags and items his mother prepared for him.
Mo Xianting is Mo Xi’s adoptive uncle and the younger adoptive brother of Mo Xi’s deceased father, Mo Qingchi. He gained increasing control of the household after Mo Qingchi died in battle when Mo Xi was seven.
One night, Mo Xi accidentally sees Mo Xianting having sex with his mother. The trauma leaves Mo Xi physically ill for months, but he tells no one.
This event deeply shapes Mo Xi’s personality, making him cold, untrusting, ruthlessly self-disciplined, and highly averse to lewdness or intimacy.
Mo Xianting manipulates the emperor and uses false excuses to keep Mo Xi from leaving home to attend the cultivation academy for years.
At a New Year’s feast, the emperor asks Mo Xi about his health and why he hasn’t gone to the academy yet. Mo Xi subtly shames Mo Xianting by pretending to praise him: “Under Uncle’s attentive care, how could I not be well?”
Mo Xianting, stunned by this veiled threat, begins to fear Mo Xi and hate him even more.
One day, Mo Xianting mocks Mo Xi while he’s reading and belittles his dead father. He tries to humiliate Mo Xi by claiming power over his mother and the Mo Clan.
Mo Xi silently summons the Huashe whip, a spiritual weapon passed down through the Mo Clan, and lashes Mo Xianting across the face.
Mo Xianting is shocked and frightened that Mo Xi can summon the whip at such a young age, which should require immense spiritual power.
Mo Xi asserts that Huashe recognizes only the rightful Mo heir and reminds Mo Xianting that he will never truly be part of the Mo Clan.
Mo Xianting explodes in hatred, yelling that Mo Xi is still powerless to kill him or expose him to the emperor, and that he controls both the manor and Mo Xi’s mother.
Mo Xi remains unfazed. He coldly states that while he cannot kill Mo Xianting, the man also cannot kill him or crush his will.
Mo Xi declares that he does not care whether he enters the cultivation academy or not—he will find his own way and refuse to break.
Intimidated and unable to match Mo Xi’s spiritual strength or resolve, Mo Xianting becomes even more afraid of him and continues to use indirect methods to suppress him.
Mo Xianting successfully delays Mo Xi’s entry to the academy for several more years through underhanded tricks.
Despite all this, Mo Xi remains patient and unmoved like still water, refusing to be broken.
Eventually, the emperor decides that Mo Xi has waited long enough and issues a personal imperial decree forcing Mo Xi to enter the cultivation academy.
Chapter TwoMo Xi arrives at the cultivation academy and sees its grand scenery for the first time, but remains emotionally detached and serious.
The Mo Manor housekeeper accompanies Mo Xi only up to the academy gates due to entrance restrictions, asking if Mo Xi has any messages for Mo Xianting or Madam Mo; Mo Xi replies indifferently and walks in without looking back.
Upon entering the academy, Mo Xi crosses the training field and witnesses two young cultivators in a loud fight—one in noble attire accusing the other of seducing “Lan-mei.”
The accused, Lu Zhanxing, is shirtless, muscular, and marked with a bat tattoo; he denies the accusation sarcastically and provocatively.
The noble youth attacks Lu Zhanxing with a riding crop; Lu Zhanxing defends himself with a low-quality rapier that soon shatters under the pressure.
The noble cultivator threatens to disfigure Lu Zhanxing’s face and orders him to kneel and beg, declaring that his noble status protects him from punishment.
Just as he’s about to strike Lu Zhanxing’s head, a flash of spiritual energy stops his attack. A figure drops down from a nearby apple tree—it is Gu Mang, hanging upside-down, eating an apple.
Gu Mang, casual and charming, offers apples to the noble youth and lightly defuses the situation, introducing himself as a disciple of the Murong Clan.
Gu Mang recognizes Lu Zhanxing as his friend and tries to drag him away, apologizing to the noble to calm tensions.
The noble demands Lu Zhanxing kneel and kowtow; Gu Mang pretends to comply, using a concealed spell to silence and force Lu Zhanxing into a fake bow without protest.
The noble becomes more arrogant and demands even more humiliation, suggesting Lu Zhanxing lick his boot.
Gu Mang’s demeanor turns cold; he releases Lu Zhanxing and summons his spiritual weapon, a blue scimitar, preparing to fight the noble.
Before the battle can escalate, a prohibition talisman explodes overhead and a regulation elder scolds all three: Gu Mang, Lu Zhanxing, and the noble youth named Sun Lin.
Sun Lin uses the elder’s interruption as an excuse to flee and save face, threatening Gu Mang as he runs away.
Gu Mang jokes with Lu Zhanxing about the girl who caused the fight; Lu Zhanxing clarifies she flirted with him first, and he had no interest in her.
Gu Mang warns Lu Zhanxing to avoid nobles like Sun Lin next time, saying it’s dangerous to fight someone of higher status.
Lu Zhanxing retorts that Gu Mang tried to fight him too, but Gu Mang smugly says he’s too handsome to be punished.
Mo Xi, having watched everything, prepares to walk away but glances back, silently agreeing that Gu Mang is indeed shameless.
Gu Mang and Mo Xi lock eyes for the first time. Gu Mang is curious about the unfamiliar student, while Mo Xi is annoyed and cold.
Lu Zhanxing tries to ask who Mo Xi is, but Gu Mang silences him and drags him away, warning him not to provoke Mo Xi.
Gu Mang tells Lu Zhanxing that the stranger is from the Mo Clan and could crush him effortlessly, and they leave the field.
Mo Xi starts his newcomer duties: praying, registering, memorizing rules, and studying 200 jade scrolls required for new students.
Mo Xi quickly forgets Gu Mang’s name and presence due to the overwhelming number of people and information he has to process.
The discipline elder praises Mo Xi’s excellence and grants him an Honors with Distinction stamp after reviewing his exam.
Mo Xi is instructed to report to Qianling Elder the next morning to begin preparations for his weapon trial, which includes a real battle and forming a spiritual contract with a weapon.
Each new disciple must be accompanied by a senior during the trial for safety. The companion is randomly selected by jade token from a lacquered box.
Qianling Elder draws a token, sees the name, and sends a servant to Yanbie Hall to fetch the selected companion.
At Yanbie Hall’s training ground, Gu Mang is sparring with three martial brothers for fun, effortlessly fending them off using a defensive barrier.
Lu Zhanxing sends a massive fireball at Gu Mang’s shield, causing flames and smoke to erupt across the field.
The other cultivators panic, worried that Gu Mang might be injured, but Gu Mang laughs from within the smoke and casually taunts them, revealing he is unharmed and still counting their failed attacks.
Chapter ThreeGu Mang spars playfully with three fellow disciples, including Lu Zhanxing, using a blue spiritual barrier to defend himself while taunting them for failing to break it even after a hundred strikes.
Lu Zhanxing hurls a massive fireball at Gu Mang, causing an explosion of flames and smoke. The other disciples worry, but Lu Zhanxing assures them Gu Mang won’t be hurt.
Gu Mang emerges unharmed and mocking, floating in the moonlight with a glowing blue shield intact, looking like fireworks trailed behind him.
The younger disciples concede and promise to do Gu Mang’s laundry for the month; Lu Zhanxing complains Gu Mang cheated by using a technique no one else knows.
Lu Zhanxing challenges Gu Mang to compete in something else: first qinggong, then swordplay, and finally hand-to-hand combat after realizing Gu Mang has bested him in all areas before.
Gu Mang agrees and proceeds to easily dodge Lu Zhanxing’s fierce attacks, making light of the situation and teasing him mid-fight.
Gu Mang suddenly lands a precise, powerful kick that knocks Lu Zhanxing over, then helps him up with exaggerated care, asking if it hurt.
Lu Zhanxing blushes and denies being hurt, but quickly surrenders, claiming he twisted his hip. Gu Mang declares victory and demands candy as payment—now two bags instead of one.
Lu Zhanxing grumbles about Gu Mang’s shameless bargaining but eventually agrees, saying he doesn’t understand how Gu Mang has never gotten cavities.
A servant from Qianling Elder arrives to fetch Gu Mang, informing him that the elder drew his name to accompany a new disciple on their weapon trial.
Gu Mang tries to dodge the responsibility by nominating Lu Zhanxing instead, but the servant insists it has to be Gu Mang.
Lu Zhanxing jokes that Gu Mang might get to escort a pretty shimei; Gu Mang brightens up and asks if it’s a cute girl.
The servant tells him it’s a shidi, and Gu Mang’s expression immediately falls. However, the boy teases that there will be a maiden on the trip due to the mission’s special nature.
Gu Mang senses ominous foreshadowing but is too late to back out.
The next morning, Mo Xi is already waiting at Qianling Elder’s door before dawn, demonstrating his discipline and punctuality.
Qianling Elder praises Mo Xi for being on time and tells him they are waiting for another person.
Nearly two hours later, Gu Mang arrives at the last minute, breezing in with a white cloak and hood, loudly declaring he isn’t late.
Qianling Elder confirms he arrived during the final quarter of the allowed hour. Mo Xi is visibly stunned by Gu Mang’s shamelessness and loquacity.
Gu Mang begins flirting and joking immediately, calling Mo Xi “Forward-wave Xiao-Shidi” and teasing about generational change.
Qianling Elder introduces “Gu Mang” as Mo Xi’s shijie. Mo Xi is baffled by the name and by the woman’s overly familiar behavior.
Gu Mang lowers the hood and reveals a sun-kissed, pretty face with sparkling black eyes, smiling sweetly at Mo Xi.
Mo Xi is skeptical but doesn’t speak; Gu Mang jokingly offers different names and claims gender is as fluid as identity.
Qianling Elder coughs to cut him off and clarifies Gu Mang’s disguise: one member of the trial pair must pose as a woman for the mission, and Gu Mang lost the draw.
The disguise was achieved using medicine, and Qianling Elder refused to impose it on Mo Xi due to his noble status.
Gu Mang had only agreed to this mission after demanding a reward: ten large bags (three thousand total pieces) of soft milk candy from Cuizhi Confectionary.
Qianling Elder concludes the introductions and begins briefing them on the actual mission.
Chapter FourQianling Elder explains the mission location: a remote place called Lotus Village that gained a strange reputation over the past few years for granting children to couples who prayed there.
Gu Mang is asked to brief Mo Xi, and he jokingly quizzes Mo Xi on what women value most. Mo Xi guesses “face,” and Gu Mang elaborates that married women likely wish for children.
Qianling Elder confirms the story: a spirit at a local temple supposedly grants children to couples, and its popularity skyrocketed after a town matchmaker dreamed of the spirit's promise.
About a month ago, the eldest daughter of the Bai Clan and her husband went missing after visiting the temple. Gu Mang and Mo Xi are tasked with investigating the disappearance as part of Mo Xi’s weapon trial.
Qianling Elder tells them not to use magic or draw suspicion and to pose as a newlywed couple praying for a child to blend in and lure the spirit.
Mo Xi is visibly uncomfortable with this arrangement. Gu Mang teases him relentlessly, joking that pretending to be his husband would ruin Mo Xi’s reputation.
Mo Xi eventually snaps and angrily scolds Gu Mang as “impudent,” drawing attention from Qianling Elder, which embarrasses him.
Recovering quickly, Mo Xi coldly accepts the undercover arrangement and vows to carry out his duties seriously.
Qianling Elder gives Mo Xi a rhinoceros-horn vambrace to record his judgments on the journey and promises to reward him with a proper weapon upon return.
The two set off on foot dressed as commoners, since civilians would not afford carriages or fancy clothing. Gu Mang keeps teasing Mo Xi throughout the journey.
Gu Mang offers Mo Xi candy and calls him “dear husband,” but Mo Xi coldly refuses and tells Gu Mang to act more like a girl if he insists on the disguise.
Gu Mang is amused by how easy it is to provoke Mo Xi, who refuses to rest and marches ahead.
Gu Mang trails behind, joking to himself that his disguise must be uglier than when Lu Zhanxing accidentally took illusion powder and looked awful.
Gu Mang admits he lost a bet to Lu Zhanxing, wagering he could win over Mo Xi, and now regrets it since Mo Xi is clearly not interested.
Gu Mang comments on Mo Xi’s incredible stamina, admiring how the noble youth can walk far without spiritual aid.
Mo Xi unexpectedly returns with food in a bamboo basket—hot, simple dishes he bought from locals up the road. Gu Mang is surprised but grateful.
Gu Mang thanks Mo Xi, who silently sits and eats with perfect posture. Despite the awkwardness, Gu Mang finds Mo Xi oddly considerate and begins warming up to him.
Gu Mang fakes a cough to try and start a conversation, but Mo Xi misinterprets it as illness and prepares medicine. Gu Mang panics and insists he’s fine.
Mo Xi serves Gu Mang soup unprompted, and Gu Mang is touched, realizing Mo Xi is thoughtful even if emotionally distant.
Gu Mang reflects that despite Mo Xi’s noble background, he seems quite different from the arrogant young masters Gu Mang expected. He’s cold but dutiful, quiet but kind.
On the third night, they near Lotus Village, and Gu Mang asks which sacred hall Mo Xi wants to join. Mo Xi replies, “Yaotian Hall,” since it was his father’s hall.
Mo Xi, in turn, asks Gu Mang’s hall, and Gu Mang reveals he is from Yanbie Hall—the most feared and eccentric of the seven halls.
Gu Mang jokes that Mo Xi must think of him as a “demoness” from the infamous Yanbie Demon Cave, but Mo Xi responds calmly, saying “Yanbie Hall is just Yanbie Hall,” surprising Gu Mang.
Gu Mang laughs at Mo Xi’s stern expression and calls him a living embodiment of Yaotian Hall’s elite.
They arrive at the village gate and see a poetic inscription on a stone: “Tender pistils soaked in midnight dew; lotuses plucked in a dream of spring.”
Gu Mang jokingly says it sounds like lewd poetry, while Mo Xi doesn’t see anything wrong with it and storms ahead, thinking Gu Mang is teasing him again.
Gu Mang calls after him, insisting the lines really do sound inappropriate.
Chapter FiveMo Xi and Gu Mang enter Lotus Village late at night but struggle to find an inn due to the confusing alley layout and lack of visible signage.
As a storm brews, Mo Xi tells Gu Mang to wait under an awning while he looks for shelter, but Gu Mang insists on going together.
The rain quickly becomes torrential, forcing them to huddle under eaves without using spiritual barriers due to Qianling Elder’s strict orders not to reveal magic.
Noticing that Gu Mang’s soaked clothing could lead to illness, Mo Xi decides to knock on the door of a nearby house with light inside.
A barking dog rushes out as the door opens. Gu Mang catches the limping dog before it escapes further into the street.
A limping woman emerges from behind a screen, shouting curses. She is surprised to see Mo Xi and asks who they are.
When asked if they are there to pray for a child, Mo Xi says “no” while Gu Mang says “yes,” confusing the woman.
Mo Xi claims Gu Mang is his elder sister, while Gu Mang declares Mo Xi is her husband, adding to the woman’s suspicions.
The woman concludes that they are an eloping couple and seems intrigued rather than judgmental.
Mo Xi awkwardly adjusts the story, saying Gu Mang is a distant cousin, but Gu Mang leans into the fake romance, sweet-talking Mo Xi in revenge.
Mo Xi stiffens and cracks his knuckles in frustration, but he has to play along with Gu Mang’s act.
The woman warns them that the temple is expensive to access, with multiple gates requiring payments and valuables.
Gu Mang claims they earned money along the way through farming and can afford it.
Suddenly, the woman’s demeanor changes; she sternly tells them not to go to the temple because it’s dangerous and deceitful.
Mo Xi’s cold tone makes the woman wary, but Gu Mang smooths things over with his usual charm, coaxing her to share more.
The woman warns that praying at the temple does more harm than good and insists the rumors of fertility blessings are fabricated.
Gu Mang offers to pay for shelter for the night in exchange for more details, and the woman—after some hesitation—agrees.
Her name is revealed to be Su Qiao. She claims she was convinced to share the truth because Gu Mang and Mo Xi caught her dog and seemed kind.
While Su Qiao prepares the house, Gu Mang teases Mo Xi for forgetting the elder’s script, boasting that his own shamelessness saved the situation.
Mo Xi quietly endures the jabs, only replying curtly that Gu Mang seems to be enjoying himself.
Su Qiao invites them in, and the interior is filled with silks, brocades, looms, and embroidery screens, creating a dreamy and beautiful atmosphere.
Su Qiao is a seamstress who makes wedding robes and various textile products, including high-end embroidered works.
Gu Mang pretends they eloped and never had a proper wedding, and Su Qiao insists they should still have formal wedding clothes someday.
Su Qiao reveals her parents are dead, and introduces herself. Gu Mang and Mo Xi also introduce themselves.
Gu Mang sneezes, and Su Qiao offers to lend dry clothes, but Gu Mang politely declines to avoid entering a woman’s room.
Su Qiao leaves to make ginger tea and warns them not to touch the expensive materials.
Mo Xi asks if Gu Mang is uncomfortable being wet. Gu Mang responds dramatically, teasing Mo Xi by calling him “dear husband.”
Mo Xi calls him shameless and turns away, while Gu Mang silently defends himself as being gentlemanly for not taking advantage of the situation.
Gu Mang admires an embroidery of Chang’e on a yellow gauze screen and wonders about its purpose.
Su Qiao returns and sits with them by the brazier, finally ready to explain the truth about the temple.
She reveals that the temple doesn’t grant wishes to everyone—it judges people by appearance. Only women deemed beautiful are granted fertility.
Gu Mang jokes that he wouldn’t pass, but Su Qiao compliments his looks and says he definitely would.
The two begin complimenting each other in exaggerated, affectionate terms, irritating Mo Xi until Su Qiao finally gets serious again.
Su Qiao says the most important truth is that the temple does not house a benevolent spirit—it hides a malevolent one.
Chapter SixSu Qiao tells Gu Mang and Mo Xi that the spirit in the temple is malevolent and not the benevolent kind that grants wishes without consequence.
Su Qiao reveals that women who successfully conceive after praying at the temple all end up widowed—their husbands die mysteriously within a year at most.
Gu Mang speculates that the spirit may be taking the husband’s life in exchange for granting the wife a child.
Su Qiao serves them hot tea and explains that while some villagers know the truth about the spirit, many pretend they don’t because the temple brings in money to the poor village.
The temple charges expensive fees, so only wealthy nobles can afford to pray there. Poor locals pretend not to notice the danger so they can profit from the nobles.
Su Qiao expresses bitterness, saying that nobles never help the sick or dying villagers, so villagers feel no guilt over letting them fall into danger.
Mo Xi, despite being from a noble family, shows no visible anger at Su Qiao’s statements and instead appears deep in thought.
Su Qiao warns Gu Mang and Mo Xi to avoid going to the “shady demon temple” and bids them good night.
As she limps away, Mo Xi asks if her injury is serious. Su Qiao says it’s from her dog biting her after she scolded him.
Mo Xi offers her a jar of salve, but Su Qiao refuses to keep it, saying she can’t use up such a big jar and suggests they save it for themselves.
Mo Xi and Gu Mang go to their room, which only has one bed. Gu Mang grins mischievously and sits on it, clearly planning to tease Mo Xi again.
Mo Xi, annoyed, says he will go for a walk, but Gu Mang taunts him, suggesting he wants to peek at Su Qiao instead.
Mo Xi denies it and reluctantly returns. Gu Mang watches him carefully, expecting him to undress or sleep, but instead Mo Xi pulls shut the canopy curtains on the bed and tells him to lie down and sleep.
Gu Mang tries to peek through the curtain, but Mo Xi grabs his hand tightly through the fabric, nearly breaking his fingers.
Gu Mang tries to play innocent and pleads with Mo Xi to let go, jokingly threatening to scream in a suggestive tone.
Mo Xi becomes furious and embarrassed, yanking open the curtain and pinning Gu Mang down on the bed, covering his mouth and scolding him with clenched teeth.
Gu Mang, overwhelmed but still playful, gazes up at Mo Xi with mock innocence, which finally causes Mo Xi to let go.
Gu Mang gasps for breath, and despite the red marks on his cheeks, still manages to tease Mo Xi one last time by asking that future lectures not be given “in this position in bed.”
Chapter SevenMo Xi, realizing how compromising their bed scene looks with Gu Mang beneath him and the curtain fluttering, quickly jumps away and apologizes.
Mo Xi, flustered, stiffly explains he hates inappropriate behavior and asks “Shijie” Gu Mang to stop teasing him like that.
Gu Mang jokingly promises not to misbehave again, complaining that Mo Xi even pinched his fingers until they bled.
Mo Xi says Gu Mang can pinch his finger in return, which confuses Gu Mang, who expected an apology or concern.
Gu Mang finds Mo Xi’s stoic, fair-trade logic strangely funny and lets the matter drop.
The next morning, Gu Mang wakes up to find Mo Xi had not slept in the bed or on the floor but had dozed off at the desk. Gu Mang silently observes Mo Xi’s delicate features in the morning light.
They say goodbye to Su Qiao after breakfast. She gifts them a beautifully painted paper umbrella as thanks for Mo Xi’s salve.
Gu Mang is stunned by the artistry on the umbrella, a peaceful mountain scene, and asks Mo Xi to keep it safely in his qiankun pouch so they can return it later.
As they approach the temple, they encounter four people blocking the path—a man collecting entrance fees, one selling incense, one selling marriage talismans, and a cheeky beggar boy.
Each of the vendors loudly advertises their goods in a poetic or gimmicky way, but the beggar boy is the most persistent and cheeky, calling Mo Xi and Gu Mang things like “lord and lady” and “daddy and mommy.”
Gu Mang jokes about becoming a beggar himself because of how profitable the gig seems. The beggar warns him not to steal his spot.
Gu Mang plays along and offers a blue cowrie, jokingly telling the beggar to call him “Dad” and Mo Xi “Mom.”
The beggar demands three silver cowries instead. Before Gu Mang can argue, Mo Xi calmly tosses three golden cowries into the bowl and tells the boy to do as instructed.
The beggar enthusiastically calls Mo Xi “Daddy” and Gu Mang “Mommy,” leaving Gu Mang stunned and unable to come up with a comeback.
Mo Xi, satisfied with this small revenge, proceeds to pay the other fees—an exorbitant amount for incense and a marriage talisman—before dragging Gu Mang into the temple courtyard.
Gu Mang follows, grumbling that Mo Xi is too petty and gets mad over every joke, but notes that he now knows how far to push without crossing a line.
Inside the courtyard, they don’t detect any malevolent qi. The tutelary god statue looks simple and innocent, nothing like what they were warned about.
Gu Mang notes that it’s noon, when yang energy is strongest, which might conceal any malevolent aura.
Mo Xi suggests they go ahead and pray since Su Qiao said things happen after worship. If nothing occurs, they’ll return at night.
Gu Mang warns that faking a prayer could tip off the spirit. Mo Xi agrees and insists Gu Mang be serious too.
Gu Mang grins and claims he’s always serious during missions, though Mo Xi clearly doubts him.
They split the six incense sticks, light them from the prayer lamp, and enter the temple.
They kneel and bow together with the incense, but both silently realize they don’t know what to wish for.
In the end, neither of them makes a wish. They silently kneel side by side, not knowing what they would even want from the person next to them.
Chapter EightGu Mang and Mo Xi leave the temple after praying, having noticed nothing unusual. They examine the last item: a peach-wood talisman meant to be hung on a tree behind the temple.
They find the ancient peach tree, immense and covered in thousands of wooden wish plaques. The atmosphere is peaceful but Gu Mang and Mo Xi both sense malevolent spiritual energy.
Mo Xi confirms the tree is not a demon but is infused with ghostly energy. Gu Mang jokes about Mo Xi’s skills, then agrees they should hang the talisman and return at night.
Mo Xi struggles to write a wish. Gu Mang offers to do it instead, promising to be serious. He thoughtfully writes: “I wish to be ever by your side,” and signs it “Gu Mang.”
Gu Mang pushes Mo Xi to write his name too, teasing him with flowery poetry. Mo Xi refuses, hangs the talisman without writing his name, and gives a logical explanation that spirits already know who made the wish.
Gu Mang is mildly annoyed but drops the issue. They decide to rest at an inn until nightfall.
At the Changsheng Inn, Gu Mang is cheerful while Mo Xi finds the simple conditions displeasing. Gu Mang teases him, trying to cheer him up.
That night, they return to the temple and use grave dust to suppress their yang energy while hiding by the ancient peach tree.
Around midnight, a blurry ghostly figure rises from the earth, muttering strange words. Peach-wood talismans begin to glow red, releasing the emotions stored within them.
The ghost absorbs these romantic wishes, becoming a clear figure: a rotting, naked male corpse with mutilated genitalia, nicknamed by the narration as “Shredded Cucumber.”
Mo Xi covers Gu Mang’s mouth to stop him from reacting loudly. Gu Mang is surprised by Mo Xi’s calmness and competence.
Shredded Cucumber calls up illusions of the temple-goers and begins mocking their appearances and love wishes, insulting their looks, age, and desires.
Gu Mang wants to attack, but Mo Xi urges patience. They watch as Shredded Cucumber begins choosing victims to “possess,” targeting women whose wishes he deems appealing.
The ghost’s method is to possess the husband of a woman who prayed, making her pregnant before the husband dies within a year from spiritual depletion. This confirms Su Qiao’s suspicions.
Mo Xi notes the couple from Chonghua disappeared entirely, not just the husband, indicating something is different in their case.
Shredded Cucumber eventually selects Gu Mang’s illusion as a target, suspicious but enticed by Gu Mang’s strong, “saucy” appearance.
He also eyes Mo Xi’s illusion and fantasizes about using Mo Xi’s face to assault women, prompting both Mo Xi and Gu Mang to react.
Gu Mang is furious, but it’s Mo Xi who acts first. He silently activates a hidden bolt from his vambrace and launches it at the ghost.
Mo Xi follows with a lightning-fast kick that tears into the ghost’s flesh, toppling him to the ground, ending the chapter with a dramatic strike.
Chapter NineMo Xi launches a surprise attack on the lust ghost with incredible speed, leaving Gu Mang in awe of his precision and martial skill.
The ghost collapses but Mo Xi and Gu Mang remain alert, sensing it is not truly defeated.
As expected, the ghost rises again and charges Mo Xi, nearly touching him before Mo Xi delivers a crushing kick to its face.
The ghost shrieks dramatically about his "handsome face" being injured, claiming to be a beloved figure of the ghost realm and accusing Mo Xi of being jealous.
Gu Mang laughs uncontrollably at the ghost’s absurdity, while Mo Xi grows increasingly irritated by the ghost’s antics and perverse behavior.
The ghost attempts a diversion and rushes Gu Mang. Before Gu Mang can react, Mo Xi throws a precious thundercurse barrier talisman to protect him.
Gu Mang is shocked that Mo Xi used such a rare item on him and asks why. Mo Xi reminds him he claimed to be useless and needed protection—referencing one of Gu Mang’s jokes.
Gu Mang is touched, but remains inside the barrier, watching Mo Xi fight skillfully with a standard iron blade, completely dominating the ghost.
Gu Mang notices that the ghost’s “blood” vanishes on contact with the ground, indicating it's not real blood but a trick to spread the ghost’s spiritual form.
Gu Mang warns Mo Xi to retreat behind the barrier, but Mo Xi does not fully trust his “shijie’s” judgment.
Before Mo Xi can respond, a corpse erupts from the ground and bites his arm. Mo Xi detonates it with a talisman but is visibly injured and poisoned by the bite.
Mo Xi, frustrated, places a noble bloodline paralysis curse on Gu Mang’s barrier to keep him from interfering or getting hurt.
Mo Xi realizes the ghost used his fake blood to sink into the ground and ambush him. The ghost avoided death by hiding in dispersed spiritual form.
Mo Xi discovers that the ghost has now possessed his own body—speaking through the wound in his arm, which becomes a grotesque mouth.
The ghost mocks Mo Xi, claiming his body is now a vessel, and threatens to use Mo Xi’s body to violate Gu Mang and other village women.
Mo Xi, furious and disgusted, considers cutting out the wound but the ghost reveals its qi has already spread through Mo Xi’s body, making escape nearly impossible.
Mo Xi dislocates his own fingers, preventing the ghost from being able to form sigils or cast spells with his body.
The ghost switches tactics and says it will use Mo Xi’s body to lift the barrier and assault Gu Mang, whom it still thinks is a woman.
Mo Xi, despite being increasingly feverish and faint, tells the ghost that Gu Mang is clever enough to defeat it.
The ghost mocks Mo Xi, claiming he will use his body to harm others in the village if not Gu Mang.
Overwhelmed by rage and possession, Mo Xi begins to lose consciousness. Before blacking out, he looks at Gu Mang through the barrier and begs, “You have to… stop me.”
The ghost’s corruption spreads up Mo Xi’s arm. Mo Xi’s head droops and his face goes pale and lifeless.
Gu Mang musters all his spiritual energy and breaks the noble clan’s restraint barrier, freeing himself.
Gu Mang yells for Mo Xi, but gets no response. When Mo Xi finally opens his eyes, his pupils have turned scarlet, revealing he is possessed.
Gu Mang is immediately frozen again by the curse. Helpless, he watches as Mo Xi—now controlled by the ghost—turns and walks toward the village under the moonlight.
Chapter TenMo Xi, under the ghost's possession, is dragged to a brothel in Xingxiang City known as the Mansion of Charms, fighting the ghost's control the entire time.
Although Mo Xi manages to resist committing any vile act, he is surrounded by courtesans and overwhelmed by the ghost’s influence and his own building agony.
The ghost urges Mo Xi to surrender to desire, calling him innately dominant and dark, tempting him with lust and promising pleasure if he gives in.
Mo Xi fights the temptation by injuring himself repeatedly with broken porcelain, slicing into his palm and leg to stay conscious and in control.
To protect the women, Mo Xi uses spiritual pressure to strike their acupoints, knocking all of them unconscious and preventing the ghost from using them.
Mo Xi’s pain becomes unbearable, and as he fades into unconsciousness, he hears Gu Mang calling his name from afar.
An hour earlier, Gu Mang had broken free of the barrier and used a spirit hound sigil to track Mo Xi's whereabouts.
The spirit hound leads Gu Mang to Xingxiang City, specifically to the brothel. Disguised as a girl due to the illusion powder, Gu Mang is stopped at the door by a courtesan.
Realizing where he’s ended up and what it implies, Gu Mang is briefly flustered but quickly dispels the illusion and returns in his male form.
The courtesans are dazzled by Gu Mang’s beauty and try to seduce him, thinking he’s a client, but he politely brushes them off and heads upstairs.
Gu Mang tracks the strongest concentration of malevolent qi to a locked room, smashes the door open, and finds Mo Xi collapsed among unconscious courtesans in a crimson room.
Mo Xi, barely lucid and thinking Gu Mang is just another girl, resists him weakly, terrified of being put on the bed.
Gu Mang soothes him and insists he’s safe now, apologizing for joking too much and not protecting Mo Xi properly.
Mo Xi, overwhelmed with heat and pain, begins to lose control. His senses fixate on Gu Mang’s scent and touch, worsening the ghost’s grip on him.
Gu Mang starts casting a spiritual purification spell through their joined hands, trying to force the ghost out, all while whispering apologies and comfort.
Mo Xi, in a frenzied state of despair and longing, suddenly snaps and shoves Gu Mang down onto the bed.
Mo Xi kisses Gu Mang violently, almost desperately, in an overwhelming flood of suppressed desire and emotional collapse.
The ghost inside Mo Xi triumphantly mocks him, claiming Mo Xi has finally given in and revealed his inner monster.
Before the ghost can finish his taunts, however, he suddenly screams in pain—the spiritual purification spell Gu Mang cast is working, forcefully exorcising the ghost.
The ghost rages, screaming that noble bloodlines are hypocritical and impure, but his curses fade as the exorcism succeeds.
Chapter ElevenMo Xi wakes up in a bed at Lotus Village’s inn, shaken and exhausted. He realizes what happened the night before wasn’t a dream and remembers being possessed, dislocating his own fingers, and the humiliating kiss.
Mo Xi sees his hand is bandaged and his fingers have been reset. He recalls that Gu Mang was the man who appeared at the end, realizing he had been lied to—Gu Mang was never Gu-shijie but always Gu-shixiong.
Gu Mang enters the room and confirms the truth, telling Mo Xi directly that he had been pretending the whole time. Mo Xi is furious and tries to push Gu Mang away but nearly faints from the effort.
Mo Xi coughs violently in rage, feeling humiliated and deceived, particularly after what happened the night before. Gu Mang tries to apologize, but every mention of the incident only worsens Mo Xi’s embarrassment.
Gu Mang awkwardly mentions that Mo Xi didn’t kiss him so much as bit him and jokes that it doesn’t count since both of them are men. He even suggests Mo Xi rinse his mouth, which is met with chilling silence.
Eventually, Mo Xi shifts the conversation to the ghost. Gu Mang explains that he used a spell to draw it out and sealed it in a wooden doll.
Mo Xi wants to interrogate the ghost, but Gu Mang warns him to rest first, explaining that the ghost’s soul is currently too scattered from the exorcism to give coherent answers.
Gu Mang praises Mo Xi for his self-control and resistance, noting he didn’t harm any of the unconscious women even under possession.
Mo Xi coldly tells Gu Mang he won’t plead for leniency with the elders. Gu Mang accepts this and jokingly offers himself up to be beaten.
Mo Xi pretends he might actually hit him, prompting Gu Mang to flinch and yelp even though Mo Xi hasn’t moved.
Mo Xi is visibly exhausted, and after more back-and-forth, Gu Mang tucks him in and promises to keep watch while Mo Xi sleeps.
Gu Mang gazes at Mo Xi's face as he sleeps and briefly reflects on the events of the night before. He finds it difficult to reconcile Mo Xi’s usual self with the version who lost control under possession.
Gu Mang stops himself from dwelling on Mo Xi’s lips, then carefully invokes three layers of protective spells: Xuanwu Protective Array, Alarm Barrier, and Dream-Tapir Pillow Companion.
Outside, Gu Mang retrieves the wooden doll in which the ghost is sealed. The doll begins screaming insults as soon as the red string is removed, calling Gu Mang a “crossdressing bastard” and demanding to be let go.
Gu Mang threatens to throw the ghost into the eighteenth level of the demon-suppressing tower where powerful demons would gnaw it to nothingness. The ghost panics and starts begging for mercy.
The ghost tries to flatter Gu Mang, calling him “xiao-gege, kind cultivator, big beauty,” but Gu Mang remains stern.
Gu Mang demands information. First, he asks about a couple from Chonghua—Bai Rouxia and Lin Yun—who disappeared after visiting the temple.
The ghost claims not to remember Bai Rouxia but says Lin Yun’s name seems familiar, as if he had seen it somewhere multiple times.
Gu Mang realizes Lin Yun’s name doesn’t appear on any wishing plaques, which is suspicious. The ghost is unsure but cooperative.
Gu Mang asks his second question: who moved the ghost’s corpse beneath the peach tree.
The ghost tries to act pitiful again, claiming he had never even touched a woman while alive, suggesting his past reputation was exaggerated.
Gu Mang agrees to consider believing the ghost after he answers the next question about who moved his corpse.
Chapter TwelveGu Mang accuses the little doll (the lust ghost) of having been moved to the peach tree after death, explaining that if the ghost had been buried there from the start, the ancient tree’s virtue would have quelled his resentment.
The doll confirms Gu Mang’s suspicion and agrees to tell the story in private, so Gu Mang rents a room and places the doll on the table to talk.
The ghost recounts his past as a poor commoner from Xingxiang City with no spiritual power, spending his days gambling, drinking, and buying erotic booklets because he was looked down on by brothel girls.
The ghost resented cultivators and nobles for living in luxury despite his own hard labor, especially after a cruel incident where a dockworker’s sick mother was refused help by a foreman.
Enraged by the injustice, the ghost robbed the foreman’s house, split the loot with his friends, and eventually became a thief known as the Gold-Plucking Bandit.
He distributed stolen goods to orphans and poor kids, earning a mix of pride and resentment from the public.
A cultivator eventually caught him during a trial mission and requested leniency; the ghost was only caned and released, but he felt humiliated by the cultivator’s false pity.
After his criminal identity became public, he couldn’t find work and ended up as a laborer in a brothel for three years until a nobleman’s soldiers abducted him without reason.
The nobleman planned to frame the ghost for defiling a noble’s wife with a prostitute using drugs, as the ghost had a criminal record and no credibility.
Despite never meeting the man, the ghost was accused and sentenced brutally to death to appease the noble’s wife. He was castrated, mocked, and executed.
The ghost died full of hatred and vowed revenge, desiring to destroy marriages and ruin those who wronged him by becoming a lust demon.
Gu Mang asks if the ghost remembers the nobleman, but he only remembers vague details: the man was rich, had a beard, and was “fat”—nothing specific.
After death, the ghost’s body was buried with a soul-suppressing stone to prevent haunting. He obsessively tracked time by tying knots in each strip of his mutilated genitals, eventually counting to 620 days.
On the 620th day, an unknown woman dug him up, removed the soul-suppressing stone, and transferred his remains into a jar to be buried under the peach tree.
The woman knew of his past and used his hatred for a larger plan, encouraging him to absorb the power of worship offerings to grow stronger and target nobles.
Gu Mang realizes this was part of a larger scheme and asks what spell the woman used; the ghost recites a curse that Gu Mang recognizes as a demonblood spell from the Liao Kingdom, not Chonghua.
Alarmed, Gu Mang realizes that the woman might be a Liao operative intentionally using the ghost for sabotage.
Gu Mang digs up the ghost’s burial jar from under the peach tree, revealing it is chained and sealed with a bloodied talisman marked “Transmogrify,” confirming Liao black magic.
Gu Mang asks for any more identifying traits of the woman; the ghost recalls her voice was deliberately distorted, and she sometimes stuttered or got the incantation wrong, suggesting inexperience.
The ghost also remembers a foul smell on the woman’s hands.
Gu Mang asks if the ghost can track the scent, and the ghost says it might be possible, but only at night, and not while trapped in the wooden doll.
Chapter ThirteenWhen Gu Mang returns to the room, he finds Mo Xi awake but coldly unresponsive. Mo Xi asks where Gu Mang went.
Gu Mang lies and claims he just wandered around to look at pretty girls, trying to downplay the situation with his usual shameless grin.
Mo Xi sees through him immediately and coldly asks about the captured ghost. Gu Mang avoids the topic, claiming the ghost isn’t ready to be interrogated yet.
Gu Mang rushes out of the room, offering to get food. Mo Xi doesn’t want anything, but Gu Mang declares he’ll get minced meat congee anyway and uses Mo Xi’s money pouch to pay for it.
On his way downstairs, the wooden ghost doll asks why Gu Mang is hiding the investigation from Mo Xi. Gu Mang reveals that he saw the wounds Mo Xi inflicted on himself to stay conscious during possession.
Gu Mang counts that Mo Xi slashed his own hand twenty-seven times and stabbed his thigh to the bone multiple times. He feels responsible for Mo Xi’s suffering and insists on finishing the investigation alone.
The wooden ghost tries to warn Gu Mang that Mo Xi is not as noble as he appears and compares him to the corrupt noble who framed and killed him.
The ghost claims Mo Xi has a beastly side and only resists due to stubbornness or lack of opportunity. Gu Mang recalls the desperate, violent look in Mo Xi’s eyes during the possession and is shaken but silences the doll.
Gu Mang returns with a fancy bowl of congee using Mo Xi’s money, generously topped with sesame, spring onion, scorched rice crumbs, and a runny boiled egg.
Mo Xi refuses to be spoon-fed and tries to eat with his injured hand but quickly stops after a few humiliating bites.
Gu Mang urges him to eat more, but Mo Xi refuses. Not wanting to waste the food, Gu Mang takes the bowl outside and eats it himself in a crouched corner of the inn.
The ghost doll is shocked Gu Mang is eating Mo Xi’s leftovers. Gu Mang casually replies that Mo Xi is noble, clean, and barely touched the food, so it’s fine.
Gu Mang insists not all cultivators are noble or rich, revealing he’s broke and only used Mo Xi’s money. The ghost doll is surprised, realizing not all cultivators fit its stereotypical view.
Mo Xi suddenly opens the door and finds Gu Mang squatting in the hallway with the congee. Gu Mang lies again, saying he’s thinking.
Mo Xi, calm but distant, asks Gu Mang to come in because he wants to talk. Gu Mang delays a bit more to finish the congee.
Inside the room, Mo Xi appears composed but emotionally guarded. Despite his calm, his grip on the table shows underlying frustration.
Mo Xi tells Gu Mang that he went to return Miss Su’s umbrella but was informed by the innkeeper that Su Qiao had already died recently.
The day Gu Mang and Mo Xi sheltered with her was actually the seventh day after her death—a significant day in Chinese death rituals, implying her ghost had appeared to them.
Chapter FourteenMo Xi informs Gu Mang that Su Qiao had already died before they met her; she had committed suicide after her adoptive parents passed away in quick succession.
The innkeeper explained that Su Qiao’s adoptive brother, Lin Yun, had been estranged from the family and didn’t return when their parents fell ill, leaving Su Qiao to care for them alone.
Gu Mang is disturbed because nothing seemed off when they visited the house. Mo Xi explains that since suicide is inauspicious, the neighbors buried Su Qiao quietly without performing rites, and no one cleaned out her belongings.
Mo Xi suggests three possibilities: the woman they met wasn’t really Su Qiao, Su Qiao faked her death and remained hidden, or they truly saw her ghost but she used magic to conceal her spiritual presence.
Mo Xi reveals that Lin Yun—the man they were tasked to investigate—is Su Qiao’s adoptive brother. Gu Mang is shocked due to their different surnames.
Mo Xi explains the history: the sewing shop belonged to Lin Yun’s family. Su Qiao was orphaned by disease and taken in by the Lin couple as a child. She became Lin Yun’s adopted sister.
Mo Xi suspects Su Qiao’s suicide and Lin Yun’s disappearance are linked and not coincidental.
Mo Xi confronts Gu Mang, saying he doesn’t believe Gu Mang's excuse for going out earlier and demands he show the ghost puppet.
Gu Mang reluctantly pulls out the wooden puppet, which immediately starts banging its head on the table to beg for mercy.
Mo Xi, already furious, slams the table with his injured hand, shocking both Gu Mang and the puppet into silence.
Gu Mang finally confesses that he was planning to continue the investigation alone to spare Mo Xi further danger, feeling responsible for Mo Xi’s injuries.
Mo Xi insists the injury was his own carelessness and that Gu Mang shouldn’t act without him. Gu Mang relents and tells Mo Xi everything the ghost has revealed so far.
The ghost puppet suddenly remembers where it saw Lin Yun’s name: on a grave at the village’s communal burial hill.
Gu Mang, Mo Xi, and the puppet head to the mass grave site, where the ghost used to wander after being buried there.
The puppet leads them to Lin Yun’s grave, which had appeared only a month prior. It remembers sitting on the plaque to bask in the moonlight.
Mo Xi inspects the grave but detects no trace of Lin Yun’s soul, concluding his spirit likely moved on.
Gu Mang proposes using a Yanbie Hall technique to draw out residual memory from Lin Yun’s corpse, warning Mo Xi not to interrupt him while it’s ongoing.
Gu Mang begins the ritual and successfully enters Lin Yun’s remaining memories.
He witnesses a childhood scene where young Lin Yun returns home, muddy and crying after being bullied by Su Qiao, whom he had invited to watch a monkey show.
Lin Yun’s parents scold and tease him but clearly care about both children. Gu Mang realizes this is a close and loving family.
Lin Yun's father suggests Lin Yun deliver food to Su Qiao’s sick parents, hinting at his budding affection for her.
The scene shifts to a double funeral—Su Qiao’s parents have died. Su Qiao is now orphaned and wailing in mourning robes.
Lin Yun asks his mother if they can take Su Qiao in. He insists earnestly, even offering to eat less so she could live with them.
His mother is touched. This moment confirms Lin Yun was a kind, devoted son and brother, contradicting the innkeeper’s claims that he became cold and uncaring later in life.
Gu Mang wonders what could have changed Lin Yun so drastically and whether the innkeeper's version of events was false or if something happened to create a rift.
As Gu Mang reflects, the memory shifts again—but this time into unclear, fragmented images, signaling the end of the clear memory stream.
Chapter FifteenGu Mang continues to experience Lin Yun’s memories, which begin with a childhood scene where Su Qiao insists on learning plain weave from her mother instead of going to a temple fair, while teasing Lin Yun for being slow with dye preparation.
The scene shifts to a festive night with fireworks; a slightly older Su Qiao tells Lin Yun a joke while laughing uncontrollably, showing their easy and affectionate companionship.
As Gu Mang watches the memory play out like a shadow play, he realizes that Lin Yun has always loved Su Qiao deeply, but Su Qiao never reciprocated romantically—she treated him as a dear companion but nothing more.
Lin Yun repeatedly asks Su Qiao to rest and enjoy life with him, but she refuses, saying she’s too busy and that she’s lived too long in poverty to relax.
Su Qiao, lacking cultivation talent or wealth, overworks herself as a seamstress to survive in a poor village where people often die young due to illness and lack of access to spiritual medicine.
Determined to survive and support others, Su Qiao endures exhaustion, curries favor with wealthy clients, and works herself to the bone without complaint.
She becomes increasingly anxious and stubborn with time, working relentlessly and pushing Lin Yun away during arguments, frustrated that he doesn’t understand her burdens.
After one particularly heated argument where Lin Yun tries to express his feelings, Su Qiao dismisses him as lazy and immature, and Lin Yun, heartbroken and humiliated, backs down and apologizes.
Gu Mang sees the memory dissolve and shift to Lin Yun in the capital city of Chonghua, now alone, poor, and desperately seeking work.
Lin Yun is mocked and rejected from several shops until he ends up in a dessert shop, where he awkwardly misspeaks and causes customers to laugh at him.
A young woman named Bai Rouxia, dressed in fine clothes, overhears Lin Yun’s blunder and finds him amusing. She stops him outside and offers him a job managing accounts at her family’s new shop.
Bai Rouxia turns out to be the daughter of the powerful Bai Clan, known for supplying magical tools. She is cheerful, confident, and takes an interest in Lin Yun’s honest demeanor.
Gu Mang realizes that Bai Rouxia later becomes Lin Yun’s wife, surprising him because he previously assumed she was greedy and calculating due to the Bai Clan’s high prices.
Instead, he sees that Bai Rouxia is playful, generous, and very different from the somber and burdened Su Qiao. Lin Yun gradually falls for her warmth and ease.
The memories show the progression of Bai Rouxia and Lin Yun’s relationship—from strangers to partners, and eventually to lovers. Their dynamic contrasts sharply with Lin Yun’s past with Su Qiao.
On the eve of the wedding, Lin Yun is nervously preparing gifts, which seem humble compared to the Bai Clan’s wealth. His parents are astonished and anxious about the match.
Bai Rouxia’s brother strongly opposed the marriage, mocking Lin Yun as poor and unworthy, but Bai Rouxia defended him fiercely, calling him “a cute dummy.”
Back in Lotus Village, Su Qiao visits Lin Yun’s family with a beautifully embroidered wedding robe she made using her savings. She scolds Lin Yun lovingly for not preparing a proper gift for his bride.
Lin Yun is moved and tries to thank her, but Su Qiao insists he not treat her like an outsider. She jokingly hits him on the head “one last time,” since she won’t be able to bully him once he marries into the Bai Clan.
Su Qiao’s voice trembles as she almost confesses something but loses her courage when she sees the wedding robe she made, and instead jokes about getting discounts from him in the future.
Lin Yun promises to take care of their parents and invites Su Qiao to visit the capital whenever she wants, but refers to himself and Bai Rouxia as “we,” signaling that his heart has moved on.
Su Qiao’s smile falters as she realizes this, but she quickly hides her sadness, tells him to spend time with his wife, and ascends the stairs hurriedly, pretending to be busy.
Gu Mang realizes Su Qiao pushed herself to exhaustion and masked her feelings in order to support Lin Yun’s future, never confessing her love.
Su Qiao reflects that though her resources are limited, she gave everything she could—working her hands bloody on a lavish wedding robe—not for herself, but to ensure Lin Yun’s happiness and ease in life.
Chapter SixteenGu Mang continues viewing Lin Yun’s post-marriage memories, where Lin Yun suggests selling magical implements to Lotus Village at a lower price due to the village’s malevolent qi and poverty.
Bai Rouxia agrees to the price cut, saying that doing good accumulates virtue and she has the final say on such matters.
Gu Mang notices the memory becomes distorted, suggesting someone else had tampered with or viewed this memory before—likely the true culprit.
The memory continues with Lin Yun being confronted by Bai Rouxia’s elder brother, who is enraged that Lin Yun tampered with prices and orders him to be beaten.
Bai Rouxia defends Lin Yun fiercely, reminding her brother of their poor origins and arguing that helping villagers is morally right. She threatens to repay any financial loss herself.
Bai Rouxia’s brother grows colder, asserting his authority as family head and accusing her of sympathizing with her “lowly husband.” He says if she wants a charitable life, she can leave the family.
During the scuffle, Bai Rouxia is accidentally shoved and kicked. She had not known she was pregnant and suffers a miscarriage.
The memory becomes a swirl of blood, pain, and crying. Bai Rouxia’s grief and fury toward her brother severely affect her health, and she becomes bedridden.
Lin Yun stays by her side constantly while Bai Rouxia refuses to see her brother ever again.
A servant reports that Su Qiao is outside the manor, requesting help. She needs two doses of guyue herb to save the lives of Lin Yun’s parents, who are critically ill from the miasma.
Lin Yun responds with bitter laughter, saying he can’t help Su Qiao. Even selling basic implements at a discount led to harsh punishment from his brother-in-law; giving away the rare and expensive guyue herb is impossible.
Lin Yun instructs the servant to tell Su Qiao to return home, explaining there’s truly nothing they can do to help her.
Gu Mang realizes this was the exact moment Su Qiao interpreted as betrayal: Lin Yun was not being heartless, but powerless.
Gu Mang understands that Su Qiao likely became resentful and assumed Lin Yun had forgotten their family after marrying rich. Her grief twisted her into hatred.
Su Qiao devised a plan to lure Lin Yun and Bai Rouxia back to Lotus Village under the pretense of praying for a child and then murdered them in revenge.
However, inconsistencies remain: Lin Yun and Bai Rouxia should have been aware of the Lin parents’ deaths and would not likely visit the village happily. Also, Su Qiao had no cultivation; how could she create such an elaborate deadly setup?
As Gu Mang tries to delve deeper into the memory, a haunting Qiang flute melody plays in the outside world, abruptly severing the vision and breaking the illusion.
The wooden puppet shrieks in rage, recognizing the flute as the same one used when it was buried under the peach tree. It becomes overwhelmed with vengeance.
Mo Xi activates a thundercurse barrier talisman and places it around Gu Mang to protect him from the memory-interfering melody.
The puppet violently vomits black smoke as the melody intensifies, revealing the flute can stir the deepest hatred and painful memories of the dead.
Mo Xi begins to hallucinate, seeing the ghost of his father urging him to embrace vengeance. The flute triggers traumatic memories of Mo Xi’s family being torn apart by Mo Xianting.
Mo Xi barely resists the illusion using a calming sigil. He identifies the spell as a soul-stealing technique from the Liao Kingdom, meaning demonic cultivators have infiltrated Lotus Village.
Mo Xi tries summoning his Huashe whip but is blocked by the restrictions of the trial vambrace. He only has low-level weapons and talismans left.
The music from the Qiang flute grows overwhelming, amplifying sorrow and rage. The puppet is consumed by hatred, screaming that it wants everyone dead.
Just as Mo Xi is about to succumb, a loud suona blasts through the graveyard, shattering the flute’s influence.
The vulgar, lively suona tune interrupts the somber illusion and breaks the demonic curse. The mournful flute is drowned out and rendered ineffective.
Mo Xi sees Gu Mang approaching, confidently playing the suona with a white ribbon tied to its end, standing atop a grave with one hand on his hip and a mocking smile on his face.
Gu Mang plays an irreverent, bawdy melody that completely overpowers the demonic flute, snapping everyone out of the trance.
Chapter SeventeenMo Xi checks on Gu Mang after the suona dispels the demonic Qiang flute’s power, and Gu Mang casually explains that the suona is his real holy weapon, not the scimitar he used before.
Gu Mang explains that other music cultivators hate when he plays because it disrupts their practice, so he usually trains in isolation and only uses it in emergencies.
Mo Xi assumes the flute user was a Liao Kingdom demonic cultivator, but Gu Mang corrects him, saying it was Su Qiao who used Liao black magic, which implies the embroidery shop holds the answers.
Gu Mang and Mo Xi return to the Lin embroidery shop. Gu Mang casts spiritual barriers to isolate the building, sensing strange spiritual energy inside.
They split up: Mo Xi enters from the front, Gu Mang sneaks in from the back.
Inside the shop, Mo Xi notices something off compared to their last visit. Upstairs, he smells blood and finds a horrific scene: a fresh pentacle drawn in blood, a freshly dissected black dog with its organs placed at the five points, and piles of shriveled dog corpses—including the same one Gu Mang had saved earlier.
The writing around the blood array is in Liao Kingdom’s ancient language, confirming that Su Qiao used the black dog for malevolent spellcasting that night they first met her.
Mo Xi, shaken, returns to the ground floor and notices that the embroidery of the maiden silhouette is missing from the yellow gauze.
Realizing with horror that it was never an embroidery but a real woman standing behind the gauze, he rushes to warn Gu Mang.
In the courtyard, Gu Mang searches the junk and dye vats for someone—revealing he’s not looking for Su Qiao, but someone else.
Gu Mang recalls the final segment of Lin Yun’s memories: Su Qiao had written Lin Yun a warm letter saying his parents missed him and urged him to visit Lotus Village to pray for children under the immortal peach tree.
Su Qiao hadn’t contacted them in years. Lin Yun believed this letter meant she had forgiven him, so he was eager to return home with Bai Rouxia.
Bai Rouxia, sickly and guilt-ridden over her family’s profiteering, agreed to go and even prepared spiritual medicines for the village.
They planned to disguise the trip as a fertility prayer to avoid suspicion from Bai Rouxia’s brother and recorded the items taken so they could repay them.
Bai Rouxia expressed regret over how Su Qiao had likely misunderstood her and Lin Yun’s intentions, blaming herself for the resentment that built up.
Lin Yun and Bai Rouxia returned to Lotus Village with good intentions, only to be tricked and poisoned by Su Qiao during a welcome feast.
Lin Yun’s final memories are filled with confusion and pain; even as he died, he didn’t understand Su Qiao’s betrayal and tried to warn her not to drink the “bad wine.”
Back in the present, Gu Mang locates a dye vat emitting strong malevolent energy and prepares to investigate.
As he peers into the basin, Bai Rouxia’s reflection appears behind him—her ghostly face pale and silent.
When Gu Mang turns to attack, undead Bai Rouxia exhales black smoke, forcing him into a defensive stance.
Just as he realizes the real threat is behind him, arms burst from the vat, grabbing his neck and dragging him underwater.
In horror, Gu Mang sees two identical Bai Rouxia figures—one watching from above, the other pulling him into the vat, confirming the presence of a cursed, undead doppelgänger.
Chapter EighteenGu Mang is attacked and dragged into the dye vat by the corpse of Bai Rouxia, which begins to heal his wounds instead of harming him.
Gu Mang recalls scattered memories about Liao Kingdom black magic, the Lin couple, Su Qiao, and deduces that the two corpses were the Lin couple.
Mo Xi throws a fire talisman, causing the dye vat to explode; the corpse loses power and collapses.
Gu Mang emerges, choked but alive, and signals thanks to Mo Xi.
A second Bai Rouxia (revealed to be Su Qiao in disguise) yells at them to leave and threatens them.
Mo Xi confronts her and identifies her as Su Qiao. Gu Mang accuses her of trying to kill them with black magic and questions if she regrets it.
Su Qiao breaks down emotionally, denying regret but also revealing her pain and resentment toward her brother Lin Yun.
She accuses Lin Yun of abandoning their dying parents after marrying into the Bai family, which led her to hatred and eventually black magic.
Gu Mang points out that Lin Yun and Bai Rouxia had genuinely wanted to help her and brought medicinal herbs and demon-dispelling tools, but she killed them before learning the truth.
Su Qiao tries to justify her killings and actions as vengeance against wealthy people who never helped the poor.
Gu Mang confronts her again about the discovery that Lin Yun and Bai Rouxia’s intentions were pure and that they had only waited for her to reach out.
Su Qiao refuses to accept it and continues to claim her actions were justified, even as she begins her transformation into Bai Rouxia using dark magic.
Her body begins to rot, bleed, and fail as the effects of the dangerous Soul-Connection Corpse Replacement Technique begin to consume her.
Gu Mang explains that she used the technique in hopes of bringing Bai Rouxia back by sacrificing her own life, but her body was already rotting.
Su Qiao screams until the curse overtakes her. She dissolves into a puddle of blood and is consumed by the curse.
The wooden figurine comments bitterly but sympathetically on Su Qiao’s tragic fate.
Mo Xi finds two torn-out pages hidden under black dog corpses: one for a technique to dispel diseased miasma, and one for the Soul-Connection Corpse Replacement Technique.
Gu Mang realizes Su Qiao had abandoned her original plan to replace Bai Rouxia out of guilt and instead tried to use the dangerous soul-connection spell to revive the woman she wrongfully killed.
Gu Mang and Mo Xi prepare to bring Bai Rouxia and Lin Yun’s bodies back to the Bai Clan and help the wooden puppet spirit pass on.
Gu Mang asks Mo Xi to help him fulfill one last task for Su Qiao—using the medicinal formula to dispel the diseased miasma over Lotus Village.
Using the ingredients in Mo Xi’s qiankun pouch, they prepare the medicine and Gu Mang performs a magical ritual with his suona, summoning a flock of gray magpies to scatter the powder.
The miasma over Lotus Village lifts with the dawn, and Gu Mang joyfully declares the sun is shining.
The chapter ends with a peaceful, bittersweet moment between Gu Mang and Mo Xi under the rising sun, as light finally returns to the village.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Stars of Chaos
Stars of Chaos: Sha Po Lang, Vol. 1
Chapter 1:
BorderlandsIn the small border town of Yanhui, there is a cursed mound called General’s Slope, created by discarded armor from the Black Iron Battalion 14 years ago.
Nothing grows on General’s Slope; locals believe it's haunted due to the Black Iron Battalion’s past bloodshed.
Two ten-year-old boys—Cao Niangzi (a boy raised as a girl due to a fortune-teller’s prophecy) and Ge Pangxiao(a fat, greasy boy nicknamed "Little Porker")—sneak out to spy on General’s Slope.
They watch Chang Geng, Ge Pangxiao’s idolized older friend, training alone on the slope. He is a calm, serious boy with impressive martial skill.
Chang Geng has been training daily and can wield a thirty-kilogram sword even before turning fourteen, earning fear and admiration from the other children.
Ge Pangxiao tries to recruit Chang Geng to join his gang for the upcoming “goose-feed snatching,” a local tradition where children fight over food brought back by soldiers.
Chang Geng declines, considering himself too old and mature for such childish games.
Chang Geng lives with Company Commander Xu, a soldier who took in Chang Geng and his mother Xiu-niang after they were stranded without relatives.
Xu is currently away collecting tribute from barbarians beyond the border but is expected back soon.
Ge Pangxiao mentions that Shen-xiansheng (Chang Geng’s teacher) is out getting medicine for his brother Shen Shiliu, prompting Chang Geng to visit them.
The Shen brothers, who once saved Chang Geng from wolves, are important figures in his life.
Shen Yi, the elder, is a capable recluse and a jack-of-all-trades: doctor, teacher, artificer, and more.
Shen Shiliu, the younger brother, is a handsome but blind and partially deaf invalid with a lazy and unhelpful attitude, though he is considered physically perfect by the town’s elders.
After rescuing Chang Geng, Shen Shiliu insisted on becoming his godfather, entitling him to lifelong care from Chang Geng in return.
Chang Geng visits the Shen household, where Shen Yi is brewing medicine and yelling at Shen Shiliu, who is inside playing an off-tune xun (a type of flute), seemingly unaware of the world around him.
Shen Yi grumbles about seasonal prescriptions and tells Chang Geng that Shen Shiliu has a gift prepared for him to be delivered the next day.
Chapter 2:
GodfatherChang Geng enters Shen Shiliu’s dimly lit room to give him medicine.
Shen Shiliu is described as extremely attractive, with long, messy hair and striking beauty marks.
Chang Geng, though used to Shen Shiliu’s appearance, is momentarily breathless at his allure.
Chang Geng calls Shen Shiliu by his name, prompting a joking rebuke about not calling him “Yifu” (godfather).
Shen Shiliu, although young and unmarried, leans heavily into his fatherly role with Chang Geng.
Chang Geng insists Shiliu drink his medicine quickly and rest.
Shiliu downs the bitter medicine easily and mentions buying something interesting at the market.
Shiliu begins rummaging through his messy desk for a gift.
Chang Geng complains that the gifts are always childish and he wants time to study instead.
A flashback reveals Shiliu once brought home a wolf pup thinking it was a dog.
Company Commander Xu, Chang Geng’s stepfather, is often absent and distant, leaving Shiliu as Chang Geng’s main parental figure during formative years.
Despite being annoyed at Shiliu’s constant interference, Chang Geng acknowledges his deep care and attachment to him.
A memory shows that during a severe illness, it was Shiliu who cared for Chang Geng day and night.
Chang Geng often feels conflicted around Shiliu—irritated in his presence, worried in his absence.
He begins to fear Shiliu might one day have a family and abandon him.
Snapping out of this thought, Chang Geng helps locate the mysterious gift box on the desk.
Inside is an iron cuff, a piece of light military armor that launches silk darts—deadly and rare weapons.
Chang Geng is astonished by the gift, and Shiliu warns him to keep it secret from Shen Yi.
Chang Geng equips the cuff expertly, showing his training.
The cuff is unusually small, perfectly fitted for a youth, which surprises Chang Geng.
Shiliu lies that it’s a defective item sold at a discount.
Chang Geng joyfully thanks him and finally calls him “Yifu.”
Shen Shiliu makes a sarcastic joke about Chang Geng calling anyone family for gifts.
He warns Chang Geng not to stay out late on Ghost Festival night.
As Chang Geng leaves, he realizes the song Shiliu was playing earlier resembled a mourning dirge, “A Westward Sendoff.”
Shiliu lingers at the doorway, carefully stepping over the threshold due to his visual impairment.
Shen Yi confronts Shiliu about the true value of the iron cuff, revealing it was forged by the late Master Qiu Tianlin and is incredibly rare and valuable.
Shen Yi questions Shiliu’s intentions: “Do you really plan to raise him as your son?”
Shiliu responds vaguely, saying he likes Chang Geng and believes others would be reassured if he adopted him.
Shen Yi warns him that Chang Geng might one day hate him, but Shiliu brushes it off casually.
That night, lanterns float for Ghost Festival, honoring the dead.
Before dawn, Chang Geng wakes from a wet dream, but instead of being embarrassed, he is coldly indifferent.
He has no erotic dream, but instead dreams of nearly dying in a blizzard, being rescued by a mysterious strong figure.
The figure turns out to be Shen Shiliu, who gives him wine to warm him up.
Chang Geng reflects on how strange it is that an invalid like Shiliu could carry him so easily.
He glances at the iron cuff and uses its coldness to calm his racing heart.
Chang Geng rejects any inappropriate thoughts about Shiliu and focuses on studying.
A loud sound shakes the room, signaling the return of the giant kite airships.
These enormous military ships patrol the north and return annually with tribute, especially violet gold.
The chapter ends with the spectacle of the giant kite’s return, marking the close of Ghost Festival night.
Chapter 3:
Famous GeneralXu family is relatively well-off in their rural town due to Company Commander Xu’s military background.
Despite being blood-related, Chang Geng and his mother Xiu-niang are emotionally estranged; they only interact politely when Company Commander Xu is home.
Chang Geng lives a parallel life, often avoiding his mother and instead spending time at his godfather Shen Shiliu’s house next door.
Xiu-niang appears indifferent to Chang Geng, even during past severe illness; it was Shen Shiliu who cared for him back then.
Chang Geng has an obsessive aversion to any food touched by Xiu-niang, though he freely shares with Shen Shiliu.
The old maidservant delivers breakfast from Xiu-niang, but Chang Geng refuses after spotting a strand of her hair on the food.
He instead heads to Shen Shiliu’s house, intending to have breakfast there and ask his teacher Shen Yi questions.
Shen Yi is busy oiling armor pieces, doing extra civilian work for garrison troops due to overflow.
Shen Shiliu, lazy and disheveled, lounges about, requests wine, and tries to shirk household duties.
Shen Yi complains about Shiliu’s irresponsibility while Chang Geng, used to their antics, volunteers to cook rice.
Shen Shiliu suddenly shows rare initiative and helps, albeit clumsily, with preparing food—an event compared to “flowers blooming on iron trees.”
Chang Geng brings out his calligraphy for Shen Yi to critique; he’s been copying an inscription by Gu Yun, the current Marquis of Anding.
Shen Yi explains that Gu Yun led his first battle at fifteen, took command at seventeen, and wrote the “Roadside Pavilion Inscription” during a campaign rest.
He critiques Gu Yun’s youthful calligraphy as immature despite his impressive achievements.
Chang Geng explains his interest isn’t artistic—he wanted to glimpse the handwriting of the man commanding the famed Black Iron Battalion.
Shen Yi shares Gu Yun’s background: son of a princess and the former Marquis, orphaned young, raised in the palace by the emperor, and still chose the hardship of military life.
Shen Yi implies political tension: Gu Yun’s success unsettles the court, and fawning officials feed imperial insecurity.
Shen Shiliu abruptly interrupts the conversation with an uncharacteristic tone, warning Shen Yi not to “talk nonsense.”
Chang Geng, perceptive and sensitive, senses hidden emotions but doesn’t understand the full context.
To change the subject, Chang Geng asks who led the Black Iron Battalion during its decade-long lull.
Shen Yi reveals no one did; the battalion languished, veterans left or died, equipment became outdated.
Only after a Western Regions rebellion did the court reluctantly reinstate Gu Yun, who then rebuilt the battalion.
Shen Yi suggests Chang Geng should study Gu Yun’s current writing, though authentic samples are rare.
While helping set the table, Chang Geng is pulled aside by Shen Shiliu, who gives him rare, serious advice: don’t dream of being a hero.
Shen Shiliu cynically warns that heroes don’t get happy endings, and that living a quiet, simple life is the best one can hope for.
Chang Geng is deeply unsettled by this outlook, finds it cowardly, and silently resolves to pursue a better path for himself and for the ones he cares about.
Chapter 4:
Giant KiteShen Shiliu joins a mealtime discussion where Shen-xiansheng teaches Chang Geng using Confucianist texts but drifts into unrelated topics like armor maintenance and horse diseases.
After the meal, Shen Shiliu abruptly decides to take Chang Geng to see the return of the giant kite, overriding Chang Geng’s intention to practice swordsmanship.
Shen Shiliu jokingly suggests a local girl might be thinking of Chang Geng, prompting Chang Geng to rebuke him for inappropriate humor between elders and juniors.
Chang Geng becomes visibly uncomfortable when Shen Shiliu presses close to him physically, reminding him of his disturbing dreams.
As they pass Chang Geng’s house, they run into Xiu-niang, Chang Geng’s mother. Her presence causes Chang Geng to freeze emotionally, showing deep internal conflict.
Xiu-niang asks Chang Geng to bring her back rouge. Shen Shiliu volunteers on Chang Geng’s behalf, exposing that his deafness may be selective depending on the person speaking.
Chang Geng silently notes how Shen Shiliu’s charm with women masks his laziness, gluttony, and lechery.
They arrive at the crowded Gosling Market near the town gates, where people gather for the kite’s return and to receive goose feed. Shen Shiliu is excited; Chang Geng is bored.
Chang Geng reflects on the country’s decline—wars were over, yet poverty persists, leaving common people suffering despite imperial glory.
Shen Shiliu sneakily feeds Chang Geng a salted bean, leading to an awkward moment where Chang Geng accidentally licks his finger, bites his mouth, and glares at him.
Shen Shiliu waxes poetic about youth being fleeting and tiny like a bean, saying one day Chang Geng will regret wasting time.
The crowd erupts in excitement as the giant kite arrives in the distance, surrounded by mist and dragons carved along its hull.
Shen Shiliu mutters suspiciously to himself about the kite being “too light” this year, but no one hears him.
The town mobilizes to receive the kite: a messenger blows a copper horn to signal the soldiers, who crank a mechanism to open the underground river channel.
The giant kite—a massive warship—lands on the river with theatrical flair, spewing steam and scattering goose feed from the sky.
Children scramble to collect the feed while Chang Geng stands in awe despite having seen the kite before, moved by its sheer grandeur and contemplating what the nation’s greatest weapon, the Black Iron Battalion, must be like.
As the ship glides in, Chang Geng tries to warn Shen Shiliu about the crowd and steps back—but realizes Shen Shiliu has mysteriously disappeared without a trace.
Chapter 5:
Xiu-NiangChang Geng frantically searches for Shen Shiliu in a chaotic crowd watching a giant kite spectacle.
The excitement turns to panic when someone falls into the underground river; Chang Geng fears it's Shen Shiliu.
Overhearing a passerby mention “Master Shiliu,” Chang Geng panics and forces his way to the riverbank.
Without confirming the identity of the person in the water, Chang Geng strips off his robe, ties himself to a rope, and jumps in to rescue them.
Chang Geng barely manages to grab the person and signals for help as a massive tide approaches from the giant kite’s passage.
The crowd pulls Chang Geng and the person from the river just in time before the giant kite's fire pinions sweep through.
Chang Geng realizes he rescued the cross-dressing twelve-year-old boy Cao Niangzi, not Shen Shiliu.
A flaming gust from the fire pinions nearly injures Chang Geng, but Shen Shiliu appears in time and dramatically hauls him to safety.
Shen Shiliu scolds Chang Geng for recklessly jumping in despite the presence of soldiers, expressing frustration and concern.
Chang Geng feels anger and shame at being misunderstood; he had believed Shen Shiliu was the one in danger.
Shen Shiliu wraps Chang Geng in his robe and hands him a box of rouge, intended for Xiu-niang, which further fuels Chang Geng’s irritation.
Chang Geng storms off, feeling emotionally overwhelmed by Shen Shiliu’s nonchalance and the embarrassment of his misjudgment.
Shen Shiliu, confused by Chang Geng’s anger, reflects on parenting and vanishes into the crowd with quiet, practiced stealth.
Chang Geng returns home in silence, the warmth of the wind slowly calming his emotions.
At home, the old kitchen maid tells him that Xiu-niang wants to see him privately.
Chang Geng, tense and apprehensive, changes clothes and takes Shen Shiliu’s rouge to Xiu-niang.
Xiu-niang is dressed like a young unmarried girl and sitting in dim light, exuding an eerie elegance.
Xiu-niang tells Chang Geng to stop calling her “mother” even in private, implying their relationship as mother and son is over.
She applies the rouge with delight and asks Chang Geng if she looks pretty; he remains cold and silent.
Xiu-niang then ominously declares that their mother-son bond has ended, signaling a turning point in their relationship.
Chapter 6:
CurseXiu-niang confirms to Chang Geng that she is not his birth mother.
Xiu-niang explains the meaning of “Chang Geng,” calling him a cursed star tied to war and bloodshed, implying his fate is to be disastrous.
Chang Geng bitterly recalls believing he was born from Xiu-niang's rape by bandits, questioning any “noble blood” she mentioned.
Chang Geng remembers his traumatic childhood: locked in a cabinet, witnessing bandits abuse Xiu-niang, and nearly being killed multiple times by her.
Xiu-niang had once poisoned the entire mountain stronghold, then tried to poison Chang Geng too, but regretted and tried to save him.
Despite the abuse, Xiu-niang kept pulling back from killing Chang Geng each time, maintaining a sliver of twisted attachment.
Chang Geng accuses her of hating him because he is a reminder of her past.
Xiu-niang apologizes for wronging him, which emotionally destabilizes Chang Geng.
Chang Geng admits he’s been plagued by nightmares since arriving in Yanhui Town and suspects they are unnatural.
Xiu-niang notices his iron wrist cuff and asks what else he knows.
Chang Geng reveals he knows she controlled the wolves that attacked him and that she has ties to barbarian tribes.
Chang Geng accuses Xiu-niang of being a barbarian herself and remembers seeing a wolf’s head symbol on her chest.
Xiu-niang laughs manically and then starts coughing up blood; she is dying.
She reveals her true name: Huge’er, meaning “violet gold at the heart of the earth,” and says her sister was the goddess of the Eternal Sky.
She gives Chang Geng a bloodstained jade pendant with lotus flowers and mandarin ducks.
Xiu-niang says the curse inside Chang Geng is called the Curse of Wu’ergu, undetectable and unbreakable, meant to drive him insane and bloodthirsty over time.
She claims no one will ever love him or treat him sincerely and that his life will be full of hatred, suspicion, and destruction.
As she dies, she fixates on a protective talisman gifted by Company Commander Xu, showing a flicker of emotion before finally succumbing.
Chang Geng is left traumatized, questioning why she raised him if she hated him, and what the truth is behind the iron cuff and Shen Shiliu.
Xiu-niang's final words echo as a curse damning Chang Geng’s future.
As Chang Geng exits the room, he is met by a kitchen maid who screams upon seeing the corpse.
A siren flare is triggered—Yanhui Town is under attack, and barbarian forces have infiltrated.
Shen Shiliu kicks open the gate of the Shen residence and confirms to Shen Yi that the returning ship is full of barbarian spies.
Shen Shiliu retrieves armor and a black iron token from beneath his bed—his identity as someone powerful and official is now evident.
Shen Shiliu orders Shen Yi (courtesy name: Jiping) to escape with “His Highness the Fourth Prince”—revealing Chang Geng’s royal bloodline.
Shen Shiliu prepares for war, his entire demeanor transformed from lazy scholar to deadly warrior.
Chapter 7:
Enemy AttackVeteran Officer Wang, a lazy old soldier stationed in Yanhui Town, is sober and alert for once due to the return of the giant kite—a massive airship.
A siren flare goes off prematurely, causing confusion. Wang assumes it was a drunken mistake and scolds the soldiers.
As the iron palisade gate to the underground river harbor opens, it jams halfway, catching the dragon heads of the returning giant kite.
Soldiers prepare to unload violet gold from the ship, but the deck of the kite suddenly explodes and releases a parhelion arrow.
The flare is shot down by the parhelion arrow—an act of treason. Panic spreads among the soldiers.
Parhelion arrows are devastating weapons powered by violet gold. The sudden attack confirms the giant kite has been hijacked.
Wang observes unfamiliar armored soldiers appearing on the ship’s deck, led by a terrifying scar-faced man.
The armored soldiers are northern barbarians in heavy armor, a kind of powered exosuit fueled by violet gold.
The barbarians howl like wolves, inciting terror and chaos among the townspeople. Civilians stampede and soldiers panic.
Wang attempts to create an emergency flare by igniting the violet gold tank in the watchtower.
Just before it detonates, a parhelion arrow strikes Wang, killing him and collapsing the tower.
Despite this, the violet gold explosion creates a giant flare, alerting the town of the attack.
The giant kite rises into the sky, raining down parhelion arrows. Barbarians descend from the ship and begin massacring civilians.
Scarface lands heavily on a cavalryman’s horse, killing the rider in a gruesome fashion—tearing out his throat with his teeth.
The barbarians rampage through the town, targeting Company Commander Xu’s residence.
The massive cost and power of heavy armor is emphasized, highlighting how improbable it is that barbarians could obtain so many suits.
The barbarians reach Xu’s home. An old maid is brutally killed, and the scar-faced warrior calls out for “Huge’er”—a nickname for Xiu-niang.
Xiu-niang is already dead by suicide. Her death is tied to her betrayal and the barbarian attack.
Chang Geng kneels in mourning by Xiu-niang’s corpse. When the barbarians burst in, he remains strangely calm.
Chang Geng realizes that Xiu-niang’s betrayal allowed the barbarians to hijack the kite. Commander Xu is likely already dead.
Scarface interrogates Chang Geng, asking where Xiu-niang is. Chang Geng shows him her body.
The barbarians collapse in grief. Scarface approaches her body carefully and breaks down emotionally.
In a fit of rage, Scarface grabs Chang Geng and smashes him against the wall, nearly killing him.
Chang Geng coughs blood but stares the barbarian down without fear, showing a chilling resilience despite the danger.
Chapter 8:
Life HistoryChang Geng and the scar-faced barbarian warrior come face-to-face in a deadly confrontation.
Chang Geng instinctively resists, revealing his innate ferocity.
The scar-faced warrior attempts to kill Chang Geng, but an unknown black-armored warrior bursts in, dismembering the barbarian and saving Chang Geng.
The armored figure is revealed to be wearing an unusual Black Carapace armor and wielding a staff-like weapon with hidden blades powered by steam.
Chang Geng realizes the warrior is part of the infamous “demon crows,” the barbarian name for the Black Iron Battalion.
The black-armored warrior fights off multiple barbarian soldiers in a stunning display of strength and precision, protecting Chang Geng throughout.
The scar-faced barbarian tries to shoot Chang Geng, but the black-armored warrior performs a powerful backflip, dodging the arrow and counter-attacking swiftly.
Despite having the power to kill all enemies, the black-armored warrior chooses to retreat to ensure Chang Geng’s safety.
The black-armored warrior expresses condolences for Xiu-niang’s death; Chang Geng admits she was a barbarian spy who poisoned herself.
Chang Geng accuses the warrior of rescuing the son of a traitor, then rips off the warrior’s mask—revealing Shen Yi.
Shen Yi reveals he is an officer of the Black Iron Battalion under Gu Yun.
Chang Geng processes the shocking revelation: Shen Yi, a seemingly modest neighbor, is actually a high-ranking military officer.
Chang Geng cynically wonders if even his godfather Shen Shiliu might be someone famous.
Shen Yi explains that Chang Geng is not a nobody: he is the long-lost son of the emperor and noble consort, hidden away after a failed assassination attempt during a southern tour 14 years ago.
Xiu-niang, the noble consort’s younger sister, raised him after escaping with him during the chaos.
Shen Yi had been sent to secretly find and protect Chang Geng, hiding his identity for three years.
Chang Geng doesn’t believe Shen Yi’s story, calling it absurd and full of contradictions.
Chang Geng emotionally rejects the claim, declaring himself the illegitimate son of a barbarian woman and some bandit, unworthy of rescue or noble lineage.
Shen Yi, realizing Chang Geng’s anger is directed mostly at Shen Shiliu, tries to convince him by pointing out a unique trait: Chang Geng’s bent pinky toe, a hereditary imperial mark.
This only horrifies Chang Geng more—he remembers Xiu-niang forcibly deforming his toe using brutal methods, making even this trait a forgery.
Chang Geng’s trust in everyone—including his mother, Shen Yi, and Shen Shiliu—completely crumbles.
Chapter 9:
Killing IntentChang Geng sees the severed head of Ge Pangxiao’s father, Butcher Ge, and the crushed body of his mother, with Ge Pangxiao crying nearby.
Chang Geng is horrified and tries to get Shen Yi to stop and help, but Shen Yi insists his duty is to escort Chang Geng to safety.
Shen Yi’s cold response and prioritization of duty make Chang Geng question the value of life in the imperial world.
Chang Geng becomes disillusioned and confronts Shen Yi, claiming he’s not a prince and doesn’t want to pretend to be one.
Chang Geng forces himself free from Shen Yi and rushes toward Ge Pangxiao to help.
Shen Yi is quickly engaged in combat with barbarian soldiers; Chang Geng trusts Shen Yi’s strength to handle them.
Chang Geng uses his martial training to navigate the chaotic battlefield, reaching Ge Pangxiao.
He retrieves an old rotary sword and uses it to cut down a tree, trapping a barbarian soldier to save Ge Pangxiao.
The barbarian escapes and attacks them again. Chang Geng attempts to fight with the rotary sword, but it jams.
Ge Pangxiao hides, and Chang Geng dodges the barbarian’s blows, grabs greaves from a fallen soldier, and uses them as leg armor.
Chang Geng activates the greaves to boost his speed and narrowly escapes a mini cannon blast from the barbarian's armor.
Knowing there’s a cooldown time for the mini cannon, Chang Geng seizes the opportunity to fight back.
He charges at the barbarian, dodges under a sword swing, and fires a silk dart from his iron cuff, hitting a vital joint in the armor.
The dart disables the barbarian’s armor, locking its joints and immobilizing him.
Chang Geng stomps on the gold tank powering the mini cannon with his greaves, destroying it and killing the barbarian in an explosion.
Chang Geng is injured in the leg from the recoil but remains composed even after being sprayed with brain matter.
Ge Pangxiao vows loyalty to Chang Geng, calling him “Dage,” and offers to take him to safety.
Ge Pangxiao tries to carry Chang Geng to his father’s cellar; they joke amidst the trauma.
As they prepare to escape, a new barbarian warrior in a dazzling suit of heavy armor approaches, ending the chapter on a cliffhanger.
Chapter 10:
Gu YunChang Geng and Ge Pangxiao are cornered in an alley, injured and scared.
A man in his late 30s appears—revealed to be Jialai Yinghuo, Crown Prince of the Eighteen Tianlang Tribes.
Jialai Yinghuo gazes at Chang Geng with a mix of emotion before revealing deep hatred.
Shen Yi, in Black Iron Battalion armor, arrives to defend the boys and confronts Jialai Yinghuo.
Shen Yi formally addresses Jialai, who speaks of past grievances—accusing Great Liang of stealing their goddess and pasturelands.
Jialai believes Chang Geng is the son of the “goddess” taken by the Emperor of the Central Plains.
Jialai demands Chang Geng be handed over for ritual sacrifice to “appease” their goddess.
Shen Yi refuses and prepares for battle, launching a surprise attack with his windslasher weapon.
Combat erupts between Shen Yi and the barbarian prince; they clash fiercely, destroying everything nearby.
Meanwhile, Chang Geng and Ge Pangxiao are targeted by barbarian soldiers.
Despite a severe leg injury, Chang Geng fights back using a dagger Shen Yi gave him.
Ge Pangxiao climbs a tree to escape, loses his pants, and urinates on a barbarian's face by accident, infuriating him.
Chang Geng cleverly disables one soldier by stabbing through his greaves; Ge Pangxiao throws a stone to crush a barbarian's helmet.
Chang Geng is nearly captured, but a Black Hawk arrow pierces through the enemy—Black Hawks are elite Black Iron Battalion archers.
Reinforcements arrive—Black Hawks surround the enemy soldiers.
A man on horseback appears: Gu Yun, revealed to be “Shiliu” (Sixteen), Chang Geng’s mysterious godfather.
Gu Yun is in light armor and wields a windslasher. He mocks Ge Pangxiao and dramatically saves Chang Geng.
Chang Geng is shocked to see Gu Yun, who formally greets him with: “Your subject, Gu Yun, has arrived late. Please forgive me, Your Highness.”
Chapter 11:
Reeling in the NetGu Yun, under his alias Shen Shiliu, is deeply affected emotionally upon hearing that Chang Geng is tracing his handwriting.
Gu Yun experiences fear for the first time, afraid that his influence might misguide Chang Geng.
Despite his usual arrogance, Gu Yun feels something akin to a father's concern, reflecting a rare vulnerability.
Gu Yun dramatically reveals his identity before the army, hoping Chang Geng would be happy or at least surprised—but Chang Geng responds with cold apathy.
Gu Yun realizes Chang Geng is truly angry, and it stings more than he expected.
Chang Geng, though thrown into chaos by the barbarian invasion and his complex personal history, still tried to protect Ge Pangxiao and worried about Shen Shiliu’s safety.
Upon learning that Shen Shiliu is actually the great Marshal Gu Yun, Chang Geng feels betrayed, embarrassed, and heartbroken—his past affections feel one-sided and naive.
He is devastated by the realization that his emotional connection to Gu Yun was possibly based on lies.
Gu Yun, kneeling in public, removes Chang Geng’s steel greave and resets his dislocated ankle without warning.
Chang Geng, though in pain, doesn’t make a sound, overwhelmed by emotional and physical shock.
Gu Yun picks him up, places him on his horse, and resumes command like nothing happened—his cold, authoritative demeanor returns.
The barbarian prince, son of the Wolf King, recognizes Gu Yun and is immediately filled with hatred due to a past massacre led by Gu Yun’s father.
Despite the volatile standoff, Gu Yun resets Chang Geng’s injury unbothered, with his presence alone keeping the enemies at bay.
A signal flare is launched, calling for Black Hawk reinforcements, who swiftly neutralize the barbarian giant kite threat.
Gu Yun mocks the barbarian prince, exposing knowledge of the secret “Gold Corrosion Stratagem.”
The Gold Corrosion Stratagem was a long-term plan by the Tianlang Tribe to weaken Great Liang internally by corrupting the violet gold supply chain.
The plan involved bribery, black-market violet gold trading, and infiltration via figures like Huge’er in Yanhui Town.
Gu Yun’s foreknowledge of this top-secret strategy shocks the barbarian prince, raising fears of espionage or supernatural foresight.
As Black Hawks dominate the battle, Gu Yun continues taunting the prince, calling out the strategy as a failure and accusing the tribe of shortsighted ambition.
Gu Yun orders the prince to be seized, signaling the end of the barbarian operation.
Still trying to defuse Chang Geng’s cold hostility, Gu Yun gently takes his horse’s lead rope and apologizes, requesting that Chang Geng not report him to the emperor.
Chang Geng responds coldly and bitterly, refusing to acknowledge Gu Yun as his godfather and accusing him of elaborate deceit.
Gu Yun, emotionally ill-equipped to handle reconciliation, tries and fails to patch things up with sincerity.
Just as Gu Yun begins to explain his secrecy, Ge Pangxiao warns them of an ambush.
A barbarian soldier, hidden among debris, suddenly attacks Gu Yun using enhanced greaves.
Chang Geng instinctively throws himself in front of Gu Yun to protect him, calling him “Yifu.”
Gu Yun activates his armor, moving with lightning speed, and catches Chang Geng, shielding him from the blow.
Gu Yun’s windslasher pierces the attacker’s armor at the joint, locking his weapon in place just centimeters from Gu Yun’s face.
In one smooth counterattack, Gu Yun kills the barbarian with the windslasher’s extending blades, mangling the upper half of the enemy’s body.
As they gallop away, Gu Yun shields Chang Geng’s eyes from the gruesome scene.
Chang Geng smells blood and trembles, recognizing the visceral brutality of war.
The familiar scent of Shen Shiliu is gone—Gu Yun now feels like a stranger to him.
The chapter ends on Chang Geng's painful realization: his “little yifu” never truly existed.
Chapter 12:
Giving a Full AccountThe Eighteen Barbarian Tribes launched a massive surprise attack on Yanhui Town with elite heavy armor infantry, a force Great Liang itself would struggle to equip.
Despite the overwhelming force, they were crushed by Gu Yun’s Black Iron Battalion. The barbarian prince was captured alive, and the rest were slaughtered with Gu Yun’s permission.
After the victory, Gu Yun turned on his own military side, arresting over sixty officers from Yanhui Town, Changyang Pass, and other northern locations, sparking fear and unrest along the border.
Chang Geng and Ge Pangxiao were placed under the care of Magistrate Guo, who was terrified of Gu Yun and overcompensated by treating Chang Geng with extreme courtesy.
Ge Pangxiao, realizing his orphan status, broke down crying, but then grew embarrassed upon remembering Chang Geng’s own lonely background.
Ge Pangxiao asked Chang Geng if his mother was an empress. Chang Geng clarified that his mother, Xiu-niang, was not the empress but a barbarian woman pretending he was an imperial prince.
Chang Geng reflected on a broken silk dart from the battlefield and explained that he wasn't truly royalty.
Ge Pangxiao pledged loyalty to Chang Geng regardless of his origins, which made Chang Geng genuinely smile.
Shen Yi arrived, bringing them supper and playfully challenged Ge Pangxiao’s interest in joining the Black Iron Battalion.
Chang Geng’s mood soured when Gu Yun didn’t show up, and he passively lashed out at Shen Yi, speaking coldly about Gu Yun’s absence.
Shen Yi, recognizing the tension, reminisced about his past with Gu Yun, explaining their deep ties and Shen Yi’s role as a former top engineer at the Lingshu Institute who helped resurrect the Black Iron Battalion.
Shen Yi explained the real reason Gu Yun came to Yanhui Town: a secret imperial order to find and retrieve the long-lost fourth prince, Chang Geng.
Shen Yi told Chang Geng that Gu Yun recognized him from past encounters and suspected his true identity.
Upon discovering that Xiu-niang was secretly sending information to the barbarians, Gu Yun launched a trap using troops from the Western Regions.
This strategy devastated the barbarian forces, capturing their crown prince and crippling them for at least five years.
Shen Yi appealed to Chang Geng to understand the deception as necessary for the greater good and praised the noble consort (Chang Geng’s mother).
Chang Geng doubted the story, mocking the idea that his mother loved him and suspecting she had tried to abort him.
Shen Yi tried to defend Xiu-niang’s actions, painting them as the result of complex loyalties and emphasizing her efforts to protect Chang Geng.
Chang Geng, aware of the poison that was used on him, refused to believe these reassurances. He had learned to distrust spoken truth.
Chang Geng grew tired of the discussion and formally escorted Shen Yi out, giving a cool farewell and masking his disillusionment.
Shen Yi, exiting the courtyard, found Gu Yun sitting alone in a mint garden, silently chewing mint leaves and appearing deeply distracted.
Gu Yun, suffering from side effects of his medication, struggled to hear and see clearly. Shen Yi offered to help, but Gu Yun declined assistance.
The scene ended with Shen Yi watching Gu Yun walk away, with the garden around them stripped bare, symbolic of the emotional desolation in both men.
Chapter 13:
Begging for ForgivenessGu Yun is staying next to Chang Geng, but his residence is desolate and isolated by choice.
Magistrate Guo is too intimidated by Gu Yun to attempt to curry favor as he does with Chang Geng.
Gu Yun refuses to be disturbed; only Black Iron Battalion soldiers are near him.
Shen Yi notices that Gu Yun is tense and hypervigilant, showing signs that he hasn’t come to terms with his disabilities.
Shen Yi concludes that the calm persona of “Shen Shiliu” might have been a coping mask, unlike the real Gu Yun.
Gu Yun appears composed but is often pretending; his disabilities are real but seem fake due to his behavior.
At dusk, Gu Yun takes off his monocle and asks Shen Yi for his medicine.
Shen Yi complains about the risks of medicine, but Gu Yun can’t hear him due to his deafness.
Gu Yun uses a glass monocle indoors, but it’s impractical and fragile, useful only in emergencies.
Gu Yun writes a memorial by gas lamp, surrounded by eclectic and somewhat ridiculous Western gadgets.
Shen Yi returns with medicine; Gu Yun asks him to proofread the memorial.
Shen Yi criticizes the content, saying it’s all inappropriate for a formal report.
Gu Yun insists on crediting Chang Geng with exposing the barbarian plot, intending to frame him as a tragic hero to win sympathy.
Shen Yi is reluctant and accuses Gu Yun of fabricating a melodramatic tale.
Gu Yun sarcastically suggests that the truth—that he’s been plotting military reform, laying traps, and operating in illegal violet gold trade—wouldn’t sound better.
Gu Yun urges Shen Yi to embellish the story to make the emperor cry, thus protecting Chang Geng from political attacks upon return to the capital.
Shen Yi resists, but Gu Yun feigns illness in an overly dramatic and absurd manner to guilt him into compliance.
Shen Yi finally agrees and starts rewriting the memorial.
Gu Yun lies stiffly on the couch, suffering from the real aftereffects of the medicine.
The medicine gives Gu Yun temporary hearing and sight, but causes intense headaches and decreasing effectiveness over time.
Gu Yun’s condition has deteriorated; now, clarity lasts only a few days.
Shen Yi finishes writing, covers Gu Yun with a blanket, and leaves.
The next morning, Gu Yun is fully energetic again and wakes Shen Yi early with excitement.
Gu Yun has received a mysterious item and is eager to “cheer up” Chang Geng by begging for forgiveness.
Shen Yi is wary of Gu Yun’s behavior.
Gu Yun arrives at Chang Geng’s courtyard with a large box and soldiers, whistling loudly.
Chang Geng greets Gu Yun by attacking him with a sword, visibly furious.
Gu Yun deflects the blow using a hidden dagger and light movement, disarming Chang Geng.
Despite the attack, Gu Yun jokingly offers himself as a target for venting frustration, acting smug and infuriating.
The chapter ends with Gu Yun seeming more like a troublemaker than a repentant man, despite claiming to come and apologize.
Chapter 14:
Breaking the IceGe Pangxiao originally intended to flatter Chang Geng during sword practice but was stunned into silence by an unexpected incident.
Chang Geng appeared pale and exhausted, showing signs of emotional turmoil and gave Gu Yun a cold shoulder.
Gu Yun awkwardly tried to smooth things over by presenting Chang Geng with a gift: a flawless, silver suit of heavy armor.
The armor was a technological marvel created by the Lingshu Institute, far superior to barbarian armor, and unnamed.
Gu Yun suggested naming the armor “Chang Geng,” tying it to the boy’s milk name, which deeply unsettled Chang Geng.
Chang Geng had traumatic associations with the name: the poison used by Xiu-niang (aka Huge’er) before her death was also named “Chang Geng.”
Seeing this name repeated from both his enemies and now Gu Yun, Chang Geng felt deeply disturbed and walked away, slamming his door.
Gu Yun was left helpless and embarrassed. Even Ge Pangxiao and Shen Yi pitied him.
Gu Yun privately vented to Shen Yi, wondering why his gift failed to win over Chang Geng, unlike a wrist cuff he had given previously.
Shen Yi scolded Gu Yun for being clueless, explaining that Chang Geng likely felt betrayed after learning his adoptive mother was a spy and questioning Gu Yun’s honesty.
Gu Yun acknowledged the situation and used it to delay their return to the capital, planning to report that Chang Geng was emotionally shattered and needed time to recover.
The next day, a Black Hawk messenger arrived urgently with a golden token: the Emperor was critically ill and ordered Gu Yun to return to the capital with the fourth prince (Chang Geng).
Chang Geng, overhearing the message, felt an overwhelming sense of uncertainty about his identity and future.
Despite feeling disconnected from royalty, Chang Geng accepted that he had no say in the matter and had to follow along.
Ge Pangxiao promised to follow Chang Geng no matter what—general, official, or even emperor—with comic sincerity.
Chang Geng briefly fantasized about running away into the mountains, but the idea of leaving Gu Yun caused him deep pain, so he gave up on that plan.
While preparing for departure, Cao Niangzi appeared, now dressed as a boy, expressing his desire to repay Chang Geng by serving him.
Chang Geng wanted to refuse but hesitated, realizing that these two—Ge Pangxiao and Cao Niangzi—might be his last real connection to Yanhui Town.
He asked the escort to consult Gu Yun, who left the choice to Chang Geng, reinforcing his hands-off approach.
With both companions in tow, Chang Geng left Yanhui Town, feeling its joy and innocence had been irreparably lost after the war.
During the exhausting journey back, Chang Geng had a nightmare where he stabbed Gu Yun, waking in a cold sweat.
He found solace by touching a silk dart made from black iron, which he kept as a talisman of maturity.
Chang Geng wandered to a riverside and encountered a dying autumn cricket, letting it go out of pity—mirroring his own helplessness.
His path led him to Gu Yun’s tent, where he saw Shen Yi delivering medicine, and the familiar scent brought up unresolved feelings, hinting that Chang Geng could not yet separate from Gu Yun emotionally.
Chapter 15:
A Late-Night ConversationChang Geng struggles to reconcile Shen Shiliu, the lazy man from Yanhui Town, with Gu Yun, the legendary general.
While Ge Pangxiao and Cao Niangzi are also in disbelief, Chang Geng feels the sting more deeply because Shen Shiliu was his godfather.
He doesn't resent Gu Yun for lying but is emotionally wounded by the loss of his beloved "yifu."
Shen Yi’s visit to deliver medicine overlaps the personas of Shen Shiliu and Gu Yun in Chang Geng’s mind.
Chang Geng tries to visit Gu Yun but is stopped by guards. He recalls how he used to walk in freely back in Yanhui Town.
One guard reminds the others that Gu Yun had said Chang Geng could visit without notice, so they let him through.
Inside, Gu Yun lies in bed, visibly unwell with a headache. When Chang Geng approaches, Gu Yun instinctively draws a sword and nearly attacks him.
Chang Geng calls him "Shiliu," which causes Gu Yun to stop and realize who it is.
Gu Yun apologizes and checks if Chang Geng was hurt.
Chang Geng begins suspecting Gu Yun might have a vision issue.
Gu Yun clumsily dresses and tells Chang Geng to get him wine, claiming it’s medicinal for migraines.
Chang Geng fetches the wine, unaware it’s a lie, and stops Gu Yun from overdrinking.
Gu Yun, already groggy from illness and alcohol, leans back, prompting Chang Geng to stay and awkwardly give him acupressure treatment.
Gu Yun tolerates the treatment quietly, allowing Chang Geng to care for him.
Suddenly, Gu Yun gently assures Chang Geng that he’ll protect him in the capital, calling himself “yifu.”
Chang Geng is deeply moved and nearly cries. All he ever wanted was that reassurance: that Gu Yun wouldn’t abandon him.
Gu Yun admits fault vaguely, trying to comfort Chang Geng more than genuinely apologize.
Chang Geng clings to Gu Yun’s hand, overwhelmed by emotion. For him, those few words were enough to forgive everything, past and future.
Gu Yun offers him a place beside him on the bed for the night. Chang Geng accepts.
Chang Geng, plagued by nightmares, still finds rare peace sleeping near Gu Yun.
The next morning, Chang Geng wakes in Gu Yun’s arms, humiliated that he spent the night clinging to him.
Gu Yun, oblivious to the emotional turmoil, jokes about it and begins teasing him again.
Chang Geng believes Gu Yun had exaggerated his suffering the night before and gets embarrassed and angry.
He storms out of the tent, flushed and flustered, and avoids Gu Yun for the rest of the day.
Shen Yi asks Gu Yun if things are all right. Gu Yun brushes it off, calling Chang Geng a “brat.”
Gu Yun then floats the idea of someday leaving the Black Iron Battalion to Chang Geng.
Shen Yi is stunned and warns that doing so could get Chang Geng killed.
Shen Yi remarks that under the previous marquis, the Battalion was a national treasure, but under Gu Yun, it’s more like a murder weapon.
The cheerful expression on Gu Yun’s face vanishes at Shen Yi’s blunt truth.
Chapter 16:
A Tempestuous SituationThe late emperor of Great Liang was a military legend who built the Black Iron Battalion and Lingshu Institute, but his personal life was tragic—he outlived all his wives and most of his children, with only his eldest daughter surviving him.
The princess, nearly dead in her youth, was saved by marriage to Gu Yun’s father, the former Marquis of Anding. Their marriage seemingly warded off her illness.
On his deathbed, the emperor gave the princess control of key military power, despite the throne passing to a distant male relative due to patrilineal laws.
The Yuanhe Emperor rose to power with the support of the princess and deeply respected her, treating her only son, Gu Yun, as his own and raising him in the palace.
Gu Yun inherited both influence and the Black Iron Tiger Tally, but the Yuanhe Emperor feared his power and spent a decade weakening the former marquis’s loyalists.
When a national crisis struck due to foreign invasion and a lack of capable generals, the emperor was forced to revive the Black Iron Battalion under Gu Yun.
Gu Yun had a complex relationship with the emperor: grateful for his kindness but resentful of his political sabotage and weak leadership.
Shen Yi warned Gu Yun that his military success might provoke the emperor’s paranoia, but Gu Yun rejected the idea of manipulating the political situation.
Shen Yi subtly hinted at the impending power struggle between Crown Prince Li Feng and Prince Wei. Li Feng is scholarly and peace-minded; Prince Wei is a hawk who values military might—more appealing to military men like Gu Yun and Shen Yi.
Gu Yun refused to take sides, declaring that any opportunist trying to stir chaos while the emperor is sick would be executed immediately.
Gu Yun recalled a painful memory from childhood: after being orphaned, he isolated himself until the emperor personally coaxed him out during a snowstorm, accompanied by the third prince A-Yan, a shy boy who later died young.
Gu Yun sees similarities between A-Yan and Chang Geng, who has the same gentle nature as the emperor and the same face as his barbarian mother.
Chang Geng, uneasy from Gu Yun’s distant attention, accidentally rides too close to the barbarian crown prince’s prison wagon.
The Tianlang prince curses Gu Yun, claiming the dead spirits of the Celestial Wolf Tribe are watching and vowing mystical vengeance, painting vivid images of Gu Yun’s gruesome death.
Chang Geng, rattled, tries to attack the prisoner, but Gu Yun casually stops him and mocks the barbarian’s theatrics.
Gu Yun’s carefree laughter reassures Chang Geng, melting his fear and seeding the idea that he doesn't have to be controlled by the fear of the wu’ergu or fate.
Chapter 17:
Death of an EmperorChang Geng, accompanied by Gu Yun, returns to the capital amid the intimidating might of the army.
As they enter the palace, Gu Yun tells Chang Geng to brace himself and brings him to see the ailing Yuanhe Emperor.
The Yuanhe Emperor is on his deathbed, a frail and withered shadow of authority.
Gu Yun formally presents Chang Geng as the fourth prince to the Yuanhe Emperor.
Chang Geng struggles to see any familial resemblance and is hesitant to acknowledge the emperor as his father.
Under Gu Yun’s whispered urging, Chang Geng reluctantly addresses the Yuanhe Emperor as “Father.”
The Yuanhe Emperor is emotionally overwhelmed and begins to cry upon hearing the word.
The Yuanhe Emperor bestows upon Chang Geng the formal name “Min” and expresses his hope that he may live peacefully.
Gu Yun helps the Yuanhe Emperor when he begins choking, revealing the emperor’s physical deterioration.
The Yuanhe Emperor entrusts Chang Geng to Gu Yun’s care, expressing his fear that his older sons may not treat him well.
He insists Chang Geng be conferred only a second-rank noble title, "Prince Yanbei," and only when he comes of age—to avoid provoking his brothers.
The Yuanhe Emperor also decrees that Gu Yun formally adopt Chang Geng as a ward, allowing him to stay under Gu Yun’s protection discreetly.
The Emperor emphasizes the necessity of secrecy and deviation from etiquette for Chang Geng’s safety.
Gu Yun silently accepts all responsibilities.
Chang Geng, now Gu Yun’s official ward, is emotionally conflicted and numb—he recognizes the gravity of the moment but feels no joy.
He is escorted away while Gu Yun remains with the emperor.
The Yuanhe Emperor reminisces about Gu Yun’s closeness with the deceased Third Prince (A-Yan), revealing tender feelings and past regrets.
He praises Gu Yun’s martial nature, calling him the heir of the iron-blooded late emperor, but warns of karmic retribution.
The Yuanhe Emperor expresses concern about Gu Yun’s future and advises caution—warning him not to overreach in power or ambition.
He advises Gu Yun to occasionally seek spiritual guidance, referencing the National Temple’s abbot, whom Gu Yun deeply dislikes.
Gu Yun reflects bitterly on past experiences, including his failed military ambitions, suppressed by the emperor's pacifist beliefs.
He contemplates the hypocrisy of condemning violence while neglecting the need for national defense.
Gu Yun’s internal monologue reveals his desire to destroy enemies utterly, not just defend passively.
He blames the emperor for thwarting his strategic ambitions and forcing him to go on a “wild goose chase” to retrieve Chang Geng.
Despite the resentment, Gu Yun accepts the emperor’s Buddhist prayer beads, a deeply emotional and symbolic act.
The Yuanhe Emperor expresses regret and sentimentality in his final moments, whispering Gu Yun’s childhood nickname, “Xiao-Shiliu.”
Gu Yun, usually emotionally reserved, is moved, experiencing a rare wave of grief and sentiment.
When the emperor asks if Gu Yun will miss him, Gu Yun replies coldly, yet honestly, that he will then have no family left in the world.
The Yuanhe Emperor dies three days later, marking the end of an era.
Chapter 18:
The Marquis EstateChang Geng attends the late emperor’s funeral, confused and emotionally overwhelmed.
The funeral is a grand spectacle with steam-powered horns, large public attendance, and tight security.
Despite being the Fourth Prince Li Min, Chang Geng is kept from public contact by Gu Yun for his protection.
After the funeral, Chang Geng moves into the Marquis of Anding’s estate with Ge Pangxiao and Cao Niangzi.
The estate appears intimidating on the outside with mechanical defenses, but the interior is modest and quiet.
Unlike other nobles, Gu Yun’s estate lacks luxurious items powered by violet gold, highlighting his frugality and humility.
Most valuable items in Gu Yun’s estate are plaques gifted by his teacher Lin Mosen, a renowned scholar.
Ge Pangxiao and Cao Niangzi innocently explore the estate, displaying childlike curiosity and naivety.
Ge Pangxiao casually calls Gu Yun “Uncle Shiliu,” prompting Cao Niangzi to correct him, insisting he use “my lord.”
Gu Yun jokes about being the most beautiful person in the estate, teasing the children and acting uncharacteristically shameless.
Chang Geng watches the exchange quietly, sensing deeper meanings behind Gu Yun’s lighthearted comments.
Gu Yun gives a loose set of house rules: freedom in the estate, kitchen access, and encouragement to practice or study.
He promises to arrange a tutor (likely Shen Yi), and gives Chang Geng permission to go out with guards if he wishes.
Chang Geng feels a fleeting warmth from Gu Yun’s rare moment of paternal care.
After this, Gu Yun disappears from daily life, immersed in political and military duties.
The court is dealing with:
The new emperor’s coronation.
Managing Prince Wei’s threat.
Handling the captured northern barbarian prince.
Diplomacy and military affairs with the northern tribes.
Chang Geng notices Gu Yun is always gone, often leaving before sunrise and returning after midnight.
Seasons pass quickly; winter arrives in the capital.
One snowy night, Gu Yun returns with Shen Yi after a long day.
Shen Yi urges Gu Yun to let the carriage in through the rear gate due to the cold.
Shen Yi asks about Gu Yun’s recovery from the medicine’s side effects; Gu Yun responds he’s fit for battle again.
Discussion turns to the Tianlang Tribe’s envoy and their plea for mercy for the captured prince, Jialai Yinghuo.
Gu Yun scoffs at their “sniveling” plea, calling their claims of ignorance a lie and expressing suspicion of foreign involvement.
He warns that allowing such enemies to escape punishment is dangerous, likening it to letting a tiger return to the mountains.
The miniature cannons used by the barbarians signal outside interference, likely from Far Western powers.
Gu Yun expresses frustration over the court’s lack of foresight and desire to retaliate preemptively but is limited by state finances.
Shen Yi asks how Chang Geng is doing; Gu Yun is vague, assuming the boy is playing or staying indoors.
Shen Yi realizes Gu Yun is treating Chang Geng passively, much like how Gu Yun himself was raised—neglected but not mistreated.
Shen Yi reminds Gu Yun of his own childhood and urges him to show Chang Geng genuine care, even if he doesn’t know how.
Shen Yi advises even writing notes or showing up occasionally could mean a lot to Chang Geng.
Gu Yun seems to take the advice seriously and agrees to try.
As Shen Yi departs, he offers one final piece of wisdom: “Everyone you meet is a fortuitous encounter.”
Gu Yun curses him jokingly, revealing lingering awkwardness and emotional repression.
Chapter 19:
SecretsGu Yun, feeling unsettled after his talk with Shen Yi, finds himself wandering into Chang Geng’s room past midnight.
He sees Chang Geng having a nightmare and wakes him by touching his wrist.
Chang Geng wakes up in terror and impulsively hugs Gu Yun, seeking comfort.
The embrace shocks Gu Yun, but he feels a strong sense of responsibility and warmth, realizing how deeply Chang Geng depends on him.
Holding Chang Geng, Gu Yun resolves to protect him and raise him well, feeling he can make up for past regrets (specifically failing A-Yan).
Gu Yun joins Chang Geng in bed (fully clothed) and gently tries to coax him into talking.
Chang Geng admits he misses Xu-xiong (his stepfather), more than his late “father” (the emperor).
Gu Yun jealously and awkwardly asks if Xu-xiong treated him better than he does.
Chang Geng doesn’t respond directly but is visibly uncomfortable and torn between wanting closeness and being overwhelmed by it.
Gu Yun playfully twirls Chang Geng’s hair, which triggers a heated, overwhelming physical reaction in Chang Geng.
Embarrassed and flustered, Chang Geng jerks away and yells at Gu Yun to stop.
Gu Yun remains unaware of the deeper implications of Chang Geng’s reaction, treating him as a child.
Gu Yun offers a sincere moment, telling Chang Geng to tell him whenever something is wrong and not to bottle up emotions.
Chang Geng, on the verge of revealing the secret of the wu’ergu poison, stops himself and instead asks Gu Yun about poisons that cause madness.
Gu Yun answers vaguely but seriously, affirming such poisons exist.
Chang Geng lies and says he dreamed he turned into a lunatic and killed people.
He decides to hide the truth about the wu’ergu, vowing to fight its effects alone and not burden Gu Yun.
Chang Geng asks if Gu Yun has nightmares. Gu Yun jokingly says no, then amends himself and tells a half-true, half-made-up dream.
In the story, he slays beasts with a giant broadsword. Chang Geng is unimpressed.
Gu Yun offers mock “advice,” claiming that leaving a chamber pot at the door wards off nightmare demons.
Chang Geng realizes Gu Yun came not to comfort him but to tease him, and he turns away angrily.
Despite the teasing, Gu Yun watches over him until he falls asleep, then decides to leave the iron pauldrons behind to “ward off evil spirits.”
Gu Yun exits quietly in an unlined robe, leaving the armor as protection.
The superstition appears to work—Chang Geng sleeps peacefully through the night.
However, in the morning, Chang Geng wakes up feeling humiliated and horrified.
He realizes with dread that in his dream, he had been sexually defiling his young godfather, Gu Yun.
Ashamed, Chang Geng hides under his blanket, feeling so disgusted with himself he wants to die.
While in this state, a knock comes at the door, frightening him further.
The chapter ends with him opening the door on shaky legs, about to face yet another surprise.
Chapter 20:
InstructionAn iron giant puppet with glowing purple eyes appears outside Chang Geng’s door, knocking relentlessly.
The terrifying sight startles Chang Geng, who instinctively grabs his sword in fear.
Gu Yun reveals himself behind the iron puppet and explains it’s a “sword-training puppet” he brought for Chang Geng to spar with.
Gu Yun says the guards refuse to spar seriously with Chang Geng and this puppet will give him proper training.
Chang Geng is reluctant, shocked by the puppet’s size and power.
Gu Yun gives a brief explanation: the puppet can perform basic sword maneuvers and has seven acupoints. Striking certain points stops it; others require combinations to disable it fully.
Without waiting, Gu Yun activates the puppet. It immediately attacks Chang Geng, who isn’t ready and is forced to defend himself.
Chang Geng’s sword is knocked away; the puppet stops just short of striking him.
Gu Yun doesn’t help, instead sits at a table drinking wine, treating the match like entertainment.
Chang Geng is both embarrassed and frustrated, particularly because Gu Yun seems so relaxed and dismissive.
He keeps getting disarmed and overpowered, his sword flying from his hands each time.
Eventually, the puppet sends Chang Geng flying; he hits the ground and bleeds slightly.
Gu Yun finally gets up and criticizes Chang Geng’s unstable footwork, stating a solid foundation is necessary in swordplay.
Gu Yun then offers to teach him properly and takes a hands-on approach, guiding Chang Geng from behind.
In close physical proximity, Gu Yun forces Chang Geng to relax and focus on his sword rather than his discomfort.
With Gu Yun manipulating his sword arm and stance, they engage the puppet together.
Gu Yun uses precise technique through Chang Geng’s movements, deflecting the puppet’s attack.
Gu Yun kicks Chang Geng’s knee to make him strike the puppet’s arm acupoint, disabling it partially.
Gu Yun then maneuvers Chang Geng to strike the leg acupoint, successfully disabling the puppet completely.
After the training ends, Gu Yun explains the principle: never retreat from armored enemies or iron puppets because retreating makes you vulnerable.
Chang Geng processes the lesson and asks if confronting stronger opponents head-on gives a better chance of victory.
Gu Yun notices Chang Geng finally calls him “Yifu” (godfather) instead of “Shiliu,” a rare and meaningful gesture.
Gu Yun reflects that Chang Geng only calls him “Yifu” in moments of happiness or genuine anger.
Chang Geng, with a complex expression, apologizes for his previous immature behavior and vows to change.
The chapter ends with Gu Yun sensing a notable change in Chang Geng’s maturity and outlook—he has grown up overnight.
Chapter 21:
New Year’s EveGu Yun, the Marquis of Anding, maintains a packed schedule filled with court duties, social obligations, and visits to the Northern Camp. He rarely returns home before sunset.
Chang Geng adjusts his daily routine to catch Gu Yun in the mornings for martial training. He wakes up at 3 AM, bringing breakfast via a mechanical puppet that also serves as a sparring partner.
These morning sessions are erratic due to Gu Yun’s scatterbrained teaching style, often veering into unrelated topics like military formations and horse breeds, before realizing he's gone off-topic.
Ge Pangxiao and Cao Niangzi initially attend these sessions eagerly but quickly lose interest due to Gu Yun’s rambling lectures. Only Chang Geng remains deeply devoted.
To Chang Geng, Gu Yun is a towering figure—his guiding star and ideal. He absorbs everything Gu Yun says and treasures their limited time together, even if it’s disorganized.
Despite giving lessons, Gu Yun doesn’t view Chang Geng as a future soldier. He prefers the idea of the boy growing into a refined gentleman rather than a battlefield general.
The year ends with the ascension of a new emperor, who renames the era “Longan” (Grand Peace) and issues a broad pardon for all, including the barbarian Crown Prince Jialai Yinghuo.
Gu Yun disagrees with the decision to pardon Jialai Yinghuo but is diplomatically placated by the emperor, who grants the Black Iron Battalion war chariots and armor to compensate.
Shen Yi approaches Gu Yun to discuss the emperor’s decision. Gu Yun, outwardly emotionless, conveys quiet frustration, knowing the pardon is politically motivated and short-sighted.
Gu Yun recounts a recent meeting with a Western envoy (dubbed “Mister Tall Hat”) who proposed a joint Silk Road trade route, guarded by soldiers from both sides.
He suspects the foreigners have ulterior motives for opening trade, as their past goods consumed too much violet gold—a strategic resource—and were phased out by Emperor Wu’s domestic policies.
Gu Yun notes that the new emperor is impatient and overconfident, believing that with the Black Iron Battalion guarding the border, Great Liang is invincible.
The emperor gifts Gu Yun a fox-fur coat, a symbolic way of saying: "Return to the border." Gu Yun understands the hint and plans to return after New Year's.
Gu Yun’s internal monologue reflects on the heavy burdens placed on him and the Black Iron Battalion. Though others see him as invincible, he feels the crushing weight of responsibility and isolation.
Shen Yi suggests Chang Geng could be his successor, but Gu Yun dismisses the idea, believing Chang Geng isn’t cut out for war. He bitterly jokes about the Gu family’s short lifespans and lack of heirs.
On New Year’s Eve, Gu Yun rushes home to spend time with Chang Geng and the boys. He orders Shen Yi to get him a red-headed kite, a rare festival item, and gallops off.
Gu Yun bursts into Chang Geng’s room, scattering papers and dragging him out to join in the festivities with Ge Pangxiao and Cao Niangzi.
Chang Geng, a quiet homebody, protests and tries to make excuses to stay in, but Gu Yun forcibly bundles him up and hauls him outside, insisting on celebrating together.
Chapter 22:
Kite’s FlightChang Geng is humiliated and furious after being carried over Gu Yun’s shoulder, but is too embarrassed to protest.
Cao Niangzi expresses jealousy over Gu Yun carrying Chang Geng, wishing he could be carried like that himself.
Ge Pangxiao comically offers to carry Cao Niangzi, who rejects him with disgust.
On New Year’s Eve, Gu Yun finally sets Chang Geng down outside the manor.
Chang Geng tries to ignore Gu Yun but notices how cold his hands are.
Feeling conflicted and worried, Chang Geng silently gives Gu Yun his own cloak to keep him warm.
Gu Yun is deeply moved by this small act and happily accepts it, imagining having a child of his own one day.
The capital city is lively and packed with people for the New Year celebration.
Gu Yun leads Chang Geng, Cao Niangzi, and Ge Pangxiao to Kite’s Flight Pavilion, a prestigious location usually restricted but open on this holiday.
Kite’s Flight Pavilion is known for launching massive decorative flying ships called red-headed kites.
Gu Yun has access to one of these kites and takes the three youths aboard.
The red-headed kite is a symbol of wealth, military pride, and imperial spectacle.
The interior of the kite is lavish and filled with food, warmth, and attractive servants.
Shen Yi had arranged the kite for Gu Yun, giving it up after hearing Gu Yun needed it, through Prince Wei’s involvement.
Gu Yun orders the fire attendant to light the fire pinions and invite the soldiers on guard inside to celebrate New Year’s Eve together.
Soldiers from the Black Iron Battalion arrive, creating a somber but dignified atmosphere.
Gu Yun exchanges flirtatious glances with a beautiful servant girl but doesn’t act on it because of the three boys’ presence.
Gu Yun feigns moral outrage at Prince Wei’s behavior, playing innocent in front of Shen Yi.
Fire pinions ignite, lifting the kite skyward with heat and light, offering an awe-inspiring view of the capital.
Fireworks explode in the air, and a dancer performs atop Kite’s Landing, captivating the entire city.
Shen Yi offers Gu Yun tribute grape wine, but Gu Yun is disturbed by the taste and the memories it evokes.
Gu Yun begins experiencing signs that his medicine is wearing off—blurred vision indicating deteriorating health.
Gu Yun raises three solemn toasts:
First to his loyal soldiers who suffer without reward.
Second to those who died in the Western Regions.
Third to the heavens and earth, praying for the souls of fallen comrades.
Chang Geng silently watches Gu Yun drink in quiet sorrow, realizing how much Gu Yun hides his pain.
Chang Geng feels helpless, recognizing Gu Yun's distance and the limits of his own power.
This moment sparks a resolution in Chang Geng—he must grow stronger to stand beside Gu Yun.
Ge Pangxiao breaks the mood by pointing out a performance of dancing animals by foreign visitors, ending the chapter on a lighter note.
Chapter 23:
Fierce TigerGu Yun wears a foreign glass monocle, teasing Chang Geng about foreign trends and joking about finding him a “foreigner stepmom,” irritating Chang Geng.
A Black Hawk soldier jokes about modern women preferring good looks over virtues, leading to group laughter and banter about bachelorhood.
Gu Yun claims he’s the “flower” of the Black Iron Battalions, shamelessly boasting about his looks.
Shen Yi coldly jabs at Gu Yun’s failure to marry, triggering a deeper reflection on Gu Yun’s tragic history with marriage.
The late emperor had trouble arranging a marriage for Gu Yun, fearing both backlash and political implications.
A match with Grand Secretary Guo’s daughter, a famously talented and beautiful woman, was arranged but she died mysteriously before Gu Yun returned from the battlefield.
Rumors spread that Gu Yun is “hostile to wives,” making women avoid marrying him despite the appealing prospects.
The marriage issue is never revived; the current emperor considers Gu Yun of another generation and doesn’t interfere.
Gu Yun jokes about waiting for the right price to marry, then notices Chang Geng looking apprehensive—fearing abandonment.
Gu Yun reassures Chang Geng with a comforting pat and promises not to bring home a “shrew,” rekindling Chang Geng’s restrained, melancholic longing.
Down at Kite’s Landing, foreigners prepare a performance with a tiger in a cage, switching from parrots and monkeys to more dangerous entertainment.
Gu Yun becomes suspicious and instructs Xiao-Jia, a Black Hawk, to keep watch over the situation due to the potential danger to civilians.
A clown performs with the tiger, which jumps through a flaming ring reluctantly. Someone in the crowd throws gold leaves instead of coins, startling the crowd and the tiger.
The tiger panics, mauls the clown, and escapes into the audience, causing chaos and trampling.
Confusion breaks out—some shout about gold, others scream tiger, while many are crushed in the frenzied stampede.
Golden Crow Guards are overwhelmed; nobles abandon the crowd to save themselves, escalating the disorder.
Gu Yun immediately acts, grabs a bow and arrow, tells Chang Geng to stay inside, and moves to respond to the tiger.
Shen Yi tries to stop Gu Yun, referencing “your eyes,” hinting at a severe hidden weakness in Gu Yun’s eyesight.
Chang Geng picks up on the mention of Gu Yun’s eyes but doesn’t understand.
Gu Yun ignores it, exits the cabin, and leaps into action.
Black Hawks descend like streaks of light; one climbs the mast and shouts “The Marquis of Anding is here!”, temporarily freezing the crowd.
Gu Yun spots the tiger pinning down a servant and takes aim from atop the red-headed kite ship.
Despite wearing the monocle—which skews vision for archers—and being nearly blind without it, Gu Yun shoots without hesitation.
Chapter ends with Gu Yun loosing the arrow, leaving the outcome in suspense.
Chapter 24:
Wicked MonkGu Yun kills a rampaging tiger with a single arrow and immediately fires another to pin a foreigner’s hat to a pillar, startling the crowd.
He orders the Black Carapace guard to arrest suspicious individuals for interrogation.
Amid the chaos, a small figure escapes unnoticed onto a pleasure craft.
The escapee is a black-haired, black-eyed foreigner who resembles a Central Plains native.
He reports to a man in a white robe—the pope’s envoy—about the failure of their sabotage attempt.
The envoy blames the Gu family’s totemic reputation for the Easterners’ resilience, seeing it as blind faith in “black crows.”
Despite the failure, the envoy views this as a strategic opportunity and plans to initiate the Loulan Stratagem.
Gu Yun, despite worsening eyesight and hearing, wraps up the scene and quietly exits, instructing Shen Yi to handle the aftermath.
Chang Geng grows increasingly suspicious of Gu Yun’s health, recalling Shen Yi’s accidental remark about Gu Yun’s “eyes.”
Chang Geng sneaks into Gu Yun’s room, finding it simple and almost austere. He falls asleep waiting.
In a dream, Chang Geng sees Gu Yun turn to him with bleeding, empty eye sockets, terrifying him awake.
Gu Yun returns late at night, clearly weak and dizzy. He downplays his condition, claiming he drank too much at the Northern Camp.
Chang Geng doesn’t believe him, noting the faint alcohol smell and clear speech.
The next morning, Gu Yun drags Chang Geng to the palace to offer New Year’s wishes to the Longan Emperor.
He warns Chang Geng not to take the emperor’s behavior personally due to old family feuds.
Gu Yun curses upon seeing a carriage from the Temple of National Protection, expressing his disdain for the monks, especially Abbot Liao Chi, who once predicted Gu Yun would bring misfortune to his family.
Zhu Xiaojiao, a flamboyant eunuch with a dubious reputation, greets them and mentions that Abbot Liao Chi is already with the emperor.
Gu Yun notices a striking young monk accompanying the abbot—Liao Ran, recently returned from overseas.
Despite himself, Gu Yun is momentarily captivated by Liao Ran’s serene presence and beauty.
When Liao Ran greets him with a respectful bow, Gu Yun snaps out of his trance and rudely ignores him.
He bitterly comments on the monk’s Dharma name, mocking its overt meaning and resenting his presence.
Chapter 25:
An Imminent SeparationAbbot Liao Chi arrives with the handsome young monk Liao Ran to greet Gu Yun, offering formal blessings.
Gu Yun is visibly irritated by Liao Chi but maintains courtesy as the Marquis of Order.
Liao Ran, who is mute, reaches out to bless Gu Yun, prompting Gu Yun to sarcastically decline and walk away with Chang Geng.
Liao Ran silently mouths a prayer regardless of Gu Yun’s rejection, showing a monk’s steadfast belief.
Chang Geng asks Gu Yun if he’s really leaving the capital; Gu Yun confirms vaguely.
When Chang Geng asks to go with him, Gu Yun dismisses it with a joking tone, which deeply wounds Chang Geng.
Chang Geng realizes he might be left behind forever, understanding his weak position in Gu Yun’s life.
Feeling crushed and abandoned, Chang Geng panics and declares he wants to join the army; Gu Yun laughs it off with childish praise.
The group meets the Longan Emperor Li Feng, Chang Geng’s elder brother, in the palace.
Despite expecting disdain, Chang Geng is treated kindly and warmly by the emperor, contradicting Shen Yi’s past complaints.
Li Feng gives Chang Geng generous New Year’s gifts and asks what he wants to do in the future.
Chang Geng replies that he wants to be Gu Yun’s personal guard and fight to expand the empire, which pleases Li Feng.
Gu Yun feels both exasperated and emotionally moved by Chang Geng’s devotion.
Li Feng jokes about the hardship of life on the border, subtly warning Gu Yun not to take Chang Geng to war.
Gu Yun tactfully agrees, saying he wouldn't dare without Li Feng’s blessing.
Chang Geng is led by Zhu Xiaojiao to the Warm Pavilion to see a large Western grandfather clock gifted by a foreign envoy.
There, he unexpectedly meets Liao Ran again, who writes in Chang Geng’s palm: “Your Highness, do you believe in my Buddha?”
Chang Geng doesn’t reject him but doesn’t affirm belief either. Liao Ran replies: “Those who have not known suffering believe in no god nor Buddha. It is a good thing, a great fortune.”
These words deeply resonate with Chang Geng, who feels seen and exposed, reminded of his dark past and inner torment.
Liao Ran leaves after blessing Chang Geng with a smile, and Chang Geng promises to visit the National Temple.
The ornate grandfather clock strikes, revealing a display of puppet performers, which entertains and then ends in silence—symbolizing fleeting joy.
Back at the Marquis Estate, Gu Yun is overwhelmed with work, preparing for a diplomatic mission to the Western Regions.
He is also tasked with escorting barbarian Crown Prince Jialai Yinghuo, making political tensions clear.
Gu Yun grumbles that the emperor rejected his request for more violet gold, instead prioritizing agricultural machines from the West.
The emperor’s compromise is to let Gu Yun's battalion benefit from the barbarians’ tribute, effectively tying Jialai Yinghuo’s safety to their funding.
Gu Yun lies to Chang Geng, telling him he’s just going to the Fragrant Hills, not that he’s departing the capital.
Shen Yi is shocked by Gu Yun’s deception, but Gu Yun admits it’s because Chang Geng has been acting reckless since learning of his possible departure.
Chang Geng has injured himself in intense martial training, possibly trying to prove himself or cope with emotional turmoil.
Shen Yi calls Gu Yun a coward for avoiding a farewell, but Gu Yun can’t bring himself to face Chang Geng’s despair.
When they return to the estate, it’s lit up for Gu Yun’s birthday—an effort organized by Chang Geng.
Cao Niangzi, dressed as a festive girl, announces a celebration, and Shen Yi gives Gu Yun a pointed look of guilt: Chang Geng went all out while Gu Yun was planning to sneak away.
Chapter 26:
Seeking the BuddhaGu Yun forgets it is his birthday, which falls on the sixteenth of the first month—just missing the “auspicious” Lantern Festival by hours, reinforcing his sense of poor fortune.
The Marquis Estate staff and Chang Geng, led by Cao Niangzi, stage a humorous birthday surprise for Gu Yun using a sword-training puppet dressed up and holding noodles.
Gu Yun is unexpectedly touched by the warmth and liveliness of the estate, which had long felt cold and empty. He reflects on this newfound sense of home.
Gu Yun leaves for the Northern Camp without informing Chang Geng, feeling melancholy for the first time as he departs.
At the camp, Shen Yi teases Gu Yun about his feelings, and Gu Yun acknowledges the risk of Chang Geng refusing to recognize him upon his return.
The Black Iron Battalion sets off to escort the Tianlang crown prince and suppress desert raiders to secure the Silk Road.
The next day, Chang Geng practices alone with the puppet and notices the blossoming plum tree, which he cuts branches from to decorate Gu Yun’s room.
In Gu Yun’s room, Chang Geng realizes the fox-fur coat Gu Yun never wore in the capital is missing—he’s taken it for the border.
Uncle Wang confirms Gu Yun’s departure vaguely, and Chang Geng deduces Gu Yun intentionally left without telling him to prevent him from following.
Chang Geng is devastated and furious but remains polite and composed outwardly, only thanking Uncle Wang before leaving.
In private, Chang Geng experiences a violent wu’ergu attack—the curse embedded in his body flares up due to extreme emotional stress.
Overcome with bloodlust and hallucinations, he starts to associate Gu Yun with abandonment and betrayal, hating him with distorted intensity.
He nearly loses control, but pain from gripping a broken dart grounds him, helping him regain clarity.
Chang Geng comes out of the episode soaked in blood and sweat, and he realizes how naïve he was about the true power of wu’ergu.
Uncle Wang becomes concerned, but Chang Geng reassures him weakly through the door and refuses food.
Eventually, Chang Geng cleans and dresses his wounds, hugs Gu Yun’s pauldrons, and falls asleep wearing the heavy armor for comfort.
He reflects that blood has replaced his capacity for tears—there’s only so much water in the body—and he has chosen one over the other.
The next day, Chang Geng shocks everyone by declaring he will leave the estate to visit the National Temple to see Great Master Liao Ran.
This defies Gu Yun’s plan to delay him at home until the battalion was out of reach, showing Chang Geng’s independence.
The estate staff fears Chang Geng will chase after Gu Yun, but he insists he only wants to visit the temple as promised.
Arriving at the temple with an overkill escort, Chang Geng finds Liao Ran already prepared to receive him.
Liao Ran gives him bitter kuding tea made from cheap large-leaf gualu, reflecting the monk’s austere lifestyle.
Despite the simple surroundings, Chang Geng appreciates Liao Ran’s spiritual calm and begins an introspective conversation.
Liao Ran uses metaphor to teach him that expanding the heart diminishes the weight of suffering.
Chang Geng, humbled and changed by recent pain, formally asks Liao Ran for spiritual guidance, signaling the beginning of a deeper internal transformation.
Chapter 27:
An ElopementGu Yun sends a sentimental letter to Chang Geng a month after departing with the Black Iron Battalion, obviously ghostwritten by Shen Yi.
Despite knowing the letter wasn’t directly from Gu Yun, Chang Geng still treasures it deeply.
Gu Yun fails to return for New Year as promised and sends a rambling, sincere but poorly written apology letter along with many gifts.
Chang Geng, now fifteen, realizes he doesn’t want to stay in the Marquis Estate or follow a passive scholarly life.
He decides to become active in the world and leaves for the National Temple under the pretense of spiritual retreat and praying for Gu Yun.
The old housekeeper is horrified, fearing Chang Geng wants to become a monk, and recruits Cao Niangzi and Ge Pangxiao to dissuade him.
Cao Niangzi visits the temple and is instantly smitten with the incredibly handsome monk, Liao Ran, becoming an enthusiastic attendee.
Ge Pangxiao also “defects” after discovering Liao Ran’s deep knowledge of violet-gold machinery and engineering.
The housekeeper loses all allies as all three boys spend more time at the temple under Liao Ran’s influence.
After a year of routine visits, Chang Geng secretly leaves the temple on a trip to Jiangnan with Liao Ran, Ge Pangxiao, and Cao Niangzi, under the ruse of “closed-door cultivation.”
The temple guards discover the deception too late, finding only a short letter in Chang Geng’s cell.
The old housekeeper informs the emperor and writes to Gu Yun.
The emperor is surprisingly calm and even envious, being a devout Buddhist who admires Liao Ran.
Gu Yun is unreachable, lost deep in the Western Regions in pursuit of desert raiders.
Meanwhile, the four travelers sit at a tea house in Jiangnan observing new iron farming puppets in the fields.
These puppets are part of a government trial to replace human labor, running cheaply on coal and violet gold.
Ge Pangxiao sees this as a positive technological advancement, but Chang Geng warns of long-term social consequences such as tenant displacement and unemployment.
Cao Niangzi fears that widespread unemployment may eventually lead to rebellion.
Liao Ran states rebellions are not imminent thanks to the stabilizing presence of Gu Yun and the Black Iron Battalion.
Chang Geng brings up that to destroy a house, one must first break the rafters—referring to potential threats to the Black Iron Battalion.
Liao Ran reassures him that Gu Yun understands these dangers.
Chang Geng is overwhelmed with longing for Gu Yun, drinks his tea in silence.
Gu Yun, in the desert, leads a standoff against a major gang of raiders while protecting the flourishing Loulan region.
A personal letter from the Marquis Estate finally reaches Gu Yun.
Gu Yun reads the news of Chang Geng’s “elopement” with Liao Ran and explodes in fury.
He prepares to return immediately, kicking over his writing desk and dispatching a group of Black Hawks to recover Chang Geng.
Chapter 28:
JiangnanGu Yun decides to leave his military post and travel to Jiangnan, prompting Shen Yi to react with alarm, worried this could be considered desertion or rebellion.
Gu Yun assures him the desert raiders will be suppressed for a while and plans to make a quick round trip using the Black Hawks.
That same night, Gu Yun leads a surprise attack with the Black Steeds, captures the raider leaders, and departs immediately, refusing rest or the celebration prepared by Ban’eduo, the Prince of Loulan.
Ban’eduo, an extravagant drinker and self-proclaimed feast-friend of Gu Yun, is disappointed and confused by the sudden departure, making poetic comments that baffle Shen Yi.
As Gu Yun leaves, Shen Yi suddenly worries that he forgot his medicine in the rush.
Gu Yun arrives in Jiangnan, storms into the estate of Yao Zhen, the Regional Judiciary Commissioner of Yingtian, whom he saved years ago during a raid when he was fifteen.
Yao Zhen, confused by the unannounced visitor claiming to be “Gu Zixi” (Gu Yun's full name), initially disbelieves but quickly realizes it fits Gu Yun’s impulsive character.
Meanwhile, Liao Ran, the bald monk, wanders Yingtian with Chang Geng, Cao Niangzi, and Ge Pangxiao, traveling austerely and living off alms while refusing to let the teens spend money.
Chang Geng has matured significantly, now calm and steady in demeanor, and has developed an ability to blend into crowds.
Liao Ran shares philosophical thoughts on worldly suffering and detachment, prompting Chang Geng to comment on the monk’s deep insights.
Their odd group attracts attention in the market. Suspicious stares and whispers lead them to discover a wanted poster with Liao Ran’s face on it, claiming he is a fraud and offering a 10 tael reward.
Chang Geng realizes this was orchestrated by Gu Yun based on a tip from Uncle Wang, aiming to flush them out.
As a mob forms around them, Liao Ran flees with astonishing agility, avoiding capture.
Chang Geng distracts the crowd by tossing silver into the air, buying time for their escape.
Just as they try to slip away, soldiers arrive—and to their shock, Gu Yun himself appears on horseback, having come personally to retrieve them.
Chang Geng is stunned by Gu Yun’s appearance, while Gu Yun is shocked at how much Chang Geng has matured physically and emotionally.
Gu Yun decides he can no longer treat Chang Geng as a child and silently reflects on the passage of time and missed years.
Gu Yun coldly tells Chang Geng to follow him. They head to Yao Zhen’s estate together, ignoring Yao’s warm welcome and preparations.
That night, Gu Yun drinks alone, emotionally conflicted and unsure how to speak to Chang Geng now that he’s no longer a boy.
Chang Geng comes to see him and quietly says, “Yifu, I missed you very much.”
Gu Yun, softening, calls him over, realizing how much he has grown. Chang Geng impulsively hugs him, overwhelmed with emotion.
Chapter 29:
Dragon ThreatGu Yun arrives in Jiangnan and reunites with Chang Geng, embracing him and struggling to express how much he missed him.
Chang Geng controls his emotions and steps back, recognizing that his feelings are unreasonable and should remain hidden.
Gu Yun jokingly scolds Chang Geng for running off, admitting he's there because of him.
Chang Geng explains that he voluntarily followed Great Master Liao Ran south and feels guilty for causing Gu Yun trouble.
Gu Yun notes how eloquent Chang Geng has become, a sharp change from his blunt youth.
Chang Geng confesses his desire to see the world and improve himself, but also admits his actions were reckless.
Gu Yun tells a story from his youth about how he once acted rashly in a southern campaign and got General Du Changde seriously injured.
Gu Yun reveals General Du Changde never reported his mistake and instead praised him, which allowed him to stay in the military.
Gu Yun reflects on how responsibility sometimes comes from birth, implying he couldn’t take Chang Geng to the northwest because of duties imposed by his family name.
Gu Yun softens and tells Chang Geng that if he truly knows what path he wants, Gu Yun will clear the way for him as long as he lives.
Chang Geng is deeply moved, realizing no one has ever treated him the way Gu Yun does.
Gu Yun offers him wine and jokes about them sharing a bed, teasing Chang Geng about his childhood nightmares, which embarrasses him and sends him fleeing.
After Chang Geng leaves, Gu Yun talks to a Black Hawk soldier who had tracked Great Master Liao Ran.
The soldier reveals he found violet gold–related material (“shattered heart” ore) on a ferry Liao Ran boarded, raising suspicion of illegal activity.
Gu Yun decides not to cancel the arrest warrant for Great Master Liao Ran, using the incident as a cover to investigate the ferry and its connections.
Gu Yun realizes he forgot his medicine, his vision blurs, and he is forced to rely on a monocle to see clearly.
He suspects the violet gold could be either stolen by corrupt officials or smuggled from overseas—both potentially dangerous.
Gu Yun recalls the Dragon Division is weak compared to the other military branches and could be vulnerable if maritime defense is compromised.
Gu Yun worries this might be part of a deeper conspiracy and not just an accident.
Chang Geng finds Great Master Liao Ran hiding in his room and realizes he slipped past security again.
Great Master Liao Ran cryptically says he came to “deliver a heavenly tribulation” to the “fey flood dragon” in the East Sea—implying a serious political or military threat.
Chang Geng begins to suspect Great Master Liao Ran of manipulating events and follows him, sword in hand, out the window to uncover the truth.
Chapter 30:
Condensed FragranceChang Geng follows Liao Ran to the outskirts of the city at night.
Although he appears calm, Chang Geng’s hand is on his sword, ready to kill Liao Ran if Gu Yun is in danger.
Chang Geng warns Liao Ran not to harm Gu Yun, stating that he is his loved one and protector.
Liao Ran is surprised by the veiled threat hidden in Chang Geng’s polite tone.
Liao Ran insists he has no ill intent and that Gu Yun is essential to the nation.
Chang Geng accuses Liao Ran of deliberately luring Gu Yun to Jiangnan.
Liao Ran leads Chang Geng to a pier using a hidden path, changing into a dark disguise along the way.
They arrive at a pier crowded with merchant ships and guards, under the cover of night.
Liao Ran explains the pier is under surveillance by the Black Iron Battalion.
Chang Geng observes crates being loaded onto ships, filled with condensed fragrance—cheap, extremely strong incense used by commoners.
The stench is overpowering; even the inspection dog used to detect violet gold is incapacitated.
Liao Ran confirms violet gold has a distinct scent that dogs can detect, and this incense may be used to mask smuggling.
Chang Geng spots a Dongying man (from an island nation) and suspects the ships are headed to Dongying.
He questions why such an excess of condensed fragrance is needed—far more than could reasonably be used.
He deduces the condensed fragrance is being used to mask illegal violet gold shipments, potentially as a smuggling operation.
Chang Geng interrogates Liao Ran further, questioning how he knew Gu Yun would come personally.
Liao Ran implies Gu Yun and he share a secret understanding and bypassed local authorities deliberately.
Chang Geng becomes suspicious of Liao Ran’s true affiliations and the scale of the conspiracy.
A Black Hawk arrives and clashes with Chang Geng by accident, then reveals Gu Yun has summoned Liao Ran.
Chang Geng is suspicious about the private meeting between Gu Yun and Liao Ran.
Liao Ran visits Gu Yun without knocking, implying familiarity; Gu Yun surprisingly does not reject him.
Liao Ran convinces Gu Yun to let Chang Geng accompany him, arguing that hawks can’t grow up in cages.
Gu Yun reluctantly agrees to let Chang Geng and his companions (Ge Pangxiao and Cao Niangzi) come along, under strict supervision.
Chang Geng is overjoyed but hides it, wondering what Liao Ran said to change Gu Yun’s mind.
The group disguises themselves: Gu Yun becomes a blind and deaf fragrance master with Chang Geng as his attendant.
This role suits Gu Yun's needs to board the merchant ship unnoticed.
Gu Yun’s acting is extremely convincing, raising Chang Geng’s suspicions that he may have prior experience with blindness.
As they arrive at the pier, they are met by a middleman, and Gu Yun is treated with cautious respect.
Several men posing as sailors eye them suspiciously—Chang Geng recognizes their build and demeanor as not truly sailor-like.
Chang Geng discreetly protects Gu Yun, shielding him from view and warning him of the potential threat.
Chapter 31:
The Land of the DeadGu Yun gives Chang Geng a scent-filled envelope containing the Dying Nation’s Fragrance, once used by a tyrant emperor who believed it could grant immortality.
This fragrance was one of three found on a kidnapped fragrance expert; only this one Gu Yun somewhat understood.
Gu Yun uses the envelope as a code signal during their infiltration of the Dongying ship.
The ship’s overseer, Zhai Song, smells the scent, recognizes it, and initiates a coded exchange. He asks for their origin and destination.
Gu Yun answers with the code, “From the earth, to the land of the dead,” confirming their false identity.
Zhai Song accepts them, and the group boards the Dongying merchant ship posing as a fragrance master’s entourage.
Chang Geng notes the Dongying crew are heavily armed and have a faint scent of blood—he suspects they are warriors or assassins.
A masked Dongying ninja suddenly attacks Gu Yun with a curved blade.
Chang Geng blocks the attack, then engages in a fast, violent fight with the agile assassin.
The ninja’s shuriken nearly strikes Gu Yun, who doesn’t move, staying in character as deaf and blind. Chang Geng deflects it just in time.
Enraged, the wu’ergu inside Chang Geng stirs. He fights back fiercely and nearly kills the ninja.
Just before Chang Geng delivers the fatal strike, several Dongying fighters intervene and stop him.
Zhai Song explains it was a “misunderstanding”—the ninja, Mister Kamikawa, was supposedly playing a “joke.”
Chang Geng is furious, questioning the absurd explanation.
Zhai Song tries to touch Gu Yun to apologize, but Chang Geng blocks the gesture violently, warning not to touch him.
The group regains composure and enters the cabin, maintaining the illusion of the elite, deaf, blind fragrance master.
Inside, Chang Geng starts to speak, but Gu Yun silences him, signaling that the room may be bugged.
Flashback reveals Gu Yun’s traumatic training as a child—blind and partially deaf, trained ruthlessly by his father, the old marquis.
Despite his limitations, Gu Yun honed his senses through pain and pressure, becoming a formidable warrior.
Chang Geng expresses guilt and fear at having nearly failed to protect Gu Yun during the attack.
Gu Yun teases him, saying his own father would’ve beaten him for admitting fear.
Chang Geng wonders why Gu Yun never punishes him, realizing how indulgent Gu Yun has always been toward him.
Gu Yun explains the ninja’s attack was merely to test if he was truly blind; the shuriken was curved, not meant to kill.
Gu Yun warns that while the ship’s crew aren’t real threats, the destination of the voyage worries him more.
Ge Pangxiao sneaks in with equipment—two compasses and a mysterious steaming box powered by violet gold.
He reveals the compasses have been spinning for three days—they’re being led off course into a supernatural or dangerous region.
Ge Pangxiao unveils a device developed by the Lingshu Institute, more accurate than a compass but not commercialized due to its reliance on violet gold.
Gu Yun admires the tool, noting Shen Yi would be amazed by it.
Using the new instrument, Ge Pangxiao and the group deduce that their route is veering toward a dangerous, unknown destination—the true “land of the dead.”
Chapter 32:
LinyuanGe Pangxiao shows Gu Yun a secret map given by Liao Ran, pointing to a mysterious uncharted archipelago in the East Sea.
Gu Yun, with his extensive knowledge of maps, doesn’t recognize the location. He deduces that its obscurity might be due to magnetic disturbances affecting navigation tools.
Chang Geng questions the map’s origin; Ge Pangxiao shares a dubious tale involving oppressed pearl divers from a past regime.
The ship suddenly shakes, prompting Chang Geng and Ge Pangxiao to investigate the deck.
Gu Yun analyzes the island’s strategic location and considers it an ideal launching point for a surprise assault on the capital.
He speculates that Dongying's large-scale use of violet gold suggests deeper access to Great Liang's black markets and possibly high-level corruption.
Liao Ran enters casually, ignoring Gu Yun’s hostility, and declares he’ll offer his help upon arrival at the “land of the dead.”
Gu Yun confronts Liao Ran directly, accusing Linyuan Pavilion of being involved in military affairs through infiltration of the National Temple.
Liao Ran explains that Linyuan Pavilion only resurfaces during times of chaos and suggests that he and Gu Yun share the same goal.
A secretive sign-language conversation reveals that Gu Yun knows that peace is impossible with violet gold’sspread and is prepared to die for his nation if necessary.
The ship navigates between imposing dragon warships, carrying smuggled violet gold under the guise of a merchant fleet.
Gu Yun, although blind, identifies the presence of violet gold by smell and infers the military nature of the surrounding ships.
Chang Geng assists Gu Yun on deck, puzzled by Gu Yun’s unusual perceptiveness and seemingly casual resentment toward Chang Geng's older brother (the emperor).
That evening, Liao Ran returns dressed for covert action, giving Gu Yun a string of disguised prayer beads that are actually a code for Linyuan Pavilion members.
The beads reveal 36 operatives, suggesting the entire Linyuan Pavilion has mobilized.
Chang Geng asks about Linyuan Pavilion, but Gu Yun brusquely dismisses it as a secretive, troublemaking organization.
Liao Ran identifies one infiltrator among the enemy: a musician in the Dongying fleet’s leadership circle.
Chang Geng and Ge Pangxiao are eager to act, but Gu Yun urges patience, stating they need to find the true mastermind behind the rebellion.
Cao Niangzi volunteers to infiltrate the Dongying fleet disguised as one of them, revealing surprisingly fluent pidgin Dongying speech.
Gu Yun initially mocks Cao Niangzi, but Chang Geng intervenes seriously, resulting in Gu Yun reluctantly refusing the plan due to language concerns.
Later, a disguised Dongying youth (implied to be Cao Niangzi) slips ashore stealthily.
Meanwhile, Zhai Song, a Dongying official, arrives to formally invite Gu Yun (posing as a fragrance master) to a banquet, possibly suspecting their identities.
Chapter 33:
HintsChang Geng informs Gu Yun that the rebel leader wants to meet him; Gu Yun reacts with amusement and anticipation.
Gu Yun cryptically assures Chang Geng that the Black Iron Battalion is nearby, hinting at reinforcements.
Chang Geng becomes increasingly suspicious about Gu Yun's condition, suspecting that Gu Yun might actually be deaf.
Several strange behaviors and inconsistencies—like Gu Yun's use of sign language only, refusal to speak aloud, and interactions with Liao Ran—reinforce Chang Geng’s suspicion.
Chang Geng realizes Gu Yun may also be blind, deepening his concern.
Gu Yun asks Chang Geng to tie his blindfold before heading to the meeting, confirming the suspicions.
While walking with Gu Yun, Chang Geng tries to guide him protectively, fearing for his safety due to his apparent disabilities.
As they travel through the rebel stronghold—an island base resembling a floating city—Chang Geng reflects on its enormous scale and questions whether the Jiangnan Navy was infiltrated or negligent.
A woman named Chen Qingxu (plain and forgettable in appearance) crosses their path, exuding pacifying incense; Gu Yun smirks slightly at her presence.
In parallel, Cao Niangzi infiltrates a prison ship, knocks out a guard, and frees imprisoned mechanics under the guise of being an ally of Marshal Gu Yun.
Liao Ran and a companion begin sabotaging rebel steel armors by spraying them with squid ink.
As Zhai Song leads them onto another ship, an iron puppet suddenly attacks Gu Yun.
Despite being blindfolded and allegedly deaf, Gu Yun effortlessly dodges and kills the ambusher, leaving everyone shocked.
Gu Yun mocks the rebels’ ambush and expresses disdain, reinforcing his persona as an eccentric genius.
The rebel leader emerges: a bland, beardless man who tries to flatter Gu Yun, calling him “Zhang-xiansheng.”
Chang Geng deduces that Gu Yun's identity may have been leaked or faked to gain access to the inner circle.
Gu Yun drinks a bowl of wine offered by Chen Qingxu despite Chang Geng’s silent warning, trusting his scent skills to detect poison.
The rebel leader rants about political corruption and foreign influence, clearly trying to recruit Gu Yun.
Gu Yun dismisses his speech as nonsense and prepares to leave, unimpressed.
Before they exit, a tall cloaked man enters—Huang Qiao, commander of the Jiangnan Army and Navy.
Gu Yun removes his blindfold, revealing he is neither blind nor deaf. It was all a ruse.
Gu Yun addresses Huang Qiao directly, recalling past acquaintance, and exposes himself as Gu Yun from the military, stunning the rebels.
Chapter 34:
Truth and LiesCao Niangzi frees a group of imprisoned artificers using the sixth key, instructing them to escape by jumping into the sea and swimming in different directions.
Cao Niangzi knocks out a guard and locks him in the cell before fleeing the scene.
On the flagship, Gu Yun confronts Huang Qiao, revealing his true identity after being presumed to be away in the northwest.
Huang Qiao is shocked to recognize Gu Yun and becomes terrified as the situation unfolds.
Gu Yun teases the rebel leaders for their ignorance and explains the presence of the Black Hawks.
The Black Hawks launch a coordinated assault on the rebel fleet, swiftly killing enemies like ghosts and spreading chaos.
The pipa player in the corner (Chen Qingxu) plays music through the fight, shifting to "Ambush from All Sides" to match the atmosphere.
Huang Qiao refuses to believe Gu Yun could have brought the Black Iron Battalion and orders his troops to attack.
Ge Pangxiao, Chang Geng, and Gu Yun stand surrounded but hold their ground; Gu Yun maintains a composed and enigmatic demeanor.
Gu Yun hints at Prince Wei's past coup attempt, causing Huang Qiao to panic and assume their conspiracy has been exposed.
Huang Qiao, in desperation, attacks Gu Yun but is blocked by Chang Geng, who challenges him to a duel.
The rebel soldiers engage the trio in combat while iron puppets activate, attacking both friend and foe.
Ge Pangxiao throws a small iron sphere to aid Chang Geng in disabling Huang Qiao, who is eventually subdued.
The Black Hawks circle above, and Gu Yun uses the Black Iron Tiger Tally to command surrender from the rebel forces.
The tally represents imperial military authority and persuades many rebel soldiers to switch sides or surrender.
The released artificers sabotage the propulsion systems of many ships from underwater, further weakening the rebel forces.
Internal chaos breaks out among the rebels, with infighting and confusion between Dongying fighters and native troops.
Chang Geng presents the captured Huang Qiao to the fleet, signaling the turning of the tide.
Gu Yun’s Black Hawks begin consolidating control; Yao Zhen's naval reinforcements arrive under Gu Yun’s command.
Chen Qingxu is revealed to be the granddaughter of miracle doctor Chen Zhuo. She reminds Gu Yun of his headaches, hinting at his poor health.
A Dongying assassin tries to kill Chen Qingxu, but a Black Hawk intervenes and kills him with a precise arrow.
Chen Qingxu walks away emotionlessly, indifferent to the ongoing battle around her.
Liao Ran appears in awkwardly worn armor, having participated in the deception to simulate the presence of the Black Iron Battalion.
Chang Geng realizes the earlier battle cries and army sounds were illusions or tricks; he suspects Gu Yun orchestrated a massive bluff.
Liao Ran signs to Gu Yun that Yao Zhen has arrived and insists he should rest, revealing Gu Yun’s declining condition.
A last assassination attempt targets Gu Yun with hidden silk darts from a Dongying fighter.
Gu Yun reacts quickly, protecting Chang Geng and deflecting the darts, but collapses from exhaustion or pain, soaked in cold sweat.
Chapter 35:
Troubled HeartGu Yun, gravely injured, trembles in Chang Geng’s arms but tries to act normal, joking to lighten the mood despite the obvious pain.
Chang Geng, torn between worry and anger, supports Gu Yun back to the cabin and refuses to let go, sarcastically claiming trauma from the Dongying assassin attack.
Gu Yun admits his pain and tries to dismiss it, blaming cold wine and hunger, even joking it’s “that time of the month.”
Chang Geng sees through the excuses and realizes it’s likely a severe headache, possibly a migraine, which Gu Yun has suffered from before.
Gu Yun deflects with humor and affection, continuing to pat Chang Geng’s head as if nothing serious is wrong.
Despite his frustration, Chang Geng begins massaging Gu Yun’s temples to ease the pain.
While massaging, Chang Geng’s mind drifts toward forbidden desires; he imagines kissing Gu Yun, even biting his lips, and is overwhelmed by lust and guilt.
Shocked by his own thoughts, Chang Geng bites his tongue to regain control and abruptly flees the cabin.
Outside, the sea wind helps Chang Geng cool his rising emotions; he mentally chastises himself as a “beast,” realizing he can no longer remain near Gu Yun.
Two days later, at Yao Zhen’s estate, Gu Yun waits as Yao drafts a report for the emperor, covering up the full extent of the rebel incident.
Yao Zhen and Gu Yun banter over who should take credit for stopping the rebellion. Both try to push credit onto the other, revealing the political delicacy of the matter.
Gu Yun suggests making Chang Geng the hero of the report—someone who stumbled into the conspiracy and coordinated with the army from inside.
Gu Yun reasons this could help Chang Geng earn the emperor’s favor and ease the court’s suspicion due to his complicated parentage.
Gu Yun sees Chang Geng carving bamboo flutes with Yao Zhen’s daughters. He asks for one, but Chang Geng coldly refuses, giving it to a child instead.
Gu Yun is quietly hurt by the rejection.
Chang Geng privately asks if Gu Yun is returning to the northwest. Gu Yun confirms and suggests Chang Geng may be allowed to join him soon.
Surprisingly, Chang Geng rejects the offer, declaring he no longer wishes to go to the Western Regions, signaling a turning point in their relationship and his personal struggle.
Chapter 36:
SeparationGu Yun is shocked when Chang Geng announces he won’t accompany him to the Western Regions.
Chang Geng explains logically that he’d only be a burden and that it would be meaningless to gain false military achievements.
Gu Yun is frustrated but tries to be reasonable, suggesting Chang Geng return to court and network.
Chang Geng rejects this too, expressing a desire to travel with Great Master Liao Ran and meet talented people.
Gu Yun harshly forbids him, demanding safety precautions if he insists on going.
Chang Geng sarcastically mocks Gu Yun’s overprotectiveness, comparing it to being pampered like a rich lady.
Gu Yun is stunned by how sharp and sarcastic Chang Geng has become.
Tensions rise further as Gu Yun criticizes Chang Geng’s plans and Liao Ran’s reliability, citing duty to the late emperor.
Chang Geng grows bitter, feeling like a shameful burden to Gu Yun, whom he believes views him as an obligation.
Chang Geng recalls Gu Yun’s promise to support him if he’s certain about his path and confronts him with it.
Gu Yun furiously tells him to reconsider and storms off, leaving Chang Geng defiant but shaken.
Liao Ran tries to mediate, signing that Gu Yun only means well, but Chang Geng insists he doesn’t want to live as someone relying on others.
Chang Geng reveals deep feelings of inadequacy, believing his title and relationship with Gu Yun were "stolen" by Xiu-niang’s manipulation.
He feels like an impostor unworthy of everything and fears being exposed and losing it all.
He asks Liao Ran about Gu Yun’s mysterious illness, which Gu Yun has kept hidden.
Liao Ran refuses to divulge, suggesting it’s Gu Yun’s emotional sore spot, not a secret of pride.
Meanwhile, Gu Yun is left frustrated, mulling over how far apart he and Chang Geng have grown.
A Black Hawk delivers an urgent letter from Shen Yi saying: “Emergency. Return posthaste.”
Gu Yun decides to leave the next morning and prepares to say goodbye to Chang Geng.
Instead of a heartfelt farewell, they spar with swords in the courtyard, a symbolic test of strength and relationship.
Gu Yun praises Chang Geng’s growth in combat skills but tries again to coax him into coming to the Northwest Camp.
Chang Geng politely refuses, repeating his decision to explore the world independently.
Gu Yun, growing angry again, demands obedience and threatens to exile Liao Ran.
Chang Geng threatens to run away again, saying the Marquis Estate feels like a prison.
Gu Yun orders a Black Hawk to escort Chang Geng back to the capital and not let him leave the city.
Chang Geng reflects bitterly on their disconnect.
Gu Yun leaves at dawn without another word, stealing a bamboo flute from Yao Zhen’s daughter on his way out—a petty act hinting at inner turmoil.
Upon returning to the Western Regions, Gu Yun asks Shen Yi for his medicine—his hearing is failing again.
Shen Yi delivers grave news: the Desert Scorpion had a treasure map tattooed on his belly, supposedly leading to a violet gold mine in Loulan.
Gu Yun orders Shen Yi to “silence” the Desert Scorpion and all witnesses to the map, erasing all traces.
Shen Yi also mentions rumors of Prince Wei’s house arrest, but Gu Yun insists they wait for official confirmation.
Two memorials arrive at the imperial court: one praising local officials, the other revealing Gu Yun’s real involvement and a suspicious Linyuan Pavilion woman.
Emperor Li Feng, assisted by his uncle Wang Guo, begins to suspect Gu Yun’s connections with Linyuan Pavilion and hidden motives.
Though Li Feng doesn’t outright accuse Gu Yun of betrayal, he subtly implies that Gu Yun’s power may be too great.
He suggests finding others to “share” the burden Gu Yun has been carrying, hinting at future political maneuvering.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Stars of Chaos
Stars of Chaos: Sha Po Lang, Vol. 2
Chapter 37:
Marching OrdersThe chapter opens with reflections on emperors and history, contrasting types of rulers.
The late Yuanhe Emperor is described as kind but incompetent, obsessed with immortality.
His son, Longan Emperor Li Feng, is portrayed as capable and forceful, with a strong centralizing agenda.
In Year 1 of Longan, Li Feng orders Gu Yun, Marquis of Anding, to escort Jialai Yinghuo, Tianlang Crown Prince, to the northern border and manage new trade routes through the Western Regions.
This is framed as a punishment for Gu Yun, forcing him to recover the empire’s wealth or sacrifice himself.
In Year 2 of Longan, Prince Wei collaborates with Dongying in a failed naval coup.
The coup fails; Prince Wei is arrested and "commits suicide" by poison.
Following this, the Jiangnan government is purged: over 40 officials are executed, others are castrated and exiled.
New laws in Jiangnan reclaim land from gentry to imperial control, restricting economic and agricultural freedoms.
By Year 3, imperial control is absolute, surpassing even historic emperors. Dissenters are labeled traitors.
In Year 4, the Token of Mastery Law is enacted: civilian artificers must register, receive a seal token, and may only work on tasks permitted by their rank. Violators lose fingers and are exiled.
The policy is framed as a means to restrict violet gold leakage; debate ensues but is quashed by the emperor’s loyal cabinet.
Amid the artificer debate, Li Feng enacts the Marching Orders Decree:
It mandates that all troop movements require written marching orders from the Ministry of War.
Generals cannot mobilize even a single soldier without this document, or it counts as treason.
Exception: Black Iron Battalion under Gu Yun.
The decree sparks chaos:
Three regional commanders immediately retire in protest.
The military, including Gu Yun, is thrown into confusion.
Gu Yun, while still far away in the northwest, is swamped with managing morale and calming discontent.
He returns to the capital for the Lantern Festival but is overwhelmed comforting generals with perfumed handkerchiefs thrown at him by women on the streets.
By Year 6, no military inspectors have been appointed, so the Marching Orders law exists as an unimplemented threat.
In Central Shu, Chang Geng, now a grown young man dressed as a poor scholar, stops at a tavern named Apricot Blossom Village.
Local patrons debate the emperor’s decrees. An artificer defends Li Feng, saying centralized power prevents rebellion and lowers taxes.
A patron mentions that while Black Iron Battalion is technically exempt, the decree weakens Gu Yun’s authority by undermining the power of the Black Iron Tiger Tally.
Chang Geng politely listens and leaves, revealing he’s been covertly traveling the empire after escaping the Marquis Estate.
He had previously clashed with Gu Yun and ran away; Gu Yun stopped pursuing him directly, using covert Black Iron Battalion soldiers to monitor him instead.
Despite his escape attempts, Chang Geng is regularly shadowed and recently found again by a young soldier in Central Shu.
Chang Geng acknowledges the soldier, asks about Gu Yun, and learns Gu Yun may return to the capital for New Year if the border remains peaceful.
The soldier mentions the prosperity of the Silk Road thanks to Gu Yun's leadership.
Chang Geng reflects on how his feelings for Gu Yun, rather than fading over time, have deepened.
He experiences conflicted emotions about their impending reunion—eager but also anxious and fearful.
On the road, Chang Geng helps a woman carrying an unconscious man. He diagnoses the man with heatstroke and brings them to a nearby house.
Chang Geng administers acupuncture personally, showing unexpected medical skill.
The house belongs to Chen Qingxu, a woman from Linyuan Pavilion they met years ago on a rebel ship.
Chen Qingxu finds him inside her house uninvited, but is unsurprised by his presence.
The chapter ends with this quiet but telling reunion, revealing Chang Geng’s maturity, medical competence, and emotional depth.
Chapter 38:
A Chance MeetingChen Qingxu, a jianghu physician, is introduced. Despite her cold demeanor, she treats commoners with care and grace.
Chang Geng arrives unannounced at Chen Qingxu’s home with a sick old man and a young soldier from the Black Iron Battalion.
The young soldier is shocked by Chang Geng’s familiarity with the place and wonders what kind of relationship Chang Geng has with Chen Qingxu.
Chen Qingxu calls Chang Geng her "half-disciple" and has him write a prescription, which she reviews.
The young soldier is startled by how obedient Chang Geng is to Chen Qingxu, especially given how defiant he used to be with Gu Yun.
The matron explains that their farmland was rendered useless due to farming puppets, leading to poverty and factional tension among villagers, artificers, and businessmen.
Her husband went south to find work and vanished. She carried her sick father-in-law alone on a long journey to seek help.
Public fields in their area were left fallow due to local political disputes over building a temple, worsening their situation.
Chang Geng and Chen Qingxu are visibly upset by the story, though Chang Geng keeps his emotions to himself.
Chen Qingxu gives the woman free medicine and assures her she does not need to buy ingredients.
The young soldier is still worried about Gu Yun’s reaction and tries to clarify the living situation between Chang Geng and Chen Qingxu.
Chang Geng explains they don’t usually stay in the house at the same time, so nothing improper has occurred.
The young soldier is horrified that someone as high-born as Chang Geng is living so poorly and worries how Gu Yun would react.
Chen Qingxu notices Chang Geng is emotionally unstable and scolds him to “compose himself.”
A flashback reveals that two years ago, Gu Yun found out about Chang Geng’s wu’ergu condition and took him to Chen Qingxu.
Chen Qingxu couldn’t cure the poison but prescribed calming medicine and took Chang Geng as a half-disciple.
Chang Geng asked indirectly about Gu Yun’s hearing and sight problems but never admitted his concern outright, impressing Chen Qingxu with his restraint.
The Chen family has a tradition of treating all patients equally, and Chen Qingxu freely teaches anyone who sincerely wishes to learn.
Chen Qingxu gives Chang Geng a new formula for pacifying fragrance.
Chang Geng uses a personally designed sachet to carry the powder, impressing Chen Qingxu with its intricate and practical design.
Chen Qingxu reveals that Gu Yun is coming to Central Shu and had written ahead to arrange a meeting with her.
Chang Geng is shocked to learn this; he didn’t know Gu Yun would be passing through.
Chang Geng begins obsessively waiting on the official road for Gu Yun, dressing in his best clothes and enduring dust and wind daily.
He washes his own clothes each night to maintain appearances, only owning two sets of noble attire.
Every day, he tells himself he’ll leave, but ends up returning to the road, driven by longing and nerves.
On the fifth day, as the sun sets, Chang Geng rides slowly back, reflecting on his own foolishness.
Suddenly, a carriage races past him. Though the travelers look ordinary, Chang Geng’s heart starts pounding.
Chapter 39:
Bandit ScourgeShen Yi hears retching inside the carriage and checks with Gu Yun, who doesn’t care if the person pukes.
Gu Yun is heading south because General Fu Zhicheng is taking leave to mourn his mother—a likely protest against the Marching Orders Decree.
General Fu was a former bandit-turned-general under the late Marquis Gu. His timing suggests he’s pressuring the court.
Assistant Minister Sun Jiao, a key supporter of the Marching Orders Decree, is terrified of confronting Fu. He acts like he's heading to his death.
The emperor, exasperated, sends Sun with a command token to Gu Yun, making it his responsibility to deal with the situation.
Gu Yun is bitter at being used again and decides to torment Sun along the journey.
Gu Yun spots a familiar young man on horseback. It turns out to be Chang Geng, whom he hasn’t seen in four years.
The reunion is awkward but emotional. Chang Geng plays it cool but clearly planned the encounter.
Sun Jiao interrupts the moment by vomiting again, easing the tension.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng end up sharing a room at the inn, prompting teasing from Shen Yi.
Gu Yun confronts Chang Geng for disappearing and not returning to the Marquis Estate for years.
Chang Geng replies, “If Yifu isn’t there, what reason is there for me to go back?”
Gu Yun's anger melts; he notices how much Chang Geng has changed.
Gu Yun sees Chang Geng’s medical books and learns he’s studying to care for Gu Yun’s health.
They reconnect and talk late into the night; Gu Yun falls asleep mid-conversation.
Chang Geng silently watches him all night, overwhelmed by affection but restrains himself from touching or kissing him.
The next morning, Chen Qingxu arrives to examine Gu Yun’s worsening vision.
She confirms his condition is deteriorating and current treatments only delay the inevitable.
She offers an acupuncture method to alleviate his headaches and gives a booklet for Chang Geng to reference.
She mentions her intent to travel outside the Central Plains to search for a true cure, despite the risks.
Gu Yun warns her not to take such a risk for his sake, but she insists it’s her own conviction.
Chen Qingxu cryptically tells Chang Geng to “let nature take its course” regarding his suppressed feelings.
The advice leaves Chang Geng stunned and emotionally confused the rest of the day.
Gu Yun lingers at the inn for two extra days, clearly stalling for more time with Chang Geng.
Their pace slows dramatically compared to their previous urgent travel, frustrating Sun Jiao.
Shen Yi warns Gu Yun not to offend Sun too much or it may come back to bite him politically.
Gu Yun cryptically says clashing with the Ministry of War works to his advantage.
Shen Yi realizes Gu Yun is now engaging in political manipulation for Chang Geng’s sake.
Gu Yun rides off to find Chang Geng, ignoring Shen Yi's concerns.
While riding together, Gu Yun casually points out how the current mountain pass is ideal for ambushes—just before a war horn sounds.
Shen Yi accuses Gu Yun of jinxing them.
Chapter 40:
Hunting MonkeysA flag reading “Apricot Grove” is raised on the mountain, revealing a large group of armed bandits ambushing Gu Yun’s party.
Gu Yun immediately recognizes the situation as a deliberate and foolish provocation, not a random robbery.
Chang Geng confirms that rumors of collusion between southern officials and bandits are likely true.
The chapter explains how the farming puppets displaced laborers, some of whom turned to banditry, and how gold and silver became easier targets than goods.
Gu Yun reflects on the deep-rooted symbiosis between the Southern Border Army and local bandits, worsened by lack of military funding and oversight.
Fu Zhicheng, the Southern Border Army’s general, was originally a bandit and maintains peace by managing—not eliminating—the bandits.
Gu Yun concludes he must protect Fu Zhicheng for the time being, as there’s no better candidate for maintaining southern order.
Gu Yun suspects the ambush is not ordered by Fu Zhicheng but rather initiated by overzealous or foolish bandits trying to gain favor.
A bandit calls out to identify Gu Yun’s party; Gu Yun orders Shen Yi to shoot him without hesitation, which escalates the situation into a full fight.
Minister Sun panics and protests, terrified of the overwhelming number of bandits.
Gu Yun asks Chang Geng if he’s been keeping up with martial training; Chang Geng confirms his capability.
Gu Yun, Chang Geng, and the Black Iron Battalion charge up the mountain, ignoring Minister Sun’s cries.
Shen Yi forcibly takes Minister Sun along, who promptly faints from fear.
On the peak, the bandit chief, in heavy armor, orders an attack after realizing the opposing force includes a marshal.
The bandits launch a chaotic and poorly organized encirclement.
Gu Yun gives hand signals, and his soldiers split up, immediately sowing confusion among the bandits.
Gu Yun displays his lethal prowess, reminding Chang Geng that hesitation leads to death in battle.
Chang Geng begins to follow and observe his godfather’s tactics and confidence closely.
Gu Yun teaches Chang Geng about mountain ambushes and how to predict traps from experience.
Gu Yun narrowly dodges a trap and swings into the canopy like a practiced hunter, killing bandits in ambush positions.
He tells Chang Geng: “When hunting monkeys in the mountains, remember to first take the high ground.”
Gu Yun uses a powerful gold-tank-enhanced bow and fires a massive iron arrow to collapse a boulder onto the bandit chief, killing him instantly.
Chang Geng comments on the tactic: “Cut off the head, and the body will follow.”
The battle ends quickly after the bandits scatter; the Black Iron Battalion captures a few stragglers.
Gu Yun finds the bandit chief’s “throne” is just a pile of gold bricks under a wooden plank and mocks it.
Minister Sun, now recovered, tries to act righteous and interrogates the prisoners.
Chang Geng slyly hints to the bandits that minor punishment is possible—unless they’re too “heroic”—causing the prisoners to grovel in fear.
Chang Geng asks Gu Yun for the special bow as a reward; Gu Yun gives it to him.
Sun Jiao realizes Chang Geng is far more politically sharp than he seemed.
A soldier informs Gu Yun that Kuai Lantu, Inspector General of Nanzhong, is bringing two hundred personal guards to “assist.”
Kuai Lantu’s timely appearance suggests he was hoping Gu Yun would be killed or compromised.
Gu Yun and Sun Jiao exchange veiled words; Sun Jiao claims he contacted Kuai Lantu to protect Chang Geng.
Chang Geng questions how Sun Jiao knew there would be danger beforehand, exposing his poor excuse.
Sun Jiao smugly claims to have secured the emperor’s marching orders decree, effectively placing Fu Zhicheng under scrutiny.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng realize this decree is a calculated political maneuver against Fu Zhicheng.
The chapter ends with Gu Yun remaining silent, while Sun Jiao believes he’s secured a political victory.
Chapter 41:
Opening MovesKuai Lantu, Inspector General of Nanzhong, receives a letter from Sun Jiao and knows it’s time to act against Fu Zhicheng, a local tyrant who has long defied him.
The emperor plans to centralize military power through the Marching Orders Decree, and the southern border—Fu Zhicheng’s base—is chosen as the opening target.
Kuai Lantu identifies Jing Xu, a Daoist-turned-bandit leader allied with Fu Zhicheng, as a key target.
Kuai Lantu's forces deceive Jing Xu into believing the imperial envoy has been attacked and needs help, prompting Jing Xu to leave his mountain lair to intervene.
Once Jing Xu departs, Kuai Lantu launches a brutal attack on the mountain, burning it down with kerosene arrows and massacring everyone, including innocents, sparing a few to spread the news.
This act is designed to frame Fu Zhicheng as betraying his former bandit allies, sowing distrust and discord among the local forces.
Kuai Lantu then moves to join Gu Yun, who has arrived in the south as the imperial envoy, officially to offer condolences but clearly with deeper intent.
Gu Yun, still young but highly respected as the Marquis of Anding, is seen as untouchable by Fu Zhicheng due to a past debt to Gu Yun’s father.
Back at the Southern Border Garrison, Fu Zhicheng hears that Gu Yun has taken control of Apricot Grove and even hoisted the Black Iron Battalion’s command banner.
Alarmed and unsure of Gu Yun’s true motives, Fu Zhicheng decides to take half of the Southern Border Army—including elite divisions like Mountain Tiger and White Wolf—to confront Gu Yun at Apricot Grove.
Meanwhile, covert operatives posing as merchants along the road suit up in armor under cover of night and move stealthily toward Apricot Grove—multiple factions are converging on the same location.
Inside Apricot Grove, Gu Yun calmly eats while Sun Jiao nervously awaits Kuai Lantu. Shen Yi is tasked with inventorying the bandits’ stolen gold and silver.
Kuai Lantu arrives, still radiating the bloodthirst from his earlier massacre. He’s surprised to see Chang Geng, who introduces himself as “Li Min”—later revealed to be Prince Yanbei, the emperor’s fourth brother.
Just then, news comes that tens of thousands of Southern Border Army troops are approaching the grove under Fu Zhicheng.
Kuai Lantu accuses Fu Zhicheng of treason, bandit collusion, and abuse of the people, urging Gu Yun to take action.
Gu Yun, unfazed, surprisingly tells them to invite Fu Zhicheng up the mountain, intending to confront him directly.
In the attic of the bandit lair, Chang Geng and Shen Yi discuss the situation while using a white smoke signal as a communication tool.
Chang Geng watches Fu Zhicheng’s army approach and remarks that Gu Yun may no longer be inclined to protect Fu Zhicheng, suggesting he understands the broader strategic trap.
Chang Geng exhibits wisdom and composure beyond his years, saying that he learned from Gu Yun that fear is useless—and that one can even overcome the instincts of their own body with willpower.
Shen Yi notes that Chang Geng may be young, but is no ordinary royal. Chang Geng’s calm demeanor and sharp insight foreshadow a greater role.
Chang Geng believes that as long as the Black Iron Battalion's banner flies, Gu Yun commands immense unseen power—even in enemy territory.
Shen Yi realizes that Gu Yun may never have truly intended to save Fu Zhicheng.
Chapter 42:
Onset of ChaosKuai Lantu’s guards make way for the Southern Border Army, but tensions are high as weapons stay drawn.
Fu Zhicheng marches up with over 100 elite soldiers, clearly not in a submissive posture, clashing along the way with Kuai Lantu’s men.
Fu Zhicheng storms the mountain aggressively, appearing as if to arrest Gu Yun.
Chang Geng watches from the attic and notes Assistant Minister Sun’s political connection through marriage.
Chang Geng suggests to Shen Yi that Gu Yun may not be trying to save Fu Zhicheng, indicating strategic motives.
Chang Geng believes Gu Yun began weighing his options once he saw the bandit stronghold, and Fu Zhicheng’s forceful entry sealed his fate.
Fu Zhicheng greets Gu Yun with a bow, which lowers the tension momentarily.
Gu Yun immediately accuses Fu Zhicheng of treason, shocking everyone by being more direct than Fu Zhicheng himself.
Shen Yi and Chang Geng discuss the Marching Orders Decree, which would split the Black Iron Tiger Tally’s military power.
Chang Geng explains that Gu Yun avoids direct opposition to the decree to prevent political conflict and protect his influence.
Realizing that either Fu Zhicheng or he must fall, Kuai Lantu orders Fu Zhicheng’s arrest.
Chang Geng draws Gu Yun’s heavy bow with precision, surprising Shen Yi with his strength and martial progress.
Shen Yi wonders who can take over southern command if Fu Zhicheng falls; Chang Geng subtly suggests Shen Yi himself.
A violent fight breaks out—Fu Zhicheng slays several of Kuai Lantu’s guards with lethal precision and heavy armor tactics.
Chang Geng fires a powerful iron arrow from above, narrowly missing Kuai Lantu and pinning Fu Zhicheng in place, showing both power and control.
As tension rises, Chang Geng nocks a second arrow and continues the conversation with Shen Yi, who finally realizes Chang Geng is nominating him as the next southern commander.
Chang Geng outlines the delicate political balance between the emperor and Gu Yun, emphasizing the symbolic loss of power with the decree but also the need for stability.
Shen Yi reflects on Chang Geng’s maturity and transformation from the naive youth of Yanhui to a strategic thinker.
Chang Geng shares his economic vision involving the Silk Road and military funding, underlining his long-term plans for national strength.
A wooden mechanical bird delivers urgent news to Chang Geng, disturbing his calm.
Suddenly, a southern border soldier assassinates Kuai Lantu with a poison dart before being killed himself.
Black Iron Battalion Black Hawks swarm in from above, indicating Gu Yun’s secret preparations.
Gu Yun had never intended to follow Sun Jiao or Kuai Lantu’s plan but instead manipulated them into exposing themselves.
With Kuai Lantu dead and Fu Zhicheng about to be crushed by the elite battalion, Gu Yun legally justifies intervention and eliminates both threats.
Chang Geng rushes from the attic, realizing something even deeper is at play.
He concludes the true instigator is not Sun Jiao, Kuai Lantu, Gu Yun, or anyone obvious—but someone else entirely.
Chapter 43:
The SouthBandit chief Jing Xu escorts a supposed Southern Border Army soldier to assist Fu Zhicheng, but grows suspicious as the path leads into an area used by bandits to trap and rob victims (a "bell jar").
Jing Xu’s subordinate confronts the soldier, who is exposed as a fraud and kills himself with poison.
On returning, Jing Xu finds their bandit stronghold destroyed and burned, with corpses everywhere—ten years of work annihilated.
Though bandits usually escape through secret tunnels, Jing Xu fears the worst—and he’s right: the tunnels have collapsed due to an explosion.
The tunnels contained violet gold, a powerful and dangerous resource; Jing Xu had been secretly smuggling it for Fu Zhicheng and keeping 10% for himself.
The fire had detonated the hidden violet gold, killing everyone inside.
Jing Xu realizes Fu Zhicheng has likely betrayed him to protect himself.
Furious and devastated, Jing Xu rallies the surviving bandits for revenge, saying if Fu Zhicheng shows no humanity, he won’t show mercy either.
In Apricot Grove, Chang Geng shows Gu Yun a detailed sheepskin map, indicating the three great bandit chiefs of the south and their territories.
Gu Yun silently recognizes the map as the work of the Linyuan Pavilion.
Gu Yun orchestrates a military maneuver using merchant caravans and Black Iron Battalion soldiers to surprise and overwhelm the Southern Border Army.
The attack is successful: Kuai Lantu’s forces trap Fu Zhicheng, while Gu Yun’s troops crush the rest of the Southern Border Army.
Chang Geng informs Gu Yun that Jing Xu’s mountain stronghold has been burned down—news from Ge Pangxiao (aka Ge Chen).
Gu Yun deduces that the arson was likely orchestrated by Kuai Lantu, not Fu Zhicheng. He believes Kuai Lantu didn’t know about the violet gold, or he wouldn’t have destroyed such critical evidence.
Gu Yun suspects the Ministry of War and Kuai Lantu conspired to force a violent confrontation between Fu Zhicheng and the bandits to pass the Marching Orders Decree and remove Fu Zhicheng.
Smuggling violet gold is considered treason, punishable by death; revealing this connection would doom Fu Zhicheng.
Chang Geng explains the three black market sources of violet gold:
Government theft and resell.
“Black panners” mining illegally across the border.
Foreign imports—especially from nations to the south, which shouldn’t naturally produce violet gold.
Chang Geng confirms that the latest violet gold came from southern foreign nations—suggesting foreign manipulation and deeper conspiracies.
Gu Yun orders:
Black Hawk scouts to locate and capture the three bandit chiefs.
The arrest of the Nanzhong Inspector General’s guards to learn who encouraged Kuai Lantu’s plan.
Interrogation of Fu Zhicheng by Jiping.
Gu Yun suffers a health episode, and Chang Geng offers to help with acupuncture.
Gu Yun allows him, but finds the gesture strangely intimate. He reflects on Chang Geng’s maturity and odd shift from a reclusive boy to a jianghu traveler.
During the acupuncture, Gu Yun tries to probe Chang Geng’s motivations for traveling with the Linyuan Pavilion.
Chang Geng responds with a quote from Liao Ran about broadening one’s perspective to ease internal pain.
Gu Yun sees through Chang Geng’s evasion and counters with his own half-truth about being poisoned on the battlefield.
Chang Geng mentions learning archery from Zhong Chan, who Gu Yun recognizes as his own former teacher.
Gu Yun realizes the Linyuan Pavilion may have intentionally introduced Chang Geng to Zhong Chan, possibly grooming him for political or martial leadership.
As Gu Yun rests, a Black Hawk scout reports that the three great bandit chiefs have united, forming a rebel army at the Nandu River.
They possess advanced weapons—parhelion bows, heavy infantry, and even Black Hawks—suggesting external support or alarming escalation.
Chapter 44:
A Contest of WillsGu Yun learns bandits possess rare hawk armor and becomes immediately suspicious.
Fu Zhicheng, captured and bound, pleads innocence but is accused by Gu Yun of organizing a rebel army with elite equipment.
Shen Yi reports Fu Zhicheng doesn’t know where the hawk armor came from and was working through the bandit leader Jing Xu.
Gu Yun takes temporary command of the Southern Border Army and prepares to engage the rebels.
Gu Yun realizes his personal bow is with Chang Geng and asks for his whereabouts.
Meanwhile, Jing Xu consults with the foreigner Mister Ja, who admits they cannot defeat Gu Yun directly.
Mister Ja reveals the plan is to lure Gu Yun away using flashy but fake hawk armor while they seize the unguarded Southwest Supply Depot.
Jing Xu plans to smuggle men into the depot disguised as a violet gold delivery using shipping crates.
Chang Geng receives a second wooden bird message; Shen Yi enthusiastically opens it but gets smacked in the face by spring-loaded billow paper.
The paper contains a detailed schematic of the fake hawk armor, signed by “Ge.”
Gu Yun deduces the armor is a decoy to lure the Black Iron Battalion away from a more critical location.
Gu Yun questions Fu Zhicheng about the violet gold deliveries, pressing that death is already certain for him.
Chang Geng coldly reinforces the pressure; Fu Zhicheng admits he sent all the violet gold directly to the Southwest Supply Depot.
Gu Yun immediately dispatches Jiping and the Black Hawks to secure the depot.
Gu Yun instructs Xiao-An to lead a feigned attack on the bandit gathering site, disguising troops in black armor.
Jing Xu rallies his troops with an emotional speech blaming imperial corruption and urging unity in rebellion.
Mister Ja remains emotionless and detached during Jing Xu’s speech, indicating hidden motives and long-term planning.
As the bandits execute their infiltration, one team arrives at the depot and is questioned due to the unusual timing of the delivery.
When the depot captain grows suspicious, the bandits kill him and try to unlock the warehouse.
Just before entry, the bandit leader’s hand is shot through by a Black Hawk arrow, stopping the plan.
Shen Yi descends dramatically with a Black Iron Tiger Tally and official decree, claiming control over the depot and ordering the execution of the intruders.
Simultaneously, the bandit forces emerge from underground to attack the depot but find themselves ambushed by the Southern Border Army and Black Iron Battalion.
A severed, armored head rolls down the slope, revealing their cover has been blown.
The bandits are surrounded before they can act; the trap has been completely reversed on them.
Chapter 45:
FuseGu Yun sends Chang Geng away under the excuse of safety, to shield him from witnessing the upcoming brutal interrogation.
Gu Yun interrogates the captured bandits, using ruthless tactics: a beheading threat and actual executions until information is shared.
The Black Steed, following orders, messily executes a bandit, terrifying the rest into confessing all known tunnel entrances—eventually 64 in total.
The confessions allow Black Iron Battalion to smoke out and secure the complex tunnel network.
Jing Xu, the bandit chief, tries to withhold information but is pressured by Gu Yun into revealing new secrets, including the involvement of Fu Zhicheng in smuggling violet gold and plotting rebellion.
Jing Xu confirms there was a mastermind who encouraged the bandits to unite and fight, but Gu Yun suspects this was a setup to lure them into a trap.
Chang Geng, waiting nearby, understands Gu Yun’s actions and appreciates his attempt to preserve a compassionate image.
Ge Chen and Cao Chunhua, Chang Geng’s childhood companions, reappear. Ge Chen is now a giant with a baby face; Cao Chunhua is flamboyantly androgynous but insists on the feminine name “Chunhua.”
Chang Geng internally notes Cao Chunhua’s obsession with Gu Yun, tallying how many times he says “my dear marquis,” planning to beat him at count fifty.
Chang Geng reflects on his time away from Gu Yun, his longing, and whether Gu Yun would let him stay after becoming a prince.
Gu Yun interrogates Jing Xu further, learning about a mysterious figure behind the scenes orchestrating the violet gold rebellion. This figure had advised tactics like the bamboo kites.
Despite the information, the mastermind escapes capture. Soldiers only recover a map of the tunnels and a sand table.
The mysterious figure, revealed as Mister Ja, escapes by sea and marks multiple strategic locations on a map of Great Liang, planning further chaos with conspirator Wang Bufan.
Back in the capital, Gu Yun is ordered to escort prisoners north. He’s happy Chang Geng is returning with him.
Gu Yun urges Shen Yi to consider a future beyond the Black Iron Battalion, saying he deserves more recognition, though he lightens the mood with a joke.
On the road, Chang Geng helps Gu Yun remove his armor and discovers a bamboo flute—his own from childhood—which Gu Yun had stolen years ago.
Gu Yun, flustered, lies that he carved it himself. Chang Geng pretends to believe him but clearly sees through the lie. His heart is filled with joy at the discovery.
Gu Yun flees the scene in embarrassment. Chang Geng silently rejoices and wonders what the flute truly means to Gu Yun—and if he might dare hope for something more.
They arrive at the capital ahead of midwinter, just as the court reels from the shock of Fu Zhicheng’s rebellion.
Gu Yun is summoned frequently by the emperor. The investigation implicates multiple high-ranking officials, spreading terror through the capital.
The Longan Emperor punishes not only the rebels but their extended networks and patrons in the ministries, causing a climate of paranoia and dread.
Chapter 46:
DrunkThe Longan Emperor strengthens control over the military, implementing the Marching Orders Decree.
Gu Yun hands over his Black Iron Tiger Tally.
Shen Yi is promoted to commander in chief of the Southwest Army; the Fourth Imperial Prince Li Min is given the title Prince Yanbei.
For Gu Yun’s birthday, Old Mister Shen delivers two entire carts of homemade wine to the Marquis Estate, blocking the front gate.
Shen Yi is mortified by his father’s actions but arrives too late to stop him.
Gu Yun, returning from the palace, is visibly unhappy despite usually being cheerful at home.
Gu Yun, upon tasting the wine, invites Shen Yi to drink with him that evening.
Shen Yi reports that Chang Geng is in the kitchen, having insisted on cooking noodles himself.
Shen Yi teases Gu Yun that Chang Geng is skilled in everything from battle to acupuncture to kitchen work.
Gu Yun is uneasy, especially after returning from the palace where the Longan Emperor confided in him.
Gu Yun reveals the emperor wants to punish Zhang Fenghan, head of the Lingshu Institute, for opposing the Token of Mastery Law.
Zhang Fenghan had accused the law of stifling innovation and dooming the nation to fall behind the Far Westerners.
The emperor is increasingly paranoid and frustrated, feeling mocked by repeated instability in the nation.
Gu Yun is unsure if he can help Zhang Fenghan but promises to try.
Shen Yi admits that being in the capital feels suffocating and symbolic of political tension.
The courtyard celebration is bizarre and lively: Ge Chen reactivates old iron puppets for a strange dance led by Cao Chunhua.
Shen Yi and Gu Yun get drunk, reflecting on years of brotherhood and upcoming separation.
Ge Chen emotionally offers his network to Shen Yi, who just wants one of his mechanical wooden birds.
Everyone becomes drunk and disorderly. Chang Geng tries to manage the chaos.
Shen Yi drunkenly warns Gu Yun to be careful, claiming the Gu family is always where danger is greatest.
Shen Yi says the emperor fears Gu Yun, just like the late emperor did, because Gu Yun survived betrayal and still holds immense power.
Chang Geng is deeply disturbed by the implication that Gu Yun had once been betrayed and nearly destroyed.
Shen Yi collapses after vomiting, leaving Chang Geng to oversee the mess.
Gu Yun, still drunk but coherent enough to tease, mocks the others and remains lucid.
When Chang Geng tries to help him to bed, Gu Yun calls him “A-Yan” and slurs bitterly that Chang Geng’s father is a bastard.
Gu Yun drunkenly kisses Chang Geng and becomes overly affectionate, blurring lines between joking and truth.
Chang Geng, overwhelmed and aroused, kisses Gu Yun back, but Gu Yun then shoves him away.
Chang Geng, horrified by his own actions, tries to pull away, but Gu Yun—still drunk—pulls him into a tender embrace and kisses him again.
Gu Yun gropes for Chang Geng’s belt, intending to undress him, but ends up tangled in it and falls asleep before anything more can happen.
Chang Geng, shaken and breathless, pulls away, covers Gu Yun with a blanket, and flees the room.
Chapter 47:
Muddy WatersGu Yun wakes up late, extremely hungover after drinking heavily the night before to drown his sorrows.
He finds a bowl of hangover remedy in his room and drinks it, then realizes he has been irrationally anxious lately.
Gu Yun reflects on the state of the nation: although finances are tight and there have been minor disasters and unrest, things are not as dire as he feared.
He considers past events (Jiangnan unrest, southern border conflict, East Sea smuggling) as relatively minor compared to past wars.
Gu Yun remembers something shameful from the night before and is horrified to find Chang Geng’s sachet in his bed, implying something happened between them.
Realizing there are no servant girls in the estate, he concludes that it was Chang Geng he harassed while drunk.
Panicked and guilt-ridden, Gu Yun bursts into Shen Yi’s room, initially unable to explain what happened.
Gu Yun admits to having acted disgracefully and questions whether he loses control when drunk.
Shen Yi is intrigued and guesses that Gu Yun did something embarrassing but doesn’t get the full story.
Gu Yun leaves, full of shame, contemplating suicide from sheer regret, and frets over Chang Geng’s reaction.
Gu Yun discovers Chang Geng left for the National Temple early in the morning, possibly to escape him.
The estate receives a birthday gift and a secret letter from Jiang Chong of the Imperial Court of Judicial Review.
Jiang Chong’s letter reveals the emperor plans to reinstate the Gold-Consolidation Decree and crack down on the violet gold black market, starting in the southwest.
That night, Shen Yi hosts a farewell banquet at Kite’s Flight Pavilion. Gu Yun briefly attends.
After leaving, Jiang Chong and Gu Yun secretly meet in a carriage for a confidential conversation.
Jiang Chong confirms the emperor’s covert plan to dismantle the violet gold smuggling ring under the pretense of punishing southern unrest.
Jiang Chong warns Gu Yun that his border position may invite suspicion during the investigation, even though Gu Yun no longer controls the Black Iron Tiger Tally.
Gu Yun acknowledges the risk and agrees to lay low, offering to help Jiang Chong if needed.
Jiang Chong laments that even technological advancements (farming puppets, steam devices) haven’t improved the national economy—suggesting systemic corruption or inefficiency.
Gu Yun reflects that despite no logical danger, he feels an unshakable anxiety, which Jiang Chong likens to a veteran investigator’s intuition—a premonition of turmoil.
Back at the estate, Gu Yun learns Chang Geng is still at the National Temple, planning to stay with Great Master Liao Ran.
Gu Yun waits several days for Chang Geng to return but eventually visits the temple himself.
At the temple, Chang Geng and Liao Ran play weiqi in silence using sign language. Chang Geng presses Liao Ran for the truth about Gu Yun’s blindness and hearing damage.
Liao Ran explains that as a child, Gu Yun was poisoned by a stray arrow during a northern barbarian suicide attack while accompanying his parents on the border.
He says Gu Yun was saved by Old Doctor Chen, but suffered permanent damage to his senses.
Chang Geng doubts this version, especially remembering Shen Yi's drunken remark implying deeper secrets (“they tried to destroy you”).
The chapter ends with Gu Yun arriving at the National Temple.
Chapter 48:
A Startling RealizationLiao Ran is surprised by Gu Yun’s unexpected arrival at the National Temple.
Chang Geng is visibly unsettled, nervous about facing Gu Yun after their drunken encounter.
Both Gu Yun and Chang Geng mistakenly believe they had taken advantage of each other while drunk, leading to mutual guilt.
Liao Ran observes Chang Geng’s internal turmoil, noting how deeply his emotions are affected by Gu Yun’s name alone.
Gu Yun arrives, visibly uncomfortable in the temple, exchanging veiled barbs with Liao Ran before telling Chang Geng to come home.
Chang Geng agrees to leave, but the simple word “home” stirs complicated emotions in him.
Gu Yun notices Chang Geng has matured into a refined and handsome young man, triggering subconscious romantic thoughts.
Gu Yun irrationally suspects Chang Geng may have been assaulted due to his beauty and liberalized social customs.
Chang Geng brushes off Gu Yun’s light teasing, but when Gu Yun goes to put his arm around him, he hesitates, afraid of misinterpretation.
Chang Geng casually mentions he once considered becoming a monk, startling Gu Yun.
Gu Yun reflects on the fact that Chang Geng is now an adult and cannot be scolded like a child anymore.
Chang Geng gives a philosophical answer about choosing to live in the world and face hardships, hinting at his inner growth and devotion to Gu Yun.
Gu Yun accuses Chang Geng of hiding at the temple, but Chang Geng dodges, saying he just wanted peace of mind.
Chang Geng mentions misplacing a fragrance sachet, revealing it contained a prescription from Miss Chen.
Gu Yun, flustered, hands it back, claiming he accidentally yanked it off while drunk.
Chang Geng is momentarily stunned but relieved Gu Yun believes nothing happened between them.
Despite smoothing things over, Chang Geng feels a twinge of disappointment.
Gu Yun offers Chang Geng the opportunity to choose his future role in court.
Chang Geng humbly refuses any major post and opts to assist the Imperial Court of Judicial Review.
Gu Yun advises him to wait, revealing that Justice Jiang is under pressure due to the violet gold black market investigation.
Chang Geng impresses Gu Yun with a calm and insightful analysis of the economic and political danger of unrestricted violet gold trading.
Chang Geng warns that allowing violet gold into public circulation would enable anyone with wealth to threaten the empire’s stability.
He suggests moderate restrictions and foreign trade as solutions, prioritizing national wealth and stability.
Gu Yun is deeply impressed and moved by Chang Geng’s political foresight and maturity.
Gu Yun reflects bitterly that if Chang Geng weren’t a prince, he could’ve been a top civil official, lauded for his governance.
As they walk in the snow, Chang Geng shields Gu Yun with the umbrella, letting himself get wet instead.
Gu Yun notices Chang Geng’s snow-covered shoulder and is touched by his quiet care.
When Gu Yun reaches out, Chang Geng flinches reflexively—Gu Yun catches the subtle reaction and begins to suspect something deeper.
In the carriage, Gu Yun pretends to sleep and feels Chang Geng gently cover him with a blanket—an unusually tender gesture that stirs new suspicions.
Gu Yun starts closely observing Chang Geng and becomes increasingly uneasy about his growing awareness of Chang Geng’s feelings.
Meanwhile, Gu Yun is dealing with political pressure: the Gold-Consolidation Decree, black market issues, and the need to rescue Master Fenghan.
Shen Yi is sent off to the southwest; Master Fenghan is released from prison after a fortuitous moment with the emperor.
With these tasks completed, Gu Yun prepares to return to Loulan.
On the night before his departure, Gu Yun struggles to sleep due to his condition.
A sudden imperial summons arrives, calling Gu Yun to the palace, just as his eyelid begins twitching—a possible omen.
Chapter 49:
DefianceGu Yun wakes up to find Chang Geng waiting in the outer chamber with a lamp and a book, having prepared hot medicinal tea for him.
Gu Yun is unnerved by Chang Geng’s attentive care, which borders on that of a loving spouse, and resolves to have a serious talk with him after returning from the palace.
Upon arrival at the palace, Gu Yun notices the intimidating military defense setup and encounters Zhu Xiaojiao, who introduces envoys from the West, including a white-haired man claiming to be the pope’s envoy.
The envoy compliments Gu Yun, who responds coolly. Zhu Xiaojiao privately informs him that the emperor is in an unusually good mood and that this summons is likely not bad news.
Gu Yun enters the Warm Pavilion and finds Emperor Li Feng appearing even more haggard than himself. Li Feng insists Gu Yun not be overly formal and offers him ginseng soup.
Li Feng praises Gu Yun for uncovering black-market violet gold dealings and claims the recent crackdown has revealed foreign sources—specifically, private mines in the Kingdom of Loulan.
Gu Yun is shocked and deeply suspicious. He has no knowledge of any violet gold in Loulan, where his troops have been stationed for years.
Li Feng recounts that while Gu Yun was at the southern border, Qiu Wenshan led troops to help Loulan with desert raiders, rescued fake Sindhu merchants, and handed them over to the central government.
These “merchants” were revealed to be gold smugglers claiming to have found a treasure map with rich violet gold veins in Loulan.
Gu Yun realizes he received no prior word of this major event and suspects foul play, especially since key members of the Black Iron Battalion had been reassigned at the time.
Li Feng insists the presence of violet gold in Loulan is probable and hints that Gu Yun must prepare for a military mission there.
Gu Yun silently deduces that the events were orchestrated to remove his influence and manipulate evidence of violet gold in Loulan.
Li Feng tries to justify his intentions, citing the dire state of the nation and the need for resources. He appeals to Gu Yun’s loyalty.
Gu Yun attempts to persuade Li Feng to reconsider, highlighting the long-standing alliance and goodwill of Loulan, which supported Great Liang in times of crisis.
Li Feng loses his temper at Gu Yun’s resistance, accusing him of challenging imperial authority and pelts an inkstone at him.
Despite being struck, Gu Yun refuses to retract his stance and declares the mission to invade Loulan inhumane, immoral, and thus inauspicious.
Gu Yun kneels and formally refuses the emperor’s order, stating that although the Black Iron Battalion fears no death, he will not lead an unjust war.
Chapter 50:
Killing IntentGu Yun confronts Emperor Li Feng over a decision involving the Silk Road, warning it could destabilize the realm.
Li Feng reacts with fury and dismisses Gu Yun, forcing him to kneel in the snow outside the Warm Pavilion to "cool down."
Eunuch Zhu Xiaojiao tactfully intervenes, summoning Imperial Uncle Wang to defuse the tension.
Wang Guo attempts to soothe Li Feng, attributing Gu Yun’s outburst to his rough upbringing among border soldiers.
Li Feng reveals deeper insecurities: despite Gu Yun returning the Black Iron Tiger Tally, Li Feng suspects the general still holds real military power and loyalty from officers nationwide.
This realization exposes Li Feng’s deep mistrust and paranoia about Gu Yun’s influence, hinting at dangerous thoughts.
As Wang Guo leaves, he briefly sympathizes with Gu Yun but prioritizes self-preservation.
Zhu Xiaojiao later secretly visits Gu Yun, now half-frozen while still kneeling in the snow.
Gu Yun refuses assistance or involving Prince Yanbei, showing loyalty and strategic restraint.
Zhu Xiaojiao offers him an umbrella, which Gu Yun declines to avoid making Zhu Xiaojiao appear disloyal to Li Feng.
Alone again, Gu Yun reflects on Chang Geng’s theory linking the East Sea rebellion and the southwest bandit crisis as part of a coordinated scheme.
Gu Yun traces the political aftermath: the court overreacted to the East Sea conflict, purging the Jiangnan Navy and passing the Marching Orders Decree targeting his power.
He realizes someone orchestrated events to increase distrust between him and the emperor—especially through the Fu Zhicheng incident and mountain bandit unrest.
Gu Yun suspects the so-called “Loulan Treasure Trove” was fabricated or manipulated, especially given how quickly the emperor’s envoy claimed to find it.
Meanwhile, Chang Geng wakes from nightmares and learns Gu Yun has been punished.
He races to the palace on horseback through heavy snow, determined to intervene.
Inside the palace, Zhu Xiaojiao uses Buddhist incense and Great Master Liao Chi’s spiritual presence to pacify the emperor.
Liao Chi's arrival mysteriously causes Li Feng to issue a relatively light punishment: Gu Yun’s command is temporarily revoked, he forfeits three months’ pay, and is ordered to reflect in isolation.
Gu Yun is helped up, soaked and freezing, and starts leaving the palace.
At the gates, he is surprised to see Chang Geng waiting for him, who had orchestrated Liao Chi’s intervention.
Gu Yun jokes about it, unaware of Chang Geng’s deteriorating mental state.
Chang Geng silently helps him into a carriage and dresses him in dry clothes, while barely controlling his spiraling wu’ergu condition.
Gu Yun notices Chang Geng’s strange behavior and checks his pulse, realizing it’s more than fatigue—it’s qi deviation due to unstable martial cultivation.
Chang Geng tries to hide the truth, but Gu Yun directly asks if he is hiding a romantic secret.
The chapter ends with the heavy implication that Gu Yun is finally confronting Chang Geng’s feelings for him, signaling a major turning point in their relationship.
Chapter 51:
RomanceGu Yun cautiously brings up an emotionally charged subject with Chang Geng, triggering a violent physical and mental reaction.
Chang Geng experiences a severe internal backlash, hallucinations, and uncontrollable emotions, indicating a qi deviation.
He violently pulls away, vomits blood, and apologizes to Gu Yun, asking to be punished, believing he has offended him.
Gu Yun, stunned and unable to blame him, helps him recover and orders him to focus on healing.
In the carriage, Gu Yun reflects on whether his drunken actions may have misled Chang Geng, only to realize Chang Geng is more emotionally invested than expected.
Upon returning home, Chang Geng offers to move out to avoid making Gu Yun uncomfortable.
Gu Yun, overwhelmed, leaves without a word. Chang Geng receives a mysterious message from Chen Qingxu hinting at Gu Yun’s past illness and possible secrets.
Chang Geng continues his own private investigation into Gu Yun’s past, suspecting a deeper change linked to an old incident at the northern border.
Chang Geng begins avoiding Gu Yun entirely. Gu Yun grows increasingly agitated, skips his medicine, and spirals into confusion.
Meanwhile, court politics heat up: the Longan Emperor attempts to reinstate the Gold-Consolidation Decree, prompting mass protests and uncovering a massive corruption scandal.
Weeks later, a Black Hawk arrives at the estate. Gu Yun finally sees Chang Geng again when he brings him medicine.
The atmosphere is tense and formal. Chang Geng behaves like a distant physician, showing no intimacy or emotion.
Gu Yun awkwardly attempts to bring up the incident between them, assuming he acted improperly while drunk.
Chang Geng calmly reveals it was he who initiated the moment and confesses he has long harbored feelings for Gu Yun due to growing up unloved, except by him.
He begs Gu Yun to forget it ever happened and promises to remain respectful and distant.
Gu Yun is stunned and conflicted, unable to process the emotional weight of the confession.
Chang Geng offers to stay away entirely if it makes Gu Yun more comfortable and promises to fulfill whatever role Gu Yun desires of him.
Gu Yun feels utterly defeated, especially since Chang Geng now refuses to fight or argue—his passivity making him unbeatable.
They shift to discussing court affairs. Chang Geng informs Gu Yun of the political tension, trying to keep things professional.
A Black Hawk arrives with urgent military news from the northwest: a conflict has erupted among Western Regions countries.
Loulan's envoy was massacred near Qiuci; sand tiger war machines were used against Loulan’s cavalry.
These sand tigers are powerful war chariots that previously posed great danger during a rebellion Gu Yun quelled a decade earlier.
Gu Yun is alarmed that such weapons have resurfaced and suspects a larger conspiracy.
The Protector-General of the Northwest orders Gu Yun’s Black Iron Battalion to remain inactive, citing Gu Yun’s current house arrest.
Chapter 52:
No BoundariesGu Yun analyzes the instability in the Western Regions, where petty nations are at constant odds, and suspects that the kingdom of Qiuci is being backed by a much more powerful force due to its ability to afford over a hundred sand tigers.
He rules out Li Feng, the emperor, as the mastermind, believing him too controlling and risk-averse for such a reckless plan.
Gu Yun realizes the real threat lies in not who backs Qiuci, but in what their objective is—suggesting the enemy wants to force the empire into a political-military crisis.
He Ronghui is now the de facto leader of the Black Iron Battalion, and his notoriously rebellious temperament worries Gu Yun. If the Protector-General Meng Pengfei tries to assert authority, He Ronghui might respond violently.
Gu Yun is frustrated that he’s stuck in the capital, unable to personally handle the growing threat on the frontier.
Chang Geng unexpectedly visits Gu Yun, offering quiet support and asking to come inside.
They engage in a tense conversation over a weiqi board. Chang Geng deduces that a massive army (over ten thousand foreign troops) must be pressuring the Silk Road entrance to bait a response from the Black Iron Battalion.
Chang Geng suggests that the goal is not to conquer but to create political tension: provoke He Ronghui into acting, thereby justifying the court’s suspicions about Gu Yun’s influence and potentially dismantling his military power.
Gu Yun reflects bitterly on the unnatural split of military and political power in Great Liang, a result of Emperor Wu giving command to his daughter rather than his adopted son (now Emperor Li Feng).
Chang Geng outlines the enemy’s likely plan: surround the Black Iron Battalion, trigger them to request reinforcements from the Central Plains, and use the disobedience of generals to fuel Li Feng's paranoia that Gu Yun is staging a coup.
Chang Geng offers a precise three-part strategy:
Use the Black Hawk messenger to instruct General Cai Bin in the Central Plains not to send reinforcements.
Tell He Ronghui not to act rashly or offend Meng Pengfei, despite the provocations.
Have Gu Yun submit a memorial relinquishing all military command permanently and urging Li Feng to appoint a new leader for the northwest, avoiding the appearance of a power grab.
Gu Yun reflects on the past, recalling how he had once rescued Chang Geng as a wounded child beyond the pass, nearly dead from wolf attacks and cold.
He realizes how much Chang Geng has grown, both in intellect and character.
Chang Geng delivers his final point and turns to leave, but Gu Yun stops him and expresses genuine care, saying he doesn't want him to suffer or force himself to stay—he just wants Chang Geng to be well.
The chapter ends with Chang Geng fleeing in silence and Gu Yun, seemingly amused and touched, calling him a “little brat,” vowing to handle him eventually.
Chapter 53:
DétenteChang Geng visits Gu Yun late at night, appearing calm but leaves emotionally overwhelmed.
In the cold night, he reflects on his intense feelings and memories with Gu Yun, recalling their shared childhood and cherished moments.
Gu Yun gently but firmly reasserts his role as Chang Geng’s adoptive father (yifu), making it clear that he cannot reciprocate romantic or inappropriate feelings.
Chang Geng is internally conflicted—grateful for Gu Yun’s care, yet frustrated that Gu Yun won't act similarly assertive against the imperial court.
A wooden messenger bird from Chen Qingxu arrives with a letter revealing she has found the source of the poison used on Gu Yun years ago and might develop an antidote.
The letter warns that Gu Yun’s condition is already dire due to years of exposure and countermeasures; Chang Geng is told to prepare for the worst.
The poison is likely linked to a barbarian goddess who once entered the imperial harem, suggesting political intrigue and secrets buried deep in the palace.
Chang Geng burns the letter after reading, then gazes at the palace with ominous intensity, hinting at coming plans.
The next day, Gu Yun submits a memorial to the emperor, asking forgiveness and citing illness as the reason to resign from command and retire outside the capital.
The memorial is direct and personal—clearly written by Gu Yun himself—and full of both sincerity and calculated sarcasm.
Emperor Li Feng, touched by nostalgia, reads an old calligraphy note from Gu Yun and reminisces about their childhood bond.
Moved by the memory, Li Feng accepts Gu Yun’s resignation but does not assign a new military commander, preserving a token of goodwill.
The emperor even sends rare medicine and tea to Gu Yun and mentions asking him to write a plaque inscription later, indicating continued favor despite political distance.
Meanwhile, a complaint arrives from the Northwest about the Black Iron Battalion ignoring orders and detaining a commander, but the emperor reacts mildly, still protective of Gu Yun’s legacy.
Chang Geng later visits Gu Yun at the hot spring villa where Gu Yun is shamelessly enjoying wine, women, and a luxurious bath.
Chang Geng is both annoyed and flustered by Gu Yun’s easygoing attitude and perceived frivolity, especially in light of serious matters.
Gu Yun pretends not to hear Chang Geng’s sarcastic jabs, continuing to play the fool to defuse tension.
Gu Yun invites Chang Geng to enjoy the bath and new entertainers, but Chang Geng declines coldly, trying to maintain emotional distance.
When Chang Geng tries to leave, Gu Yun stops him with a philosophical reflection on misplaced affections and emotional burdens.
Gu Yun relates his own childhood pain and how the late emperor had been like a father to him, drawing a parallel to Chang Geng’s feelings.
He gently implies that what Chang Geng feels might be a projection of deep emotional dependency, not true romantic love.
Gu Yun advises Chang Geng to let go of his burdens and live a little, instead of constantly carrying the weight of responsibilities and intense feelings.
The chapter ends with a mixture of warmth, tension, and unspoken pain as both characters remain locked in a delicate emotional stalemate.
Chapter 54:
A Sudden DisturbanceChang Geng sees Gu Yun’s scarred body in the hot spring and reflects on Gu Yun's traumatic childhood and transformation.
He feels deep sympathy and regret for not being there during Gu Yun’s formative years.
Overwhelmed with emotion, Chang Geng confesses his feelings for Gu Yun, declaring he has wanted him for a long time—emotionally and physically.
Gu Yun, caught off guard and uncomfortable, tries to dismiss the confession, but Chang Geng insists.
Chang Geng asks if Gu Yun finds him disgusting; Gu Yun avoids answering directly, confirming Chang Geng’s fears.
Despite emotional tension, a surprise assassination attempt interrupts them.
An arrow wounds Chang Geng, and Gu Yun’s senses detect blood moments before the attack.
A heavily armored assassin ambushes them; Gu Yun fights back but finds his strength compromised due to being drugged.
Chang Geng helps Gu Yun fatally stab the assassin and quickly checks Gu Yun’s pulse.
Chang Geng deduces Gu Yun was drugged, likely enhanced by soaking in hot water.
More assassins in light armor descend on the villa. The estate guards respond swiftly.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng retreat to safety while the guards overpower the attackers.
The assassins, when defeated, self-destruct using their armor’s violet gold tanks, causing chaos and fire.
Gu Yun flashes back to a traumatic childhood memory of a similar suicide attack in a military camp, where he was nearly killed.
After the current attack ends, Gu Yun asks the guards to check if the corpses bear a wolf head tattoo, linking it to the past.
Chang Geng helps Gu Yun, who is disoriented, into his room. Gu Yun coldly insists on taking his medicine, showing a rare burst of fierceness.
Chang Geng is visibly upset but complies with Gu Yun’s request, punching a pillar on the way out.
Meanwhile, in the Legation Quarter, a former imperial eunuch writes a blood letter before hanging himself.
This letter, revealing a deep conspiracy, reaches the capital magistrate the next morning.
Tan Hongfei, enraged by the assassination attempt on Gu Yun, leads Northern Camp troops into the capital to demand an investigation.
News spreads rapidly; chaos erupts in the magistrate’s office as a man presents the blood letter accusing the late emperor of conspiring with a barbarian consort to poison a loyal subject.
Tan Hongfei begins defying Gu Yun’s orders not to escalate the situation.
The chapter ends with escalating tension both politically and personally, foreshadowing a wider crisis.
Chapter 55:
ConflagrationA man publicly accuses Wang Guo of orchestrating past crimes against the former Marquis of Order.
Tan Hongfei is shocked and demands details about this accusation.
The man recounts how, twenty years prior, after the northern barbarians were struck by disasters, the Wolf King invaded, and the former Marquis led the Black Iron Battalion to victory.
As a peace treaty, the barbarian goddess and her sister were sent to the Great Liang court; the elder became the Yuanhe Emperor’s consort, and the younger became a commandery princess.
These sisters allegedly bewitched the emperor and framed the Marquis of Order for treason by forging correspondence with the Wolf King.
They claimed the marquis was extorting violet gold and planning to rebel by moving his son, Gu Yun, to the frontier.
The emperor grew suspicious and feared the power of the Black Iron Battalion.
According to the man, the two sisters, with the help of a villain, tasked Wu He and thirty suicide fighters to assassinate the marquis.
These fighters disguised as barbarians infiltrated the Northern Border Garrison by drugging the food and wearing light pelt armor.
Tan Hongfei, a junior officer back then, confirms these details and recalls it as the Black Iron Battalion’s greatest shame.
Only Gu Yun was seriously wounded because the marquis and the princess were away that day.
The princess suspected betrayal from within, resulting in many officers being recalled to the capital, including Tan Hongfei.
Tan Hongfei realizes now that she was right and is overcome with emotion and guilt.
Zhu Heng insists more evidence is needed; the man provides a blood letter from his deceased father, Wu He.
A corpse is brought in and identified as Wu He through a scar, confirming the testimony.
The man continues: after the assassination failed and Gu Yun survived, the Yuanhe Emperor later regretted his actions and executed the enchantresses but spared the man behind it all—Wang Guo.
A few years later, Wang Guo and Wu He tried again, this time by poisoning Gu Yun using a gas lamp with heat-activated poison.
The Third Prince accidentally broke his own lamp and secretly swapped with Gu Yun’s, dying from the poison in his place.
Wu He was blamed, imprisoned, and used as a scapegoat while Wang Guo remained untouched.
The man accuses Wang Guo directly and presents a letter written by Wang Guo as proof.
After placing the letter on the ground, the man commits suicide by slamming his head into a pillar.
Meanwhile, Gu Yun’s eyelid twitches inexplicably—he senses something is wrong.
Captain Huo Dan rushes in with news of the turmoil, but before he can speak, Chang Geng enters holding a broken wooden bird messenger and a bloodstained paper—he already knows.
Chang Geng, overwhelmed, hugs Gu Yun tightly; Gu Yun sends Huo Dan away.
Gu Yun reads the paper, becomes furious, and orders preparations to return to the capital immediately, sending Huo Dan ahead to stop Tan Hongfei.
Chang Geng confronts Gu Yun, realizing the truth of the conspiracy and questioning why Gu Yun protected this corrupt empire all these years.
Gu Yun is evasive, tries to avoid answering, and tells Chang Geng to stay away from the capital.
Chang Geng presses him further, asking if Gu Yun always knew the truth—Gu Yun refuses to say.
Flashbacks reveal Gu Yun only learned the full truth when he spoke to Jialai Yinghuo, who told him that only the barbarian goddess knew the poison used, proving the suicide fighters weren’t barbarian at all.
Gu Yun walks away without answering Chang Geng’s heartfelt question: "Yifu, why?"
Gu Yun dons armor and prepares to act, iron-willed and silent.
Despite quick action, it’s too late—by the time Huo Dan reaches the capital, Tan Hongfei has already led the Northern Camp in open rebellion. The city gates are sealed, and chaos has erupted.
Chapter 56:
Muted ThunderChang Geng stops Gu Yun before he returns to the capital, warning that if Tan Hongfei is not restrained, Gu Yun’s presence will lead to disaster.
Chang Geng requests a token from Gu Yun to stabilize the situation if he is detained, receiving Gu Yun’s personal seal.
Chang Geng symbolically demonstrates his resolve and transition into political maturity by treating his wounded hands with strong wine and wrapping them himself.
In the capital, Tan Hongfei, driven mad by decades of resentment, surrounds Wang Guo’s estate and then turns on the Imperial Guard when Wang Guo flees into the palace.
The Imperial Guard collapses due to internal division between pampered nepotistic soldiers and elite ones from the Northern Camp, confirming Chang Geng’s prediction.
Tan Hongfei advances to the imperial palace and publicly denounces traitors while offering his life for the crime of forcing the emperor’s hand.
Li Feng becomes furious upon hearing Tan Hongfei’s accusations but refuses to back down, walking out himself to confront the mutiny.
Gu Yun arrives just in time with a small force, brutally disciplines Tan Hongfei in front of everyone, and demands full retreat of the Northern Camp beyond the nine gates.
Gu Yun personally kneels before Li Feng and begs for leniency on Tan Hongfei, blaming his mental instability while reaffirming loyalty.
Li Feng, already suspicious of Gu Yun's power, is reminded of the late emperor’s warning to beware Gu Yun, not external threats.
Despite Gu Yun’s plea, both he and nine Northern Camp officers are imprisoned.
Chang Geng sends urgent messages stamped with Gu Yun’s seal to the northwest and Jiangnan for support, but lacks Black Hawk couriers to ensure speed.
A Black Hawk courier from He Ronghui tries to enter the capital to report the situation but is attacked by parhelion arrows and barely escapes.
The Black Hawk returns to the northwest ahead of Chang Geng’s messenger, reports Gu Yun’s imprisonment, and sets off He Ronghui’s wrath.
That night, He Ronghui storms the Northwest Protectorate in rebellion; at the same time, sand tigers from Qiuci mobilize, preparing for coordinated war.
Jialai Yinghuo, now Wolf King of the northern tribes, receives a secret command to strike first. Though long prepared, he finds himself hollow and joyless.
Jialai Yinghuo orders a massive northern invasion, leading thousands of warriors and wolves south.
In the southern archipelagos, a black warship unloads troops and unrolls a vast military map exposing the extensive network of southern mountain tunnels—far beyond what Gu Yun previously uncovered.
In the East Sea, disguised Dongying forces infiltrate via pirate boats, rendezvous offshore, and unveil a terrifying fleet disguised as merchant ships.
Once beyond Great Liang’s naval range, the lead ship replaces its flag with the Western pope’s, signaling the transformation of the merchant fleet into a massive armada of dragon warships.
The disguised merchant ships disassemble to reveal rows of black cannons; their true purpose as war machines is revealed.
A monstrous mechanical sea beast rises from the ocean depths, capable of carrying numerous dragon ships and bristling with violet-gold weaponry.
Two mysterious figures disembark: the white-haired Western man previously seen in the imperial palace and the enigmatic Mister Ja.
War on multiple fronts begins: rebellion in the northwest, barbarian invasion from the north, coordinated offensive from the south, and naval threat from the east—signaling the collapse of the House of Li.
Chapter 57:
A Nation in CrisisMister Ja assists the white-haired man, revealed to be the Pope, as their long-conspired plan finally unfolds despite past setbacks.
The Pope reflects somberly on fate, power, and the dangerous allure of violet gold—an ore symbolic of war and destruction.
Jialai Yinghuo prematurely exposed critical truths to Gu Yun out of personal hatred, disrupting their plans but still playing a necessary role.
Gu Yun is imprisoned in the imperial dungeons, physically impaired, and kept in isolation. He reflects on past mistakes regarding a covered-up incident from five years prior.
He regrets not fully erasing or revealing the truth then—realizing his indecision now has dire consequences.
Gu Yun bonds with a rat in his cell and muses about Chang Geng, longing for the past when their relationship was simpler.
He dreams of a surreal and painful vision: being split by a guillotine with a signal arrow erupting from his chest—a premonition.
On that same night, a real emergency signal is launched from the Silk Road garrison.
A Black Hawk messenger arrives at the capital the next day, mortally wounded, confirming an assault on the Black Iron Battalion.
He Ronghui, having led troops away to surround the Protectorate of the Northwest, is caught off guard by Qiuci’s sudden sand tiger attack—war chariots devastating the Black Steeds.
Though the Black Iron Battalion initially falters, they regroup and push back, with He Ronghui cutting enemy supplies.
The real threat is an enormous army comprised of Far Westerners, rebellious Western Regions kingdoms, and Sindhu forces.
The battle now hinges on violet gold reserves, which are discovered to be nearly depleted.
He Ronghui cannot secure more without imperial marching orders, and widespread fear of rebellion blocks supply routes.
Chang Geng, anticipating this, had prepared two contingency letters forged in Gu Yun’s handwriting and sealed with his seal.
The first letter ordered urgent restocking and readiness; the second letter, if war had already started, ordered retreat to Jiayu Pass to preserve forces.
Chang Geng also contacts General Cai Bin to reroute reinforcements and transfer violet gold to support the retreat.
He recognizes this is only temporary relief. Other regions—like the Jiangnan Navy—remain out of reach, especially since Zhao Youfang is loyal to the emperor, not Gu Yun.
Chang Geng suspects a larger conspiracy and betrayal within the palace, possibly someone close to Li Feng, based on how quickly enemies reacted.
At the palace gates, Liao Ran tries to dissuade Chang Geng, but Chang Geng asserts that deposing the emperor would be useless—the empire has no successor, and he himself is the “son of a barbarian enchantress.”
He tasks Liao Ran and the Linyuan Pavilion with investigating everyone tied to the barbarian women in the palace, believing it linked to past treachery.
Chang Geng laments not being older when the events began—if he were, the country and his bond with Gu Yun might be different.
He predicts an attack from the East Sea due to the navy’s vulnerability and Zhao Youfang’s limited competence.
Just as he enters the palace, a flood of disastrous reports erupts:
The Black Iron Battalion has retreated to Jiayu Pass.
Seven cities on the northern border have fallen overnight.
The Southwest Supply Depot is destroyed by coordinated attacks from bandits and southern mobs.
A Far Western navy 100,000 strong invades from Dongying archipelago.
The worst blow: General Zhao Youfang is dead—killed in battle.
Chapter 58:
A Blade SuspendedLi Feng collapses on the throne during court; Chang Geng feels a brief, involuntary surge of glee, quickly suppressing it.
Chang Geng urges immediate action due to the fall of the Jiangnan dragon navy and vulnerability along the East Sea.
Wang Guo timidly suggests relocating the capital due to lack of troops and internal threats, angering the court.
Li Feng angrily rebukes Wang Guo and decides to restore Tan Hongfei, a previously disgraced general, hoping for redemption through merit.
Hu Guang, Minister of War, is called upon but offers nothing substantial, illustrating the paralysis of the imperial administration.
Chang Geng requests:
Opening the national treasury and distributing all violet gold to properly fund the military.
Authorization to retreat from indefensible areas to preserve the state, likening it to amputation to survive venom.
Summoning Gu Yun, as the situation along the East Sea is urgent and the Northern Camp is ill-prepared.
His bold statements cause a major uproar among the officials, especially regarding the retreat suggestion, but his calm, composed demeanor suppresses further chaos.
Li Feng, mentally and emotionally exhausted, agrees to summon Gu Yun from prison.
Chang Geng intervenes again, insisting that a court official accompany the eunuch Zhu Xiaojiao to maintain proper decorum, showing his growing distrust.
Jiang Chong is assigned to accompany Zhu Xiaojiao.
En route, Zhu Xiaojiao worries about Gu Yun’s prison attire; Chang Geng has already anticipated this and sends Huo Dan with armor and formal robes.
In the dungeon, Gu Yun is bored and disoriented due to his captivity; he cannot hear properly.
He receives the court robes, medicine (a disguised flask of wine), and a pet rat (his “confidante”) from Huo Dan, realizing something urgent has happened.
As his hearing returns painfully, Gu Yun learns of the Westerners’ invasion, General Zhao’s death, devastated borders, and supply depot bombing—each detail hits him like a blow.
He nearly collapses from shock and grief but composes himself and prepares to face court.
Gu Yun enters the audience hall where Chang Geng has just instigated intense debate—his arrival silences everyone.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng exchange a loaded glance full of unspoken emotion.
Li Feng immediately ends the session and dismisses the bickering ministers, leaving only senior military staff, Gu Yun, and Chang Geng to strategize.
Master Fenghan and the Lingshu Institute are reactivated to prepare weapons and machinery.
After a sleepless night of planning, Li Feng keeps Gu Yun back for a private moment.
Li Feng offers a vague apology for imprisoning Gu Yun, calling it a “grievance,” but Gu Yun finds himself unable to deliver the usual formalities.
They share an awkward, silent moment, showing how deeply estranged their relationship has become.
Gu Yun leaves, his stiff smile betraying his conflicted feelings.
Chapter 59:
Entering BattleGu Yun leaves the palace, extremely ill and barely able to stand after pushing through intense physical exhaustion and fever during official duties.
Chang Geng is waiting for Gu Yun and helps him return to the Marquis Estate without asking too many questions.
Once inside, Gu Yun collapses fully armored on the couch, and Chang Geng discovers his fever is dangerously high.
Gu Yun jokingly ties his health to the wellbeing of his pet rat, which is alive and well, indicating he’ll recover too.
Chang Geng personally undresses and cares for Gu Yun, showing emotional conflict and physical attraction, especially when Gu Yun is nearly naked under sweat-soaked clothing.
Chang Geng wraps Gu Yun in blankets and holds him in his arms; this physical comfort calms Gu Yun and helps him sleep despite his illness.
As Gu Yun drifts into fevered unconsciousness, he recalls a childhood memory of seeing the desert sunset with his father, the old marquis, who once told a deputy that dying as a sacrifice for the country could be a soldier’s greatest fortune.
Gu Yun, now ailing and broken in spirit over the massive loss of half the Black Iron Battalion, reflects that he may soon become just such a sacrifice.
Chang Geng wakes Gu Yun exactly an hour later as instructed, gives him medicine, and watches over him with silent affection.
Gu Yun recovers a bit and gets up, now physically better and mentally more focused, determined to fight on.
When Chang Geng brings him hot noodles, Gu Yun jokingly vows to marry whoever feeds him; then thunder rumbles ominously.
The two share a brief domestic moment before shifting to the topic of war and national crisis.
Gu Yun asks for a situation report. Chang Geng reveals:
He forged Gu Yun’s handwriting to order the Black Iron Battalion to retreat to Jiayu Pass, preventing a total slaughter.
He dispatched Cai Bin north as reinforcement and suspects traitors from the northern barbarians still exist within the palace.
A letter was sent to Shen Yi, but no word has come back.
They both understand Li Feng, the emperor, is unaware of many of these actions, including the urgent need for violet gold to power their steam-tech.
Gu Yun explains Great Liang cannot sustain a prolonged war: the nation lacks violet gold, funds, and supplies.
Gu Yun stresses the two key factors in war: superior equipment and fearless soldiers. Great Liang is deficient in the first and struggling to maintain the second.
Gu Yun notes they cannot allow a full retreat because millions of civilians live within the passes, and He Ronghui cannot abandon them.
Chang Geng promises to handle all logistics—money, supplies, violet gold—so Gu Yun can focus solely on military strategy.
When Gu Yun asks what happens if he fails, Chang Geng’s silent gaze implies complete loyalty—even unto death.
Just before a strategic war council begins, Chang Geng subtly confesses that he didn’t stay because he feared Gu Yun’s watchful eye, but because he couldn’t bring himself to leave Gu Yun.
Tan Hongfei and Zhang Fenghan arrive with grave news: the navy in Jiangnan was routed, and the enemy possesses a terrifying new warship escorted by what may be a sea monster.
The enemy fleet is now advancing rapidly north toward Dagu Harbor, only a few days from the capital.
Chapter 60:
Cannon FireChang Geng reads a military report with Gu Yun, discussing the dismal state of the Jiangnan Navy following the fall of Zhao Youfang and comparing it to the failed rebellion of Prince Wei.
Gu Yun reflects on a past operation where he suppressed Prince Wei’s rebellion with minimal support, showcasing the chronic weakness of Great Liang’s navy.
Gu Yun laments that under the new emperor Li Feng, unilateral military action like reorganizing the navy is no longer possible.
Chang Geng describes a terrifying Western "sea monster" weapon that resembles a giant octopus, capable of hiding underwater and deploying small warships and armored hawks.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng deduce that the Westerners are attempting a fast, decisive campaign due to their extreme use of expensive violet gold fuel.
The enemy’s next step is predicted to be a land assault on the capital, having already neutralized the sea threat from the rear.
Tan Hongfei reports the capital's available forces—around 20,000 troops including heavy armor and war chariots—but acknowledges they’re insufficient against the Westerners’ strength.
Gu Yun receives the Black Iron Tiger Tally, a symbol of supreme military authority, from Tan Hongfei, reluctantly accepting command.
Chang Geng explains that he had already anticipated communication issues and created a clandestine message network using magnetic wooden birds and Linyuan Pavilion allies.
Zhang Fenghan nearly faints upon realizing how dire the situation is. Chang Geng revives him with acupuncture and reassures him of contingency plans.
Gu Yun expresses restrained pride in Chang Geng, recognizing how mature and competent he has become under pressure.
As a torrential storm hits, Gu Yun and Tan Hongfei depart for the Northern Camp. Gu Yun, despite illness, refuses to delay.
Meanwhile, Chang Geng heads to the Lingshu Institute and Ministry of Revenue to secure war resources.
A soldier on watch at Dagu Harbor spots an enormous shadow—identified as the Western "sea monster"—and raises the alarm as the enemy navy launches a surprise assault.
Lian Wei, former Black Iron Battalion deputy and current Beihai Navy commander, immediately orders warships into formation, forming a blockade with chained dragon ships and lighting war beacons.
The war beacon decree is revealed to bear the signature of Gu Yun, indicating full wartime mobilization.
Lian Wei, long retired from real battle, straps on his rusted windslasher and leads the counterattack, reigniting his old warrior spirit.
The sea monster’s army overwhelms Dagu Harbor’s defenses. Explosions and cannon fire devastate the harbor; a watchtower collapses under direct hit.
Despite knowing they are outmatched, Lian Wei refuses to retreat and personally launches a firebrand arrow that hits a Western sea dragon.
Back in the capital, news of the attack arrives. Gu Yun, Tan Hongfei, and Han Qi begin immediate defense preparations.
Han Qi, despite criticizing the Imperial Guard’s lack of combat experience, vows they will defend the capital to the death.
Just then, Chang Geng returns and reports that the Lingshu Institute has delivered thousands of repaired armor units and weaponry, giving a temporary boost to their defenses.
Chapter 61:
Report of VictoryTan Hongfei volunteers for the vanguard, revitalized by the chance to fight in black-iron armor once again.
Gu Yun accepts and commands the military strategy: parhelion bows and war chariots lead, followed by light cavalry and Black Hawk units, with heavy armor in the rear.
Chang Geng insists on joining the frontlines, despite Gu Yun’s hesitations; he argues there's no safety in staying behind.
Gu Yun gives in after Tan Hongfei praises Chang Geng's courage.
Outside the capital, Gu Yun’s assembled Black Iron Battalion prepares for battle amidst a storm.
Flashback: The Beihai Navy, led by Lian Wei, suffers complete destruction while defending Dagu Harbor from the Western navy’s surprise attack—no survivors.
When ammunition runs out, Beihai soldiers sacrifice themselves by turning ships into firebrands, managing to sink thousands of enemy warships.
The Western navy retaliates by launching armored hawks.
On land, the remnants of the Western invasion force are ambushed by Gu Yun’s newly-formed Black Iron Battalion, surprising the invaders near Dongan City.
War chariots and light cavalry—backed by hawks—overwhelm the disorganized enemy, driving them back to Dagu Harbor.
News of the unexpected victory reaches Li Feng, who reacts with stunned relief.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng assess the situation; both sides retreat to regroup after a brutal night.
Chang Geng cares for Gu Yun, whose health is worsening. Gu Yun sends him to count casualties.
Casualties: 13 war chariots lost, 500 cavalry killed, 1,000 wounded, 12 armored hawks destroyed.
Gu Yun reflects on their narrow victory and the uncertain future; the enemy is unlikely to accept peace soon.
Gu Yun hints that Sunlight Palace may be storing Li Feng's private cache of violet gold, suggesting the emperor is secretly preparing for worse.
Chang Geng speculates that Li Feng won't sue for peace but also won't run—he fears disgrace more than death.
Gu Yun praises Chang Geng’s growing calmness and maturity, which Chang Geng credits to observing Gu Yun's own emotional restraint.
Gu Yun prepares a tactical withdrawal and an ambush plan for the next wave of Western forces.
In a light-hearted moment, Gu Yun tries to tuck a flower into Chang Geng’s hair but gets flustered by Chang Geng’s intense gaze, choosing instead to stick it in Tan Hongfei's helmet.
The cavalry departs to whistles and songs, imitating Gu Yun’s ditty, lifting spirits despite looming danger.
Meanwhile, aboard the Western sea monster, Mister Ja checks on the injured pope, who tells him not to lose confidence—Gu Yun is cunning but not invincible.
The Western navy tries a second landing, confident during daylight. They easily “capture” what appear to be Liang soldiers—but realize they are iron puppets, decoys wearing masks.
One puppet is rigged with a trap; pulling its mask triggers a deadly explosion, killing nearby Western soldiers.
The Western navy discovers Dagu Harbor has been completely abandoned and booby-trapped; Gu Yun had already ordered a civilian evacuation and scorched earth defense.
The chapter ends with the Westerners fooled and the Northern Camp safely retreated, setting up for the next stage of conflict.
Chapter 62:
SiegeMister Ja leads the Western troops into an eerie, abandoned city filled with confusing terrain and booby traps.
The soldiers discover the corpse of a Western soldier with a weeping mask strapped to his face; it explodes, further unnerving them.
An owl appears and flies off, accompanied by sinister laughter, heightening the supernatural fear.
Mister Ja orders a retreat, but another explosion reveals the area was rigged; panic and chaos ensue.
The city's unfamiliar layout and obstacles disorient the Westerners, making their map useless.
Mister Ja deploys Western scout hawks to guide the troops out.
As they exit, another mask—a cockeyed grinning one—drops from above. Mister Ja angrily orders the city razed.
After destroying the city, they find nothing but empty traps and realize they’ve been duped by Gu Yun.
Enraged, Mister Ja sends scout hawks toward the capital.
Gu Yun, observing from a distance with Tan Hongfei and Lian Wei’s windslasher on his back, praises the success of their diversion.
Gu Yun deduces that the current enemy commander is unfamiliar with the capital, as shown by recklessly using scout hawks.
He explains the aerial exclusion field, a defense system above the capital that destroys unauthorized flying units.
Gu Yun gives tactical orders: Black Hawks will attack from above, light cavalry will flank, chariots will feint a retreat route.
Tan Hongfei asks why no ambush was laid earlier; Gu Yun retorts that no ambush should be done in daylight.
Chang Geng is teased about his relationship with Gu Yun; Chang Geng jokes about preparing a dowry to “marry a general.”
Gu Yun grows irritated, showing emotional vulnerability, while Chang Geng handles the teasing smoothly.
Tan Hongfei unintentionally brings up Gu Yun’s rare temper flare at the palace, making things tense.
Gu Yun cuts the mood and gives the order for Black Hawks to prepare for action.
As dawn approaches, Mister Ja, paranoid from false alarms, finally lets himself sleep—only to be awakened by a real attack.
Black Hawks launch a surprise fire assault from the sky, followed by light cavalry and chariots charging the camp.
Mister Ja’s poor field command is exposed; he fails to manage the surprise attack effectively.
Chang Geng, from atop a Black Hawk, takes a shot at Mister Ja and kills a bodyguard but misses the commander.
Gu Yun catches Chang Geng mid-air as he leaps from the hawk, then angrily scolds him for taking unnecessary risks.
A brief, intense emotional moment passes between Gu Yun and Chang Geng.
Gu Yun gives the final signal; the light cavalry executes their swift strike and retreat.
The Western army, confused by the feint, falls back as Gu Yun’s troops vanish into the night.
Timeline Summary:
4/15: Black Iron Battalion ambushes the Western army near Dongan City.
4/17: Western advance guard, harassed, requests reinforcements.
4/23: Reinforcements arrive; Black Iron cavalry withdraws. Westerners pursue and lose many hawks to the aerial exclusion field.
4/26: The pope slightly recovers and personally joins the field.
4/29: Wuqing District falls.
5/3: Westerners bombard Daxing Prefecture; Gu Yun's smaller force holds out nearly a month.
5/7: Gu Yun retreats and seals off the capital gates. No reinforcements have arrived.
The chapter ends as the capital braces for siege, with past emotions and relationships now buried beneath war preparations. Peaceful summer scenes are replaced by ominous silence as a peace envoy approaches.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Stars of Chaos
Stars of Chaos: Sha Po Lang, Vol. 3
Chapter 63:
The City’s EndA Western envoy arrives proposing peace, throwing morning court into disarray.
After court, Li Chang Geng escorts Zhang Fenghan, discussing military weakness and the deteriorating national situation.
Zhang Fenghan expresses guilt over his role and lack of innovation in the Lingshu Institute.
Li Chang Geng reassures him but internally knows the nation is suffering from systemic issues like budget cuts and weak regional forces.
Zhang Fenghan reveals the aerial defense field is near depletion, and the Western army is pressuring with psychological and material warfare.
Li Chang Geng confirms Gu Yun is aware and thinking of a plan.
Zhang Fenghan mentions rumors that Li Feng may be planning to move the capital, which Li Chang Geng dismisses.
Huo Dan reveals Gu Yun was injured the night before by a Western arrow.
Li Chang Geng immediately rides off to see Gu Yun, leaving others stunned.
Gu Yun is being treated, badly injured but downplaying the severity.
Li Chang Geng takes over medical treatment himself, visibly shaken at Gu Yun’s blood.
Gu Yun asks about the court session; Li Chang Geng lists the Western envoy's outrageous demands:
Cease interference in Western Regions.
Concede territory beyond Jiayu Pass.
Grant Western legal control in a trade zone.
Hand over the northern thirty-six commanderies to the eighteen tribes.
Move the capital to the old eastern capital.
Hand over Princess Li Hening, age seven, as a hostage.
Submit annual tribute to the eighteen tribes.
Gu Yun reacts with fury; blood pours from his wound.
Westerners also demand Southern Army retreat, Jiangnan Navy to withdraw inland, and coastal land ceded as a “Far Eastern District.”
At court, Li Feng had nearly executed the envoy; officials stopped him.
Li Chang Geng tries to offer Gu Yun anesthetic, who refuses, so he drugs him using a jianghu method instead.
Gu Yun collapses; Li Chang Geng begins cleaning his wounds.
Tan Hongfei enters, revealing that Li Feng has arrived quietly.
Li Feng arrives in plain clothes, checks Gu Yun, and talks privately with Li Chang Geng.
Li Feng reveals a secret stash of 80,000 kg of violet gold hidden in the Sunlight Palace.
Han Qi is sent via secret passage to retrieve it, unknown to most.
Li Feng plans for Li Chang Geng to take the throne and lead refugees to Luoyang if the capital falls.
Li Chang Geng shows no interest in the throne and remains emotionally unreadable.
Li Feng reflects on Chang Geng’s roots and his empress mother’s disdain for his northern bloodline.
A monk, Liao Ran, reports no traitors among Li Feng’s servants and suspects Zhu Xiaojiao.
Gu Yun awakens from unconsciousness, but a massive explosion shakes the city.
Chang Geng deduces the explosion came from the direction of the Sunlight Palace.
News breaks that Han Qi was ambushed by the Westerners and, to prevent capture, blew up the violet gold stockpile.
The explosion devastates the western outskirts and burns the entire Sunlight Palace.
The skies are filled with glowing violet smoke.
The Western army, enraged and weakened, launches a fierce afternoon assault on the capital.
Gu Yun deploys all remaining heavy armor and defense systems to respond.
Chapter 64:
In Desperate StraitsThe Western army grows desperate after a month-long stalemate with Gu Yun and repeated defeats at the capital’s gates.
Chang Geng, suspecting a traitor within the court, tells Liao Ran that the real threat isn’t a eunuch or court official.
Chang Geng deduces the traitor must be tied to the National Temple and decides to investigate.
A nearby explosion injures Liao Ran and disrupts his prayer beads, symbolizing a spiritual crisis.
Chang Geng urges Liao Ran to accompany him to confront the threat, saying he’s not afraid of karmic consequences.
Liao Ran is shaken by the implications and silently joins Chang Geng’s mission.
Chang Geng goes to the city gate to seek Gu Yun’s help; he finds Gu Yun in heavy armor for the first time.
Gu Yun orders Chang Geng to leave and protect himself, implying the city’s fall is imminent.
Chang Geng insists on stopping the traitor within the city; Gu Yun silently acknowledges the risk.
Chang Geng kisses Gu Yun for the first time while both are sober; it's a desperate, burning gesture.
Gu Yun, in full armor, sets Chang Geng down gently but doesn’t stop him, showing deep unspoken emotion.
Gu Yun orders Tan Hongfei to escort Chang Geng with a squadron of cavalry.
On the battlefield, Western hawks destroy parts of the city, including Kite’s Flight Pavilion.
A Black Hawk sacrifices himself in a mutual destruction with a Western enemy to stop cannon fire.
The Moon-Shot Platform collapses, symbolizing the fall of the capital’s glory and dreams.
Inside the palace, Zhu Xiaojiao begs Li Feng to flee; Li Feng refuses and demands the Shangfang Sword.
Zhu Xiaojiao’s godson attempts to assassinate Li Feng with a blow dart.
Zhu Xiaojiao sacrifices himself, taking the dart for Li Feng and dying silently.
As Li Feng turns to grieve, Great Master Liao Chi seizes him with an iron claw hidden in his sleeve.
Liao Chi is revealed as the traitor and a descendant of violet gold smugglers, seeking revenge for his family.
Liao Chi allies with Dongying warriors and tries to fly Li Feng out of the city to frame it as imperial abandonment.
Liao Ran confronts Liao Chi, begging him to turn back, calling him “Shixiong” (senior disciple).
In a moment of distraction, Chang Geng fatally shoots Liao Chi in the throat with a crossbow from Tan Hongfei’s Black Hawk.
Imperial forces and monks engage in chaotic battle as Chang Geng and Li Feng reunite.
Chang Geng and Tan Hongfei destroy the traitor’s heavy armor squad with precise shots.
Li Feng orders Tan Hongfei to fly the red-headed kite to the city gates; Chang Geng silently agrees.
The imperial procession heads toward the gates, citizens joining them along the way.
Gu Yun orders the gates opened, and the Black Iron heavy-armor infantry march out for a final defense.
Gu Yun gives a silent order to seal the gates behind them as he leads the charge, lowering his iron visor.
Chapter 65:
Survival Is FoundThe heavy armor formation launches a desperate offensive against the Western army.
Despite devastating cannon fire, mechanical corpses in heavy armor continue advancing, powered by gears.
Li Feng, aboard the red-headed kite, orders Tan Hongfei to deliver a verbal abdication edict naming Chang Geng (Prince Yanbei) as the new emperor.
Chang Geng, leading the aerial defense, refuses the edict, declaring he owes Li Feng nothing and won’t rule a ruined nation.
Chang Geng insists Li Feng must stay alive to serve as a living symbol of leadership for the troops.
Tan Hongfei, moved by Chang Geng’s conviction, disobeys Li Feng and stays to protect the emperor.
On the ground, heavy armor troops break through enemy lines, but aerial attacks intensify.
Chang Geng uses masterless windslashers as weapons, launching them like arrows from parhelion bows.
Chang Geng tells a 15-year-old soldier to prepare to use violet gold to burn the capital if overrun.
Chang Geng reflects on his own past at 15, comparing his growth.
Western hawks perform a suicide attack with handheld cannons, causing mass destruction and collapsing half the city wall.
Zhang Fenghan arrives with violet gold, following Chang Geng’s earlier order, but before he can report fully, a cannon strike hits Li Feng’s ship.
Tan Hongfei sacrifices himself by colliding with the enemy cannon, dying in a fireball to protect Li Feng.
Chang Geng fires a flaming arrow as a signal, prompting the launch of red-headed kites loaded with violet gold into the air to intercept Western hawks.
The resulting explosion devastates the sky; Chang Geng is badly injured and loses consciousness.
The young soldier who protected Chang Geng is killed, leaving only his severed arms.
Chang Geng awakens, partially deaf and with a trapped leg; he extracts himself and prepares to fight with his last arrow.
A wooden bird carrying a message arrives, but Chang Geng is so startled he reflexively smashes it.
Inside the bird is a message announcing reinforcements have arrived.
Chang Geng is overtaken by conflicting emotions, unable to fully process the hope because of fear that Gu Yun is dead.
Ge Chen appears and finds Chang Geng trembling with panic and possibly in shock.
When asked about Gu Yun, Ge Chen doesn't know how to answer; he knocks Chang Geng unconscious to stop his breakdown.
Reinforcements, led by Shen Yi and old General Zhong, arrive just before total collapse.
The Western army retreats upon losing momentum.
Half of the imperial officials die; Northern Camp suffers near-total annihilation.
Shen Yi’s troops rescue the stranded red-headed kite with makeshift methods.
Gu Yun is found under a Western chariot, grievously injured but alive.
Old General Zhong orders him to be taken back for treatment.
Medics barely keep Gu Yun alive using ancient ginseng.
Chen Qingxu rushes from beyond the pass and stabilizes Gu Yun after a sleepless night of care.
Gu Yun regains consciousness in severe pain and confusion.
Chang Geng, by his side, tells him softly that the capital still stands.
Gu Yun relapses into unconsciousness with relief.
Days later, Gu Yun wakes fully but still cannot see or hear properly.
Chang Geng is at his bedside, having suffered several wu’ergu attacks and is immobilized with acupuncture needles.
Chang Geng silently swears he will lose his mind if anything like this happens again.
Gu Yun, unable to speak or hear, is overwhelmed and miserable, yet grudgingly alive.
Chapter 66:
Times of ChaosChang Geng reflects that he would never have made a move on Gu Yun if not for the wartime calamity.
Chang Geng had long buried his feelings, having once confessed to Gu Yun and been gently rejected.
Despite his self-restraint, the crisis allowed an emotional slip that changed everything between them.
Chang Geng kissed Gu Yun while the latter was severely injured, blind, and unable to respond.
Gu Yun is internally conflicted—he had raised Chang Geng like a son, yet now he can't deny his own emotions.
Gu Yun is emotionally overwhelmed and can't blame Chang Geng; instead, he blames himself for letting it happen.
Chang Geng’s emotions are locked behind acupuncture-induced facial paralysis from Chen Qingxu, so he can’t fully express himself even if he wants to.
Chang Geng visits the unconscious Gu Yun, tucks him in, then limps out of the room, physically wrecked.
Outside, Chen Qingxu confronts him but is too hesitant to voice her suspicions; Chang Geng directly admits he harbors “improper intentions” toward Gu Yun.
Chen Qingxu is stunned but agrees to keep it secret.
Li Feng summons Chang Geng to stay in the palace, much to Gu Yun’s relief, as it temporarily removes temptation.
Shen Yi visits Gu Yun, and the two reunite after a long separation. Both have become nearly unrecognizable due to hardship.
Shen Yi explains why reinforcements arrived late: the envoy was intercepted, and the southern provinces erupted in chaos.
Shen Yi details how southern rebels destroyed the Southwest Supply Depot and blocked movements, causing a major logistical crisis.
Gu Yun realizes the deeper issue: the Black Iron Battalion’s prestige is both a shield and a liability—morale collapses if they falter.
Gu Yun asks about casualties; Shen Yi presents Old Tan’s windslasher blade—he is confirmed dead.
Gu Yun is devastated and silently endures the emotional and physical pain.
Shen Yi recounts the Westerners’ military strategy—splitting forces and attacking both the capital and via the canal route. Their withdrawal to the East Sea signals that the war is far from over.
Shen Yi tries to lighten the mood, praising Chang Geng’s leadership and telling Gu Yun that the prince’s title was upgraded from Prince Yanbei to Prince Yan.
Gu Yun reacts negatively and anxiously when he hears Chang Geng is coming.
Shen Yi jokes about Gu Yun possibly offending Chang Geng, but Gu Yun eventually signs to him about what really happened.
Shen Yi leaves Gu Yun’s room in utter shock, walking like a stunned ghost.
On his way out, Shen Yi crosses paths with Chang Geng, who greets him politely.
Shen Yi is completely unable to respond, fleeing the scene in silence, visibly terrified and confused.
Chapter 67:
A Libation of WineChang Geng enters Gu Yun’s room and finds him visibly desolate and holding General Tan Hongfei’s windslasher.
Gu Yun is initially startled and considers pretending to be asleep upon seeing Chang Geng.
Chang Geng checks Gu Yun’s pulse, revealing his own deteriorating condition—he’s visibly thinner and his lips are blue.
Gu Yun becomes concerned for Chang Geng, but Chang Geng brushes it off, expressing he only cares if Gu Yun is safe.
Without using words, Chang Geng holds Gu Yun’s hand, warming it with care and affection, subtly hinting at his romantic feelings.
Gu Yun is awkward and tries to deflect with sarcasm, but is momentarily struck by Chang Geng’s calm, handsome appearance.
Gu Yun feels a fleeting attraction, but is conflicted due to their past father-son relationship.
Chang Geng begins to undress Gu Yun to change his bandages, prompting Gu Yun to panic, misunderstanding his intentions.
Chang Geng clarifies his intention is medical care, not anything improper.
Despite Gu Yun’s inner turmoil, Chang Geng calmly and intimately tends to his injuries.
Chang Geng dismisses propriety, stating he would do anything just to hear Gu Yun speak again.
Gu Yun tries to bring up their intimate moment from earlier, but Chang Geng shuts it down, begging him not to revisit it and calls him “Zixi,” a deeply personal name.
Gu Yun feels unable to refute the emotional shift in their relationship and reflects on the complications of their future.
Chang Geng lays his head on Gu Yun’s shoulder for comfort before pulling away and suggesting they sit in the sun.
Gu Yun resists, worried about being carried outside.
Chang Geng ignores the protest and carries Gu Yun out in a blanket, catching Shen Yi in a comedic, awkward moment where he trips and flees the scene in panic.
In the courtyard, Chang Geng presents Gu Yun with a new white jade flute carved to look like a miniature windslasher, engraved with the character “Gu.”
Gu Yun reflects that he never had a named windslasher of his own and shares past resentment toward the Black Iron Battalion.
Chang Geng quietly brews tea for them and for General Tan Hongfei’s sword.
They perform a ceremonial toast: Chang Geng drinks tea, Gu Yun water, and Tan Hongfei’s cup is poured out as a libation.
Chang Geng discusses war logistics: resources are dwindling, stores were burned, and supply chains cut.
Gu Yun suggests ceasefire is the only real option, as the Westerners also suffered heavy losses.
Chang Geng warns the enemy will likely regroup and try a southern assault from Jiangnan.
Gu Yun proposes smuggling supplies through Loulan if diplomacy allows.
They toast again to the fallen General Tan Hongfei using tea.
Ten days later, Chang Geng’s fears are realized: the Western army lands in Jiangnan, swiftly conquers Lin’an, and noble families face destruction.
Li Feng reinstates General Zhong Chan, who rides to battle alongside Yao Zhen.
Gu Yun struggles out of bed to see his old teacher once more; they part after sharing a cup of wine.
The next day, Gu Yun and Shen Yi ride to the northwest.
Chang Geng (Li Min) takes control of the capital’s administration, officially beginning his career as a court pillar—managing crisis upon crisis, rationing scarce resources, and maintaining national stability under pressure.
Chapter 68:
PoisonedGu Yun departs the capital with the Black Iron Battalion to take charge of the northwestern front, despite being gravely injured and recently recovered.
Shen Yi teases Gu Yun about Prince Yan (Chang Geng) watching him leave. Gu Yun deflects with sarcasm and banter.
Despite his serious injuries, Gu Yun is able to ride and lead thanks to Chen Qingxu, who constructed custom steel panels to support his broken bones—essentially turning him into a walking armored shell.
Shen Yi jokingly remarks on Gu Yun’s cursed love life, referencing old predictions. Gu Yun brushes off the concern but expresses fatalism about dying on the battlefield.
It is revealed that Gu Yun is deliberately avoiding discussing Chang Geng, especially after Shen Yi hints at their personal connection and mentions “he’s your son.”
Gu Yun refuses to talk about the implications, but his reaction confirms there are unresolved emotional stakes regarding Chang Geng.
Gu Yun gallops ahead playing a flute awkwardly, producing haunting, melancholic music that reflects the sorrow of leaving home in wartime.
The army is attacked twice by vagrants after leaving Zhili Province. These attackers are poorly organized and scatter quickly.
Gu Yun observes that the bandits try to use basic tactics like feigned retreat, but fail due to incompetence.
Shen Yi explains these vagrants are part of a rebel group under a notorious bandit called Fire Dragon, who recruits men in exchange for sparing their families from assault and pillage.
Gu Yun draws a parallel between this policy and Great Liang’s military tax exemptions, causing Shen Yi to snap at him for being too sympathetic.
Gu Yun decides not to ignore the problem but instead to stay in the area and suppress the bandits before proceeding north, sending a memorial to the Grand Council.
In the capital, Chang Geng has fallen asleep at the Grand Council with memorials in hand. When startled awake, he exudes a brief flash of killing intent, terrifying Jiang Chong.
Chang Geng brushes it off, blaming it on a nightmare and chest pressure, and returns to work.
Jiang Chong raises concerns about Chang Geng’s proposed economic reform—issuing “war beacon tickets” (government bonds to raise money).
Many officials oppose the idea, citing fear of humiliating the court or causing inflation.
Chang Geng calmly rebuts their objections: the treasury is already empty, the tickets are a temporary fix, and counterfeiting concerns should be handled by the Lingshu Institute.
Chang Geng is frustrated by the bureaucracy’s endless nitpicking and slow decision-making, pointing out how hard it is to accomplish anything amidst politics.
Jiang Chong brings up two memorials from Master Fenghan: one to repeal the Token of Mastery Law, and another to legalize civilian violet gold trade.
Chang Geng agrees to consider repealing the law but rejects legalizing violet gold trade, worried it will provoke the emperor.
A memorial arrives from Gu Yun, who has entered the Central Plains. He reports encountering bandits and intends to eliminate them before advancing.
Chang Geng is revealed to read Gu Yun’s memorials with special care, hinting at deep personal feelings.
Before Jiang Chong leaves, Chang Geng requests a list of all officials who opposed the war beacon ticket policy, including names and dates—implying he’s keeping track for political reasons.
After Jiang Chong leaves, Chang Geng reveals signs of a wu’ergu relapse (a psychological and physiological affliction), likely triggered by stress and emotional turmoil.
Miss Chen Qingxu had warned him to rest and use pacifying fragrance; Chang Geng now uses it to suppress his symptoms.
Despite knowing rest is critical, Chang Geng reflects bitterly that he has no other choice but to keep moving forward under enormous pressure.
Chapter 69:
Life HistoryCai Bin is frustrated by a bandit mob wreaking havoc in the Central Plains. His “Retiree Army” is weak, having sent most active troops to the northwest, and he's too cautious to take risks.
Gu Yun devises a trap for the bandits. He studies the area, maps, and enemy habits before reaching out to Cai Bin with a coordinated ambush plan.
The bandits, believing Gu Yun's forces to be harmless, attempt a final assault. Cai Bin uncharacteristically leads an aggressive surprise attack.
While the bandits try their usual hit-and-run retreat tactics, they are ambushed by Gu Yun, who had cannons secretly prepared. His forces trap the bandits from both sides.
The trap works: the “potsticker” tactic crushes the mob. Their infamous leader Fire Dragon is captured alive.
Gu Yun orders Shen Yi to interrogate Fire Dragon for intel: names, bases, loot, instigators.
A peculiar scimitar is found on Fire Dragon—distinctively barbarian in design. Chen Qingxu identifies it as a woman’s weapon from the Eighteen Northern Tribes, marked with the goddess’s totem.
Gu Yun recognizes the symbol and implies the central design represents "The heart of the earth", a feared entity.
Shen Yi realizes the blade might have belonged to Xiu-niang (Huge’er), a barbarian woman thought to be dead.
Gu Yun personally interrogates Fire Dragon, accusing him of collusion with the barbarians.
Fire Dragon vehemently denies collaboration, claiming the weapon belonged to his sworn enemy—a barbarian woman who destroyed his stronghold years ago.
He tells a chilling backstory:
Around 19–20 years ago, they kidnapped a beautiful woman traveling with an infant and pregnant with another.
She showed no emotion, endured abuse, and gave birth early.
One child mysteriously disappeared—there was no body, but crows circled the roof where she was chained.
Eventually, she massacred the entire mountain stronghold, poisoned her captors, burned the bodies and buildings, carrying the surviving child in a basket.
Gu Yun becomes distressed, realizing the story matches Xiu-niang’s timeline. He concludes the child must have been Chang Geng—and they had unknowingly sent him back into abuse when they first found him.
Shen Yi raises a horrifying possibility: What if the child Xiu-niang escaped with wasn’t the prince’s son at all?
The father might not have been the emperor, but Liao Chi, a Dongying spy who helped the barbarian sisters escape. This implies Chang Geng might be the son of a traitor and shamaness.
Gu Yun, visibly disturbed, insists that this secret must never be spoken of again. He orders Fire Dragon silenced before Cai Bin hears of it.
Gu Yun seeks out Chen Qingxu again and asks whether the barbarians practice any shamanic rites involving infants.
Chen Qingxu hesitates but then asks if Gu Yun has heard of Wu’ergu, a forbidden barbarian practice.
Chapter 70:
Wicked GodGu Yun vaguely recalls the name “Wu’ergu” as a northern deity.
Chen Qingxu explains that Wu’ergu is one of the four wicked gods worshipped by the eighteen tribes and symbolizes chaos, famine, and devastation.
Wu’ergu is described as having four legs, four arms, two heads, and two hearts—likened to two people fused into one.
Chen Qingxu reveals a horrific shamanic ritual where fraternal twins are selected at birth. One is killed, the corpse refined, and its essence fed to the surviving twin, believed to gain divine power and become a “wu’ergu.”
Gu Yun is visibly disturbed by the explanation and experiences chest pain as he processes the information.
Chen Qingxu explains that the wu’ergu undergo intense mental strain and often go insane—starting with nightmares, leading to paranoia, hallucinations, and finally madness.
Gu Yun realizes that Chen Qingxu's use of the pacifying fragrance was to help Chang Geng manage these symptoms, confirming that Chang Geng is a wu’ergu.
Gu Yun is overwhelmed with guilt, realizing he never understood the pain Chang Geng has endured.
He vows to take care of Chang Geng no matter what, whether mad or sane.
Chen Qingxu admits that Chang Geng has remarkable self-control and rarely suffers episodes, but recently his symptoms have worsened—likely due to emotional strain caused by Gu Yun himself.
Devastated, Gu Yun stumbles away, rejecting Chen Qingxu’s help, likened to a dying puppet held together by steel plates.
Meanwhile in the capital, Chang Geng drops Zhang Fenghan off and engages in a warm conversation, expressing appreciation and requesting that Zhang Fenghan accept Ge Chen (his childhood friend and new Lingshu student) as a parental figure.
Zhang Fenghan is moved and awkwardly agrees to the request, touched by Chang Geng’s sincerity.
After Chang Geng departs, it begins to rain exactly as he predicted—reinforcing his perceptiveness and care.
Zhang Fenghan meets with Great Master Liao Ran and Du Wanquan (the richest man in Jiangnan) in a quiet teahouse to discuss selecting a new national leader.
They bring out pieces of the “Linyuan tablet,” an ancient token historically used to choose a worthy ruler.
Liao Ran and Zhang Fenghan both support Chang Geng (Prince Yan) as the candidate, praising his leadership during the siege, integrity, and humility.
Du Wanquan hesitates and asks to first hear what Zhong Chan (Chang Geng’s teacher) recommends.
Zhong Chan’s sealed message arrives via wooden bird; Du Wanquan opens it.
The message praises Chang Geng’s abilities but warns of his traumatic past and the hidden danger of being a wu’ergu.
Zhong Chan recommends caution, casting uncertainty on Chang Geng’s suitability to rule in the long term.
Chapter 71:
PowerZhang Fenghan learns from Liao Ran that Prince Yan (Chang Geng) was poisoned as a child with wu’ergu, a northern barbarian poison that affects the mind.
Liao Ran explains that the Chen family has long been working on a cure but hasn’t succeeded.
Zhang Fenghan defends Prince Yan, declaring his loyalty and emphasizing the prince’s worthiness and sacrifices during the capital siege.
Du Wanquan argues for caution, but agrees to wait for a letter from Chen Qingxu before deciding who to entrust with the Linyuan tablet.
A wooden bird from Chen Qingxu arrives. Du Wanquan prepares to open it, but Zhang Fenghan grows uneasy and gives a passionate speech about the crisis facing the nation and the need for decisive leadership.
Liao Ran stresses that only by assembling the full Linyuan tablet can the Linyuan Pavilion truly mobilize and offer their full support.
Liao Ran indirectly warns Du Wanquan of the personal risk in refusing the call of the tablet—any defiance would invoke the wrath of the Daofa Court.
Du Wanquan, feeling pressured, opens the wooden bird. The final tablet piece completes the character “Yuan”.
Chen Qingxu’s brief message reads: “The Chen family will do all we can.”
Liao Ran interprets this as a green light; the poison won’t be an issue. With three of five members in favor, Du Wanquan’s opposition becomes moot, and the Linyuan Pavilion agrees to back Prince Yan.
Chang Geng, meanwhile, is revealed to have intercepted Chen Qingxu’s real message with the help of Ge Chen.
The real message: “Pray forgive my ignorance. Despite years of searching, I have failed to find a cure for wu’ergu… I advise us to proceed with caution.”
Chang Geng had it swapped to secure support from the Linyuan Pavilion, believing their backing essential to solve urgent military and political issues.
Ge Chen is initially conflicted but reassured when Chang Geng explains the necessity of this deception to avoid national collapse.
Chang Geng promises to step away from power after the crisis and dreams of retiring to a peaceful mountain life.
The two share a light-hearted moment, cooking dumplings in the kitchen at night, reminiscing about simpler times.
In the following month, opponents accuse Prince Yan of censorship and manipulating court procedures.
Prince Yan responds with thorough documentation proving transparency and then requests to resign, citing incompetence.
When his request is denied, Prince Yan abruptly "falls ill" and withdraws from court.
His absence throws the Grand Council into disarray, and memorials overwhelm Emperor Li Feng.
Massive corruption scandals erupt, implicating officials across all levels, even in the Department of Supervision.
Eventually, Emperor Li Feng sends Jiang Chong to personally summon Prince Yan back to court.
Public opinion has shifted; opposition to the war beacon tickets dissolves.
The program is a massive success, with Du Wanquan and other merchants buying out the first batch in under three days.
Funds quickly replenish the national treasury.
On the war front, Gu Yun stabilizes the northwest and forces foreign armies to retreat.
Gu Yun prepares for an offensive, awaiting supplies.
The next shipment of military provisions arrives—led personally by Prince Yan, to Gu Yun’s astonishment.
Chapter 72:
Troubled DreamsGu Yun rushes back to camp, alarming his personal guards with his urgency.
The Black Iron Battalion mistakenly thinks enemy troops are approaching due to the disorderly return.
Upon arrival, Gu Yun finds that Prince Yan (Chang Geng) has already reached the camp with New Year’s supplies.
Despite his initial dramatic entrance, Gu Yun pretends nothing is wrong and walks calmly into the commander’s tent.
Inside, he meets Chang Geng, dressed in regal court robes, their first reunion since parting with unresolved tension.
An imperial decree from Li Feng is read aloud, mostly ceremonial, and Chang Geng gently prevents Gu Yunfrom kneeling.
Chang Geng calls him “Imperial Uncle,” which deeply affects Gu Yun, stirring emotional conflict despite his dislike for the term.
Gu Yun is overwhelmed and distracted throughout the decree; his silence unsettles the officers.
Once alone, Gu Yun tells Chang Geng to come closer and then unexpectedly embraces him.
Chang Geng is caught off guard, sensing Gu Yun’s vulnerability and internal struggle through the tight, cold embrace.
Recollections of Chang Geng’s political moves and hardships flood Gu Yun’s mind, but he’s unable to express them.
Chang Geng is nervous about how Gu Yun will react to his rise to power and past decisions.
The embrace breaks Chang Geng’s composure, but Gu Yun doesn’t speak his heart directly—he instead offers a quiet tour.
As they walk outside, Gu Yun sees the massive supply train and reflects grimly on the state of the nation.
Chang Geng updates him on reforms: repealing the Token of Mastery Law, new armor-making institutes, and recruitment of commoners.
He mentions Master Fenghan’s confidence in building a machine as powerful as the western navy’s sea monster.
Gu Yun laughs it off, belittling the sea monster's usefulness and vowing to defeat invaders with just light cavalry if needed.
When he tries to tell Chang Geng not to overwork himself, Chang Geng grabs his hand—initiating a quiet, intimate moment.
The hand-holding is hidden under sleeves; Chang Geng appears vulnerable and hopeful, Gu Yun silently accepts the contact.
After a long, emotional pause, Gu Yun softly tells Chang Geng that he doesn’t have to exhaust himself because “you still have me.”
Chang Geng is too stunned to fully process the words, left speechless.
Gu Yun, embarrassed, teases him and urges him to move along, joking that soldiers are waiting to “revere Prince Yan.”
A humble welcome dinner is held; no luxuries, only camaraderie. It ends early due to military discipline.
Afterward, Gu Yun stays behind to help settle Chang Geng in.
He mocks their harsh conditions and reminds Chang Geng of how he once begged to come along.
To entertain him, Gu Yun pulls out a jade flute and offers to play a new tune he learned from the border.
His playing is so horrendous it causes horses to panic and scouts to collapse, but Chang Geng confirms he’s not dreaming anymore.
Gu Yun proudly asks if he liked the song. Chang Geng diplomatically says it’s “mind-clearing” and “repels enemies.”
Gu Yun teasingly asks if Chang Geng wants to share his bed or have a separate tent set up.
Chang Geng flushes red and hesitantly agrees to share a tent, pretending he wants to check Gu Yun’s injuries.
Gu Yun can’t help but flirt and tease, recalling how Chang Geng tended to him when he was severely injured.
The chapter ends with rising romantic tension, unspoken confessions, and lingering emotional vulnerability between the two men.
Chapter 73:
Opening BattleGu Yun’s body is revealed to be riddled with chronic injuries, particularly lumbar and cervical vertebrae issues due to overuse of his light pelt armor.
Chang Geng helps Gu Yun undress and starts massaging him, noticing the toll the years of battle have taken on his body.
Their conversation shifts between strategic planning and personal concern. Gu Yun discusses upcoming plans for an offensive strike on the Western Regions armies around New Year’s Eve.
Gu Yun anticipates that some Western Region factions will surrender for personal gain, and he plans to use that to launch a surprise assault.
Chang Geng teases Gu Yun while massaging him, causing both pain and laughter, deepening their physical and emotional intimacy.
Gu Yun lays out his plan: feign negotiations, delay the enemy, then mount a two-wave assault to scare off weaker forces and deal with the remainder.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng’s interaction grows intimate, laced with humor and emotional vulnerability.
Chang Geng expresses a desire to stay until after the 16th; Gu Yun says it would be better if he didn’t stay too long—for Gu Yun’s own emotional state.
Gu Yun praises Chang Geng’s handling of war beacon tickets and court matters, and jokes about buying tickets himself for retirement rewards.
Gu Yun reveals his retirement plan: disbanding the Black Iron Battalion’s power evenly among its divisions, surrendering his authority, and retiring to a peaceful countryside life, giving that as a betrothal gift.
Chang Geng emotionally recalls Gu Yun's promise to “treat him well” and confronts him about it. Gu Yun is embarrassed, but touched.
They share a tender, passionate moment, implying a night of physical and emotional connection. Gu Yun internally reflects on the warmth and stability Chang Geng brings him.
After Chang Geng falls asleep, Gu Yun resumes his duties: inspecting supplies, strategizing the upcoming surprise raid, and preparing the army.
Chang Geng’s Wu’ergu poison manifests in his sleep, causing nightmares and making him cling to Gu Yun's robe. Gu Yun calms him using pacifying fragrance and leaves quietly.
On New Year’s Eve, the capital and various regions are described in bleak terms—collapsed infrastructure, famine, death, and even cannibalism are mentioned.
Chang Geng, as imperial envoy, had worked ruthlessly to ensure the distribution of war beacon tickets and food to starving citizens, even executing corrupt officials to set examples.
At Jiayu Pass, the Black Iron Battalion deceives Western scouts by staging relaxed behavior during the New Year.
Scouts are fooled into thinking there’s no imminent attack as they see guards distracted by letters from home and celebrations.
Once the scouts retreat, camouflaged Black Hawk mechs take to the air and signal the start of the operation.
Under cover of darkness and fireworks, the Black Iron Battalion splits into three strike forces and begins their stealth operation.
Chang Geng, now at the field hospital, waits for the first report of victory while visiting wounded soldiers and distributing imperial compensation.
In the final line, Chang Geng declares he’s waiting for a “report of victory” to bring back to court and start planning the next phase in their campaign to divide and conquer the Western Regions.
Chapter 74:
First VictoryChen Qingxu observes that Chang Geng looks surprisingly well despite his constant travel and the progression of the wu’ergu poison.
Chang Geng speaks with fatalistic detachment about his responsibilities, showing both a resigned acceptance of the crumbling state and an undercurrent of dark humor.
Chen Qingxu realizes that Chang Geng’s improved demeanor is due to his deep affection for Gu Yun (whom he refers to as "Zixi"), indicating a romantic relationship.
Chen Qingxu feels a complex mix of jealousy and relief—relieved that Gu Yun’s presence keeps Chang Genggrounded and prevents him from being consumed by ambition and the wu’ergu.
That night, the Black Iron Battalion executes a surprise three-pronged assault on the Western Regions’ allied camp, exploiting their lack of supplies and poor coordination.
Gu Yun has the Black Hawks drop copies of personal letters from various Western Region leaders who had secretly contacted him, causing internal chaos and mutual distrust among the enemy.
The Black Hawks broadcast a public call for traitorous nations to stand down, further deepening the disarray.
On New Year's Day (eighth year of Longan), the Black Iron Battalion crushes the allied forces, who scatter in disorganized retreat.
On the second day, they capture the leader of the coalition, the king of Qiuci, a major victory for Great Liang.
The field hospital celebrates the victory; soldiers cry from emotional release. Chen Qingxu cries, and Chang Geng offers her a handkerchief.
On the fourth day, enemy retreat paths are leaked by enslaved Chinese captives, allowing Loulan to ambush them and exact revenge for their fallen king.
The Black Iron Battalion recovers twenty-seven passes along the Silk Road and captures remaining foreign agents in the enemy camp.
Shen Yi brings news of the enemy requesting a prisoner exchange.
Gu Yun agrees immediately, shocking his officers. He insists on protecting their own citizens first, who suffered so that the battalion could survive.
At the exchange, Gu Yun fakes a Western Regions sneak attack using a staged injury and chicken blood, using it as justification to arrest and bombard the enemy forces.
The Black Hawks ambush and annihilate the opposing force during the fake exchange.
Captives return to Great Liang. As they near the border, many collapse crying and kowtow in gratitude.
A scholar among the captives named Bai Chu steps forward with his younger brother Bai Zheng, asking for the boy to be trained by the Black Iron Battalion.
Gu Yun honors Bai Chu’s service and accepts the request.
As Bai Zheng kneels, Gu Yun touches his shoulder and senses abnormal fear. Realization hits—Bai Chu is suspicious.
The man claiming to be Bai Chu suddenly explodes, revealing himself to be an assassin in disguise wearing a human-skin mask.
A Black Carapace soldier throws himself in front of Gu Yun, shielding him from the blast.
Gu Yun is thrown back and loses consciousness in a final moment of pain and darkness.
Chapter 75:
Love LetterShen Yi hears an explosion while bringing up the rear and instinctively wants to rush over but regains control and begins issuing orders.
A Black Hawk scout reports that the Western Region’s sixteen kingdoms have regrouped, mobilized 30,000–40,000 troops and 18 war chariots, and are advancing to counterattack.
Gu Yun’s personal guard arrives with dire news: Gu Yun orders Shen Yi to execute the king of Qiuci publicly and rally the Black Iron Battalion for an all-out battle with no reserves.
During the explosion caused by Bai Chu’s suicide bombing, a Black Carapace soldier sacrifices himself to shield Gu Yun, who is severely injured and momentarily loses consciousness and hearing.
Gu Yun regains partial consciousness and instructs He Ronghui to kill their prisoner, face the enemy with full strength, and appoint Shen Jiping as acting commander.
Gu Yun strictly orders the news of his condition suppressed and Miss Chen summoned discreetly only after Prince Yan has left.
Gu Yun loses consciousness again; He Ronghui confirms he is still alive and carries him away.
Shen Yi relays the marshal’s order to execute the king of Qiuci and leads a charge against the enemy.
The king’s severed head is displayed on a flagpole, devastating the Qiuci commander and rallying the Black Iron Battalion into a ferocious attack.
The Western Regions forces, thinking Gu Yun was assassinated, are thrown into confusion and routed; the Black Iron Battalion pushes them back 10 kilometers and slaughters many.
In the field hospital, Chen Qingxu is summoned right after seeing Prince Yan’s convoy off to the capital.
Gu Yun awakens in pain and barely able to hear; Shen Yi tries clumsily to feed him medicine until Chen Qingxu intervenes.
Gu Yun confirms Prince Yan has left and is relieved that the truth about his injuries won’t reach the capital.
Chen Qingxu warns Gu Yun his body is dangerously overworked and damaged from old poison and repeated injuries—if he doesn’t rest soon, it may become incurable.
Gu Yun, recognizing this, agrees to avoid medicine and convalesce if no urgent crisis arises, a rare show of compromise for him.
Despite Gu Yun’s injuries, he returns to command the next morning and conducts military debriefs with efficiency and composure.
News sent to the capital omits the suicide bombing, framing only a victory; Gu Yun later submits a memorial admitting he executed the Qiuci king without imperial permission.
The court and Li Feng dismiss the concern due to Gu Yun’s reputation; only Chang Geng senses something deeper behind the report.
A Black Hawk special envoy delivers a personal letter from Gu Yun to Chang Geng—the first since the early Silk Road campaigns.
The letter includes a pressed apricot blossom and an unexpectedly poetic and affectionate tone, showing Gu Yun’s softer side.
Gu Yun recounts burned apricot trees blooming again and sends a sprig to Chang Geng, expressing subtle longing and hope for the future, though he crosses out a wish to return home in spring.
Chang Geng is emotionally stirred, rereads the letter multiple times, and stores the flower and letter carefully.
Despite the moment of intimacy, Chang Geng immediately returns to his heavy responsibilities, recognizing that military victory has not solved internal crises.
He reflects on impending national reform—agriculture, taxes, and more—and the political enemies he’ll face.
Chang Geng coldly strikes out the word “Nobility” on a page, realizing that the road to reform is irreversible and full of peril.
The chapter closes on Chang Geng’s determination and isolation, knowing that those closest to him still hope he can walk away once his work is done—but he cannot.
Chapter 76:
At OddsThe kingdoms of the Western Regions sued for peace, prompting urgent discussions in the Grand Council.
The Grand Council ordered the Marquis of Anding to suppress the rebels for at least three to five years and to collect as much violet gold as possible to alleviate economic strain.
The remaining decisions were entrusted to the Marquis of Order, Prince Yan (Li Min/Chang Geng).
Prince Yan reported to Emperor Li Feng about the successful war beacon tickets, which raised substantial funds through the patriotism of merchants.
Li Feng questioned the merchants’ motives; Prince Yan implied they were both patriotic and seeking imperial favor, particularly under the leadership of Du Wanquan.
Chang Geng proposed giving additional benefits to those investing in war bonds to further incentivize participation.
Li Feng grew uneasy as he perceived Chang Geng’s rising political influence and compared his own struggles with Chang Geng’s successes.
Li Feng grew suspicious and tested Chang Geng by mentioning the retirement of Minister Wei and asking for a recommendation.
Chang Geng avoided answering directly and instead proposed a merit-based public evaluation of candidates.
He sneakily circled back to suggesting war beacon ticket purchases as part of the evaluation, which annoyed Li Feng.
Though irked, Li Feng appreciated Chang Geng’s work ethic and dismissed him after expressing mixed feelings.
As Chang Geng prepared to leave, Li Feng brought up a potential marriage alliance with Grand Secretary Fang’s granddaughter.
Chang Geng reacted by silently kneeling and refusing, revealing emotional distress and referencing past trauma without stating specifics.
Alone with Li Feng, Chang Geng bared scars from past abuse, including a burn near his throat, revealing deep trauma from childhood.
He confessed he couldn’t tolerate physical intimacy and rejected marriage entirely, asking never to speak of it again.
Li Feng, shocked and cornered, let Chang Geng go after a tense exchange.
Chang Geng retreated to Gu Yun’s room in the Marquis Estate, finding solace in his scent and space, clearly still emotionally attached to him.
Over the next month, Emperor Li Feng rejected the idea of giving noble titles in exchange for bond purchases but promised safer trade routes and business incentives to bondholders.
A later imperial decree incorporated war beacon ticket investment into the civil servant exam system, triggering national controversy.
Critics accused the court of encouraging corruption and favoring the wealthy, especially since the tradition of favor trading had long plagued officialdom.
In the borderlands, Shen Yi rushed to inform Gu Yun about the explosive reform, only to find Gu Yun growing indifferent to his medicine and embracing his growing disability.
Gu Yun half-joked about using Shen Yi’s chatter to practice lip-reading, but he had indeed understood some.
Gu Yun agreed with Shen Yi’s concerns but shifted the topic, acknowledging that their military strength was insufficient for a decisive battle against Jialai Yinghuo.
He admitted that he had overexerted the imperial court and planned to step back temporarily.
Chapter 77:
NightmareIn early summer of the eighth year of Longan, the defeated nations of the Western Regions surrendered to Great Liang, submitting a joint letter of surrender.
Gu Yun refused to meet them and sent Shen Yi instead, who presented extremely harsh demands: large tributes of gold and silver, military bases within their nations, dismantling of all armor and war engines, and 70% of their violet gold annually.
After an initial refusal, Gu Yun launched a brutal night raid with 300 heavy-armored soldiers, essentially forcing the terms into compliance.
The Treaty of Loulan was signed three days later. The defeated states began melting down their weapons and collecting violet gold as tribute.
Gu Yun and Shen Yi secretly transported the tribute back to the capital.
In the capital, Chang Geng's economic reform with war beacon tickets progressed unexpectedly smoothly. Despite expectations of backlash, resistance was minimal.
Chang Geng’s memorial to Emperor Li Feng laid out the financial reform plan, appealing to the emperor’s desire to control the nation’s wealth. Li Feng approved it despite his unease.
Behind the scenes, wealthy merchants led by Du Wanquan collaborated with reform-minded but powerless officials like Jiang Chong.
Over a secret eight-hour banquet, these merchants and officials formed an alliance to support the reform and back Chang Geng’s economic policy.
Du Wanquan had initially been reluctant to support Chang Geng, but after half a year of working with him, he became a loyal supporter, sensing that Chang Geng was planning not just reform but a massive systemic shift.
Chang Geng met Du Wanquan privately after the banquet, thanking him. He was exhausted and running low on his pacifying incense, a sign of his internal turmoil.
That night, Chang Geng had a vivid nightmare. In it, Gu Yun unexpectedly appeared, returning to the capital early and teasing him gently.
As the dream deepened, Gu Yun turned cold and accusatory, claiming Chang Geng had seized power, killed Emperor Li Feng, and betrayed everything.
Gu Yun claimed he had raised a wolf who bit the hand that fed it, and declared he was going to the Nine Springs (the underworld) to beg forgiveness, implying his death.
Chang Geng woke up in a panic, shaken by the dream’s realism.
But then, in real life, someone was sitting by the window.
It was Gu Yun. He had truly returned early and repeated the exact same line from the dream: “What are you doing in my bed?”
Shocked and overwhelmed, Chang Geng collapsed, hitting his head on the hard bed.
Gu Yun rushed to him, concerned, joking at first but growing serious when he saw Chang Geng’s reaction.
As Gu Yun lit the lamp, it died with a crackle—just like in the nightmare—blurring the line between dream and reality.
This eerie coincidence sent Chang Geng spiraling again, overwhelmed by the emotional and physical toll of his dream and the sudden reality of Gu Yun’s return.
Chapter 78:
FearGu Yun returns to find Chang Geng suffering a severe episode due to the wu’ergu curse.
This time, Gu Yun recognizes the symptoms, realizing it's not a mere qi deviation but a terrifying transformation.
Chang Geng is in a violent, uncontrollable state and physically overpowers Gu Yun, showing inhuman strength and bloodred twin pupils.
Chang Geng claws at himself and nearly strangles Gu Yun, declaring “I won’t let you leave!” as paranoia overtakes him.
Gu Yun attempts to subdue him with martial techniques but avoids harming him.
In a sudden act of violence, Chang Geng bites Gu Yun’s arm deeply.
Instead of retaliating, Gu Yun calmly endures the pain and talks to him, which leads to Chang Geng crying silently with Gu Yun’s arm still in his mouth.
Chang Geng’s tears and emotional release gradually bring him back to his senses.
Gu Yun comforts him, takes him into his arms, and patiently waits while Chang Geng recovers.
When Chang Geng becomes lucid again, he is horrified by what he did and cleans Gu Yun’s wound while visibly distressed.
Gu Yun makes light of the situation, joking about being bitten by a dog.
Gu Yun gently strokes Chang Geng’s hair while recounting an incident involving bandits and the discovery of a sword once belonging to Huge’er.
Chang Geng is shaken and tries to emotionally distance himself, stating he’ll return to the Grand Council and move into the Prince Yan Estate.
Gu Yun becomes stern, demands Chang Geng stay, and even threatens to break his legs if he tries to leave.
Shocked by the rare display of anger, Chang Geng complies and is dragged back to bed by Gu Yun.
Chang Geng finally confesses that he didn’t reveal his condition because he was scared—of rejection, judgment, and of Gu Yun.
Gu Yun, understanding the depth of Chang Geng’s fear, kisses him passionately and teases him about whether he's still afraid.
Their intimate moment is interrupted by Huo Dan, who arrives to prepare Chang Geng for morning court.
Gu Yun opens the door himself, shocking Huo Dan, and commands him to report Chang Geng as sick.
Despite Chang Geng’s protests, Gu Yun refuses to let him go and lights the pacifying fragrance brought by Miss Chen, helping to calm Chang Geng.
As the fragrance takes effect, Chang Geng weakly clings to Gu Yun and asks to hold him.
Gu Yun encourages Chang Geng to rest and suggests stepping away from politics and the Grand Council for a while.
Chang Geng refuses, explaining that since the government reforms have already begun, abandoning them now would cause irreversible damage.
He compares it to an operation mid-surgery: either complete it or leave the patient wounded.
Finally, Chang Geng explains the origin of wu’ergu—a barbaric curse involving child sacrifice that creates inhuman strength at the cost of humanity.
He recalls Huge’er’s prophecy that he would be unloved, hated, and doomed—but now he defies that destiny because Gu Yun loves him.
Chang Geng promises that with Gu Yun’s love and trust, he can overcome the curse and fight his fate.
Chapter 79:
A Heart-to-HeartChang Geng wakes from recurring traumatic nightmares and finds that Gu Yun is the only person he thinks of for comfort.
He reflects on Great Master Liao Ran’s teachings about letting go versus holding on, and concludes that Gu Yun is his most precious burden—someone he cannot and will not give up.
Chang Geng shares his vision with Gu Yun: a peaceful, thriving nation where steam engines are used for farming, not war, and people can live with dignity.
Gu Yun is deeply moved but also feels the weight of reality and how idealistic Chang Geng’s dreams sound.
Chang Geng insists he has the strength to try reshaping the world, despite the odds.
Gu Yun silently reflects on how difficult and painful life is and wonders if it’s too cruel to discourage someone like Chang Geng.
Instead of offering a pessimistic reply, Gu Yun changes the subject with a teasing comment about how he’s already kissed and hugged Chang Geng.
The mood turns romantic and physical—Gu Yun flirts with Chang Geng, who becomes visibly flustered.
A steamy encounter begins. Gu Yun is half-blind due to not wearing his monocle and relies on touch.
Gu Yun touches Chang Geng’s chest scars and asks if they still hurt. Chang Geng sidesteps emotionally by saying they healed long ago.
Chang Geng’s utterance of “Yifu” (adoptive father) during intimacy causes Gu Yun’s arousal to instantly vanish.
Gu Yun internally recoils, disturbed by the inappropriate timing and taboo association of that title.
Despite Gu Yun’s discomfort, Chang Geng persists, whispering the title again in his ear with deliberate intent, clearly playing into the moral tension.
Gu Yun tries to retreat, but Chang Geng skillfully uses acupuncture points to immobilize him and continues seducing him with physical and verbal pressure.
Gu Yun struggles with the taboo and shame, but Chang Geng keeps pushing with declarations of affection and dominance, eventually taking control.
The two share a passionate night. Chang Geng calls Gu Yun various names—Zixi, Yifu—over and over in a haze of obsession and relief.
The next morning, Gu Yun is utterly exhausted but emotionally at ease. Chang Geng won’t stop touching or kissing him, and Gu Yun becomes annoyed.
Chang Geng gives Gu Yun a back massage, expertly relieving tension and tickling just enough to annoy.
When Chang Geng detects a lingering chest injury on Gu Yun by touch, Gu Yun pretends to be asleep to avoid questioning.
Chang Geng is unable to diagnose much further, and both essentially "trick" each other into letting the issue go.
Gu Yun skips court duties for a day, citing illness, while Huo Dan dutifully blocks all visitors, confused about Gu Yun’s sudden arrival and hiding.
Gu Yun wakes in the afternoon, still disoriented and annoyed that Chang Geng stole his monocle.
Chang Geng confesses he took the monocle because he “likes it,” subtly asserting control and intimacy.
Their dynamic has shifted: their once restrained, emotionally fraught relationship is now marked by physical closeness and unapologetic possession.
Chang Geng won’t let Gu Yun walk unaided, refusing to release him and continuously asking for kisses.
Gu Yun is bewildered by Chang Geng’s clingy behavior, noting that he used to be restrained and now is completely unhinged after one night.
They go to the study, where Gu Yun finds a nostalgic childhood artifact: a stool he had drawn on with tortoises and nonsensical poetry.
Gu Yun shares a story about his mischievous youth, including nearly poisoning his teacher with laxatives, and how his parents eventually took him to the Black Iron Battalion to discipline him.
Chang Geng is delighted by the story and the glimpse into Gu Yun’s past.
The chapter ends on a tender note, showing that Gu Yun, once distant and controlled, now lets himself be embraced and cared for by Chang Geng as their bond deepens.
Chapter 80:
Secret ConcernGu Yun opens up about his traumatic experience on the northern border, admitting it was the most painful time of his life.
He recalls how he initially resisted being sent there, but the old marquis forced him to train with the Black Iron Battalion, punishing any sign of weakness.
Gu Yun reflects that, had he stayed in the capital, he likely would have grown up spoiled and ungovernable; only the harsh methods of the old marquis shaped him into a capable leader.
Chang Geng, resting affectionately on Gu Yun, remarks that if he’d been born earlier, he would have stolen Gu Yun away to raise him in luxury.
Gu Yun acknowledges the high cost it took to become the person he is.
Chang Geng, concerned, writes in Gu Yun’s palm asking whether he hates the late emperor.
Gu Yun instinctively reaches for wine but stops himself, revealing he has been trying to give up drinking.
This sudden sobriety unsettles Chang Geng, making him suspect something is wrong with Gu Yun’s health.
While preparing tea for Gu Yun, Chang Geng subtly checks his pulse but can’t detect anything abnormal.
Gu Yun realizes Chang Geng is too observant and regrets letting his guard down by quitting alcohol so suddenly.
He tries to appear normal again by asking for wine, but Chang Geng denies him and insists he drink tea.
Chang Geng unexpectedly feeds Gu Yun a sweet pastry from his own mouth. Gu Yun dislikes sweets but eats it anyway, thinking of a similarly unpleasant meal from their past.
Gu Yun becomes uneasy at Chang Geng’s extreme swings between affection and suspicion, fearing these emotions may not last.
Sensing something odd, Gu Yun demands his monocle. Chang Geng refuses and presses Gu Yun further on whether he hates the late emperor.
Gu Yun avoids answering directly and instead asks Chang Geng if he still hates Huge’er.
Chang Geng coldly states he would still flay Huge’er if she were alive but feels powerless because she’s already dead.
Gu Yun recognizes Chang Geng’s answer as untruthful and possibly self-destructive.
Their tense moment is interrupted by Uncle Wang announcing that someone from the Lingshu Institute has arrived to see Prince Yan.
Chang Geng instantly regains his calm demeanor and lets Gu Yun go, though he hesitates midway as if remembering something important.
Gu Yun brushes it off, saying he’s going to find real food and jokingly blames the pastry for giving him heartburn.
Chang Geng is flustered and rushes to arrange a proper meal, revealing concern.
Before leaving, Chang Geng returns Gu Yun’s monocle, placing it gently on his face and lingering on him with a strange expression.
He quietly confesses that the earlier moment felt like a dream and he wouldn’t have dared act that way if he thought it was real.
Gu Yun nearly snaps in frustration but holds back when he sees Chang Geng has returned to normal.
Chang Geng ends with a bittersweet line, wishing he had never woken from the “dream.”
Gu Yun, overwhelmed, remains silent, feeling that if such episodes continue, he may lose his sanity along with Chang Geng.
Chapter 81:
MarriageIn the eighth year of Longan, Marshal Gu Yun survives Tai Sui’s wrath, and Great Liang begins recovering after hitting rock bottom.
Marquis of Anding (Chang Geng) signs the New Silk Road Accords and the Black Iron Battalion escorts violet gold tribute to the capital.
Shen Yi and others return with the gold; the Lingshu Institute reveals a breakthrough in Gu Yun’s iron bow project thanks to genius inventor Ge Chen.
A new gold tank attachment makes iron bows easier to use and more powerful, with enhanced accuracy and potential explosive upgrades.
With military fronts stable, focus shifts to refugee resettlement; the court is stymied by inaction and poor suggestions.
The Longan Emperor loses his temper over absurd proposals like sending refugees to fill the East Sea with rocks.
Du Wanquan and 13 wealthy merchants offer to establish private factories to employ refugees using confiscated land and civilian-use engines.
A new power group emerges, pushing for concessions like submitting memorials directly to the emperor and buying violet gold.
Meng Jue from the Ministry of Works supports the plan, arguing it benefits refugees, acknowledges merchant contributions, and funds the military.
Noble officials resist fiercely, accusing the merchants of threatening their power and traditions.
The court erupts in factional conflict, with nobles and pro-commerce factions trading harsh accusations.
Gu Yun is stunned by the political venom in court, finding it more dangerous than the battlefield.
Gu Yun is kept behind after the assembly; he and the Longan Emperor, Li Feng, awkwardly reconnect during a garden stroll.
The crown prince, an eager child, is delighted to meet his hero Gu Yun, calling him “Granduncle” and falling asleep on his back.
Li Feng asks Gu Yun to mentor the crown prince more, hinting at a mended relationship between sovereign and general.
Jiang Chong secretly delivers a leaked memorial to Chang Geng, revealing a conspiracy led by influential nobles through Imperial Uncle Wang.
The memorial’s true author is Fang Qin, Minister of Revenue and Miss Fang’s uncle, originally considered as a marriage match for Chang Geng.
Fang Qin attacks the merchant plan by highlighting administrative risks with violet gold distribution, predicting smuggling, hoarding, rebellion, and long-term instability.
Fang Qin also manipulates sentiment by invoking Gu Yun’s name, suggesting the soldiers’ sacrifices would be dishonored by frivolous violet gold use.
The memorial shrewdly exploits the emperor’s insecurities, particularly after the loss of his private violet gold stores.
Chang Geng recognizes Fang Qin’s intelligence and the deeper threat he poses as a representative of the old elite.
Jiang Chong suggests blocking the memorial, but Chang Geng reprimands him for unethical thinking and insists the Grand Council must act with integrity.
Chang Geng, appearing unfazed, reveals that he expected this attack and implies he has already planned a response.
He cryptically states that now that the proposal has been publicly discredited, they must focus on finding a new solution, implying he may use this to his advantage.
Gu Yun, after his palace visit, discusses court politics with Shen Yi, who complains about the unpredictable imperial family.
Shen Yi reflects on his own life, caught between family expectations and battlefield loyalty; he is trying to dodge a marriage arranged by his father.
Gu Yun teases Shen Yi mercilessly, joking that perhaps Shen Yi is in love with him.
Shen Yi is mortified but also deeply concerned for Gu Yun’s future and feelings for Chang Geng.
Shen Yi notes that Prince Yan (Chang Geng) seems serious and dedicated to Gu Yun, even shifting his routine since Gu Yun’s return.
As Gu Yun arrives home, Chang Geng greets him with fried yellow croaker, a small but intimate gesture, witnessed by the awkward Shen Yi.
Gu Yun and Shen Yi are both overwhelmed by Chang Geng’s affection and the undeniable romantic tension.
The chapter ends with Prince Yan symbolically “conquering” the two generals with his domestic, heartfelt gesture, walking them into the estate together.
Chapter 82:
Idle WorriesShen Yi arrives at the Marquis Estate, visibly anxious and tense due to his concerns for Gu Yun.
Shen Yi questions Gu Yun about whether he consummated his relationship with Chang Geng.
Gu Yun vaguely confirms it, leaving Shen Yi stunned and upset at Gu Yun’s flippant attitude.
Shen Yi admonishes Gu Yun, accusing him of acting irresponsibly and selfishly, ignoring the possible fallout.
Gu Yun remains calm and avoids giving further explanation, silently bearing the guilt and confusion over his decision.
Internally, Gu Yun reflects on how he had thoroughly considered the consequences and tried to suppress his feelings but ultimately gave in.
Gu Yun states confidently that after they reclaim Jiangnan, he plans to take Chang Geng away and protect him regardless of others’ opinions.
Shen Yi is frustrated by Gu Yun’s indifferent attitude and feels his advice is being ignored.
Their banter turns mildly crude and teasing, highlighting their long-standing friendship and military camaraderie.
Chang Geng hears the yelling and sends someone to bring Shen Yi loquat syrup, showing concern for his throat.
Gu Yun indirectly brings up Shen Yi’s family problems, encouraging him to resist pressure to marry someone he doesn’t love.
Shen Yi opens up about the complicated dynamics in the Shen family and his feelings of guilt over his uncle’s death.
He reveals he joined the army partly to escape family expectations and earn honor on his own.
Shen Yi expresses a sense of futility, lamenting that even with accomplishments, family obligations still entangle him.
Gu Yun downplays the gravity of Shen Yi’s issues, calling them “idle worries,” suggesting his own troubles are deeper.
Shen Yi brings up a memorial submitted by General Zhong detailing the dire conditions of Jiangbei refugees.
Gu Yun, frustrated with court debates, offers to present the memorial himself during morning court, breaking his usual apolitical stance.
Chang Geng intervenes, saying he can handle it and there’s no need for Gu Yun to interfere in domestic politics.
Shen Yi becomes more respectful and formal in Chang Geng’s presence, recognizing his authority and composure.
Shen Yi realizes that under Chang Geng’s leadership, the military has been well-supported, even during peacetime.
Shen Yi formally thanks Chang Geng on behalf of the soldiers, acknowledging his effectiveness.
Chang Geng humbly dismisses the thanks and jokes that Gu Yun already thanked him.
Gu Yun is annoyed but can’t refute Chang Geng, who takes the food from him and reminds him not to spoil dinner.
Shen Yi, now embarrassed by the domestic intimacy between the two, makes a quick exit on his own.
Chapter 83:
CounterattackShen Yi leaves emotionally and physically exhausted after a prior encounter.
Chang Geng confiscates Gu Yun’s wine and gives him pacifying fragrance instead, highlighting his protective nature.
Gu Yun drinks only minimally and uses the wine cup to tease Chang Geng, enjoying being fussed over.
Chang Geng performs nightly acupuncture to stabilize his mental state due to a past emotional breakdown and resurgence of the wu’ergu influence.
Miss Chen strictly forbids stimulants, sex, and stress for Chang Geng and tasks Gu Yun with assisting in acupuncture.
Despite being serious about the treatment, Gu Yun and Chang Geng share tender moments during the acupuncture, underscoring deep intimacy and trust.
Chang Geng seduces Gu Yun despite being full of needles, demonstrating his emotional vulnerability and desire for reassurance.
Gu Yun restrains himself from intimacy, follows doctor’s orders, and redirects Chang Geng to rest.
Chang Geng expresses his lingering fears that their relationship and peace might be an illusion; Gu Yun offers comfort.
Gu Yun falls asleep under the influence of pacifying incense while Chang Geng reveals possessive thoughts about keeping Gu Yun all to himself.
A message from Liao Ran arrives via a wooden bird, revealing a plague outbreak in Jiangbei.
Chang Geng is furious that local officials lied in their reports and allowed the situation to worsen.
Gu Yun comforts Chang Geng and offers to support him unconditionally—even if it means imprisoning him if he goes mad.
Chang Geng emotionally insists that Gu Yun never take back his affection or abandon him, even alluding to suicide if Gu Yun were to die first.
Gu Yun sternly rebukes Chang Geng for such thoughts, exposing how deep Chang Geng’s emotional instability runs.
The next morning, Gu Yun is exhausted from the incense and asks Huo Dan to keep his condition secret; he plans to get medicine from Miss Chen.
At court, a dramatic showdown erupts over Chang Geng’s proposal to allow civilian trade in violet gold to finance relief for refugees.
Fang Qin’s faction attempts to discredit the plan by using Assistant Minister Lü to accuse it of corruption.
Chang Geng and Jiang Chong cleverly counter the attack by revealing that there is an unreported plague in Jiangbei.
The plague was discovered by monk Liao Ran, not by officials—exposing gross negligence and lies by the Lü family.
The court descends into chaos as Li Feng, the emperor, realizes officials have hidden a major disaster.
Chang Geng calmly explains the situation and covers for Jiang Chong’s bluntness.
Prince Yan casts an ominous glance at the implicated officials, revealing his awareness and intent to act.
The chapter ends with Li Feng livid, implicitly suggesting a coming purge and shift in court power.
Chapter 84:
UndercurrentLü Assistant Minister is paralyzed with fear during court as Fang Qin tries to downplay the Jiangbei plague report from Liao Ran Great Master.
Chang Geng exposes Fang Qin’s dismissal by revealing hidden messages from Liao Ran Great Master encoded within sealed talismans that had been tampered with.
The decrypted message reveals that Jiangbei is in a state of severe plague, bodies lying across the wilderness, and roads blockaded—indicating a massive cover-up.
Chang Geng uses the moment to announce he had planned to request imperial permission to travel south and personally investigate Jiangbei's refugee crisis.
Jiang Chong prematurely leaked the information but quickly apologized, saving face.
The court is shaken, remembering Prince Yan’s (Chang Geng's) past ruthless campaigns and his refusal to play political games or accept bribery or women as gifts.
Fang Qin tries to redirect the issue, warning of dangers and saying Chang Geng is too valuable to risk.
Li Feng attempts to assign someone else to investigate, not wanting Chang Geng to personally go.
Chang Geng insists, claiming that court debates without firsthand knowledge are useless, and he volunteers himself to report directly back.
Gu Yun unexpectedly supports Chang Geng, offering to personally escort him and protect him from danger.
Gu Yun adds that this is a good opportunity to assess Jiangnan’s front lines and he had planned to request this trip as well—taking control of the situation.
Shen Yi watches this unfold with discomfort, noticing a personal, even intimate, interaction between Gu Yun and Chang Geng.
Li Feng relents and agrees: Chang Geng is appointed as imperial envoy, Xu Ling as his assistant, Gu Yun as escort, and Ge Chen from the Lingshu Institute joins to scout Western military tech.
Fang Qin leaves court enraged but conceals it, lamenting how someone as capable as him has to stoop to dealing with someone like Lü Chang.
Lü Chang stops Fang Qin’s carriage, begging for help, and reveals that his brother-in-law, Yang Ronggui, the current Governor of Liangjiang, committed multiple crimes:
Covered up the plague,
Purged dissenting factions,
Imprisoned political opponents,
Occupied relay stations,
Assassinated 18 scholars en route to the capital under the guise of refugee attacks.
Lü Chang claims he did it for the greater political plan and to avoid the emperor yielding to merchants and reformists.
Fang Qin sees through Lü Chang's plea and reflects on how Chang Geng had never planned to support the merchants—instead, he used the war beacon tickets and factory issue as a cover to expose corruption.
Lü Chang begs for salvation for himself and Yang Ronggui, but Fang Qin mocks him internally while pretending to be sorrowful.
Lü Chang uses family ties to threaten Fang Qin, reminding him that their clans are bound—Fang Qin’s half-sister had once scandalously tried to elope and was later married into the Lü family.
This tactic forces Fang Qin to pause, knowing the Lü downfall could also damage his own clan.
Fang Qin cryptically suggests the only hope is to manipulate Chang Geng directly, then writes in tea: “Don the yellow robes”, hinting at inciting rebellion or usurpation.
Lü Chang is horrified, but Fang Qin coldly warns him that murdering Prince Yan or attempting to suppress the investigation is doomed—Gu Yun is watching everything and the emperor is ruthless.
Lü Chang departs in terror; Fang Qin silently plans to drag Chang Geng down with them if he can’t win.
Fang Qin reflects that if Chang Geng really is as pure and incorruptible as he appears, this scheme will fail—but if not, Fang Qin has one last killing move left.
Chapter 85:
Great CondorChang Geng briefs Jiang Chong and the Grand Council before departing for the south, then returns home at sunset.
Gu Yun is seen leisurely playing with a white jade flute Chang Geng gave him; Chang Geng regrets giving him one with holes.
Gu Yun invites Chang Geng to listen to his flute playing, but Chang Geng stops him with a flirtatious remark.
The two share an intimate walk; Chang Geng questions Gu Yun’s sudden declaration to go to the Jiangbei front lines.
Gu Yun admits he’s tired of the capital’s atmosphere and also concerned for Chang Geng’s safety.
Chang Geng momentarily suspects Gu Yun may be wary of his political ambitions but quickly checks himself.
Their relationship becomes more intense as Chang Geng clutches Gu Yun’s hand to steady his emotions.
Uncle Wang interrupts, announcing the arrival of the Crown Prince.
The young Crown Prince runs to say goodbye to Gu Yun and Chang Geng, formally presenting them with talismans for protection.
He requests a calligraphy gift from Gu Yun, who obliges and gives him a personalized writing.
After the Crown Prince leaves, Chang Geng bitterly notes how the late emperor used him to control Gu Yun, implying Li Feng is now doing the same with the Crown Prince.
Gu Yun teases him for being jealous of a child; Chang Geng complains that Gu Yun never taught him calligraphy when he was young.
Gu Yun relents and guides Chang Geng’s hand to write his own name, then starts copying sutras with Chang Geng held close.
Three days later, Prince Yan (Chang Geng), Xu Ling, and Ge Chen depart the capital escorted by Gu Yun and twenty guards.
Xu Ling, once a top scorer in imperial exams, is skeptical and curious when they stop at the Northern Camp.
Gu Yun explains they’re changing transportation.
Ge Chen reveals a prototype flying machine named the Great Condor, a new faster war kite without fire pinions, powered by a hawk propulsion system.
Though flawed and inefficient, it’s faster and more agile than existing models and this is its first real-world mission.
Xu Ling, though wary, is impressed and agrees to ride the Condor, pledging bravery as an official.
The group departs secretly toward Jiangbei, planning to leave the Great Condor with the garrison and continue north in disguise.
Meanwhile, gossip and political unrest stir in the capital after Prince Yan’s departure.
Shen Yi, missing Gu Yun’s company, hides out in the military garrison until he’s dragged home by his family.
At home, his Third Aunt, widow of his uncle, and cousin Shen Hui are visiting—people Shen Yi has long had a strained relationship with.
Shen Hui, a dissolute playboy, has been arrested for patronizing illegal brothels during a government crackdown.
Third Aunt recounts how they used connections, including Minister Lu of the Ministry of Justice, to bail Shen Hui out.
Minister Lu, however, hints at wanting a marriage alliance with Shen Yi, suggesting interest from Assistant Minister Lü’s daughter.
Third Aunt implies she’s matchmaking between Shen Yi and this girl to repay the favor.
Shen Yi is visibly uncomfortable and resistant, having no interest in political matchmaking.
Chapter 86:
No OneShen Yi excuses himself from dinner at the Shen Estate, citing Northern Camp duties. His absence makes it improper for Shen Hui's widow and child to stay, so they leave.
As Third Madam departs, the myna bird at the gate insults her, calling her a whore walking her mangy dog. Shen Hui is furious; Shen Yi is secretly amused.
Shen Yi muses that families usually sell children when starving—he’s never seen one try to sell a general.
Old Mister Shen calls Shen Yi over to talk, revealing concern over Shen Yi being pushed into marriage with a noble consort from the Lü family.
Shen Yi accuses his father of trying to sell him off for political gain and refuses to be used that way.
Old Mister Shen cryptically warns of unrest and chaos, referencing ominous star signs and the imbalance of court power, hinting that something larger is at play.
He reveals the current head of the Imperial Guard is Liu Chongshan, related to the Lü family, breaking with tradition of appointing battle-hardened Northern Camp officers.
Shen Yi is shocked to realize the Lü family is positioning themselves politically, possibly to support a coup.
Old Mister Shen explains the Lü and Fang families’ influence in court and warns that Shen Yi's military authority means little in the capital.
The old man strongly implies that the Lü family may be using Prince Yan in a plot for power, possibly grooming him for the throne.
Shen Yi worries about Gu Yun’s position—if Prince Yan is pushed into taking the throne, Gu Yun’s loyalty to the emperor and affection for Prince Yan will be in direct conflict.
Shen Yi refuses to play along politically by delaying or pretending in marriage negotiations. He insists on being honest and upfront.
Old Mister Shen confronts him with a harsh truth: Prince Yan is being backed into a corner by those who either want him to become emperor or destroy him.
Shen Yi is disturbed to realize Prince Yan is in grave danger no matter what path he takes.
He walks away in silence, shaken by the implications, as Old Mister Shen yells after him.
Gu Yun, Prince Yan (Chang Geng), and their team secretly approach Jiangbei via aerial war chariot.
They are caught in a massive thunderstorm, and the aerial ship (nicknamed the “great condor”) becomes unstable.
Ge Chen, the fragile Lingshu scholar, gets severely motion-sick; acupuncture fails due to turbulence.
Gu Yun nearly throws up with him, and Xu Ling fears for his life; chaos reigns onboard.
Amid the turbulence, Chang Geng seductively licks Gu Yun’s neck, murmuring “Dying for love right here wouldn’t be so bad.” Gu Yun is left speechless.
The great condor crashes violently in a storm, slamming into the ground in an unknown location.
They discover they've accidentally crossed the river—deep into enemy Western territory.
With no landmarks or villages around, Gu Yun orders the team to dismantle and destroy the great condor to prevent enemy detection.
Ge Chen vomits but still helps guide the disassembly. The remains are blown up with violet gold to cover their tracks.
Gu Yun casually brushes off concerns about attracting Western forces—saying they want to attract the enemy so they can steal a ride back across the river.
Xu Ling is terrified. Chang Geng finds everything amusing. Gu Yun promises survival with him around, even if no one else believes it.
Chapter 87:
ScholarXu Ling, previously full of faith in Gu Yun and the Black Iron Battalion, is now terrified and disillusioned after their aircraft crashes in enemy territory.
Gu Yun admits the craft’s failure wasn’t unexpected, and he never trusted its stability in bad weather.
Chang Geng reassures Xu Ling, showing calmness and analysis even in dire circumstances.
Xu Ling admires Chang Geng’s composure and begins to suspect a deeper connection between him and Gu Yun.
A small Western patrol arrives; Gu Yun finds it odd that there are so few soldiers.
No one speaks the Western language—surprisingly, not even Chang Geng—but Xu Ling reveals he learned some foreign language skills out of a desire to be useful despite being a non-combatant.
Xu Ling translates the patrol’s conversation; the soldiers are confused by the wreckage and eventually realize it bears marks from Great Liang’s military.
Before they can sound the alarm, Chang Geng shoots one soldier dead with an arrow to the ear, and the Black Iron Battalion ambushes and massacres the rest.
One soldier is spared and taken prisoner.
The group moves to a nearby abandoned village to interrogate the prisoner.
Chang Geng directs Xu Ling to question locals later for intel, since the Black Iron Battalion’s fierce demeanor could scare them.
The village is a ghost town; they take shelter in an ancestral temple, now in ruin.
Behind the temple, they discover a horrifying mass grave of decapitated villagers.
Chang Geng explains this was a “thorough cleansing” by the Western army—killing all locals to prevent infiltration or resistance.
Gu Yun finds a corpse pointing to a message carved into wood: “The tears of those left behind run dry amidst the dust kicked up by foreign hooves”—only half finished.
The scene deeply disturbs Gu Yun, who begins to feel the full weight of his physical and emotional exhaustion.
Chang Geng pulls him back to focus, reminding him they need to regroup with Zhong Lao.
Gu Yun forces himself to continue and orders Xu Ling to interrogate the captured soldier.
The prisoner breaks easily, revealing the Westerners have turned the area into a no-man’s-land, with sentry posts sparsely manned by cavalry, and the local population either killed or enslaved.
Xu Ling is shaken by the brutality, realizing the refugees in Jiangbei were actually lucky by comparison.
Xu Ling asks when they will be able to fight back; Chang Geng says they need a year or two of recovery and access to violet gold to mount a real resistance.
Xu Ling warns Chang Geng that his aggressive reforms have made him a political target; corrupt officials might falsely accuse him of tyranny.
Chang Geng remains unbothered—he says he acts only for the people and does not care about personal loss or reputation.
Xu Ling is moved and ashamed. He had partly joined the mission to spy on and potentially censure Chang Geng, under orders and political pressure.
Now, after seeing the devastation and Chang Geng’s sacrifice firsthand, Xu Ling begins to doubt his prior convictions and feels guilty for his role.
Gu Yun silently listens to Xu Ling and Chang Geng’s conversation, beginning to piece together how they may have been betrayed into landing behind enemy lines.
Chapter 88:
Wreaking HavocGu Yun realizes that Chang Geng is making the southern trip for Emperor Li Feng’s benefit, not purely for military purposes.
Gu Yun understands Li Feng better than Chang Geng: Li Feng prefers “pure officials”—loyal, simple men with no power base, whom he feels he can control.
Commissioner Xu Ling, who is accompanying them, is exactly that kind of “pure official,” and is clearly meant to watch and report on Chang Geng.
Li Feng once considered Prince Yan (Chang Geng) a “pure official” too, but distrusted him once he showed political ambition and competence.
Gu Yun sees through this political manipulation but keeps silent to protect Chang Geng.
Gu Yun is emotionally shaken, struggling to reconcile the Chang Geng he once knew—sincere, kind-hearted, and warm—with the ruthless, calculating Prince Yan he has become.
Their party reaches a Western sentry post. According to their Western captive, the soldiers there are slack and only have two sets of heavy armor.
Gu Yun jokes about using heavy armor to drown cheaters, showcasing his usual gallows humor, which frustrates Xu Ling.
Gu Yun reveals that he has already coordinated with General Zhong for reinforcements, covering up Chang Geng’s use of Linyuan Pavilion intelligence to secretly send messages.
Chang Geng realizes Gu Yun is protecting him by taking credit, which unsettles him—he feels exposed, vulnerable, and deeply conflicted.
Chang Geng is caught between wanting to impress Gu Yun and hide his manipulations, yet also craving to be seen at his worst to test Gu Yun’s love.
Gu Yun skillfully diffuses tension and redirects suspicion from Chang Geng.
Ge Chen disassembles Western heavy armor and collects parts like a greedy engineer, earning himself the role of fake "captured spy" as punishment.
Gu Yun has him tied up and carried like cargo, replacing the real Western captive in their infiltration strategy.
Disguised in enemy armor, the party infiltrates the Western garrison carrying their "captive" Ge Chen.
Xu Ling, acting as interpreter, lies convincingly to the guards, saying they captured a spy and are turning him in.
One Western guard grows suspicious and demands Xu Ling lift his visor, nearly exposing them.
Before disaster strikes, a distant explosion and fire divert attention, and Chang Geng kills the suspicious guard with a hidden weapon.
Gu Yun’s men recover quickly, swap disguises, and continue the infiltration with ruthless efficiency.
Gu Yun uses the Western captive as a suicide distraction by triggering his armor’s fuse and launching him into enemy ranks, creating chaos.
Gu Yun leads a coordinated ambush: the Black Iron Battalion slaughters nearby enemies, sets the place ablaze, and creates confusion.
Xu Ling is dragged along as they run through the garrison, with Gu Yun faking Western orders to mislead soldiers.
The party steals a Western dragon (a fast watercraft) after Gu Yun’s disguised guard clears the way.
Gu Yun throws Xu Ling and the others onboard and eliminates Western sailors, disguising the corpses to look alive.
Under cover of the ongoing chaos, Gu Yun’s team escapes downriver on the stolen dragon, unseen and undetected.
Chapter 89:
Suffering a BeatingGe Chen excitedly pilots the stolen Western dragon, ecstatic about its speed and power.
Gu Yun’s guard signals from the river, and Ge Chen maneuvers to retrieve him.
Gu Yun is jostled by the wild ride and reflects he should have beaten Ge Chen when he had the chance.
The Westerners try to pursue them, but Great Liang dragons arrive, forming a battle line.
Mister Ja realizes it's a trap and halts pursuit; the Great Liang Navy postures, then retreats.
Old General Zhong Chan and Yao Zhen meet the returning Gu Yun and Chang Geng.
Gu Yun notices Zhong Chan’s aging body and reflects on fate and duty.
Zhong Chan greets them curtly and leaves, clearly disapproving of the current situation.
Yao Zhen is left to smooth things over and arrange rest for the arrivals.
Gu Yun collapses from exhaustion and sleeps deeply.
Chang Geng tends to Gu Yun as he sleeps, giving him medicine and massaging pressure points.
Chang Geng kisses Gu Yun gently; Gu Yun avoids it due to bitter medicine taste.
Chang Geng’s mood shifts, becoming desperate and forceful, physically pinning Gu Yun.
Gu Yun fends him off, eventually pinning Chang Geng and reprimanding him.
Chang Geng refuses to let go, hurting himself in his stubborn grip.
Gu Yun realizes Chang Geng is just throwing a tantrum, not in a delusion.
Chang Geng breaks down and explains his political plans:
He intends to use the southward campaign to manipulate court politics.
His aim is to weaken and divide the noble families.
He wants to elevate new officials through the war beacon tickets.
He wants to end the Li dynasty's absolute power.
Chang Geng confesses he doesn’t care about the world’s judgment, only Gu Yun’s.
Gu Yun is angered by Chang Geng's self-loathing and need for validation.
Gu Yun berates him, refusing to indulge his self-hate or offer hollow comfort.
Chang Geng says he has only ever treasured Gu Yun, and without him, life has no value.
Gu Yun slaps his palm with a white jade flute, scolding him like a misbehaving child.
Gu Yun tells him to reflect on his self-worth and throws him out of the tent.
Chang Geng, stunned and in pain, silently obeys.
Gu Yun then calmly asks about the refugee resettlement timeline and military readiness.
Chang Geng answers seriously, regaining his composure.
Gu Yun orders him to leave immediately for Jiangbei to investigate corruption with Xu Ling.
Before leaving, Chang Geng shyly confesses his desire for Gu Yun in a flustered, inappropriate moment.
Gu Yun, scandalized, throws him out again, thinking Chang Geng is out of his mind.
Chang Geng hides his desire and leaves with a final embarrassed glance.
Chapter 90:
True and FalseAfter the storm in Liangjiang, Gu Yun and Zhong Chan walk together, reflecting on past and present events without wearing armor.
Gu Yun mentions not having had free time in years or a real conversation with his teacher, Zhong Chan.
Zhong Chan praises Gu Yun’s maturity and suggests Gu Yun’s late father would be proud, though Gu Yun jokes that he’d be beaten.
Zhong Chan speaks about the unpredictability of fate and how even past emperors might not succeed under current conditions.
They discuss the military's limitations, particularly the weakness of the navy compared to Westerners.
Gu Yun agrees and plans to have the captured Western warship studied by the Lingshu Institute.
Zhong Chan expresses concern over the navy’s equipment and lack of violet gold, placing hope in the younger generation.
The conversation shifts to Prince Yan (Chang Geng), with Zhong Chan subtly warning Gu Yun about the need to keep Chang Geng in check due to his potential power and the Linyuan tablet.
Gu Yun admits he’s aware Chang Geng holds the Linyuan tablet, even though Chang Geng hasn’t confirmed it.
Zhong Chan reflects on Chang Geng’s character: stoic, mature, and possibly too restrained due to a harsh childhood, including abuse from a barbarian shamaness.
Zhong Chan implies that Gu Yun may have to act if Chang Geng ever loses control, politically or mentally.
Gu Yun reassures his teacher he will monitor Chang Geng and, if necessary, act to protect the nation.
Chang Geng, with Xu Ling and Gu Yun’s guards, arrives in Yangzhou disguised as a merchant named “proprietor” of a pawnshop, using a false but plausible backstory prepared by Du Wanquan.
The local officials greet them out of obligation but are insincere due to political tension and affiliation with the Lü family.
A lavish banquet is hosted in Flying Eaves Pavilion by Yang Ronggui, the Governor of Liangjiang, who disdains Du Wanquan’s faction and doesn’t attend himself.
During the banquet, Xu Ling learns from a drunken official that “Prince Yan” has already arrived in Yangzhou to investigate refugee mismanagement, shocking him since the real Chang Geng is present.
Chang Geng has sent a decoy to pose as himself, tricking Governor Yang Ronggui and buying time to conduct his real investigation covertly.
Xu Ling is impressed by Chang Geng’s deception and strategic forethought.
Chang Geng and Xu Ling, disguised, visit the supposed refugee camp at night accompanied by Black Iron Battalion guards.
They find the camp suspicious: only about 30 healthy young people are present, no plague signs, and the environment seems staged.
Xu Ling suspects these are fake refugees, likely hired to deceive inspectors.
Chang Geng orders his guards to find Great Master Liao Ran and investigate the area further, convinced that Yang Ronggui can’t cover everything.
Simultaneously, a secret message is dispatched north warning conspirators that Prince Yan has fallen into their trap.
Governor Yang Ronggui orders his forces to disguise themselves and quietly move to Yangzhou, preparing for potential confrontation.
Tension builds in the capital where Shen Yi is caring for his ill father, Old Mister Shen, who appears near death, forcing Shen Yi into seclusion.
Marriage negotiations involving Shen Yi’s family are suspended due to mourning.
In a twist, Shen Yi secretly departs the estate in Chen Qingxu’s carriage after dark, revealing his presence at her residence, despite supposedly being in mourning.
Chen Qingxu, quietly instrumental, plays a guqin and remains calm, showing her loyalty and resourcefulness.
Shen Yi acknowledges her contributions and expresses sincere admiration and gratitude.
Shen Yi rides out of the capital, presumably on a secret mission, as covert movements escalate behind the scenes.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Stars of Chaos
Stars of Chaos: Sha Po Lang, Vol. 4
Chapter 91:
The Yellow RobesYang Ronggui, once a renowned nobleman, now presents himself as a composed and upright official, but secretly harbors malicious intent.
The real Xu Ling has not yet met Yang Ronggui; instead, a pair of imposters posing as Prince Yan and Xu Lingvisit him.
After the envoy departs, Yang Ronggui and his ally Zheng Kun analyze the visitors and assume Prince Yan is inexperienced and Xu Ling a harmless bookworm.
Yang Ronggui is relieved Gu Yun, the Marquis of Anding, is absent, thinking it removes military pressure from their plans.
In reality, Chang Geng and Xu Ling are conducting a secret investigation in Yangzhou’s outskirts under the guise of commoners.
Chang Geng socializes with locals, including Innkeeper Sun, a retired armed escort whose tavern hides more than it seems.
During their investigation, Xu Ling and Chang Geng learn that the refugee camps once outside the city have vanished.
Chang Geng becomes suspicious after noticing the tavern’s excessive consumption despite minimal customers.
Chang Geng exposes Innkeeper Sun, who turns out to be a member of the Shahai Gang, a major criminal syndicate.
Chang Geng deduces the refugees are either imprisoned in remote "mountain settlements," dead, or co-opted into outlaw gangs.
Xu Ling learns that Yang Ronggui deceptively reported epidemic treatment, but instead burned sick refugees alive to cover up corruption.
Yang Ronggui used official refugee policies as a front to embezzle funds and consolidate power.
Innkeeper Sun confirms the massive cover-up and expresses that rebellion is inevitable due to extreme oppression.
Chang Geng agrees to go with Innkeeper Sun alone, without his guards, to earn the man's trust and uncover the truth.
Before leaving, Chang Geng hangs a plaque reading "May Justice Reign Eternal" over the outlaw tavern's door.
Meanwhile, Cao Chunhua, master of disguise, impersonates Prince Yan in Yang Ronggui’s estate, flirting with his own reflection and joking with a disguised comrade.
A guard reports Yang Ronggui seeks an urgent audience—Cao Chunhua and his companion suspect their ruse might be discovered.
Yang Ronggui arrives, seemingly to confront them, but instead kneels and claims rebels have cut off roads, offering to protect “Prince Yan.”
Yang Ronggui theatrically proposes Prince Yan ascend the throne, presenting a yellow dragon robe as a show of allegiance and veiled threat.
The implied ultimatum: accept the robe and join the conspiracy—or be destroyed as a casualty of the “rebellion.”
Xu Ling tries to argue, but Yang Ronggui justifies his treason by framing it as a response to the emperor's failure and chaos in the realm.
Chapter 92:
Running AboutGu Yun and Zhong Chan focus on naval preparation, despite Great Liang's navy being weak and lacking experience.
Ge Chen from the Lingshu Institute helps dismantle a Far Western dragon warship for study to prepare for sea battles.
Gu Yun, now commander in chief on all borders, works tirelessly; he barely eats or rests, growing physically worn out.
While consulting with Yao Zhen, Gu Yun nearly collapses from exhaustion. He dismisses it as hunger but his health visibly concerns Yao Zhen.
Yao Zhen invites Gu Yun for dinner, but Gu Yun politely refuses. They reminisce about their youth and past glories.
Gu Yun recalls Yao Zhen's lack of ambition and resistance to political power, choosing family life over imperial politics.
Their nostalgic conversation is interrupted by Ge Chen, who brings alarming news: Yang Ronggui has revolted.
A letter from the fake Prince Yan reveals that the rebels are pretending to cooperate and that Li Feng may have been assassinated.
Gu Yun panics, realizing the potential plot: detain Prince Yan in the south while assassinating the emperor in the capital to leave the throne vacant.
Gu Yun immediately organizes an urgent response. He sends Ge Chen to contact the capital and rides to Yangzhou himself.
Meanwhile, the fake Prince Yan (actually Cao Chunhua) and Xu Ling are traveling north under rebel control.
At a rest stop, Xu Ling notices that guards are mysteriously collapsing; suddenly, Gu Yun stealthily infiltrates the room.
Gu Yun immediately detects something off about the fake Prince Yan—no scent of pacifying fragrance, faint smell of makeup.
Gu Yun exposes the impostor and nearly chokes him, but stops when he’s addressed as “Uncle Shiliu,” realizing the imposter is Cao Chunhua.
Simultaneously, the real Prince Yan (Chang Geng) has vanished without a trace.
In the capital, Lü Chang receives a confidential letter and celebrates secretly; he believes the rebellion is almost complete.
Lü Chang attempts to meet Minister Fang, who feigns illness and flees to the countryside, burning his belongings.
In truth, Fang Qin secretly meets with officers at the Northern Camp, possibly switching allegiance or plotting anew.
The Longan Emperor Li Feng prepares to publicly confess past mistakes at the newly constructed Altar of Prosperity during his birthday.
The ceremony includes a thousand-step climb to offer sacrifices and issue a formal edict of self-reflection.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng are both absent; Jiang Chong and Shen Yi accompany the emperor partway up the altar.
As the procession begins, masked assassins suddenly burst from the crowd and breach the Imperial Guard line.
Panic ensues. Liu Chongshan, Imperial Guard captain, appears to protect the emperor—but then draws his sword against him.
Li Feng realizes too late this is a planned coup, not an assassination by foreigners but an internal revolt.
Liu Chongshan smirks and closes in, claiming to “escort” the emperor “for his own good.”
Chapter 93:
TreasonLiu Chongshan leads a surprise attack during a ceremonial event, revealing himself as a traitor.
An assassin murders a court official in front of Li Feng, signaling the start of a rebellion.
Liu Chongshan attempts to kill Li Feng, who barely escapes the first strike and is covered in blood.
Li Feng, despite his lack of martial skill and being cornered, defiantly calls Liu Chongshan a traitor.
Shen Yi arrives just in time, using a silk dart to deflect Liu Chongshan’s killing blow.
Liu Chongshan is shocked at Shen Yi’s interference, having assumed the Shen family would stay neutral.
Shen Yi and Jiang Chong defend Li Feng; Shen Yi reminds the emperor that estate guards were secretly posted among the crowd.
Backstory reveals Fang Qin discovered suspicious activity through a letter from his sister, Lady Fang, hinting at a conspiracy involving Liu Chongshan.
Shen Yi had agreed to assist Fang Qin’s contingency plan by embedding estate guards and preparing the Northern Camp.
Liu Chongshan challenges Shen Yi, triggering a brutal fight.
Shen Yi seizes an assassin’s Dongying sword and uses it against Liu Chongshan.
Liu Chongshan, confident in his rebel forces, calls in heavy armor units from the Imperial Guard—normally restricted from city use.
Shen Yi hopes for the Northern Camp to arrive quickly as they’re being overwhelmed.
Li Feng confronts Liu Chongshan, who mocks his insignificance and accuses Li Feng of failing the country.
Shen Yi realizes that invoking abdication implies a plan to replace Li Feng, likely with Prince Yan.
Shen Yi panics, realizing the rebellion could be pinned on Prince Yan and Gu Yun, who had conveniently left the capital.
Shen Yi starts suspecting Fang Qin orchestrated the entire situation to destroy the Lü family and implicate Prince Yan.
As Liu Chongshan presses his attack, Shen Yi drops his sword and nearly loses the fight.
Just as Li Feng is about to be killed by a rebel cannon, an armored hawk (mechanical bird) fires an arrow and destroys the attacker.
More armored hawks arrive—implying Gu Yun or someone with his authority has returned with the Black Iron Tiger Tally.
Reinforcements from the Northern Camp break through and restore order.
Shen Yi, reinvigorated, maims Liu Chongshan and drags him before Li Feng.
Li Feng, horrified by the betrayal from all sides, demands a full investigation.
Lü Chang is implicated when his servant is caught trying to sneak out of the city.
The servant confesses that Lü Chang ordered him to deliver news to Yang Ronggui outside the city.
Yang Ronggui is Lü Chang’s brother-in-law and a high-ranking official who has arrived without summons.
The servant confesses the plan was to lead a new emperor into the capital if Liu Chongshan succeeded.
Li Feng is devastated, vomiting blood from stress and betrayal.
The chapter ends with Li Feng ordering the arrest of Yang Ronggui and the alleged “new emperor” involved in the plot.
Chapter 94:
InfightingLi Feng, enraged, is stunned when Gu Yun suddenly appears in the capital, disguised as an armored hawk, despite supposedly being in the south.
Lü Chang is thrown into panic—Gu Yun's arrival ruins the coup he had plotted with Yang Ronggui and Liu Chongshan.
Lü Chang’s plan: incite Liu Chongshan to kill Li Feng, force Prince Yan into rebellion, use the Northern Camp to suppress the chaos, then secure power for Lü Chang’s family with the eldest Lü prince as crown prince.
Gu Yun’s surprise entrance reveals that the plan was leaked; Lü Chang suspects betrayal by either Yang Ronggui or Fang Qin.
Lü Chang concludes that Fang Qin betrayed him, possibly working for Prince Yan all along, to boost the Fang family’s influence.
Fang Qin is alarmed by Gu Yun’s unexpected arrival; his plan relied on Gu Yun being distracted at the frontlines.
Gu Yun kneels before Li Feng and explains how he learned of the conspiracy through a letter from his personal guard.
He infiltrated Yangzhou, discovered Yang Ronggui’s false rebellion suppression as a cover, and rushed back to the capital with aid.
Wang Guo slyly questions Gu Yun’s integrity, suggesting he may have let Yang Ronggui slip past.
Gu Yun skillfully refutes the accusation, emphasizing he had no authority to mobilize troops without imperial order and subtly praises Fang Qin’s role in warning the Northern Camp.
Gu Yun’s words implicate Fang Qin, worsening the rift between Fang Qin and Lü Chang, and deepening suspicion from Li Feng.
Fang Qin is forced to reveal how he warned the Northern Camp via a letter from his sister, Lady Fang, prompting their timely arrival.
Yang Ronggui, arrested by the Northern Camp, tries to take Prince Yan hostage but fails when the Northern Camp commander kills the hostage-taker and brings him into the capital.
At the altar, Yang Ronggui claims innocence and blames Fang Qin for orchestrating the coup.
Lü Chang and Yang Ronggui both accuse each other and cry for mercy, resulting in chaotic infighting among conspirators.
Shen Yi, observing the scene, is overwhelmed by the extent of political betrayal and astonished he survived at all.
Li Feng demands to see Prince Yan; "Prince Yan" is presented along with "Xu Ling".
Upon closer inspection, "Prince Yan" is revealed to be an imposter in disguise—his mask falls off, revealing a tongueless decoy.
The real Prince Yan and Xu Ling are missing; they had slipped away during the confusion, having been swapped with disguised guards.
The spectacle shocks everyone, deepening the mystery and further discrediting Yang Ronggui.
Li Feng, overwhelmed, nearly collapses but is supported by Gu Yun. He refuses to show weakness in public and exits the altar with dignity.
As the sun sets, the imperial palanquin departs, leaving behind the wreckage of betrayal and failed rebellion.
Chapter 95:
A Sudden CatastropheThe Lü clan and their faction are arrested and await trial after a failed political move.
Fang Qin and allies rescue the emperor but suffer consequences themselves.
Prince Yan (Chang Geng) is missing; no one knows if he is alive or dead.
The grand assembly is canceled; the Imperial Academy of Medicine rushes in and out of the palace.
Gu Yun and Shen Yi stay overnight in the palace due to the crisis.
Gu Yun is overwhelmed by the smell of medicine, which he hates.
Shen Yi takes Gu Yun to his estate, noticing his friend’s exhausted state.
On the way, they pass a myna bird that insults Gu Yun with vulgar curses.
Gu Yun smacks the bird and later takes it away, claiming it as a gift to Old Master Shen.
Shen Yi is grateful and internally amused.
At the Shen Estate, Gu Yun learns Old Master Shen is supposedly ill, but Shen Yi’s evasive answer hints otherwise.
Shen Yi and Gu Yun speak privately about Prince Yan's disappearance.
Gu Yun reveals Prince Yan infiltrated Yangzhou disguised as a civilian to gather refugee testimony.
Chang Geng used Xiao-Cao as a double to deceive Yang Ronggui.
Gu Yun has not heard from Chang Geng since a brief, reassuring letter.
Shen Yi comforts Gu Yun, believing in Prince Yan's abilities and past experiences in the jianghu.
Gu Yun reflects on a cryptic conversation with the emperor (Li Feng), where Li Feng compares Prince Yan to a flood dragon growing horns—a metaphor for rising ambition.
Gu Yun responds by warning against dangerous ambition harming the people, subtly cautioning the emperor.
Li Feng also inquires about the late emperor’s final words to Gu Yun, prompting Gu Yun to quote advice about balance and moderation.
Li Feng suddenly brings up Prince Yan’s claim of being abused by a “barbarian woman,” catching Gu Yun off guard.
Shen Yi reflects on the complex social expectations and the rarity of true love.
Shen Yi acknowledges Gu Yun’s deep feelings for Prince Yan and asks what he would do if they were separated.
Gu Yun admits honestly: “I don’t know.”
Old Master Shen is discovered to be in perfect health, enthusiastically exercising.
Shen Yi forces Gu Yun to rest, fearing his father will accidentally die during a tai chi match with General Gu.
Gu Yun sleeps until afternoon, only to be dragged out of bed by Shen Yi with urgent summons to the palace.
At the palace, Gu Yun is confronted by a wounded guard from Prince Yan’s detail.
Li Feng instructs the guard to explain what happened to Prince Yan.
The guard shares a cover story: Prince Yan and Xu Ling went south to investigate a plague; Yang Ronggui turned traitor; Prince Yan vanished.
A letter from Prince Yan is handed over—bloody, sloppy, and troubling.
Gu Yun tries to remain composed while reading the letter.
Chang Geng explains in the letter that he escaped Yang Ronggui, infiltrated the Shahai Gang, and found refugee abuse and forced conscription.
Chang Geng’s efforts to get witness testimony from the gang caused internal strife and a violent mob uprising.
Prince Yan advises not to use military force to avoid worsening public resentment.
Chang Geng vows to calm the mob as a mediator.
Gu Yun is furious at the danger Prince Yan is placing himself in.
The guard says the mob is growing more violent, torturing captured soldiers, and Jiangbei Garrison is leaderless.
General Zhong sends the guard to the capital to request imperial orders.
Li Feng asks about Prince Yan’s whereabouts; the guard reports he is missing again.
The monk who delivered the letter was killed, and his temple burned down the next day.
Gu Yun and Li Feng are left in silent horror and disbelief.
Chapter 96:
Perilous CircumstancesChang Geng wakes up in darkness, cared for by Xu Ling and Great Master Liao Ran.
Xu Ling is overwhelmed with emotion and sobs uncontrollably, having believed Chang Geng might die.
Great Master Liao Ran signs that they are near the Jiangbei Garrison and safe for now; he has contacted General Zhong.
Chang Geng reflects on how his covert mission into the Shahai Gang went awry.
Disguised as southern merchants, Chang Geng and Xu Ling had infiltrated the gang during a precarious time—just as a refugee rebellion was gaining momentum.
Chang Geng intended to defuse the rebellion by offering governmental support and survival options, believing this would sway even desperate rebels.
Boss Sun, one of the Shahai Gang’s four leaders (called the "Human King"), supported Chang Geng's hidden identity to prevent conflict with the Jiangbei Garrison.
Chang Geng successfully persuaded three of the four leaders to consider negotiation, excluding the "Heaven King," who harbored deep hatred for the government.
The Jiangbei Garrison's open investigation into Prince Yan’s disappearance (due to a fake Prince Yan in the capital) further complicated the situation.
As Chang Geng tried to stabilize both sides, technical issues arose: the wooden birds used for communication failed due to magnetic interference in the mountainous quarry where the rebels’ headquarters were hidden.
Liao Ran had to deliver a message on foot, which reached the capital via Gu Yun’s guard.
Meanwhile, the "Heaven King" discovered Liao Ran meeting with government agents and accused Chang Geng and Boss Sun of being spies.
To prevent the situation from spiraling, Chang Geng revealed his true identity as Prince Yan to the rebel leaders.
Attempting to prove his sincerity, Chang Geng offered to stab himself as a form of atonement—one bandit took him up on it and stabbed him in the chest.
This shocked the rebel leaders into preventing further violence; however, the "Heaven King" left the Shahai Gang in outrage, taking loyalists with him.
Chang Geng, Xu Ling, and Great Master Liao Ran fled under Boss Sun’s protection, enduring multiple ambushes that resulted in most escorts dying.
Chang Geng sustained another serious chest wound while protecting Xu Ling.
Despite the pain and danger, Chang Geng remained calm and composed, joking with Xu Ling to lift spirits.
Chang Geng refused to abandon the mission, intending to finish stabilizing Jiangbei before returning to explain the false treason rumors.
While recovering, Liao Ran detects a group of riders approaching. Chang Geng guesses they are Jiangbei Garrison troops based on their orderly movements.
Preparing to greet them despite his wounds, Chang Geng is shocked when the leader turns out to be Gu Yun, who was supposed to be in the capital.
Overwhelmed, Chang Geng collapses into Gu Yun’s arms and whispers, “Zixi, it hurts…”
Chapter 97:
The Dust SettlesChang Geng collapses from his wounds, emotionally and physically drained, into Gu Yun’s arms.
Chang Geng clings to Gu Yun and jokes deliriously about wanting wine.
Xu Ling tries to help, but Liao Ran restrains him, shocked by Chang Geng's unconscious murmuring of Gu Yun’s name.
Gu Yun, distressed and shaken, lies and gives Chang Geng salt water disguised as wine.
Chang Geng recognizes the lie but accepts it, teasing Gu Yun gently.
Gu Yun is torn between fury and tenderness at the extent of Chang Geng’s injuries.
Chang Geng plays up his pain and vulnerability, manipulating Gu Yun emotionally.
Gu Yun, visibly shaken for the first time, kisses Chang Geng out of overwhelming emotion and rage.
A medic arrives and treats Chang Geng under Gu Yun’s intense and intimidating gaze.
Despite the pain, Chang Geng maintains a composed facade during treatment but subtly clings to Gu Yun for comfort.
Gu Yun, unable to resist, cuddles him closer and tells him to sleep, which Chang Geng obediently does.
The Shahai Gang collapses under internal conflict. General Zhong honors his promise to Chang Geng and remains neutral.
Allied bandit forces finish off the remaining rebels. The uprising dissipates with minimal bloodshed.
Yao Zhen arrives in Yangzhou as acting governor, arrests Yang Ronggui’s associates, and rescues imprisoned refugees.
Refugee documentation resumes, with reparations paid to affected families.
Li Feng sends medicine from the capital and redistributes Yang Ronggui’s confiscated wealth to aid refugees.
Xu Ling regains his role as imperial envoy and begins rooting out the Yang-Lü faction.
Xu Ling finds little wealth in Yang Ronggui’s home—only war beacon tickets, indicating widespread official-merchant collusion.
Chang Geng advises him to track these through civilian merchant networks.
Chang Geng reveals someone who will help Xu Ling interpret the complex account books: a trusted ally, son of the "God of Wealth."
Chang Geng criticizes the hoarding of war beacon tickets and pushes for their forced circulation as currency.
He commands Xu Ling to use the confiscated tickets to buy relief grain and enlist Jiangbei Garrison for enforcement.
Chang Geng issues a stern decree: merchants who refuse to accept the tickets will be beaten and jailed.
This strong-arming tactic forces the ticket system into real usage and stabilizes the economy.
Chang Geng subtly signals his temporary political retreat, asking Xu Ling to deliver a memorial to Li Feng.
Xu Ling misinterprets this as a temporary injury-related withdrawal.
Gu Yun brings a sprig of blooming osmanthus to cheer Chang Geng.
Chang Geng uses the gesture as a pretext to emotionally and physically cling to Gu Yun again, saying “Zixi, it hurts.”
Gu Yun tries to resist Chang Geng’s shameless flirtation but gives in.
Chang Geng sneaks out of bed, begins writing his memorial despite injuries, but Gu Yun forcefully puts him back in bed.
Chang Geng explains his plans: use confiscated land for refugee resettlement and construct government-run factories.
Factories will be controlled by a new government department, separate from the Six Ministries, with joint operation by merchants.
Violet gold distribution will be tightly regulated, and profits split 60/40 between the state and the merchants.
Gu Yun realizes Chang Geng orchestrated the entire affair in Jiangbei to eliminate corrupt nobles and create a clean slate.
Chang Geng successfully destabilized the court factions, crushed the rebellion, and implemented reforms—all while injured.
Gu Yun teasingly calls him a “demon from the heavens,” impressed and amazed.
Chang Geng jokingly claims the fate of Great Liang rests with him.
Suddenly, Chang Geng seizes the moment to kiss Gu Yun, slipping in a petal of osmanthus.
The kiss turns into a near-devouring—passionate, aggressive, and unrestrained.
Gu Yun endures it but grumbles, asking if Chang Geng was “bitten by a dog as a child.”
Chang Geng asks seductively whether the Chen family’s imposed celibacy ban is nearly over—implying things are about to get physical again.
Chapter 98:
RevolutionGu Yun intimately touches Chang Geng, initiating a tender yet teasing moment that reflects their longing after prolonged separation.
Chang Geng is overwhelmed with desire and emotionally vulnerable, missing Gu Yun deeply but physically worn from injury and work.
Gu Yun abruptly halts the intimacy and confronts Chang Geng about recklessly entering a bandit’s nest with Xu Ling, despite the danger.
Chang Geng tries to charm his way out of trouble with kisses, but Gu Yun remains firm and demands an explanation.
Chang Geng admits he underestimated the rebellion, initially denying that he expected the uprising, but Gu Yundoesn’t believe him.
Feeling cornered, Chang Geng confesses his mistake and apologizes, but Gu Yun gently asks if it was his pressure about the refugees and Jiangnan that caused Chang Geng to take such risks.
Gu Yun becomes visibly pained and introspective, recalling a similar lonely expression from years ago on New Year's Eve, suggesting his emotional vulnerability.
Chang Geng is stunned when Gu Yun quietly reveals that he was “scared to death” on his way from the capital, fearing something might’ve happened to Chang Geng.
Gu Yun admits he no longer has the strength to love anyone else again—if Chang Geng died, he wouldn't know how to continue.
He acknowledges that all his personal affection over the years has gone to Chang Geng, whom he’s grown to care for deeply beyond duty.
As he’s aged, Gu Yun has grown weary and lonely, burdened by his responsibilities and the erosion of his youthful energy.
He treats Chang Geng as the emotional anchor in his life—without him, everything would be meaningless.
Chang Geng, overwhelmed with emotion, silently reflects on how meeting Gu Yun was perhaps the reward for every hardship he’s endured.
Years of resentment fade in that moment as he realizes Gu Yun has never once left his heart, even when they were physically apart.
Meanwhile, with Chang Geng injured and resting in Jiangbei, Xu Ling handles all political and administrative tasks.
Xu Ling, incorruptible and determined, recruits Du Lang, son of the powerful Du Wanquan, to aid in stabilizing the region.
By late ninth month, Xu Ling, Yao Zhen, and Jiangbei Garrison decisively end the rebellion, resettle refugees, and restore order.
Yao Zhen becomes acting governor of Liangjiang; Xu Ling returns to the capital with Chang Geng’s policy memorial.
Though Chang Geng remains behind to recover, his innovative canal corridor proposal is rapidly implemented with overwhelming support.
The court, despite internal exhaustion and factional disputes, rushes to approve and act on the proposal, revealing it had likely been prepped in advance.
A new Canal Commission is created with full authority, and Du Wanquan becomes an official imperial merchant.
Massive efforts mobilize to prepare infrastructure and shelter for refugees before winter, transforming the court’s lethargy into a frenzy of activity.
Only after this major transition does Chang Geng finally make his slow return to the capital.
Chapter 99:
TurmoilGu Yun and Chang Geng begin their return to the capital after Chang Geng recovers from injuries.
Along their journey, they observe a refugee-staffed factory construction site organized by Du Wanquan, showcasing a stable and humane refugee employment model.
Gu Yun, in disguise, surveys the workers’ conditions and notes their contentment with simple meals and stable work.
Chang Geng explains that refugees building factories will be allowed to settle and work there permanently, backed by an imperial edict.
Strict but fair laws were enacted by the Grand Council to protect workers and handle misconduct among them.
If more than half of long-term veterans vouch for a wrongdoer, they may be spared; appeals are allowed to higher authorities.
Chang Geng reveals the refugee labor policy and regulations were crafted through extensive collaboration with Du Wanquan over more than a year.
Chang Geng proposes building railroads modeled on Far Western technology—iron rail-based transportation—to ease logistics during wartime.
Gu Yun becomes intrigued, particularly in how this could serve military supply transport.
Chang Geng attempts to flirt by distracting Gu Yun with a kiss and playful behavior, using his sleeve to beg like a child.
Despite Gu Yun’s resistance, Chang Geng continues teasing and being affectionate, much to the bewilderment of onlookers.
Shen Yi and Jiang Chong observe the exchange and gossip; Shen Yi notes how easily Gu Yun gives in to Chang Geng.
Jiang Chong is surprised at how close Gu Yun and Chang Geng are, suspecting their bond goes beyond mere godfather and godson.
Shen Yi subtly implies romantic feelings, growing suspicious of Gu Yun’s “lust-addled” behavior.
Shen Yi informs Gu Yun of two major updates:
Jialai Yinghuo, leader of the northern tribes, has sent an envoy possibly requesting peace.
Emperor Li Feng has become physically frail, breaking a leg after tripping during a grand assembly.
Gu Yun doubts the sincerity of Jialai Yinghuo’s peace offer, suspecting either internal unrest or deception.
Shen Yi reveals Emperor Li Feng is holding fewer grand assemblies and has shifted duties to the Grand Council.
Rumors suggest Emperor Li Feng’s health is deteriorating severely, and even the imperial consort has been cast out due to the Lü family scandal.
Shen Yi speculates that the emperor might be preparing to entrust the young crown prince to Chang Geng, considering his worsening health.
Gu Yun realizes that Emperor Li Feng might choose Chang Geng as a regent or caretaker, not a successor, especially since Chang Geng has no wife or heirs.
Gu Yun reflects on the manipulative political calculations at play, including Li Feng’s push to build ties between Gu Yun and the crown prince.
Gu Yun refuses to discuss imperial succession and reminds Shen Yi to stay loyal to their military duties.
Shen Yi hesitantly asks Gu Yun if he is close with Miss Chen, hinting at a personal interest.
Chapter 100:
Rising WindsGu Yun and Shen Yi discuss Chen Qingxu, revealing Shen Yi's growing interest in her.
Shen Yi is defensive and embarrassed when Gu Yun teases him about Chen Qingxu.
Gu Yun reveals that Chen Qingxu is not just a doctor but possibly the head of the influential Shanxi Chen family, deeply connected to the secretive Linyuan Pavilion.
Shen Yi, shocked by her background, says he needs time to think and suggests he may resign from the military after the war to pursue her properly.
Gu Yun notes that Shen Yi’s hesitation shows his feelings may not be fully committed, but he refrains from interfering.
Shen Yi begins rationalizing the timing of any proposal, worrying that his military status could endanger her emotionally.
Despite his upright character and achievements, Shen Yi remains deeply unsure and overly self-conscious in matters of love.
Gu Yun reflects on Shen Yi’s past—leaving the Hanlin Academy, Lingshu Institute, and eventually joining the army—and marvels at how fate has shaped his journey.
Shen Yi rambles endlessly about propriety and his concerns about courting Chen Qingxu, leaving Gu Yun exasperated.
Gu Yun eventually flees from Shen Yi's incessant talking by slapping his horse and escaping.
Meanwhile, news spreads that Chang Geng has been summoned to the palace before even reaching the city walls.
Fang Qin, surrounded by advisors, reacts warily, feeling Prince Yan (Chang Geng) outmaneuvered him and took over the canal region.
Fang Qin reflects bitterly on the power Prince Yan has accumulated and how reforms and infrastructure developments (like the Canal Committee) are now beyond his control.
Fang Qin remembers better days when he and Chang Geng cooperated during wartime but realizes that the political alliance has now turned into opposition.
His advisors urge action, fearing that Prince Yan will completely dominate court politics and eliminate his enemies.
Fang Qin agrees to take steps against Prince Yan and calls for a confidant, suggesting a political scheme is in motion.
Chang Geng returns to the Marquis Estate in high spirits, clinging to Gu Yun affectionately.
Gu Yun guesses from Chang Geng’s behavior that Li Feng is grooming him to take on more responsibilities.
During dinner, Gu Yun casually brings up the northern barbarians’ envoy, but also indirectly warns Chang Geng of hidden dangers—possibly both external (the barbarians) and internal (court politics).
Chang Geng affirms that Gu Yun will handle the negotiations but is clearly preoccupied with his personal affection for him.
Chapter 101:
Fog of ConfusionChang Geng reflects on his success in Jiangnan and enjoys Gu Yun’s company during the return trip, feeling peaceful and safe.
Gu Yun gently reminds Chang Geng not to lose himself in comfort, prompting Chang Geng to reassess recent political developments and realize he's grown complacent.
Chang Geng recalls the disturbing state of Li Feng in the palace, noting how unnatural and grim the atmosphere was.
Chang Geng realizes Li Feng, once a strong and commanding ruler, wouldn’t give up leadership easily unless something more was at play.
Gu Yun subtly helps Chang Geng re-engage with reality, prompting Chang Geng to blame Gu Yun for making him "lose his head."
The playful moment between them is interrupted as Gu Yun leaves for the Northern Camp on urgent business.
Gu Yun suspects the sudden peace offerings from the northern barbarians are suspicious and decides to personally investigate.
At the Northern Camp, Gu Yun receives Cai Bin’s detailed report suggesting internal upheaval among the barbarian tribes.
Jialai Yinghuo, leader of the tribes, and his eldest son have both disappeared from public view, supposedly due to illness and filial obligations.
Cai Bin’s spies suspect the ambitious second son has staged a coup, placing his father and elder brother under house arrest to seize control.
The barbarians offer Jialai Yinghuo’s youngest son as a hostage to secure peace negotiations, presenting an extremely detailed and rule-abiding memorial.
Gu Yun and Shen Yi analyze the situation and conclude that the second prince is trying to consolidate power by eliminating rivals under the guise of peace.
Gu Yun finds the offer suspicious, especially the sacrifice of a young prince, and believes deeper plots are underway.
Gu Yun recalls the historical cycle of war between Great Liang and the northern tribes, emphasizing the shift when Great Liang developed steam-powered technology.
He concludes that the barbarians fear Liang's technological resurgence and are attempting peace to delay or undermine Liang’s recovery.
Gu Yun remains highly skeptical and calls for preparation, ordering full military mobilization and inspections of all equipment along the northwest corridor.
Winter falls over Great Liang with the looming threat of conflict.
In the capital, Chang Geng (Prince Yan) deliberately keeps a low profile after returning from the Jiangnan campaign.
He avoids immediate reforms, contrary to Fang Qin’s expectations, and adopts a laid-back, cautious approach to governing.
Chang Geng spends time tending to his garden and raising birds, even crafting elaborate flowerpots with automatic watering systems using steam technology.
Li Feng visits the crown prince and is surprised to see one of Chang Geng’s flowerpot inventions, initially reacting with frustration but softening upon hearing the crown prince’s explanation.
The crown prince quotes Chang Geng’s teaching: that ruling is not about endless toil, but about wise delegation and systematic governance.
Li Feng is unexpectedly moved by this view and acknowledges Chang Geng’s insight, saying he sees more clearly than the emperor.
Court officials misinterpret Chang Geng’s quiet behavior as political weakness and submit memorials criticizing him.
Li Feng publicly defends Chang Geng during a grand assembly, making it clear he still holds imperial favor.
Li Feng even buys an extravagant number of Chang Geng’s flowerpots for the palace, financially backing his brother’s whimsical business.
Fang Qin and his faction are left bewildered and increasingly uneasy, unable to determine Chang Geng’s true political strategy.
The chapter ends with the young barbarian prince’s convoy arriving at the capital on the twenty-third day of the twelfth month, casting a shadow over the new year celebrations.
Chapter 102:
Palace BanquetAt the start of the year, Gu Yun was still stationed at the northwest border; Great Liang was on the brink of collapse.
By year’s end, the country had revived, thanks to Prince Yan (Chang Geng), who saved the nation.
The barbarian third prince arrives in the capital under tight surveillance, escorted by Northern Camp soldiers.
Gu Yun, Chang Geng, and Shen Yi observe the situation from Southward Tower.
Cao Chunhua reappears after his mission, drinking heavily and reporting back on his failed infiltration of the third prince’s entourage.
Despite his skills in disguise, Cao Chunhua couldn’t get near the third prince due to heavy security and the prince's extreme seclusion.
He reveals the third prince is considered taboo among the eighteen tribes, never leaves his residence, and is guarded by elite warriors.
The special envoy is identified as the captain of Jialai Yinghuo’s personal guard—indicating something suspicious about the delegation.
Shen Yi questions the truth of the rumored coup among the tribes; they suspect an ulterior motive behind the prince's visit.
Li Feng gives no proper welcome to the barbarian envoy, reflecting the tension. The prince is left to stay in a heavily guarded relay station.
Chang Geng suddenly falls ill after returning from Southward Tower; he develops a high fever unexpectedly.
Gu Yun stays by Chang Geng’s side at night, noticing something abnormal—Chang Geng has twin pupils, a sign of a wu’ergu episode.
Gu Yun uses acupuncture to stabilize him. Chang Geng regains lucidity quickly, unlike his previous uncontrolled episodes.
Gu Yun calls for Miss Chen Qingxu for a diagnosis. Outwardly, she says it’s a simple cold, but Gu Yun tells her in private about the twin pupils.
Chen Qingxu explains that Chang Geng's lucidity is due to sheer self-control, but worries whether he can maintain it as he grows older.
Gu Yun becomes concerned that illness or confusion-inducing substances could trigger more wu’ergu episodes.
Gu Yun recalls a time Chang Geng lost a lot of blood but didn’t suffer any wu’ergu symptoms, prompting Chen Qingxu to rethink her understanding of his condition and leave abruptly.
Shen Yi arrives with official business: Li Feng will host the barbarian envoy at the New Year palace banquet and wants Gu Yun to oversee security to prevent sabotage.
The banquet is lavish and militaristic; the hall is filled with guards to project power.
Gu Yun sees the third prince for the first time: a weak, teenage boy with a vacant expression, who needs assistance to walk and follow etiquette.
The special envoy claims the prince has congenital deficiencies and doesn’t understand the local language.
Onlookers whisper that the third prince might be an idiot, which causes Gu Yun and Shen Yi to grow uneasy.
The envoy makes a suspicious comment referencing two famed subjects of Great Liang—Gu Yun (present) and Prince Yan (Chang Geng), who is noticeably absent.
Li Feng notices Chang Geng’s absence and asks, “Where is A-Min?”
Chapter 103:
EncounterChang Geng, avoiding the palace banquet, visits Chen Qingxu under the excuse of illness to investigate the origin of the wu’ergu poison.
Chen Qingxu theorizes that wu’ergu resides in the bloodstream, not the brain, referencing barbarian legends of the god Wu’ergu as a metaphor for this mechanism.
Chang Geng jokes bitterly about having to scrape off his flesh to be rid of it, acknowledging his symptoms are worsening.
He expresses surprise and emotion upon learning that Gu Yun had privately been concerned and had told Chen Qingxu about the condition.
Chen Qingxu prepares to leave for Shanxi, now hopeful that a cure can be found since the root of the poison is understood.
A palace messenger arrives, saying the emperor Li Feng has sent an imperial physician and that the barbarian third prince specifically asked about Chang Geng.
Chen Qingxu and Chang Geng realize the awkward diplomatic trap: the barbarians are technically Chang Geng’s maternal family, making his position politically sensitive.
Chang Geng bribes the messenger to get an honest answer—Li Feng subtly encourages him to make a polite appearance, without being too familiar with the barbarian envoy.
Chang Geng agrees to attend the banquet and asks Chen Qingxu for a silver knife, hinting he suspects danger.
In the palace banquet, Wang Guo, the disgraced imperial uncle, is watching the scene unfold, full of inner resentment and fear about his political survival.
He reveals his secret alliance with the barbarian envoy, who promised protection and political safety in exchange for manipulating events to get Chang Geng to attend the banquet.
Wang Guo manipulated Li Feng’s vague words into a more direct invitation to ensure Chang Geng would appear at the banquet.
The barbarians' plan is unknown to Wang Guo, but he has backup blackmail prepared: an old imperial physician knows that Chang Geng might not be the late emperor’s son, but rather Huge’er’s child, conceived out of wedlock during her collusion with the barbarians.
Gu Yun believes the danger is passing as the banquet nears its end, but a report comes in: Prince Yan (Chang Geng) has arrived.
Gu Yun is shocked, Fang Qin pretends to be surprised, and Wang Guo is quietly pleased—the trap is sprung.
Chang Geng realizes instantly that this is a trap, but he enters with poise, hiding his discomfort.
Nobles immediately begin mocking him, implying he’s loyal to the barbarians—his maternal family—and has been summoned at their command.
Chang Geng responds calmly, saying he came to greet Li Feng, who has already left.
The barbarian envoy, with veiled sarcasm, insists that the barbarian third prince would like to toast him.
Gu Yun discreetly orders hidden guards to prepare for an ambush.
The third prince appears extremely nervous, trembling as he approaches Chang Geng—until his demeanor abruptly changes.
The third prince is revealed to be a wu’ergu, like Chang Geng.
As the two come face to face, an invisible resonance between them causes a violent reaction in Chang Geng.
Chang Geng experiences a massive physical and mental breakdown, his suppressed poison erupts, and he feels like he’s on fire and about to explode.
The hallucinations and suppressed traumas of the wu’ergu in his body overwhelm him completely—this is a triggered activation of the poison by proximity to another wu’ergu.
Chapter 104:
Inciting WarChang Geng, despite still recovering from illness, publicly accepts a ceremonial wine cup from the barbarian envoy but only touches it to his lips, refusing to drink due to medicine.
The third prince of the barbarian tribes, appearing suspicious and unsettling, provokes an intense reaction in Chang Geng, triggering painful memories of Huge’er’s death curse.
Gu Yun, sensing something is wrong from a distance, is immediately on alert and signals Shen Yi to act.
The barbarian envoy deliberately speaks words that seem innocuous to outsiders but are designed to trigger the wu’ergu curse inside Chang Geng.
The envoy implies Chang Geng is the heir of Huge’er, a woman once revered by the eighteen tribes, and alludes to her past.
It is revealed that the third prince of the barbarians is a failed wu’ergu, a "sacrifice" used to awaken the curse in a superior host like Chang Geng.
Chang Geng begins to lose control under the effects of the wu’ergu spell, reliving horrific trauma: the bandit attack, Huge’er’s death, and memories of his own suffering.
The envoy manipulates Chang Geng’s state by invoking keywords from his past, intentionally triggering a breakdown that will seem to others like a spontaneous episode.
Wang Guo seizes this opportunity to slander Chang Geng, implying that Chang Geng's birth is illegitimate and connected to Huge’er’s scandalous past.
Wang Guo also implies that Chang Geng might be a threat to national stability due to his bloodline.
Fang Qin realizes Wang Guo has allied with the barbarians behind his back and panics, recognizing that he will be implicated unless he acts fast.
As Chang Geng begins to succumb to the wu’ergu attack, Gu Yun rushes in, knocks away the envoy, and draws a sword to protect Chang Geng.
Chang Geng collapses into Gu Yun’s arms, blood staining his robes; he whispers that the barbarians used shamanic poison on him.
Chaos erupts in the great hall; guards draw weapons, and suspicion falls on the barbarian delegation.
Wang Guo tries to save face, asking for imperial physicians, but Gu Yun glares him down, making him collapse in fear.
Fang Qin immediately distances himself from Wang Guo and calls for the barbarian envoy to be detained.
Despite Fang Qin’s efforts, none of the military guards obey his orders—only Gu Yun’s command matters now.
Gu Yun orders the detention of the entire barbarian delegation and the sealing off of the relay station.
Fang Qin attempts to manage the situation by interrogating the servants and suggesting barbarian spies may be involved.
The Longan Emperor is informed and furious; he detains all palace attendants and summons Chen Qingxu to treat Chang Geng.
Gu Yun stays beside Chang Geng, worried and shaken.
Chang Geng reveals to Gu Yun in sign language that the whole event was a trap to test or provoke his wu’ergu.
He injured himself intentionally to stave off a full-blown transformation, stopping the spell from taking over.
Gu Yun, furious and heartsick, scolds him for putting himself at risk.
Chen Qingxu confirms that a wu’ergu host can survive minor wounds but needs spiritual and mental stability.
Chang Geng explains the barbarian envoy was the one most suspicious and not necessarily connected directly to Fang Qin.
Gu Yun suspects Wang Guo bribed the palace staff to set the trap; he is enraged that his past tolerance of such schemers led to this.
Chang Geng tries to comfort Gu Yun by physically reaching for his hand and pleading for his attention.
Gu Yun, silently furious and filled with killing intent, tries to steady himself emotionally.
They realize that the true goal of the barbarian delegation may not have been peace but to provoke war.
Gu Yun suspects the envoy may have wanted to use Chang Geng as a weapon during a wu’ergu attack, creating chaos and a diplomatic incident.
Chang Geng counters that the barbarians may have internal strife and cannot go to war outright, so they are seeking to destabilize Liang through subterfuge.
Gu Yun urges Chang Geng to prioritize defending against Wang Guo, whose next political move might be even more dangerous.
Chapter 105:
Casting Aside the BowChang Geng reflects on his uncertain parentage and expresses indifference, prioritizing his relationship with Gu Yun over royal origins.
Chen Qingxu treats Chang Geng’s self-inflicted wound and hides her sorrow over the court’s cold scrutiny of Chang Geng’s legitimacy despite his national contributions.
Gu Yun prepares to leave, annoyed but softened by Chang Geng’s puppy-like behavior, eventually patting his head before departing.
The Northern Camp swiftly suppresses the barbarians and arrests the palace attendant who lured Chang Geng with a false imperial edict.
Under pressure, the palace servant blames Imperial Uncle Wang Guo for orchestrating the deception, claiming it was based on supposed imperial intentions.
Fang Qin quickly distances himself and throws Wang Guo under the bus while pretending to defend him.
Realizing Fang Qin betrayed him, Wang Guo panics and confesses to altering the edict, trying to justify his actions with a convoluted story.
Wang Guo claims to have encountered a former imperial physician in Fang Qin’s home, who revealed that Consort Xiu was pregnant when she fled the palace, implying Chang Geng may not be the late emperor’s son.
Fang Qin feigns outrage, accusing Wang Guo of conspiring with barbarians, and tries to drag Gu Yun and Shen Yi into suspicion.
Gu Yun arrives, declares Chang Geng was verified by the late emperor himself, and dismantles Wang Guo’s argument by pointing out inconsistencies in the story.
Gu Yun points out the absurdity of the alleged conspiracy and accuses Wang Guo of helping barbarian conspirators 20 years ago.
Gu Yun requests deployment to the northern border, believing the barbarians are facing internal rebellion and seeing this as a chance to strike and seize resources.
Li Feng hesitates, torn between political stability and the urge to retaliate, and postpones the decision.
Li Feng orders Wang Guo and the attendant imprisoned for interrogation and decides to check on Chang Geng personally.
At Chang Geng’s bedside, Li Feng subtly probes why Chang Geng had a weapon, and Chang Geng cleverly explains it as an accidental carryover from Miss Chen Qingxu’s herb-cutting tools.
Chang Geng offers to step down from the Grand Council to avoid controversy and political backlash, subtly warning of factional tension.
Li Feng agrees, seeing it as a convenient way to rebalance court power and remove a growing threat.
The political fallout is swift—Wang Guo’s entire faction is purged, interrogations sweep the palace, and fear spreads among officials connected to the Wang family.
The barbarian envoy is secretly detained, and the Northern Camp patrols constantly.
Fang Qin, shocked by the outcome, realizes Chang Geng has resigned voluntarily, which he never expected. He reflects bitterly on the unpredictability of imperial favor.
Chang Geng and Gu Yun return to the Marquis Estate. Chang Geng dramatically pretends to be weak to get affection from Gu Yun.
Gu Yun humors him but sees through the act, though he refrains from scolding him.
A myna bird hilariously curses at Gu Yun, then wishes prosperity, startling both men.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng share a domestic moment. Chang Geng speculates about his mysterious father, believing the man helped Consort Xiu escape and might have been the traitor Dongying monk Liao Chi, whom Chang Geng killed.
Gu Yun jokes that if Chang Geng starts resembling the monk, he’ll leave him.
Chang Geng teasingly throws a black cloth over the birdcage and suggests warming up with something more than ginger tea, implying intimacy.
Chapter 106:
The NorthThe barbarian envoy is imprisoned in the imperial dungeons after interrogation.
As he enters, he sings a haunting grassland song, unsettling Shen Yi.
Shen Yi feels the moment signals the end of an era as war seems imminent on the northern front.
Shen Yi spots a fast-moving white figure while leaving the dungeons and investigates.
Shen Yi finds the dungeon guards knocked out and confronts the intruder, who turns out to be Chen Qingxu.
Shen Yi hides Chen Qingxu and covers up her presence from the soldiers, claiming he imagined it.
Chen Qingxu explains she came to question the barbarian envoy about the wu’ergu and hands Shen Yi a letter from Chang Geng, stamped with Gu Yun’s seal.
Shen Yi, flustered by Chen Qingxu, allows her entry into the dungeons and quietly follows her.
Chen Qingxu is surprised by Shen Yi’s uptight demeanor, wondering how someone like him could be close to Gu Yun.
Shen Yi identifies the barbarian envoy as Chikuyou, trusted aide to the Wolf King Jialai Yinghuo.
Chikuyou admits he is seen as a traitor by many of the tribes.
Shen Yi confirms rumors that internal strife has broken out among the Eighteen Tribes.
Chikuyou reveals the crown prince has been detained, the third prince is mentally incompetent, and the second prince is a puppet ruler being controlled.
Chikuyou hints Jialai Yinghuo is either gravely ill or losing power, as weaker factions are making power moves.
Shen Yi realizes the Confederacy of the Eighteen Tribes has fractured and lost unity.
Chikuyou says he remains loyal to the Wolf King despite being labeled a traitor.
Chikuyou claims the Wolf King would rather see the tribes die in battle than submit to the Central Plains.
Shen Yi responds that while he personally would rather die in battle, he fights to protect peaceful lives and sees no shame in peaceful living.
Shen Yi steps aside for Chen Qingxu to question Chikuyou about the wu’ergu.
Chikuyou is visibly affected by the mention of Prince Yan and anticipates the question.
Chen Qingxu relays Chang Geng’s message: surrender the secrets of the wu’ergu in exchange for what Chikuyou wants.
Chikuyou admits he only knows how to use the wu’ergu, not how to create or refine it—only Jialai Yinghuo and the goddess know the full process.
Chen Qingxu asks about a cure; Chikuyou claims there is none, as those turned into wu’ergu are no longer human.
Chen Qingxu presses him further; Chikuyou implies he knows little, then slyly offers a lead—Jialai Yinghuo refined the third prince into a wu’ergu, meaning the Wolf King holds the true secret.
Chen Qingxu concludes this confirms Jialai Yinghuo’s knowledge and presence as the key, and leaves.
The next day, Chen Qingxu leaves a note and departs the capital.
Shen Yi is driven mad by her departure and pesters Gu Yun to go north.
Gu Yun lobbies the emperor repeatedly until, on the third day of the new year, Li Feng allows Gu Yun to secretly travel to the northern front to investigate, but forbids him from engaging in military action.
Chang Geng sees Gu Yun off, feeling uneasy, and then orders his coachman to take him to Southward Tower.
Chapter 107:
Unexpected ComplicationsOn Gu Yun’s first night out of the capital, his monocle breaks — a bad omen.
His personal guard finds a wax-sealed envelope labeled “For Marshal Gu’s eyes only” hidden among his clothes, clearly left by Prince Yan (Chang Geng).
Gu Yun opens the envelope and finds:
A massive strategic plan for Great Liang's modernization and reform.
A detailed map with annotated plans for infrastructure, factories, trade, military ports, and railways.
Schematics for steam locomotives, annotated by Master Fenghan and the God of Wealth.
Government reform plans for new administrative structures beyond the Grand Council and Canal Commission.
A crude but heartfelt painting of a child with firecrackers titled The world at peace, likely painted by Chang Geng.
Gu Yun is deeply moved by Chang Geng's vision and affection.
Gu Yun and Shen Yi arrive at the northern front and regroup with the Northern Border Defense Corps.
General Cai Bin, now the interim commander, is aging and weary, though his children (especially twins nearly 20) are supporting him.
War in the north is in a tense stalemate, with frequent minor skirmishes.
Nearby villages are abandoned due to war and banditry.
Cai Bin updates Gu Yun:
The barbarian tribes are struggling from a failed harvest and livestock losses.
The Tianlang Tribe’s supply lines were cut after Gu Yun took control of the Western Regions.
There are signs of internal strife within the Eighteen Tribes.
The second prince has placed the Wolf King and the crown prince under house arrest.
Shen Yi reports that some tribes were secretly mining violet gold to trade for food.
Cai Bin questions why the tribes would go so far as to send an agent to poison Prince Yan.
Shen Yi explains the agent’s goal was to force Great Liang to invade and push rival tribes into a crisis.
Gu Yun deduces that the Far Westerners (foreigners in the south) are coordinating with the barbarians.
The foreigners need a distraction in the north to relieve pressure on themselves in the south.
If Great Liang splits its forces, the foreigners can re-establish southern supply lines and strengthen their hold.
Their ultimate goal is to claim the south of the Yangtze through political manipulation, not direct battle.
Shen Yi and Gu Yun agree: this is the pope’s plan, and Jialai Yinghuo is being used as a pawn.
Gu Yun decides to counterattack with deception:
He mobilizes Black Iron Battalion forces to the northern front.
Detains the barbarian messenger and announces Chikuyou’s treason.
Halts Jiangbei’s patrols and recalls Lingshu Institute engineers from the south, faking a full northern shift.
This misleads the barbarians and foreigners into believing Great Liang is withdrawing from the south.
The ruse works:
The Eighteen Tribes spiral into infighting.
They send violet gold and severed heads as tribute.
Gu Yun rejects peace overtures and advances troops, increasing pressure.
Shen Yi panics about Chen Qingxu, fearing she may be caught in the tribal lands during the chaos.
Unexpectedly, Chen Qingxu appears unharmed, having diverted to the Northern Border after receiving updates via her wooden birds.
Everyone in the command tent laughs at Shen Yi’s overreaction.
Suddenly, a Black Hawk scout crashes into the tent with an urgent red-flag dispatch from the Grand Council.
Red dispatches signify emergency military news.
Gu Yun takes a long time to read the message in tense silence.
Everyone fears the worst — another siege or disaster — and He Ronghui finally presses him to reveal the contents.
Chapter 108:
JiangbeiOn the Dragon Head-Raising Festival, the Jiangbei Garrison sends an emergency dispatch: Zhong Chan has fallen from his horse.
Despite all efforts from the field medics, Zhong Chan dies, not in battle but of old age, quietly and unexpectedly.
Gu Yun is struck by the news. Though emotionally shaken, he remains composed and starts managing the aftermath.
Shen Yi consoles him and reminds him that Zhong Chan lived a long, accomplished life at 76.
Gu Yun notes that Jiangbei is in a fragile political and military state, with recent stabilization efforts still underway.
The death of Zhong Chan comes at a very unfortunate time, potentially opening the door to another power struggle in the region.
Gu Yun worries about who will manage the Jiangbei Canal, especially after Prince Yan’s resignation.
Shen Yi points out that the Jiangbei Navy was built by Zhong Chan and Yao Chongze, and lacks leadership without them.
Gu Yun fears the fallout from Yang Ronggui’s recent incident and suspects outside forces might exploit the power vacuum.
Gu Yun decides to go south to Jiangbei himself, despite the northern front being unstable.
He leaves Shen Yi in charge of the north and gives detailed instructions, warning about threats like Jialai Yinghuo and Huge’er.
Gu Yun warns that the barbarian tribes are nearing collapse, and their desperation could be dangerous.
Shen Yi promises to hold the line at the northern border. Gu Yun jokes about not wanting his head, keeping the mood light.
Shen Yi urges Gu Yun to take Chen Qingwan with him, which Gu Yun rejects, stating elixirs can’t bring back the dead.
Meanwhile, the Far Western navy’s camp in Jiangnan is buzzing with activity after news of Zhong Chan’s death reaches them.
The pope of the Holy Empire argues with a Holy Empire emissary, who wants to exploit Zhong Chan’s death to launch an attack.
The emissary believes this is the perfect time to strike while the Jiangbei Navy is vulnerable.
The pope strongly opposes the plan, citing logistics, instability, and reliance on violet gold supplies.
The emissary reminds the pope that he controls the violet gold allocation and threatens to override his authority.
Mister Ja, the pope’s assistant, tries to intervene but is stopped. He sees the emissary's plan as reckless and arrogant.
The pope is left praying that Jialai Yinghuo pins down Great Liang’s northern forces and that Jiangbei Navy’s strength is still nascent.
Gu Yun arrives in Jiangbei and immediately reorganizes the military, shoring up defenses, morale, and command structure.
Governor Yao, a civilian official, lacks the authority to control the military effectively, so Gu Yun takes over leadership fully.
After a full day of exhausting work, Gu Yun is physically worn out and begins to feel the emotional weight of Zhong Chan’s death.
Yao Zhen informs him that Prince Yan (Chang Geng) will arrive soon on behalf of the emperor.
Gu Yun goes to pay his respects at Zhong Chan’s mourning hall. This is when the reality of his teacher’s death hits him hard.
He recalls lessons from Zhong Chan, including his military teachings and moral guidance, filled with strict but fatherly wisdom.
Despite his peaceful death, Zhong Chan’s body looks cold and lifeless, a painful image for Gu Yun.
Gu Yun reflects on the inevitability of aging and death, and the changing of the guard from old generals to a new generation.
Chang Geng arrives at the mourning hall. Before he enters, Gu Yun—exhausted, emotionally strained, and likely ill—throws up blood from the stress and physical toll.
Chapter 109:
Ten YearsGu Yun collapses from internal injuries and spits up blood, terrifying the nearby guard and Chang Geng.
Gu Yun tries to downplay his condition, asking Chang Geng not to tell Prince Yan or others about it.
Chang Geng is overwhelmed and nearly breaks down emotionally, but he pulls himself together to tend to Gu Yun.
Yao Zhen and others in the Jiangbei Garrison are alarmed at the second commander falling ill in such a short time.
Great Master Liao Ran arrives, but as a mute monk, cannot recite scripture. He tries to offer spiritual help instead.
Chang Geng is haunted by his inability to help Gu Yun despite his medical training; he is emotionally paralyzed by seeing Gu Yun's blood.
The medics explain that Gu Yun's condition is due to years of untreated injuries and fatigue; the blood he coughed up may be a relief rather than a new danger.
Chang Geng does not lash out but remains calm and polite, showing a quiet resolve that surprises everyone.
Liao Ran prays silently over Gu Yun, but Chang Geng sarcastically reminds him that Gu Yun has a bad relationship with the Buddha.
Chang Geng asks Liao Ran to contact Chen Qingxu and find out what she has helped Gu Yun hide from him over the years.
Chang Geng shows quiet heartbreak and devotion, kissing Gu Yun on the forehead in front of Liao Ran, who is deeply shocked.
Chang Geng holds Gu Yun through the night like a fragile child, no longer driven by desire or dependence but by protectiveness.
He reflects on their age gap and realizes the “ten years” between them now feels like nothing.
Meanwhile, the Far Western holy emissary overrules both Mister Ja and the pope and insists on launching a surprise attack on Great Liang’s navy.
Despite warnings that Gu Yun’s early arrival has already placed Jiangbei on high alert, the emissary forces the fleet to move out.
The emissary aims to either win glory or pin failure on the pope, showing political cunning and arrogance.
That night, the Far Western warships disguise themselves and attempt to sneak past the Jiangbei Garrison under cover of night.
Elsewhere, the eighteen northern tribes send envoys to negotiate with Great Liang, seemingly offering tribute and peace.
Cao Chunhua, Chen Qingxu, and Shen Yi inspect the delegation, noticing something suspicious about the second prince, Jialai Yinghuo’s son.
The second prince appears pale and panicked, likely silenced and bound, possibly a hostage or bait.
Cao Chunhua and Shen Yi suspect the barbarians are attempting to shift blame for past events to the second prince as a peace offering.
Shen Yi is cautious, suspecting the tribes are giving up too easily, which contradicts their usual stubbornness.
Chen Qingxu identifies a magical mark on the second prince’s forehead that will silence and eventually kill him.
The inspection of the wagons reveals what appears to be legitimate violet gold tribute, but Shen Yi notices one wagon is hollow.
A hidden Tianlang youth under the wagon lights a fuse, triggering an explosion that kills him instantly and sets off a chain reaction.
The explosion engulfs the violet gold wagons, and massive flames and secondary explosions spread through the Black Iron Battalion's rear ranks.
Chapter 110:
Swords DrawnGu Yun wakes in a dark, fevered state, disoriented and weak from overexertion.
Chang Geng is at his bedside, caring for him in silence—wiping his sweat and bundling him up.
Gu Yun tries to downplay his condition with flirtatious banter, but Chang Geng doesn’t buy it and calls him out.
They argue; Gu Yun tries to dodge accountability, jokingly blaming Jiangbei soldiers for gossiping.
Chang Geng reveals he was the one who caught Gu Yun collapsing, exposing the lie directly.
A sudden explosion interrupts them—tremors shake the ground; the Jiangbei Garrison is under attack by the Far Western navy.
Chang Geng rushes out to investigate, confirming enemy naval guns are shelling the shore.
Chaos erupts as lights flare, troops mobilize, and warships prepare for battle.
Gu Yun, though still physically unfit, instinctively prepares to lead, nearly collapsing as he rises from bed.
A Black Hawk messenger delivers an emergency dispatch: the northern tribes used a surrender as bait, then detonated wagons of violet gold to breach Liang’s defenses.
A massive barbarian force followed, sparking brutal conflict on the northern front.
Despite his condition, Gu Yun demands heavy armor to support his body and attempts to join the battlefield.
Chang Geng stops him, insisting he should take Gu Yun’s place and lead the front.
Gu Yun hesitates, but Chang Geng challenges him with trust: “Give me the windslasher; I’ll go.”
Gu Yun relents, giving Chang Geng his weapon and full command authority.
Chang Geng leads the Jiangbei Navy in battle; the Western navy surfaces with warships and dragonets.
Under Chang Geng’s leadership, the Jiangbei forces fight fiercely:
Cannons barrage the enemy.
Parhelions cover reloading teams.
Black Hawks prepare for aerial combat.
All sea dragons are deployed for all-out engagement.
Chang Geng proclaims: “It’s time to show these foreigners that Great Liang has a navy as well.”
Flashback reflects on the Jiangbei Navy’s past—its collapse and disgrace, followed by gradual rebuilding and modernization with help from the Lingshu Institute.
Now, the Jiangbei Navy is fully reorganized, reborn as a formidable force ready to fight back.
Meanwhile, Gu Yun remains behind, using his knowledge of the battlefield to coordinate from a sand table.
Despite his deafness and impaired vision, Gu Yun shows uncanny ability to predict enemy moves and control supply logistics across the whole front.
Gu Yun gives Chang Geng complete autonomy on the front lines, fully trusting him for the first time.
On the northern front, Jialai Yinghuo launches a ferocious offensive:
Suicide bombers detonate violet gold.
Tens of thousands of barbarian warriors attack.
Shen Yi retreats and lures the enemy into a trap.
He Ronghui and Shen Yi coordinate a counterstrike from the Northern Border Garrison.
But Jialai Yinghuo unveils his ace: war chariots and hundreds of heavy-armored soldiers push through the Black Iron Battalion’s line.
Reinforcements arrive in the form of wagons filled with violet gold, which the barbarians use as firebombs.
A hellish landscape forms as the battlefield turns into a superheated inferno, melting snow and armor alike.
The northern front becomes a deadly, surreal battleground covered in scalding mist and burning violet flames.
As casualties rise, the Black Iron Battalion is forced to retreat once more, ending the chapter in grim stalemate.
Chapter 111:
EternityThe battle on the northern border descends into chaos; Jialai Yinghuo employs desperate scorched-earth tactics, burning violet gold supplies to prevent enemy capture.
Cao Chunhua suffers in the heat, jealous of Shen Yi who is shirtless, but Shen Yi is severely burned and finally seeks medical aid from Chen Qingxu.
Chen Qingxu, treating Shen Yi’s burns, is struck by the horrors of war and the contrast between her past battlefield hospital work and this massive-scale military conflict.
Despite being wounded and ashamed, Shen Yi remains stoic in front of Chen Qingxu, who urges him not to wear heavy armor that will worsen his injuries.
A messenger reports that Old General Cai has been injured and the enemy is attempting a breakthrough.
Shen Yi tries to stay composed while grappling with his painful burns and the burden of interim command, having taken over for Gu Yun.
Another emergency dispatch arrives from Jiangbei, revealing that the Far Western army has launched a surprise attack; Shen Yi is ordered to hold the northern front at all costs.
Overwhelmed, Shen Yi bitterly laments his poor luck in becoming responsible for such a heavy command, feeling unsuited for it.
He Ronghui wants to assist General Cai’s position, but Shen Yi forbids it due to strategic constraints.
Cai's youngest son, a 19-year-old, volunteers to go in his father’s place and bravely vows to stop the barbarian advance, reminding Shen Yi of a young Gu Yun.
Shen Yi gives the authority token to young General Cai and reflects on the eternal cycle of new generations rising to replace the old.
Shen Yi reads Gu Yun's emergency letter, which is calm and calculated, predicting that the enemy will collapse internally soon, and advises holding position and then sowing division among enemy tribes.
Shen Yi, bolstered by Gu Yun’s confidence, orders the troops to hold the line and refuse to yield even an inch.
Unbeknownst to Shen Yi, Gu Yun is under intense pressure in Jiangbei, reviewing battlefield reports and tracking developments in a detached but strategic capacity.
Gu Yun realizes the enemy commander is highly skilled in naval warfare, even better than most generals he's fought.
A Black Hawk reports that Prince Yan (Chang Geng) has launched a strike through a vulnerable spot in the enemy formation.
Alarmed, Gu Yun suits up in armor, fearing Chang Geng may overextend himself due to lack of command experience.
Chang Geng finds himself trapped after advancing too far, but refuses to retreat, showing steel-like resolve.
The Jiangbei navy, though inexperienced, fights with ferocity, and the fleet pushes through the enemy flank—but it turns out to be a trap.
Just as disaster seems imminent, the enemy ships abruptly retreat, revealing internal betrayal among the Far Western forces.
The holy emissary in the enemy fleet retreats out of self-preservation after being used as bait by the pope, compromising the enemy formation.
Chang Geng capitalizes on the chaos, launching a fierce counterattack and forcing the enemy into retreat.
Mister Ja and the pope of the Western forces are enraged at the internal collapse of discipline.
Gu Yun, hearing the news of Chang Geng’s victory, orders his armor removed and avoids revealing he was about to join the battle.
Gu Yun writes multiple orders—logistics, equipment requisitions, and a military report—and predicts that the enemy will soon retreat due to depleted violet gold reserves.
His prediction proves correct: the Far Westerners withdraw, having failed to land on the northern bank.
When Chang Geng returns, covered in blood, Gu Yun embraces him and Chang Geng confesses quietly, “I don’t want you to go to war ever again.”
Chapter 112:
UrgencyChang Geng whispers something to Gu Yun, but Gu Yun can't hear it. Chang Geng dismisses it as nothing.
They spot Great Master Liao Ran in the distance, which prevents Chang Geng from showing open affection.
Gu Yun confirms to Chang Geng that he sent a memorial to the capital to take diplomatic initiative.
Gu Yun clarifies they will not sue for peace—this is strategic misdirection to buy time and recover occupied territories.
Gu Yun’s plan involves stalling peace talks, small skirmishes, navy training, and eventually reclaiming the south.
Gu Yun tells Chang Geng he will be returning to the northern front to stabilize things there.
Chang Geng hides his pain and worry, realizing time is slipping away for him.
Chang Geng gifts Gu Yun schematics for a steam locomotive, hopeful for the future.
Gu Yun jokes about Chang Geng gasping after one skirmish and challenges him to regain his position in the Grand Council.
Chang Geng asks what reward he’ll get if he succeeds; he whispers something lewd, causing Gu Yun to curse at him.
Governor Yao Zhen walks in awkwardly after overhearing the curse; Chang Geng maintains a composed exterior while feeling troubled inside.
Gu Yun stays one more day, eats Chang Geng’s homemade congee, complains about vegetables, then leaves early the next morning for the northern front.
At the northern border, Gu Yun finds Shen Yi holding the line successfully against the barbarians.
Jialai Yinghuo’s forces begin to retreat, showing signs of internal weakness.
General Cai captures a stronghold but finds it deserted except for some leftover violet gold.
Cao Chunhua suspects the rebel faction among the eighteen tribes is still alive and finds a familiar face among the secret traders.
Cao Chunhua identifies the stable boy of Jialai Yinghuo’s steward among the smugglers, indicating a possible rebel connection.
Gu Yun is cautious but interested; Cao Chunhua asks for monetary support for further operations.
Chen Qingxu arrives, announcing plans to infiltrate the eighteen tribes and research their shamanic arts and poisons.
Shen Yi panics and awkwardly tries to stop her, obviously concerned for her safety but unable to articulate his feelings.
Chen Qingxu politely but firmly insists on going, reminding them of her goals and obligations.
Shen Yi offers her a signal flare from the Lingshu Institute in case of emergency.
Chen Qingxu begins to suspect his feelings due to his nervousness and gift.
Gu Yun teases Shen Yi, promising to have him sing a love song when Chen Qingxu returns.
That night, Chen Qingxu and Cao Chunhua cross enemy lines into the Grand Capital of the eighteen tribes.
The capital is grim: famine, corpses, ragged civilians, and bloody oppression abound.
Jialai Yinghuo is revealed to be alive but severely disabled after a stroke—confined to a wheelchair, physically weak, but still tyrannical and terrifying.
The Wolf King had secretly purged rebel leaders and retaken control using Far Western heavy armor and personal loyalists.
Jialai Yinghuo’s crown prince tries to reason with him, reporting starvation and exhaustion among the tribes.
Jialai Yinghuo lashes out violently, refusing to listen, insisting on stealing supplies from Great Liang and forcing nobles to donate.
His madness becomes clear—he remains obsessed with victory, believing the Far Westerners will turn the tide in their favor.
The steward, clearly fearful, withdraws and reports to nobles and Central Plains spies hiding in his yurt.
Chapter 113:
ResistanceThe steward returns in a panic to his yurt, drenched in sweat, clearly terrified after an encounter with Jialai Yinghuo.
Inside, he meets with Lady Hongxia and various noble representatives of the Eighteen Tribes, as well as Chen Qingxu and Cao Chunhua from Great Liang.
Chen Qingxu and Cao Chunhua, disguised and operating under the pretense of peace emissaries, have infiltrated the tribes with the real goal of eliminating Jialai Yinghuo.
Despite lavish bribery and efforts, they realize the tribal nobles fear Jialai Yinghuo too much to help, but also hate his warmongering.
Cao Chunhua and Chen Qingxu use the threat of Great Liang’s army to pressure the nobles, claiming Marshal Gu Yun will attack if they fail.
Initially, the nobles hesitate, but Lady Hongxia offers to convince Jialai Yinghuo, requesting two days. Chen Qingxu warns her it’s too dangerous.
Eventually, the nobles agree to give a proper response in two days. Once Cao Chunhua and Chen Qingxu leave, the nobles erupt in argument.
The steward recounts Jialai Yinghuo’s violent behavior, even towards the crown prince, showing his growing instability.
A nobleman erupts, furious at Jialai Yinghuo's obsession with victory while their people starve and die.
Lady Hongxia silences them and proposes rebellion, knowing it’s deadly but necessary. She challenges them all to act before they are destroyed.
She warns those who might betray them that Jialai Yinghuo is paranoid and would likely suspect them anyway.
The nobles, driven by desperation and fear, agree to cooperate. The steward also pledges support.
Plans are made to assassinate Jialai Yinghuo quietly by drugging his medicine with a sedative.
The next evening, Cao Chunhua, disguised as the steward’s servant boy, scales a watchtower, confirms preparations are in place, and signals Chen Qingxu.
They discuss the sedative: too much risk to poison Jialai Yinghuo directly due to his shamanic powers.
Cao Chunhua reveals he manipulated Lady Hongxia by impersonating her dead son using a face mask and emotional deception.
They receive the owl call — the signal that Jialai Yinghuo has taken the sedative.
Chen Qingxu and Cao Chunhua light the watchtower with violet gold, and Chen Qingxu launches the signal flare to alert Gu Yun’s army.
Shen Yi sees the flare and alerts Gu Yun, who orders the Black Hawks to move in.
Gu Yun personally joins the attack, secretly hoping Jialai Yinghuo may possess a cure for the wu’ergu parasite.
Chen Qingxu races ahead, aiming to capture or interrogate Jialai Yinghuo before his death to learn about the goddess’s secret shamanic techniques.
Cao Chunhua follows but loses track of her. Chen Qingxu infiltrates the rebel group assigned to assassinate Jialai Yinghuo.
However, she senses something is wrong—there are too few guards.
As they approach the yurt, the trap springs: all entrances open simultaneously, revealing cannons and archers. Jialai Yinghuo had anticipated the betrayal.
Royal guards pour out, surrounding the rebels. It’s an ambush—Jialai Yinghuo was never asleep, and the plan has failed.
Chapter 114:
DestructionChen Qingxu hides near the king’s yurt, witnessing the unfolding rebellion.
Jialai Yinghuo, frail and in a powered wheelchair, confronts the rebels led by Lady Hongxia, once a maternal figure to him.
Despite his condition, Jialai Yinghuo commands an ambush on the rebels, who are overwhelmed by arrows, sparking bloody conflict across the capital.
The royal capital descends into chaos, with factions splintering and many confused.
The steward, fearing death, commits suicide by poison capsule. The crown prince is terrified.
Cao Chunhua realizes the rebellion’s failure isn’t important, so long as chaos benefits Gu Yun, but panics when Chen Qingxu disappears.
A barbarian rushes in, reporting a surprise attack by demon crows, escalating the panic.
Jialai Yinghuo is unexpectedly invigorated by the news of Gu Yun’s approach, seeming almost ecstatic.
Despite being half-paralyzed, Jialai Yinghuo demands his armor. It’s brought—massive, steam-powered heavy armor.
He struggles into it, activates it, but falls immediately, his body unable to handle the strain. The image is tragic and pitiful.
The Black Iron Battalion breaches the capital amid the turmoil.
The royal guard captain evacuates Jialai Yinghuo, who directs them westward toward an abandoned temple.
Chen Qingxu follows them in stealth.
They arrive at the Temple of the Goddess, abandoned since its goddess fell from grace.
Jialai Yinghuo enters alone and activates a hidden mechanism inside the temple.
Gigantic interlocking gears and pipes rise, revealing a massive hidden structure resembling a giant kite—a primitive flying machine.
Chen Qingxu realizes this contraption is likely a failed imitation of Great Liang’s technology and fatally flawed.
As contaminated violet gold fuels the device, it malfunctions and self-combusts, igniting a catastrophic fire.
Jialai Yinghuo remains inside, accepting his death. He had likely planned to die all along.
Chen Qingxu enters the burning temple in pursuit of the truth behind barbarian poison techniques.
The temple begins to collapse. Shen Yi, alerted by Cao Chunhua, arrives just in time and charges into the fire.
Shen Yi saves Chen Qingxu as the temple crumbles, and they discover a statue-like object wrapped in soft material.
Upon inspection, the object appears to be made of human skin, not stone—a preserved human figure, a woman.
Chen Qingxu suspects Jialai Yinghuo came for this object.
Shen Yi takes the figure, grabs Chen Qingxu, and they flee the temple.
As they exit, Gu Yun and the Black Hawks arrive, using steel cables to hold up the collapsing structure.
One cable snaps as Shen Yi and Chen Qingxu barely escape, pulled to safety by Black Steeds.
Jialai Yinghuo’s death is confirmed as the temple explodes and collapses.
His last moments are spent singing inside the flames, accepting the end of his people.
The Temple of the Goddess is utterly destroyed, and the Celestial Wolf Tribe symbolically meets its end.
The final image is of the temple in ruins, the wolf banner torn and consumed by fire, as violet gold continues to burn.
Lorem Ipsum
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Stars of Chaos
Stars of Chaos: Sha Po Lang, Vol. 5
Chapter 115:
Turning the TablesGu Yun and the Black Iron Battalion search Jialai Yinghuo’s yurt but find no valuable items or secret shamanic texts.
They discover a peculiar, lifelike female-shaped soul idol made from a patchwork of human skin stretched over a wooden frame.
The idol is believed to summon the soul of a dead person; Gu Yun notes it resembles Chang Geng when he was younger.
Chen Qingxu identifies it as a “soul idol” and suddenly remembers something crucial.
In front of a stunned Gu Yun, Chen Qingxu cuts open the idol’s chest to examine its interior.
The idol is filled with carvings—shallow, small characters—on the wooden frame that Gu Yun begins to read by touch.
The inscriptions seem like a strange recipe involving mystical elements like “steam,” “boil,” “sunlight,” etc.
Chen Qingxu becomes emotional, recognizing the idol as a spiritual vessel carrying the goddess’s secret techniques.
She explains that when a body can’t be recovered, last words or mantras can substitute to anchor a soul—this idol likely contains those secrets.
The soul idol originally belonged to the barbarian consort (Chang Geng’s mother), whose secrets had fallen into Jialai Yinghuo’s hands.
Gu Yun and Chen Qingxu realize this idol might be the key to saving Chang Geng from becoming a wu’ergu.
Chen Qingxu rushes off with the idol, filled with reverence and urgency.
Gu Yun, stunned by hope, has an emotional moment—caught between laughter and tears—realizing this might be Chang Geng’s salvation.
Shen Yi, who had been hiding his wounds from Chen Qingxu, screams in pain when treated by a brutal army medic instead.
Gu Yun pranks him by sending him the soul idol’s handkerchief “for the pain,” which somehow calms him.
Gu Yun tries to work on military reports but is distracted, daydreaming about the implications of the idol’s discovery.
He ends up setting aside work and begins writing a personal letter.
In Jiangbei, Chang Geng oversees the funeral of old General Zhong.
Fang Qin tries to keep Chang Geng (Prince Yan) away from the capital by assigning him to assist with negotiations, hoping to scapegoat him if anything fails.
Instead, Chang Geng excels, earning admiration from the troops and even his opponents.
He wins skirmishes, strengthens the garrison, and successfully pressures the Far Westerners.
Meanwhile, the court faces a financial crisis—war beacon tickets (used to raise military funds) from the first round are due for repayment.
Chang Geng had previously pushed reforms to treat those tickets as currency. If the court fails to honor them, national trust will collapse.
Fang Qin struggles as the third round of war beacon tickets fails to sell without Chang Geng’s influence.
No one wants to invest; even the powerful officials fear political backlash if they use their own funds.
The emperor becomes alarmed and scolds Fang Qin repeatedly.
Eventually, the Six Ministries invite Prince Yan (Chang Geng) back to the capital to stabilize the situation.
Chang Geng, calm and unaffected, begins making arrangements to return, only hurrying after a second urgent summons.
Just before he departs, word of Gu Yun’s victory on the northern front reaches Jiangbei.
Chang Geng receives a letter from Gu Yun, expecting it to be official—but it’s a playful, romantic message instead.
The letter contains a hand-drawn palm and a line: “Attached, a palm to send to Jiangbei, to measure the span of my intended’s waist on my behalf.”
Chang Geng blushes while everyone around him is confused by his reaction.
Chapter 116:
A Furious SprintIn the ninth year of Longan, Jialai Yinghuo dies.
The Tianlang crown prince ascends as the new Wolf King and surrenders on behalf of the eighteen tribes.
The new Wolf King is accepted as a prince of Great Liang and kneels in full formal obeisance.
The tribes’ lands are absorbed into Shuobei Province, and their tribute is converted to taxation.
A specialized department is established to manage the violet gold mines.
Great Liang celebrates the peaceful resolution.
Gu Yun prepares to return to the capital; Cao Niangzi joins him, while Shen Yi stays to manage the tribal transition.
Chen Qingxu, having copied the goddess’s secret techniques, plans to return to her family estate.
Gu Yun thanks Chen Qingxu and receives medicinal prescriptions from her to slowly heal his deficiencies.
Shen Yi watches them with jealousy; Gu Yun mocks his awkwardness.
Gu Yun and his group depart.
Gu Yun arrives at the capital secretly and reports to the emperor without public fanfare.
Once fond of attention, Gu Yun now finds public adoration meaningless.
Jiangnan is not yet recovered, and Chang Geng is still away, making the Marquis Estate quiet.
Resting too deeply could trigger serious illness, so Gu Yun stays on alert.
Master Zhang Fenghan interrupts his preparations and shows Gu Yun a surprise from Chang Geng.
The surprise is a steam locomotive, built from schematics purchased via Du Wanquan’s Far Western connections.
Zhang Fenghan explains the hardship behind the project and thanks Prince Yan for keeping it alive.
Gu Yun is deeply moved watching the test run of the locomotive, recalling Chang Geng’s dream for steam engines and civilian flight.
He reflects that he’s been present for every major historical shift, and feels fortunate not to have given up before this moment.
In the fifth month, Gu Yun heads south and intentionally meets Prince Yan (Chang Geng) on the road.
Chang Geng, who was working along the journey to prepare for court confrontation, is surprised and thrilled to see Gu Yun.
They act formally in public but cling to each other privately.
Chang Geng bombards Gu Yun with health questions; Gu Yun teases him and demands “payment” for blocking the road.
Chang Geng jokingly offers himself instead of money, leading to an intimate night.
They part the next morning, each heading in different directions, their reunion brief but meaningful.
Chang Geng returns to court and resumes leadership of the Grand Council.
Fang Qin prepares two memorials: one to destroy Chang Geng if he fails with the war beacon ticket crisis, the other to accuse him of colluding with merchants if he succeeds.
Fang Qin plans to attack Chang Geng regardless of the outcome and senses that Chang Geng is similarly preparing to retaliate.
Chapter 117:
Layer upon LayerPrince Yan (Chang Geng) returns to the capital to find the old aristocrats and new upstarts in a full-blown political power struggle.
The noble families, once aloof, had long dipped into commerce, eroding social class barriers and intensifying resentment from civilian merchants.
This class conflict had festered long before the current reign and now boiled over in court.
Prince Yan is immediately pulled into a fierce political debate during a grand assembly.
The discussion begins with the issue of war beacon tickets, expanding into criticisms of reforms, the Canal Commission, and even the war in Jiangnan.
Fang Qin and his faction attack Prince Yan’s wartime spending, blaming it for draining the treasury and destabilizing the court.
A nobleman proposes accepting peace terms from the Far Westerners in exchange for territory and port access along the East Sea, drawing sharp rebuttals from Prince Yan’s allies.
Fang Qin joins the argument, suggesting the Far Westerners are a fading threat and advocating for peace, indirectly challenging Marshal Gu’s opposition to peace talks.
Prince Yan coolly suggests that if they truly want peace, then stop printing war beacon tickets and use future taxes to pay debts—implying their hypocrisy.
Fang Qin remains diplomatic, claiming the Far Westerners are already defeated and not worth worrying about.
Prince Yan sarcastically praises Fang Qin’s armchair insight, highlighting the gap between military and civilian understanding of the situation.
Emperor Li Feng interrupts the debate, trying to refocus on the immediate fiscal crisis of the war beacon tickets.
Assistant Minister of Revenue complains that officials are financially drained and asks Prince Yan to get more funds from Du Wanquan and merchant allies.
Prince Yan declines, saying the merchants have already spent heavily on factories and refugee support through the Canal Commission and are nearly bankrupt.
Fang Qin presses him again, accusing him of poor planning.
Prince Yan turns it around, accusing Fang Qin of fiscal mismanagement, implying funds have disappeared under his watch.
A heated exchange follows, broken only when Emperor Li Feng steps in, furious.
The court disperses, but Emperor Li Feng asks Prince Yan to stay and walk with him in the garden.
They encounter the crown prince and third prince. Prince Yan plays with the younger child, making straw animals, softening the mood.
Li Feng uses the opportunity to urge Prince Yan to marry and adopt an heir, suggesting that any family would be willing to give a child for a noble title.
Prince Yan refuses firmly, saying he wishes to follow the example of the Lord of Shang—fighting for reform without regard for legacy, children, or survival.
Li Feng seems moved and perhaps alarmed by his resolve. They speak privately for hours, their conversation unknown.
The next day, Prince Yan sends orders to keep Marquis of Anding (Marshal Gu) stationed in Liangjiang, not allowing him to return to the capital.
Meanwhile, in Jiangnan, the Far Western pope watches Great Liang’s industrial growth through a long-range field scope mounted on their ship.
The land, once dark, is now lit with watchtowers and factory lights—proof of progress and growing strength.
Mister Ja approaches the pope, who reveals that the Holy Empire back home has erupted in civil war.
The liberal faction has overthrown the king, executed dozens of nobles including the crown prince, and briefly replaced him with a puppet ruler before royalists retaliated.
The political chaos leaves the Church with full control over their expeditionary force, as the former holy emissary is now powerless.
The pope declares this moment a critical opportunity.
Mister Ja immediately carries out a covert coup, executing the holy emissary and his loyalists.
The Far Western troops are unaware; they believe the emissary was recalled.
The pope continues to feign diplomatic retreat in peace talks with Great Liang.
But on the Autumn Equinox of Longan Year Nine, a shipment of violet gold and supplies secretly arrives to reinforce their forces—hinting at a new offensive.
Chapter 118:
Old FoeGreat Liang was in turmoil during the ninth year of Longan, politically and militarily.
In the fifth month, Li Feng, through Prince Yan (Chang Geng), declared the expiration of the first batch of war beacon tickets and established the Longan Bank to handle them.
Longan Bank offered various options: silver exchange, Longan banknotes, or investment in government factories.
Fang Qin and allies were furious; they suspected Prince Yan had pre-planned this scheme.
Prince Yan abandoned his old demeanor and became more assertive, even ruthless, as he consolidated power and absorbed existing government banks.
Opposition from nobles and officials intensified, especially from those losing financial control due to the banking reform.
One government bank director resisted and was swiftly charged with embezzlement. His wife suffered a miscarriage and died, driving her mother to threaten suicide in grief.
Noble families began publicly attacking Prince Yan. Fang Qin blamed the Grand Council, not Prince Yan directly, orchestrating a campaign to disband it.
The court descended into political warfare with both sides exposing scandals and accusations, leading to total chaos.
By mid-autumn, even the cautious Jiang Chong was implicated and placed under investigation.
Li Feng appeared neutral but subtly protected Prince Yan. He invited Prince Yan to the Mid-Autumn Festival banquet, but he was missing.
Prince Yan had retreated to the National Temple, staying with Great Master Liao Ran, to avoid worsening political suspicion.
Li Feng realized Prince Yan was isolated and under attack from all sides, despite acting for the empire’s interests.
That very night, Far Western navy, who had recently sent a deceptive peace gesture, launched a surprise attack on Great Liang’s Liangjiang Garrison.
Gu Yun, now in charge of Liangjiang, had already prepared the garrison with tight defense and immediate combat readiness.
The Western fleet was discovered early by the watchtower, prompting a swift mobilization.
On the Western side, Mister Ja warned the pope, but the pope insisted on attacking, believing this was the best moment to defeat Gu Yun.
Gu Yun personally reassured nervous sentries and commanded the navy with confidence and precision.
He deployed various strategic orders—hawks for air battle, dragon warships in formations, and even requested a secret weapon from Lingshu Institute.
The pope, facing Gu Yun again, recognized his old formidable adversary and prepared for a grueling battle.
Gu Yun tested enemy positions with feints and adjusted based on their responses, attempting to encircle the enemy flagship.
The new Western general proved capable, reacting quickly and coordinating from the heavily fortified Western sea monster (a massive, heavily armed ship).
Gu Yun noted the sea monster's tactical strengths—centralized command, supply logistics likely passing through the vulnerable Dongying archipelago.
Yao Zhen warned about their own limited supply chain, and Gu Yun acknowledged the risks, planning to exploit weaknesses instead of direct confrontation.
Rain began to fall during the battle, making conditions more treacherous.
Gu Yun deployed the cuttlefish submersibles, unmanned underwater warships designed to crash and explode into enemy vessels—perfect against the Western flagship.
One submersible struck the sea monster successfully, causing major damage and breaking the enemy’s formation.
Great Liang’s hawks pursued the fleeing dragon warships, gaining momentum.
The battle lasted until dawn. Despite superior supplies, the Western fleet was forced to retreat.
Gu Yun had anticipated the timing perfectly—his ships were nearly out of violet gold, any longer and his forces would have suffered.
He credited their victory to the Western commander’s cautious nature and admitted they still lacked high seas combat ability.
Back at camp, Gu Yun began to prepare the emergency dispatch to court and plan for future engagements.
However, he noticed something deeply troubling—after taking his medicine, his vision and hearing didn’t recover as they usually did, indicating a worsening of his condition.
Chapter 119:
LongingGu Yun realizes his medicine is no longer working, indicating his health is failing, but remains calm and accepting.
He accidentally breaks his medicine bowl and pretends it was a mistake to avoid worrying others.
Gu Yun continues working despite his deteriorating vision, using a monocle and writing urgent military dispatches.
Yao Zhen visits Gu Yun, becomes suspicious seeing the broken bowl, but Gu Yun downplays it.
Gu Yun sends orders to summon Shen Jiping and considers mentioning Chen Qingxu but stops himself, knowing she is still needed for Chang Geng’s treatment.
The capital receives Gu Yun’s military report the same night; Chang Geng is urgently summoned by Li Feng.
Chang Geng, sensing dread, finds relief upon seeing Gu Yun’s familiar handwriting in the report.
Chang Geng realizes the war gives him political leverage; Fang Qin’s plan to dissolve the Grand Council is now at risk.
Fang Qin is devastated as war interrupts his long-term political maneuvering; the Far Westerners attacked first, ruining his strategy.
Li Feng scolds the court for trying to reduce military power amid foreign aggression, throwing memorials to the ground in anger.
Fang Qin is silenced and overruled by the emperor before he can speak.
Li Feng publicly shames Chang Geng (Li Min) for abandoning his duties and orders him to return to the Grand Council immediately.
The Grand Council ministers and Prince Yan are forced to kneel in apology during the emperor’s tirade.
The Chief Justice is pressured over a delayed investigation; everyone receives scathing reprimands.
Fang Qin, though relatively spared, is instructed to reinforce military logistics—his plans set back completely.
With war now urgent, the Grand Council becomes active again, working late into the night.
Chang Geng delivers a fiery motivational speech to the Grand Council, reminding them of their goals to defeat the nobility:
Take their money.
Take their land.
Take their respect.
He emphasizes continued reforms (e.g. Longan Bank) while warning them not to hesitate if faced with obstruction.
Chang Geng assures them that he will bear the consequences and “hold up the sky” if disaster strikes.
The government factions fall back in line, unified under Chang Geng’s leadership.
Jiang Chong is cleared and reinstated five days later.
Gu Yun remains active on the battlefield, winning multiple skirmishes and issuing sweeping military deployments.
Seven golden arrow tokens are issued in a day, signifying Gu Yun’s extensive command power.
Chang Geng works tirelessly but is plagued by nightmares and effects of the wu’ergu parasite.
After waking up crying from an emotional nightmare, he receives another detailed report from Gu Yun.
Beneath the report is a rare personal message from Gu Yun: "Our separation has been too long; I miss you dearly."
Chang Geng is deeply shaken by this heartfelt message—Gu Yun rarely expresses sincere longing.
Overwhelmed, Chang Geng decides to ride immediately to the National Temple to calm himself.
He arrives at night and wakes Liao Ran, requesting tea to soothe his turmoil.
Liao Ran brews bitter kuding tea in silence; the atmosphere is calming and symbolic.
Chang Geng reflects on Gu Yun’s situation, feeling helpless over his health and injuries.
He decides to send Xiao-Cao to check on Gu Yun under the pretext of assigning him to the military front.
Liao Ran agrees and suggests it’s wise to keep Gu Yun at the border, where politics can’t harm him.
Chang Geng bitterly laments that everyone relies on Gu Yun, but no one cares for his suffering.
Liao Ran senses Chang Geng's pain but says nothing, instead striking his wooden fish to fill the silence.
Before leaving, Liao Ran questions Chang Geng about his earlier speech comparing national wealth to a meat pie.
Chang Geng acknowledges that the emperor could undo everything with a stroke of the pen.
Despite this, Chang Geng remains calm and determined—his expression likened to a menacing god.
Liao Ran begins to wonder if Chang Geng's true goal is even deeper than just challenging the nobility’s power.
Chapter 120:
HopeCao Chunhua receives a message from the Grand Council and immediately travels to Liangjiang Garrison.
He senses the intense atmosphere and discipline of the camp, reminiscent of the Black Iron Battalion.
Upon arrival, Cao Chunhua is escorted by a young soldier, who discusses the Far Westerners’ guerilla warfare and expresses admiration for Gu Yun.
They speak about the Far Westerners' colonial exploitation and the technological superiority of their navy.
When Cao Chunhua reaches the command tent, he finds Gu Yun, Shen Yi, and Yao Zhen discussing a peace proposal from the Far Westerners, which demands ceding four commanderies as an “international zone”.
Gu Yun reacts with contempt and sarcasm toward the Far Westerners’ so-called “love” for the land.
Cao Chunhua delivers an update on the railroad project (“iron earthworm”), which is progressing well and may be completed by year’s end.
Gu Yun, wearing a ridiculously ornate glass monocle, flirts shamelessly with Cao Chunhua, who is flustered and overwhelmed.
Gu Yun assigns Cao Chunhua a secret and dangerous mission on the southwestern border, instructing him not to inform even the Grand Council. Cao Chunhua leaves confused, realizing he’s been easily manipulated due to his crush.
Shen Yi, after escorting Cao Chunhua, returns and questions Gu Yun’s motives. Gu Yun admits he both needs someone competent and wants to prevent Cao Chunhua from reporting to Prince Yan (Chang Geng).
Gu Yun mentions that Chang Geng shouldn’t be burdened due to his health, and he wants to handle matters himself.
Gu Yun prepares for a personal patrol, despite being nearly blind, joking he wants to emulate the beautiful warrior Prince of Lanling.
After arriving in Jiangnan, Cao Chunhua sends one final letter to Chang Geng, saying Gu Yun is healthy and bullying Shen Yi as usual—then vanishes from contact.
Chang Geng, comforted by this, assumes all is well.
Meanwhile, Chen Qingxu arrives in the capital just before the Double Ninth Festival.
Chang Geng, anticipating her news with both hope and anxiety, takes a rare break to meet her.
Chen Qingxu immediately informs him that his chronic illness can be cured, freezing him in shock.
She confirms that despite the condition being with him since birth, separation of the merged identities (from the wicked god creation) is possible.
Chen Qingxu warns the process will be painful and take time; further research is needed to help Gu Yun.
Chang Geng, unable to share the news with Gu Yun yet due to war, writes an unsent letter and hides it under Gu Yun’s pillow.
Alone, he re-reads Gu Yun’s old letters and imagines a response, finding comfort in the fantasy.
His mood improves significantly for the next week—even Fang Qin’s face becomes tolerable.
Meanwhile, Fang Qin is under pressure. The court is flooded with impeachment reports against Prince Yan (Chang Geng).
Other nobles are furious and relentless, referencing past emperors and their own family contributions as justification for their power.
Fang Qin, trying to mediate, argues for patience and warns against angering the emperor during wartime.
He predicts the Grand Council will be dismantled after the war and that Gu Yun will likely be stripped of his military power.
Some nobles complain about waiting, expressing unwillingness to continue “swallowing their pride.”
Fang Qin pacifies them with flattery, appealing to their pride and promising their noble roots are unshakable.
His speech calms the nobles temporarily, and political infighting pauses.
This brief domestic peace in Great Liang lasts for three months.
Then, a certain incident occurs that undoes all of Fang Qin’s careful diplomacy.
Chapter 121:
Dancing ShadowsGu Yun sends a secret envoy to Dongying and the South Sea islands amid three months of continuous war in the south.
War spreads from Jianghuai north of the Yangtze to Jiangnan and Liangguang.
Locals refuse to flee and form militias. Civilian artificers innovate makeshift war machines with coal and explosives.
The Lingshu Institute establishes local branches to teach non-confidential technology to aid civilian militias.
Unexpectedly, the court is shaken not by Prince Yan’s faction, but by the purists from the Imperial Censorate and Department of Supervision.
The provincial imperial exams are delayed due to war; results are dubbed the "glum blossom roll" because they were released too late.
A suspicious suicide by a scholar in Shaanxi leads to scandal. Officials try to suppress it but fail when a man sues the emperor directly after a grand assembly.
He exposes systemic corruption stemming from financial pressure post-Prince Yan’s reforms, with war beacon tickets and slashed official salaries leading to hardship.
The imperial examination scandal spirals into a massive fraud case covering nine provinces, shocking the empire.
Fang Qin, who had barely reined in his faction, is buried in impeachment letters from the two purist departments.
The purists, mostly from poor scholarly backgrounds, go on the attack, using the scandal to push their ideals and demand Li Feng investigate.
Fang Qin’s younger brother is implicated. Grand Secretary Fang, Fang Qin’s father, is forced into action, putting pressure on Fang Qin.
The emperor bypasses standard departments and assigns the investigation to the Grand Council, appointing Jiang Chong to lead it.
Fang Qin reflects on how cornered he is; his enemies are pushing fast, led by Prince Yan.
An advisor suggests that Fang Qin sabotage Prince Yan’s reforms using the exam scandal as justification.
Fang Qin resists, noting that cheating and reforms are unrelated, but the advisor cleverly reframes the scandal as a consequence of Prince Yan’s reforms.
The advisor argues the reforms pressured officials to break laws, blaming the war beacon ticket quotas and tax burdens.
Fang Qin is tempted to make a desperate move to salvage the Fang family’s future, even at the cost of his brother’s position.
On the 16th, the Regional Supervisor of Shaanxi confesses that he was forced into fraud due to unbearable financial strain and war ticket quotas.
Many others echo his defense, implicating Prince Yan’s faction as the source of systemic pressure.
One particularly daring official openly compares the beacon ticket quotas to selling government posts.
The scandal causes massive fallout during the New Year; officials can’t enjoy the celebrations.
The Grand Council issues a formal apology, removes beacon ticket quotas from the reform laws, and halts their sale entirely.
To prevent financial collapse, the Grand Council proposes replacing government-minted silver with “silver substitutes” issued by Longan Bank, effectively paper currency.
Although everyone agrees this is necessary, they refuse to allow the Grand Council to control it.
In retaliation, the Grand Council’s steam locomotive project is sabotaged through land disputes.
One final land segment is suddenly revoked by a wealthy landlord connected to Duke Zhao, derailing the final stretch of the railway.
Gu Yun warns that without improved supply lines, he will pull back the front line.
Fang Qin’s brother remains in legal limbo. Grand Secretary Fang, frustrated with his son, takes control.
He initiates backchannel diplomacy: first, he hints through Foreign Affairs that peace talks with the Far Westerners would be more beneficial than continued war.
He encourages the Far Westerners to engage with pacifist factions within the court and create pressure to de-escalate the war.
Grand Secretary Fang also invites the Longan Emperor’s old wet nurse to the palace via Madam Fang.
The wet nurse uses her influence to enter the palace under the pretext of visiting the sick empress.
When Li Feng hears of her arrival, he drops a meeting with Chang Geng and rushes to see her.
Chang Geng leaves the palace, reflecting on the disappearance of Gu Yun’s letters and missing his presence.
Chang Geng notes that the sixteenth is just two days away, feeling anxious even though his plans are progressing.
The chapter ends with Chang Geng abruptly deciding: “I must see Gu Zixi, right now.”
Chapter 122:
In DreamsChang Geng, overwhelmed by longing for Gu Yun, rushes back to the Marquis Estate, barely aware of his surroundings.
At the gates, he is momentarily stopped by the sight of the iron puppets and starts to come out of his daze.
Huo Dan informs Chang Geng that someone urgent has come to see him—Liu Zhong from the Foreign Affairs Mission.
Chang Geng initially mistrusts Liu Zhong due to his association with Grand Secretary Fang and the pacifist faction causing problems at the front lines.
Liu Zhong confesses he has come to expose his superior’s secret orders from Grand Secretary Fang, citing personal guilt and a tragic past.
Chang Geng agrees to hear him out after Liu Zhong recounts the story of his lost fiancée and the reasons behind his betrayal.
After the long conversation, Chang Geng decides to meet with Chen Qingxu to begin treatment for his wu’ergupoisoning.
Though unprepared, Chang Geng insists treatment begin immediately, fearing his condition is worsening.
Chen Qingxu warns that the treatment will be agonizing and requires complete mental clarity.
During acupuncture treatment, Chang Geng falls into horrifying hallucinations of past abuse and trauma, especially from Xiu-niang.
His body physically reacts—old scars reopen and bleed.
Chen Qingxu uses the sound of Gu Yun’s armor to try anchoring Chang Geng to reality, based on an old memory he once shared.
Amid the hallucinations, Chang Geng sees Gu Yun and uses his presence to fight his way out of the nightmare.
After the treatment, physically exhausted but stable, Chang Geng experiences his first peaceful sleep in years.
He dreams vividly of being with Gu Yun at a military garrison. Gu Yun teases him while wearing a ridiculous monocle and armor.
In the dream, Chang Geng vents his pain at the lack of communication, revealing deep emotional exhaustion.
Gu Yun jokingly reassures him and kisses his cheek, promising to stop wearing the monocle if Chang Geng dislikes it.
Chang Geng wakes up to the imagined sound of Gu Yun’s awful flute playing and smiles genuinely for the first time in a while.
Simultaneously, at the front lines, Gu Yun loses the monocle due to a strange sensation as if someone were watching him—implying a spiritual connection to Chang Geng’s dream.
The monocle breaks, and Gu Yun decides to stop wearing it.
Shen Yi mocks Gu Yun for his dramatic fashion choices, and they discuss the recent evasive behavior of Dongying diplomats.
Gu Yun explains Dongying’s two-faced approach: playing neutral to profit regardless of who wins.
Shen Yi reminds Gu Yun of the pressures mounting—low supplies, political pressure, and the incoming diplomatic mission.
Gu Yun confirms the envoys from the Foreign Affairs Mission are on their way and internally prepares for the trouble they’ll likely bring.
Chapter 123:
DawnGreat Liang and Far Western armies remain in a deadlock after prolonged fighting.
On the sixteenth day of the first month, Great Liang’s sea dragon warships quietly depart under cover of dawn.
Shen Yi confronts Gu Yun about the premature offensive and warns of strategic risks; Gu Yun dismisses him.
Gu Yun argues that prolonging the war risks political chaos and that the timing is critical to secure victory before pacifists can interfere.
Gu Yun vows to leave Shen Yi the Black Iron Tiger Tally if things go south, entrusting him with leading the land forces.
Shen Yi delivers Gu Yun a birthday bowl of noodles. Gu Yun feels something missing—he realizes it’s the sentiment, not the ingredients, that matter.
Gu Yun receives a list of incoming envoys from the capital and concludes they must strike before political interference.
Gu Yun prepares four letters: two for military contingencies, one for Chang Geng to calm him, and one to be delivered later.
On the next night, Gu Yun launches a surprise naval assault. The Westerners are taken off guard but regroup swiftly.
Mister Ja and the pope are baffled by the timing and aggression of Gu Yun’s attack, suspecting something deeper.
The Westerners suspect a political rift in Great Liang, surmising that the delayed railway project signals internal instability.
The pope keeps his forces on the defensive and waits to understand Gu Yun’s true intentions.
Gu Yun uses empty, decommissioned warships rigged with simple propulsion to fake a massive fleet charge.
The Westerners are tricked into wasting artillery fire on these decoys.
Gu Yun watches calmly from a mid-sized sea dragon ship, confirming his bluff worked.
Western forces prepare to surround Gu Yun's weakened vanguard.
Great Liang then launches the real assault—fresh warships emerge from all sides in a coordinated ambush.
The pope counterattacks, unleashing heavy artillery. Many of Great Liang’s real ships are destroyed upon entry.
Gu Yun had expected this sacrifice and accepted it to delay and wear down the enemy.
Battle continues into daylight; Gu Yun’s flagship becomes a target as Western forces identify his position.
Shen Yi’s signal hawk arrives just in time, confirming the success of the land forces' mission.
Gu Yun attempts to give further orders but is interrupted by enemy fire that strikes his ship.
His glass monocle is shattered in the blast, symbolizing potential peril.
On the twenty-fourth day of the first month, Emperor Li Feng receives news of a decisive Great Liang victory.
Gu Yun had orchestrated rebellion in Western-occupied South Sea islands and cut off Western supply lines.
The Western fleet retreats to Dongying; revolts erupt across the south, liberating territories.
Li Feng is ecstatic, calls for a grand assembly, but also sobers as he contemplates the aftermath.
Li Feng begins to doubt the noble families and their interference; he reflects on his late father's failings and Prince Yan's ambitions.
Li Feng decides Prince Yan and Gu Yun must be removed to protect the young crown prince’s future reign.
At the grand assembly, Li Feng announces two major reforms:
The New Longan Decree, abolishing war beacon tickets and revising monetary policy.
Approval of Xu Ling’s proposal to reform the Imperial Academy.
Li Feng also reprimands Jiang Chong and the Lingshu Institute—ordering a full investigation into the exam scandal and demanding immediate implementation of steam locomotives.
Finally, Li Feng declares that the eleven-year-old crown prince will begin listening in on state affairs.
Chapter 124:
Endgame (Part I)The Cryptic Longan Emperor Li Feng unexpectedly supports Prince Yan (Li Min) in court, stunning all factions including Fang Qin and the Grand Council.
Chang Geng remains calm and plays along with flattery, strengthening perceptions of his alliance with Li Feng.
Behind closed doors, Chang Geng tells Jiang Chong to proceed with their original plan: to strike while the iron is hot, fearing hesitation more than action.
Chang Geng and Fang Qin cross paths cordially in the street, masking their deep political rivalry.
Chang Geng analyzes Fang Qin’s likely strategy: lying low, waiting for the young court to stumble before striking back, reflecting the complexity of aristocratic influence.
Fang Qin returns home to unsettling news: his “godsister” has been placed under house arrest for offending the empress—clearly a political warning from Li Feng.
Grand Secretary Fang, Fang Qin’s father, is also alarmed. He criticizes Li Feng’s ruthlessness, recalling how he imprisoned even Gu Yun, the Marquis of Order.
Fang Qin pleads for the faction to back down, warning that antagonizing Li Feng will lead to disaster, but is ignored by the elders and political allies in his home.
Frustrated and recognizing the group’s blind arrogance, Fang Qin leaves the room, realizing they are unwilling to adapt.
Grand Secretary Fang later agrees with his son’s warning but decides to change tactics: abandon small provocations and plan a larger, more decisive move.
Meanwhile, Prince Yan’s political position strengthens rapidly:
The Lingshu Institute announces the steam locomotive is ready; Li Feng rides it and is pleased.
A memorial arrives from Yao Zhen in Jiangbei, asking about railway operations, heightening urgency.
The Censorate accuses Duke Zhao of misconduct, triggering a cascade of denunciations.
As a result:
Duke Zhao is arrested and implicates many other corrupt officials.
Property is confiscated; nobles are shamed publicly, and the case becomes a sensation.
The crown prince, still a child, observes the political drama silently, absorbing lessons in governance.
At court, Chang Geng gently asks the crown prince’s thoughts. The boy naively parrots legalist philosophy, emphasizing the need for law and order.
Though childlike, his words are perceived as a threat by the nobles, who begin interpreting them as veiled criticism orchestrated by Li Feng and Prince Yan.
That evening, Grand Secretary Fang convenes the old aristocrats and interprets the crown prince’s speech as a declaration of war.
The group decides on a radical plan: to force Li Feng to abdicate, echoing what they did decades ago to install the Yuanhe Emperor.
They begin plotting to:
Remove Prince Yan (Li Min) either through assassination (“in the shadows”) or a coup (“in the light”).
Replace the crown prince with his motherless elder brother.
Concerns are raised about military opposition, especially Gu Yun, the Northern Camp, and the Imperial Guard, but Grand Secretary Fang insists that all these forces are currently scattered, overcommitted, or hamstrung by regulations.
He suggests they act during the upcoming imperial ritual sacrifice, when Li Feng will be exposed and vulnerable.
Grand Secretary Fang argues that Li Min must die, the crown prince must be replaced, and even Li Feng must be removed if they want to survive.
Elsewhere, Prince Yan seems unaware of the brewing rebellion and receives a rare, affectionate letter from Gu Yun, brightening his mood.
Chang Geng shows clear longing and love for Gu Yun, teasing Huo Dan while savoring the unopened letter.
Just as he prepares to read it, a Linyuan mechanical bird arrives with intelligence: a warning related to Liu Zhong’s suspicious “defection,” confirming Chang Geng’s fears that the timing was too convenient and likely a trap.
Chapter 125:
Endgame (Part II)Shen Yi intercepts a wooden bird message intended for the commander and delivers it to Gu Yun, who is gravely injured after his flagship exploded during a recent naval battle.
Gu Yun is left nearly blind and severely wounded, with his body immobilized by steel plates and his throat damaged by shrapnel.
Despite his injuries, Gu Yun had prepared reports in advance to conceal his condition and maintain morale within the Liangjiang Garrison.
Shen Yi informs Gu Yun that the Foreign Affairs Mission is being infiltrated by unidentified individuals in secret contact with the Westerners.
Gu Yun suspects the imperial court is still pursuing peace despite military victory and believes this infiltration is part of a deeper plot.
Gu Yun instructs Shen Yi to let the Foreign Affairs Mission enter the garrison and then detain them to prevent communication with the capital and possibly use it as a counterstrategy.
Shen Yi, overwhelmed with emotion and fury, offers to resign and flee with Gu Yun, but Gu Yun refuses, maintaining his duty.
Gu Yun jokes about being deified after death, but Shen Yi is bitter, questioning the worth of Gu Yun’s sacrifices for an ungrateful court.
Gu Yun requests his white jade flute, indicating his attachment to life and his loved ones, particularly Chang Geng.
Thousands of kilometers away, Fang Qin learns shocking news and prepares for a coup, choosing loyalty to family over the state.
Fang Qin sends his family out of the capital and confirms the assassination plot by receiving a coded message: “It is done.”
A rumor spreads that the Liangjiang Garrison is under lockdown and Gu Yun is possibly dead, adding to the political chaos.
Fang Qin and other conspirators manipulate the emperor into leaving the palace for a sacrificial ceremony, isolating him from loyal guards.
During the return from the ceremony, a staged assassination attempt causes chaos; Imperial Guards and palace sentries are tricked into attacking each other.
Fang Qin’s men in disguise seize the emperor under the pretext of protecting him, effectively carrying out a palace coup.
Meanwhile, the pope receives intelligence (possibly false) that Gu Yun is gravely wounded or dead, and the Liangjiang Garrison is in disarray.
Believing this is the perfect opportunity, the pope decides to launch a counteroffensive with Western forces.
A Dongying samurai secretly reports to the shogun that Gu Yun is alive, the garrison is organized, and the assassination plan has failed.
The chapter ends with Gu Yun’s survival and the impending collision between the court’s internal betrayal and the external threat from the Westerners.
Chapter 126:
Endgame (Part III)Li Min (Prince Yan) and the little crown prince are ambushed by assassins during a court uprising.
Minister Fang Qin had ordered the assassins to kill Li Min at all costs and eliminate the crown prince if possible.
In a calm but lethal defense, Li Min protects the crown prince, using his silk dart and sword skills to kill multiple attackers.
Li Min reflects on his harsh childhood, comparing his survival to the boy’s current fear, and subtly encourages the crown prince to mature.
A false imperial guard lures them into another ambush, but Li Min avoids it, narrowly saving the crown prince again.
Meanwhile, Li Feng realizes too late that Fang Qin is betraying him, leading him away like a prisoner under false pretenses.
Fang Qin submits a "memorial" accusing Li Min of multiple crimes: corruption, disloyalty to family, and military manipulation.
Li Feng is devastated and feels completely isolated, betrayed by all the officials around him.
Fang Qin demands Li Feng sign an imperial edict denouncing Li Min and appointing a new heir.
Li Feng refuses, but Fang Qin shows no remorse, arguing it’s for the nation’s stability.
A false report claims both Li Min and the crown prince are dead. Li Feng vomits blood in shock and grief.
Fang Qin suggests replacing the heir with the third or eldest prince, claiming Li Min is a bastard of unknown origin and thus unfit.
As real palace sentries arrive and surround the traitors, Fang Qin panics and grabs Li Feng, using him as a hostage.
The traitors are trapped between the approaching iron puppets and the palace troops.
Fang Qin accidentally stabs Li Feng during the chaos, mortally wounding him.
Li Min and the crown prince arrive—very much alive—to find the emperor dying.
The crown prince sobs, while Li Min kneels beside Li Feng, whispering a chilling promise to “take care of” the crown prince.
Li Feng, in his dying moments, sees through Li Min’s calm demeanor and feels the threat behind his words.
With his last strength, Li Feng proclaims that Li Min will succeed him as emperor.
The ministers arrive just in time to witness Li Feng’s last words; he declares that Li Min shall inherit the throne instead of the crown prince, acknowledging his son is too young to rule.
Li Min receives the emperor's final decree calmly and compassionately, comforting the crown prince.
After Li Feng’s death, Li Min ruthlessly purges the court, eliminating the traitorous noble families.
The Grand Council issues new decrees overnight, stabilizing the capital and the government.
Before the formal coronation or succession is complete, Li Min suddenly leaves the capital, rushing to the front lines in Jiangnan.
He hands over governance to Jiang Chong and provides detailed prewritten decrees.
Chang Geng (Li Min) suspects something is wrong at the front: all reports are suspiciously optimistic.
He borrows armored hawks from the Northern Camp and flies south to investigate.
A red-tagged emergency dispatch confirms his fears—the Western navy has launched a surprise counterattack in Liangjiang.
Chapter 127:
A New EmperorChang Geng anxiously awaits the readiness of the hawk armor while suppressing his emotions, holding onto a tattered belt scrap Gu Yun sent him—a symbolic piece representing longing and an unfinished promise.
Gu Yun had mentioned in a letter that he had a secret personal wish, which he didn’t reveal before the letter ended, increasing Chang Geng’s emotional unease.
Chang Geng, now de facto emperor after the previous emperor’s death, refuses to accept being called “Your Majesty” and remains highly agitated, sensing something ominous.
Despite reassurances from the Northern Camp commander that Gu Yun is winning the war against the Westerners, Chang Geng continues to feel overwhelmed by dread and yearning.
Urgent military letters arrive in quick succession: an enemy attack, a major battle underway, and orders for maximum combat readiness.
Disregarding advice to stay behind, Chang Geng insists on heading to the front lines himself.
Gu Yun, recovering poorly from severe injuries after being pulled from a battlefield, is physically weakened, nearly blind, and struggling with chronic pain but continues to command from the rear.
Despite his deteriorated state, Gu Yun remains a tactical genius—he has lured the Western forces into a trap, orchestrating a large-scale ambush with elite forces.
News of the emperor’s death reaches the camp via a dispatch marked with green and white tags. Gu Yun, still unaware, is resting when it arrives.
Young General Cai is shocked to learn the throne has been passed to Chang Geng instead of the emperor's biological son and awkwardly informs Gu Yun.
He Ronghui, in disbelief, wakes Gu Yun abruptly by shouting the news.
Gu Yun is alarmed and flustered upon learning Chang Geng is now emperor, immediately concerned about the implications.
As the garrison prepares for battle, Chang Geng unexpectedly arrives at the front lines with hawk armor troops.
Chang Geng encounters Cao Chunhua, who is disguised as Gu Yun. Mistaking him briefly, Chang Geng realizes the deception and furiously confronts Cao Chunhua.
Cao Chunhua, frightened and guilt-ridden, admits he was ordered by Gu Yun to keep Chang Geng in the dark.
Shen Yi rushes to warn Gu Yun that Chang Geng has arrived in person.
Gu Yun, panicked, tries to hide like a guilty husband caught cheating, fearing Chang Geng’s reaction.
Chang Geng enters the tent, the moment tense and filled with unresolved emotion. Gu Yun is sickly, frail, and unable to stand, with visible injuries and a strange monocle over one eye.
Chang Geng calmly issues an imperial order to unify the troops under his command, formally acknowledging his rule on the battlefield.
Troops loudly proclaim their loyalty, crying “Long live the emperor!” across the garrison.
After everyone departs, Chang Geng and Gu Yun are left alone in the tent for the first time.
Overwhelmed, Chang Geng nearly collapses, clutching his chest in agony and gasping for air—possibly a panic or heart attack.
Gu Yun panics, believing Chang Geng is physically ill, and calls for help, but Chang Geng refuses anyone entry.
Chang Geng breaks down emotionally and confronts Gu Yun: "If I had come any later, would I have ever seen you again?"
He accuses Gu Yun of making him wait for a happy reunion that might never have come, while Gu Yun risked his life again and again in silence.
Chang Geng declares: “I hate you. I hate you to death, Gu Zixi.”
These words had been buried in his heart for years since Gu Yun left him behind to go to war.
Chang Geng, the newly crowned emperor of Great Liang, openly weeps for the first time in years in front of Gu Yun, shattering the image of an unshakeable ruler.
Chapter 128:
Finale—An End and a BeginningGu Yun attempted to comfort Chang Geng, who finally broke down sobbing after years of holding in his pain.
Before Chang Geng could finish crying, cannon fire interrupted them as the Westerners breached their defenses.
A hawk messenger arrived with an urgent update, prompting Gu Yun to issue strategic commands.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng shared an emotional moment, including intimate dialogue and a kiss interrupted by battle reports.
Despite his severe injuries, Gu Yun stood and embraced Chang Geng, asking only to hold him.
Chang Geng began to sew Gu Yun’s torn belt, having clearly come prepared with matching thread.
Gu Yun tried to comfort Chang Geng by saying his physical pain was nothing compared to seeing him cry.
Gu Yun discussed their battle strategy: waiting for the Western flagship to expose its weaknesses before launching a counterattack.
A massive explosion confirmed Gu Yun's prediction—the enemy activated their flagship’s heavy artillery in desperation.
General Shen flanked the enemy during the chaos, sinking much of their fleet, forcing the Westerners to retreat.
Gu Yun invited Chang Geng to watch the army reclaim Jiangnan, asserting his strategic control and confidence.
From a fortified red-headed kite aircraft, Gu Yun and Chang Geng observed the battlefield.
The Western navy retreated toward Dongying, but were ambushed by Dongying warships—former allies turned betrayers.
Dongying opened fire on the Westerners, completely devastating their fleet in a final betrayal.
Gu Yun smiled at the outcome, utterly exhausted but satisfied by the decisive victory.
Chang Geng asked Gu Yun about a secret wish mentioned in a letter—Gu Yun confessed he wished to grow old with Chang Geng.
Chang Geng accepted the vow, referencing Gu Yun's honor as an invincible general.
In the tenth year of Longan, on the fourth day of the third month, the Western navy suffered total defeat.
Chang Geng (now Emperor Li Min) declared Gu Yun’s mission complete and brought him back to the capital to recover.
A new railway opened two weeks later, enabling fast transport of supplies and reinforcement to the south.
General Shen Yi led a clean-up operation to expel the last Western occupiers from Great Liang’s southern territories.
Within two months, the Western army surrendered; even the pope was captured and later died mysteriously en route home.
Peace was restored in the south, and autumn returned to Jiangnan after years of war.
Li Min ascended the throne formally and declared the start of a new era, Taishi (Grand Beginning).
He allowed the late emperor’s children to stay in the palace and maintained the crown prince’s title.
Li Min left Gu Yun in full command of military affairs, retaining the Black Iron Tiger Tally and deploying forces as needed.
Gu Yun disbanded the Black Iron Battalion into multiple garrisons to defend the nation.
Over 18 years, the Taishi Emperor enacted sweeping legal reforms, limiting power at all levels and fostering a fairer society.
His rule brought about the end of one era and the beginning of another, cleansing the land of injustice and corruption.
Extra:
Return of Departed SoulsChang Geng dreams of his traumatic childhood, reliving a vivid memory involving Huge’er, the woman who raised him.
He recalls the smells of kerosene, blood, and hay while being carried in a tattered basket on Huge’er’s back.
Despite Huge’er’s thin, almost skeletal appearance, she evokes deep fear in young Chang Geng—a fear that lingered into adulthood.
In the dream, Huge’er is not violent, only melancholic and detached; she hums a lullaby and gently pats Chang Geng’s head.
As she walks through the site of a massacre, she lifts Chang Geng out and kisses his forehead, asking why fate sent him into a life of suffering.
Though abusive in real life, the dream reveals the contradiction in her actions: brutal behavior and gentle, sorrowful eyes.
Chang Geng recalls a deformity in his toe that healed on its own—later realizing it symbolized him being a chimera, a child born from absorbing another fetus in the womb.
Huge’er was horrified by the idea that Chang Geng inherited traits from her deceased child, whom she viewed as devoured.
Her sanity deteriorated from guilt and pain; she viewed Chang Geng as both her son’s killer and reincarnation.
In the dream, Huge’er violently smashes Chang Geng’s regenerating toe while chanting that he’s not her child.
Though he knows he’s dreaming, Chang Geng feels the physical pain intensely.
The scene shifts—someone in the present gently holds Chang Geng’s foot and reassures him: “I’m here. It’s over.”
A new dream begins: Chang Geng is grown, wounded, in a snowy wasteland, and Gu Yun appears, extending a hand to him.
Gu Yun tells Chang Geng he never has to return to that dark past and leads him away.
As Chang Geng grows stronger in the dream, he sees Huge’er and a young man with her—who gradually transforms to look just like Chang Geng.
Huge’er kisses the forehead of this second Chang Geng, symbolizing perhaps the son she lost or the innocence she destroyed.
Chang Geng wakes up with Gu Yun beside him and Chen Qingxu watching over him.
Gu Yun’s hand rests protectively on Chang Geng’s shoulder as he sleeps.
After Chen Qingxu leaves, Chang Geng quietly kisses Gu Yun and pulls him into an embrace, deeply moved and comforted.
Gu Yun, still asleep, instinctively pats him and tells him to rest.
Chang Geng falls back asleep in his arms, emotionally healed—the long nightmare has ended.
The war is also over.
Shen Yi sends word from the front lines: the Western forces have officially surrendered.
Gu Yun gives a poetic and symbolic instruction: "Giant kite."
Eleven years earlier, Jialai Yinghuo had used a giant kite to invade; now, the victors would return with the same method, turning past humiliation into triumph.
With the capital unfit for kite landings, the city’s defenses are organized to accommodate the returning fleet.
The new emperor, Chang Geng, leads the court to welcome the returning warriors.
As night falls, an entire armada of airships appears, illuminated by fire pinions and gilded in sunset light.
The troops shout: “Long live Your Majesty!”
Spectators release lanterns into the river to guide the souls of the dead home—marking peace, closure, and renewal.
Extra:
Affections from the DeceasedAfter returning to the capital, Gu Yun is confined at home for half a year due to injuries. Initially weak, he grows restless as he recovers.
Bored out of his mind, Gu Yun torments Old Master Shen’s myna bird for entertainment.
As winter approaches, His Majesty Chang Geng allows Gu Yun to return to court.
On a day off, Chang Geng notices Gu Yun's restlessness and insomnia, despite his silence on the matter.
Gu Yun pretends he’s going to “walk his horse” despite freezing weather. Chang Geng is suspicious and asks Huo Dan to spy on him.
Gu Yun secretly prepares a plain carriage and heads to the National Temple with Huo Dan, revealing his destination reluctantly.
Gu Yun made a vow at the northern border to burn incense at the temple if they found a cure for the wu’ergu. Now, strange dreams are reminding him of this forgotten promise.
He climbs the icy mountain path hastily, trying to avoid attention.
At the temple, Gu Yun donates begrudgingly, lights incense while holding it far from his face, and gives a perfunctory nod to the Buddha instead of bowing.
He plans to leave quickly but is recognized by Liao Ran, his old monk nemesis.
Liao Ran teases Gu Yun and suggests he show sincerity since he came to fulfill a vow.
Gu Yun tries to escape but ends up sneaking back for a more “respectful” second round of incense burning.
Liao Ran spies on him from a distance, amused by Gu Yun's reluctant piety.
Back home, Gu Yun threatens Huo Dan into silence about the incident. Chang Geng doesn’t learn of this trip for years.
The next day, Chen Qingxu arrives with a new prescription possibly useful for Gu Yun’s chronic poison damage, though a full cure is unlikely.
Gu Yun agrees to take the medicine without hesitation to reassure Chang Geng.
Gu Yun jokes about being cured immediately, but it's clear he’s lying to comfort Chang Geng.
During a playful moment, Gu Yun trips Chang Geng and tries to seduce him, prompting Chang Geng to worry about his health.
Amid the teasing, Gu Yun smells something familiar from his own wrist—his prayer beads emit the same scent as Chen Qingxu’s prescription.
Gu Yun realizes one bead is hollow and cracks it open, revealing a hidden medicinal pill.
This bead had been with him for eleven years, surviving countless events without his knowledge of its contents.
Chang Geng had searched everywhere for a cure, not knowing it was on Gu Yun’s wrist all along.
Gu Yun laughs and says the pill is just like the late emperor: untimely in both cruelty and kindness.
The story closes with the implication that the late emperor had hidden the antidote on Gu Yun’s person from the start, silently watching over him all these years.
Extra:
A Path Called LinyuanLiao Ran, a mute 14-year-old monk from the National Temple, protects civilians during a brutal siege by rebels.
A starving little girl offers Liao Ran her family’s precious flatbread; he is touched but hesitates due to religious restraint.
Armed rebels arrive but are intimidated by Liao Ran’s serene monkly presence and back away.
Liao Ran is using his appearance and demeanor as a monk to ward off violent rebels and protect commoners in the besieged city.
The city is under siege due to a failed crackdown on violet gold smugglers, which spiraled into a violent rebellion with the help of wokou pirates.
Civilians, including Liao Ran, are taken hostage and used as human shields by the rebels.
Liao Ran, unable to escape, continues protecting the weak while reflecting on his past and teachings.
Flashbacks reveal that Liao Ran was an abandoned child taken in by Great Master Jueyuan and raised in the National Temple.
Liao Ran was raised by his silent and stern shixiong, Liao Chi, and grew up imitating and deeply relying on him.
Eventually, Liao Ran left the temple with the blessing of his master to see the world, though Liao Chi was reluctant.
In the present, as rebels attempt to abuse women and children, Liao Ran is overwhelmed with helpless rage but is interrupted by a mysterious teenage girl with silver needles.
The girl, Chen Qingxu of the Chen family from Taiyuan, uses hidden weapons to knock out the rebels and recruits Liao Ran to help her and a scholar, Yao Zhen.
Yao Zhen, a former official, and Chen Qingxu are coordinating with General Gu to reclaim the city.
Liao Ran volunteers to help gather the terrified civilians around a rock for a scripture recitation, creating a diversion.
He becomes a beacon of calm and hope, allowing civilians to cluster together, unknowingly preparing for an attack on the rebels.
Just as the rebels begin cracking down on the crowd, Chen Qingxu defends an old woman, prompting chaos.
The imperial army, led by 15-year-old General Gu Yun, storms in with a surprise attack.
Gu Yun personally slays the rebel commander in a dramatic, steam-powered saber duel.
With their leader dead, the rebels collapse; the civilians, led by Yao Zhen’s rallying cry, rise up and fight back.
The city is retaken by imperial forces; Liao Ran aids Chen Qingxu in tending to the wounded.
After the battle, Chen Qingxu prepares to depart on her own journey. She explains her life mission: to walk a path called “Linyuan”—to approach the abyss to save others.
Liao Ran is moved and concerned but respects her resolve.
At the end of the chapter, Liao Ran is unexpectedly reunited with his shixiong, Liao Chi, who traveled urgently to find him.
Liao Chi silently acknowledges Liao Ran’s ordeal and decides not to let him travel again for a few years.
The chapter ends with a brief time skip: Great Master Jueyuan passes away; Liao Ran is the one to announce his death.
Liao Ran returns to his room and picks up a piece of wood carved with the characters “Linyuan,” signifying the path he now chooses to follow.
Extra:
On RomanceCompared to his late predecessor Li Feng, Emperor Li Min was more adept at enacting political reform, managing orderly implementation from upper echelons to commoners.
Li Min enjoyed a more comfortable lifestyle than Li Feng, often retreating to the Sunlight Palace or a hot spring villa during the New Year.
In the first year of Taishi, many ministers were still unused to Li Min’s personal habits, leading to interruptions of his quiet retreats.
The most persistent interrupter was Shen Yi, who came to visit Gu Yun and Chang Geng during their New Year’s retreat, bringing his father’s rare and popular homemade wine.
The wine, a coveted vintage made by Old Master Shen, was immediately confiscated by Chang Geng, leaving Gu Yun bitterly disappointed.
Shen Yi asked Gu Yun for advice about proposing to Chen Qingxu, admitting he still hadn’t given her a hair ornament he bought long ago.
Gu Yun mocked the ornament as ugly and completely unsuited to Chen Qingxu’s tastes, deducing she wouldn’t like pearls and jade.
Gu Yun explained that if a woman truly likes something, she’d get it herself—implying Shen Yi overthought everything.
Shen Yi confessed he struggled to talk to Chen Qingxu, which Gu Yun diagnosed as a symptom of Shen Yi idolizing her too much and becoming timid.
Gu Yun encouraged Shen Yi to treat her like a normal person and make his affection subtly obvious, especially since Chen Qingxu was mild-mannered and slow to pick up cues.
Chang Geng returned with the wine warmed in a smaller bottle, silently listening to Gu Yun give romantic advice.
Shen Yi begged Gu Yun for specific strategies, and Gu Yun advised:
Speak calmly and not like an inexperienced boy.
Use few but meaningful romantic words amidst serious conversation.
Plan emotional lines beforehand and deliver them naturally.
Observe her preferences without directly asking—especially through subtle gestures and care.
Pay attention to body language, including how to look at her properly.
Gu Yun demonstrated the correct romantic “gaze,” temporarily stunning Shen Yi with his smoldering look.
Chang Geng, unable to tolerate more of Gu Yun’s antics, loudly interrupted and rejoined them, reminding Shen Yi to relax.
Chang Geng mentioned that Chen Qingxu admired Shen Yi since the battle on the northern border and offered Shen Yi a task to deliver medical texts to her, giving him a perfect excuse to visit.
Shen Yi was so grateful he nearly cried, realizing Chang Geng’s words were far more effective than Gu Yun’s long lecture.
After Shen Yi left, it’s revealed that Chang Geng wanted him gone partly because he was always around Gu Yun, and Gu Yun confided in him more than Chang Geng.
Gu Yun playfully teased Chang Geng about being jealous, comparing it to drinking vinegar.
Chang Geng allowed Gu Yun a sniff of the wine as a peace offering, but Gu Yun cheekily licked wine from Chang Geng’s lips instead.
The scene ended with Chang Geng chasing Gu Yun, using the excuse of checking on Gu Yun’s recovery, clearly implying intimacy.
Extra:
Qingming After the RainChang Geng publicly declared he would not set foot in the imperial harem, leaving it under the control of the empress dowager, avoiding any impropriety.
Chang Geng rarely stayed overnight in the palace, instead leaving after morning court to spend time either at the Prince Yan Estate or at the Marquis Estate.
Gu Yun began settling permanently in the capital, having his long-neglected Marquis Estate renovated after years of disuse.
While sorting through old belongings found during renovations, Chang Geng discovered a feather duster once used by the eldest princess to discipline Gu Yun as a child.
An old maid recounted Gu Yun’s childhood: mischievous, unruly, and feared nothing except the feather duster made of bamboo and fur, specially created to discipline him without real harm.
Gu Yun had been a clever child, feigning dramatic crying to avoid punishment, manipulating his mother emotionally.
The story shifted in tone as the old maid described Gu Yun’s return from the border as a traumatized child, refusing to eat, speak, or see anyone, shutting himself in his room.
The old marquis (Gu Yun’s father) harshly dragged him out, forced him into the sun despite his eye injury, and cruelly demanded Gu Yun face his reflection in the pond.
The old marquis gave Gu Yun a brutal ultimatum—rise up or die—insisting that pain was the only way to rebuild a broken man.
Despite the cruelty, the old marquis’s extreme discipline forged Gu Yun into the man who would later lead and reunite the Black Iron Battalion.
Without Gu Yun’s leadership, Great Liang likely would have fallen to foreign forces long ago.
The old maid revealed further cruelty: during bitter winters, Gu Yun wasn’t given warm clothes, trained surrounded by iron puppets, and suffered under the relentless eye of his father.
Gu Yun eventually went to the palace under the protection of the Yuanhe Emperor after both his parents passed away.
Gu Yun, now at leisure, brought out the myna bird in a cage and scolded Chang Geng for digging up the feather duster.
That night, Chang Geng had a vivid dream where he saw a young blindfolded Gu Yun being attacked by iron puppets in training.
Chang Geng tried to save him, fought off the puppets, and encountered the ghost of the old marquis.
The old marquis claimed Chang Geng couldn't raise Gu Yun properly, and Gu Yun would collapse in the first storm.
Chang Geng insisted he could be Gu Yun’s support and tried to protect the child from a new wave of puppet attacks.
Chang Geng was nearly overwhelmed but awoke to find Gu Yun holding his hand, concerned for him.
Chang Geng confessed his dream: that he stole Gu Yun from his father, who then tried to kill him with iron puppets.
Gu Yun laughed at the dream, teasing Chang Geng, but also showing melancholy about his estranged relationship with his late father.
On Qingming Festival, Chang Geng accompanied Gu Yun to visit his ancestors’ tombs.
Gu Yun silently honored them, while Chang Geng prayed privately, promising to take good care of Gu Yun and asked the old marquis to stop tormenting him.
Gu Yun cheekily told his mother’s memorial tablet to stop bothering his man (referring to Chang Geng).
After that, Chang Geng stopped dreaming of the old marquis—though the old man began visiting Gu Yun’s dreams instead.
Extra:
A Father’s Earnest HopesGu Shen leads the victorious Black Iron Battalion back to the capital with high-profile prisoners: the Wolf King, his sons, the barbarian goddess, and a trove of violet gold.
The army's entrance into the Northern Camp is so disciplined and intimidating that even seasoned sentries tremble.
Gu Shen is revealed to be around thirty, with a refined face that contradicts his ruthless military reputation.
The northern prisoners are treated with respect by imperial order, and Gu Shen attends multiple ceremonies before returning to his estate.
Gu Shen is shown to have a dual persona—fierce marshal to the world, tender family man at home.
Huo Dan, Gu Shen's 17-year-old personal guard, is wide-eyed at the capital and awkwardly meets the household staff.
Gu Shen heads straight to the quarters of the eldest princess, his wife, who is also his superior in terms of imperial status.
Their interaction reveals mutual affection and a teasing dynamic, with Gu Shen lamenting their separation during the campaign.
Gu Yun, their young son, is discovered asleep in the princess’s bed, having sneaked in again, disrupting his parents’ planned reunion.
Gu Yun, despite having a wet nurse, clings to his mother for emotional comfort and has developed tricks to sleep in her bed.
Gu Shen softens when he sees his son, even covering his eyes from the lamplight so he can sleep—despite calling him a “little brat.”
Gu Shen proposes retiring with the princess and Gu Yun to the northern border for a life free from imperial scrutiny.
He reflects on how their son looks like the princess and acknowledges he’s too soft to discipline him properly.
Gu Shen shares his long-term vision of ten years of peace and strengthening the Black Iron Battalion before relinquishing power.
He confesses worry that retaining military power too long might make him a threat to the emperor, endangering their son’s future.
Gu Shen reveals his wish for Gu Yun to have a peaceful, unburdened life by stepping back from politics.
Gu Yun, now an adult, wakes up from a vivid dream about his father shielding his eyes from the light as he slept.
The dream occurs after he returns from a southern tour; he’s greeted by his lover, Emperor Chang Geng.
Gu Yun plays with Chang Geng’s hands and is struck by the contrast between the dream and reality, reflecting on his lost parents.
Gu Yun’s memories of his mother are blurry, but his father’s stern face remains clear due to years of opposition.
In bed, he teases Chang Geng, prompting a flirtatious and suggestive interaction that gets abruptly cut off by Chang Geng checking Gu Yun’s pulse and refusing to proceed for health reasons.
The scene cuts back to a flashback of Gu Shen and young Gu Yun after they were kicked out of the princess’s room.
Gu Shen tries to get his son to sleep, is duped by the boy pretending to sleep, and gets pranked.
Gu Yun scratches Gu Shen’s foot, then escapes under the bed—revealing mischievous intelligence beyond his years.
Gu Shen retaliates by coaxing him out with lies and proceeds to “dust” him with a spanking once caught.
After “disciplining” him, Gu Shen comforts his son and begins telling him stories about Great Liang and the Black Iron Battalion.
Gu Shen gently introduces Gu Yun to ideas of patriotism, military duty, and national protection using simple language.
He explains the concept of peace and why Great Liang must defend itself from foreign invaders.
Gu Shen describes life on the frontier and militaristic glory, effectively planting early seeds of loyalty and pride in Gu Yun.
After Gu Yun falls asleep, Gu Shen reflects wistfully that he doesn’t want to place burdens on his son, wishing instead for him to grow up free.
In the present, Gu Yun goes to the Marquis Estate’s armory, looking for a childhood toy windslasher (a miniature training weapon).
Uncle Wang reminds him that the windslasher and other childhood relics are still stored in a box.
Gu Yun finds the box, containing a tiny suit of armor, slingshot, toy carriage, and the hollow windslasher.
To his surprise, Gu Yun’s full name is carved onto the windslasher, along with “Xiao-Shiliu,” his childhood nickname.
The name wasn’t written in his own script—it was chiseled in a raw, powerful hand, which he realizes was Gu Shen’s.
This revelation confirms his long-suppressed memories: his father had made this personalized weapon for him.
A flashback shows Gu Shen carving Gu Yun’s name into the toy windslasher while holding him with one arm.
Gu Yun insists on including “Xiao-Shiliu” despite being teased, and Gu Shen laughs heartily, showing rare warmth.
Uncle Wang reveals that Gu Shen had the windslasher commissioned from the Lingshu Institute—it was a special gift.
Gu Yun reflects on how he had always seen his father as harsh and violent, having been trained by deadly iron puppets.
Uncle Wang defends Gu Shen, saying his hands were tied by circumstance and political danger.
Gu Yun, now older, begins to understand his father’s desperation to prepare him for a treacherous future.
Gu Shen’s downfall came from Emperor Yuanhe’s growing mistrust, influenced by the rise of the barbarian noble consort.
Tensions escalated as the emperor feared the power of military leaders, leading to attacks on the Black Iron Battalion.
Gu Shen hardened himself toward Gu Yun, foreseeing his own downfall and trying to create a future for his son and the nation.
Gu Yun wonders whether he himself could have made such ruthless choices for others’ sake.
In another remembered conversation with Chang Geng, Gu Yun claims he was never afraid of his father, only determined to defeat him.
Chang Geng shares that he never feared Gu Yun because “no child fears someone who loves them.”
Gu Yun realizes that, buried in his earliest memories, was always that toy windslasher—silent proof of love and protection.
With bittersweet clarity, Gu Yun jokes that he’ll burn some offerings for his father during Qingming Festival.
Extra:
The World of MortalsAfter a turbulent year, Great Liang's borders are stable, and with Gu Yun's approval, military reforms begin.
Shen Yi submits a resignation letter to Emperor Chang Geng, giving vague excuses, but the true reason is his desire to marry Chen Qingxu.
Shen Yi believes Chen Qingxu’s complicated family situation would not accept an official as a son-in-law, so he plans to quit and marry into her family.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng speculate about whether Shen Jiping knows Shen Yi’s plan; Gu Yun promises to talk to him.
Chang Geng secretly writes to Chen Qingxu to intervene, highlighting Shen Yi’s importance and the nation's needs.
Upon receiving the letter, Chen Qingxu swiftly returns to Shanxi, resolves family matters, and flies back via condor to confront Shen Yi.
Chen Qingxu confronts Shen Yi for not consulting her about his concerns; Shen Yi is left speechless.
Gu Yun finds this situation hilarious and laughs about it for six months.
Shen Yi and Chen Qingxu’s marriage becomes official; military officials send congratulations and ask Gu Yun to prank Shen Yi at the wedding.
Gu Yun eagerly accepts and prepares elaborate wedding pranks while assisting with the wedding arrangements.
Shen Yi, wary of Gu Yun, asks for an audience with Chang Geng and offers him a sealed letter from the Jiangnan campaign, once written by Gu Yun, possibly a farewell.
Shen Yi uses the letter as leverage to ask Chang Geng to restrain Gu Yun from mischief during the wedding.
Gu Yun is told by Chang Geng to respect Chen Qingxu’s desire for a proper wedding, which Gu Yun does without complaint, even funding special fireworks for the event.
On the wedding night, Shen Yi gets drunk and tries to express deep emotions to Gu Yun but fails to articulate them clearly.
Gu Yun drinks on Shen Yi’s behalf and comforts him, reminding him to live well and not annoy his wife.
Shen Yi confesses that he gave Gu Yun’s old sealed letter to Chang Geng, leaving Gu Yun dumbfounded.
Gu Yun returns home, knowing the letter might be opened, and plans a scheme.
He fakes being drunk, douses himself in wine, and stumbles into their shared home to distract Chang Geng.
Gu Yun uses the distraction to locate the sealed letter still unopened on the desk.
He knocks over the desk to hide the letter’s disappearance while playfully seducing Chang Geng.
Chang Geng, though annoyed, gives in to Gu Yun’s teasing and ends up spending the night with him.
The next morning, Chang Geng realizes the letter is missing.
Gu Yun plays dumb and denies everything; Shen Yi also refuses to be involved further, “playing dead.”
Despite trying for months, Chang Geng never recovers the letter or learns its contents.
Eventually, he lets go of the mystery, reasoning that with Gu Yun still alive, the letter is unnecessary.
Chang Geng chooses to believe Gu Yun’s lies, accepting that the letter never existed.
Extra:
Peace and ProsperityCrown Prince Li Zheng was the legitimate son of the late Longan Emperor Li Feng and his empress, but not the eldest son.
His older brother, born of Consort Lü, was ambitious and originally expected to fight Li Zheng for the throne.
Li Zheng's empress mother was sickly, politically weak, and entirely dependent on imperial favor.
When Li Zheng was around six or seven, war broke out, and the empire plunged into chaos.
During this time, Li Zheng’s life changed from one of peace to uncertainty; he witnessed the anxiety and fear among palace staff and his mother.
A court scandal brought down Consort Lü's powerful faction; her family was accused of treason, she was imprisoned, and her son was disgraced.
After the downfall of the Lü faction, Li Zheng became the prime heir and the target of court attention, which made him uncomfortable.
Despite being crown prince, Li Zheng watched Li Feng die in a riot and saw the rise of his fourth uncle, Li Min, to the throne as the Taishi Emperor.
His mother, frightened and weak, urged him to rely on Li Min's favor.
Li Zheng, once close to his uncle, began to feel distant due to the pressures of court and the change in their relationship.
Following his mother’s death when he was 15, Li Zheng became increasingly withdrawn and gloomy.
At the wake, Chang Geng (Li Min) visited and comforted Li Zheng, who tried to relinquish his title as heir, believing himself unworthy.
Chang Geng refused, reminding him that stripping an heir of their title wasn’t a decision to be made lightly or emotionally.
Instead, Chang Geng offered Li Zheng an opportunity: to travel with Gu Yun, the Marquis of Anding, on a military inspection tour.
Chang Geng shared how he himself had once run away and learned about the world through travel, encouraging Li Zheng to do the same.
Li Zheng accepted and spent three months traveling with Gu Yun across the nation, gaining experience and perspective.
Enjoying the experience, Li Zheng began leaving the palace more frequently, spending over half the year outside the capital in the following years.
At 18, Li Zheng convinced Chang Geng to allow him to travel overseas with Young Master Du’s merchant convoy.
This convoy was actually a diplomatic and exploratory mission with powerful naval escorts, military personnel, and Linyuan Pavilion experts like Cao Chunhua and Liao Ran.
They carried treaties and trade goods to negotiate with foreign nations across the seven seas.
Li Zheng spent five years abroad and returned with broad knowledge and confidence.
Upon his return, he joked about being average in ability but unmatched in how far he’d traveled.
In the eighteenth year of Taishi, Gu Yun formally returned the Black Iron Tiger Tally and retired.
Several months later, Li Zheng ascended the throne after Chang Geng passed the crown to him.
He abolished era names, introduced a universal calendar, and embraced reforms, marking the start of a new progressive era.
The chapter ends on a note of peace and stability, with the implication that the reforms would lead to lasting prosperity for Great Liang.
Extra:
A Depth of AffectionShen Yi's daughter Shen Yan is born at the end of summer when her older brother Chen An is eight years old.
The Shen and Chen households are small, so the birth is a major event, drawing both welcome and annoying guests.
Shen Yi is overwhelmed by the influx of visitors. His wife Chen Qingxu is still in confinement, so he has to manage things alone.
To help control the crowd, Gu Yun arrives with a show of force — twenty-four Black Steeds and light-armored cavalry.
Gu Yun's intimidating entrance helps clear out the sycophants and rowdy well-wishers. His guards are revealed to be old friends from the Black Iron Battalion.
Gu Yun engages in a lively reunion with Shen Yi and congratulates him, tossing young Chen An into the air playfully.
However, Chen An is visibly upset despite the festivities. He feels ignored and overwhelmed by the adults.
Gu Yun doesn’t notice Chen An’s sadness. Chang Geng, in casual clothing, finds Chen An outside, dejected and isolated.
Chen An initially brushes off his feelings, insisting he understands the attention on his baby sister. But his tone betrays loneliness.
Chang Geng gently probes and affirms Chen An’s feelings, recognizing them as sincere and natural, not petty.
Chang Geng shares that he, too, felt similar pangs of jealousy in the past when people he cared for got close to others.
Chang Geng comforts Chen An by telling him he doesn’t need to do anything — the feeling will pass, and he will always be loved.
A servant arrives to take Chen An back. Chang Geng gives him two longevity lock necklaces, one for him and one for Shen Yan.
Chen An is delighted that his is bigger and hopes for an even bigger one in the future, prompting Chang Geng to tease him.
As they part, Chen An hears that Shen Yi had ordered porridge for him, showing that his father had indeed been thinking of him all along.
Chang Geng leaves the party shortly after, speaking briefly with Chen Qingxu through a wall before heading out.
Gu Yun and Chang Geng depart in a carriage, chatting. Gu Yun teases Chang Geng for using too much ice to cool the carriage.
Chang Geng tells Gu Yun about Chen An’s jealousy. Gu Yun is surprised but amused, calling it “sincerity”, not pettiness.
Gu Yun reflects: "Silly kids who are deep and honest in their affections always take a bit longer adjusting to a new person in their lives."
Chang Geng is struck by the phrasing, blushing at the thought. Their quiet, warm camaraderie closes out the extra.
Extra:
HomecomingShen Yi travels with his wife Chen Qingxu and daughter Shen Yan to Greenhaven for New Year’s Eve, as he can’t return to the capital.
The family travels in a caravan of steam carriages through Jiangnan, where the winter is mild.
Shen Yan calls out to her father while poking her head out of the carriage; Shen Yi warns her about catching a cold and jokingly complains about keeping up with his wife.
Chen Qingxu slows the carriage, plays the qin, and adds a peaceful touch to their journey.
Greenhaven is revealed as Gu Yun’s estate, bought with war beacon tickets and technically still half-owned by the former emperor, Chang Geng.
Greenhaven is beautifully lit and decorated for the New Year, with red lamps and a floating corridor that creates an ethereal atmosphere.
Chang Geng, the former emperor, welcomes Shen Yi personally, teasing him and warmly greeting Shen Yan.
Shen Yan informs Chang Geng that her older brother (Shen Yi’s son) was “kidnapped” by Ge Chen to build a new great condor.
Chang Geng gifts Shen Yan a handcrafted mechanical peacock mirror made by Gu Yun, suggesting she outdo her brother when she grows up.
Shen Yan has a deep bond with Chang Geng, having been partly raised by him during her early childhood.
Shen Yi warns the former emperor not to give Shen Yan anything too precious, but Chang Geng brushes it off, saying it’s a handmade item from his “better half.”
Chen Qingxu notes that Chang Geng’s fashion style is subtly extravagant, likely chosen by Gu Yun, who still retains aristocratic tastes despite his rugged upbringing.
The estate is beautifully curated, clearly showing Gu Yun’s taste and attention to detail, a stark contrast to the old haunted feel of the former Marquis Estate.
Shen Yan notices a large iron puppet on the roof being constructed.
Gu Yun is revealed to be personally working on the puppet, looking almost the same as ever despite his age, only a few gray streaks in his hair.
During construction, an accident nearly injures Gu Yun, but he dodges with an impressive acrobatic move and lands safely.
He playfully greets Shen Yan and teases Shen Yi with old jokes, maintaining his charismatic and slightly roguish personality.
Chang Geng catches Gu Yun by the wrist after the incident and subtly reminds him that he had claimed back pain the previous night—implying intimacy and humor in their private relationship.
Gu Yun attempts to charm his way out of trouble, but Chang Geng issues a vague warning that suggests Gu Yun will pay for it later.
That night, the iron puppet is used in a breathtaking rooftop display: dressed like a dancer, spinning with silk fans and lit with gas lamps, resembling a giant shadow puppet.
Fireworks explode in the background as Greenhaven, once desolate, is now alive with warmth and celebration.
Unlike the formal courtly banquets of the capital, the New Year’s feast at Greenhaven is an intimate family gathering around a furnace.
Gu Yun is allowed only three cups of wine; when he tries to sneak more, Chang Geng shuts him down with a familiar warning look.
Shen Yi snarks about their flirting in front of his daughter.
Shen Yan tries to stay awake until dumplings are served, prompting Gu Yun to stage a sparring match with Shen Yi to entertain her.
The two generals engage in a mock battle using windslashers, moving with elegance and purpose, giving the impression of a dance.
The iron puppet is incorporated into the sparring, controlled expertly by their coordinated movements.
Their synchronization with the puppet and the music creates a mesmerizing performance that captivates Shen Yan and brings joy to everyone.
Chen Qingxu jokes that the generals are like monkeys, but Chang Geng reflects that it’s a good omen that tools of war are now used for joy.
Chang Geng hands Chen Qingxu the Chen family’s piece of the Linyuan wooden tablet, officially returning it to its rightful place.
Other pieces of the tablet were already returned to their original owners: Liao Ran, the Du family, Ge Chen (as Fenghan’s heir).
Only Zhong’s piece remains with Chang Geng, who plans to pass it on when he finds a worthy candidate.
Chang Geng and Chen Qingxu toast to peace, hoping the Linyuan tablet won’t need to be revived for centuries.
The chapter ends with a quiet, heartfelt moment by the New Year’s fire, symbolizing peace, family, and the closing of an era.
Extra:
Mid-Autumn FestivalFenghan, a respected elder of the Lingshu Institute, was a resilient figure who held Lingshu’s spirit aloft through troubled times, but left no worthy successor.
Gu Yun, Marquis of Order, sarcastically laments that Ge Pangxiao is just as unreliable as others before him, even as he helps a terrified Lingshu scholar limp through the wilderness after a crash.
The story flashes back to just before Mid-Autumn Festival. Gu Yun, on border patrol, learned about a new flying contraption developed by the Lingshu Institute—half Black Hawk, half kite—and decided to check it out.
Gu Yun arrived just in time for a test flight and, tempted by novelty, took a ride on the new "wooden bird" piloted by a young, nervous Lingshu scholar.
The flight went well until an actual bird collided with them mid-air, damaging the prototype. One of the gold tanks exploded, forcing Gu Yun to eject with the scholar using an old Hawk Armor stowed in the tail.
The Hawk Armor was in poor condition and couldn't handle the weight. Gu Yun barely managed to land them safely before the wooden bird crashed into a fiery wreck.
Ge Chen, the inventor, assumed Gu Yun had vanished into the wilderness and frantically sent a message to Emperor Chang Geng, then rode out in search of him.
Meanwhile, Gu Yun and the Lingshu scholar trekked across grasslands, with Gu Yun encouraging the boy, who felt ashamed for being a burden.
After a day’s journey, they stumbled upon signs of life and discovered they had arrived in Yanhui Town, now prosperous and transformed due to trade.
Gu Yun dropped off the injured scholar at a clinic and wandered the familiar streets, buying sweet osmanthus cakes that reminded him of Chang Geng.
He visited General’s Slope, once considered haunted, now the site of a shrine to a “mountain deity” (actually a local memorial to Gu Yun and Chang Geng’s past deeds).
The shrine had become a popular spiritual site due to its connection with the Black Iron Battalion, the emperor, and their shared victory against Jialai Yinghuo.
A peddler tried to sell Gu Yun incense to pray for marriage, children, or fortune, not knowing who he was. Gu Yun mockingly offered a prayer anyway, amused that the hill had achieved deity status before he had.
Gu Yun released a wooden bird to alert Ge Pangxiao of his location and checked into an inn, playing a song on the flute that Chang Geng had once composed.
Chang Geng, who had rushed out with Black Hawks after receiving Ge Chen’s panicked message, arrived mid-song and literally snatched Gu Yun off the roof in a furious whirlwind.
Chang Geng was both worried and angry. He had left his own inspection tour to find Gu Yun, terrified something had happened to him.
Gu Yun tried to calm Chang Geng with flirtatious banter and sweet osmanthus cakes, managing to gradually ease his lover's anger.
They reminisced about Yanhui and how, despite the years, some things hadn’t changed—especially how Gu Yun continued to cause worry.
Gu Yun suggested a private tour of Yanhui Town to celebrate the Mid-Autumn Festival, planning to show Chang Geng the now-lively riverside and General’s Slope.
Before they could set out, Ge Chen showed up, sobbing with relief. Gu Yun dragged Chang Geng out the back to escape.
As they tried to sneak off, they encountered Shen Yi and Old He on a pleasure boat, who had clearly heard about the crash and were now openly laughing at Gu Yun’s misadventure.
Gu Yun was humiliated but couldn’t argue back; Chang Geng watched with an amused smile.
The story ends on a romantic note: the war was long over, peace had returned, and Gu Yun and Chang Geng were reunited under the full Mid-Autumn moon, walking together through a Yanhui Town reborn.
Extra:
First MeetingGu Yun arrives at the northern border under imperial orders to find the missing fourth prince, who had disappeared among commoners.
The fourth prince’s mother was a barbarian woman—same origin as the poison that injured Gu Yun’s eyes and ears in his youth, making him reluctant.
The Yuanhe Emperor hopes Gu Yun will bond with the fourth prince and let go of past grudges.
Gu Yun ignores the mission, only doing cursory searches, until he discovers the barbarians’ suspicious activities involving smuggling violet gold.
While focused on catching corrupt commanders collaborating with barbarians, Gu Yun wants to stall the prince's retrieval to keep an excuse for frequent northern trips.
Shen Yi arrives with urgent news that the fourth prince has gone missing—running beyond the pass on his own.
Gu Yun is annoyed but follows, concerned the boy might get eaten by wolves.
A Black Hawk scout reports a barbarian-reared wolf pack nearby—usually only owned by barbarian nobles.
Gu Yun speculates that the barbarian crown prince Jialai Yinghuo, possibly jealous of the child born of the goddess and the emperor, might be involved.
Gu Yun and Shen Yi ride out in a snowstorm toward the wolf pack’s location.
Shen Yi reflects on Gu Yun’s past: once a pampered child, injured in the Black Iron Battalion attack, likely still harboring resentment toward the barbarian-born prince.
They encounter the wolf pack, who attack.
Despite being dressed as civilians, their horses are battle-trained. Shen Yi uses iron stirrups to scare the wolves.
Gu Yun plays the role of a terrified scholar to maintain disguise while Shen Yi repels the wolves using a beast-repelling powder.
A whistle calls the wolves off, revealing a small, injured boy in the snow.
Gu Yun rushes in and picks up the unconscious child—thin, bloodied, with a broken arm, still gripping a knife.
Upon waking, the boy stares fiercely at Gu Yun. He swallows liquor obediently when it’s offered.
Shen Yi inspects the injuries; the blood is mostly from the wolf, not the boy.
Gu Yun wraps the boy in his cloak and decides to bring him to Yanhui Town.
As they leave, the boy releases the knife, then instinctively clings to Gu Yun’s robes.
Gu Yun wonders why the child trusts him so much upon first sight.
Many years later, Uncle Wang finds a crude pair of fur-lined bracers made from the wolf pelt.
Gu Yun explains they were a gift from the boy—who had fought the wolf with his teeth and ruined the pelt in the process.
Chang Geng appears and identifies the bracers as his work, attempting to throw them out, but Gu Yun refuses.
They bicker, with Gu Yun teasing Chang Geng by calling him a “little beauty” from back then, contrasting with the “big beauty” now.
A flashback confirms Chang Geng, now emperor, was indeed the child they rescued.
Gu Yun reminisces how the boy dropped his weapon and clung to him immediately.
Chang Geng jokes that Gu Yun was “slightly more handsome than the wolves,” possibly explaining the trust.
The narration concludes with the idea that some relationships are destined—“after the first glance, the rest is inescapable.”
Extra:
Truth or Dare, Steampunk EditionOne year after Li Min ascended the throne, a gathering is held on the evening of the sixteenth of the first month at the northern imperial villa’s hot spring courtyard.
The party is attended by Li Min, Gu Yun, Shen Yi, Cao Chunhua, Ge Chen, Feng Han, Chen Qingxu, and other close military and civil officials.
The event is a private, informal gathering with no sycophants due to Li Min’s personal attendance.
Cao Chunhua proposes a game of flower-passing with tasks for whoever is holding the ball when the drum stops.
Ge Chen fears composing poems and volunteers to beat the drum instead.
Gu Yun jokes he’ll be the flower, leading to playful banter and teasing about his scholarly fame.
Gu Yun is about to sing, horrifying the group due to his terrible singing voice; Chang Geng (Li Min) silences him by stuffing food in his mouth.
Instead of poems or songs, they decide on a dare game: whoever ends up with the ball must draw an embroidered pouch with a question or drink three cups of wine.
Li Min forbids Gu Yun from drinking due to his recovery from injury and instead substitutes vinegar and xiangchun (a bitter vegetable) as his punishment.
Gu Yun is deeply horrified—he hates vinegar and xiangchun since childhood.
In Round 1, Cao Chunhua gets the ball. He first answers “loyalty” to the question “What is the one thing you can’t give up in this life?”, then changes it to “beauty” after being mocked. He is forced to drink the wine.
In Round 2, Gu Yun cheats to avoid punishment, flicking the drum beater’s elbow to get a double beat and sneakily passes the ball to Shen Yi.
Shen Yi draws the question: “Have you ever been beaten in punishment? What was the reason for your most recent beating?”
Shen Yi blames Gu Yun and tells the story of how Gu Yun once plotted a revenge prank on the Left Minister’s son, known as “Young Master Flying Cloud,” involving arson at a pleasure house.
Shen Yi, involved as the accomplice, ran into his father in disguise and got severely beaten as a result. He was bedridden for over a month.
Gu Yun had orchestrated the whole incident but escaped punishment due to his status.
As revenge, Shen Yi forces Gu Yun to take a penalty by eating xiangchun. Gu Yun dramatically obeys under Li Min’s watchful gaze.
In Round 3, Shen Yi tricks Gu Yun into getting the ball again and he draws the question: “At the lowest point in your life, what was your greatest comfort?”
Gu Yun glances at Li Min, goes silent, then laughs quietly.
Li Min asks what the question was, and Gu Yun says nothing, instead eating every piece of xiangchun on the plate—symbolically accepting his fate and showing devotion.
Internally, Gu Yun thinks “It was you, silly,” referring to Li Min as his greatest comfort.
Extra:
A Secret Tale from the Northern BorderGu Yun is tricked into reading a truth-revealing slip of paper by Shen Yi during a game, reflecting on the lowest point in his life.
Contrary to expectations, Gu Yun doesn’t consider his early life (orphaned, deaf, blind) or the Far Western siege as his lowest point.
He identifies the moment he was ordered to escort Jialai Yinghuo (the barbarian heir) as the worst time, when he felt truly lost.
Gu Yun and Shen Yi travel north; Gu Yun’s health deteriorates severely in the freezing northern border climate.
Shen Yi rushes into the commander’s tent and learns that Young Master Chen (a sickly miracle doctor from Taiyuan Prefecture) arrived during a snowstorm and fell seriously ill himself.
Despite his own illness, Young Master Chen insists on treating Gu Yun with acupuncture.
Gu Yun is gravely ill, semi-conscious, and unable to hear; he vomits blood after treatment, worrying Shen Yi.
Gu Yun manages to speak briefly to Young Master Chen and Shen Yi but is weak and disoriented.
Shen Yi expresses concern about delays, as the Black Iron Battalion divisions are waiting for them, but Gu Yun remains too ill to travel.
Young Master Chen performs another round of acupuncture, warning Shen Yi that if Gu Yun doesn’t improve within three days, there’s nothing more he can do.
Gu Yun temporarily improves, eats, and follows all medical instructions obediently.
In the middle of the night, Gu Yun relapses severely and vomits everything again; the doctor performs emergency acupuncture.
The cause of the illness isn’t physical — it’s emotional. Gu Yun is hollowed out inside, having lost the last person he considered family after the Yuanhe Emperor’s death.
Shen Yi tries to help Gu Yun emotionally by bringing a letter from Chang Geng — a reply to a letter Gu Yun had secretly sent after they parted.
The truth of Chang Geng’s past is revealed: his mother, scapegoated in a political setup, was tied to the attack on the Black Iron Battalion by barbarian suicide fighters.
Upon receiving the letter, Gu Yun becomes enraged and dismisses Shen Yi harshly, throwing the unopened letter canister aside.
After Shen Yi leaves, Gu Yun is left alone, physically and emotionally shattered, unable to even stand without a sword as support.
Eventually, his emotional defenses crack, and Gu Yun opens the letter. He reads Chang Geng’s heartfelt words expressing how lonely he is in the capital and how he has no one else to miss except Gu Yun.
Chang Geng writes about the plum blossoms blooming, hoping Gu Yun saw them, otherwise they bloomed for nothing — a metaphor for unreciprocated feelings and missed connections.
Chang Geng’s letter speaks of how the armor Gu Yun gave him is his only comfort, reinforcing how deep his attachment is.
Moved to tears and physical collapse, Gu Yun forces himself to eat the noodles Shen Yi left behind, mixed with the taste of his own blood — a symbolic act of choosing to live, spurred by Chang Geng’s love and devotion.
That night, for the first time, Gu Yun keeps the food down — a sign that his emotional healing has begun.
Extra: The Man Behind the Capital’s New
FashionsIn the tenth year of Longan, the new emperor appears at the frontlines in Liangjiang before his formal coronation.
Dongying unexpectedly switches allegiance, ensuring Great Liang's complete victory in Jiangnan.
The Far Western pope, despite his skills, cannot prevent their defeat.
Gu Yun finally retires from military duty and hands over command to Shen Yi.
Exhausted from years of service, Gu Yun sleeps deeply for the first time in ages, aided by Chang Geng's presence.
Gu Yun is unconscious for three days; Chang Geng cares for him the whole time, even feeding him water by spoon.
Chen Qingxu notes that Gu Yun’s extreme exhaustion, not just medicine, is likely keeping him asleep.
The pacifying fragrance Chang Geng wears may also be a contributing factor, not due to its sedative qualities, but because it's associated with him emotionally.
This realization subtly hints at Gu Yun’s subconscious feelings—he sleeps deeply when comforted by Chang Geng’s presence and scent.
When Gu Yun wakes again, he panics briefly, thinking he's under attack, but he's in a luxurious room on a steam train heading to the capital.
Chang Geng reassures Gu Yun that they’ve arrived home in the capital. Gu Yun is utterly confused by the sudden shift in location.
A flash-forward reveals the steam railway officially begins operation half a month later, marking the start of a new era.
History records the trains as initially for military use, but they were first used to whisk Gu Yun away from the frontlines—a detail omitted by historians.
Chang Geng overcomes the influence of the wu’ergu, but continues using pacifying fragrance, starting a nationwide trend of health and wellness.
Medicinal cuisine and wellness practices become fashionable due to the emperor’s example.
Years later, when Miss Chen visits Chang Geng, she reminds him he no longer needs the pacifying fragrance.
Chang Geng smiles but says nothing—implying he still keeps it for emotional reasons, not medicinal.
In middle age, Gu Yun remains mostly in the capital, no longer doing long military tours.
He becomes a bit fussy and unable to sleep well when away from home—unless he has a packet of pacifying fragrance beside his pillow, which always helps him sleep peacefully.
Extra:
A Few Miscellaneous AnecdotesAfter becoming emperor, Li Min (Chang Geng) lived a disciplined, minimalist life with little interest in luxury or excess.
In Gu Yun’s absence, Li Min behaved like a monk: sparring every morning, attending court, eating plainly, and avoiding tea and alcohol.
Gu Yun, in contrast, hated boredom and was constantly busy with tasks for entertainment.
When the two decided to build a villa called Greenhaven, Li Min initially intended to handle the renovations alone to avoid burdening Gu Yun.
Gu Yun became intensely involved in the renovation, visiting the Ministry of Works daily, obsessing over every detail from bricks to pavilions to bamboo varieties.
Li Min let Gu Yun take the lead since it made him happy, though he could barely see the differences between the designs.
Gu Yun even grew different bamboo types in the capital to test which would look best; some died from the climate, and the final choice remained unknown.
The only part of the estate untouched by Gu Yun’s revisions was the courtyard where they lived, originally designed by Li Min himself.
Li Min revealed his heart only had room for that one courtyard, symbolizing that his world centered entirely around Gu Yun.
While Li Min quietly fished by the river, Gu Yun’s horses kept disrupting him.
To help, Gu Yun dove into the river and caught a fish barehanded, flinging it into Li Min’s arms in a playful, childlike moment.
Li Min, exasperated but fond, called him by his courtesy name Gu Zixi and scolded him for his childishness.
That night, instead of grilled fish, Li Min forced Gu Yun to take a hot bath and drink warming tea, serving bland fish soup to avoid illness, much to Gu Yun’s dismay.
The second story explains why Li Min continued training with iron puppets even after becoming emperor.
Peace reigned under his rule, with generals like He Ronghui turning to melon-growing contests and earning titles like “Great General of the Godly Melons.”
Though there was no need for war, Li Min trained rigorously, maintaining physical strength, mastering hawk armor, and wielding iron bows even into old age.
His survival instincts stemmed from a childhood of hardship in Yanhui Town, abuse under Xiu-niang, and early brushes with danger.
As a teen and young adult, he wandered with Great Master Liao Ran, dealing with dangerous people, bandits, and instability without reliable allies.
When he returned to the capital, war with the Far Westerners followed, reaffirming his belief that strength and vigilance were essential.
His philosophy was shaped by the understanding that power was fleeting and self-reliance was key, even in times of peace.
Despite ruling an era of peace, Li Min remained a self-disciplined warrior who never let down his guard.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Guardian: Zhen
Guardian: Zhen Hun, Vol. 1
PreludeThe prelude begins by setting the atmosphere in the middle of the night, specifically at 2:30 a.m., Guo Changcheng, heading towards the Special Investigations Department.
Guo Changcheng is described as a timid, unsociable young man who had difficulty finding a job until his uncle secured a position for him in this mysterious department.
He receives a peculiar "Letter of Acceptance" that instructs him to report to the department at 2:30 a.m. on the fifteenth day of the seventh lunar month, a detail that hints at the unusual nature of his new job.
As he arrives at the location, he is unnerved by the eerie environment, including a well-hidden courtyard and an unsettling atmosphere, but he continues to follow the instructions.
Guo Changcheng’s anxiety is heightened by the strange behavior of the doorman and the unnerving appearance of the building and its surroundings, hinting at the supernatural elements of his new workplace.
Despite his overwhelming fear, Guo Changcheng enters the building, setting the stage for his entry into the world of the supernatural and the mysteries that lie within the Special Investigations Department.
Chapter 1Li Qian is fleeing through the night, terrified and pursued by something unseen. The only sounds she hears are her own heartbeat and the slow, deliberate footsteps of her pursuer.
She trips and falls, noticing an ominous shadow that seems to follow her under the streetlights.
Overwhelmed by fear, Li Qian confronts the shadow, screaming that she has escaped once and can do it again, but the shadow remains, inducing a sense of dread.
In her desperation, Li Qian attempts to fight back but is overcome by exhaustion and fear, leaving her paralyzed and unable to escape the shadow’s presence.
The scene shifts to Zhao Yunlan, who is woken up early in the morning by a phone call, despite having worked all night. He is called to investigate a case on University Street.
Zhao Yunlan arrives at the crime scene, greeted by the stench of death and the sight of a girl's corpse with her abdomen sliced open and organs removed.
A black cat named Daqing, with a deep male voice, accompanies Zhao Yunlan and helps identify the presence of the supernatural at the crime scene.
Zhao Yunlan discovers a half-bloody handprint hidden under the corpse's arm, indicating something inhuman.
Zhao Yunlan takes note of the eerie atmosphere and the supernatural elements at play, setting the stage for the investigation to continue.
Chapter 2Zhao Yunlan stands at the entrance of a dorm building at Dragon City University, holding a black cat named Daqing, waiting for Guo Changcheng to arrive.
Guo Changcheng arrives late, displaying a timid and nervous demeanor, which makes Zhao Yunlan realize his new intern might be a liability.
Zhao Yunlan tries to guide Guo Changcheng through the investigation at the dorm, but Guo's fear is evident.
Inside the dorm, they begin their investigation in the room where the deceased student had lived.
Guo Changcheng, while investigating, gets scared and falls from the window, but he is caught by Shen Wei, a teacher from the university.
Shen Wei introduces himself to Zhao Yunlan, and there is an immediate tension between them. Zhao Yunlan notices that Shen Wei avoids eye contact and seems to be hiding something.
Despite the tension, Shen Wei agrees to help Zhao Yunlan and Guo Changcheng by guiding them to the administrative office, where they can gather more information about the deceased student.
The chapter ends with Zhao Yunlan remaining suspicious of Shen Wei’s behavior while preparing to continue the investigation.
Chapter 3Zhao Yunlan, Guo Changcheng, and Shen Wei, who was introduced in the previous chapter, continue their investigation into the mysterious death at Dragon City University.
Shen Wei guides Zhao Yunlan and Guo Changcheng to the math department on the university's old campus, where the deceased student was enrolled.
The trio takes an elevator to the top floor, but it abruptly stops midway. The security guard questions their destination, referencing the university’s history of supernatural incidents.
Upon reaching the math department, Zhao Yunlan and his team notice the eerie and desolate atmosphere, with Zhao’s watch reacting to the presence of something supernatural.
Shen Wei remains calm and composed, deflecting Zhao Yunlan’s probing questions about his involvement or knowledge of the strange occurrences.
Zhao Yunlan remains suspicious of Shen Wei but continues with the investigation, uncovering more signs of supernatural activity in the area.
The chapter concludes with Zhao Yunlan determining their next steps, while keeping a close eye on Shen Wei, who seems to be hiding something.
Chapter 4Zhao Yunlan is in a precarious situation, holding onto a girl who had attempted suicide by jumping off a building.
The railing they are leaning on starts to give way under their combined weight, causing Zhao Yunlan to hold on even tighter while trying to calm the girl.
Just as the railing collapses, Shen Wei bursts onto the scene and quickly pulls Zhao Yunlan and the girl to safety, showcasing his surprising strength.
After being saved, Zhao Yunlan realizes Shen Wei's grip had left bruises on his wrist, indicating the strength Shen Wei had used.
Shen Wei, after rescuing Zhao Yunlan, awkwardly adjusts his glasses, trying to hide his emotions.
Zhao Yunlan, sensing an underlying tension between them, teases Shen Wei but also feels a strong attraction towards him.
The girl they rescued starts crying, and Shen Wei gently scolds Zhao Yunlan for being too harsh, revealing his caring nature.
Zhao Yunlan reflects on the strange feelings stirred up by Shen Wei's actions and how their interactions have begun to form an unexpected bond.
Chapter 5Shen Wei brings Zhao Yunlan an ointment for his wound, showing concern for Zhao Yunlan’s well-being.
Zhao Yunlan asks Shen Wei personal questions, such as whether he is married or has a girlfriend, which embarrasses Shen Wei.
Zhao Yunlan takes Shen Wei’s phone, enters his own contact information, and jokingly tells Shen Wei to harass him if anything related to the case comes up.
Zhao Yunlan promises to treat Shen Wei to a meal once the case is closed, leaving the interaction on a friendly note.
Throughout the interaction, Zhao Yunlan flirts with Shen Wei, using humor and charm to establish a closer connection.
Chapter 6Shen Wei returns to the clinic with food and finds Guo Changcheng hesitant to enter.
Shen Wei introduces himself and invites Guo Changcheng and Daqing inside to eat.
They make small talk about Guo Changcheng's experience as a new officer and his thoughts on Zhao Yunlan.
In the room with Li Qian, Shen Wei notices her distress and tries to help her eat.
Guo Changcheng shares a story about his late grandmother, which deeply affects Li Qian, causing her to break down.
Li Qian’s distress leads to her being transferred to the hospital, with Shen Wei and Guo Changcheng accompanying her.
Shen Wei struggles to contact Li Qian’s indifferent family, and Guo Changcheng reflects on her loneliness after losing the person who cared about her.
Chapter 7Zhao Yunlan returns to 4 Bright Avenue and reviews security footage showing Li Qian and Lu Ruomei crossing paths outside Dragon City University.
The footage is disrupted by supernatural interference, leading Zhao Yunlan to suspect something unusual is at play.
Zhao Yunlan and Zhu Hong discuss the Reincarnation Dial, a Hallowed Artifact that allows the exchange of life between two people. They realize Li Qian may have used it to save her grandmother, altering her own lifespan and attracting escaped ghosts.
Concerned about leaving Guo Changcheng and Li Qian alone, Zhao Yunlan decides to check on them.
Zhao Yunlan receives a message from the Soul-Executing Emissary, warning of a visit at midnight.
When Zhao Yunlan calls Guo Changcheng, Shen Wei takes over the call, explaining that they are at the hospital. The call is abruptly cut off by static, indicating something is wrong.
The room plunges into darkness, and a Hunger Ghost attacks. Shen Wei quickly and skillfully defends Li Qian and Guo Changcheng, fending off the ghost temporarily.
Daqing, the black cat, warns them to leave quickly as the Hunger Ghost cannot be easily defeated.
Shen Wei carries Li Qian out of the room, with Guo Changcheng following, as they escape the danger in the hospital.
Chapter 8Guo Changcheng is terrified and struggles to keep his composure, recalling superstitions about not looking back at night. He tries to convince himself of his role as a police officer to muster courage.
Shen Wei, carrying Li Qian, stops to adjust her, and Guo Changcheng halts behind him, repeating to himself that he is a police officer, but begins crying due to the overwhelming fear.
Despite his fear, Guo Changcheng insists on protecting Shen Wei and Li Qian, even though he is visibly shaken and crying.
As they move through the hospital, they encounter a fetus ghost, which startles Guo Changcheng, leading to more panic.
Daqing, the black cat, urges them to keep moving as the Hunger Ghost is close behind them, adding to the urgency of their escape.
Shen Wei manages to navigate through the hospital, but they realize they have been going in circles, trapped by the hospital's eerie environment filled with malevolent spirits.
They eventually find refuge in a small storage room, barricading the door to protect themselves from the pursuing ghosts.
Despite the barricade, the Hunger Ghost tries to break in, leading to a tense moment where Guo Changcheng is overwhelmed by fear and despair.
Guo Changcheng, in his panic, asks Shen Wei if he has any unfulfilled wishes. Shen Wei reveals he wishes to see someone he met by chance once more, hinting at deeper feelings.
Chapter 9Lin Jing arrives at Dragon City Second Hospital and starts recording a video log of his "special mission."
Zhao Yunlan arrives in a hurry, berating Lin Jing for wasting time and urging him to follow quickly as they enter the hospital, which is shrouded in a black haze.
Zhao Yunlan attempts to call Guo Changcheng and Shen Wei, but their phones are out of service, increasing his frustration.
Inside the hospital, Zhao Yunlan and Lin Jing are attacked by black shadows, which they fend off with a combination of physical combat and spiritual techniques.
Zhao Yunlan uses a talisman to create a powerful flame that clears the hallway of ghosts, enabling them to move deeper into the hospital.
Meanwhile, in the storage room, Shen Wei, Guo Changcheng, and Daqing are unaware that Zhao Yunlan is close to rescuing them.
Daqing reassures Shen Wei that Zhao Yunlan will arrive soon to save them, while Shen Wei expresses concern about Zhao Yunlan's safety.
Guo Changcheng, terrified, clings to Shen Wei, and they encounter a small ghost girl who adds to the chaos.
As Zhao Yunlan and Lin Jing navigate the haunted hospital, Lin Jing uses his spiritual skills to locate Shen Wei and Guo Changcheng by tracking their yang energy.
Zhao Yunlan realizes that Li Qian might not be with them, raising concerns about her safety and the nature of the supernatural events in the hospital.
The chapter ends with a suspenseful moment as Li Qian opens her eyes in a corner of the storage room.
Chapter 10Guo Changcheng notices Li Qian moving awkwardly like a marionette and initially thinks she’s just waking up from the drugs, but he soon realizes something is wrong.
Li Qian, now possessed by a malevolent spirit, suddenly attacks Shen Wei, trying to bite him, leading to a chaotic struggle.
Daqing, the black cat, identifies that Li Qian is possessed and warns Shen Wei and Guo Changcheng about the spirit’s dangerous nature.
Guo Changcheng helps Shen Wei restrain Li Qian by using his belt, while struggling to keep his pants up.
Li Qian's grandmother’s ghost reappears, trying to touch Li Qian but gradually fades away in despair when she can't make contact.
As the group faces the possessed Li Qian and the attacking Hunger Ghost, Shen Wei and Daqing manage to fend off the threats temporarily, but the situation remains dire.
The Hunger Ghost tears through the storage room door, leading to a frantic and chaotic battle inside the room.
Daqing uses his powers to temporarily incapacitate the Hunger Ghost, but he collapses from exhaustion afterward.
Guo Changcheng begins to get pulled toward the Hunger Ghost by an unseen force, but Shen Wei holds onto him, trying to prevent him from being sucked in.
Zhao Yunlan arrives just in time, using a special dagger to cut the force pulling Guo Changcheng and successfully capturing the Hunger Ghost in a glass bottle.
Shen Wei momentarily loses consciousness and Zhao Yunlan carries him to safety, offering him comforting words to remember only a fabricated story about the events.
Zhao Yunlan, Lin Jing, and Guo Changcheng prepare to leave the hospital to meet an expected guest at midnight.
After they leave, Shen Wei, who was pretending to be asleep, reveals he was awake and carefully stores away a golden charm Zhao Yunlan had drawn on his hand before disappearing into the night.
Chapter 11Guo Changcheng, Zhao Yunlan, and the team return to 4 Bright Avenue, where they prepare for the arrival of the Soul-Executing Emissary.
Zhao Yunlan assigns Guo Changcheng his new desk and goes over the work schedule and benefits, including handing over a salary card, which excites Guo Changcheng.
Zhao Yunlan takes a nap while waiting for the arrival of the Soul-Executing Emissary. Guo Changcheng also falls asleep but wakes up to an eerie chill in the office as the temperature drops and frost forms on the windows.
The Soul-Executing Emissary arrives, greeted with deference by lao-Wu, and is offered tea by Zhao Yunlan. The Emissary explains that he is there because the Reincarnation Dial, one of the Four Hallowed Artifacts of the Netherworld, has resurfaced and caused significant disturbances.
Zhao Yunlan and the Emissary discuss the Reincarnation Dial, its power to disrupt the balance of yin and yang, and its dangerous potential in the wrong hands.
Li Qian, who had been unconscious, wakes up in the interrogation room, where Zhao Yunlan and Lin Jing question her about the events leading up to her attempted suicide and her use of the Reincarnation Dial.
Li Qian reveals that she used the Reincarnation Dial to bring her grandmother back to life after her sudden death but struggled with the burden of caring for her as her mental state deteriorated.
Under pressure from Zhao Yunlan, Li Qian admits that she inadvertently caused her grandmother's death by placing hypoglycemic medication near her candy box, which led to her grandmother's accidental overdose.
Zhao Yunlan confronts Li Qian about her fear of her grandmother's spirit, leading to her confession and the revelation that her fear stemmed from guilt over her role in her grandmother's death.
Chapter 12Li Qian begins by reminiscing about her childhood, where her grandmother was her primary caregiver, sharing fond memories of their time together.
Guo Changcheng asks if Li Qian stopped liking her grandmother, which prompts her to reveal her deep-seated resentment and frustration towards her grandmother after her resurrection through the Reincarnation Dial.
Li Qian expresses that her resurrected grandmother became a burden, constantly nagging, and losing control of basic bodily functions, which made Li Qian see her as a monster rather than the loving figure she remembered.
Guo Changcheng tries to reason with Li Qian, explaining that her grandmother never intended to harm her and even sacrificed herself to protect her from the Hunger Ghost.
Zhao Yunlan decides that the case of premeditated murder is not under their jurisdiction and plans to pass Li Qian over to the city’s criminal investigation team.
The Soul-Executing Emissary asks Li Qian about the location of the Reincarnation Dial, and she reveals it’s at her home.
The Emissary assures Li Qian that they will meet again in the Netherworld, indicating that justice will eventually be served.
Zhao Yunlan gives Guo Changcheng a small bottle containing the soul of Li Qian’s grandmother, explaining it’s a “Bottle of Rebirth,” allowing the old lady to reenter the cycle of reincarnation.
After comforting Guo Changcheng, Zhao Yunlan reflects on the situation and decides to investigate the Reincarnation Dial further.
Zhao Yunlan arrives at Li Qian’s address and finds the building engulfed in a dark, ominous aura. He rushes to the roof, discovering a scene of carnage with multiple grotesque monsters’ corpses scattered around.
The Soul-Executing Emissary interrogates a creature about the Reincarnation Dial’s whereabouts. The creature delivers a message from its master, taunting the Emissary about his self-control and feelings.
The Emissary quickly executes the creature, causing the entire scene to vanish, and then hurriedly departs through a black hole, leaving Zhao Yunlan puzzled about the situation and the stolen Reincarnation Dial.
Chapter 13Guo Changcheng adjusts to life at the Special Investigations Department (SID) on 4 Bright Avenue, discovering the office’s peculiarities, including his colleagues’ supernatural nature.
Zhu Hong, the office beauty, is revealed to be a snake spirit who occasionally transforms into her true form.
Chu Shuzhi, another SID member, returns from a work trip and spends his time quietly filling out reimbursement forms before falling asleep at his desk.
Despite the seemingly relaxed environment, Guo Changcheng learns the steps involved when the SID takes on a case, realizing the bureaucratic nature of their work.
Zhao Yunlan continues to pursue Shen Wei, repeatedly asking him out despite Shen Wei’s busy schedule and reserved nature.
After the Hunger Ghost incident, Zhao Yunlan keeps in contact with Shen Wei, eventually gifting him a box of ancient tomes as an excuse to meet again.
Meanwhile, in the Netherworld, the Soul-Executing Emissary returns to report on the stolen Reincarnation Dial and the potential weakening of the Great Seal, which holds up the balance of the Netherworld and other realms.
The Magistrate and other ghostly immortals express concern about the potential consequences of the Seal’s weakening, fearing the return of the Chaos King of the Gui and other threats.
The chapter ends with a sense of foreboding as the Magistrate considers the dire situation and the potential need to awaken the Mountain God to prevent disaster.
Chapter 14Zhao Yunlan prepares meticulously for his date with Shen Wei, styling his hair, ironing his coat, and applying cologne.
He arrives at the restaurant, an upscale Western spot with a romantic ambiance, and finds Shen Wei already seated, looking melancholic and lost in thought.
Shen Wei apologizes to Zhao Yunlan, clarifying that he didn't intend to give the wrong impression and returns the box of ancient tomes, making it clear he only sees Zhao Yunlan as a friend.
Zhao Yunlan tries to maintain his composure, jokes about the situation, and convinces Shen Wei to keep the books. They finish the meal on amicable terms, but Zhao Yunlan is internally disappointed and frustrated.
Over the next few days, Zhao Yunlan retreats into solitude, avoiding social interactions and focusing on work, feeling down about the situation.
While out late at night to buy medication for his stomach, Zhao Yunlan cuts through a dark alley and finds Shen Wei being mugged by a group of thugs.
Zhao Yunlan intervenes, easily subduing the muggers and returns Shen Wei's belongings, noticing a strange, glowing pendant around Shen Wei's neck that evokes a sense of familiarity.
After the incident, Shen Wei politely declines Zhao Yunlan's offer to walk him home, and they part ways. As Shen Wei walks away, he glances back to see Zhao Yunlan doubled over in pain, clutching his side
Chapter 15Zhao Yunlan experiences intense abdominal pain and nearly collapses in the street. Shen Wei finds him and insists on taking him to the hospital, but Zhao Yunlan declines, explaining that it's a chronic condition and he already has medication.
Despite Zhao Yunlan's protests, Shen Wei helps him home and offers to pick up his takeout from the restaurant. Zhao Yunlan notices Shen Wei's unusual knowledge of where he lives, leading to an awkward and tense atmosphere between them.
Once home, Zhao Yunlan tries to make sense of Shen Wei's behavior, pondering whether Shen Wei had investigated or followed him.
Zhao Yunlan smokes in the dark, trying to piece together Shen Wei’s actions, and is startled when the doorbell rings. It’s Shen Wei, returning with the takeout and concerned about Zhao Yunlan’s health.
Shen Wei helps Zhao Yunlan inside and starts tidying up the messy apartment. He insists that Zhao Yunlan take off his jacket and relax, revealing the unkempt state of Zhao Yunlan's home.
Shen Wei also massages Zhao Yunlan’s feet to help warm him up, demonstrating surprising care and attention to Zhao Yunlan’s wellbeing.
The two share an awkward but tender moment as Shen Wei looks after Zhao Yunlan, heating up his food and ensuring he takes his medication.
Shen Wei hints at Zhao Yunlan’s need for someone to take care of him, prompting Zhao Yunlan to jokingly reply that he had considered Shen Wei, who had already declined.
After Shen Wei leaves, Zhao Yunlan investigates Shen Wei’s background using the Public Security internal system but finds nothing unusual.
Late at night, Zhao Yunlan is visited by a paper reaper, who delivers a black leather notebook from the Ten Yanluo Kings, containing information about souls and a warrant for the creature called youchu.
The reaper is vague about the creature’s origins, avoiding Zhao Yunlan’s questions about the connection to the "Great Seal" and quickly departs.
Zhao Yunlan spends the night restless, unable to sleep due to the unsettling encounter and his ongoing physical discomfort.
Early the next morning, Zhao Yunlan is surprised by Shen Wei at his door, holding several large bags, catching Zhao Yunlan off guard and scrambling to adjust his expression.
Chapter 16Shen Wei visits Zhao Yunlan early in the morning, noticing that Zhao Yunlan looks unwell and has a slight fever. He insists that Zhao Yunlan rest and checks his pulse, then prepares some food and medication for him.
Zhao Yunlan is surprised by Shen Wei’s strength and callused hands, which are unusual for an academic. He takes the medication Shen Wei provides and watches as Shen Wei efficiently organizes and stocks his empty fridge.
Shen Wei’s attentiveness is evident as he prepares a meal and ensures Zhao Yunlan is comfortable, even heating up his clothes and tidying the apartment.
Zhao Yunlan wakes up later, feeling better and notices the warmth and care Shen Wei has put into making him comfortable, which touches him deeply.
The two share an intimate moment as Shen Wei checks Zhao Yunlan’s fever and prepares the meal. Zhao Yunlan seizes the opportunity to hold Shen Wei’s hand and questions him about his feelings.
Shen Wei initially tries to deflect, expressing traditional concerns about marriage, children, and the natural order, but Zhao Yunlan counters these arguments with modern, pragmatic views on life and relationships.
As Shen Wei becomes increasingly flustered, Zhao Yunlan presses him to admit his true feelings. Shen Wei, unable to handle the intensity of the conversation, leaves abruptly.
After Shen Wei leaves, Zhao Yunlan watches from his window, confident that Shen Wei will look back—and he does. Zhao Yunlan playfully shapes a heart with his hands, directing it at Shen Wei.
Zhao Yunlan feels assured about their connection and enjoys the meal Shen Wei prepared, confident that Shen Wei won't be able to run from his feelings for long.
Chapter 17The office is filled with the smell of breakfast, particularly buns brought by Zhu Hong, which draws everyone in, including Zhao Yunlan.
Zhao Yunlan, despite Shen Wei's earlier warnings about unhealthy habits, enjoys the buns and asks Guo Changcheng to turn on the news.
The morning news reports on an earthquake in a sparsely populated mountain region in the northwest, but no one in Dragon City felt it, except Zhao Yunlan, who recalls feeling strong shaking at around 9 p.m. on Saturday.
Zhu Hong, Lin Jing, and others confirm they did not feel any tremors, leading to confusion and suspicion on Zhao Yunlan’s part.
Wang Zheng, a ghost in their office, suddenly appears, looking weak and in need of help. She points to the news, where the earthquake’s epicenter is shown to be near her hometown, Qingxi Village.
Wang Zheng reveals that her bones are buried in Qingxi Village and requests time off to be laid to rest there.
Zhao Yunlan agrees to help Wang Zheng but is curious about the strange occurrence of the earthquake that only he felt.
Shen Wei is haunted by thoughts of Zhao Yunlan and struggles with his feelings, but is distracted by a student asking about a planned field research trip to Qingxi Village.
Despite recent events, Shen Wei decides not to delay the trip, understanding the importance of the research and the urgency felt by the students.
Zhao Yunlan calls the office later in the day, instructing Guo Changcheng to buy a human-sized doll to help Wang Zheng travel out of town without being affected by hostile energy.
Guo Changcheng, innocent and naive, is shocked to find the doll is from a sex toy store, but Zhao Yunlan, unaware of the detail, insists on the purchase before hanging up, leaving Guo Changcheng flustered and unsure how to proceed.The team’s camaraderie is highlighted, with Zhu Hong commenting on Guo Changcheng’s nervousness and Zhao Yunlan teasing her about it.
Chapter 18A life-sized blowup doll is delivered to 4 Bright Avenue, causing Zhao Yunlan to erupt in fury.
Daqing, the cat, swats the doll, eliciting an indecent moan, further angering Zhao Yunlan.
Guo Changcheng, who ordered the doll, stands in a corner, terrified of Zhao Yunlan’s reaction.
Zhu Hong tries to calm the situation by finding clothes for the doll.
Wang Zheng, in her ghostly form, emerges from Zhao Yunlan’s watch but looks weakened.
The team prepares to leave for Qingxi Village, with Zhao Yunlan still visibly angry.
Zhao Yunlan’s mood instantly brightens when he encounters Shen Wei and his students at the airport.
Zhao Yunlan cleverly convinces Shen Wei’s group to travel with his team, offering them transportation to Qingxi Village.
Shen Wei’s students, impressed by Zhao Yunlan’s charm, agree to join forces.
As they travel through the mountainous roads towards Qingxi Village, the team encounters dangerous conditions, and Zhao Yunlan instructs everyone to stay quiet and follow his lead.
The group encounters a ghostly procession on the mountain road, which Zhao Yunlan identifies as a ghost army.
The procession passes by the vehicles, and Zhao Yunlan acknowledges the leader of the procession, who then continues on.
After the ghost army passes, Zhao Yunlan decides to investigate further, instructing Shen Wei to look after the students while he checks the road ahead again.
Chapter 19Fierce winds and snow obscure visibility as Zhao Yunlan ventures out with a flashlight, quickly disappearing from sight.
Shen Wei decides to follow Zhao Yunlan after twenty minutes of no return, instructing students to stay put.
Shen Wei encounters a large bird resembling a crow with blood-red eyes, which displays peculiar behavior as if mourning.
Shen Wei senses something rotting beneath the snow and considers using his powers to confront it but is interrupted by Zhao Yunlan’s return.
Zhao Yunlan wraps Shen Wei in his coat for warmth, and they head back together, holding hands for stability.
Zhao Yunlan identifies the bird as a Mourning Bird, which is considered an omen of disaster.
Zhao Yunlan reports an avalanche has blocked the road, and they must find shelter.
The group gathers warm clothing, food, and camping gear and begins to hike towards a small house on the mountaintop.
Shen Wei notices an extra person in the group, moving oddly and uncoordinated.
Daqing, the cat, senses something in the snow-covered garden and digs up part of a human skull.
Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei discreetly cover the skull and lead the group inside the house, where they set up camp.
Wang Zheng performs a ritual to appease the spirits of those buried in the garden, ensuring the group’s safety for the night.
Zhao Yunlan discusses the need to respect gods and spirits, despite his usual irreverence.
Inside, Wang Zheng shares the history of the mountain and the Sky Burial traditions, revealing that the house once belonged to a Sky Burial Master.
Shen Wei tends to Zhao Yunlan, who falls asleep, and remains awake, watching over him with deep affection and yearning.
Daqing questions Wang Zheng about the true cause of the Hanga tribe’s extinction, suspecting there’s more to the story than inbreeding.
Chapter 20Zhao Yunlan wakes up abruptly past midnight and notices Shen Wei’s tender gaze before quietly leaving the sleeping bag to investigate outside.
Outside, they discover the entire valley ablaze with a hellish fire that feels close enough to sear their skin, accompanied by eerie screams.
Tremors cause the frozen ground to crack open, revealing skulls of varying sizes and ages. The skulls all turn to face the fire, creating a chilling atmosphere.
Shen Wei joins Zhao Yunlan and Daqing outside. Zhao Yunlan tries to keep everyone safe, pushing Shen Wei behind him and warning Daqing not to run.
Wang Zheng appears and explains that the fire is hellfire, meant to punish sinners, and notes that the skulls are her tribesmen who wish to harm her.
Zhao Yunlan, annoyed by Wang Zheng’s ominous statements, orders her back into her blow-up doll body and prepares to defend against the skulls.
The skulls rush toward the wooden house, but Zhao Yunlan fires shots at them, causing them to scream and dissolve into white smoke.
He manages to close the door, but the skulls continue to pound on it, trying to get inside.
Inside the hut, the students and Guo Changcheng remain oddly calm, believing they are safe under the protection of Zhao Yunlan and the other powerful beings present.
Chapter 21Lin Jing helps Zhao Yunlan hold the door against the attacking skulls, expressing frustration and disbelief at the situation.
Wang Zheng explains that the skulls are from an uprising within the Hanga tribe in 1712, where the defeated chief's followers were beheaded, and their heads buried in the garden, enslaved forever.
Chu Shuzhi covers the door and windows with talismans, which emit a faint white light and cause the skulls to retreat.
Zhao Yunlan prepares milk powder for everyone to drink and demands Wang Zheng explain the situation, but she offers herself to be thrown outside to stop the skulls instead.
Zhao Yunlan insists on standing guard for the rest of the night, lighting a cigarette and covering the draft from the window.
Shen Wei silently brings Zhao Yunlan a thick jacket, and Zhao Yunlan quietly asks if Shen Wei had been watching him sleep earlier.
Zhao Yunlan questions if they had known each other before, hinting at Shen Wei’s possible hidden identity.
The eerie fire and skull activity outside gradually subside with the approach of dawn.
Zhao Yunlan falls into a deep sleep, unusual for him, and is later woken by Zhu Hong, who discovers that Wang Zheng is missing.
Zhu Hong finds brown powder on the blanket covering Zhao Yunlan, indicating he was drugged.
Zhao Yunlan, angry and determined, orders the others to dig up and destroy the skulls if they are attacked again, and sets off with Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng to find Wang Zheng.
The group treks through difficult terrain, with Zhao Yunlan leading them toward a possible location related to the Hanga tribe’s rituals.
Zhao Yunlan explains that Wang Zheng was originally named Gelan from the Hanga tribe, and they were searching for the ancient altar where the tribe imprisoned the souls of their slaves.
The group uncovers Wang Zheng’s plastic arm in the snow, leading them to discover a hidden cave nearby, which could hold further clues.
Chapter 22Zhao Yunlan's friend informed Lin Jing that it would take at least three or four days before the roads could be cleared.
Shen Wei decided that they would return to Dragon City with Zhao Yunlan and the others once they got back.
The students helped Lin Jing clear the yard by digging up all the skulls that had tried to bite them and smashing them with rocks.
Zhu Hong exhibited aggressive behavior, especially toward Shen Wei, and made cryptic comments about Zhao Yunlan pursuing him.
Shen Wei remained calm and polite despite Zhu Hong's attempts to provoke him.
After breakfast, Shen Wei mysteriously disappeared, and no one, including Zhu Hong and Lin Jing, seemed to notice his absence.
Shen Wei appeared in the spot where Zhao Yunlan and the others had found Wang Zheng’s plastic arm and exhibited unusual powers, including controlling the wind and summoning a sword.
He encountered and killed several youchu that emerged from the ground, demonstrating his formidable abilities.
Meanwhile, Zhao Yunlan and his team ventured deeper into the cave and encountered a large, rusted door with a triangular symbol above it.
Chu Shuzhi deciphered the mechanism to open the door, revealing a dark, damp chamber inside.
The team encountered a giant comb-like trap, which Guo Changcheng accidentally destroyed using a weapon powered by his fear.
Zhao Yunlan received a terse warning from the Soul-Executing Emissary, instructing him to return immediately and avoid further danger.
Despite the warning, Zhao Yunlan decided to continue deeper into the cave alone, sending Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng back to the others.
Zhao Yunlan discovered a mural depicting an octagonal shape with smaller octagons at each point, linking it to the Luobula Curse.
The cave began to shake as Zhao Yunlan ventured further, and he found a massive stone pillar with faces screaming in agony.
Zhao Yunlan was overwhelmed by the immense pressure and pain emanating from the pillar and was about to pass out when a familiar presence, likely the Soul-Executing Emissary, saved him.
Chapter 23The Soul-Executing Emissary creates a high protective screen that blocks sunlight and external elements. He summons a small puppet, which obediently enters his sleeve.
The Emissary places Zhao Yunlan in a more comfortable position and tends to his injuries, wiping blood from Zhao Yunlan’s mouth with a tender touch.
Wang Zheng, feeling intimidated by the Emissary, keeps her distance and sits in the corner. The Emissary instructs her to stay away and not approach Zhao Yunlan.
Zhao Yunlan wakes up feeling weak and notices the Emissary beside him. The Emissary instructs Zhao Yunlan to focus and channels soothing energy into him.
Zhao Yunlan admires the Emissary’s calm demeanor and self-restraint despite his harsh reputation. He reflects on the Emissary’s history and the nature of his extreme control over his own cruelty.
Zhao Yunlan thanks the Emissary and expresses relief at his presence. He scolds Wang Zheng for not following his orders and discusses her past.
Zhao Yunlan questions Wang Zheng about her past and the offerings under the Mountain-River Awl. The Emissary reveals the Mountain-River Awl’s significance as an ancient artifact used for judgment and suppression.
Zhao Yunlan considers the recent strange occurrences and the significance of the Four Hallowed Artifacts. He connects these events to a broader conspiracy and deeper mysteries.
Chapter 24Wang Zheng reflects on her past, sharing her youth and naivety when she was involved with Sangzan. She was against her father's actions and felt embarrassed by his decisions.
Zhao Yunlan listens and responds philosophically about equality and fairness, suggesting that true equality is only achieved in death. His views on fairness as a cycle of needs and desires unsettle the Emissary.
Wang Zheng explains that after Sangzan's rebellion, he introduced a form of democracy to the tribe, which led to changes in how decisions were made.
Zhao Yunlan questions Wang Zheng about her death, revealing her tragic fate after Sangzan's rebellion. She was blamed for the death of a girl who fell from the mountain, leading to her execution by beheading, which was decided by a public vote.
Wang Zheng becomes emotional as she recounts the cruelty of the people who once supported her, shedding tears made of her own essence.
Zhao Yunlan comforts her, using a soul-stabilizing talisman to stop her tears and offering her to enter Clarity (a stopped watch) for refuge. He promises to let her out after dark.
Zhao Yunlan and the Emissary share a moment of silence. The Emissary advises Zhao Yunlan not to sleep yet due to the effects of the Mountain-River Awl. Zhao Yunlan complains about dizziness and asks for a cigarette.
The Emissary remains silent about the cigarette, allowing Zhao Yunlan to smoke. Zhao Yunlan feels more alert after smoking and reflects on the Mountain-River Awl's impact.
Chapter 25Zhao Yunlan interrupts the discussion, demanding immediate action regarding the Mountain-River Awl. The Soul-Executing Emissary explains that the artifact absorbs souls, turning even peaceful ones into resentful spirits, and proposes either destroying the Awl or suppressing all contained souls.
Zhao Yunlan clarifies that destroying the artifact is the only feasible solution if suppressing the souls is not an option. Wang Zheng is taken aback by this straightforward approach.
The Emissary debates the morality of destroying souls but ultimately agrees that the Awl must be addressed. They contemplate whether it is possible to destroy a Hallowed Artifact.
Zhao Yunlan recalls seeing a reaper with a lantern near Qingxi Village, questioning why they did not address the Awl. The Emissary suggests that reapers are too busy with their duties to handle it.
Zhao Yunlan questions why the Emissary waited to gather the Four Hallowed Artifacts and why they have been lost for so long. The Emissary evades the question, stating he cannot provide an answer.
Zhao Yunlan examines a patch of wall with an octagon symbol and asks Wang Zheng about its significance. She explains that it symbolizes the sacred mountain where the Mountain-River Awl is located and was once a forbidden area for her tribe.
Zhao Yunlan theorizes that the water might counter the Mountain-River Awl’s effects. The Emissary creates a circle of water around the Awl, which quiets its disturbances.
As the ice and snow melt, forming a stream of water, Zhao Yunlan hears a voice from the Mountain-River Awl reciting a cryptic chant about things that are "aged but not yet old" and "dead but not yet born."
Zhao Yunlan feels a strange connection and suspects he might be hallucinating. As he observes, a figure with a huge axe appears behind the Emissary.
Reacting swiftly, Zhao Yunlan draws his gun and shoots the attacker in the forehead, while the Emissary defends himself with his blade.
Chapter 26The Soul-Executing Emissary reacts to the ghost-faced figure's attack with a defensive move, but his view is obscured by a blinding fireball. Despite an opportunity to strike, he hesitates and only scores the ghost-faced figure's mask.
The ghost-faced figure, who remains unperturbed by the Emissary's attack, approaches Zhao Yunlan with a black mist enveloping him and his cape. He warns Zhao Yunlan to stay out of the conflict.
Zhao Yunlan mocks the ghost-faced figure’s claims about the True Flames of Samadhi and speculates that the Mountain-River Awl fears elements like fire and water, implying they might be effective against it.
The ghost-faced figure threatens Zhao Yunlan, prompting the Emissary to position himself protectively. Zhao Yunlan is confused by the Emissary's behavior but decides not to dwell on it.
The ghost-faced figure takes flight, engaging in combat with the Emissary, while Zhao Yunlan fights off incoming youchu with his gun and whip.
The Emissary seems hesitant to expose the face behind the ghost mask. Zhao Yunlan’s whip attack causes the ghost-faced figure to retreat.
Zhao Yunlan uses a lightning-Invocation talisman, summoning a bolt of divine lightning that consumes the youchu and causes the Mountain-River Awl to melt. The divine fire blazes intensely, sending the souls within the Awl elsewhere.
The ghost-faced figure reappears and attacks Zhao Yunlan with an axe, but the Emissary intervenes, clashing with the ghost-faced figure and severing his arm.
The ghost-faced figure retreats quickly, disappearing along with the surviving youchu, leaving behind a warning to Zhao Yunlan and the Emissary.
The Emissary is left unsettled by the ghost-faced figure’s cryptic remark about Zhao Yunlan's insights. Zhao Yunlan requests the Emissary to obscure the light again with his sleeves.
Zhao Yunlan releases Wang Zheng from his watch and uses a soul-tracking talisman to try summoning Sangzan’s soul. Wang Zheng floats close to the burning Mountain-River Awl, calling out to Sangzan.
As the divine fire dies down, a blurry shadow of a man appears within the flames, suggesting a potential connection to Sangzan.
Chapter 27Zhao Yunlan arrives back at the mountain hut in the evening and discovers Shen Wei is missing. Zhu Hong performs a spell using a handmade yarn doll to transfer a spell from Zhao Yunlan’s watch, bringing the doll to life. Shen Wei reappears with firewood, explaining he was gathering kindling to ensure they have enough fuel. Zhao Yunlan is tired and silent, having endured numerous exhausting activities over the past few days.
The next morning, Zhao Yunlan wakes with a crick in his neck. He starts issuing orders, creating chaos in the small hut. Lin Jing tries to help by massaging his shoulder but uses excessive pressure, causing Zhao Yunlan more pain. The two end up in a comical chase around the hut until Zhu Hong intervenes.
Shen Wei offers to drive them back to their destination so Zhao Yunlan can rest. Zhao Yunlan is touched by Shen Wei’s considerate gesture. Their eyes meet, and Zhao Yunlan is deeply moved by the tenderness and depth in Shen Wei’s gaze, feeling both vulnerable and cherished.
At Lang-ge’s party, Zhao Yunlan appears pale and unwell despite trying to keep up with drinking. Shen Wei, who clearly isn’t used to such gatherings, is visibly affected by the alcohol. His cheeks are red, and his gaze is hazy. When he tries to stand, he loses his balance and falls back into his seat. Zhao Yunlan hurries to help him and leans in, asking if he’s all right. Shen Wei, unable to respond, wraps his arms tightly around Zhao Yunlan’s waist, making Zhao Yunlan’s heart flutter with the sudden intimacy.
Zhao Yunlan, feeling a surge of desire, offers to help Shen Wei to his room. Shen Wei’s lack of response is taken as agreement. Zhao Yunlan supports him and guides him to a nearby room, helping Shen Wei sit on the edge of the bed. He gently tousles Shen Wei’s hair, commenting on his poor tolerance for alcohol. Shen Wei’s unblinking stare adds to the tension.
Zhao Yunlan retrieves towels from the bathroom, one cold and one warm. As he turns around, he’s startled to find Shen Wei standing silently behind him, leaning against the door. Shen Wei’s intense gaze is palpable. When Zhao Yunlan extends a towel, Shen Wei grabs his wrist and pulls him into an embrace, forcing Zhao Yunlan against the wall and kissing him roughly.
Shen Wei’s aggression surprises Zhao Yunlan, but he responds eagerly. Shen Wei’s kissing becomes frantic, and he tears at Zhao Yunlan’s clothes, revealing a body that’s cool to the touch. Zhao Yunlan’s hands explore Shen Wei’s body, but he is abruptly lifted and slammed onto the bed. The impact is cushioned by the bedding, but Zhao Yunlan yelps and comments on Shen Wei’s wildness.
Shen Wei’s intensity grows as he grips Zhao Yunlan’s wrist painfully, pinning him down and biting his throat. Zhao Yunlan’s struggles only seem to fuel Shen Wei’s passion. Shen Wei twists Zhao Yunlan’s arm behind his back and tightens his grip on his neck, kissing him obsessively. Zhao Yunlan’s previous excitement turns to a mix of pain and pleasure.
Suddenly, the lights go out, plunging the room into darkness. Shen Wei’s actions become even more frenzied. Zhao Yunlan’s shirt is slashed, and he manages to roll away, escaping Shen Wei’s wild grasp. Shen Wei freezes and collapses into Zhao Yunlan’s arms, going completely still.
The lights come back on, and Zhao Yunlan, now sober and shocked, realizes Shen Wei’s breathing has stopped. He checks for a pulse but finds none, his hand trembling with fear. The room is silent, and Zhao Yunlan is
Chapter 28Shen Wei silently transforms from his hospital gown into his black robe and reveals the Soul-Executing Blade.
Shen Wei questions Zhao Yunlan about his knowledge.
Zhao Yunlan admits he was bluffing but explains his suspicions based on observations and clues, including the appearance of Shen Wei’s puppet and inconsistencies in Zhu Hong’s memory.
Zhao Yunlan awkwardly apologizes for any inappropriate behavior and feels uncomfortable.
Zhao Yunlan becomes more subdued, avoiding his usual antics and focusing on work.
Shen Wei is diagnosed with a severe alcohol allergy, causing Lang-ge to express humorous regret.
Zhao Yunlan helps Shen Wei with his luggage and deals with his team’s teasing.
Lin Jing arranges for Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei to be seated together on the flight, aggravating Zhao Yunlan.
On their return, Zhao Yunlan offers to drive Shen Wei home despite his frustration, and Shen Wei accepts, leading Zhao Yunlan to reflect on past events.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Guardian: Zhen
Guardian: Zhen Hun, Vol. 2
Chapter 1 (29)Guo Changcheng drives away from the Group Home for Autistic Children in snowy Dragon City, aiming to mail books to an elementary school.
He nearly hits a man in gray who falls in front of his car, causing a minor traffic commotion.
The man, who appears sickly and has a black aura, declines help from Guo Changcheng and walks away.
Guo Changcheng notices a black mark on the man’s neck and witnesses the man using a long tongue to inhale a floating substance from a passerby.
Frightened, Guo Changcheng grabs a small baton given to him by Zhao Yunlan for protection and cautiously continues driving.
At work the next day, Zhu Hong demands specific food from Guo Changcheng.
Guo Changcheng encounters Chu Shuzhi, who detects bad luck on him and cleans him up.
Zhao Yunlan arrives, steals an egg from Chu Shuzhi’s coat pocket, and drinks milk from the fridge, then crashes into a wall.
Guo Changcheng sees Zhao Yunlan disappear through a hidden door, which leads to a library he cannot access.
Zhu Hong explains the invisible door to Guo Changcheng, who learns that he lacks the cultivation to understand it.
Zhao Yunlan reappears with an old book, discards the milk carton and eggshell, and grabs a tissue from Zhu Hong’s desk.
Chapter 2 (30)Guo Changcheng is most afraid of Chu Shuzhi, who exudes a cold, mysterious aura, unlike the more approachable Zhao Yunlan.
Guo Changcheng follows Chu Shuzhi to a hospital, carrying his notebook and remaining silent.
A young police officer named xiao-Wang updates them about a case involving poisoned food. The victim ate an orange and collapsed, but the cause of poisoning remains unidentified.
In the patient’s room, a man is writhing in agony, claiming his leg is broken despite no physical damage or abnormal findings in X-rays.
Chu Shuzhi examines the man, performs some actions, and calms the patient, who then stops complaining about the pain.
Chu Shuzhi’s actions are mysterious to the doctors and nurses, who suspect possible cult involvement. Chu Shuzhi finishes his investigation and tells Guo Changcheng it’s time to leave and write a report.
Shen Wei, after his last class, returns home and reflects on his relationship with Zhao Yunlan.
Shen Wei dislikes modern technology and prefers writing letters. He treasures every text Zhao Yunlan has sent him.
Shen Wei’s home is filled with old portraits and photographs of Zhao Yunlan, documenting his life through various stages and expressions.
Shen Wei feels a deep sense of duty and pain over his inability to touch Zhao Yunlan, who remains oblivious to Shen Wei’s presence and protection.
Shen Wei's anger flares when he perceives threats against Zhao Yunlan.
Shen Wei, now the Soul-Executing Emissary, travels to the Netherworld, where the Head Magistrate and reapers greet him.
Shen Wei announces that he has the Mountain-River Awl and is seeking the Merit Brush.
The Magistrate cautiously praises Shen Wei’s methods, sensing his foul mood.
Chapter 3 (31)Chu Shuzhi instructs Guo Changcheng to write a routine report from their recent investigation. Chu Shuzhi, a slow typist, opts to dictate while Guo Changcheng types. The environment is dim, lit only by the criminal investigation unit’s light.
A headless ghost delivers a substantial meal and cat food for Daqing, the office cat. This act of kindness makes Guo Changcheng, who is financially strained, feel appreciated and warm despite the late hour.
Chu Shuzhi details that the victim was not poisoned but cursed by a resentful spirit. The victim’s symptoms, including ashen skin and red eyes, suggest a karmic line and a faint merit mark. Chu Shuzhi guides Guo Changcheng to use a previous report’s format and adjust the language.
Daqing and Chu Shuzhi explain key concepts: 1) Karmic Line: The consequence of one's actions. For example, a lighter karmic line results from being killed by a mugger due to chance, while a deeper karmic line results from being killed out of personal vengeance. 2) Merit Mark: A mark behind the ear that indicates accumulated merits or sins. It is not visible to most people but is crucial for assessing divine retribution. Serious infractions can draw divine retribution, affecting not only the individual but also those around them.
Daqing expresses frustration with Zhao Yunlan’s recent behavior, suggesting he’s distracted and not effectively training new recruits. He cools down after learning about potential upgrades to his living environment, including a cat house.
Guo Changcheng reveals he has seen a merit mark before, indicating a severe issue with the person involved. Chu Shuzhi explains that merit marks guide yao behavior and that serious infractions can draw divine retribution.
Chu Shuzhi clarifies that while yao are monitored for their merits and sins, humans are subject to mortal laws and consequences, which do not include divine retribution but can still impact their lives based on their actions.
Chapter 4 (32)Zhao Yunlan, having drunk heavily, is being cared for by Shen Wei, who finds him stumbling and decides to help him get home. Shen Wei had left the car running to keep it warm and helps Zhao Yunlan into the car, where Zhao Yunlan pretends to be asleep to avoid conversation.
Shen Wei gently wakes Zhao Yunlan to advise him against sleeping in the car to avoid catching a cold. He buckles Zhao Yunlan’s seatbelt, offers him a cup of warm water, and drapes a blanket over him. Shen Wei then drives Zhao Yunlan home, taking care to tuck him in and adjust the heat for his comfort.
During the drive, Zhao Yunlan reflects on his feelings for Shen Wei, recalling past moments of tenderness and his own yearning for a life shared with Shen Wei. He grapples with his own sense of longing and self-deprecation.
Upon arriving at Zhao Yunlan’s apartment, Shen Wei assists him into the building, removes his coat, and carefully helps him into bed. Shen Wei also tidies the room and places a damp cloth by the bedside.
Shen Wei's meticulous care makes Zhao Yunlan realize how special he is to Shen Wei. Zhao Yunlan feels deeply touched and conflicted, struggling to maintain his pretense of sleep as Shen Wei lingers by the bed.
Shen Wei, overwhelmed by his emotions, bends down and gently brushes his lips against Zhao Yunlan’s in a fleeting kiss. This act of affection leaves Shen Wei feeling elated and vulnerable.
As Shen Wei tries to pull away, Zhao Yunlan, unable to suppress his feelings any longer, seizes the moment and pulls Shen Wei down onto the bed. Zhao Yunlan flips them over, holding Shen Wei close and questioning his intentions.
Shen Wei, initially shocked and speechless, faces Zhao Yunlan’s intense gaze as the situation shifts dramatically.
Chapter 5 (33)Guo Changcheng, notified of Zhao Yunlan's arrival, rushes to the hospital but opts for the subway to avoid morning traffic, resulting in him standing outside in the bitter cold. By the time Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei arrive, Guo Changcheng is nearly frozen, struggling with the cold and his stiffened tongue. His disheveled appearance and inability to speak clearly add to his distress.
Guo Changcheng’s curiosity about Shen Wei’s presence with Zhao Yunlan is piqued, leading him to wonder if Shen Wei is ill. Despite his intrigue, he remains cautious and follows at a distance, trying not to intrude on their private conversation.
The hospital, crowded with patients due to flu season, makes it difficult for Guo Changcheng to keep up with Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei. He loses sight of them amidst the crowd and heads to the sixth floor where he knows the inpatient department is located.
On the sixth floor, Guo Changcheng encounters a horrifying sight outside the window: a legless man floating in midair, with bloody stumps and a grotesque, resentful expression. The sight is so disturbing that Guo Changcheng's fear renders him motionless, and he can’t look away despite his instinct to flee.
Guo Changcheng’s panic escalates, and when Zhao Yunlan approaches him, he is too terrified to articulate what he saw. Instead, he points shakily at the window, hoping Zhao Yunlan will understand the gravity of the situation.
Zhao Yunlan, confused by Guo Changcheng's reaction, checks the window but only sees a normal, dusty, and frosted pane. He feels a chill from the open window but doesn’t sense anything unusual, despite the unsettling nature of Guo Changcheng’s report.
A nurse intervenes, asking Zhao Yunlan to close the window to maintain a warm environment for the patients. Zhao Yunlan complies, closing the window and offering an apologetic smile. The nurse, flustered by Zhao Yunlan’s presence, hurries away.
Shen Wei joins Zhao Yunlan and observes the interaction. Zhao Yunlan, leaning in close, teasingly questions Shen Wei about a possible cold. Shen Wei, momentarily flustered, steps back and redirects the conversation to Guo Changcheng’s vision.
Shen Wei explains his theory that Guo Changcheng might be seeing echoes of past events through reflective surfaces. He recalls an incident from Dragon City University, where he had sent a puppet to investigate, and Guo Changcheng had a connection with the vision seen through a window.
Shen Wei suggests that the legless figure Guo Changcheng saw could be linked to past events, possibly related to the recent poisoning victims admitted to the hospital. He theorizes that if someone was responsible for the harm, they might have returned to observe the consequences.
Zhao Yunlan contemplates Shen Wei’s theory and the connection between Guo Changcheng’s vision and their investigation. He realizes the potential significance of the legless figure and the possibility that it could provide crucial clues about the case they are working on.
his fright.
Chapter 6 (34)A little past four in the afternoon, Zhu Hong arrives at the hospital with the necessary authorizations for a joint operation. She informs Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei that the District Bureau has left and that the case is now fully under their control. She briefly mentions a potential dinner invitation from the District Bureau but cuts herself off when she notices Shen Wei's presence.
Zhao Yunlan, not wanting Shen Wei to have second thoughts and leave, insists that Shen Wei stays. In the bustling hospital hallways, Zhao Yunlan’s physical presence and public display of affection toward Shen Wei attract attention, leading to curious stares from onlookers.
Shen Wei suggests that they should be more discreet due to the public setting. Zhao Yunlan, however, dismisses the concerns and insists that Shen Wei is not an outsider but his partner, disregarding internal regulations. This declaration shocks both Zhu Hong and Shen Wei.
Zhu Hong, feeling overwhelmed by the situation, sends a message to her colleagues at 4 Bright Avenue, requesting their assistance. They arrive and are immediately put to work by Zhao Yunlan, who assigns specific tasks to each member, including setting up surveillance and barriers.
Zhao Yunlan directs Lao-Chu to set up one-way nets on the roof, Xiao-Guo to observe and report, Zhu Hong to set up surveillance on all doors and windows, and Daqing to assist. Zhao Yunlan also gives Lin Jing a bottle of resentment to use as bait for luring a violent spirit.
Lin Jing is hesitant about using the resentment as bait and realizes that he is being set up to draw out the spirit. He sarcastically pleads with Shen Wei for intervention, but Shen Wei, unfamiliar with such interactions, is unsure how to respond.
Shen Wei offers to take Lin Jing’s place, but Zhao Yunlan enjoys Lin Jing’s dramatic reaction and does not intervene. Lin Jing, resigned to his role, takes the bottle and prepares to fulfill his task.
Shen Wei suggests staying behind to manage the situation and assist if needed, offering to hold the Gate of Life while Zhao Yunlan takes a break. This proposal causes a moment of silence among the group, with Zhu Hong and Chu Shuzhi reacting with varying degrees of frustration or contemplation.
Shen Wei expresses a desire to contribute actively rather than merely observing. He proposes to help with the Gate of Life, showing his commitment to the case and willingness to assist in any capacity.
Guo Changcheng, still confused about the ongoing situation, asks what the Gate of Life is, but Chu Shuzhi ignores his question, leaving Guo Changcheng more puzzled about the unfolding events.
Chapter 7 (35)As night falls, Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng are on the roof, with Chu Shuzhi using cinnabar to create a large talisman and black stones to mark key positions. Guo Changcheng is fearful and notices a strange smell in the air, described as sticky and wet with hints of mud and blood.
Chu Shuzhi explains that the smell is from a resentful spirit. Shen Wei, positioned inside a net set up to trap the spirit, suddenly vanishes from sight, signaling that the spirit has arrived.
On the ground, Lin Jing opens a bottle of black smoke, which he had been instructed to use, and begins chanting scriptures to help the spirit transcend. However, the spirit is enraged and expands in size, blocking out the moon and stars.
Three gunshots are heard, disrupting the spirit’s form and revealing Zhao Yunlan’s involvement as he holsters his gun, showing displeasure with Lin Jing’s approach.
The spirit, now taking a massive form with a top half resembling a human but with melted legs, begins to attack. Lin Jing narrowly escapes by climbing up the building, with the shadow closely following him.
Upon reaching the sixth floor, Lin Jing signals Daqing, the black cat, to begin ringing bells. Zhu Hong releases a python that swallows the black smoke, causing the spirit to shrink.
As the shadow diminishes, the true form of the spirit is revealed—an elderly man with salt-and-pepper hair and red eyes. Zhao Yunlan steps in, asking why the spirit, who should have reincarnated, is causing harm during New Year’s.
The spirit reacts violently, reaching for Zhao Yunlan’s neck. Zhao Yunlan uses his Soul-Guarding Order, which transforms into a whip to restrain the spirit’s hand.
Zhu Hong, frustrated with Lin Jing's lack of initiative, demands that he help. Lin Jing, exhausted from climbing and skeptical of his ability to help, protests but is pressured into action.
Lin Jing retrieves a small vessel of fragrant oil, contemplating its limited effectiveness against the powerful spirit. He struggles with the situation, reflecting on his own inadequacies compared to the spirit’s strength.
Chapter 8 (36)The conflict from the previous chapter ends as the domain Zhu Hong created fades, restoring the hospital and streets to normal. Nightlife continues unaffected.
Shen Wei arrives at the scene, meeting Chu Shuzhi, who is coming down from the roof. Chu Shuzhi praises Shen Wei for his role in containing the spirit.
Shen Wei, visibly tense, hands a small bottle containing the captured spirit to Chu Shuzhi and insists on speaking privately with Zhao Yunlan.
In a locked bathroom, Shen Wei confronts Zhao Yunlan about using the forbidden Ghost Army Summons. Shen Wei is furious, questioning Zhao Yunlan’s reckless use of such dangerous sorcery.
Zhao Yunlan admits to reading about it in the Soul-Guarding Order library and tries to calm Shen Wei with an apology. Shen Wei is overwhelmed with anger and frustration, though he doesn’t actually hit Zhao Yunlan.
Zhao Yunlan surprises Shen Wei with an impromptu kiss, which disarms Shen Wei’s anger and makes him embarrassed. Zhao Yunlan then shows off his healing hand, prompting Shen Wei to tend to his wounds.
Shen Wei, touched by Zhao Yunlan's affection, helps heal him and is flustered by Zhao Yunlan's playful teasing. Shen Wei eventually returns to kiss Zhao Yunlan, despite his initial reluctance.
The chapter concludes with the team back at 4 Bright Avenue. Chu Shuzhi sets up an elaborate protective net around the interrogation room to prevent the spirit’s escape.
Inside the interrogation room, Zhao Yunlan casually addresses the captured spirit, asserting that its words will be used as evidence in court. Chu Shuzhi insists on the spirit’s compliance and orders it to speak only when asked.
The spirit, now bound and subdued, responds with a sinister laugh as Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng prepare for the interrogation.
Chapter 9 (37)Shen Wei receives a note indicating that something is wrong with the Great Seal and immediately descends through the Huangquan. As he descends, the environment darkens and becomes an oppressive blackness.
Reaching the bottom, Shen Wei encounters a violent stench of blood and is surrounded by aggressive youchu. He recognizes that these youchu are likely due to Zhao Yunlan’s recent summoning of the Ghost Army.
Shen Wei explains that the Ghost Army Summons is dangerous and risky. It summons entities from a place darker than Hell, known as the Great Disrespect, and could backfire, causing a weakening of the Great Seal.
Shen Wei effectively deals with the attacking youchu and flies to the Great Seal to address the damage. He performs a Sealing spell to temporarily fortify the crumbling seal.
After stabilizing the seal, Shen Wei returns to the Mortal Realm, only to find Zhao Yunlan’s apartment empty and undisturbed, indicating Zhao Yunlan has not returned home.
Wang Zheng scolds Chu Shuzhi for not cleaning up paper talismans. Guo Changcheng volunteers to clean up. Meanwhile, Daqing enters a hidden library, greeting Sangzan, who is organizing books.
Sangzan, who used to be a slave, now works diligently in the library, appreciating his new, peaceful life. He greets Daqing, who jokes with him, leading to a misunderstanding where Sangzan learns a new term.
Daqing asks Sangzan about a book Zhao Yunlan took out, showing the intricate details of daily life and interactions at 4 Bright Avenue.
Chapter 10 (38)Zhao Yunlan woke up a little roughed up, with redness on the back of his neck, but without serious injuries.
Shen Wei sat uneasily at the head of Zhao Yunlan’s bed, waiting for him to wake up.
Zhao Yunlan slept until noon, not waking even when his phone rang repeatedly.
When he finally stirred, his fingers twitched, and Shen Wei held his hand to rouse him.
Zhao Yunlan’s initial confusion about the time and his muffled voice indicated possible vision issues.
Shen Wei noticed Zhao Yunlan’s eyes were unfocused and realized he might be experiencing sudden vision loss.
Shen Wei decided to take Zhao Yunlan to the hospital.
Zhao Yunlan appeared disoriented and needed to use objects for guidance.
Hospital tests revealed no physical abnormalities in his eyes; doctors suggested the issue might be psychological and recommended seeing a psychologist.
Zhao Yunlan adapted to his blindness, using touch and other senses to gauge his environment.
He made light of his situation, mentioning the cost of a darkness experience exhibit and his unexpected savings.
At his building, Shen Wei guided Zhao Yunlan up the stairs and offered to carry him.
Zhao Yunlan preferred to walk himself and managed to navigate his residence effectively despite his blindness.
He found the elevator buttons and demonstrated familiarity with his surroundings.
Shen Wei recognized that Zhao Yunlan must have been counting steps and distances silently.
Zhao Yunlan’s demeanor shifted from withdrawn to optimistic, joking about future scenarios involving his blindness.
His positive attitude had a beneficial effect on those around him, including Shen Wei.
Chapter 11 (39)Zhao Yunlan hastily bandages his head and writes a note saying “GONE TO 4 BRIGHT AVENUE” before leaving his apartment.
He counts his steps as he exits and gains control of his breathing, focusing on the Heavenly Eye between his eyebrows.
As he walks, Zhao Yunlan adjusts to his blindness and learns to distinguish between living people and ghosts by the blurriness around them.
He notices that the "patterns" around people are actually small, densely packed text that is constantly changing.
At an intersection, Zhao Yunlan hails a taxi, and during the ride, he observes the changing text on the driver’s body and concludes that it records merits (in red) and sins (in black).
Zhao Yunlan arrives at 4 Bright Avenue, pays the taxi driver with a combination of trust and observation, and thanks him for not taking advantage of his blindness.
He meets the doorman, Li-shu, who notices his bandaged eyes and inquires about them.
Shen Wei finds Zhao Yunlan at the building entrance, clearly upset that Zhao Yunlan wandered off without telling him.
Zhao Yunlan perceives Shen Wei’s merits through his Heavenly Eye but is overwhelmed by the sight of dark, ephemeral text that causes him emotional pain.
Despite the turmoil, Zhao Yunlan smoothly greets Shen Wei and invites him inside.
The SID office is thrown into chaos at Zhao Yunlan’s sudden arrival. Daqing has disappeared, and the staff realizes Zhao Yunlan’s accident was not a prank.
Zhu Hong reacts emotionally, unwrapping Zhao Yunlan’s bandages and chastising him for his reckless behavior. She becomes emotional, while Zhao Yunlan tries to lighten the mood with a joke.
Zhu Hong questions Shen Wei’s absence during the accident and criticizes him for not being there for Zhao Yunlan.
Chu Shuzhi and Lin Jing exchange concerned glances, sensing something off about the scene.
Zhao Yunlan attempts to defuse the situation by joking with Shen Wei, using his characteristic mischievous grin.
Chapter 12 (40)Dragon City’s Yao Banquet is scheduled for the 28th day of the year's final lunar month, and this year it is held on the last day before Lunar New Year's Eve.
Early that morning, Zhao Yunlan receives his invitation to the Yao Market. His office is clean and bright, flooded with winter sunlight. Shen Wei is temporarily serving as Zhao Yunlan’s assistant and is reading while Zhao Yunlan practices drawing talismans with his eyes closed.
Zhao Yunlan draws evil-warding talismans, finding solace in the activity as he adjusts to working blind. He produces a series of effective talismans that emit warm, abundant energy.
Zhu Hong arrives to discuss the year-end bonus and the department's New Year’s Eve dinner budget. Zhao Yunlan signs the budget form and confirms he will join them for New Year's Eve, teasing Shen Wei as his “wifey.” Zhu Hong's happiness fades as Zhao Yunlan jokes.
Zhao Yunlan asks Zhu Hong to take his talismans to a shop for examination, explaining he needs extra income to support his family and renovate his newly bought house. Zhu Hong departs abruptly, having intended to ask if Zhao Yunlan needed company for the Yao Market but deciding it was unnecessary.
Shen Wei and Zhao Yunlan discuss Zhu Hong's potential feelings for Zhao Yunlan. Zhao Yunlan dismisses the idea of a workplace romance, stating that humans and yao shouldn’t get involved romantically.
Shen Wei then questions whether he and Zhao Yunlan, as a ghost and human, should stay apart. Zhao Yunlan reassures him, casually expressing his affection. Shen Wei, overwhelmed by his feelings, leans in and kisses Zhao Yunlan gently.
During their intimate moment, someone enters unexpectedly, sees them, and quickly exits, muttering a curse. Shen Wei, startled, straightens up and coughs awkwardly.
Chapter 13 (41)Zhao Yunlan, feeling intense killing intent, grabs Shen Wei’s wrist.
Shen Wei, consumed by anger, expresses a desire for revenge against the Crow tribe.
Zhao Yunlan, to calm Shen Wei, embraces him and uses the name “Xiao-Wei.”
Shen Wei is stunned and confused by the familiar name.
Zhao Yunlan uses his Heavenly Eye to blend into the crowd at the Yao Market to protect Shen Wei.
Shen Wei is perplexed by Zhao Yunlan’s connection to the Crow tribe and their knowledge of misfortune.
Fourth Uncle engages with the Crow tribe elder, who declares the tribe’s intention to sever ties with the yao and remain isolated.
The Crow tribe departs swiftly, causing chaos among the crowd.
Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei leave the Yao Market and arrive in Dragon City.
A taxi driver remarks on the crows celebrating Lunar New Year as Daqing silently observes from a corner.
Daqing, with courtesy, questions the Crow tribe elder about a lost bell.
The elder dismisses Daqing’s inquiry, suggesting the bell came from the dead and its origins are irrelevant.
Daqing is told the bell was obtained from someone who has since reincarnated and is directed to a pavilion outside Shanhai Pass.
The Crow tribe elder summons the crows, who fly off into the night.
Daqing, appearing desolate, watches them leave before silently disappearing into the night.
As Daqing leaves, the scene transitions to a day passing quickly, marked by the Torch Dragon’s eyes blinking, which signifies the passage of time and hints at forthcoming events.
The chapter ends with the arrival of the Crow tribe elder, indicating that the situation is about to escalate further.
Zhao Yunlan orders a mover to clear out Shen Wei’s belongings from an apartment, expressing frustration at the inconvenience.
Zhao Yunlan starts making lists of items to move and those to replace, then becomes distracted by curiosity about Shen Wei’s personal items.
He searches Shen Wei’s apartment but finds no underwear or personal items, leading him to investigate Shen Wei’s closed bedroom.
Zhao Yunlan uses his Heavenly Eye and discovers faint patterns on the bedroom door, identifying it as the Lock of Kunlun.
He recalls the Lock’s description from his research and becomes intrigued by its connection to Shen Wei and the Soul-Executing Emissary.
Activating the Kunlun Lock, Zhao Yunlan feels a strange familiarity and opens the door to a dark room.
Inside, he finds the room filled with paintings of the same person, all depicting a figure remarkably similar to himself.
One painting shows a person resembling Zhao Yunlan with an inscription that suggests he might be the Mountain God of the Great Wild.
Zhao Yunlan is stunned and puzzled by this discovery and the mysterious inscription.
Ten minutes later, movers arrive at Shen Wei’s apartment, but a strange man informs them that the move is canceled and pays them for their trouble.
Shen Wei, recognizing the situation as a deliberate setup, confronts his supervisor angrily, demanding to know who arranged the deception.
Chapter 14 (42)Chu Shuzhi gets into a taxi, keeps his eyes closed, and remains silent. Guo Changcheng, accompanying him, notices Chu Shuzhi’s unusual, gray appearance.
When they reach their destination, Guo Changcheng realizes he’s still holding Chu Shuzhi’s bag and rushes to return it. Chu Shuzhi accepts the bag without looking up and tells Guo Changcheng to leave.
Chu Shuzhi’s house is in a deep alleyway with strong winds. Guo Changcheng continues to follow him despite Chu Shuzhi’s repeated orders to leave.
Chu Shuzhi tries to scare Guo Changcheng by describing his experience as a zombie who eats human flesh, but Guo Changcheng remains nervously attached.
Chu Shuzhi becomes frustrated and aggressively confronts Guo Changcheng, pinning him against a wall and choking him. Chu Shuzhi expresses his anger about his past and feelings of being wronged.
Guo Changcheng, terrified and struggling to breathe, shows signs of extreme fear and sadness but doesn’t resist. Chu Shuzhi’s gaze reveals a dullness, hinting at his deathly nature.
After realizing that Guo Changcheng’s fear is more pathetic than useful, Chu Shuzhi releases him. Guo Changcheng collapses and coughs heavily.
Chu Shuzhi, observing Guo Changcheng’s characteristics, reflects on his difficult fate and criticizes his lack of education and merits. He explains how such traits predict a hard life and warns that accumulating merits won’t change his situation.
Chu Shuzhi’s harsh remarks include a critique of Guo Changcheng’s physical features and predictions about his future. He suggests that Guo Changcheng will not amount to much despite his efforts in doing good.
The chapter concludes with Chu Shuzhi advising Guo Changcheng to be smarter and to live comfortably like those who benefit from nepotism, as he believes good deeds won’t improve his situation.
Chapter 15 (43)Zhao Yunlan decides to visit his newly purchased property near Dragon City University before heading home. The neighborhood features Western-style buildings.
Zhao Yunlan hands Shen Wei a symbolic key to the new house, acknowledging that Shen Wei doesn’t actually need it to enter but as a gesture.
Shen Wei is deeply moved by the gesture, feeling a mix of emotions and tenderness that he struggles to contain.
The property is a four-story building with one unit per floor. The interior is still under construction, but Zhao Yunlan points out the layout and views from the windows.
Zhao Yunlan jokes about not being able to afford a luxurious home and mentions that they can move in properly in the spring after airing out the place.
Shen Wei is overwhelmed by his emotions, struggling with the intense feelings Zhao Yunlan has evoked in him. He battles the urge to express his feelings physically.
Daqing interrupts the moment by demanding his own luxurious cat tower, leading to a playful argument with Zhao Yunlan.
Shen Wei, watching the commotion, receives a distressing message in the form of a black shadow from his sleeve. The message warns of black clouds forming in the thirty-third heaven, signaling significant inauspiciousness.
Shen Wei informs Zhao Yunlan that he must leave urgently to investigate the matter. He advises Zhao Yunlan to spend time with his parents during the holiday and reassures him about his health.
Zhao Yunlan expresses concern but doesn’t press for details about the message, sensing Shen Wei’s reluctance to share.
Shen Wei avoids Zhao Yunlan’s gaze when questioned about Ghost Face and the black clouds, and Zhao Yunlan suspects that Ghost Face might be related to the current crisis.
Shen Wei apologizes for his inability to explain further and then leaves in a cloud of black mist.
Zhao Yunlan, feeling heavy-hearted, goes to the balcony to contemplate the darkening sky and lights a cigarette. Daqing, worried, joins him on the ledge.
Chapter 16 (44)Daqing expresses disbelief and frustration over Zhao Yunlan's reckless behavior regarding Shen Wei. He reflects on the destructive power of lust and compares it to historical figures driven by their desires.
Daqing admits ignorance about the Soul-Executing Emissary's origins, despite his extensive knowledge of ancient lore.
Zhao Yunlan shares his knowledge about Houtu and its connection to the Netherworld, but remains unclear about its relation to the Emissary.
Daqing reveals that the Soul-Executing Emissary predates the existence of the Netherworld and Huangquan, suggesting his origins are mysterious.
Zhao Yunlan decides to investigate further, planning to visit Chu Shuzhi and arrange an appointment with a reaper to ensure his staff is not mistreated.
Zhao Yunlan arrives at 4 Bright Avenue with Daqing, setting out dried fish and milk for Daqing while focusing on his mission.
He encounters Wang Zheng and Sangzan in the library. Wang Zheng flees, and Sangzan remains to assist Zhao Yunlan.
Zhao Yunlan requests information related to Nüwa, ancient battles, and significant historical events, suspecting that critical information has been erased.
Zhao Yunlan uses his knowledge of ancient texts and languages to search through the library’s books for clues, taking periodic breaks due to his impaired vision.
He explains the significance of Buzhou Mountain as a sacred site and its connection to Heaven, continuing his research with determination.
Zhao Yunlan prepares for the arrival of a reaper by lighting incense and spirit money, creating an atmosphere of reverence and mystique.
The reaper, an old Magistrate, arrives and is welcomed by Zhao Yunlan. The Magistrate, though polite, is visibly anxious.
The Magistrate seeks Zhao Yunlan’s help due to a serious issue. Zhao Yunlan downplays his importance, showing a modest demeanor.
The Magistrate mentions a recent warning from the Crow tribe about ominous black clouds and a dangerous array set up on Kunlun Mountain.
The array’s purpose is to extract corporeal souls from all living beings, which raises Zhao Yunlan’s concerns about its feasibility.
The Magistrate reveals the identity of the threat as the Chaos King of the Gui, a powerful demon king recently freed from Nüwa’s seal.
The Chaos King’s goal is to force the Merit Brush to appear by gathering all corporeal souls. This artifact records all merits and sins, and its appearance could be catastrophic if misused.
Zhao Yunlan shares his recent experience with a supposed Merit Brush used by the Crow tribe to deceive him, questioning the authenticity of their claims.
The Magistrate is frustrated by the situation, reflecting on his own decisions and the complications caused by others' actions.
Chapter 1 (29)Guo Changcheng drives away from the Group Home for Autistic Children in snowy Dragon City, aiming to mail books to an elementary school.
He nearly hits a man in gray who falls in front of his car, causing a minor traffic commotion.
The man, who appears sickly and has a black aura, declines help from Guo Changcheng and walks away.
Guo Changcheng notices a black mark on the man’s neck and witnesses the man using a long tongue to inhale a floating substance from a passerby.
Frightened, Guo Changcheng grabs a small baton given to him by Zhao Yunlan for protection and cautiously continues driving.
At work the next day, Zhu Hong demands specific food from Guo Changcheng.
Guo Changcheng encounters Chu Shuzhi, who detects bad luck on him and cleans him up.
Zhao Yunlan arrives, steals an egg from Chu Shuzhi’s coat pocket, and drinks milk from the fridge, then crashes into a wall.
Guo Changcheng sees Zhao Yunlan disappear through a hidden door, which leads to a library he cannot access.
Zhu Hong explains the invisible door to Guo Changcheng, who learns that he lacks the cultivation to understand it.
Zhao Yunlan reappears with an old book, discards the milk carton and eggshell, and grabs a tissue from Zhu Hong’s desk.
Chapter 17 (45)Guo Changcheng is taking care of Chu Shuzhi, who is under the Soul-Guarding Order. He keeps Chu Shuzhi occupied by letting him watch movies and tries to make him comfortable with a throw blanket and earphones.
Zhao Yunlan calls Guo Changcheng to inform him of an incoming guest. He advises Guo Changcheng to stay calm, not to burn bridges, and to keep an eye on Chu Shuzhi.
Guo Changcheng hears the sound of the woodblock and a knock at the door. A reaper, dressed in papier-mâché and carrying a large package, arrives. The reaper performs a ritual with the package, which contains bones that glow ominously. As Chu Shuzhi opens the package, magical restraints appear and then dissolve.
Chu Shuzhi asks the reaper about Zhao Yunlan’s whereabouts. The reaper, unwilling to speak, quickly departs after performing the ritual.
The Soul-Executing Emissary arrives at Kunlun Mountain, where he senses a cold, desolate atmosphere. He is joined by Zhao Yunlan, who appears casually dressed and nonchalant, carrying coffee and a burger. Zhao Yunlan tries to lighten the mood by offering Shen Wei (the Soul-Executing Emissary) food.
Shen Wei is visibly enraged by Zhao Yunlan’s casual behavior and dismissive attitude. Zhao Yunlan tries to placate Shen Wei by acknowledging his anger and offering to make amends later.
Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei notice the arrival of several reapers, including the Magistrate, Ox-Head, Horse-Face, and Heibai Wuchang, along with a diverse group of yao, humans, and figures with a Buddhist aura. The atmosphere grows tense as they prepare to address the new arrivals.
Zhao Yunlan, standing next to Shen Wei, remains expressionless despite the cold and the high altitude, observing the new arrivals with a furrowed brow.
Innumerable youchu surged from the ground, as if born from the ancient tree's roots. A fierce wind rose, and Ghost Face's massive head appeared in the clouds, blocking out the sun. His mountain-sized limbs drifted in and out of view among the clouds and mist atop the mountain.
Ghost Face summoned a towering Soul-Tempering Cauldron that spun violently, creating a deafening wind. The appearance of the cauldron shocked everyone, with its enormous size and the ominous aura it emitted.
As Ghost Face swung a giant axe downward, the Soul-Executing Emissary (Shen Wei) intervened, stopping the axe's descent with a thick blade. Despite the immense force, Shen Wei managed to chip the axe and eventually drive it upward, causing a massive chasm on the snowy mountain. Countless youchu were killed in the process.
Ghost Face revealed his plan to acquire the Merit Brush and expressed his determination to break the Four Pillars, overturning half the sky and becoming unstoppable.
Ghost Face taunted Zhao Yunlan, who was nervously holding Daqing by the hair. Zhao Yunlan, trying to calm the situation, discreetly observed the other groups arriving at the scene, including the Crow tribe, the yao, and the Arhats of the West.
Zhao Yunlan noted the presence of various influential figures, including those with a godlike aura and a woman with a snake tail, identified as Nüwa. The tension between the groups was palpable.
Zhao Yunlan, feeling the weight of the battle, backed up to the Great Divine Tree and placed his hand on its trunk. He felt a tiny green leaf sprout and wrap around his finger, surprising him.
Ghost Face revealed the history of the Merit Brush, linking it to the Flame and Yellow Emperors' battle with Chiyou and the ancient gods' struggle. He recounted how Nüwa had thrust a branch from the Great Divine Tree into the Place of Great Disrespect.
Shen Wei, wielding the Soul-Executing Blade, shouted for silence and prepared for the next phase of the confrontation, extending the blade and stirring the wind with its immense presence.
Chapter 18 (46)After dealing with all the youchu at Kunlun Mountain, Shen Wei is left with Ox-Head and Horse-Face, who support the Magistrate between them. They keep their distance, reluctant to approach Shen Wei. Shen Wei offers to take Daqing home, and Daqing, though hesitant, accepts and rides on Shen Wei’s shoulder.
The Magistrate tries to speak to Shen Wei, but Shen Wei interrupts him, telling everyone to leave and indicating he will be rude if necessary. The sky brightens as sunlight finally breaks through.
The Soul-Executing Emissary and Daqing return to Zhao Yunlan’s apartment. The TV is filled with reports of the morning’s events, and various experts offer wild theories on air.
Shen Wei waits for hours, receiving text messages from Zhao Yunlan about a dinner and his plans. Shen Wei is initially unfamiliar with his phone but is prompted by Daqing to check the texts.
Zhao Yunlan, feeling desolate, wanders through Dragon City in the snow and fog. His appearance is disheveled, and he is contacted by his father. They arrange to meet up.
Zhao Yunlan’s father arrives, criticizing his appearance and questioning his whereabouts. Zhao Yunlan mentions he was on the Tibetan Plateau. His father reveals that he was informed by Zhao Yunlan’s mother about Zhao Yunlan’s different nature and expresses concerns about Zhao Yunlan’s relationship with Shen Wei.
Zhao Yunlan’s father brings up past indulgences and expects answers about Zhao Yunlan’s relationship. Zhao Yunlan, feeling emotionally drained, responds that he is not up for a detailed discussion about his relationship with Shen Wei.
Zhao Yunlan’s father questions whether Zhao Yunlan will end his relationship with Shen Wei and asks why he values Shen Wei so highly.
Chapter 19 (47)After retrieving the Merit Brush from the Great Divine Tree, Zhao Yunlan finds himself in a dark, dimension-like space connected to Kunlun Mountain. He is drawn further into the darkness despite knowing he should return.
Zhao Yunlan encounters Pangu, a colossal figure whose actions shape the world. Pangu splits the darkness with a giant axe, creating the landscapes of the world, including Kunlun Mountain and Buzhou Mountain. Zhao Yunlan witnesses Pangu’s transformation into the landforms and his eventual disappearance.
Zhao Yunlan experiences the passage of time and observes the formation of Kunlun Mountain, which becomes Kunlun-jun, the Mountain God. He sees the primordial world and its evolution.
Zhao Yunlan’s memories blend with his current experiences. He recalls his mischievous past, including antics with divine beings and his role in the past as a small beast nurtured by Kunlun.
Kunlun-jun once cared for a weak, mutant beast (Zhao Yunlan) by crafting a bell to anchor its soul. This beast grew up under Kunlun's care and later witnessed the creation of humans by Nüwa.
Kunlun-jun, now a caretaker, encounters Nüwa creating humans from mud. He is fascinated by the lively scene and receives a compliment from Nüwa about his growth.
Kunlun-jun declares his refusal to accept fate or be judged by others, demanding a clean slate for himself. He challenges the heavens to strike him down if they can. Lightning and thunder strike Kunlun Mountain as he endures the divine punishment.
Kunlun-jun remains defiant despite being burned and charred. He emerges from the ordeal with new, fresh skin and robes, and he mocks the heavens for their inability to defeat him.
Nüwa, witnessing Kunlun-jun’s defiance, asks him to help repair the broken sky, but he ignores her and descends from the mountain.
Kunlun-jun reflects on the gods' fall from power, noting that Pangu, Fuxi, and others left behind a legacy that the heavens eventually sought to control. He feels that only the weak and unenlightened are allowed to survive in this world, prompting him to oppose the heavens.
Upon descending the mountain, Kunlun-jun encounters evil beings from the Place of Great Disrespect. These beings range from grotesque muck-like creatures to more human-like, yet twisted, youchu.
Kunlun-jun meets a young gui king who is eating the remains of a youchu. The boy, with dark hair and eyes, is initially embarrassed by Kunlun-jun’s presence but continues to eat with a refined demeanor.
Kunlun-jun, intrigued by the young gui king, questions why he is alone and pretending to be human. The young king reveals disdain for his fellow gui, indicating a separation from them.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Guardian: Zhen
Guardian: Zhen Hun, Vol. 3
** Chapter 1 (48)**Guo Changcheng returns home, exhausted, and sleeps for several hours.
After waking up, he prepares to visit relatives and buy holiday gifts.
At his second uncle’s house, Guo Changcheng presents gift cards given to him by Zhao Yunlan, his boss, for his aunt and cousin.
His second uncle is surprised by the generosity, mistaking Zhao Yunlan for someone named "Lao-Yang," who he believes is Guo Changcheng's boss at the Household Registry Department.
Guo Changcheng clarifies that his boss is actually Director Zhao Yunlan from the Special Investigations Department (SID), leading to confusion and surprise from his relatives.
His aunt becomes worried about Guo Changcheng’s safety, thinking that working in criminal investigation is dangerous.
The conversation reveals that Guo Changcheng’s acceptance into SID might have been a mistake, and he realizes this but feels proud of being part of the team.
Guo Changcheng’s second uncle, puzzled by the situation, questions why Zhao Yunlan hasn’t corrected the mistake but instead let Guo Changcheng stay on as a full-time employee.
Meanwhile, Zhao Yunlan wakes up feeling exhausted and with a throbbing headache after an unsettling dream involving ancient events like toppling Buzhou Mountain.
Shen Wei, concerned for Zhao Yunlan, checks his temperature and brings him medication for his fever.
Despite feeling unwell, Zhao Yunlan teasingly flirts with Shen Wei, but their banter is cut short when Zhao Yunlan experiences a leg cramp.
Shen Wei helps Zhao Yunlan with the cramp, massaging his leg and bruised muscles, which calms Zhao Yunlan down.
Zhao Yunlan mentions that Guo Changcheng’s second uncle had called him, expressing suspicion about the sudden contact after six months of silence.
The conversation shifts to Zhao Yunlan questioning his past actions, particularly whether he was responsible for knocking down Buzhou Mountain and destroying the Path to Heaven.
Shen Wei deflects the question, attributing the event to the Water God, Gonggong, and they continue discussing Zhao Yunlan’s visions and memories from ancient times.
Zhao Yunlan reflects on his past, questioning whether he could have been responsible for such destructive actions, but remains uncertain about the truth of what he saw in the Great Divine Tree.
Shen Wei recounts their time together in the past, describing Zhao Yunlan as kind and protective, despite Zhao Yunlan's doubts about his own actions.
The chapter ends with Zhao Yunlan teasing Shen Wei about their past relationship and Shen Wei, embarrassed, leaving to pick up the laundry.
Chapter 2 (49)The Magistrate hurriedly reports to the Qin'guang King about the events on Kunlun Mountain, mentioning that Kunlun-jun entered the Great Divine Tree alone after scaring away the Chaos King of the Gui.
The Qin'guang King expresses doubt that Kunlun-jun's spirit is truly awakened, suspecting Zhao Yunlan of cunningly bluffing the Chaos King.
The Qin'guang King reveals that as long as the Mountain God's spirit remains within the Reincarnation Cycle, it cannot be fully awakened. He suggests sacrificing the Mountain God's mortal body as the only solution.
Zhao Yunlan, after returning to Dragon City, plans to introduce Shen Wei to his parents, but his father is absent, leaving only his mother to apologize for his absence.
Zhao Yunlan suspects that his father is intentionally avoiding Shen Wei, leading to tension and confusion about his father's true intentions.
After dinner, Zhao Yunlan retrieves a small wooden box from his childhood, dismissing his mother's curiosity by joking that he's sharing childhood memories with his lover.
The couple encounters a flower seller on Valentine's Day, leading to playful banter where Zhao Yunlan jokes about buying five thousand flowers for Shen Wei, symbolizing their long-lasting relationship.
Shen Wei, embarrassed and flustered by Zhao Yunlan's teasing, tries to maintain his composure but eventually shows signs of frustration and anger.
Zhao Yunlan reflects on Shen Wei's long history of watching over him through countless lifetimes, realizing the deep emotional burden Shen Wei has carried.
To distract himself, Zhao Yunlan begins tinkering with an old tracker he built as a child, using it to locate his father.
Shen Wei and Zhao Yunlan track down his father to a teahouse, where Zhao Yunlan confronts the man, immediately recognizing that he is not his real father.
The man, possessing Zhao Yunlan's father's body, admits to being a stone mortar left behind by Shennong that gained consciousness during the Battle of the Creation of Gods. He has occasionally borrowed Zhao Yunlan's father's body but claims to have caused no harm.
Zhao Yunlan, suspicious of the man's intentions and the memories he experienced in the Great Divine Tree, demands answers, asserting that the memories don't align with his character.
The man suggests that Kunlun-jun might one day see through time, but Zhao Yunlan, impatient and angry, insists on clear answers, threatening to use force if necessary.
The man's possession of Zhao Yunlan's father ends abruptly, and his real father re-emerges, confused and unaware of what just transpired.
Zhao Yunlan shifts his demeanor, becoming meek and humble in front of his father, while subtly giving him a protective talisman, which seems to have no effect, leaving Zhao Yunlan puzzled about the true nature of the possession.
Chapter 3 (50)Zhao Yunlan attempts to evict the immortal bowl from his father’s body, but the attempt fails, leaving him to face his real father, who is uncomfortable with Shen Wei’s presence.
Zhao Yunlan endures a scolding from his father, which bruises his ego, especially with Shen Wei witnessing it.
In the car, Zhao Yunlan jokes about his father attracting a "stupid bowl" instead of something more interesting and flirts with Shen Wei, forgetting about the earlier tension.
Despite being Valentine's Day, Zhao Yunlan falls asleep in the car, feeling unusually tired and confused about his fatigue.
His sleep is disturbed by disjointed dreams, filled with someone repeating ominous phrases in his ear.
Zhao Yunlan awakens at home to Shen Wei forcing him to take medicine, feeling groggy and questioning why he's been getting sick so often lately.
Shen Wei attributes Zhao Yunlan’s condition to the energy drain from his time within the Great Divine Tree but avoids further explanation.
Zhao Yunlan, in a playful tone, teases Shen Wei by joking that he might be "carrying his child," causing Shen Wei to storm off, embarrassed.
Zhao Yunlan receives an email from Wang Zheng about a new case involving a corpse and a black dog found in a tourist town near Dragon City, linked to an occult ritual on the Day of the Humans.
Zhao Yunlan forwards the case details to his team and quickly falls asleep again, overwhelmed by fatigue.
Zhu Hong, meditating on the rooftop, receives the case email but is interrupted by the arrival of her Fourth Uncle, the leader of the Snake tribe.
Fourth Uncle expresses concern about Zhu Hong’s lack of progress in her cultivation and suggests she leave Dragon City, implying that her feelings for Zhao Yunlan are misplaced.
Zhu Hong reluctantly agrees to leave after finishing the current case, and Fourth Uncle gives her a water dragon pearl to pass on to Zhao Yunlan as a token of gratitude from their tribe.
Zhu Hong texts Zhao Yunlan about heading to the case site with Lin Jing, requesting double pay for overtime.
Zhao Yunlan is awoken by the text and notices Shen Wei’s absence. He finds Shen Wei in the kitchen, cutting into his own chest to prepare a medicinal concoction.
Zhao Yunlan is horrified to discover that Shen Wei has been using his own blood to make the medicine that Zhao Yunlan has been drinking, trying to replenish Zhao Yunlan’s weakened spirit.
Shen Wei explains that his presence as a King of the Gui is slowly wearing Zhao Yunlan down, and the blood from the tip of his heart is the only pure part of him, which he uses to protect Zhao Yunlan.
Zhao Yunlan is torn between his love for Shen Wei and the realization of how much Shen Wei has sacrificed, unable to accept or reject what Shen Wei has done.
Overwhelmed, Zhao Yunlan leaves the apartment without looking back, realizing that the love between them is as painful as a knife to the heart.
Chapter 4 (51)Zhu Hong and Lin Jing arrive early at 4 Bright Avenue to request an official SID car from Wang Zheng.
They find Zhao Yunlan asleep on the sofa, wearing pajamas and a heavy wool coat that belongs to Shen Wei.
Daqing is nearby, enjoying dried fish bones. Zhu Hong questions why Zhao Yunlan is sleeping at the office instead of home.
Lin Jing speculates that Zhao Yunlan might be dealing with either a forced marriage or a breakup, which enrages Zhao Yunlan.
Zhao Yunlan throws a bonsai at Lin Jing in frustration, surprising everyone in the room.
Zhao Yunlan apologizes for his outburst and asks Daqing to investigate the origin of the Record of Ancient Secrets book, giving Daqing a small amount of money from Shen Wei's coat pocket.
Daqing leaves, irritated by Zhao Yunlan's attitude, feeling like he was treated dismissively.
Zhao Yunlan, still emotionally affected by his conflict with Shen Wei, falls back asleep.
When he wakes later, he notices that Shen Wei had quietly brought him his usual boots, socks, and a full set of ironed clothes.
Zhu Hong informs Zhao Yunlan that Shen Wei left after bringing the items and passed along a message for Zhao Yunlan to go straight home after work.
Zhao Yunlan realizes the message implies Shen Wei is avoiding him by staying at his own place, which Zhao Yunlan knows is not Shen Wei's apartment.
Struggling with his emotions, Zhao Yunlan washes up and tries to maintain his composure, though he is clearly hurt.
He orders breakfast and tries to carry on with his day, but Zhu Hong notices his distress and questions him about it.
Zhao Yunlan downplays the situation, saying they had a small argument, but Zhu Hong doesn't believe him.
Zhao Yunlan decides to leave for an appointment with Guo Changcheng’s second uncle, and Zhu Hong insists on accompanying him.
On the way, Zhao Yunlan reflects on the mysterious circumstances surrounding Guo Changcheng’s transfer to SID and suspects the involvement of the bowl that possessed his father.
Zhao Yunlan dozes off during the car ride and dreams of Shen Wei trapped in darkness, overwhelmed with worry for him.
Zhu Hong wakes Zhao Yunlan upon arrival and questions him about his distress, particularly his emotional cry for Shen Wei in his sleep.
Zhu Hong then gives Zhao Yunlan a water dragon pearl from her Fourth Uncle, explaining its protective properties and mentioning that she may soon leave with her uncle.
Zhao Yunlan encourages Zhu Hong to return to her tribe, acknowledging that Dragon City is not ideal for her cultivation.
Despite her heartfelt offer to stay by his side, Zhao Yunlan gently declines, emphasizing that her well-being is what matters most to him.
Disheartened, Zhu Hong watches as Zhao Yunlan exits the car, realizing that her feelings are not reciprocated.
Chapter 5 (52)Daqing brings the Record of Ancient Secrets to Zhao Yunlan, informing him that the book reeks of death and likely originated from Antiques Street.
Zhao Yunlan examines the book, noting its modern printing, and speculates that it may have come from the Netherworld, specifically via a shop on Antiques Street that is connected to the realms.
The shop on Antiques Street guards a pagoda tree, a mystical gateway between realms, linking the Mortal Realm to places like the Yao Market and the Netherworld.
Zhao Yunlan questions how the book ended up in the SID's collection, suspecting it might be a "black-covered book" smuggled in from the Netherworld.
As night falls, Zhao Yunlan, Zhu Hong, and Daqing head to Antiques Street to investigate, despite the awkward tension between Zhao Yunlan and Zhu Hong.
Upon arriving at the shop, they notice two white paper lanterns with the words "Soul-Guarding" written on them, which prompts Zhao Yunlan to ponder the meaning behind the "Soul-Guarding Order."
They pass through the pagoda tree, entering the Huangquan River, where Zhao Yunlan feels an intense pain in his heart as they approach the eerie Ghost City.
To avoid detection by the spirits, they each tuck a Leaf of Illusion into their mouths, which masks their living scent.
In Ghost City, they encounter a life-dealing crone selling longevity cakes, which Zhao Yunlan warns Zhu Hong not to look at or interact with.
They reach a small thatched cottage with the same "Soul-Guarding" lanterns, which Daqing identifies as the origin of the book.
Inside, they meet a little girl with a chilling appearance who confirms that the Record of Ancient Secrets was indeed sold by her store.
The girl checks the store’s records and reveals that the book was purchased by none other than Zhao Yunlan himself on the fifteenth day of the seventh month in the Renwu year.
Zhao Yunlan is shocked by this revelation, as he has no memory of buying the book, leading to an unsettling realization about the mysterious forces at play.
Chapter 6 (53)Zhao Yunlan discovers that the Record of Ancient Secrets was bought under his name in 2002, a fact that confuses him as he was overwhelmed with duties as Guardian and a university student at that time.
The little girl in the Ghost City store confirms that the buyer looked exactly like Zhao Yunlan does now, implying that he hasn't aged in the past eleven years.
The girl ominously warns Zhao Yunlan of a possible bloody disaster in his near future, but he dismisses further questions from Zhu Hong, emphasizing that debts to the dead are dangerous.
As they leave the store, Zhao Yunlan lectures Zhu Hong on the importance of practical experience and how he regrets not preparing her better for such situations.
They encounter a double-faced ghost outside the store, which taunts Zhao Yunlan about the choice between humanity and inhumanity, the Mortal Realm, or the paths of ghosts.
The ghost's words hit Zhao Yunlan deeply, reminding him of Shen Wei, and he becomes increasingly agitated.
The ghost’s declaration that there are live souls in Ghost City triggers an onslaught of hungry ghouls, forcing Zhao Yunlan to engage in a desperate fight.
Despite Zhao Yunlan’s efforts, the ghouls keep coming, and Zhu Hong, in her python form, struggles to fend them off.
With his ammunition depleted and the situation dire, Zhao Yunlan uses a wind-borrowing talisman and True Flame of Samadhi to create a temporary barrier of fire.
As they attempt to escape, the flames begin to weaken, and the ghouls start overwhelming them.
Suddenly, the Soul-Guarding Whip appears in Zhao Yunlan's hand, and he feels a surge of power as something deep within him awakens.
Just as the situation looks hopeless, the Soul-Executing Emissary (Shen Wei) arrives, blasting through the ghouls and rescuing Zhao Yunlan, Zhu Hong, and Daqing.
Shen Wei questions why Zhao Yunlan was in Ghost City, but Zhao Yunlan, exhausted and emotional, simply embraces him and asks him to come home.
Zhu Hong, shocked and surprised by the intimate gesture between Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei, collapses in disbelief.
Chapter 7 (54)Zhu Hong is shocked to realize that the Soul-Executing Emissary is Shen Wei, and Daqing confirms it, feeling superior in the situation.
Shen Wei heals the scratches on Zhao Yunlan's arm, but avoids making eye contact and insists they leave the Netherworld immediately.
As they prepare to leave, the Magistrate and reapers arrive to address the damage caused by Shen Wei’s attack on Ghost City. Shen Wei intimidates the Magistrate, asserting his authority and leaving with Zhao Yunlan.
Zhao Yunlan tries to convince Shen Wei to come home with him, but Shen Wei insists that as a being of the gui, he cannot be with Zhao Yunlan, expressing regret over their entanglement.
Despite Zhao Yunlan's pleas, Shen Wei disappears, leaving Zhao Yunlan frustrated and heartbroken, with Zhu Hong witnessing the exchange.
Zhu Hong, confused and upset, questions why Shen Wei and Zhao Yunlan can’t be together. Daqing explains the natural order that separates the living from the dead and suggests that Shen Wei’s blood is likely keeping Zhao Yunlan alive.
Zhu Hong becomes indignant on Zhao Yunlan's behalf, accusing Shen Wei of stringing him along, but Zhao Yunlan dismisses her concerns, stating that the issues between him and Shen Wei are private matters.
Zhao Yunlan gently rejects Zhu Hong's feelings for him, explaining that he values Shen Wei despite the challenges, and encourages Zhu Hong to move on.
After sending Zhu Hong and Daqing away, Zhao Yunlan resolves to find the Great Seal in the Netherworld, diving into the Wangchuan River.
As Zhao Yunlan dives deeper, a water dragon pearl around his neck forms a protective air bubble, allowing him to breathe as he descends into the darkness, leaving behind all light and sound.
Chapter 8 (55)Chu Shuzhi returns to Dragon City in a good mood after spending a few days in seclusion. He quickly buys a standing-room train ticket and heads back after receiving an email about Zhu Hong’s plans to leave the SID.
At the train station, Chu Shuzhi sees Guo Changcheng struggling under the weight of a huge woven bag. Guo Changcheng, unaccustomed to physical labor, trips and spills the bag's contents, leading to a confrontation with a rude youth. Chu Shuzhi steps in, scaring off the rude youth and helping Guo Changcheng.
Guo Changcheng reveals that he was delivering items for a volunteer movement called "Helping Our Elders and Children." Despite his lack of confidence and communication skills, Guo Changcheng has been helping by delivering donations.
Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng drive to 4 Bright Avenue, where the SID team is gathered. The team, shocked by recent events, informs Chu Shuzhi that Shen Wei is the Soul-Executing Emissary.
Meanwhile, Zhao Yunlan, having dived into the Wangchuan River, loses all sense of time and space. He experiences intense pressure and exhaustion but eventually sees a faint light that leads him to an ancient withered tree, likely the Ancient Merit Tree.
Zhao Yunlan finds an old stone tablet with mysterious inscriptions that he somehow understands. As he touches the tablet, he experiences a vision of a beautiful woman with a serpent's tail, likely Nüwa, who expresses sorrow and regret.
Zhao Yunlan experiences memories of being Kunlun-jun, guarding a seal with the young King of the Gui. The memory is filled with light-hearted teasing and the King of the Gui’s straightforward affection for Kunlun-jun.
The vision ends with Kunlun-jun teaching the young King of the Gui about morals and justice, leaving Zhao Yunlan with a deep connection to his past life and the growing understanding of his bond with Shen Wei.
Chapter 9 (56)Kunlun-jun recounts how he used to teach the young King of the Gui various lessons, often embellishing or making up details, much to the young king's fascination. The young king admired Kunlun-jun deeply and sought ways to make him happy, although his efforts, like giving Kunlun-jun a necklace made from youchu teeth, often fell short.
One day, the young king expresses his desire to create something beautiful for Kunlun-jun, like the flowers he remembers from the Mortal Realm. Kunlun-jun teases him, suggesting that the young king might be trying to escape the Place of Great Disrespect, but the young king denies this.
Over time, the young king’s feelings for Kunlun-jun deepen, though he struggles to express them. Eventually, Kunlun-jun kisses the young king on the forehead, which leaves the young king flustered and infatuated.
The young king disappears for decades, and when he returns, he has matured slightly and presents Kunlun-jun with a soul fire he had painstakingly collected. In return, Kunlun-jun kisses the young king on the lips and offers him his heart, symbolizing the depth of their connection.
Kunlun-jun reveals to the young king that he is only a fragment of his primordial spirit and will soon die. The young king reacts with anger and desperation, vowing to destroy the Great Seal and the Ancient Merit Tree if it means saving Kunlun-jun, but Kunlun-jun explains that his death is inevitable and part of a greater destiny.
Despite his power, the young king realizes he cannot stop Kunlun-jun's fate, leading to a moment of profound sorrow and helplessness. Kunlun-jun tries to comfort him, explaining that fate is not a constraint but the culmination of choices, and that his time has simply come.
As the young king weeps, Kunlun-jun reflects on the beauty and tragedy of the situation, knowing he will never see the young king grow into his full potential.
Zhao Yunlan, having touched the Great Seal, experiences a vision of the past and realizes someone is watching him. Ghost Face, another King of the Gui, appears and taunts Zhao Yunlan about the fate of the Great Seal and the eventual demise of everything, including Kunlun-jun.
Ghost Face explains that Kunlun-jun's soul fire inadvertently created beings like him, things neither living nor dead, and suggests that Kunlun-jun’s actions were not as pure as they seemed.
Shen Wei arrives, furious that Zhao Yunlan came to such a dangerous place alone. He tries to protect Zhao Yunlan, but Ghost Face intervenes, turning into black smoke that envelops Zhao Yunlan.
When the smoke clears, Zhao Yunlan has disappeared, leaving both Shen Wei and Ghost Face wondering who took him.
Chapter 10 (57)Zhao Yunlan is engulfed by Ghost Face's black mist and finds himself teleported to an unknown location filled with white light. As he navigates this strange place, he encounters an old man carrying an empty basket, walking slowly and burdened as if carrying a heavy load.
Zhao Yunlan attempts to engage the old man in conversation, asking questions about where they are and what the old man is carrying, but the old man remains silent, singing a cryptic chant about guarding souls and completing unfinished cycles.
Suspecting the old man might be Shennong, Zhao Yunlan confronts him, demanding to know if Shennong tampered with the Great Divine Tree. The old man’s silence and the sudden shattering of the white world around them suggest Zhao Yunlan might be right.
Zhao Yunlan finds himself back in the Mortal Realm, specifically in 2002 near his childhood home. He realizes he's traveled back in time and sees his father driving a familiar car. Zhao Yunlan quickly follows his father to Antiques Street, where he observes his father meeting with Shen Wei, who is cloaked as the Soul-Executing Emissary.
Shen Wei and Zhao Yunlan’s "father" have a tense conversation. Zhao Yunlan’s father, possessed by Shennong’s mortar, expresses concern about the Great Seal weakening and warns Shen Wei not to forget his promises.
Shen Wei, in a cold and mocking tone, dismisses Shennong’s concerns, implying that the weakening of the Great Seal is inevitable and beyond anyone's control. He also threatens Zhao Yunlan’s father, causing him to struggle for breath and stumble back.
Zhao Yunlan overhears the conversation and is shocked by the revelation that Shen Wei and Shennong are enemies and that Shen Wei holds considerable power over Shennong’s mortar.
After Shen Wei departs, Zhao Yunlan reflects on the implications of what he has just witnessed, including the mysterious "golden contract" Shennong mentioned and the truth behind the loss of his soul fire.
Zhao Yunlan decides to investigate further, remembering the Record of Ancient Secrets in his pocket. However, when he opens the book, he finds it completely blank, leading him to consider visiting the general store in Ghost City to see if he can purchase the book that would appear in 4 Bright Avenue eleven years later.
Chapter 11 (58)Zhao Yunlan contemplates the implications of purchasing the Record of Ancient Secrets and the paradoxes it could create. He momentarily considers discarding the book into the Wangchuan River, but eventually decides to buy it from Ghost City.
He successfully returns to his home from 11 years ago, hides the book in his old stash, and nearly gets caught by his mother. To avoid detection by his father, Zhao Yunlan sneaks out of the house, only to find himself teleported back to the white path with the old man, likely Shennong's apparition.
The old man asks Zhao Yunlan profound questions about death, souls, and reincarnation. Before he can reveal more, he is abruptly killed by Shen Wei, who appears and rescues Zhao Yunlan.
Shen Wei attempts to comfort Zhao Yunlan, but Zhao Yunlan notices the blood on his hands and questions him. Shen Wei, uncomfortable and distressed, avoids direct contact and eventually takes Zhao Yunlan back to his home.
Once they are home, Zhao Yunlan confronts Shen Wei about the secrets he's been hiding, particularly regarding the Great Divine Tree's memories and the nature of death and cycles. Shen Wei initially hesitates but eventually starts to open up.
Zhao Yunlan deduces that the memories in the Great Divine Tree were tampered with by Shen Wei, who fabricated and manipulated events to mislead him. Despite these revelations, Zhao Yunlan expresses that his feelings for Shen Wei remain unchanged.
Shen Wei admits his actions, revealing the extent of his manipulation and the pressure he felt to protect Zhao Yunlan. Despite knowing Shen Wei's true nature and the lies he's told, Zhao Yunlan reassures him that nothing could make him hate him.
Chapter 12 (59)Guo Changcheng receives a strange call from an unfamiliar number, which he initially ignores. Meanwhile, Chu Shuzhi and the team discuss the unusual behavior of Zhu Hong's Fourth Uncle, suspecting he knows more than he's letting on about the current situation.
Lao-Li shares information he overheard about the Snake tribe abandoning the city, which worries Zhu Hong, as her Fourth Uncle hadn't mentioned it to her. Daqing notes that other creatures, like the Crow tribe, have also mysteriously vanished, further heightening the group's concerns.
Daqing interrupts the speculation and instructs the day shift to rest while assigning tasks to the night shift. He suggests that if Zhao Yunlan isn't found by sunrise, they might need to seek help from the Netherworld.
Guo Changcheng finally answers the persistent call. The voice on the other end is from a woman he recognizes as Cui Xiuyun's mother, who tells him that her daughter has gone missing. Despite Chu Shuzhi's advice not to agree to the ghost's request, Guo Changcheng promises to help find the girl.
Chu Shuzhi is shocked when Guo Changcheng's merits glow white, with an orange flash, indicating something extraordinary. Chu Shuzhi decides to help Guo Changcheng in his search for the missing girl.
Wang Zheng and Sangzan check Zhao Yunlan's apartment and find evidence that he and Shen Wei had been there but left again before dawn. The setup of tea suggests they had a long conversation.
Zhao Yunlan confronts Shen Wei, who finally agrees to share the truth. Shen Wei offers Zhao Yunlan his hand, and when Zhao Yunlan takes it, he is pulled into Shen Wei's memories.
In these memories, Zhao Yunlan witnesses the birth of Shen Wei and Ghost Face from the mud and the events of the primordial past, including the second War of Gods and Demons. Shen Wei explains the suffering and fear of death during this time and how Shennong borrowed Zhao Yunlan's soul fire to ease the suffering of restless spirits.
The memory reveals how Zhao Yunlan's soul fire ended up in the Place of Great Disrespect, possibly due to Shennong's deliberate actions or coincidence.
The memory concludes with Kunlun-jun and Shennong arriving at the Place of Great Disrespect, where Kunlun-jun naively questions the nature of the monsters and devils, to which Shennong cryptically replies that they are part of the natural order.
Chapter 13 (60)Shennong, weakened by old age, discusses life, death, and the creation of the Reincarnation Cycle with Kunlun-jun. He implies that escaping the cycle of life and death might lead to godhood.
Kunlun-jun offers Shennong a fruit from the Great Divine Tree to extend his life, but Shennong declines, emphasizing that he doesn't fear death.
As they leave the Place of Great Disrespect, Shennong reflects on the possibility of life emerging from barren places, while Kunlun-jun dismisses it as the ramblings of an old man.
Shen Wei explains to Zhao Yunlan that Shennong's attempt to create the Reincarnation Cycle failed because the gui, born from Chaos, lacked souls.
Shen Wei reveals that he is an anomaly, neither fully human nor god, and that his existence is tied to the Chaos from which he originated. He describes how he has always been different, even from his twin, Ghost Face.
Zhao Yunlan comforts Shen Wei, urging him to get to the point and stop with the self-loathing. Shen Wei recounts how the collapse of Buzhou Mountain ended the war and unleashed a flood of gui.
Shen Wei recalls his first sight of Kunlun-jun and how he sought to find him, resisting his own nature to understand life.
They revisit the past where Kunlun-jun set up a trial on Penglai Mountain to decide the fate of humans, wu, and yao. The wu, failing to respect Chiyou, were deceived and trapped, while the humans and yao survived.
They witness Nüwa preparing to repair the sky, entrusting the land to Kunlun-jun. Kunlun-jun reflects on the nature of humans, comparing their struggle for life to the struggles of gods.
Nüwa sacrifices herself to repair the sky, and Shennong dies, becoming the Reincarnation Cycle. Kunlun-jun, too, sacrifices his heart's blood to seal the Four Pillars and gives up his divine form.
Shen Wei reveals to Zhao Yunlan that he sought to place Kunlun-jun in the Reincarnation Cycle but was denied by Shennong, who stated that primordial gods couldn't enter the cycle.
Shen Wei made a vow to protect the Great Houtu Seal in exchange for Kunlun-jun's reincarnation, binding his fate to the seal and ensuring they could never meet again.
Despite his promises, Shen Wei admits he deliberately misled Zhao Yunlan with fake memories to manipulate him into staying with him and eventually choosing to die together.
Zhao Yunlan, instead of condemning Shen Wei, expresses a desire to live out his mortal life and take care of his parents, surprising Shen Wei.
The chapter ends with Shen Wei and Zhao Yunlan returning home, where their intimacy continues. Shen Wei struggles with his emotions, and Zhao Yunlan sets playful "rules" for their life together, leading to a tender, albeit humorous, moment between them.
Chapter 14 (61)Guo Changcheng, having impulsively accepted a ghost's request to find a missing girl, feels anxious about how to fulfill the promise. He considers posting a missing person bulletin online, but Chu Shuzhi points out that this would give the kidnapper time to hide the girl.
Chu Shuzhi suggests checking the long-distance bus routes from the girl's village to Dragon City, reasoning that the kidnapper would likely avoid the train due to ID checks.
They deduce that the girl might be arriving in Dragon City soon and decide to wait at the highway exit to intercept her.
Guo Changcheng eagerly agrees, but Chu Shuzhi is skeptical and suggests that human trafficking isn't their jurisdiction. However, Guo Changcheng insists on continuing the search, even offering to go alone.
Chu Shuzhi reluctantly agrees to accompany him. They spend the night staking out the highway exit, with Guo Changcheng repeatedly fighting off sleep to keep watch.
During the stakeout, Chu Shuzhi observes Guo Changcheng's inexplicable accumulation of merits, which appear almost like fire around him, a phenomenon that intrigues Chu Shuzhi.
As a bus from the girl's province approaches, Guo Changcheng stops it and checks the passengers. Meanwhile, Chu Shuzhi contacts Daqing, asking about the unusual "fire-like" merit he's seen on Guo Changcheng.
Daqing explains that such great merits are rare and typically associated with divine actions, like those of Nüwa when she created humans. Chu Shuzhi is stunned, wondering if Guo Changcheng is truly human.
Chu Shuzhi applies a talisman to Guo Changcheng, momentarily separating his soul from his body, but finds nothing unusual about his soul. He questions Guo Changcheng about his lineage, but Guo Changcheng insists he is just a regular human.
Another bus arrives, and Guo Changcheng spots the missing girl, Cui Xiuyun, who gets off the bus. When the man accompanying her tries to flee, Chu Shuzhi easily apprehends him.
Guo Changcheng calls the ghost mother to inform her that they've found her daughter. He hands the phone to Cui Xiuyun, who, upon hearing her deceased mother's voice, breaks down in tears, realizing the gravity of her situation.
The emotional reunion between mother and daughter occurs over the phone, with Cui Xiuyun promising to return home.
Chu Shuzhi, once again, sees the mysterious "firelight" around Guo Changcheng, which grows brighter, suggesting something extraordinary about Guo Changcheng's merits or nature.
Chapter 15 (62)As the sun rises, Daqing, worried about Zhao Yunlan, rushes to his place and tries to get inside by ringing the doorbell. Eventually, Shen Wei opens the door, wearing Zhao Yunlan's shirt, which flusters Daqing.
Shen Wei informs Daqing that Zhao Yunlan is back and resting. Daqing quickly excuses himself but is asked by Shen Wei to buy breakfast.
Daqing, embarrassed, heads to a breakfast shop where he uses a note and money hidden in his collar to buy food, drawing attention and causing him further embarrassment.
Zhao Yunlan wakes up to the sound of the door, and Shen Wei informs him that Daqing went to buy breakfast. Shen Wei takes care of some neglected plants, bringing them back to life with his powers.
Later, Zhao Yunlan laughs at the thought of Daqing buying breakfast. Shen Wei ignores Zhao Yunlan’s teasing, and Zhao Yunlan receives a call from Zhu Hong about Lin Jing, who has gone missing after working on a life-borrowing case.
Zhao Yunlan tries to contact Lin Jing but fails. Using a Soul-Guarding Order, he attempts to trace Lin Jing, but the connection breaks, indicating trouble. Shen Wei reassures Zhao Yunlan that Lin Jing is still alive but unreachable.
Zhao Yunlan decides to investigate and invites Shen Wei to join him. Shen Wei reviews the details of the case, using his powers to analyze a photo from the scene. They discover something unusual in the victim's eyes—an image that might help identify the source of the trouble.
Just then, they receive a video email from Lin Jing, sent before he lost contact. In the video, Lin Jing appears to be in distress, showing signs of physical deterioration and indicating that the wellness resort where he was investigating is deserted.
An earthquake-like tremor occurs, which Shen Wei and Zhao Yunlan identify as originating from the Netherworld, signaling further danger.
Zhao Yunlan gathers his gear, including a special Soul-Guarding Order, and sets out with Shen Wei and some coworkers to investigate the resort.
Arriving at the deserted wellness resort, they find a delivery truck abandoned with fresh produce still inside, but no sign of the driver. Zhao Yunlan instructs Guo Changcheng and Zhu Hong to go to the local police station to check for recent missing-person reports.
Zhu Hong initially refuses to leave Zhao Yunlan, but after some insistence, she reluctantly agrees, while Zhao Yunlan and the others prepare to investigate the resort further.
Chapter 16 (63)Zhu Hong, angry at Zhao Yunlan, throws a rock at his car, damaging it. She receives a text from Chu Shuzhi reminding her that any fines for damages will come out of her bonus. In her anger, she destroys her phone and yells at Zhao Yunlan before deciding to find him herself, leaving Guo Changcheng behind.
Meanwhile, Daqing and Chu Shuzhi are uneasy during the car ride with Shen Wei, knowing his true identity as the Soul-Executing Emissary. They arrive at the Spring Harbor Resort, which appears desolate and eerie.
Zhao Yunlan finds a notebook in a security booth that abruptly ends mid-entry, suggesting something happened suddenly. Shen Wei examines the dust on the notebook and reveals that it’s human bone ash, indicating the person was instantly disintegrated.
Shen Wei explains that such phenomena occurred in ancient times when the gui first surfaced, wiping out all life in the vicinity. He identifies a protective Plum Blossom Array in the resort, which likely contained the yin energy, preventing widespread destruction.
Zhao Yunlan grows concerned, suspecting that the life-lending case is linked to the Reincarnation Dial and the weakening Great Seal. He wonders if Lin Jing was lured into a trap and if the gui are trying to lure someone else—perhaps Shen Wei or the Soul-Guarding Order.
The group enters the resort, which is ominously empty. As they proceed, Zhao Yunlan senses danger and prepares for an attack. A youchu (ghost) suddenly appears, and Zhao Yunlan fends it off, but Shen Wei quickly destroys it, showing his deep disdain for the gui.
More gui emerge, leading to a chaotic battle. Shen Wei, driven by anger, uses his Soul-Executing Blade to cut down the gui, but Zhao Yunlan tries to stop him, sensing something unusual about the situation.
As Shen Wei’s blade creates a deep fissure in the ground, laughter echoes around them. The voice mocks Zhao Yunlan for being slower than Shen Wei in reacting. The ground splits further, separating Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei from Chu Shuzhi and Daqing. A ball of black mist entangles Shen Wei, dragging him away as he tries to hold onto Zhao Yunlan.
Chapter 17 (64)Guo Changcheng receives a text from Chu Shuzhi, urging him to stay away from the resort and prevent others from going there. He tries to contact Chu Shuzhi to inform him that Zhu Hong has run off, but all communication fails.
Feeling isolated and unsure, Guo Changcheng drives to the nearest town and heads to the local police station. Upon arrival, he finds a large crowd blocking the entrance, all of whom are there to report missing persons.
An old woman stumbles and falls against Guo Changcheng's car, causing a commotion. As tensions rise, the young female officer present struggles to handle the crowd, overwhelmed by their demands and accusations.
Guo Changcheng steps in, trying to calm the situation by offering his car to take the old woman to the hospital. He then identifies himself as a member of the Special Investigations Department and asks the crowd if their missing relatives worked at the Spring Harbor Resort.
Most of the crowd confirms that their missing loved ones worked at the resort. Guo Changcheng manages to organize the crowd into a line to file their reports, surprising himself with his ability to take charge of the situation.
Meanwhile, at the resort, Shen Wei is entangled in black mist, and Zhao Yunlan tries to free him using the Soul-Executing Blade and a paper talisman, but both attempts fail.
Shen Wei urges Zhao Yunlan to cut off his arm to free him, but Zhao Yunlan refuses. Instead, he uses the true Soul-Guarding Order, made from the Great Divine Tree, to burn away the mist, freeing Shen Wei's arm.
The Soul-Guarding Order is damaged in the process, and Shen Wei reprimands Zhao Yunlan for risking his protection. They flee the area as the black mist, representing Chaos, continues to pursue them.
As they escape, Shen Wei uses his powers to contain the Chaos, but just as he gains control, Ghost Face appears and stabs an icicle through Shen Wei's heart.
Zhao Yunlan attacks Ghost Face with the Soul-Guarding Whip, but it shatters, injuring Zhao Yunlan in the process. Ghost Face demands the Soul-Guarding Lamp in exchange for Shen Wei's life.
Ghost Face expresses a twisted admiration for Zhao Yunlan, acknowledging his fearlessness. Despite this, he disappears with the cocooned Shen Wei, leaving Zhao Yunlan wounded and determined.
Chapter 18 (65)The Magistrate tries to speak to Zhao Yunlan, but Zhao, with a chilling and intense demeanor, asks to be taken to the real Reincarnation Cycle in the Netherworld, believing it might help awaken Kunlun-jun's primordial spirit.
The Magistrate is surprised by Zhao's request, expecting him to inquire about the Soul-Guarding Lamp instead. Zhao insists on being taken to the Reincarnation Cycle, dismissing any other concerns.
Zhu Hong arrives, wanting to accompany Zhao Yunlan, but he coldly dismisses her, telling her that she would only hold him back. This infuriates Zhu Hong, who retorts angrily but is ignored by Zhao.
Meanwhile, Lin Jing, who has been kidnapped, finds himself surrounded by youchu and is terrified as they nearly attack him. However, they are suddenly interrupted by a sharp whistle that causes the youchu to scatter.
Ghost Face appears, bringing Shen Wei with him, who is severely injured and pinned to a tree by an icicle through his heart. Lin Jing is horrified to see Shen Wei in such a state.
Ghost Face removes his mask, revealing a face similar to Shen Wei's but with a cold, corpse-like appearance. He declares his intention to kill Shen Wei and absorb his power to break the Great Seal.
Shen Wei, despite his injuries, mocks Ghost Face, revealing that he had planned for the Mountain-River Awl to end up in Ghost Face's hands and had also absorbed a wisp of Chaos that Ghost Face had used as bait.
Infuriated, Ghost Face tortures Shen Wei by twisting the icicle in his chest, causing him unbearable pain. Ghost Face declares his intent to consume Shen Wei's power and become the sole King of the Gui.
Shen Wei passes out from the pain, and Ghost Face disappears into the darkness, leaving Shen Wei in a dire state.
Chapter 19 (66)During the confrontation with Ghost Face, Lin Jing is ignored, leaving him in shock and fear. He tries to reassure himself but is terrified by the presence of a youchu guarding him.
Lin Jing attempts to communicate with the youchu, but it warns him to stay silent. He then starts reciting scriptures, which triggers a reaction in the Sealing Rock behind him, causing a protective white light to emanate.
The youchu, disturbed by the white light, tries to attack Lin Jing but is repelled by the light, which grows brighter and touches Shen Wei, who is hanging impaled on the Ancient Merit Tree.
Shen Wei regains consciousness and weakly responds to Lin Jing's questions, explaining that he was attacked while reclaiming Chaos and is now immobilized due to the icicle made from Huangquan's frozen water.
Shen Wei advises Lin Jing to continue reciting scriptures, as the Great Seal might respond to his sincerity. Lin Jing, determined to help, recites the scriptures louder, causing the ropes binding him to dissolve in the light.
Meanwhile, Guo Changcheng, at the police station, has successfully kept the families of the missing people calm but receives no updates from Zhao Yunlan and the others.
Chu Shuzhi and Daqing return, looking exhausted, and inform Guo Changcheng that they only found some belongings of the missing people, indicating that the threat only consumes living beings, leaving items untouched.
Chu Shuzhi hands Guo Changcheng a bag of bone ash, revealing that they found remains but no identifiable bodies. He instructs Guo Changcheng to report the situation to Wang Zheng and find a way to explain it to the public.
Guo Changcheng is shocked and struggles to accept the situation. He expresses his determination to find the missing souls, believing that people can't just disappear without a trace.
Daqing, in human form, explains that the youchu are linked to the demise of Fuxi and Nüwa and that they don't consume souls. He suggests that the souls might still be around since the deaths were sudden and the Netherworld couldn't reach them in time.
Despite Chu Shuzhi's skepticism, Guo Changcheng insists on searching for the souls, driven by his promise to the victims' families. Chu Shuzhi reluctantly agrees and gives Guo Changcheng cows' tears to help him see the souls.
Daqing decides to find Zhao Yunlan, expressing concern for him. He advises Chu Shuzhi to be careful with Guo Changcheng, as the young man is naive and inexperienced.
Daqing then leaves to search for Zhao Yunlan, leaping out of the window into the darkness.
Chapter 20 (67)Zhao Yunlan and the Magistrate arrive at the Netherworld, but instead of heading straight to the Reincarnation Cycle, they are summoned to the Yanluo Courts by the Ten Kings.
The hall where the Ten Kings sit is a vast, ominous space with a clear view of the Eighteen Levels of Hell beneath, showcasing various tortures. The sight unnerves Zhu Hong, who accompanies Zhao Yunlan.
The Ten Kings, seated high above, display their power and authority, clearly attempting to intimidate Zhao Yunlan. Despite the grim surroundings, Zhao Yunlan remains unfazed and demands to be taken to the Reincarnation Cycle.
The Ten Kings address Zhao Yunlan with anger, but he responds coldly, even mocking their attempts at intimidation. His demeanor resembles that of Kunlun-jun, unnerving the Magistrate.
As tensions rise, the ground beneath them begins to shake, signaling that the Great Seal has broken. Chaos ensues as the Hell below starts to collapse, and a reaper arrives with the news that the violent ghosts in Ghost City are rebelling.
Amid the chaos, Zhao Yunlan demands to see the Reincarnation Cycle, threatening the Magistrate at gunpoint. The Ten Kings, realizing the severity of the situation, comply and reveal a hidden chamber containing the Soul-Guarding Lamp, the last of the Four Hallowed Artifacts.
Meanwhile, Lin Jing, who had been trying to help Shen Wei, finally frees himself and attempts to assist Shen Wei by removing the icicle from his chest. Shen Wei, weakened but still conscious, instructs Lin Jing to do so.
Despite his fear, Lin Jing pulls the icicle out, causing a gush of blood. Shen Wei's wound begins to heal rapidly, and he absorbs the icicle, which melts into a wisp of bloodred smoke.
Shen Wei explains that Ghost Face has gone to investigate the Chaos he captured and that he has prepared a surprise for him at the Yanluo Courts. He instructs Lin Jing to swim up the Wangchuan River to reach the Huangquan Road, where they will find Zhao Yunlan.
In the Mortal Realm, Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng continue their search for the souls of the missing people at the resort. Chu Shuzhi uses a whistle to attract souls, and they encounter a ghost, Feng Dawei, who realizes he is dead. Guo Changcheng takes notes on the ghost’s final message for his family.
As they collect more souls, they encounter a rogue cultivator who offers to help them clear out the youchu. However, Guo Changcheng notices something sinister in the cultivator’s reflection, revealing him to be a monster.
The cultivator, now exposed, reveals his true nature. Before Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng can react, a large youchu emerges from the ground, signaling that the Great Seal’s weakening is allowing more gui to enter the Mortal Realm.
The chapter ends with the growing threat of the youchu and the impending chaos as the Great Seal continues to deteriorate.
Chapter 21 (68)The chapter opens with the Qin'guang King informing Zhao Yunlan that the Great Seal has broken and the Soul-Executing Emissary's whereabouts are unknown. He urges Zhao Yunlan to work together to face the catastrophe threatening the Netherworld and Mortal Realm.
Zhao Yunlan, keeping his composure, questions the Qin'guang King's intentions, suggesting that the Ten Kings plan to use him to rekindle the Soul-Guarding Lamp, possibly by extracting Kunlun-jun's heart's blood.
The Qin'guang King attempts to justify their actions, but Zhao Yunlan sees through their motives, realizing they intend to sacrifice him for the greater good. The conversation grows tense, and the situation deteriorates further as the ground quakes, and the Great Seal continues to weaken.
Zhu Hong transforms into a giant python in defense of Zhao Yunlan, confronting the Ten Kings, who order Zhao Yunlan's capture. However, a group of powerful yao, including Fourth Uncle, arrives, declaring their loyalty to Kunlun-jun and denouncing the Ten Kings' betrayal.
A chaotic argument ensues among the gathered immortals, Daoists, and yao, blaming the Netherworld for the catastrophe and accusing the Ten Kings of betrayal.
Amid the chaos, Ghost Face emerges from the Wangchuan River, surrounded by gui, further escalating the situation. The Qin'guang King seizes the moment to rally everyone to fight against the gui.
As the battle erupts, Lin Jing and Shen Wei arrive. Lin Jing pulls Zhao Yunlan to the chamber with the Soul-Guarding Lamp, where Zhao Yunlan confronts Shen Wei about his recent actions.
Shen Wei explains his intricate plan to lure Ghost Face into a trap, revealing that he had been controlling the situation all along, using Ghost Face's paranoia to his advantage.
Despite his anger, Zhao Yunlan softens when Shen Wei, clearly in pain and regretful, reaches out to him. Shen Wei expresses his willingness to accept punishment, but Zhao Yunlan, though frustrated, ultimately embraces him, signaling his forgiveness.
The battle outside intensifies as the various factions use their secret weapons, including the Fuxi Bagua Net, to trap the shard of Chaos and defeat the gui. The golden light from the Bagua Net illuminates the entire Netherworld, signaling the end of the battle.
Just as the battle seems won, Lin Jing observes Ghost Face's final moments. Ghost Face, in a fit of rage and despair, curses Shen Wei and then explodes, shattering the Bagua Net and releasing the shard of Chaos once more.
The chapter ends with the imminent threat of the Chaos re-emerging, leaving the fate of the Netherworld and Mortal Realm hanging in the balance.
Chapter 22 (69)Guo Changcheng, clutching his baton, is terrified after coming face-to-face with a youchu and seeing the youth's true monstrous form. He struggles to control his fear as Chu Shuzhi, showing no sympathy, encourages him to stay scared and alert.
Chu Shuzhi uses a bone piccolo to summon skeleton soldiers made from the ashes coating the resort. These soldiers engage in battle with the monstrous youth, who reveals himself as a high-level youchu.
The youth mocks Chu Shuzhi's past as a criminal Corpse King and recites the Soul-Guarding Order's creed, challenging Chu Shuzhi's redemption. Despite the youth's power, the skeleton soldiers continue to fight, protecting Guo Changcheng.
As the battle rages, a strange thunderous sound emerges from underground, causing both the skeletons and youchu to halt in fear. Sensing danger, Chu Shuzhi grabs Guo Changcheng and they flee to the car, driving away at breakneck speed.
Chu Shuzhi drives up the mountain, instinctively seeking higher ground for safety. They reach the peak and take refuge in a cave, preparing to stay the night with supplies from the car.
While standing guard, Guo Changcheng spots a young female ghost on a suspension bridge outside the cave. Chu Shuzhi tries to approach her, but she panics. Guo Changcheng takes over, managing to calm her down and convince her to come closer.
Just as the girl begins to trust Guo Changcheng, a terrifying roar echoes from the other side of the bridge, causing her to freeze in fear. Chu Shuzhi prepares a talisman to protect them, but the situation grows increasingly dire as the earth itself seems to tremble.
In the Netherworld, Ghost Face suddenly self-destructs, causing massive destruction. The Wangchuan River erupts, and the Yanluo Courts shatter. Shen Wei pulls Zhao Yunlan to safety, giving Zhu Hong a branch from the Great Divine Tree to ensure her survival.
The group escapes to the Mortal Realm via the pagoda tree. Daqing, panicked, meets them at the tree, expressing his fear and relief at finding Zhao Yunlan.
Shennong’s mortar arrives, and Shen Wei reveals that the Great Seal has been severely damaged by Ghost Face's actions. He resealed it temporarily using the old Houtu Seal, but it will only hold for half a day.
Shen Wei explains that the Four Hallowed Artifacts must be used to reseal the Four Pillars holding the earth and sky. He calls upon everyone present to help stabilize the foundation of the sealing ritual.
Shen Wei activates the Four Hallowed Artifacts: the Mountain-River Awl, the Reincarnation Dial, the Merit Brush, and the Soul-Guarding Lamp. The Soul-Guarding Lamp, previously thought to be in the Yanluo Courts, was actually taken by Shen Wei.
Shen Wei pricks Zhao Yunlan's finger, using a drop of his blood to reignite the Soul-Guarding Lamp. Despite the Yanluo King’s previous demand for a vial of heart’s blood, Shen Wei assures Zhao Yunlan that a single drop is sufficient for their immediate needs.
As Shen Wei resumes his true form as the Soul-Executing Emissary, he asks for everyone's help in performing the sealing ritual. The scene shifts to the participants positioning themselves around the ritual, each under a different artifact.
Zhao Yunlan has a private conversation with Shennong’s mortar, asking him to take care of his parents if he doesn’t survive. The mortar agrees, offering to live as "Zhao Yunlan" in the Mortal Realm.
Shen Wei writes an ancient spell in the air, its power resonating with everyone present. As the spell takes effect, it inspires a deep sense of reverence and awe.
The chapter ends with Shen Wei smiling at Zhao Yunlan, a rare moment of peace and connection amid the chaos.
Chapter 23 (70)Zhu Hong wanders through the pitch-black halls of the Yanluo Courts, guided only by the soft white light from the branch of the Great Divine Tree that Shen Wei had given her. This light forms an invisible shield around her, protecting her from the fearsome gui and the Chaos surrounding her.
Zhu Hong hears someone urgently calling her name and finds her Fourth Uncle, injured and hiding in a crack beneath the Fuxi Scale, a sacred object of their tribe. He is unable to maintain his human form, with his tail partially visible.
Fourth Uncle scolds Zhu Hong for not leaving with the Guardian and criticizes her for not understanding the danger they are in. Despite his harsh words, he is relieved to see that she is unharmed.
Zhu Hong reveals the branch given to her by Shen Wei, which astonishes Fourth Uncle. He examines it and is shocked to see that the branch, which had previously only ever grown two buds in tens of thousands of years, has now sprouted a third bud.
Fourth Uncle interprets the new bud as a possible sign that someone has had a change of heart, relating it to the ancient legend of Nüwa and the Divine Tree.
Meanwhile, on the bridge, Guo Changcheng and Chu Shuzhi are in a life-or-death struggle. Chu Shuzhi fires a lightning talisman to protect Guo Changcheng from a nearby gui. He then uses rainwater to form a giant skull that shields them temporarily.
Chu Shuzhi finally sees that the red-eyed monstrous youth, who had disguised himself in human skin, is a high-level gui that has absorbed Chaos leaking from the ground. The gui, now more powerful due to the shattered Seal, shatters Chu Shuzhi’s skull shield and strikes him with immense force.
Chu Shuzhi is sent flying off the bridge, plummeting towards the ground below. Without hesitation, Guo Changcheng, driven by an unexpected surge of courage, leaps off the bridge after Chu Shuzhi, leaving behind the fanny pack containing the soul bottles, which scatter across the bridge’s surface.
Chapter 24 (71)The Four Hallowed Artifacts begin orbiting around Shen Wei, connected by ancient text. Everyone helping with the ritual can feel this connection and start chanting words they don't understand.
Lao-Li, an elderly guard, reflects on a past life where he tricked a divine black cat, Daqing, into giving up his golden bell, which contained half his spirit and could regenerate flesh and reverse the Reincarnation Cycle. Lao-Li used the bell to extend his life but lived with regret and guilt.
As Lao-Li recounts his story, Daqing reacts coldly, showing his bitterness and disappointment. Lao-Li, overwhelmed with emotion, kneels and begins to cry, revealing that he had only hoped to spend his reincarnated life quietly feeding the cat.
The Merit Brush, one of the Four Hallowed Artifacts, starts to move, revealing its black and red tip. This triggers a reaction in the other artifacts: the Soul-Guarding Lamp glows brightly, the Reincarnation Dial begins to move, and the Mountain-River Awl comes alive with flowing lines.
The earth shakes as the Great Houtu Seal breaks, releasing a flood of Chaos. The lights across the Mortal Realm are extinguished, and darkness spreads.
Shen Wei chants the sealing spell, invoking the Four Hallowed Artifacts to seal the Four Pillars: the Reincarnation Dial seals the west, the Mountain-River Awl seals the north, and the Merit Brush seals the east. The Soul-Guarding Lamp remains to seal the south.
As the Soul-Guarding Lamp moves to the center of the Bagua, Zhao Yunlan feels his connection to it severed. Shen Wei, in a final act, embraces Zhao Yunlan and kisses him, draining away Zhao Yunlan's memories and emotions connected to him.
Shen Wei's body ignites in flames, and he pushes Zhao Yunlan away, breaking their oath to die together. Shen Wei, realizing too late the truth about life, death, and love, accepts his fate with peace but knowing he will never see Zhao Yunlan again.
Shen Wei vanishes in the flames, leaving Zhao Yunlan unconscious and in the care of Shennong's mortar.
Chapter 25 (72)The violent convulsions of the earth below the Huangquan begin to calm down, and the heavy black mist starts to dissipate. Survivors cautiously assess their surroundings.
Zhu Hong, holding the branch of the Great Divine Tree, follows it as it floats away. Despite Fourth Uncle's warnings, she dives into the Wangchuan River after the branch, which leads them to the Ancient Merit Tree.
The branch of the Great Divine Tree merges with the Ancient Merit Tree, causing both trees to grow rapidly. The two trees, entwined together, become massive, breaking through the surface of the Wangchuan River and covering the Yanluo Courts with their dense canopies.
Fourth Uncle notices that his injuries have healed and observes the disintegration of the Great Houtu Seal, while the Four Pillars are restored to their original positions.
Aboveground, Wang Zheng hears a strange sound, which Shennong’s mortar explains as the cry of ten thousand mountains, signifying a significant event like the fall of Pangu.
Zhao Yunlan awakens, but something about him is different. Shennong’s mortar recognizes him as the reincarnation of Kunlun-jun, the Mountain God. Kunlun-jun dismisses the formalities and acknowledges the sacrifices and events that have transpired.
Kunlun-jun holds the scale left by Nüwa, reflecting on the events and what they mean. As he does, a giant tree bursts from the ground, beginning to heal the cracks left by the destruction of the Great Seal.
Guo Changcheng and Chu Shuzhi, caught in a perilous situation on the bridge, are saved by the souls that Guo had collected, which form a net to catch them. The souls express gratitude before moving on to the Reincarnation Cycle.
Guo Changcheng, guided by an inner voice, begins chanting the Soul-Guarding Order, which resonates with the earth and brings peace to the souls of the deceased. A pale orange glow surrounds him, signaling his connection to the Soul-Guarding Lamp.
As the light spreads across the Mortal Realm, dispelling the darkness, the red-eyed gui is destroyed, and peace begins to return to the world.
Kunlun-jun, sensing the connection, catches a ball of fire that flies into the Soul-Guarding Lamp, which transforms into Shen Wei. Kunlun-jun holds Shen Wei tightly, relieved and emotional as Shen Wei is restored to life.
Shennong’s mortar is baffled by Shen Wei’s return, questioning how the Soul-Guarding Lamp could return a soul. Kunlun-jun explains that Guo Changcheng is the reincarnated wick of the Lamp, and his accumulated merits are what allowed Shen Wei to be restored.
The new Four Pillars are established as the Soul-Guarding Lamp rises and disappears into the south. The tree that grew from the Great Divine Tree's branch showers the earth with water droplets, healing the damage caused by the Great Seal's destruction.
The chapter ends with the first ray of light piercing through the dark clouds, signifying the dawn of a new day.
EpilogueZhao Yunlan is in his office, frustrated while editing a report filled with errors by Lin Jing. He calls Lin Jing in and scolds him, but Lin Jing is more interested in taking a selfie with Zhao Yunlan.
Lin Jing is excited that Zhao Yunlan appears in the photo, speculating that it’s his physical manifestation in the Mortal Realm, similar to Shen Wei’s.
Zhu Hong enters, withdrawing her resignation, which Zhao Yunlan has already shredded. She then asks about the third bud on the branch Shen Wei gave her.
Zhao Yunlan explains that the first bud sprouted when Shen Wei swore an oath with Shennong, the second when he upheld that oath, and the third when the King of the Gui gained three ethereal souls, linking him to the Reincarnation Cycle and ending the gui’s existence.
Zhu Hong asks if Zhao Yunlan will return to Kunlun Mountain, but he dismisses the idea, preferring to stay in the Mortal Realm.
Zhao Yunlan accepts a hotel discount card from Zhu Hong, who feels like everything still seems like a dream after her experiences.
Chu Shuzhi arrives, confirming that Guo Changcheng is the reincarnation of the Soul-Guarding Lamp’s wick. Zhao Yunlan gets frustrated and tells Chu Shuzhi to leave.
After work, Zhao Yunlan is surprised when Daqing tells him someone is here for him. Shen Wei enters, but Zhao Yunlan, pretending to have amnesia, coldly dismisses him.
Shen Wei apologizes to Zhao Yunlan, but Zhao refuses to engage, claiming he has a date at a hotel. The other members of the SID, witnessing the interaction, offer their support to Shen Wei.
Guo Changcheng naively points out how worried Zhao Yunlan was when Shen Wei was injured, earning him a year of workplace teasing.
Daqing secures the key to Zhao Yunlan’s apartment from Shen Wei and runs off with it. Lao-Li arrives with food for Daqing and shares a brief, poignant moment with Zhao Yunlan.
In a quiet moment, Shen Wei kneels before Zhao Yunlan, apologizing again, but Zhao Yunlan, despite his frustration, can’t stay mad at him.
They sit together in the hallway as the night falls, with Zhao Yunlan questioning Shen Wei’s actions and intentions. Shen Wei, filled with regret, offers a heartfelt apology.
Eventually, Zhao Yunlan relents, helping Shen Wei up and walking out of the building together. Zhao Yunlan initially says he’s going to the hotel but hints that Shen Wei can come with him, leaving the door open for reconciliation.
Sage 1The SID receives a case involving someone in a southern city keeping a ghoul as a pet, causing societal issues. Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng travel to resolve the situation, which takes over a month.
Despite his time at the SID, Guo Changcheng shows little improvement in his abilities, likened to Xiaomi, a Samoyed puppy with limited skills.
Xiaomi, a stray puppy adopted by Zhao Yunlan, was supposed to entertain Daqing but shows no progress in learning despite Chu Shuzhi’s efforts.
After returning from the trip, Chu Shuzhi focuses on stock reviews while Guo Changcheng fills out reimbursement forms.
Guo Changcheng seeks Zhao Yunlan for a signature but learns Zhao is out, supposedly inspecting a new office and moving, though Zhu Hong hints he’s bedridden after a rough night.
Daqing and Zhu Hong discuss Zhao’s absence, Zhu Hong revealing with some jealousy that Zhao is incapacitated due to being with someone.
Lin Jing, who has been hogging the internet bandwidth, gets reprimanded by Zhu Hong and Chu Shuzhi, leading him to resort to offline games.
Lin Jing plucks a hair from Guo Changcheng, speculating about his special nature as the wick of the Soul-Guarding Lamp. Chu Shuzhi dismisses the notion that Guo’s hair is special.
The team discusses the mystery of the "Soul-Guarding Order" and Guo Changcheng’s role, with Lin Jing wondering if Guo realizes his uniqueness.
Chu Shuzhi quotes an ancient tomb mural, emphasizing that doing no evil is enough to save the world, which resonates with the discussion of Guo’s inherent goodness.
The narrative shifts to Zhao Yunlan and Shennong’s mortar, who reflect on the significance of the Soul-Guarding Lamp and Order. Shennong’s mortar wonders if the events were a grand plan by the sages.
Zhao Yunlan explains that his memories were restored when Shen Wei fulfilled his oath to Shennong, dismissing the idea of it all being mere coincidence.
Shennong’s mortar prepares to depart from Zhao Yunlan’s father’s body, having completed his mission. Zhao Yunlan bids him farewell, reminding him to care for his father’s body.
Shen Wei arrives, and he and Zhao Yunlan leave together. As they walk, the flowers bloom in their wake, signaling the arrival of spring.
Sage 2The Special Investigations Department (SID) relocates from 4 Bright Avenue to 9 University Road, near Dragon City University.
Lin Jing, reluctant to leave their old office, takes numerous photos of 4 Bright Avenue, including cobwebs. He submits them to a magazine under the title "Places of the Past." The magazine's editor is so shocked by the supernatural nature of the photos that he ends up in the hospital and calls the police. Zhao Yunlan has to handle the situation quietly, and upon his return, he severely reprimands Lin Jing.
Life at the new office at 9 University Road becomes routine, with the team engaging in daily activities like eating, sleeping, and occasionally beating up Lin Jing.
The new office features an attic with plenty of sunlight, a lower basement that serves as a library, and an upper basement with a mahjong table surrounded by memorial tablets for the ghost employees. The attic becomes a popular spot for napping, though the backyard is turned into a vegetable garden by Zhao Yunlan, who vetoes everyone else's suggestions.
Zhao Yunlan's unique taste leads him to plant a variety of vegetables in the garden, including a prominent eggplant. His idea of filling the garden with napa cabbage and making kimchi jars in the attic deters everyone from entering the garden.
Shen Wei’s arrival at the office is always eagerly anticipated by the SID team, as it often signals an early dismissal. When Shen Wei arrives, he receives warm greetings from everyone.
On this particular day, Shen Wei is directed to the attic, where Zhao Yunlan is napping. After some playful banter about Zhao Yunlan’s difficulty reading a dull textbook on vegetable planting, the two prepare to leave together, despite Zhao Yunlan’s feigned complaints of back pain.
After Shen Wei and Zhao Yunlan leave, the rest of the team also begins to disperse, but Guo Changcheng remains behind, appearing lost in thought.
Chu Shuzhi notices Guo Changcheng’s nervousness and learns that his uncle has set him up on a date. Chu Shuzhi decides to accompany Guo Changcheng to the date, sitting at a nearby table to observe.
Guo Changcheng is extremely nervous during the date, which causes his stun baton to emit tiny fireworks, alarming the nearby traffic controller.
The girl on the date, though initially surprised by Guo Changcheng’s nervousness, finds him endearing and tries to keep the conversation going. She eventually asks if Guo is committed to his job as a police officer, expressing concerns about the dangers associated with it.
Before Guo Changcheng can answer, Chu Shuzhi interrupts the date by pulling Guo away, making a dramatic scene that suggests they are romantically involved. He does this to protect Guo from what he perceives as a potential threat to his loyalty to Kunlun-jun.
The next day, a rumor spreads that Chu Shuzhi and Guo Changcheng are dating, leading to the gossip that "9 University Road is full of gays." The rumor is traced back to Lin Jing, who overheard the events and spread the story, leading to an uncertain fate for him.
The Mountain SpiritTwo loyal court officials, Wang and Zhang, are framed by traitors. Wang and his family are executed, and Zhang is exiled to the northern border.
A man named Shen San, known for his unparalleled qinggong skills, intervenes to rescue Wang's widow and child and later helps Zhang escape from his exile.
Shen San successfully hides Wang's widow and child in a cave and creates a decoy to mislead the pursuing soldiers and mystical trackers.
After being pursued to a cliff, Shen San fakes his death by throwing his outer robe into the river and clinging to a tree. He eventually climbs down the cliff but falls into a river, where he is later rescued by an enigmatic figure.
Shen San wakes in a thatched hut, cared for by a mysterious, ethereal man named Wei. Shen San suspects Wei might be a "yao," or mountain spirit.
Wei takes excellent care of Shen San as he recovers. They develop a close bond, with Shen San increasingly intrigued by Wei's nature.
Shen San jokingly suggests that Wei might be a snow spirit, which Wei dismisses. Despite their growing bond, Shen San eventually leaves to fulfill his responsibilities, promising to return.
Shen San returns to the hut after several months, only to find it abandoned. He decides to settle in the hut, transforming it into a more homely place, hoping Wei will return.
Three years pass, during which Shen San waits for Wei, but Wei never appears. Eventually, Shen San decides to leave, but Wei, who has been hiding nearby, finally reveals himself, leading to an emotional reunion.
Shen San and Wei live together peacefully for a year, but Shen San's health declines. Despite Wei's care, Shen San becomes gravely ill.
Shen San confesses his belief that his illness is due to giving away a "Soul-Guarding" plaque he had since birth, which he gave to a child years ago. He asks Wei to stay and promises to find him in the next life.
Shen San dies, leaving Wei heartbroken. Wei spends the next ten years searching for the lost plaque and eventually finds it.
Wei entrusts the plaque to a mystic beast to protect Shen San’s reincarnation, creating the Soul-Guarding Order.
In his next life, Shen San's reincarnation remains single, waiting for an unknown vow from a past life. He eventually agrees to marry, but on the day of his wedding, he senses something missing, though he cannot understand what.
Wei witnesses the wedding from afar, drinks alone in the hut, and reflects on the pain of their separation and the vow he made to Shennong, realizing the wisdom in Shennong's warning not to interfere with mortal lives.
Pocket DimensionZhao Yunlan teaches Shen Wei how to set up mobile payments. He jokes about Shen Wei's predictable password habits and sets up a PIN for him.
Shen Wei is introduced to sending red envelopes via mobile payment. Zhao Yunlan playfully sends himself a red envelope using Shen Wei's phone and congratulates Shen Wei on joining the modern era.
Zhao Yunlan receives a series of persistent phone calls, one of which is from his father, leading to a reluctant conversation where Zhao Yunlan is scolded.
Special Investigations Department (SID) is flooded with applicants after news of the return of Kunlun and the rise of the Soul-Guarding Order spreads. Zhao Yunlan deals with this by restricting applications and overseeing their vetting process.
A problem arises with the application forms: More forms are returned than were originally distributed, indicating possible tampering. Shen Wei had designed the applications with unique seals for each tribe, making it difficult to forge them.
Shen Wei identifies that all the problematic applications share the same seal, leading them to suspect the Water tribe of the South Sea.
Fourth Uncle, the Snake tribe chief, investigates the matter but goes missing, leading to concerns about his safety.
Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei travel to the South Sea to investigate the situation, discovering that the Water tribe is in disarray, and the forbidden area where the applications were forged is highly dangerous.
The duo discovers a powerful vortex at the forbidden area, which seems connected to the ancient artifacts of the Three Sovereigns. The vortex creates numerous pocket dimensions that trap Zhao Yunlan and Shen Wei in different time loops.
Zhao Yunlan navigates through multiple pocket dimensions, each based on different aspects of his life, and gradually shatters them from within to return to reality.
The final pocket dimension is the most challenging, lasting ten thousand years, and Zhao Yunlan realizes the last connection point is himself.
Zhao Yunlan eventually escapes the final pocket dimension and reunites with Shen Wei, who is disoriented from the experience.
Back at 9 University Road, the SID team learns that Zhao Yunlan has taken a sudden vacation, causing an uproar among his colleagues.
In a humorous twist, Shen Wei struggles with the idea of wearing swim trunks during their vacation, leading to a playful chase with Zhao Yunlan.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 1
Chapter 1: Opening ShotThe chapter begins with the description of an old faculty dormitory building on a university campus. The building, though beautiful on the outside, is worn and aged on the inside.
A young man passes by unnoticed by the elderly receptionist and heads to the third floor to visit his teacher, Xie-laoshi.
The young man, who is visibly soaked from the rain, is invited in by Xie-laoshi, who prepares ginger tea to warm him.
The young man reveals that his mother still insists he drops out of university due to financial difficulties and his disfigured face, which he feels disqualifies him from becoming a teacher.
Xie-laoshi reflects on the young man's difficult life, marked by mockery and isolation due to his facial deformity caused by an unknown disease.
Despite his struggles, the young man has been diligent in his studies, often coming to Xie-laoshi for tutoring and advice.
The young man shares that he has come to say goodbye, as he plans to leave the university the next day.
He expresses his wish that his disease was not on his face so that people might treat him better.
Xie-laoshi feels deep sorrow, regretting not having done more to help him. She offers to send him books and keep in touch, but the young man insists he must leave.
The young man gives Xie-laoshi a final poem he has written, a love poem that deeply moves her.
They spend the evening together, with the young man reading in Xie-laoshi's dormitory, an unusual behavior for him.
Late at night, as Xie-laoshi drifts off to sleep, the young man confesses to being the one responsible for the thefts in their class, admitting he burned the stolen items out of hatred for those who mocked him.
He apologizes for disappointing Xie-laoshi, the only person who has ever acknowledged him, and expresses a desire to be a normal person in the next life.
The next morning, Xie-laoshi finds that the tea and cookies she had served the young man remain untouched, and the poem he gave her has disappeared, leading her to question whether the previous night was real.
She receives a phone call from the young man's mother, who angrily reveals that the young man had died in a storm, electrocuted by an exposed electric cable. His death had occurred seven days prior, leaving Xie-laoshi in shock and disbelief.
Chapter 2: I Was Still a Student Back ThenThe chapter begins with He Yu pausing from his work at the desk in a faculty dorm room. The scene is set in a small apartment where a tedious poetry variety show plays on an old TV.
He Yu notices the familiar setting from the story he just wrote and reflects on the surreal atmosphere.
Xie Xue, a young woman, is asleep on the sofa under a blanket, surrounded by tissues used for wiping away tears.
He Yu tries to wake her, but she groans and refuses, only slightly stirring.
He changes the TV channel multiple times, indicating his dislikes for various programs, before settling on one about Zhuangzi.
He Yu goes to the kitchen and starts preparing Yangzhou fried rice. He calls out to Xie Xue, asking if she has green onions, but she doesn't respond initially.
Xie Xue eventually gets up and wanders around, noticing the open Word document on the study's computer. She realizes that He Yu used her as the inspiration for the character in his story.
They engage in light banter about the story, where He Yu admits, with a smile, that he modeled the character Xie-laoshi after her, though he denies the part about being secretly in love with her, which is untrue.
He Yu and Xie Xue's relationship is revealed to span over ten years. Xie Xue, who is five years older, is now a lecturer at Huzhou University, where He Yu is one of her students.
The chapter backtracks to reveal that He Yu deliberately applied to Huzhou University to be close to Xie Xue, hiding the fact that they share the same name.
Xie Xue struggles in her new teaching position, particularly with the difficult morality advisor Jiang Liping, who undermines her in front of her students.
During Xie Xue’s first class, she faces disrespect and mockery from her students, which shatters her confidence. He Yu, sitting in the back, eventually volunteers to help with an activity, surprising Xie Xue.
After the class, Xie Xue is emotionally devastated and cries back at the dorm. He Yu, not knowing how to comfort her, awkwardly suggests she cry it out while he writes in her study.
He Yu prepares the promised Yangzhou fried rice, but it turns out mushy and unappetizing.
As they are about to eat, the doorbell rings, and Xie Xue excitedly announces her brother’s unexpected visit.
He Yu’s demeanor changes drastically upon hearing Xie Xue call out to her "Ge," or elder brother, revealing tension and dark memories associated with him.
Despite his initial urge to avoid the encounter, He Yu faces Xie Xue's brother, Doctor Xie, maintaining a calm and composed exterior.
He Yu greets Doctor Xie with a warm smile, though it lacks genuine warmth. The chapter ends with He Yu acknowledging that Doctor Xie hasn’t changed at all, maintaining his cold, authoritative presence.
Chapter 3: I Disliked Him from the StartXie Xue’s older brother, Xie Qingcheng, is introduced as He Yu reflects on their past. Xie Qingcheng was once He Yu’s personal physician, treating him for a rare and severe mental disorder.
The disorder, known as "psychological Ebola," is a rare condition that causes drastic personality changes and violent tendencies. He Yu was one of only four known cases, and his condition required constant supervision to manage flare-ups.
Xie Qingcheng, at the age of 21, was hired by the He family to care for He Yu, who was then eight years old. Over the years, He Yu grew to dislike Xie Qingcheng for his cold and indifferent demeanor.
In the present, Xie Qingcheng enters the room and questions why He Yu is at the female faculty dormitory so late. He Yu politely responds, though he internally resents Xie Qingcheng’s authority.
Xie Xue tries to diffuse the tension between them, but her polite distance from He Yu when Xie Qingcheng is around only frustrates He Yu further.
Xie Qingcheng interrogates He Yu about how he ended up at the same university and in the same field of study as Xie Xue, suspecting ulterior motives. He Yu answers evasively, trying to remain composed.
Xie Qingcheng notices the poor quality of the "Yangzhou fried rice" He Yu had made and offers to cook a proper meal, further belittling He Yu’s efforts.
He Yu recalls the first time he met Xie Qingcheng at his family’s villa when he was eight years old. He Yu had been introduced to Xie Qingcheng, who gave off an icy, intimidating aura that made He Yu uncomfortable.
Xie Qingcheng’s clinical and detached demeanor, along with his medicinal scent, further alienated young He Yu, who was already wary of doctors.
He Yu’s mother, Lü Zhishu, had exacerbated He Yu’s fear by jokingly telling him that if Xie Qingcheng couldn’t cure him, He Yu would have to take responsibility for him, even suggesting he might have to marry Xie Qingcheng as a “foster bride.”
This joke traumatized He Yu, causing him to act foolishly in front of Xie Qingcheng for six months, hoping to avoid any such outcome. He later realized it was a joke, but the damage was done, and Xie Qingcheng continued to see him as a fool.
Back in the present, He Yu realizes that his attempt to cook for Xie Xue has only reinforced Xie Qingcheng’s low opinion of him. He reluctantly hands over the apron, feeling dejected and humiliated, knowing he has once again given Xie Qingcheng reason to look down on him.
Chapter 4: When We Met Again, I Needed to Look Down at HimThe chapter opens with Xie Qingcheng cooking fried rice for He Yu and Xie Xue. Despite his cold personality, Xie Qingcheng's culinary skills are excellent, a result of having taken care of his younger sister since their parents died.
Xie Qingcheng's fried rice is fluffy, golden, and delicious, customized to suit Xie Xue's taste without peas. As the three eat, Xie Xue is cheerful, but most of her conversation is directed toward her brother, leaving He Yu feeling sidelined.
He Yu internally schemes to get rid of Xie Qingcheng, frustrated by his presence. While Xie Qingcheng goes to get more food for Xie Xue, He Yu decides to sabotage the evening.
He Yu moves a bucket of water in the kitchen to a precarious position where it will fall when the door is opened. He also ruins Xie Xue's expensive hair dryer by soaking it in water, hoping the mishap will befall Xie Xue.
However, when Xie Qingcheng enters the kitchen, the bucket tips over and soaks him instead of Xie Xue, completely drenching him and making a mess of the room.
Xie Xue, terrified of her brother's reaction, rushes to clean up the mess, but discovers that her hair dryer is broken. She is further mortified when Xie Qingcheng sarcastically reminds her of the high price she paid for it.
In desperation, Xie Xue asks He Yu to take her brother back to his dorm to dry off and change clothes, which He Yu reluctantly agrees to.
At He Yu's dorm, Xie Qingcheng dismisses He Yu's sports T-shirt and demands a dress shirt. He Yu, dropping his polite facade, mocks Xie Qingcheng, handing him the sports shirt and insisting that he has no other options.
Xie Qingcheng changes into the clothes, but not without knocking He Yu with the door, leading to a brief, tense exchange where both men's underlying animosity is clear.
While Xie Qingcheng dries his hair, He Yu reflects on their past, recalling how Xie Qingcheng was once a towering figure of fear in his life. Now, He Yu feels a strange sense of power in seeing Xie Qingcheng reduced to an ordinary person, even slightly slender in stature.
As Xie Qingcheng prepares to leave, he reveals that he has a matchmaking date that night, surprising He Yu, who had assumed Xie Qingcheng was married.
The chapter ends with He Yu in shock, processing the revelation that Xie Qingcheng may have divorced, a fact that Xie Xue never mentioned.
Chapter 5: He Got DivorcedThe chapter opens with He Yu learning that Xie Qingcheng had divorced his wife, Li Ruoqiu. When He Yu questions Xie Qingcheng about the divorce, Xie Qingcheng dismisses it as personal business and doesn't elaborate.
He Yu recalls Xie Qingcheng's wedding day, where he had attended casually in his school uniform. Despite his young age, He Yu had sensed that Xie Qingcheng's marriage to Li Ruoqiu was not destined to last, considering Xie Qingcheng’s cold and detached personality.
Reflecting on the divorce, Xie Qingcheng remembers how his marriage fell apart due to his inability to provide the emotional connection Li Ruoqiu craved. She eventually cheated on him, seeking the passion and love she felt were missing from their marriage.
Li Ruoqiu expressed to Xie Qingcheng that while he was responsible and dutiful, he lacked the warmth and love she needed. Her affair was driven by her desire to experience real love, even if it defied societal norms and led to her being seen as immoral.
Xie Qingcheng, on the other hand, viewed love as a mere hormonal reaction and placed more value on duty and responsibility. He was unable to understand or empathize with Li Ruoqiu's pursuit of love at the cost of their marriage.
The divorce deeply affected Xie Qingcheng, though he continued to function normally in his professional life, despite rapidly losing weight and showing signs of stress. His colleagues, including the dean, noticed his decline, but Xie Qingcheng remained determined to fulfill his duties as a professor.
After the divorce, Xie Qingcheng’s neighbor, Auntie Li, who had looked after him and his sister since their parents passed away, began setting up matchmaking dates for him, hoping to find him a new partner. Although Xie Qingcheng was indifferent to the idea of remarriage, he attended these dates to avoid disappointing Auntie Li.
On one such date, Xie Qingcheng meets Bai Jing, a younger woman who works at a luxury sales counter. Bai Jing has a superficial and materialistic attitude, judging people based on the brands they wear.
When Xie Qingcheng arrives at the café, Bai Jing is on the phone, bragging to her friend about her work and making fun of customers who don’t meet her standards. She doesn’t notice Xie Qingcheng until he approaches her.
Bai Jing greets Xie Qingcheng, recognizing him based on the matchmaker’s description, and her demeanor changes as she evaluates him, focusing on his simple attire with a calculated smile.
Chapter 6: And He Still Had to Go On Matchmaking DatesXie Qingcheng meets Bai Jing for a matchmaking date. She initially seems impressed by his appearance, particularly his T-shirt, which she believes is an expensive brand item, though it’s actually borrowed from He Yu.
Bai Jing’s enthusiasm fades when Xie Qingcheng reveals that he borrowed the shirt, and her interest in the date quickly diminishes.
The date becomes increasingly uncomfortable as Bai Jing spends most of the meal focused on her phone, responding to work messages and livestreaming.
Bai Jing asks Xie Qingcheng to accompany her while she waits for a taxi, during which she starts a livestream, talking to her followers about the date and her surroundings.
The date takes a turn when a mentally unstable homeless man approaches Bai Jing, mistaking her for his daughter. Bai Jing panics and then turns the situation into a spectacle for her livestream audience.
Bai Jing's insensitive behavior escalates as she berates the old man, trying to exploit the situation for more views. Xie Qingcheng intervenes, trying to protect the old man and stop Bai Jing from further humiliating him.
The confrontation draws the attention of passersby, but Xie Qingcheng remains focused on protecting the old man.
Overwhelmed by the situation, the homeless man collapses, likely due to the emotional and physical distress, leaving the chapter on a tense and serious note.
Chapter 7: He Asked Me about My Driving SkillsXie Qingcheng quickly takes charge of the situation when the homeless man collapses, recognizing the symptoms of an acute myocardial infarction, or severe heart attack. His medical training kicks in as he begins administering first aid.
Bai Jing, initially bewildered and shocked, is still caught up in her own fear and confusion. She stands by, cursing the situation, unable to process the urgency.
Xie Qingcheng instructs Bai Jing to call an ambulance, but she is flustered and doesn’t remember the emergency services number. He snaps at her to call 120 for an ambulance.
Bai Jing eventually manages to call the emergency number after several mistakes and stammering. She struggles to convey the seriousness of the situation, misidentifying it as "severe fainting" before correctly stating it as a heart attack.
As Bai Jing makes the call, Xie Qingcheng continues to tend to the old man. He clears secretions from the man’s mouth and nose and positions him to prevent choking, demonstrating his calm and skilled response under pressure.
Xie Qingcheng's actions highlight his competence and calm demeanor, contrasting sharply with Bai Jing's panicked and ineffective response.
Chapter 8: He Even Ordered Me Around like a ServantAfter half an hour, an employee from the Department of Homeless Services arrives to thank Xie Qingcheng and others for their assistance. He explains the situation regarding the homeless man, Zhuang Zhiqiang.
The employee describes Zhuang Zhiqiang as a "stubborn old nail house" who had come to Huzhou three years ago, claiming to search for his daughter. However, records show he has no family and lives alone. He previously resided in a very poor area in Shanzhou with minimal resources.
Xie Xue and Bai Jing, who had followed Xie Qingcheng, listen to the details in the doctor’s office.
The employee clarifies that while they cannot forcibly confine the homeless, they can offer housing or medical care. Bai Jing, however, argues that those who are disruptive or dangerous should be institutionalized, showing a harsh and unsympathetic attitude.
Bai Jing’s comments reflect a desire to quarantine those she deems "abnormal," which clashes with the employee’s more nuanced understanding of the homeless issue.
He Yu, observing the situation, remains indifferent to Bai Jing’s harsh stance, revealing his lack of strong moral convictions and tolerance for varying viewpoints on societal issues.
Chapter 9: But Never Mind Him, I Decided to Tell Her My FeelingsAfter the earlier incident with the homeless man is resolved, the group is exhausted and hungry. He Yu suggests getting a late-night snack. Bai Jing eagerly agrees, suggesting a restaurant that serves shark fin sea urchin congee.
Xie Xue, however, expresses a preference for barbecue on Laji Street. He Yu agrees to her suggestion, much to Bai Jing’s reluctant acceptance.
He Yu then inquires about Xie Qingcheng's plans. Xie Qingcheng declines the invitation, mentioning he has to take a dog to get its vaccinations and a pre-adoption health assessment. He briefly mentions the dog’s fondness for him.
The group heads to the night markets of Huzhou. Xie Xue quickly starts ordering a large amount of food at a barbecue shop, showing familiarity with the place.
Bai Jing is critical of the cleanliness of the place and hesitant to eat there, but Xie Xue, irritated by her attitude, reminds her that Bai Jing insisted on coming along despite not being a fan of such places.
Amidst the lively and somewhat chaotic atmosphere of the night market, He Yu reflects on his feelings and decides to tell Xie Xue about them.
Chapter 10: On the Day I Was Going to Tell Her, Something Went WrongHe Yu makes a reservation at a rooftop restaurant and invites Xie Xue to meet him there on the evening of the 20th to express his feelings. Xie Xue, excited by the prospect of dining at a fine restaurant, agrees immediately.
Xie Xue later mentions that she might be late because she needs to accompany Uncle Zhuang to Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital that evening, and she also has business to discuss with the hospital's director.
He Yu offers to change the time since he is connected to the restaurant through his family's investments. Xie Xue, however, insists on sticking with the 20th, not wanting to trouble the restaurant managers or take advantage of the reservation privilege.
He Yu agrees to the plan and tells Xie Xue that it's up to her to finish her commitments and update him on WeChat if anything changes.
On the evening of the 20th, Xie Xue, dressed in her Huzhou University faculty uniform, heads to the hospital to handle her responsibilities, intending to join He Yu for dinner afterward.
Despite the arrangements and anticipation, something goes awry, complicating their plans for the evening.
Chapter 11: He Became a HostageThe office’s main door is securely locked from the inside, designed to be both burglar- and blast-proof. Xie Qingcheng and He Yu are unable to open it, and the receptionist rushes upstairs with the key.
He Yu notes strange sounds coming from inside, and Xie Qingcheng, visibly panicked, slams his hand against the door and calls out for Xie Xue. His usual calm demeanor is replaced by a terrifying and desperate expression.
The only response is a haunting, eerie sound from inside, repeating a disturbing phrase: “Drop, drop, drop the hanky.”
The receptionist hands over the key, but Xie Qingcheng struggles to unlock the door due to his trembling hands. After a few attempts, he manages to open it.
Upon opening the door, they are met with a heavy stench of blood and the horrific sight of Xie Xue’s mutilated body. Xie Qingcheng is overwhelmed by the sight, his vision blurring and his physical strength faltering.
The gruesome scene leaves Xie Qingcheng in shock, nearly causing him to collapse. He grabs the doorframe to prevent himself from falling and struggles to process the horrifying reality before him.
The scene is intensified by the fan circulating the foul odor, and Xie Qingcheng feels as though he is drowning in the blood and chaos, losing his sense of reality and awareness.
Chapter 12: The Murderer Turned into a Blaze of FireJiang Lanpei is pinned to the ground, gasping for breath with bloodshot eyes and a maniacal smile. She rages against the police, mocking their incompetence and reminiscing about their failure to rescue her.
Her frustration and madness intensify as she accuses the police of being useless and expresses her anger toward them for her prolonged suffering.
Jiang Lanpei reflects on her years of captivity, during which she kept track of time using degrading photos posted by her captor. She laments her age, unsure of whether she has turned fifty or not.
She reveals her escape method with a twisted smile, explaining how she manipulated and seduced her captor to lower his guard. She managed to escape when he accidentally left the key to her room in a secret chamber.
Her recounting is filled with bitterness and mockery as she recalls her strategy to escape her imprisonment and the satisfaction she derived from outsmarting her captor.
Chapter 13: We Survived the CalamityXie Qingcheng is the last to descend the rope ladder with the firefighters, arriving on the ground as flames and smoke begin to close in. The dense smoke makes visibility difficult.
Once on the ground, Xie Qingcheng rushes to check on his sister, Xie Xue, who is surrounded by doctors and nurses. He inquires about her condition and learns that she is stable and will wake up once the medication wears off.
Xie Qingcheng feels a wave of relief upon hearing that Xie Xue is okay.
As paramedics work, they take note of Xie Qingcheng’s impressive physique, but he remains unaware of their attention. He is focused on the burning Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital and the scene unfolding before him.
The fire rages, and patients trapped in the building scream for help from behind metal bars on their windows, which are preventing their escape.
The rescuers face a dire situation as they cannot use rope ladders to reach the patients. They must now enter the building at great risk to unlock rooms and rescue the trapped occupants. The desperate cries of the patients fill the air as the fire continues to threaten their lives.
Chapter 14: We Talked about Secrets and the PastXie Qingcheng and He Yu manage to calm Xie Xue down and get her to sit with the other survivors. She rests on a stool, surrounded by medical personnel and other survivors.
The head of the firefighting squad reprimands Xie Qingcheng and He Yu for their actions during the fire, giving them a stern lecture on safety and protocol.
After the reprimand, Xie Qingcheng lights a cigarette he has obtained from a police officer. He Yu observes this and is puzzled by Xie Qingcheng's behavior.
He Yu asks Xie Qingcheng why he risked his life by entering the fire. Xie Qingcheng explains that the area they entered was not yet too dangerous, which justifies his actions.
As Xie Qingcheng smokes, he takes slow, deliberate drags from the cigarette, with the ember glowing and dimming. He seems to find some relaxation in the act.
The conversation shifts to He Yu’s condition, known as blood toxin. Xie Qingcheng inquires about the onset of the condition, revealing his knowledge of the illness.
He Yu shares that he discovered his condition shortly after Xie Qingcheng left. He had been using his blood as bait to manipulate mentally ill patients in a private psychiatric hospital.
Xie Qingcheng confirms his familiarity with blood toxin, describing it as a mutant variant of psychological Ebola. He expresses concern about whether He Yu has disclosed his condition to anyone else.
He Yu reassures Xie Qingcheng that he has not shared this information with anyone but him. This exchange implies a level of trust and secrecy between them.
Xie Qingcheng makes a dark comment about the possibility of silencing witnesses by killing them, to which He Yu responds with a dark smile, showing a shared understanding of the gravity of the situation.
Xie Qingcheng is visibly uncomfortable with the menthol-flavored cigarette. He finds it unsatisfactory and struggles with it, occasionally choking as he smokes. This detail adds to his irritation and discomfort in the moment.
*Chapter 15: We Slept on the Same Sofa BedXie Qingcheng and He Yu are in a narrow break room, which has been minimally furnished with an old sofa bed and a chair for their clothes. The room gives off an unsettling vibe, reminiscent of a place under investigation.
He Yu casually tosses his phone aside and suggests that Xie Qingcheng should sleep on the sofa bed, indicating that he is getting older and should rest.
Xie Qingcheng reacts with annoyance, questioning if he is at the stage where others need to give up their beds for him.
He Yu, feeling too tired to argue, tries to make a concession by offering the sofa bed, assuring Xie Qingcheng that the bed is not too small and that he is a quiet sleeper.
He Yu reflects that he has never shared a bed before, while Xie Qingcheng, having been married, finds the situation unusual but feels too exhausted to protest further.
Despite saying he’s not tired and will just sit, Xie Qingcheng’s fatigue is apparent. His pale face and general exhaustion hint at his physical and emotional state.
He Yu jokes about being dangerous at night, asking if Xie Qingcheng is afraid he’ll go mad and attack him. Xie Qingcheng responds with annoyance, finding He Yu’s comment oddly sensitive.
Feeling too drained to continue the argument, Xie Qingcheng agrees to sleep on the sofa bed. He lies down on his side, facing the wall.
He Yu gets into bed behind him, causing the mattress to dip slightly. Xie Qingcheng is aware of He Yu’s presence and begins to settle into the uncomfortable but necessary arrangement.
Chapter 16: But We Argued until We Parted Ways AgainDuring the investigation, He Yu and Xie Qingcheng ignore each other, maintaining a cold silence.
After their release, Xie Qingcheng hails a taxi for himself and Xie Xue. Despite Xie Xue’s desire to wait for He Yu to leave together, Xie Qingcheng insists on leaving immediately. He physically pushes Xie Xue into the car, providing no explanation.
He Yu watches the scene quietly, leaning against a pillar with his hands clasped behind his back. His passive demeanor makes Xie Xue uncomfortable, feeling as though He Yu is resigned to being left behind.
Xie Xue attempts to communicate with He Yu, asking him to let her know when he gets home, but Xie Qingcheng cuts her off sharply, insisting they leave.
He Yu silently signals Xie Xue to stop talking, and she reluctantly complies. Xie Qingcheng watches as their car drives away, feeling detached and indifferent.
In the car, Xie Xue asks Xie Qingcheng about the tension between him and He Yu. Xie Qingcheng remains silent and pensive, holding a cigarette but not lighting it due to Xie Xue’s presence.
Xie Xue speculates that He Yu may have upset Xie Qingcheng with something he said, but Xie Qingcheng does not respond.
Xie Xue tries to defend He Yu, noting that although he can be volatile, he is fundamentally a good person and that Xie Qingcheng should not blame him too much, implying that He Yu played a crucial role in their situation.
Chapter 17: He and I Were Trapped TogetherAfter the traumatic incident at Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital, Xie Xue has gained a legendary status among her students. Her classes are now incredibly popular, with students from other departments and even a prominent figure from the fourth-year drama class attending her lectures out of curiosity.
The myth surrounding Xie Xue extends to superstitions; some students believe that displaying her photo on dormitory doors will ensure academic success for everyone in the dorm. This belief further amplifies her reputation.
Xie Xue, however, is unaware of the true reason behind the surge in interest. She attributes the popularity of her classes to her teaching methods, convinced that her innovative approach to education is the primary factor.
He Yu visits Xie Xue to deliver the class’s homework and updates her on his condition. He mentions that he is recovering well and that the school wants to award him for his bravery. He Yu downplays the honor, indicating that the award is more for the benefit of his parents than for himself.
Xie Xue discusses He Yu’s recent actions with him, expressing her gratitude for his courage during the crisis. She emphasizes that, while his heroism should not be emulated, it is commendable.
Xie Xue reflects on the reactions of He Yu’s family, particularly He Jiwei and Lü Zhishu. Despite the severity of the incident, they made no special efforts to return home or check on He Yu, which surprises Xie Xue given Lü Zhishu’s usual persona of charm and familial devotion.
Xie Xue and Xie Qingcheng are aware of the disparity between Lü Zhishu’s public image and her actual priorities. They understand that her friendliness and family values are merely a facade, as demonstrated by her decision to prioritize her business over her son’s distress.
Lü Zhishu’s lack of concern and her choice to manage the situation remotely by contacting the school’s administration rather than being present highlights her true priorities. This reinforces Xie Xue’s and Xie Qingcheng’s perception of her as someone who places business above family.
Chapter 18: I Remembered the Day He Left His JobHe Yu and Xie Qingcheng, unable to leave their current predicament, are left to pass time together at the camping grounds. They adapt to their situation, forced into each other's company due to the lack of alternatives.
The forced interaction between them mirrors the biblical story of Adam and Eve, highlighting their isolation and lack of other company, which parallels the historical and mythological narrative of limited choices.
Xie Qingcheng uses the term "little devil" when addressing He Yu, a nickname that signifies a more personal and serious tone in their conversation. This indicates his intention to engage in a deeper discussion.
He Yu acknowledges that his hand injury, which was a concern in their previous encounters, has healed. He recalls Xie Qingcheng’s reaction during their last confrontation at the police station, where Xie Qingcheng seemed tempted to cause him more harm.
Xie Qingcheng’s discomfort with discussing past grievances is highlighted. He Yu challenges this reluctance by referring to Xie Qingcheng’s own advice about emotional control, suggesting that Xie Qingcheng’s current attitude contradicts his past teachings.
He Yu asserts that his attempt to apologize previously was sincere, despite Xie Qingcheng’s belief that it was merely a public relations gesture. He Yu’s response reveals his frustration with being misunderstood.
Xie Qingcheng acknowledges the passage of time since he left his job, which has been four years. He reflects on how this extended period has affected their relationship and his own perspective on the past.
Xie Qingcheng admits that he hasn’t had a chance to properly ask about He Yu’s well-being since his departure from his job. This admission underscores the emotional distance and unresolved issues between them.
He Yu responds to Xie Qingcheng’s inquiry by reassuring him that he is doing much better. He conveys that there is no need for Xie Qingcheng to be overly concerned, which may suggest a desire to move past old grievances and focus on the present.
The chapter highlights a moment of potential reconciliation or understanding between Xie Qingcheng and He Yu. Their conversation serves as a way to address past conflicts and acknowledge their current state of being.
The dynamic between Xie Qingcheng and He Yu is explored further, revealing their complex history and the impact of their past interactions on their current relationship.
The chapter concludes with a sense of tentative resolution, as both characters confront their past issues and attempt to navigate their present circumstances with a newfound understanding.
Chapter 19: We Finally Stopped ArguingA senior club member, engrossed in his own thoughts, is startled by a voice from behind him. He almost falls into the water but is steadied by a man who introduces himself as Flip-Flops.
Flip-Flops, who appears unkempt in a white tank top and flip-flops, questions the club member about the boat. The club member, caught off guard, quickly lies that the boat is broken and unusable.
Flip-Flops, who is actually the school’s electrical maintenance worker, mentions he was sent to inspect the island and has brought his toolbox. This revelation makes the club member uneasy.
The club member admits that a wealthy student has rented the island for a romantic declaration of love and that getting in their way would be inappropriate. He tries to justify his actions by suggesting that interfering would be rude.
Flip-Flops, intrigued by the romantic gesture, seems to sympathize with the situation and responds with enthusiasm about the young people’s romantic endeavors.
The club member tries to align himself with Flip-Flops’ apparent understanding of the situation, emphasizing the romantic nature of the event and expressing a sense of camaraderie.
As the conversation progresses, it becomes clear that the club member's primary concern is avoiding conflict and covering up his own misdeeds rather than actually supporting the romantic gesture.
Flip-Flops' friendly demeanor contrasts with the club member’s anxiousness, suggesting that the maintenance worker is more interested in resolving the issue amicably rather than causing trouble.
The chapter concludes with the club member and Flip-Flops reaching an understanding, avoiding further argument or conflict. This interaction highlights their ability to navigate a tense situation through dialogue and mutual respect.
Chapter 20: Only for Him to Catch Me in the ActXie Qingcheng, initially disinterested in the book, notices his name frequently mentioned in a section titled "Group Chat for Gays."
As he reads further, he discovers the book contains a discussion among a group of people, predominantly "bottoms," about their desire for "ideal tops" from local colleges and universities.
The initial comment about Xie Qingcheng, written in faded ballpoint pen, describes him as a new professor at a neighboring medical school with a highly attractive and commanding presence. The comment expresses a strong desire for him.
The comments become increasingly explicit and vulgar, discussing Xie Qingcheng’s physical attributes—his long legs, broad shoulders, and overall appearance. The writer describes how Xie Qingcheng’s looks had caused intense fantasies and wet dreams.
Subsequent comments continue with inappropriate and sexually charged remarks, including speculation about Xie Qingcheng's marital status and whether he might be interested in men.
He Yu, who has been reading alongside Xie Qingcheng, remains silent after encountering these comments. His discomfort is evident, but he refrains from expressing his feelings.
The chapter captures the humorous and awkward moment of Xie Qingcheng and He Yu’s shared experience, highlighting Xie Qingcheng’s reaction to being the subject of such personal and crude discussion.
Chapter 21: In Turn, I Caught Her in the ActThe chapter opens with a bustling scene at Huzhou University’s indoor gymnasium, which has been transformed into a lively space with temporary vending booths due to rain preventing outdoor events.
The gymnasium, usually less frequented, is now crowded with students exploring various booths, including a popular love letter mailbox.
A group of female students eagerly crowd around the capsule-shaped love letter mailbox, excitedly writing and submitting their letters to their crushes.
Xie Xue, seated in a corner, finishes writing her own love letter and carefully writes the recipient's name on a pure white envelope.
With a satisfied smile, Xie Xue approaches the mailbox to drop in her letter. As she is about to insert it, a droplet of blood falls from above, landing on the envelope.
Xie Xue is startled by the unexpected blood droplet. An observant bystander notices her nosebleed and offers her tissues to clean up.
Xie Xue thanks the bystander while trying to stop her nosebleed. She reflects on how unusual it is for her to have a nosebleed, recalling that it had been a long time since she last experienced one.
Flustered and embarrassed, Xie Xue downplays the situation, insisting that her letter was just for fun and not something serious.
Chapter 22: I Tormented Him until He Got a FeverThe chapter opens with Xie Qingcheng being taken to the station’s infirmary, which lacks proper diagnostic equipment and is primarily equipped for treating external injuries.
Chen Man takes responsibility for Xie Qingcheng’s care, managing tasks such as registering at overnight urgent care, picking up medicine, and waiting for blood test results.
Xie Qingcheng waits in a metal chair at the hospital, visibly exhausted and resting with his eyes closed.
Chen Man returns with a printed examination report indicating that Xie Qingcheng is experiencing an allergic reaction to mango.
The overnight urgent care doctor, scolding Xie Qingcheng, comments on his carelessness for not knowing his allergy and prescribes a range of medicines. The doctor explains the treatment options: a three-day course of antihistamine injections or a single IV saline solution to alleviate symptoms overnight.
Xie Qingcheng, disliking the idea of three days of injections, opts for the IV saline solution.
In the infusion room, Xie Qingcheng, who is prone to dizziness and nausea from rapid IV drips, slows the infusion himself after the nurse leaves.
Chen Man handles administrative tasks and then sits beside Xie Qingcheng, who is resting with his eyes closed.
Chen Man quietly remarks on Xie Qingcheng’s habitual avoidance of mangoes, expressing concern over his recent reaction.
Xie Qingcheng, feeling frustrated and unlucky, retorts about his unfortunate situation, and Chen Man, accustomed to his brother’s outbursts, takes it in stride.
The chapter highlights Xie Qingcheng's struggle with his allergy and the supportive yet strained interactions between him and Chen Man.
Chapter 23: The Murder Case We Were Embroiled in Had Yet to ConcludeXie Qingcheng, having recovered from his illness, is eating with Xie Xue in Huzhou University’s dining hall.
While eating chicken porridge, Xie Qingcheng realizes that he hasn't seen He Yu for several days and hasn't come across any of his posts on WeChat Moments.
Xie Qingcheng recalls He Yu’s peculiar behavior during his last visit to Xie Qingcheng’s dormitory. Despite being a rational person, Xie Qingcheng feels a sense of concern for He Yu and remembers his promise to He Jiwei to keep an eye on He Yu.
He asks Xie Xue about He Yu’s recent activities.
Xie Xue is surprised and informs Xie Qingcheng that He Yu requested a leave of absence and went to Hangshi to participate in a drama production.
Xie Qingcheng is taken aback and questions why He Yu, who is majoring in screenwriting and directing, would suddenly take on an acting role.
Xie Xue explains that He Yu is temporarily filling in for an actor who was injured in an accident. The original actor for the fifth male lead role crashed into a taxi while biking near the campus gates, sustaining severe facial injuries and requiring stitches.
Xie Xue mentions that He Yu was noticed by the production team while buying breakfast and that he is interested in gaining experience. With his good looks, his future career could be either in front of or behind the camera, and he is motivated to make the most of this opportunity.
Chapter 24: He Came into My Hotel RoomXie Qingcheng is traveling on a high-speed rail when he receives a push notification about a news article on his phone.
The news article reports that two gunshots were heard at Golden Magnolia Garden, leading to the discovery of the bodies of a 52-year-old woman and a 26-year-old man in an abandoned residence.
The victims are identified as Liang Jicheng's wife and son. Liang Jicheng is the administrative director of Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital.
The police find suicide notes at the scene. The deaths are suspected to be suicides, potentially to escape accountability for the Cheng Kang case.
Xie Qingcheng recalls the incident at Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital and the young nurse’s comment that Liang Jicheng had a wife and child, which led He Yu to realize that the “Liang Jicheng” Xie Xue had met was an impostor.
Xie Qingcheng feels a sense of unease and disturbance about the case. He is troubled by the scant details in the news article, including the lack of photographs, which leaves him with more questions than answers.
He reflects on the fire at Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital and the haunting words of Jiang Lanpei, who had expressed a desire to turn Cheng Kang into Hell as revenge for her years of isolation and suffering.
Xie Qingcheng ponders the implications of the suicides and their possible connection to the broader case involving Cheng Kang.
He dismisses the news article, feeling that there is little he can do without further information, and turns off his phone’s display.
The train announcement indicates that they are approaching Hangshi Station and reminds passengers to gather their belongings and prepare to disembark.
Xie Qingcheng prepares to leave the train, his thoughts still preoccupied with the unsettling news and the unresolved aspects of the Cheng Kang case.
Chapter 25: I Kissed HimXie Qingcheng finds He Yu in a distressed state, with He Yu gripping his arm tightly. He Yu is visibly upset and unsteady.
Xie Qingcheng expresses frustration with He Yu's reckless behavior, including drug use, which has led to his current condition.
Xie Qingcheng insists that He Yu close his eyes and calm down, dismissing his concerns as trivial.
He Yu, feeling woozy and overwhelmed, complies with Xie Qingcheng's demands, though he remains irritated.
Xie Qingcheng notices a bruise on He Yu’s cheek and questions how he could have injured himself while needing to be presentable for camera work.
He Yu explains the bruise as a result of a fall while rehearsing on a rocky incline, but Xie Qingcheng is unconvinced.
He Yu, increasingly agitated, tells Xie Qingcheng to leave. His disorientation amplifies his irritation.
Xie Qingcheng insists on the importance of treating He Yu's injuries and expresses his frustration with He Yu’s refusal to receive proper care.
In a moment of heightened emotion, He Yu forcibly kisses Xie Qingcheng. The kiss is intense and driven by He Yu’s tumultuous feelings.
Xie Qingcheng is initially shocked and taken aback by the kiss.
Chapter 26: After I Sobered UpHe Yu, visibly intoxicated, is leaning over Xie Qingcheng on a hotel bed, his breath warm against Xie Qingcheng’s lips. His eyes are clouded and his gaze is intense.
Xie Qingcheng is shocked and immobilized by He Yu's sudden and intense confession of love. He struggles to comprehend the situation, feeling paralyzed by the unexpected revelation.
Xie Qingcheng is confused by He Yu's feelings, given that He Yu had previously shown no signs of homosexuality and considering their age difference. He is further bewildered by the situation and unable to respond immediately.
He Yu, in his drunken state, continues to express his love, urging Xie Qingcheng not to get involved with another person. This reveals that He Yu had been romantically interested in someone else, who is implied to be a girl.
Xie Qingcheng realizes that He Yu's feelings were not directed towards him but rather towards a woman who resembles him. The situation becomes clearer as Xie Qingcheng pieces together recent events: He Yu’s sudden involvement in a drama production, his illness flare-up, and his declarations of love on Neverland Island.
Xie Qingcheng understands that He Yu’s confession was a result of a failed romantic pursuit and his subsequent drunken state, which led him to mistakenly express his feelings to Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng, irritated and exhausted, reflects on the situation, feeling a mix of frustration and pity. He is physically and emotionally drained, with a throbbing head and an aching neck from their earlier confrontation.
The chapter ends with Xie Qingcheng trying to process the emotional and physical turmoil he has experienced while dealing with He Yu's misguided affections.
Chapter 27: He Went to See Chen ManXie Qingcheng wakes up to the aftereffects of the previous night’s encounter with He Yu, where He Yu, under the influence of alcohol, had aggressively kissed him and expressed feelings that Xie Qingcheng realized were meant for someone else.
He Yu had returned to school after his brief stint as an actor in a drama, which was a replacement role and concluded quickly. He sent Xie Qingcheng a message before leaving the hotel.
Chen Man, having just solved his first case on his own, invites Xie Qingcheng to visit the cemetery with him to commemorate the occasion.
Chen Man arrives at the cemetery early in the morning with a fruit basket and paper money. He nearly trips over a bush while walking.
Chen Man explains that his case involved an interprovincial bicycle theft ring, which he feels is significant despite Xie Qingcheng’s dismissive reaction.
Xie Qingcheng sets the fruit basket and burns the paper money as an offering at the gravestone of Chen Man’s deceased brother, Chen Lisheng.
Chen Lisheng’s gravestone features a photograph and an inscription, reminding Xie Qingcheng of the loss and the significance of the visit.
The chapter concludes with Xie Qingcheng’s solemnity and reflection on Chen Lisheng’s memory, contrasting with Chen Man’s celebratory mood over his achievement.
Chapter 28: I Also Saw Chen ManXie Qingcheng encounters his former colleagues from Huzhou Medical School at the cemetery, where he notices a large number of visitors.
Among the group is Nurse Zhou, who had previously been involved in his care during a medical emergency. She and Xie Qingcheng had a strained relationship due to her forthright and irascible nature.
Nurse Zhou confronts Xie Qingcheng, questioning his presence at Qin Ciyan’s grave. She is visibly upset and demands he leave, implying that he has no right to be there.
Xie Qingcheng explains that he is not there to pay respects but happened to pass by. Despite his calm demeanor, the confrontation escalates.
Other doctors in the group join in, making disparaging comments about Xie Qingcheng’s perceived ease of life at Huzhou Medical School compared to their own struggles. They express jealousy and disdain.
Xie Qingcheng responds dispassionately, challenging the others’ expectations and questioning their desire to emulate Qin Ciyan.
Nurse Zhou’s disgust grows, and she insists that Xie Qingcheng leave, unable to tolerate his attitude.
Xie Qingcheng maintains his composure, but the encounter leaves him feeling the weight of the unresolved tension and judgments from his former colleagues
Chapter 29: He Broke the RulesA student is crying in Xie Qingcheng’s office, apologizing profusely for skipping class and betraying Xie Qingcheng’s trust. He promises to never skip class again, especially not Xie Qingcheng’s.
Xie Qingcheng remains composed and marks a check on the list of names, indicating that the student may leave.
The student exits, still sobbing and expressing deep regret. Xie Qingcheng, having dealt with problematic students before, reflects on his methods of managing them.
Xie Qingcheng is satisfied with the progress he’s made in reforming his students and is contemplating how to train the remaining students who haven’t yet promised to improve.
His thoughts are interrupted by a phone call from a female student, a first-year forensic science major. She is known for her discipline and is one of Xie Qingcheng’s best students.
The call reveals that she was deliberately included on a list of students He Yu needs to talk to, despite being exempt from class disruptions due to her exceptional performance and dedication.
The conversation implies that Xie Qingcheng’s strategy is working effectively, as he continues to manage both his students’ academic behaviors and his own responsibilities.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 2
Chapter 30: Who Said I Wanted MilkA week has passed quickly.
Xie Qingcheng plans to visit the old house in Huzhou, which has been unused since the siblings went to university.
The house is small and no longer practical, but they maintained close ties with neighbors, including Auntie Li.
The siblings used to visit Auntie Li occasionally; Xie Qingcheng hasn't been there recently due to his busy schedule.
Xie Qingcheng decides to pick up his sister Xie Xue and visit Auntie Li.
Xie Xue reveals she has already visited Auntie Li recently.
Xie Qingcheng questions Xie Xue about her visit, suspecting she’s hiding something.
Xie Xue gives a vague explanation and abruptly ends the call, claiming her phone battery is dying.
Xie Qingcheng is frustrated and suspicious as he hangs up and walks to his dorm’s balcony.
Chapter 31: He Was Truly ShamelessXie Qingcheng rejects the impure milk, emphasizing his displeasure.
Xie Qingcheng orders two steamed buns—one meat and one veggie—as his takeout.
He Yu dislikes meat buns because he finds them too greasy. He also criticizes veggie buns for not being properly cleaned, showing a picky attitude.
Frustrated by the situation, Xie Qingcheng retrieves the last bag of wontons from the freezer and offers them to He Yu, describing them as all-natural and preservative-free, emphasizing that they are his only remaining food.
He Yu, recognizing Xie Qingcheng’s irritation and wanting to avoid further conflict, accepts the wontons with a forced smile, despite his insincere demeanor.
Xie Qingcheng, with a gloomy expression, watches over a pot of boiling water, holding a wooden ladle. Meanwhile, He Yu stands at a distance, appearing indifferent and maintaining his polite facade.
He Yu recalls his visits to the house in junior high with Xie Xue, when there were photos of Li Ruoqiu and Xie Qingcheng’s wedding displayed in the room.
He notices that the photos of Li Ruoqiu and other personal items are now missing. The room has been rearranged, indicating significant changes and a loss of the previous familial atmosphere.
The absence of familiar items and the rearranged room contribute to a sense of emptiness and unfamiliarity, contrasting sharply with the past.
Chapter 32: I Really Was Wrongly AccusedOn Monday, despite his frustration, He Yu goes to the medical school next door, carrying a messenger bag, and knocks on the office door.
A teacher tells him to enter, and He Yu politely asks for Professor Xie.
Xie Qingcheng, wearing glasses for the first time, emerges from the inner office. He Yu is surprised by the glasses but finds Xie Qingcheng’s appearance more scholarly and less intimidating.
Xie Qingcheng asks He Yu to create PowerPoint presentations from course materials and digitize medical documents, stressing the need for manual verification to ensure accuracy.
He Yu notices the large, heavy medical texts on Xie Qingcheng’s desk and comments on the benefits of technology in simplifying tasks.
Xie Qingcheng slams two thick psychology textbooks on the desk, asserting that technology shouldn’t replace careful human work and instructs He Yu to start with the red-marked content.
He Yu, feeling overwhelmed by the extensive reading and annotations, tries to stay composed, noting the presence of other professors in the office.
He Yu begins to work on the tasks assigned, feeling the weight of the work and the pressure of Xie Qingcheng’s high expectations.
As He Yu works through the textbooks, he reflects on the tension between technological convenience and the meticulous effort required for accurate academic work.
Despite his frustration, He Yu recognizes the importance of the task and the need to balance efficiency with precision.
Chapter 34: So We Went Ahead and Acted out the SceneThe chapter begins with As He Yu and Xie Qingcheng discussing matters backstage. They are likely involved in a film production where there are concerns about not finishing on time.
The cool director realizes that they might not wrap up the work within the planned time. To address this, she attempts to contact Jiang Liping, the head director of the film anthology, to get an extension for the auditorium's operation hours.
Meanwhile, Jiang Liping, whose phone is buzzing on a bed in a university hotel suite, is preoccupied with a romantic entanglement. Her attention is focused on the man beside her, and she does not answer the phone.
The chapter details an intimate scene between Jiang Liping and the man. Their conversation reveals a sense of familiarity and affection. The man expresses his satisfaction with their time together and inquires how he compares to her previous partners.
Jiang Liping responds with a mix of flirtation and intimacy, emphasizing the unique nature of their relationship compared to her past experiences. She also expresses her anticipation for a proposal from the man.
The conversation takes a turn as the man briefly mentions being distracted recently, but his statement trails off, hinting at unresolved issues or tensions. Jiang Liping's response is playful and affectionate.
Chapter 35: Ah, Another Murder CaseXie Qingcheng and He Yu are among the last to leave the auditorium. As they exit, they encounter a scene of confusion and urgency.
Teachers and police are directing students towards their dormitories. An announcement urges students to stay calm, stay in contact with each other, and return to their dorms in an orderly fashion.
The Huzhou University School of Communications’s Radio and Television Tower, designed for broadcasting students, is now under hacker control. The tower's exterior is glowing red, projecting the ominous message: "W, Z, L, The 'Drop the Hanky' Game of Death begins now."
Hackers have also taken over the signals of all smartphones on campus. Although phones remain functional, a persistent pop-up screen displays the same chilling message and bizarre images.
Xie Qingcheng notices that the video message on his phone matches the text on the tower. The video features strange electronic dolls, with one doll holding a red handkerchief, mirroring the “Drop the Hanky” game.
The campus is in a state of panic as students scramble to understand what is happening. The bizarre message and the eerie video have created widespread fear.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu try to piece together the meaning behind the message and the game. They realize that the game is likely a threat or a warning, suggesting that something terrible is about to happen.
Amidst the chaos, the announcement on the PA system is interrupted by a new message from the hackers, further escalating the tension.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu make their way through the chaos, determined to uncover the source of the threat and protect their fellow students. They encounter other characters who are also trying to make sense of the situation.
The chapter ends with Xie Qingcheng and He Yu preparing to investigate further, their resolve strengthened by the urgency of the situation.
Chapter 36: I Took Xie Qingcheng’s PhoneWang Jiankang, in his early forties and head of the Department for International Academic Exchanges at Huzhou University, had a broad network and frequently attended business dinners with non-university individuals. Xie Qingcheng found him irritating and avoided him whenever possible.
Xie Qingcheng expresses his skepticism about the supernatural and suggests that Wang Jiankang’s death is likely connected to Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital and possibly to Jiang Lanpei.
He Yu observes that the Cheng Kang incident has caused significant disturbance, hinting that the situation might be more complex than just an issue with one psychiatric hospital.
Xie Qingcheng acknowledges this, noting the perpetrators’ capability to control the university’s broadcast tower, force devices within range to display the same video, and even access sensitive photos from a high-security police investigation. He implies that the chief of Huzhou City’s Bureau of Public Safety might soon face a health crisis due to the stress.
The sheer audacity of the perpetrators is evident, and Xie Qingcheng realizes that this situation is particularly troubling because it involves Huzhou University, where his sister Xie Xue is working.
Xie Qingcheng, feeling overwhelmed, reaches for a pack of cigarettes but decides against smoking after considering He Yu’s likely disapproval. Instead, he steps onto the balcony.
He Yu hears the soft click of a lighter and turns around to see Xie Qingcheng on the balcony, illuminated by the light of the flame, which casts a gentle crimson glow on his face.
Xie Qingcheng lights a cigarette, the glow briefly highlighting his features before he puts the lighter away, lost in thought about the ongoing crisis.
Chapter 37: His Parents Were Killed in the CrashHe Yu questions Xie Qingcheng about a recent phone call, asking if a person named Chen Man is his friend. Xie Qingcheng confirms that Chen Man is indeed a friend but dismisses He Yu's curiosity by saying Chen Man had just gotten off work and wanted to visit, but Xie Qingcheng told him no.
Xie Qingcheng prepares and brings out noodles he had cooked, while He Yu observes without offering any help, focusing on finding out more about Chen Man.
He Yu inquires about Chen Man’s age, noting that he is around He Yu’s own age, and comments on the age gap between Xie Qingcheng and his friends. Xie Qingcheng responds sharply, telling He Yu that his social circle is not He Yu's concern and that He Yu is being nosy.
Realizing that his probing into Xie Qingcheng’s personal life was inappropriate, He Yu stops questioning and reflects on his behavior, acknowledging that it was out of line.
Xie Qingcheng serves He Yu a bowl of noodles topped with an egg and then decides to call He Yu’s father.
Meanwhile, in a darkened office at Huzhou University, Zhang Yong is visibly stressed, sweating heavily. He wipes his face with a drenched handkerchief as he anxiously monitors something in the dark.
Chapter 38: Xie Qingcheng, I’ve Never Forgotten YouThe photograph of Zhang Yong’s corpse has disappeared, leaving only the final blood-red letter "L." This signifies the beginning of the last round of the "Drop the Hanky" Game of Death.
Xie Qingcheng, in his bedroom, takes a heavy drag from his cigarette and leans against the wall, clearly troubled. He stares at the ominous red glow on the broadcast tower from a distance.
He demands the list of suspects related to the letter "L" from Captain Zheng. Despite Zheng’s formal and solemn response, Xie Qingcheng insists on receiving the list immediately.
Xie Qingcheng brings up a guestbook he previously delivered to the police station, which had a warning message about the murders of "WZL," signed by "Jiang Lanpei." He argues that the message corresponds with the current murder case and implies that the police should have been aware of the threat.
Xie Qingcheng accuses Captain Zheng of knowing about the impending danger to "WZL" and suggests that there must be a prepared list of suspects due to the informant’s prior warnings.
Captain Zheng, acknowledging the accuracy of Xie Qingcheng’s deductions, admits that he cannot hide anything from him. He prepares to provide the list of suspects.
The conversation reveals that the police had some prior knowledge of the threat but had gaps in their information, which led to the current situation.
Captain Zheng’s admission underscores the seriousness of the case and Xie Qingcheng's critical role in uncovering the truth.
Chapter 39: Nor Had She Ever Forgotten Her GrudgeIn Xie Xue’s bedroom, He Yu discovers her laptop, which lacks a password. He quickly accesses it and begins deciphering the code on the screen.
He Yu decrypts a passage of text, revealing that the letter "L" is no longer just a list of suspects. Instead, it confirms that the police already knew the identities referred to by "WZL."
Xie Qingcheng, visibly stressed and sweating from recent events, stands beside He Yu and examines the decrypted text.
He Yu finds three pieces of intercepted internal communications: 1) "Wang Jiankang and Zhang Yong have been murdered." 2) "There’s a mole, change the channel." 3) "Find the location of Lu Yuzhu’s last signal. Hurry up."
Both Xie Qingcheng and He Yu are shocked to see Lu Yuzhu’s name in the communications. Lu Yuzhu, a straightforward and friendly woman in her forties who worked in the school infirmary, seems an unlikely candidate to be involved in the case.
At the same time, Superintendent Zheng is in a command vehicle near the site of Zhang Yong’s murder. He is visibly distressed, with bloodshot eyes, and the atmosphere among the officers is tense and silent.
The officers have overheard Zheng Jingfeng being reprimanded over the phone by an unknown individual, which adds to the mounting pressure on the investigation.
Chapter 40: Let’s Stop Them TogetherHe Yu and Xie Qingcheng are in the faculty dormitory at Huzhou University, reviewing case files related to Lu Yuzhu on a laptop.
He Yu concludes that Lu Yuzhu, a seemingly insignificant character in the case, appears to be fully aligned with the perpetrators. He questions the need to "clean up" someone who is already involved with the scheme.
He Yu reflects on the term "cleaned up" and considers its meaning. His background as a hacker and his sharp, alert mind help him think critically about the situation.
He Yu examines the broadcasting tower, which has been prominently featured in the murder broadcasts. He notes that, despite its dramatic appearance, the tower doesn’t seem to serve a specific function beyond tracking the murders in real-time.
He Yu speculates that the broadcasting tower’s role might not be as straightforward as it appears. The act of transforming the tower into a symbol of violence might be more about provocation than practicality.
He Yu's realization deepens his understanding of the scheme, and he becomes concerned about the true purpose behind taking control of the broadcasting tower. His expression grows serious as he contemplates the implications of the tower’s role in the overall plan.
Chapter 41: Because the Truth Was Never MeaninglessLu Yuzhu, in a basement, is waiting for a detonator’s countdown to end. The sound of the countdown echoes, reminiscent of a pendulum clock from her peaceful past.
Just as she anticipates the end, the countdown unexpectedly halts, disrupting her sense of impending doom. She hears a muffled rumble and turns to see the elevator doors opening.
Xie Qingcheng emerges from the elevator, his intense gaze focused on her. His presence surprises Lu Yuzhu.
He Yu had predicted Lu Yuzhu’s location accurately. Before entering the archives, He Yu’s phone detected a strong signal linked to a detonator. He managed to use his software to bypass the opponents' firewall and stop the countdown.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu did not inform the police before intervening, fearing that a mole within the police force could complicate the situation.
It becomes clear that Lu Yuzhu planned a suicide attack to destroy evidence of the crimes committed by her benefactor.
Xie Qingcheng confronts Lu Yuzhu, informing her that the countdown has stopped thanks to their intervention. He expresses a desire to talk with her about the situation.
Chapter 42: Tell Me, What Is the Truth?He Yu notices a video related to Xie Qingcheng on his phone and suspects it might be a distraction sent to disrupt his focus. He decides to ignore it and continues working.
A second message arrives, revealing that the sender knows about He Yu’s rare psychological disorder. This information was likely obtained through hacking into He Yu’s personal files.
The third message accuses Xie Qingcheng of lying to He Yu and using him, hinting at Xie Qingcheng’s reasons for leaving his medical career.
The fourth message urges He Yu to stop risking his life for Xie Qingcheng and suggests he watch the video again.
He Yu, despite his strong will, feels the psychological pressure of the messages. He hesitates but refrains from clicking on the video.
He Yu reflects on his emotional turmoil related to Xie Qingcheng. He recalls a past incident where Xie Qingcheng insisted on leaving, even after He Yu had asked him to stay, stating that He Yu’s father was the one paying him and implying that He Yu couldn’t afford his services.
The chapter concludes with He Yu’s deep emotional conflict and unresolved feelings about Xie Qingcheng and their relationship.
Chapter 43: Who Would’ve Thought That the Truth Would Be like This?Xie Qingcheng continues to lead the injured He Yu out of the archives as quickly as possible, despite He Yu's pressing questions about his departure and hidden motives.
As they escape the building, they are met with a chaotic scene outside, with the flashing lights of police vehicles and the sound of sirens creating a disorienting environment.
Zheng Jingfeng, having deduced the significance of the letter "L," arrives at the scene. He is visibly concerned and angry, reflecting his urgency to handle the crisis.
Xie Qingcheng informs Zheng Jingfeng that the archives are on the verge of exploding and stresses the need to prevent anyone else from entering the building.
Zheng Jingfeng, with a stern and resolute expression, takes immediate action to evacuate the area and secure the scene, ensuring that no further harm comes to anyone.
Amid the unfolding chaos, Xie Qingcheng's priority is to ensure He Yu’s safety and to contain the situation as best as possible. The chapter highlights the tense and urgent atmosphere as they deal with the imminent threat of the explosion and the revelation of deeper truths.
Chapter 44: OnceXie Qingcheng reflects on his departure from the He family and his feelings about leaving He Yu behind. He remembers seeing a depth of emotion in He Yu’s eyes, which he initially doubted was more than a doctor-patient relationship.
As he faces the consequences of his actions, Xie Qingcheng acknowledges that He Yu was a significant part of his life that he sacrificed. He realizes that He Yu had trusted him deeply and that he had abandoned that trust.
Flashbacks reveal He Yu’s struggles with his illness and how he had clung to Xie Qingcheng’s advice. He Yu had believed that Xie Qingcheng saw him as more than just a patient and had encouraged him to build connections and a strong sense of self.
Xie Qingcheng’s regret deepens as he recognizes the extent of his impact on He Yu’s life. He recalls He Yu’s pride and self-control, and how he had depended on Xie Qingcheng for support and understanding beyond medical treatment.
The chapter concludes with Xie Qingcheng grappling with the weight of his past decisions and their repercussions on He Yu, realizing the emotional complexity of their relationship and his role in He Yu’s life.
Chapter 45: He Didn’t Care Whether He Lived or DiedHe Yu refuses to see Xie Qingcheng, effectively cutting him off. Despite Xie Qingcheng’s attempts to reach out and visit He Yu in the hospital, He Yu is transferred to a private clinic, where Xie Qingcheng is denied access.
Xie Qingcheng faces a chaotic period, dealing with inquiries from various people including Xie Xue, Chen Man, old neighbors, colleagues, and his supervisor about the incident where his face was projected onto a broadcasting tower.
He is frequently summoned to the police department for questioning and procedural matters, which adds to his stress. Despite the media frenzy surrounding the incident, Xie Qingcheng remains too preoccupied to follow the news.
Xie Xue calls him, distressed and crying, wanting to know where he is so she can visit. Xie Qingcheng, wanting to protect her from the grim details of their parents’ murder, refuses to disclose his location and avoids her visit.
Chen Man, who is aware of the full extent of the situation, visits Xie Qingcheng during his interrogation. He takes time off work to be there and immediately embraces Xie Qingcheng, expressing his concern and support in an emotional moment.
Chapter 46: He Had Been Deceiving Me All AlongHe Yu has gone into a state of deep psychological distress following the traumatic events. Though he was discharged from the hospital days ago, he has not returned to his own home and is now living alone in a rarely visited apartment in downtown Huzhou.
He Yu feels disconnected from society and finds everyone around him to be fake and disgusting. His mental state deteriorates as he isolates himself further, struggling with the disturbing videos he saw of Xie Qingcheng.
Initially, He Yu doubts the authenticity of the videos and Xie Qingcheng's intentions, suspecting that the criminal organization might have manipulated the footage. He decides to investigate further on his own to uncover the truth.
The investigation reveals even more horrifying truths than he anticipated. The reality is far worse than what was shown in the videos, contributing to He Yu's deteriorating mental health. He becomes increasingly disturbed and his medication fails to alleviate his symptoms.
He Yu’s condition worsens, and he feels numb, with his sense of morality and legal constraints eroding. His emotional turmoil leads him to extreme thoughts and desires, including a loss of fear towards death and societal rules.
He Yu ignores numerous calls and messages from Xie Qingcheng, who is trying to reach out to him. He Yu remains disconnected, fixated on a white wall, consumed by his psychological crisis and the overwhelming sense of betrayal.
Chapter 47: It Hurt Too MuchSix years ago, on his birthday, He Yu was alone in the cold and quiet He residence. Despite the household staff preparing a birthday cake as ordered by his parents, He Jiwei and Lü Zhishu, He Yu did not eat it. His parents were in Yanzhou for an important client meeting and could not return in time. He Yu felt the absence of celebration deeply.
Xie Qingcheng was also away on a work trip, as Xie Xue had informed He Yu. He was attending a conference, further contributing to He Yu’s sense of abandonment.
The weather outside was harsh, with heavy rain and strong winds creating an unsettling atmosphere. The floor-to-ceiling European-style windows framed the storm, adding to the bleakness of He Yu’s birthday.
The large clock in the residence tolled the hours, marking the passage of time as He Yu waited for his parents or someone to arrive. Despite the housekeeper’s repeated attempts to encourage him to go to bed, He Yu insisted on staying up to watch the rain, hoping for someone to remember him.
He Yu’s hope was that at least one person in the world would brave the storm to be with him. He felt that he did not deserve such loneliness and wished for a sign of remembrance or companionship.
As he waited, He Yu clung to the belief that someone would come for him, despite the growing darkness and the relentless storm. His anticipation was marked by a mix of hopeful longing and growing despair.
The chapter ends with He Yu hearing someone call his name through the storm, but it is unclear who it is or whether they have arrived. This moment reflects his deep loneliness and unfulfilled hope, leaving his emotional state unresolved.
Chapter 48: MadnessHe Yu is overwhelmed by the pain and betrayal he feels. The realization of being deceived about Xie Xue and the falsehoods created by Xie Qingcheng hits him hard. He reflects on how he has been living in a delusion, believing he had disguised himself well and tricked others, only to find out he was the one deceived.
Overcome by this realization, He Yu experiences a profound emotional collapse. He howls in agony, the sound of his cries reflecting his deep despair and mental anguish. He feels like a trapped, blood-soaked beast, and his voice is described as hoarse and almost inhuman.
He Yu is consumed by feelings of madness and confusion. He sees everything he believed in as lies—his faith, warmth, and sense of self—all reduced to illusions. He feels like a delusional invalid, isolated from the world and sinking into a deep, oppressive suffocation.
His emotional state deteriorates to the point where he feels utterly pitiful and helpless, akin to a fetus on the brink of death, cut off from everything that once provided comfort. His attempts to self-soothe are revealed to be futile.
In a fit of despair, He Yu claws at his hair, his sense of self gradually diminishing. He stops wailing and sits up calmly, his body relaxing as he stares blankly at the ceiling.
He then stands up and notices his reflection in a display cabinet. The sight of his own distorted and wretched image triggers a violent outburst. He grabs a metal ornament and smashes it into the cabinet with a loud crash, his suppressed darkness and violence erupting uncontrollably.
The chapter concludes with He Yu unleashing the darker aspects of his nature, symbolized by the metaphor of an evil dragon breaking free from its chains and a devil emerging from its cave, signifying a complete loss of control and sanity.
Chapter 49: DescentHe Yu, typically put off by the opulence of places like the Skynight Club, now finds himself drawn to the carnal warmth it offers. The club, known for its luxurious and decadent atmosphere, becomes his refuge from the turmoil he feels.
At the Skynight Club, He Yu is greeted with deference by the hostess, who keeps her head lowered out of respect. The club is portrayed as a high-end entertainment venue where bodies indulge in hedonistic pleasures. The staff and entertainers are attractive and engaging, creating an environment of sophisticated indulgence.
He Yu's visit to the club is motivated by a desire to lash out and engage in self-destructive behavior. He seeks the thrill of decadence and self-abandonment, feeling that indulging in such luxuries will provide a temporary escape from his pain and confusion.
He Yu likens his situation to a student who, after investing effort and resources into their studies, fails and becomes despondent. He sees the club as a place where he can abandon himself to despair and escape from the harsh truths of his life.
He Yu realizes that he no longer needs to deceive himself for comfort. In the Skynight Club, he can pay for the attention and flattery he desires. The availability of superficial pleasures and compliments allows him to indulge without needing to confront or manage his internal struggles.
Chapter 50: I Was No Longer Who I Was BeforeHe Yu, seated comfortably in the Skynight Club, pours himself a glass of red wine and then pours another for Xie Qingcheng. He gestures to a nearby woman to hand the drink to Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng declines the wine and maintains a stern demeanor, indicating his displeasure. He Yu, unperturbed, interlaces his fingers and maintains a calm and collected posture.
He Yu suggests that if Xie Qingcheng wants to have a proper conversation, it would be best if Xie Qingcheng drank the wine. This is a clear attempt to provoke or test Xie Qingcheng’s resolve.
Xie Qingcheng, despite his efforts to stay composed, looks down at He Yu with a mix of frustration and concern. He tells He Yu it’s time for him to leave, showing his impatience and urgency.
He Yu responds with a nonchalant attitude, making a comment about how their interaction might be perceived as having a special relationship. He continues to smoke a cigarette offered by the woman next to him, an action that surprises Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng is taken aback by He Yu’s casual demeanor with the cigarette, as he had previously known He Yu to dislike smoking. This behavior is new and unsettling to him.
The woman beside He Yu lights another cigarette and offers it to Xie Qingcheng, who refuses, stating that he does not smoke. This refusal highlights the contrast between their current state and their previous interactions.
He Yu makes a pointed remark about Xie Qingcheng being a hypocrite, suggesting that he has finally recognized certain truths about him. He Yu’s relaxed demeanor and use of cigarettes emphasize his disdain or disillusionment.
Xie Qingcheng offers He Yu a chance to leave with him, promising that he will answer any questions He Yu may have. This offer is made in an attempt to regain control over the situation and address the issues between them.
He Yu, initially lounging and disinterested, straightens up and adjusts his posture in response to Xie Qingcheng’s offer. He appears to be reconsidering the situation and shows a shift in his attitude, indicating a potential willingness to engage in dialogue.
Chapter 51: I Wanted Him to SubmitHe Yu dismisses Xie Qingcheng’s concerns, downplaying the situation by claiming that the intoxication was caused by the liquor he willingly consumed. He denies any wrongdoing and suggests that Xie Qingcheng is to blame for his own state.
Xie Qingcheng becomes increasingly furious, expressing his frustration and disbelief at He Yu’s behavior. He accuses He Yu of being absurd and shows his agitation.
He Yu’s demeanor shifts from calm and gentle to violent. As Xie Qingcheng’s anger reaches a peak, He Yu loses his composure and acts aggressively. He grabs Xie Qingcheng by the hair and violently forces him to the ground.
Xie Qingcheng’s head crashes into the edge of a marble table, causing him to gasp in pain and blood to flow from the wound. This action causes a panic among some onlookers, who fear the situation might escalate further.
He Yu stands over Xie Qingcheng with an indifferent and cold expression. Although the injury is not life-threatening, the sight of blood seems to fuel He Yu’s anger and madness.
He Yu grabs Xie Qingcheng by the hair, pulling his head up and forcing him to look at him. He runs his thumb over Xie Qingcheng’s lips in a slow, deliberate manner, conveying his control and dominance.
He Yu harshly tells Xie Qingcheng that he has no right to lecture him and lacks the authority to teach him a lesson. The contrast between He Yu’s cold demeanor and the heated touch of his thumb highlights the power imbalance and his intent to assert dominance.
Chapter 52: To Plunge into the Abyss with HimXie Qingcheng, despite not fully understanding He Yu's turmoil, reacts to He Yu's aggressive behavior by grabbing a wine bottle and smashing it against a surface.
He Yu, noticing Xie Qingcheng’s actions, becomes alarmed and questions what he’s doing.
Xie Qingcheng, driven by intense physiological reactions from the Plum Fragrance 59 drug, struggles to maintain control. He picks up the broken bottle and deliberately stabs it into his own forearm, causing blood to gush from the wound.
In pain but resolute, Xie Qingcheng clenches his teeth and bites his lip to manage the agony. He sets down the bloody bottle and leans back against a tea table, trying to regain his composure.
He Yu watches Xie Qingcheng with a mixture of anger and disbelief, observing his bleeding arm and the disheveled state of his dress shirt. He tightens his grip on Xie Qingcheng’s arm, allowing blood to seep through his fingers.
The room falls into silence as Xie Qingcheng struggles to control his breathing, his eyes filled with tears as he gazes at He Yu.
Xie Qingcheng asks He Yu if he is genuinely affected by the things he said in the old videos. He Yu remains silent, letting Xie Qingcheng’s blood drip onto the floor.
Xie Qingcheng realizes that it isn’t just the videos that trouble He Yu. He Yu has seen nearly all of Xie Qingcheng’s messages, indicating a deep connection between them that has been strained by the recent events.
Chapter 53: To Have Him in My GraspHe Yu is engaged in an explicit encounter with Xie Qingcheng.
He is on the phone with his father, He Jiwei, while with Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu hides the true nature of his activities, telling his father he's out with a friend.
He continues to thrust into Xie Qingcheng ruthlessly, causing him significant discomfort.
He Yu puts the phone on speaker and tosses it aside, focusing on Xie Qingcheng.
He tries to make Xie Qingcheng make a sound, even as he nears his own limit.
The bed shakes and makes muffled noises with each impact.
He Jiwei remains unaware of the situation and gives typical parental advice.
He Yu responds absentmindedly to his father's advice while continuing his actions.
The chapter ends with Xie Qingcheng showing visible anger and frustration, glaring at He Yu and hissing his name.
He Yu drags Xie Qingcheng to the middle of the bed and forces him onto all fours.
He grabs Xie Qingcheng by the waist, causing bruising, and thrusts wildly in retaliation.
Xie Qingcheng tries to escape, but He Yu pulls him back violently by his hair.
Xie Qingcheng struggles with shaky legs and blurred vision as He Yu berates him.
He Yu presses his lips to Xie Qingcheng’s ear while their fingers interlock on the mattress.
Sweat from He Yu drips onto Xie Qingcheng’s back, adding to his discomfort.
Xie Qingcheng endures both pain and pleasure as He Yu continues with relentless stamina.
After more than half an hour, Xie Qingcheng feels he is about to climax, with He Yu’s thrusts feeling intense.
Chapter 54: The BeginningThe chapter opens with Xie Qingcheng waking up in a private lounge room with the curtains tightly shut, blocking out any sunlight. He is disoriented and in pain, with no clear sense of how much time has passed since the previous night.
As he slowly regains his senses, the horrific memories of the previous night come rushing back. He is shocked and speechless, struggling to accept the reality of his situation.
Xie Qingcheng’s initial hope that he was dreaming or that he might wake up in a familiar, safe place is dashed when he realizes he is still in the private room, completely nude and in a state of disarray. The room reeks of sex, and he is surrounded by used condoms, which causes him deep humiliation and anger.
He tries to move but is incapacitated by severe pain in his lower body, a reminder of the brutal encounter. The sight of the used condoms and their contents only intensifies his feelings of degradation.
Despite the cruelty he experienced, Xie Qingcheng reflects on his own feelings of remorse toward He Yu. He acknowledges that he had been harsh and failed to treat He Yu as an equal. This reflection leads him to reconsider his previous decisions and the nature of their relationship.
Xie Qingcheng recalls that he had been contemplating building a new relationship with He Yu, one beyond the confines of doctor and patient. He realizes that he might have been wrong in his approach and regrets his decision to distance himself from He Yu.
The chapter closes with Xie Qingcheng’s internal struggle and self-reproach, recognizing that his paternalistic instincts and emotions might have clouded his judgment in the past.
Chapter 55: I Did Not Run Away!Xie Qingcheng angrily accuses He Yu of running away, questioning whether his actions amounted to fleeing from responsibility.
He Yu is taken aback by the accusation, and his previously maintained composure falters, revealing his embarrassment and discomfort. He struggles to defend himself as his confident facade crumbles.
Xie Qingcheng details He Yu’s behavior, criticizing how He Yu left cheerfully, blocked his contact information, and ignored the outstanding bill.
He Yu tries to defend his actions, insisting that he did not run away and that he returned to settle the bill once Xie Qingcheng contacted him. His attempt to justify his behavior only makes him appear more embarrassed and defensive.
Xie Qingcheng’s anger intensifies. He expresses frustration, revealing that he never wanted He Yu to pay the bill and would have preferred to handle it himself if he had the funds, emphasizing his disdain for He Yu’s behavior.
The chapter explores the emotional turmoil between the two characters. Xie Qingcheng’s outrage reflects his deeper hurt and sense of betrayal, while He Yu’s defensiveness shows his own mixture of shame and frustration.
Despite the heated exchange, He Yu’s attempt to justify his actions and Xie Qingcheng’s vehement rejection of his excuses underscore the profound conflict between them. The chapter captures the raw intensity of their confrontation and the ongoing emotional struggle.
Chapter 56: And I Did Not Copy Him!The chapter reflects on He Yu’s junior high years, highlighting his physical and social transformation during adolescence. He Yu experiences a growth spurt, with his clothes no longer fitting, leading him to leave his shirt buttons undone and buy larger shoes.
As He Yu matures, his social interactions change dramatically. He attracts attention from girls who giggle and swoon over him, creating a new and uncomfortable dynamic in his school life.
He Yu finds himself overwhelmed by the influx of love letters and gifts from admirers, which he finds troublesome and burdensome. He struggles to handle these advances while maintaining his polite and considerate demeanor.
He contrasts his experience with Wei Dongheng, a popular but lazy older student. Unlike Wei Dongheng, who rejects girls with apparent disdain, He Yu, as a top student, feels obligated to be courteous and considerate even while rejecting others.
Despite the attention he receives, He Yu’s focus remains on Xie Xue, a girl he has strong feelings for. He becomes increasingly frustrated as he waits for a love letter from Xie Xue, while dealing with the unwanted affections of other girls.
The chapter explores He Yu’s internal conflicts and his struggle to balance his academic reputation with his personal emotions. It reflects his disillusionment with the superficial aspects of his social life and his longing for a meaningful connection with Xie Xue.
Chapter 57: It Was Just a TattooAfter finishing washing his hands, Xie Qingcheng wipes them dry and notices He Yu staring at his wrist. He Yu asks about the tattoo he sees.
Xie Qingcheng, initially surprised, tries to cover his tattoo but it's too late. He Yu asks what the tattoo says.
Xie Qingcheng, appearing indifferent, reveals that the tattoo reads “Here lies one whose name was writ in water,” a quote from John Keats’s grave.
He Yu recognizes the quote and questions why Xie Qingcheng chose that specific tattoo, expressing a hint of disbelief that Xie Qingcheng likes tombstones.
Xie Qingcheng explains that he admires Keats, but his response is curt and he does not elaborate further.
Observing Xie Qingcheng’s discomfort with the topic, He Yu decides not to press further and concludes that Xie Qingcheng’s sister, Xie Xue, might have similar tastes.
That night, He Yu visits a local tattoo parlor, driven by curiosity and a desire to understand Xie Qingcheng’s interests better.
At the parlor, the owner greets He Yu warmly and offers him a selection of tattoo designs, including dragons and supernatural creatures.
He Yu, uninterested in the conventional designs, interrupts the owner’s recommendations to ask specifically about epitaphs.
The tattoo parlor owner is puzzled by He Yu’s request for epitaphs, noting that such designs are unusual and not commonly available.
Despite the owner's confusion, He Yu remains determined to find an epitaph tattoo. He flips through the reference images, trying to find something that matches the style he wants.
He Yu’s visit to the tattoo parlor reflects his desire to connect with Xie Qingcheng’s interests and understand his choices more deeply.
Chapter 58: It Wasn’t Like He Was a GodHe Yu stands at a distance from a chaotic scene in a narrow alley, unnoticed amid the commotion.
The alley, typically unremarkable, is now crowded with people taking photos and videos, surrounded by a barricade of civil police preventing entry.
Xie Qingcheng arrives back in Moyu Alley by taxi after a tumultuous night with He Yu. The day's events have stretched into the evening, leaving him weary and disoriented.
The taxi driver informs Xie Qingcheng that the road ahead is blocked, and he decides to get out despite the congested situation.
As Xie Qingcheng exits the taxi, he is met with a barrage of camera flashes from the crowd, who are enthusiastically photographing and filming him. The scene makes it appear as though he is a celebrity.
The crowd is buzzing with questions and accusations related to Xie Qingcheng. They inquire about his connection to the broadcasting tower murder case, his involvement with a criminal organization, and the recent scandal involving Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital.
The media frenzy includes questions about alleged plans to imprison and molest mentally ill women and insults directed at Professor Qin Ciyan, a national hero.
Xie Qingcheng is overwhelmed by the intense scrutiny and barrage of questions, highlighting the extent of the public's curiosity and the seriousness of the allegations against him.
Chapter 59: Just My GirlfriendXie Qingcheng arrives at his dorm and collapses as soon as he enters. Overcome by the effects of strong wine and drugs, he stumbles into the bathroom, where he begins to vomit uncontrollably.
Despite maintaining a strong, composed exterior in front of He Yu, Xie Qingcheng succumbs to the aftereffects once alone. He struggles with the physical and emotional toll, his vision blurring and his body failing him.
Xie Qingcheng attempts to gather himself, telling himself to take some medicine, but his condition worsens. His consciousness fades as he collapses in front of the sink.
Chen Man arrives at the dorm with a key he obtained from Xie Xue. He enters and finds Xie Qingcheng unconscious on the cold bathroom floor. Chen Man reacts with alarm and quickly checks on Xie Qingcheng.
Amidst the chaos, Chen Man discovers a pregnancy test result in the bathroom trash, which shows a positive result. This adds a layer of distress to the situation.
Xie Qingcheng hears Chen Man’s voice but is too weak to respond. He loses consciousness completely.
When Xie Qingcheng regains awareness, he finds himself in a hospital bed with an IV drip. A significant amount of time has passed, and he is under medical care, with the pregnancy test result remaining an unresolved and troubling detail.
He Yu observes Xie Qingcheng's situation from a distance and notices the grave expression on Chen Man’s face. Concerned, He Yu realizes that he bears some responsibility for Xie Qingcheng’s condition due to their previous encounter.
As Chen Man approaches, He Yu sees the redness around his eyes, deepening his worry and confusion about Xie Qingcheng’s health. He Yu's anxiety parallels that of a nervous father-to-be waiting outside a delivery room.
A nurse from the emergency room informs Chen Man that there is an additional blood test result and prescribed medication that need to be picked up. Chen Man, already distressed, proceeds to collect these items.
While collecting the blood test results and paying for the medication, Chen Man's mood is bleak, and he accidentally drops the blood test report. The paper drifts to the cold floor of the emergency room lobby.
He Yu, observing the dropped report, feels a surge of urgency and indecision. He pulls his cap lower to avoid being recognized and approaches the report. He picks up the blood test result, which has become a crucial piece of information, while trying to remain unnoticed by Chen Man.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 3
Chapter 60: Feeling HornyXie Qingcheng returns to his dormitory after being discharged from the hospital, accompanied by Chen Man, who behaves awkwardly.
Chen Man hesitates before asking Xie Qingcheng about his one-night stand, but Xie Qingcheng dismisses the topic, stating it was a regrettable mistake and that it won’t happen again.
Xie Qingcheng assumes Chen Man’s behavior stems from his disapproval of casual relationships, not realizing Chen Man may have other feelings.
Xie Qingcheng continues to struggle with the aftermath of his encounter with He Yu, haunted by shame and disgust as he recovers physically and emotionally.
He Yu blocks Xie Qingcheng on social media, and Xie Qingcheng deletes He Yu from his contacts, avoiding any interaction with him.
Xie Qingcheng tries to move on, distracting himself with work and videos of jellyfish, but he remains haunted by the memory of what transpired.
He Yu returns to the He family residence and finds his parents, Lü Zhishu and He Jiwei, unusually present and attempting to create a warm family atmosphere.
During dinner, Lü Zhishu and He Jiwei’s efforts to act like a loving family feel forced and insincere to He Yu, who becomes increasingly detached and disillusioned.
After dinner, He Yu goes to his room and reflects on his fractured relationship with his parents and his unfulfilled emotional needs.
He Yu recalls past moments involving Xie Xue, realizing his idealized memories of her were partly his own creation, born from his loneliness and desperation.
He Yu, unable to escape thoughts of Xie Qingcheng, dreams of the night they spent together, vividly recalling Xie Qingcheng’s appearance and actions.
The dream triggers a physical reaction in He Yu, leading him to confront feelings of shame, confusion, and desire.
He Yu looks at photos of Xie Qingcheng he had secretly taken, further fueling his conflicted emotions and self-loathing.
Unable to reconcile his feelings, He Yu attempts to distract himself with social media but finds himself subconsciously searching for Xie Qingcheng online.
He Yu notices a particular post about Xie Qingcheng, leaving him intrigued and unsure of what to do next.
Chapter 61: Feeling MoodyA post on social media publicly accuses Xie Qingcheng of being unfit to teach and tags Huzhou Medical School, demanding his resignation.
The backlash against Xie Qingcheng spreads, with people questioning the school’s judgment in hiring him and accusing him of unethical practices, despite a lack of evidence.
Huzhou Medical School's administrators question Xie Qingcheng, who maintains that his past comments were impulsive but denies any deeper misconduct.
Under mounting public pressure, the school announces Xie Qingcheng’s suspension, leaving the duration unspecified.
Xie Qingcheng learns of his suspension and, though accepting it as an opportunity to rest, feels frustrated and defeated.
He clears out his office and plans to return home, brushing off concerned calls from Xie Xue and Chen Man.
In the parking lot, Xie Qingcheng encounters He Yu, who confronts him with a mocking remark about his suspension.
He Yu's menacing presence and sarcastic attitude stir up Xie Qingcheng’s unresolved trauma from their previous encounter.
Xie Qingcheng initially tries to ignore He Yu, but their interaction escalates into a heated confrontation.
He Yu taunts Xie Qingcheng, offering to “re-hire” him and making degrading comments about his financial situation and career.
Xie Qingcheng lashes out, accusing He Yu of being mentally unstable and dismissing his offer.
He Yu retaliates by alluding to their night at the club, suggesting that Xie Qingcheng now “belongs” to him, further enraging Xie Qingcheng.
Their confrontation grows more hostile as Xie Qingcheng denies any significance to their encounter and insults He Yu's inexperience.
He Yu, infuriated by Xie Qingcheng’s dismissive remarks, becomes increasingly volatile and physically pins Xie Qingcheng against his car.
Xie Xue arrives unexpectedly, striking He Yu with her shoe and defending her brother, unaware of the full context of their interaction.
She berates He Yu for insulting Xie Qingcheng and declares her willingness to support her brother financially if necessary.
He Yu, visibly affected by Xie Xue’s accusations, refrains from retaliating against her but grows colder and more disdainful.
Xie Qingcheng intervenes to de-escalate the situation, shielding Xie Xue and threatening He Yu if he dares to harm her.
Xie Qingcheng forces Xie Xue into the car, ending the confrontation by coldly dismissing He Yu and driving away.
He Yu remains in the parking lot, watching them leave with a dark, unreadable expression, his lips moving as though speaking unheard words.
Chapter 62: It Feels GreatHe Yu feels dejected and conflicted after his confrontation with the Xie siblings, realizing they are the only people he has any deeper connection with.
He recalls past interactions with Xie Xue and Xie Qingcheng, including moments where he found solace in their concern, but now finds himself isolated.
He Yu begins obsessively searching for news and personal information about Xie Qingcheng online, encountering both truth and rumors.
He uncovers old photos of Xie Qingcheng and learns about parts of his past, including his rebellious youth, but finds many of the claims dubious or exaggerated.
Disturbed by the increasing spread of Xie Qingcheng’s private information, He Yu uses his elite hacking skills to suppress and erase the leaks, targeting those responsible with viruses that destroy their devices.
Netizens speculate about the mysterious hacker protecting Xie Qingcheng, humorously suggesting it might be a “little hubby” defending him out of love, a notion that He Yu finds both offensive and unsettling.
He Yu struggles with his growing obsession with Xie Qingcheng, repeatedly recalling their night together and failing to suppress his physical and emotional responses.
He Yu’s attempts to distract himself with other means, including browsing pornography, fail, as nothing compares to the intensity of his memories of Xie Qingcheng.
He becomes increasingly frustrated by his inability to escape his fixation, cycling between indulging his desires and feeling disgusted with himself afterward.
He hacks into Xie Qingcheng’s private WeChat Moments out of curiosity but finds no new updates, leaving him even more agitated and unsatisfied.
Deciding he needs closure or a way to reset his emotions, He Yu resolves to see Xie Qingcheng again, believing that interacting with him might help him regain his former disdain.
Learning that Xie Qingcheng will attend a screening event for The Many Faces of Malady at Huzhou University, He Yu arranges to sit directly behind him during the event.
On the day of the screening, He Yu arrives early, waiting with anticipation as the lights dim and the film begins.
Xie Qingcheng arrives late, but to He Yu’s surprise, he is accompanied by a young police officer who is frequently seen with him.
Chapter 63: No, He’s Not GreatThe premiere of The Many Faces of Malady takes place, with Xie Qingcheng attending alongside Chen Man, who took the day off to accompany him.
He Yu, wearing a disguise, sits behind them, seething with jealousy and possessiveness as he observes Chen Man’s attentiveness toward Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu recalls overhearing Chen Man’s name during a past phone call, deepening his irritation as he watches their interactions.
During the film, He Yu barely pays attention, fixated instead on Xie Qingcheng’s face illuminated by the flickering light from the screen.
When the movie reaches He Yu’s scene involving a romantic interaction, Xie Qingcheng closes his eyes, seemingly uncomfortable, which both frustrates and intrigues He Yu.
Xie Qingcheng eventually falls asleep, exhausted from the stress of recent events, prompting Chen Man to drape his jacket over him and tenderly hold his hand.
He Yu grows increasingly furious as he interprets Chen Man’s actions as a romantic advance, his jealousy boiling over when Chen Man leans closer to Xie Qingcheng.
Unable to contain himself, He Yu dumps a bottle of iced soda over Xie Qingcheng, waking him abruptly and stopping Chen Man’s advance.
When Chen Man angrily confronts him, He Yu calmly apologizes, disguising his malicious intent as an accident.
Soaked and uncomfortable, Xie Qingcheng decides to leave the theater to find a hair dryer, instructing Chen Man to stay and watch the movie.
He Yu watches Xie Qingcheng leave, then decides to follow him, unable to let the matter rest.
Xie Qingcheng borrows a dressing room backstage to dry off, unaware that He Yu is shadowing him.
While using the mounted hair dryer in a changing cubicle, Xie Qingcheng is startled when He Yu suddenly enters, lifting the curtain and confronting him.
He Yu reveals that he was the one who spilled the soda and forces his way into the small space, shoving Xie Qingcheng against the mirror.
Chapter 64: But He Felt Very HotThe cramped changing room forces He Yu and Xie Qingcheng into close proximity, escalating the tension between them.
Xie Qingcheng attempts to leave, but He Yu blocks his way and taunts him, accusing Chen Man of having romantic intentions toward him.
Xie Qingcheng dismisses He Yu’s claims, denying that Chen Man’s actions were anything but platonic, which infuriates He Yu further.
He Yu forcibly confronts Xie Qingcheng, accusing him of being oblivious to Chen Man’s intentions and calling him naive for trusting him.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu engage in a heated argument, with Xie Qingcheng refuting He Yu’s claims and demanding he leave.
He Yu shows Xie Qingcheng a photo he secretly took of him after their night together, using it to remind Xie Qingcheng of the intimacy they shared.
Xie Qingcheng becomes enraged and tries to take the phone, but He Yu prevents him, physically overpowering him.
He Yu accuses Xie Qingcheng of forgetting their night together and uses the photo as proof of their connection, taunting him with its existence.
He Yu’s behavior grows increasingly erratic, admitting he cannot stop thinking about Xie Qingcheng and that his obsession has taken control of him.
He Yu pins Xie Qingcheng against the mirror, the dim glow from the mirror’s lights highlighting their struggle in the darkness.
He Yu’s possessiveness and desire drive him to forcefully hold Xie Qingcheng, revealing his inability to reconcile his obsession and claiming they could “cure” each other.
Xie Qingcheng fights back, enraged and humiliated, but He Yu continues his physical and verbal advances, ignoring Xie Qingcheng’s anger and revulsion.
He Yu kisses Xie Qingcheng forcefully, rekindling the physical tension that had plagued him since their first encounter, despite Xie Qingcheng’s clear resistance.
He Yu, consumed by obsessive desire and vengeance, taunts Xie Qingcheng with the threat of revealing their night together to Xie Xue.
He Yu manipulates Xie Qingcheng's fear of public humiliation and familial disgrace, forcing him into compliance through emotional blackmail.
Overpowered and cornered, Xie Qingcheng becomes unable to physically resist as He Yu exerts dominance, taunting him and asserting control over their dynamic.
He Yu forces Xie Qingcheng into increasingly intimate and humiliating acts, leveraging their previous encounter to maintain control.
He Yu's frustration grows as Xie Qingcheng remains unresponsive and cold, further fueling his desire to assert dominance.
Despite Xie Qingcheng’s visible humiliation and rage, He Yu continues to escalate the situation, mocking his lack of arousal and demanding compliance.
He Yu forcibly uses Xie Qingcheng’s hand to pleasure himself, showing no regard for Xie Qingcheng’s emotional or physical state.
As the situation intensifies, He Yu becomes lost in his obsession, justifying his actions by comparing himself to Xie Qingcheng’s past relationships, seeking validation through dominance.
He Yu begins to explore Xie Qingcheng’s body further, using their proximity and the closed environment to push boundaries while continuing to taunt him.
Throughout the encounter, Xie Qingcheng fights back verbally and physically, but He Yu's physical strength and emotional manipulation render his resistance futile.
The chapter ends with He Yu escalating his actions further, continuing to explore Xie Qingcheng's body with the intention of asserting complete control.
He Yu, overwhelmed by lust and obsession, continues his assault on Xie Qingcheng in the dressing room, using a mix of physical force, coercion, and emotional manipulation.
He forcibly prepares Xie Qingcheng, using hand cream as lubrication, and penetrates him without consent, driven by his mounting desire and the memory of their previous encounter.
He Yu is consumed by the sensations, vividly recalling the pleasure he felt during their first encounter and becoming increasingly rough and intense in his actions.
Despite the pain and humiliation, Xie Qingcheng refuses to vocalize his suffering, clinging to his dignity even as he is overwhelmed.
He Yu revels in his dominance, alternating between slow, deep thrusts and frantic, violent movements, ignoring Xie Qingcheng’s distress and pleas for him to stop.
He Yu’s lack of a condom adds another layer of humiliation and fear for Xie Qingcheng, who begs him not to come inside.
Ignoring Xie Qingcheng’s protests, He Yu climaxes inside him, marking the first time he has ejaculated in someone else’s body. This act is both a culmination of his obsession and a symbolic claim of possession over Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng is left physically and emotionally shattered, trembling from the violation and humiliation, with tears involuntarily streaming down his face.
He Yu, in the afterglow of his climax, remains inside Xie Qingcheng, indulging in the intimacy of their forced proximity and kissing him deeply, an act of both mockery and possessive affection.
He Yu’s behavior oscillates between tender and deranged as he strokes Xie Qingcheng’s abdomen and makes a shameless comment about impregnating him, further humiliating Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng, enraged and humiliated, attempts to strike He Yu, but He Yu catches his hand, preventing the blow, and instead kisses him again, asserting control over the situation.
The chapter ends with He Yu offering to help Xie Qingcheng get dressed, maintaining a veneer of care that contrasts sharply with the violence and degradation he has inflicted.
Chapter 65: And Was Very Easy to AngerAfter their encounter, He Yu helps Xie Qingcheng get dressed, nuzzling and kissing him with renewed affection until a call reminds him of the film’s awards ceremony.
Xie Qingcheng, in pain and deeply humiliated, returns to his seat, concealing his discomfort from Chen Man, who innocently inquires about his absence.
The film ends, and the awards ceremony begins, where He Yu is honored as the new chairman of the student government, appearing polished and refined on stage, in stark contrast to his behavior earlier.
Xie Qingcheng observes He Yu’s composed demeanor and public praise with mounting disgust, reflecting on the duality of He Yu’s personality.
Xie Qingcheng resolves to tolerate He Yu’s demands only as a means to manage his behavior and prevent further disruptions to his life, viewing himself as a tool rather than a person with needs or boundaries.
Despite He Yu’s apparent joy over Xie Qingcheng’s compliance, Xie Qingcheng secretly deletes He Yu from his contacts after leaving the event, cutting off their communication.
He Yu, unaware of this, sends nervous and awkward messages to Xie Qingcheng, even suggesting inappropriate activities like golfing or horseback riding, oblivious to Xie Qingcheng's physical and emotional state.
He Yu is shocked to find that Xie Qingcheng has deleted him, perceiving the act as a personal affront, and impulsively drives to Xie Qingcheng’s home in a fit of anger.
Upon arrival, He Yu encounters Chen Man at the door and immediately bristles with hostility, recalling Chen Man’s earlier interactions with Xie Qingcheng and viewing him as a rival.
Chen Man, unaware of He Yu’s deeper relationship with Xie Qingcheng, politely informs him that Xie Qingcheng does not wish to see him, escalating tensions between the two.
He Yu’s temper flares further, but before he acts on his violent impulses, Xie Qingcheng intervenes, stepping out in a bathrobe after finishing his shower and dismissing Chen Man.
Chapter 66: I Couldn’t Hold BackChen Man reluctantly leaves after being dismissed by Xie Qingcheng, who then confronts He Yu at the door of his home.
Xie Qingcheng sarcastically congratulates He Yu on his new student government position and asks why he is there.
He Yu struggles to articulate his reasons, unable to admit his feelings or frustrations, and instead grows defensive about Chen Man’s presence.
Xie Qingcheng dismisses He Yu’s possessiveness, clarifying that while he agreed to their physical relationship, He Yu holds no significance outside of that context.
He Yu becomes increasingly unhinged, unable to accept Xie Qingcheng’s cold dismissal, and attempts to justify his presence by claiming illness and requesting treatment.
Xie Qingcheng loses patience, asserting that He Yu’s well-being is no longer his responsibility, and tells him to leave.
In a fit of desperation and anger, He Yu bites Xie Qingcheng’s hand, drawing blood, and mockingly remarks on its sweetness, further escalating the tension.
He Yu demands acknowledgment of his unique relationship with Xie Qingcheng, referencing their shared past and recent intimacy.
Xie Qingcheng calls out He Yu’s hypocrisy for criticizing Chen Man’s sexuality while ignoring his own actions, leading to a heated verbal clash.
He Yu blocks the door as Xie Qingcheng tries to force him out, resulting in a tense physical standoff where He Yu’s hand is injured by the doorframe.
Frustrated by Xie Qingcheng’s rejection and his own feelings, He Yu forcibly pushes his way inside, locking the door behind him.
He Yu kisses Xie Qingcheng with a mix of anger and desperation, pinning him against the door before pushing him onto the desk.
Xie Qingcheng warns He Yu that his sister, Xie Xue, might return home, but He Yu dismisses the concern, showing complete disregard for the consequences of his actions.
He Yu, overwhelmed by his emotions and inner turmoil, seeks solace in Xie Qingcheng, describing him as a stand-in for the love and care he has always craved but never received.
He Yu’s behavior alternates between aggression and vulnerability, as he begs Xie Qingcheng not to push him away, claiming there is nowhere else for him to go.
Chapter 67: He’s GayHe Yu insists on staying with Xie Qingcheng, seeking more intimacy after their earlier encounter.
Xie Qingcheng begins to regret agreeing to their relationship, feeling drained and trapped by He Yu's insatiable energy.
He Yu, lying next to Xie Qingcheng, shows a rare vulnerability, trying to engage him with playful and gentle gestures, but Xie Qingcheng remains cold and dismissive.
Xie Qingcheng challenges He Yu’s denial of being gay, mocking his twisted logic about their relationship.
He Yu stubbornly insists that he is not gay, claiming that his attraction is unique to Xie Qingcheng, but he fails to provide a satisfactory explanation.
Xie Qingcheng counters with sarcasm, questioning He Yu's rationale, and warns him not to overestimate his importance.
Their interaction grows more tense and antagonistic, with Xie Qingcheng maintaining a frigid demeanor that unsettles He Yu.
Chen Man calls Xie Qingcheng, further aggravating He Yu, who grows jealous and insecure.
He Yu demands that Xie Qingcheng cook for him, using it as a condition for leaving, showcasing his shamelessness.
Despite his exhaustion and discomfort, Xie Qingcheng silently complies, determined not to appear weak in front of He Yu.
He Yu nitpicks Xie Qingcheng’s cooking to provoke a reaction, but Xie Qingcheng remains detached, irritating He Yu further.
He Yu’s frustration culminates in him hugging and kissing Xie Qingcheng in the kitchen, reigniting their physical tension.
The situation escalates into another intimate encounter, depicted with intense and vivid imagery, leaving Xie Qingcheng visibly drained afterward.
He Yu expresses his possessiveness, demanding that Xie Qingcheng stop cooking for Chen Man, showing his deep jealousy.
Xie Qingcheng, unimpressed, mocks He Yu’s hypocrisy, calling out his contradictory behavior as he labels Chen Man a "disgusting homosexual" while engaging in the same acts himself.
Xie Qingcheng delivers a scathing remark, emphasizing that even if Chen Man were gay, he would still be better than He Yu, leaving He Yu visibly wounded and speechless.
Chapter 68: I’m Not GayHe Yu realizes he’s still blocked on Xie Qingcheng’s WeChat but keeps forgetting to fix it whenever they meet in person.
He feels increasingly frustrated with their purely transactional relationship, longing for the scolding and care Xie Qingcheng used to show him, even if it was a facade.
Xie Qingcheng is reinstated as a professor, and He Yu decides to visit him at the medical school faculty dorm.
Not finding Xie Qingcheng at the dorm, He Yu heads to the library and finds him working in a secluded corner.
He Yu notices Xie Qingcheng coughing and fetches him a cup of hot water, which Xie Qingcheng accepts begrudgingly.
Despite Xie Qingcheng’s attempts to ignore him, He Yu stays, playfully teasing him about his glasses and acting possessive.
He Yu unlocks Xie Qingcheng’s phone, adds himself back on WeChat, and changes his nickname to “Ah, World’s Most Handsome and Experienced Lover” in Xie Qingcheng’s contacts.
He Yu sends Xie Qingcheng a ridiculous sticker featuring a photoshopped image of them together, infuriating Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng tries to leave the library, but He Yu subtly pressures him to stay.
Two female students recognize He Yu and ask for his autograph, which he provides using Xie Qingcheng’s fountain pen.
The girls ask for He Yu’s WeChat, but he declines, claiming he only adds people who “spark joy.”
He Yu pins Xie Qingcheng’s contact to the top of his WeChat list, showcasing his fixation.
He Yu’s insatiable sexual drive becomes evident as he frequently initiates intimate encounters, despite Xie Qingcheng’s apathy and attempts to avoid him.
He Yu sends Xie Qingcheng late-night voice messages, often full of frustration and desire, claiming he only wants him.
In response to He Yu’s insistence, Xie Qingcheng sarcastically suggests he find a girlfriend or boyfriend instead.
He Yu escalates by sending a video of himself from his dorm, leaving Xie Qingcheng visibly exasperated but unfazed.
Despite their toxic dynamic, He Yu finds fleeting comfort in Xie Qingcheng’s rare displays of anger and humanity.
The semester ends, and a strikingly handsome military officer arrives at the university in a luxury jeep, catching everyone’s attention.
Chapter 69: I Asked Him Out to a MovieStudents gossip about Wei Dongheng’s family conflict, revealing that he’s being sent to the northwest by his father, a senior military officer, to “discipline” him.
Wei Dongheng meets his middle brother, a military officer, who teases him about his rumored girlfriend.
Despite his brother’s antics, Wei Dongheng is visibly upset, hinting at emotional turmoil.
Meanwhile, Xie Xue exits a multimedia classroom, wiping tears, and observes Wei Dongheng leave in a military jeep. She tries to calm herself, focusing on a new ring on her finger.
On the campus lawn, Xie Xue sees Xie Qingcheng and He Yu leaving an empty classroom together, arguing. She is shocked given their recent falling out.
Xie Qingcheng brusquely dismisses He Yu and walks away. He Yu notices Xie Xue witnessing the scene and questions her presence.
Xie Xue confronts He Yu, initially assuming he was bullying her brother. However, He Yu points out that Xie Qingcheng was the one scolding him.
Their conversation turns heated when He Yu defends his past criticisms of Xie Qingcheng regarding the broadcasting tower incident.
Xie Xue passionately argues that her brother isn’t a coward, recounting his pained reaction to resigning from the hospital and emphasizing his integrity. She tearfully insists that Xie Qingcheng’s eyes revealed deep suffering, not fear.
He Yu is left conflicted by Xie Xue’s words, questioning his assumptions about Xie Qingcheng’s past decisions and emotional state.
At home, He Yu is interrupted by his mother, Lü Zhishu, who tries to bond with him through cooking and conversation. He remains distant and brushes her off, leaving the house.
Driving aimlessly, He Yu ends up near Xie Qingcheng’s neighborhood. He spots Xie Qingcheng and Xie Xue leaving a restaurant.
He Yu texts Xie Qingcheng, inviting him to see a movie. When Xie Qingcheng refuses, He Yu resorts to manipulation, threatening to approach him in front of Xie Xue.
Reluctantly, Xie Qingcheng gets into He Yu’s car, visibly angry, and agrees to the movie under duress.
Meanwhile, on an island in international waters, Jiang Liping interacts with an old, frail woman discussing their plans and the search for the "First Emperor" data related to RN-13 experiments.
The old woman expresses disdain for men and hints at sinister experiments involving a “boy’s corpse” to prolong her life.
Jiang Liping plans to return to China to assist Huang Zhilong with company matters and to carry out the old woman’s request to procure red high heels in the boy’s size.
Chapter 70: And Kissed Him in a BarHe Yu and Xie Qingcheng attend a winter-themed movie, chosen by He Yu. The plot is absurdly bad, and He Yu quickly loses interest.
A gay couple sitting next to them openly flirts and makes out, causing a commotion. Their behavior bothers He Yu, who hypocritically judges them despite his own actions with Xie Qingcheng.
The gay couple leaves the theater, and He Yu asks Xie Qingcheng if they should continue watching. Both decide to leave.
As they leave, an older woman, annoyed by interruptions during the movie, accuses He Yu and Xie Qingcheng of being the disruptive gay couple, loudly insulting them and calling them "disgusting homosexuals."
Xie Qingcheng, already irate from their strained relationship, retaliates verbally, but He Yu tries to de-escalate, noticing someone in the audience filming them.
He Yu covers Xie Qingcheng’s head with his jacket to shield his identity, even though he himself could have been exposed. He drags Xie Qingcheng out of the theater to avoid further escalation.
In a bar downstairs, Xie Qingcheng vents his frustration, questioning why He Yu continues to waste his time with him. He Yu admits he has no one else he can confide in without wearing a mask.
Xie Qingcheng demands to know when their toxic and unnatural relationship will end, calling it senseless.
He Yu asks why Xie Qingcheng suddenly resigned as his doctor years ago, a question that deeply aggravates Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu confronts Xie Qingcheng about lying about the duration of his contract with He Yu’s father, revealing he discovered it was ten years, not seven.
Xie Qingcheng admits to the lie but dismisses its significance, stating he wasn’t obligated to remain in the contract.
He Yu proposes Xie Qingcheng stay with him for three more years as his personal doctor, offering to pay him as his father did.
Xie Qingcheng mocks the proposal, refusing it outright, and calls He Yu a “good-for-nothing homosexual.”
He Yu, furious and hurt, insists he is not homosexual, but Xie Qingcheng’s cutting words push him further.
Frustrated by Xie Qingcheng’s cold rejection, He Yu slams him against the bar and, in front of the crowd, roughly kisses him, intending to humiliate him.
Chapter 71: As If I’d Gone MadXie Qingcheng is blindsided when He Yu kisses him in front of a crowd at the bar. The intense and public nature of the kiss leaves him shocked and furious, but He Yu continues, plundering his lips and reveling in the display.
The crowd reacts enthusiastically, clapping and cheering, mistaking the display for consensual affection. Someone even whistles and jokes about them using the love hotel upstairs.
He Yu whispers a veiled threat to Xie Qingcheng, demanding his compliance. He offers to stop the public spectacle if Xie Qingcheng agrees to return to him as his personal physician.
Xie Qingcheng is horrified by He Yu's escalating madness. He considers fighting back but realizes it will only escalate the situation. He remains frozen, calculating his options as He Yu continues to manipulate him.
He Yu kisses Xie Qingcheng again, covering his face to protect his identity from onlookers. While the crowd enjoys the spectacle, He Yu ensures Xie Qingcheng's face remains hidden, revealing his possessive nature.
After releasing Xie Qingcheng, He Yu feels victorious. He insists that Xie Qingcheng has tacitly agreed to his demands. He becomes overly confident and affectionate, further unsettling Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu takes to the bar stage and performs a song while watching Xie Qingcheng. Despite his outward composure, he is internally triumphant, believing he has secured what he desires.
Xie Qingcheng, however, firmly rejects He Yu's demands when contacted later. He refuses to become He Yu’s personal physician again, emphasizing his autonomy and refusing to be manipulated.
Xie Qingcheng challenges He Yu's threats, warning that if He Yu involves Xie Xue, their connection will be severed entirely. This leaves He Yu defeated and humiliated.
He Yu spirals into emotional turmoil after Xie Qingcheng’s refusal. He falls ill, both physically and mentally, as his obsession and disappointment overwhelm him.
He Yu recalls a case Xie Qingcheng once shared about a boy with ossification disease, whose life ended tragically. The memory parallels his own struggles with psychological isolation and pain.
He Yu isolates himself, battling worsening psychological and physical symptoms. He reflects on his emptiness, contemplating his existence and his lack of meaningful connections.
In a moment of despair, He Yu self-harms, recalling the Shakespearean quote tattooed on his body. He reflects bitterly on his fractured relationship with Xie Qingcheng and the karmic retribution he feels he is enduring.
Overwhelmed by his mental state, He Yu loses balance and falls from the second floor of the villa. The household erupts in panic as they rush to call an ambulance, leaving He Yu’s fate uncertain.
Chapter 72: I Was Indeed a MadmanThe chapter opens with He Yu recalling key moments with Xie Qingcheng during his childhood, from their first meeting at eight years old to Xie Qingcheng leaving when He Yu was fourteen.
He Yu remembers Xie Qingcheng’s indifference yet reliability, the emotional anchor he provided during He Yu's darkest moments, and the final note Xie Qingcheng left him in a book: encouraging him to overcome his inner darkness alone.
These memories haunt He Yu in his dreams, where he repeatedly envisions knocking on Xie Qingcheng’s door only to find it empty, symbolizing his unresolved attachment and abandonment issues.
He Yu awakens in his bed after falling from the second floor, restrained at the wrists and ankles. He realizes his parents have been tending to him, but his emotional numbness prevents him from feeling gratitude or relief.
The radio plays updates about the Huzhou University serial murders, linking the case to past events, but He Yu feels disconnected from it all, viewing the news as irrelevant to his life.
Lü Zhishu sits at He Yu’s bedside, expressing concern, but He Yu coldly dismisses her, telling her to leave him alone and stop hovering around in Huzhou.
Lü Zhishu becomes emotional, expressing how much she sacrificed for He Yu, but he remains indifferent, driving her to tears.
He Jiwei, He Yu’s father, arrives and slaps He Yu across the face, furious at his reckless behavior and his refusal to take responsibility for his mental health.
He Yu remains unfazed, mocking his father’s anger and pointing out the irony of being restrained like a criminal. He suggests his parents should have abandoned him at birth to spare themselves the torment of dealing with his illness.
He Jiwei attempts to reason with He Yu, expressing regret for neglecting him after his younger brother was born, but He Yu dismisses this as hollow, accusing his parents of loathing him.
He Jiwei becomes contemplative, revealing his intention to share a long-hidden truth about Lü Zhishu’s past that might help He Yu understand her behavior and their family dynamic better.
He Yu reluctantly agrees to listen, lying back under the covers and preparing himself for whatever his father has to say.
Chapter 73: Why Did I Become a Madman?He Jiwei shares the history of Lü Zhishu’s transformation, beginning with her youthful beauty and kindness, which sharply contrasts her current appearance and temperament.
Lü Zhishu was exposed to a viral leak in the family lab while pregnant with He Yu, putting her life and the fetus at risk. Doctors recommended termination to save her, but she adamantly refused, wanting to protect her unborn child.
Her deep maternal love for He Yu, even before his birth, drove her to endure the effects of the virus, despite the immense mental and physical toll.
Desperate to save both mother and child, He Jiwei resorted to the experimental drug RN-13, which had powerful regenerative properties but was highly unstable and untested.
While RN-13 allowed Lü Zhishu to give birth to He Yu, it caused severe hormonal imbalances that permanently altered her appearance and disposition.
He Yu inherited psychological side effects from the drug, leading to his condition later labeled "psychological Ebola," becoming its fourth known case.
The trauma of her transformation caused Lü Zhishu to abandon her former self, severing ties with her past by burning her possessions and rejecting anything that reminded her of her youthful beauty.
Although Lü Zhishu developed a colder and harsher personality, her guilt over He Yu’s illness and her perceived failure as a mother haunted her, manifesting in murmurs of regret during her sleep.
He Jiwei urges He Yu to show kindness to his mother, emphasizing that she once risked everything for him and still harbors love for him deep down, despite her changes.
He Yu listens numbly, displaying no clear reaction, though his father suspects he might be emotionally affected.
After his father leaves, He Yu retrieves a family photo from Yellowstone National Park, taken during happier times when Lü Zhishu still resembled her former self.
The next day, He Yu takes a significant step by joining his parents for breakfast, signaling a subtle effort to reconnect with them.
Lü Zhishu, encouraged by his gesture, offers to arrange a new doctor for He Yu. Though He Yu briefly recalls his first meeting with Xie Qingcheng, he responds calmly, leaving the decision up to her.
Chapter 74: Why Are You Leaving Again?He Yu meets his new personal physician, Dr. Anthony, a youthful and professional doctor with a calm demeanor who begins treating him with hypnotherapy.
Under hypnosis, He Yu is guided to think about happy moments or desires, but he struggles, reflecting instead on painful memories and feelings of despair.
In the hypnotic dream, He Yu imagines himself restrained in bed after his fall, and a fabricated version of his father invites Xie Qingcheng to see him.
Dream Xie Qingcheng enters, undoes He Yu’s restraints, and triggers overwhelming emotions in He Yu, revealing his deep yearning for Xie Qingcheng’s return and care.
The dream takes a darker turn as He Yu confronts Xie Qingcheng, accusing him of only returning for monetary compensation from his father, leaving He Yu feeling humiliated and abandoned.
He Yu dreams of Xie Qingcheng moving back into the guest room but remaining cold and distant, treating He Yu’s condition with indifference, further exacerbating He Yu’s emotional turmoil.
In the dream, He Yu refuses to cooperate with his treatments, injures himself using a syringe, and forces Xie Qingcheng to confront the depths of his despair and self-loathing.
He Yu vents his frustration and emotional pain, blaming Xie Qingcheng for saving him only to abandon him, revealing his hatred for both his illness and Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng in the dream maintains a distant demeanor, insisting on professionalism while reiterating that their lives would have been better had they never met.
As dream Xie Qingcheng leaves, He Yu feels crushed by the symbolic abandonment, waking up from hypnosis in emotional distress with tears streaming down his face.
Dr. Anthony observes He Yu’s state and advises him to take his medication and rest, urging him to confront and overcome the source of his torment.
He Yu is left in a state of raw vulnerability, burdened by his unresolved feelings toward Xie Qingcheng and his ongoing psychological struggles.
Chapter 75: Xie Qingcheng, Answer MeAfter undergoing hypnotherapy and medication with Anthony, He Yu's condition gradually stabilizes over two weeks, though his inner turmoil about Xie Qingcheng lingers.
Anthony finishes his assignment with He Yu and leaves, but it’s revealed through a mysterious message exchange with someone named Duan that Anthony's involvement with He Yu has ulterior motives.
He Yu, while outwardly acknowledging Anthony’s effectiveness as a physician, continues to dwell on his unresolved feelings for Xie Qingcheng, despite his efforts to suppress them.
Lü Zhishu arranges for He Yu to join the production of a patriotic film, "The Trial," as an assistant director, aiming to give him professional experience and distract him from his struggles.
He Yu reluctantly accepts the internship, reasoning that immersing himself in work might help him forget about Xie Qingcheng and move on.
At the film studio’s hotel, He Yu meets director Huang Zhilong, who assigns him to stay near the technical consultants rather than with the actors, emphasizing propriety and professionalism.
To He Yu’s shock, he unexpectedly encounters Xie Qingcheng smoking in a hallway of the hotel. The sudden meeting leaves both of them momentarily stunned.
Xie Qingcheng remains cold and silent, attempting to walk away, but He Yu grabs him, demanding to know why he is there.
Chen Man exits a nearby room, holding Xie Qingcheng’s phone, and mentions a missed call from Xie Xue, implying a personal connection between Xie Qingcheng and Chen Man.
He Yu’s emotions spiral out of control, interpreting Xie Qingcheng’s presence and his apparent closeness with Chen Man as betrayal.
Despite his attempts to let go of Xie Qingcheng and move on, seeing him with Chen Man reignites He Yu's deep-seated feelings of anger, rejection, and obsession.
He Yu confronts Xie Qingcheng, demanding answers about his relationship with Chen Man, but Xie Qingcheng remains silent, further fueling He Yu's frustration and pain.
The encounter leaves He Yu in turmoil, feeling that his persistence in holding onto Xie Qingcheng was futile and delusional, intensifying his emotional conflict.
Chapter 76: Nice Going, Young Master ChenHe Yu's emotional state deteriorates after encountering Xie Qingcheng with Chen Man, his anger and jealousy reigniting.
Xie Qingcheng dismisses He Yu's outburst, firmly stating that his personal life is none of He Yu's business.
He Yu recalls his past feelings for Xie Xue and how his entanglement with Xie Qingcheng spiraled into obsession, leaving him feeling humiliated and tormented.
He Yu grows furious at the thought of Xie Qingcheng staying with Chen Man while ignoring his own struggles and suffering, including his fall and near-death experience.
Chen Man tries to diffuse the situation, but He Yu refuses to back down, accusing Xie Qingcheng of dismissing him.
He Yu demands a private conversation with Xie Qingcheng, threatening to expose their past if Xie refuses. Xie Qingcheng, unfazed, challenges He Yu to do so.
The tension is broken when Hu Yi, a producer and screenwriter for The Trial, exits a nearby room, greeting both He Yu and Chen Man.
Hu Yi casually refers to Chen Man as “Young Master Chen,” surprising He Yu, who realizes Chen Man has a privileged background tied to a senior party official.
Hu Yi recalls that He Yu and Chen Man had met as children at a party, revealing that both come from elite circles.
He Yu grows increasingly hostile, realizing Chen Man is not only wealthy but also modest and respectful, a stark contrast to his own troubled nature.
The revelation amplifies He Yu's insecurities, fueling his resentment toward Xie Qingcheng for preferring someone like Chen Man over him.
He Yu coldly mocks Xie Qingcheng, implying that he has become Chen Man’s personal physician and questioning how Chen Man finds his “services.”
Despite his outward calm, He Yu's emotions churn violently, his jealousy and feelings of inadequacy consuming him.
Chapter 77: Nice Going, CuzChen Man clarifies to He Yu that Xie Qingcheng is not his personal physician but a friend, though He Yu’s hostility remains palpable.
He Yu coldly dismisses his connection with Xie Qingcheng as “merely a working relationship” and hides his jealousy under a calm demeanor.
Back in his room, He Yu broods over Xie Qingcheng and impulsively moves his bed to be against the wall shared with Xie Qingcheng’s room.
He Yu repeatedly calls Xie Qingcheng, who initially ignores the calls but eventually answers and leaves the phone muted.
He Yu listens to news broadcasts playing in Xie Qingcheng’s room, overhearing a brief exchange between Xie Qingcheng and Chen Man, further fueling his jealousy.
After hours of one-sided listening, He Yu whispers bitter, jealous remarks into the phone, questioning Xie Qingcheng’s intentions with Chen Man. Xie Qingcheng eventually hangs up and turns off his phone.
He Yu lies awake, consumed by conflicting emotions of hatred and longing for Xie Qingcheng, likening himself to a whale fall—a carcass sinking into the depths of despair.
Two frightened hotel guests mistake a prop dummy for a dead body in a glass cabinet, causing a commotion that draws He Yu, Xie Qingcheng, and Chen Man into the hallway.
Xie Qingcheng inspects the prop and reassures everyone, while He Yu’s simmering emotions keep him distant and cold.
He Yu texts Xie Qingcheng again, warning him that Chen Man is gay and unsuitable as a partner due to their social disparity, accusing Xie Qingcheng of being foolish. Xie Qingcheng deletes the message without replying.
A man in the shadows, armed with a knife, watches the group but refrains from acting, muttering about his postponed target and leaving ominously.
The first day of filming begins with challenges and delays. He Yu focuses on work to distract himself but grows irritated when Xie Qingcheng inadvertently takes the hot chocolate he had just picked out.
He Yu witnesses Xie Qingcheng handing the hot chocolate to Chen Man, deepening his sense of rejection and jealousy.
He Yu provokes Xie Qingcheng by throwing a paper airplane with a taunting message. Xie Qingcheng coldly tears it apart and throws it in the trash.
In a break tent, He Yu sits across from Xie Qingcheng and begins subtly provoking him again by sending inappropriate and suggestive messages.
Xie Qingcheng grows visibly angry at He Yu’s messages but restrains himself, avoiding a public scene.
He Yu’s provocations escalate as he silently claims dominance over Xie Qingcheng by blocking his movements under the table.
A new arrival enters the tent—He Yu’s older cousin, the emergency department director from Huzhou First Hospital, who had previously treated Xie Qingcheng.
Both He Yu and Xie Qingcheng are shocked to learn of the connection, as neither had realized the director was related to He Yu.
Chapter 78: I Took on a Sex SceneThe emergency department director joins the set to provide guidance on hospital-related scenes but plans to leave in a few days.
He Yu, despite his distant relationship with his cousin, spends time with him after Xie Qingcheng is called away for a work-related question.
During their conversation, the director comments on Xie Qingcheng’s mysterious demeanor, suggesting he’s hiding a heavy secret.
The director also confirms that the controversial videos of Xie Qingcheng from the past were not misrepresented, further troubling He Yu.
While walking back to the hotel, He Yu spots Xie Qingcheng and Chen Man sharing a midnight snack, with Chen Man playfully taking Xie Qingcheng’s lighter to stop him from smoking.
The director recognizes Chen Man as the grandson of a prominent political commissar and speculates whether Xie Qingcheng and Chen Man are a couple, infuriating He Yu.
The director recalls seeing hickeys on Xie Qingcheng during a hospital visit, mistaking them as marks left by Chen Man, which intensifies He Yu’s jealousy and anger.
Back at the hotel, He Yu notices the door to Xie Qingcheng’s room open while housekeeping cleans the bathtub, reminding him of Xie Qingcheng’s habit of unwinding with a bath.
He Yu observes Chen Man’s belongings on one of the beds, particularly his PSP and police uniform, confirming the shared room arrangement and heightening He Yu’s unease.
In a fit of jealousy and anger, He Yu moves his own bed back to its original position to avoid proximity to Chen Man.
Afterward, He Yu mirrors Xie Qingcheng’s actions by calling housekeeping to clean his bathtub and takes a long bath in the dark, lost in his turbulent emotions.
He reflects on Xie Qingcheng’s mysterious past, his own unresolved feelings, and his obsession with controlling and possessing Xie Qingcheng.
Emerging from the bath, He Yu receives a stack of papers from Executive Huang’s assistant, offering him the chance to take on a cameo role.
He Yu reviews the script and carefully selects a specific cameo role, much to Executive Huang’s shock.
The selected role involves a sex scene, which is scheduled for two days later.
Xie Qingcheng is listed as the technical consultant for that scene, adding an intense layer of tension to He Yu’s decision.
Chapter 79: You Watched Me Put on a PerformanceExecutive Huang was thrilled that He Yu volunteered for the difficult and awkward role, especially since it included a sex scene, which most candidates avoided.
He Yu raised one condition for the role: a private consultation with the psychiatric expert on set, Xie Qingcheng. The production team saw this as a reasonable and humble request.
The sex scene involved a crime boss and his rival's wife in an emotionally charged affair. The crime boss, once a psychiatrist, uses manipulative words to seduce the conflicted woman.
He Yu requested the private meeting to be alone with Xie Qingcheng, intending to provoke and unsettle him.
In the tent, He Yu teased Xie Qingcheng, suggesting he use their past sexual encounters as inspiration for his role. Xie Qingcheng dismissed his advances with cold, cutting remarks.
He Yu retaliated by making provocative comments, but Xie Qingcheng remained calm, ridiculing He Yu’s demeanor and refusing to take his behavior seriously.
Frustrated by Xie Qingcheng’s indifference, He Yu hinted that he would think of Xie Qingcheng’s face during the scene, further escalating the tension.
Despite He Yu’s veiled threats and provocations, Xie Qingcheng dismissed him and left the tent without further engagement.
During the filming preparations, He Yu maintained an outwardly polite and professional demeanor, contrasting with his earlier provocations.
He Yu thanked Xie Qingcheng for his "guidance" in front of the crew, laden with hidden meaning, leaving Xie Qingcheng no choice but to acknowledge it.
The actress for the scene, nervous about performing a sex scene, engaged in small talk with He Yu to calm herself, unaware of He Yu’s underlying tension.
During the filming, the director interrupted to adjust the actress’s portrayal of her character’s emotions. He Yu stepped in to clarify the character’s psychological state and offered suggestions.
He Yu returned to the director’s tent to discuss adjustments and encountered Chen Man, who arrived with warm drinks for Xie Qingcheng, sparking He Yu’s jealousy.
Chen Man’s attentive behavior toward Xie Qingcheng, including bringing him milk, further provoked He Yu.
He Yu suggested to the director that some team members, including Xie Qingcheng, watch the scene live on set instead of from the monitor, under the guise of improving real-time adjustments.
Xie Qingcheng sensed He Yu’s intent to disrupt and provoke him further but reluctantly followed the group, leaving Chen Man behind to avoid further complications.
He Yu’s actions made it clear that he wanted to isolate Xie Qingcheng and prevent him from spending time with Chen Man, escalating the tension between them.
Chapter 80: You Heard Me Share Our SecretsThe rain poured over the outdoor shooting location, and the crew huddled under a tarp. He Yu returned to the car and informed the actress about a line adjustment for her character, guiding her to deliver a more subdued and despondent tone.
The actress followed his advice during the next take, which improved the emotional depth of her performance. The scene still lacked intensity, so they moved on to the sex scene portion.
He Yu, embodying his character’s predatory and deranged demeanor, kissed the actress roughly in the car as the scene intensified. Despite his raw acting, the director wasn’t fully satisfied and called for adjustments.
He Yu exited the car, visibly disturbed by Xie Qingcheng’s indifference as he stood under the tarp, looking at his phone instead of watching the scene.
Seeking to provoke Xie Qingcheng, He Yu approached him under the pretext of needing feedback. Xie Qingcheng bluntly admitted he hadn’t been paying attention and dismissed He Yu’s demand for guidance.
He Yu insisted that Xie Qingcheng remain on set to watch his performance, using the excuse that it would help him immerse in the role. He intentionally crafted this situation to force Xie Qingcheng to engage with him.
The cameras rolled again. He Yu and the actress portrayed a fiercely passionate and emotionally complex dynamic, their performance drawing everyone’s attention. The tension built up during the scene was palpable.
He Yu fully immersed himself in the role, drawing from his personal experiences with Xie Qingcheng. His performance was electrifying, and the director allowed the scene to continue despite minor mistakes from the actress.
In a dramatic moment, He Yu improvised lines during the scene, speaking with raw emotion: “Loathe me, despise me, and hate me… At least in the future, there’ll be someone who hates me passionately.”
These improvised lines mirrored words He Yu had once whispered to Xie Qingcheng on the night of their first tryst, exposing a deeply personal and private memory between them.
Xie Qingcheng, who had remained composed throughout the shoot, was visibly shaken upon hearing these lines. His calm demeanor cracked as he recognized the significance of He Yu’s words.
The crew applauded He Yu’s performance, with the director praising his improvisation. However, He Yu’s piercing gaze through the lens seemed directed solely at Xie Qingcheng, aiming to provoke him further.
After the scene wrapped up, He Yu returned to the tent to review the footage. Despite his success, he searched the area and realized that Xie Qingcheng had left without a word, vanishing into the rain.
Chapter 81: I Kissed You in the RainXie Qingcheng left the film set directly after the shoot, not returning to the director’s tent.
He Yu wrapped up his performance review and was approached by Chen Man, who asked if he’d seen Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu dismissed Chen Man’s concerns with hostility, mocking his apparent closeness with Xie Qingcheng and leaving for the van.
He Yu instructed the driver to take a side path and soon spotted Xie Qingcheng walking alone in the rain. He deliberately had the driver splash Xie Qingcheng with muddy water.
Xie Qingcheng, drenched and furious, confronted He Yu, who taunted him with mock concern and offered him an umbrella.
He Yu leaned closer under the guise of handing the umbrella, whispering provocations to Xie Qingcheng, which led to Xie slapping him hard across the face.
He Yu grabbed Xie Qingcheng’s wrist, taunting him further. He tilted the umbrella to block the driver’s view, then abruptly kissed Xie Qingcheng in the rain.
The kiss was passionate and primal, filled with both hatred and desire. Xie Qingcheng bit He Yu’s lip in an attempt to stop him, drawing blood.
He Yu deepened the kiss, savoring the moment. When it ended, he taunted Xie Qingcheng, kissing the blood on his own knuckles while proclaiming he found joy in Xie Qingcheng’s hatred and suffering.
Xie Qingcheng lashed out with cutting words, accusing He Yu of being sick in his heart, pursuing self-destruction, and wasting all the effort and care given to him.
After delivering his stinging rebuke, Xie Qingcheng walked away, leaving He Yu standing alone in the rain.
He Yu returned to the hotel in a dark mood, haunted by the kiss and Xie Qingcheng’s words. He reflected on his deteriorating mental state and his inability to let go of Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu spent the night tormented by his illness and the events of the day, taking pills to manage his condition but unable to sleep.
As dawn broke, He Yu overheard movement from next door, realizing it was Chen Man preparing to leave. He found solace in the fact that after today, Chen Man would no longer be around, leaving only Xie Qingcheng nearby.
He Yu’s mood improved at the thought of being alone with Xie Qingcheng again—until he overheard something unsettling from Xie Qingcheng through the wall.
Chapter 82: And Ran into Someone from the PastXie Qingcheng decided to accompany Chen Man to Group B’s set, despite Chen Man insisting he rest after getting little sleep.
Xie Qingcheng agreed to hold onto Chen Man’s suitcase since Chen planned to leave directly after the shoot.
He Yu overheard their conversation and, fueled by jealousy and suspicion, decided to follow them despite his ongoing fever and illness.
Group B’s shoot was set at a police academy, with Xie Qingcheng standing under a white plum blossom tree wearing a police uniform at Chen Man’s request.
He Yu was struck by how well the uniform suited Xie Qingcheng, intensifying his possessive jealousy upon realizing he wore it to indulge Chen Man’s request.
He Yu approached Xie Qingcheng and Chen Man under the tree, his jealousy causing him to behave provocatively.
Xie Qingcheng caught He Yu’s wrist, his stern demeanor heightened by the uniform, but He Yu dismissed the encounter by claiming he had only come to remove a plum blossom from Xie’s shoulder.
Unable to see Xie Qingcheng clearly during the large ensemble shoot, He Yu left Group B’s set and headed to Group A’s location, where an explosive and bloody fight scene was being filmed.
Watching the violent scene helped calm He Yu’s bloodthirsty symptoms, but while wandering the set, he spotted an extra who looked familiar.
He recognized the woman as the patient from the broadcasting tower video who had argued with Xie Qingcheng. Despite her aged and weathered appearance, her identity was clear to him.
The woman, startled by He Yu’s approach, confirmed she was the patient from the viral video, though she seemed anxious and reluctant to discuss the matter further.
He Yu invited her to a café, where he gently but persistently questioned her. She hesitated, citing a promise to keep the details secret.
He Yu pieced together the truth: the woman’s argument with Xie Qingcheng had been staged. Xie had paid her to act out the altercation for reasons unknown.
The woman confirmed He Yu’s deduction through her expressions, though she struggled to articulate her surprise at how accurately he had deduced the truth.
He Yu, deeply shaken, realized the significance of her admission, his suspicions about Xie Qingcheng’s involvement in the events at the broadcasting tower growing darker and more complex.
Chapter 83: Are You Sick Too?He Yu returned to Group B’s set, consumed with turmoil after learning about Xie Qingcheng’s staged argument with the woman from the broadcasting tower video.
He spotted Xie Qingcheng smoking near the flowerbeds and dragged him into an empty classroom, locking the door behind them.
Overwhelmed by his conflicting emotions of hatred, desire, and frustration, He Yu attacked Xie Qingcheng physically, biting his neck hard enough to draw blood and then kissing him violently.
Xie Qingcheng resisted fiercely, retaliating with equal brutality, slapping He Yu and shoving him into furniture. Despite the confrontation, He Yu found the violence satisfying.
He Yu accused Xie Qingcheng of hiding the truth and demanded answers, especially about the staged argument from the video.
He Yu played a recording of his conversation with the woman from the café, confirming that Xie Qingcheng had orchestrated the scene in the video.
Xie Qingcheng admitted the incident was personal but refused to elaborate further, frustrating He Yu.
He Yu noticed Xie Qingcheng’s pallor and trembling, leading him to realize Xie was being affected by his blood toxin, which should only affect those with psychological vulnerabilities.
He Yu connected Xie Qingcheng’s reaction to a previous experience where his blood toxin had influenced a mentally ill patient, compelling them to follow his commands.
Shocked and disbelieving, He Yu cornered Xie Qingcheng against the door, demanding to know if Xie was “the same” as him—someone with mental illness.
Xie Qingcheng remained silent, visibly struggling against the effects of the blood toxin, which heightened He Yu’s anguish and desperation.
He Yu’s emotions spiraled into despair as he grappled with the possibility that Xie Qingcheng, a figure of strength and control in his life, might also suffer from mental illness.
The chapter ended with He Yu pressing Xie Qingcheng for the truth, his voice trembling as he asked if Xie Qingcheng was also mentally ill.
Chapter 84: Are You Unwilling to Tell the Truth?He Yu demanded the truth from Xie Qingcheng, accusing him of lying and hiding secrets.
Under the influence of He Yu's blood toxin, Xie Qingcheng initially trembled and struggled, overwhelmed by its effects, but managed to resist through sheer willpower.
Xie Qingcheng dismissed the effects of the blood toxin, claiming even mild mental issues could trigger its influence if He Yu's blood was consumed, avoiding a direct confession.
Frustrated and consumed with anger and desire, He Yu kissed Xie Qingcheng aggressively, threatening to use the blood toxin repeatedly until Xie confessed.
Xie Qingcheng defiantly stated that he would resist the blood toxin every time, further enraging He Yu.
He Yu’s emotions spiraled out of control as he became consumed with a mix of hatred, attraction, and desire for control, resulting in another heated kiss.
Their altercation escalated physically, with He Yu attempting to strip Xie Qingcheng of his police uniform, but Xie resisted fiercely, unwilling to be humiliated.
During their struggle, He Yu received an urgent call from Executive Huang informing him that his mother, Lü Zhishu, had arrived unannounced.
Forced to leave, He Yu reluctantly ended his confrontation with Xie Qingcheng, promising to return later that night to "finish what they started."
At dinner with his mother and younger brother He Li, He Yu maintained a distant demeanor, indifferent to the family gathering.
He Li displayed jealousy and hostility toward He Yu, resenting their mother’s attention toward his elder brother, despite being doted on more himself.
After the meal, He Yu returned to the hotel, using his connections to obtain access to Xie Qingcheng’s room.
Entering the dark room uninvited, He Yu was shocked to hear panting and wet noises coming from the bed, immediately recognizing the implications.
Chapter 85: We Came Across Another HomicideHe Yu burst into what he believed to be Xie Qingcheng's hotel room, enraged by the sounds he heard inside, only to find two minor actors in the middle of an affair.
Embarrassed but indifferent to their actions, He Yu asked the pair where Xie Qingcheng had gone, discovering that Xie had checked out of the hotel entirely.
He Yu traced Xie Qingcheng's phone signal using his hacking software, locating him at a clay-pot congee restaurant on South Street.
Arriving at the restaurant, He Yu found Xie Qingcheng dining with a writer and production manager. Despite Xie Qingcheng's visible annoyance, He Yu offered them a ride to the studio.
In the car, He Yu leaned in to buckle Xie Qingcheng’s seatbelt under the guise of safety but took the opportunity to subtly enjoy Xie Qingcheng's proximity.
At the studio, Xie Qingcheng inspected the props while the production team adjusted details. The set was designed as a high-tech underground lab, complete with eerie, lifelike dummies floating in specimen tanks.
He Yu pressed Xie Qingcheng for details about his hotel switch, and Xie bluntly admitted he wanted to avoid He Yu’s uninvited intrusions.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu stepped outside for a smoke, but Xie Qingcheng ran out of cigarettes after smoking three. He Yu took his last cigarette, surprising Xie by smoking it himself.
Returning inside to check on the production manager and writer, they found the studio mostly deserted and the girls missing.
The pair noticed the studio’s main door had shut unexpectedly, deepening their sense of unease.
Investigating further, they found no sign of the production staff and heard faint, eerie noises coming from deeper within the set.
He Yu focused on one of the specimen tanks, suddenly noticing something unusual about its contents. In a strained voice, he pointed out that the figure inside didn’t look like a dummy but rather a real person.
Chapter 86: And Were Trapped TogetherXie Qingcheng and He Yu discovered that one of the specimen tanks, originally intended for film props, contained the corpse of Hu Yi, a prominent figure in the entertainment industry.
Both men remained composed, given their experience with such situations, and confirmed that the other tanks only held silicone dummies.
They prioritized searching for the missing production manager and assistant writer, scouring the entire studio but finding no sign of them.
The pair heard the sound of rushing water from an inner room and investigated, discovering a broken water main flooding the space.
As they decided to leave, the heavy electronic door to the room suddenly slammed shut, locking them inside.
Realizing this was a premeditated setup, Xie Qingcheng and He Yu deduced that the man in the raincoat they had met earlier was the likely culprit, responsible for orchestrating the murder of Hu Yi and attempting to erase evidence by flooding the studio.
Flashback: The production manager and assistant writer had encountered the man in the raincoat, who pretended to be part of the crew. When the manager noticed something off about the dummies, she inadvertently discovered Hu Yi’s body.
The man attacked both women, knocking them unconscious and stashing them in a large props chest in his vehicle before fleeing the scene.
The killer, revealed as a deranged fugitive with a history of grisly murders, contacted an accomplice, confirming the deaths of Hu Yi and the trapping of Xie Qingcheng and He Yu in the flooded studio.
The man expressed amusement over the "extra" victims and planned his next steps while transporting the two unconscious women in his vehicle.
Back in the studio, water from the inner chamber began flooding into the outer room.
He Yu attempted to bypass the signal jammer to call for help but was unsuccessful.
Trapped in the sealed room with no signal, Xie Qingcheng and He Yu faced the rising floodwater and the growing threat of their imminent deaths.
Chapter 87: You Were Once All I Could Rely OnThe water level continued to rise, filling the studio and heightening the tension between He Yu and Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu attempted to calculate their remaining oxygen, estimating they had about two hours before the room was completely submerged.
Xie Qingcheng’s frustration with He Yu’s presence boiled over, leading to an exchange of bitter remarks, highlighting their strained relationship.
To pass the time and distract himself from the dire situation, Xie Qingcheng began watching calming jellyfish videos on his phone, showcasing his unnerving composure.
They speculated about the murder and concluded that their entrapment was likely unrelated to the broadcasting tower incident and was instead a coincidence stemming from witnessing Hu Yi’s murder.
The water rose to their chests, forcing them to adapt and use floating objects to preserve their phones. The chilling cold of the water affected both men, particularly Xie Qingcheng.
As the water level brought them closer to the ceiling, they began exploring escape possibilities, particularly the idea of a hollow section above the ceiling panels.
He Yu reflected on their predicament, expressing regret over unresolved questions and personal issues, particularly his lingering resentment toward Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu admitted that Xie Qingcheng’s betrayal hurt him deeply because he had once trusted him completely, and his principles had been a cornerstone of He Yu’s courage to live.
Despite their grim circumstances, He Yu flirted shamelessly with Xie Qingcheng, making off-color jokes and expressing his desire to be with him intimately once they escaped.
Frustrated with He Yu’s audacity, Xie Qingcheng shoved his head underwater but relented quickly, demonstrating his mixed feelings.
He Yu, undeterred, kissed Xie Qingcheng passionately, an action filled with suppressed emotions—anger, hurt, and longing—culminating in a soft, vulnerable confession.
He Yu revealed that Xie Qingcheng’s words, though lies to him, had been his sole source of strength and reliance for the past decade, baring his emotional pain.
The chapter ended with the two men trapped in rising water, uncertain of whether they would survive but sharing a moment of raw vulnerability and unresolved tension.
Chapter 88: My Heart Will Go OnHe Yu confessed his deep-seated feelings of betrayal and reliance on Xie Qingcheng, admitting that Xie’s principles were once his sole source of courage.
Xie Qingcheng, struck by the gravity of He Yu’s words, felt conflicted but avoided responding directly, focusing instead on finding a way to escape.
Xie Qingcheng retrieved a metal pipe from the water and began testing the ceiling for hollow spaces, hoping for an escape route.
After extensive testing, Xie Qingcheng confirmed that the ceiling was completely sealed with concrete, extinguishing their last hope of escape.
The realization of their impending death led to a poignant moment of acceptance. Xie Qingcheng remained stoic, while He Yu sought to lighten the atmosphere with dark humor and reflections on life and death.
He Yu suggested recording farewell messages on their phones in case the waterproofing held up, showcasing his resigned acceptance of their fate.
He Yu played My Heart Will Go On and made light-hearted comments about Titanic, even quoting lines from the movie to fit their dire situation.
Xie Qingcheng opted against leaving a message for Xie Xue, fearing it would only cause her greater grief. He expressed his preference for a mundane final conversation with her.
The rising water forced them to float, their proximity creating an atmosphere of vulnerability and introspection.
He Yu’s memories of his youth with Xie Qingcheng surfaced, recalling the emotional stability Xie provided him during a turbulent period in his life.
Overwhelmed by nostalgia and emotions, He Yu reached out and held Xie Qingcheng’s hand, offering comfort in their shared final moments.
Xie Qingcheng, though initially resistant, didn’t reject He Yu’s gesture and seemed to draw some solace from his presence.
In the face of death, He Yu reassured Xie Qingcheng, offering to stay by his side and make the process less frightening.
Moved by He Yu’s sincerity, Xie Qingcheng’s heart softened. For the first time, he resolved to reveal the truth about why he left He Yu five years ago, believing it might provide He Yu closure before their end.
As their deaths loomed closer, Xie Qingcheng turned to He Yu with calm resolve, preparing to divulge the secret he had kept for so long.
Meatbun’s Mini Theatre: Magical Pet ShopA puppydragon, an odd hybrid of puppy and dragon with almond eyes, fangs, and a dragon tail, felt out of place and unchosen in a pet store filled with more conventional animals.
As all the other animals were adopted, the puppydragon was left alone, wondering why no one wanted him, and feeling increasingly hurt.
When the pet store was about to relocate, the puppydragon, desperate to find a home, wrote “Puppydragon for sale, super cheap” on a wooden board and sat outside, hoping to be chosen.
Despite his hopeful display, the day passed without anyone expressing interest. The puppydragon began to despair as the sun set.
Just as the store was about to close, a tall, handsome man, resembling a doctor, stopped in front of him and studied him curiously.
The puppydragon eagerly showed the man his sign, trying to make a case for himself.
When the man asked about his price, the puppydragon initially claimed to cost 1.68 million but quickly offered himself for free upon realizing the man had no money.
The man was reluctant to take on a pet due to his busy schedule, but the puppydragon clung to him desperately, unwilling to let go.
Realizing the pet store was relocating far away, and that the puppydragon feared traveling, the man sighed and decided to take him home.
Despite the puppydragon’s offer to be free, the man insisted on paying something at the cashier, showing his sense of responsibility.
When asked for his name, the puppydragon excitedly introduced himself as He Yu, brimming with joy and energy.
The doctor, Xie Qingcheng, greeted him warmly, albeit with a hint of resigned fondness, calling him “little devil.”
The puppydragon’s persistence and the doctor’s compassion marked the beginning of their relationship, set against the glow of a golden-red sunset.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 4
Chapter 89: His Thirteenth YearNineteen years ago, thirteen-year-old Xie Qingcheng walked alone through Yanzhou in winter, holding his prized Nokia phone.
His parents had died several months earlier, leaving him emotionally destroyed and deeply hollow.
The memory of the day he learned about their deaths haunted him; it was raining, and he had been taking a math test when his homeroom teacher suddenly pulled him out of class.
The teacher, unusually emotional, brought him to her office, where he was met with a room full of police officers and a heavy silence.
His uncle Zheng Jingfeng was present but didn’t speak immediately. Xie Qingcheng demanded to know what had happened to his parents.
Though the details were blurry, Xie remembered being eerily calm, signing paperwork for cremation and inheritance as if in a trance.
His young sister didn’t understand the situation and cried for their missing parents.
Despite officials calling it an accident, Xie Qingcheng was convinced his parents had been murdered—he tirelessly asked the police for answers.
His parents, both previously officers, were demoted due to reports of corruption after visiting a shady nightclub, but the evidence was flimsy, and the reports may have been framing them.
Unconvinced and determined, Xie started his own investigation during winter vacation.
He discovered the nightclub where his parents had gone before their deaths and arranged to meet a waiter who might have information.
The waiter was hesitant but compassionate, having lost his own mother. He texted Xie a photo of an odd earring left behind in the room his parents used.
The earring was an intricate custom piece: a bone-shaped cross with a red gem and the letters R.I.P.
Before Xie could get the earring, the hotpot restaurant they planned to meet in went up in flames.
Xie arrived just in time to see the fire but too late to save anyone. He watched bodies being carried out and was consumed with guilt.
As he mourned on the curb, he was unaware that a bearded man in a black car was watching him.
The man later followed Xie, who stayed at a cheap hotel on the outskirts of town.
Late that night, the man attempted to run him over with the car.
Xie was severely injured, particularly his legs, but survived because nearby construction workers intervened.
The attacker stole his phone and fled.
At the hospital, Xie was near death and thought he would die.
For the first time, he quietly revealed this past to He Yu, including the name of the man who changed everything: Qin Ciyan.
Chapter 90: His SecretQin Ciyan, at 45, was already a top neurosurgeon known for his skill and compassion.
He accepted the case of 13-year-old Xie Qingcheng, who was orphaned and gravely injured, despite no insurance coverage.
Xie had over 20 injuries, with major spinal damage that made recovery seem impossible.
Many believed survival would only mean a life of suffering and that it might be better if he didn’t survive.
Despite this, Xie Qingcheng clung desperately to life, afraid to fall asleep and never wake again.
One day, he woke up and saw Qin Ciyan at his bedside, immediately recognizing him and begging to be saved.
Moved by Xie’s will to live and desperation, Qin promised to protect him, saying, “You still have me.”
Xie, overwhelmed and regressing emotionally, mistook Qin for his father and pleaded for him not to leave again.
His breakdown stemmed from seeing his parents’ crushed bodies after a fatal accident—a memory that ended his childhood.
After that moment, Xie never cried again—until this hospital scene, where he was finally allowed to be a child again.
Near Lunar New Year, his condition worsened drastically, and he was transferred out of the university hospital due to administrative pressure.
Qin Ciyan arranged for Xie to be treated in a private hospital in Huzhou, personally overseeing his transfer.
Qin, emotionally affected, possibly saw his own daughter in Xie and couldn’t abandon him.
Xie, weak but mentally lucid, begged again to be saved—not for himself, but for his five-year-old sister.
Qin Ciyan, after much inner conflict, decided to break his medical ethics to save Xie.
He contacted an old schoolmate in the U.S. who was working on illegal but advanced cell regeneration drug RN-13.
Qin had previously rejected this project for ethical reasons but had once witnessed RN-13’s ability to regenerate skin and organs.
The drug was unstable, unapproved, and had never passed full trials—but it could potentially save Xie.
Qin secretly acquired a full dose of RN-13 and administered it to Xie Qingcheng, keeping it hidden even from his own family.
He Yu realizes that RN-13 was the same drug his mother took when pregnant with him—causing her disfigurement and his psychological illness.
He confronts Xie Qingcheng and asks if he too had taken RN-13.
Xie confirms he took an even higher dose, completing the full course of RN-13.
He reveals that official records list four affected patients—but his was the “zero case,” the first full treatment subject.
Xie admits he is a psychological Ebola patient like He Yu—the only other survivor who can fully control it.
The chapter ends with He Yu in shock, realizing Xie Qingcheng is “The First Emperor,” the first successful RN-13 case.
Chapter 91: His Dream RecastHe Yu confronts Xie Qingcheng about the First Emperor; Xie reveals that he himself is the original First Emperor test subject.
Nineteen years ago, Xie Qingcheng underwent a full RN-13 treatment in secret, submerged in fluid for months.
The treatment saved his life but at a huge cost—he suffered side effects: easy scarring, allergies, reduced physical strength, and possibly shortened lifespan.
He was told by Qin Ciyan that he may only live until forty due to the toll RN-13 took on his body.
Xie Qingcheng returned home to a joyful reunion with Auntie Li and his little sister Xie Xue.
He lied to them, claiming he only had nerve block therapy, hiding the truth of the RN-13 experiments.
He vowed to live peacefully until age forty, planning a life where he could raise Xie Xue to adulthood.
However, post-treatment, his health declined quickly—frequent fevers, thirst for destruction, dulled senses, and rising aggression.
His emotional control deteriorated, leading to outbursts and terrifying Xie Xue.
He felt like he wasn’t himself anymore—like a ghost resurrected in a strange body.
Guilt and mental anguish overwhelmed him; he eventually attempted suicide.
He was saved by Qin Ciyan, who found him bleeding in an alley and rushed him to the hospital.
Qin realized this was more than psychological stress—it was a previously undocumented side effect of RN-13.
Similar cases in America showed short life spans and emotional collapse in RN-13 subjects.
Qin Ciyan secretly took Xie Qingcheng under his wing, acting as a father figure and supporting his psychological recovery.
Xie Qingcheng couldn’t become a policeman anymore but found a new path inspired by Qin—to become a doctor.
Under Qin’s mentorship, he began medical studies, showing incredible intelligence possibly enhanced by RN-13.
He joined research programs under pretense, aided by connections such as He Jiwei’s sponsorship, and always met expectations.
Xie began researching RN-13, becoming a brilliant medical scholar and psychological case study.
He accepted his body as a unique testing ground, choosing to endure more trials to help develop treatments for others.
His suffering and research laid the groundwork for what became known as the First Emperor’s Dossier.
Chapter 92: He Was a Beam of Reclaimed LightXie Qingcheng obsessively conducts dangerous experiments on himself, seeking purpose after his trauma and illness.
He hides his actions until Qin Ciyan discovers him burning his own arm to test medication.
Furious, Qin Ciyan halts Xie’s research and confronts him about his disregard for his life.
Xie confesses deep feelings of worthlessness and emotional numbness since his car accident.
He reveals he’s only driven to live for his little sister, but she no longer sees him as her real brother due to his emotional changes.
This crushes Xie, making him feel like a hollow shell—a stitched-up teddy bear unrecognizable to the one he loves most.
He uses his numbness and pain tolerance as a unique tool to further disease research, believing this is the only meaningful thing he can still offer.
He recounts meeting a young boy with brain cancer, which renews his determination to fight illness for others, even if he can't save himself.
Qin Ciyan is moved and reveals he had a son who died in a car crash, explaining why he risked everything to save Xie.
He pleads with Xie to live well—not just to help others but because his late parents would want that too.
Qin Ciyan removes Xie from the dangerous lab and covers up the experiments, claiming the test subject “First Emperor” was theoretical.
Xie becomes emotionally unstable again, so Qin takes him to an aquarium—a healing, peaceful place.
At the jellyfish palace, surrounded by serene beauty, Xie experiences a rare moment of true calm.
Qin shares his own youthful memories of seeking peace through jellyfish and jokes about marrying one.
Xie smiles genuinely for the first time since his illness, showing how deeply Qin’s care affects him.
Qin returns to Yanzhou, but Xie continues visiting the jellyfish palace to soothe his symptoms and stabilize his emotions.
He conditions himself to calm down using jellyfish videos instead of harming himself.
He regains control over his mental health and plans to become a psychiatrist, enrolling in an eight-year med school program.
Meanwhile, American researchers develop a new medication that could extend the lifespans of RN-13 test subjects like Xie.
The new drug slows cell replication, allowing someone like Xie to potentially live a normal life into old age—but at the cost of his sharpness and talents.
Qin tells him the drug would make him less extraordinary but still capable of becoming an excellent doctor.
Xie is now faced with a choice: take the drug and live a longer, normal life… or stay on his dangerous path to achieve unparalleled feats and likely die by forty.
As he contemplates this crossroads, something terrible happens—something that deeply wounds him—but the chapter ends before revealing what.
Chapter 93: He Was a Person Hidden from SightCase #3 of psychological Ebola, once a hopeful patient, died after a psychotic break where he violently killed his own father.
Xie Qingcheng had once supervised Case #3’s treatment and was devastated by the outcome.
Motivated by the tragedy, Xie Qingcheng decided to take the newly developed drug from the U.S., which helped him regain health and stability.
Though the drug dulled his mind slightly, it restored his physical strength and freed him from being Patient Zero.
He accepted that his original dream of becoming a police officer had passed and chose to pursue a career in psychiatry instead.
Xie Qingcheng avoided intense emotional involvement but agreed to become He Yu’s personal doctor due to witnessing his suffering and lack of love.
He empathized with He Yu but kept his own secret—that he too had been subjected to RN-13.
He Yu’s deep loneliness and obedience to Xie Qingcheng’s guidance created a quiet bond between them.
Xie Qingcheng had hoped to help He Yu through his illness, but that plan was derailed when Qin Ciyan, his mentor and father figure, was murdered.
Qin Ciyan had always put patients first, even at personal risk, despite Xie Qingcheng’s warnings about changing times and rising violence.
He was working on compiling his medical experiences into a book after semi-retirement, hoping to help future patients.
Before he could finish, he was killed by Yi Beihai on what would have been his birthday, with a silk handkerchief gifted by Xie Qingcheng still in his pocket.
That handkerchief, exquisitely embroidered with moon jellyfish, was later found soaked in blood among his belongings.
Qin Ciyan’s death pushed Xie Qingcheng into a smoking habit, using the same brand Qin had favored, as a way to keep his memory alive.
The hospital did not allow Xie Qingcheng to attend the funeral formally, as he wasn’t officially part of Qin’s department or known as a close associate.
He was considered a “nobody,” his bond with Qin Ciyan unrecognized by others.
Xie Qingcheng mourned alone in his office, pausing his consultations to stand at the window where they used to share quiet moments and smoke.
He lit one last cigarette in Qin Ciyan’s honor and left it on the windowsill.
Watching the funeral motorcade through the rain, he remembered their past moments and cried for the first time, overwhelmed with grief.
He threw lilies out the window, knowing Qin Ciyan had disliked chrysanthemums, the traditional funeral flower.
The chapter ends with a deep sense of loss, remembrance, and unspoken bonds as Xie Qingcheng privately says goodbye to his mentor, symbolizing the end of an era in his life.
Chapter 94: He Tasted the Bitterness of SeparationQin Ciyan passes away, triggering a police investigation.
Police question Xie Qingcheng about first contact with Yi Beihai’s mother; he confirms he initially helped her register for treatment.
Xie had pitied the old woman, unaware of her son’s issues, and later tried to dissuade Qin Ciyan from personally handling her case.
Qin Ciyan chose to operate despite warnings from colleagues, prioritizing the woman’s life over his own reputation and health.
Others feared the difficult surgery would damage his health and reputation if it failed, but Qin Ciyan insisted on proceeding.
Before surgery, Qin Ciyan took steps to shield Xie Qingcheng from potential fallout, directing staff to send the patient’s family only to him.
After Qin’s death, Xie Qingcheng is devastated, feeling responsible and wracked with guilt, believing it should have been him, not Qin, who bore the consequences.
He falls into deep depression, smokes heavily, and isolates himself, haunted by the thought that Qin died protecting someone like him.
No one, including Li Ruoqiu, understands the depth of his grief; the only person who did—Qin Ciyan—is gone.
Eventually, Xie Qingcheng visits Madam Qin to collect Qin’s unfinished manuscript, intending to complete it in his honor.
Madam Qin immediately recognizes him and invites him in, showing unexpected warmth and understanding.
She shares a personal story: after their son Zhouzhou’s death, Qin grieved deeply each year until one birthday he acted differently, indicating someone had helped ease his pain—she realized that person was Xie Qingcheng.
She thanks Xie for giving her husband solace in his final years, acknowledging his silent presence in their lives.
Madam Qin recounts the tragic accident that killed their son, revealing Qin had ignored Zhouzhou’s plea for attention to work on a manuscript, a decision he never forgave himself for.
Zhouzhou had only wanted to wait for his father, whom he adored, and died after saying, “Dad, I don’t want to die.”
Madam Qin believes Qin’s guilt from that moment shaped his compassion and regret, which he carried into his medical career and relationship with Xie.
Xie leaves with Qin’s manuscripts, deeply moved, and never sees Madam Qin again.
She later becomes the target of online harassment over her age difference with Qin, falls ill under the stress, and dies—reuniting in death with her husband and son.
Xie Qingcheng, now alone again, feels like he’s lost his family for the second time.
Chapter 95: I Sent You Back to Shore InsteadXie Qingcheng is organizing Qin Ciyan’s writings while grappling with the effects of the RN-13 medication, which limits his ability to multitask.
He decides to resign from the hospital and become a university lecturer to spend more time with his wife, Li Ruoqiu, but their marriage is deteriorating. She no longer loves him and has started an affair.
Xie Qingcheng feels responsible, having married only after he believed he could live a normal life.
Just before submitting his resignation, a controversial op-ed criticizing the hospital’s increased security measures after Qin Ciyan’s death causes public backlash.
Hospital administrators, fearing public outrage, remove scanners but keep extra security staff, claiming conflict between doctors and patients must be solved at the root.
Xie Qingcheng realizes these “solutions” are symbolic and do nothing to address the underlying issues—namely, societal expectations and human nature.
Young doctors, including Xie Qingcheng’s shidi and shimei, suffer under pressure to emulate Qin Ciyan’s sacrifice, losing themselves and their humanity in the process.
Xie Qingcheng witnesses heartbreaking moments: a colleague going to a remote hospital despite her dying mother, another collapsing from guilt after a failed surgery.
He decides to perform a public “farce” where he denounces Qin Ciyan and resigns dramatically, saying he is afraid to die in the line of duty and wants to live peacefully.
His intention is to sacrifice his reputation to shatter the illusion of noble martyrdom, freeing younger doctors from unrealistic expectations.
Xie Qingcheng is vilified and shunned, but the hospital eventually reinstates security measures after public feedback.
Unable to function, he withdraws from society and compiles Qin Ciyan’s work as a way to cope.
He confesses he could no longer be He Yu’s physician and chose instead to focus on preserving Qin’s legacy.
In a submerged film studio, Xie confesses everything to He Yu, revealing that his coldness was a mask for deep suffering and that he had always been like He Yu—misunderstood, psychologically unwell, desperate to live.
He Yu is furious, heartbroken, and devastated to learn that the one person who could understand him had abandoned him for years without explanation.
He Yu confronts Xie about hiding the truth, eventually breaking down in tears, feeling betrayed and alone.
As the water rises, there's a narrow ledge that can only support one person. In a moment of decision, He Yu uses his strength to forcefully place Xie Qingcheng onto it, choosing to drown himself instead.
Before disappearing beneath the water, He Yu tells Xie that he doesn’t want to be remembered like Qin Ciyan and that Xie should forget him, start over, and find the happiness he missed out on.
He Yu expresses deep resentment, claiming he hates Xie Qingcheng for lying and abandoning him, but still chooses to save him in an act of ultimate, painful love.
As he sinks, He Yu says this sacrifice is to ensure Xie lives on, even if it means dying alone and unloved.
Xie Qingcheng, heartbroken, realizes that He Yu is his kin, the only person who truly shared his experience, but now it might be too late.
The chapter ends with the powerful image of the azure dragon (Xie) revealing his true self to the fledgling dragon (He Yu) just as the latter disappears into the depths.
Chapter 96: My KinHe Yu wakes up in a hospital after nearly drowning, initially thinking he might be dead.
Realizes he's at a hospital near the film studio and remembers everything that happened before he passed out.
Reflects bitterly on how Xie Qingcheng kept secrets from him and seemed to give up on him.
Xie Qingcheng appears in the hospital room, alive and stable, acting cold and emotionally distant.
He Yu immediately expresses his desire to be with Xie Qingcheng, not wanting to see anyone else.
Xie Qingcheng insists He Yu keep everything that happened a secret, showing clear regret over revealing anything.
He Yu is emotionally overwhelmed, frustrated by Xie Qingcheng's calm demeanor and dispassionate explanations.
Xie Qingcheng explains how they were rescued just in time, and that He Yu barely avoided drowning.
Xie Qingcheng tries to treat the previous near-death confessions and emotions as meaningless, likening them to drunken words.
He Yu becomes increasingly agitated as Xie Qingcheng rationalizes everything and acts like nothing has changed.
Xie Qingcheng believes He Yu helped him out of a sense of duty to the mentally ill, not because of any deeper connection.
Xie Qingcheng downplays his feelings, maintaining that he knew He Yu's identity all along and there's no need for change on his part.
He Yu explodes with rage, physically pulling Xie Qingcheng onto the hospital bed, causing his IV to bruise his arm.
He Yu, emotionally vulnerable and furious, kisses Xie Qingcheng forcibly, trying to connect with him on a deeper level.
Xie Qingcheng is shocked and resists, but He Yu continues, desperate to find warmth and kinship.
Blood spills up the IV tube as He Yu refuses to stop, and the kiss becomes increasingly intense and messy.
Xie Qingcheng remains cold and unresponsive, which only increases He Yu's sense of loneliness and resentment.
He Yu reflects on how he thought he'd found someone who truly understood him, only to feel rejected.
Despite the pain, He Yu refrains from using the blood toxin to control Xie Qingcheng, respecting their kinship.
He continues to kiss Xie Qingcheng passionately, seeking emotional warmth, hoping to melt their loneliness.
He Yu declares he doesn't want lectures or guidance, just emotional warmth from his kindred.
He tries to persuade Xie Qingcheng to reciprocate, insisting they share what they each have with each other.
Xie Qingcheng, flustered and annoyed, tries to reason with him, but He Yu refuses to let go without a pinky promise.
Their interaction becomes absurdly childish, shifting from intense to oddly juvenile.
He Yu begins kissing Xie Qingcheng’s neck, marking him, consumed by desire and emotion.
The scene turns steamy, full of physical tension and emotional desperation, both characters clashing and entangled.
Just as things heat up, the hospital room door opens—someone enters.
Xie Qingcheng quickly shoves He Yu away, and He Yu draws the curtain to hide what they were doing.
The visitor speaks—a voice He Yu instantly recognizes and detests.
Chapter 97: No Longer the SameHe Li accidentally walks in on his older brother He Yu in a hospital room, suspecting He Yu is fooling around with someone behind the curtain.
He Li, usually resentful of being overshadowed by He Yu, is thrilled to have caught him in a compromising position.
He fantasizes about exposing He Yu's scandalous behavior, imagining telling everyone and enjoying the downfall of his dignified brother.
He Yu steps out calmly, unbothered, and confronts He Li with unexpected dominance and intimidation.
He Yu shocks He Li by pointing out all the past incidents he secretly sabotaged in He Li's life, like the bike accidents and textbook loss.
He Yu threatens He Li with blackmail, revealing he has damning video footage of He Li’s past misdeeds and implies he will ruin him if he tells anyone.
He Li is completely terrified, collapses to the floor, and flees in panic after being humiliated and warned.
Xie Qingcheng, who was in the room the entire time, overheard everything. He looks grim and clearly disturbed by He Yu's transformation.
He Yu speaks to Xie Qingcheng, telling him that after everything that’s happened, they can’t go back to how things were.
He Yu expresses complex emotions toward Xie Qingcheng—less hate now, but also an unclear, potentially romantic or obsessive interest.
He acknowledges they need time to process everything and asks Xie Qingcheng to wait for him.
Filming of the movie The Trial is halted due to the horrific murder of actor Hu Yi.
The case becomes high-profile due to Hu Yi's elite background; his parents are furious and demand justice.
Two other crew members (an assistant writer and a production manager) are still missing.
Police investigate thoroughly, including trying to sketch the suspect seen briefly by Xie Qingcheng, though the results are unsatisfactory.
There’s chaos outside the investigation site as families of the missing girls protest loudly, desperate for answers.
Urgency grows as there is still a chance the missing women are alive.
At the hotel, film executive Huang Zhilong is confronted by Lü Zhishu about the disastrous outcome of her placing He Yu under his watch.
Lü Zhishu is furious that He Yu almost died and reveals that a surveillance AI saved him by noticing his phone signal had been cut for too long.
The two argue bitterly; Lü threatens Huang with disciplinary action from their mysterious organization’s higher-ups.
Just as she finishes warning him, Huang Zhilong receives a call from “Duan,” implying that consequences are already on their way.
Chapter 98: Red High HeelsLü Zhishu and Huang Zhilong share a tense moment, both afraid after the murder of Hu Yi during the filming of The Trial.
Higher-ups have been trying to pin previous murders on a foreign scapegoat, but the new incident disrupts everything.
Huang Zhilong calls the ominous Executive Duan to explain the situation.
Executive Duan feigns friendliness but makes veiled threats, pressing Huang about the murder and the near-loss of a blood toxin.
Huang pleads ignorance and loyalty, but Duan warns him of consequences if anything incriminating is discovered.
After the call, Huang is deeply shaken. He fears the enemy is highly skilled, perhaps even part of their own echelon.
He’s terrified because two missing girls—staff under his employment—are still in the hands of whoever killed Hu Yi.
He calls Chief Zhou to inquire about the girls, desperate and panicked.
One of the missing girls wakes up in a dark, cold basement, gagged and tied inside a metal cage.
She remembers being attacked after discovering Hu Yi's body preserved in a tank.
She begins to panic, recalling the horrifying scene and wetting herself from fear.
Suddenly, a young boy (5–6 years old) appears and calls her "Xiao-jiejie" (big sister).
The boy, clean and untied, doesn’t appear to be a captive. He calmly removes her gag.
He speaks in a strangely mature, calm tone and warns her to be quiet so the adults upstairs don’t hear.
He tells her the other missing girl is dead—"in the pipes"—and says he couldn’t save her in time.
The boy gives her a blueprint with a marked escape route and unlocks her cage.
The girl, overwhelmed by survival instincts, doesn’t question anything and runs off barefoot, grateful.
As she vanishes into the darkness, the boy watches her go.
A housekeeper enters and respectfully tells the boy that the “game” is ready—the girl is now being monitored via surveillance.
The boy walks into a brightly lit room, revealing his delicate face and bizarre outfit: he is wearing custom-made red high heels.
He picks up a game controller-like device, watches the girl on the screen, and presses a button.
The chapter ends with him smiling and saying, “Let the game begin.”
Chapter 99: Can I Come Over to Your Place for New Year’s?Xie Qingcheng is packing to leave after filming ends and finds a card from a kind assistant writer who is now missing.
He reflects on the disappearances of two innocent girls and the weight of death surrounding him this past year.
Due to years of emotional suppression caused by trauma and mental illness, he finds his emotions slowly returning after revealing his past.
Feeling unsettled and unable to sleep, he starts drinking red wine alone to soothe his nerves.
He Yu unexpectedly enters Xie Qingcheng’s hotel room using a key card, finding him mildly drunk and irritable.
Xie Qingcheng tells He Yu to leave, trying to reestablish emotional and physical distance after disclosing his traumatic secrets during a near-death experience.
He Yu ignores the request and instead hugs him—not with lust, but as someone deeply empathetic and afraid to lose Xie Qingcheng.
Despite Xie Qingcheng’s coldness, He Yu expresses understanding and promises not to reveal the secrets he was told.
He Yu makes a request that Xie Qingcheng avoid spending time alone with Chen Man, showing possessiveness.
The conversation turns slightly heated as Xie Qingcheng wipes off the area He Yu touched and throws the wipe in his face.
He Yu bites Xie Qingcheng’s tattoo again, this time gently, and insists that Xie belongs to him in some way.
He also reassures Xie Qingcheng that he will no longer force intimacy or push boundaries, promising to respect his will.
Xie Qingcheng, still emotionally distant, refuses to reciprocate the hug or any warmth and tells He Yu to leave.
He Yu genuinely leaves this time, though he’s still emotionally affected and holding back his feelings.
After he’s gone, Xie Qingcheng reflects on his emotional turmoil and how he’s more accustomed to being alone in the company of death than the living.
He returns to Huzhou and is overwhelmed with concern from those close to him (Zheng Jingfeng, Chen Man, Auntie Li, and Xie Xue), only offering a filtered version of events.
Only He Yu and Xie Qingcheng know the full truth of what happened at the film studio.
True to his word, He Yu ceases all physical coercion or forced intimacy, treating Xie Qingcheng with newfound restraint and respect.
As New Year approaches, He Yu sends a message saying his parents want him to return to Yanzhou, but he declines.
The chapter ends with He Yu texting: “I don’t want to be by myself. Can I come over to your place for the holiday?”
Chapter 100: Why Is She Allowed to Come Over to Your Place for New Year’s?!He Yu struggles with his desire to spend New Year’s with Xie Qingcheng despite their romantic entanglement having ended.
He sends Xie a message, but gets no reply all day.
He finally calls, but Xie Xue answers, and tells him Xie Qingcheng is showering.
He Yu insists on speaking to Xie Qingcheng, and when he finally does, he awkwardly hints at emotional discomfort as a way to keep him on the line.
He asks to spend New Year’s with Xie Qingcheng, but gets rejected with the excuse that the holiday is for family.
Xie Qingcheng hangs up on him.
New Year’s Eve arrives. The residents of Moyu Alley, including Xie Qingcheng and Xie Xue, prepare for a communal dinner.
Xie Qingcheng goes to the market with an auntie to buy ingredients.
On the drive back, they see He Yu eating alone at a roadside food stall, looking pitiful.
The auntie insists on helping him, prompting Xie Qingcheng to intervene.
Reluctantly, Xie Qingcheng invites He Yu to the neighborhood feast.
At the dinner, He Yu is charming and quickly wins over the neighbors, who start trying to set him up with their daughters and nieces.
He Yu, still heartbroken, declines, claiming he's recovering from a breakup.
Xie Qingcheng grows more annoyed, reflecting on He Yu's sudden switch to homosexuality and how He Yu chose him as a partner.
Trying to escape the awkwardness, Xie Qingcheng goes to the kitchen but is sent back out.
Back at the table, he finds a pair of intricately made dough figurines shaped like dragons—gifts from He Yu.
When Xie Qingcheng doesn’t understand the gesture, He Yu gets upset and takes them back, scratching off initials he had secretly added.
He Yu continues being social while ignoring Xie Qingcheng, who feels increasingly uncomfortable.
Just as the evening seems to settle, a dramatic moment occurs—everyone freezes as a mysterious, bruised woman in expensive clothes appears at the alley entrance.
It turns out to be Xie Qingcheng’s ex-wife, Li Ruoqiu, shocking everyone, including He Yu and Xie Qingcheng.
Chapter 101: Why Is She Allowed to Talk to You like This?!Li Ruoqiu had run away from home on New Year’s Eve after a devastating personal betrayal.
She had previously left her husband, Xie Qingcheng, for a married man she loved.
After that man divorced his first wife, he married Li Ruoqiu, and they had a happy, romantic marriage for a time.
Li Ruoqiu supported his risky business venture by selling her valuables.
Their life was joyful until he began cheating on her with a younger girl.
Li Ruoqiu discovered the affair when she saw him at a beauty salon with the girl, whom he complimented on her body and suggested breast enhancement.
This broke her illusions about him and their love.
She reflected on her past, including the reckless choices she made by abandoning ethics and responsibility for love.
On New Year’s Eve, the pregnant girl came to provoke a fight, which was especially painful for Li Ruoqiu because she was infertile.
Her husband beat her to protect his mistress and the unborn child.
She fled, broken and ashamed, unsure of where to go, as she was estranged from friends and had no family.
She decided to visit Xie Qingcheng, her ex-husband, in Huzhou.
A taxi driver tried to comfort her as she broke down remembering the emotional security Xie Qingcheng had once provided.
She realized, too late, that he had shown love in practical, consistent ways, not through flowers or romantic gestures.
At his house, she arrived in the middle of a New Year’s banquet, making the situation awkward and tense.
Inside, Xie Qingcheng treated her politely but distantly, offering her hot water and space to sit.
She broke down again, overwhelmed by regret and humiliation.
He listened as she recounted her ordeal.
Though calm and rational, he reminded her they were no longer connected and offered pragmatic advice: if she stayed with the man, talk it out; if not, get legal help.
She sought his guidance, but he gently reminded her that the decision was hers alone and that nothing remained between them.
She reminisced about their old life and the love that had decayed over time.
Regret washed over her as she wondered if things could have been different had they had a child together.
She apologized, sensing that her past mistake had led to her current suffering.
Xie Qingcheng remained silent but compassionate, eventually offering to arrange a hotel room for her.
She told him to smoke less and showed lingering care even as he ushered her out.
As they opened the door, they found He Yu—Xie Qingcheng’s young ward or close companion—standing outside, having likely overheard everything.
Tension filled the air as He Yu exchanged a quiet, intense look with Xie Qingcheng and then a calm gaze with Li Ruoqiu.
Chapter 102: I’m the Only One Who Knows You BestLi Ruoqiu meets He Yu again after many years and barely recognizes him.
He Yu cheekily calls her “Auntie,” making her feel old and uneasy.
There’s underlying tension as Li Ruoqiu notices a familiar look in He Yu’s eyes.
Xie Qingcheng arrives and defuses the situation, taking Li Ruoqiu away and ensuring she’s taken care of after suffering abuse from her ex-husband.
He Yu later finds Xie Qingcheng alone, emotionally wrecked and drunk.
Xie Qingcheng admits that Li Ruoqiu’s appearance reopened old wounds — she had betrayed him and had an affair.
He Yu grows increasingly furious that Xie Qingcheng still treats his ex-wife with care.
They argue intensely, He Yu’s anger boiling over as he accuses Xie Qingcheng of being too soft.
Xie Qingcheng throws a lampstand at He Yu, injuring his forehead.
Despite bleeding, He Yu remains calm, quietly mocking Xie Qingcheng’s inability to let go of the past.
He Yu emotionally confronts Xie Qingcheng, asking why he can’t treat him better instead of clinging to a woman who betrayed him.
Xie Qingcheng tells him to leave, but He Yu approaches him instead with intensity.
He Yu forcibly gags Xie Qingcheng with a robe belt and performs oral sex on him for the first time, desperate to show care through physical intimacy.
Xie Qingcheng is overwhelmed, physically responsive but emotionally conflicted and humiliated.
He Yu is passionate but clumsy, fixated on making Xie Qingcheng feel wanted and loved.
Their argument spirals into intense, chaotic sex, starting with oral and escalating further.
Xie Qingcheng tries to reject him multiple times but is constantly pulled back in by He Yu’s obsessive affection.
In a mix of rage, desire, and emotional collapse, Xie Qingcheng finally gives in and takes control.
Xie Qingcheng initiates rough, dominant sex in a form of emotional release and self-destruction.
They wrestle for dominance, eventually falling into a rhythm of mutual desire and desperation.
He Yu begs Xie Qingcheng to acknowledge him as the only one who truly understands and loves him.
Amid this chaotic encounter, Xie Qingcheng finally climaxes with He Yu for the first time, a breaking point emotionally and physically.
He Yu celebrates this as a huge victory, affectionately teasing and praising him.
The chapter ends with He Yu expressing a deranged hope of getting Xie Qingcheng pregnant — a symbolic gesture of possession and emotional validation.
The whole chapter is emotionally intense, exploring themes of trauma, obsession, broken love, and toxic codependency under the guise of physical passion.
Chapter 103: Xie Qingcheng, You Have to Take Responsibility for MeHe Yu wakes up after an intense night with Xie Qingcheng, who is already up, smoking and clearly disturbed.
Xie Qingcheng is physically marked from the night and emotionally distant, telling He Yu coldly to leave.
He Yu is hurt by the rejection but masks it with a flat demeanor.
Xie Qingcheng tries to emotionally distance himself, claiming the night was a moment of weakness.
He Yu bitterly compares himself to a “rent boy,” which Xie Qingcheng denies, trying to show some care by tending to He Yu’s forehead wound.
Xie uses a cartoon band-aid, showing an unconscious tenderness that contrasts his words.
He Yu asks for water, but when Xie brings it in a disposable cup, it reminds him of someone else, and he lashes out emotionally, knocking the water over.
The argument escalates. He Yu accuses Xie of being careless and irresponsible, even joking bitterly about being “pregnant” if he were a woman.
Xie Qingcheng coldly denies loving He Yu and insists their relationship must end because it’s wrong and unsustainable.
He Yu clings emotionally and physically, begging to stay, comparing himself to others Xie Qingcheng had cared for in the past.
He Yu begins to see that Xie Qingcheng isn’t just cold—he’s physically unwell and running a fever.
Despite being pushed away, He Yu insists on taking him to a hospital, but Xie refuses, not wanting to expose their relationship or appear weak.
He Yu becomes increasingly frantic as Xie distances himself with passive resignation, turning off his phone and asking He Yu to go home.
Xie tries to make it clear that, despite the intimacy, there’s no love between them, and to continue would only hurt them both.
This statement hits He Yu like a thunderbolt—he begins to confront the possibility that his obsession and need for Xie might actually be love.
The chapter ends with He Yu reeling from this realization, as an emotional “beast” awakens inside him—he understands for the first time that what he feels for Xie Qingcheng is love.
Chapter 104: Its Name Was LoveHe Yu experiences a profound internal revelation: he finally realizes he is in love with Xie Qingcheng, acknowledging he had misunderstood his own feelings and sexuality.
He Yu is emotionally stunned after the previous night’s intimacy with Xie Qingcheng and sits frozen in shock.
Xie Qingcheng, suffering from fever and discomfort, tries to kick He Yu out, believing that letting him stay would cause more emotional turmoil.
He Yu, desperate and confused, asks to stay longer, but Xie Qingcheng firmly insists he leave.
Auntie Li passes by and mentions she heard noises last night, assuming it was a fight. He Yu cleverly covers Xie Qingcheng’s neck with a scarf to hide the love bites.
Xie Qingcheng uses the excuse of giving He Yu a ride to ensure he leaves. Despite being unwell, he drives He Yu to a parking lot.
He Yu is heartbroken when Xie Qingcheng returns his scarf and drives away without another word, leaving him standing alone in the cold.
He Yu, emotionally unstable, aimlessly drives around the city in his Lamborghini on New Year’s Day, struggling with the realization that he loves Xie Qingcheng.
As he reflects, He Yu begins piecing together all the moments of their shared history—from passionate nights, emotional conversations, acts of care, and Xie Qingcheng’s many sacrifices.
He thinks about the first time they met, how Xie Qingcheng had tried to help him, protect him, and guide him toward healing from psychological Ebola.
Flashbacks reveal how Xie Qingcheng gave him a reason to live, encouraged him to become better, and helped him believe that mentally ill patients deserve dignity.
He Yu recognizes that much of his personal growth—ceasing self-harm, starting a charity wing at the He family's hospital—was inspired by Xie Qingcheng's ideals.
He replays moments where he misjudged or mistreated Xie Qingcheng, including pouring wine on him and cruelly taunting him.
He Yu realizes that while he thought Xie Qingcheng betrayed him, Xie Qingcheng was actually sacrificing his reputation to protect others and live up to his mentor Qin Ciyan’s ideals.
He visualizes Xie Qingcheng wearing a metaphorical mask of “traitor” and “coward” to shield others, even as he silently bore immense pain and loneliness.
Qin Ciyan appears in a vision, symbolizing hope and legacy, reminding Xie Qingcheng (and He Yu) of their shared values and ideals.
He Yu watches, in his mind, as Xie Qingcheng turns away from his mentor’s fading image and walks into the darkness alone—carrying the burden of his past and responsibilities.
Through the vision, He Yu finally grasps the depth of Xie Qingcheng’s sacrifice, his integrity, and his unspoken suffering.
The final emotional blow hits as He Yu, crying in silence, asks in his heart: “Xie Qingcheng… Doesn’t it hurt?”—acknowledging the years of pain Xie Qingcheng endured alone.
He Yu fully accepts that what he feels isn’t just desire—it’s love: for Xie Qingcheng’s body, soul, scars, and strength.
Chapter 105: The Words I Couldn’t SayAfter kicking He Yu out, Xie Qingcheng showers and feels humiliated by their previous night together.
He takes medicine for his fever but struggles to rest due to the discomfort and the disarray of his room.
Haunted by memories of their intimacy and the smell of He Yu still lingering, he tries to distract himself with reading.
He Yu shows up at Xie Qingcheng’s door, asking to talk, expressing emotional turmoil.
Xie Qingcheng coldly refuses to open the door; He Yu scratches at it like a cat, begging.
Eventually, Xie Qingcheng tries to leave but He Yu violently forces his way inside, injuring himself.
A physical confrontation ensues; He Yu pins Xie Qingcheng against a wardrobe, bleeding but determined to talk.
He tries to confess his feelings but can’t bring himself to say “I love you.”
Instead, he reveals he deleted the blackmail photos he once used to manipulate Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng is skeptical and furious, sarcastically thanking him while still rejecting him.
The mood is intense and heavy—Xie Qingcheng’s body reacts to He Yu’s touch, despite his anger.
He Yu remains desperate for emotional connection, clinging to the deleted photos as proof of sincerity.
Just when tensions reach a peak, Xie Xue unexpectedly arrives home.
The two men panic and quickly pull away from each other, trying to act normal.
He Yu concocts a clumsy lie about getting injured while helping clean; Xie Qingcheng plays along.
Xie Xue notices broken items and berates He Yu, furious about her childhood prize vase being shattered.
Neither of them reveal the truth to her; she remains unaware of their physical relationship.
After the chaos, Xie Qingcheng tells He Yu to leave.
He Yu wants to confess his love but ultimately says nothing, recognizing it wouldn’t be accepted.
The chapter ends with He Yu silently leaving, heartbroken and unable to express the words he came to say.
Chapter 106: I Watched Your SilhouetteAfter Xie Qingcheng rejected He Yu, He Yu stopped contacting him directly but often watched him from afar in his car.
He Yu silently observed Xie Qingcheng growing thinner each day, struggling with his own emotions and heartbreak.
He Yu realized too late that he loved Xie Qingcheng but knew he could no longer force or pester him.
Xie Qingcheng had made it clear he wanted nothing more to do with He Yu, and He Yu promised to let go.
One day, while secretly observing Xie Qingcheng near a cake shop, they unexpectedly locked eyes.
Xie Qingcheng confronted He Yu and reminded him of his promise to stay away.
He Yu tried to downplay the situation and offered to carry Xie Qingcheng’s groceries, which was firmly rejected.
The conversation turned heated; He Yu hinted at their past sexual encounters, angering Xie Qingcheng, who forcefully shut down the topic.
As He Yu drove away, he masked his heartbreak with a fake smile but was emotionally shattered inside.
Back home, He Yu overdosed on emotional suppressant pills, unable to cope with the pain.
He found comfort only in an old photo of Xie Qingcheng, kissing it in a moment of grief.
With no one to talk to, He Yu poured his feelings into a hidden Weibo account, writing a dramatic post about his unrequited love.
Commenters misunderstood, assuming the poster was a woman in a toxic relationship, and harshly criticized Xie Qingcheng.
Offended by the replies calling Xie Qingcheng a scumbag, He Yu blocked them all and went to sleep.
The new semester began, and He Yu discovered that Xie Xue was no longer teaching; a substitute professor took her place.
Concerned, He Yu called Xie Qingcheng, who told him to come to Moyu Alley for an explanation.
At Xie Qingcheng’s home, He Yu learned that Xie Xue had been hospitalized.
Xie Qingcheng revealed she showed signs of RN-13 exposure—a dangerous drug central to the story.
He Yu was shaken, and the two discussed her symptoms and the implications.
Current medications for RN-13 weren’t working on her, suggesting she’d taken a new version of the drug.
Xie Qingcheng believed she was exposed last fall and hinted at having a lead on who might be responsible.
Chapter 107: I Helped You InvestigateXie Xue was nearly dismembered by Jiang Lanpei the previous year.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng discuss the psychiatric hospital incident and suspect Xie Xue was unknowingly drugged with a modified version of RN-13.
Jiang Lanpei had once tricked Xie Xue into drinking a sedative, which turns out to be far more potent and experimental than assumed.
Blood tests at the time failed to detect anything, leading them to miss the opportunity to act early.
They now need a sample or the chemical structure of the new drug to treat Xie Xue.
He Yu volunteers to help find the sample or formula, even without Xie Qingcheng explicitly asking.
Xie Qingcheng tries to maintain emotional distance, stating they no longer have a relationship, only debts.
He Yu is visibly hurt by the rejection, especially considering their romantic and sexual history.
Xie Qingcheng insists on returning to a purely transactional dynamic; He Yu is internally tormented by this.
Before leaving, He Yu smashes Xie Qingcheng’s cigarette pack in frustration.
He Yu medicates himself to calm down after the emotionally painful encounter.
He begins a serious investigation into Xie Xue’s drugging, realizing most leads are cold.
The drug was likely given by Liang Jicheng directly, but he's dead and the hospital has burned down.
All high-ranking people connected to Liang Jicheng have died mysteriously or were assassinated.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng start searching through Liang’s old contacts and network.
After a month of dead ends, He Yu finds a lead: Sha Hong, Liang’s old driver, now in prison.
Sha Hong wasn’t important enough to be eliminated, making him a potential goldmine of forgotten intel.
He Yu visits the prison under the guise of conducting a screenwriting interview.
Sha Hong is dismissive at first, seeing He Yu as just another pretentious artist.
He Yu subtly reveals his true purpose—digging into Liang’s past—by mentioning only “Director Liang” while tapping on the table to signal emphasis.
Sha Hong catches the clue and drops his guard, understanding the hidden message.
They negotiate an implied deal: information in exchange for something valuable (suggested subtly through cigarette symbolism).
The chapter ends with He Yu successfully catching Sha Hong’s interest, paving the way for uncovering critical information about the mastermind behind the drug operation.
Chapter 108: Why Is She Looking For You Again?He Yu meets Sha Hong, a life-sentenced felon, to exchange information for a chance at compassionate release.
Both men remain cautious; He Yu demands something solid before offering help, and Sha Hong tests He Yu’s sincerity.
Sha Hong hints that the Jiang Lanpei He Yu met isn’t the real one, noting her unusually stiff facial expressions—something He Yu had also noticed but hadn’t investigated deeply.
He Yu begins maneuvering behind the scenes: Sha Hong is moved to easier prison jobs with better privileges, including serving food, a coveted role.
Sha Hong receives a sealed note promising medical release if he provides useful information in their next meeting.
He drafts a carefully filtered list of valuable intelligence for He Yu, avoiding revealing too much at once.
That night, Sha Hong dreams about a corrupt memory involving the Liang brothers, Jicheng and Zhongkang.
In the dream, the brothers celebrate a shady business deal involving hiding people or equipment and mention a Swiss bank transfer, implicating criminal connections.
As their driver, Sha Hong is mistreated and humiliated, slapped and paid off with cash, revealing the class divide and corruption.
Sha Hong remembers specific names and meeting details from that night—crucial evidence he plans to offer He Yu.
On the day of their meeting, He Yu goes to visit Sha Hong but sees Li Ruoqiu (Xie Qingcheng’s ex-wife) outside Moyu Alley with Xie.
Li Ruoqiu tries to give Xie money for his ailing sister and apologizes for her past actions.
She breaks down emotionally, confesses she plans to divorce her current husband, and reflects on their marriage.
She accuses Xie of being too cold and not letting her return his care or love, which left her feeling unloved.
Despite her pleas and emotional breakdown, Xie refuses to take the money or rekindle anything between them.
In a desperate, teary moment, she hugs Xie Qingcheng, asking to be held one last time.
This entire interaction is witnessed by He Yu from his car, who sees her clinging to Xie—stirring a deep emotional reaction in him.
Chapter 109: I Let You Tempt MeHe Yu is overcome with intense jealousy and rage upon seeing Li Ruoqiu hugging Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu feels it's unfair he can’t touch Xie Qingcheng while someone who also hurt him, like Li Ruoqiu, can.
He reflects on their past intimacy, expressing possessiveness and anger toward Li Ruoqiu.
Overwhelmed with emotion, He Yu gets out of the car and confronts them.
Xie Qingcheng visibly reacts to seeing He Yu; Li Ruoqiu is startled.
The encounter is awkward and charged; Xie Qingcheng eventually forces Li Ruoqiu into the car and sends her away.
Once she’s gone, He Yu aggressively pulls Xie Qingcheng into a nearby alley.
He Yu pins Xie Qingcheng against the wall, consumed by jealousy and lust.
A moment of physical closeness ignites intense sexual tension between them.
Xie Qingcheng stops He Yu with a gentle but firm touch, reminding him of the promise not to force him again.
He Yu backs off, tries to cover his embarrassment with sarcasm, and accuses Li Ruoqiu of coming to rekindle their relationship.
Xie Qingcheng rebukes him, insisting Li Ruoqiu’s visit was innocent and motivated by concern.
They argue about gender, responsibility, and past intimacy; He Yu complains about being treated differently because he’s a man.
The argument escalates emotionally, with He Yu claiming he’s being discarded like a meaningless fling.
Xie Qingcheng tries to walk away, but He Yu grabs his wrist, creating another charged moment.
He Yu attempts to dismiss his own feelings by saying he’s just toying with Xie Qingcheng, but Xie Qingcheng sees through the act.
He Yu, still longing for connection, tells Xie Qingcheng there’s “important business” to discuss.
He says they have a lead to follow that night and invites Xie Qingcheng to join him.
Meanwhile, in Huzhou First Prison, Sha Hong, a former drug dealer, is preparing for a scheduled meeting with He Yu.
Sha Hong reflects on his past: being falsely accused by Liang Jicheng, struggling to care for his sick mother, and falling into crime out of desperation.
He remembers how his mother raised him through hardship and street food vending, evoking guilt and sorrow.
Just before the meeting, a kitchen explosion suddenly occurs.
The soy sauce bottle Sha Hong uses is rigged—possibly with alcohol or an accelerant—and ignites in a devastating blast.
Sha Hong dies in the explosion before he can meet with He Yu or share vital information.
Prison alarms blare as fire and chaos erupt.
Chapter 110: I Wanted to Kiss You So BadlyXie Qingcheng and He Yu sit in silence in a car after visiting Sha Hong in prison, both shaken and frustrated.
He Yu explains Sha Hong was targeted recently and confesses someone is following him, suspecting it’s due to his involvement in the broadcasting tower incident.
He Yu admits he tried to hide the situation from Xie Qingcheng to avoid dragging him in.
Tension grows between them; He Yu awkwardly tries to stop Xie from smoking and brings up Xie Xue’s health, showing he still cares about her despite previous arguments.
Xie is surprised but touched that He Yu still worries about his sister.
They awkwardly listen to "My Heart Will Go On," which triggers emotional memories and makes He Yu reflect on his love and longing for Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu internally battles his desire to confess and physically express his feelings, resisting the urge to kiss or touch Xie.
A petty fight erupts over a car window. Xie leans over He Yu to close it, and the closeness intensifies He Yu’s emotional conflict.
He Yu lashes out, yells at Xie, and tells him to leave the car. When Xie tries, He Yu locks the door.
He Yu breaks down in frustration, storms out, and throws a rock at his expensive car, damaging the paint in a childish outburst.
Xie decides not to use He Yu’s car, exits, and tries to leave. He Yu throws his coat at Xie in the cold, still conflicted.
They bicker again, and He Yu forcefully drags Xie back into the car, furious and overwhelmed with emotion.
In a fit of desperation, He Yu speeds to a cheap hotel and demands a room with a double bed, refusing to register Xie’s name, scaring the receptionist.
Inside the room, He Yu pushes Xie against the wall but doesn’t act on his desire, consumed by emotional chaos.
He ultimately decides not to touch Xie, saying he won’t do anything and storms out, wounded by Xie’s coldness.
Xie, confused and annoyed, realizes he’s still wearing He Yu’s coat and follows to return it.
A misunderstanding at the hotel makes the receptionist think they’re lovers who fought during a hookup.
He Yu mocks Xie by calling him “Uncle” and refuses further interaction, but Xie offers to pay for the room out of politeness.
Furious again, He Yu grabs Xie and forces him back into the car.
In a final emotional confrontation, He Yu gets on top of Xie in the backseat, caressing him tenderly but trembling from restraint.
Despite overwhelming desire, He Yu doesn’t act on his lust, recalling Xie’s coldness after their previous encounter.
As they share an intense moment, He Yu leans in and finally kisses Xie Qingcheng, consumed by emotion.
Chapter 111: We Found a ClueAs He Yu and Xie Qingcheng are on the verge of a kiss, He Yu's phone rings, breaking the tension.
Both men are flustered and try to regain composure; He Yu answers the call while Xie Qingcheng contemplates leaving the car.
The call is from Baoshan Nursing Home, informing He Yu that Zhuang Zhiqiang, an elderly man they once helped, is lucid and wants to see them.
They go to the nursing home, where Zhuang Zhiqiang tearfully thanks them for their kindness and saving him from dying alone.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng stay by his side as he emotionally recounts his gratitude and then asks about Xie Xue.
Zhuang Zhiqiang reveals that Xie Xue reminds him of someone very dear: his adopted daughter, Zhao Xue.
He explains Zhao Xue’s tragic backstory—an abused girl from a remote village, almost forced into marriage, who fled to his home.
He took her in, helped enroll her in Hope Elementary, and supported her until high school, treating her as his own daughter.
Zhao Xue was bright and pursued an arts education in Huzhou, aspiring to become a celebrity or model.
After she moved to Huzhou, she vanished mysteriously; Zhuang Zhiqiang never saw her again.
He kept trying to find her but hit dead ends. Zhao Xue signed an NDA and mentioned a "Secretary Wang."
The name "Wang Jiankang" triggers alarm in both He Yu and Xie Qingcheng—it connects Zhao Xue’s disappearance to the broadcasting tower murder case.
The revelation provides a critical clue linking Zhao Xue’s case to their ongoing investigation into Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital and the Huzhou tower murders.
Chapter 112: I Held YouZhuang Zhiqiang dies a few days after being reunited with He Yu and Xie Qingcheng, without ever seeing his daughter again.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng handle his affairs and prepare to visit his birthplace, Zhuang Family Village in Qingli County.
They realize Qingli County is also where Lu Yuzhu once served as county secretary and suspect this is more than coincidence.
Urgently, they take time off and fly to Qingli County that night.
Upon arrival, they’re shocked by how dilapidated their guesthouse is, prompting He Yu to want to sleep outside.
Xie Qingcheng finds them a cleaner farmhouse to stay in; they’re offered a single-bed room but with courtesy and warmth.
He Yu, still discontent, refuses to drink local tea until Xie Qingcheng offers him Shuhua milk.
They visit Zhao Xue’s old high school, Humanity High School, now abandoned and locked with a rusty chain.
A shopkeeper reveals the school lost funding and shut down, and directs them to the Yi Family Village’s school for more info.
Yi Family Village evokes strong emotions in Xie Qingcheng—this was where Yi Beihai, Qin Ciyan’s killer, lived.
He Yu realizes the connection too, linking it to the larger mystery involving Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital and other past cases.
They find Yi Beihai’s old, cobwebbed house; Xie Qingcheng is visibly affected, nearly overwhelmed.
He Yu shields his eyes and urges him not to linger in the past.
At the Hope School (formerly Hope Elementary), they find a new, young principal with no knowledge of Zhao Xue or the old principal.
They learn a fire had destroyed the village archive, erasing Humanity High School’s records.
Frustrated, they return to the farmhouse after a fruitless day of investigation.
He Yu secretly goes out to get dinner for Xie Qingcheng, using a tractor ride from the host’s husband.
He buys dishes tailored to Xie Qingcheng’s taste—despite not liking them himself—and stewed pear syrup for his cough.
Xie Qingcheng is surprised by the thoughtful gesture; He Yu brushes it off, saying it’s to avoid being disturbed at night.
He Yu showers and returns to find Xie Qingcheng standing at the window, coughing and drinking the syrup while smoking.
He Yu is furious that Xie is still smoking despite his worsening cough and snatches the cigarette away, demanding he stop.
Xie insists on sleeping on the floor to maintain boundaries; He Yu insists the older man take the bed.
Though they part for the night, neither of them can sleep—Xie Qingcheng due to worries about his sister, the investigation, and past trauma.
A rainstorm starts in the middle of the night; the cold makes Xie Qingcheng’s coughing worse.
In a tender moment, He Yu climbs into bed and holds Xie Qingcheng from behind, offering silent comfort.
Chapter 113: Who Was It That I Saw?Xie Qingcheng, ill and weakened, is reluctantly sharing a bed with He Yu, who claims he’s cold and wants to cuddle.
Although Xie Qingcheng is tense at first, he relaxes in He Yu’s warmth and drifts into sleep.
He falls into a vivid, traumatic nightmare featuring past horrors: Yi Beihai, Qin Ciyan's death, Zhou Muying and Xie Ping's accident, and his sister Xie Xue’s murder.
He awakens in a panic, coughing violently and rejecting He Yu’s comfort, which triggers memories of past trauma involving He Yu.
Despite being hurt by Xie Qingcheng’s reaction, He Yu remains quiet, realizing that he’s a source of trauma to Xie Qingcheng due to past events, particularly the assault in the club.
He Yu leaves the room but returns with hot water to comfort Xie Qingcheng, sharing that hot water helped him after nightmares.
Xie Qingcheng takes his medication for his psychological condition, referred to as “psychological Ebola,” and thanks He Yu quietly.
He Yu tries to examine Xie Qingcheng’s medication but is rebuffed, as they won’t work for his condition.
After another cold interaction, He Yu leaves again under the pretense of “looking at the stars,” though he’s emotionally distressed.
He Yu battles intense internal torment and self-loathing, overwhelmed by his desires and guilt. He self-harms with a pocket knife to cope.
While outside, He Yu spots a mysterious woman in red sneaking around and spying through the window of his and Xie Qingcheng’s room.
He approaches cautiously and corners her with a knife, suspecting she might be an assassin or spy.
She drops something heavy, refuses to answer, and then tries to flee after initially pretending to comply.
They fight—He Yu holds his own, and her coat is torn in the struggle, revealing her face.
The sight of her face shocks He Yu—she’s someone he definitely recognizes from the past.
Chapter 114: I’d Seen Her BeforeHe Yu spots Lu Yuzhu, a woman he believed died in an explosion at the archives.
She flees before he can confront her, leaving behind a thick brown paper bag.
He Yu meets up with Xie Qingcheng and tells him everything, including how fast and strong the woman was—unlike the Lu Yuzhu he remembered.
They speculate that the woman might be Lu Yuzhu’s daughter, who was mentioned in a previous encounter.
They investigate the contents of the paper bag and discover it holds Humanity High School personnel records—the very documents they’d been looking for.
Among the documents is a record for Zhao Xue, the foster daughter of Zhuang Zhiqiang, listed as an "arts student in Huzhou," with no clear indication of where she studied.
Multiple other girls have similar records—all orphans or with deceased family, all beautiful, and all with vague fates.
They question why Lu Yuzhu’s daughter would give them the files and how she even got them.
The faculty section reveals the former principal, Jin Xiuhe, a woman with a striking, familiar appearance.
He Yu recognizes her as the wife of Huang Zhilong, linking her to a powerful and influential figure.
They theorize that Humanity High School acted as a recruitment ground, targeting vulnerable girls to be sent to Huzhou under the guise of arts training.
These girls, including Zhao Xue, may have gone missing or died, possibly connected to Huang Zhilong’s entertainment company.
They suspect that the arts program was a front for trafficking girls to be abused, experimented on with drugs like RN-13, or institutionalized.
The girls who went mad from the drug trials were sent to Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital, where they were further exploited by the hospital staff.
Files from the Huzhou University library may have held evidence, hence its destruction following the Cheng Kang incident.
They consider the possibility that Hu Yi's death in the film production The Trial might have been an act of revenge, not orchestrated by Huang Zhilong.
Jin Xiuhe, despite her role, is beyond legal prosecution—He Yu states she's already dead and had a very powerful backer nicknamed King Yanluo.
They resolve to confirm the mystery woman’s identity as Lu Yuzhu’s daughter and determine how she got the files.
Chapter 115: We Went to a Massage ParlorXie Qingcheng and He Yu, after analyzing some data together, are slowly rebuilding a fragile sense of trust.
He Yu notices Xie Qingcheng’s worsening physical condition and reflects on his ethereal, deteriorating presence.
Alone, He Yu wrestles with his dark, obsessive thoughts about possessing Xie Qingcheng in a deeply disturbing and violent way—he imagines blinding and physically merging with him to make Xie his forever.
Despite his dangerous thoughts, He Yu refrains from sleeping in the bed next to Xie Qingcheng, afraid of crossing a line.
Xie Qingcheng, half-awake, notices He Yu sleeping on the floor and is confused by his sudden distance.
A silent, emotionally charged moment passes between them in the dark. He Yu confesses under his breath that he was lying about disliking Xie, and tenderly kisses his photo on his phone.
The next morning, they ask the local family about Lu Yuzhu’s ex-husband’s whereabouts and are offered a tractor ride to the town center.
The family jokes about He Yu getting dinner for Xie the previous night, which causes a subtle emotional reaction in Xie—he’s unused to being cared for.
They pass through a nostalgic town where Xie Qingcheng reminisces about his childhood, especially the two-yuan milk tea he used to drink.
He buys milk tea again despite He Yu’s disgust at its taste, revealing how those memories link to his parents picking him up after school.
They arrive at the ex-husband’s residence, which turns out to be a shady massage parlor.
A suspicious young woman answers the door and tries to close it when asked about Yi Qiang. She reveals she’s Lulu, daughter of Yi Qiang and his second wife, and that neither her father nor sister (Yi Awen) are home.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng realize they need a different approach to gather information.
He Yu disguises himself using old clothes, fake beard, and bronzer—skills picked up from a makeup course in school—and proposes a plan to pose as customers at the parlor.
He Yu also offers to disguise Xie Qingcheng, revealing a cover story about being nervous first-time patrons from another village.
The chapter ends with He Yu pausing as a song from Andhadhun plays and asking Xie if he’d wear contacts to help make their ruse more convincing.
Chapter 116: And Found a BodyAround 8 PM, He Yu and Xie Qingcheng visit Awen Hair Salon undercover.
He Yu pretends they're there for massages, using code words he learned online.
Lulu, the receptionist, lets them in; they are taken upstairs by two young women.
The salon has an inner and outer area; props like rusty scissors suggest the salon is a front.
The women are provocatively dressed and used to serving customers in suggestive ways.
He Yu haggles over the price and pays for both of them, pretending to be a sleazy customer.
Xie Qingcheng is posing as blind with gray contacts and acts accordingly.
The massage begins; He Yu skillfully chats with the girls to get information.
They learn the girls are former students of Humanity High School who dropped out.
One girl reveals her husband gambles and forced her into sex work to pay off his debts.
Another girl, visibly emotional, reveals she’s three months pregnant but still working.
He Yu is moved and pretends he only came for conversation to comfort her.
This act wins their trust; they open up about local corruption and social decay.
The villages are described as patriarchal, corrupt, and poverty-stricken.
Awen Hair Salon is owned by Yi Qiang, Lu Yuzhu’s ex-husband.
Lu Yuzhu was once a powerful figure but lost everything due to false charges.
Yi Qiang remarried quickly after Lu’s imprisonment and abandoned her daughter, Awen.
Yi Qiang’s second wife later abandoned both girls, Lulu and Awen, fleeing to the city.
Awen returned from the city changed—more hardened and calculating.
She convinced Yi Qiang to open the salon as a front for a brothel, enriching the family.
Yi Qiang became rich, materialistic, and abusive; he saw his daughters as money-makers.
The two girls reveal Awen comes to the salon late at night; He Yu wants to meet her.
He Yu suspects Awen might be the woman who gave them the Humanity High School files.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu excuse themselves to investigate the salon.
They split up to search for evidence while pretending to go to the bathroom.
Xie Qingcheng discovers a hidden attic in the building.
He notices a foul rotting smell despite no food or garbage being present.
A wall in the attic looks freshly painted—he finds a wet patch shaped like a human silhouette.
Using a box cutter, he peels off the paint and removes some new boards.
Behind it is a decomposing male corpse, partially visible starting from the shoes and ankles.
Just then, a voice behind him coldly asks, “What are you looking at?”
Chapter 117: Ge, You’re So Good at DrivingHe Yu finishes inspecting part of the floor and heads toward the attic but is stopped by a woman resembling Lu Yuzhu, who turns out to be Yi Awen.
He pretends to be a clueless visitor and tries to charm Yi Awen to deflect suspicion, raising his voice intentionally so Xie Qingcheng upstairs can hear.
Yi Awen insists the bathroom is downstairs; He Yu plays along and says he’ll look for his friend there.
Xie Qingcheng, disguised as a blind man with a cane, descends the stairs convincingly enough to not raise suspicion.
Yi Awen relaxes after seeing his blind behavior but misses one vital detail: the man is wearing a watch—something a blind person wouldn’t use.
After He Yu and Xie Qingcheng leave, Yi Awen realizes the inconsistency, rushes upstairs, and finds the hiding spot for her father Yi Qiang’s corpse has been disturbed.
Furious, she grabs a weapon and chases after them.
Xie Qingcheng and He Yu hop on a motorcycle; He Yu is surprised Xie can drive one and comments on his skills.
They flee through mountainous terrain with Yi Awen hot on their heels.
As they ride, He Yu notes the intimacy of holding Xie Qingcheng and reflects on their past.
Yi Awen, familiar with the terrain, uses shortcuts and gets closer. Rain and thunder add chaos to the chase.
He Yu suspects she has a gun—his instincts are confirmed as she fires a homemade pistol at them.
Xie Qingcheng expertly dodges the bullets using evasive maneuvers, knowing the weapon likely has limited ammo.
Yi Awen gives up precision and starts shooting wildly, much like her mother Lu Yuzhu did in a previous encounter.
A bullet hits the motorcycle’s tire, causing an explosion after they crash.
Xie is thrown to the side, injured but conscious; He Yu lands precariously near a cliff, only saved by a tree.
Yi Awen catches up, walks to He Yu, and coldly stomps on the hand he's using to hold on—ending the chapter on a tense cliffhanger.
Chapter 118: Xie Qingcheng, Why Did You Have to Treat Me like That?Yi Awen stomps on He Yu’s hand with her heeled boot, breaking his finger and causing bleeding.
Despite the pain, He Yu clings to the roots of a pine tree and begins climbing, determined not to fall.
Yi Awen discovers his identity and becomes increasingly hostile, accusing him of lying and threatening to kill him.
He Yu reveals he came to investigate matters related to Yi Awen’s mother, Lu Yuzhu.
Yi Awen denies Lu Yuzhu is her mother, emotionally unraveling, and prepares to shoot He Yu with a homemade gun.
Just as she pulls the trigger, Xie Qingcheng intervenes, tackling her and preventing the shot.
Despite his deteriorating health, Xie Qingcheng pins Yi Awen down, mirroring how he once subdued Lu Yuzhu.
Yi Awen laughs and threatens him, revealing she sabotaged the pine tree He Yu is clinging to, putting him in danger of falling.
Xie Qingcheng faces a choice: save He Yu and risk getting shot, or restrain Yi Awen and let He Yu fall.
Without hesitation, Xie Qingcheng chooses to save He Yu, recalling how He Yu once shielded him from a bullet.
He Yu begs him not to come, insisting their relationship doesn’t warrant such a sacrifice.
Despite the danger, Xie Qingcheng walks toward He Yu and grabs his hand to pull him up.
Yi Awen, recognizing the perfect moment, raises her gun to shoot them as they’re vulnerable.
She fires a third shot as lightning streaks across the sky—Xie Qingcheng tries to dodge but is hit in the arm.
He Yu is pulled to safety as Xie Qingcheng collapses from blood loss and exhaustion.
Xie Qingcheng, severely wounded, collapses in He Yu’s arms after whispering that he’s repaid the bullet He Yu once took for him.
He Yu is devastated, watching blood pour from Xie Qingcheng and feeling emotionally destroyed.
As Xie Qingcheng loses consciousness, He Yu cradles him, overwhelmed by grief and helplessness.
The chapter ends with He Yu looking up at Yi Awen with bloodshot, burning eyes, holding Xie Qingcheng's limp body in the storm.
Chapter 119: I Wanted to Kill HerHe Yu, unshackled by Xie Qingcheng's fall, succumbs to a monstrous rage.
Xie Qingcheng collapses, grievously wounded, into He Yu's arms; his warmth fades as He Yu lays him down.
He Yu enters a bloodthirsty trance and violently attacks Yi Awen, blaming her for Xie Qingcheng's injury.
He pummels her savagely and ultimately takes her knife and gun, choosing to torture her rather than kill her swiftly.
Yi Awen becomes helpless and terrified; He Yu prepares to kill her.
Just as he’s about to slit her throat, Xie Qingcheng regains consciousness and calls out to He Yu.
His voice breaks through He Yu’s rage; Xie Qingcheng pleads for mercy and for He Yu not to become a murderer.
He Yu, shaken by Xie Qingcheng’s injuries and weak voice, finally drops the knife and stumbles back to him.
Xie Qingcheng orders He Yu to call the police, despite Yi Awen begging to be killed instead.
It’s revealed Yi Awen likely murdered her father—the body behind the bookshelf in the attic.
Xie Qingcheng confirms she has no connection to the larger RN-13 criminal organization.
A thunderclap transports Yi Awen into her memories, revealing her tragic backstory.
She fled a poor, abusive, and shameful home life in a backwater village, longing for a better future.
She worked hard in the city and enjoyed small comforts, like coffee and sushi, to taste a more glamorous life.
She fell in love with a university student from a respectable family but lied about her background out of fear and shame.
Her boyfriend’s mother saw through the lie; eventually, he ghosted her after confirming her past with a police investigation.
Heartbroken, she tried to reach out, but he never responded. Later, she saw him happily dating a richer, more refined woman.
Overheard him call her “malicious” and disgusting due to her background; this deeply shattered her.
Despite never trying to con him or gain material benefits, Yi Awen was judged solely by her family and background.
Her entire life was marked by rejection, humiliation, and inherited shame from her criminal and neglectful parents.
Her lies and bitterness were fueled by a desperate need to be loved and accepted.
Chapter 120: I Spared Her Life, but Not Her HeartYi Awen tried dating honestly but was repeatedly rejected due to her family background, leaving her jaded.
Watching the city’s nightlife one night, she realized urban life was just as corrupt as her village.
She received a letter from her younger half-sister Yi Lulu, saying their father planned to marry her off to a disabled, much older man to repay gambling debts.
Enraged, Yi Awen returned to her hometown to protect her sister, offering money to her father.
She opened "Awen Hair Salon," entering the world of exploitation, blaming her family's poverty and using it to justify her descent.
Her father Yi Qiang brought a gangster to the salon. When Yi Awen was away, the gangster raped Yi Lulu.
Yi Lulu became pregnant and confided in her sister. Yi Awen was devastated and took her for an abortion.
Yi Awen reviewed security footage and discovered Yi Qiang's complicity—he allowed the assault and accepted money from the gangster.
Yi Awen murdered Yi Qiang and sealed his body in the salon wall.
She confessed the murder to He Yu and Xie Qingcheng, justifying it as cutting away her family’s “rotten roots.”
The police arrived unexpectedly. Yi Awen panicked—her ex-boyfriend's policeman father had once exposed her family, traumatizing her.
Shockingly, it was Yi Lulu who had called the police, unaware her sister was a killer. She believed Yi Awen was being bullied.
He Yu confronted Yi Awen cruelly, accusing her of hypocrisy and selfishness.
He condemned her for exploiting other girls like her mother had been exploited, and for never trying to understand her mother.
He revealed her mother, Lu Yuzhu, had been wrongly convicted and later pardoned, even receiving an apology from the state.
Yi Awen had never looked into her mother's life or tried to reconnect, ashamed of her background.
He Yu said Lu Yuzhu had once worked at a similar salon to survive, showing how cycles of suffering repeated through ignorance and avoidance.
He Yu accused Yi Awen of wasting the chance to save her family by rejecting her mother.
He exposed that Lu Yuzhu had done much good as a public official—building schools and roads—before her fall from grace.
Finally, He Yu declared to everyone that Yi Awen murdered her father and hid his corpse.
Yi Awen collapsed in grief and shock. The police arrested her.
As Yi Awen was escorted away, Yi Lulu rushed to her, declaring her unconditional love and loyalty.
Yi Awen, overwhelmed, realized she had become the family disgrace she had once loathed.
She remembered how her mother might have yearned for a simple recognition from her family—just to be called “Mama.”
She departed in tears, saying nothing, and was taken away.
Xie Qingcheng, who had been wounded, collapsed silently from exhaustion and blood loss.
He Yu, who had confronted Yi Awen out of revenge and pain, was left to witness the emotional fallout.
Meatbun's Mini Theatre: Magical Pet Shop 2After the puppydragon (He Yu) from the magical pet shop goes home with Xie-ge (Xie Qingcheng), it's revealed that Xie Qingcheng lives with his younger sister, Xie Xue.
Xie Xue is fascinated by the strange creature and asks if it’s a puppy or a dragon. He Yu insists he’s a dragon.
Curious and responsible, Xie Xue searches online for how to raise a dragon and compiles notes from various responses.
She tries feeding the puppydragon with multiple kinds of milk—powdered milk, goat’s milk, and puppy milk replacement—but He Yu refuses all of them.
Concerned that He Yu might starve, she returns to online forums and finds a shocking post.
The post claims dragons are magical and lustful by nature, don’t need food unless curious, and must have sex with someone they love during adolescence to grow properly. It warns to sell dragons while they’re still young and cute.
Horrified, Xie Xue shows the post to her brother.
Xie Qingcheng dismisses it as nonsense and comforts Xie Xue, but is intrigued enough to test feeding He Yu again.
When Xie Qingcheng offers milk himself, He Yu responds positively—he takes the milk and licks Xie Qingcheng’s finger, resembling a puppy.
Xie Qingcheng is reassured and pets the puppydragon, confident he can raise it.
Flash forward to the future: a now-transformed, grown-up He Yu aggressively seduces and dominates Xie Qingcheng.
At that moment, Xie Qingcheng recalls the old post about dragons being lustful and regrets ignoring it.
The final punchline reinforces the theme: the ancient warnings were true—dragons are lustful by nature.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 5
Chapter 121:
You Called Me Little Devil AgainHe Yu stays by Xie Qingcheng’s bedside at Qingli County’s health center, quietly caring for him, including clumsily peeling apples.
Yi Awen is arrested, Yi Qiang’s corpse is discovered, and Yi Lulu is undergoing police questioning and psychological counseling.
Xie Qingcheng is seriously injured from their cliff accident: mild concussion, internal bleeding, and a gunshot wound. The doctor says his arm will never be as strong again.
He Yu reacts with fury and disbelief, challenging the doctor’s prognosis, insisting Xie Qingcheng deserves better treatment.
Xie Qingcheng remains calm, dismissing the doctor's concerns and accepting his condition, reinforcing his belief in accepting unchangeable realities.
He Yu becomes emotional and confronts Xie Qingcheng for undervaluing his own life, accusing him of hypocrisy after having always told He Yu to treasure himself.
He Yu expresses deep frustration, asking why Xie Qingcheng is willing to sacrifice himself and why he treats his own life as disposable.
Xie Qingcheng insists it was his responsibility as He Yu's elder to protect him, brushing off He Yu’s emotional concern.
He Yu accuses Xie Qingcheng of wanting to erase their emotional debt, stating that sacrificing himself to “repay” He Yu was cruel and dismissive.
He Yu breaks down emotionally, kissing Xie Qingcheng’s bandaged shoulder, neck, and lips while sobbing. He begs for acknowledgement, affection, and validation.
He Yu pleads for a mutual hug, wanting to feel seen and valued. Xie Qingcheng remains passive and confused, not reciprocating the embrace.
He Yu clings tightly, saying he doesn’t know what to do now that all debts are paid and feels lost without emotional ties to Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng expresses unease at He Yu’s clinginess and emotional intensity, struggling to understand what He Yu truly wants from him.
He Yu cannot confess his love outright, but says Xie Qingcheng is the only person he can truly talk to and begs him never to risk his life again for anyone else.
He Yu reminds Xie Qingcheng that Qin Ciyan died to save him, and begs him not to throw that sacrifice away, finally persuading him.
He Yu kisses Xie Qingcheng again, blood-soaked, and whispers that his life is precious, issuing it like an order.
Xie Qingcheng, moved and exhausted, pats He Yu’s cheek and calls him “little devil” for the first time in a long time.
He Yu is overwhelmed, hiding his emotional reaction to being called that nickname again, signaling how deeply it still affects him.
Chapter 122:
Our Relationship, PerceivedHe Yu leaves the community health center after Xie Qingcheng falls asleep and calls his father, He Jiwei, to ask for a reputable wound care specialist, pretending his injury from the broadcasting tower still bothers him.
He Jiwei, puzzled but compliant, sends He Yu the number of an American doctor and informs Lü Zhishu (He Yu’s mother), who becomes suspicious of He Yu’s unusual behavior.
He Li, He Yu’s brother, crudely suggests He Yu might be dating someone secretly, which adds to Lü Zhishu’s growing concern.
Lü Zhishu remembers He Yu’s past closeness with Xie Xue and initiates a private investigation into He Yu’s recent movements.
The investigator discovers He Yu visited Xie Xue in Meiyu Private Hospital and traveled to Qingli County with Xie Qingcheng—a sensitive area tied to the organization's experiments.
Lü Zhishu suspects a romantic relationship between He Yu and Xie Xue, reinforced by He Yu’s past purchases of condoms and lube at the Skynight Club and Huzhou University store.
She orders surveillance footage but finds no interactions suggesting a relationship between He Yu and Xie Xue; instead, he’s only seen with Xie Qingcheng.
Puzzled and cautious not to alert He Yu, she continues compiling evidence discreetly.
Xie Qingcheng’s wound heals and He Yu recovers from his dislocated hand; they return together to Huzhou.
Xie Qingcheng intends to report findings to Zheng Jingfeng, whom he fully trusts, despite He Yu’s desire to accompany him out of concern for his injury.
He Yu insists on taking the metro with Xie Qingcheng, despite being unfamiliar with public transit, showcasing his protectiveness and unusual attachment.
On the crowded metro, He Yu shields Xie Qingcheng from the crowd by boxing him in with his arms. Xie Qingcheng, tired, falls asleep standing.
Two girls on the metro notice Xie Qingcheng’s looks and discuss approaching him. One tries to ask for his WeChat, but He Yu blocks her and shows a message on his phone: “Sorry, he’s my boyfriend.”
When the girls remain skeptical, He Yu kisses the red mole on Xie Qingcheng’s neck under the pretense of the crowded train and stares them down until they retreat, humiliated.
He Yu reflects on how desirable Xie Qingcheng is to others and how jealous and possessive it makes him feel, wrestling with both love and suppressed violent desire.
Before Xie Qingcheng gets off the train, he teasingly warns He Yu to learn how to exit the metro himself. He Yu, agitated, threatens (half-jokingly) to strip and do him right there. Xie Qingcheng laughs it off and pats him goodbye.
After Xie Qingcheng leaves, He Yu touches the handrail Xie Qingcheng used, mourning his one-sided love and his own obsession.
The metro screen breaks with news: a woman has been found murdered in Huzhou.
He Yu recognizes the woman as someone he knows.
Chapter 123:
I Went Back to the Skynight ClubA news broadcast reveals that the murder victim is Ms. Yang, the second female lead of The Trial.
Ms. Yang’s body was discovered in the bathtub of her home in Wanhe Residences after her lights remained on for several days.
The property manager, a security captain, and a groundskeeper entered her house and found signs of a struggle and her corpse in a severely decomposed state.
Forensics determine that Ms. Yang had been dead for about ten days.
Surveillance footage provided no clues; no one was seen entering or leaving her residence.
He Yu remembers that Ms. Yang was under the management of Huang Zhilong's company, Zhilong Culture and Media, making this death suspicious.
He Yu starts investigating immediately and contacts an acquaintance in the city bureau for details.
The contact reveals that a digital video camera was found set up over the bathtub but had fallen into the water and was damaged.
He Yu warns the contact not to give out confidential information in the future.
Concerned about potential evidence tampering, He Yu visits the police station to speak with Zheng Jingfeng.
Zheng Jingfeng is talking with Xie Qingcheng when He Yu arrives.
He Yu shares all the details he discovered, linking Ms. Yang's death and potentially others to Huang Zhilong.
Zheng Jingfeng agrees to investigate and monitor the case more closely.
He Yu laments the ongoing tragedies linked to The Trial: Hu Yi’s death, two missing girls, and now Ms. Yang’s murder.
Zheng Jingfeng is disheartened by the unresolved cases and reflects on how hopeless and cruel waiting can be.
Xie Qingcheng asks about the chances of finding the missing girls alive, and Zheng Jingfeng grimly admits they are slim.
He Yu insists he saw Lu Yuzhu alive in Qingli County, but Zheng Jingfeng says they found her skull in the ruins, confirming her death.
After leaving the police station, He Yu offers to connect Xie Qingcheng with an American orthopedic surgeon for his shoulder.
Xie Qingcheng is suspicious and asks why He Yu is doing this for him.
He Yu doesn’t fully answer and instead asks Xie Qingcheng to become his psychiatrist again.
Xie Qingcheng refuses, stating that it would be inappropriate due to their history and his current obligations.
He Yu tries to mask his hurt and retreats coldly, pretending the request meant little to him.
Back at home, He Yu spirals emotionally, taking a handful of pills to suppress his feelings.
He Yu questions his obsession with Xie Qingcheng and berates himself for not being able to let go.
He Yu bandages his self-inflicted wound and washes away the blood.
In a state of desperation and turmoil, He Yu decides he must shift his emotions away from Xie Qingcheng.
The chapter ends with He Yu leaving his home and heading to the Skynight Club, determined to change course.
Chapter 124:
We Met at the Club AgainXie Qingcheng visits his unconscious sister Xie Xue at Meiyu Private Hospital, who is undergoing painful treatment for RN-13.
He comforts her while she's asleep and promises to find medicine for her.
Xie Qingcheng investigates Huang Zhilong and his entertainment company, connecting it to Wang Jiankang’s trafficking of orphan girls and the death of an actress.
He learns that Huang Zhilong’s company is involved in systematic abuse and suppression of actors, with reports of forced silence, controlled social media, and severe penalties for disobedience.
A past incident is uncovered where an actor committed suicide and left behind a video exposing the company’s abuse, which Huang Zhilong had successfully buried.
Recently, Hu Yi’s death and his powerful family’s outrage reignited scrutiny and public backlash against Huang Zhilong, making the company a hot topic online.
Disturbing rumors surface about actors going missing after being sent abroad, sparking suspicions of deeper criminal activities.
Xie Qingcheng receives a call from Zheng Jingfeng informing him that He Yu went to the Skynight Club again, speeding in a new sports car and acting recklessly.
Though initially furious and dismissive, Xie Qingcheng decides to go after He Yu anyway, showing concern despite their complex history.
At Skynight Club, He Yu sits in a private lounge surrounded by hostesses but remains disengaged, drinking and staring into space, haunted by memories.
The lead hostess brings in male hosts as a last resort to cheer him up, including one attractive man with peach-blossom eyes.
He Yu fixates on this man, pouring him a drink and briefly humoring his flirtation until the host spills wine on his shirt and provocatively brushes against He Yu.
He Yu snaps violently, smashing a glass and slapping the host across the face, yelling at everyone to leave, overcome by disgust and inner chaos.
He is overwhelmed by intrusive memories of Xie Qingcheng: at the club a year ago, their kiss, their parting, and the gift Xie Qingcheng left behind—an emotional message written in a medical book.
He Yu spirals further, on the edge of a violent breakdown, when Xie Qingcheng appears at the door—angry, breathless, and real.
Xie Qingcheng grabs He Yu’s wrist and demands he come back, mirroring their confrontation from a year ago.
He Yu initially believes he’s hallucinating due to mental strain but realizes it truly is Xie Qingcheng, repeating his name in disbelief.
Xie Qingcheng scolds him: “He Yu, take a look at yourself right now! The state that you’re in!”
He Yu finally understands the depth of his feelings: Xie Xue had given him companionship, but Xie Qingcheng had given him everything—courage, hope, the will to live.
He realizes that since childhood, his life and beliefs were tied to Xie Qingcheng, and once that turned into love, he could never love anyone else again.
The chapter closes on He Yu’s emotional revelation: that his love for Xie Qingcheng is eternal and all-consuming.
Chapter 125:
Loving You Hurts So BadHe Yu is extremely drunk when Xie Qingcheng finds him at the Skynight Club.
Upon seeing Xie Qingcheng, all of He Yu's emotional defenses collapse, showing his vulnerability.
Xie Qingcheng half-drags, half-carries He Yu out and proceeds to pay the extravagant ¥490,000 bill.
The club receptionist, recognizing them from before, is shocked at their continued relationship.
He Yu, semi-lucid, insists on paying, boasts about his wealth, and emotionally clings to Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu mistakenly signs the receipt with “From Xie Qingcheng,” revealing his mental confusion and obsession.
Xie Qingcheng drives He Yu back to the He family villa while monitoring his deteriorating condition.
He Yu, mid-episode, starts to lose control, expressing a deep need to hurt himself as a way to cope.
He Yu searches frantically for a knife to self-harm, but Xie Qingcheng locks the car and stops him.
He Yu reveals extensive self-harm scars on his wrists and arms, deeply shocking Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng realizes He Yu has been suffering in silence, repeatedly relapsing without telling anyone.
He Yu refuses to explain, showing hopelessness, believing his illness stems from unrequited love for Xie Qingcheng.
Overwhelmed by emotion and the disease, He Yu slams the car window, cracks the glass, and begins breaking down.
He Yu screams in agony, admits he wants to kill Xie Qingcheng and then himself, showing extreme emotional distress.
Xie Qingcheng restrains him physically, drawing on his medical training to prevent further self-harm.
He Yu overpowers Xie Qingcheng, pins him down, and nearly strangles him in a violent outburst.
In self-defense, Xie Qingcheng breaks free and slaps He Yu hard, snapping him out of the bloodlust.
He Yu regains partial awareness, stunned, and exhausted, wraps his arms around Xie Qingcheng in despair.
Trembling, He Yu asks if he lost control and expresses guilt for almost harming Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu begs for a knife—not to hurt Xie Qingcheng, but to end his own suffering.
Xie Qingcheng is overwhelmed, wondering where everything went wrong since returning to the He family.
Xie Qingcheng realizes He Yu has emotionally isolated himself, especially from him.
Finally, Xie Qingcheng comforts He Yu gently, as a doctor and former guardian, assuring him the worst is over.
Xie Qingcheng encourages He Yu not to give up, that there’s still hope for both of them.
Chapter 126:
But I Still Love YouHe Yu suffers a severe psychological Ebola episode, forcing Xie Qingcheng to stay with him overnight in a parked car for safety.
Xie Qingcheng watches over He Yu until his fever and emotional state stabilize.
At dawn, Xie Qingcheng drives He Yu back to his villa.
Xie Qingcheng reflects on their role reversal—he is now the one investigating He Yu’s secrets.
At the villa, the housekeeper informs Xie Qingcheng that He Yu's father and Lü are not home.
Xie Qingcheng helps carry the unconscious He Yu into his bedroom, noting how impersonal and hotel-like the room feels.
He discovers a worn medical book he once gifted He Yu years ago with the inscription: “For He Yu.”
A blood report with Xie Qingcheng’s name falls from the book. Shocked, he realizes He Yu had kept it since the first time they had sex, when Xie Qingcheng had a fever and the report mysteriously went missing.
On the back of the report, He Yu repeatedly wrote, “Xie Qingcheng, I’m sorry” in various inks and handwritings, showing years of guilt.
Xie Qingcheng throws the note away to avoid making He Yu feel worse.
He Yu murmurs Xie Qingcheng’s name in his sleep.
Xie Qingcheng questions the housekeeper about He Yu’s recent behavior and learns that He Yu has been abusing medication for months.
The housekeeper also reveals He Yu once fell out of a window during a flare-up and that he obsessively cleaned a room in anticipation of a guest—clearly waiting for Xie Qingcheng, who never came.
Xie Qingcheng is overcome with guilt, realizing He Yu’s pain and attempts to reach out to him had been genuine.
Around midday, He Yu wakes up, panicked and recalling that he nearly killed Xie Qingcheng during his episode.
Xie Qingcheng reassures him but begins to probe into his illness.
He Yu resists and tries to push Xie Qingcheng away, stating that he has a new doctor now and that Xie Qingcheng doesn’t need to care.
Xie Qingcheng expresses regret for not believing He Yu before and apologizes.
He Yu, devastated but trying to protect Xie Qingcheng, insists he’s a burden and pushes him away.
Xie Qingcheng insists he never saw He Yu as a burden, but admits that when he quit being his doctor after Qin Ciyan’s death, he had no choice.
Xie Qingcheng expresses deep regret and says he failed He Yu as both a doctor and a person.
As He Yu tries harder to push him away, Xie Qingcheng finally gives in and agrees to leave—but says they should never see each other again.
Just as Xie Qingcheng is about to walk out, He Yu grabs his wrist, crying.
He Yu breaks down completely and kisses Xie Qingcheng, unable to contain his feelings anymore.
Through tears, He Yu confesses that the real reason he kept everything hidden was because he loves Xie Qingcheng.
He reveals his feelings openly: that he is madly, painfully, helplessly in love with him and has been for a long time.
He Yu admits he tried to stop, tried to move on, but couldn’t.
He says Xie Qingcheng never did anything wrong, and all the fault lies with him.
In his broken state, He Yu begs Xie Qingcheng to “save” him from his love, calling himself inferior and a moth drawn to flame.
Despite knowing his love is doomed, He Yu insists he will keep loving Xie Qingcheng—no matter how much it hurts, no matter how hopeless.
Chapter 127:
Ge, Be ReasonableXie Qingcheng is stunned by He Yu’s unexpected love confession, experiencing physical shock and emotional turmoil.
He Yu clings to Xie Qingcheng tightly, refusing to let go, treating him as essential to his existence.
Xie Qingcheng, typically calm and composed, is completely overwhelmed and blank-minded.
Recalling his past, Xie Qingcheng compares He Yu’s confession to that of Li Ruoqiu, his ex-wife, who had pursued him persistently.
He admits he’s always had admirers, but never one so earnest as He Yu (aside from Li Ruoqiu).
Despite the sincerity, Xie Qingcheng is deeply alarmed and frozen in place, unsure how to react.
He finally manages to ask He Yu to let go; He Yu refuses and clings harder.
Xie Qingcheng, frustrated, tries to be firm but ends up sounding unsure, indicating his inner conflict.
He Yu weeps, expressing vulnerability and asking Xie Qingcheng to laugh at him; Xie Qingcheng refuses, genuinely unable to mock him.
The dynamic shifts as He Yu’s emotions show how fragile and sincere he is; Xie Qingcheng grows cautious, like handling delicate glass.
Xie Qingcheng tries to rationalize what he’s hearing, struggling to understand He Yu’s emotional state.
He tells He Yu to let go again, using his firm doctor voice.
Xie Qingcheng asks directly if He Yu is serious—He Yu confirms he’s not joking.
Xie Qingcheng panics internally, unable to accept the possibility that He Yu really loves him.
He reflects on their history: originally, he assumed He Yu’s behavior was driven by lust, revenge, or youthful confusion—not genuine affection.
He’s especially stunned because their past sexual encounters (like New Year’s Eve) were framed as mistakes or heat-of-the-moment actions.
Xie Qingcheng assumed He Yu would get bored or move on; instead, He Yu had grown more attached.
Faced with the seriousness of He Yu’s confession, Xie Qingcheng scrambles for explanations.
He retreats into his therapist role, suggesting He Yu is confused about his emotions and projecting.
Xie Qingcheng argues the age gap (13 years) is too big; compares himself to He Yu’s father.
He Yu counters all arguments logically, catching Xie Qingcheng in his contradictions about age.
Xie Qingcheng grows flustered by He Yu’s firm stance and calm rebuttals.
He Yu insists he would love Xie Qingcheng regardless of gender or age—even if he were his father.
Xie Qingcheng deems this "sweet talk" absurd and immature, likening He Yu to Li Ruoqiu at her most stubborn.
He tries to break things down further: claims He Yu is mistaking lust or emotional dependence for love.
He Yu continues to insist it's love, not desire, using Xie Qingcheng’s own words to entrap him into confessing it back inadvertently.
Xie Qingcheng, realizing he was tricked, gets angry again; He Yu remains calm but assertive.
He Yu brings up responsibility and family—acknowledging love’s weight—and says "I second all of that," showing maturity.
He argues that without the foundation of love ("I love you"), the rest is meaningless; calls Xie Qingcheng out on staying with Li Ruoqiu out of guilt, not love.
He Yu says Xie Qingcheng is projecting his past failure onto him and wrongly dismissing his genuine feelings.
Xie Qingcheng is internally hurt by the mention of Li Ruoqiu but tries to reassert control.
He Yu claims he’s now twenty by lunar calendar, countering Xie Qingcheng’s "you’re just a kid" argument.
Xie Qingcheng sticks to his belief: He Yu is too young, and this can't be love.
He brings up gender and claims being together is "inherently wrong."
Xie Qingcheng further suggests He Yu is sexually imprinting on him due to inexperience and lack of fatherly love.
He calls their encounters a product of youthful confusion, likening them to people falling for adult film stars or fantasy characters—not real emotional bonds.
He Yu angrily denies this, saying he doesn’t see Xie Qingcheng as a sexual object, and again claims his feelings are real.
Xie Qingcheng recalls a time He Yu failed to confess to a female classmate, using that as evidence He Yu is straight and confused.
He Yu says that was a misunderstanding of his feelings, but Xie Qingcheng traps him again in his own logic.
Xie Qingcheng rises and lectures He Yu like a teacher: warns him not to misinterpret feelings or waste his youth on the wrong person.
He concludes by firmly stating that two men being together is wrong and urges He Yu to walk away.
He Yu, devastated but undeterred, declares he’d rather die a million times and reincarnate endlessly if it meant one life where Xie Qingcheng accepted his love.
Xie Qingcheng is left speechless and stunned, overwhelmed by the emotional intensity and unrelenting devotion.
He reflects in despair: “What a goddamn disaster… Just how the hell am I supposed to treat him now?”
Chapter 128:
I’m Gonna Pursue YouXie Qingcheng is shocked and speechless when He Yu confesses he's deeply in love with him—so much so that he'd rather die than let go.
He Yu insists his love is real and not a delusion. He only confessed so Xie Qingcheng would stop blaming himself for past events.
He Yu says he’s willing to go away if his presence causes harm, but Xie Qingcheng angrily rejects this, urging him not to repress his emotions.
Xie Qingcheng tries to rationalize He Yu’s feelings, suggesting he’s confused and will outgrow them with time.
He Yu, encouraged by Xie Qingcheng’s unexpected compassion, misinterprets it as permission to openly pursue him.
He Yu formally asks to “pursue” Xie Qingcheng, vowing to stop if told explicitly—but takes Xie Qingcheng’ssilence as agreement.
Xie Qingcheng is overwhelmed by He Yu’s innocent but determined approach, feeling the weight of the generational gap.
He Yu takes Xie Qingcheng’s hand, asking for tolerance even if he acts immature due to age and emotional inexperience.
He Yu reveals he’s dropped all pretense and now wants Xie Qingcheng to take responsibility for him emotionally.
He Yu warns that if rejected, he might fall back into destructive behavior—possibly returning to Xie Qingcheng’s bed.
Xie Qingcheng doesn’t give verbal consent but doesn’t reject He Yu either. He Yu kisses his hand and declares gratitude for being allowed to pursue him.
That night, Xie Qingcheng tries and fails to shake off He Yu’s emotional confession. He questions how someone so young could truly love him.
He reflects on He Yu’s supposed first crush and wishes he’d gone back to her—it would make everything simpler.
The next morning, Xie Qingcheng sees two texts from He Yu: one asking him out to dinner, and another adding “to discuss the case” as a cover.
Xie Qingcheng agrees to meet and changes He Yu’s contact name from “Ah, World’s Most Handsome and Experienced Lover” to “Little Devil”.
Xie Qingcheng visits Xie Xue, who wants to be discharged but is told to wait longer. She tries hiding her Tiffany couples’ ring from him.
The ring is a promise from Wei Dongheng, who’s currently on army duty. Xie Xue worries about how to eventually break the relationship news to her brother.
Back at home, Xie Qingcheng gets ready to meet He Yu. He fakes changing clothes to secretly take medication for his worsening health.
He Yu arrives early, dressed stylishly, excited to see Xie Qingcheng, and insists on no smoking in his car.
When Xie Qingcheng tries to smoke, He Yu threatens to kiss him if he does. Xie Qingcheng, reluctantly swayed, stubs out his cigarette.
They head to a high-end restaurant on the Bund where couples usually dine. Xie Qingcheng is instantly uncomfortable with the location.
He criticizes He Yu’s choice and decides to choose a more appropriate restaurant himself—implying that he’s still willing to engage but on his own terms.
Chapter 129:
I’m Seriously Pursuing You NowXie Qingcheng deliberately chooses a boring vegetarian restaurant filled with middle-aged patrons to highlight the age gap between him and He Yu, attempting to dissuade He Yu’s romantic pursuit.
He Yu is unfazed by the setting, making provocative comments about the vegetarian dish names, implying the restaurant and Xie Qingcheng both pretend to be ascetic while hiding desire underneath.
He Yu orders food, including the ironically named “vegetarian Couple’s Delight,” and continues to flirt, unfazed by Xie Qingcheng’s discomfort.
Xie Qingcheng attempts to steer the conversation toward their ongoing investigation, and He Yu complies, shifting into serious mode.
He Yu reveals that he discovered erased online information about Huang Zhilong’s past, specifically a gap in public data from over twenty years ago.
Through hacking, He Yu uncovers that Huang Zhilong was once a directing professor at Huzhou School of Media and Communications in the 1990s.
They suspect Huang Zhilong may have initiated the trafficking operation during his tenure and later passed it off to Wang Jiankang.
He Yu presents a disturbing old student ID photo of Huang Zhilong’s wife, Jin Xiuhe, who appears very young and unsettling in the image.
Xie Qingcheng feels deeply disturbed by the photo, which seems to suggest hidden darkness. He Yu notes that others do not react the same way, implying only those aware of the truth are disturbed.
He Yu identifies Jin Xiuhe’s school uniform as being from the Huzhou Communications School, implying she was once Huang Zhilong’s student before she became his wife.
This leads them to believe that Jin Xiuhe may have been involved early on in the exploitation operation and helped continue it through Wang Jiankang after Huang Zhilong stepped back.
Xie Qingcheng asks if He Yu found anything else. He Yu grins and shifts back into flirtation, noting that Xie Qingcheng has been much kinder to him lately.
He Yu asks whether Xie Qingcheng always treats rejected admirers with such gentle detachment or if it’s unique to him.
Xie Qingcheng avoids giving a direct answer, explaining that He Yu only thinks he loves him due to misplaced fatherly affection.
He Yu firmly refutes this, saying he doesn’t confuse him with He Jiwei and is clearly in love with him as a man.
Xie Qingcheng tries to end the conversation by emphasizing that he will never fall in love with He Yu.
Before they leave, Xie Qingcheng gives He Yu a monitoring wristband originally developed by Qin Ciyan to track emotional fluctuations in psychological Ebola patients.
He Yu is touched by the gesture, joking that he’ll wear it even in the shower because it’s from Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng tries again to rationalize with He Yu, who responds with unwavering conviction in his feelings and his intent to continue pursuing Xie Qingcheng.
On their way home, He Yu catches a chill from the night wind after dressing stylishly but not warmly.
Xie Qingcheng, worried about He Yu’s health post-relapse, gives him his own coat despite himself.
He Yu is surprised and moved, and uses the opportunity to create a secluded moment under the coat, pulling it over both of their heads.
In the darkness, He Yu presses their foreheads together and kisses Xie Qingcheng gently on the lips.
He Yu declares that no matter how Xie Qingcheng tries to avoid or reject him, he will keep pursuing him seriously, even if Xie Qingcheng becomes a monk.
Chapter 130:
The Mysterious TapeHe Yu becomes more aggressive and open in his pursuit of Xie Qingcheng after their time off.
He Yu starts frequently attending Xie Qingcheng’s classes at Huzhou Medical School without being asked, even preparing materials and PowerPoint presentations for him.
Rumors spread on campus that He Yu is pursuing a girl in Xie Qingcheng’s class, leading the female students to dress up more, indirectly increasing the romance rate among students.
Ironically, all the girls in Xie Qingcheng’s class start dating, while He Yu remains single and continues pining for Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu notices that Xie Qingcheng often disappears without explanation and looks exhausted when returning, suspecting he’s dealing with something secret and stressful.
One day during lunch, He Yu brings high-end food to Xie Qingcheng’s office, but Xie Qingcheng shows signs of nausea and physical exhaustion.
When He Yu asks if it’s because of Xie Xue’s condition, Xie Qingcheng dismisses it, saying she’s stable and only missing special medication.
Xie Qingcheng refuses He Yu’s offer to help him that night, saying he’s meeting a friend regarding the case and criticizes He Yu for obsessively focusing on him.
He Yu is clearly hurt but doesn’t respond; Xie Qingcheng walks out with a cold demeanor.
That night, Xie Qingcheng meets Chen Man, who seems even more fatigued and anxious than usual.
They meet at the same vegetarian restaurant He Yu had been taken to previously, causing the restaurant hostess to mistake Xie Qingcheng for a playboy for bringing different young men on dates.
Chen Man reveals he knows about the investigation into Huang Zhilong and says he received a mysterious videotape.
Chen Man shows Xie Qingcheng the tape privately using earbuds.
The video shows a terrified, extremely thin Zhao Xue, the missing adopted daughter of Zhuang Zhiqiang, locked in a basement.
She says she’s recorded multiple videos using a hidden camera in the floor, describing a secret illegal life sciences lab under Zhilong Films.
She claims many missing men and women are being experimented on in cruel ways, with prior videos listing their names.
Zhao Xue hopes the footage reaches the authorities and asks her adoptive father to learn her fate.
Zhao Xue reports that one fellow female prisoner was taken for experiments and returned traumatized, unresponsive, and with severe injuries “down there.”
The woman later experienced seizures, screamed for blood, and died shortly after, likely due to the side effects of the "obedience potion" from Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital.
Zhao Xue overhears guards discussing that Cheng Kang is still adjusting the potion’s formula due to extreme reactions.
A critical portion of the video is deleted, especially before the phrase “that’s why,” clearly censored by whoever sent the tape.
Zhao Xue fears she’ll be the next to be sent to Cheng Kang and ends the tape by urging anyone who finds it to avenge her and expose the conspiracy between Cheng Kang and Huang Zhilong.
The screen cuts to black; the tape ends.
Xie Qingcheng is shaken. He asks Chen Man where the tape came from.
Chen Man reveals he received a memory card labeled “Preserved Evidence, Zhao Xue’s video,” with instructions to play it on the old TV at his family home.
The note is in Officer Chen Lisheng’s handwriting—Chen Man’s missing brother.
Chen Man wonders aloud if his brother is still alive and investigating the conspiracy from the shadows, clinging to hope.
Chapter 131:
Love Rivals, Get Out of My WayChen Man mourns his deceased brother Chen Lisheng after receiving a mysterious recording that hints Lisheng might be alive.
Xie Qingcheng confirms he saw Chen Lisheng's corpse personally and reasons the recording cannot logically be from him.
Despite his grief and hopes, Chen Man realizes that if Lisheng had survived, he would have sent the evidence much earlier.
They consider the sender’s identity: someone who knew the Chen household and had professional-level counter-surveillance skills.
Chen Man admits he told no one else about the recording; Xie Qingcheng advises secrecy due to the risk from Huang Zhilong’s vast corrupt network.
They speculate that the recording might have been edited to remove statements from Zhao Xue, suggesting manipulation by the sender.
Xie Qingcheng warns Chen Man not to act rashly and to wait until they can consult with Zheng Jingfeng, who is currently busy.
As Chen Man prepares to leave, He Yu arrives outside the restaurant in a flashy Lamborghini, visibly jealous and aggressive.
He Yu demands Xie Qingcheng ride with him, revealing he’d been waiting so long he got four parking tickets.
Xie Qingcheng refuses and instead hails a taxi in front of both Chen Man and He Yu, irritating He Yu further.
After Xie leaves, He Yu confronts Chen Man, interrogating him about the meeting and restaurant choice, revealing strong jealousy.
Chen Man becomes suspicious of He Yu’s motives and asks what happened between him and Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu, in a haze of possessiveness, lies: “I hate him. I’m just playing with him,” while smoking Xie Qingcheng’s brand of cigarettes to feel close to him.
He drives off but internally rages, wanting to scream that he and Xie have already slept together, but restrains himself.
He Yu races to Xie Qingcheng’s dorm, arriving before him due to the speed of his sports car.
When Xie Qingcheng arrives, he is annoyed and exhausted, but He Yu confronts him about meeting Chen Manand taking him to their "first date" restaurant.
Xie denies it was a date and reminds He Yu of the lack of romantic relationship between them.
He Yu, hurt, claims he only followed him because he was worried due to Xie’s health and potential vulnerability.
Xie Qingcheng is furious over the stalking (via tracking software), warns him not to do it again, and asserts his independence and disinterest.
After arguing, He Yu finally calms down and asks to stay the night. Xie Qingcheng, although suspicious, allows it.
He Yu showers, elated at being allowed to stay. He had forgotten to ask for a towel or change of clothes.
Alone, Xie Qingcheng lights a cigarette, then returns to work on his computer.
It is revealed that Xie Qingcheng still bears a fading bruise over a tattoo on his arm, left by handcuffs — a silent hint of past intimacy or conflict.
Chapter 132:
Youthful RomanceHe Yu showers using Xie Qingcheng’s gel, getting lost in the scent and fantasizing about him intimately.
He Yu notices Xie Qingcheng’s handprint on the glass and overlays his own hand, daydreaming about physical closeness.
He Yu calls out to Xie Qingcheng for a towel and clothes; Xie Qingcheng begrudgingly brings him some.
While giving He Yu clothes, Xie Qingcheng is unaware of He Yu’s erotic thoughts.
He Yu offers his hacking skills to help investigate Zhilong Entertainment. Though Xie Qingcheng initially declines, He Yu assists anyway.
They discuss a mysterious video involving Zhao Xue, obedience potion, and potential manipulation of artists by Zhilong.
Xie Qingcheng suspects the obedience potion is connected to Xie Xue’s condition. They find online posts from 2002 mentioning it.
He Yu insists on not having Chen Man around despite wanting the video, showing jealousy. Xie Qingchengavoids the argument.
They gather sufficient evidence of the obedience potion being used maliciously by Zhilong Entertainment.
A loud commotion outside distracts them. Xie Qingcheng complains about another college-style public confession.
A band outside begins playing “My Heart Will Go On” under the dorms. Students gather, wondering who the confession is for.
It turns out the entire performance is arranged by He Yu, who dedicates it anonymously to Xie Qingcheng as “Miss Rose.”
Furious and embarrassed, Xie Qingcheng tries to shut the window but runs into He Yu, who confesses the setup was for him.
He Yu reveals he commemorated the day Xie Qingcheng survived a childhood accident and returned to Moyu Alley, calling it his real birthday.
He explains he wanted to thank Xie Qingcheng for surviving and promises to remember what others forgot.
Moved but still reserved, Xie Qingcheng doesn't respond emotionally, though he refrains from rejecting He Yu.
He Yu interprets Xie Qingcheng’s silence as approval and kisses him softly, then passionately.
Fireworks go off outside as He Yu makes his heartfelt third confession and kisses him again.
He Yu mentally acknowledges how much he needs and desires Xie Qingcheng, despite the lack of reciprocation.
Security intervenes in the dorm courtyard, furious about the candles and fireworks. The band reveals it was an anonymous paid gig.
Xie Qingcheng makes He Yu shut it down and insists he send a fruit basket to the security guard as apology.
They banter, with Xie Qingcheng mocking He Yu’s past failed romance and calling him childish.
He Yu insists on celebrating the “real birthday” and pulls out a cake.
Seeing that the cake is from Ruby, a trusted shop, Xie Qingcheng is surprised and lets his guard down.
The chapter ends with the mood softened between them—romantic tension unresolved but deepened.
Chapter 133:
As Long as It Makes You HappyXie Qingcheng receives a birthday cake from He Yu from a nostalgic bakery called Ruby, which holds childhood memories for Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu also gives Xie Qingcheng a lotus flower musical candle, which triggers emotional memories from his childhood when his parents Xie Ping and Zhou Muying used similar ones.
The candle plays a special version of “Happy Birthday,” evoking memories of Xie Qingcheng’s parents and his father figure Qin Ciyan, all of whom are now gone.
Xie Qingcheng momentarily relives the feeling of loss and loneliness after blowing out the candle.
He Yu sincerely wishes to build a happy home and family with Xie Qingcheng, calling it a "rebirth day."
He Yu kisses Xie Qingcheng under the candlelight, tenderly, but then ruins the moment by saying something sexually suggestive.
Xie Qingcheng, annoyed, tells He Yu to "fuck off."
They stay the night at Xie Qingcheng’s dorm. He Yu gets the bed, Xie Qingcheng sleeps on the couch. He Yu wanted to switch, but Xie Qingcheng insisted.
He Yu, unable to sleep due to sexual frustration, lies in bed thinking about Xie Qingcheng.
Xie Qingcheng reflects on the day’s events, including the mysterious recording, obedience potion, Huang Zhilong’s entertainment company, and He Yu’s antics.
He finds He Yu childish but comforting and realizes his heart feels lighter because of He Yu's presence—an unsettling realization.
Meanwhile, at the Huzhou City Bureau Forensics Department, employees are tired from working overtime.
Technician Daming returns with milk tea and acts generous, hiding his real motive: to steal a video camera from his mentor, the old forensic scientist.
Daming tries to drug his mentor by slipping sleeping medicine into a cup of tea.
The old forensic scientist eventually drinks it after being persuaded, then leaves to nap.
Daming seizes the moment, opens the storage, and retrieves the evidence camera tied to the Zhilong Entertainment murder case.
He plans to sell it for 10 million yuan, having already been paid 300,000 yuan.
He carefully erases his tracks, including stealing the drugged cup as evidence.
Motivated by greed, Daming is euphoric, dreaming of wealth and escape.
Tempted by curiosity, Daming turns on the restored video on the camera.
He is horrified to see Zheng Jingfeng, a respected police officer, appearing in the footage in a sinister manner.
The footage implies Zheng Jingfeng’s involvement in the crime.
Daming panics, realizing the magnitude of the conspiracy and that he’s in over his head.
Just as he scrambles to flee, the door opens.
His mentor, the old forensic scientist, stands there with a terrifying presence, saying, “You saw everything.”
Chapter 134:
Can You Let Me Do It OnceXie Qingcheng receives an early morning call from Zheng Jingfeng, asking to meet in person immediately.
Xie Qingcheng lies to He Yu, saying he's going out to buy breakfast, and leaves while He Yu is asleep.
He arrives at a remote, abandoned factory with weak signal reception.
Inside, Xie Qingcheng finds Zheng Jingfeng sitting silently. The atmosphere is eerie and unsettling.
When Xie Qingcheng touches Zheng Jingfeng, his body collapses, revealing a mangled, bloody face—just like Xie Qingcheng's murdered parents.
A creepy nursery rhyme begins playing again, and mechanical noises fill the air.
Xie Qingcheng wakes up—revealing it was all a nightmare. He is pale and breathless.
He Yu is beside him, concerned, comforting him and telling him it was only a dream.
Xie Qingcheng clutches He Yu’s hands tightly in his panic, then quickly lets go and apologizes.
He tries to leave to wash his face, but He Yu forcefully pulls him back onto the sofa, then picks him up and carries him to bed.
Xie Qingcheng protests, uncomfortable with being touched and unwilling to be coddled, but He Yu refuses to let go.
He Yu pins Xie Qingcheng down, frustrated that Xie Qingcheng never shows him the same warmth he shows others.
Physical struggle leads to unintended arousal—He Yu, a twenty-year-old man, can’t hold back from the friction.
He Yu commands Xie Qingcheng to stop moving, revealing his deep sexual frustration and emotional longing.
Despite Xie Qingcheng’s repeated objections, He Yu forcibly kisses him, driven by obsessive love and possessiveness.
He Yu’s kiss is lustful and overwhelming, very different from earlier, gentler moments they’ve shared.
Xie Qingcheng tells him again they have no future and warns him against falling deeper into something he’ll regret.
He Yu argues that it was already “wrong” twelve years ago when Xie Qingcheng first reached out to him, saving him and giving him hope.
He insists his feelings aren’t just confused dependence—he truly loves Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu continues pressing himself against Xie Qingcheng, kissing him, whispering “I love you,” and vowing never to leave.
Xie Qingcheng feels conflicted—he believes He Yu’s obsession is dangerous, but also finds himself emotionally shaken.
He Yu begs him to look at him, promises to stay by his side so Xie Qingcheng no longer has to live in fear and nightmares.
For a brief moment, Xie Qingcheng is moved by his words and makes eye contact with He Yu, who is tearful and vulnerable.
The emotional and physical intimacy escalates as they kiss repeatedly, entangled together on the bed.
At 4:30 a.m., Xie Qingcheng’s phone rings from the living room—an interruption that breaks the trance.
Realizing how close they were to crossing a line, Xie Qingcheng pushes He Yu away and snaps out of it.
He insists on answering the phone, even as He Yu tries to stop him in frustration.
He Yu is furious, punches the headboard hard enough to crack it, devastated by the interruption.
The caller is revealed to be Zheng Jingfeng—suggesting the nightmare may not have been entirely baseless or random.
Chapter 135:
We Won’t Give UpHe Yu lies frustrated on the bed after his night with Xie Qingcheng is interrupted by a late-night call from Zheng Jingfeng.
Zheng Jingfeng summons Xie Qingcheng urgently, saying it’s too sensitive to talk over the phone.
He Yu insists on going along and sarcastically interacts with Zheng Jingfeng during the call.
The call ruins He Yu’s long-awaited intimate moment with Xie Qingcheng, making him extremely annoyed.
Xie Qingcheng tells Zheng Jingfeng that He Yu is staying over due to being locked out.
Zheng Jingfeng invites both to his old apartment, a studio left by his parents, used for work-related stays.
There, they meet an elderly forensic scientist, the mentor of the arrested suspect, Daming.
The forensic scientist thanks Xie Qingcheng and He Yu for helping protect the critical video camera from the celebrity murder case.
It’s revealed that Daming attempted to steal the camera but was tricked into taking a decoy with a recording of Zheng Jingfeng’s face.
The real camera was successfully preserved and restored, but the police won’t release the footage.
Xie Qingcheng asks for clues, but Zheng Jingfeng remains vague and instead urges them to stop investigating.
He Yu is infuriated that the police used their help only to shut them out.
Zheng Jingfeng explains that Daming was caught, but during his interrogation, the building caught fire—arson caused by a mentally ill man.
The fire forced the interrogation to stop prematurely, and the arsonist seemed to be under some kind of mental control.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng silently connect this to the obedience potion or blood toxin.
Daming appears to know nothing about the mastermind, but the mastermind tried to either save or silence him.
Zheng Jingfeng fears for their safety and warns that the current perpetrator is reckless, unlike the previous calculated criminals.
Forensic Scientist Luo says that the irrational behavior (like arson) suggests the opposing side is now disorganized, and others should avoid involvement.
Xie Qingcheng is bitter that the police again refuse his involvement despite how personal this is to him—especially with his sister Xie Xue's condition and his parents' unresolved murder.
He recalls how he waited 19 years as instructed and now refuses to wait any longer.
Zheng Jingfeng asks if he can at least wait another week, to which Xie Qingcheng responds with silence and then leaves with He Yu.
Xie Qingcheng advises Zheng Jingfeng to be careful, reminding him he’s not just a cop but also a grandfather.
A week later, He Yu contacts Xie Qingcheng, finds him at Huzhou Medical School cafeteria, and shows him trending news.
The actress murder case from Zhilong Entertainment finally has an official statement from the police due to rising public pressure and misinformation online.
Netizens had wrongly accused various celebrities and industry insiders; one even filed a police report against rumor spreaders.
The police release their forensic conclusion: despite all signs pointing to murder, the actress’s death is ruled as a suicide.
Chapter 136:
I Want to Go with YouThe police confirm that the actress's death was a suicide caused by her dissociative identity disorder, not a homicide.
Forensic Scientist Luo reconstructs how the actress, consumed by her conflicting personalities, acted as both attacker and victim.
Her violent self took over, culminating in her setting up a video camera to record her grotesque and disturbing suicide in the bathtub.
The actress expresses hatred for cameras and the entertainment industry, blaming them for turning her into a fake persona.
She hints that the company used inhumane methods to control her, though she doesn’t specify what they were due to her scrambled mental state.
Police are investigating the claim, and the public on Weibo is furious, demanding an investigation into Zhilong Entertainment and Huang Zhilong.
He Yu mentions the possibility of an "obedience potion" being involved.
Xie Qingcheng warns that the police have limited power—they can only detain Huang Zhilong briefly and cannot search his company, giving him time to destroy evidence.
He Yu points out that Huang Zhilong has a New Zealand green card and might flee, making them lose all their leads.
Xie Qingcheng becomes visibly anxious and leaves abruptly, claiming he has things to handle.
He Yu suspects Xie Qingcheng is planning to act on his own and secretly follows him.
At Moyu Alley, Xie Qingcheng tries to leave quietly, but He Yu confronts him in the street after seeing his destination is Zhilong Entertainment Headquarters.
After some back-and-forth, Xie Qingcheng admits his intent: to find evidence in the basement before Huang Zhilong escapes.
He Yu surprises him by offering to go with him, recalling past experiences where they faced danger together.
Xie Qingcheng tries to push He Yu away, not wanting to involve him again, but He Yu insists, understanding that Xie Qingcheng is driven by guilt and love for Xie Xue.
He Yu calls out Xie Qingcheng’s refusal to rely on others and accuses him of rejecting help due to his own internal issues.
In a charged emotional moment, He Yu hugs Xie Qingcheng and tells him that he loves him and refuses to let him go alone.
He Yu insists on coming, joking about being seduced by Xie Qingcheng and blaming him if he fails his exams.
Despite initial protest, Xie Qingcheng gives in and tells He Yu to start the car.
He Yu offers him fries; Xie Qingcheng refuses, but they fall into a familiar banter.
He Yu asks Xie Qingcheng to cook him Yangzhou fried rice with lots of shrimp when they return.
Xie Qingcheng yells at him to drive, signaling reluctant acceptance of his company.
Chapter 137:
Entering HeadquartersHe Yu hacks into Huang Zhilong’s private system to get access permissions and blueprints for Zhilong Entertainment’s headquarters.
They decide to sneak in via the vehicle loading dock at night due to heavy front security.
He Yu compares the scene to the Auschwitz concentration camp, suggesting Zhilong is destroying evidence.
He Yu causes a fake traffic accident with a funeral car to create an opportunity to inspect a suspicious truck.
The truck appears to carry only sea sand, but He Yu suspects it’s being used to hide the obedience potion or even dead bodies.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng conclude that test subjects in the basement may be in danger and decide to break in immediately.
They target the high-voltage electrical substation as an entry point, which is guarded by computer-controlled high-voltage nets.
He Yu distracts the control room operator by ordering a surprise caramel macchiato, luring him out of the room.
With the operator gone, He Yu disables the power grid momentarily, giving them a 5-minute window.
Xie Qingcheng climbs the fence easily despite a bad arm, while He Yu struggles due to inexperience.
Just as He Yu is halfway over, a security guard discovers the system is down and starts restoring power.
Xie Qingcheng urges He Yu to jump to avoid getting electrocuted. He Yu jumps and lands on Xie Qingcheng, injuring him slightly.
They sneak past a lazy security guard and reach a back door with a heavy mechanical lock.
Xie Qingcheng successfully picks the lock using knowledge from a neighbor’s uncle who worked in the lock industry.
Behind that door is a second biometric iris scan lock. He Yu successfully hacks and bypasses it.
They enter a chilling underground corridor resembling a wartime air-raid shelter.
They find themselves in a large underground rotunda with eight branching corridors and a central fengshui column with amethyst facets.
A baroque cross and empty petri dish chambers confirm evidence has been destroyed.
He Yu uses a hidden camera watch to document everything as evidence.
They explore each of the eight corridors:
1st Room: A gas chamber with bloody scratches, mold, and signs of death—used to kill prisoners.
2nd Room: Archive room, documents mostly burned.
3rd Room: Specimen room—formaldehyde tanks are now empty.
4th Room: Interrogation room—tiger chair and torture instruments remain.
5th Room: Infirmary—mostly cleared out except for basic equipment.
6th Room: Padded cell designed for psychiatric patients.
7th Room: Prison ward, same location from Zhao Xue’s video. All cells are now empty.
Just as they begin to lose hope, He Yu notices something written inside one of the empty cells.
Chapter 138:
Chen Man Showed UpHe Yu and Xie Qingcheng discover a prison cell with insane scrawlings and drawings of violent deaths on the walls, all signed by Ma Mingshu.
He Yu identifies Ma Mingshu as his former classmate from Huzhou University, who disappeared before Wang Jiankang’s death and was likely a victim recruited by Wang Jiankang for Huang Zhilong.
They find Zhao Xue’s video recording location, confirming her final message’s authenticity.
He Yu uncovers a hidden video recorder beneath the floor tiles, proving Zhao Xue's account was real.
This discovery connects Wang Jiankang directly to Huang Zhilong and raises the stakes, as it ties the organization to the murder of Xie Qingcheng’s parents.
Xie Qingcheng grows more determined to catch Huang Zhilong to avenge his parents and help treat Xie Xue.
He Yu reminds Xie Qingcheng that they need more evidence before Huang Zhilong flees to New Zealand.
They unlock the eighth door in the basement, revealing a large, misty room with a bloodstained cross at the center.
Chen Man is found unconscious, hanging from the cross, tortured but still alive, used as a hostage.
He Yu warns that lasers surrounding Chen Man will alert Huang Zhilong if triggered.
They deduce Chen Man came investigating the same conspiracy and was captured by Huang Zhilong’s men.
Chen Man’s family connections make him a valuable bargaining chip—he is the grandson of a powerful political commissar.
He Yu insists they must first gather evidence, find the control console, and retrieve the obedience potion before attempting a rescue.
Chen Man regains consciousness, warns them to leave quickly, and reveals that criminals are upstairs killing witnesses and destroying evidence.
Xie Qingcheng sees that Chen Man has serious internal injuries and insists on rescuing him soon.
Two Zhilong Entertainment henchmen arrive to transfer Chen Man. He Yu and Xie Qingcheng hide.
The henchmen disable the laser field and prepare to move Chen Man, who remains defiant despite being tortured.
As they walk past the hiding spot, Chen Man subtly acknowledges Xie Qingcheng and He Yu but keeps quiet to protect them.
After they pass, He Yu activates a signal jammer he previously set up to prevent communication devices from working.
He Yu and Xie Qingcheng ambush the henchmen and overpower them.
Xie Qingcheng interrogates one of them, and both begin confessing that Huang Zhilong ordered everything.
Suddenly, both henchmen convulse and die—killed by poison injected from custom ankle monitors that activated as soon as they betrayed Huang Zhilong.
He Yu inspects the monitors, which use advanced chips and hidden syringes—Zhilong’s method to ensure absolute loyalty.
New voices approach—the next wave of henchmen is inspecting all rooms to ensure no evidence remains.
The inspection team plans to destroy the entire basement to eliminate any remaining proof of the crimes.
Chapter 139:
A Life or Death DecisionTwo Zhilong Entertainment staff members enter the basement carrying gasoline and fail to detect hidden intruders Xie Qingcheng and He Yu.
They set the rooms on fire with a lighter and flee, initiating a deadly blaze.
Xie Qingcheng, He Yu, and Chen Man realize the fire is spreading rapidly and decide to evacuate immediately.
The exit is blocked when a steel plate falls due to the fire, cutting off their escape route.
The group heads toward a steel ramp that connects the basement to the upper levels.
He Yu activates the manual override to lower the ramp, climbs it, but the ramp retracts again due to fire damage.
The ramp can only stay lowered if someone holds the manual lever, meaning one person must remain behind.
Xie Qingcheng urges Chen Man to escape first, but Chen Man refuses.
Chen Man reveals he was injected with a mysterious control drug by Huang Zhilong, likely a new version of RN-13.
He fears being used as leverage against Commissar Wang and prefers to die than live without dignity or autonomy.
Xie Qingcheng insists on Chen Man escaping, citing his family's grief if he dies.
Chen Man emotionally declares that Xie Qingcheng is loved—that he loves him—and is willing to die for him.
Xie Qingcheng is shocked by Chen Man’s confession but tries again to force him to escape.
He Yu returns to the basement after getting Chen Man out, and overhears the emotional exchange.
He Yu becomes consumed with jealousy, hurt that Chen Man now shares the drug-related bond he thought was unique with Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu takes Chen Man’s wrist and forces him to obey Xie Qingcheng’s command to leave.
Before shutting the biometric door, He Yu tells Chen Man he knows about his feelings for Xie Qingcheng and warns him to never confess, as Xie Qingcheng is not gay and won’t return his love.
The door shuts, leaving only He Yu and Xie Qingcheng behind.
Xie Qingcheng yells at He Yu to escape, furious at his return.
He Yu, silent and emotionally conflicted, removes Xie Qingcheng’s hand from the lever, sealing their fate together as the ramp retracts.
Smoke and flames fill the basement; He Yu embraces Xie Qingcheng, saying: “Yes, I am insane. You’ve known this all along.”
He Yu violently kisses Xie Qingcheng and uses his blood toxin on him again, compelling him to escape through a hypnotic command.
He Yu ends with a chilling declaration: “Listen to me, Xie Qingcheng. This is my order.”
Chapter 140:
You Took the Initiative and Kissed MeHe Yu uses his blood toxin on Xie Qingcheng to force him to leave and save himself.
He Yu tells Xie Qingcheng he is sacrificing himself not out of love, but because he has no attachments to life.
He Yu argues that if Xie Qingcheng dies, Xie Xue would be devastated, while no one would mourn He Yu.
Xie Qingcheng is controlled by the blood toxin and forced to walk toward Chen Man against his will.
He Yu, driven by jealousy, warns Chen Man that Xie Qingcheng will never fall for a man.
He Yu believes Chen Man’s love has limits, but He Yu only has Xie Qingcheng, and his entire emotional life is tied to him.
He Yu activates the blood toxin again, telling Xie Qingcheng to forget him.
Xie Qingcheng, enraged, breaks free from the blood toxin’s control, coughing violently.
A burning beam suddenly falls from above, threatening He Yu’s life.
Xie Qingcheng, in intense pain, pushes He Yu aside and shields him from the falling debris, taking the hit himself.
Xie Qingcheng is struck in the back by a steel bar and spits blood but insists on continuing.
He Yu is shocked and emotionally overwhelmed that Xie Qingcheng saved him.
Xie Qingcheng slaps He Yu and refuses to forget him, forcing him to leave.
He Yu refuses to go, declaring that if Xie Qingcheng dies, he will die with him.
He Yu confesses again that he cannot live without Xie Qingcheng, echoing words that once saved Xie Qingcheng after his parents' deaths.
Xie Qingcheng is emotionally shaken by the reminder of his sister’s childhood plea for him to live.
He remembers how Xie Xue once cried “I can’t live without Gege,” which kept him alive after his trauma.
The memory of being needed rekindles a long-dormant emotion in Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu repeats that he can’t live without Xie Qingcheng and chooses to stay, even if it means dying.
Xie Qingcheng is touched deeply by He Yu’s sincerity and the pain in his words.
He Yu asks Xie Qingcheng to date him if they survive, promising to make him happy.
Xie Qingcheng, visibly moved, silently threads his fingers through He Yu’s hair.
For the first time, while fully sober, Xie Qingcheng kisses He Yu of his own will.
He Yu is stunned, starts crying, then kisses Xie Qingcheng back with fervor.
The kiss is not one of love but a thank you and apology—He Yu understands but still treasures it.
Xie Qingcheng holds He Yu, shielding him as flaming debris falls around them.
He offers comfort, pressing their foreheads together, telling He Yu not to be afraid.
Another piece of metal crashes down, shattering the control panel beside them.
Xie Qingcheng sees something in the broken display and has a sudden realization.
He urgently tells He Yu to take off his clothes, hinting at a possible escape plan.
Chapter 141:
My Heart FlutteredXie Qingcheng devises a way to escape the burning basement by tying their jackets to a heavy piece of wood and using it to pull the emergency lever.
He Yu assists by piling debris onto the wood, increasing the weight to trigger the lever.
The lever finally activates, and the door opens, allowing them to escape the smoky basement.
Chen Man is shocked but overjoyed to see Xie Qingcheng and He Yu alive.
Xie Qingcheng slams the fireproof door shut behind them to contain the fire.
Although exhausted and pale from smoke inhalation, Xie Qingcheng urges everyone to keep moving.
Chen Man joins them as they flee through Zhilong Entertainment's headquarters, which is mostly unguarded due to the time and chaos.
Xie Qingcheng privately reflects on He Yu’s intense love, acknowledging how deeply He Yu is willing to go—even to die—for him.
Despite being emotionally touched earlier, Xie Qingcheng is conflicted, thinking from He Yu’s father’s perspective, and feels anger.
He finds He Yu’s sooty, disheveled face unexpectedly moving, causing his heart to tremble.
As they approach the building’s exit, they encounter multiple security patrols blocking both ends of the hallway.
He Yu checks the building map and decides they must take the central elevator to the second floor to escape.
The three sprint to the elevator. As guards continue searching rooms, they wait anxiously for it to arrive.
The elevator gets stuck momentarily on the third floor, increasing tension. Xie Qingcheng senses something is wrong.
Just as the doors open, they are face to face with Jiang Liping, wearing a red dress and high heels.
Jiang Liping—former Huzhou University instructor, fugitive, and wanted criminal—is working with Huang Zhilong.
Meanwhile, Huang Zhilong waits in an armored van, furious that Chen Man hasn’t been delivered and his men have gone dark.
He believes all incriminating evidence has already been destroyed and is planning to flee the country.
Huang Zhilong considers Jiang Liping essential—both as his secret lover and loyal subordinate—and plans to escape with her.
Jiang Liping calls Huang Zhilong and informs him that He Yu is at the headquarters.
Huang Zhilong becomes ecstatic, realizing he might still obtain the blood toxin through He Yu’s powers.
Jiang Liping warns that the basement is on fire and they don’t know if He Yu survived.
Huang Zhilong angrily orders her to take command and capture He Yu alive at all costs.
After ending the call, Jiang Liping turns to face Xie Qingcheng, He Yu, and Chen Man.
She reveals a shocking truth: she is the mysterious informant who had been leaking information to the police.
The notebook they once found on Neverland Island, signed “J.L.P.”—thought to be Jiang Lanpei—was actually signed by Jiang Liping.
She formally declares: “I am the informant: Jiang. Li. Ping.”
Chapter 142:
You Smoked a Women’s CigaretteJiang Liping is revealed as the true informant who had been working with Zheng Jingfeng, shocking everyone.
She mocks the assumption that only a man could be an effective informant and criticizes the general incompetence of men.
Jiang Liping discusses how she's had to outsmart men while navigating a male-dominated underworld.
He Yu, suspicious, confronts her with a detail from a notebook—initials were “Jiang Lan Pei,” not matching hers.
Jiang Liping is caught off guard by this but insists she is the informant and misremembered the initials.
He Yu puts her in a chokehold, demanding the truth, prompting her to break free and almost stab him.
Instead of attacking, Jiang Liping uses the knife to cut open a package containing incriminating photos of human test subjects.
She gives them the photos as evidence and insists they leave quickly.
Jiang Liping justifies her past murders, saying the victims (e.g., Wang Jiankang) were evil and that she acted on orders from the organization.
She explains her dilemma: no backing as an informant, had to play the long game to collect enough evidence without exposing herself.
Jiang Liping’s background is revisited—her “slutty” reputation at Huzhou University might have been a cover to protect female students like Xie Xue.
Xie Qingcheng confronts her, revealing he believes she protected Xie Xue by preventing Wang Jiankang from getting close to her.
Jiang Liping doesn’t deny this and accepts her role and reputation without further justification.
Guards arrive, growing suspicious due to surveillance footage of Jiang Liping with the others.
One guard pressures her to let him search her office after showing her vague surveillance footage.
Jiang Liping lets the guard in but then kills him swiftly with a gun, revealing her proficiency as a killer.
She confirms to the group that she is indeed highly trained and would’ve easily killed them if that were her goal.
Knowing they are running out of time, Jiang Liping draws a map to help them escape.
She offers them her women’s cigarettes; Xie Qingcheng accepts, a gesture of wordless trust and solidarity.
She reveals more secrets before they leave:
Huang Zhilong's flight is K1054, leaving at noon the next day.
They must go to Chief Hu of the provincial police, not the city bureau, due to a mole at the city level.
The mole is very high-ranking but doesn’t kill people directly.
The real leader of the organization is a Chinese-Australian named Duan Wen, likely an alias.
Duan Wen is extremely cautious and has foreign bases.
Jiang Liping wears a bracelet that monitors and punishes information leaks—an invention of Duan Wen’s organization.
The tech is black-market, highly advanced, and deadly; the bracelets cannot be removed.
Huang Zhilong has created inferior knockoffs of the bracelet for his guards.
The group has more questions but can only ask one in the little time left.
Xie Qingcheng tries to ask about the blood toxin, but He Yu interrupts, saying there's something more urgent they need help with (unrevealed in this chapter).
Chapter 143:
Your Reply Moved MeHe Yu receives small vials of obedience potion from Jiang Liping, who warns that the bracelet she wears prevents her from revealing certain information.
Jiang Liping hints at someone important to He Yu (“that fat...”) but is cut off by her bracelet's reaction.
He Yu, Xie Qingcheng, and Chen Man split up to stop Huang Zhilong from fleeing the country.
Xie Qingcheng goes to Meiyu Hospital to deliver the potion for research and possible antidote development.
While in a taxi, Xie Qingcheng reflects on the chaos of the night and the emotional kiss shared with He Yu in the burning basement.
He rereads He Yu’s heartfelt message, overwhelmed by the realization that He Yu truly loves him deeply and unconditionally.
He replies with a rare emoji and a “You too” message, showing warmth and change in his demeanor.
He Yu is stunned and overjoyed by the fast reply and sends back a heartfelt message, promising to survive for their future and many more kisses.
Chen Man goes home and contacts his grandfather, Commissar Wang, who immediately mobilizes help.
Huang Zhilong discovers surveillance data at Zhilong Entertainment has been erased—thanks to He Yu—and panics, deciding to flee.
He calls Jiang Liping and initiates an immediate escape plan with a changed flight.
Jiang Liping and Huang Zhilong prepare to flee to New Zealand, carrying a blast-resistant safe.
Huang distrusts Jiang Liping despite her loyalty; when she tries to carry the case, he moves it away, revealing his mistrust.
As they drive to the airport, Jiang Liping questions his decision to abandon close associates, learning he plans to blow up the ferry to eliminate them.
At a police checkpoint, Huang passes a breathalyzer test, and they continue without incident—still undetected.
At 7:13 a.m., Huzhou police receive orders to shut down all international gates at the airport and mobilize plainclothes officers.
Officers search the terminal discreetly; one spots a couple matching the suspects’ appearance.
As he pulls off the couple’s jacket in a staged spill, it turns out they are just passionate lovers—not the suspects.
Meanwhile, intel arrives: Huang Zhilong used a fake ID and boarded a flight via gate B13, assisted by a complicit agent.
The flight to Auckland, New Zealand (IH8803) left half an hour ago—Huang and Jiang successfully escaped.
The chapter ends with authorities scrambling to respond and intercept the suspects midair or upon arrival.
Chapter 144:
Fatal ShootingJiang Liping and Huang Zhilong are onboard flight IH8803, en route to New Zealand.
Huang Zhilong is visibly more relaxed, thinking they’ve successfully escaped using a fake passport and obedience potion to deceive airport staff.
Jiang Liping tries to maintain her cover and composure while observing Huang Zhilong closely.
Huang Zhilong expresses bitterness toward Duan Wen, who abandoned him despite their criminal dealings.
Huang Zhilong complains about his bad luck and tries to figure out who among the cast and crew killed Hu Yi, lamenting his downfall.
Jiang Liping warns Huang Zhilong that their so-called allies may turn into enemies, hinting at betrayal within their circle.
Jiang Liping attempts to excuse herself to the bathroom to contact He Yu but is stopped by Huang Zhilong, who remains highly alert.
Unbeknownst to Huang Zhilong, the plane has been secretly redirected back to Huzhou International Airport, not New Zealand.
Authorities disguise the surroundings to make the airport look like Auckland, replacing signs and using signal jammers.
A fake airport scene is set up to prevent Huang Zhilong from realizing the truth until it’s too late.
As passengers disembark, a staged scene unfolds where a “pregnant woman” complains about her missing husband, revealing inconsistencies that alert Huang Zhilong something is wrong.
Huang Zhilong recognizes the surroundings and realizes he’s been tricked — they are back in Huzhou, not Auckland.
In a panic, Huang Zhilong takes the fake pregnant woman hostage, brandishes a concealed handgun, and threatens to kill her.
Chaos erupts in the terminal as undercover officers and riot police surround the scene but can’t act due to the hostage situation.
Jiang Liping pretends to support Huang Zhilong, pulling a gun and aiming it at a police officer to maintain her cover.
She slowly inches toward Huang Zhilong, pretending to be on his side.
Huang Zhilong grows suspicious, accuses Jiang Liping of betrayal, and warns her not to come any closer.
Jiang Liping acts out emotional betrayal, claiming she’s being abandoned and humiliated by Huang Zhilong, eventually declaring she wants to defect.
She dramatically surrenders, throws away her gun, and loudly declares to the police that Huang Zhilong is guilty of national security crimes and should not be allowed to escape.
Her accusations include leaking classified secrets, betraying undercover agents, and more than just murder— calculated to justify killing Huang Zhilong if needed.
Huang Zhilong, realizing her testimony would doom him, panics and makes a snap decision.
He releases the hostage and fires a shot at Jiang Liping’s back.
At that moment, police snipers who had been waiting for a clear shot open fire.
Three gunshots are heard in quick succession.
The hostage is unharmed but traumatized.
Huang Zhilong is shot in the head by the sniper. Blood sprays everywhere, and he collapses with the safe still in hand.
The authorities confirm his death and officially declare that Huang Zhilong, chairman of Zhilong Entertainment, has been shot dead while attempting to flee, take a hostage, and open fire.
Chapter 145:
The Woman in RedXie Qingcheng is at the hospital unaware of the chaos at the airport.
He Yu texts Xie Qingcheng that Huang Zhilong is dead after taking a hostage.
Xie Qingcheng is shocked and asks about Jiang Liping’s condition.
Jiang Liping, although wounded by a bullet, is alive and emotionally numb while in police custody.
Despite her criminal background, the police treat Jiang Liping with respect for her role in stopping Huang Zhilong.
Jiang Liping requests a cigarette and plays a children’s song associated with her past crimes, unsettling the officers.
She clarifies she has no intent to kill anymore because the man she wanted dead—Huang Zhilong—is already dead.
As the music plays, Jiang Liping remembers her childhood as Sun Ping, a poor and bullied girl in Yi Family Village.
She recalls being frequently humiliated in school games due to malnutrition and slow reflexes.
Her life begins to change when she meets Jin Xiuhe, a beautiful, fashionable, and kind woman in red—principal of Humanity High School and wife of Huang Zhilong.
Jin Xiuhe encourages Sun Ping, praises her, and becomes the first person to recognize her worth.
Jin Xiuhe founds Humanity High School to improve rural education, unaware that her husband plans to exploit the school to find victims for experiments.
Sun Ping thrives under Principal Jin’s mentorship and love, eventually getting into a good university.
On graduation day, Jin Xiuhe gifts Sun Ping a red dress as a coming-of-age present.
Wanting to thank her teacher, Sun Ping embroiders a springtime wall hanging to give Jin Xiuhe.
While delivering the gift late at night, she witnesses a horrific scene—Jin Xiuhe confronting Huang Zhilong about the disappearance of students.
Jin Xiuhe had uncovered horrifying evidence that Huang Zhilong was collaborating with a criminal research group from Australia and using the school to supply victims.
Huang Zhilong confesses without remorse, claiming the victims were “sacrifices” and dismissing them as “pathetic orphans.”
Jin Xiuhe slaps him and vows to report him to the police.
Huang Zhilong stabs and brutally murders Jin Xiuhe in front of the hidden Sun Ping.
Jin Xiuhe sees Sun Ping through the cracked door and mouths the words: “Leave this place,” just before being killed.
Traumatized, Sun Ping reports the murder, but the local police are corrupted and cover up the crime, stating Jin Xiuhe returned to Huzhou for treatment.
Realizing she is being targeted, Sun Ping flees and goes into hiding, changing her identity to Jiang Liping.
She infiltrates Huang Zhilong’s company, pretending loyalty while seeking revenge.
Jiang Liping rises through the ranks and becomes his most trusted assistant, all while hiding her identity and trauma.
Huang Zhilong, unaware of her true identity, praises her resemblance to Jin Xiuhe, especially when she wears red.
Despite seeing countless atrocities committed by the organization, Jiang Liping endures in silence, determined to expose them and kill Huang Zhilong herself.
Years later, while assigned to “clean up” files at Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital, Jiang Liping discovers a file with the name “Jiang Lanpei”—revealed to be Jin Xiuhe’s alias.
She is devastated to learn Jin Xiuhe had survived under a false name only to die again under mysterious circumstances.
The chapter ends with the shocking revelation that Jin Xiuhe, her beloved teacher, was truly lost forever, sending Jiang Liping deeper into grief and resolve.
Chapter 146:
Justice ServedJiang Liping receives an assignment to kill Liang Jicheng’s wife and son and retrieve files about Jiang Lanpei, realizing with shock and grief that Jiang Lanpei is actually Jin Xiuhe.
She executes the mission coldly, killing Liang Jicheng’s wife first, then waiting to murder his son, all while emotionally devastated by the truth.
Jiang Liping, temporarily embracing her true identity Sun Ping, mourns Jin Xiuhe and is overwhelmed by the years of lies and torment.
When Liang Jicheng’s son arrives and finds his mother’s body, Jiang Liping steps out, sings Jin Xiuhe’s childhood song “Drop the Hanky,” and kills him.
Before leaving, she stares at Jin Xiuhe’s old photo, swearing emotionally to hide her grief from now on.
Jiang Liping later learns the full backstory: Huang Zhilong didn’t kill Jin Xiuhe directly but gave her to the Liang brothers, who imprisoned her in Cheng Kang Psychiatric Hospital under the name Jiang Lanpei.
The asylum was known to the organization as a place to discard inconvenient people; Jin Xiuhe became a victim of inhumane testing, including forced medication and obedience potions, leading to her complete mental breakdown.
The Liang brothers further dehumanized her with plastic surgery and abuse, until even she didn’t remember her name—reduced to a madwoman who sang to herself and drew imaginary windows.
Huang Zhilong was satisfied she had become unrecognizable and insane, believing her to be dead in every meaningful way.
Jiang Liping recounts all this inside a police car, explaining to the officers that her revenge was carried out in Jin Xiuhe’s name—using the “ghost” of Jiang Lanpei to terrify and kill the guilty.
She had disguised the body of Liang Jicheng to wear the Huzhou Communications teacher’s uniform as symbolic vengeance—something only Jiang Lanpei (Jin Xiuhe) would have remembered.
She acknowledges her role in broadcasting tower murders was motivated by justice for her teacher, fully aware she might be punished for it.
Jiang Liping explains Huang Zhilong underestimated her, never imagining one of Jin Xiuhe’s students could be the informant and killer hiding in his bed.
She recalls Huang Zhilong’s sexist attitude toward women in entertainment, which made it easy to deceive him.
The “drop the hanky” song that haunted others was, to Jiang Liping, a memory of warmth with Jin Xiuhe—a song of revenge and tribute.
She reveals that even her communications to Zheng Jingfeng had been signed as “Jiang Lanpei,” identifying completely with her teacher’s identity.
Simultaneously, He Yu monitors the situation from police headquarters, emotionally impacted and sharing updates with Xie Qingcheng, who is at Meiyu Hospital.
He Yu tries to flirt with Xie Qingcheng via texts, jealous and possessive, while Xie Qingcheng remains focused on the mission.
Police inside the squad car ask Jiang Liping about Huang Zhilong’s connections. She explains that a black safe holds damning evidence against numerous officials and businessmen.
The safe, now in police custody, is critical to exposing the broader network of corruption tied to the organization.
The loyalty manacle on her wrist has shifted, no longer protecting Huang Zhilong—evidence he’s been abandoned by the organization.
Jiang Liping feels at peace, knowing the guilty will be exposed, even if she must face jail.
Meanwhile, at police HQ, Zheng Jingfeng is deeply moved by Jiang Liping’s sacrifice and tormented morality. Though she committed crimes, he sees her as a tragic figure doing her best in an impossible situation.
Jiang Liping’s only regret is not killing Huang Zhilong herself. She’d fantasized about eviscerating him slowly, but he died by sniper—a quick and painless end she didn’t think he deserved.
Suddenly, Jiang Liping remembers something critical: the mysterious murder of Hu Yi. His death had not benefited Huang Zhilong—it had worsened his situation.
She grows alarmed, realizing that someone else must have killed Hu Yi. That unknown killer had disrupted Huang Zhilong’s operations.
As this chapter ends, Jiang Liping turns pale, realizing an unseen hand may still be at work behind the scenes.
Chapter 147:
The ExplosionJiang Liping, under police escort, suddenly insists they take a different route, sensing danger but unable to explain due to a poison mechanism tied to her loyalty bracelet.
The command center doubts her motives and denies the change, fearing delay and not trusting her fully.
He Yu is troubled by this and remembers Xie Qingcheng’s last instructions to protect Jiang Liping.
Commissar Wang arrives unexpectedly with his grandson Chen Man and takes He Yu’s concerns seriously.
Commissar Wang calls Chief Hu and orders the squad to change route.
He Yu and Chen Man share a tense moment. Chen Man misinterprets He Yu’s coldness as homophobia, unaware He Yu also loves Xie Qingcheng.
Chen Man confesses quietly to He Yu that he has feelings for Xie Qingcheng, who supported him after his brother’s death.
He Yu, visibly affected, tries to dissuade him by logically explaining the impracticality of the age gap and same-sex relationships.
Chen Man stands firm, insisting he knows his own feelings and hopes to be with Xie Qingcheng.
He Yu internally rages at Chen Man’s confession but holds himself back.
Suddenly, an explosion occurs on the highway, caught live on the surveillance feed, then all screens go dark.
It’s revealed that 120 kg of explosives were hidden in a remote-driven fake construction truck, placed exactly like a prior attack.
The explosion was orchestrated to kill Jiang Liping and retrieve Huang Zhilong’s safe.
A masked figure walks into the flames, retrieves the safe, and escapes unnoticed.
The masked man calls Duan Wen, confirming Jiang Liping is dead and the safe is secure.
Duan Wen, on a private island near Australia, is seen playing chess alone, symbolically manipulating both sides.
Duan Wen mocks the late Huang Zhilong, calling him reckless and unworthy, and confirms they orchestrated Hu Yi’s death too.
Duan Wen explains Huang Zhilong panicked over the actress's camera footage and misused obedience potion, leading to fatal mistakes.
The boy with red heels, Duan Wen’s subordinate, adds that Huang Zhilong feared Sha Hong would betray him.
Duan Wen believes Huang Zhilong suspected Chen Man’s identity but wasn’t confident enough to act on it.
With Huang Zhilong eliminated, Duan Wen prepares to replace him with Lü Zhishu, and contacts him, asking cryptically if his son is now closer to him.
Chapter 148:
Everything’s OverA massive highway explosion dominates headlines for two weeks, drawing public comparisons to the Italian mafia's bombing of Giovanni Falcone.
Jiang Liping and 12 police officers are confirmed dead. 8 others are injured. A vital safe goes missing in the explosion, causing a huge setback in the investigation.
Jiang Liping had only begun to reveal key intel before dying. Her death and the destroyed evidence leave many questions unanswered.
The case stalls. Despite having a suspect named Duan Wen, the police lack solid evidence. Duan Wen may be using an alias and has foreign citizenship, making him elusive.
Xie Qingcheng is unshaken. After 19 years of chasing truth about his parents’ deaths, he’s learned not to get too hopeful. He buries himself in the lab, working on an antidote for victims of the new RN-13 drug.
He manages to formulate a treatment, with a good prognosis for those affected—Xie Xue, Chen Man, and others can recover.
Xie Qingcheng attends the memorial ceremony, visiting both the police cemetery and then Jiang Liping’s grave, which reveals her true name was Sun Ping.
Beside Sun Ping’s grave is another—Jiang Lanpei, her mentor, also known as Jin Xiuhe, finally given her real name and identity posthumously.
Zheng Jingfeng, the veteran officer, also visits. He mourns Sun Ping and discusses how she had been instrumental in past cases, saving many lives.
Zheng Jingfeng reflects on her use of the “J. L. P.” signature, which Xie Qingcheng explains she had returned to using because she no longer felt worthy of her mentor’s name after killing Wang Jiankang.
Xie Qingcheng leaves cigarettes at both graves, a tribute for their sacrifice, and bows in respect before leaving.
He continues to hide the full truth of the human experiments, especially from Commissar Wang, for fear it could endanger those involved—himself, He Yu, and Qin Ciyan.
He lies and says Chen Man was injected with a mysterious drug, withholding details about RN-13’s real effects and their deep-rooted origin.
His main goal is to develop the antidote quickly and keep the experimental past buried.
At Meiyu Hospital, he avoids visiting Xie Xue and Chen Man, not wanting to deal with emotional reactions. He’s focused solely on lab work.
The hospital director catches him and urges him to rest. He knows Xie Qingcheng’s health is deteriorating but sees Xie Qingcheng disregarding it completely.
The director urges him to think about Qin Rongbei, warning that she needs him alive.
Xie Qingcheng agrees to leave, though he suffers from coughing, dizziness, and suspected internal bleeding—he may have spit blood, though he keeps it secret.
In the car, He Yu calls him. He Yu lies, saying he’s locked out and needs a place to stay, so Xie Qingcheng agrees to meet him in 30 minutes.
He Yu had returned to school to avoid family scrutiny and keep seeing Xie Qingcheng more frequently. He’s happy that Xie Qingcheng is no longer avoiding him and treats him better now.
On the drive home, Xie Qingcheng reflects on the basement kiss with He Yu—realizing it wasn’t accidental. He wonders what made him act on that impulse.
Xie Qingcheng concludes that He Yu’s feelings are real and unshakable, but if he doesn’t stop it now, he’ll be nothing more than a scumbag preying on a student.
He feels guilty for what he’s doing to He Yu and for potentially betraying He Jiwei, who had once helped him enter the lab system.
Despite everything, he still finds He Yu’s devotion irrational, and is frustrated at his own weakness and recklessness.
The chapter ends with Xie Qingcheng coughing, tasting blood, and thinking of the hospital director’s words. He acknowledges he’s hiding a major secret from He Yu—one that could destroy everything.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 6
Not Yet Available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 7
Not Yet Available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 8
Not Yet Available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 9
Not Yet Available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben
Case File Compendium: Bing An Ben, Vol. 10
Not Yet Available.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong
The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong, Vol. 1
Chapter 1: The Fish in the SoupLi Yu awakens to find himself floating in freezing water, initially disoriented and confused.
He gradually realizes that he is surrounded by water and cannot swim, which terrifies him.
Li Yu discovers that his legs have transformed into a fish tail, making him a mermaid or something similar.
As he tries to understand his situation, he notices that his hands have turned into fins and his body is covered in fish scales.
Li Yu comes to the shocking realization that he has fully transformed into a carp, not just a mermaid.
In a state of panic, he tries to swim but starts sinking when he stops moving his tail.
Li Yu hears voices above the water, discussing the need for a live fish for a noble consort’s soup, and realizes he might be in danger.
A large hand reaches into the water and grabs Li Yu, who struggles in pain as he is lifted out.
Li Yu is held by a palace servant named Gao-gonggong, who plans to use him for fish soup, much to Li Yu's horror.
In a desperate attempt to escape being cooked, Li Yu struggles free from Gao-gonggong’s grip and flings himself into the air.
As Li Yu is about to hit the ground, a large white cat catches him in its mouth, further terrifying him.
The cat, which is recognized as belonging to the noble consort, runs off with Li Yu, while the servants chase after it, concerned that the cat might choke on his bones.
Li Yu, realizing the danger he is in, tries to escape the cat’s mouth but fails as the cat holds him firmly.
The chapter ends with the cat stopping abruptly, growling at a young man in luxurious robes who blocks its path.
Chapter 2: The Fish in the Cat’s MouthLi Yu, now a fish, finds himself in the mouth of a large white cat, which tries to pounce on a young man standing in its way.
The cat’s attack is ineffective, and Li Yu manages to roll out of its mouth, landing on the floor with minimal impact.
The cat, undeterred, attempts to recapture Li Yu, but in his desperation to escape, Li Yu accidentally slaps the cat in the face with his tail.
Angered, the cat pins Li Yu down with its paw, causing him intense pain, but he continues to struggle, unwilling to accept his fate.
The young man, dressed in luxurious robes, approaches, and Li Yu notices the youth’s handsome and cold appearance.
As the cat prepares to recapture Li Yu, the young man suddenly lifts the cat by the scruff of its neck, saving Li Yu from further harm.
The young man, identified as Prince Jing, holds the cat without any regard for its status as the noble consort’s pet.
A palace servant, Xiaolinzi, rushes in and pleads for mercy on behalf of the cat, fearing repercussions from the noble consort.
Another servant, Wang Xi, arrives and sides with Prince Jing, dismissing the cat’s importance and berating Xiaolinzi for his concern.
Despite the cat’s pitiful meowing, Prince Jing remains indifferent, eventually tossing the cat back to Xiaolinzi.
Li Yu, now weak and barely able to move, hopes for someone to return him to water, but Prince Jing and Wang Xi initially leave without noticing him.
As Li Yu loses consciousness, Prince Jing suddenly returns, feeling a strange pull, and finds the injured fish on the ground.
Prince Jing gently picks up the fish, and Wang Xi, puzzled by his actions, offers to assist, but Prince Jing insists on holding the fish himself.
Prince Jing heads towards the nearest garden with Li Yu, who feels a sense of warmth and comfort, as if wrapped in blankets.
Li Yu hears the system announce the completion of the first part of the "Moe Pet System" quest, signaling his first meeting with the "tyrant."
Chapter 3: Priceless Pet FishLi Yu realizes he has not turned back into a human and discovers he has entered a system called the "Moe Pet System."
The system prompts Li Yu to choose between a main quest and side quests. Li Yu selects the main quest "Tyrant’s Priceless Pet Fish."
Li Yu learns that his main quest involves becoming the beloved pet fish of Prince Jing, who is revealed to be the tyrant mentioned in the quest.
The system informs Li Yu that Prince Jing, whose real name is Mu Tianchi, is the fifth son of the emperor and was born with a speech impediment.
Li Yu recognizes that he has transmigrated into a webnovel he had read, where Mu Tianchi is the male lead, known for his ruthless and cold demeanor.
Li Yu feels reluctant about the quest but realizes that he must complete it to have any chance of turning back into a human.
The system informs him that completing quests will offer rewards, such as increasing the strength of his fish tail and gaining an inventory.
After accepting his fate, Li Yu loses consciousness and wakes up to find himself in a blue and white porcelain tank filled with water.
Li Yu observes his surroundings, noting the clean and comfortable environment of the tank, which is a significant upgrade from the fish basket he was in earlier.
He tries to interact with the aquatic plants in the tank but struggles due to his fish form. Eventually, he uses his tail to knock a leaf down, covering himself with it as a makeshift blanket.
While resting, Li Yu hears someone enter the room and soon sees Prince Jing’s face appear above the tank.
Li Yu realizes that Prince Jing, the target of his quests, is the one who saved him and placed him in the tank.
Overjoyed by this development, Li Yu decides to act like a good pet fish and tries to please Prince Jing by blowing a bubble toward him, hoping to avoid any harm.
Chapter 4: Fish-Flavored Shredded PorkLi Yu is determined to win over Prince Jing, knowing that Mu Tianchi, the future tyrant, hasn't fully developed his ruthless nature yet.
He understands that now is the best time to influence Prince Jing’s character and prevent his eventual transformation into a feared dictator.
To gain Prince Jing’s favor, Li Yu tries to appear as a devoted pet fish by blowing bubbles, but his efforts are met with indifference from Prince Jing and confusion from Wang Xi.
Wang Xi misinterprets Li Yu's bubble-blowing as sneezing or choking, causing Li Yu to become frustrated, but Prince Jing eventually shows a faint smile.
Desperate to complete the second task of interacting with the tyrant, Li Yu attempts a "seaweed dance," but Wang Xi believes the fish has pulled a muscle.
The system finally provides a hint, revealing that "interaction" requires a back-and-forth exchange, making Li Yu realize he needs to elicit a response from Prince Jing.
As Li Yu ponders how to create this interaction, Wang Xi observes Prince Jing’s interest in the fish and suggests feeding it, believing that Prince Jing has taken a liking to the little carp.
Prince Jing agrees, and Wang Xi feeds Li Yu with red and green fish food, which Li Yu eagerly devours despite feeling embarrassed about eating like a fish in front of Prince Jing.
Li Yu discovers that the red fish food tastes better than the green, with a flavor reminiscent of fish-flavored shredded pork.
Hyperaware of Prince Jing’s scrutiny, Li Yu cautiously eats one piece of fish food at a time, making sure not to appear too human-like in his behavior.
Prince Jing, watching closely, briefly wonders if the fish’s movements seemed almost human, but dismisses the thought as it was too fleeting to be certain.
Chapter 5: The Fish Was PettedWang Xi hands Prince Jing the boxes of fish food and encourages him to feed the fish, explaining the two types of feed: red (fish-flavored shredded pork) and green (mushroom and greens).
Mu Tianchi hesitates but eventually accepts the red-feed box and awkwardly throws a handful of pellets into the water, nearly overwhelming Li Yu with the sudden downpour.
Li Yu is surprised and excited that Prince Jing personally fed him, realizing that this was the "interaction" needed to complete the second part of his main quest.
After eating the food, Li Yu feels full and tries to nap on the white rocks in the tank, but Prince Jing taps the tank to wake him up.
Prince Jing then reaches into the tank and gently nudges Li Yu, causing him to swim around the tank. Initially frightened, Li Yu soon realizes the prince only intends to push him around, not harm him.
As Li Yu swims, his fin occasionally brushes against Prince Jing's finger, but the prince, who would have punished a person for such impudence, merely smirks.
After making several laps around the tank, Li Yu's bloated feeling subsides, and he realizes Prince Jing might have made him swim to help digest the food.
Prince Jing leaves the tank but doesn't immediately exit the room, puzzling Li Yu.
Li Yu, wanting to collect his system reward and confirm Prince Jing is gone, tests his tail, finding it has healed enough to leap into the air.
During his leap, Li Yu sees Prince Jing in a state of undress, startling both him and the prince. Embarrassed, Li Yu quickly dives back into the tank and hides under his leaf blanket.
Prince Jing, now dressed, approaches the tank, making Li Yu nervous. However, before the prince can act, Wang Xi announces that the emperor has sent someone, and Prince Jing leaves to receive the imperial edict.
With Prince Jing gone, Li Yu finally collects his reward from the system: a small inventory space about the size of an adult's palm.
Disappointed by the limited space, Li Yu learns that side quests can increase inventory slots. He notices one of his scales has turned jade-colored, marking the activation of his inventory slot.
Chapter 6: The Fish Swimming at the Bottom of the BowlThe system informs Li Yu about using his inventory by tapping the jade scale three times and explains that anything within his field of vision can be stored if it fits.
Li Yu checks his main quest and discovers the third task: "Get Along with the Tyrant," with a three-day time limit. He realizes the timer has already started, forcing him to act quickly.
As he returns to the real world, Li Yu overhears Wang Xi discussing with Prince Jing the emperor’s sudden summons, hinting that it may have been influenced by the noble consort.
Prince Jing decides to attend the summons alone, without Wang Xi, despite the servant's concern for the prince’s safety.
Wang Xi retrieves a small jade bowl, preparing to take Li Yu with Prince Jing to see the emperor. Li Yu panics, knowing the risks of being taken out of his tank and exposed to potential dangers.
In a desperate move, Li Yu uses his inventory to store water from the tank, preparing for any emergencies.
Wang Xi hands the cramped jade bowl with Li Yu inside to Prince Jing. Seeing the fish's discomfort, Prince Jing insists on transferring Li Yu to a larger bowl, which is more comfortable for the fish.
Li Yu happily swims around in the larger bowl, feeling relieved and appreciating Prince Jing’s consideration.
Prince Jing feeds Li Yu some red fish pellets, ensuring the fish is content before their journey to the palace.
As Prince Jing carefully carries the large bowl, covering it to prevent Li Yu from jumping out, the warmth from his hand reassures the little carp.
Li Yu’s initial anxiety subsides as he relaxes into the rhythm of Prince Jing’s footsteps, feeling unexpectedly safe and cozy in the prince's care.
Chapter 7: The Fish Meets the EmperorPrince Jing brings Li Yu, the little carp, to Qianqing Palace. On the way, the system offers Li Yu a side quest called "Clear, Bright Pearl," with a reward of temporary transformation into a human for two hours.
Despite his initial hesitation, Li Yu accepts the side quest, which requires him to obtain a luminous pearl.
As Prince Jing arrives at Qianqing Palace, Li Yu observes the opulent surroundings and deduces that this side quest might be connected to meeting the emperor.
Li Yu recalls the complicated relationship between the emperor and Prince Jing, rooted in the emperor’s love for Prince Jing’s late mother, Empress Xiaohui. The emperor’s distant behavior towards his son is out of a desire to protect him.
When Prince Jing enters the main hall, the emperor mistakes the large bowl for soup, thinking Prince Jing is bringing an offering to apologize. However, when the head eunuch, Luo Ruisheng, inspects the bowl, he discovers the lively little carp instead of soup.
Startled, Luo-gonggong nearly drops the bowl, and the emperor, curious about what Prince Jing brought, calls him over.
Prince Jing silently brings the bowl before the emperor, revealing the little carp swimming inside. The emperor, confused, asks for an explanation.
Prince Jing dips his hand into the water and plays with Li Yu in front of the emperor, who is surprised by his son's uncharacteristically gentle behavior.
The emperor, recalling that Prince Jing had never shown interest in pets before, is astonished to see him taking care of a fish.
After realizing that Prince Jing has decided to raise the little carp as a pet, the emperor acknowledges it, albeit with some amusement and confusion, since the fish is just a common carp.
Li Yu feels proud to be officially recognized as Prince Jing’s pet, but the system does not consider this as completing the main quest yet.
The meeting is interrupted by the arrival of the noble consort and the second prince, reminding the emperor of the original reason for summoning Prince Jing. The emperor permits them to enter as Prince Jing continues to play with his fish.
Chapter 8: The Fish Is AngryLi Yu, curious about Noble Consort Qiu, tries to get a view of her as she enters Qianqing Palace, but his position blocks his sight. Prince Jing moves the bowl, seemingly noticing Li Yu’s efforts and giving him a clear view of the entrance.
Noble Consort Qiu enters with her son, the second prince Mu Tianzhao, radiating confidence and beauty. Li Yu admires her appearance, understanding why she was favored by the emperor.
Noble Consort Qiu, now confident in her son’s future as the crown prince, subtly flaunts her position, sharing a knowing glance with her son. Prince Jing remains indifferent, focused only on Li Yu, playing with him in the bowl.
Li Yu, sensing Prince Jing’s frustration, tries to comfort him by nuzzling against his finger, enduring the prince’s rough handling.
The emperor observes Prince Jing’s unusual behavior of playing with a fish, finding it surprising and uncharacteristic.
Noble Consort Qiu, noticing the attention on Prince Jing and the fish, attempts to divert it by bringing in her white cat, Piaoxue. The cat, recognizing Li Yu, tries to pounce on him, but Prince Jing quickly intervenes, flinging the cat away.
Noble Consort Qiu feigns distress, scolding the cat and subtly implying that Prince Jing disrespects her as his shu mother. The second prince, Mu Tianzhao, supports her, painting Prince Jing’s actions as mischievous but harmless, subtly accusing him of wrongdoing.
Li Yu, angry at the noble consort and her son for manipulating the situation against Prince Jing, blows a large bubble and turns his tail in disdain toward Mu Tianzhao.
The emperor, recalling Noble Consort Qiu’s previous complaints, questions Prince Jing about the incident where he threw her cat on her birthday. The emperor is concerned about maintaining harmony between Prince Jing and the future crown prince.
Prince Jing, however, remains silent and dismissive, continuing to play with Li Yu. He notices that the little fish seems to be puffing its cheeks in anger, amused that the fish might be aware of the situation’s underlying tensions.
Chapter 9: The Fish Is Belly-UpThe emperor questions Prince Jing about the incident involving Noble Consort Qiu's cat. The second prince, Mu Tianzhao, tries to pressure Prince Jing into responding.
Prince Jing, unable to speak, writes "It deserved it" on paper, asserting his actions were justified. The emperor, trusting his son's honesty, orders an investigation into the event, causing Noble Consort Qiu to panic slightly.
Noble Consort Qiu had bribed a servant, Xiaolinzi, who falsely testifies against Prince Jing. The emperor, fatigued by the situation, asks Prince Jing for an explanation.
Prince Jing contemplates resorting to violence to get the truth from Xiaolinzi but hesitates, knowing it would play into Noble Consort Qiu's trap.
Li Yu, the fish, recalls seeing a bruise on Prince Jing's leg, possibly caused by the cat, which could serve as evidence. He decides to draw attention to this by splashing water on Prince Jing.
Li Yu executes his plan, drenching Prince Jing with water. Instead of retaliating, Prince Jing calmly excuses himself to change his clothes, buying time and bringing Wang Xi into the room to assist.
As Prince Jing leaves, Noble Consort Qiu and Mu Tianzhao mock Prince Jing's taste in pets, insulting the fish. Li Yu, feeling indignant, prepares to retaliate.
Li Yu notices a golden phoenix hairpin with a large pearl on Noble Consort Qiu's head and realizes this is the "luminous pearl" from his side quest. He decides to take action.
Li Yu plays dead by flipping belly-up in the water, causing panic in the second prince and Noble Consort Qiu. The noble consort, suspicious and paranoid, begins to believe Prince Jing might have set her up with this "dead" fish, fearing she would be blamed for its death.
Chapter 10: Fish-Style SlapNoble Consort Qiu panics at the thought of the emperor's anger and devises a plan to hide Prince Jing's "dead" fish and replace it with a live one to avoid repercussions.
As Noble Consort Qiu attempts to wrap Li Yu in her handkerchief, the fish begins to struggle and escapes her grasp.
Li Yu, with a powerful flip, lands on Noble Consort Qiu’s face, causing chaos and panic.
Li Yu’s tail repeatedly slaps Noble Consort Qiu’s face, sending her into a terrified frenzy, while the second prince, Mu Tianzhao, is too stunned to help.
During the chaos, Li Yu manages to slap the luminous pearl from Noble Consort Qiu's hairpin onto the floor.
Desperate to retrieve the pearl, Li Yu lunges for it but is interrupted when Prince Jing returns and picks him up.
Prince Jing notices the commotion, places Li Yu back in his bowl, and subtly conceals what happened.
Noble Consort Qiu tries to explain the bizarre situation to the emperor, but her claims that a fish attacked her seem absurd.
The emperor, confused by the situation, orders an investigation.
Wang Xi defends Prince Jing by revealing that the prince has a bruise, possibly caused by the noble consort’s cat, explaining why Prince Jing might have acted against the cat.
The emperor is convinced and orders an investigation into the events.
The investigation reveals the noble consort’s scheming, leading to her being confined to her palace, losing favor with the emperor.
While the palace is in chaos, Li Yu remembers his side quest to obtain the luminous pearl but is taken away by Wang Xi and Prince Jing before he can retrieve it.
Prince Jing notices Li Yu’s fixation on the pearl, orders a servant to retrieve it, and realizes that the fish seems interested in the jewel.
Prince Jing keeps the pearl hidden, smiling to himself as he still has unresolved issues with the little carp.
Chapter 11: The Fish Made a MistakeLi Yu follows Prince Jing and his servants back to Jingtai Hall, trying to get the prince’s attention, but Prince Jing ignores him, frustrating Li Yu.
Li Yu contemplates how to communicate his desire for the luminous pearl and attempts to mimic the shape of a pearl while swimming, but Prince Jing remains unresponsive.
Wang Xi notices Li Yu’s behavior and assumes the fish wants to stay with Prince Jing, commenting on the fish's intelligence and clinginess.
Despite Wang Xi’s attempts to help, Prince Jing takes the bowl and the fish to his private quarters, feeling possessive over the little carp.
Li Yu realizes he’s now in Prince Jing’s room, which is a privilege not granted to others, and tries to adapt to his new surroundings.
Wang Xi arranges for the porcelain fish tank to be brought to the room and ensures that everything is set up for Li Yu’s comfort.
Li Yu enters the system to check on his quests, feeling discouraged by his lack of progress and resolves to continue his efforts.
Upon exiting the system, Li Yu discovers he is being held in Prince Jing’s hand, and he panics, trying to act cute to gain favor.
Prince Jing, slightly annoyed by the fish’s behavior, taps its head, and Li Yu realizes the prince has the luminous pearl hidden in his sleeve.
Li Yu attempts to wriggle his way into Prince Jing’s sleeve to retrieve the pearl, managing to slip down the prince’s arm and into his sleeve with the help of water.
Inside the sleeve, Li Yu is embarrassed by the close contact with Prince Jing’s bare skin and struggles to move toward a glowing object he assumes to be the pearl.
Li Yu clamps down on what he believes to be the pearl, only to realize in horror that it’s not a pearl but something else entirely.
As Prince Jing removes his clothing to free himself from the fish’s struggle, Li Yu discovers he’s on the prince’s chest, having mistakenly bitten something inappropriate.
Wang Xi enters the room, shocked by the scene of a flushed Prince Jing holding the fish, and expresses his concern, misunderstanding the situation entirely.
The chapter ends with Li Yu feeling utterly humiliated by the series of events, wishing for the ground to swallow him whole.
Chapter 12: The Fish Wants to ApologizeLi Yu realizes he’s made a serious mistake by accidentally biting Prince Jing and causing trouble. He feels anxious and guilty, knowing the prince must be angry.
Unable to sleep, Li Yu tosses and turns all night, feeling humiliated and uncertain about how to make amends.
He decides to focus on completing the main quest instead of the side quest “Clear, Bright Pearl,” convinced there will be other opportunities to transform back into a human.
Li Yu starts avoiding Prince Jing, feeling uncomfortable around him due to the recent incident.
Wang Xi notices Li Yu’s behavior and tries to care for him, feeding him red-colored fish food and making him swim laps for better digestion.
Li Yu feels grateful but increasingly guilty as he realizes Prince Jing has been kind to him despite everything.
Determined to apologize, Li Yu struggles to find a way to show his sincerity. He decides to offer Prince Jing the pieces of fish food he’s been given, seeing it as the only thing he owns.
Li Yu waits eagerly for Prince Jing’s return to present the fish food as an apology, but the prince doesn’t come back that night, leaving him disappointed.
Prince Jing returns early the next morning and notices the fish food lined up in the tank. Li Yu wakes up and excitedly presents the food to him, trying to apologize.
Prince Jing is surprised by Li Yu’s gesture and contemplates whether the fish is trying to ask for forgiveness or something else.
Wang Xi informs Prince Jing that the luminous pearl has been sealed in a bottle as requested, ready to be placed in the tank as punishment for Li Yu.
Prince Jing hesitates and decides not to punish the fish. Instead, he opens the bottle and drops the pearl into the tank, surprising Li Yu.
Overjoyed, Li Yu catches the pearl, realizing that Prince Jing is willing to take care of him despite everything.
Chapter 13: The Fish Wants to Fight for LoveLi Yu successfully completes the “Clear, Bright Pearl” quest and receives a transformation medicine as a reward but decides to store it for later use, realizing he needs to plan its use carefully.
To maintain appearances, Li Yu pretends to enjoy playing with the luminous pearl in front of Prince Jing and Wang Xi, despite his mouth hurting from holding it.
Li Yu enters the system and decides to postpone accepting the transformation medicine, realizing he needs to plan how and when to use it without causing chaos or getting caught.
Li Yu returns to reality and notices the time left for the “getting along” main quest is running out. Determined to interact with Prince Jing, he devises a plan to grab the prince’s attention.
Li Yu tries jumping out of his tank to catch Prince Jing’s attention but struggles to stay on the tank’s edge. After several failed attempts, Prince Jing notices and lifts him out, placing him in a shallow tea bowl to observe his surroundings.
Li Yu is excited to see Prince Jing’s room, which is simple and cold, reflecting the prince’s personality. He tries to act cute and show his affection by curling his tail around Prince Jing’s finger.
Prince Jing starts drawing a portrait of the little carp, and Li Yu is thrilled to be the subject of the prince’s artwork. He poses in what he thinks is a majestic pose, feeling a sense of accomplishment.
Their quiet, shared moment is interrupted by Wang Xi, who announces that the emperor has sent gifts, including a pair of rare koi in a large crystal tank, as an attempt to comfort Prince Jing after the incident with Noble Consort Qiu.
Li Yu is shocked and feels threatened by the presence of the beautiful koi, fearing they might steal Prince Jing’s affection. He resolves to guard his position and prepare to “fight” for Prince Jing’s love.
To Li Yu’s relief, Prince Jing ultimately does not accept the koi and instead returns to his room with Li Yu, placing him in a new, larger crystal tank. Li Yu is delighted, feeling he has successfully maintained his place by Prince Jing’s side.
Chapter 14: The Fish Wants Revenge on SocietyLi Yu moves into a new, larger crystal fish tank, which Prince Jing has prepared with care, adding his familiar white rock bed, water plants, an ornamental mountain, and various jewels to play with.
Li Yu doesn’t realize the value of the crystal and jewels, thinking they are just colorful regular rocks. He spends time playing with the jewels, pushing them around and creating piles.
As the deadline for the “getting along” quest approaches, Li Yu panics, realizing he has spent too much time playing instead of focusing on completing his quest.
Li Yu contemplates using the transformation medicine to say goodbye to Prince Jing as a human, but he hesitates, unsure of the consequences.
Prince Jing notices Li Yu lingering by the tank wall and attempts to play with him through the crystal, which cheers Li Yu up and distracts him from his earlier thoughts of revenge on society.
As the countdown for the quest ends, Li Yu enters the system, fearing he has failed, but is relieved to learn he has succeeded, earning the reward of heightened healing powers.
Li Yu returns to reality and finds himself in Prince Jing’s hand. Overwhelmed with gratitude for the prince’s care and love, he tries to express his emotions by nuzzling Prince Jing’s face.
Li Yu accidentally ends up rubbing his fish lips against Prince Jing’s lips, causing both surprise and embarrassment. Prince Jing is amused but remains calm.
Li Yu feels a deep sense of self-reflection after the incident, preparing another round of apology fish food for Prince Jing.
The system announces the next step of the main quest, “Share a Bed with the Tyrant,” leaving Li Yu bewildered and anxious about how to accomplish this as a fish.
Chapter 15: The Fish Wants to Get in the BedLi Yu reflects on his past quests and concludes that while the system's titles are clickbaity, the tasks themselves are relatively straightforward. He assumes that the current quest, “Share a Bed with the Tyrant,” simply requires him to be in the same bed as Prince Jing, even if only briefly.
He begins practicing jumping out of his fish tank to reach Prince Jing’s bed, but finds it challenging due to the distance and the noise his tail makes on the floor. He considers using the transformation medicine to complete the task as a human, but hesitates, wanting to save it for a more meaningful moment.
Wang Xi notices puddles on the floor from Li Yu's practice jumps and informs Prince Jing. Instead of being angry, Prince Jing orders tea bowls filled with water to be placed around the room, allowing the fish to "take walks" without risk of drying out.
With the tea bowls strategically placed and a new water-absorbent carpet laid down, Li Yu prepares to complete his quest by sneaking into Prince Jing’s bed while he sleeps.
That night, Li Yu waits until Prince Jing is asleep and jumps onto the bed, landing on a cushion he placed to avoid wetting the pillow. However, the system doesn’t acknowledge his completion of the task.
As he tries to figure out why, Li Yu realizes the person in the bed is not Prince Jing, but a woman who is likely an assassin. She has a knife hidden under the blanket.
Prince Jing enters the room, sees the woman in his bed, and quickly realizes she has malicious intent. He approaches her, feigning interest, before suddenly choking her and stabbing her in the chest with a sword.
The woman, surprised by the sudden attack, reaches for the knife under the blanket but is bitten by Li Yu, who is hiding there. Distracted and unable to defend herself, she is killed by Prince Jing.
After the assassin is dead, Prince Jing flips over the blanket and finds Li Yu trembling inside. He reaches out to pick up the fish, but Li Yu, still in shock and fear, recoils from his touch.
Chapter 16: Don’t Be Afraid, FishPrince Jing attempts to reach out to the trembling Li Yu, but the fish flinches away, terrified by the violence he just witnessed. Despite knowing Prince Jing killed the assassin in self-defense, Li Yu is deeply shaken by the bloodshed and now fears the prince, wondering if he too might be killed when he turns back into a human.
Sensing Li Yu's fear, Prince Jing tries to comfort him, but the fish continues to avoid his touch. Realizing that the fish may be frightened by the scent of blood, Prince Jing washes up, changes into clean clothes, and even orders his bloodstained clothes to be burned.
Despite Prince Jing's efforts to cleanse himself of the blood, Li Yu remains fearful and hides in the ornamental mountain within his fish tank. This confuses and frustrates Prince Jing, who then scoops Li Yu out of the tank and places him in a flower petal-shaped tea bowl by his pillow.
Li Yu is shocked by Prince Jing’s actions, thinking he might be in danger, but he soon realizes that Prince Jing simply wants him nearby while he sleeps. Li Yu is torn between his fear and the desire to complete his quest.
Eventually, Li Yu touches the jade pillow, triggering the system’s notification that the “Share a Bed” quest is complete. Despite his success, he remains anxious, particularly when he accidentally bites Prince Jing’s finger.
Prince Jing, however, remains calm and even pushes the jade pillow closer to Li Yu before going to sleep, leaving the fish confused but somewhat comforted. Li Yu eventually reflects on his fear, realizing that Prince Jing’s ruthlessness and kindness are two sides of the same person. He resolves to trust Prince Jing and not let his fear overshadow the kindness the prince has shown him.
Exhausted, Li Yu falls asleep next to Prince Jing, feeling more at ease. The next morning, Prince Jing wakes up to find the little carp nuzzling his hand, which lifts his spirits.
Meanwhile, the emperor, enraged by the news of the assassin, orders a thorough investigation and commands Prince Jing to return to his manor outside the palace to rest. Prince Jing wastes no time in packing up, including arranging for his newly acquired crystal fish tank to be transported.
The spectacle of the eight servants carrying the extravagant fish tank with a small, grayish carp inside attracts the attention of many in the palace, leaving them stunned by the prince’s unusual attachment to the fish.
Chapter 17: The Fish Wants to RebelLi Yu wakes up in Prince Jing Manor, unconcerned about being judged by others. He feels comfortable in his new surroundings, especially since his tank is still in Prince Jing's bedroom. His fear of Prince Jing has dissipated, and he is back to being playful and trusting.
Li Yu reflects on his life as a fish, realizing that he’s been focused on his duties as a pet and completing quests, with little concern for the book’s original plot. However, Prince Jing’s recent assassination attempt brings the plot back to his mind.
The second prince, Mu Tianzhao, sends a letter inviting Prince Jing to a banquet, but Prince Jing dismisses it. Mu Tianzhao then persuades the emperor to intervene, leading to an imperial edict ordering Prince Jing to host the banquet at his manor. All the princes are expected to attend, with Prince Jing as the host.
Li Yu deduces that this banquet might be the same one from the book where Prince Jing meets the "delicate concubine," a key character who is destined to become his love interest. Li Yu worries that this means the plot is moving forward, potentially leading to Prince Jing’s romantic entanglement with the concubine.
Li Yu recalls how the book depicted Prince Jing’s deep but unreciprocated love for the concubine, causing the prince much suffering. Now, knowing Prince Jing as a real person, Li Yu feels protective and angry at the thought of him being tormented by love.
Feeling powerless as just a pet fish, Li Yu takes out his frustration on the jewels in his tank, contemplating the possibility of Prince Jing losing interest in him once the concubine enters the picture.
Li Yu decides that if the plot is inevitable and Prince Jing is going to follow it, he should take advantage of the upcoming banquet. With many visitors and distractions, he plans to transform into a human and act freely, avoiding the concubine and taking matters into his own hands.
Chapter 18: The Fish Wants to TransformLi Yu decides to use the transformation medicine on the day of the banquet held at Prince Jing’s manor. To avoid suspicion, he plans to use a fish plushie reward from a previous quest, which looks like a replica of his fish form, to take his place in the tank while he is transformed.
The next step in Li Yu’s quest is “Gain a Deep Understanding of the Tyrant,” but the system provides no clear instructions, leaving Li Yu to focus on his immediate plan of transforming into a human.
Li Yu meticulously plans his activities for the two hours he will have as a human. He wants to eat human food, explore Prince Jing’s manor, and enjoy the banquet’s entertainment without being noticed.
On the day of the banquet, Prince Jing and Wang Xi leave early to greet guests, and Li Yu positions the fish plushie in the tank, covering it with a leaf blanket to make it look like he is sleeping.
Li Yu then takes the transformation medicine, which causes him to lose consciousness temporarily.
Meanwhile, at the banquet, the third prince, Mu Tianming, tries to impress Prince Jing by offering a toast and arranging for a dance performance, but Prince Jing is not interested. The third prince’s attempts to win Prince Jing’s favor are thwarted by the second prince, Mu Tianzhao, who tries to reconcile with Prince Jing and asks for the return of a luminous pearl that belonged to his mother, Lady Qiu.
Prince Jing agrees to return the pearl, and Wang Xi leads Mu Tianzhao to the room where the crystal fish tank is located. Mu Tianzhao is horrified to find that the pearl is at the bottom of the tank, among many other jewels, and that he will have to retrieve it himself.
To make matters worse, Mu Tianzhao notices that Prince Jing’s beloved pet fish seems to be lying still, covered by a leaf, and he suspects the fish might be dead, which alarms him greatly.
Chapter 19: The Fish DisappearedThe second prince, Mu Tianzhao, arrives at Prince Jing's room to retrieve the luminous pearl, but he becomes anxious when he notices Prince Jing's pet fish lying motionless in the tank. Knowing the fish's troublesome history, he fears it might be a trick.
Mu Tianzhao decides to leave, but Wang Xi insists that he stay until Prince Jing arrives, making the second prince increasingly nervous. A servant then notices that the fish isn't moving, raising suspicions.
Wang Xi leaves to fetch Prince Jing, leaving Mu Tianzhao in an uncomfortable situation, as he becomes the prime suspect in any mishap related to the fish. Prince Jing arrives and checks the fish tank, quickly realizing the fish is fake.
Prince Jing, now suspecting foul play, draws his sword and threatens the second prince, who vehemently denies any involvement. Wang Xi eventually confirms that the fish has been replaced with a fake one, and the window to the garden has been left open, suggesting the fish was stolen.
A thorough search of the room reveals that a set of Prince Jing’s inner robes and underwear are also missing, leaving Prince Jing puzzled and concerned about the motives behind the theft.
Meanwhile, Li Yu, who had used the transformation medicine, wakes up as a human in Prince Jing's room. To his shock, he realizes he is naked and quickly finds and wears a set of Prince Jing’s inner robes and underwear.
Li Yu prepares a tea bowl with water and fish food in case he needs to revert to his fish form quickly. He also positions the fish plushie in his place in the tank, hoping it will deceive anyone who checks on it.
Li Yu opens a window facing the garden as a decoy and then escapes through another window leading to an ornamental mountain, successfully avoiding detection while he explores the manor in his human form.
Chapter 20: A Fleeting GlanceLi Yu, having transformed back into a human, finds it difficult to adjust to walking on legs but eventually gets used to it. Without suitable shoes, he walks barefoot through Prince Jing’s manor, drawing attention due to his unusual appearance.
A kind servant, Auntie Xu, notices him and, after a brief conversation, guides him to the kitchens, where Li Yu finally gets to enjoy human food. Auntie Xu, taking pity on him, gives him a set of clothes and shoes that belonged to her son.
After eating, Li Yu decides to explore the manor, avoiding the main banquet area where Prince Jing and the other guests are gathered. He plans to watch an opera performance but is stopped by guards who mistake him for a servant due to his attire.
Just as he turns to leave, Li Yu encounters Wang Xi, who, suspecting him to be the thief who stole Prince Jing’s fish and clothes, orders the guards to capture him. Li Yu, panicked and knowing his time as a human is limited, throws fish food to distract them and runs away, finding a room to hide in.
Prince Jing, informed of the situation, quickly joins Wang Xi and the guards to confront the intruder. They surround the room where Li Yu is hiding, but Li Yu, desperate and running out of time, yells a challenge to buy himself a few moments.
Prince Jing doesn’t hesitate and breaks down the door. He catches a glimpse of the fleeing Li Yu, noticing something oddly familiar about him. Despite his efforts, Prince Jing only manages to grab the corner of Li Yu’s robe as he jumps out of the window.
The guards, expecting to catch Li Yu outside, report that they haven’t seen anyone. Prince Jing finds only a pile of discarded clothes and a tea bowl with his fish inside, swimming happily.
Chapter 21: Fish Selling HimselfLi Yu, having transformed back into a fish, realizes that his plan to make it seem like he escaped out the window was foiled by Prince Jing's quick actions. Prince Jing and his guards couldn't find any trace of the "thief" outside, and they were left puzzled by the pile of clothes and the fish left behind.
To distract Prince Jing from examining the clothes too closely, Li Yu starts swishing his tail in a way that seems like he's "selling himself" to gain the prince's attention. Prince Jing, initially angry, softens when Li Yu curls his tail around his finger and acts cute, temporarily forgetting the pile of clothes.
The guards theorize that the thief might have escaped by swimming away in a nearby pond, which Prince Jing considers but is interrupted by Li Yu's antics, preventing him from investigating further.
Wang Xi confirms that the clothes left behind include Prince Jing’s inner robes and underwear, along with a simple old robe and cloth shoes identified by Auntie Xu as belonging to the youth she helped. Auntie Xu feels guilty for unknowingly aiding a thief, but thanks to Li Yu's intervention, she's spared from being thrown out of the manor and only receives a light punishment.
Prince Jing is puzzled by the discovery of a silver scale on the thief’s sleeve, which indicates that the thief had touched the fish. He orders a thorough investigation but remains calm, holding Li Yu in a tea bowl as they return to Ninghui Hall where the banquet is still ongoing.
At the banquet, Li Yu finds himself the center of attention as guests praise the little carp. While Li Yu basks in the compliments, his attention is drawn to a beautiful young man in white dance robes, whom he recognizes as Chu Yanyu, the bottom protagonist of the original story.
Despite Chu Yanyu's alluring presence, Prince Jing remains indifferent and only gives a slight nod of approval to his dance performance, much to the surprise and disappointment of the third and sixth princes, who had orchestrated the entire performance.
Li Yu is confused by Prince Jing’s lack of interest in Chu Yanyu, wondering what happened to the love at first sight described in the original book. He feels a mix of relief and puzzlement as the night ends without the expected romantic development between Prince Jing and Chu Yanyu.
Chapter 22: The Fish Is WantedPrince Jing watches the dance performance without showing interest, leaving the third prince, Mu Tianming, disheartened. Despite offering Chu Yanyu as a gift to Prince Jing, the prince declines with a simple "no," confusing and frustrating the third prince.
Chu Yanyu, prideful and taken aback by Prince Jing’s indifference, questions the prince's lack of interest. Wang Xi, interpreting for Prince Jing, clarifies that it’s not a matter of Chu Yanyu’s worth but that it’s irrelevant to Prince Jing.
Li Yu, observing Prince Jing’s reaction, is relieved and pleased that the prince shows no romantic interest in Chu Yanyu, contrary to the original book’s plot.
Back in Prince Jing’s room, Li Yu notices that the plush fish decoy he had used is gone, but he’s confident that the prince hasn’t figured out his secret. When Prince Jing drops the plush back into the tank, Li Yu pretends to play with it, hoping to keep his cover.
Prince Jing starts painting again, but this time, instead of a fish, he paints a portrait of a youth in green robes, which Li Yu recognizes as his human form. Li Yu is puzzled by Prince Jing’s focus on this portrait.
Wang Xi arrives, and after a whispered conversation, it becomes clear that Prince Jing is intent on finding the person in the portrait, not realizing it’s actually Li Yu. Wang Xi is ordered to search the area around the pond for the mysterious youth.
After the banquet, the third prince, Mu Tianming, delivers Chu Yanyu and a female dancer to Prince Jing’s manor, despite the prince’s lack of interest. This gesture is noted by the emperor, who rewards the third prince with a tea set, signaling his approval of the third prince’s efforts to connect with Prince Jing.
The emperor’s actions cause tension among the other princes, particularly the second prince, who feels slighted. Meanwhile, the third prince and the sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao, see this as a sign to continue their strategy.
In response to the third prince’s gift, Wang Xi prepares to sequester Chu Yanyu and the female dancer in a courtyard where previous unwanted guests have been kept, understanding that Prince Jing has no intention of accepting them into his close circle.
Chapter 23: Bathing with the FishLi Yu reflects on how Prince Jing's disinterest in Chu Yanyu might alter the original plot. The system assures him that as long as he completes his missions, the plot changes won't prevent Prince Jing from becoming emperor.
Li Yu wonders what "attaining a deep understanding of the tyrant" means, but the system goes silent. He recalls a saying about understanding someone by bathing with them and decides to try this with Prince Jing.
Li Yu acts excited and playful, leading Wang Xi to suggest to Prince Jing that the fish join him in his bath. Prince Jing agrees, and the fish is placed in a wooden ladle floating in the bath.
As Li Yu tries to get closer to Prince Jing, he accidentally tips over the ladle and falls into the tub, discovering the water is cool, not hot. Prince Jing had replaced the hot water to accommodate his fish.
Li Yu and Prince Jing play in the water, with Li Yu biting and splashing, making Prince Jing smile—a rare sight. After the bath, Li Yu is happy to receive an update on his mission progress.
Later, Li Yu tries out his mission reward, a skill that allows him to turn into a human for an hour each day. He is excited but disappointed that the skill is time-limited.
The next part of his mission involves "intimate contact with the tyrant," which Li Yu interprets as possibly involving a kiss. He attempts to kiss Prince Jing while he sleeps but fails as the prince wakes up and gently places him back in his bowl.
The next day, Ye Qinghuan, the heir of the House of Cheng’en and Prince Jing’s cousin, visits the manor with his pet dog. Ye Qinghuan hopes to bond with Prince Jing over their shared interest in pets.
Ye Qinghuan, Prince Jing’s cousin, excitedly visits the prince's manor to see the famed pet fish, without waiting for formalities. He brings along his large black dog, Xiongfeng, adorned with a gold collar.
Instead of his usual dismissive attitude, Prince Jing has the crystal fish tank brought out for Ye Qinghuan to see, flaunting the luxurious setup. Ye Qinghuan is stunned by the lavish display and feels overshadowed by the opulence of the fish tank compared to his dog’s collar.
Ye Qinghuan tries to provoke a response by showing off his dog’s tricks. To his surprise, the fish, Li Yu, jumps into Prince Jing’s palm on command, demonstrating a level of intelligence and connection that leaves Ye Qinghuan speechless.
Ye Qinghuan asks about the fish's name, and Prince Jing realizes he hasn’t named his pet yet. After some thought, he decides to name the fish "Xiaoyu," meaning "little fish." Li Yu is delighted with the name, as it coincides with a nickname he had in the modern world.
Ye Qinghuan’s dog, Xiongfeng, becomes curious about the fish and runs towards it. Li Yu panics, but Prince Jing intervenes, blocking the dog. Despite Ye Qinghuan’s assurances that Xiongfeng is friendly, Prince Jing remains cold and orders Wang Xi to remove Ye Qinghuan and his dog from the manor.
Li Yu recalls a plotline from the original book involving Ye Qinghuan and the political machinations of the princes. He realizes that if Prince Jing doesn’t align with Chu Yanyu, the course of events may change, potentially sparing Ye Qinghuan from his tragic fate.
The system activates a side quest titled "Impenetrable Defense," prompting Li Yu to protect Ye Qinghuan from his doomed fate. The mission requires him to prevent Ye Qinghuan's death within a certain time frame, and Li Yu is determined to succeed.
Li Yu decides to write a letter to warn Ye Qinghuan about the second prince’s plot. However, he struggles with writing in traditional Chinese characters and realizes he’ll need to copy from books in Prince Jing’s study.
Li Yu accompanies Prince Jing to the study, where he tries to peek at the prince's book to learn the characters. Prince Jing notices the fish’s odd behavior and moves the tea bowl closer, allowing Li Yu to see better. Despite his efforts, Li Yu eventually falls asleep on the book, missing the chance to practice writing.
Chapter 24: Even the Best-Laid PlansWhile Prince Jing is out, Li Yu uses his transformation skill to turn into a young man. He quickly dresses in underclothes from the closet, as he has limited time in human form.
Li Yu finds suitable tools to write a letter, avoiding Prince Jing’s usual brush and ink to prevent leaving any trace. He improvises by using a tea bowl as an inkstone.
Li Yu writes several drafts of the letter to Ye Qinghuan, aiming to warn him about potential dangers. He eventually finalizes the letter, stores it in his inventory, and cleans up all evidence of his actions.
Prince Jing returns and immediately senses something is off. He notices the incense burner has been used, but the smell of incense is absent. Upon investigation, Wang Xi discovers a used brush, missing paper, and ink stains on Prince Jing's inner robe, leading them to suspect a thief.
Wang Xi also notices that Li Yu, the fish, has ink on his body, and a tea bowl filled with ink is found. This confuses Prince Jing, but he concludes that the fish was playing around.
Li Yu, realizing he made a mistake by leaving ink traces, tries to cover up his actions by jumping into the ink-filled tea bowl, pretending to be playful.
Prince Jing remains perplexed by the series of events but dismisses them as the fish’s playful behavior.
Li Yu decides to deliver the letter to Ye Qinghuan directly during one of his visits. He waits for the right moment to pass the letter discreetly.
Ye Qinghuan visits again, bringing his dog, Xiongfeng, and a golden ball. He tries to show off his dog’s tricks, but Prince Jing’s fish outshines the dog by skillfully stacking jewels and playing in the fish tank.
Xiongfeng becomes excited by the fish’s tricks, and Li Yu sees an opportunity. He secretly places the letter in Xiongfeng’s mouth, hoping the dog will deliver it to Ye Qinghuan.
When Ye Qinghuan returns, he finds Xiongfeng wet and holding a white envelope. Shocked, Ye Qinghuan retrieves the letter from his dog’s mouth.
Chapter 25: Fish Eating DessertYe Qinghuan reads the mysterious letter and is visibly shocked by its contents. He shows the letter to Prince Jing, who is equally surprised.
The letter contains a warning that the second prince plans to frame Ye Qinghuan for the murder of the Princess of Jinjue and advises him not to trust the sixth prince.
The letter’s poor handwriting and alarming message make both Ye Qinghuan and Prince Jing skeptical, but they decide it's better to be cautious.
Prince Jing advises Ye Qinghuan to be prepared and to keep an eye on the second and sixth princes. They agree to stay vigilant and see what happens next.
Ye Qinghuan wonders who could have sent the letter, suspecting it might be someone familiar with his habits.
Prince Jing suspects the letter was written by the same person who had previously intruded into his room and stolen his clothes, recalling a frayed brush found recently.
Ye Qinghuan attempts to negotiate with Prince Jing, asking for the identity of the assassin who attacked him in exchange for finding out who sent the letter. However, Prince Jing rebuffs him.
Ye Qinghuan then reveals his plan to use his dog, Xiongfeng, to track down the letter’s sender, as Xiongfeng had delivered the letter.
Meanwhile, Li Yu, in his human form, had fed Xiongfeng some fish food and had given the letter to the dog to deliver. He stayed in the room, waiting for Xiongfeng’s return, and ended up eating peach blossom-shaped pastries from the table.
Li Yu rearranged the pastries to hide the missing ones he had eaten, but in the process, made the entire stack smaller.
Xiongfeng returns, leading Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan to the room where Li Yu is hiding. Li Yu panics, realizing he's been caught again.
Chapter 26: Bringing the Fish EverywhereLi Yu, now able to transform into a human for an hour at a time, finds himself trapped in Prince Jing's room with nowhere to hide as Xiongfeng leads Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan towards him.
Desperately trying to escape, Li Yu attempts to open the window, only to find it sealed shut. He realizes he's trapped with no way out.
As Xiongfeng changes direction and runs towards the bamboo forest, Li Yu is relieved, as it buys him time to revert to his fish form before Prince Jing arrives.
In the bamboo forest, Xiongfeng leads Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan to Chu Yanyu, who attempts to use a trick to lure Xiongfeng to him. Chu Yanyu tries to impress Prince Jing with his calligraphy skills but is dismissed harshly, sent back to Qingxi Garden, and punished.
Back in the room, Li Yu manages to revert to his fish form just in time, though he worries about leaving traces of his human presence.
Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan, led by Xiongfeng, return to the room, but find no sign of the intruder. Prince Jing inspects the room, discovering that the clothes in his closet have been disturbed, leading him to suspect the thief's continued presence.
Prince Jing notices Li Yu playing with his tail and is briefly distracted by the fish's antics. He then finds a piece of peach blossom pastry stuck to Li Yu, realizing someone has been eating the pastries.
Concluding that the fish might have jumped to the pastries, Prince Jing feeds Li Yu the leftover pastries, amused by the fish's antics.
Despite the increasing defenses, Prince Jing decides to carry Li Yu with him wherever he goes, using a specially designed crystal bottle with holes for air.
Ye Qinghuan, astonished by Prince Jing's decision, realizes that there's no point in asking for the fish, as Prince Jing plans to keep it close at all times. Prince Jing picks up the crystal bottle with Li Yu inside and leaves, determined to protect his unusual pet.
Chapter 27: Fish as Solitary as SnowPrince Jing decided to keep Li Yu in a crystal bottle and carry him everywhere for safety, which made Li Yu feel both fortunate and trapped. While it allowed Li Yu to see the outside world, it also prevented him from transforming into a human or completing his missions.
At first, Li Yu enjoyed the attention and sights, but after a few days, he grew frustrated with being confined in the bottle. He realized that he needed to find a way to communicate his discomfort to Prince Jing.
Li Yu initially considered scaring Prince Jing by pretending to be sick, but when he saw how much effort Prince Jing put into carrying the bottle, he decided against it. Instead, he chose to act listless, hoping Prince Jing would notice.
Prince Jing, concerned for his fish, called a servant who had experience with pets. The servant suggested that the fish might be unhappy being confined in a small space. Understanding this, Prince Jing devised a solution: he placed fish tanks and larger tea bowls in various locations around his residence, allowing Li Yu to move out of the bottle when they arrived at their destination.
Li Yu, after only a couple of hours of pretending, was relieved to find himself in a fish tank again. He expressed his gratitude by swimming around joyfully, though he soon realized that being constantly with Prince Jing still prevented him from transforming.
Meanwhile, Prince Jing learned from Wang Xi that the House of Cheng’en had begun to monitor the second and sixth princes, indicating that Li Yu’s warning had been heeded. However, the side quest "Impenetrable Defense" was not yet completed, indicating more needed to be done to protect Ye Qinghuan.
Li Yu’s main concern was stopping Ye Qinghuan from entering the palace during the critical period around the Dragon Boat Festival, where the original book’s events placed him in danger. Despite Prince Jing’s warning, Ye Qinghuan refused to avoid the palace, citing his duty to obey imperial orders.
Prince Jing decided to accompany Ye Qinghuan to the palace, ensuring they could watch out for each other. Li Yu, still in fish form, planned to go along as well.
As the Dragon Boat Festival approached, the King of Jinjue arrived in the imperial city, accompanied by his youngest princess. Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan, upon seeing the princess, realized the letter’s warning was coming true.
The emperor entrusted Ye Qinghuan with the safety of the King of Jinjue and the princess, causing Ye Qinghuan to feel a deep sense of unease.
During the banquet in Taihe Hall, Prince Jing brought out the crystal bottle containing Li Yu, much to the surprise of those around him. The second prince, Mu Tianzhao, turned pale upon seeing the fish, realizing that his plans might once again be thwarted by Li Yu.
Chapter 28: Can’t Eat the FishDuring an imperial banquet, Prince Jing brought out his crystal bottle with Li Yu inside and transferred him to a small fish tank placed on the table. Prince Jing fed the fish a combination of fish food and a peach blossom pastry, causing surprise and confusion among the onlookers.
Prince Jing, noticing how much Li Yu enjoyed the peach blossom pastry but disliked another type of dessert, instructed Wang Xi not to prepare that dessert anymore, further baffling those around him.
The second prince, Mu Tianzhao, led the toasts to King Jinjue and attempted to impress the princess by offering her a butterfly pastry. However, the princess seemed more interested in watching Prince Jing feed his fish.
Mu Tianzhao, feeling frustrated by his recent setbacks and eager to secure his position, planned to marry the Princess of Jinjue to gain the support of her country. However, his plans were disrupted as the princess showed no interest in him and focused on the fish instead.
In an attempt to subtly express his frustration, Mu Tianzhao ordered carp soup, which drew attention from those around him, including his brother, Mu Tianming, who questioned the odd request. This led to an uncomfortable situation where everyone’s attention was drawn to Prince Jing’s fish.
The emperor noticed this and felt displeased with Mu Tianzhao’s behavior, as it appeared disrespectful to both Prince Jing and the princess.
The Princess of Jinjue, unimpressed with Mu Tianzhao's advances and his request for carp soup, stood up and publicly criticized him, further embarrassing him.
The emperor, observing the situation, realized that the princess had no interest in the second prince and decided to explore the idea of marrying her to Ye Qinghuan, whom he viewed as more suitable.
Mu Tianzhao, feeling humiliated and sensing that the emperor was now considering Ye Qinghuan for the marriage, became increasingly resentful and began to plan his next move.
Chapter 29: A Courageous, Ambitious FishYe Qinghuan presented Prince Jing with a stack of secret reports. The reports confirmed that the second prince was plotting against Ye Qinghuan by framing him for the murder of the Princess of Jinjue, just as described in the mysterious letter.
The second prince planned to lure the princess to Yanyu Pavilion, kill her with Ye Qinghuan's sword, and then frame Ye Qinghuan by catching him at the scene.
Despite the letter's warning, Ye Qinghuan found no evidence of the sixth prince's involvement, making him skeptical of the letter’s complete accuracy. However, he and Prince Jing decided to keep an eye on the sixth prince just in case.
The second prince also secretly acquired arsenic, suggesting another plot to poison someone, though the target was unclear.
Ye Qinghuan's marriage to the Princess of Jinjue was decided by the emperor, but Ye Qinghuan was more focused on preventing the second prince's plot.
On the day Ye Qinghuan was due to enter the palace to thank the emperor for his engagement, Prince Jing prepared to accompany him, armed with both a sword and a concealed dagger, ready for a potential confrontation.
Li Yu, realizing he might not be taken along to the palace, made several attempts to get Prince Jing's attention by jumping from his tank and even onto Prince Jing's shoulder. His determination paid off when Prince Jing decided to bring him along in a crystal bottle.
Upon arriving at the palace, Ye Qinghuan brought his dog, Xiongfeng, intending for the pets to keep each other company. Prince Jing left Li Yu in a white-and-blue porcelain fish tank.
Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan had preemptively warned the Princess of Jinjue about the plot against her through an anonymous letter. This led the King of Jinjue to heavily guard the princess, making the second prince’s plan difficult to execute.
As Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan prepared to confront the second prince at Yanyu Pavilion, Li Yu remained in Jingtai Hall, concerned about the sixth prince’s potential involvement.
While waiting in the hall, a black-clad figure broke in, but Xiongfeng’s barking alerted Wang Xi and the guards, forcing the intruder to flee.
Wang Xi, relieved that both the fish and dog were unharmed, fed them as a reward. However, Li Yu, suspecting foul play, knocked over the fish food plate. Wang Xi tested the food with a silver needle and discovered it was poisoned, confirming an assassination attempt against Li Yu.
Wang Xi took immediate action, moving Li Yu and Xiongfeng to a secure room without windows and personally standing guard to ensure their safety.
Chapter 30: Fishy First AidYe Qinghuan encountered the person sent by the second prince to lure him into Yanyu Pavilion, with Prince Jing and his aides following discreetly.
Upon arrival, they discovered a woman dressed in Jinjue attire, seemingly killed by Ye Qinghuan’s sword. The second prince and his imperial guards arrived shortly after, accusing Ye Qinghuan of murdering the princess.
The emperor, who had been informed by the second prince, arrived at the scene. The situation escalated as the second prince accused Ye Qinghuan of the crime, but when the body was examined, it was revealed to be a Jinjue servant, not the princess.
Ye Qinghuan presented his actual sword, showing that the sword found at the scene was a fake, part of the second prince’s plot to frame him.
The emperor, realizing the second prince’s deception, ordered Mu Tianzhao to be placed under house arrest. Although the emperor didn’t punish him further, the second prince’s plot had been thwarted.
Prince Jing, seeking justice for his mother and the House of Cheng’en, presented Empress Xiaohui’s memorial tablet to the emperor, urging him to take action against the second prince.
King Jinjue learned of the second prince’s plot and was furious. The emperor summoned Ye Qinghuan to manage the situation, while Prince Jing returned to Jingtai Hall.
On the way back, Prince Jing was attacked by a masked man, likely sent by the second prince for revenge. Despite being injured by a powder attack, Prince Jing managed to fend off the assailant.
Prince Jing returned to Jingtai Hall with his vision impaired by the powder. As he struggled to clean his eyes, Li Yu, realizing the danger of using water to wash away the lime powder, transformed into his human form and stopped him just in time.
Li Yu, still adjusting to his sudden transformation and nakedness, quickly wrapped himself in a curtain. He urged Prince Jing to allow him to help, aware that the situation required careful handling to avoid further harm to the prince’s eyes.
Chapter 31: Fishy ExposedLi Yu, in his human form, tried to help Prince Jing with his eye injury caused by lime powder. Despite Prince Jing's initial hesitation, Li Yu managed to convince him to let him clean the powder from his eyes, saving him from further harm.
As Li Yu carefully removed the powder, he realized the danger of using water to wash it away, which could cause blindness. He worked quickly to ensure the prince's eyes were safe.
Prince Jing, curious about the young man who saved him, began questioning Li Yu, but Li Yu pretended not to understand or answer, fearing he might reveal too much.
Prince Jing became more intrigued by the mysterious young man, noting his peculiar attire and behavior. Despite his curiosity, he allowed the imperial physician to treat him while keeping an eye on Li Yu.
When the imperial physician arrived, Prince Jing stepped outside to receive treatment, but left the door ajar, signaling his intent to return quickly. Li Yu, realizing he was running out of time before his transformation ended, grew anxious.
Wang Xi informed Prince Jing that someone had tried to poison the fish food in Jingtai Hall. This news further angered the prince, as he realized the threat was likely from the second prince's men.
Prince Jing returned to the room, but Li Yu had already transformed back into his fish form, leaving no trace of the young man behind. The room appeared empty except for Xiongfeng and the fish tank.
Prince Jing noticed small details, such as wet footprints and a puddle of water under Xiongfeng, that hinted at the young man's recent presence. He recalled the strange occurrences and began piecing together the possibility that the young man and the fish might be connected.
Prince Jing found fish scales on the cloth left behind, reinforcing his suspicions. He began to realize the truth, that the mysterious young man and his fish might indeed be the same being.
Chapter 32: Becoming a Carp SpiritLi Yu, feeling relieved after narrowly escaping exposure, slept peacefully in his tank, while Prince Jing spent the night piecing together clues about the mysterious young man and his fish, Xiaoyu.
Prince Jing realized that the young man and his fish might be the same being, a carp spirit or yao, based on the evidence of fish scales and the young man's mysterious appearances and disappearances.
Unsure of how to proceed, Prince Jing ordered a comparison of Xiaoyu with similar fish from the kitchen, confirming that Xiaoyu was indeed special, with a unique spirit.
Prince Jing struggled with the realization, considering how Xiaoyu had saved him and his relatives, and decided to keep observing Xiaoyu without revealing his suspicions.
Ye Qinghuan, exhausted from dealing with King Jinjue, visited Prince Jing and was startled by the prince's unusual demeanor and questions about yao. Prince Jing subtly inquired about raising a yao and learned that they could potentially drain a person’s essence, which worried him but also intrigued him.
Despite his concerns, Prince Jing decided to return to his manor with Xiaoyu, continuing to observe the fish spirit without revealing his knowledge.
On the way back, Li Yu noticed that he was losing scales and became anxious about the possibility of turning into a bald fish. Prince Jing, noticing the fallen scales, ordered Wang Xi to summon an imperial physician to check on Xiaoyu, further indicating his deep concern for the fish.
The chapter ends with Prince Jing determined to care for Xiaoyu, even if he was no longer just an ordinary fish, while Li Yu anxiously contemplates his situation.
Chapter 33: Fishy SuckWang Xi, under Prince Jing's orders, summoned an imperial physician named Xu to examine Master Fish Xiaoyu, who had been losing scales. Despite the unusual request, Imperial Physician Xu remained calm.
Imperial Physician Xu examined Xiaoyu and concluded that the scale loss was likely due to external factors rather than illness, possibly from bumping into things in a small space.
Li Yu, while initially relieved that he wasn't sick, knew the physician's suggestion wasn't the real reason for his scale loss. He began to worry about the impact of losing his scales and whether it would affect his cuteness.
Prince Jing, who had realized Xiaoyu was a carp spirit, took Imperial Physician Xu's advice to heart and ordered a new, more spacious fish tank for Xiaoyu, hoping to prevent further scale loss.
Prince Jing became more hesitant in touching Xiaoyu, realizing that his fish was actually a carp spirit, which led to some awkwardness in their interactions.
Meanwhile, the emperor issued a series of decrees that demoted the second prince, promoted Ye Qinghuan, and further solidified the alliance between the House of Cheng’en and King Jinjue. This marked a significant shift in court politics.
Li Yu's "Impenetrable Defense" side quest was updated and completed, earning him a reward of new, stronger fish scales. He chose gold-colored scales, which began to grow in place of his old ones.
As his new scales started to come in, Li Yu became a mix of black and gold, a unique and distinguished look that Prince Jing accepted without suspicion. Prince Jing even ordered Wang Xi to ensure everyone in the residence believed Xiaoyu was descended from koi to prevent gossip.
Prince Jing began reading books about yao (spirits) and their interactions with humans, including stories about a white snake and a fox spirit. These stories involved the spirits absorbing the essence of humans, which intrigued Prince Jing but also made him curious and anxious about Xiaoyu’s intentions.
Li Yu, determined to complete his main quest, waited for Prince Jing to fall asleep before jumping onto the prince’s pillow and giving him a quick kiss on the lips in his fish form. Unbeknownst to Li Yu, Prince Jing was awake and fully aware of the kiss, which left the prince in a state of surprise and confusion, especially as he recalled the stories he had been reading about spirits and their interactions with humans.
Prince Jing, puzzled by the brief kiss and the lack of any further action from the carp spirit, was left wondering about Xiaoyu's true intentions and the significance of the kiss.
Chapter 34: Drunk FishyAfter Li Yu kissed Prince Jing’s lips, he realized the mission “Intimate Contact with the Tyrant” wasn’t marked as complete because the action had been repeated.
Frustrated with the fish-scamming system for not informing him earlier, Li Yu spent the night pondering how to achieve proper “intimate contact” that would count toward the mission.
The next morning, Ye Qinghuan arrived at Prince Jing’s residence with two jars of green plum wine brewed by his grandfather, one for Prince Jing and one for Empress Xiaohui.
Prince Jing accepted the wedding invitation and the wine, and Ye Qinghuan noticed construction work at Prince Jing’s residence. It was revealed that Prince Jing was building a new fish tank for Li Yu.
Li Yu was thrilled to learn about the new fish tank and expressed his happiness by interacting with Prince Jing. Prince Jing, realizing how much the fish enjoyed the attention, began to pet him again.
During their time together, Ye Qinghuan noticed that Li Yu’s scales had changed color to gold and was surprised, but Wang Xi explained it away, likening it to a dog shedding fur.
Over a meal, Ye Qinghuan drank too much and began rambling, expressing doubts about his upcoming marriage. Prince Jing decided to take care of him and had him sent back to Cheng’en Manor.
Prince Jing noticed Li Yu’s interest in the green plum wine and brought a plate of green plums back to his room. When he was called away, he left the plums behind, suspecting that Li Yu might transform into a human in his absence.
Li Yu, taking advantage of Prince Jing’s departure, transformed into a human and ate the green plums, getting drunk in the process.
Prince Jing returned to find Li Yu in his human form, drunk and holding a plate with only one plum left. Delighted that Li Yu had finally transformed, Prince Jing was unsure how to handle the situation.
Li Yu, in his drunken state, mistook Prince Jing for his master and tried to feed him the last plum. He nuzzled against Prince Jing, who gently held him.
As Li Yu grew sleepy, Prince Jing helped him to bed. Li Yu, still thinking he was a fish, demanded his “leaf blanket,” which Prince Jing replaced with a green brocade blanket.
Just as Li Yu was about to fall asleep, he suddenly remembered his mission and, in a drunken daze, kissed Prince Jing’s throat, surprising him completely.
Chapter 35: The Fish Nibbled HimLi Yu woke up in his fish tank, covered by his leaf blanket, and remembered his drunken escapade with the green plums. He was relieved to be back in his fish form and assumed he must have transformed back into a fish before Prince Jing saw him.
Despite his relief, Li Yu was still anxious about completing the “Intimate Contact” mission, but when he entered the system, he discovered that the mission was already completed. The system informed him that he had completed the mission while he was drunk, by nibbling on Prince Jing’s Adam’s apple.
Li Yu collected his reward, which doubled all of his stats, including his inventory space, transformation time, tail strength, and healing abilities. He was ecstatic about his newfound abilities and began playing around in his fish tank, only to realize that his body had also doubled in size, causing him to get stuck in a narrow cave within the tank.
Prince Jing woke up, noticed Li Yu was missing, and found him stuck in the cave. After ordering the servants to move the ornamental mountain and free Li Yu, Prince Jing examined the fish and noticed his sudden growth. He speculated that Li Yu might be going through some sort of tribulation.
Prince Jing ordered a remodel of the ornamental mountain and other items in the fish tank to accommodate Li Yu’s new size. He also ordered new clothes and accessories that were much smaller than his own size, leaving Wang Xi puzzled.
Wang Xi speculated that Prince Jing might be hiding a male concubine in the manor, as he had seen a disheveled young man with Prince Jing before and now noticed a red mark on Prince Jing’s throat. Wang Xi obediently followed Prince Jing’s orders, delivering the clothes to the designated wardrobe.
Li Yu noticed the red mark on Prince Jing’s throat and realized he had nibbled him while drunk. Feeling guilty, he offered Prince Jing a peach blossom pastry as an apology, but then ate it himself out of hunger.
Prince Jing continued to spoil Li Yu, leaving out snacks that Li Yu couldn’t resist. With his increased transformation time, Li Yu took advantage of Prince Jing’s absences to transform into a human, eat the snacks, and explore the room. He discovered new robes and enjoyed dressing up and eating snacks, unaware that Prince Jing was secretly watching him from the next room through a hidden mirror.
Prince Jing, now fully aware of Li Yu’s ability to transform, watched him with fascination but was torn about what to do next. He was drawn to the fish spirit but unsure of how to proceed, especially after Li Yu’s drunken nibbling.
Chapter 36: Fish Wants to Dual CultivatePrince Jing reflected on his growing affection for Xiaoyu, realizing that despite only meeting in human form a few times, Xiaoyu's sincerity touched him deeply, both as a fish and a human. Prince Jing observed Xiaoyu’s behaviors and habits, noting that the fish could only transform into a human for about two hours each day.
Prince Jing decided to keep his knowledge of Xiaoyu’s true identity a secret for now, fearing that revealing it might cause Xiaoyu to run away. He began studying books on supernatural beings and Taoism, hoping to learn more about carp spirits and how to protect Xiaoyu.
Li Yu, noticing that Prince Jing was engrossed in reading, became curious and attempted to see what the prince was studying. Prince Jing indulged his curiosity by placing Li Yu’s lotus bowl closer to the book. However, when Li Yu realized Prince Jing was reading a book on cultivating immortality, he became worried that the prince might be considering this path.
Concerned that Prince Jing might abandon his emperor path for immortality, Li Yu splashed water on the book, hoping to deter him from such thoughts. In response, Prince Jing switched to a book on concocting pills of immortality, which prompted Li Yu to splash even more water to prevent him from considering dangerous alchemy.
Finally, Prince Jing pulled out a book on dual cultivation, which left Li Yu conflicted. He knew what dual cultivation meant and was both intrigued and embarrassed by the idea. Li Yu's reaction convinced Prince Jing that Xiaoyu might want to dual cultivate with him.
Just as the situation became more intense, Wang Xi interrupted, informing Prince Jing that there had been a fire in Zhongcui Palace, and Concubine Qiu was injured. The little carp quickly retreated back to his lotus bowl, leaving the situation unresolved.
Chapter 37: Gold Fish FingerLi Yu initially struggled to remember who Concubine Qiu was, but Prince Jing recognized her as the former Noble Consort Qiu, now demoted. Concubine Qiu was the mother of the second prince, now known as the Marquis of An, who had lost his chance at inheriting the throne. Despite her demotion, Concubine Qiu seemed unwilling to give up her ambitions.
Wang Xi explained that a fire had broken out in Zhongcui Palace, injuring Concubine Qiu, though the cause of the fire was unclear. Li Yu recalled a plot from the original book where Concubine Qiu had set herself on fire to gain the emperor's sympathy, but this time, the fire was more extensive, raising suspicions.
Prince Jing decided to visit the emperor after the incident. Li Yu, eager to go along, was placed in a large crystal bottle by Prince Jing, who filled it with snacks for the journey.
At Qianqing Palace, the emperor was reminded of Concubine Qiu's past beauty and her dedication to pleasing him, which made him momentarily sympathetic. However, when the results of the fire investigation revealed suspicious details, the emperor became wary of Concubine Qiu's intentions.
The emperor was informed that a servant named Huanhua, who lived in the room where the fire started, was missing, adding to the mystery. The emperor grew suspicious of Concubine Qiu, especially after Consort Qian hinted at the implausibility of Concubine Qiu's selective injury.
The emperor decided to visit Concubine Qiu in person, accompanied by the other concubines and princes. Upon arrival, the emperor noticed that Concubine Qiu had prepared herself to evoke his pity, which only increased his suspicion.
While waiting outside the room, Li Yu, aware of the plot's changes, tried to think of a way to inform Prince Jing of Concubine Qiu's deceit. Lost in thought, he accidentally flipped over his crystal bottle. Prince Jing quickly scooped him up, and Wang Xi covered the situation by announcing that Prince Jing needed to change.
Chapter 38: My Name Is Li YuPrince Jing carried Li Yu into a warm room within the side hall after the fish had accidentally tipped over the crystal bottle, soaking the prince's clothes. While Wang Xi prepared a change of clothes for Prince Jing, the prince asked him to stand guard outside, leaving them alone in the room.
Prince Jing placed Li Yu into another crystal bottle and began changing his clothes. He wondered if Li Yu was trying to tell him something, similar to a previous incident where the fish's actions had led him to leave and encounter Noble Consort Qiu and her son. However, Li Yu was simply anxious and unsure how to communicate as a fish.
When Prince Jing turned his back to change, Li Yu, out of curiosity, stopped swimming and stared at the prince, only to be caught in the act. Prince Jing playfully turned the fish around, making Li Yu feel both embarrassed and fascinated.
Li Yu realized he needed to transform into a human to warn Prince Jing about Concubine Qiu's plot. After Prince Jing left the room, ostensibly to drink tea, Li Yu transformed and quickly dressed in a servant's outfit he found in the room.
Stepping outside, Li Yu was startled to find Prince Jing waiting for him. He quickly tried to explain that Concubine Qiu had burned herself with a cypress branch to fake her injury and manipulate the emperor. Li Yu detailed the plot, including the location of the cypress branch and the key witness, Huanhua.
To prove his credibility, Li Yu recited the contents of the letter he had previously sent to Ye Qinghuan, which had helped the House of Cheng’en. This convinced Prince Jing of his identity.
Prince Jing, still holding onto Li Yu's arm, called Wang Xi and had Li Yu repeat the information to him. Prince Jing then decided to let the third prince handle the situation, avoiding direct involvement himself.
After Wang Xi left, Prince Jing sat down with Li Yu, asking him several questions about his identity and reasons for being there. Li Yu reluctantly answered, revealing his name, age, and his uncertainty about why he had turned into a fish.
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong
The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong, Vol. 2
Chapter 39: Fish SneezesPrince Jing records the carp spirit's name, "Li Yu," and reflects on how fitting it is. He notes that Li Yu, at eighteen, is much younger than spirits typically found in stories, making him suspect that the carp spirit's cultivation level is low.
Prince Jing inquires about why Li Yu saved him, leading Li Yu to mistakenly believe the prince is asking about the incident involving the House of Cheng’en. Li Yu downplays his role, attributing the success to Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan's plans.
Prince Jing is pleased with Li Yu's modesty and grows more fond of him.
When asked about his current residence, Li Yu lies, claiming he has no fixed home and wanders about, to avoid suspicion.
Prince Jing, though suspicious of Li Yu's audacity, decides to protect him and invites him to stay at his manor, under the pretext of taking care of his fish.
Li Yu is both surprised and relieved by the offer, realizing it would allow him to stay close to Prince Jing without raising further suspicions.
As they discuss, Prince Jing is summoned by the emperor, who is inquiring after him. Before leaving, Prince Jing reassures Li Yu, who is touched by his kindness.
Outside, the emperor interacts with his concubines, including Concubine Qiu, who is uneasy when the emperor mentions Prince Jing's fish, recalling a past traumatic experience with it.
The emperor considers the fish auspicious, a sign of good fortune, and asks to see it, causing Prince Jing to delay, as he worries about Li Yu’s current state.
Prince Jing eventually brings the fish to the emperor, with Concubine Qiu forced to approach despite her deep-seated fear and hatred of the fish.
Li Yu, sensing an opportunity, deliberately spits out bubbles, causing a scene. Wang Xi explains to the emperor that the fish is sneezing due to a strong scent, deflecting any further suspicion.
Chapter 40: A Gift for the FishConcubine Qiu becomes angry and defensive when the fish appears to sneeze in her presence, suspecting that it is mocking her.
Consort Qian seizes the opportunity to suggest that Concubine Qiu's injury be reexamined, leading the emperor to summon the imperial physician.
The imperial physician discovers the scent of cypress on Concubine Qiu's injury, raising suspicion since no cypress trees are found in her residence.
The third prince, Mu Tianming, reports that a servant named Huanhua has been found dead, and evidence points to Concubine Qiu being involved in a plot, including setting fire to Zhongcui Palace.
Concubine Qiu is accused of ordering the fire and trying to cover up her involvement, leading to her demotion to commoner status and banishment to the cold palace.
Prince Jing, who had orchestrated the exposure of Concubine Qiu’s crimes, quietly leaves the palace, knowing that his plan to remove her from power was successful.
After returning to his manor, Prince Jing reveals that a large, luxurious fish tank has been constructed for Li Yu. The tank is expansive, almost like a pond, with intricate details and jade carvings replicating scenes from the outside world.
Li Yu is deeply touched by Prince Jing's thoughtful gesture and eagerly explores his new home, finding joy in the meticulously crafted underwater world.
The chapter concludes with Li Yu feeling both grateful and emotionally moved by Prince Jing's gift, further deepening the bond between them.
Chapter 41: The Fish Is Not for SalePrince Jing waits by the fishpond, worried that Li Yu might prefer his new luxurious pond to staying with him. However, Li Yu returns to Prince Jing, showing that he still values their bond.
Prince Jing takes Li Yu back to his room, placing him in the fish tank, and feels reassured when Li Yu continues to stay close to him, signaling his affection and loyalty.
Li Yu, pretending to sleep, sneaks out of the tank and, after some humorous mishaps, gives Prince Jing a gentle "kiss" on the nose as a gesture of gratitude and affection before hurriedly returning to his tank.
The next day, Ye Qinghuan visits Prince Jing’s manor to see the new fishpond and brings his dog, Xiongfeng, along. Xiongfeng plays with Li Yu in the pond, and they have a playful interaction.
Ye Qinghuan is impressed by the size of the pond and teases Prince Jing about the possibility of losing the fish in such a large pond, but Prince Jing confidently dismisses the concern.
Later, the third prince, Mu Tianming, visits Prince Jing with the intention of buying the fish, offering large sums of gold and silver. He sees the fish as a good omen that could help him secure the position of crown prince.
Prince Jing, deeply angered by the offer, has Wang Xi reject the third prince’s proposal, emphasizing that the fish is his beloved pet and not for sale, no matter the price.
Li Yu is touched by Prince Jing’s refusal to sell him, feeling valued and cherished.
In response to the third prince’s attempt to buy the fish, Prince Jing orders the workers to replace Li Yu's bedding with rounded silver stones and a gold silk handkerchief, further demonstrating his affection and care for the fish.
The chapter ends with Li Yu overjoyed by the luxurious upgrades to his bed, feeling even more grateful and connected to Prince Jing.
Chapter 42: Teaching Fish to WriteLi Yu is informed by the system that his assessment for the main mission has been completed, allowing him to enter the next main mission called "Tyrant’s Pet Fish for Revitalizing the Family."
The first step of the new mission is "Indulge with the tyrant," which confuses Li Yu as he contemplates how to accomplish this task.
After unsuccessfully trying to negotiate the mission requirements with the system, Li Yu decides to go along with it, focusing on finding wine to fulfill the mission.
That night, thieves attempt to break into Prince Jing's manor, presumably sent by the third prince to steal Li Yu. The thieves are caught by the guards, and Prince Jing decides to handle the situation discreetly by sending them to the government office for interrogation.
Prince Jing learns that the third prince is planning to use the Imperial Astrological Bureau to claim that Li Yu is showing signs of transforming into a dragon, which would threaten the emperor's authority and put Prince Jing in danger.
Prince Jing takes precautions to protect Li Yu, anticipating the upcoming political storm.
Returning to his room, Prince Jing finds Li Yu in his human form, humming a tune and tidying the bed. Prince Jing is captivated by Li Yu’s appearance and demeanor.
Li Yu, nervous but trying to be obedient, prepares himself to answer Prince Jing's questions. Instead, Prince Jing hands him a brush and paper, asking him to grind ink and then teaching him how to write.
Prince Jing guides Li Yu closely, helping him write the character for "fish." Li Yu is flustered by the intimate proximity but focuses on learning.
Despite the close and somewhat awkward interaction, Li Yu becomes engrossed in the writing lesson, forgetting to ask for a reward, and later realizes that Prince Jing had subtly prevented him from completing his mission to "indulge" by keeping him occupied with writing.
Chapter 43: Fish Protecting His MasterThe emperor summons Prince Jing to the palace, specifically asking him to bring his fish, Li Yu.
Li Yu is nervous about the summons but cooperates, jumping into the crystal bottle as Prince Jing prepares to enter the palace.
Upon arriving, they find the emperor with several officials, including the third and sixth princes, who seem to be plotting something.
The emperor reveals that the Imperial Astrological Bureau has confirmed that the fish’s golden scales are an auspicious sign for the empire.
The third prince, Mu Tianming, tries to undermine this by questioning the Imperial Astrological Bureau’s assessment, suggesting that an alternative reading might be necessary.
Director Sun Simiao of the Imperial Astrological Bureau defends the assessment, and the emperor scolds the third prince for his immaturity.
The sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao, then introduces a nursery rhyme that hints at a fish transforming into a dragon, a veiled accusation against Prince Jing.
The emperor becomes suspicious after reading the rhyme, but Prince Jing, through Wang Xi, suggests investigating when and where the rhyme first appeared.
The emperor orders an investigation into the nursery rhyme, but the third and sixth princes have already summoned monks to further implicate Prince Jing.
Li Yu recognizes that the monks might be impostors, as in the original novel, and observes one monk scratching his head, indicating an uncomfortable, freshly shaven scalp.
Li Yu decides to act, breaking out of the crystal bottle and knocking off the lead monk’s hat, revealing that the monk has no precept scars, proving he is a fake.
Prince Jing, realizing Li Yu’s intent, injures his hand with a crystal shard to create a diversion, allowing him to expose the fake monk.
The emperor, seeing the evidence and realizing the plot, orders the arrest of the fake monks and feels regret for doubting Prince Jing.
The chapter ends with the emperor ordering Prince Jing to receive medical attention, while the third and sixth princes are left to face the emperor’s wrath.
Chapter 44: Desire to Be Sucked by the FishThe imperial physicians arrive to treat Prince Jing’s injured hand, but he insists they check on the fish, Li Yu, first.
After confirming that the fish is unharmed, the physicians remove the crystal shards from Prince Jing’s hand and bandage the wound.
Wang Xi tries to take the crystal bottle away to prevent Prince Jing from playing with the fish, but Prince Jing orders him to leave and keeps the bottle close.
Li Yu feels guilty for causing Prince Jing’s injury and wishes he could thank him properly.
Prince Jing opens the crystal bottle, and Li Yu swims over to comfort him by rubbing against his fingers.
After confirming that Li Yu is fine, Prince Jing, weakened from blood loss, tries to rest but remains concerned about his fish.
Li Yu transforms into his human form, changes into clothes from his inventory, and checks on Prince Jing’s bandaged hand.
Worried about Prince Jing’s condition, Li Yu drapes a blanket over him and sits by his side.
Prince Jing, secretly waiting for Li Yu to transform, pretends to sleep to get closer to him.
Li Yu tries to comfort Prince Jing by offering him food and tending to his needs, but he is overcome with guilt and begins to cry.
Prince Jing, unable to communicate verbally due to his injury, hands Li Yu a cloth to wipe his tears and pats his hand to comfort him.
Li Yu, still worried, offers to fetch water, but Prince Jing pulls him back and rests his head on Li Yu’s thighs, pretending to be cold.
Li Yu, flustered but resigned, hugs Prince Jing to keep him warm, fulfilling the prince’s desire for closeness.
Prince Jing pretends to shiver again, hinting at a desire for more intimacy, but Li Yu innocently complies by hugging him tighter, unaware of the prince's true intentions.
Chapter 45: Fishy NursingPrince Jing falls asleep on Li Yu's lap after taking his medicine, leaving Li Yu worried about transforming back into a fish while Prince Jing is still lying on him.
Li Yu becomes concerned that if he transforms while Prince Jing is on his lap, he might be crushed or flattened.
Wang Xi enters the room, and Li Yu signals him for help.
Wang Xi, recognizing Li Yu as Li-gongzi, helps him gently move Prince Jing onto the daybed and covers him with a blanket.
Li Yu, aware that he’s about to transform back into a fish, quickly hides behind a cabinet where he had placed a crystal bottle beforehand.
After transforming back into a fish, Li Yu uses his tail to jump into the crystal bottle, completing his transformation unnoticed by Wang Xi.
Wang Xi, seeing the crystal bottle with the fish in it on the ground, places it in front of the bed for when Prince Jing wakes up.
Meanwhile, the emperor, angry at the third and sixth princes for bringing fake monks to the palace, orders an investigation into the suspicious nursery rhyme.
The fake monks are tortured and confess that they were bribed by the third prince, leading to the emperor scolding both the third and sixth princes.
The sixth prince quickly admits his mistakes, distancing himself from the third prince, who continues to argue that Prince Jing's fish is suspicious.
The emperor, remembering the third prince's previous attempt to buy Prince Jing's fish, becomes angry and orders the third prince to be relieved of his duties and punished.
The third and sixth princes are publicly punished with a beating of one hundred planks each in Qianqing Palace.
Li Yu, satisfied with the emperor's punishment, listens to the third prince's screams while floating in his crystal bottle.
Prince Jing wakes up to see Li Yu in his crystal bottle, but before he can reach out to pet him, Li Yu starts to "meditate."
Li Yu checks his system and discovers that the koi side mission has been updated, leaving him curious about the changes.
Chapter 46: The Joy of Petting FishLi Yu checks the koi mission in the system and notices that the prompt has changed to: "To become a koi, one must experience being a koi first."
The system explains that when Li Yu becomes protective and risks his life for the tyrant, he exhibits the characteristics of a koi, which is about protection rather than just good fortune.
Li Yu is confused and nervous when the system prompts him to "experience being a koi" and find a target.
He finds himself in an illusion within the imperial palace and encounters two children: a taller, older prince, and a younger, chubbier prince.
The two children are fighting, and the older prince eventually runs away after the younger prince bites him.
Li Yu realizes that the chubby boy is a young Prince Jing, and the servant with him resembles Wang Xi.
Li Yu watches as the young Prince Jing is pushed into a pond by the older prince, who then runs away. Since no one else is around to help, Li Yu jumps into the pond to save Prince Jing.
In the water, Li Yu finds that he can interact with the boy and, after growing in size, manages to push him to safety.
The young Prince Jing is initially startled by the fish but soon begins to pet Li Yu under his guidance, smiling and enjoying the interaction.
Voices approach, and Li Yu hides among the aquatic plants in the pond as the emperor and imperial physicians arrive to check on Prince Jing.
The emperor, worried, orders the imperial physicians to treat the feverish Prince Jing immediately.
The system congratulates Li Yu on completing the "Becoming a Koi" mission, revealing that the mission was to make Li Yu experience the feeling of protecting someone.
Li Yu learns that the young Prince Jing recovers after a few days but decides to delay collecting the reward to avoid causing suspicion with another sudden scale change.
Li Yu exits the system and returns to reality, where he finds Prince Jing wrapping him in a golden blanket.
Despite knowing it was an illusion, Li Yu feels touched by meeting the chubby child version of Prince Jing.
Chapter 48: A Fish Follows His MasterLi Yu becomes anxious when he hears that Zen Master Liao Kong has been summoned to the palace. He worries that Prince Jing might want to become a monk or pursue cultivation seriously.
Head eunuch Luo arrives with a message from the emperor, asking Prince Jing to meet with Liao Kong. Li Yu decides to accompany Prince Jing to the palace, hiding in a crystal bottle.
At Qianqing Palace, Prince Jing meets the emperor and Liao Kong. Li Yu, hiding in the crystal bottle, feels nervous when Liao Kong notices him and glances at the bottle.
The emperor recounts how, as a child, Prince Jing had fallen into a pond and developed a high fever. Liao Kong had been called to help, and it was he who suggested changing Prince Jing's name from Tianjing to Tianchi.
Li Yu realizes that the illusion he experienced in the system may have been a real event from Prince Jing's past, and he reflects on the emperor’s story.
Liao Kong examines the fish in the crystal bottle and remarks that it is extraordinary, claiming it to be the descendant of a koi. He reassures the emperor that the fish is auspicious.
The emperor is relieved by Liao Kong's words, and Li Yu is pleased that he has been accepted as a koi by both the emperor and Prince Jing.
After the meeting, Prince Jing stays behind to speak privately with Liao Kong. He entrusts Wang Xi with taking the crystal bottle back to his room.
In their private conversation, it is revealed that Prince Jing had planned the meeting with Liao Kong to ensure the emperor’s doubts were dispelled. Liao Kong has a longstanding connection with Prince Jing’s family, having been a friend of Prince Jing’s grandfather, the former Duke of Cheng’en.
Liao Kong warns Prince Jing about the potential danger of keeping the fish around, but Prince Jing assures him that the fish would never harm him.
Liao Kong then reveals that, many years ago, when Prince Jing fell into the pond, he saw a black and gold fish that looked just like Li Yu. This fish had helped save Prince Jing by pushing him to the shore.
Prince Jing realizes that Li Yu might have been with him even back then, which deeply moves him. He reflects on how his instinct to save the fish when they first met was likely a remnant of their earlier connection.
Chapter 49: Fish Turning into a KoiAfter being confirmed as a koi by Zen Master Liao Kong in front of the emperor, Li Yu completes the koi mission but decides to delay accepting the reward to avoid drawing attention to his transformation.
Once Prince Jing recovers from his injury and returns to the manor, Li Yu picks a sunny day to accept the reward from the system.
Li Yu is given two options: choose a new scale color and receive increased luck for three random statistics. He chooses silver scales to look cool, and his luck increases in "slapping villains in the face," "well-fed and well-clothed," and "one-shot-and-done" stats.
After accepting the reward, Li Yu exits the system and is shocked to see that his entire fish body has turned silver with golden streaks, making him look like a true koi. He becomes worried about how Prince Jing will react to the drastic change.
Li Yu hides in his cave, only leaving his mouth visible, and plans to slowly reveal himself to Prince Jing. When Wang Xi comes to feed him, he notices something strange but doesn't investigate further.
When Prince Jing notices that Li Yu is hiding, he tries to pull him out but finds him stuck due to a growth spurt. Prince Jing orders his servants to move the ornamental mountain to free Li Yu, revealing his new silver appearance.
Prince Jing is initially surprised but quickly accepts the change, recognizing that this is still his beloved fish. He measures Li Yu's new size, realizing he's now as long as his forearm.
Prince Jing moves Li Yu to a larger tea bowl, which he had prepared in advance, and warns everyone in the manor that Li Yu will continue to change, reassuring them that it’s a natural koi transformation.
Three days later, Prince Jing writes to the emperor about the koi transformation, slightly altering the details to make it more believable.
With his koi mission completed, Li Yu focuses on his "Revitalizing the Family" mission, which requires him to indulge in wine.
Li Yu turns into a human and hides Prince Jing's cultivation books before seeking out Wang Xi to ask about wine.
Li Yu presents Wang Xi with a gift box containing his favorite desserts and asks for wine that’s not too strong. Wang Xi takes him to the wine cellar and gives him a jar of "Amber Light," a mild wine.
Prince Jing becomes concerned when he hears that Li Yu wants to drink wine, knowing his low alcohol tolerance, and decides to stay with him to prevent any accidents.
Prince Jing sees the handmade gift box Li Yu gave to Wang Xi and expressionlessly takes it, while Wang Xi holds the money Prince Jing gave him in exchange, feeling amused.
Chapter 50: Fishy Smashed CucumberLi Yu receives the wine he wanted and plans to complete his "Indulge" mission by getting Prince Jing to drink a diluted version of it. He believes just a sip would suffice to complete the mission.
To ensure Prince Jing doesn’t get drunk due to his recent injury, Li Yu dilutes the wine significantly by mixing it with several cups of cooled tea.
Li Yu realizes that Prince Jing’s food is usually tested by a servant before serving, so he decides to serve the wine himself using his human form.
To create an opportunity to serve the wine, Li Yu decides to invite Prince Jing to dinner and cooks a simple cucumber and egg dish.
Li Yu attempts to cook but quickly realizes he is terrible at it, making a mess in the kitchen. He eventually decides to make a simple cucumber salad instead.
Auntie Xu, a kitchen staff member, suggests Li Yu make fish soup, but Li Yu is horrified at the idea and declines. He sticks to preparing the cucumber salad.
Prince Jing, aware that Li Yu is in the kitchen, watches him struggle and feels warm-hearted knowing that Li Yu is working hard to cook for him.
Li Yu brings the cucumber salad and the diluted wine to Prince Jing, inviting him to have a meal together. Prince Jing agrees, and Li Yu excitedly serves the wine and salad.
Prince Jing eats the overly seasoned cucumber salad without complaint and then drinks the diluted wine. However, Li Yu’s mission doesn’t update, leaving him confused and frustrated.
Prince Jing becomes silent after drinking the wine and appears to be affected by it, even though it was heavily diluted. Concerned, Li Yu tries to help him to bed but struggles due to the weight difference.
While attempting to assist Prince Jing, Li Yu ends up falling onto him. As he tries to make sense of the situation, Prince Jing unexpectedly opens his eyes.
Chapter 51: A Fishy Falling OutLi Yu falls on top of Prince Jing accidentally, apologizing quickly, but Prince Jing doesn’t seem upset and instead stares at him intensely.
Prince Jing pulls Li Yu into his arms, making Li Yu uncomfortable. Despite Li Yu’s confusion, Prince Jing doesn’t let go and begins to touch him gently.
Li Yu tries to understand Prince Jing’s intentions, but Prince Jing, who can’t speak, doesn’t explain his actions.
Prince Jing, influenced by his belief that Li Yu, as a carp spirit, is destined to be his, decides to take the first step in claiming him, despite Li Yu’s resistance.
Li Yu, feeling increasingly uncomfortable and panicked, asks Prince Jing to let him go, but Prince Jing continues to hold and tease him.
As Prince Jing attempts to kiss him, Li Yu bites his tongue and struggles to escape, eventually managing to get free and accusing Prince Jing of having the wrong person.
Realizing Prince Jing wasn’t actually drunk, Li Yu feels betrayed and panicked, especially as the system warns him that he’s about to transform back into a fish.
Li Yu runs away, transforming into a fish just as Prince Jing catches up. Prince Jing, confused by Li Yu’s strong reaction, picks up the fish and returns it to the tank.
The upset fish hides in the tank, avoiding Prince Jing. Despite Prince Jing’s attempts to appease him with food, Li Yu refuses to come out, expressing his anger and betrayal.
Prince Jing, realizing the seriousness of the situation, becomes concerned as days pass and Li Yu continues to ignore him, refusing to transform or eat.
Chapter 52: Fish on StrikeLi Yu stubbornly refuses to eat for two days, growing weaker and feeling like he might float to the surface.
Prince Jing, troubled by Li Yu’s behavior, asks Wang Xi for help. Wang Xi, unaware of Li Yu's true identity, believes both Li-gongzi and the fish are upset, not knowing they are the same.
Wang Xi suggests Prince Jing gather all of the fish's favorite foods near the ornamental mountain cave, hoping the fish might eat eventually.
Li Yu, starving and struggling with his pride, finally decides to eat when Prince Jing offers him food directly. He reluctantly accepts, realizing that starving himself won’t solve anything.
After eating, Li Yu’s anger fades, and he enters the Moe Pet System to understand why the mission was completed after Prince Jing’s advances, realizing the system had been pushing him towards a deeper relationship with Prince Jing.
The system reveals that Li Yu’s choices have shaped the relationship, and while he can reset his memory, it wouldn’t affect Prince Jing.
Li Yu, feeling defeated by both the system and Prince Jing, decides not to reset and accepts the fish plush reward, vowing to delay future missions.
As he tries to sleep, Li Yu overhears two voices discussing Prince Jing’s attempts to leave a message for Li-gongzi, which piques his curiosity.
Li Yu sees the message on the walls of Prince Jing’s manor: “There are no other lovers. I adore you.”
Chapter 53: Stealing Prince JingLi Yu is shocked and embarrassed by Prince Jing's public display of affection, writing "There are no other lovers. I adore you" on the walls of the manor.
He reflects on the significance of Prince Jing’s confession and realizes that Prince Jing’s feelings are genuine, but struggles with his own feelings, knowing he is just a fish and unable to reciprocate.
Li Yu decides not to give Prince Jing any hope and contemplates staying in his fish form to avoid further misunderstandings.
While Li Yu is pondering, he overhears servants discussing that Prince Jing had ordered the confession to be permanently carved into the wall, leaving Li Yu feeling more conflicted.
Li Yu’s internal struggle is interrupted by the unexpected arrival of Chu Yanyu, who sneaks into Prince Jing's room.
Chu Yanyu, a concubine from the original novel, is jealous of Li-gongzi’s position and wants to replace him by taking care of Prince Jing’s fish.
Chu Yanyu, determined to win Prince Jing’s favor, attempts to feed Li Yu but becomes frustrated when the fish refuses to eat.
Desperate to gain control, Chu Yanyu mixes a brown herbal powder into a tea bowl, intending to drug Prince Jing, unaware that the bowl is for Li Yu’s use and not for drinking.
Chapter 54: Nothing to Do with FishLi Yu is confused and alarmed as he watches Chu Yanyu secretly drug all the tea bowls in Prince Jing’s room with a mysterious brown powder.
Chu Yanyu takes the final packet of the medicine himself, further alarming Li Yu, who suspects the medicine is an aphrodisiac.
Prince Jing enters the room, and Chu Yanyu pretends to feed the fish while nervously offering Prince Jing a cup of drugged tea.
Li Yu, realizing the danger, decides to transform into a human to stop Prince Jing from drinking the tea.
Just as Prince Jing is about to drink, Li Yu interrupts by jumping out of the fish tank and warning him about the drug.
Chu Yanyu is shocked and tries to maintain his composure, but Wang Xi and the guards arrive and arrest him after removing all the tea bowls.
It’s revealed that Prince Jing had known about Chu Yanyu’s plot all along and had used it to lure Li Yu out of hiding.
Li Yu, realizing that Prince Jing had deceived him again, becomes furious and accuses him of lying.
Overcome with anger and hurt, Li Yu punches Prince Jing in the chest and runs out of the room without looking back.
Chapter 55: Sick FishLi Yu rushes out of the room, angry and hurt by Prince Jing’s deception.
Wang Xi and the servants spot Li Yu, but Prince Jing gestures to let him go.
Prince Jing chases Li Yu to a garden, where Li Yu dives into a pond to escape, planning to stay hidden until he transforms back into a fish.
Prince Jing anxiously waits by another pool, hoping to find Li Yu, but he doesn't appear. Prince Jing realizes that Li Yu must be hiding in the water.
Li Yu eventually transforms back into a fish and hides at the bottom of the pool, avoiding Prince Jing.
Feeling frustrated and angry, Li Yu attempts to destroy the miniature buildings Prince Jing built for him underwater but can’t bring himself to do it.
Exhausted, Li Yu falls asleep on a statue of Prince Jing in the underwater model of the manor.
Worried about Li Yu’s prolonged absence, Prince Jing enters the pool alone to search for him, eventually finding him asleep on the statue.
Prince Jing gently retrieves the unconscious fish and returns to his quarters, where Wang Xi mistakenly assumes that Li-gongzi had left and that Prince Jing was searching for the fish all along.
Prince Jing places the fish back in the tank, but Li Yu doesn’t wake up, causing Prince Jing to worry.
Despite reassurances from the servants, Prince Jing fears something is wrong with Li Yu’s “cultivation” and decides to seek help from Liao Kong.
Li Yu, barely conscious, realizes he’s sick from staying in the water too long in his human form.
The Moe Pet System informs him that he is critically ill and should turn into a human to seek help.
Li Yu painfully transforms back into his human form and collapses on the floor, barely able to move.
Prince Jing, returning to fetch the fish, finds Li Yu in his human form, burning with fever.
Li Yu, weak and vulnerable, tearfully admits he feels terrible.
Prince Jing, realizing the severity of Li Yu's condition, rushes him to see the imperial physician.
Chapter 56: Fishy ReconciliationLi Yu, weak and feverish, is carried by Prince Jing to see the imperial physician, feeling both touched and surprised by the care.
Despite being uncomfortable with the situation, Li Yu eventually relaxes and leans into Prince Jing's embrace, feeling reassured.
The imperial physician diagnoses Li Yu with a severe cold from staying in the water too long but assures them that his life isn’t in danger.
Prince Jing insists on carrying Li Yu back to his room, where he wraps him in a green quilt to keep him warm.
Wang Xi prepares the medicine, and Prince Jing personally feeds Li Yu, who reluctantly accepts the care, taking the bitter medicine and following it up with peach blossom pastry offered by Prince Jing.
As Prince Jing continues to care for him, Li Yu’s anger and resentment begin to dissipate. He starts reflecting on his emotions and realizes that he may have been too harsh and unfair toward Prince Jing.
Li Yu opens a note from Prince Jing that simply says, "Rest and recover well," which touches him deeply.
Li Yu asks Prince Jing to leave the room as his transformation time is nearing, but before Prince Jing leaves, Li Yu awkwardly asks him to come see him again the next day.
Prince Jing, pleased and surprised by Li Yu’s request, leaves the room with a smile, while Li Yu reflects on how he prefers getting along with Prince Jing rather than being angry.
Chapter 57: Feeding the Fish MedicineAfter transforming back into a fish, Li Yu finds his fever has improved, and his mind is clearer. He notices that his fish plush has fallen from the silver rock bed, possibly due to his haste in transforming earlier. He realizes that Prince Jing might have noticed something off but reassures himself that it’s probably fine.
Li Yu becomes paranoid, wondering if Prince Jing has figured out that Li-gongzi and the fish are the same. He worries about the consequences if Prince Jing finds out, particularly about failing the Moe Pet System’s quests and losing his human form.
When Prince Jing enters the room, Li Yu tries to act as an energetic and lively fish to avoid suspicion. However, Prince Jing doesn’t pet him as usual, making Li Yu anxious. Instead, Prince Jing carefully places the fish on the silver stone bed and covers it with a leaf blanket, similar to how he had covered Li-gongzi earlier. This behavior increases Li Yu’s fear that Prince Jing might have discovered the truth.
Wang-gonggong informs Prince Jing that the carriage is ready to go to the palace, but Prince Jing decides not to go since Li Yu's condition has improved. Li Yu feels relieved, thinking that his act of greeting Prince Jing energetically has convinced him that the fish isn’t sick.
The next day, after transforming back into a human, Li Yu takes the bitter medicine without hesitation, impressing Prince Jing. He realizes that Prince Jing wanted to feed him the medicine, so he tries to make up for it by eating the peach blossom pastries that Prince Jing offers.
Prince Jing sits on the edge of the bed, making Li Yu uneasy due to their previous interactions. However, Prince Jing’s continued care and gentle demeanor slowly ease Li Yu’s discomfort. Prince Jing even presents him with a dish of smashed cucumber, a savory snack Li Yu had made before, which delights him.
Feeling sleepy after eating, Li Yu asks Prince Jing to wake him up after an hour. Prince Jing agrees without hesitation, further endearing himself to Li Yu.
While Li Yu sleeps, Wang Xi reports to Prince Jing that Chu Yanyu is awaiting punishment in Qingxi Garden. Prince Jing gives Wang Xi some medicine, which turns out to be an aphrodisiac.
Chu Yanyu, already beaten and humiliated, is forcefully given the aphrodisiac and left tied up, alone in his room to suffer. Wang Xi coldly informs him that this is Prince Jing’s punishment for his earlier actions.
Chu Yanyu is left in a state of unbearable suffering, with no one to help him, as Wang Xi leaves him to endure the effects of the aphrodisiac in the dark.
Chapter 58: Greetings to the Fish ConsortLi Yu quickly recovers from his cold and spends two hours daily with Prince Jing in his human form, drinking medicine, eating pastries, and observing the prince. He enjoys being taken care of and reflects on how Prince Jing has treated him kindly since they first met.
After being declared fully recovered by Imperial Physician Xu, Li Yu thanks Prince Jing for taking care of him. However, he feels a strange disappointment, knowing he will no longer need the prince's attention.
Li Yu inquires about Chu Yanyu's fate and learns from Wang-gonggong that Chu-gongzi made a big mistake and is reflecting on his actions in his room. Li Yu concludes that Prince Jing and Chu Yanyu’s relationship is likely over, and he feels relieved.
Wang-gonggong mentions a new market in the city, organized by the emperor and the King of Jinjue. Hearing about the market and the trinkets being sold there, Li Yu eagerly asks Prince Jing if he can go, and Prince Jing agrees.
As they prepare for the outing, Li Yu realizes that the clothes Prince Jing provided for him are not old but were specially made for him. He feels touched by Prince Jing's thoughtfulness.
On the day of the market visit, Li Yu wears a rose-red robe with silver lotuses, a string of pearls around his waist, and a gold chain attached to the crystal bottle containing the fish plush. Prince Jing wraps the gold chain around his own hand, further deepening Li Yu’s emotions.
The journey to the market is cramped, and Li Yu becomes flustered by the constant close contact with Prince Jing. Despite his embarrassment, he allows Prince Jing to help him down from the carriage.
At the market, Li Yu overhears the commoners gossiping about him, assuming he is either Prince Jing’s consort or concubine. Before Li Yu can clarify, Prince Jing signals Wang Xi, who speaks to the commoners, leading them to cheerfully greet Li Yu as the "consort."
Li Yu is taken aback by the misunderstanding but resigns himself to it, reflecting on how many times he’s had to comfort himself since becoming a fish.
Chapter 59: Fishy ShoppingAfter the crowd at the market began calling Li Yu “consort,” Prince Jing’s expression relaxed, and he did not correct the misunderstanding. Li Yu, although uncomfortable, could not bring himself to deny the title either.
Wang Xi had previously scouted the market and provided a simple map to Li Yu, who decided to explore the main road, stopping at a restaurant known for its Jinjue cuisine and acrobatic performances.
Prince Jing handed the map to Li Yu, allowing him to lead the way, and Wang Xi arranged for a private room at the restaurant and started the preparation of a whole lamb for their meal.
As they explored the market, Li Yu was fascinated by the various Jinjue goods, particularly the sparkly gold accessories. He stopped at a quieter stall selling bracelets and masks, where he tried on a thick gold bracelet.
The merchant, noticing Li Yu’s fine clothing, tried to force him into buying the bracelet, claiming that once it was worn, it was “fated” to the buyer. He demanded fifty taels, but Li Yu, realizing it was a scam, calmly refused.
Despite the merchant’s persistent attempts to haggle, Li Yu maintained that he had no money with him. The merchant grew increasingly frustrated but was deterred from causing a scene by the presence of Prince Jing, who had been watching from a distance.
Li Yu, unaware of Prince Jing’s observation, played along with the merchant’s “spirit” story, pretending to “recharge” the bracelet before returning it. The merchant, realizing he had lost the sale, begrudgingly let Li Yu go.
As Li Yu turned to leave, he was surprised to find Prince Jing standing right behind him. Embarrassed that the prince had seen his antics, Li Yu hesitated, but Prince Jing merely smiled and patted his head.
Prince Jing then presented Li Yu with a white jade hairpin shaped like a fish, carefully placing it in Li Yu’s hair. This gesture left Li Yu both touched and flustered, realizing the prince’s fondness for him.
Li Yu, pondering the significance of the fish-shaped hairpin, began to wonder if he should start paying more attention to his appearance, particularly how he wore his hair.
Chapter 60: Fishy Eats BarbecueLi Yu’s enthusiasm for shopping waned after his encounter with a con artist merchant, but he remained curious as he continued exploring the market with Prince Jing.
When they arrived at the restaurant "Dream of a Spring Breeze," Li Yu was excited by the rich smell of barbecued lamb. Prince Jing, showing his affection, held Li Yu’s hand and guided him to the head seat in the private room.
Li Yu hesitated to sit beside Prince Jing, realizing that this position was typically reserved for a consort, but his hesitation faded when Prince Jing placed a leg of barbecued lamb in front of him.
Overwhelmed by the delicious smell, Li Yu quickly got lost in the food, mixing his own dipping sauce and enjoying the variety of flavors offered by the restaurant.
Noticing that Prince Jing hadn’t prepared any sauce for himself, Li Yu offered to help, carefully crafting a dipping sauce based on Prince Jing’s preferences.
As they were eating, Ye-shizi (Ye Qinghuan) arrived with a young, feminine-looking gongzi. Li Yu was puzzled by the presence of the young man, especially given Ye Qinghuan's engagement to the princess, but soon realized that the "gongzi" was the princess in disguise.
The Princess of Jinjue greeted them warmly, and though Li Yu tried to show respect by standing, Prince Jing held him in place. Ye Qinghuan hinted that they would soon be family.
The princess expressed her excitement about meeting Prince Jing’s fish again, but Wang Xi, following Prince Jing’s silent command, lied that the fish had not been brought along.
The princess, undeterred by Prince Jing’s cold demeanor, asked to see the fish next time, but Prince Jing firmly refused.
The meal continued with the princess and Ye Qinghuan joining in. The princess impressively devoured a lamb leg with speed and elegance, while Li Yu also enjoyed his food with great enthusiasm.
When Li Yu had sauce on his lips, Prince Jing leaned in to clean it off, leaving Li Yu blushing and his lips noticeably redder. Ye Qinghuan, observing this intimate moment, felt outmatched in terms of shamelessness by Prince Jing.
Chapter 61: Getting Revenge for the FishLi Yu was embarrassed and annoyed after Prince Jing unexpectedly kissed him during their meal, especially with Ye Qinghuan and the Princess of Jinjue present. He struggled to maintain his composure and not lash out, as he knew he was no match for Prince Jing physically.
To ease the tension, Ye Qinghuan asked Li Yu to introduce himself. Upon learning that Li Yu’s name literally meant "fish," Ye Qinghuan realized just how deep Prince Jing's fondness for fish went.
The Princess of Jinjue expressed her desire to see Prince Jing's fish, but Li Yu awkwardly dodged the request, not wanting to bring his true form to the princess’s manor.
The conversation shifted when the princess and Ye Qinghuan learned that Li Yu had encountered a con artist at the market. Angered, they insisted on taking revenge on the merchant. Despite Li Yu’s reluctance, the princess ordered her guards to teach the scammer a lesson.
The guards soon reported back, revealing that the merchant had already been severely beaten by someone else, leaving him unable to speak or scam others anymore. This news satisfied Ye Qinghuan, though the princess was confused about who had carried out the beating.
Li Yu felt embarrassed for having thanked the princess and Ye Qinghuan instead of Prince Jing, who had orchestrated the market trip. Prince Jing, showing his possessiveness, pulled Li Yu’s hands down when he thanked the others.
As they prepared to leave, the Princess of Jinjue invited Li Yu to her upcoming wedding with Ye Qinghuan. Li Yu agreed, but was reminded of the princess’s tragic fate in the original story, feeling proud that he might have altered it by being there.
On the carriage ride back, Li Yu decided to have a serious talk with Prince Jing about their relationship. He expressed his gratitude for Prince Jing's care but admitted that he needed more time to understand his own feelings.
Before Li Yu could finish, Prince Jing suddenly moved closer, pinning Li Yu against the carriage wall. However, instead of another kiss, Prince Jing gently kissed Li Yu’s forehead, leaving him confused and flustered.
In that intimate moment, Li Yu realized that his feelings for Prince Jing were growing stronger. When Prince Jing finally kissed him on the lips, Li Yu felt his heart flutter, acknowledging to himself that he might actually like the prince.
Chapter 62: Fish Likes You TooLi Yu and Prince Jing shared their longest kiss, during which Li Yu finally realized and accepted his feelings for Prince Jing. Despite initial hesitations, he couldn’t help but be drawn to Prince Jing’s happiness and warmth.
As the kiss ended, Prince Jing gently kissed Li Yu's fingers and embraced him, deepening their connection. However, the transformation countdown began, signaling that Li Yu needed to leave quickly.
Li Yu hastily pulled away from Prince Jing, using the excuse that he had something urgent to attend to. Prince Jing, understanding that Li Yu was about to transform, left the carriage, leaving the fish to Li Yu.
Li Yu quickly transformed back into a fish inside the crystal bottle, taking with him the hairpin that Prince Jing had gifted him. Reflecting on his feelings, Li Yu realized that despite his earlier doubts and fears, he truly liked Prince Jing.
Back in the crystal bottle, Li Yu pondered the implications of his feelings. He recognized that his initial concerns about their relationship being impossible due to their differences were just obstacles to his emotions. Despite the potential difficulties, the mutual affection they shared was enough to make him want to be with Prince Jing.
After transforming back into a fish, Li Yu reentered the Moe Pet System to check on his progress toward becoming human permanently. The system informed him that completing the “Revitalizing” quest line would allow him to remain human.
The system offered Li Yu a reward for completing the “Indulging” quest, which included learning one of Prince Jing’s secrets. Li Yu chose to learn a secret related to a familiar scene and was shown a memory of Prince Jing at the second prince’s residence.
Li Yu discovered that after they left the second prince’s place, Prince Jing had secretly ordered Wang Xi to push the second prince into a pond after getting him drunk, revealing a darker side of Prince Jing that Li Yu had been shielded from.
This revelation made Li Yu realize that while Prince Jing continued his ruthless ways, he had been careful to hide it from the fish, prioritizing its peace of mind. Li Yu felt conflicted, unsure whether to be angry or touched by Prince Jing’s actions.
Chapter 63: The Fish Chooses LoveLi Yu discovered the next step of the “Revitalize” quest: to be inseparable from the tyrant. He was frustrated and unsure how to proceed, especially since they weren’t officially dating yet. He decided to postpone this quest step for now.
Li Yu returned from the Moe Pet System to find Prince Jing back in the manor, holding the crystal bottle to feed the fish. Embarrassed by his newfound feelings, Li Yu’s heart fluttered, and he hid in the ornamental mountain inside the tank.
While hiding, Li Yu reflected on his deepening feelings for Prince Jing. Now that he recognized his love, he felt a strong desire to be with him, even though the path ahead seemed challenging. He decided that he needed to become human permanently to fully pursue a relationship with Prince Jing.
Li Yu began thinking about the boundaries he needed to set with Prince Jing until he could permanently transform into a human. He considered allowing hand-holding, dates, and kisses but decided against more intimate activities to avoid any awkward situations during his limited human time.
The emperor summoned Prince Jing to the palace. The emperor discovered that the third prince had been behind the nursery rhyme scandal and bribed officials. Furious, the emperor punished the third prince by demoting him further and moving or firing the officials involved.
The emperor, reflecting on the state of his sons, decided to give Prince Jing a position in the Ministry of Works. Despite Prince Jing’s mixed feelings about this new responsibility, he accepted the role.
Upon Prince Jing’s return, Li Yu greeted him excitedly, showing off the hairpin that Prince Jing had given him, symbolizing his acceptance of the prince’s feelings. Blushing, Li Yu asked Prince Jing to join him on the bed, but instead of intimacy, he pulled out a piece of paper, proposing that they lay down some rules for their relationship.
Chapter 64: Fish BoyfriendLi Yu confessed his feelings to Prince Jing, expressing that he liked him and wanted to be with him, but only if Prince Jing agreed to a few conditions. He presented these conditions on a carefully written page.
The conditions included: not asking Li Yu to stay the night, not asking where Li Yu was going, and not getting mad at Li Yu. Additionally, Li Yu requested that Prince Jing maintain his commitment to not having concubines.
Prince Jing agreed to all of Li Yu’s conditions without hesitation, and in response, wrote a poem to summarize the agreement, which further solidified their budding relationship.
The two shared a tender moment, exchanging a passionate kiss, and Prince Jing handed Li Yu the emperor’s decree assigning him a position in the Ministry of Works. Li Yu encouraged Prince Jing to take on this new responsibility, offering his support.
Prince Jing began his new role at the Ministry of Works, bringing with him a large lunch prepared by Li Yu and the crystal bottle containing his pet fish, Li Yu.
Deputy Minister Zheng Jing, curious about Prince Jing’s actions, asked about the large pack and the fish. Prince Jing proudly explained that the lunch was made by his “boyfriend” and that the fish was his pet.
Li Yu, in his fish form, realized that being with Prince Jing meant not only dating him in his human form but also accompanying him to work as a fish, making him question his initial enthusiasm for the relationship.
Chapter 65: Touching Fish While on the ClockPrince Jing began his work at the Ministry of Works, starting with familiarizing himself with the rules and regulations. He needed to reference the blueprint for Zhongcui Palace, which Zheng Jing provided.
Prince Jing diligently studied the blueprint, making detailed notes. Li Yu, in his fish form, was curious and tried to look at the blueprint as well, but eventually lost interest and fell asleep.
Prince Jing absentmindedly petted the fish while working, which prompted Zheng Jing to awkwardly remind him that petting fish during work hours wasn’t appropriate. Prince Jing glared at Zheng Jing but continued his work without further interaction.
Zheng Jing initially doubted Prince Jing’s commitment to the job, suspecting he wasn’t taking it seriously. However, after seeing the thorough and perceptive questions Prince Jing wrote down, Zheng Jing was impressed by his dedication and reconsidered his initial judgment.
During lunch, Prince Jing brought out a large food pack prepared by Li Yu, which contained three bowls of food: burnt rice, blackened eggplant, and smashed cucumber. Despite the questionable appearance of the dishes, Prince Jing ate everything with satisfaction, leaving Li Yu believing his cooking had improved.
Zheng Jing, witnessing Prince Jing’s affection for his “boyfriend,” began to respect Prince Jing’s work ethic and personal life, although he remained puzzled by Prince Jing’s attachment to the fish.
Meanwhile, the third prince, Mu Tianming, grew increasingly restless upon learning that Prince Jing had been assigned a job by the emperor. Feeling neglected and frustrated by his own lack of responsibilities, he sought advice from the sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao.
The sixth prince advised Mu Tianming to remain patient and avoid making mistakes, reassuring him of his support. Mu Tianming, trusting his brother, handed over significant authority to him, unaware of Mu Tianxiao’s true intentions.
Mu Tianxiao, now in control of a large portion of the third prince’s people, felt confident that his time to rise to power was near.
Chapter 66: Fishy Love LettersMu Tianxiao, now in possession of Mu Tianming’s token, began focusing on his own interests rather than helping the third prince. His injuries had healed, and he paid his respects to the emperor, enduring the emperor's cold treatment.
Mu Tianxiao sought the emperor's approval to give an extravagant gift to Prince Jing as an apology for the fake monk incident. The emperor, recalling similar actions by the second prince, allowed it but cautioned Mu Tianxiao not to disturb Prince Jing if he didn’t wish to see him.
Meanwhile, Li Yu was frustrated with the “inseparable” quest not progressing despite his deepening relationship with Prince Jing. The system informed him that simply being boyfriends wasn’t enough in ancient China, hinting that marriage might be required.
Li Yu reflected on the original novel, where Prince Jing was deeply in love with Chu Yanyu, who didn’t reciprocate his feelings until much later. He felt sympathy for Prince Jing’s loneliness in that story and resolved to ensure Prince Jing wouldn’t be alone in this world.
When Li Yu transformed to see Prince Jing, he was downcast, and Prince Jing quickly noticed. Prince Jing, always observant, tried to comfort Li Yu by holding him close.
Instead of the usual kiss, Prince Jing handed Li Yu a note he had prepared earlier, which simply said, “I like you.” This thoughtful gesture cheered Li Yu up, making him realize how much Prince Jing cared for him.
Curious, Li Yu discovered that Prince Jing had written many notes, each one expressing thoughts or feelings he hadn’t had the chance to convey. These notes reflected Prince Jing’s deep care and affection.
The final note, more tattered than the others, contained a simple yet intimate message: “I want to absorb essence.” This revelation left Li Yu both amused and touched by Prince Jing’s honesty.
Chapter 67: The Fish Was Hard to Cast OutLi Yu found a note written by Prince Jing that said, "I want to absorb essence," and questioned him about its meaning. Prince Jing, embarrassed and worried that Li Yu would figure out that he already knew his true identity as the carp spirit, denied knowing anything about it.
Despite Prince Jing's denial, Li Yu teased him about the note, hinting that he knew what "absorbing essence" meant in the context of yao and scholars from the novels they read together.
To divert Li Yu's attention, Prince Jing gave him a small golden fish he had designed himself, which Li Yu adored. However, Li Yu continued to press Prince Jing about the note's meaning.
Wang Xi interrupted to inform Prince Jing that the sixth prince had arrived from the palace to apologize. Relieved to avoid further questioning, Prince Jing prepared to meet the sixth prince.
Li Yu, recalling the sixth prince's treacherous nature from the original book, became anxious and warned Prince Jing to be careful of him. Prince Jing reassured Li Yu by pointing to the rules Li Yu had set, which stated that he wouldn't question anything Li Yu chose not to explain.
Prince Jing met the sixth prince, who tried to probe into Prince Jing's affection for his fish. Wang Xi dismissed the sixth prince's inquiries, stating the fish didn't visit irrelevant people. The sixth prince, realizing Prince Jing's cold attitude, quickly left without further probing.
As the sixth prince left, he was suddenly approached by a disheveled Chu Yanyu, who begged to be taken away from Prince Jing's manor. However, the sixth prince, fearing a trap set by Prince Jing, angrily pushed Chu Yanyu away, pretending they had no connection.
Prince Jing watched the interaction between the sixth prince and Chu Yanyu from a distance. Despite feeling a strange sense of satisfaction when Chu Yanyu was slapped, Prince Jing instructed Wang Xi to continue with his tasks.
Prince Jing returned to his room, expecting Li Yu to have transformed back into a fish, but was delighted to find Li Yu still awake, waiting for him. Li Yu, with a mix of shyness and playfulness, reminded Prince Jing that he still hadn't explained the meaning of "absorbing essence."
Chapter 68: Fishy Reads a NovelPrince Jing felt conflicted as Li Yu playfully teased him about the note mentioning "absorbing essence." Li Yu, noticing Prince Jing's hesitation, decided to push the boundaries by pulling him closer on the bed and showing him books that referenced "absorbing essence" in the context of yao and scholars.
Li Yu read out loud from the book, pointing out how the white snake spirit mentioned "absorbing essence" to Scholar Xu, using the opportunity to playfully tease Prince Jing about the concept. Despite Prince Jing's growing discomfort, he struggled to maintain composure.
Li Yu, determined to seduce Prince Jing, escalated the situation by suggesting they read the explicit parts of the novel together. However, Prince Jing, remembering their agreement, resisted and tried to put the book away.
Realizing that their agreement was hindering his attempts to get closer to Prince Jing, Li Yu reconsidered the terms. He decided that there were ways to be intimate without breaking the agreement, and he took the initiative to seduce Prince Jing further.
After some playful banter and intimate moments, Li Yu and Prince Jing shared a tender and affectionate time together, deepening their relationship. Li Yu expressed his happiness and suggested that Prince Jing should stop taking cold baths after their encounters.
Li Yu then entered the system to check the status of his quest. To his surprise, the quest had progressed, and he was given the option to choose another of Prince Jing's secrets as a reward. He chose a memory involving a woman in a dark palace room who was forced to take a mysterious powder, leaving Li Yu with more questions than answers.
With the "Inseparable" quest completed, Li Yu nervously anticipated the next quest, which was revealed to be "Stay with the Tyrant Through Thick and Thin."
Chapter 69: Fish Buying AntiquesLi Yu anticipated that the next quest, "Stay with the Tyrant Through Thick and Thin," would bring some challenges, but he was confident in his ability to complete it alongside Prince Jing. He exited the system and, after some internal reflection, managed to fall asleep, though not without some lingering embarrassment from their recent intimate moments.
As Ye Qinghuan's wedding approached, Li Yu decided to buy a thoughtful gift for the couple, choosing to bring Prince Jing along on a shopping trip. Despite Prince Jing's confusion over why Li Yu wanted to pick the gift himself, Li Yu insisted on choosing something personally to show sincerity.
The couple visited various antique stores, but Li Yu's inexperience led him to nearly purchase several fakes. Each time, Prince Jing discreetly intervened, revealing the true nature of the items, much to Li Yu's frustration. Eventually, after multiple failed attempts, Li Yu became disheartened by his poor luck in selecting genuine antiques.
To lift Li Yu's spirits, Prince Jing gifted him another little golden fish, similar to the ones he had given before, but in a different pose. This thoughtful gesture cheered Li Yu up, and he decided to follow Prince Jing to a more reputable jewelry store.
At the jewelry store, Li Yu chose several high-quality gifts, including a pair of silver vases, gold ruyi, and jade dolls. He also purchased an oval silver bead, which he strung on a red string and presented to Prince Jing as a token of appreciation.
Back at the manor, Prince Jing had the gift list rewritten to include both of their names together, implying that Li Yu was now considered part of his family, possibly even his consort. Although this realization made Li Yu blush, he did not object to the implication.
On the day of the wedding, Li Yu wore coral red robes that matched Prince Jing's black and crimson attire. They looked striking together, and Prince Jing reassured Li Yu with his presence, even as they prepared to attend the event.
During their journey to Cheng’en Manor, Li Yu noticed the carriage was much larger and more comfortable than before. Prince Jing fed him pastries and handed him a book to read, making the trip enjoyable.
Upon arrival at Cheng’en Manor, the couple was warmly welcomed by Ye-shizi and the Duke of Cheng’en, who was Prince Jing’s uncle. The Duchess of Cheng’en, noticing Li Yu with Prince Jing, sent a servant to give them a pair of jade butterflies, wishing them happiness together, which led Li Yu to realize that Prince Jing might have brought him to the wedding to introduce him to his family. This realization filled Li Yu with joy and excitement.
Chapter 70: Meeting the FamilyYe Qinghuan and the Princess of Jinjue were married in a grand ceremony, with Li Yu feeling emotional and proud that he helped them break through the original plot of the novel. He made a wish for their happiness and glanced at Prince Jing, who was already looking at him, signaling their connection.
During the wedding, Prince Jing was summoned by an older servant, indicating an old acquaintance wanted to see him. Holding Li Yu's hand tightly, Prince Jing led him to the back garden, where they met the old Duke of Cheng’en, Ye Qinghuan’s grandfather and Prince Jing’s.
Li Yu was excited to meet the old Duke, realizing he was truly meeting Prince Jing’s family. The old Duke quickly recognized the bond between Li Yu and Prince Jing, approving of their relationship and offering his support to Prince Jing.
Prince Jing and the old Duke shared a silent agreement over drinks, while Li Yu, unaware of the details, playfully demanded his own share of wine, only for Prince Jing to drink it himself to prevent him from getting drunk.
The old Duke gifted Li Yu a jade pendant and offered to give him more gifts in the future, showing his approval. Li Yu felt a strong sense of responsibility to treat Prince Jing even better after this warm reception from his family.
Prince Jing, aware of the challenges ahead, realized he needed to protect Xiaoyu and would eventually ask the emperor for his hand. For now, they could only continue their relationship without officially confirming it.
Li Yu excused himself, transformed back into his fish form, and returned to the crystal bottle behind Prince Jing, ensuring his absence wouldn’t be noticed.
The old Duke suggested they play Go, and after a brief match, the emperor arrived unexpectedly at the wedding. Prince Jing, still carrying the crystal bottle, greeted the emperor alongside the old Duke. The emperor, surprised by the drastic change in the fish's appearance, remarked on its koi nature before being led to Empress Xiaohui’s old rooms.
In Empress Xiaohui’s room, Prince Jing and the emperor reminisced about her, with the emperor sharing stories while Li Yu, from his vantage point in the crystal bottle, noticed a cloth tiger that resembled one he had seen in a system memory.
Li Yu's discovery led him to realize that the secret he had seen in the system was connected to Empress Xiaohui and Changchun Palace, but he was left wondering what the true nature of this secret could be.
Chapter 71: Fishy Messing up PlansLi Yu tried to learn more about the secret related to Prince Jing, but the emperor only spoke about Empress Xiaohui's hobbies and interests. Realizing it wasn't the right time to uncover the secret, Li Yu decided to stay quiet and listen to the emperor's stories with Prince Jing, hoping it would strengthen their father-son relationship.
The emperor, lost in his memories, asked Prince Jing if he talked too much. Prince Jing, showing his care, patted the emperor's hand, comforting him. The emperor praised Prince Jing for his performance at the Ministry of Works.
The sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao, arrived late at the wedding, raising suspicions about his intentions. The emperor decided to ignore him, but Mu Tianxiao requested to escort the emperor back to the palace. The emperor agreed, taking Prince Jing along.
Li Yu noticed a veiled woman accompanying the sixth prince, suspecting she might be the beauty Mu Tianxiao intended to present to the emperor, just like in the original novel. Li Yu decided to mess up the sixth prince's plan.
Li Yu attempted to tilt himself in the crystal bottle to catch the emperor's attention, hoping to create a distraction. The emperor noticed the fish's unusual behavior and called for imperial physicians, interrupting the sixth prince's scheme.
The physicians determined that Li Yu was fine, just overfed. The emperor, irritated by the sixth prince's poorly timed attempt to present the beauty, used Li Yu's behavior as an excuse to avoid accepting the sixth prince's offer.
The emperor thanked Li Yu for the distraction, recognizing that it helped him evade an awkward situation. Li Yu realized that his luck as a koi, enhanced by the system, played a crucial role in thwarting the sixth prince's plan.
After escorting the emperor back to the palace, Prince Jing returned to Cheng’en Manor, where the sixth prince was still present. The sixth prince tried to engage Prince Jing in conversation, but Prince Jing ignored him, focusing on Li Yu instead.
Sensing the sixth prince's cold gaze, Li Yu hid behind Prince Jing's sleeve, only peeking out when the sixth prince turned away. Prince Jing then covered the crystal bottle, protecting Li Yu from the sixth prince's scrutiny.
Chapter 72: Fishy Plan
Li Yu was concerned about the sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao, as a potential threat in the fight for the throne. He knew that being defensive wasn’t enough and felt the need to convince Prince Jing to take proactive steps against the sixth prince before he gained more power.
Li Yu struggled with how to convince Prince Jing to act, fearing that Prince Jing might think he had ulterior motives or was pushing him toward the throne. Li Yu decided to broach the subject carefully, knowing it would be difficult.
When Li Yu began to discuss the sixth prince with Prince Jing, the prince misunderstood and became jealous, thinking Li Yu was interested in the sixth prince. This led to an intense and rough moment between them, during which Prince Jing’s hidden fierceness surfaced.
After calming down, Prince Jing handed Li Yu a note that read, "Do not look at other men." Realizing the misunderstanding, Li Yu clarified that the sixth prince was an enemy, not a rival in love, and tried to convince Prince Jing to stop him from gaining the throne.
Li Yu decided to use a different tactic, offering himself to Prince Jing to persuade him. After some convincing, Prince Jing agreed to deal with the sixth prince, effectively committing to the fight for the throne.
Li Yu was relieved to have secured Prince Jing’s agreement but realized he needed a way to better manage his transformation time. He requested an hourglass from Wang Xi, who brought him one that matched his needs.
Li Yu also reflected on his poor luck and taste when shopping for gifts, only to learn from Wang Xi that the gems in the fish tank were real and extremely valuable. This revelation made Li Yu question his own judgment.
Unbeknownst to Li Yu, Prince Jing had the hourglass specially crafted by skilled palace artisans to be more accurate, with a small, discreet fish etching, showing Prince Jing’s care and attention to detail in everything related to Li Yu.
Chapter 73: Fishy Offering Himself UpYe Qinghuan and the Princess of Jinjue visited Prince Jing’s manor on their first rest day after the wedding, specifically choosing a day when Prince Jing was home so they could also see Li Yu. Li Yu, excited to see his friends, transformed into his human form just before their arrival.
The Princess of Jinjue was astonished by the grandeur of Prince Jing’s manor, particularly the confession carved into the wall and the interconnected ponds leading to a large fish tank. She was impressed by the luxurious surroundings, while Ye Qinghuan felt a bit self-conscious comparing himself to Prince Jing.
During the visit, the Princess of Jinjue brought a rose quartz fish tank filled with various koi, hoping to impress Li Yu. However, Li Yu teased Ye Qinghuan when he blushed, admitting he liked fish.
The princess expressed disappointment that her fish couldn’t compare to Prince Jing’s, leading her to request to see Prince Jing’s famous fish. However, since Li Yu couldn’t be both the fish and the human at the same time, Prince Jing subtly declined the request.
Li Yu excused himself to transform back into a fish, and Wang Xi brought him out in a newly crafted lapis lazuli tank. The princess was shocked to see how much Li Yu, as a fish, had changed since the last time she saw him.
When the two fish tanks were placed together, Li Yu realized he could communicate with the other fish. They responded to his movements and formed patterns in the water, surprising both the princess and Ye Qinghuan.
Inspired by the interaction, Li Yu devised a plan for the emperor’s upcoming birthday celebration. He suggested arranging the fish to form the word “longevity” as a unique and auspicious gift for the emperor, surpassing the sixth prince’s planned light projection.
Prince Jing, who had already planned his gift of calligraphy and a painting, was intrigued by Li Yu’s idea. However, Li Yu had to use all his charm, including acting spoiled and cute, to convince Prince Jing to let him try the idea.
After some persuasion, Prince Jing finally agreed to let Li Yu take on the responsibility of arranging the fish for the celebration. Li Yu felt triumphant but exhausted, knowing that the success of the plan now rested on his ability to execute it perfectly.
Chapter 74: Fishy CelebrationLi Yu decided to use only red carp for the emperor’s birthday celebration. He meticulously trained the fish to form the word “longevity,” closely replicating Prince Jing's calligraphy. Li Yu’s dedication surprised and deeply moved Prince Jing, who supported his efforts by feeding and caring for him.
A spy reported that the sixth prince was preparing a light show using paper lanterns, a plan aligned with the original plot of the book. Li Yu anticipated this and remained cautious, preparing contingency plans in case something went wrong.
On the emperor’s birthday, Li Yu disguised himself as a fish to accompany Prince Jing to the palace. Covered tanks with other fish were brought in as gifts, while the emperor hosted a lavish celebration with numerous priceless gifts from officials and aristocrats.
The second prince, Mu Tianzhao, and the third prince, Mu Tianming, presented their gifts. The emperor was melancholic over the second prince’s condition and unimpressed by the third prince’s relic. The seventh and eighth princes presented sutras, and the sixth prince revealed his light show, projecting the word “longevity” on the floor, which delighted the emperor.
Prince Jing presented his usual calligraphy and a painting by Tang Yin, which pleased the emperor greatly. He then led the emperor to Taiye Pool, where the red carp formed the word “longevity,” stunning the emperor and everyone present.
The sixth prince, feeling threatened, tried to disrupt the carp formation by feeding the fish, causing the word to dissipate. However, Li Yu, in his koi form, swam up with a lotus flower, performing an elegant display that captivated the emperor.
The emperor recognized Li Yu as Prince Jing’s pet fish and was thrilled by the performance. Despite the sixth prince's sabotage attempt, Li Yu's preparation and quick thinking ensured that Prince Jing’s gift remained the highlight of the celebration. Prince Jing felt immense pride and love for Li Yu.
Chapter 75: Through Thick and ThinThe emperor was very pleased with Prince Jing's performance during the birthday celebration and summoned him for a private conversation after the banquet. Li Yu, who couldn't accompany Prince Jing, waited outside Qianqing Palace with Wang Xi.
While waiting, Wang Xi fed Li Yu, appreciating his efforts in making Prince Jing's gift a success. However, Li Yu's peace was disrupted when the sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao, appeared, showing interest in the fish. Wang Xi firmly protected Li Yu, preventing the sixth prince from getting close.
Prince Jing finally emerged from his meeting with the emperor, and despite Li Yu's initial excitement, he noticed that Prince Jing seemed solemn. They proceeded to Changchun Palace, where Prince Jing paid respects to Empress Xiaohui. Li Yu, as a fish, tried to participate in the ritual by mimicking Prince Jing’s movements.
Upon returning to the manor, Li Yu and Wang Xi learned that the emperor’s "reward" for Prince Jing was an order to leave the city and reside at the western border, a harsh and desolate region. Both were shocked and confused by this development.
Li Yu, feeling responsible for the situation, turned into his human form and apologized to Prince Jing, fearing that the emperor’s displeasure was his fault. However, Prince Jing reassured him that the emperor wasn’t angry. In fact, Prince Jing believed the emperor's decision to send him to the western border might be a test, indicating that the emperor still had hopes for him.
Realizing that the situation might not be as dire as it seemed, Li Yu was relieved and eager to support Prince Jing. Despite Prince Jing's intention to leave Li Yu behind in the city for safety, Li Yu insisted on going with him, determined to face whatever challenges lay ahead together.
Chapter 76: Fake Fishy PregnancyLi Yu, determined to stay by Prince Jing's side through thick and thin, expresses his devotion by telling Prince Jing that "home is wherever Your Highness is." However, despite the touching sentiment, Prince Jing refuses to let Li Yu accompany him to the western border.
Desperate to convince Prince Jing, Li Yu pretends to be pregnant with Prince Jing's child. Shocked but not entirely dismissive due to Li Yu’s carp spirit nature, Prince Jing momentarily believes him and becomes concerned.
Li Yu quickly confesses that he was joking and isn’t actually pregnant, expressing his true desire to stay with Prince Jing. Touched by Li Yu's sincerity, Prince Jing finally agrees to let him come along, though he doesn’t confirm it outright.
The system notifies Li Yu that the "Through Thick and Thin" quest is in progress, reinforcing the importance of his journey to the western border with Prince Jing.
Meanwhile, the emperor, pleased with Prince Jing’s gift but wary of his ambition, decides to test him by sending him to the dangerous western border. The emperor reflects on Prince Jing’s potential and the possibility of him ascending to the throne, despite his muteness.
The emperor orders extra troops to secretly protect Prince Jing during his journey and contemplates the future of the throne.
Prince Jing prepares for the journey by making extensive arrangements for Li Yu, including ten crystal bottles and carts of fish food and tanks, ensuring Li Yu’s comfort.
Li Yu realizes the difficulty of maintaining his human form for long periods during the journey and becomes anxious about how to manage his transformations without revealing his true nature.
As the journey begins, Li Yu is surprised to find that Prince Jing has arranged for him to have the carriage to himself, citing concern for his "pregnancy." This arrangement allows Li Yu to avoid detection and maintain his secret, albeit with the humorous pretense of being "pregnant."
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong
The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong, Vol. 3
Chapter 77: Fish Wants to Do ItLi Yu and Prince Jing continue their journey, with Prince Jing often stopping in towns to let Li Yu rest and enjoy food and snacks.
Though travel rations grow dull, Li Yu finds comfort in his ability to transform into a fish and eat fish food.
They camp in the wilderness at times, where Li Yu becomes more open with Prince Jing, initiating intimacy in tents.
Li Yu discovers he's extremely lucky at finding food—wild vegetables, sweet potatoes, and fishing—due to his system buff.
He realizes his “Well-Fed and Well-Clothed” stat doesn't affect cooking but resource finding.
After two months, they reach Luofeng Village, Prince Jing’s new home on the emperor’s orders.
Their new home is modest and cramped, but Wang Xi buys nearby properties to expand the space for guards and staff.
Prince Jing gives Li Yu his own room, claiming it's too small to share, but really to protect Li Yu’s secret.
Prince Jing dismisses servants for the night and entrusts Li Yu with taking care of him.
Li Yu nervously begins to help Prince Jing wash up and offers to help bathe him.
During the bath, Prince Jing pulls Li Yu into the tub, making clear he wants more than just back scrubbing.
The two get intimate in the bath; afterward, Li Yu teases Prince Jing with wet feet, trying to seduce him.
Li Yu hatches a clever plan to split intimate activities between his transformations using an hourglass to time it.
Just when they’re about to take things further, assassins suddenly attack the compound.
Prince Jing shoves Li Yu behind a wardrobe to protect him and rushes out to battle with his sword.
Li Yu watches from the window, spots an archer, and runs out with a copper basin to warn and shield Prince Jing.
Prince Jing dodges the arrow and fights off the assassins with help from arriving reinforcements led by Wang Xi.
Li Yu realizes his strong desire to protect Prince Jing, completing his “Through Thick and Thin” system task.
Just as Li Yu is about to transform back, another arrow is shot at him.
Prince Jing dives to shield Li Yu, narrowly avoiding the arrow.
Right after they land inside, Li Yu transforms into a fish in Prince Jing’s arms—his secret exposed at the worst moment.
Chapter 78: Bossy Fish SpiritLi Yu accidentally transforms back into a fish in front of Prince Jing, exposing his secret.
Panicked, Li Yu considers absurd ways to cover it up, like knocking out Prince Jing.
An assassin in the room witnesses the transformation, stunned silent.
Prince Jing knocks the assassin unconscious, locks the door to keep others out, and carefully places Li Yu in his fish tank to keep him alive.
Li Yu, overwhelmed and anxious, expects to be grilled or abandoned now that his secret’s out.
Instead, Prince Jing handles him gently and protectively, confusing Li Yu.
Outside the door, Wang Xi calls out, concerned. Prince Jing exits with the unconscious assassin, kills him to protect Li Yu's secret, and ensures no one else finds out.
Prince Jing skillfully avoids arousing suspicion in Wang Xi, hinting that Li-gongzi just needs rest.
Listening from inside, Li Yu realizes Prince Jing didn’t tell anyone. This gives him hope that the prince might still care.
Prince Jing handles post-attack affairs swiftly and commands soldiers under the emperor’s orders.
Returning to the room, he finds a now hopeful Li Yu wagging his tail and responds affectionately.
Prince Jing shows a note that says, “Don’t be afraid,” which deeply moves Li Yu.
Li Yu gathers courage and transforms into a human again, intent on telling the truth.
Initially, he’s unsure how to explain transmigration and the system without sounding insane.
He quickly decides to pretend he’s a carp spirit (yao), which would make sense in this world.
He concocts a fantasy explanation that fits cultivation logic: a carp spirit cultivating with the help of a mysterious immortal (the system).
Prince Jing listens quietly and accepts the explanation without question, even opening his arms to embrace Li Yu.
Touched by his unconditional support, Li Yu reassures him that he would never hurt him.
They cuddle, Li Yu emotionally clinging to Prince Jing until he feels sleepy.
He asks to rest in Prince Jing’s arms, and the prince wraps him in a blanket.
When Li Yu turns back into a fish as the hourglass runs out, Prince Jing gently places him back in the tank.
The chapter ends with the fish happily asleep, wrapping his tail around Prince Jing’s finger.
Chapter 79: Fishy Probing the SecretLi Yu sleeps for a full day, his most restful sleep since transmigration.
He wakes up thinking it might be a dream, but Prince Jing’s note and snacks confirm reality.
Happy and relaxed, Li Yu transforms into human form to eat.
Prince Jing, upon hearing movement, orders Wang Xi to summon physicians.
Li Yu is puzzled by the need for a checkup but complies, reassured by Prince Jing’s presence.
Physicians, intrigued and cautious, examine Li Yu and find nothing wrong.
Prince Jing signals Li Yu to fake being unwell, and Li Yu pretends he’s still struggling.
Physicians prescribe rest; Wang Xi secretly sends news to the palace that Prince Jing was traumatized by an assassination attempt.
Emperor receives the message and is gravely concerned, sends reinforcements and starts a thorough investigation.
The emperor suspects political sabotage tied to the throne’s succession and suspects a prince might be involved.
Li Yu warns Prince Jing to beware of the sixth prince, using his "carp spirit foresight" as an excuse.
He subtly reveals parts of the original novel’s plot without disclosing the ending or that Prince Jing becomes emperor.
Prince Jing grows more suspicious of the sixth prince, recalling his past behavior.
Curious, Prince Jing asks if he can learn Li Yu’s “foresight technique,” but Li Yu dodges the question.
The prince emotionally asks how long Li Yu will stay; Li Yu honestly says he doesn’t know.
Prince Jing reacts intensely, pulls Li Yu into an embrace, and silently pleads for him not to leave.
Wang Xi interrupts to call Prince Jing to interrogate the captured assassins; Prince Jing entrusts Li Yu’s care to him.
Li Yu, alone, enters the system to check on completed quests and claims a reward for “Through Thick and Thin.”
He’s offered to choose another of Prince Jing’s secrets and requests to revisit one involving Changchun Palace.
In the secret memory, Li Yu now notices a baby (Prince Jing) hidden in swaddling, witnessing a violent scene.
Realizes the baby is Prince Jing himself, who had unconsciously witnessed his wet nurse being murdered.
This traumatic, forgotten memory is one of Prince Jing’s deepest secrets.
Li Yu emerges from the memory and the system notifies him that the “Revitalizing” quest has updated.
He is prompted to confirm his relationship status with Prince Jing—he chooses “lover.”
New quest unlocked: “Burn with Passion with the Tyrant.”
Li Yu reacts playfully to the system’s implication that it's time for romance to escalate.
Chapter 80: Fishy MasterpieceLi Yu eagerly prepares for a romantic night, cleaning the room and laying out bright red bedding, jade pillows, and various ointments.
He uses his silver hourglass to time his transformation and wraps himself in blankets to wait for Prince Jing, hinting heavily at his intentions.
Prince Jing is delayed due to political and military concerns; Li Yu falls asleep waiting.
Waking up, Li Yu worries and goes to find Prince Jing, discovering him working late into the night with topographic maps and secret reports.
Prince Jing warmly welcomes Li Yu, holding his cold hands and explaining his plans.
The maps show strategic terrain near Luofeng Village, a choke point on the western border under threat from bandits.
A local noble, Squire Wu, is revealed through confession and investigation to be a front for the bandits, not the sixth prince as Li Yu initially assumed.
Squire Wu had funded an assassination attempt on Prince Jing, leading the prince to have him arrested.
When Wu refuses to confess, Prince Jing beats him and finds contraband weapons and treasures, exposing Wu’s true identity.
Wu is a plant by the bandits to help smuggle goods; the bandits underestimated Prince Jing.
Prince Jing executes Wu by hanging him at the village entrance and seizes his assets, openly declaring war on the bandits.
Li Yu admires Prince Jing’s strategic mind, feeling a mix of awe and romantic frustration.
Li Yu proposes a defense strategy: hiding villagers in expanded cellars to protect them and setting traps in the village and tunnels for ambushing the bandits.
Prince Jing is impressed and inspired by Li Yu’s ideas, but before they can talk more, Li Yu transforms back into a fish.
Prince Jing tenderly puts the fish back into its tank, notices the romantic setup (jade pillows and ointments), and realizes what he missed.
The village head panics, fearing that Prince Jing’s bold move will provoke a disastrous bandit retaliation.
As expected, the bandits attack at night—only to find the village empty and themselves trapped and ambushed by a well-planned counterattack.
Prince Jing’s strategy works perfectly, marking the first significant defeat of the powerful bandit group at the western border.
Chapter 81: Fishy Burning with PassionLi Yu walks through Luofeng Village with Wang Xi and guards, noticing the excitement and renewed spirit of the villagers after their victory over the bandits.
Wang Xi credits the uplifting mood to Prince Jing’s leadership in battle, his first real engagement against the bandits.
Prince Jing is hailed as a hero by villagers, having slain three bandits himself and used clever tactics involving hidden passageways and traps.
Villagers’ opinion of Prince Jing has transformed from fear to admiration; he's now seen as their protector.
The village head, once worried, is now endlessly praising Prince Jing, contrasting him with past ineffectual officials.
Li Yu is delighted that the prince is being recognized and reflects on his own small contribution—suggesting the use of tunnels.
Li Yu had insisted on watching the battle from a hidden spot instead of hiding; watching Prince Jing fight stirred deep emotions and admiration.
A touching moment occurs when an old woman stops Li Yu to give a handmade flower crown to Prince Jing, thanking him for saving her and her grandson during the chaos.
Li Yu, moved by the gesture and Prince Jing’s unexpected kindness, becomes even more proud and emotionally invested.
Back at their residence, Prince Jing is removing his armor when Li Yu excitedly touches it, appreciating that the blood was cleaned off for his sake.
Li Yu expresses his intent to fully accept every part of Prince Jing—including his violent past and scars—because love means accepting everything.
Touched, Prince Jing embraces and passionately kisses Li Yu.
Prince Jing then chooses a dazzling red and gold robe to change into and gives Li Yu matching garments—red silk robes embroidered with peonies and a lifelike fish, mirroring his fish form.
They dress each other, do each other's hair, and wear matching red outfits, looking like they’re getting married.
Prince Jing surprises Li Yu by pulling out a fish-shaped rock Li Yu had lost, followed by a jade figure from the fishpond.
Overjoyed, Li Yu plays with both in his hands, cherishing the memory and emotional connection.
Prince Jing then produces a jar of fragrant green plum wine and special jade cups etched with fish that fit together as a pair.
They clink arms and drink the wine together—symbolizing a wedding toast.
Prince Jing retrieved the wine from Duke of Cheng’en—it was originally meant to be their wedding wine.
Li Yu then gives Prince Jing the flower crown from the old woman and asks about the story; Prince Jing confirms it but doesn’t explain that he only acted out of concern for Li Yu’s wishes.
Prince Jing puts the flower crown on Li Yu instead, believing he’s the one who deserves the gratitude.
In return, Li Yu playfully picks a red bloom and places it on Prince Jing’s chest, teasing that he looks like a groom now.
Li Yu, flustered by the atmosphere and his own thoughts, awkwardly asks if Prince Jing is tired, to which the prince emphatically shakes his head.
Prince Jing pulls him in for another kiss, their lips tasting of wine.
He lifts Li Yu and takes him to a bed covered in red bedding—one Li Yu had secretly prepared.
Prince Jing gently undoes the hair bun he had styled for Li Yu.
As they prepare for their first night together, Li Yu tries to be flirtatious and references yao folklore about “absorbing essence,” but is immediately interrupted as Prince Jing pounces.
Chapter 82: Fishy AftermathLi Yu, still affected by his human form intimacy, enjoys the aftereffects of passion with Prince Jing despite being a fish again.
The system bombards Li Yu with notifications, indicating the completion of the “Burn with Passion” quest.
Prince Jing pauses to ask Li Yu if it’s time for him to transform back, showing his love and understanding of Li Yu’s fish transformation.
Li Yu expresses he doesn’t want to leave and emotionally affirms Prince Jing would never judge him, reinforcing their bond.
As the transformation hour nears its end, Prince Jing helps Li Yu transition gently back into his fish form.
Surprisingly, Li Yu conjures water himself while in Prince Jing’s hands, displaying new magical abilities.
After the transformation ends, Li Yu joyfully returns to Prince Jing in human form and declares that their “act” is only halfway done.
The two indulge in more passionate intimacy through the night, reigniting their love with intensity.
Li Yu wakes up exhausted and sore in his fish tank, wrapped in his usual leaf blanket on his rock bed.
He realizes the physical aftermath of their actions impacts him even in fish form, particularly at his tail fin.
Li Yu now understands how intense mating as a fish can be, metaphorically likening it to being skewered by a steel fork—twice.
He laments Prince Jing’s earlier vague gesture about duration, realizing he endured much more than expected.
Hungry and immobile, Li Yu is rescued by Prince Jing, who notices something’s wrong and tenderly cares for him.
Prince Jing feeds Li Yu, who eats, showing he’s not critically injured. Prince Jing had already summoned physicians, but they couldn’t provide a definite answer.
Despite the discomfort, Li Yu reassures Prince Jing through affectionate gestures and system-assisted recovery.
He enters the system to check the quest progress and is shocked by the wave of notifications waiting.
The system confirms that the “Burn with Passion” quest is complete and that the next one has begun: “Spread Your Seeds with the Tyrant.”
Li Yu panics after reading the quest description: he has to give birth to Prince Jing’s children.
The system had repeatedly asked for his consent, but in his passion, Li Yu blindly accepted all notifications, unintentionally starting the pregnancy quest.
The default form for the quest was set to fish, as he didn’t choose, and now he’s to give birth in that form.
Li Yu demands an explanation—how can a male fish give birth?
The system reveals it can alter genes and that some male fish can get pregnant in this world.
Li Yu despairs further and questions the possibility of human-fish offspring; the system assures him it’s all doable with rewards awaiting.
As a reward, Li Yu would gain double transformation time and the ability to cancel transformations.
The kicker: thanks to a skill called “One-Shot-and-Done,” he is already pregnant from that one night.
Completely flustered, Li Yu is kicked out of the system before he can claim his rewards.
Back in the tank, Li Yu suspects his slightly swollen belly might mean he’s carrying fish roe.
Prince Jing watches Li Yu’s behavior with concern, touching his back, not knowing what’s causing his agitation.
Li Yu stares at him, now overwhelmed by the thought that his incredibly handsome lover has just turned him into a pregnant fish.
Chapter 83: The Fate of a FishLi Yu is physically recovering well from his “skewering,” but emotionally spirals over being pregnant as a fish.
He’s horrified by the idea of laying eggs, especially so soon after losing his virginity.
Prince Jing notices his dejection and showers him with care and attention.
Li Yu eats the red fish food Prince Jing offers and begins to let go of his resentment, realizing Jing couldn’t have known pregnancy was a risk.
He recalls that he was the one who initiated intimacy, and the guilt softens him.
Despite warming up, Li Yu is still anxious and unconsciously protects his belly from being touched.
Prince Jing adds a stone rocking chair to the tank, which cheers Li Yu—until he panics, realizing pregnant fish probably shouldn’t rock.
He struggles with the idea of telling Prince Jing about the pregnancy, fearing disbelief or rejection.
Ultimately, he decides not to tell him yet but affirms that he won’t consider getting rid of the life growing inside him.
Li Yu notices his belly is slightly bloated but isn't sure if it’s from food or pregnancy.
Worried about transforming and exposing a giant belly, he delays turning back into human form.
Prince Jing grows increasingly confused and anxious as Li Yu avoids intimacy despite no visible health issues.
Eventually, Li Yu transforms into human form and confirms that his stomach is still flat.
As he checks himself, Prince Jing catches him and passionately kisses him, reestablishing dominance and closeness.
Li Yu reciprocates affection, feeling guilty and loving at once.
They end up doing it again, leading to another moment of regret from Li Yu about potentially being pregnant again.
Li Yu consults the system, which tells him the "One-and-Done" pregnancy mechanic has now expired, and his fertility is back to normal.
Frustrated that he never wanted children, Li Yu is shown a vision by the system.
The vision shows an older, lonely Emperor Prince Jing, ignored by Chu Yanyu (from the original plotline).
Chu Yanyu only falls for him later in life, when Prince Jing no longer cares.
Li Yu then sees that in the original timeline, Prince Jing does have children—but only through concubines.
The system reveals that due to Li Yu’s interference, Prince Jing would never have children unless Li Yu provides them.
Li Yu realizes Prince Jing was willing to give up heirs entirely out of love for him.
Moved, Li Yu still expresses fear but doesn’t reject the idea entirely, saying he’ll think about it.
He claims his reward for the last quest: a secret about Prince Jing.
The vision shows Prince Jing noticing a fish scale on his robe and questioning Ye Qinghuan, revealing he knew Li Yu’s identity as a yao/fish much earlier than expected.
Li Yu realizes Prince Jing had always known he was the fish and had been doting on him all along in secret.
Deeply moved, Li Yu asks the system if giving birth as a fish hurts. The system says no.
Li Yu decides to go through with the pregnancy.
Over the next couple of weeks, his human body stays unchanged, but in fish form, he gradually grows too large to fit in his favorite ornamental mountain.
Prince Jing notices he’s getting “chubby,” prompting indignant internal protests from Li Yu.
Chapter 84: Fishy PregnancyLi Yu, the fish spirit protagonist, discovers he's somehow pregnant despite previously stating he couldn’t be.
He assumes the pregnancy will last months and decides to hide it from Prince Jing for now.
To avoid suspicion, he tells Prince Jing he needs to focus on "cultivation" and can't transform into his human form for a while.
Prince Jing grows suspicious but chooses to respect Li Yu’s wishes.
Li Yu becomes increasingly lethargic during the fourth week, barely swimming or using energy.
One night, he wakes up to find his stomach shrunk—realizing he has laid eggs.
He finds four glowing, pearl-like fish eggs in his tank and confirms they came from him.
Despite being surprised, Li Yu accepts the eggs as his and Prince Jing’s children and wraps them in his blanket.
He consults the system, which congratulates him for completing a quest line and unlocks a new child-rearing quest.
The system explains the eggs will hatch in 4–5 days, then need 9 months of feeding before they can become human by completing quests.
Li Yu begins incubating the eggs himself, using his body to keep them warm under a blanket on the silver rock bed.
Prince Jing notices Li Yu is being unusually lazy and wrapped in the blanket all the time, growing worried.
When Prince Jing tries to check on him, Li Yu desperately clings to the bed, refusing to be moved.
Taking advantage of a distraction when Prince Jing turns to speak with Wang Xi, Li Yu hides the eggs in the decorative cave.
Prince Jing tries to take Li Yu out for a walk in his crystal bottle, but Li Yu refuses, choosing to stay behind to incubate the eggs.
After Prince Jing leaves, Li Yu retrieves the eggs and returns to incubate them, accidentally carrying one in his mouth and the rest on his back.
Just as he reaches the bed again, Prince Jing unexpectedly returns and catches sight of the egg in Li Yu’s mouth.
Li Yu panics but then decides to confess everything.
He transforms into his human form, explains that he laid four eggs, and apologizes for not telling Prince Jing earlier.
Prince Jing is stunned by the revelation but slowly realizes these are his and Li Yu’s children.
Li Yu nervously explains his plan to incubate and raise the eggs, including the system's involvement.
Prince Jing, regaining his composure, tells Li Yu with a warm, determined gaze that he’ll help him raise the children and won’t let him do it alone.
Chapter 85: The Fish and His YoungLi Yu has successfully laid fish eggs and is now incubating them.
Prince Jing offers to help and insists on warming the eggs with his palms, alternating hands to keep them at a constant temperature.
Li Yu is deeply moved by Prince Jing’s care and affection, feeling overwhelmed by emotion and secure in his presence.
Instead of sitting next to Prince Jing, Li Yu climbs into his lap and refuses to rest despite Prince Jing’s insistence.
Prince Jing dedicates himself to incubating the eggs for the full four days, handling all affairs one-handed while keeping the eggs warm.
Li Yu, now able to maintain human form for four hours, wants to help but Prince Jing insists on doing it himself.
On the fourth day, the eggs hatch while Li Yu is asleep; Prince Jing excitedly reveals the four baby fish, each about an inch long.
Li Yu is overjoyed. He can’t tell the baby fish apart, though Prince Jing claims they all resemble him.
Prince Jing puts the baby fish in a tea bowl so they’re easier to see and care for.
Li Yu transforms into a fish and swims with his babies, who excitedly respond to him.
They are transparent with small black eyes, but very lively.
Prince Jing feeds them a mixture of boiled egg yolk and soy milk per the system’s instructions.
A system notification announces “Team Mode,” meaning Li Yu can now go on quests with his baby fish.
Future pregnancies will be normal, but this one resulted in four babies—possibly hinting at even more children to come.
Prince Jing confirms all four babies are male and names them Kai, Xin, Wei, and Heng (with the “heart” radical as tradition).
Li Yu gives them placeholder nicknames: Dabao, Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao.
Prince Jing hands Li Yu a thick stack of papers—plans for their children’s education and development, drafted during egg incubation.
Li Yu realizes Prince Jing is incredibly serious about raising the children properly.
While flipping through the documents, Li Yu finds a piece of red paper with a stamped message: “An Eternal Happy Union.”
Prince Jing formally proposes to Li Yu, completing the gesture with keepsakes from their earlier union.
Blushing and emotional, Li Yu realizes this is a marriage proposal and happily accepts.
Prince Jing had prepared the marriage contract long ago, planning to secure official status for Li Yu and their children.
Chapter 86: Fish SchoolLi Yu expresses surprise that he and Prince Jing are getting married so soon.
Prince Jing feels insecure because Li Yu never mentioned wanting marriage or a title.
Li Yu reassures him, signs the marriage contract, and uses a beautiful seal Prince Jing had custom-made for him.
The official ceremony hasn’t happened yet, but the contract symbolizes their commitment.
Prince Jing sends a letter to the emperor requesting his blessing and starts preparing a formal wedding.
Li Yu’s main mission becomes raising their fish babies, born from his merman form.
He names them Dabao, Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao, learning to tell them apart by their unique traits.
Li Yu starts teaching the babies words like “eat” and “swim.” Most learn quickly except for Sibao, who is adorably slow and often confused.
To prevent them from getting lost, Li Yu teaches them to form a swimming chain by biting each other’s fins.
Sibao gets carried on Li Yu’s head due to his slowness, making the others jealous.
Li Yu rewards them with peach blossom pastries for trying to say “Daddy.” Dabao succeeds first, followed by Erbao and Sanbao.
Sibao struggles, nearly falls asleep, and sinks before barely managing to say “Daddy” with a pastry bribe.
Prince Jing watches this lovingly but can’t understand the fish language.
Li Yu tries to show off the babies' speaking skills using pastry, but the babies just associate "Dad" with food and rush toward it, confusing Prince Jing for their dad.
To cover for the sudden appearance of the fish babies, Prince Jing tells everyone they’re Xiaoyu’s children, avoiding suspicion.
Wang Xi, the loyal eunuch, is delighted and takes protecting the fish babies seriously, treating them as young masters.
Meanwhile in the capital, the emperor is worried for Prince Jing’s safety due to prior assassination attempts.
He’s overjoyed when he receives a report detailing Prince Jing’s victorious battle against bandits and his impressive tactics.
The emperor is impressed but cautious not to overly reward him, sending armor as a quiet recognition.
Prince Jing also credits Li Yu for his strategic help, requesting to reward him.
The emperor gives permission, expecting a small reward.
Over several letters, Prince Jing keeps hinting that any reward isn’t enough.
Finally, Prince Jing writes that he wants to marry Li Yu and give him the title of Consort.
Chapter 87: Fishy Babies Change ColorThe emperor is shocked upon learning that Prince Jing requested to marry Li Yu as a reward.
He realizes Prince Jing tricked him using vague wording and prior approval messages.
The emperor is furious, both for being tricked and because the consort in question is a man.
Though male concubines exist in the dynasty, having one as an official consort is scandalous, especially for a prince.
Allowing Li Yu to become the official consort could hinder future political marriages for Prince Jing.
The emperor decides not to respond directly to Prince Jing’s request to delay or quietly reject it.
He reflects that if Prince Jing had chosen a noblewoman, he would’ve supported the match wholeheartedly.
Angry and disappointed, the emperor sends Prince Jing to the western border and summons Ye Qian (Prince Jing’s grandfather).
Ye Qian gently defuses the emperor’s anger, suggesting that Prince Jing’s genuine affection means Li Yu is more than a whim.
The emperor remembers that noble young ladies have avoided Prince Jing due to his muteness; suitable options are few.
Ye Qian implies that Prince Jing has never asked for anything before, highlighting how serious he is about Li Yu.
Meanwhile, Prince Jing sends another letter (unaware he’s being ignored), including Li Yu’s suggestion about dealing with locusts on the western border.
The emperor, despite being annoyed, becomes curious about Li Yu’s ideas because of his past help with bandits.
The fish babies Li Yu gave birth to begin to show koi features after a month.
Dabao becomes gold-scaled; Erbao has gold with silver; Sanbao is all silver and the most beautiful.
Sibao initially shows no color change, worrying Li Yu.
Eventually, Sibao also changes—but into a black fish, unlike his brothers.
Sibao feels left out and downcast, but Li Yu reassures him that he is loved regardless of his appearance.
Li Yu and the babies visit Prince Jing, who is delighted by Sibao’s black fish form, as it reminds him of Li Yu’s original look.
Li Yu keeps falling asleep while reading ancient Chinese, rocking the bottle of fish babies in the process.
Prince Jing hushes the babies and wraps himself and Li Yu together in a robe, creating a cozy space.
He kisses the sleeping Li Yu, revealing he has already submitted the request for Li Yu to be officially recognized.
The fish babies watch curiously; Sibao imitates his brothers but glances back with extra interest.
Li Yu wakes up with sudden clarity, recalling the word he couldn’t recognize: “locust disaster.”
Alarmed, he asks if there’s a locust outbreak; Prince Jing shows him it’s far from their current location.
Li Yu clarifies he’s not afraid, but wants to help the villagers stop the infestation.
Chapter 88: Duck, Duck, FishPrince Jing trusts Li Yu and is willing to let him handle the locust problem.
Li Yu reveals he has some knowledge from his previous life and suggests three solutions: deep plowing, crop selection, and a duck army.
Prince Jing is skeptical but open-minded. Li Yu assures him he won’t be participating directly—he's scared of bugs and fire.
Li Yu explains the methods: deep plowing exposes locust eggs to sunlight, crops can be chosen that locusts avoid, and ducks eat locusts directly.
Prince Jing tests the duck theory, and Wang Xi confirms that ducks eagerly eat locusts.
Excited by the results, Prince Jing uses personal funds to immediately buy ducks from nearby villages.
Li Yu suggests also buying ducklings and starting a duck farm for long-term locust control.
Locals are cooperative and donate ducks due to gratitude; surrounding counties also send ducks.
Bandits lose interest in robbing since they hope Prince Jing will fail with the locust issue.
Over 5,000 ducks and 1,000 ducklings are gathered.
Ducks are deployed in infested areas and prove very effective, with minimal losses.
As news spreads, merchants try to profiteer by hoarding ducks and reselling them at higher prices.
Prince Jing refuses to buy from scalpers. When they’re desperate to offload ducks later, Wang Xi buys them at a drastically reduced price.
A duck farm is established, and the ducklings grow fast thanks to the locust diet.
Ducks start laying eggs, which helps replenish the army.
Prince Jing and Wang Xi now manage duck and chicken logistics like pros.
Sibao, one of the fish babies, escapes the fish tank trying to see the ducklings and ends up flopping helplessly on the floor.
His three siblings follow to rescue him, resulting in all four fish babies out of water.
Li Yu wakes up, panics, and rescues them, learning that Sibao just wanted to see the ducklings.
Sibao is terrified by the full-grown ducks, realizing he prefers the ducklings.
Li Yu teases Dabao, who apologizes for not being strong enough to save Sibao. He declares he wants to grow up to protect his family.
Li Yu is touched but reminds Dabao to recognize his current limits and grow gradually.
With the duck army in full swing, the locust plague is under control.
Villagers adopt ducks as a locust-prevention method.
The new issue is storing the fat, well-fed duck army.
Li Yu, excited at the sight of so many ducks, suggests eating roast duck.
Prince Jing agrees, leading to the fictional opening of “Quanjude” (a famous roast duck brand) at the western border.
Chapter 89: Stuffed FishPrince Jing reports on the effective eradication of the locusts and includes a marriage contract with Li Yu in his letter to the emperor.
The emperor, although initially annoyed that Prince Jing acted without consultation, recognizes this as the first time Prince Jing is asking for something for himself.
The emperor sees Prince Jing's handwriting on the marriage contract and begins to realize Prince Jing is truly in love.
Despite reservations, the emperor respects Li Yu’s talent, particularly after his effective locust control strategies were validated by the Ministry of Works.
Prince Jing bypassed bureaucracy by spending his own money to control the locusts, which impressed and mildly infuriated the emperor.
The emperor reads county reports praising Prince Jing for using ducks to eliminate locusts, which paints a humorous and effective picture.
Though conflicted, the emperor is forced to acknowledge Prince Jing’s decisive competence and increasing influence.
The emperor is aware that everything in Prince Jing’s letter praises Li Yu, clearly aimed at legitimizing him as a suitable partner.
Court rumors spread about Prince Jing’s successes and the potential threat he poses, prompting the sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao, to scheme.
Mu Tianxiao is relieved when the emperor punishes him only mildly for the nursery rhyme incident and even awards him Prince Jing’s former Ministry of Works job.
He believes the remote western border will eliminate Prince Jing eventually without intervention.
However, Prince Jing gains further acclaim by wiping out local bandits, overshadowing Mu Tianxiao’s petty achievements.
Upon hearing that Prince Jing requested to marry a male youth, Mu Tianxiao is delighted, thinking this could ruin Prince Jing’s future.
Mu Tianxiao and his mother, Consort Zhang, manipulate the emperor by invoking memories of Empress Xiaohui and her wishes for Prince Jing’s happiness.
Moved by nostalgia and emotion, the emperor finally replies: Li Yu is worthy, but due to his gender and infertility, he can only be made a concubine.
Li Yu comforts Prince Jing, accepting the position happily and hoping future achievements might change the emperor’s mind.
Prince Jing is actually satisfied with the response, as it gives him the perfect opening for his next plan.
He had hesitated to reveal the fish babies’ existence, fearing rejection, but now that infertility is the only issue, he decides to announce the “pregnancy.”
Originally planning to invent a fake concubine as the mother, he now decides to credit Li Yu directly, claiming Li Yu’s unique nature allows him to bear children.
Prince Jing feels confident: once the fish babies transform into humans, he’ll have physical proof, and the emperor won’t be able to contradict his earlier logic.
He notes that life at the border offers secrecy and freedom — no one can verify a pregnancy — so he plans to pretend Li Yu is visibly pregnant using a pillow.
Chapter 90: Fishy Babies TransformPrince Jing tells Li Yu to pretend to be pregnant as part of a plan, using pillows to simulate a belly.
Li Yu is shocked but agrees, rationalizing that the fish babies are his children either way.
Wang Xi, the head eunuch, learns of the "pregnancy" and is deeply moved, believing it's real. He even cries with joy.
Prince Jing instructs Wang Xi to prepare for the wedding, increasing Wang Xi’s excitement and effort.
Prince Jing arranges for physicians to “diagnose” Li Yu from behind a veil. A real pregnant woman stands in for Li Yu, and the physicians confirm he’s two months pregnant.
This diagnosis is sent to the emperor. The emperor is stunned but considers the possibility due to the supposed unique constitution of Li Yu.
Imperial physicians and a monk named Liao Kong are consulted. The monk cryptically states: “The world is vast and full of wonders,” suggesting it might be possible.
The emperor agrees: if Li Yu can truly bear children, he’ll be promoted to consort.
Meanwhile, Prince Jing parades Li Yu around the village as his “pregnant” partner, enjoying everyone's admiration.
Bandits try to attack during this time but are defeated due to advanced preparations like traps and tunnels.
Prince Jing is constantly by Li Yu’s side, doting on him and handling all responsibilities.
Li Yu is eventually not even allowed to hold the crystal bottle containing their fish babies; Wang Xi takes over that job.
The fish babies start to sense something odd with their “dad” being “pregnant.”
Dabao, the smartest of the fish babies, figures something out. Erbao and Sanbao innocently think a new sibling is coming. Sibao thinks Li Yu just ate too many pastries.
One day, while Li Yu is feeding the fish, Dabao suddenly transforms into a human baby—the first one to complete the “Growing Up” system quest.
Li Yu panics but quickly cares for human-Dabao. Luckily, the transformation didn’t happen in the fish tank.
Prince Jing, already prepared with baby clothes, helps bundle Dabao and gets emotional seeing his child as a human.
Dabao, curious and brave at first, tries to move but becomes scared and cries when he realizes he can’t swim or speak.
Prince Jing enters, emotional, and holds the baby. He and Li Yu both tear up from joy and wonder.
The three other fish babies—Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao—are shocked and frightened upon seeing Dabao as a human.
Chapter 91: Fish Baby RebellionDabao, the eldest fish baby, unexpectedly transforms into a human baby.
Prince Jing tells the staff that Li Yu is in labor to cover up the transformation.
A trusted confidant with medical knowledge acts as the “midwife.”
Wang Xi is excited at the news and surprised to hear that Li Yu is supposedly having twins.
Dabao is declared healthy, though he's crying hard—which surprises Li Yu, since fish-Dabao never cried.
Prince Jing is relieved the baby isn’t mute like him, easing his hereditary worries.
The confidant leaves so Prince Jing and Li Yu can await the other transformations.
The couple expected all the babies to transform at once, but only Dabao does.
Time becomes a problem—they can’t wait too long or the “labor” cover story will seem suspicious.
Li Yu transforms into a fish to speak directly with the three untransformed fish babies.
Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao are scared of turning into humans after watching Dabao transform and become immobile.
Li Yu begins "persuasion missions" on each one: 1. Sibao is bribed with a peach blossom pastry and momentarily distracted. 2. Erbao is tempted with food and duckling playtime. 3. Sanbao is swayed by the promise of pretty clothes and accessories.
Erbao and Sanbao agree and simultaneously transform into chubby human infants.
Prince Jing quickly picks them up. Li Yu observes that they look more like Prince Jing than himself.
Erbao and Sanbao cry, likely because they expected instant rewards.
Sibao remains resistant despite bribes—he claims he’s happy just being with his dads.
Li Yu plays along emotionally and asks if Sibao would help his dad by transforming.
Sibao agrees but fails to transform—he doesn’t know how.
After some confusion, Li Yu reminds him about the system and quests.
Sibao admits the system was annoying, so he ignored it.
Li Yu tells him to cooperate with the system.
Sibao finally follows the system’s guidance and transforms into a baby, appearing angelic and smiling.
The system announces the “Growing Up” quest is complete—babies are now part of the human world.
Li Yu feels bittersweet about not seeing his fish babies in their fish forms for seven years.
If the babies remember being fish at age seven, they can complete a new quest to transform again.
Prince Jing comforts Li Yu with gentle affection, reassuring him he’s never alone.
Li Yu recovers emotionally and joins Prince Jing in the crystal bottle to meet the children.
Prince Jing rings a jade bell, summoning Wang Xi, who is shocked to see four babies instead of two.
Wang Xi joyfully thanks the heavens.
A gynecological expert arrives to verify the unusual pregnancy and birth.
Due to Li Yu needing rest, the expert can only check his pulse behind a veil.
The emperor wants confirmation that the babies are Prince Jing’s.
Prince Jing provides his own blood for testing to avoid disturbing Li Yu.
The test confirms all four babies are biologically his, and none are mute.
The physician writes to the capital, sharing the extraordinary news.
Chapter 92: Gifted FishyThe emperor is shocked and overjoyed to receive a letter stating Prince Jing now has four healthy sons, none mute.
Overcome with emotion, he issues an imperial edict: 1. Li Yu is officially named Prince Jing’s consort. 2. The oldest son is made shizi (heir). 3. The second son becomes a rank five Cloud Cavalry Commandant. 4. The third son becomes a rank seven Grace Cavalry Commandant. 5. Even the youngest receives a Grace Cavalry title.
Head Eunuch Luo notes the emperor’s hypocrisy—he had previously refused to give Li Yu the consort position.
The emperor, thrilled about grandsons he hasn't even met, decides to summon them in the future after they’re older.
He keeps the news secret, informing only Duke Cheng’en (Prince Jing’s grandfather), who celebrates privately.
The emperor officially agrees to Prince Jing and Li Yu's wedding and allows it to happen at the western border.
Prince Jing submits a list of nobles who had hoarded ducks during the locust crisis.
The emperor discovers this was a conspiracy involving the Marquis of Jinyi and Vice Director Qin—connected to the third prince.
The emperor punishes them: demoting the Marquis of Jinyi, and turning the third prince into the insignificant Marquis of Ping.
Mu Tianming (third prince) begs outside the palace for forgiveness but is ignored.
Sixth prince Mu Tianxiao offers comfort, but it’s a betrayal—he confesses to framing the third prince to eliminate him.
A shocked and furious Mu Tianming realizes his trust was broken; Mu Tianxiao walks away victorious and unbothered.
Mu Tianxiao believes Prince Jing marrying a man will ruin his political influence—until he hears Prince Jing has four di sons.
Panicked and jealous, Mu Tianxiao realizes Prince Jing’s muteness no longer matters and he’s once again a strong political rival.
He begins obsessing over finding flaws in Prince Jing to use against him.
Back at the western border, Prince Jing and Li Yu struggle with their new “children.”
The babies refuse to breastfeed from wet nurses, crying constantly unless Li Yu holds them.
It’s implied the fish-born children are too attached to their "fish dad."
Li Yu considers breastfeeding himself; Prince Jing is stunned and wonders if carp spirits can even do that.
Chapter 93: Grand Fishy WeddingLi Yu tries to feed baby Dabao with a spoon since there are no bottles in ancient times, but Dabao dislikes the bland milk.
Realizing the fish babies prefer sweet things, Li Yu tempts Dabao with peach blossom pastries, tricking him into drinking milk.
Prince Jing watches and misunderstands the situation at first, expecting something spicier, but is touched by Li Yu’s gentle parenting.
Prince Jing joins in, feeding Sibao, who enjoys it and clings to his father, happy to be held.
The other babies cry until each gets to be held and fed; eventually, Li Yu and Prince Jing each hold two babies.
At night, the babies refuse to sleep without their dads and cling tightly to Li Yu, who ends up surrounded and unable to move.
Prince Jing is left jealous and distant, but later joins Li Yu once the babies fall asleep.
The couple has a passionate essence-absorbing session, with Li Yu left weak and teary-eyed, suspecting revenge for biting Prince Jing before.
The next morning, Li Yu is sore and glares at Prince Jing, who teases him with a lick of his lips.
The babies slowly adapt to being human with Li Yu’s help.
An imperial edict arrives, officially naming Li Yu as Prince Jing’s consort, setting their marriage in stone.
Prince Jing immediately prepares the wedding, eager and impatient despite everything being ready.
Li Yu is moved by how seriously Prince Jing takes the wedding and how he still wants to go through the ceremony even after having children.
Wang Xi reveals Prince Jing had the consort robe specially made to suit Li Yu, including a koi fish motif rather than the standard phoenix.
Li Yu dresses in radiant red Yuehua brocade with gold-thread fish embroidery and a fish-themed headpiece, feeling radiant and grateful.
Prince Jing’s robes match in theme, with his belt styled like aquatic plants and the silver bead Li Yu once gave him attached.
They wear each other’s special keepsakes — Li Yu the jade figure, Prince Jing the fishy rock — symbolizing their bond.
Wang Xi tears up with emotion as the wedding begins.
Li Yu, without any family, is escorted by Prince Jing himself in a carriage through the village, feeling truly accepted.
Villagers cheer loudly, calling him "Consort," filling Li Yu with a deep sense of belonging.
Back home, the babies are left with the wet nurse. Sibao realizes it's the wedding day and tries to attend by rolling off the bed.
Erbao and Sanbao follow, but all three get stuck face-down.
Dabao watches in judgment, calling them stupid with a baby "Ahhh!"
Chapter 94: One Fishy FamilyPrince Jing keeps mental track of Li Yu’s fish transformation time during their wedding day.
The wedding procession is quick but mindful of not disturbing the couple; the driver is an old loyal servant who practiced for a month.
Prince Jing’s guards keep villagers at bay while returning to the residence.
The emperor, though absent, sends so many gifts that it takes over an hour to announce them all.
The wedding is intimate; Prince Jing invites village elders and close friends instead of nobles.
The emperor’s edict and Empress Xiaohui’s memorial tablet stand in for parents during the ceremony.
Ye Qinghuan arrives unexpectedly, exhausted from travel but happy to see Prince Jing getting married.
Prince Jing surprisingly welcomes Ye Qinghuan warmly and drinks marriage wine with him.
Ye Qinghuan reflects on how the House of Cheng’en supported Prince Jing silently while he endured hardship at the border.
Concerned about heirs, Ye Qinghuan offers his future son to Prince Jing to adopt, assuming Li Yu can’t bear children.
Prince Jing doesn’t need it; he already has children.
Wang Xi arrives with four crying babies—Dabao, Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao—because they were inconsolable and wanted to attend the wedding.
The babies wear swaddles that match their fish forms (gold, silver, gold/silver mix, black).
Ye Qinghuan is completely shocked to learn that Li Yu gave birth to four children and even more stunned that a man can do so.
Wang Xi gives him a vague but true explanation; Ye Qinghuan has to believe it due to the resemblance between the babies and their parents.
Ye Qinghuan feels defeated—he thought Prince Jing had no children, but he’s already ahead of him with four sons.
Prince Jing starts the wedding ceremony at the auspicious time.
Li Yu is flustered by the heavy wedding regalia and nervous about stepping over the ceremonial brazier.
Prince Jing lifts Li Yu and carries him over the brazier, embarrassing him in front of guests.
The couple performs their wedding bows—to the heavens, ancestors, and each other.
Though already married by contract, the ceremony is a public declaration of their bond.
Prince Jing ensures Xiaoyu’s transformation timing is monitored even during the ceremony.
After the guests leave, he gifts Li Yu a painting showing their fish family: two large fish (him and Li Yu) and four small fish (the children).
Li Yu is touched, especially by the black fish representing Prince Jing.
They drink plum wine from the same jade cups they used on their consummation night.
Li Yu playfully feeds wine to Prince Jing with his mouth, and they begin to make love.
Just as things heat up, the babies start crying again in the next room.
Li Yu pleads with Prince Jing to check on them; Prince Jing reluctantly pauses their night to get the kids.
All four babies are crying, missing their fish dad.
Prince Jing picks them up and brings them to their marital room.
The babies only calm down once they see Li Yu and insist on sleeping with their parents.
Li Yu feels their wedding night is ruined but is reassured when Prince Jing pulls him close despite the babies' presence.
Li Yu lies on top of Prince Jing, worried about crushing him, but Prince Jing only cuddles him and kisses him silently.
They kiss sweetly while waiting for the children to fall asleep and for Li Yu to transform.
The chapter ends with a quiet moment of intimacy and the promise that, despite chaos, they’ll always find time for each other.
Chapter 95: Merman ManmerPrince Jing’s wedding night is supposed to be undisturbed, but Ye Qinghuan tries to sneak a peek.
Wang Xi intercepts him and suggests he go to the roast duck place Prince Jing opened in honor of his consort.
As Ye Qinghuan contemplates the duck, Prince Jing bursts out of the bedroom half-naked, clutching something hidden in clothes.
Ye Qinghuan sees a glimpse of a silver-gold fish tail—Prince Jing’s beloved pet fish.
Both Ye Qinghuan and Wang Xi are stunned; Ye starts questioning Prince Jing’s… “interests.”
Turns out, Li Yu transformed back into a fish during the wedding night, and there was no fish tank in the room.
Prince Jing had to rush Li Yu next door to the tank, running into the others in the process.
Li Yu hides in embarrassment, relieved no one knows the truth.
The couple ends up spending their wedding night in the next room due to the tank situation.
Next morning, Li Yu is exhausted, draped on his silver rock bed like a fish pancake.
Prince Jing tends to him lovingly before going to see their fish babies.
Ye Qinghuan, still disturbed by last night, confronts Prince Jing, worried he’s mistreating Li Yu.
Wang Xi also awkwardly advises Prince Jing to treat the consort well.
Prince Jing is baffled by both of them.
Li Yu finally logs into his system space, realizes it’s been quiet since the “Growing Up” quest.
Reflects on past quest rewards and how he’s come to accept the system despite its tricks.
A new main quest line appears: “Postpartum Care for Fish.”
Two steps—hatching and feeding fish babies—are already complete, and Li Yu can claim rewards (secrets about Prince Jing).
He learns the next quest is “Protect the Pet Fish,” the reward for which is a permanent human form.
This quest involves becoming a Merman or Manmer for three days, unable to move, and relying on Prince Jing’s protection.
Failure occurs if discovered; it’s a one-chance deal.
Li Yu learns the horror: a Merman is human upper-half, fish lower-half; a Manmer is the reverse (fish upper, human lower).
He’s horrified at the idea of turning into a Manmer.
Realizes the importance of planning and decides to warn Prince Jing first before accepting the quest.
The chapter ends with Li Yu quietly asking Prince Jing for help with a “tribulation,” setting the stage for the next quest.
Chapter 96: Fishy TribulationLi Yu tells Prince Jing he must undergo a “tribulation” due to being a carp spirit, which will last three days.
He explains he’ll be in a half-human, half-fish state and asks Prince Jing to keep him safe and hidden.
Prince Jing listens attentively and promises to ensure Li Yu’s safety.
Li Yu is worried about how he’ll look and asks Prince Jing not to laugh or be frightened.
Internally, Li Yu laments the system’s demand for a humiliating transformation but knows he must go through with it to become fully human.
Prince Jing writes that he’ll make preparations and asks Li Yu to wait for a few days.
They decide to do it soon while still at the western border, where Prince Jing has full control and fewer prying eyes.
Prince Jing selects a secret residence connected to their main home via tunnel and gets it ready.
Prince Jing prepares large quantities of food and water and assigns Wang Xi and Ye Qinghuan to care for the children while he and Li Yu leave.
Li Yu suggests they pretend it’s a honeymoon to explain their absence.
Ye Qinghuan protests having to babysit but is outvoted; the couple leaves.
The fish babies react to being left behind. They’re comfortable with Wang Xi but wary of the unfamiliar Ye Qinghuan.
Dabao, Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao all show unique personalities. Sibao bites Ye Qinghuan’s finger, causing him to howl.
Prince Jing and Li Yu arrive at the secret house with a pond specially dug for this purpose.
Prince Jing gives Li Yu a protective charm from his late mother, blessed and meant to keep him safe.
Li Yu feels guilty since there’s no real tribulation, but is still touched by Prince Jing’s sincerity.
Li Yu asks Prince Jing to turn around before starting the transformation.
He enters the system and begins the quest.
He finds himself in a horrifying half-transformed Manmer state: human legs, but fishy top half with fins instead of hands.
Unable to breathe, he flings himself into the pond with a cloth over his head to hide.
Prince Jing is confused and concerned, especially as Li Yu keeps avoiding him.
Li Yu tries to maintain distance while underwater, still wrapped in the cloth.
Prince Jing sees a fin and realizes Li Yu’s embarrassment.
Rather than approach directly, Prince Jing gently uses a bamboo stick with a piece of his sleeve to pat Li Yu’s head from afar, a familiar gesture of comfort.
Chapter 97: Merman PlayLi Yu, now in his Manmer form, plays in the water as Prince Jing "fishes" for him with a bamboo pole.
He grabs the bamboo pole with his fin and ends up in Prince Jing’s arms.
Li Yu is worried Prince Jing might be scared of his form, but Prince Jing reassures him by treating him normally and kindly.
Li Yu hides under a cloth to avoid showing his face, and Prince Jing respects his privacy.
He spends the night sleeping in Prince Jing’s arms.
The next morning, Li Yu checks his hands and finds he’s no longer a Manmer—his fins are gone, and his human hands are back.
Excited, he removes the cloth, finds his face human, and confirms he’s in his Merman form this time.
He admires his appearance, especially his silver-gold tail, and experiments with his new form.
On land, he can’t walk properly with his tail, but he can jump around like a fishy pogo stick.
The tail dries out easily, but it's manageable—overall, being a Merman is a big upgrade over the awkward Manmer form.
He joyfully wakes Prince Jing while splashing around and hides his tail before being seen.
Prince Jing wakes and sees Li Yu's human upper half resting on the pool’s edge, then notices the shimmering tail in the water.
Amazed by Li Yu’s beautiful Merman form, Prince Jing is visibly stunned and enchanted.
Li Yu flirts and wraps his tail around Prince Jing seductively.
Feeling bold, Li Yu embraces Prince Jing and teases him, asking if he likes what he sees.
Prince Jing is clearly flustered but holds back due to Li Yu’s tribulation status.
Li Yu cheekily claims intimacy is part of his “love tribulation” and that carp spirits need to “absorb essence.”
Convinced (and tempted), Prince Jing agrees, lays out robes on the ground, and they consummate their relationship beside the pond.
They discover new, exciting aspects of Merman anatomy together.
After their romantic interlude, Prince Jing cleans and cares for Li Yu’s tail, noticing it’s a bit dry.
He gently wipes it with a wet cloth to help him sleep comfortably.
Later that night, loud drums and a commotion wake them.
Bandits attack Luofeng Village, thinking Prince Jing would be distracted by his wedding.
The village’s defenses are down due to the celebration, but Prince Jing had prepared in advance.
Prince Jing smiles coldly, ready to retaliate; Li Yu silently approves of the bandits’ impending doom.
Chapter 98: Tricked FishyPrince Jing gives Li Yu a secret report revealing the village ambush was a planned trap as part of Prince Jing’s “Wedding Leave Plan.”
The bandits planned to strike during the wedding, assuming lowered defenses, but Prince Jing had trained the locals and prepared secret countermeasures.
Luofeng Village appeared vulnerable, but was actually on high alert; Prince Jing wanted to eliminate the bandits quickly before leaving the border.
Li Yu feels reassured but worried when he hears children crying outside, thinking one might be his child, Dabao.
Prince Jing reassures him and tells him not to fall for the trick, as the crying is likely a lure.
Li Yu begs Prince Jing to check outside, promising to wait; Prince Jing agrees, gives him a protection token, and leaves.
Li Yu waits anxiously as time passes and the crying resumes, but Prince Jing doesn’t return.
Li Yu, now transformed from Merman to Manmer (with legs but unable to breathe air for long), decides to leave the secret residence.
He disguises himself with cloth and preps a fish tank full of water to carry with him.
Using the prince’s token, he convinces the guards to let him go and investigates the source of the crying.
He spots bandits with a baby in golden-hemmed cloth, assumes it's his child, and orders the guards to pursue them.
The bandits are caught, but the baby is not Dabao.
As he turns to leave, a smoke bomb explodes at his feet, and Li Yu faints.
Li Yu wakes up in water, still disguised, and overhears bandits discussing their failed attack and the plan to kidnap key figures.
The tactician among the bandits had instructed them to use fake babies to lure targets out; they succeeded in capturing Li Yu this way.
The bandits couldn’t remove his disguise, so they dumped him into a river near a temple.
Li Yu realizes he fell into a trap targeting him and possibly his children.
He reflects that his worry for the children made him act rashly and disobey Prince Jing’s plan.
Despite regretting his impulsiveness, he knows he would have made the same choice again out of paternal instinct.
Chapter 99: Fishy PunishmentLi Yu hides in a river after being captured by bandits but not yet recognized as Prince Jing's consort.
He confirms the bandits don’t have Dabao or know his identity, which gives him some relief.
When a bandit tries to pull him from the water, Li Yu kicks him, prompting the bandit to draw a knife.
Just as things get dangerous, Li Yu's body transforms from Manmer to Merman, regaining his tail.
He uses his tail to knock the bandit unconscious and hides the body behind a rock.
Realizing he can shift between forms based on intent (legs for escape, tail for combat), Li Yu experiments with transformations.
Attempting to turn into a human fails, but when he casually thinks about turning into a fish—he successfully does so.
Now a small fish, he hides in the river plants as the bandits panic over their missing hostage.
A scarred tactician searches the river but doesn’t find Li Yu. Before he can try again, chaos erupts—the bandits learn Prince Jing is approaching.
Prince Jing storms the temple, bloodied and furious, and quickly cuts down the bandits.
Only the tactician remains, who uses a smoke bomb and white powder to gain an advantage.
Despite appearing blinded, Prince Jing dodges the attack, then uses a hidden dagger to fatally stab the tactician.
Li Yu, now a Manmer again, rushes to help but finds Prince Jing already victorious.
Ashamed for leaving the secret residence, Li Yu apologizes profusely and fears Prince Jing’s anger.
Instead of scolding him, Prince Jing embraces Li Yu, giving back the charm that had fallen during the kidnapping.
They exchange emotional apologies—both confess to being driven by overwhelming worry over their children.
Prince Jing reassures Li Yu, taking responsibility for being late.
He reveals, without telling Li Yu directly, that he had also been misled into thinking Dabao was captured.
The couple reaffirm their trust in each other and promise to handle things better in the future.
Prince Jing wraps Li Yu in his robe and carries him out as guards finish off the remaining bandits.
Back at the residence, they see the children safe and playing with Ye Qinghuan.
Prince Jing shows Li Yu the kids are unharmed to ease his worries.
As a final "punishment," Prince Jing pats Li Yu’s head instead of scolding him, and they smile at each other.
The chapter ends with the couple reunited, ready to face the next tribulation together.
Chapter 100: Protecting the Pet FishLi Yu isn’t sure if his mission is successful, but since the system hasn’t notified him of failure, he assumes he’s still good.
Prince Jing places the protective charm back on Li Yu and guards him, while Li Yu clings to him like an octopus, embarrassed yet relieved.
Li Yu suspects a mysterious tactician is targeting them, especially since the bandits used strategic child-related bait.
Prince Jing agrees, especially since the tactics used imply the tactician knew him well, including his habit of hiding a dagger in his boot.
Li Yu mentions the tactician has a scar on his hand resembling an animal bite.
Prince Jing recalls the same injury from a previous attacker in the palace, connecting the dots.
Li Yu remembers Xiongfeng, Ye Qinghuan’s dog, bit a masked man who tried to poison his fish food—also on the hand.
They both realize that the tactician may be the same person who poisoned the food and attacked Prince Jing earlier.
They suspect the second prince, but rule him out due to his mental breakdown and isolation.
The only logical suspect left: the sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao.
The sixth prince had used others (second and third prince) as shields while secretly orchestrating events.
Prince Jing finally confirms Mu Tianxiao as the real enemy and decides to retaliate.
A coded message—“Teach him a little lesson”—is sent to Prince Jing’s men in the capital.
His subordinates act swiftly, initiating an indirect political takedown.
Zheng Jing of the Ministry of Works reports that the sixth prince used inferior materials in royal renovations while charging for premium quality.
Evidence piles up, including pawned heirlooms and rosewood boxes tied to the sixth prince.
The emperor is furious, orders verification, and finds the accusations to be true.
The sixth prince denies everything, blaming a trusted aide, but the emperor doesn’t fully buy it.
Although the emperor spares him, he replaces all his attendants, signaling major distrust.
Meanwhile, Li Yu checks the mission status in the system.
“Protecting the Pet Fish” isn’t an automatic pass; it’s reassessed based on the tyrant’s actions.
Since two bandits saw Li Yu’s Merman form before dying, the outcome is ambiguous.
The system color-square spins and lands on yellow—neither a success nor a failure.
Li Yu suspects the system downgraded the result because he and Prince Jing were too horny during the mission.
Chapter 101: Fish Calling His NameThe system reacts to Li Yu's assumptions and corrects him: a "yellow" grade means partial pass.
Li Yu reflects on how lenient the system is toward Prince Jing, suspecting he might’ve made it.
Li Yu receives a partial reward for the “Protecting the Pet Fish” mission.
The reward isn’t what he expected: he gains two new skills—“Turn into a Manmer” and “Turn into a Merman.”
His transformation duration extends to 24 hours once per day and can be canceled, giving him flexibility.
The transformations must be triggered by Li Yu himself using jade scales—others (like Prince Jing) can’t activate them.
A second set of rewards appears in the form of a “fish children status,” which lets him check on his baby fish.
Each child (Dabao, Sibao, Erbao, Sanbao) has a live view feature, like a magical baby monitor—usable 3 times a day per child.
Li Yu is overjoyed with this upgrade, finding it extremely helpful as a worried fish dad.
The system reveals that the main mission line isn’t complete; a new quest line will be added to earn remaining rewards.
Li Yu is mildly frustrated but feels okay since side quests won’t penalize him anymore.
He realizes he’s gotten used to the system, even appreciating it somewhat.
Back in the real world, Li Yu wakes up from the system interface in Merman form, in Prince Jing’s arms.
Due to his tail being dehydrated, he shifts into human form—but the transition causes an awkward position around Prince Jing.
Blushing, Li Yu repositions and tells Prince Jing that after one more tribulation, he can become human permanently.
Realizing his mistake in phrasing (implying he was human), he corrects himself to sound like a typical carp spirit.
Prince Jing promises to protect him during the next tribulation.
Li Yu expresses gratitude and affection, giving Prince Jing a light kiss on the cheek.
Prince Jing, with a teasing smile, hands Li Yu a note with his name “Tianchi” written on it.
Li Yu doesn’t understand at first and keeps calling him “Your Highness,” getting gently bitten every time.
Eventually, he realizes Prince Jing wants him to call him by name.
Li Yu tearfully and joyfully says “Tianchi,” and Prince Jing smiles, holding his hand.
Prince Jing hadn’t written more because he wanted Li Yu to figure it out on his own.
The chapter ends with a tender, romantic moment as Li Yu finally calls his beloved by name, symbolizing deeper intimacy.
Chapter 102: Fish Babies Write a LetterLi Yu enjoys a peaceful life as Prince Jing’s consort, mainly raising the children and occasionally advising Prince Jing.
Thanks to Prince Jing’s efforts, threats on the western border (locusts and bandits) are neutralized, bringing stability.
The fish babies reach their 100-day milestone, prompting Prince Jing to throw an extravagant celebration.
Ye Qinghuan prepares to return to the capital, having helped during the crisis. Prince Jing entrusts him with a heartfelt letter of thanks for the emperor.
During the letter-writing, Li Yu and Wang Xi visit Prince Jing while carrying the four babies.
Dabao, the eldest, is frustrated by baby life, especially being unable to eat peach blossom pastries and having to drink milk.
Sibao, the youngest, is content and unbothered, often chewing on his own hands. Dabao resists copying him, but it’s a struggle.
Inspired by Prince Jing’s letter, Li Yu proposes the babies write a letter to the emperor—referred to as “Grandpa” to them.
Prince Jing supports the idea. Juice-based ink is prepared for the babies so they can safely “write.”
Dabao tries to write the character for “Da” (his name). His younger siblings imitate him, which frustrates him, prompting him to redirect them to write “Er” and “San.”
Erbao and Sanbao prefer copying “Da” instead, leading to squabbles. Li Yu separates them so they can each make unique contributions.
Sibao falls asleep mid-task, face down on the paper, leaving an accidental cheekprint covered in “ink.”
Each baby ends up contributing: Dabao writes “Da,” Erbao and Sanbao leave handprints, and Sibao unknowingly leaves a drool-marked faceprint.
Li Yu bundles their creations with Prince Jing’s formal letter and hands them to Ye Qinghuan.
Ye Qinghuan is surprised at the envelope’s thickness and touched by Li Yu’s gesture, especially when Li Yu calls him “cousin-in-law” after gifting a lucky charm made from the babies’ golden bracelets to the pregnant Princess of Jinjue.
Back in the capital, the emperor is deeply moved by the “letters,” especially the “Da” character he misreads as “Oa,” the handprints, and Sibao’s slobbery faceprint.
The emperor cherishes the pieces, considers framing the “Oa,” and becomes extremely fond of the babies despite never having met them.
Luo Ruisheng praises the children, especially Dabao, for their precociousness, further winning the emperor’s favor.
This admiration indirectly pressures the seventh and eighth princes, who are suddenly given more homework to catch up to their baby nephew’s “progress.”
The emperor also assigns top scholars from the Hanlin Academy to tutor Prince Jing’s children in the future.
Li Yu, upon hearing this, is amused by the emperor’s over-the-top doting.
Li Yu wonders what “Oa” meant, and Prince Jing doesn’t know either.
Dabao, disappointed, reflects on how he wrote “Da,” not “Oa,” and feels misunderstood.
Chapter 103: Fish Children KissyDabao becomes upset after realizing he misspelled a word he had carefully written.
Even his favorite peach blossom pastries can’t cheer him up.
Li Yu notices Dabao’s mood and gathers his fish brothers—Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao—to comfort him.
The brothers, seeing Dabao sad, try to cheer him up with kisses ("kissies") as their fish dad does.
Sibao starts kissing Dabao, followed by Erbao and Sanbao.
Dabao is overwhelmed and protests, but eventually gives in and kisses Sibao back.
Li Yu laughs at the chaos and notes Sibao succeeded where Ye Qinghuan failed.
After the incident, Dabao becomes more lively and sociable with his brothers.
The boys become more affectionate and playful; Dabao tries to act annoyed, but secretly enjoys it.
Prince Jing observes the chaos but remains silent to keep Li Yu happy.
Meanwhile, Mu Tianxiao is impeached for corruption involving palace renovations.
Though he isn’t directly punished, the emperor removes all of his trusted subordinates.
Mu Tianxiao’s plan to win the support of the powerful Marquis of Dingbei through marriage backfires.
He had skimmed money using a fake wood supplier but was reported by Zheng Jing.
Mu Tianxiao realizes he’s isolated and powerless despite not being punished directly.
He resents the emperor and Zheng Jing but has no leverage.
His mother, Consort Zhang, tries to comfort him but doesn’t understand his political needs.
He reflects bitterly on the strength of Empress Xiaohui and her support for Prince Jing.
Mu Tianxiao suspects something about Prince Jing’s children and sends an agent west—who then vanishes.
While worrying about other princes gaining favor, he is approached by Chu Yanyu.
Chu Yanyu, his childhood friend and former lover, offers to help from within the harem.
Mu Tianxiao is surprised but accepts the offer, trusting Chu Yanyu’s loyalty and beauty.
Chu Yanyu offers to become an imperial concubine to gain power for Mu Tianxiao.
Mu Tianxiao is touched and optimistic, not seeing the slight smile Chu Yanyu hides.
With help from Consort Zhang’s tricks and timing, Chu Yanyu is introduced into the palace as "Noble Lord Chu."
Li Yu is shocked upon learning Chu Yanyu has become a male concubine to the emperor.
He’s confused about how Chu Yanyu went from Prince Jing’s manor to the imperial harem.
Li Yu realizes Chu Yanyu must’ve been given up by Prince Jing and returned to Mu Tianxiao.
Chu Yanyu ends up being offered to the emperor during a drunken night—echoing how Consort Zhang rose to power.
Li Yu worries this might affect Prince Jing’s view of the emperor, thinking he may feel the emperor betrayed Empress Xiaohui.
To comfort Prince Jing, Li Yu suggests trying something new (the "Merman"), and Prince Jing agrees.
As the weather turns colder, the family prepares to return to the capital.
The emperor, embarrassed by his drunken actions and having to accept Chu Yanyu, decides to summon Prince Jing back to the capital.
Chapter 104: Fishy Back in the CityThe emperor sends an edict for Prince Jing to return to the capital; his four children are now six months old.
The babies start refusing milk at six months, led by Dabao, and switch to rice mush despite the wet nurse’s protests.
The wet nurse feels rejected, but Li Yu reassures her, noting the children’s uniqueness while still preserving her job.
Prince Jing trusts Li Yu’s modern understanding of child-rearing and stops worrying about the early weaning.
With the border now peaceful and affairs handled, Prince Jing prepares for departure, leaving his trained soldiers and imperial guards with the village head.
The family has significantly more belongings than before, with extra carriages for baby supplies, caretakers, teachers, and doctors.
Li Yu grows emotional about leaving Luofeng Village, where he got married and had his children. He insists on taking sentimental items including fish plushies, the fish tank, and two pet ducks.
Wang Xi tries to dissuade Li Yu from bringing the ducks, but Prince Jing intervenes silently, backing Li Yu's wishes.
Wang Xi changes his stance and makes arrangements for transporting the ducks.
On departure day, Li Yu feels embarrassed seeing how much he packed, but Prince Jing reassures him, jokingly calling it his dowry.
They travel together with the children; Prince Jing even gives up his horse to ride with Li Yu and help with the babies.
The citizens of the western border kneel to send off Prince Jing’s family, offering baskets of gifts out of gratitude for his leadership.
Li Yu is touched by the farewell and keeps only a few items while returning the rest, not wanting to burden the people.
The villagers’ farewell delays their departure by two hours.
On the road, Prince Jing spoils Li Yu with local food and sightseeing, tightly holding his hand in unfamiliar towns.
Li Yu reflects on how deeply Prince Jing cherishes him even post-marriage.
As they reach the capital, Li Yu receives a new system mission: “Share the Country with the Tyrant”, indicating a main quest related to ruling beside Prince Jing.
The mission hints at Prince Jing’s impending ascension to the throne, and Li Yu wonders whether he’ll truly be part of ruling the empire with him.
Upon arrival at the palace, they’re immediately summoned to greet the emperor despite being tired.
Prince Jing and Li Yu each carry two children. Luo Ruisheng meets them at the palace entrance.
The emperor comes out personally, is struck by their appearance, and warmly welcomes Li Yu as his son-in-law.
Dabao shyly greets the emperor by mimicking adult greetings instead of speaking.
The emperor affectionately calls Dabao “Little Chubs,” revealing it was Prince Jing’s childhood nickname—shocking Prince Jing, who realizes Li Yu had teased him with this unknowingly before.
Chapter 105: Fish Children Meeting the EmperorThe emperor meets Prince Jing's children for the first time.
Dabao is shy and reserved, while Erbao and Sanbao are more carefree and drool as they try to greet the emperor.
Erbao mistakes the dragon embroidery on the emperor’s robe for a snake and points it out happily.
Sanbao loudly exclaims it's a centipede, making the emperor laugh.
Dabao feels embarrassed as he tries to say "Grandpa" but ends up drooling like the others.
Dabao finally manages to say “Gwam…pa?” which delights the emperor.
Li Yu explains they always called the emperor “Grandpa” on the western border, not the formal “Royal Grandfather.”
The emperor is overjoyed, holding Dabao and bonding with him.
Despite Dabao being heavy, the emperor enjoys holding him and doesn’t want to let go.
Li Yu brings over Erbao and Sanbao too, and the emperor insists they all sit on his lap.
He then asks about Sibao, who is sleeping in Prince Jing’s arms.
The emperor urges to hold Sibao as well, despite all of them being heavy.
Erbao and Sanbao wake up Sibao with excitement; Sibao greets the emperor cheerfully, drooling in the process.
The emperor is emotionally moved by how much the children resemble Li Yu, affirming his belief that they are truly Li Yu’s offspring.
He forgets all his intended conversations with Prince Jing because he’s so absorbed in playing with the children.
Luo Ruisheng has to remind the emperor about their formal visit, prompting the emperor to send them off to rest.
The emperor suggests they rest for three days, then return to offer incense for the late Empress Xiaohui.
The emperor is wistful, thinking about how wonderful it would be if Empress Xiaohui and the other princes were still alive to meet the children.
As they leave, Prince Jing reassures Li Yu not to take the emperor’s somber mood the wrong way.
Li Yu comforts Prince Jing, telling him not to be sad.
Back at their manor, all the children fall asleep.
Prince Jing notices Li Yu has fallen asleep without even taking off his shoes, so he quietly removes them and soaks his feet in warm water.
He gently massages Li Yu’s feet, caring for him deeply after the long journey.
Li Yu wakes up later, notices his feet no longer hurt, and realizes what Prince Jing did.
He lies down beside Prince Jing, touched by the gesture.
Prince Jing pretends to be asleep; they exchange soft words and affection.
Prince Jing reflects on Zen Master Liao Kong’s words and realizes Li Yu saved him from drowning as a child.
Prince Jing had been searching for a mysterious “Little Chubs” and finally realizes it was his childhood nickname, meaning Li Yu saved him back then.
He’s relieved that his past love rival turns out to be himself and decides not to tell Li Yu that he knows the truth.
Prince Jing kisses Li Yu, and they hold hands lovingly.
The next day, Li Yu walks stiffly—not from foot pain, but clearly from a romantic night.
Chapter 106: Fishy BathPrince Jing and Li Yu return home and are visited by Ye Qinghuan, who announces that the princess of Jinjue has given birth to a daughter two months prior.
Ye Qinghuan is ecstatic about fatherhood and won't stop gushing about how adorable his baby girl is.
Li Yu becomes envious and wistful, thinking about having a daughter himself.
It’s been a year since Li Yu gave birth to their fish children, and although the one-time buff allowing pregnancy is gone, the system confirms he can still conceive—but it hasn't happened yet.
Li Yu reflects on their recent bedroom activities and wonders if Prince Jing’s extra effort might finally get him pregnant.
He looks expectantly at Prince Jing’s waist, imagining a second round of pregnancy.
Prince Jing kicks Ye Qinghuan out of the house with red envelopes after getting fed up with his babbling.
The emperor gives Ye Qinghuan’s daughter the title of Qinghe-junzhu, and Li Yu promises to bring his fish kids to her 100-day celebration.
Li Yu realizes managing kids, plushies, and transforming into a fish all at once will be chaotic and tries to ask Prince Jing for help—but gets ignored out of jealousy.
Luo-gonggong arrives with a long list of imperial gifts for the fish children, which even includes horses and classic texts.
Dabao receives slightly more prestigious gifts because he’s considered the heir, sparking concern in Li Yu about fairness and favoritism among the children.
Li Yu observes them and sees they don’t seem bothered—in fact, Dabao gets kissed all over by his siblings.
Suddenly, the children begin throwing tantrums. Li Yu is puzzled, especially since conditions in the capital are better.
He notices Sibao pointing at the pond—they miss swimming.
Since they can’t go outside, Li Yu improvises by creating a bath setup where the kids float with wooden boards in warm water.
The kids get sad realizing they don’t have tails anymore and can’t swim properly, so they start crying.
Li Yu gets in the tub to comfort them, but remembers he forgot to bring bubbles.
He runs out, half-covered, grabs bath beans, makes a bubble wand, and starts blowing bubbles.
The fish kids are overjoyed and immediately forget their sadness, playing with the bubbles.
Prince Jing returns home, peeks inside, and sees Li Yu running around in a towel—he promptly joins them in the tub.
Three days later, they are summoned back to the palace.
Li Yu dresses the children in festive red robes with bibs reflecting their original fish colors.
He and Prince Jing wear matching formal attire with fish motifs—clearly showing off their couple status.
On their way to greet the emperor, Head Eunuch Luo warns them that the sixth prince and his consort arrived early and are likely waiting to gain favor.
Li Yu thanks Luo on behalf of Prince Jing, and they head into the palace with their kids.
The sixth prince is awkwardly ignored while his consort is offered a seat; it’s clear the emperor is unimpressed.
Li Yu and Dabao’s arrival steals the show. Dabao adorably calls the emperor “Gwampa” and tries to write with a calligraphy brush, thrilling the emperor.
The emperor becomes completely enamored with Dabao, ignoring the sixth prince’s big news that his consort is pregnant.
The sixth prince tries to highlight this, but the emperor brushes it off coldly and continues doting on the fish kids.
The emperor finds the sixth prince's attempt to win favor distasteful, especially since he dragged his pregnant wife to court.
The chapter ends with the emperor lavishing attention on Dabao while the sixth prince fumes in frustration.
Chapter 107: Fish Children’s FriendlinessMu Tianxiao, angry at the emperor’s coldness, drags his consort Liang Suyun out of the palace.
Liang Suyun hesitates because she wants to see Prince Jing’s children longer, believing it might help her conceive a son.
She later complains about Mu Tianxiao’s roughness, as he’s never treated her that way before, especially while she’s pregnant.
Mu Tianxiao quickly switches back to his gentle persona, apologizing and excusing his behavior as excitement.
He initially felt joyful about the pregnancy, hoping it would earn the emperor’s favor and attention.
But he becomes disillusioned when the emperor shows more affection to Prince Jing’s children, especially placing his grandson on his knee.
Mu Tianxiao realizes he and his child are still being sidelined, and resentment toward the emperor resurfaces.
He reflects on his mother’s low status in the palace and the emperor’s neglect throughout his life.
Although his visit didn’t achieve his goal, he’s glad he saw Prince Jing’s children firsthand.
He notices the children don’t resemble Prince Jing and suspects something is off.
He theorizes the children might not be Prince Jing’s biological children, since none appear mute like Prince Jing, and they don't resemble him.
He speculates they could be the male consort’s children with another woman, disguised as Prince Jing’s to secure a political advantage.
Mu Tianxiao plans to use this “secret” against Prince Jing, imagining the scandal it would cause if the emperor found out.
He calms down and pretends admiration for Prince Jing’s heir to his consort, hiding his scheming thoughts.
Meanwhile, Li Yu (the fish-turned-consort) visits Changchun Palace with Prince Jing and their children.
This is Li Yu’s first time there as a human, and he tries not to reveal familiarity from his fish days.
The family pays respects to the late Empress Xiaohui with incense and formal bows.
Li Yu recalls a hidden memory from Prince Jing’s childhood linked to this palace and decides to investigate more later.
Sibao (one of the children) excitedly points at a box on a shelf—inside is an old cloth tiger toy.
All four children want the toy and end up fighting over it; the toy gets ripped in the scuffle.
Sibao cries, heartbroken over the broken toy, and Li Yu comforts him.
Li Yu plans to sew it back together and notices “Pu Liu” stitched inside—possibly a maker’s name or label.
Prince Jing recognizes the toy and nods, confirming it’s from his childhood.
Li Yu probes about a mysterious wet nurse from Prince Jing’s infancy but gets no answers; Prince Jing doesn’t remember.
The other wet nurses and attendants also don’t match the one Li Yu remembers from his visions.
Li Yu considers asking Head Eunuch Luo for more information.
After calming Sibao, Li Yu teaches the other three children about kindness and sharing.
Dabao repents formally, while Erbao and Sanbao try to get each other spanked, providing comic relief.
Chapter 108: Fishy EducationLi Yu teaches his children (Dabao, Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao) about brotherhood and not fighting over toys, emphasizing that what's theirs will come to them in time.
Prince Jing silently supports Li Yu’s method of parenting, showing respect for his approach despite royal norms.
Dabao mimics Li Yu’s kindness by gifting Sibao a beloved brush, and Erbao and Sanbao try to fix a broken toy but fail, instead gifting Sibao their favorite toys.
When Sibao wakes up, he's touched by the affection and forgets the original fight, enjoying time with his brothers.
Prince Jing is impressed with how Li Yu resolved the situation and compares it favorably to how royal families usually handle disputes.
The emperor, who had secretly followed them, overhears Li Yu’s teachings. Though he calls it “nonsense,” he smiles and clearly enjoys watching the interaction.
Li Yu discovers a name, “Pu Liu,” embroidered on the damaged toy and asks Wang Xi to investigate.
Personnel records from the palace are missing, especially the volume that would’ve identified Pu Liu, raising suspicion.
Li Yu remembers a sealed room from his childhood and wants to find it. When they explore, they notice an odd number of rooms—meaning one is hidden.
A servant reveals that the emperor sealed one room during Empress Xiaohui’s illness; it’s likely the one Li Yu remembers from his childhood.
Li Yu suspects this room and Pu Liu are linked to a deeper palace secret, possibly involving death or forbidden actions.
Prince Jing follows Li Yu with the children instead of leaving them behind, choosing to support and protect him directly.
Later, the emperor sends lavish gifts to the children and Li Yu, including zodiac toys, a tiny brush, a famous painting, and… oddly, flavored fish food.
The fish children (and Li Yu) have a visceral craving for the fish food due to their true nature but must resist in front of others.
Li Yu barely manages to suppress the children’s reactions, aided by Prince Jing distracting them with pastries.
Li Yu quietly asks Head Eunuch Luo about Pu Liu. Luo confirms she was a wet nurse once trusted by Empress Xiaohui but was cast out for a major mistake.
Her room was the one sealed by the emperor, strongly tying her to the mystery Li Yu is trying to unravel.
Chapter 109: No Outside FishLi Yu confirms the sealed room is connected to a woman in his memories, suspected to be Pu Liu, Prince Jing's former wet nurse.
Head Eunuch Luo explains Pu Liu was expelled from the palace for negligently letting baby Prince Jing catch a cold by leaving a window open, worsening Empress Xiaohui’s already poor health.
Li Yu finds this explanation suspicious since Pu Liu seemed caring in his visions and was experienced, having raised other princes.
He questions the logic behind Prince Jing falling ill just because of a slightly open window and suspects something deeper is being covered up.
Li Yu notes that Pu Liu's name and records are completely missing from palace personnel logs, which is highly unusual and implies intentional erasure.
He considers locating Pu Liu to ask her directly but realizes it may be difficult to explain how he knows about her without revealing his secret visions.
Li Yu resolves to ask Head Eunuch Luo to help find Pu Liu’s hometown residence in case more clues surface.
Li Yu and Prince Jing return to the manor, where Li Yu begins instructing their children on the importance of keeping their fish origins secret.
He warns the fish children that humans will treat them badly if they find out they used to be fish, emphasizing the threat of imprisonment and separation.
The children are frightened and agree to keep the secret; even the slowest one, Sibao, is eventually drilled into remembering it.
For Qinghe-junzhu’s baby’s 100-day celebration, Li Yu plans to bring fish plushies but sees Prince Jing has found live fish lookalikes as decoys.
Prince Jing gives Li Yu a crystal bottle with a fish nearly identical to his fish form and four others mimicking the fish children.
The decoys are to help cover their tracks and reduce risk when appearing in public or at events.
Li Yu is impressed and touched by Prince Jing’s year-long effort to find fish doubles, realizing how carefully he has protected them.
However, Li Yu gets jealous, jokingly warning Prince Jing not to “have other fish,” even if they’re just substitutes.
Chapter 110: Merman Night AttackPrince Jing doesn’t understand at first why Li Yu is upset about the substitute fish.
Li Yu gets jealous of the substitute koi but calms down after realizing it’s just a normal fish.
Feeling guilty, Li Yu decides to feed the substitute fish better.
The group arrives at Cheng’en Manor, welcomed by Ye Qinghuan and the Princess of Jinjue.
Li Yu introduces their four children—Dabao, Erbao, Sanbao, and Sibao—dressed festively like little immortals.
The Princess of Jinjue is amazed by the quadruplets, as even twins are rare.
She treats Li Yu warmly with nourishing red date tea.
Ye Qinghuan introduces his 100-day-old daughter, Qinghe-junzhu, to the group.
The fish children are amazed by the tiny baby and want to play with her.
Li Yu sternly instructs them to protect her instead, and they obediently listen.
The baby is placed in a cradle for the children to admire, sparking admiration and curiosity.
Ye Qinghuan jokes about his daughter eventually marrying out, which makes the princess emotional.
The Princess of Jinjue reflects on how well her husband and in-laws treat her, easing her concerns about having a daughter.
She secretly wishes for a son after seeing Li Yu’s lively boys.
Li Yu and the princess both express desire to have a daughter like Qinghe-junzhu.
Due to a recent illness, the baby is soon taken inside, as she can’t be out too long.
Li Yu learns about how the wet nurse consumes the medicine to pass it on through breast milk, which sparks a memory he can’t quite place.
To distract the kids, Ye Qinghuan brings in Xiongfeng, the dog.
The children, especially Sibao, warm up to Xiongfeng despite initial hesitation.
Sibao fearlessly pokes Xiongfeng’s nose, and even the dog is stunned but affectionate.
The princess asks about the fish, and Li Yu finally reveals the crystal bottle with the fish substitute and the baby fish.
She notices the fish doesn’t seem as charming, and Li Yu playfully says it’s because the fish is now a mature father.
Ye Qinghuan is surprised Prince Jing doesn’t rush to see the fish, noting his previously obsessive behavior toward it.
He speculates Prince Jing has matured emotionally, especially after seeing his affection for Li Yu and the children.
The group visits the former Duke of Cheng’en, Ye Qian, who’s deeply moved to see his great-grandchildren.
Each child becomes a favorite of different elders: Dabao (Emperor), Sibao (Prince Jing), Erbao & Sanbao (Ye Qian).
The Duke reminisces about his own children and bonds with Erbao and Sanbao.
They share stories from the west, and Ye Qian shows interest in the duck army and roast duck.
That night, a slightly drunk Li Yu is taken home and tucked into bed by Prince Jing.
Li Yu drunkenly insists Prince Jing stay, using his merman tail to physically pull him back when he tries to leave.
He whispers about wanting a daughter like Qinghe-junzhu and flirts while using his tail to keep Prince Jing close.
Prince Jing, unable to resist, carries Li Yu to the bathing pool designed for his merman form.
The chapter ends suggestively, with strong romantic and physical tension between the two, as Prince Jing gives in to Li Yu’s wishes.
Chapter 111: Fishy MisunderstandingLi Yu, wanting a daughter, repeatedly initiates intimacy with Prince Jing, hoping for a pregnancy notification from the system, but nothing happens.
Despite multiple attempts and exhausting themselves, the system doesn’t react, frustrating Li Yu.
After their vigorous night, Li Yu wakes in his fish form, placed gently in his tank by Prince Jing.
Curious about his husband's absence, he transforms back into human form to search for him.
He overhears Prince Jing discussing with a servant about taking medicine secretly and ensuring the consort (Li Yu) doesn’t find out.
Li Yu becomes suspicious and peeks through the door, witnessing Prince Jing drinking a dark liquid.
He fears Prince Jing might be using aphrodisiacs due to possible performance issues.
Li Yu contemplates the implications—concerned that Prince Jing might be using medicine to keep up with him and risking his health.
Determined to confront and support him, Li Yu tells Prince Jing he knows and tries to gently bring up seeing a physician.
Prince Jing, silently, hands Li Yu a note that says: "Because I was born mute."
Li Yu is confused by the note, not understanding the connection between muteness and medicine.
Thinking Prince Jing is hiding sexual dysfunction, Li Yu tries to reassure him that it’s not a big deal.
Prince Jing realizes the misunderstanding and writes an explanation.
The medicine was contraceptive, not for impotence.
Prince Jing had been secretly preventing pregnancy out of fear that their children might inherit his muteness.
Li Yu is devastated to learn this, realizing his repeated pregnancy attempts were futile due to the secret contraception.
Prince Jing explains that since muteness is congenital, future children could suffer like him, and he didn’t want to bring a child into the world who would endure such pain.
Li Yu, heartbroken, realizes how much Prince Jing has suffered in silence and feels guilty for not noticing sooner.
He’s moved by Prince Jing’s quiet anguish and stops him from writing further apologies.
They reconcile with deep emotion; Li Yu assures him that their four children are enough and his health matters more.
Li Yu scolds him gently, telling him not to take medicine like that anymore due to health risks.
Prince Jing agrees, willing to use alternative contraception methods.
Li Yu cheekily suggests a solution: “Just don’t come in in the future!”
The chapter ends on a bittersweet but intimate note, mixing humor, love, and deep emotional connection between the couple.
Chapter 112: Pet Fish Pet DucksPrince Jing returned to the capital and earned increasing favor from the emperor due to military merit and family ties.
The sixth prince, previously rising in power, fell into disfavor due to a bribery scandal and laid low to avoid scrutiny.
Court officials began to waver in support of the sixth prince, seeing Prince Jing’s growing influence.
The sixth prince decided not to confront Prince Jing directly but sought out potential weaknesses to exploit later.
He suspected something was off and secretly sent a trusted assistant (connected through Consort Zhang) to investigate.
Madam Qin, the children’s wet nurse, was distracted and made several small errors due to her son’s financial troubles.
She begged not to be dismissed, explaining her son’s debt problem.
Li Yu, given full authority by Prince Jing, chose to help her with an interest-free loan from the manor instead of direct charity, maintaining both fairness and kindness.
Li Yu began embracing his role as consort, balancing authority with compassion.
He proposed reforming the manor’s punishment system: from thirty strokes to a gentler, escalating scale (first offense 15 strokes, next means dismissal), which Prince Jing agreed to.
Madam Qin was punished but also relieved by the support; she received the money and went to pay the debt.
The debt collector, however, had an ulterior motive: he asked Madam Qin to steal a drop of blood from the eldest prince’s son to make a protective amulet for someone.
Though she was tempted, Madam Qin ultimately refused, returning to the manor and reporting the plot.
Prince Jing, Li Yu, Wang Xi, and Madam Qin coordinated a counter-plan.
The debt collector was allowed into the manor under the guise of being a relative seeking a job.
He was thoroughly searched, and even attacked by two pet ducks, which amused and surprised him.
In a courtyard, he found “the child” asleep. After drugging the child with thorn apple pollen, he collected the drop of blood and stole a bracelet.
Unbeknownst to him, the child was actually a dwarf-sized adult guard in disguise.
Everyone watched from the next room; after he left, the team celebrated the successful ruse.
The real Dabao had been safely with Li Yu the whole time, who proudly watched the scheme unfold.
The disguised guard impressed Li Yu with his appearance-altering makeup, though he didn’t share the secret due to Prince Jing’s disapproval.
The plan was meant to feed the sixth prince false evidence of Prince Jing’s “secret,” leading him into a trap.
Prince Jing knew the sixth prince was cautious; a “too easy” discovery would seem real to him.
This deception was crafted to keep the sixth prince overconfident and eventually bring about his fall.
Let me know if you want the next chapter too!
Danmei Recap Home / Sevenseas Menu / The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong
The Disabled Tyrant’s Beloved Pet Fish: Canji Baojun De Zhangxin Yu Chong, Vol. 4
Chapter 115: Fish Baby TherapyPrince Jing checks on the children sleeping peacefully in a tent while Wang Xi stands guard outside.
He wraps the children in a quilt next to Li Yu and prepares to defend them, sensing possible danger.
Wang Xi returns with shocking news: a man snuck into Concubine Lu’s tent, assumed to be an assassin, but turned out to be an old acquaintance.
This raises suspicions of an affair, especially given how well-guarded the tents are—implying Concubine Lu may have helped him enter.
Li Yu wonders if Concubine Lu is cheating on the emperor or being framed.
Since an unfamiliar man was found in her tent, the emperor is likely furious, and Li Yu worries about the fallout.
Prince Jing decides not to visit the emperor directly to avoid making things worse.
Li Yu wakes Dabao, their son, and asks him to help cheer up the emperor.
Dabao, still sleepy but dutiful, agrees. Prince Jing and Li Yu take him to the emperor’s tent.
Head Eunuch Luo is relieved to see them, hoping the child might lift the emperor’s spirits.
Only Prince Jing’s family is let into the tent; the sixth prince is ignored.
The emperor is devastated, sitting alone in a wrecked tent, deeply hurt by Concubine Lu’s betrayal.
Dabao hugs and comforts the emperor, softening his mood significantly.
The emperor allows Dabao to stay and sends the others away.
By the next day, the emperor is in much better spirits. He quietly sends Concubine Lu back to the palace and resumes the hunting festival.
Before the second hunt begins, Prince Li from the Imperial Clan Court arrives urgently.
Prince Li demands the emperor test the eighth prince’s bloodline, casting doubt on his parentage due to Concubine Lu’s scandal.
He brings imperial physicians and a letter revealing two shocking claims: Concubine Lu’s affair and allegations that Prince Jing’s children aren’t biologically his.
The letter is suspiciously accurate about Concubine Lu’s affair, alarming the emperor.
Prince Li suggests testing Prince Jing’s children as well, citing that none of them inherited his muteness, which seems improbable.
The emperor reads the letter but keeps calm, telling Prince Li to stay quiet.
He then summons Prince Jing urgently.
Li Yu suspects the sixth prince orchestrated both the affair and the letter, and warns Prince Jing by writing “6” in his palm.
Prince Jing meets the emperor and is thrown the incriminating document.
He immediately recognizes the sixth prince’s scheme—using Concubine Lu’s affair as a distraction to cast doubt on Prince Jing’s children.
The emperor shocks him by saying: “Tianchi, someone wants to harm Dabao. Do you know who it is?”
This reveals the emperor is not fooled and intends to protect Dabao, seeing through the sixth prince’s manipulation.
Chapter 116: Fish Hide and SeekThe emperor is deeply suspicious but ultimately chooses to trust Prince Jing and his children over rumors and schemes.
A scandal involving Concubine Lu and her supposed affair becomes the center of a plot to question the legitimacy of Prince Jing’s children.
Prince Li somehow learns of the affair despite attempts to suppress the information, and it triggers a chain of events.
An incriminating letter and concerns about bloodline legitimacy raise the stakes; the emperor realizes it’s a setup to remove both the eighth prince and Prince Jing.
Prince Jing presents the emperor with a written explanation that the enemy is using Concubine Lu to frame both him and Dabao.
He recounts a prior incident where a thief tried to steal Dabao’s blood but failed.
The emperor understands the broader scheme and decides to secretly investigate, opting to mislead the enemy by keeping Prince Jing close.
Prince Jing signals his concern for Li Yu and the children, eventually convincing the emperor to let him bring them over in person.
Prince Jing disguises himself as a guard and takes a silver bead on a red string as a token to prove his identity.
Meanwhile, Li Yu is left in the tent with the children, feeling increasingly anxious as Prince Jing is delayed.
To distract the kids (and himself), Li Yu plays hide-and-seek with them, resulting in a heartwarming scene with the kids hiding hilariously.
Sibao hides under a quilt and eventually falls asleep waiting.
Li Yu, blindfolded, searches for the kids and discovers Prince Jing unexpectedly standing near the bed.
They share an emotional reunion with a kiss, which the children witness and react to with delight.
Li Yu notices Prince Jing is dressed as a guard and is touched when he realizes Jing came personally to ensure their safety.
As they prepare to leave, they discover Sibao is still asleep under the quilt.
On their way to the emperor’s tent, they encounter the sixth prince, who subtly tries to probe for information.
Li Yu pretends to be clueless, while Wang Xi covers for him, explaining they’re going to find out why Prince Jing hasn’t returned.
Dabao starts crying for his daddy, giving Li Yu the perfect excuse to leave quickly.
The group—including the disguised Prince Jing—manages to slip away without revealing anything to the suspicious sixth prince.
Chapter 117: Brave Fish BabiesThe sixth prince is pleased that Prince Jing hasn’t returned and feels confident in his plan, choosing not to make any moves that might expose it.
His consort, Lady Liang, is emotionally fragile due to her pregnancy and his recent neglect; she misses his affection, which he briefly shows out of good mood.
Li Yu, Prince Jing, Wang Xi, and the kids safely avoid the sixth prince thanks to Dabao's clever distraction.
Li Yu realizes Dabao cried earlier on purpose to protect him from the sixth prince, whom Dabao has sensed as dangerous due to past hostile looks.
Dabao, though still a baby, retains intelligence from his time as a fish and understands more than he lets on.
Li Yu praises Dabao with kisses, soon followed by the other three children demanding equal affection.
They all head to the emperor’s tent where the emperor jokes about Prince Jing’s earlier desperation and fawns over Dabao.
The emperor inwardly rages at those scheming against Prince Jing’s family and begins to prepare a plan that requires their cooperation.
The emperor asks Dabao for help and gently warns it might hurt; Dabao bravely agrees.
Dabao’s finger is pricked to draw blood for a secret verification test, and though it stings, he remains composed.
Li Yu is deeply affected and upset but tries to stay strong; Prince Jing silently supports him.
The emperor’s method uses marks instead of names on the blood samples to prevent tampering or bribery.
When asked if the other children should be tested, Dabao volunteers to give more blood himself to protect his brothers.
The emperor praises him and only uses Dabao’s pricked finger to collect additional blood.
The other babies blow on Dabao’s finger to help him feel better, showing their strong sibling bond.
The emperor calls for the eighth prince, who has been isolated since Concubine Lu’s scandal.
The eighth prince, despite being only seven, agrees to be tested to learn the truth about his bloodline.
The emperor summons key ministers, princes, and elders for the test but doesn’t say who is being tested.
The imperial physician uses coded blood samples with no names to maintain secrecy and avoid external influence.
The sixth prince is confident and believes the emperor is trying to prevent Prince Jing’s interference.
Li Yu plays his role as a worried consort, confusing the sixth prince further and lulling him into a false sense of victory.
The sixth prince’s ally, Imperial Physician Pan, is stunned when the blood results all show royal lineage—contradicting the test he was bribed to manipulate.
Pan realizes something went wrong and sneaks away under the pretense of feeling unwell to warn the sixth prince before the results are announced.
Chapter 118: Fish Babies Are the BestImperial Physician Pan hides in secret and sends a message reporting that all the tested blood was royal, alarming the sixth prince.
The sixth prince assumes Prince Jing switched the blood and orders the physician to ruin all the test results.
Pan uses a secret medicine to tamper with the blood, which neutralizes the effect of dragon vine that confirms royal bloodline.
He contaminates all the blood samples to make them falsely show as non-royal, thinking no one saw him.
Unknown to him, someone had been watching and recorded everything.
The tampered tests now falsely show Prince Jing’s children and the eighth prince are not royal.
Everyone is shocked, especially Prince Li and the eighth prince, who starts trembling in fear.
The emperor remains calm and thanks the imperial physicians for rechecking, but his eyes betray fury.
The sixth prince watches Li Yu closely and interprets his trembling as guilt, convinced they’re exposed.
Suddenly, instead of arresting Li Yu or the children, the emperor has the guards seize Imperial Physician Pan.
The court is confused why the physician is targeted when he seemed unrelated.
Pan tries to play innocent, but the emperor has evidence, including the interfering medicine found in his kit.
Other physicians verify the medicine disrupts the test, confirming the falsified results.
Everyone realizes the earlier results were real and the second round was rigged.
The sixth prince's confidant is also caught—he was the one who contacted Pan to relay orders.
The emperor asks whose servant he is, putting pressure on the sixth prince who stays silent to avoid implication.
The emperor reveals a secret witness was watching Pan and that a pigeon was used to communicate the initial clean results to the sixth prince.
Before the emperor can name names, Dabao raises his hand and dramatically declares, “Grandpa, he’s bad!” identifying the confidant as the one who tried to poke him.
Dabao becomes a witness, charming everyone while confirming the bad guy snuck into his room before.
The emperor confirms Dabao’s testimony and reveals he himself overheard the sixth prince giving the order to falsify all the blood tests.
The emperor had been hiding nearby, waiting to catch the sixth prince red-handed.
When the emperor finally calls the sixth prince by name, Mu Tianxiao realizes he’s doomed and is left speechless, overtaken by despair.
Chapter 119: Fish’s MercyMu Tianxiao (the sixth prince) is arrested by the emperor and taken away; his punishment will be determined later at the palace.
Interrogation reveals the man who entered Concubine Lu’s tent was drunk and confused, not aware of how he got there.
The emperor finds it suspicious that a drunken civilian could enter the highly guarded hunting grounds and correctly find Concubine Lu’s tent.
Investigation shows the sixth prince’s sedan chair entered the grounds twice before the festival; Lady Liang, though pregnant, hadn’t left the grounds, meaning the sixth prince smuggled the man in.
A female servant of Concubine Lu is discovered to have helped; she used to serve Consort Li (seventh prince’s mother) and was gifted to Concubine Lu.
The servant confesses that the sixth prince blackmailed her into letting the man into the tent while Concubine Lu slept.
The emperor realizes the sixth prince intended to frame Prince Jing, the eighth prince, and also implicate the seventh prince by linking the incident to Consort Li.
The emperor now understands how far the sixth prince was willing to go to secure the throne and is horrified by his ambition and ruthlessness.
Much of the counter-plot was made possible by Li Yu’s idea to anonymize the blood samples and Prince Jing’s efforts to track Imperial Physician Pan.
The emperor reflects that the test for Prince Jing has been passed, and his decision about succession is clear now.
Li Yu worries about the emperor, who seems dazed, and the babies try to cheer him up.
Dabao brings him tea, and Sibao jumps in to sip-test it first, unintentionally mimicking the practice of testing for poison, which touches the emperor.
The emperor smiles and drinks the tea, heartened by their gesture of love and “filial piety.”
The emperor ends the hunting festival early and prepares to return to the palace.
Prince Jing and Li Yu, now at ease after surviving the plot, walk together under the moonlight, silently reaffirming their love and trust.
Lady Liang, the sixth prince’s pregnant consort, suddenly appears and begs Prince Jing and Li Yu for help in seeing her husband.
Despite how awkward and inappropriate the situation is, she insists she only wants to see the sixth prince once, as no one else will help her—not even her own family.
Li Yu is hesitant but sympathetic; seeing how she protects her unborn child and how she’s been abandoned by everyone, he wants to help.
Prince Jing silently supports Li Yu’s decision, trusting him to choose.
The system notifies Li Yu that helping Lady Liang activates the side mission “Heart of Compassion,” with the reward being an ancient medicine prescription.
Li Yu is surprised but accepts the mission, deciding to help her not for the reward but out of genuine kindness.
Chapter 120: Fishy Rescuing the EmperorLi Yu decides to help Lady Liang and brings her with Prince Jing to request the emperor's permission for a visit.
The emperor is surprised but understands Li Yu’s kindness and agrees after confirming Prince Jing supports the request.
Lady Liang is escorted to the sixth prince’s prison tent with Prince Jing and Li Yu outside.
When Lady Liang tells Mu Tianxiao that Prince Jing and Li Yu helped her see him, he becomes furious and blames Prince Jing for his downfall.
The sixth prince begins cursing Prince Jing, Li Yu, and their children loudly; Prince Jing grows angry, but Li Yu stops him from reacting.
Li Yu privately suggests ways to retaliate later through other means, and Prince Jing is amused at the contrast between Li Yu’s kindness and cunning.
Lady Liang hopes to see her husband change and show remorse, but Mu Tianxiao only uses her as a bargaining chip, pretending to be affectionate to manipulate her.
Suddenly, he wraps his chains around Lady Liang’s neck and threatens to kill her unless the emperor comes to see him.
Guards rush in, and Prince Jing and Li Yu witness the hostage situation.
Li Yu calls out Mu Tianxiao for threatening his pregnant wife and unborn child, shocked by his heartlessness.
The emperor arrives, furious, and demands Mu Tianxiao release Lady Liang.
Mu Tianxiao tries to claim he was framed by Prince Jing and insists he’s innocent, but the emperor lists all his confirmed crimes.
Realizing he’s been outplayed from the beginning, Mu Tianxiao loses control and rants that he’s always been unloved by the emperor and targeted unfairly.
Just as a guard knocks Mu Tianxiao unconscious, he shouts for someone to act—triggering a secret assassin among the palace staff.
A palace servant lunges at the emperor with a dagger in the chaos.
Li Yu pushes the emperor aside but is too slow to escape the attack.
Prince Jing stabs the assassin through the chest just in time, saving Li Yu and the emperor.
Li Yu is shaken but unharmed, and Prince Jing embraces him tightly after the incident.
Mu Tianxiao watches as his last hope, Noble Lady Chu (Chu Yanyu), whom he placed in the palace as a pawn, coldly turns away without helping him.
The assassination attempt seals Mu Tianxiao’s fate; the emperor now intends to show no mercy.
Mu Tianxiao is dragged away, muttering to be killed, while Lady Liang sobs nearby.
Li Yu is still emotional after the near-death event and holds tightly to Prince Jing.
Suddenly, Prince Jing starts coughing and spits up black blood, alarming Li Yu and revealing something is seriously wrong with him.
Chapter 121: This Fish Loves Him So MuchThe emperor is deeply alarmed after Prince Jing vomits blood and immediately calls for the imperial physicians while having him escorted back to his tent.
Li Yu is distraught and blames himself for not noticing any symptoms earlier, thinking he’s failed as a consort.
Despite being told to rest, Li Yu stays constantly at Prince Jing’s side, refusing to leave or sleep.
The children are handed over to Wang Xi, and Li Yu explains their father is sick, asking them to behave.
Prince Jing reassures Li Yu with gestures and smiles, seeming a bit better after vomiting blood.
The imperial physicians run many exams, but avoid telling Li Yu or the emperor the cause immediately, increasing everyone’s anxiety.
After discussion, an older physician begins questioning Prince Jing, who confirms past mild symptoms like chest pain and burning in the throat, dating back over a year.
Li Yu is shocked and guilt-ridden when he realizes it happened during a time when he and Prince Jing weren’t emotionally close, and he’d ignored his discomfort.
The emperor arrives in person and demands the truth from the physicians.
The imperial physician finally reveals Prince Jing has been slowly poisoned over decades, and the vomiting incident was caused by a surge in qi and blood due to emotional stress.
The poison is long-term and subtle, explaining why it had gone undetected until now.
It’s likely Prince Jing was poisoned as a baby, which shocks the emperor, who remembers his early frailty.
The poison has not affected the children; all four are confirmed healthy.
The emperor interrogates Wang Xi, who insists he never noticed any signs of poisoning in all his years caring for Prince Jing.
Li Yu begins speculating why the poison caused no obvious symptoms and wonders if it’s connected to Prince Jing’s muteness.
Remembering how Prince Jing is the only one in his entire lineage born mute, and recalling an image of his wet nurse taking medicine with tears in her eyes, Li Yu suspects the poison may have been passed through her milk.
He remembers that milk can transfer medicine and possibly poison, and realizes the poisoning might have occurred before Wang Xi was assigned to Prince Jing.
Li Yu concludes it’s possible Prince Jing was never born mute, but rendered mute by the poison.
He chooses not to tell Prince Jing yet, as there’s no proof and he doesn’t want to give him false hope.
Determined, Li Yu vows to find the truth and save him, overwhelmed by love and fear of losing him.
Chapter 122: Fishy SolutionThe imperial physician needs several days to identify the poison in Prince Jing’s body.
Li Yu remembers his side mission reward for helping Lady Liang was an ancient medicinal prescription and hopes it might be the antidote.
He can’t retrieve it in front of others due to the transformation risk, so he uses Prince Jing’s subtle signal and excuses himself to a nearby tent.
Inside the system, Li Yu collects the prescription but can’t understand it, so he plans to show it to the imperial physicians.
He also asks the system whether Prince Jing’s muteness is innate or curable, and its silence confirms to him that it’s likely not natural and can be treated.
After transforming into a fish and back, Li Yu returns and shows the prescription to the imperial physician, who says it’s only good for strengthening the body—not an antidote.
The poison’s type is still unknown and may take days, months, or even years to identify.
The emperor orders notices sent out across the empire to find famous physicians who might know more.
Li Yu wants to take matters into his own hands and decides to investigate Pu Liu, the wet nurse who might’ve administered the poison long ago.
He asks for access to Pu Liu’s sealed room in Changchun Palace and explains to the emperor that she had a suspicious history, recounting the broken cloth tiger incident.
The emperor agrees and assigns Eunuch Luo to find Pu Liu, who was exiled but likely still alive.
Prince Jing realizes Li Yu is serious and asks if Pu Liu was the one who poisoned him, but Li Yu deflects, saying he can’t reveal anything yet.
Prince Jing reflects on his mortality, fearing he might leave Li Yu and the children behind, and silently begins planning for that possibility.
He assigns Li Yu all his hidden men, stunning Li Yu, who realizes Prince Jing is preparing for the worst.
Li Yu, refusing to accept it, insists Prince Jing has to hold on and reminds him he’s a fish spirit—he’ll do anything to save him.
They return to the palace, and Li Yu brings Prince Jing with him to investigate Pu Liu’s room, despite his illness.
Inside the sealed, cobweb-covered room, Li Yu insists on doing a fresh search without disturbing the scene.
Prince Jing insists on doing the physical work to keep Li Yu safe.
Li Yu sits in Pu Liu’s spot and reenters the system, replaying a secret memory of her taking medicine before poisoning the infant Prince Jing.
He notices a detail he missed before—the piece of paper that held the medicinal powder fell under the table.
Li Yu jumps up, hopeful he’s just found the first real physical clue to uncover the truth and possibly the antidote.
Chapter 123: Fishy Cures PoisonLi Yu searches Pu Liu’s old room hoping to find the paper that once wrapped the mysterious powder, but doesn’t find it on the floor.
He realizes the room might’ve been cleaned before it was sealed and starts carefully comparing the memory from the system with the real room.
He checks Pu Liu’s sewing basket and finds a nearly complete cloth tiger, different from the one the children tore before.
As he inspects the cloth tiger, he feels something hard inside and cuts it open to reveal a hidden, dust-free piece of folded paper with powder inside.
Li Yu wraps the powder back in the paper and stores it in a porcelain bottle provided by Prince Jing.
They rush to the Imperial Academy of Medicine and give the powder to the elderly physician, who investigates it seriously.
The physician finds the powder strange and, after tasting a bit, runs off excitedly to test it further.
Li Yu and Prince Jing wait anxiously until dusk when the physician returns with a thick medical book, missing a shoe and clearly excited.
He reveals that the powder is mostly a nourishing tonic but contains xuewuzi, a rare fruit from snowy mountains, which is very good for the body unless mixed with female ginseng.
When combined with female ginseng, it becomes toxic—this was the case with the powder.
Li Yu shares his theory that the poison was passed to the newborn Prince Jing through Pu Liu’s milk after she ingested the concoction.
The physician agrees this is possible and says he can confirm it within half a month.
Li Yu suspects Pu Liu didn’t act alone, remembering a suspicious servant from the memory; the poisoning may have been part of a bigger conspiracy.
Li Yu and Prince Jing keep the discovery secret, fearing the real culprit might still be in the palace.
The emperor is grateful to Li Yu and agrees to keep it quiet. He reflects that if Pu Liu poisoned Prince Jing, the same might have happened to the other two princes she raised, both of whom died young.
Li Yu continues probing the system, which stays silent, reinforcing his belief that Prince Jing’s muteness is linked to the poison and possibly curable.
When Li Yu asks Prince Jing what he would say if he could speak, he writes that he would call out to his father, the children, and especially Li Yu by name.
After two weeks, Pu Liu is confirmed to have died en route to her hometown, further obscuring the investigation.
The physician concludes that the poison is indeed a mix of xuewuzi and female ginseng and suggests treating it with a second, milder poison to force it out, followed by an antidote.
Prince Jing agrees to the dangerous treatment and begins purging the poison, vomiting black blood and suffering through fever and pain.
Though the antidote is administered, he doesn’t wake up afterward, alarming Li Yu and the emperor.
Li Yu stays by Prince Jing’s bedside, talking to him daily about their children and trying to coax him back.
One day, while telling a story about the kids’ antics at school, Li Yu hears a hoarse voice say his name—“Xiaoyu.”
Stunned, Li Yu turns around to find Prince Jing awake and looking at him, finally speaking for the first time.
Chapter 124: Fishy TeacherPrince Jing wakes up from his coma and shockingly speaks Li Yu’s name aloud, confirming his muteness has been cured.
Li Yu is overjoyed, hugs him tightly, and confirms with pain that he’s not dreaming; Prince Jing himself is stunned he can now make sounds.
Though hoarse and weak, Prince Jing manages to speak a few more sounds, overwhelmed by the realization.
Wang Xi is informed and reacts emotionally when he hears Prince Jing say his name.
The elderly imperial physician confirms Prince Jing’s poison has been fully cured and, unexpectedly, so has his muteness, revealing it was never congenital.
Li Yu confirms with the physician that Prince Jing won’t pass the muteness or poison to future children; he and Prince Jing exchange meaningful looks, both now wanting a daughter.
The physician prescribes more restorative medicine and leaves to report to the emperor, who is stunned and emotional when Prince Jing kneels and calls him “Royal Father.”
The emperor feels happiness and fury—grateful for the recovery, but angry over the deception of the past; he instructs Prince Jing to continue pretending to be mute for now until Pu Liu’s death and other matters are fully investigated.
The emperor visits with the children, who haven’t seen their father during his recovery and have been attending palace classes.
The children are ecstatic to be reunited with Prince Jing and cling to him, while Prince Jing affectionately holds all of them.
Sibao, the least talkative child, is delighted to find they now match, since Prince Jing also speaks slowly; he volunteers to teach Prince Jing to speak.
Li Yu quickly takes over as Prince Jing’s teacher, insisting that he’ll be the one tutoring him.
Teacher Yu begins lessons using pinyin (phonetic script from Li Yu’s world), creating a structured curriculum to help Prince Jing learn to speak fluently.
Li Yu dangles peach blossom pastries as rewards, using both motivation and light teasing to encourage Prince Jing’s progress.
Prince Jing learns quickly, especially words related to Li Yu like “husband” and “partner,” though he pretends not to notice Li Yu’s blushing.
While the children get rewards easily, Li Yu is stricter with Prince Jing, only giving treats when he’s in a particularly good mood.
Prince Jing doesn’t mind and plays along, cherishing every bite offered by Li Yu—even when his fingers “accidentally” end up in Prince Jing’s mouth.
Eventually, Li Yu jokingly suggests that they pause speech training and instead focus on having a daughter, blushing while making the proposal.
Prince Jing silently agrees with a warm smile, more than ready to fulfill that wish.
Chapter 125: Heart of the MatterLi Yu reflects on the fact that Prince Jing was only able to recover in this world thanks to his intervention; in the original novel, the muteness likely lasted for life.
The “Heart of Compassion” side mission that Li Yu completed triggered events leading to the discovery and cure of Prince Jing’s poison, showing the system’s odd but rewarding logic.
After returning to the palace, the emperor has the sixth prince imprisoned for hostage-taking and attempted regicide; no one defends him.
Concubine Zhang isolates herself and avoids punishment due to her meekness; Lady Liang miscarries and quietly leaves the palace to live with her family.
Concubine Lu is exonerated and reunites with the eighth prince; the seventh and eighth princes learn they were nearly used in a plot and mature greatly from the experience.
The young princes now share the imperial study room with Prince Jing’s sons and act protectively as uncles; the emperor is pleased with the harmony, seeing it as a foundation for future unity.
Pu Liu’s corpse is found to contain the same poison as Prince Jing—xuewuzi and female ginseng—proving she was the source and administered it via breastfeeding.
The weakened transmission avoided fatality but left Prince Jing mute, which masked the attack as a natural condition and avoided triggering a deeper investigation.
The emperor suspects Pu Liu acted on someone else’s orders and learns her entire family is dead from a “plague,” and all others involved in Prince Jing’s birth have died in mysterious accidents.
The emperor suspects a cover-up and summons Prince Jing and Li Yu to help reason through the case, increasingly trusting Li Yu’s insight.
Li Yu proposes investigating xuewuzi itself since it’s so rare even the imperial physicians don’t have it, suggesting the culprit had specific medical knowledge and rare access.
He theorizes that xuewuzi may have come from a foreign land, possibly hinting at revenge from another country like Loulan, which was destroyed by the empire 30 years ago.
The emperor appears to know more but says little, and Li Yu speculates wildly—perhaps a foreign concubine secretly entered the harem and took revenge out of jealousy.
Prince Jing reveals that snowy mountains where xuewuzi grows are located in Loulan, a conquered land, possibly connecting the poison to a long-forgotten grudge.
After leaving the palace, Prince Jing takes Li Yu to Jingtai Hall, where they first met, under the pretense of retrieving something important.
Li Yu assumes this is about making a daughter and seduces Prince Jing the moment he turns around, determined to finally succeed despite multiple failed attempts so far.
Chapter 126: Lusty, Horny FishyLi Yu eagerly initiates intimacy with Prince Jing, excitedly activating the side mission “Warm Cotton Jacket,” which he realizes refers to having a daughter.
Just as things heat up, an assassin attacks outside their window, interrupting the moment; Prince Jing reacts quickly, blocks the strike, and confronts the intruder.
Prince Jing wraps Li Yu in a quilt for safety and joins his guards in battle; the assassin is strong, but they manage to subdue him.
Before they can interrogate him, the assassin commits suicide using a corrosive substance, dissolving into a puddle of sludge.
Li Yu is shaken by the gruesome scene but impressed by Prince Jing’s quick thinking and bravery.
Prince Jing reveals the assassin used the same kind of sword as a female assassin they had encountered earlier, marked with plum blossom designs.
Li Yu realizes these assassins are likely from the same group and possibly linked to Prince Jing’s childhood poisoning.
Prince Jing admits he was attacked by similar assassins when he was young but had no evidence to present the emperor due to the killers' self-destruction methods.
Li Yu insists on informing the emperor, but in his excitement forgets he’s naked; Prince Jing pulls him back, amused and flustered.
When they go to report to Qianqing Palace, they are turned away due to the late hour.
Back home, Li Yu suddenly remembers the mission and drags Prince Jing back to bed, muttering that “she” will leave—referring to their future daughter.
Prince Jing, confused and jealous, softens when Li Yu reveals who “she” is, and they resume their attempt to conceive.
As they begin again, the system reactivates the mission prompt, asking Li Yu to choose between human and fish form.
Li Yu, in a rush, accidentally chooses human form instead of fish form, which means the pregnancy will come with intense pain and swelling.
Horrified by the mistake, Li Yu tries to cancel the mission, but the system refuses.
Despite his panic, Prince Jing’s affection and the sensual atmosphere take over, and Li Yu forgets the pain in favor of the moment.
Prince Jing is gentle and passionate, supporting Li Yu both emotionally and physically, even offering his arm as a pillow after.
After falling asleep in his arms, Li Yu wakes up sore but hopeful—he feels sure their daughter has been successfully conceived.
As excitement gives way to nerves, Li Yu begins to worry about carrying the child in human form, knowing it’ll be painful, but resolves to endure it for the sake of their long-awaited daughter.
Chapter 127: Fishy Daughter PregnancyLi Yu asks the system about what childbirth will be like in human form and worries about the possibility of having multiple daughters at once.
The system reassures him that human-form pregnancies only result in one child at a time, easing his anxiety.
Though human pregnancy will be painful, Li Yu chooses it over fish form because it's safer while living in the capital and won’t raise suspicions.
The system confirms the child will be a normal human baby and not require fish-to-human transformation missions like the boys did.
Li Yu vows not to hide this pregnancy from Prince Jing like he did the last time and tells him first.
Prince Jing is overwhelmed with joy at the news but becomes emotional when realizing Li Yu chose the painful route for his and their family's safety.
He promises never to let Li Yu suffer like this again and immediately starts looking after him with extreme care.
A discreet servant trained in obstetrics is brought in to check Li Yu’s pulse daily; new attendants are assigned to protect him constantly.
The children are not informed yet to avoid accidental leaks, though Li Yu does subtly ask if they want a sister—each excitedly says yes.
Prince Jing investigates the assassin further, suspecting a link between them and his poisoning, and studies a book called The History of Loulan.
He finds that Loulan people were skilled in poison and warfare and once had a king named Chang’an-jun who surrendered by offering his daughter as a consort.
Li Yu reads the book with Prince Jing as a form of “prenatal education,” but it’s also to uncover hidden truths about palace history.
They speculate that the daughter, Consort Mei, might be the source of the assassins and poison, especially when they recall the plum blossom motif matching her title.
Prince Jing’s guards secretly abduct Lady Qiu from the cold palace to question her about Loulan and Consort Mei.
Lady Qiu confirms Consort Mei existed, tried to assassinate the emperor shortly after entering the palace, and was executed.
After this betrayal, the emperor enslaved the entire Loulan royal family and banned foreign concubines.
Before being returned to the cold palace, Lady Qiu makes one request—to discard her cat, Piaoxue, which had once hunted Li Yu in his fish form.
Li Yu is surprised but sympathetic to the abandoned cat, now unsure whether to adopt Piaoxue, who had previously caused him distress.
Chapter 128: Fish Helps Qiu’s CatLi Yu wants to find a good home for Lady Qiu’s cat Piaoxue but assures Prince Jing he won’t raise it himself because of his pregnancy.
Despite her harsh words, Li Yu believes Lady Qiu still loved the cat and had only pretended to abandon it to save it.
Prince Jing agrees to help once he learns Li Yu won’t keep the cat himself.
Wang Xi finds a suitable, well-off family to adopt Piaoxue, and Li Yu sends food and supplies along to ensure its comfort.
The cat disappears that night, and a few days later it reappears in their courtyard being chased by Li Yu’s ducks and rabbit.
Piaoxue refuses food and keeps meowing, which Li Yu interprets as the cat wanting to return to Lady Qiu, who it sees as its true owner.
Prince Jing gives permission, and Piaoxue is sent back to the cold palace, visibly happy when it understands where it's going.
Before leaving, Piaoxue digs up and gifts Li Yu a dried fish, unintentionally insulting him since he's a fish spirit.
The system refreshes a new mission status: “Sharing a Country with the Tyrant,” which confuses Li Yu since he assumed it would only activate when Prince Jing ascended the throne.
The guard later reports that Lady Qiu was overjoyed to see Piaoxue again, having regretted giving it up, and that palace guards at the cold palace have been unusually relaxed.
Prince Jing finds this suspicious and sends a letter to his palace informants but gets no response overnight.
The next day, a new and unfamiliar servant arrives with a summons from the emperor for Prince Jing and Li Yu to come to the palace.
Wang Xi finds the unfamiliarity odd and tests the servant, but he presents an official edict with the imperial seal, so they cannot refuse.
Prince Jing offers to go alone, but Li Yu insists on coming despite his pregnancy, determined not to give the emperor reason to be displeased.
On the way, Li Yu prepares for danger by hiding a dagger in his inventory, then sneakily tucks it into Prince Jing’s boot under the guise of adjusting his clothes.
At the palace, instead of going to Qianqing Palace, they are led to Qianqiu Hall and surrounded by guards.
The servant claims the emperor is sick and has summoned Prince Jing alone, leaving Li Yu behind under guard, which both find deeply suspicious.
The inconsistencies in the servant’s answers and the strange guard deployments confirm to Li Yu and Prince Jing that something is very wrong.
Chapter 129: Fish Becoming SmartAfter Prince Jing is taken to Qianqing Palace, Li Yu reflects on recent events, realizing the hidden enemy may have infiltrated the palace and possibly taken control of the emperor.
He suspects the emperor’s avoidance of the Loulan topic was not intentional but due to being manipulated or detained.
Head Eunuch Luo’s extended absence and the change in cold palace guards further confirm to Li Yu that something is seriously wrong.
Li Yu recalls that the original novel hinted at a greater enemy, and now that Prince Jing defeated the sixth prince more peacefully, that hidden force is re-emerging.
He concludes that the poisoner and assassins are likely linked to Loulan and Consort Mei, and that their agents are still within the palace, possibly as consorts.
A suspicious servant shows up claiming Dabao won’t stop crying and presents a silver bracelet as proof, saying the emperor summoned the child earlier.
Li Yu recognizes the bracelet as Dabao’s but grows suspicious, remembering one had gone missing during an earlier infiltration by the sixth prince’s confidant.
Meanwhile at Prince Jing’s manor, Wang Xi had been caring for the children when unfamiliar palace servants came claiming to summon Dabao.
The children refuse to go, sensing danger, and even the usually confused Sibao declares the stranger is a bad guy.
Wang Xi stands firm, refusing to hand over the child and decides to take all the children to the House of Cheng’en for safety.
Ye Qinghuan and the former Duke of Cheng’en receive them and determine that something serious has happened at the palace, especially since all its gates are sealed.
The Duke of Cheng’en prepares to seek help from Prince Li, the emperor’s younger brother and a high-ranking member of the Imperial Clan Court.
Back in Qianqiu Hall, Li Yu pretends not to recognize the bracelet and enters a side room to consult the system, using the “Fish Children Status” tab to check on them.
He sees that all four children are safe and currently with the House of Cheng’en and Qinghe-junzhu, bringing him relief and confirming the bracelet was part of a trap.
Li Yu deduces the enemy’s tactics are desperate and poorly coordinated and uses calm deception to demand they bring Dabao if he’s really crying, calling their bluff.
He suspects the faction that once worked with the sixth prince might now be acting independently or were never allied in the first place, further complicating matters.
Chapter 130: Fishy Playing DumbLi Yu refuses to follow the suspicious servant who tries to lure him by claiming Dabao is crying; he recognizes it as a trap.
He deduces the enemy doesn't fully control the palace yet and is trying to separate him from Prince Jing’s guards to capture him.
The system informs Li Yu that due to the “Sharing the Country with the Tyrant” mission, his fish form now has double durability, offering him extra protection.
Li Yu devises a plan: he pretends he brought a pet fish (himself) and convinces the servant to deliver it to Dabao instead, buying time and creating an escape opportunity.
After transforming, Li Yu is placed into a crystal bottle and handed over to the servant, who has no idea the fish is actually him.
The servant tries to leave with the fish but is stopped by none other than the sixth prince, Mu Tianxiao, now suspiciously out of prison and free to roam the palace.
Mu Tianxiao takes the bottle himself and eyes the fish, but Li Yu pretends to be a normal, dumb fish, swimming around innocently to avoid suspicion.
Mu Tianxiao brings the fish to Qianqing Palace, where Prince Jing has been waiting and growing increasingly wary of the situation.
The emperor finally appears looking weak and sickly, propped up and tended to by Consort Zhang and Noble Lady Chu, who seem to have taken control.
Prince Jing realizes the emperor didn’t summon him and notices the increase in guards and Head Eunuch Luo’s absence, confirming something is very wrong.
Consort Zhang appears unusually dominant, leading Prince Jing to believe she’s controlling or threatening the emperor.
The emperor asks for the sixth prince to be summoned, but he arrives early on his own, appearing smug and powerful despite his previous imprisonment.
Mu Tianxiao mocks Prince Jing and presents him with a “gift” — the crystal bottle containing the koi, which is actually Li Yu.
Prince Jing is shocked, but Li Yu joyfully wags his tail and blows bubbles when he sees his husband, relieved they’re finally reunited in the same place again.
Chapter 131: Fish-Style CooperationPrince Jing sees Li Yu trapped in the crystal bottle and realizes the sixth prince is using him as leverage.
Mu Tianxiao taunts Prince Jing, demanding he suffer prison humiliation in exchange for the fish.
Li Yu, furious and unwilling to let his husband be threatened, decides to take action himself.
The emperor weakly protests the sixth prince’s treatment of the fish, but Mu Tianxiao mocks him and doubles down.
Prince Jing pretends to kneel but prepares for an ambush, just as Mu Tianxiao tries to touch the fish tail to assert dominance.
Li Yu suddenly leaps from the crystal bottle and slaps the sixth prince across the face with his tail—twice—stunning everyone present.
The distraction gives Prince Jing the chance to pull a dagger from his boot and take the sixth prince hostage.
Li Yu had aimed to land on a blanket and, using his inventory system, summoned a fish tank filled with water to dive into for safety.
The eighth prince, impressed and wanting to help, sneaks over and grabs the fish tank, keeping Li Yu safe as Prince Jing handles the confrontation.
Prince Jing reveals he can speak, shocking everyone, and demands Consort Zhang release the emperor.
Mu Tianxiao, terrified, calls out to his mother for help, but Consort Zhang remains silent and unmoved.
She finally speaks and refuses the exchange, saying she holds the emperor and thus has no need for the sixth prince.
To everyone’s horror, Consort Zhang gives the order, and an archer shoots Mu Tianxiao in the chest, killing him instantly.
The emperor is devastated, and everyone in the hall is shaken that she would sacrifice her own son so ruthlessly.
Consort Zhang then reveals her true identity—she is not Consort Zhang at all, but Consort Mei, the supposedly dead Loulan princess.
She removes a fake skin mask, revealing her true face and proclaims herself as Princess Langya of Loulan, seeking revenge for her people and her ruined country.
Li Yu’s and Prince Jing’s past theories are confirmed—Consort Mei, thought to be dead, survived and orchestrated the poisonings and assassination attempts from within the palace all along.
Chapter 132: A Fish DeliveryPrincess Langya reveals she didn’t impersonate Consort Zhang temporarily—she killed the real one long ago and assumed her identity permanently using disguise techniques.
She explains how she poisoned Prince Jing through his wet nurse Pu Liu by mixing female ginseng with xuewuzi, a Loulan herb that becomes toxic in combination.
She admits she also poisoned the fourth prince and was indirectly responsible for Empress Xiaohui’s downfall, pushing her to despair and death.
Pu Liu eventually discovered the plot and tried to resist, which led to her family being threatened, her exile, and death by poison.
Princess Langya faked her identity for decades to stay close to the emperor, and even manipulated him into believing they had a child together by drugging him.
The sixth prince wasn’t the emperor’s son at all but a Loulan child planted as a puppet to eventually claim the throne.
Her ultimate goal was to become empress herself and reclaim the empire for Loulan, avenging her homeland’s destruction.
Prince Jing realizes all of her previous schemes, poisonings, and assassinations were part of a long-term plan fueled by revenge, sacrificing even innocent lives to reach her goal.
With the sixth prince dead and her deception exposed, Princess Langya demands the emperor abdicate voluntarily to legitimize her rule, since impersonation wouldn’t pass scrutiny.
The emperor, overwhelmed with regret and guilt, confesses to Prince Jing how he fell for the trap when he tried to investigate Consort Mei and was subdued by her instead.
Prince Jing encourages the emperor not to despair and asks him to issue a secret rescue edict to summon troops from outside the palace to break the siege.
The emperor agrees and gives Prince Jing a hidden tiger tally—half of the command token needed to mobilize the army.
They decide that only someone undetectable can deliver the talisman, and both turn to Li Yu in fish form for the task.
Prince Jing gently strokes Li Yu and secures the talisman to him with satin, trusting him completely to carry out the mission.
The emperor is stunned by the idea but agrees when reminded of the fish’s intelligence and lucky reputation.
Li Yu swims into a palace waterway with the talisman in his inventory, fully committed to safely delivering it and saving his husband and the emperor.
Chapter 133: Fish Saving HusbandLi Yu swims through palace waterways carrying the tiger talisman, evading guards by staying submerged and using aquatic plants as cover.
As he reaches the river near the palace gates, a group of off-duty guards loiters by the exit, making it risky to pass due to his distinctive koi appearance.
Suddenly, Piaoxue the white cat—previously helped by Li Yu—appears and causes a distraction by attacking and stealing from a guard, drawing them all away.
Grateful for Piaoxue’s timely help, Li Yu safely escapes the palace and heads toward the House of Cheng’en.
The palace river doesn't connect directly to the Cheng’en residence, so Li Yu has to leave the water and find another route.
Unable to transform again for the day and desperate, he uses his rarely-used "manmer" form—half-man, half-fish with legs—and runs on land.
After reaching the new river, he jumps back in and resumes swimming to the Cheng’en residence, eventually arriving in the lotus pond there.
Xiongfeng, Ye Qinghuan’s loyal dog, finds him and barks until Ye Qinghuan comes out to check, initially confused by the scene.
Li Yu transforms into a mermaid, startles Ye Qinghuan, and explains the situation, handing over the tiger talisman and relaying the urgent need to rescue the emperor and Prince Jing.
Ye Qinghuan promises immediate action and prepares to inform the former Duke of Cheng’en and the army.
Before leaving, Ye Qinghuan agrees to keep people away from the pond where Li Yu is resting, respecting his privacy.
Li Yu asks him to bring the children over; he misses them deeply and needs comfort after his exhausting journey.
Exhausted and pregnant, Li Yu accidentally falls asleep in the pond and wakes up to see the kids huddled by the water, watching over him.
The children worry quietly and lovingly for their sleeping father, melting Li Yu’s heart when he hears them.
Once the 24-hour cooldown resets, Li Yu transforms back into a human, hugs his children tightly, and prepares to act—knowing they still have to rescue his husband.
Chapter 134:Fish Riding DonkeyAfter transforming back into human form, Li Yu changes into dry clothes Ye Qinghuan had prepared and is taken to the former Duke of Cheng’en.
Prince Li arrives and is shown the tiger talisman; he confirms its authenticity by questioning Li Yu, who provides a shaky but semi-plausible story.
Ye Qinghuan defends Li Yu when Prince Li grows suspicious, reminding them that the priority is to rescue the emperor.
Prince Li and the Duke of Cheng’en take the talisman to mobilize the capital’s defense troops while Ye Qinghuan gathers support from the manor.
Li Yu entrusts the children to Wang Xi again; Dabao tries to volunteer to help save Grandpa with a slingshot, melting Li Yu’s heart.
Li Yu warns everyone about the Loulan assassins’ corrosive liquid weapon and urges them to use thick armor, cotton padding, or bandages as protection.
The defending troops suit up, including Ye Qinghuan and Li Yu who receive gold silk armor for the upcoming battle.
Ye Qinghuan’s wife tearfully sends him off with understanding and support, bolstering his morale.
With the emperor’s authority from the tiger talisman, the troops enter the palace without resistance; most palace guards remain loyal and stand down.
Since Li Yu can’t ride a horse, Ye Qinghuan gives him a donkey and assigns guards to protect him as he rides toward the palace.
During the battle, Ye Qinghuan deflects a Loulan assassin’s corrosive suicide attack thanks to Li Yu’s earlier warning.
The Loulan faction’s poison tactic fails, allowing the defenders to advance rapidly to Qianqing Palace.
Princess Langya, cornered, uses the emperor and princes as hostages and threatens to kill them if the defenders attack.
As the standoff intensifies, Princess Langya lunges at the emperor but is blocked by Prince Jing, who secretly retained a dagger Li Yu had given him.
With Princess Langya distracted, Ye Qinghuan shoots an arrow while Prince Jing strikes with his dagger in a coordinated move.
Princess Langya activates her final weapon—poison embedded in her body—but Prince Jing overturns a table and shields everyone from the spray.
She is killed by Prince Jing, disappearing into her own poison as she curses the emperor with her final breath.
The Loulan faction collapses as soldiers overwhelm Qianqing Palace and the emperor is rescued; Head Eunuch Luo is also saved.
Prince Jing searches the chaotic palace for Li Yu, eventually spotting him still riding a donkey that won’t stop moving.
Li Yu calls out for help, embarrassed and confused by the stubborn donkey, as Prince Jing approaches with a smile.
Chapter 135: Fish Riding HusbandLi Yu struggles with a donkey that won’t stop circling, frustrated he can’t immediately run into Prince Jing’s arms after the battle ends.
As soon as Prince Jing approaches, the donkey inexplicably stops, seemingly recognizing his commanding aura.
Prince Jing climbs onto the donkey behind Li Yu, wraps his arms around him, and says “Let’s go home,” referring to his manor, now affectionately called “home” by both.
Li Yu is flustered by Prince Jing’s hoarse, sexy voice and physical closeness, which causes him to blush and squirm.
Despite embarrassment, Li Yu is overjoyed to be reunited and rides the donkey together with Prince Jing, drawing shocked reactions from Ye Qinghuan.
Ye Qinghuan reminds them about the children, which Li Yu had temporarily forgotten in his excitement; Prince Jing calmly suggests sending Wang Xi to bring them back.
Ye Qinghuan realizes, to his surprise, that Prince Jing is speaking aloud, revealing he’s recovered his voice and no longer needs to hide it.
Li Yu explains the poison’s connection to Princess Langya and how it was removed, completing the story for Ye Qinghuan.
Overjoyed, Ye Qinghuan runs to share the good news with his family and pick up the children.
On the way back, Li Yu complains to Prince Jing about how small the lotus pond at Cheng’en Manor was, prompting Prince Jing to have it renovated without telling him.
At home, Li Yu falls asleep in Prince Jing’s arms, thoroughly exhausted but peaceful and safe.
Prince Jing ensures Li Yu is comfortable and uninjured, feeling immense relief and guilt for having sent him on the dangerous talisman mission.
Li Yu wakes up in bed, realizes they’ve overcome another huge crisis, and kisses Prince Jing affectionately in his sleep.
Curious about mission progress, Li Yu checks the system but finds the “Share the Country” quest is still ongoing, likely to end only once Prince Jing ascends the throne.
Li Yu checks on the children, sees they’re happily playing hide-and-seek with Wang Xi, and feels comforted.
He notices his limbs had somehow ended up wrapped around Prince Jing again—only to realize it was Prince Jing who clung to him in his sleep.
After waking, Li Yu tries to sneakily kiss Prince Jing, but is caught and playfully pinned down with more kisses.
Li Yu, feeling the mood, flirts with Prince Jing, saying although he’s bad at riding donkeys, he’s still good at “riding.”
Blushing and nervous, Li Yu tries to initiate intimacy despite his pregnancy, assuring Prince Jing he can handle it gently.
Prince Jing, deeply moved and tempted, kisses him and agrees to “give it a try.”
Chapter 136: Number One Fish in the WorldAfter Princess Langya’s rebellion ends, the emperor punishes her faction; her body disintegrates from poison, and her father Chang’an-jun collapses in shame.
The Loulan royal family is spared but sent to guard the tombs of Empress Xiaohui and the fourth prince for generations as punishment.
Prince Jing’s wet nurse Pu Liu is honored posthumously for leaving behind clues that helped unravel the plot.
One of Princess Langya’s disguised martial-artist servants is suspected to be the same man who poisoned Pu Liu; the palace begins a thorough investigation into Loulan agents.
The emperor becomes overwhelmed with regret and guilt over past decisions, especially those involving Empress Xiaohui and his sons, and shuts down court for days.
Head Eunuch Luo turns to Prince Jing and Li Yu for help, believing that seeing the grandchildren will lift the emperor’s spirits.
Despite the potential political benefit, both Li Yu and Prince Jing agree to help the emperor out of genuine family loyalty, not ambition.
The four fish children cheerfully visit the emperor and offer him candy with the phrase “Eat candy, be happy,” melting his heart and bringing him to tears.
The emperor feels encouraged and starts to recover emotionally, vowing to resume his duties with new resolve.
Remembering the efforts of those who saved him, the emperor promises rewards for loyal subjects, including Prince Jing, Ye Qinghuan, and even Li Yu’s pet fish.
When asked about the fish, Prince Jing and Li Yu say it stayed at home, but the emperor nonetheless bestows it the title “Number One Fish in the World.”
Li Yu is mortified by the title, since it sounds like a label for a gourmet delicacy, but Prince Jing finds it both amusing and suggestive.
Prince Jing cheekily tells Li Yu that “fish really is delicious,” embarrassing him with the double entendre.
The emperor, tired but proud, asks Prince Jing to help with government affairs and jokes that if he completes all the paperwork, he’ll make him crown prince.
Unknown to Prince Jing, the emperor already planned to name him crown prince and is simply teasing him.
Li Yu starts sleeping more due to pregnancy and barely sees Prince Jing, who works late but always comes home to sleep beside him.
Prince Jing completes the emperor’s reports without complaint but never asks to be named crown prince, valuing family more than the title.
Touched by his son’s loyalty and Li Yu’s teachings, the emperor prepares to announce his successor but is overjoyed instead to learn Li Yu is pregnant again.
He immediately releases Prince Jing from duty and sends physicians to care for Li Yu, urging them to follow every command from the couple.
Back at home, Li Yu dozes in a chair while his kids play nearby, surrounded by peace and happiness—until he overhears Wang-gonggong talking about noble families wanting their daughters to become Prince Jing’s side consort.
Jolted awake, Li Yu is instantly alert and ready to defend his place in the family.
Chapter 137: Green-Eyed FishyLi Yu wakes from a vivid dream where he heard Wang Xi talking about noble families trying to offer daughters to Prince Jing as side consorts.
Though it turns out to be a dream, Li Yu spirals into worry, thinking it’s likely now that Prince Jing is highly respected and being considered for the crown prince title.
He reflects on Prince Jing’s increasing popularity among officials and how some are trying to cozy up to him, though Prince Jing ignores most of them.
Wang Xi avoids mentioning the topic to Li Yu because of the consort’s sensitive pregnant state and out of loyalty to Prince Jing.
Li Yu, growing paranoid, starts imagining the emperor might try to arrange concubines for Prince Jing for political reasons.
As Prince Jing arrives home with imperial physicians to check on Li Yu’s pregnancy, Li Yu mistakenly assumes they are matchmakers or noble families’ envoys.
In a jealous rage, Li Yu accuses Prince Jing of bringing these women’s representatives home and lashes out dramatically.
The confused and elderly physicians clarify that their daughters are toddlers or already mothers and that they’re only there to check his pulse.
Embarrassed, Li Yu instantly switches gears and pretends he knew all along, smiling sweetly and offering his wrist for examination.
Prince Jing, highly amused, holds in his laughter and tells the doctors to proceed while secretly loving Li Yu’s jealous reaction.
The physicians confirm Li Yu is three months pregnant and healthy, and leave after updating the emperor.
Prince Jing prepares to tease Li Yu, who tries to hide behind their child Sibao for protection, but Wang Xi promptly lures the kids away with treats.
Left alone, Li Yu tries to retreat by pretending to nap, but Prince Jing holds him close and coaxes the truth out.
Li Yu admits his jealousy and reveals his dream, worried about the possibility of other wives.
Prince Jing reassures him sincerely—he never wanted anyone else and already rejected the emperor’s suggestion of other wives.
The emperor himself has no intention of forcing any concubines on Prince Jing, especially after being rejected by those same families in the past when Prince Jing was still mute.
Now that they want in, the emperor finds it insulting and brushes them off, thinking Li Yu is already the perfect consort.
Reassured by both Prince Jing and his trust in the emperor, Li Yu apologizes for his outburst, explaining his emotions have been overwhelming during pregnancy.
Prince Jing warmly accepts the apology, saying it’s only because Li Yu cares so much, and lovingly cuddles his jealous fish.
Meanwhile, the physicians report to the emperor confirming Li Yu’s pregnancy, and the emperor, overjoyed, decides there’s no reason to wait.
He summons the top officials and Prince Li to officially declare Prince Jing the crown prince—choosing to double the joy with both the pregnancy and succession announcement.
Chapter 138: Fishy Writing LessonThe emperor summons Prince Li and the Six Ministers to court and formally declares Prince Jing the crown prince despite their cautious, ritualistic protests.
Reflecting on his own aging, regrets, and recent vulnerability during Princess Langya’s rebellion, the emperor decides it's time to pass on power.
During the next court session, Prince Li reads the edict publicly, shocking Prince Jing, who hadn't been told in advance.
Though stunned, Prince Jing accepts the title and is officially appointed crown prince to the joy of the court.
The emperor instructs the Six Ministries to help Prince Jing learn and take on responsibilities, and preparations begin for a formal crown prince ceremony.
After court, the emperor praises Prince Jing and thanks him for his loyalty, recalling how Prince Jing could’ve let him die to claim the throne—but didn’t.
Moved by their growing father-son bond, the emperor expresses heartfelt appreciation and hints at holding a proper wedding for Prince Jing and Li Yu, since he missed their previous one on the western border.
Meanwhile, Li Yu teaches Dabao how to write but ends up embarrassing himself with worse handwriting than the toddler.
Dabao, disillusioned by his fish dad’s poor penmanship, refuses to be taught and tries to flee, leading to a playful chase and tickle fight.
Wang Xi bursts in to deliver the news that Prince Jing has been appointed crown prince, stunning Li Yu.
Li Yu is overwhelmed by the speed of the decision and starts tearing up with pride for his husband.
Wang Xi also shares that the emperor plans to host another wedding for Prince Jing and Li Yu following the ceremony, which horrifies Li Yu due to his current pregnancy.
When Prince Jing returns home, Li Yu greets him proudly, calling him “His Highness the Crown Prince” with affection and excitement.
Prince Jing explains that he turned down the emperor’s wedding suggestion—for now—due to Li Yu’s pregnancy but wants to hold the ceremony after the birth to give Li Yu everything he deserves.
Li Yu is flustered but agrees, planning to lose weight before the next wedding and deciding he’ll endure it if it makes his husband happy.
That night, Li Yu appears calm, but repeatedly wakes Prince Jing up just to confirm again that he’s truly the crown prince.
Prince Jing confirms each time and comforts his giddy, slow-to-react, pregnancy-brained fish, who internally screams with joy: “My husband is the crown prince ha ha ha!”
Chapter 139: Original Fishy FormWith Prince Jing officially crowned as the crown prince, Li Yu becomes the crown prince consort without opposition, despite having no family background.
Nobles who once rejected Prince Jing are now silent, unwilling to offend him or his consort, especially since he has no concubines and remains deeply loyal to Li Yu.
The emperor allows Prince Jing to continue living in his manor, renaming it the Crown Prince Manor, as relocating during Li Yu’s pregnancy would be inconvenient.
The emperor realizes Dabao lost his previous title after Prince Jing’s promotion and, after initially considering making Dabao a prince, settles on naming him “Commandant of Light Chariots,” a respectable rank-three title.
Li Yu, amused and slightly overwhelmed, feels Dabao is absurdly lucky and essentially the family’s real koi spirit.
Preparing to thank the emperor in person, Li Yu prepares for a palace visit, bringing the “Number One Fish in the World” body double in a crystal bottle as part of his gratitude.
Before Li Yu departs, Prince Jing unexpectedly returns to personally escort him to the palace, having taken leave from his court duties.
They ride in a carriage together, and Li Yu naps in Prince Jing’s arms on the way, deeply comforted by his husband’s attention and care.
At the palace gates, a servant had prepared a soft palanquin, but Prince Jing swaps it for one brought from home, more comfortable for Li Yu.
On the way to Qianqing Palace, Li Yu spots a white blur in the bushes and believes it might be Piaoxue, the cat that once helped him escape during the rebellion.
With Prince Jing’s approval, the palace servant retrieves the cat, who appears to be injured and wrapped in gauze with a bloody smell.
Upon closer inspection, Piaoxue has no injury; the blood came from cloth inside the gauze, revealing a wrapped-up ball of soaked red fabric.
Wang Xi identifies the substance as likely chicken or dog blood, commonly used in superstitious rituals to expose spirits or yao in disguise.
Prince Jing immediately realizes the implications—had Li Yu touched the cloth, it could have forced him to reveal his true fish form in public.
Horrified, Prince Jing deduces this was a deliberate trap set up to expose Li Yu as a yao, possibly by someone who has discovered his secret and aims to harm him.
While Li Yu remains unaware in the palanquin, Prince Jing and Wang Xi grow alert and begin preparing to quietly investigate who orchestrated the attempt.
Chapter 140: Crafty FishyPrince Jing orders everyone involved with the Piaoxue incident to keep silent and secretly disposes of the bloody fabric containing dog’s blood, which could expose Li Yu’s true form.
Li Yu, confused why Piaoxue wasn't brought over, accepts Prince Jing’s offer to stop at Jingtai Hall first, sensing something is up but trusting his husband.
A spy watches the couple leave for Jingtai Hall, but one of Prince Jing’s guards quietly follows in pursuit.
At Jingtai Hall, Prince Jing gently tells Li Yu about the blood-soaked fabric hidden on Piaoxue, explaining that it was dog’s blood, which can expose a yao’s true form.
Li Yu is shocked, realizing someone tried to force him to transform in public; he tries to act appropriately scared, remembering Prince Jing thinks he’s a carp spirit.
Prince Jing holds his hand and promises to protect him no matter what, deeply moved by Li Yu’s reaction.
They both deduce the person responsible must be in the palace and suspect a connection to the cold palace.
A palace guard confirms that a suspicious servant followed them earlier and returned to Yongfu Palace—where Princess Langya once lived.
Prince Jing identifies the suspect as Chu Yanyu, a low-ranked noble who had once been the sixth prince’s lover and was recommended to the palace by Princess Langya.
Though Chu Yanyu helped the emperor in small ways during the rebellion and avoided punishment, he remained in the side halls of Yongfu Palace.
Prince Jing suspects Chu Yanyu may have inherited Princess Langya’s grudge or is trying to rise in power again by targeting Li Yu.
Further investigation reveals one of Chu Yanyu’s servants was at the hunting grounds and reported seeing a “monster,” possibly witnessing Li Yu’s transformation.
Prince Jing and Li Yu realize that this servant must have seen Li Yu change in a neighboring tent while he was caring for his poisoned husband, which Chu Yanyu may have connected to the koi fish who slapped the sixth prince.
Rather than panic, Li Yu decides to get crafty—he proposes using the fish body double to lure out their enemy.
Prince Jing agrees without hesitation, saying he’ll handle everything afterward and protect Li Yu no matter what.
An hour later, a palace spy sees a palanquin leaving Jingtai Hall; inside is only a crystal bottle with a glimmering silver-and-gold koi—Li Yu’s body double, used as bait to draw out Chu Yanyu.
Chapter 141: Fishy Outfit ChangeChu Yanyu confirms that Li Yu is a fish yao after his spy sees only a koi in the consort’s palanquin; he reflects on past clues from others like Lady Qiu, Mu Tianxiao, and even the mad Marquis of An.
Remembering multiple suspicious incidents involving the koi, Chu Yanyu becomes convinced that the crown prince consort is not human.
He recalls the hunting ground incident when a servant claimed to see the consort transform, and he pieces everything together, including the koi’s unusual intelligence and timing.
Chu Yanyu also realizes Li Yu's name means "carp," which cements his belief.
Wanting proof, he uses dog blood, a folkloric method to force a yao to revert to its original form, and hides it in gauze on Piaoxue the cat’s leg.
He learns that Wang Xi often brings the cat treats from Li Yu, which gives him the opportunity to trap the cat and set up the exposure.
Chu Yanyu prepares Piaoxue and has the cat placed strategically in the imperial garden; he's delighted when the crown prince and Li Yu pick it up, believing his plan worked.
When his spy reports that the palanquin held only a fish, Chu Yanyu feels triumphant, confirming Li Yu is a yao.
Disillusioned with the emperor and the difficult, humiliating life of a low-ranking male consort, Chu Yanyu decides to target the crown prince instead, seeing him as the "rising sun."
He grows jealous of Li Yu’s easy happiness, love, and status, especially after witnessing the crown prince carrying a sleeping Li Yu away from a palace event.
Seeing Li Yu’s peaceful life and the crown prince’s devotion, Chu Yanyu becomes consumed with envy and resentment.
He sends a message to the crown prince, pretending to have crucial information, hoping it will bring Prince Jing to him.
Li Yu sees the message and instantly becomes a jealous fish, biting the crown prince in protest and demanding he refuse.
Prince Jing reassures Li Yu and tells him firmly that he won’t go, comforting his possessive consort.
Wang Xi rejects the messenger harshly, finding Chu Yanyu shameless for trying to summon the crown prince.
Chu Yanyu is furious and heartbroken when the crown prince doesn’t respond, smashing his mirror and declaring he’ll destroy what he can’t have.
He limps toward Qianqing Palace to make his move, now driven by spite and jealousy.
Li Yu, realizing the antagonist is finally moving into action, becomes excited and prepares to go undercover to expose Chu Yanyu’s plot.
He insists on dressing up to join in the fun, despite the fact that he only needs to sit in a palanquin.
Prince Jing chooses a disguise for Li Yu—a pregnant wet nurse—and even he finds himself stealing glances at how adorable and charming Li Yu looks in costume.
Chapter 142: Fishy Yao CatcherChu Yanyu gets an audience with the emperor and plans to expose Li Yu as a fish yao.
He sees the crown prince’s children present and assumes they must also be yao, explaining their bond with the emperor.
The emperor calls for the crown prince and his consort to join them so the family can be together.
The children recognize that Chu Yanyu is acting cold and unfriendly, unlike before, and whisper that he’s “fickle,” amusing the emperor and embarrassing Chu Yanyu.
Chu Yanyu kneels and reports that the crown prince consort might not be human, based on the hunting ground sighting and the koi fish being in the palanquin instead of a person.
The emperor scolds Chu Yanyu and accuses him of slandering the crown prince consort, dismissing the idea as ridiculous.
Chu Yanyu desperately insists that Li Yu and the koi fish have never been seen together, even swearing he’s telling the truth and connecting Li Yu’s name “Yu” (carp) to the accusation.
The emperor, already frustrated, orders Head Eunuch Luo to send Chu Yanyu to the Office of Punishment.
Still desperate, Chu Yanyu insists they investigate the palanquin, saying Li Yu is in his fish form inside.
Coincidentally, the crown prince arrives, and the emperor lets him handle the matter.
Prince Jing appears calm and unbothered, even allowing Chu Yanyu to summon the palanquin.
Guards return with the crystal bottle containing a silver-and-gold koi, just as Chu Yanyu predicted.
Chu Yanyu accuses the fish of being the consort in yao form, expecting Li Yu to be unable to appear.
Suddenly, a veiled pregnant woman enters the hall, introduced as the children’s new wet nurse by Prince Jing.
The woman’s eyes and expressions are suspiciously familiar, and Head Eunuch Luo quickly realizes she is Li Yu in disguise but keeps quiet.
Dabao instantly recognizes the woman as his fish dad based on her affectionate behavior, as do the other children, though they remain silent.
Chu Yanyu is confused but insists that the fish is Li Yu and brings in a Daoist priest to expose the yao.
The priest performs rituals and uses talismans, but the fish shows no reaction and continues swimming.
The priest and Chu Yanyu then try to use black dog’s blood to force a transformation.
The wet nurse (Li Yu) finally speaks up, questioning the morality of harming a potentially ordinary fish.
Chu Yanyu insists that if he’s wrong, he’ll beg for forgiveness and let the crown prince punish him.
Just before Chu Yanyu pours the blood into the bottle, the veiled wet nurse announces, “You should look at who I am first,” and prepares to unveil her face—ending the chapter on a cliffhanger.
Chapter 143: Fishy Teasing HusbandLi Yu removes his veil, revealing himself as the “wet nurse,” shocking Chu Yanyu, who cannot comprehend how Li Yu and the fish could be in the same room.
Li Yu dares Chu Yanyu to force him to transform if he truly believes he’s a fish yao.
Chu Yanyu realizes too late that he’s been completely played and publicly humiliated by the crown prince and Li Yu, who staged the whole act to trap him.
The emperor recognizes the manipulation and grows disgusted with Chu Yanyu, realizing his previous kindness and loyalty were an act.
Despite the setup being clearly false, the Daoist priest brought by Chu Yanyu rings his bell in an attempt to expose Li Yu as a yao.
Prince Jing, furious, kicks the priest into a pillar, knocking him out, and orders the guards to remove him.
Wang Xi brings in Hong-er, Chu Yanyu’s supposed witness, but she’s been driven mad and babbles nonsense about everyone being a fish, including the emperor.
With his only witness discredited, Chu Yanyu is left with no defense and is forced to kneel, begging for mercy.
Prince Jing coldly sentences him to two hundred strokes, removal of all titles, and banishment to the cold palace.
Chu Yanyu tries to appeal to the emperor, but the emperor, now fully disillusioned, ignores him and has the guards drag him away.
Li Yu feels no sympathy, recalling Chu Yanyu’s hateful gaze toward the children—his family was his bottom line.
The emperor starts to question the koi fish’s changed behavior, but dismisses his own suspicions and instead praises the fish, asking to see it more often.
Li Yu, still in disguise, flirts with Prince Jing, proud of how well his act fooled everyone.
Back home, Li Yu refuses to change out of the skirt, playing up his role as the “wet nurse” and teasing Prince Jing.
Prince Jing, initially confused by all the padding, later pins Li Yu against the screen, teasing him with, “Wet nurse?” and carries him to bed.
The two get intimate, with Li Yu embracing his role in jest until they’re interrupted by their children one by one.
Dabao arrives first, asking to sleep with the wet nurse; then the other three follow suit until all four kids are in bed between their parents.
Prince Jing accepts it with a soft swipe to Li Yu’s nose, letting the moment go.
The next morning, as life returns to normal, Prince Jing greets Li Yu with a mischievous “Wet nurse,” making Li Yu blush furiously and realize the nickname is here to stay.
Chapter 144: Fishy in the KitchenPrince Jing refuses to let Li Yu touch Piaoxue the cat, even after it’s been thoroughly cleaned, because of the prior dog’s blood incident.
To compromise, Li Yu asks Prince Jing to hold the cat for him, saying that if couples are one, it’s the same as holding it himself.
Prince Jing reluctantly agrees and awkwardly holds Piaoxue, who is terrified and doesn’t dare move due to his intimidating aura.
After feeding Piaoxue a dried fish, Prince Jing quickly sets it down; the cat hides behind Wang Xi, traumatized.
Li Yu is greatly amused and can’t stop laughing, while Prince Jing declares he prefers holding a fish (Li Yu) instead.
Piaoxue stays at the manor for a few days, seemingly listless, but eventually leaves and returns to the cold palace.
Wang Xi confirms Piaoxue is much livelier back with Lady Qiu, despite being scolded and eating scraps; it clearly prefers her company.
When Wang Xi tells Lady Qiu that Chu Yanyu tried to use Piaoxue to harm Li Yu, she reacts coldly, declaring she wants no further connection to the crown prince’s household.
Li Yu reflects that Lady Qiu’s past warmth had likely ended when she remembered their families were enemies; he accepts the outcome without resentment.
Wang Xi tries to cheer up Li Yu by sharing gossip—he spotted Chu Yanyu at the cold palace, now unrecognizable and suffering from neglect and poverty.
Chu Yanyu, beaten, broke, and crippled, now lives in a half-collapsed hut and survives on cold leftovers, shunned even by other exiles.
One day, Lady Qiu visits Chu Yanyu and slaps him, yelling at him for harming her cat, then pours dog’s blood on him in revenge.
Chu Yanyu, humiliated, gains the new nickname “Walking Dog’s Blood” as the stench clings to him even after attempts to wash it off.
Li Yu laughs but also decides to stop receiving updates about Chu Yanyu, choosing instead to focus on his husband and kids.
Prince Jing has settled into his new roles at both the Ministry of Rites and now the Ministry of Revenue but always finds time to come home and be with Li Yu.
The children are doing well in the imperial study room and have recently begun learning to use chopsticks.
Bored, Li Yu decides to start cooking again and plans to make cute bento meals for Prince Jing and the children, confident he’ll do great.
Wang Xi is horrified, remembering the legendary awfulness of Li Yu’s past cooking and rushes off to warn Prince Jing before disaster strikes again.
Chapter 145: Fishy KickingLi Yu enthusiastically decides to cook for Prince Jing and the kids, starting with smashed cucumber, confident that it’s a simple and safe dish despite being pregnant.
He finds a jar of pepper that Auntie Xu explains is extremely rare and more valuable than gold, which shocks Li Yu given its common use in his previous world.
While sniffing it, Li Yu accidentally dumps too much pepper into the cucumber dish and decides to balance the flavors by adding more seasonings, including star anise and fennel.
Prince Jing, warned by Wang Xi, intercepts the lunchboxes meant for himself and the children and secretly swaps the kids’ box with one filled with snacks to spare them from Li Yu’s cooking.
The crown prince eats the original spiced cucumber dish himself in front of the Ministry of Rites officials without flinching, though they’re horrified by the strange smell.
Back home, everyone praises the meal. The kids say it was delicious, and Li Yu concludes the crown prince must love pepper and offers to cook daily.
Prince Jing smiles and agrees, even though he suffered through the meal, because he cherishes Li Yu’s affection.
During the conversation, Li Yu suddenly feels the baby kick for the first time and excitedly calls Prince Jing over.
At first, the baby stops moving every time Prince Jing touches Li Yu’s belly, but eventually starts kicking again, allowing them to share the moment together.
The four kids join in, happily shouting that “Meimei is moving,” confirming Li Yu’s pregnancy with a daughter.
Even Wang Xi tears up, emotionally affected by the experience, despite not understanding why this second pregnancy feels even more moving than the first.
The emperor hears about the baby kicking and becomes sentimental, remembering how he missed the birth of the first four children and now wants to be more involved with the fifth.
He sends a daily imperial physician to check on Li Yu and gifts a huge trove of items meant for “just a few gifts,” clearly overindulging.
Despite his growing belly and reduced mobility, Li Yu becomes increasingly anxious as the birth draws nearer, especially since this is his first human pregnancy.
He asks Princess Jinjue for advice and grows more nervous hearing about childbirth, leading to insomnia and emotional distress.
One night, Li Yu breaks down in tears while lying next to Prince Jing, overwhelmed by fear and uncertainty about the upcoming birth.
Prince Jing comforts him gently, telling him to cry if he needs to and offering his arm to bite for stress relief.
Li Yu bites him hard, and Prince Jing accepts it without flinching, saying he wishes he could take on the pain himself and promising to protect him.
Li Yu is deeply comforted by the love and support, realizing that even when fear feels overwhelming, love makes him strong enough to endure it.
Chapter 146: Fishy Birth of a DaughterThe crown prince ceremony is scheduled for half a year later, a date that Prince Jing deliberately chose to ensure Li Yu wouldn’t have to attend it while heavily pregnant.
The emperor, pleased with Prince Jing’s choice, approves the delayed date, unaware that Prince Jing had secretly arranged it to spare Li Yu discomfort.
Wang Xi later reveals the truth to Li Yu, who is touched and grateful that Prince Jing put his comfort over political significance.
Li Yu grows braver about childbirth, deciding he’ll endure the pain and "take a few bites out of" Prince Jing afterward as revenge.
As the ninth month progresses, Li Yu becomes increasingly uncomfortable, unable to cook or sleep properly, and can barely walk.
One morning, after a sore back and exhaustion from walking, Li Yu realizes something is off; Xiaoluo checks his pulse and calls the doctor.
The imperial physicians and a live-in doctor confirm Li Yu is going into labor; Wang Xi rushes to fetch Prince Jing.
Li Yu is shocked and anxious, realizing Xiaomian’ao (his daughter) is on the way sooner than expected.
The crown prince, upon receiving the news, leaves court immediately without even notifying his ministers and rushes to Li Yu’s side.
Li Yu is mid-bite of a har gow dumpling when Prince Jing arrives and lifts him into his arms, visibly shaken and more nervous than Li Yu.
Despite the pain and pressure, Li Yu is comforted by Prince Jing’s presence and fed a bit more food to sustain his strength for labor.
As the contractions worsen, Prince Jing supports him physically and emotionally, even offering his arm to bite during the pain.
When Li Yu is told it’s time to move to the delivery room, he pouts for a goodbye kiss but is shocked when Prince Jing follows him inside—refusing to leave his side.
Against ancient norms, Prince Jing stays through the birth, holding Li Yu’s hand and offering constant support.
Li Yu, overwhelmed but strengthened by his husband’s presence, goes through labor while mentally preparing for the pain.
He passes out during the final stretch and finds himself in the system interface, where he learns he completed the “Warm Cotton Jacket” quest and successfully gave birth to his daughter.
The system reward—delayed but appreciated—reduces his postpartum pain and enhances healing.
Li Yu views his daughter through the system interface: a pink, chubby, rosy baby with a thick head of hair and bright eyes, seemingly looking right at him.
Overwhelmed with love, he smiles and accepts the system’s reward, joking that even late relief is better than none.
Upon waking, he’s weak and sore but no longer in extreme pain; Prince Jing is by his side, having never left him, and feeds him warm tea.
Physicians confirm Li Yu is healthy, and shortly after, Prince Jing presents their daughter to him—swaddled in pink and just as perfect as in the system.
Li Yu kisses his daughter and drifts back to sleep while Prince Jing tucks them both in.
Their four sons return from the imperial study room and excitedly crowd around their sleeping dad and new baby sister, promising to wait quietly for them to wake up.
Chapter 146: Fishy Birth of a DaughterThe crown prince ceremony is scheduled for half a year later, a date that Prince Jing deliberately chose to ensure Li Yu wouldn’t have to attend it while heavily pregnant.
The emperor, pleased with Prince Jing’s choice, approves the delayed date, unaware that Prince Jing had secretly arranged it to spare Li Yu discomfort.
Wang Xi later reveals the truth to Li Yu, who is touched and grateful that Prince Jing put his comfort over political significance.
Li Yu grows braver about childbirth, deciding he’ll endure the pain and "take a few bites out of" Prince Jing afterward as revenge.
As the ninth month progresses, Li Yu becomes increasingly uncomfortable, unable to cook or sleep properly, and can barely walk.
One morning, after a sore back and exhaustion from walking, Li Yu realizes something is off; Xiaoluo checks his pulse and calls the doctor.
The imperial physicians and a live-in doctor confirm Li Yu is going into labor; Wang Xi rushes to fetch Prince Jing.
Li Yu is shocked and anxious, realizing Xiaomian’ao (his daughter) is on the way sooner than expected.
The crown prince, upon receiving the news, leaves court immediately without even notifying his ministers and rushes to Li Yu’s side.
Li Yu is mid-bite of a har gow dumpling when Prince Jing arrives and lifts him into his arms, visibly shaken and more nervous than Li Yu.
Despite the pain and pressure, Li Yu is comforted by Prince Jing’s presence and fed a bit more food to sustain his strength for labor.
As the contractions worsen, Prince Jing supports him physically and emotionally, even offering his arm to bite during the pain.
When Li Yu is told it’s time to move to the delivery room, he pouts for a goodbye kiss but is shocked when Prince Jing follows him inside—refusing to leave his side.
Against ancient norms, Prince Jing stays through the birth, holding Li Yu’s hand and offering constant support.
Li Yu, overwhelmed but strengthened by his husband’s presence, goes through labor while mentally preparing for the pain.
He passes out during the final stretch and finds himself in the system interface, where he learns he completed the “Warm Cotton Jacket” quest and successfully gave birth to his daughter.
The system reward—delayed but appreciated—reduces his postpartum pain and enhances healing.
Li Yu views his daughter through the system interface: a pink, chubby, rosy baby with a thick head of hair and bright eyes, seemingly looking right at him.
Overwhelmed with love, he smiles and accepts the system’s reward, joking that even late relief is better than none.
Upon waking, he’s weak and sore but no longer in extreme pain; Prince Jing is by his side, having never left him, and feeds him warm tea.
Physicians confirm Li Yu is healthy, and shortly after, Prince Jing presents their daughter to him—swaddled in pink and just as perfect as in the system.
Li Yu kisses his daughter and drifts back to sleep while Prince Jing tucks them both in.
Their four sons return from the imperial study room and excitedly crowd around their sleeping dad and new baby sister, promising to wait quietly for them to wake up.
Chapter 147: One-Month-Old Fish MeiMany court officials express disappointment that the crown prince’s newborn is a daughter rather than a son, believing a son would have had more political meaning.
Li Yu hears the sexist rumors but doesn’t care—he loves his daughter, Xiaomian’ao, deeply and sees her as incredibly precious.
Prince Jing adores Xiaomian’ao and takes over all her care duties to let Li Yu recover, often staring at her for long stretches and treating her like fragile treasure.
Though he had prepared many names, Prince Jing struggles to settle on one until Li Yu chooses the characters “Qiongxue,” inspired by her jade-like pale skin.
For her nickname, Li Yu continues his naming pattern and picks “Xuebao” instead of “Wubao” to show her off as their beautiful daughter.
Prince Jing and the kids love the nickname; the boys promise to take care of their little sister and bring her gifts she can’t use yet.
The emperor visits the manor in common clothes to meet his granddaughter in person—something he’s never done before.
He is unexpectedly moved and delighted, gifting Xuebao a piece of warm jade once worn by Empress Xiaohui.
Despite her age, Xuebao meets his gaze with her big eyes, melting the emperor instantly.
The emperor gives her the title of “Princess Wenhui,” surpassing standard ranks for crown prince daughters, ignoring all tradition and criticism.
Officials protest, but the emperor refuses to budge. Prince Jing also doesn’t reject the title, believing Xuebao and Li Yu both deserve it.
At her one-month celebration, the entire capital is invited. The emperor attends, and the scale of the event shuts down any mockery about her being “just a girl.”
Thanks to the system’s reward, Li Yu heals much faster than expected and only has to endure ancient postpartum customs like no bathing for a month.
Prince Jing enforces these rules strictly, even removing all water vessels to prevent Li Yu from sneaking a swim during his daily fish transformation.
To help, Prince Jing personally wipes him down each day, and Li Yu eventually gives in and lets him.
After the month ends, Li Yu celebrates with a long four-hour bath shared with Prince Jing.
At the party, the whole family wears coordinated outfits; the boys wear gold-embroidered robes with fish and the word “luck,” while Xuebao wears red plum blossoms and pigtails.
Visiting relatives, including Ye Qinghuan and Princess Jinjue with their daughter, admire Xuebao and comment on how well Li Yu is doing.
The children play adorably, crowning Xuebao and Qinghe-junzhu with flowers, and Prince Jing captures the moment in an unfinished painting labeled “for Xiaoyu.”
Li Yu also notices the family painting now includes a tiny red-dotted koi—clearly representing Xuebao as part of their fishy family.
Li Yu is overwhelmed with love and joy, only interrupted when Wang Xi informs him a gift has arrived from the Marquis of Dingbei.
The gift is a delicate silver protective bracelet from Lady Liang, Mu Tianxiao’s widow, given in secret to thank Li Yu for helping her when no one else did.
Lady Liang, still in mourning and secluded from society, couldn’t attend the party but wanted to offer a heartfelt blessing for Li Yu’s daughter.
Li Yu, touched by her kind gesture and painful circumstances, reflects on how cruel it is that someone so young must spend her life as a widow and wonders if there’s a way to help her find freedom from her past.
Chapter 148: Married for a Hundred LivesLi Yu asks Madam Qin about the lives of widows and learns that although remarrying isn’t illegal, widows who remarry are socially judged and often shunned.
Lady Liang’s case is more restrictive since she was married to the sixth prince by imperial order, and even though he’s dead and disowned, she’s still seen as tied to the royal family.
The emperor despises Mu Tianxiao and has ignored Lady Liang’s existence, but she can’t live openly with her family without inviting gossip, so she moved to the countryside to avoid scrutiny.
Madam Qin assumes Li Yu wants to find Lady Liang a new husband, as her own remarried sister is now living happily after facing similar scorn.
Li Yu clarifies that he doesn’t intend to matchmake; he simply wants Lady Liang to live freely, whether that means remarrying or staying single—her happiness is the goal.
He is frustrated by societal double standards: widowers can remarry freely, but widows are expected to remain loyal to dead husbands regardless of their circumstances.
Madam Qin agrees to sound out Lady Liang’s feelings, but Lady Liang declines any change, saying “people’s words are to be feared.”
Lady Liang feels it’s easier to remain in her current status than endure the lifelong criticism that would come with trying to live for herself.
Although disappointed, Li Yu respects her decision and decides not to involve Prince Jing for now.
However, he resolves to still speak with Prince Jing—not for Lady Liang specifically, but because the issue of widow remarriage is a societal problem that deserves change.
When Li Yu arrives at the study, he finds guards posted but is allowed through due to standing orders from the crown prince.
He overhears a private conversation between Prince Jing and Ye Qinghuan, who is asking whether Li Yu is human or yao.
Li Yu panics, realizing Ye Qinghuan might have connected the dots from the koi fish incident and the merman sighting during the talisman delivery.
Ye Qinghuan lists his suspicions: Li Yu’s sudden appearance in the pond, his refusal to leave the water, the manmer sighting by a civilian, and stories from Chu Yanyu.
Prince Jing stays calm and evasive, asking Ye Qinghuan what he would do with the truth.
Ye Qinghuan sincerely says he wouldn’t do anything—he just wants to understand and promises to never reveal it to anyone, even his wife.
Moved by Ye Qinghuan’s loyalty, Li Yu listens as Prince Jing confirms the truth: yes, Li Yu is not human.
Ye Qinghuan is shocked but quickly accepts it, acknowledging that Li Yu saved them all, healed the crown prince’s muteness, and gave him children.
Prince Jing explains that he and Li Yu are fated and meant to be married for a hundred lifetimes—this is just the first.
Li Yu is touched by the romantic line, realizing Prince Jing made it up to protect his secret while also publicly affirming their eternal bond.
Ye Qinghuan, flustered, blurts out that it explains the crown prince’s “thing for fish,” leaving Li Yu stunned and internally shouting that his husband has no such kink.
Chapter 149: Fishy SurveyYe Qinghuan questions why Li Yu doesn’t use his powers more openly, and Prince Jing explains that Li Yu has his own principles and cannot be forced.
Ye Qinghuan asks if the children are also yao; Prince Jing confirms they are not—Xuebao is fully human, and though the four sons were born as fish, they are now human and won’t transform until age seven.
Ye Qinghuan, relieved, asks how he should treat Li Yu now. Prince Jing tells him nothing has changed—Li Yu is to be respected as himself.
Ye Qinghuan nervously asks if Li Yu fears his dog, Xiongfeng, only to realize Li Yu has long since played with the dog comfortably.
Prince Jing warns Ye Qinghuan seriously that protecting Li Yu is the same as protecting him, cementing Li Yu’s status as his other half.
After leaving, Ye Qinghuan bumps into Li Yu and awkwardly greets him, flustered now that he knows Li Yu is a yao.
Li Yu teases him, fully aware of his discomfort, then goes to see Prince Jing.
Prince Jing admits he told Ye Qinghuan the truth because he trusted him and couldn’t hide it any longer.
Li Yu brings up the “hundred lifetimes” line Prince Jing used to justify their bond; Prince Jing shyly asks if it was too much, but Li Yu reassures him it was perfect.
Deeply touched by Prince Jing’s insecurities and need for reassurance, Li Yu doesn’t realize he’s been charmed into emotional submission again.
Li Yu brings up the issue of widow remarriage, asking if he can support women like Lady Liang who want a fresh start.
Prince Jing says it won’t be easy, especially for Lady Liang since she was married by imperial edict, but Li Yu clarifies he wants to help widows in general, not just her.
Inspired, Li Yu decides to gauge public opinion by conducting a “survey,” a modern concept foreign to the ancient world.
He creates questionnaires and instructs servants to distribute them, offering a copper coin reward per completed form to encourage participation.
Illiterate people can have the survey read aloud and respond verbally, making the survey accessible to all.
The questions ask first about general opinions on widow remarriage, then reframe it personally—what if it were your own relative?
The contrast forces people to consider their bias; while many initially oppose remarriage, their stance softens when asked to imagine a loved one in that situation.
Li Yu collects and analyzes the results: under 10% are opposed in both cases, under 10% support both, but the vast majority shift their views when the issue becomes personal.
He shows the results to Prince Jing, who praises his thoughtfulness and agrees to support him in advocating for change.
When Li Yu asks if it’s because “I am you,” referencing the phrase Prince Jing told Ye Qinghuan, Prince Jing replies tenderly that it’s because he’ll give Li Yu anything he asks for.
Finally, Li Yu reveals his growing ambition, asking Prince Jing: if you ever ascend the throne, and I wanted your country—what would you do?
Chapter 150: Helping People Fishy StyleLi Yu jokingly asks the crown prince what he would do if Li Yu wanted his country one day, prompting Mu Tianchi to panic, believing it might be part of Li Yu’s final tribulation and a sign he might leave.
Mu Tianchi deeply fears losing Li Yu and reflects on how everything good in his life—his voice, his title, his survival—was because of Li Yu.
He interprets the question as a test and, fearing an answer might push Li Yu away, says he’ll “think about it,” surprising Li Yu, who expected immediate support.
Li Yu feels foolish and guilty for asking something so extreme, thinking he overstepped and made things awkward, but still comforts himself with the idea that Tianchi didn’t outright refuse.
Mu Tianchi remains silent to keep Li Yu from leaving, even if it means making him a little sad for now.
Shifting focus, Li Yu throws himself into launching his women’s advocacy effort, dubbed the “Ladies’ Assistance Society,” inspired by a modern women’s federation.
With the emperor’s initial support secured, Li Yu begins organizing surveys to understand public sentiment toward widow remarriage.
Prince Jing advises him to gather opinions from officials, not just civilians, to better persuade the court and emperor.
Li Yu agrees and watches the crown prince summon all Six Ministries to their manor under the guise of a casual event so they can complete the survey without resistance.
Surprisingly, most officials support widow remarriage, having seen firsthand the suffering of widowed women; Li Yu compiles the results into a proposal.
Initially nervous, Li Yu presents the proposal himself to the emperor, who praises it and grants approval for the Ladies’ Assistance Society to be officially founded.
The emperor later issues a proclamation declaring widows are free to choose whether to remarry or remain single, recognizing it as a virtuous but voluntary act.
Li Yu’s organization quickly gains recognition and begins receiving petitions from women, including one who had been abused by her late husband’s family.
With support from Madam Qin, Xiaoluo, and palace influence, Li Yu successfully helps the woman gain freedom, realizing how much patience and diplomacy are required.
As requests grow, the emperor appoints trained female officials to assist with the growing workload, and Li Yu steps back into a supervisory and advisory role.
Eventually, Lady Liang herself visits the society seeking help, encouraged by its growing reputation and success.
Since Lady Liang had been married to the sixth prince by imperial edict, Li Yu fears she may not be allowed to move on without the emperor’s intervention.
Prince Jing boldly suggests the emperor permit Lady Liang to divorce the late Mu Tianxiao to regain her freedom.
The emperor, hating Mu Tianxiao and knowing Lady Liang’s marriage was political, agrees and issues the divorce, allowing her to begin a new life.
Lady Liang is deeply grateful and kowtows to the emperor, Prince Jing, and especially to Li Yu, recognizing him as the one who made her freedom possible.
Prince Jing deflects the credit onto Li Yu, who is both moved and slightly suspicious, once again bringing up their earlier conversation about “the country.”
Mu Tianchi immediately deflects again and runs off with a “Goodbye!”, avoiding the topic entirely.
Chapter 151: Fishy TribulationLi Yu suspects the crown prince, Mu Tianchi, is hiding something from him and wonders why, especially since they now have five children together.
Remembering the system rewards he never checked, Li Yu enters the system to watch the “secrets” he earned through previous quests, hoping to uncover what’s being hidden.
Most secrets reveal how Tianchi subtly maneuvered behind the scenes to protect and support Li Yu, including securing his place as consort and helping him be accepted by the emperor.
One secret shocks Li Yu: he sees a memory of a young boy—clearly a young Mu Tianchi—being rescued from drowning by a black-and-gold fish, which Li Yu realizes was him before he transformed into a koi.
This means Li Yu was part of Tianchi’s life long before he knew it, and it was the fish’s golden shimmer in the pond that inspired the emperor to rename the boy “Tianchi.”
Li Yu is deeply shaken, realizing their fate was intertwined even before his transmigration, and questions whether the “illusion” of the past was actually real.
In another secret, Li Yu sees the current-day Tianchi writing a draft decree to name Li Yu as his empress—with the same authority as a prince regent, granting him political power.
However, Mu Tianchi burns the paper afterward, so the system doesn’t count it as fulfilling the “share the country” main quest since it was never stated aloud.
Li Yu is touched but confused—if Tianchi wants him to help rule, why won’t he say so?
Before he can confront him, Li Yu visits the nursery and finds all five children sleeping, including Dabao and Xuebao. He lovingly tends to them and lets Xiaoluo, the nursemaid, rest.
Suddenly, dark clouds roll in and a thunderstorm begins; lightning strikes near the crown prince’s manor.
Mu Tianchi, working at the Ministry of Revenue, sees the storm and panics, believing it to be Li Yu’s final heavenly tribulation, which would make him disappear if successful.
Fearing he’ll lose him forever, Tianchi abandons his post and rushes home on horseback through the storm.
Bursting into the manor drenched and breathless, he finds Li Yu simply standing by the window, trying to close it against the wind while Dabao cries from irritation.
Mistaking the moment for Li Yu’s ascension or departure, Tianchi throws himself at Li Yu and holds him tightly, pleading, “Don’t go.”
Li Yu realizes Tianchi completely believed his claim of being a carp spirit and misunderstood the thunderstorm as a heavenly sign.
Overcome with emotion, Li Yu hugs him back and reassures him: “I won’t go, nor will I leave you.”
Chapter 152: Fishy Sharing the CountryAfter the thunderstorm, Li Yu reassures Dabao and sends the kids to another room, leaving him alone with the drenched crown prince.
Mu Tianchi clings to Li Yu, afraid that if he looks away, Li Yu might disappear due to a heavenly tribulation.
Li Yu scolds Tianchi for rushing through the storm without an umbrella, then gently helps him dry off and change clothes.
As they huddle together for warmth, Li Yu confronts Tianchi, asking if he once intended to name him empress regent.
Mu Tianchi lies and says no, refusing to admit it to protect Li Yu from political consequences.
Li Yu angrily insists he doesn’t want to ascend or leave—his tribulations aren’t about becoming immortal, they’re about becoming truly human so he can stay with Tianchi.
Tianchi is stunned that Li Yu would choose humanity over immortality and questions why; Li Yu affirms he only wants to be with Tianchi.
Moved, Tianchi says that even if Li Yu had ulterior motives or tried to take over the country, he wouldn’t mind.
He then reveals he remembered Li Yu saving him when he was a child—his long-lost memory of the koi with a golden tail finally returned when he was unconscious from poison.
Li Yu is overjoyed to learn their bond began long before they officially met; Tianchi confirms it was the silence of the fish’s tail that made him dive in to save it.
Realizing their fate was a time loop, Li Yu embraces it happily, knowing their bond transcends time.
Li Yu tells Tianchi he needs help completing his final tribulation or he’ll turn to fish bones and ash; Tianchi swears to support him.
During the official crown prince ceremony, Li Yu stands beside Tianchi in full formal regalia, a position never granted to a consort before.
Though nervous at first, Li Yu completes the complex offering rituals with Tianchi, gaining confidence in his role as future empress.
At the end of the ceremony, Tianchi holds Li Yu’s hand and says clearly, “I do want to share the country with you,” fulfilling the main quest.
In the system interface, Li Yu receives his final reward: he is now fully human by default and can transform freely between fish, manmer, and merman forms without restriction or cooldowns.
His inventory is also expanded again.
A glowing door appears, offering him the chance to return to the modern world forever, erasing his memories to ease the pain of leaving.
Li Yu refuses, unwilling to abandon his husband and children, choosing love and family over freedom.
The system converts the reward into a special trip: a two-day visit to the modern world (15 minutes in the current timeline).
Li Yu excitedly plans to take someone with him and decides he can’t bring all five kids—it would be chaos—so he asks, “System, can I take the tyrant?”
The system says yes, and Li Yu races off to ask Mu Tianchi if he wants to visit the “carp spirit’s nest” with him.
Chapter 153: Fish Going Back HomeLi Yu chooses to use his system reward—a two-day trip back to the modern world—and decides to bring Mu Tianchi with him.
Mu Tianchi agrees without hesitation, thinking they’re visiting the mountain Li Yu (the "carp spirit") came from.
They leave the children behind in the manor under the care of Xiaoluo and Wang Xi and enter the system together.
Li Yu holds Tianchi’s arm and taps the button to travel, but loses consciousness in the process.
Li Yu wakes up alone in his modern apartment, realizing he’s back in his original world; his phone still has the webnovel open from before he transmigrated.
Panic sets in when Li Yu realizes Tianchi is missing and not in the room with him.
The system assures him Tianchi is also in this world and can be found, so Li Yu rushes out to search.
He checks around his small apartment complex, then tries the nearby park and supermarket with no luck.
Desperate, Li Yu has the supermarket announce: “Mu Tianchi, your father Li Yu is looking for you,” pretending he lost a child to reach him.
No one shows up, and Li Yu begins to worry the two-day time limit might expire before they’re reunited.
In the supermarket, Li Yu is approached by a suspicious man claiming to be a former neighbor, who starts acting overly friendly and even offers to drive him somewhere.
When the man gets handsy, a sudden black blur lashes out and starts slapping the stranger—first knocking off his wig, then repeatedly hitting him until he flees.
Li Yu discovers the attacker is a huge, glossy black fish—thick as a wrist and the length of an arm—that leapt from a nearby fish tank.
Recognizing its intelligent behavior, Li Yu suspects it might be Tianchi and asks it to respond by rubbing his hand.
The fish doesn’t move at first, but after some prompting, it leaps up and rubs against his face, then wraps its tail around his finger.
Li Yu is stunned to realize the black fish really is Mu Tianchi—who apparently transformed into a fish upon entering the modern world.
Tianchi, even as a fish, had leapt out to protect Li Yu from the creepy stranger, unable to watch him be harassed.
Li Yu is overwhelmed with disbelief and panic, realizing that what was supposed to be a peaceful two-day visit has turned into another absurd adventure—with his husband now a giant fish in a supermarket.
Chapter 154: The Crown Prince Turns into a FishAfter slapping a harasser at the supermarket, the black fish (Mu Tianchi) is mistaken for a regular fish by the store staff, who ask Li Yu if he wants to purchase it.
Li Yu, flustered, agrees and quickly weighs the fish—Tianchi weighs eight pounds and six ounces—and rushes to pay, not caring about the cost.
The store employee offers to clean (butcher) the fish, horrifying Li Yu, who insists on keeping him as a pet instead.
The employee finds this strange, but backs off after sensing an eerie, cold aura from the fish glaring at him.
To avoid further suspicion, Li Yu buys an extra-large basin and fills it with water to safely carry Tianchi home.
Once home, he transfers Tianchi to the bathtub, since the basin is too small, and reassures him that he’ll find a way to change him back.
Li Yu offers fish food—checking that it’s non-toxic and natural—but Tianchi slaps it away, refusing to eat it.
Tianchi leaps from the tub and tries to crawl into Li Yu’s shirt, making Li Yu burst out laughing from the ticklish sensation.
Li Yu scolds the fish playfully, then consults the system to find out why Tianchi became a fish in the modern world.
The system explains that Tianchi doesn’t “exist” in this world, so he defaults to a fish form—just like Li Yu did when he first transmigrated.
A new side quest appears: “Tyrant Turning into Fish,” requiring three kisses from Li Yu to transform Tianchi back into a human.
Li Yu accepts the quest, kisses the fish, and Tianchi immediately transforms back into his human self, leading to a joyful reunion.
They fall into the tub together, soaking wet, and share a romantic moment before drying off and lying together on Li Yu’s small bed.
Li Yu finally tells Tianchi the full truth: he was never a yao, just a human who came from another world and turned into a fish upon arrival.
Tianchi listens quietly, accepts it without anger, and reveals he figured things out during his brief time in this world as a fish.
He admits he recognized Li Yu’s love through actions rather than titles and tribulations and doesn’t mind the past deception.
He teases Li Yu about the “three kisses” being a tribulation task, flustering Li Yu even more.
As they prepare to explore the modern world together, a problem arises—Tianchi doesn’t have clothes after transforming.
Li Yu tries to dress him in his oversized T-shirt and shorts, but the clothes fit too tightly on Tianchi’s much larger frame.
Li Yu blushes and yells at him not to wear his pants, realizing their first trip outside is going to be a lot more complicated than expected.
Chapter 155: Fish Couple Reflecting the MoonLi Yu dresses Mu Tianchi in modern clothes, starting with oversized beach shorts and a tight T-shirt, then takes him shopping for proper outfits.
They visit a menswear store, where Mu Tianchi attracts a lot of attention; Li Yu proudly thinks his husband could be a celebrity in the modern world.
Li Yu buys Mu Tianchi several stylish outfits and picks matching couple suits for both of them.
Mu Tianchi, confused by the fitting room, struggles until Li Yu joins him inside to help dress him—leading to half an hour of blushing, cuddling, and kissing.
They emerge wearing matching suits, with Li Yu’s lips slightly swollen, hinting at the affection inside the changing room.
Li Yu takes a photo of them together and sets it as his phone wallpaper; he teaches Mu Tianchi how to take pictures, which fascinates him.
Mu Tianchi becomes obsessed with the phone, taking pictures of everything, always including Li Yu.
They eat takoyaki together; Mu Tianchi is initially wary of seafood but relaxes when Li Yu assures him it's made from octopus, not fish.
They visit a history museum, where Mu Tianchi listens intently to ancient artifacts’ histories, visibly moved and thoughtful.
Li Yu then takes Mu Tianchi to an amusement park—a childhood dream he never got to experience due to poverty.
They ride a roller coaster, which terrifies Li Yu and baffles Mu Tianchi, who sees it as unnecessary suffering, but Li Yu insists it’s emotional release.
On the bumper cars, they scrunch into a small vehicle and hilariously spin in circles until other kids crash into them.
Mu Tianchi is enraged others are bumping Li Yu but calms down when Li Yu explains it’s how the game is played.
They play together and take photos on every ride, enjoying a carefree date; Li Yu feels emotional about soon leaving the modern world.
That evening, Li Yu makes their signature meal—spicy smashed cucumber and noodles—while Mu Tianchi suspiciously devours all the cucumbers first.
After dinner, they relax together with a fan blowing cool air, and just as they’re about to kiss and possibly do more, Mu Tianchi suddenly turns back into a fish.
The system informs Li Yu that Mu Tianchi’s human transformation has a once-per-day limit, just like Li Yu's used to.
Frustrated but determined to stay close, Li Yu transforms into his koi form using his newly unlocked ability and jumps into the bathtub with fish-form Mu Tianchi.
Mu Tianchi swims under Li Yu and lifts him gently on his back, supporting him like a moonlit wave beneath the stars.
The two fish float together in the bathtub under moonlight—one black, one silver—mirroring the night sky and symbolizing their unbreakable bond.
Chapter 156: Crystal Fish PalaceThe day after returning from the modern world, Li Yu helps Mu Tianchi turn human again and continues showing him meaningful places before their time runs out.
Mu Tianchi, initially amazed by the modern world, becomes contemplative and expresses a desire to bring progressive ideas back to the ancient realm.
To aid in this, Li Yu decides to bring back useful items via his system inventory, including two e-readers loaded with ebooks, a solar charger, and a power bank.
He also buys essential medications and—after spotting a sale—multiple boxes of condoms, determined to improve their intimate life without risking another human-form pregnancy.
Prince Jing insists on keeping all the modern clothes Li Yu bought for him, even if they’ll just be keepsakes in the ancient world.
Although Li Yu wants to take Tianchi to see famous sights like skyscrapers or bullet trains, Tianchi only wants to visit places tied to Li Yu’s life.
Touched, Li Yu takes him to his elementary, middle, and high schools, sharing memories of his childhood, making Tianchi feel like he’s meeting young Xiaoyu for the first time.
Their final stop is a gravesite where Li Yu’s family is buried; he introduces Tianchi to his parents and grandparents and declares himself happy, no longer sad about being alone.
Mu Tianchi respectfully bows before Li Yu’s family grave, fully accepting his place in Li Yu’s life across both worlds.
After their two days end, they wake back in the crown prince manor, realizing it wasn’t a dream as the incense they lit still burns nearby.
Tianchi reveals a new scale-like mark on his hand, and the system confirms he completed the side quest “Tyrant Turning into a Fish.”
Tianchi can now transform into a fish once per day for up to two hours—not as part of a system quest, but simply for fun.
Contrary to Li Yu’s expectations, Tianchi grows fond of being a fish and frequently transforms to swim with Li Yu, enjoying their quiet, peaceful time together.
When their kids first see fish-form Tianchi, they’re terrified, but once they know it’s their dad, they want to become fish again to play together.
Xuebao, their daughter, is the only one who hasn’t been a fish yet, but Li Yu believes she may develop the ability someday too.
Li Yu gifts the children picture books from the modern world, filled with colorful images and childhood stories he once loved.
He also hands the e-reader to Tianchi and begins teaching him simplified Chinese, reversing their old teacher-student roles.
Sitting on Tianchi’s lap in their usual intimate position, Li Yu realizes the tables have turned—and predicts he’ll be “eaten” by the end of the lesson.
He jokes internally about finally testing the “ultra-thin and dynamic” condoms he bought, embracing this new phase of their life together.
Life in the manor settles into a blissful rhythm, with Tianchi studying modern knowledge and Li Yu ready to support him in building a brighter, reformed era for their world.
EpilogueOne month after returning from the modern world, the emperor personally hosts a grand wedding for the crown prince and Li Yu.
The emperor is pleased with Mu Tianchi’s development as a ruler, especially as he begins implementing original reform ideas.
A year later, the emperor officially abdicates and becomes the grand emperor, spending his days leisurely with his grandchildren.
On the day Mu Tianchi ascends the throne, a nationwide amnesty is declared.
Despite opposition, Mu Tianchi appoints Li Yu as his empress regent, breaking centuries of tradition.
From prince to crown prince to emperor, Mu Tianchi remains loyal to only one person—Li Yu—never taking another consort or concubine.
Empress Li Yu proves to be a capable, brilliant partner in governance, initiating sweeping reforms alongside the emperor.
Their partnership ushers in an unprecedented eight hundred years of peace and prosperity in historical records.
After ascending the throne, Mu Tianchi sets out to renovate the palace—not for grandeur, but to create a majestic aquatic environment.
He turns parts of the palace into a large water garden, building an underwater retreat called the Crystal Palace.
Inside the Crystal Palace lives the emperor’s treasured pet fish: a silver koi with gold flecks, frequently seen swimming with a large black fish.
Eventually, five smaller fish are seen swimming with them, symbolizing their five children.
Courtiers and palace staff say these seven fish resemble the emperor, the empress, and their royal children—clearly mirroring their true forms.
Thus, the love between a disabled prince and a pet koi—born of fate, devotion, and transformation—becomes immortalized in both myth and memory.
Danmei Recap Home / Lorem Ipsum / Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum